he ANT See,

TUG ieee neater weavers cate key’

UL RES Fe hi ade wey PUY ES

Sere

Ate nl PR nn oe

PP eligiiatte nad rere

SRDS DIAM Dale Tern Rtn teint & At ee nn

he Res ad Le OPO te bint tt 5 eG eb Ao aad Y

OP DGG] OE DAMGN nO De naa ne ar

wenn Te er 2 BLO me Same AP RN eh hh toe

St OP LORE DELUDDNS Bitty dnd tna ee a-“e he

CFL A ODDO OOM EM, AGAR A ae

FP - Soct i toh LAB Alta wh Pot eter oe ge % >

tai te Te

“ te etn. ae

Oe tn GO oy Ar tae o-oo ae Roane betes “> - _— — > eet eee ie ne

St PPE SEAM ne ae Apap tralnnn bt Ee arta * ea ee A Nat a tm me Tar OS ee | awe ~erteh aaa winner ne

Pye eae e OD Ore Oe Site apa ary’ Sn ASA eaten ae Dado e nabs mee OP ie Sth Aree: Metin mye ee 8 Aafia na. ome aterm omer at ttatiatee Saoem

Ot ersteoeemn oe - ee ere eres ean 2 er a -_ wong er awe -

. . . ~ A te hm - - _-

ete S A eons ~ ee Re OE

a ae 2 “ 2A AER tenn patige ye ee on 2-8 ORO eee eee ~

ao A ; : = Nehari pm tne

SD tA Pte Boo ln te dt Cat tnd Ohad Ge Ot fire aa.g ph “+ 4 ~~ a one - a . ea i eee) Stele een ae mm tedwtertreanae et ee eee =

WRF --1 a Ptrawoaatenenmun p rem dereradideaibe ne Tea - we : es < ee estab hn narblpabtainak ne ew eras _——_-. ~~

"Pty OT ®-RD Atta ann Ow nee hark ee Maite oo paepeeatrnricletan te a Sakae ans oth adn - ae + ee Ce mtn ae horn ne z

he rant ttt ote natin $0 tans ne atm anda hb tedatea AP eT Sn eens . : Saenehes “ PR Pag err eA YT re ietertenciee

tot -tatfintn Orisa imimeinns to Rem a a Sb PAO Reh P Bs et ey tte ll om Oe eta PAN nenh Be Se Swe Oe hae tall te ee in Ges

eit Atel tenn m at Selatan heme area aoe ne ealie de a. — ent mine en ot eee .

pond areptntl-mimwed ene eT Tae PPE AE Me Pet POO oe oul alate daa licen ch “ ¢ . - Ober nS *

Seca tt tnte etre eee get ie ae eae AAwe oe ne 40 663.2 oun - .

St hh, ort Abt mge e on Sa odes Ata hin omen ecm mean

Se ers ae wr — ne I at nr naeronlato re

Ldepeeeene ee eer h Pe mt 8 oe - ’ tee 2 7 - PP palpate den ee LO eer a. -*.

a eel Se Nate! PE RSin Butintnterdingnm dem oe to. ane nn mo Nam on ee ein

OA A lh agin tee Boat pan ame AP age Cured ORD ny +2, ee. ew

OPN hat mnt ate ale alin Sten te toe re ~s .

it te Pweg hg batee-etar oe pa ne fo ae) Ooh >a a tcl SO eras :

22 90 statment ie Lidhy tient A Pe Beden ab pressacmide enigeiieetetelt 2 ee a ary tm td ~ Pao Pitas asta “ eee —

ORO He aha gehen ee — a —_ * Pm DS. tn Se eee ene ma re tg

A gata ata h teen Ocha enti nos hae oak ~~ bo abeoe mite Gr eerie me ineniinnden OE ete eee rw

Re 6 Neen ee Beh beet an * - . aos K _ ee ins deen inane . —

We top teehee nanan ae - ere o« : io ome inden -

Pinmduaaiean an “ . wenry —as ow een —

- is £ - - 5 af ~*- ~ -

a. “ eer a “ aa ag Pe

Ms 7 sas re arr —

ew a * ——e eth ee awa ear,

eieatarircran eee oe ee

4 0 — > ao oe a Be inh coe me Oe Py

ooee - reer Se rere ~~ .

aie - ; Pt 6B een ee eee

re aie . oe wes . wen inteinietiinn et

~ ee a SS Re

F - . an - . ~ - ~- swine

al eet re 6 a ~- _ ind Sk

POO 08 ee Be! oe © » e $ AD a, = ~w ~~

I lint Rah Fw rae 4 — re 22 — Ps

emer pono ~ er rat e

— Pa > ae ae es<. 7% >a a~* * * ” - *, -_ ~ _ ~ “

“7 : ~ " rN sos “ iene ~ ~~ ~ =

72 an SA Ase ine — ~— Pets ~~ ~~

- . ws sins - os r -

al . OP OTE Pre z ora io - ~< .

~ +eee San . ~ - ~

as at ae o3*a ye o ——- rs > ao — - > - ye

rs ae : oe if Ams ae oo wee = > : - -—* pa ae “ > 2 _

~ ~ ~ an - * a ~ as ~ = =

. ae a r hen “as ~— oe Ob el, — es » ~ x A » -

— Smee - > “ ~ -

ae . a 2 . 22 as * a an - i. - *®aee ™

” _- ae »- td nm «i - ~ — ~-

ae mA ra ~ . po ~ a a . 7 ~~ -~

. - - - ; > ass - ” - a _

> - . - 7 anata

; . . ana ~ “yee ~ - -

*#. » ~ - be: - * > - a - > i ~ -

Mae * . ’ . a : om. ow ~ - ss - - - -

ee ee e a wr an = ~ - = r

. = ia 4 : ~ r4 - ~ : = ~

an ~ into

r re oe * - p-

- . 4 : . . ~ =

tow ‘ wr ‘ < a - - . a . a, + » - - ~

- ~ - *- - 7 = P-

“. was ~ patna — m > r ’

. ad “ P - - “

; Pars .

. aan ~ a - — zx - ane

-- zi .

w= Pi oie - 2 ; é 7 7 ‘

* -— * ; ~ :

- - . - - ~ ~ m " - >

as “! Ci Me et ht ‘ <

“ Hoag : a = =

- ete * ‘ ~ <a r nae

es tere . ; tote . .

” re raeke rr ; e a

’ . ae - »

ee ne -

- se

% . - .

a -

- .

- f “ . *

as ~ -

: ‘

tomes 2 . ~

PReetbweeewee eves sys cn et

Pet RO iat OOOCG6 Gat 4 64%

ns Bas sw os os

iors

Ses

aes ewe yy were § ot+sai4....,"”~"*'

oF emg ne 66.04

eee Oe ee ao: slid \* hate epegue tho

A aetna

wal?

) : 9 eee

9 f 2 : b ar 4 a

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

1900.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE.

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND OO,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

Lis T

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1900. .

COUNCIL.

(Elected April 30th, 1900.)

Tur Dux or BepForD, President.

Tur Rr. Hon. Lorp AVEBURY,

P.C., F.BS.

Wuiuiam Bareson, Esq., F.R.S.

Wittram T. Branrorp, Ksq.,

LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Wittam E. pe Winton, Esq.

Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., T'rea-

surer.

Sie Josern Farrer, Bt., F.R.S.

Gen. THE Hon. Sir Percy

Frrrprine, K.C.B.

Dr. Cuartes H. Garry, LL.D.

F. DuCanx Gopmay, Esq., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Dr. AtBert GinrHeER, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Prosector.

antendent.

PRINCIPAL

P. L. Sctater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

Frank E. Brpparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and

Prorsssor Grorce B. Howes,

LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Lr.-Cot, Lronarp H. Irsy.

Str Huen Low, G.C.M.G.

P. Caatmers Mircuett, Esq.

Sir Tuomas Parner.

Tue Hon. Lionen

Roruscuitp, M.P.

Howarp Sacnprrs, Esq., F.L.S.,

Vice-President.

Pune Lurrey Scrarer, Esq.,

M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

OxprrecD THomas, Esq.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

WALTER

OFFICERS.

Mr. Crarencr Bartierr, Superintendent of the Gardens.

Mr. Arruur Tomson, Head-Keeper and Assistant Super-

Mr. F. H. Warernouse, Librarian.

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.

Mr. W. H. Corn, Chief Clerk.

Mr. Grorczr Artuur Dovsrepay, Clerk of Publications,

S70.6¥R

LIST

OF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Page

ANpDREWS, Coartes Wrii11aM, D.Sc., B.A., F.Z.S.; Sarvs,

Enear A.; Bernarp, H. M.; Krrxparrick, R.; and

Cuapman, F.C.

On the Marine Fauna of Christmas Island (Indian

Occan io \Culates ing ATT :) i eve teatol. yaw eas 115

ANNANDALE, Newson, B.A.

Observations on the Habits and Natural Surroundings

of Insects made during the “ Skeat Expedition” to the

Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900 ............sceeeeeees 837

Annow, Gitpert, J.; Peer, C. V. A.; Avusren, BE. E.;

Drixny, F. A.; Druce, Herpert; Ganan, OC. J.;

McLacuian, R.; Burr, M.; and Pocock, KR. 1.

On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895

and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland,

with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates 1-LY.) .... 4 \b9572.

Austin, E.E.; Peer,C.V.A.; Dixzy, F. A.; Drocse, HEeR-

BERT; GAHAN, C.J.; Arrow, G.J.; McLacutay, R.;

Burr, M.; and Pocock, R. I.

On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895

and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland,

with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates I.-IV.)......

Barrett-Hamitton, G. E. H., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Dormice

of the Genus Musrardinus. ..%.. 53 vcosessesscesdusre

Exhibition of skins of the Variable Hare (Lepus timidus

Linn.) showing colour-variations, and descriptions of sub-

species and varieties of this species ...........-eesee-

On a small Collection of Mammals obtained by Captain

Deasy in South Chinese Turkestan and Western Tibet ..

On Geographical and Individual Variation in Mus syl-

vaticus and its Allies. (Plate XXV.) ..............-..

Bateson, Wittiam, M.A., F.RS., F.ZS.

On a Case of Homeosis in a Crustacean of the Genus

Asellus—Antennule replaced by a Mandible ..........

BepparD, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and

Prosector to the Society.

On a Species of Earthworm from Western Tropical

Africa, belonging to the Genus Benhamia ............

On the Brain of a Siamang (Hylobates syndactylus) ..

A Revision of the Earthworms of the Genus Amyntas

SR COMER) 3 le 5tss ols 's)0'xers fs herent by eed aloe 3

On the Structure of a new Species of Earthworm of

the Genus Benhamia

Page

268

167

187

Bepparb, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S. (Continued.)

On the Anatomy of Bassaricyon alleni........0000 05

Notice of a Memoir on the Osteology of the Pigmy

Right-Whale (Neobalena marginata) .........0 eee

On the Earthworms collected during the ‘‘Skeat Expedi-

tion” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900 ............

On a new Species of Earthworm from India, belonging

to the Genus: Amygntas, «43/3 iss) onigw nied oman W's os

Beprorp, F, P., F.Z.S.

On Echinoderms from Singapore and Malacca. (Plates

eRe We Baie bist sed OTe «eh cat ee a pases as

Bett, Prof. F. Jerrrny, F.Z.S.

Remarks on a Collection of Land-Planarians made by

mie Goold |O.M.ZS., in Biagio) o)cins oxenee dab bck

Benuam, Prof. W. Braxuanp, D.S8c., M.A., F.Z.8., Otago

University, and Tuomson, W. Matcoum, B.A. (N.Z.).

An Account of a Large Branchiate Polynoid from New

Zealand, Lepidonotus giganteus Kirk. By W. Matcoum

Tuomson, With an Introduction by Professor W. Biax-

LAND BENHAM, (Plates LX.-LXII.) ...............-

Bernarp, H. M.; Anprews, C. W.; Smrrn, Epaar A. ;

Kirkpatrick, R.; and Cuarmay, F. C.

On the Marine Fauna of Christmas Island (Indian

Ocean). “(Plates AIT. @ XLIL.). cece cee cwecccne

Braavw, F. E., C.M.Z.8.

Notes on the Zoological Garden of Berlin .......+..

Page

775

89]

998

271

266

v74

115

Page

BuayrorD, W. T., LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.8.

Exhibition of a skull and horns of the Central Asiatie

CE Cal Soe gia ee nn oink SARE kee a care Eat he

Bonuore, J. Lewis, F.Z.S.

On a Collection of Mammals from Siam made by Mr. T.

H. Lyle. (Plate XVIII.) .......... Pipes to sober TOS 191

On the Mammals collected during the “Skeat Expedition”

to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. (Plate LVI.) .... 869

Borrapaits, L. A., M.A., F.Z.S., Lecturer in Natural

Sciences at Selwyn College, Cambridge.

On a small Collection of Decapod Crustaceans from

Freshwaters in North Borneo ...........+-+-++es0e-- 93

On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific.—Part IV.

The Grabs. (Plates XL—XUIT.) .. 02.2 eae bs cee 568

On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific.—Part V.

Arthrostracans and Barnacles. (Plate LI.) ............ 795

BouLENGER, GEORGE ALBERT, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Note on an Error in the Description of the new Genus

Xenotilapia published in the ‘ Transactions ’ (vol. xv. p. 92). 3

Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batfachians from

Bornes, (Plates XTVs_X VIL): A As sence eee 182

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of

Polypterus lapradw with large external gills .......... 267

A List of the Batrachians and Reptiles of the Gaboon

(French Congo), with Descriptions of new Genera and

Species... (Plates XX VIl—~X RRA). supehi unt eens 433

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a large

Boren Tortoise... ........ seme eee tees ee deter 661

Exhibition of one of the type specimens of Protopterus

mollor from: the ‘Congo... 2. aahpoue ere eee eee 775

Vii

Bovutencer, Georcp Apert, F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Bupgert,

dom, MAL RAS:

List of the Fishes collected by Mr. J. S. Budgett in

the River Gambia. By G. A. BouLunenr, F.R.S., F.Z.8.

With Notes by J.S. Bopaurr, F.Z.8. 2... 0. e0ce serene

Buoeert, J.8., M.A., F.Z.S.

Notice of a Memoir entitled “On some Points in the

Anatomy of Paliyptoraa 29s oP PIP ood:

Notice of a Memoir on the breeding-habits of some

West-African Fishes, with an Account of the External

Features in the Development of Protopterus annectens, and a

Description of the Larva of Polypterus lapradit ........

Bunpeerr, J. 8., M.A., F.Z.S., and Bovunenepr, GEorGE

ALBERT, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

List of the Fishes collected by Mr. J. 8. Budgett in

the River Gambia. By G. A. Boutunenr, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

With Notes by J. S. Bupeurt, F.Z.8. 2... ....... 000

Burr, Marco, F.Z.S8.; Pest, C. V. A.; Austen, E. E.;

Dixey, F. A.; Druce, Herzert; Gann, C.J.;

Arrow, G. J.; McLacutan, R.; and Pocock, R. I.

On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895

and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland,

with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates I-IV.) ....

Burier, Arraur Garver, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior

Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, Natural

History Museum.

A Revision of the Butterflies of the Genus Zizera

represented in the Collection of the British Museum.

Ay! Dp a) So re eas Pere Pec ee Oe ee

On two Consignments of Butterflies collected by Mr.

Richard Crawshay in the Kikuyu Country of British

East Africa in 1899 and 1900. (Plate LVIII.)........

Page

511

430

835

511

104

911

Vill

Borter, A.L., F.Z.S., Curator, Selangor State Museum.

On a new Serow from the Malay Peninsula.......... 675

CamsBurny, C.; SHarpse, R. Bowptpr; Macxinper, H. J.;

and SAUNDERS, ERNEST.

On the Birds collected during the Mackinder Expedition

to Mount Kenya. By R. Bowpter Suarrz. With Notes

by H. J. Macxinper, Ernust Saunpers, and C. CaMBURN.

bs roe SATE) Pee eM glee crore ah eee pee 596

Cuapman, F. C.; Anprews, C. W.; Smriru, Epaar A.;

Bernarv, H. M.; and Kirxparricr, R.

On the Marine Fauna of Christmas Island (Indian

Weran). Plates UL IOUT)’ oo ccm ucck pains Saeeeioe 115

Cocks, A. H., F.Z.S.

Note on the Gestation of the Pine-Marten .......... 836

Crow zy, Purp, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On the Butterflies collected by the late Mr. John

Whitehead in the Interior of the Island of Hainan.

(EIeB ROR Vi ee, PAE e Oe, le Ona 505

DE Winton, WILLIAM E., F.Z.S.

On the Mammals obtained in Southern Abyssinia by

Lord Lovat during an Expedition from Berbera to the

Pine Wile, | (Plate X.) o's.) eeaece Cee ee 79

Distant, W. L., F.E.S.

Revision of the Rhynchota belonging to the Family

Pentatomide in the Hope Collection at Oxford. (Plates

EOS FEED, VRE RAMI «oleh il ey Wer 807

Page

Dixy, F. A., M.A., M.D.; Pext, C.V.A.; Austen, E. E. ;

Drucre, Herpert; Ganan, C. J.; Arrow, G. J.;

McLacutan, R.; Burr, M.; and Pocoox, R. I.

On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895

and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland,

with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates I-IV.) .... 4

Drucs, Hersert, F.L.S., F.Z.S.; Pant, C. V. A.; Austen,

E. E.; Drxzy, F. A.; Ganan, C.J.; Arrow, G. J.;

McLacuian, R.; Burr, M.; and Pocoox, R. I.

On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895

aud 1897, by Mr. OC. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland,

with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates I-IV.) .... +

Fawcert, Lt.-Col. J. Matcoum, 5th Lancers.

Notice of a Memoir on the Transformations of some

Nouth Arrican Lepidopter® << owas «sx cugelc cis cos eae 92

Frower, Capt. Srantey Smyra (5th Fusiliers), F.Z.S.,

Director of the Ghizeh Zoological Gardens, Cairo,

Egypt.

On the Mammalia of Siam and the Malay Peninsula .. 306

Notes on the Fauna of the White Nile and its Tribu-

SEIN Lt Sak otk Ware oN POPE TAY 4% ahs ds oeige CE Mima ee 950

Gauayn, C. J.. M.A., F.E.S.; Pret, C. V. A.; Avusrmn,

E. E.; Drxny, F. A.; Drocz, Hersert; Arrow,

G.J.; McLacutan, R.; Burr, M.; and Pocock,

R. I.

On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895

and 1897, by Mr. C, V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland,

with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates I-IV.) .... 4

Grant, W. R. Oativie, of the British Museum (Natural

History).

On the Birds of Hainan. (Plates XXXIII. &

PERRET LS wees oA Ge kbs TORR STE DSS uEe Se oe ke oe 457

Page

Hinpe, Sypyey L.

Remarks on the Mammals observed during five years’

residence in British Hast Aiwica (2.0. 00. 6002. . o3) ole 267

Howes, Prof. Grorce B., LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., and

Swinnerton, H. H., B.Se.

Notice of a Memoir on the Developmeut of the Skeleton

of the Tuatera (Sphenodon (Hatteria) punctatus) ........ 516

Jacoby, Martin, F.E.S.

On new Genera and Species of Phytophagous Coleo-

ptera from South and Central Africa. (Plate XX.) .... 203

Jounston, Sir Harry H., K.C.B., F.Z.S.

Letter from, containing an account of a supposed new

species of Zebra inhabiting the Congo Forest .......... 774

Kipp, Water, M.D., F.Z.S.

The Significance of the Hair-Slope in certain Mammals. 676

Kirkpatrick, R.; Anprews, C. W.; Smiry, Epear A.;

Bernarp, H. M.; and Cuapmay, F. C.

On the Marine Fauna of Christmas Island (Indian

Ci Peo ae Gael hes” pe Uy i>. GL] 0 A ey 115

Kye, H. M., M.A., B.Sc., St. Andrews.

On a new Genus of Flat-fishes from New Zealand.... 986

Laripiaw, F. F., B.A.

On the Frogs collected during the “‘ Skeat Expedition ”

to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. (Plate LVIL.).... 883

Lancuester, W. F., M.A., King’s College, Cambridge.

On a Collection of Crustaceans made at Singapore and

Malacca.—Part I. Crustacea Brachyura. (Plates XLIV.-

UA a es er ee sey ory eee 719

Léynperc, Dr. Ervan, of Upsala University.

On the Soft Anatomy of the Musk-Ox (Quthos

CUMS on aye ee oh von cae ee ce ees was ne aes =

On aremarkable Piece of Skin from Cueva Eberhardt,

Last Hope Inlet, Patagonia 0... eee eens see cnes

On the Structure and Anatomy of the Musk-Ox (Ovibos

RUDI 5 dish bn aid A> Saas kn tee aa aah A Se. AP

LybDEKKER, RicHarp, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, on behalf of Mr. Rowland Ward, and

remarks upon, the skin and horns of Ovis satrensis

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skulls, horns,

and skins of an Ibex, thought to be referable to Capra

sibirica dauvergnet

Remarks on some errors in his papers published in the

‘ Proceedings’ in 1899

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted specimen

of the Musk-Ox from East Greenland

Mackinprer, H. J.; Suarpn, R. BowpiLer; Saunpers,

Ernest; and Campury, C.

On the Birds collected during the Mackinder Expedition

to Mount Kenya. By R. Bowpier Suarpg. With Notes

by H. J. Mackinpmr, Ernest Saunpers, and C. CamBurn,

(Plate XLIIT.)

Sb Pale 0.46 28.6 8s 2.68 SC 2 ee Se 8 6 eee 6S

McLacuiay, Rosert, F.RS., F.Z.8.; Peep, C. V. A.;

Austen, E. E.; Drxry, F. A.; Droce, Herperr;

Ganan, C. J.; Arrow, G. J.; Burr, M.; and

Pocock, R. I.

On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895

and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland,

with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates 1.-LV.)

Page

142

379

686

1138

114

430

832

596

xii

Masor, Dr. C. I. Forsyru, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some bones of a

species of Macacus from the Mauritius................

Remarks on remains of Cyon sardous from a cave in

STE LTVT Gap Rie eat Lg MR Re 4S Ie. bet Sn demersal a

NewsreaD, R., F.E.S.

On a new Scale-Insect from Zomba, British Central

iri. CE abe FX) ign 's's om bis inte om kip Melee minteiee

Pes., C. V. A., F.Z.8.; Ausrun, E. E.; Drxny, F. A.;

Drvucr, Herpert; Gauwan, C. J.; ARrow, G.J.;

McLacuuan, R.; Burr, M.; and Pocock, R. I.

On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895

and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland,

with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates I-IV.)

Pocock, R. I., of the British Museum (Natural History) ;

Prat, C. V. A.; Austen, E. E.; Drxny, F. A.;

Drucre, Herpert; Gauan, C. J.; Arrow, G.J.;

McLacuian, R.; and Burr, M.

On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895

and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland,

with Descriptions of new Species. (Plates I-IV.)

Punnett, R. C., B.A.

On some Nemerteans from Torres Straits. (Plates LIV.

MALY 2) s'p.5 wits niplw nae showed we eta ate uh eeeWwie re Lee

SaunpErs, Ernest; SHanpp, R. Bowpier; MAckrnpeEr,

H. J.; and Campvry, C.

On the Birds collected during the Mackinder Expedition

to Mount Kenya. By R. Bowpier SHarpre. With Notes

by H.J, MackinpEr, Ernest SaunpDErs, and C. CaMBURN.

(Pinte A LAIE)b viii). aber do mma e wm be

Page

947

825

xill

Page

Sonater, Parire Luriey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

PICITAROR BEI ioe ds a at vida d pd atu didids tin sipipin we wai oh 1

Exhibition of a photograph of, and remarks upon, a

young specimen of the Rocky-Mountain Goat (Haploceros

SOONG raha dia am dep Cee ood a Ow GH Fad Sie RAG als te 1

Exhibition and List of a Collection of Birds from Fort

Jameson, British South Africa .........ccccccsencces 1

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Bg LUC Seer. Pee ie re SR nent ere 84

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

Ti POC Oary SWE ccs SOME ecialn te wiv sg Sala Slate Oe a 181

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Miaarolt: LGUs 5'taatat.28 tr SU Ree Mente Gall ahle 306

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

BR AMOGE Ts aig ds said tse Rate aibnninns Peter aaticee te 429

Exhibition of a specimen and description of a new

species of Reedbuck proposed to be called Cervicapra

ME (ETE OVAL) a cw nee ncales > cas u soa e's time 429

Announcement of Mr. J. S. Budgett’s departure on

his second expedition to the Gambia ................ 516

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

(ONE REE OPE SRR a Beate 659

Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. J. Lane Huxley, of a cast

of a portion of the jaw of an Ichthyosaurus from Queens-

Oe Dever sere reser sravee esse sees evvssess 660

Notice of an article in ‘ The Asian,’ by Mr. E. C. Stuart

Baker, concerning the Gaur and Gayal ...........++. 661

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during June, July, August, September, and October, “~~

pA ya 088 | ERR 2 eS a 771

xiv

Sciater, Parie Luriey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. (Continued.)

Remarks on some of the objects noticed during a recent

visit to the Zoological Gardens of Hamburg, Berlin, and

Robberdam «6. 2.0. cecesase de tcdie dd ote aie 8) 5'Wtie Aes

Remarks on the herd of Barbary Apes on the Rock of

RAEDIMMOEES Atete tae eke be few os oie ee ae

Letter from the Colonial Secretary on the proposed

introduction of Starlings into St. Kitts, West Indies....

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

November: 1900) 4, os:iieh sit. 94 80.90) Se, on Bee

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skull and horns of

the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros and mounted heads of

two Antelopes obtained by Major A. St. H. Gibbons on

Rie Sper te Art ice oh ooh on eet acae

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two bandoliers made

from the skin of a supposed new species of Zebra ......

SHARPE, Emity Mary.

On a Collection of Butterflies from the Bahamas.

(Plate ER) ois th Pete eck pote ee ee ree os eas

Suarpr, R. Bowpier, LL.D., F.LS., F.Z.S.; Macxkinper,

H. J.; Saunpers, Ernest; and CamBurn, C.

On the Birds collected during the Mackinder Expedition

to Mount Kenya. By R. Bowpier Suarpe. With Notes

by H. J. Macxryper, Ernest Saunpers, and C. CAMBURN.

(Plate XUTIL) tin. oc alels Edn Vo sili Mapes bidldids

SHERBORN, C. Davies, F.Z.S. °

Remarks on the progress of the ‘ Index Animalium’ ..

SmirH, Enear A., F.Z.8.; Anprews, C. W.; Bernarp,

H. M.; Kirxparrick, R.; and Cuapmay, F. C.

On the Marine Fauna of Christmas Island (Indian

Ocean), (Plates Kil. & Raga yee tise eee oa ee

Page

949

950

596

Spencer, Batpwiy, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., Professor of

Biology in the University of Melbourne, Director of

the National Museum, Melbourne.

A Description of Wynyardia bassiana, a Fosssil Mar-

supial from the Tertiary Beds of Table Cape, Tasmania.

Pinas MPA: & UG.) 2B eb AP RP AE

Srepsine, Rev. Tuomas R. R., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On some Crustaceans from the Falkland Islands

collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin. (Plates XXXVI.-

EAS TS Si aid Soe, ST URk Si IY Pe A

Swryverton, H. H., B.Sc., and Howzs, Prof. Grorex B.,

LL.D., F.B.S., V.P.Z.S.

Notice of a Memoir on the Development of the Skeleton

of the Tuatera (Sphenodon (Hatteria) punctatus) ........

THomas, OLDFIELD, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some mounted heads

of Antelopes from Fashoda and the Sobat River........

On the Mammals obtained in South-western Arabia by

Messrs. Percivaland Dodson ..<.......608ce2sscess

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a new

Species of Kangaroo, proposed to be called Macropus

INNES FORE hia ois. oi aA ies np mh ne «2 cite < wivieasiot hn dia

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a new Sub-

species of Kangaroo from Western Australia, proposed

to be named Macropus robustus cervinus 1... 06.0 eens

List of Mammals obtained by Mr. H. J. Mackinder

during his recent Expedition to Mount Kenya, British

DD Ea do dieinis cneee davcdens CUNMLee de Co ienads

List of Mammals obtained by Dr. Donaldson Smith

during his recent Journey from Lake Rudolf to the

ONGE TED Pa fa ts fa chine «foe celen etumteaweeWe eas Ws

Page

517

516

113

xvi

Tuomeson, Prof. D’Arcy W., C.B., F.R.S.

On a rare Cuttlefish, Ancistroteuthis robusta (Dall),

SESCUBIEED ico Seine hs eect ewe eo oie ee are alee oan are

THomson, ArtuuR, Assistant-Superintendent and Head-

Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie.

Report on the Insect-house for 1899 ..............

THomson, W. Matcorm, B.A. (N.Z.), and Bennam, Prof. W.

Briaxtanpd, D.Sc., M.A., F.Z.S., Otago University.

An Account of a Large Branchiate Polynoid from New

Zealand, Lepidonotus giganteus Kirk. By W. Matcoum

THomson. With an Introduction by Professor W. Buax-

LAND BenHAM. (Plates LX.-LXIL.) ...........000 00

Warzorton, Cuor, M.A., Christ’s College, Cambridge.

On a remarkable Attid Spider from Borneo, Mantis-

alia trucvians, N. 2. Cb Bp. 4 s.s sade woh bok eae ee +

Woopwarp, Artaur Smiru, LL.D., F.Z.S.

On some Remains of Grypotherium (Neomylodon) listat

and associated Mammals from a Cavern near Consuelo

Cove, Last Hope Inlet, Patagonia. (Plates V.-IX.)....

Page

992

181

974

384

LIST OF PLATES,

1900.

Plate Page

I. Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, &c. from Somaliland

II. Orthoptera from Somaliland ............0000.00 t 4

TET Ticks Troms Omer oes cutee asae nc whan ckres

IY. Scorpions from Somaliland ....... Sit avec wees ;

Vv. \

ue - Grypotherium listai |

VT, ( Gtypotherium listat 1. +e eee tht re AL fy get

VIU. ane

IX. 1.G@ ypotherium listat. 2. Felis onga. 3. Arctotheri. cum

SNE wants aia cern anhe ges oe Uns eee

ah SAUOOMIR TOUCUN ok ac aig ic ine en decadence ehins} ‘

XI. Species of Zizera ......... wa ae Kee caseuee wh wo. Se

tcc Sponges from Christmas Island............+-.64. 115

XIV. 1. Lygosoma shelfordi, 2. Distira saravacensis..., }

DV: LOGOUT DOTMOONNS oie Fed elk vane tavearele’

AVL AON APRS oc icicidnwccnecccendunieeds + 182

XVII. 1. Améblycephalus nuchalis. 2, Rhacophorus shelfordi. |

3. Ivalus petersit. 4. Calophryne heterochirus .,

XVIII. Petaurista lylei.......... aus babi Wea Hides gieians 191

Lc LOPE ROMROCNE oi ccc ie ec eiaebes cddenne ve denies 197

XX. African Phytophagous Coleoptera .............. 203

XXI.

sre » Echinoderms from Singapore and Malacca ........ 271

XXIV.

XXV._ 1. Mus sylvaticus princeps. 2. Mus sylvaticus celticus, — 387

ER VE. « Corvdeaer a ROMAINE. cdi cnasisdeecavicesancy 429

Proc, Zoo, Soc, —1900. b

XVill

Plate Page

XXVIII 1. Bufo latifrons. 2. Arthroleptis inguinalis, )

3. Dilobates platycephalus. 4. Rappia platyceps. . |

XXVIII. 1. Scotodleps gabonicus. 2. Phrynobatrachus auritus.

3. Phrynobatrachus latirostrip. v.46... 0 se aces - 433

XXIX. Gampsosteonyx batesit .......00 cee eee ee oS Mave a

XXX. Trichobatrachus robustus.......0... ce ceees Sia es

XXXI. 1. Poromera fordii. 2. Mabuia batesii .......... |

KXXIT. Boulengerina annulata...ccceccccsesvocscebancs ,)

RORITE.. Nycticorar magnifies. 46 os $e obo ae hee 457

XXXIV. Genneus whiteheadi, 6 & Q .ceceveerees 3 5 Sc

XXXV. Butterflies from Hainan ..... eae elem ei gesatenar eats 505

XXXVI. Halicarcinus ovatus. Halicarcinus planatus ......

NVA Pepe VANERTANE AD, 5 sos i cre a's 34's wlomlns Cue RG } ete

RGN WLS tS LDERAENS Coie yine a nies vgs ales cv ok Paha eee ou

NIN, RUCORUMET DING GUE clas we se s's = a's cate ob aee Vela sim

XL. |

MUL + iGrabs trou the South Pacific 2: ocicss ake. 52% 568

XLII.

PTY WUD O MARCUM, sas soe Niele sha oe ase 596

XLIV.

ey | Crustaceans from Singapore and Malacca ..,..... 719

XLVI.

XLVIII. Connochetes taurina, S jr ....... ete ee 771

ager Wynyardia bassiana ,..... Spat hak eey tivanee turin ent. (76

LI. Crustaceans from the South Pacific .............. 795

ia Rhynchota of the Family Pentatomide .......... 807

ae Nemerteans from Torres Straits .............00 825

AWG: hi bes OGLE 6g ewe a antoolera Wate hoca mags haere 869

LVII. Frogs from the Malay Peninsula ......... a eke 885

LVIII. New Butterflies from East Africa................ 911

LIX. Walkeriand porunars . tapas ile Ghwaes epee 947

LX.

LXI.} Lepidonotus geganteus ......c0cccesseneeseeees eye O72

LXII.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN THE TEXT.

1900.

Pago

Arvicanthus abyssinicus, Right upper molar series of ,......-..+- 8]

Arvicanthus dembeensis, Right upper molar series of ........... + POE

Littledale’s Sheep (Ovis satrensis), Male of, in winter coat ........ 114

Musk-ox, Papille of the paunch of the ........... ES hiss vanity ae

Musk-ox, Cells of the reticulum ofthe ..... Riot ecren ie tee asta 149

Musk-ox, Irregular folds in ceecum of the .......... Nevis arate eae seg! 3

Musk-ox, Great and small intestines of the ............ ehcet pene 152

Musk-ox, Liver, gall-bladder, and part of the duodenum of the ..., 155

Musk-ox, Spleen of the ................ SL oat ORME oft eke tepid.

PR SRG OF TNE os ew nae'e vs 5 eed na ware ere oe urate « dice tun

Musk-ox, Tracheal ring of the ............ aus nor a aNd. Le

RMN REAM ON Se casas o sics Ga vo ys an Gh ele Sia Rive alanis 159

Musk-ox, Penis of the....... Dae dias Ma aly estas dss Sign mntnareceie’ ccets 16]

Musk-ox, Udder of the female .................- A Oa ena . 164

Benhamia cecifera, Ventral surface of anterior segments Bon 16 <a 168

Benhamia cecifera, Calciferous glands..........++.- Petters Os ae

Benhamia cecifera, Septum with intestine &Ke., cut across ........ 171

Tachyoryctes splendens ibeanus, Skull of . 0... 000 c eect eee ce ae

Siamang, Brain of, inner view of left hemisphere ............4... 188

Siamang, Brain of, dorsal aspect ........+0.00e 000s sn tb ins a aoe

Asellus aquaticus, Ilead of, seen from dorsal side ....-6.e ee eee eee 209

Asellus aquaticus, Apex of extra mandible of, to show details...... 270

Rhabdocidaris annulifera, Table of measurements of.......... weve Of0

Asthenosoma heteractis (transverse section)..... meas tcate i tatatatate ciate 279)

Taphozous melanopogon, 3 , Uead of, three-quarter and profile views. 348

The piece of skin from Cueva Eberhardt ......0.. 00.4 e eee eeees 380

Micrographiec reproduction of some of the hairs of the piece of skin

(from Cueva Eberhardt)....... Leeeiereanitabtcn« neva Senay OoL

Mantisatta trucidana, 9, much enlarged, ...... 0600 c eee eee ees 885

Page

Mantisatta trucidans, 2, Ocular area Of ........cce secre e eae ... 386

Mantisatta trucidans, 2, in profile ...... Sis sipaetettie Pivieainidereniee . 386

Mantisatta trucidans, 2, Under surface of anterior part of, with

enlarged view of epigyne ....... Chui vah Seis ash Cason cae

Nectophryne afra, Hand and foot is ewe the subastiuelise

tubercles of the fingers and toes ........ PRET ee ey a ites ec

CUPAIDOIWSER OT AGUS: ooo bine ce ba cmmes « yO Noel oes ri cues be

Benhamia budgett, Ventral surface of «2... cee. sae ce reco etunces 65

Benhamia budgetti, General dissection of............. ints eae ee eee

Benhamia budgetti, Penial seta of, greatly magnified.............. 658

Ichthyosaurus, Fragment of jaw of ........ Bota ce ee od

Bassaricyon alleni, Manus of, illustrating the vibrisse upon ite

BES he test ereree vip css Ba SHOE 6 sig xaoemarn Se aub cont vib sie Bia pO

Bassaricyon allen, Tongue of, Feel WEAWeR cei wis Gas oe eaPee sO

Bassaricyon alleni, Vee of, abdominal aspect ...... iS GAs aes Oe

Cercoleptes, Ovary and oviduct of right side of ...... SOL 2 aie NER

Bassaricyon alleni, Brain of, dorsal and lateral views.............. 668

Bassaricyon alleni, Cervical vertebre of, ventral view ........ s griies

Cercoleptes caudivolvulus, Cervical yertebree of, ventral view ...... 673

ted Deer, Lion, Horse, Heads of, showing hair-slope on frontal and

NBRALRCPYONS s,s .y.55 «55 vis sane gone ain mea eases mje sey ke eee 678

Horse, View of, showing post-humeral and Sorel whorls with

SOWUNGMNE i. Sos ca nie See Sahih peas , (riers s a6 in 5 seen

Horse, Front view of pectoral region of, the ‘left side showing

muscles with opposing actions, the right showing pectoral

whorl with feathering...... a eae a hire aaa} tee

Musk-ox, Schematic Siapohion owe aievent stages of the

development of the horn of the ........ wogeeuee ie resis wists . 688

Musk-ox, Longitudinal section through a full-grown horn of the,

showing lines indicating the grow th at different periods ...... Goo

Musk-ox, Lateral view of the Skull of an old male, showing the

horn-core and the remains of the reabsorbed exostoses ........ 691

Musk-ox, Lateral view of a longitudinal section of a horn of an old

male, showing the structure of the inner part of the basal horn-

layer, which has taken the place of the exostoses, and the lines

indicating the periodical growth of the same .............. 692

Musk-ox, Section of skull of the ............. 5 ia MIE cic ieee <tiene 697

Musk-ox, Section of a part of the skull of the ......... niet wie nner 698

Musk-ox, Palatal surface of skull of....... wabeieke wie Seta a er 707

Musk-ox, Mandibles of male and female............ Bra tees ee

Musk-ox, Section through the tip of a milk-incisor ofa .......... 710

Bos taurus, Section through a milk-incisor of a calf of ....... prs

Wynyardia bassiana, Portion of right femur ..... eae nies aia as vue ep Low

Wynyardia bassiana, The same, upper extremity, from above...... 786

Wynyardia bassiana, Portion of right fibula, anterior aspect ...... 787

Wynyardia bassiana, The same, posterior aspect ................ 787

Hymenopus bicornis, Pupa of, on inflorescence of Melastoma le

LIND 6. 24s 0 50 ate coe Ree eres eee erm. Uae ot! |

XXxi

Page

Amyntas malayanus, Anterior end Of 1.0.22... . cee cece eens 894

Amyntas polytheca, Anterior end Of .......2..0cccenecusereceees 898

Amyrias aringeanus, Anterior end Of ... 1.2.2.6 eesceceeescacers 901

Amyntas kalantanensis, Anterior end of ........... 0. ccc eee en eee 903

Amynias pulauensis, Anterior end of ..........00..eceee scence 905

Aagaitas evans, Ariwrior end) Of 5. si. 5 creas oki Shes wes ws wee 907

mies Dimortts, A Utarinr Gnd 06.5. .ievsi: xk WV dae shad ee ee 910

Pipertia Thompsons, Onenoes GF 3) vnc aren swe koa me ieee es 987

Apsetta thompsont : under surface of head, showing the position of

Rete CARE GNI Nig ichanerace phat a cpa wis sista Te aS elabl/ecaah, Whe oa ete 987

Apsetta thompsoni: anterior part of head with mouth open........ 987

Ancistroteuthis, Upper and lower mandibles of ...............06. 994

Ancistroteuthis: A, yvight tentacular club of; B, extremity of

tentacle of

Amyntas aewvandri, Anterior extremity of .........0..0 eee eens 999

Amyntas heterochetus, A. trinitatis, A. alexandri, Spermathece of . 1001

Amyntas heterochetus, A. trinitatis, A. alexandri, Spermiducal

SPURILGY ery as bitte od Stecapun dia S i meat a Tie te ey wales aps cye'a a\aig, slau Vas 1001

Proc. Zoo, Soc.——1 900

LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS

PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME (1900).

v / Page

Acteeopsis (Crust.) ............06 741

Actuarius (Rhynch.) ............ 814

Astius (Rhynch.) .............026+. 815

Avicenna (Rhynch.) ............ 815

Burria (Orthopt.) ...........200 57

Cardioglossa (Rept.) ............ 445

Charieis (Orthopt.) ............... 36

Dilobates (Rept.) ..........0.08 443,

Dromidiopsis (Crust.) ............. 572

Estcourtiana (Coleopt.) ......... 260

Exospheroma (Crust.) ......... 553

AWB OENStG) o..cescee<eoncuss tues 767

Gampsosteonyx (Rept.) ......... 442

Page

Kalula (Rhynch.) ...........06 809

Lepturophis (Rept.)......+++.00++- 183

Mantisatta (Arachn.) ............ 384

Melampodius (Rhynch.)......... 817

Microhermesia (Coleopt.) ...... 220

Milititsa (Orthopt.)............++- 42

Odontiomorpha (Coleopt.) ...... 258

Sauracris (Orthopt.) ............ 40

Scotobleps (Rept.) ............+4. 438

Syntarucus (Lepid.) ............ 929

Trichobatrachus (Rept.) ......... 445

Xenocarcinoides (Crust.)......... 578

PROCEEDINGS

OF TILE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 23, 1900.

Dr. Aubert Giinrusr, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 18399 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of December 1899 were 69 in number. Of these 25 were

acquired by presentation and 11 by purchase, 2 were born in the

Gardens, and 31 were received on deposit. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 131.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a photograph of a young specimen of the

Rocky Mountain Wild Goat (/aploceros montanus) now in cap-

tivity in British Columbia, which had been forwarded to him by

Dr. A. R. C. Selwyn, C.M.G., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., and read a letter

from that gentleman kindly offering his assistance in obtaining

the specimen for the Society’s Collection. It was stated to have

been captured on the 15th June last by a shooting party near

Field, British Columbia. The mother was shot and the kid cap-

tured. It was then about a month old and weighed only 6 Ibs.

On the 22nd December last it weighed 55 lbs. and had an excellent

winter coat, as was shown in the photograph.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a collection of Birds formed by Mr. Alfred

Sharpe, C.B., C.M.Z.8., during a recent journey from Zomba to the

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1900, No, I, 1

ON BIRDS FROM BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA,

(Jan. 23,

British South Africa Company’s headquarters at Fort Jameson in

Mpeseni’s country in Northern Rhodesia.

the 135 specimens had been kindly determined by Capt. Shelley,

and referred by him to 66 species, of which the following was

a list (according to Capt. Shelley’s nomenclature) with the localities

Mr. Sclater added that

added :—

/ No. in | .

l hala Locality

| | ea: . (where stated).

| 1. | Cinnyris falkensteini ............ 36 | Mkukula.

| 2, | Ohaleomitra Kirki.....::.0:--.-0--- | 54 | Buwa.

| 93. | Anthothreptes longuemarit...... 74 | Buwa.

Peds 1) Bemeras infer steesetaten =. hecernre-+os 124

hae. |) Motacillacviduts.s,c.c0.-0sesete ees 145

| G.. | Anthos rufulus . .....0cesecarverees 165

1) 9%) Macronyxtoroceus. ¢....26.00- 4.5. 4 170 | Liwonde.

| 8. | Mirafra fischeri .............00-- 198 | Buwa.

9. | Pyrrhulauda smithi ............... 234 | Katunga.

(PelOl es SPascericiftusus! t...<-<0e7-<.0.5-+0% 268 | Katunga and Mkukula.

elles |} Viduavprinclpalis ....... -1.--0-028 | 93812 | Katunga and Mkukula.

aks PAFADIBOA .5..).. 5nd sc0cntevsee | 316 |

13. | Urobrachya axillaris............. ... 828 | Kotakota.

14. | Pyromelana xanthomelana ...... | 833 | Buwa, Mkukula, Katunga.

15. Hammucops’ \>...t6 2022 +a: | 838 | Mkakula and Kotakota.

16. | Ploceipasser pectoralis ............ 470 | Liwonde.

| 17. | Hyphantornis shelleyi ............ 543 | Katunga.

18.0) (Oriolus larvatus, 4.2. -.v+-0ssecnee- 572 | Buwa.

19. | Lamprocolius sycobius............ 600 | Liwonde.

20. | Prionops talacoma ............... 666 | Buwa.

21. | Campophaga nigra ............... 675 | Buwa.

22,. | Hisouscollarie:3.-2<5...2c-seeue x | 693 | Mkukula and Buwa.

23. BOUSEY Wiel se asus s onariene mented 701 | Buwa. |

24. | Enneoctonus collurio ............ 709 | Kotakota, Mkukula, and

Buwa.

25. | Laniarius mosambicus ............ 723 | Kasungu.

26. | Dryoscopus cubla................-- 742 | Kasungu.

27. | Telephonus senegalus ............ 751 | Buwa.

| 28. | Malaconotus blanchoti............ 778 | Buwa.

29. | Andropadus vleaginus ............ 844 | Liwonde.

30. | Erythropygia barbata ............ 1143 | Buwa.

31. | Turdus libonianus ............... 1234 | Buwa.

32. | Bradyornis murinus............... 1502 | Katunga and Kotakota.

33. | Eurystomus glaucurus............! 1509 | Kotakota.

34. | Coracias caudatus..............0++- 1515 | Liwonde.

35. | Rhinopomastes cyanomelas...... 1559 =| Liwonde.

Bow Cerys rudis, 2s. s-a:-ceseaseesare 1599 | Liwonde.

37. | Corythornis cyanostigma......... 1606 | Kotakota.

38. | Halcyon chelicutensis ............ | 1619 | Kotakota.

39. | Colius erythromelon............... 1638 | Liwonde.

40. | Schizorhis concolor ............... 1664 | Kotakota and Liwonde.

41. | Centropus burchelli............... 1690 | Kotakota.

A254 Coceystes Cater ..°...s+sseurenente 1696 | Liwonde.

43. | Chrysococeyx cupreus ............ 1712, | Mkukula.

44. | Melanobucco torquatus ......... 1739 | Katunga and Buwa.

45. | Smilorhis sowerbyi ............... 1759 =| Katunga and Buwa.

1900.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE GENUS XBNOTILAPIA. 5

| No. in | Locality

| | ee | (where stated).

| 46. Campothera abingdoni............ | 1812 | Buwa.

| 47. | Chaleopelia afra ...........c000+- 1895 | Kotakota.

| 48. | Nisaétus pennatus.................. 2025 | Liwonde.

49. | Lophoaétus occipitalis ............ 2030 | Liwonde.

| 50, | Asturinula monogrammica ...... | 2046 | Liwonde.

| 51. | Astur polyzonoides ............... | 2060 | Liwonde.

| 52. | Cireus ranivorus ................-. 2082 | Liwonde.

| Sd. | Ardea purpurea ..........0.....0 2123 | Kotakota.

54. | Phalacrocorax lucidus ............ 2149 | Kotakota.

|, 55. PLDICATIDB | 0 Py Seceneatas ede oct 2153 | Kotakota.

56. | Plotus levaillanti .................- 2154 | Kotakota.

| 57. | Larus cirrhocephalus ............) 2205

58. | Sarcidiornis melanonota ......... 2255 | Liwonde.

59. | Porphyrio alleni .................. 2297 | Kotakota.

f~GO, | Turnix lopurand. ....-<.2..-..-...- 2324 | Katunga.

| 61. | Francolinus coqui.................. 2346 | Buwa and Katunga.

| 62. | Phyllopezus africanus ............ 2441 | Liwonde and Katunga.

} 63. / Lobivanellus lateralis ............ 2445 | Buwa and Katunga.

| 64. | Pavoncella pugnax ............... 2484 | Mkukula.

65. | Rhynchea capensis ............... 2501

66. | Cursorius temimincki ............| 2517 | Buwa.

Mr. Sclater remarked that the route from Lake Nyasa to

Mpeseni’s country and Fort Jameson would be found described in

an article by Mr. R. I. Money and Dr. Kellett Smith in the

‘Geographical Journal’ for 1897 (vol. x. p. 146).

Capt. Shelley had informed Mr. Sclater that examples of the

following 3 species had not previously been obtained in Nyasaland,

but it should be remarked that Fort Jameson itself, being over

the water-parting, was just outside the border of the B.C. A.

Protectorate :—

1. Parus afer Gm.: Gadow, Cat. B. viii. p. 39.

Not previously recorded from the north of the Zambesi.

2. Smilorhis sowerbyi Sharpe, Lbis, 1898, p. 572, pl. xii. fig. 1.

Originally described from Mashunaland.

3. Phalacrocorax lucidus (Licht.): Grant, Cat. B. xxvi. p. 351.

A communication was read from Mr. G. A. Boulenger pointing

out that an unfortunate mistake, for which he was in no way

responsible, had been made in printing the characters of the genus

Xenotilapia in part 4 of vol. xv. of the Society’s Transactions,

lately issued. The characters of the genus Xenotilapia (page 92)

should stand as follows :—

XENOTILAPIA, g. 1.

Body moderately elongate ; scales ctenoid; three lateral lines.

Mouth small, very protractile; upper jaw with two series of minute

+ MR. C. V. A. PEBL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23,

conical teeth ; mandibular teeth turned outwards, ina single series;

maxillary concealed under the preorbital when the mouth is closed.

A large papillose pad on each side of the pharynx, between the

gills. Dorsal with 14 or 15 spines, anal with 3.

The following papers were read :—

1. On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895

and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel, F.Z.S., in Somaliland,

with Descriptions of new Species. By C. V. A. Pest,

E.Z:8S., E. E. Austen, F. A. Drxey, M.A., MB,

Hersert Druce, F.LS., F.Z.8., C. J. Ganan, M.A.,

Gitsert J. Arrow, R. McLacuian, F.R.S., Matcoum

Burr, F.Z.S., and R. I. Pocock.

[Received November 9, 1899.]

(Plates L-IV.)

CoNTENTS.

Page

1. Narrative of the Expeditions. By C. V. A. Pern, F.ZS....... 4

2. Diptera.. By HiiiwA peewee .;.ccatapec ts) - --.2-cstunanBxemiagton 7

3. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. By F. A. Dixry, M.A., M.D....... 10

4. Lepidoptera Heterocera. By Hersert Druce, F.Z.S., F.LS8. 17

5. Coleoptera. By C. J. Ganan, M.A., and Giupert J. Arrow... 21

G.Neuroptera. By BR. Mcliiguman, FURS. ......2.2s002.00--ensscsece 34

7. Orthoptera. By Matcoim Burr, F.Z.S., and Dr. C. Brunner

Y.W ADUEN WY os cc 00sesapacoeaven cae tones spp Veen eas a he

8. Insects of other Orders. By various Contributors............... 46

9. Chilopoda and Arachnida. By R. I. Pocock ..........ccc2+e0008 48

10. General List of the Scorpions of Somaliland and the Boran

Oountry.. By e302. ae-c acre sees 2 caess aponcaee BH)

11. ‘Hixplanation of the [email protected]+2--0-c0-0oun<siscstuwe-a0ee 63

1. NARRATIVE OF THE EXPEDITIONS.

By C. V. A. Pst, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S.

(First expedition to Somaliland. April 16 to August 7, 1895.)

Somaliland has always been known as the big-game hunter’s

paradise, and in consequence but few have had the energy to

collect insects as well. Mr. E. Lort Phillips and Dr. Donaldson

Smith, however, are notable exceptions. J always kept a killing-

bottle in my tent and also collected outside whatever I happened

to meet, but I must honestly confess that I never devoted my time

seriously to collecting insects. Owing to the great sameness of

thorn-bush and undergrowth,the Lepidoptera of Somaliland are dis-

appointing. The Butterflies are few and somewhat uninteresting,

——

m. 1900: Pl. I.

(Ruin

SY -,

* a nd = :

Cer ree ee

“ oy, CG = 7 o

SRN

SEIN AG

Weat, Newman imp

ORTHOPTERA FROM SOMALI- LAND

FO Pickard Cambridge lith

EH.J Schuster del

Erno Lao )O. ee Ne

P.O Pickeard-Cambridge del. et lith West, Newman imy

SCORPIONS FROM SOMALI-LAND

1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 5

and the Moths are very local. The latter were nearly all

collected on the banks of river-beds where there were trees, long

grass, and undergrowth. The Beetles, on the other hand, simply

swarmed, and there was also no lack of Orthoptera, Chilopoda,

Diplopoda, Arachnida, &c.

On April 20th, 1895, I started from Berbera, the coast town of

Somaliland, wending my way south-west along the maritime plain

to Hargaisa. Insect-life was by no means plentiful in this hot

parched-up desert country, but birds were numerous by the sides

of the dried-up river-beds.

Hargaisa is a permanent Somali village on a gentle slope, over-

looking a river-bed. There was luxuriant undergrowth and a

few trees. Insect-life was consequently more plentiful, and I

collected my first butterflies and moths here. Of the latter, the

large species Cyllogramma latona Cr. and Sphingomorpha chlorea

Cr. came to my lantern in great quantities at night. After

leaving Hargaisa, I went south across the great waterless Haud

District, through dense thorn-bush jungle. Hn route we suddenly

emerged upon the Bun Saylah,a large open plain literally covered

with game, notably Oryx, Hartebeest, Scemmerring’s Gazelle, and

Ostriches. It took usa day to cross this, and then we entered dense

jungle again. All this time I did but little insect-collecting, as,

owing to the scarcity of water, 1 was always on the quick march.

At Sassabanah we encountered water in deep wells and under the

surface of a river-bed, the Webbi Jerrar. Here I collected some

of the ticks described. Thence I marched to the Boorgha Country,

and passed the everlasting red sand, entering a stony, billy district.

In this latter, Orthoptera were very numerous. I went as far

as Mount Kuldush, marching along the Webbi Shebeyli, the great

river of Somaliland.

The banks of this river were lined with trees and dense jungle,

and butterflies and other insects were very abundant. Being

unable to find a path for the camels down to the river-edge, and as

I was running sbort of food, and many of my men had fever, I

retraced my steps at the end of June. ‘I followed the Sule River

for a long way and reached Bun Jijjiga, a gigantic plain at the

foot of the Harah Hills. Here I fell in with Abyssinians, who,

however, behaved most cordially. Game was extremely abundant

on this plain; but insects were somewhat scarce except at Whardi

Datal, where there was long grass, in which Orthoptera simply

swarmed, After leaving the plain I traversed thick jungle until

reaching Hargaisa, where | rested to take up water before recrossing

the great maritime plain called Guban (the hot country).

During this latter journey I came across a small herd of the

Somali Wild Ass (Zquus somalicus), and passed through a dense

locust-cloud, which darkened the sun for hours and looked like a

great fall of snow, the air being white with them. After a very

exhausting march through this desert, where we encounted terrific

dust-storms every day, we finally returned to Berbera and the coast.

6 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23,

(Second expedition. June 5th to October 29th, 1897.)

Being anxious to continue my researches in the Natural History

of Somaliland, and if possible to cross the Ganana River and

explore Lake Rudolph, I set out from Berbera again in 1897,

accompanied by Mr. J. Benett-Stanford, F.Z.S., and his wife.

We took with us a very large caravan of camels and escort. We

crossed the great Gulis Range of mountains by the Gerato Pass,

and encamping at Lehello, there awaited more camels, which were

being bought for us in Berbera. Lehello lay in stony ground by

the everlasting dried-up river-bed. Here insect-life was fairly

abundant, as will be seen from a perusal of the subsequent parts

of this memoir.

We removed next to the Toyo Plain, a vast open space devoid of

trees, and then crossing the waterless Haud District reached

the wells of Farfanyer in Ogaden. Here we were overtaken by a

messenger from the political officer at the coast, forbidding us to

go to the Ganana Kiver, as the Somalis were reported to be

fighting the Abyssinians there. This was a great disappointment

to us, after getting together such a large caravan and escort. At

Farfanyer we fell in with a great number of Somalis armed with

rifles, which they had looted from the Abyssinians, whom they had

defeated in two battles on the Webbi Shebeyli. At Farlanyer

Mr. and Mrs. Stanford stayed, looking for rhinoceros, whilst I,

with my separate caravan, went in search of a reported lion.

Eventually I lost the Stanfords altogether, and although I sent

guides to look for them, it was of no use, owing to the denseness

of the bush. I had a very bad attack of fever, and after waiting for

over a fortnight to try and get news of my friends, or to get a guide

to take me back, I was obliged to give it up and march on alone.

Hearing of elephants in the Marehan and Haweea Countries, I

determined to explore this little-known territory, and so marched

across the great Marehan Desert and reached Habr Heshi, where

we at length found water. Here I shot a fine lion which charged

me, but I managed by great good luck to stop the animal when it

was within a few yards.

After leaving Habr Heshi we encountered stony barren country,

and pitched camp at Sinnadogho in the Haweea country, where

there were fresh tracks of elephants. Here the natives were

extremely troublesome, and I had a very anxious time. Several of

my rifles, cloth for barter, and a pony were looted from me, and

my followers were frequently attacked. JI marched to Joh, the

furthest point south-east [ was destined to reach. We were then

about six days’ distance from the east coast. Finding no elephants,

I went on to Kadea, looting on the way a pony in exchange for

the one taken from me. Upwards of five hundred armed men

made their appearance at this point, and I thought we were in for a

big fight, some of the young men dancing themselves into a perfect

frenzy. I was obliged to fire over their heads, to keep them from

looting my camels. They succeeded, however, in stealing some

1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 7

rifles, and I was obliged to take out my little army twice against

villagers ; but luckily no blood was shed, as the villagers, seeing the

rifles coming, immediately restored my ‘stolen property. I did no

collecting to speak of here, as I was ill with fever and was having

a very anxious time. I could get no guide to take me across the

great waterless desert of the Marehan, and was obliged to load up

the water-vessels at Doosa Moreb and start without one. I believe

I was the first white man to visit the heart of the Marehan and

Haweea Countries, and was right glad to shake off the dust from

my feet on quitting those inhospitable tribes. How I lost my

way crossing the Marehan Desert, ran short of water, and all but

died of thirst, I have already described in the pages of the ‘ Wide

World Magazine.’ We reached Galadi in the Mijertain Country,

and found water in the very nick of time, when I was almost at

the last gasp. Here I became delirious, and knew nothing that

was going on around me for hours. After leaving Galadi I became

so ill and weak with fever that I did no further collecting, but was

practically carried by my pony the whole way across the waterless

Haud again to the Gulis Range, where I remained a few days to

rest, and at 'ength reached Berbera more dead than alive.

A full account of my two expeditions, together with a complete

list of every mammal and bird known to inhabit the country, will

be found in my book * Somaliland,’ published in 1899 by Messrs.

F. E. Robinson & Co., London.

The specimens mentioned and described in the following pages

are in the Hope Collection, University Museum, Oxford, with the

exception of those which are expressly stated to be in the British

Museum.

2. DIPTERA.

By E. E. Avsren, Zoological Department, British Museum.

Mr. Peel’s collection of Diptera was not extensive, amounting

only to four specimens belonging to thnee species, one of which,

however, is apparently new.

Fam. TABANID 4.

Subfam. PANGONIN®,

Panconia Latr.

PANGONIA (sens. strict.) Rond.

PANGONIA TRICOLOR, sp. n. (Plate I. fig. 8.)

2. Length 17 millim. ; length of wing 15-5 millim.; length of

proboscis 4 millim.

Shining black; first and second segments of abdomen (except a

somewhat triangular area in the middle of the second segment, which,

however, like the first and remainder of the second segment, is clothed

with appressed silvery-white pile) white above; sixth and seventh

segments and the narrow posterior margin of the fifth ochraceous, and

8 MR. OC. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23,

clothed with golden ochraceous pile; wings dark brown ; alula,

greater portion of the area behind the sixth longitudinal vein, and

sometimes a narrow maryin extending from the tip of the second vem

to the apex of the anal cell, hyaline.

Head with an area surrounding the bases of the antenne,

extending from eye to eye, and including the lowest third of the

front and an equal space below the antenne, covered with white

dust ; face on each side below the antenna sparsely clothed with

fine silvery hairs ; cheeks dark brown ; occiput covered with greyish

dust, and base of head below thickly clothed with short white

hairs ; antenne uniformly black, a distinct shoulder at the base of

the third joint above. Thorax with a few short golden hairs in

front of scutelium ; pectus clothed with silvery-white pile, which

extends on to the pleurew above the front cox, and also in a stripe

running up to the base of the wing, where the stripe ends in a

fork; a narrow stripe of silvery-white pile extends from the base

of the scutellum to the wing on each side. Abdomen: the white

posterior margin of the second segment is narrowed in the middle

above (thus leaving the black triangular area mentioned in the

diagnosis), and continued on the ventral side as a narrow trans-

verse band. Legs: cove greyish pollinose, and clothed with

silvery-white pile; tibie with a slight reddish tinge. Wings

with a fleck of silvery-white pile on the base of the first vein ;

halteres tawny.

Two specimens (both 2). Type in British Museum ; co-type

in Hope Museum, Oxford. From Bun Feroli, north of Shebeyli

River, West Somaliland; June 10-20, 1895: “ biting men and

animais.”

In the present species the eyes are bare and the first posterior

cell of the wing is closed; it is therefore a true Pangonia in

Rondani’s restricted sense.

Pangonia tricolor is closely allied to P. bricchettit Bezzi (Ann.

Mus. Ciy. Genov. xxxil, (1892), p. 181), also from Somaliland

(Milmil). P. tricolor differs from P. bricchettii (which apparently

is a somewhat smaller species) inter alia in only the first two, and

not the first four’, abdominal segments being marked with white,

thus leaving between the white of the base and the ferruginous tip

a broad shining black space, which is absent in Bezzi’s species.

It may be noted that in the marking of the base of the abdomen

of Pangowa tricolor there is a certain similarity to Tabanus

leucaspis, v. d. Wulp (Notes Leyden Mus. vii. (1885), p. 74, pl. v.

fig. 3), from the Gold Coast.

The collection of the British Museum contains two specimens

of Pungonia tricolor, obtained by Capt. Swayne in Somaliland, from

* There is a discrepancy between Bezzi’s diagnosis and his detailed descrip-

tion ; in the former he writes (op. cit. p. 181) “ abdomine fasciis tribus trans-

versis ex tomento albido ad marginem posticum segmentorum,” while in the latter

he describes (p. 182) the fowrth segment also as ‘‘a orlatura posteriore bianca,”

with the dorsum “ Fornito di peli bianchi”; he describes the 5th, 6th, and 7th

segments as “a peli ferruginosi.”

1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 9

nearly the same region as that in which Mr. Peel’s specimens were

found. Capt. Swayne also captured a single specimen of another

species of Pangonia (too much damaged for determination), and

three examples of a smali Tabanid, somewhat resembling a Hamato-

pota in form, but with clear wings; as the latter specimens are

headless, it is impossible to determine them more precisely.

The following extract from a letter from Capt. Swayne, sent along

with the flies to Dr. P. L. Sclater, is interesting as showing the

apparent effect of the bites of these flies upon domestic animals. It

is possible, however, that the real offender in these cases is either

Glossina longipennis, Corti (the Somaliland Tsetse-fly), or else a

species of Stomoxrys, which abounds all over E. Africa. The latter

species was found by Dr. J. W. Gregory to kill his camels on the

Tana River, and was discovered by Capt. A. G. Haslam, A.V.D.,

to carry the Trypanosoma of Tsetse-fly disease. Since Stomowys 1s

a fly of small size, while Glossina longipennis is in shape not unlike

a Hematopota, the true culprits may escape notice, the effects of

their bites being attributed to the Tabanide. In the extract from

Capt. Swayne’s letter the Pangonia are called “ Doog,” and the

small Tabanid “ Balaad.” Capt. Swayne writes as follows :—

* ] send you three specimens of ‘ Doog’ (a large fly) and three

specimens of ‘ Balaad’ (a small fly)....... I was very

much pestered by ‘Doog’* on my way through Ojaden to the

Webbe Shabeyli in Somaliland. They swarmed on my camels,

constantly drawing blood. The other fly, ‘ Balaad,’ which looks

not unlike the common house-fly, is far the worst fly on the

Webbe; a valuable camel, on which I caught three or four, two

months ago, is now dying, and the Somalis say that this is due to

the bites of ‘ Balaad.’ If there are many of them they kill horses

and camels, and the Somalis will not have their live-stock grazing

where ‘ Doog’ and ‘ Balaad’ are found.”

Fam. ASILID&.

Subfam. LapHRin&.

Lamyra Loew.

LAMYRA VoRAX Loew.

Lamyra vorax, Loew, Ofvers. af K,. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. 1857,

305. +7; id. Dipt.-Fauna Siidafrika’s, 114 [1860],

A single 2, West Somaliland, between April 16 and Aug. 7,

1895,

I refer Mr. Peel’s specimen to this species with some

hesitation. Its length is 15 German lines, instead of 11 or 12;

the pollinose spots on the second and third abdominal segments

are practically invisible; and there are differences in the length

and coloration of the hair on the ventral surface of the abdomen.

The specimen, however, is in poor condition, and even should it

eventually prove to belong to a new sp cies, it is too much

damaged to be selected as a type.

10 MR. C, V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23,

Fam. MUSCID &.

Guossina Wied.

(GLOSSINA LONGIPENNIS Corti.

Glossina longipennis, Corti, Ann. Mus. Ciy, Genoyv. xxxv. (1895)

p- 188.

A single 2, West Somaliland, June 23-25, 1895.

Mr. Peel’s note on this specimen says :—‘ Fly-belt sharply

defined from Biermuddo to Boholo Deno.”

This species, which is the Somaliland Tsetse-fly, was described

from a male specimen obtained by Capt. Vittorio Bottego in June,

1893, on the Uelmal River, in the Boran Galla country. The

British Museum possesses four examples from Somaliland (the

exact locality not being known), collected and presented by

Mr. Th. Greenfield.

Corti states (loc. cit. p. 139) that G. longipennis is “related to

G. tachinoides, Westw., but ditfers in having the antennee yellowish

and not brown.” It is, however, much more closely allied to

G. tabaniformis, Westw., in which the length and size of the wings

are even greater.

3. LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA,

By F. A. Drxey, M.A., M.D., Fellow of Wadham College, Oxford.

DANAIN#.

LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS Linn.

Twenty-two specimens: 16 ¢,6 2. It is remarkable that not

one of these is of the type form, 14 ¢ and 6 9 being var. Aluyit, in

which the black and white of the apical portion of the fore wing

are wanting; while the remaining 2 ¢ are var. dorippus, which

resembles var. kluyii in every respect except that both surfaces of

the hind wing are more or less suffused with white as in the

alcippoides form of the type. The dates and places of capture

were as follows: Hargaisa (North-west Somaliland), April 25-28,

1895, klugvi, 4 3, 1 2, dorippus, 1 3; Arigumeret, Farfanyer

District (Central Somaliland), June 20, 1897, in thick bush, klugii,

4 3g, dorippus, 1 3; Haud, Odewein (North Central Somaliland),

June 23, 1897, in dry river-bed with thickly wooded banks,

klugv, 1 6,19; Haud District, Eyk (North Central Somaliland),

July 2, 1897, klugiit, 1 ¢,1 9; Habr Heshi, Marehan Country

(Kast Central Somaliland), Aug. 26, 1897, in thick bush, klugiz,

ve eee

The ground-colour of the present. specimens varies, the majority

being of the usual light reddish amber seen in Oriental specimens

of the type. ‘Two or three of the klugii are of a pale dull fawn,

and one or two approach the duller and darker ground-tint of the

African chrysippus. These differences are not sexual, and there

are transitional forms. The marginal white spots of the hind wing

1900. ] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND, 11

are generally obsolete on the upper surface; they are, however,

conspicuous in one of the two dorippus. Most of the male hlugii

show a slight powdering of white scales in the neighbourhood of

the submedian scent-patch.

In describing the collections made fifteen years ago in Somali-

land by Col. Yerbury and Messrs. Thrupp, Lort Phillips, and

James (Proc. Zool. Soe. 1885, p. 756), Dr. Butler remarked of

L. klugii: “This is clearly the prevalent Zimnas in Somaliland ;

L. chrysippus and L. aleippus having, apparently, entirely

disappeared, and ZL. dorippus being scarce.” The fact that the

only specimens of Z. chrysippus obtained by Mr. Peel in his two

distinct visits to Somaliland were of the klugii and dorippus

varieties, confirms the above conclusion. It is also worthy of

note that the collection made by Capt. Swayne in the Harar

Highlands (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 821) contained LZ. klugii, but

no specimens of LZ. chrysippus, L. alcippoides, or L. dorippus.

ACRAINZE.

ACR-EA NEOBULE Doubl.

Four specimens: 2 6,2 2. Caught at Gonsali (West Somali-

land), June 24, 1895,

ACR#A DOUBLEDAYI Gueér.

1 2. Gonsali, June 24, 1895.

ACR2XA SERENA F abr.

3 2. Gonsali, June 24,1895. In one of these specimens the

subapical oblique dark bar on the fore wing is well marked, in the

other two it is almost or altogether abseut. One of the latter

has the inner portion of the hind-marginal dark border of the fore

wing alinost obsolete, except near the apex.

Acr#A MIRABILIS Butl. (Plate I. fig. 4.)

Acrea mirabilis, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 760, pl. xlvii.

fig. 1.

Seven specimens: apparently 5 ¢,2 9. The British Museum

possesses five specimens of this interesting Acrwa, including the

tvpes. The present specimens differ from those in the National

Collection (one of which retains a violet bloom) in the following

particulars :—(1) The upper surface is generally of a warmer

chestnut tinge. (2) The paler marks beneath, including the sub-

apical patch of the fore wings, are rich yellow-ochre, instead of

being nearly white as in the British Museum examples. In one

of the latter, a female, the subapical patch on the upper surface

also is creamy white. (3) In the present specimens there is a

definite yellow band immediately external to the darker median

band of the hind wing beneath. ‘This is not the case in the British

Museum examples, where the drab submarginal area gradually

pales inwards towards the darker median band, In the 2 type

12 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23,

this submarginal pale area is somewhat more distinct than in

the other British Museum specimens, but it does not reach the

condition seen in Mr. Peel’s examples. The dated specimens in

the National Collection were taken at Bundu Maria, Somaliland,

in April. Mr. Peel’s were all captured at Aoho, near Hodayu,

Ogaden Country, Central Somaliland, on Aug. 20, 1897. The

country consisted of stony hills, with thick bush. From the dates

it seems probable that the present specimens belong to the wet-

season, and the British Museum specimens to the dry-season form

of the species.

NyYMPHALIN#.

JUNONIA CEBRENE Trim.

Six specimens, all males. Three were captured at Hargaisa,

April 25-28, 1895; the other three in the summer of 1897, two

bearing the date June 20, and the locality Arigumeret, Farfanyer

District. These latter have the underside generally darker and

more speckled than the spring examples; this is less apparent in the

third specimen, from Central or East Somaliland, June 5—Oct. 29,

1897.

JUNONIA CLELIA Cram.

Six specimens: 3 6,39. Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895. The

undersides of these specimens vary, but in all the ocelli are more

distinct and the general tint is less uniform than in the ordinary

“‘dry-season ” form of the species.

JUNONIA TAVETA Rogenh.

One male. Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895.

Byspita riray1a Drury.

Four specimens: 3 ¢,19. These are of the “ intermediate”

seasonal form, the female verging towards “‘wet”*. All are dated

Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895.

HYPoLIMNAS MISIPPUS Linn.

Twenty-eight specimens: 26 ¢, 2 9. It is very remarkable

that of the only two female specimens obtained by Mr. Peel, one

should be of the ordinary form, resembling the type of LZ. chry-

sippus, and the other ot the var. alcippoides, differing from the

former only in the whitish suffusion on both surfaces of the hind

wing. From the facts given above (see under L. chrysippus, p. 10),

it would appear that the form klugit of L. chrysippus occurs in

Somaliland to the exclusion of the type, and it might have been

expected that the form of H. misippus 2 which so closely resembles

klugii, viz. H. inaria Cram., would have been the form similarly

+ For a discussion of geographical and seasonal forms in the genus Lyblia

Hiibn., with especial reference to the relations between the forms occurring in

Somaliland and Socotra, see Dixey, Proc. Zovl. Soc. 1898, pp. 376-379.

+ ie

1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 13

prevalent in that region. So far as the evidence of Mr. Peel’s

collection goes, the reverse is the case. Another remarkable fact

in the distribution of these parallel forms is that while H. klugii is

extremely rare in India, the corresponding variety of H. misippus

2 occurs there not infrequently’. It is also worthy of note

that the white-winged West-African form, Limnas alcippus Cram.,

is accompanied by the ordinary, and not the white-winged, form of

H,. misippus 2.

The dates and localities of the present examples are as follows :—

Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895, 6 g, 1 2 (ordinary type); Arigu-

meret, Farfanyer District, June 20, 1897, in thick bush, 2 ¢,1 2

(var. alcippoides Butl.); Bally Maroli, Haud District (North

Central Somaliland), June 25, 1897, in open plain, 14 ¢; Eyk,

Haud District, July 2, 1897, 3 ¢. One other male was taken in

Central or East Somaliland between June 5 and October 29, 1897,

the exact locality being uncertain.

HAMANUMIDA D=DALUS Fabr.

One male, Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895. The underside is of

the ‘‘ dry-season” form, though not extreme.

LYCANINE.

PoLYoMMATUS BzrIcUS Linn.

Two specimens, both males. On the thickly wooded banks of a

dry river-bed, Haud, Odewein, June 21 & 23, 1897.

PLEBEIUS TROCHILUS Freyer.

Two females. Gerato Pass, Goolis Range (North-west Somali-

land), June 9, 1897.

AZANUS JESOUS Gueér.

Five males. Of these, four were captured on the dry sandy

plateau of Edegan in the Haud District (North Central Somali-

land), July 9, 1897 ; the remaining one was taken at Joh in the

Haweea Country (East Central Somaliland), Sept. 20, 1897.

AZANUS THEBANA Stder.

Lycena macalenga, Trim, 8.-Afr. Butterfl. vol. ii. p. 74 (1887).

Three specimens: 1 ¢, 22. One pair from Odewein, Haud,

June 21-25, 1897, dry river-bed with thickly wooded banks;

the other female from the sandy plateau of Edegan, in the same

district, July 9, 1897.

LYC ZNESTHES PRINCEPS But).

Two females apparently belonging to this form, though some-

what smaller than the type, which came from Abyssinia. KEdegan,

Haud District, July 9, 1897.

' See Swinhoe, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol, xxv. pp. 340, 341. For a

summary of the facts at present known with regard to the distribution of the

forms in question, see Poulton, ‘ Nature’ July 6, 1899, p, 223,

14 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [ Jan. 23,

SPINDASIS SOMALINA Butl.

Spindasis somalina, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 64, pl. xlvii.

fig. 5.

Two specimens, both males. Webbi Shebeyli, near Mount

Kuldush (West Somaliland), June 28, 1895.

IoLAUS NURSEI Butl.

One male. Webbi Shebeyli, near Mount Kuldush, June 28,

1895.

PIERIN 2.

CATOPSILIA FLORELLA Fabr.

Forty-three specimens; 40 ¢, 3 9. Of these, 34 ¢ on July

2, 1897, and 1 9, July 4, 1897, were caught at a pool in the open

plain of Eyk in the Haud District. The other captures were as

follows:—Bun Feroli, N. of Shebeyli River (West Somaliland),

June 10-20, 1895, 1 ¢; Odewein, Haud District (dry river-bed),

June 21, 1897, 4 ¢, 2 9; Bally Maroli, Haud District (open

plain), June 25,1897, 1 g. The males, even those caught on the

same day, vary much in size; in a few of the smaller examples the

freckling of the underside is very faint or absent. The three

females are all of the yellow form.

ConiaAs MARNOANA Rogenh.

One female. Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895.

TERIAS HAPALE Mab.

Two males. Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895.

TERACOLUS EUPOMPE Klug.

pen en specimens; 4¢,39. These were captured as follows :—

“dry season” ¢, and “ intermediate” 3 & 2 at Hargaisa, April

25-28, 1895; a “ wet season” ¢ in the dry river-bed at Odew ein,

Haud, June 3. 1897; a “wet season” ¢ & Q on the plateau of

Edegan, July 9, 1897.

A remarkable form, apparently of the female of this species,

was caught on the Sule River (West Somaliland), May 29, 1895.

The wings have no marginal black except at the apex of the fore

wing, and no biack at the bases except a slight dusky powdering

like that of the “dry season” male. The crimson apical patch

has no chain of submarginal dark spots, but an ill-defined inner

dark border to the patch is present, widened between the second

and third median nervules. Beneath, there is only a very faint

indication of the crimsen apical patch, but the submarginal chain

of dark spots in the fore wing is well-developed, except that there

is no spot between the first and second branches of the median.

The hind wings show a faint drab irroration, and the submarginal

spots are ill-developed. The first submarginal spot of the fore

wing, and the first two of the hind wing, together with the discoidal

spot of the hind wing, are pale-centred, looking like incipient ocelli.

1909.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 15

The “intermediate ” female shows in some respects an approach to

this condition, and the specimen just described may perhaps be

considered as an extreme “ dry season” form, though this would

scarcely be expected in view of the recorded date.

TERACOLUS OMPHALE Godt.

Two specimens; ¢ & Q. These were both caught at Hargaisa,

April 25-28, 1895. They are of the “ intermediate” form, and

are smaller than the average size of the species.

TERACOLUS PHILLIPSI But).

Teracolus phillipsi, But]. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 772, pl. xlvii.

fig. 11.

Nine specimens; 6 ¢, 3 9. The males are all of the “ wet

season” form; four were taken on July 4, 1897, at a pool in the

open plain of Eyk, in the Haud District; the remaining two on

the dry plain of Edegan in the same district, on July 9, 1897.

Two “ wet season ” females were taken at Odewein, Haud, on June

21,1897; and a “wet” or “intermediate” female at Hargaisa,

April 25-28, 1895.

TERACOLUS HELVOLUS Butl.

Teracolus helvolus, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 94.

Seven specimens; 5 g,2 92. Four males and one female at

Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895. These are of the “dry season”

form. A “wet season” ¢ & 9 were taken in the river-bed at

Odewein, June 23, 1897, and at the pool of Eyk on July 4, 1897,

respectively.

TERACOLUS HELIOCAUSTUS Butl.

Teracolus heliocaustus, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 768,

pl. xlvi. figs. 8 & 9.

One male. Odewein, June 21, 1897.

TeRaAcoLus ProroMppiA Klug.

One male. Sibi (West Somaliland), May 27, 1895.

HeRP-ENIA MELANARGE Butl.

Herpenia melanarge, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 774.

Herpania tterata, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 96.

One male. Sibi (West Somaliland), May 27, 1895. <A “wet

season ” form.

BELENOIS PEELI, sp. nov. (Plate I. figs. 5 ¢,6 9.)

Types (¢ & 2) in Hope Museum, Oxford.

Exp. al., ¢d 50 mm., 9 42 mm.

Male. Above white, with a pearly lustre at the base of the

wings as in B. gidica, B. abyssinica, &c., best marked in the fore

wing. Costa of the fore wing with a very thin edging of black.

A black marginal spot at the termination of each of the following

16 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23,

veins :—in the fore wing the 2nd and 3rd subcostal, the two radial

and the three median branches; in the hind wing the 2nd subcostal,

the radial, and the three median. ‘These marginal spots are oval

in the hind wing, the lung axis being parallel with the border of

the wing; in the fore wing they are more or less triangular, with

their bases at the margin. ‘The first two at the apex of the fore

wing are more or less fused; the remainder in both wings are

distinct. There is a slight submarginal powdering of black scales

in the fore wing between the 2nd and 5rd subcostal, and also

between the two radials. A much fainter powdering occurs

between the 3rd subcostal and upper radial, and the slightest

possible trace of a similar powdering between the 2nd and 3rd

median. ‘The marginal spots aud the submarginal powdering mark

out between them a very indistinct series of white subapical spots,

the first three more or less wedge-shaped, the fourth nearly

circular ; these are barely to be separated from the general white

surface. Beneath, the wings are white; there is a thin dusky line

along the costa of the fore wing, and dark marginal spots, like

those of the upper surface but smaller, occur at the extremities of

the same veins in both wings. There is an orange-yellow patch at

the base of the fore wing, occupying about one-fifth of the cell, and

somewhat prolonged along the course of the subcostal vein. The

same orange-yellow colour occurs in the hind wing as a streak along

the costa, as a well-defined patch between the roots of the median

and submedian veins, and as a median chain of spots crossing the

dise of the wing from the costa to the inner border; these latter

are seven in number, one occupying each interspace posterior to

the costal vein except the space between the second subcostal and

discoidal, and that between the second and third median. The

third of the series surrounds the discocellular venule. This and

the four succeeding spots are fairly distinct; the other two are

faint. There is also a very slight indication of a submarginal

series of dull yellow spots running parallel with the hind border

of the wing.

Female. Above, like the male, but with the marginal dark spots

somewhat larger. These are triangular in the hind wing, and in

the fore wing become fused towards the apex into a narrow marginal

band. The dark subapical powdering forms more definite and

larger patches than in the male, and the white subapical spots are

consequently more distinct. There is a trace of a marginal dark

spot at the termination of the submedian vein of the fore wing,

which is hardly if at all visible in the male. The basal pearly

gloss is well marked, and the basal orange-yellow shows sliglitly

through from the lower surface. Beneath, as in the male; but the

basal orange-yellow occupies from one-third to one-half of the cell

instead of only one-fifth. The submarginal series of spots is some-

what more distinct than in the male, and appears to be of the same

orange-yellow as the median series.

In both sexes the first subcostal branch of the fore wing coalesces

with the costal. ‘The wings of the male are slightly more pointed,

1900.) INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 17

as in B, gidica, &c., than those of the female. This species can

readily be distinguished from any other of its genus by the entire

absence of a dark discoidal spot from both surfaces of both wings

in each sex, and by the presence of a double row of yellow or

orange spots, unaccompanied by any dark markings, on the under-

side of the hind wing. It is probably a “dry-season” form, and

perhaps most nearly recalls the dry-season B. abyssinica Luc., but

it is far less heavily marked.

Two specimens; ¢ & 2. Sule River, West Somaliland, May

29, 1895. Both, especially the female, somewhat worn.

BELENOIS MESENTINA Cram.

Nine specimens; 6 ¢,3 9. Dates and localities as follows :—

Sule River, May 29, 1895, 2 ¢; Odewein, Haud, June 21, 1897,

23,1 9; pool at Eyk, Haud District, July 4, 1897,2 5,19;

summer or autumn of 1897 (Central or East Somaliland), 1 9°.

Nycurrona MrEpUsA Cram.

1 2. Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895. This is of the form alcesta

Cram.

MYLorTARIS AGATHINA Cram.

1 2. Sibi, May 27, 1895.

PAPILIONIN 2.

PAPILIO DEMOLEUS Linn.

Four specimens; 2 ¢, 29. WebbiShebeyli, near Mt. Kuldush,

June 27, 1895.

HESPERIID®.

SARANGESA BLIMINATA Moore.

Two females, one at the Webbi Shebeyli, June 28, 1895; the

other at Odewein, Haud, June 21-23, 1897.

RHOPALOCAMPTA ANCHISES Gerst.

44,29. Two males and a female at Odewein, Haud, June

21-23, 1897; the remainder in the summer or autumn of 1897, in

Central or East Somaliland, the exact locality being uncertain.

4. LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA.

By Hersertr Drvce, F.L.S., F.Z.S,

Mr. Peel’s collection of Moths includes specimens of four new

species.

ARCTIADS.

Sxousio srricgata WIk.

North-west Somaliland, Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895, One

example.

Proo, Zoon, Soc,—1900, No. II. 2

18 MR. ©, V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23,

DEIOPEIA PULCHELLA Linn.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, in the Haud District, June

21-23, 1897. In dry river-bed with thickly wooded banks. Two

specimens.

Nocrvui2.

HELIOTHIS ARMIGERA Hiibn.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. One example.

EUPLEXIA oPpostra W1k.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. One example.

AMYNA SELENAMPHA Guen.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. Two specimens.

AmyNA octo Guen.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. Two specimens.

TARACHE CAFFRARIA Cram.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. Two specimens. Somaliland, 1895 or 1897. One

example.

CoSMOPHILA SABULIFERA Guen.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. One example.

EUTELIA SUBAPICALIS WI1k.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. Two specimens. North-west Somaliland, Berbera,

June 5-9, 1897. One example.

PsEUDOPHIA OPPIA, sp. n. (Plate I. fig. 1.)

Male. Head, antennz, and collar white ; thorax and tegule pale

greyish brown; abdomen pale brown, each segment edged with

white ; the underside of the thorax, abdomen, and legs white.

Primaries brown, the outer margin grey ; a reddish-brown band

edged with a metallic line crosses the wing about the middle from

the costal to the inner margin; a short yellowish-white band at

the end of the cell. Secondaries white, broadly bordered with black

from the apex to the anal angle; the fringe black and white.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. E. Somaliland: Joh, in the Haweea Country. Three

specimens captured September 20, 1897. Type and co-type in the

Hope Collection, co-type in the British Museum.

1900.) INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 19

PSEUDOPHIA LINEATA, sp. n. (Plate I. fig. 7.)

Head, collar, thorax, and tegule pale greyish brown; abdomen

wanting ; antenne whitish ; legs and underside of the thorax white.

Primaries greyish brown, palest at the base and on the costal and

inner margin ; a zigzag creamy-white line at the end of the cell

extending to the base; a zigzag yellowish submarginal line ex-

tends from the costal margin near the apex to the anal angle; the

marginal line bluish grey; the fringe dark brown. Secondaries

greyish brown; the outer margin broadly bordered with dark brown;

the fringe alternately brown and white. Expanse 12 inches.

Hab. North Central Somaliland: Haud, Odewein, June 21-23,

a In dry river-bed. One example. Type in Hope Collection,

xford.

CEROCALA MUNDA, sp. n. (Plate I. fig. 3.)

The head, tegule, and thorax pale reddish brown ; abdomen and

legs reddish brown ; antenne and palpi brown. Primaries reddish

grey, with a large reddish-brown spot near the base, one at the end

of the cell and one on the inner margin close to the anal angle ; the

apex dark brown; a submarginal reddish line extends from the

apex to the anal angle; the outer and inner margin greyish; the

fringe white at the apex, the rest dark brown. Secondaries pale

reddish brown; the outer margin spotted with black; a dark

brown spot at the end of the cell; the fringe pale brown.

Expanse 17 inches.

Hab. North Central Somaliland: Haud, Odewein, June 21-23,

1897. In dry river-bed. One example. Type in the Hope Col-

lection, Oxford.

GNAMPTONYX VILIS Wlk.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. One broken example.

PLECOPTERA REFLEXA Guen.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. Two specimens,

TRIGONODES HYPASIA Cram.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897, In dry

river-bed. One example.

PoLyDESMA OTIOSA Guen.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. One example.

CYLLOGRAMMA LATONA Cram.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. Eleven specimens.

Somaliland (1895 or 1897). Four specimens.

20 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23,

OPHIUSA MELICERTE Cram.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. Two specimens.

Somaliland (1895 or 1897). Four specimens.

SPHINGOMORPHA CHLOREA Cram.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. One example.

Somaliland (1895 or 1897). Four specimens.

REMIGIA REPANDA Fabr.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. Two specimens.

ZTHES HESPERIDOIDES Guen.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. One example.

HYPENA ABYSSINIALIS Guen.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. ‘Two specimens.

HyYpEna ABYSSINIALIS var. JUSSALIS WIk,

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. Three specimens.

SPHINGID2®.

DBILEPHILA LIVORNIOA Esp.

N. Central Somaliland, Haud District, Eyk, July 3, 1897. In

the open plain, by thick bush. One 9 example.

PHLEGETHONTIUS CONVOLVULI Schauf.

N. Central Somaliland, Eyk, in the Haud District, July 3, 1897.

In the open plain, by thick bush. One 92 example.

GEOMETRID#.

TEPHRINA DISPUTARIA Guen.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. One example.

LASIOCAMPID®.

CHILENA SABRINA, sp. i. (Plate I. fig. 2.)

Male. Head and tront of the thorax white ; antenne yellow ; the

collar and thorax pale brown ; tegule pale brown edged with white;

abdomen and legs white. Primaries pale brown, with two white

bands extending from the base almost to the outer margin, the

first line straight, the second curved; the costal margin edged with

1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 21

white; the fringe white. Secondaries yellowish white. Expanse

1; inches.

Hab. West Somaliland (1895). One example. Type in Hope

Collection, Oxford.

LIMACODID2.

PaRASA FULVICORPUS Hmpsn.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. One example.

ARBELA QUADRINOTATA WIk.

N. Central Somaliland, Odewein, June 21-23, 1897. In dry

river-bed. One example.

5. COLEOPTERA.

By C. J. Ganan, M.A., and Girperr J. Arrow.

With the exception of three species of Curculionidae and two or

three other species belonging to genera at persent undetermined,

all the species of Coleoptera of which examples were collected by

Mr. C. V. A. Peel in Somaliland are enumerated in the following

list. Mr. Arrow has contributed that portion which deals with the

Lamellicorn beetles and has assisted also in the determination of

some of the species belonging to other groups. Mrs. M. kK. Thomas

has been good enough to determine the species of Mylabris and

to describe one new form belonging to that genus. One or two

species have been described from African specimens other than

those collected by Mr. Peel. Full reference to the history of such

specimens will be found in the descriptions. (C. J. Ganan. |

CARABID2.

CaLosoMA RuGosUM De Geer.

Central or East Somaliland. Oneexample. June 5 to Oct. 29,

1897. A widely distributed species, being found in South and

East Africa, Abyssinia, Nubia, and in the island of Socotra.

ANTHIA FEROX Thoms.

N.W. Somaliland, Galadi in the Mijertain Country. One

example, Oct. 4, 1897. Occurs also in Abyssinia,

PoLYHIRMA CALLIAUDI Casteln., var.

N.W. Somaliland, Galadi, Oct. 4, 1897. One example. The

sutural vitta behind the scutellum is longer, and the elytra some-

what less strongly punctured than in normal examples from

Abyssinia. Type of variety in British Museum.

CHLENIUS sp.

Central or East Somaliland. One example (1897).

22 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23,

HyYDROPHILID2.

HYDROPHILUS SENEGALENSIS Perch.

East Central Somaliland, Sinnadogha in the Haweea Country.

One example, in water-tank, Sept. 8, 1897. This species is

widely distributed throughout Africa.

HISTERIDA.

HisveR MEMNONIUS Erichs.

Central or East Somaliland. One example (1897). Occurs also

in Senegambia, Nubia, Abyssinia, and East Africa.

HisrER GEHINI Mars.

Central or East Somaliland. One example(1897). Found also

in Senegambia, Abyssinia, and East Africa.

SAPRINUS SEMIPUNCTATUS Fabr.

Central or East Somaliland. Six specimens (1897). (One

perhaps 1895 Expedition.)

SAPRINUS CHALCITES III.

Central or East Somaliland. Four specimens (1897). Occurs

also in Egypt, Abyssinia, and East Africa.

DERMESTID#.

DERMESTES VULPINUS Fabr.

Central or East Somaliland. Ten specimens (1897).

SCARABHZIDE.

H&nosorvs 11¢ERt Reiche.

Somaliland. Three specimens (1895 or 1897). This insect

appears to be of almost world-wide distribution.

PHxocHROUS BECCARII Har. Coleopt. Hefte, viii. p. 26.

Somaliland. Four specimens (1895 or 1897), apparently

belonging to this species, which was described from N. Abyssinia.

TROXx sQuaLipus Oliv.

Somaliland (1895 or 1897). Two specimens were found of this

insect, which is distributed generally throughout Africa.

Trox ExPANsus Arrow, sp. n. (Plate I. fig. 16.)

Breviter ovatus, modice convexus, ferrugineo-tomentosus ; capite

bituberculato ; prothoracis latitudine quam longitudine duplo

majoré, lateribus fortiter explanatis, serratis, angulis posticis

fere rectis, disco quadri-carinato, carinis post medium conver-

gentibus ; elytrorum marginibus late explanatis, biseriatim

tuberculiferis, dovso confluenter seriato-tuberculato, interstitiis

1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 23

parce granulatis; antennis ferrugineis, articulo primo ngro,

fusco-hirto ; tibiis anticis acute quadridentatis, aliis serratis.

Long. 21 mm., lat. 13 mm.

Type in British Museum.

The single specimen was obtained in Central or Eastern Somali-

land (1897). ‘This species is allied to 7. denticulatus Oliv., which

also occurs in Somaliland, but it is considerably larger and relatively

broader, the widely dilated margins of the elytra making their

outline almost circular. The elytral coste consist of irregular .

tubercles which are separate at the base, more or less confluent

on the dise, and small and scattered towards the apex; the alter-

nate rows only of these reach the basal margins of the elytra.

The anterior tibia is armed with four acute teeth placed at right

angles to its axis and regularly increasing in size towards its

extremity, the Jast being very sharp and prominent. 7. funestus

Lansb., a W. African species, appears to be nearly related to this

insect, but is smaller and narrower, 7’. ewpansus being one of the

largest at present known in the genus.

SCARAB.ZUS ISIDIS Cast.

North Central Somaliland, Bally Maroli in the Haud District.

Two examples, June 25, 1897. This occurs throughout the

Nile Valley and also in S.W. Asia.

ScARABEUS BErTONI Waterh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx.

p. 553 (1897).

One specimen found July 26, 1895, at Whardi Datal, North-

west Somaliland. It was recently discovered by Mr. Betton in

British East Africa.

GYMNOPLEURUS L&VIS Arrow, sp. n.

G. splendenti valde affinis, sed colore, et sculptura minus evidente,

distinctus, fusco-niger, levis, opacus ; pedibus antennisque fusco-

rufis, harum clavis ferrugineis ; capite subtiliter granulato,

antice acute quadridentato; prothorace convexo, subtiliter

coriaceo, linea media levi angusta, basi bi-impressa, lateribus

parum grosse foveolatis, marginibus lateralibus anguste reflewis

postice obtuse angulatis; elytris subtilissime disperse granu-

latis et vie striatis, absque plicatulis ; pedum anteriorum tibiis

serratis, dentibus tribus terminalibus acutis et longissimis

munitis, femoribus emarginatis et dentatis. Long. 16 mm.

Type in British Museum.

One example (1895 or 1897). This insect is almost black

without a trace of metallic lustre. The surface is very smooth,

with a fine granulation which is most apparent on the head and

exceedingly minute on the elytra. The striation of the latter is

almost obsolete and only visible under a lens. The three teeth

upon the anterior tibia are very long and acute,

G. lugens of Fairm. is very near this poo but is more nearly

related to G. splendens Cast., if not merely a variety of it.

24 MR. C. V. A, PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23,

Copris HARRISI Waterh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vil.

p- 515 (1891).

Two female specimens of this insect, described from Abyssinia,

were found at Whardi Datal (July 26, 1895).

ONTHOPHAGUS GERSTAECKERI Har.

A single specimen was brought from Central or East Somaliland

(1897).

ONTHOPHAGUS GAZELLA Fabr.

One example (1895 or 1897). This insect occurs throughout

Africa and even extends to Madagascar.

ONTHOPHAGUS sp.

A single female of another small species, probably new (1895

or 1897).

SCHIZONYCHA SQUAMOSA Raffray.

Three specimens (1895 or 1897). This species appears to be

common in Somaliland, having occurred in several collections from

that country.

SCHIZONYCHA NIGROFUSCA Arrow, sp. nl.

Ovato-cylindrica, fere nigra, antennis pallidioribus, pectore flavo-

hirto ; clypeo equaliter punctato, margine arcuato vix sinuato

fortiter reflewo, fronte acute biearinata, vertice spatioque post

carinam anteriorem levibus ; prothorace antice et postice valde

contracto, grosse et confluenter punctato, punctis squamiferis,

lateribus crenatis et piliferis, ante marginem posteriorem utringue

elevato et levigato ; scutello fere levi punctis nonnullis grossis

suleaque obsolete mediana ; elytris cum pygidw dense sat grosse

punetatis, punctis squamas setiformes vie perspicuas ferent-

bus ; tibiis anticis tridentatis, dente superwore parvo. Long. 18-

19 mm. @.

Type in British Museum, co-type in the Hope Coll., Oxford.

Two specimens, both females (1895 or 1897).

This insect is readily distinguishable from the majority of its

congeners by its dark colour. It has some resemblance to the

common W. African S. crenata, but the prothorax is relatively

much smaller.

Single specimens of two other apparently new species were

found (1895 or 1897), but in view of the large number of closely

related forms described, it seems advisable to leave them for the

present unnamed.

ANOMALA, sp. 0.

Two specimens, ¢ and 9, were collected (1895 or 1897), ex-

hibiting a difference in the structure of the claws, and probably

allied to A. transvalensis Arrow. As the anterior tarsi of the male

1900.} INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 25

are imperfect, the affinity of the species cannot be decided with

certainty, and it will therefore not be described.

There are two more single specimens (1897) of species of this

genus, which can only be properly described from individuals of

both sexes.

PHYLLOPERTHA HORTICOLA Linn.

One example (1897). The distribution of this insect is very

remarkable. It is properlya northern insect, occurring throughout

the North of Europe and Asia from the British Islands to Japan.

In the British Museum, however, are specimens from South

Africa, and Mr. Peel has now brought a specimen from Somaliland.

It seems possible that these African examples have been artificially

introduced.

HoMoruHyr5A HELEN Schaum.

Two specimens (1897). This species has also been found in

Abyssinia, in East Africa, and at Aden in South Arabia.

RHABDOTIS SOBRINA G. & P.

Fifteen specimens, found by Mr. Peel on mimosa bushes at

Arigumeret, Farfanyer District of Central Somaliland.

BuPRESTID®.

JULODIS LATICOLLIS Gahan, sp. n. (Plate I. fig. 15.)

Viridi-metallica, supra fere glabra, infra subaurata sat dense

cano-pilosa ; capite dense punctato ; prothorace brevi, lato,

supra valde convevo, dense minus fortiter punctato et subopaco,

lateraliter rugoso-punctato, basi utrinque fortiter sinuato, medio

acutangulatim producto ; elytris quam prothorace vie latioribus,

dense irregulariterque foveolatim impressis ; foveolis subauratis,

dense punctatis et plus minusve pubescentibus, interstitiis elevatis,

angustis, reticulatis et impunctatis. Long. 18, lat. 8 mm.

Hab. Somaliland (1895 or 1897). One female example.

Type in British Museum.

This species seems to be allied to J. vittipennis Fabr., and

J. subvittata Saund. (Amblysterna), but is readily distinguished

from either by its broader form, its shorter, broader, and more

convex prothorax, and its differently sculptured elytra.

STERASPIS sp.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). One example.

PsILOPTERA SOMALIOA Gahan, sp. n. (Plate I. fig. 10.)

Purpureo-violacea, elytris( foveis pubescentibus propter 40 cupreatis,

pretermissis) nigris, tarsis supra viridibus ; capite inter oculos

sat lato, dense fortiterque punctato, versus medium sparse, ad

latera dense sat longeque, pubescente ; prothorace quam longiore

sesqui-latiore, ante a medio angustato, supra sat dense forti-

26 MR. 0. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23,

terque punctato, area parva triangulare ante scutellum levi ;

elytris punctato-striatis, apice acuminatis, interstitus antice fere

planis, versus apicem angustis et conveais. Long. 25, lat.

9mm.

Hab. Central or East Somaliland (1897). Oneexample. Type

in British Museum.

Head, prothorax, legs, and underside of a purplish-violet colour ;

tarsi metallic green above. Elytra black, each with about twenty

shallow cupreous pits, which are densely punctured and more

or less completely covered with greyish-white pubescence : six or

seven of the smallest of these pits are placed at irregular intervals

along the third elytral interstice, three of the larger pits on the

fifth, three on the seventh, and about seven, diminishing in size

from before backwards, along the ninth interstice ; one of the larger

pits on the fifth interstice, a little in front of the middle, and one ata

short distance behind the middle, encroach upon the sixth interstice

and nearly join two correspondingly large pits upon the seventh

interstice.

This species differs from all other African species of the genus

known to me in the disposition of the pubescent pits on the elytra,

and is further distinguished by having each of the elytra narrowed

to a single point, and not truncate at the apex.

ELATERID2.

AGRYPNUS LONGICORNIS Gahan, sp. n. (Plate I. fig. 11.)

Rufo-brunneus, luteo-pilosulus ; antennis nigris, basin elytrorum

paullo superantibus, articulo 3° quam 2° haud longiore, articulis

4° ad 10”" angulatim sat valde productis ; prothorace quam

latiort via longiori, supra sat valde convexo, lateribus medio

paullo rotundatis, angulis posticis tenuibus, acutis, divaricatis ;

elytris tenuiter punctato-striatis. Long. 17, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Central or East Somaliland (1897). One example.

Type in British Museum.

In general appearance this species resembles A. bocandei Cand.,

but is easily to be distinguished by the black colour and greater

length of itsantenne. The third joint of the antenne is a little

broader, but not longer, than the second, and the joints from the

fourth to the tenth are each produced antero-distally into a strong

angulate process; the disc of the prothorax is more convex and

somewhat less densely punctured, and the sides are more rounded

in the middle than is the case with A. bocandei.

DASOILLID®.

GENECERUS NEBULOSUS Gahan, sp. n. (Plate I. fig. 9.)

Piceo-brunneus, cinereo- sat dense pubescens; elytris brunneo-

nebulosis, longitudinaliter subcostatis ; antennis ( g ) flabellatis

vel (2) serratis. Long. 14-16, lat. 4-43 mm.

Hab. Brit. E. Africa: Samburu, Voi and Ndi (C. S. Betton);

1900.]} INSEOTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 27

Central or East Somaliland (1897), two males (C. V. A. Peel).

Type in the British Museum, co-type in Hope Coll.

Dark brown to reddish brown in colour ; covered with an ashy-

grey pubescence. LElytra with a number of dark-brown blotches,

which are, however, absent in some specimens, so that the elytra

have a nearly uniform grey colour. Head with a Y-shaped glabrous

mark reaching from the antennary condyles to the occiput; eyes

rather large, hemispherical, finely facetted. Prothorax about one

half broader than long; its antero-lateral angles rounded and

obtuse ; the postero-lateral very slightly projecting and acute ; the

disc marked with a faint median impressed line extending from

the anterior margin almost to the base. Elytra with some feebly

raised and obtuse longitudinal coste, along which the grey

pubescence seems somewhat more dense than over the rest of the

surface. Mesosternum with a small projecting process near the

middle of its anterior margin, this process being fringed with

fulvous hairs at its sides and apex. Posterior margin of the fifth

abdominal sternite of the male bisinuate.

This species, though very distinct from Genecerus cervinus Walk.,

appears to be truly congeneric with it, agreeing as it does in all

essential points of structure. The genus Genecerus, stated by

Walker to be allied to Plastocerus, and by subsequent authors

placed in the family Cebrionide, seems to me to belong to the

family Dascillide, in which I should place it near Anorus Lee.

Lycrp 2.

Lycus ampriatus Fahr.

North-west Somaliland, Hargasia, April 25-28, 1895. One

éxample. This species is found also in East Africa as well as in

Natal and the Cape of Good Hope.

CLERID®.

NECROBIA RUFIPES De Geer.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). Three specimens.

BostRYCHID&.

APATE TEREBRANS Pall.

West Somaliland, Bun Jijjiga, July 15, 1895. Three examples.

This species occurs also in West Africa from the Gold Coast

to Angola, in Natal, Nyasaland, and East Africa.

BostRYCHUS sp.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). Two specimens.

TENEBRIONID®.

Zopnosis AROMATUM Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. (2) xv. p. 258.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). The two examples obtained

by Mr. Peel are somewhat larger than the type from Archeisa

28 MR. C. V. A. PHEL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23,

described by Dr. Gestro, but in other respects fully agree with the

description.

Homata acona Fairm.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). Two specimens.

RHYTIDONOTA DELICATULA Fairm.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). Two specimens.

Ruyrimonota RoBUSTA Gahan, sp. n. (Plate I. fig. 13.)

Capite supra subtilissime punctato, clypeo utrinque leviter in-

presso ; prothorace quam longitudine paullo latiori, lateribus

marginatis antice arcuatim convergentibus, versus basin minus

fortiter convergentibus, angulis posticis sat latis et retro paullo

productis ; elytris quam prothorace paulo latioribus, basi mar-

ginatis et ad humeros angulatis. Long. 19-20, lat. 74 mm.

Hab. Central or East Somaliland (1897), two specimens ; and

West Somaliland (1895), one specimen. Type (Central or East

Somaliland) in British Museum, co-type in Hope Collection.

Prothorax nearly one-fourth broader than its length ; widest

across the middle, with sides converging strongly towards the

apex, less strongly towards the base ; basal margin straight in the

middle, oblique towards each side and there forming with the

lateral margin a subacute angle slightly projecting backwards.

Elytra widest a little in front of the middle, narrowed slightly

towards the base, and strongly towards the apex; completely

margined at the base, and with a small projection at each of the

humeral angles. Third joint of the antenne twice as long as the

second, and nearly equal in length to the fourth and fifth united.

HIMATISMUS sp.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). One example.

OCNERA sp.

Somaliland (1895 or 1897). One mutilated specimen.

PIMELIA HILDEBRANDTI Har.

P. cenchronota Fairm.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). Four specimens.

PSAMMODES sp.

Somaliland (1895 or 1897). Two specimens.

AMIANTUS sp.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). One mutilated specimen.

AMIANTUS SEXCosTaTUS Gahan, sp. n.

Niger ; prothorace supra valde convexo, dense fortiterque punctato,

lateribus paullo rotundatis, postice leviter marginatis ; elytris

ad suturam haud clevatis, utroque carinis tribus sat valde

1900.1 INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 29

elevatis instructo, carinis omnibus fere equilongis, a basi ad

dechivitatem apicalem extensis ; segmentis 2° 3°que abdominis

in medio rufulo-pilosis. Long. 19, lat. (ad med. elytrorum)

103 mm.

Hab. Central or East Somaliland (1897). One example. Type

in British Museum.

Black; prothorax strongly convex above, and strongly and

rather thickly punctured ; its sides slightly rounded in the middle

and feebly marginate posteriorly, the margins becoming obsolete

in front. lElytra depressed along the suture, each with three

well-marked carine reaching from the base to the posterior

declivous portion, the intervals between the carine being rather

strongly concave ; the concave sutural area between the innermost

carine is sparsely granular in its anterior half. Femora rugosely

punctured. Second and third abdominal segments with a patch

of reddish pubescence in the middle.

SEPIDIOSTENUS ERINACEUS Fairm.

North Central Somaliland: Bally Maroli in the Haud District,

June 25, 1897. Nine specimens, captured in the open plain.

SHPIDIUM MAGNUM Gahan, sp.n. (Plate I. fig. 12.)

Pube pallide cervina dense obtectum: prothorace utrinque plaga

subnuda nigra, elytris rugis elevatis glabris nigro-fuscis, et

plagis adspersis cretaceis ; prothorace basi apiceque constricto,

lateraliter carinato, carina antice obtusa, pone medium tuber-

culatim dilatata, disco in medio carinato, antice valde tuber-

culato, tuberculo crasso, apice rotundato supra sulcato-impresso

haud bifurcato; elytris utrisque longitudinaliter bi-carinatis,

transversim reticulatimque rugosis. Long, 29-35, lat. (ad med.

elytrorum) 12-15 mm.

Hab. Central or East Somaliland (1897). Four examples.

Type and co-type in British Museum, co-types in Hope Collec-

tion.

Brownish black, with the head, prothorax, underside, legs, and

antenne thickly covered with a pale fawn-coloured pubescence.

Prothorax furnished with a large prominent tubercle, directed

obliquely forwards from the anterior part of the disc; this tubercle

is rounded at the extremity, impressed along the middle with a

linear groove, and has on each side a naked and rugose black patch;

from the base of the tubercle a median carina runs along the dise

to the base of the prothorax. On each side of the prothorax there

is a carina, obtuse in front, but more acute and prominent behind

the middle, there forming a flattened tubercle, behind which the

prothorax is abruptly constricted. Elytra each with two longitu-

dinal and more or less sinuous carinw, each of which gives off

short transverse or reticulating ridges on both sides,

This species is one of the largest of the genus, being equal in

size to S. ruspolit Fairm., from which it differs chiefly in having

the lateral tubercles of the prothorax placed behind the middle

30 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23:

and in the presence of short transverse ridges running from the

dorsal carina of each elytron towards the suture.

SEPIDIUM BILOBATUM Gahan, sp. n. (Plate I. fig. 14.)

Pube rufulo-cervina dense obtectum: elytris supra plus minusve

cinereis ; prothorace antice valde tuberculato, tuberculo crasso

antrorsum directo et bilobato ; elytris dense fortiterque punctatis,

utriusque disco tuberculato, tuberculis in seriebus duabus irrequ-

laribus ordinatis. Long. 17, lat. 6 mm.

Hab. Somaliland (1895 or 1897). One example. Type in

British Museum.

Closely covered with a reddish-fawn-coloured pubescence, with

the disc of each elytron ashy grey along the middle. Prothorax

with a large tubercle directed almost horizontally forwards from

the anterior part of the disc; this tubercle is distinctly bilobed

in front, each lobe being rounded at the extremity ; each side of

the prothorax carinate, the carina dilated to form a tubercle just

behind the middle. Elytra densely and strongly punctured ; the

disc of each with a number of sharply raised tubercles forming

two irregular, longitudinal series.

SEPIDIUM ORASSICAUDATUM Gestro.

Somaliland (1895 or 1897). Nine examples.

VIETA sp.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). One example.

VIETOMORPHA FOVEIPENNIS Fairm.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). One example.

MICRANTEREUS sp.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). One male example.

MICRANTEREUS ASIDOIDES Fairm.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). One example.

AMARYGMUS sp.

Somaliland (1895 or 1897). One mutilated example.

PRAOGENA NigRA Gahan, sp. n.

Nigra ; capite prothoraceque crebre punctatis et opacis ; elytris

nitidis, seriatim haud fortiter punctatis, interstitis planis, sparse

minutissime punctulatis. Long. 13, lat. 43 mm.

Hab. Somaliland (7’. Greenfield and C. V. Ae Peel, 1895 or 1897).

Type in British Museum, co-type in Hope Collection.

Entirely black, with the elytra somewhat glossy and the

rest of the surface more or less opaque. Head and prothorax

closely punctured, the latter a little broader than long, slightly

rounded at the sides. Elytra each with nine rows of rather small

punctures, the first row (that next the suture) being very short ;

1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 31

intervals between the rows flat and sparsely and very minutely

punctulate.

This species is larger and less convex than P. gagatina Makl.,

its prothorax is relatively a little broader, the rows of punctures

on its elytra are much finer, and it is distinguished further from

that species by its darker coloration and its glossy elytra.

CaNTHARIDE.

MYLABRIS HYPOLACHNA Gestro.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). Two examples.

MYLABRIS SENN Gestro.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). Three examples

MYLABRIS LATEPLAGIATA Fairm.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). One example.

MYLABRIS SOMALICA Thomas, sp. n.

Black, opaque, rugose, clothed with short yellow pubescence

interspersed with longish black hairs. The head (which has an

elevated shining median longitudinal line), prothorax, and elytra

all thickly and coarsely punctured ; the elytra dilated and widening

towards the apex.

Each elytron ornamented with two long oval basal yellow mark-

ings, the marginal one joining a transverse yellow band extending

to suture, and with a second transverse band, starting from but not

quite touching the suture, extending down margin and curving

round across the apex of elytron back to the suture: these markings

are all margined by a fine brownish-red line. Antenne red, with

the exception of the first and second joints, which are black. The

underside, legs, and tarsi are all black with long yellow hairs ; the

nails and spurs red,

This species is very similar to Mylabris hypolachna of Gestro’

in size, form, and general characteristics, but it differs in having

the second transverse band continued along the outer margin and

thence across the apex to the suture.

Length 12 millim., breadth 4 millim.

Hab, Central or East Somaliland (1897). Type in the British

Museum. [M. K. Tomas. }

Eprcauta AMEruystina Miikl.

Somaliland (1895 or 1897). One example.

CERAMBYCIDA.

MAcroroMaA PALMATA Fabr.

West Somaliland: South-west Haud, Owari, East of Milmil

(March 16, 1895). One example of this widely distributed African

Prionid.

? Ann, Mus. Genoy, (2) xy. p. 393 (1895,

32 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23,

PLOCEDERUS MELANCHOLICUS Gahan, var.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). This variety occurs also in

South Arabia and in British East Africa.

PLocEDERUS PHELI Gahan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 42

(1898).

Somaliland (1895 or 1897). One example. Co-type in Hope

Collection.

This species has been found in British East Africa as well as in

Somaliland.

Pacuypissus (DEROLUS) SOMALICUS Gahan, sp. n.

Piceo-brunneus, griseo-pubescens ; prothorace supra rugoso, late-

raliter paullo rotundato, area opaca excisa inter notum pleurum-

que; elytris absque punctis (punctulis minutissimis pubescentiam

gerentibus exceptis) ; femoribus subtus leviter bicarinatis ; antennis

(2) quam corpore paullo brevioribus. Long. 17, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Somaliland (1895 or 1897). One example. Type in

British Museum.

Head and prothorax dark brown, with a greyish pubescence.

Head with a sulcate impression on the vertex between the upper

lobes of the eyes. Prothorax a little longer than broad; trans-

versely wrinkled above; slightly rounded in the middle on each

side, with a small excised space, bare of pubescence, just below

the pronotum. LElytra parallel-sided throughout the greater part

of their length, rounded at the apex ; clothed with a short closely

laid grey pubescence, and devoid of all punctures, excepting those

very minute ones from which the hairs of the pubescence spring.

Femora feebly carinate along each side near the ventral border.

Prosternal process subvertical behind; the small antero-lateral

processes of metasternum almost completely shutting off the

epimera from the intermediate cotyloid cavities.

PHYLLOCNEMA SEMIJANTHINA Fairm.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). ‘Two examples.

ALPHITOPOLA PEELI Gahan, sp. n.

Fusca ; capite, prothorace, scutello et corporis inferioris lateribus

pube fulvo-ferruginea obtectis ; elytris fuscis, vitta suturali et

vitta postica submargimali connamomers, utroque elytro puncta

basali et maculis quatuor—duabus (quarum interna elongato- ovali,

medio fusco-punctata) ante medium, duabus (elongatis et postice

conjunctis) pone medium—niveis ornato. Long. 17, lat. 53 mm,

Hab. Galadi in N.W. Somaliland. One example, Oct. 4, 1897.

Type in British Museum.

Head and prothorax dark brown, covered with a short reddish-

tawny pubescence. Prothorax transverse; with a small blunt

tubercle at the middle of each side; with two transverse sulcate

impressions near the base and two near the apex. Elytra dark

brown, somewhat thickly punctured, with the punctures rather

large near the base and diminishing in size posteriorly ; a sutural

1900.] INSECTS AND ARACILNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 33

vitta, and a submarginal vitta on each elytron reaching from the

middle to the apex, where it joins the sutural vitta, cinnamon-

coloured ; a small punctiform spot at the extreme base, two spots

in front of the middle and two behind the middle of each elytron,

snow-white ; the inner spot of the anterior pair larger than the

outer, elongate-oval in shape, and marked in the middle with a

narrow brown spot; the outer spot of the same pair emarginate

in front; the two spots of the posterior pair elongate, with the

inner one commencing before the outer and coalescing with it

behind. Body underneath with an ashy-grey pubescence along

the middle, fulyous brown towards the sides ; legs brown, more or

less suffused with grey at the base and on the ventral side. Inter-

coxal process of the mesosternum very feebly tubercled in the

middle. Last abdominal segment feebly and sinuately emarginate

at the apex.

Antenne longer (by the last three or four joints) than the body,

third joint half as long again as the fourth.

CEROPLESIS REVOILI Fairm.

West (April 16 to Aug. 7, 1895) and North-west Somaliland,

Galadi (Oct. 4, 1897). Three examples, two from the latter locality.

CERATITES JASPIDEUS Sery.

Somaliland (1895 or 1897). Ten specimens. This species occurs

also in West and East Africa and in Abyssinia.

CaALoTHYRZA PAULL (Fairm.).

Anoplostetha pauli Fairm. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1884, p. 124;

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 338.

West Somaliland, Bularli (May 24, 1895). One specimen.

In this species and in the closely allied South-African A. gardinet

White the claws of the tarsi are divaricate, and the scape of the

antenne is entirely devoid of a cicatrix. Both species are out of

place in Anoplostetha and should be referred to the genus Culothyrza

Thoms., with which they agree in all essential points of structure.

A third African species of Calothyrza has been described by

Dr. Gestro (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. (2) xv. p. 423), the remaining

species of this genus being the two Indian forms—C. sehestedi

Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 146 (=C. margaritifera Thoms.) and

C. margaritifera Westw.

Crossovus PLUMICORNIs Serv,

North-west Somaliland, Hargaisa (April 25 to 28, 1595). One

example. This species is found in Senegambia, in Kast Africa and

Natal, an example from the Jast-mentioned locality forming the

type of White’s C. natalensis.

CRossOTUS Sp.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). One somewhat rubbed

female specimen.

Proc, Zoon, Soc.—1900, No. LIL, 3

34 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23,

6. NEUROPTERA.

By Rosrert McLacutay, F.R.S. &e.

PLANIPENNIA.

PALPARES PAPILIONOIDES Klug, var.

West Somaliland, Sule River, May 29, 1895. One female.

It appears to me to be safer to regard this single specimen as a

variety of P. papilionoides rather than to describe it as new.

Klug’s species was from Arabia Felix. When compared with

Klug’s description and figures, this female is somewhat larger and

the dark bands of the anterior wings are more distinctly fenestrated

in consequence of the dark colour being restricted to margining of

the network. Some examples of P. tristis Hagen, diverge from

the type form in the same manner, and I have a female from

Somaliland that at first I thought was specifically identical with

that from the Sule River, but there is a slightly different form of

wing, and in papilionoides the abdomen has black longitudinal

bands which are wanting in ¢ristis.

PALPARES WALKERI McHachlan.

Sule River, May 24, 1895. One female.

The male of this species was described by me in the Ent.

Monthly Mag. for August 1894 from two examples taken by Mr.

J.J. Walker, R.N., F.L.S., at Aden, which are in my collection.

Subsequently Col. Yerbury, R.A., F.Z.S., found examples of both

sexes at the same place and presented them to the British Museum.

Upon comparing the female from Somaliland with those from Aden,

Isee nothing that can be considered of specific difference. The

female has never been described. It is larger (expanse about

180 mm.) and the wings are broader (19 mm.), the isolated black

markings on the anterior wings are larger ; on the posterior wings

the fasciie are both broader and longer, the second of them extending

to the dorsal margin, and very broad and strongly angulate in the

middle; the third is also very broad and connected more or less with

a series of spots towards the dorsal margin. (In no two specimens

do the dark bands and other markings precisely agree nor are they

symmetrical on the opposing wings.)

MYRMELEON VARIEGATUS Klug.

West Somaliland (1895). One male, without indication of

further locality. Described originally from Arabia Felix. I have

what appears to be exactly the same species from the Sinai Penin-

sula. Probably widespread.

ODONATA.

CacEeRGATE LEUCosricra Burm.

East Central Somaliland: Haweea Country, Sinnadohga, by a

water-tank, Sept. 8, 1897. One female.

A widespread African insect,

1900.) INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND,

GYNACANTHA sp. ?

One immature female from the same locality as the preceding.

This in all probability represents a new species, but I am not dis-

posed to describe and name a species of this very critical genus

from an immature female. It appears to be quite distinct from

any West-African species.

7. ORTHOPTERA.

By Matcoum Burr, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

(Except Phasmatodea by Dr. C. BRUNNER Von WATTENWYL.)

The collection of Orthoptera made by Mr. C. V. A. Peel in

Somaliland is not large, but contains examples of a good number

of genera and species new to science. These are distributed as

follows :—

Number

of species. New Genera. New Species.

Biattodea 2.0322. - =

Mantodea ........ 6 1 1

Phasmatodea ...... 3 1 g

Acridiodea ........ 15 1 2

Locustodea ........ Le a i

Gryllodes «35 oes 4 - -

ATL | ci teat 43 4 12

It will be noticed that there are no less than seven novelties

out of the eleven Locustodea captured, a high percentage, which is

probably due to the stationary habits of these insects. Most of

these new species are Phaneropteride, for there are only one

Conocephalid and one Stenopelmatid, both of which are flightless

forms.

The collection contains no Forficularia.

An account of a collection of Orthoptera made in Somaliland by

the late Prince Ruspoli has been published by Herr Dr. Schultess

Rechberg-Schindler. They are mostly of the same genera, but the

species are different. This is especially noticeable among the new

forms.

I take this opportunity of acknowledging my deep indebtedness

to Herr Dr. C. Brunner von Wattenwyl, for his invaluable assist-

ance in the identification of many of the more difficult and obscure

species, especially for the determination and descriptions of the

Phasmatodea, upon which group his knowledge is unrivalled.

BLATTODEA,

PHYLLODROMIIDA,

IsCHNOPTERA ATRA Walk,

Somaliland (April 16 to Aug. 7, 1895, or June 5 to Oct, 29,

1897). One male.

36 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23,

PERISPH ERID#®.

DEROCALYMMA BOTTEGIANA Sauss.

Central or East Somaliland (1897). Two female specimens.

I cannot distinguish D. analis Sauss. from D, bottegiana Sauss.

The former is merely referred to and included in the synoptical

table, which is very difficult to follow. Mr. Peel’s two examples

appear to agree entirely with the description of D. botteyiana

Sauss., which is described from Somali specimens. One of these

specimens still retains the yellowish velvet coat which is so easily

lost in handling. They are both a shade smaller than de Saussure’s

types.

PERIPLANETID&,

Burarra ortenraris L.

Somaliland (1895 or 1897). One female.

PERIPLANETA AMERICANA (L.).

Somaliland (1895 or 1897). One female.

MANTODEA.

ORTHODERID®,

CHARIEIS, gen. nov.

Oculi conici, apice pedunculati. Caput haud valde depressum.

Colore griseo, Ocelli in trianyulum positi ; antenne elongate,

graciles, testacee ; occiput convewum. Pronotum breve, suleulo

wrregulart transverso instructun, margine antico subsinuato,

dilatato, margine postico rotundato, postice angustatum. Elytra

et ale perfecte explicate. Illa membranacea, remote venosa,

hyalina, venis infuscatis, venulis transversis ramorum vene

radialis incrassatis, bicoloribus ; membrana analis brevis, sed

longior quam latior. He hyaline, venulis arew antice infus-

cates. Pedes graciles ; femora antica gracilia, spinis discoida-

libus 3 parvis armata, spinis marginis externo irreqularibus,

prime minimo, 2° longiori, 3°—6%™ parvis, dehine margine

crenulato. Tibie anitice spinis brevibus armate. Lamina

subgemtals 2 magna, fornicata, rotundata. Cerci 2 sat longi,

laminam subgenitalem haud superantes. Lamina supraanalis

2 brevis, transversa. Q. oS ignotus.

This genus is a link between Brunner’s two sections of the

Orthoderide. In the form of the pronotum it agrees with Ohetessa

Burm., while the presence of small discoidal spines on the anterior

femora would place it in the second division. The conical and

pedunculated eyes, the spines of the anterior tibia, the discoidal

spines, the somewhat long anal membrane of the elytra separate it

from Chetessa Burm.; the form of the pronotum satisfactorily

divides it from the Hremiaphila, Humbertielle, and Chiropache.

In general appearance and coloration it resembles Chiropacha

and Tarachodes, but it differs in the depressed head.

1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND, 37

CHARIEIS PEELI, sp. n. (Plate II. fig. 4.)

Parva, grisea. Elytra hyalina, venulis infuscatis. Ale hyaline,

venulis partis antice infuscatis. Pronotum inerme. @.

PROBS SOMI NIE: “six <' 5 Excel y sho vikix 2+ mm.

se TCM, ye oa af ary ee oe)

go) GUMEPOPOME . wo. sieerw si owie weeee

Lat. max. pronoti ....... be geen se

a ARS Sh 2 Mare ele acta

Long. fem. anticorum ........ 35

»» tibiarum ,, ae ae 2°5

Patria. West Somaliland; North-west Haud, Abriordi Garodi,

May 4, 1895. One female example. Type in Hope Collection,

Oxford.

(In the figure, the antennze and apex of the abdomen are

wanting.)

CHIROPACHA DIVES Sauss.

West Somaliland: North-west Haud, Abriordi Garodi, May 4,

1895, Three male specimens.

CurropacHa GILva Charp.

West Somaliland: North-west Haud, Abriordi Garodi, May 4,

1895. ‘Two specimens, male and female.

Mantip2.

Popa unpunata (Fabr.).

West Somaliland: North-west Haud, Abriordi Garodi, May 4,

1895. ‘Two specimens, one male and one nymph.

MIoMANTIS FHNESTRAYA (Fabr.).

West Somaliland: North-west Haud, Abriordi Garodi, May 4,

1895. One male.

HIBRODULA sp.

North-west Somaliland, Berbera, April 16,1895. One mutilated

specimen,

PHASMATODBERA,

By C. Brunner von WaATTENWYL.

CLITUMNID&®,

Burnt, gen. nov.’

2. Caput elongatum, Antenne tertiam partem femorum anti-

corum haud attingentes, articulo secundo moniliformi. Thorax

granulosus, Femora omnia acute carinata, mutica. Segmentum

abduminale octavum longum, seymenta bina terminalia unita

superans. Segmentum anale parum compressum, minime emar-

! Tn honorem scrutatoris assidui Malcolm Burr,

38 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23,

ginatum, lamina supraanali minima apposita. Cerci breves,

recti, teretes. Operculum longissimum, seqgmenta abdominalia

iria cali iriplo superans, compressum, acuminatum.

Dispositio specierum.

1. Mesonotum et metanotum irregulariter granulosa,

IBUOLA THAON o2.,tinc.-c-naesecsstees ccc amteccs men see seme longixipha, sp. n.

1’. Mesonotum in margine laterali dense granulosum,

medio granulis raris obsitum. Metanotum lve.

AGUA NIN OTs. 55022: eersesseseseamen melee doererdesie farinosa, sp. n.

1, BuURRIA LONGIXIPHA, sp. n. (Plate II. fig. 6.)

Q. Mesonotum et metanotum irregulariter granulosa.

Long. corporis (operculo excluso) ...... 104 mm.

a -AMOSONNOEL «oc chy eet pee : ~ Eo

+ metanoti cum segmento mediano, 15

55 segmenti mediani ........ Unt Rte

5 semorum anticormm +... aden. : ioe (20

ig ze where: <a hee ee oe EAT

as os POShIVOLUINS ¢ Ghawae. sean oe

3 eOpercnli, wow ee ey ye Fae Ae Apne 5

Patria. West Somaliland (1895). One female. Type in Hope

Collection, Oxford.

2. BURRIA FARINOSA, sp. Nn.

2. Caput totum farinosum. Thorax vitia mediana longa farinosa

ornatus, necnon apea abdominis farinosus. Mesonotum maryin-

ibus dense granulosis, medio in vitta farinosa raro granulosum.

Long. corporis (operculo excluso) ...... 68 mm.

sg MOSONOE . ite Gee aie ae cee tae eds

» metanoti cum segmento mediano . 11

» Segmenti mediani ..... arash ise > Bice. ails

5, temorum antacorum’. cee. -s.e 2 lO

- a mtermed: ~ 2525 tee aes 14°5

+: op PoshicoruMic.,. sgt iat t03 OO

5 operchl.,.c2 eee ae ease . 26

Patria. West Somaliland, Bun Jijjiga (July 15, 1895). One

female. Type in Hope Collection, Oxford.

LEPryNta sp.

West Somaliland, Bun Jijjiga (July 15,1895). Five mutilated

specimens,

ACRIDIODEA.

TRUXALIDA.

TRUXALIS Nasuta (L.).

North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895. Tlirce

females.

1900.) INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 39

TRUXALIS UNGUICULATA Ramb.

North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895. Seve

females, one male.

MAcH#RIDIA BILINEATA Stal.

North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26,1895. I refer

a mutilated larva to this species.

EPacroMIa THALASSINA (Fabr.).

West Somaliland (1895). One example.

CEDIPODID &.

HUMBERTIELLA TENUICORNIS (Schaum).

West Somaliland: Boholo Deno, near R. Shebeyli, June 24,1895;

three male specimens, one female. Somaliland (1895 or 1897);

one nale and one female.

This species is purely a native of tropical Africa.

GASTRIMARGUS VERTICALIS Sauss.

West Somaliland (1895). One male and one female specimen.

Var., fusca, fascia fusca alarum via perspicua.

North-west Somaliland, Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895. One

female specimen.

CEDALEUS INSTILLATUS, sp. n.

Pronotum haud valde elongatum, fusco-testaceum, indistincte fusco-

notatum, Tempora acuta, trigonalia, Statura minore.

Gracilior. Frons subreclinata ; costa frontalis latior, margin-

ibus a vertice subdivergentibus ; vertex ad frontem haud rotun-

datus. Pronoti crista humilis, acuta, sinuata, margine postico

acutangulo. Elytra venis spuriis completis, area ulnari ir-

regulariter reticulata, fusco-testacea, dimidia basali fasctis

3 latis fuscis, 2 latis pallidis, opacis, dimidia apicali plus

minus hyalina, maculis nebulosis infuscatis ornata, Ale basi

flavicantes, fascia fusca lata semilunari, marginem posticum

attingenti ornate, ultra hane hyaline, apice macula fusca, 2

lohos includenti ornata, Pronotum metazona quam prozona haud

brevior. Femora postica testacea, extus punctulata, vel irregu-

lariter fasciata. Tibi postice rusescentes. SQ.

3. "8

Long. corporis ............ 20 mm. 29 inm.

i I ao ekas ox» AD 6

CVUOLUD ose tess 22 26°5

» femorum posticorum.. .. 15

Patria, West Somaliland (1895). Twospecimens. ‘Types, male

and female, in Hope Collection, Oxford.

This new species falls into the second division of de Saussure’s

subgenus (daleus sensu stricto. It is a great deal smaller than

40 MR. C, V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23,

. nigrofasciatus de G., and @. infernalis Sauss., and falls between

. senegalensis Kr. and . abruptus Sauss. From both of these

it differs in the acute angle of the posterior border of the pronotum,

at least in the male (this angle is more obtuse in the female).

I have drawn up the description on the model of de Saussure’s

synoptical table, in which he distinguishes these two species.

ACROTYLUS LONGIPES (Charp.).

Somaliland (1895 or 1897), one female. West Somaliland

(1895), one male and two females.

These specimens are the red variety, the same as recorded by

me from Sokotra (P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 384).

PYRGOMORPHID &.

CuROTOGONUS LUGUBRIS Blanch.

Somaliland (1895 or 1897). One male, two larve.

PHYMAYEUS STOLLII Sauss.

North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895. Two

males and two females.

PH. MORBILLOSUS Serv. ?

North Central Somaliland: Haud, Odewein, June 23,1897. Two

larvee. (‘ Dry river, thickly wooded banks.”—C, V. A. P.)

1 refer these larvee with some hesitation to P. morbillosus.

PYRGOMORPHA GRYLLOIDEs (Latr.).

North-west Somaliland: Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895. One

female.

ACRIDIID#.

SCHISTOCERCA PEREGRINA (Oliy.).

North-west Somaliland: Gooban District, between Hargaisa and

Berbera, August 6, 1895. Six males, one female.

North Central Somaliland : Haud, Odewein, July 23, 1897. Four

nymphs. (‘ Dry river, thickly wooded banks.”—C, V. A. P.) Also

five very young larvee.

ACRIDIUM SUCCINCTUM Serv.

(nec Linn. = ruficorne, Serv. et Stal).

West Somaliland (1895). One male and one female.

SAURACRIS, gen. nov.

Corpus apterum, depressum, granulatum, nitidum. Oculi pro-

minuli, a supero visi, subcontigut. Frons reclinata ; antenne

Jiliformes. Pronotumn deplanatum, carinis nullis, suleis 3

instructum, margine postico subsinuato, lobis defleais marginibus

antico et postico obliquis, inferiore subrecto. Elytra minima,

1900.) INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND, 41

rudimentaria vel nulla, Ale nulle, Abdomen seginentis 1° et 2°

deplanatis, ceteris compressis, carinulatis. Pedes crassiusculi,

Femora postica valde incrassata, haud serrulata ; tibice postice

margine exvterno 6-8, interno 8-9 spinis armate ; tarsi postict

segmentis 1° et 3° elongatis, 2° parvo. Cerci 3 breves, compressi,

conict, apice obtusi. Lamina supraanalis obtusa, apice

paullo bi-emarginaia, medio plus minus sulcata. Lamina

subgenitalis $ magna, fornicata; lumina subgenitalis &

simplex. Valvule ovipositoris breves, granulate. Corpus

glabrum, partibus genitalibus 3 Q tibiis posticis hirsutis,

This new genus falls into the group Coptacre. The absence of

elytra, wings, and of the carine of the pronotum separate it from

Cyphocerastes Karsch, Epistaurus Bol., Avridoderes Bol.

SAURACRIS LACERTA, sp.n. (Plate II. fig. 3, ¢.)

Statura mediocri, testacea, nigro varia. Caput pallide testaceum ;

oculi globosi, badii. Pronotum pallide testaceum, fasciis 3

Ffusctoribus longitudinalibus ornatum. Elytra minutissima,

granulati, lobiformia, seqmenti abdominalis primi dimidium viv

attingentia, vel nulla, Abdomen testaceum, vittis et maculis

nigris ornatum. Pedes testacei ; femora postica extus fusco vil

atro ornata ; tibie postice spinis extus 6-8, intus 9 armate,

Abdomen subtus nigro variegatum. Femina mare major,

fuscior. S$ Q.

fe or

Long. corporis aes poe . 255mm. 39 mm.

Si ADOMINAL: . chelond saad x's 6 ae

» élytrorum (si adsunt). ‘ 1:75 1-75

,, femorum posticorum ,. 18-13°5 17

Patria. North-west Somaliland, Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895;

1 male, 1 female and 1 nymph. Central or East Somaliland (1897) ;

2males. Female, type trom Hargaisa, in Hope Collection, Oxford.

Male type from Central or East Somaliland, in Hope Collection.

Co-types at Oxford and in the collection of Malcolm Burr,

LOCUSTODBA,

PHANEROPTERID®,

PERONURA sp. inc.

North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895. One

female nymph.

It is impossible accurately to determine this immature specimen.

PHANEROPTERA PUNCLULATA, sp. 1.

Parva, late viridis ; pronoto, cruribus, abdomine nigro-punctulatis.

Pronotum lobis deflewis wque altis ae longis; carine haul

valde expresse, flavide. Klytra brevi word, venulis transversis

haud prominulis, parte anali usque ad apicem nigr o-punctulata,

Al elytris longiores, Femora postica gracilia, apicem elytrorum

42 MR. C. V. A, PEEL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23,

superantes, basi incrassata. Lamina supraanalis 3g oblonga.

Cerci 3g longi, teretes, acuminati, apice mucronati. Lamina

subgenitalis 3 elongata, triangulariter emarginata, cercos haud

superans. oC.

Long. pronoti ......e+s+sss-s. 125mm.

COTPOTIS 's a vie's\s 2s ale ee

alacnm, Fos hs eevee eee

| -elytroram).) 2:54 a Te ak nt

Lat. elytrorum medio .......... 2°75

Long. femorum posticarum...... 16

Patria. North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895.

One male. Type in Hope Collection, Oxford.

This species comes nearest to Ph. nana Charp., but may be

distinguished by the absence of the basal spots of the elytra, which

also separates it from Ph. quadripunctata Br. The minute black

dots all over the body resemble those of Leptophyes punctatissima,

Bosc.

”?

”

MILITITSA, gen. nov.

In tribum Verpnistriarum locandum. ¢ ignotus.

Fastigium verticis sulcatum et compressum. Frons brevis, per-

pentcularis. Oculi valde globosi. Pronotum selleeforme, disco

antice elevatum, obtusum, postice deplanato, margine ipso sub-

elevato, rotundato, carinis lateralibus nullis; lobis deflewis

altiortbus quam longioribus, marginthus rotundatis. LElytra

angusta, paullo ante medium latiora, dehine attenuata, margine

postico sinuato, apice oblique truncata ; venw 2 radiales sub-

contique, apicem versus diver gentes, ramis 1-3 vene ulnaris

conjunctis, ramo ultimo in marginem aprcalem elytri ecurrente ;

vena ulnaris a vena radiali valde remota, in marginem posticum

elytri defleca, ramos nonnullos furcatos albo-cireumdatos venam

radialem versus emittens, quorum spostremi ramis vene

radialis conjuncti ; campus analis busi latus, dchine angustis-

simus, venulis rectis transversis plurimis instructis, in tertia

parte apical elytri evanescens; campus marginalis latus,

ad conjunctionem venwe radialis anterioris cum margine antico

productus ; intra marginem per totam longitudinem elytra

anguste decolor, hyalinus, Ale elytris longiores. Coww antice

spina nulla instructe. Femora omnia teretes, postica subtus

spmulis 3 armata, lobis genicularibus acuminatis ; tibie antice

et intermedie compresse, margine jpostico spinulis minimis

armate. Tibwe antice utrinqgue foramine aperto, oblongo,

instruct ; tibie postice per totam longitudinem utrinque supra

spinis allidis, apice rufescentibus, armate. Meso- et meta-

sternum lobis obtusis instructa. Ovipositor satis magnus, sensim

incurvis, apice obtusus, valvula superiore minime crenulato,

valvulam inferiorem muticam superans. @.

This genus may be at once separated from Terpnistria Stil by

the unspined pronotum and unlobed legs. The unarmed coxe

1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 43

and open tympana of the anterior tibie distinguish it from

Diogena Br.

MIZITITSA SOMALIENSIS, sp. n. (Plate II. figs. 5 & 7.)

Corpus ferrugineum. Caput et pronotum viridia. Elytra viridia,

venulis transversis hyalino-circumdatis, margine antico hyalino,

margine postico sordide ferrugineo. Ovipostor nitidus, viridis,

apice infuscatus. Cerct recti, conic. Lumina subgenitalis 2

parva, apice angusta, truncata. &.

O',

Poon sorpors ai pees eer eas ak eases Dae meee

pea ECL cirhiwiclt git ara dy Wiie dare eater be be oe

ff PREDEAML Ss ak) fee pak wpe cota ee

= Femoram posiiearam: V's 2.3055-0 °F

Poi dAEPU TMM 3s oo baile alate w, sin Oe waar eel

Patria. North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26,

1895. One female specimen. Type in Hope Collection, Oxford.

TYLOPSIS PERPULCHRA, sp. 0.

Viridis, elongata, Pronotum dorso deplanatum, viride, minutis-

sime fusco-punctulatum, marginibus antico et postico subsinuatis,

carinis lateralibus rectis, parallelis, albis, antice subtus atro-

marginatis ; lobi deflext angulato inserti, margine inferiore

recto, angulo postico retroproducto, margine postico valde

sinuato, antico perpendicularit. Elytra elongata, angusta,

lanceolata, ramo primo vene radialis apice furcato, viridia,

antice late albo- marginata, vitta pallide purpurea intra, apicem

versus attenuata ornata, Ale elytris valde longiores, venis

radialibus mediis valde infuscatis, (DPedes antici et intermedi

desunt.) Pedes postici gracillimi, longissimi, fusco-teslacei.

Cerci longi, validi, apice valde undulato-incurvi, apice

decussati et infuscati. Lamina subgenitalis 3 elongata, apice

triangulariter excisa. ¢.

LODE. COFPOPIA sours os 2 acne aes 20 BOM

" pronom ee bls id wiaoeskinie oo

i NY Lace taene awk St

a femorum posticorum....... 28

Patria. North-west Somaliland, W hardi Datal, July 26,

1895, One male specimen. Type in Hope Collection, Oxford.

This species agrees with 7’. bilineolata Serv. in the straight

inferior borders of the side flaps of the pronotum, but may be

distinguished by the variegated elytra.

OTIAPHYSA ANGUSTIPENNIS, sp. n. (Plate IT. fig. 2.

Flavo-ferruginea ; elytra, alarum apices, virides ; elytra venulis

transversis albido-circumdatis, maryine antico valde sinuato,

margine postico recto, paullo ante medium latiora, pone medium

valde angustata, apice oblique truncata, &.

44 MR, C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23,

oan

Tiong, CORPOTIS: Geos". < sae ete eis <i nie ee ee

fae MPROMGH Rios.) wotezacau ee aeeetens 5

por SERV CLOOUEN as o's ashen terete se ae 40

Lat. max. elytrorum ante medinm .... 9

ae = prone medium.... 6

Dong: Ovipositoria ....5 see. oes Heys 5°75

Patria. North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26,

1895. One female specimen. Type in Hope Collection, Oxford.

This species differs from O. hebetata Karsch in its smaller size,

narrowed elytra, and slightly longer ovipositor. In O. hebetata the

elytra attain their greatest breadth (12 mm.) just before the apex;

in this species, in the first half of the elytra.

RHEGMATOPODA PEELI, sp.n. (Plate II. fig. 1.)

Pallide virescens. Pronotum disco infuscato. Elytra translucida,

longiora. Ale elytris longiores. Pedes graciles ; femora antica et

intermedia subtus utrinque spinulosa; tibice antice et intermedie

triservatim spurulose, (Kemora postica desunt.) Elytra vene

radiales basi remote, dehine appropinquantes, subcontique,

deinde divergentes, vena postica ramum furcatum in apicem

elytri emittens; vena ulnaris sinuata; area analis magis

explicata ; venule transverse omnes recte, parallele ; campus

tympanalis valde prominulus. Lamina supraanalis 3 brevis,

rotundata. Cerci 3 laminam subgenitalem multo breviores,

acuminati, mucronati. Lamina subgenitalis elongata,

deplanata, apice triangulariter emarginata, lobis obtusis. 3.

Q agnota.

Long. corporis.....-.... 19 mut.

3 PLOUDU bss eek SO

oy h CLYINONUM cust a oe

Patria. North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895.

One male specimen. Type in Hope Collection.

Tabula specierum generis Rhegmatopode.

1. Elytra campo marginali sensim angustato, tertia parte

apizali evanescenti, vena ulnari decurva; area ulnaris

(pone venam ulnarem) sat lata. Pronotum lobis

deflexis, margine postico vix sinuato, margine infero

convexo.. Hemoranutica 2-29, s eee ieee eee 1. leptocerca Stl.

2. Elytra campo marginali latiori, apicem elytri attin-

genti; vena ulnari sinuata, undulata, apice recurva,

area ulnari latissima. Pronotum lobis deflexis,

margine postico valde sinuato, margine infero

obliquo. Femora antica et intermedia subtus

spinulosa ....... pelts tls sduenu eta en entann de venvenaames 2. peeli, 0. sp.

1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 45

EurycoryroHa VARIA Brunner.

Patria, North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895.

One female. Recorded from Kilimanjaro by Brunner.

CoNOCEPHALID ®.

XIPHIDIUM SOMALI, sp. nD.

X. natalensi Redt. victnum. Fastigium verticis ab antico visum

lateribus haud distincie divergentibus. Caputet pronotum flava,

fasciis tribus, media lata, lateralibus angustis fuscis ornata ;

pronotum inerme, lobis deflexis obtuse triangularibus, marginibus

obliquis, vie sinuatis, callo conveao nullo. Elytra abbreviata,

lobiformiat, pronoto breviora, testacea, margine antico infuscato.

Ale obliterate. Abdomen fusco-testaceum, utringue flavido-

bilineatum, Femora postica inermia, genibus inermibus. Pedes

testuceis, Ovipositor longissimus, rectissimus. Lamina sub-

genitalis Q apie truncata. 2. fF tynotus.

2. ;

Lene, BOrporis. sosaewias seein he oO mh

oy TONOL:.cc'aiae wack coe: oe

opt JCRVRSORUOE fee ty stds s Rae

15 OVEDORILORIS. 5 aac Fare : ze)

Pairia. North-west Somaliland, Whardi Datal, July 26, 1895.

One female specimen. Type in Hope Collection, Oxford.

This species differs from X. natalense Redt. in its unarmed

knees and differently colonred head and pronotum. From

X. brevicercus and X. armaticeps Karsch it may be distinguished

by its unarmed head and pronotum.

HETRODIDE.

EvGaster toricatus Gerst.

North Central Somaliland: Haud District, Eyk (“in open plain

by thick bush”), July 2-4, 1897. One male and one female

specimen.

SPALACOMIMUS TALPA (Gerst.).

North Central Somaliland: Haud District, Eyk, July 2-4,

1897. (‘ Open plain by thick bush.’—C. V.A.P.) One male and

one female specimen.

STENOPELMATID®,

MAGRETPIA OBSCURA, sp. nD.

Fusco-testacea, nitida, A M. abominata Br. differt femoribus

tantum spinula minima unica apicem versus armatis, tibiis

anticis inflatis. A M. mutica Br. differt femoribus spinula

unica, neque 4-5 armatis, pronoto antice quam postice paullo

latius. oo.

46 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23,

row

Long, corporis... -...-.. 22 mm.

Fe MMI ERMNCT «<n wi she aut 55

TOM), POSE. 5 ¥..5.56 16°5

» p

Patria, North Central Somaliland: Haud District, Eyk (“on

open plain by thick bush”), July 2-4, 1897. One male specimen.

Type in Hope Collection, Oxford.

This species seems to be a link between M. abominata Br.

(African), which has many-spined femora.and compressed anterior

tibiz, and the pronotum slightly broader anteriorly than posteriorly,

and M. mutica Br. (Asiatic), in which the femora have only 4-5

minute spines beneath, while the anterior tibize are sub-inflated

and the pronotum is cylindrical.

GRYLLODEA.,

GRYLLID&.

LioGRYLLUS BIMACULATUS (De Geer).

North-west Somaliland, Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895. Four

female specimens.

GRYLLUS sp. ?

North-west Somaliland, Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1897. One

female, one nymph. Both specimens are too mutilated for

determination. The elytra are abbreviated, and the ovipositor is

as long as the body. The general colour is dull black.

GRYLLUS MELANOCEPHALUS Serv.

North-west Somaliland, Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895. One

male specimen. Possibly only a dark variety of G. domesticus.

GRYLLUs LuGUBRIS Stal (=G. afer var. ?).

North-west Somaliland, Hargaisa, April 25-28, 1895. One

male specimen,

8. INgECTS OF OTHER ORDERS.

By various Contributors.

(Mr. Peel also brought several Hymenoptera and a few Hemiptera.

The known species of the former have been kindly identified by

Mr. W. F. Kirby, of the latter by Mr. W. L. Distant.

E. B. Poturon.]

HYMENOPTERA,

Terebrantia. Entomophaga,

BRACONIDE.

Bracon sp. A single specimen (1897).

1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND, 47

Aculeata. Heterogyna.

ForMIcIp2&.

PALTOTHYREUS PESTILENTIUS (Smith).

Three specimens feom Bularli (West Somaliland), May 25, 1895.

Mr. Peel describes the species as excessively abundant at this

locality.

Fossores.

MUvIniip#&.

MUTI“LA ARENARIA (Fabr.).

A single female specimen (1897).

PoMPILID#.

SALIUS MEGAERA (Smith).

A single specimen from the Webbi Shebeyli, near Mount Kul-

dush, June 28, 1895.

LaArrip2&,

LARRADA sp. allied to Z. diabolica (Smith).

A single specimen from Sibi (West Somaliland), May 27, 1895.

Diploptera.

EuMENID2.

EUMENES LEPELLETIERI (Sauss.).

Seven specimens from Eyk, in the Haud District of North

Central Somaliland, July 2-4,1897. “ Open plain by thick bush ”

(0. Vie Aa Ee),

EUMENES DIMIDIATIPENNIS (Sauss.).

A single example from West Somaliland (1895).

RHYNCHIUM sp.

Two specimens from the Bun Feroli, north of the Webbi She-

beyli, June 10-20, 1895,

Anthophila,

APIDE

XyLocopa sp. near to flavilabris.

A single example (1897).

APIS LIGUSTICA (Spin.).

Eight specimens from the Haweea Country in East Central

Somaliland, Sept. 8-27, 1897. (W.F. K.)

48 MR. C, V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23,

HEMIPTERA.

Two species of Rynchota Hemiptera were obtained by Mr. Peel.

ODONTOPUS SEXPUNCTATUS (Lap.).

One specimen from Bularli in West Somaliland, May 25, 1895 ;

and others from the 1897 Expedition in Central and East Somali-

Jand (no further locality).

Two specimens of another species in bad condition were also

obtained in 1897, (W. L. D.)

§. CHILOPODA AND ARACHNIDA.

By R. I. Pocock.

The Arachnida collected by Mr. Peel proved on examination to

be exceptionally interesting. Of the six species of Acari, two of

the parasitic species of the genus L?ipicephalus seem to be well-

marked new forms. One of them is represented by both males

and undistended females; the other unfortunately by a single

male, but this specimen differs so strikiugly in colour from all

the species of the genus recently recorded in Neumann’s useful

monograph of the group, that 1 have not hesitated to describe

it as new. Mr. Peel was even more fortunate with his Scorpions.

He collected only five specimens; but they represent four species,

three of which have never been previously described. Two of

these, Buthus calviceps and Pandinus pugilator, are exceptionally

well-marked forms; while the third species, which I have dedicated

to Mr. Peel, belongs to a section of the genus peculiar to Somali-

Jand and hitherto represented by a single species.

The working out of this material has entailed a revision of

the Scorpions of Somaliland, based upon those contained in the

collection of the British Museum. The results have been incor-

porated in a supplement to the report upon Mr. Peel's collection,

in the hope that sportsmen and naturalists who visit this country

may see at a glance what is known of these animals and may be

induced to follow, so far as collecting is concerned, the examples

of Messrs. Lort Phillips, Donaldson Smith, and Peel,

Class CHILOPODA.

Family ScoLOPENDRID®.

Two representatives of this family were obtained, April 25-28,

1895, at Hargaisa, North-west Somaliland, namely Ethmostigmus

trigowopoda, a species which is distributed throughout tropical

Atrica, and a damaged example of a species of Léysida probably

referable to R, paucidens, Pocock', originally procured at Loga in

the Arnec Galla country, but the absence of the anal legs makes

the determination doubtful.

a specimens of these species are in the Hope Museum at

Oxford.

* In Donaldson Smith’s ‘Through Unknown African Countries,’ p. 404 (1897).

1900.) INSECES AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 49

Class ARACHNIDA.

Order ACARI.

Family TromBip11p£.

Genus TROoMBIDIUM.

TromBipiIuMm TrncrortuM (Linn.), Trouess.

Trombidium tinctorium, Trouessart, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1894,

pp- 89-91 & 94, fig. a.

Loc. Hargaisa in North-west Somaliland (April 25-28, 1895).

Two specimens in the Hope Museum at Oxford.

Family ARGASID.

Genus OrniTHODOROS Koch.

ORNITHODOROS SAVIGNYI (Aud.).

Argas savignyi, Aud., Description de l’Egypte, Hist. Nat. i.

pl. iv. fig. 5; Explanation of Plates, p. 183 (1827).

Ornithodoros savignyt, Neumann, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, x.

p- 26 (1897).

Loc. Bularli in West Somaliland (May 1895). Six specimens,

two in the British Museum, the rest in the Hope Museum at

Oxford.

Family I[xoprpx.

Genus Hyatomma C. Koch.

TiyaLomMa GRossum C, Koch.

Hyalomma grossum, C. Koch, Arch. Natur. x. i. p. 220, no. 2,

Uebersicht ete. iv. p. 34, pl. ii. fig. 8 (1847).

Loe. Bularli in West Somaliland (May 1895).

A single distended female, probably referable to this species ; in

the Hope Museum at Oxford.

Genus RurpicerHatus C. Koch,

RHW1PICEPHALUS SANGUINEUS (Latr.).

Tvodes sanguineus, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. i. p. 157

(1804).

Lthipicephalus sanguineus (Latr.), Neumann, Mém, Soc. Zool.

France, x. p. 385 (157).

Loc. Bularli in West Somaliland (May 1895).

Three specimens, one in the British Museum and two in the

Hope Museum at Oxford.

Proc, Zoou, Soc,—1900, No. LY. 4

50 MR, U, V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23,

RHIPICEPHALUS MARMOREUS, sp. n. (Plate III. figs. 1-1 d.)

3. Colour. Capitulum yellowish brown; dorsal surface of body

yellowish white, with five large deep red-brown patches, one on

each side extending backwards from the cervical groove, one on

each side longitudinal and sending off towards the middle line a

broad transverse bar, and a large posterior median patch with

convex hinder border and anterior border produced forwards in the

middle line, also a narrow brown band running round the margin

of the dorsal scute; legs yellowish brown, with a broad longi-

tudinal white band on the upperside of the femora, patella, and

tibie; ventral surface of body whitish, with chitinous sclerites

deep brown like the legs.

Posterior border of capitulwm evenly concave, the angles

moderately produced; lateral margins moderately, not strongly

diverging, the anterior border only a little wider than the posterior.

Dorsal plate almost entirely covering the sides of the body,

leaving merely a narrow marginal membranous rim; cervical

grooves distinct, short; marginal groove represented by a series

of coarse punctures; three posterior punctured grooves on the

posterior dark patch; for the rest the dorsal plate is without

grooves but is pitted with coarse scattered punctures ; the posterior

rim divided by short sulci into eleven festoons. Ventral area with

a single long piriform adanal plate, which is narrowed in front

and extends backwards almost to the posterior coxe; its external

border slightly convex, internal border concave in the middle,

convex in the anterior and posterior third, posterior border oblique

and ending internally in a rounded rectangular prominence; a

single small median sclerite on the postanal membranous area.

Cowe of anterior legs produced into two strong spiniform pro-

cesses; of 2nd to 4th with a single distal spiniform process on the

posterior side."

Total length of dorsal plate 3°38 mm.

Loc. Bularli in West Somaliland (May 1895).

A single specimen ( ¢ type) in British Museum.

RHIPICEPHALUS ARMATUS, sp. n. (Plate ITT. figs. 2-2 f.)

3. Colour a tolerably uniform deep brown, with black markings

on the grooves of the dorsal plate; legs deep brown ; ventral area

pale.

Capitulum with posterior border straight in the middle, its

angles more abruptly spiniform than in 2. marmoreus, its lateral

margins more obliquely diverging in their posterior two-thirds,

then abruptly converging. Dorsal scute not quite covering the

lateral area, with normal cervical grooves ; marginal groove deep,

strongly pitted, extending from a point on a level with the cervical

groove to the beginning of the festoons of the posterior border ;

posteriorly there is a pair of deep pitted grooves, and between

* Owing to the dried state of the specimen, satisfactory examination of the

mandibular armature was impossible.

1900.) INSUCTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND, 51

them and the marginal groove on each side another similar but

curved groove which extends from in front of the middle of the

dorsal area back as far as the posterior end of the marginal groove;

in addition to the punctures in the grooves there are a few coarse

punctures scattered here and there; posterior border with eleven

festoons. Adanal plates narrowed in front, but not extending far

forwards beyond the anus; their inner border nearly straight,

external border convex; posterior border produced into a short

external and a long spiniform internal tooth, which projects

nearly as far back as the posterior border of the dorsal plate, the

apex of this spine is obliquely truncate and subbvifid, above it is a

second strong spine; a pair of postanal sclerites. Coxe of Ist

leg strongly bidentate; of 2nd to 4th also bidentate, the two teeth

being on the posterior border, one proximal, the other distal and

thinner. Total length 4-8 mm.

Two undistended female specimens, probably referable to this

species, have the cephalic plate about as wide as long, reddish in

the middle, blackish at the sides, the cervical grooves deep, a row

of large punctures representing the marginal grooves on each side,

some large punctures along the lateral edge in front of the eye, a

few between the cervical grooves, and a few large ones and many

smaller ones on the middle of the posterior area. The abdomen is

impressed posteriorly with three shallow grooves and is obsoletely

festooned. Cowe of the legs posteriorly weakly bispinate, the

external spine being the larger.

Loc. Bularli in West Somaliland (May 1895).

Six specimens. Type (male) and two co-types (male and

female) in the British Museum. Three co-types (2 males and

1 female) in the Hope Museum at Oxford.

The smales of the three species of this genus obtained by

Mr. Peel may be determined as follows :—

(d) a. Dorsal plate marked behind with a pair of moderately

long grooves, one on each side of the middle line;

between these and the deep marginal groove there is a

third long and deep groove extending from the second

or third suleus of the festooned border past the middle

of the dorsal plate; adanal plate produced behind into

a long and strong spiniform process, immediately above

which there is a second strong spine; a pair of chiti-

nous postanal sclerites —........seseceeesecseeeseeeneeneneeens armatus,

h. Dorsal plate with a longish posterior median suleus and

a pair of shallower impressions, one on each side of it,

with only a very short shallow and inconspicuous groove

between the marginal groove and the middle line; adanal

plate not produced behind into a long spiniform process ;

no spine above the termination of this plate.

a’. Dorsal plate yellowish white, with large symmetrically

disposed reddish-brown patehes ; legs brown, painted

with white above; dorsal plate sparsely punctured ;

marginal groove represented by a series of punctures. marmoreus.

b'. Dorsal plate deep brown with blacker patches and

yellow lateral margin; legs uniformly brown; dorsal

plate closely and irregularly punctured ; marginal

groove distinct .........+ UP bndceccacsaustese baasbivanssecsarss sanguineus,

MR. C, V. A, PEEL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23,

Order ARANEZ.

Unfortunately the few Spiders obtained by Mr. Peel were not

all preserved in such a manner as to make their specific deter-

mination possible, being dried, pinned, and for the most part very

much shrivelled. The following forms, however, are recognizable.

1. ARANEUS HOPLOPHALLUS Poc. (Bull. Liverpool Museum, ii.

p. 40, 1599.)

An adult male certainly belonging to this species and a female

doubtfully reterred to it, the former from Berbera in North-west

Somaliland, the latter from East Central Somaliland (1897). The

type was procured in Sokotra and is preserved in the British

Museum ; the specimens procured by Mr. Peel are in the Hope

Museum.

2, ARANEUS NAUTICUS L. Koch.

A single female, most likely of this species, from Berbera, in

the Hope Museum.

3. CEBRENNUS #THIOPIUS Simon.

A single immature female, probably referable to the Abyssiniau

species, was taken in Eastern Central Somaliland. In the Hope

Museum.

4 &5. Oxyopes sp. ?

Two specimens from Western Somaliland, each representing an

indeterminable species. In the Hope Museum.

Order SCORPIONBES.

Family Scorpionip2.

Genus Panpinus Thorell.

PANDINUS PUGILATOR, sp.n. (Plate IV. figs. 1, 1 a.)

Colour of chelw, tail, and upperside of body olive-brown, the

hands rather paler; legs and vesicle of tail clear pale yellow.

Carapace sinooth, sparsely punctured above, granular at the

sides, its length exceeding that of the movable digit and almost

equalling that of the 3rd and 4th tail-segments.

Tergal plates granular laterally ; the last more or less granular

throughout. Sternal plates smooth, the last weakly crested.

Tail short and slender, less than three times the length of the

carapace, considerably narrowed posteriorly; the 4th segment

about twice as long as wide, the 5th considerably more than twice

as long as wide; 1st segment weakly granular above, for the rest .

smooth, all its keels smooth; 2nd segment entirely smooth, 3rd

with the four inferior keels strong, rugose, the intervening spaces

granular ; 4th with the infero-lateral keels strong and denticulated,

1900.) INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND, 53

the inferior median heels not differentiated amongst the coarse granules

covering the lower surface of the segment; 5th segment with the

inferior keels denticulated, the area between them coarsely granular;

upperside of the 3rd, 4th, and 5th segments smooth, the keels

also smooth or at all events only roughened with pores ; vesicle

granular, narrow, its width equal to its height and only about

one-third the length of the vesicle and aculeus.

Chele: humerus coarsely granular above, its anterior surface with

strongly granular cresis; lower surface granularly crested behind ;

brachium finely eranular in front, also roughened with pores and

granules behind ; hand wide, its width about equal to the length

of the movable digit, its upper surface smooth posteriorly on the

lobe, the area just above external keel coarsely granular, the rest

covered with low more or less anastomosing tubercles, which are,

however, more distinct towards the base of the immovable digit ;

the inner edge smooth, though the granules of the lower surface

run right up to it or even project slightly beyond it; the lower

surface sparsely granular, with two weakly defined keels; keel

defining the hand-back above very stroug and proainent.

Legs smooth; protarsal segment of lst and 2nd with a single

external apical spine; tarsi armed with eight spines, two on each

side being on the lobe, one on its lower angle, the other in the

middle as in P. colei, P. bellicosus, &e.

Pectinal teeth 17.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 93 ; length of carapace

18, of tail 48; width of 1st segment 5:8, of 4th 3:5, of vesicle 3-2 ;

width of hand 16, length of movable digit 17.

Loc. North-west Somaliland (Berbera or Hargaisa). A single

specimen (type) in the British Museum.

Recognizable by the granulation of the lower side of the 4th

caudal ‘segment and the obsoleteness of its inferior median

crests, &c.

PANDINUS PEELI, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 2.)

gd. Closely allied to P. colei (Pocock), but differing in the

characters pointed out in the table given below (ef. p. 62).

Carapace quite smooth above, sparsely punctured, wuch less

closely granular laterally than in P. colei. Verga weakly granular

at the sides only, not closely granular throughout the posterior

half as in P. colet. Chelw larger than in P. colei; upper crest of

brachium smooth; upperside of hand externally gravular as in

P. colei, but internally much smoother, the granules anastomosing

and running together into ridges which become almost obsolete

on the posterior lobe of the hand. Fourth abdominal sternum

obsoletely granular in the middle. Pectinal teeth 15.

Measurements in millimetres. Total lengih 81; length of carapace

145, of tail 38, of underhand 10; width of hand 135.

Loe. North-west Somaliland (Berbera or Hargaisa), A single

specimen (type) in the British Museum,

54 | MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON (Jan. 23,

Family Burnip2.

Genus Uropuectes Peters.

UROPLECTES FISCHERI (Karsch).

Lepreus fischeri Karsch, Mitth. Miinch. ent. Ver. 1879, p. 124.

The two specimens of this species that were obtained in North-

west Somaliland (at Berbera or Hargaisa) agree closely in

characters with those collected by Dr. Donaldson Smith at Lummo

and Turfa, and discussed on pp. 400-401 of that author’s account

of his expedition. One of Mr. Peel’s specimens is in the British

Museum, the other in the Hope Museum at Oxford.

Genus Buruus Leach,

BUTHUS CALVICEPS, sp. n. (Plate IV. figs. 3-3 a.)

Colour (dry specimen): trunk blackish yellow; appendages

uniform pale yellow,

Carapace weakly granular ; keels almost entirely obsolete, only

the anterior median distinct but failing to attain the front border

of the carapace. Tergal plates rather coarsely granular; keels

normal and granular. ternal plates smooth and polished; the

last very finely granular at the sides, polished and rather coarsely

but sparsely punctured in the middle; the lateral keels alinost

obsolete, represented by about three larger granules.

Tail of medium thickness, nearly five times the length of the

carapace, posteriorly narrowed; the sides and upper surface of the

segments normally crested, the intercarinal spaces finely granular ;

the median lateral keel complete on the 2nd and almost complete

on the 3rd segment ; lower surface of Ist, 2nd, and 3rd segments

‘rather coarsely but strongly punctured with setiferous pores; the

median keels of the 1st obsolete, those of the 2nd and 3rd strong

and denticulated, increasing in strength posteriorly, the inferior

laterals of these segments also strong and denticulated, converging

posteriorly and fusing, like the medians, with a transverse granular

crest; lower surface of the 4th weakly granular, without median

keels ; 5th segment without a trace of superior lateral keels, tinely

granular below, with a few coarser granules intermixed, the median

keel denticulated ; the laterals strongly denticulated, with at least

one large lobate tooth behind the middle of their length, ending

behind in a big subdivided lobe on each side of the anal aperture ;

vesicle of medium size, smooth, punctured.

Chele weak; humerus granular above, normally crested ; bra-

chium smooth, weakly crested, anterior surface with two weakly

granular keels; hand smooth, small, narrower than brachium,

movable digit with eight rows of teeth along the middle line, the

basal row long and rising right at the extremity of the segment,

the lateral teeth forming short oblique rows of three each, two

1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 55

outer and one inner ; finger a little more than twice the length of

the underhand.

Legs with granularly crested femora ; the feet with two rows of

hairs below.

Pectinal teeth 21.

Genital operculum considerably longer than sternum.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 31 ; length of carapace

3°5, of tail 17°5; length of movable digit 3.

Loc. North-west Somaliland (Berbera or Hargaisa). A single

specimen (type) in the British Museum.

In size and some points of structure this little Buthus approaches

Nanobuthus andersoni Poc., obtained at Duroor to the north of

Suakim (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv. p.314), The dentition of the

mandible and of the digits of the chel, however, is quite normal

for the genus Buthus. The most striking structural peculiarities

of the species are; (1) the obsoleteness of all the cephalothoracic

keels with the exception of the anterior median ; (2) the coarse

but sparse punctuation of the last sternite and of the lower side of

the first caudal segment, accompanied as it is by the disappearance

of the median keels ; (3) the disappearance of the median keels on

the lower side of the 4th caudal segment. These characters do

not co-exist in any species known to me. Judging from the

structure of the inferior lateral keels of the 5th caudal segment

and of the inferior keels of the 2nd and 3rd segments, this species

belongs to the same category as B. occitanus.

10. Genera List oF tHE ScorPIoNs OF SOMALILAND AND

tHE Boran Cotnrry. By R. I. Pocock,

Family Burau.

Genus Uropuecres Peters.

URoPLecres FISCHERI (Karsch).

Lepreus fischeri, Karsch, Mitth. Miinch. ent. Ver. iii. p. 124

(1879).

Loc. Barawa (Karsch), Turfa and Lummo (Donaldson Smith),

and Berbera and Hargaisa (C, V. A. Peel).

To the south of Somaliland the typical form of this species is

replaced by two subspecies, one paler, the other darker than

U. fischeri typicus. The three may be contrasted as follows :—

a. Hands entirely pale, body banded above as in

FRCRRCUNAME ihc bib ci Siated cas ctdstosevnagensias fi. flavimanus, subsp.

4. Hands wholly black or at least lined with black [noy.

and black at base of fingers.

a’. 'Terga yellow, with a pair of black spots ; cara-

pace and terga broadly yellow at the side... fi. Cypicus.

b'. Terga mostly black, with a narrow median

and lateral marginal band, much less yellow

BE sido Of CRPAPAOO 610.7. ccdeccenestesssssesene fi. nigrimanus,

56 MR. C, V. A, PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23,

The subspecies nigrimanus was based upon a single example

from Mombasa (see Proc. Zool. Soc. 1890, p. 130, pl. xiv. fig. 2).

U. flavimanus is based upon a specimen in the British Museum

obtained by Mr. J. Wilson at Mombasa in British East Africa.

It is interesting to note that the two subspecies most distinct

from each other, namely, U. f. flavimanus and U, f. nigrimanus,

occur in the same locality, whereas the subspecies intermediate

between them is found elsewhere.

Genus Parasuruws Pocock.

PARABUTHUS GRANIMANUS Pocock.

Parabuthus granimus, Pocock, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv.

p- 311 (1595).

Loc. Zeyla in North-west Somaliland (Z. W. Oates), Goolis

Mountains (Lort Phillips). In the British Museum.

PARABUTHUS HETERURUS Pocock.

Parabuthus heterurus, Pocock, in Donaldson Smith’s ‘Through

Unknown African Countries,’ p. 402 (1897).

Loc. Hargaisa, Silul, Shebeli River (4A. Donaldson Smith) ;

Goolis Mountains (2. Lort Phillips). In British Museum.

The two species of this genus may be recognized as follows :—

a. Hand and brachium closely granular; 5th segment of

tail strongly infuscate at least below .............2.0ee86 P. granimanus.

b. Hand and brachium smooth, punctured, hairy; 5th

caudal segment clear yellow throughout, 4th segment

And “vesicle blach, cio.css.-otoestens ss cnecaecncesenice cee =r P, heterwrus.

Genus Buruus Leach.

Buruvs ocorranus (Amoreux), subsp. nov. BERBERENSIS.

Colour yellow, with black lines along the keels of the upperside

of the trunk, humerus, brachium, and hand, also the dista) half of

the femora infuscate and the base and keels on the patelle. Body

and tail crested and granular as in the typical form, the granules

of the inferior keels of the 2nd and 3rd caudal segments about

as much enlarged as in the Spanish form; external surface of

hand with a few granules, a pair of strong granular finger-keels

running along its upperside and inner edge.

Total length 38 mm.

Somaliland (Miss Gillett). In British Museum.

Subsp. nov. ZEYLENSIS.

Colour a uniform reddish yellow, the appendages and_ tail

clearer than the trunk. Frontal intercarinal area of carapace

covered with granules; a median row of granules running along

1900.) INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 57

the middle of the ocular tubercle. erga closely and finely

granular throughout. Inferior keels of 2nd and 3rd caudal

segments strongly dentate. Hand smooth, with a pair of weak

and weakly granulate crests on its upperside.

Total length 50 mm.

Loc. Zeyla in North-west Somaliland (Z£. W. Oates). In British

Museu.

Buruus CALVICErs Poc.

Cf. supra, p. 54.

BUTHUS ACUTECARINATUS Simon.

Buthus acutecarinatus, Simon, Ann. Mus. Genova, xvii. p. 245,

pl. viii. fig. 18 (1883).

Loc. Leyla (E. W. Oates). In British Museum.

Occurs also in Egypt and Arabia.

Bouruwus potystictus Poe.

Buthus polystictus Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 178,

pl. xi. fig. 1 (1896).

Goolis Mountains in Somaliland (#. Lort Phillips). In British

Museum.

Buruvs EMINI Pocock.

Buthus eminii, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi. p. 98

pl. i. tig. 2 (1890) ; id. op. cit. (6) xvii. p. 179 (1896).

Loe. Aimeea in the Boran Country, 3000 ft. (A, Donaldson

Smith). In British Museum.

This species and perhaps also B, polystictus may prove to be

subspecies of B. trilineatus Peters, described from Tete.

The species and subspecies of Buthus mentioned above may be

diagnosed as follows :—

a. Inferior lateral keels of 5th caudal segment posteriorly

lobate ; inferior median keels of 2nd and 8rd with the

granules enlarged towards the posterior end.

a‘, Carapace without distinct median, lateral, and

posterior keels, inferior keels on 4th caudal segment

CPOIOIS ie distoe idee dobbecacdeostdualigendydusevs coavveresbods calviceps.

b', Carapace with distinct median posterior and Jateral

keels, the posteriors turning outwards and uniting

with the laterals, inferior keels on 4th caudal segment

QOUBLOVE © suisiccsnsssenesstenesccssssesccvscbenconuanntpy se oceitanus,

a®, Legs, chela, and body uniformly yellow, not

lined with black ; intercarinal ocular area closely

BFORGIBE 5 coasccchues scncgeis vaneses>oesssneopennecnheabanna subsp. cey/ensis,

b*. Chelw and body with black-lined keels, femora

of legs distally infuscate ; patellwe also infuscate

basally and along keels; frontal area of carapace

sparsely granular in the middle .........ecc0cceecees subsp. Lerberensis,

58 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23,

b. Inferior lateral keels of 5th caudal segment and inferior

median of segments 2 and 3 uniformly granular

throughout.

a*, Hand carinate and densely granular; dorsal ab-

dominal keels posteriorly strongly spiniform......... acutecarinatus.

b°, Hand smooth, not carinate ; dorsal abdominal keels

not strongly spiniform posteriorly.

a‘, Less coarsely granular; tail thinner and lower,

height of 4th segment barely half its own length

and distinctly less than length of lst; upper

surface of caudal segments much less strongly

excavated, &6: c.xccsccskateescesaseeccesemeupeemennnees polystictus.

b4, More coarsely granular ; tail thicker, its superior

keels more strongly elevated; height of 4th

segment more than half its length and equal to

len pth’ of. Letysca:.cqdnessoersete ce qcede tyes. detaenncs emini.

Family ScorPIonipaz,

Genus Panpinus Thorell.

PANDINUS MEIDENSIS Karsch.

Pandinus meidensis, Karsch, Mitth. Miinch. ent. Ver. iii. p. 127

(1879); Kraepelin, Das Tierr., Scorpiones, &c. p. 119 (1899).

Loc. Meid in Somaliland. In Berlin Museum.

PANDINUS sMITHI (Pocock).

Scorpio smithii, Pocock in Donaldson Smith’s ‘Through Unknown

African Countries,’ p. 198 (1897).

Lee. Hargaisa, Silul, Abdeh, and Turfa in Somaliland (A.

Donaldson Smith). In British Museum.

PANDINUS PALLIDUS (Kraepelin).

Scorpio pallidus, Kraepelin, Mitt. Mus. Hamburg, xi. p. 60 (1894).

Pandinus pallidus, id. Das Tierr., Seorpiones, &c. p. 120 (1899),

Loc. Barawa in Somaliland. In Hamburg Museum and British

Museum.

The typical form of this species was based upon immature

individuals measuring only up to 75 mm. long. Until the adult

is known it seems to me impossible to classify the species with

certainty. It is undoubtedly nearly allied both to the following

species, P. phillipsi from North-west Somaliland, and to the

more southern Masailand form P. gregort, but it will probably prove

to be at all events subspecifically different from both.

PANDINUS PHILLIPSI (Pocock).

Scorpio phillipsii, Pocock, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 101

(1896).

Sir phillipsii, Kraepelin, Das Tierr., Scorpiones, &e. p. 120

(1899).

Loc. Dooloob and the Goolis Mountains, inland of Berbera

(Z. Lort Phillips). In British Museum.

a A AC } B A 7

1900 INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND 59

This form is evidently allied to the typical P. pallidus ; but

until adults of the latter come to hand for comparison, it is im-

possible to say what the exact relationship between the two may

be. The original examples of P. phillipsi are a pair of females

obtained at Dooloob. Mr. Lort Phillips subsequently procured an

adult male and a young female on the Goolis Range of mountains.

The former has 17-18 pectinal teeth, a longer tail and larger vesicle

than the female, and lobate movable finger on the chela. The

young one is as large as a co-type of P. pallidus, the carapace in the

two measuring 11 mm. Moreover the posterior tarsal lobe is tipped

above with bristles as in P. pallidus, not with a spine as in the adult

P. phillipst. But the shape of the hand in the young P. phillipsi

is different, this organ being very noticeably narrower, and the

tubercles on its upperside are much sharper and more strongly

detined.

The following actual measurements (in millim.) of the two

examples may be advantageously compared :—

Total length Length of Length of Tenetlt of Width of

pions Carapace. brachium. underhand. nag hand.

P. vali im } 71 W 1-5 7 7 10

P onibioa } 68 1 75 7 7 85

As will be seen, there is practical identity of measurements *

except where the width of the hand is concerned.

Panpinvs couet (Pocock).

Scorpio colei, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 180,

pl. xi. figs. 2, 2. a (1896).

Pandinus colei, Kraepelin, Das Tierr., Scorpiones, &c. p. 120

(1899).

Loc. Berbera and Goolis Mountains (#. Lort Phillips). In

British Museum.

This species was based upon a subadult specimen from Berbera.

Mr. Lort Phillips subsequently procured in the Goolis Mountains

and kindly sent to the British Museum three additional examples,

an adult male and female and a young specimen considerably smaller

than the type. The characters upon which the species was based

prove perfectly constant. The adult male and female are much

alike ; the former, however, has the terga of the abdomen finely and

closely granular posteriorly, whereas in the female they are nearly

' The difference in total length in this and in many other cases is due to the

degree of distension of the abdominal region. The length of this region is so

very liable to alteration in accordance with the mode of preservation of the

specimen after death, and oe so largely upon the fasting or full-fed,

pregnant or not pregnant condition of the Scorpion, that the relative lengths

of the tail as compared with the trunk, which Kraepelin, Karsch, and others so

frequently quote, have but little importance. The length of the carapace, which

does not vary, should be taken as standard for comparison,

60 MR. C. V. A, PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 23,

smooth. Again, the 2nd and 4th abdominal sterna are finely

granular in the middle; and, lastly, the vesicle is more strongly

inflated, its width considerably exceeding its height and being

equal to that of the 4th caudal segment.

In the female the width of the vesicle is scarcely greater than

its height and less than the width of the 5th segment.

Pectinal teeth 11-13(¢ 2).

Total length ( g ) 82 mm., carapace 13°5, tail 38, underhand 8°5,

width of haud 12.

PANDINUS PEELI Pocock.

Cf. supra, p. 53.

PANDINUS HAWKERI, sp. 0.

Colour of carapace and palpi yellowish brown; tergal plates and

tail reddish brown ; vesicle brown with yellow lines ; legs entirely

pale yellow, abdominal sterna testaceous.

Carapace smooth, polished; terga also smooth, punctured

along the posterior margin, the last very weakly gr anular laterally,

the crests obsolete. Sterna, with exception of the last, smooth ;

the last obsoletely crested, but mesially closely granular.

Tail short, only alittle more than two and a half times the length

of the carapace, which is almost as long as its first three segments;

the inferior median keels absent on segments 1-5, the inferior

laterals present, smooth on segments 1 and 2, granular on 3 to 5,

the area of the Jower surface of the tail between them granular as

in P. colei; superior and superior-lateral keels of tail weak,

punctured, but not granular; sides of tail smooth ; upper surface

at most very sparsely granular, except along the posterior edge of

segments 1-4, where there is a series of denticuliform granules ;

vesicle strongly punctured and setose beneath, but scarcely

granular, its width exceeding its height. Chele: humerus smooth

below and behind, the crests on its upper and anterior surfaces

coarsely granular, its upperside sparsely granular in the basal

half ; brachium smooth, except for some minute granules in front

and some coarser ones along the anterior inferior crest: hand

moderately wide, its width equal to three-fourths the length of

the carapace ; upper surface granular on the external slope above

the strong keel of the underhand§ the rest of the upper surface

nearly smooth and polished, beset with a fine reticulation of ridges

which are almost obsolete in adult, coarser in young; inner edge

almost smooth, punctured, lower surface sparsely and weakly

granular towards the base of immovable digit; immovable digit

with its basal width less than half the length of its biting-edge ;

movable digit shorter than carapace, exceeding width of hand,

equal to length of 3rd and 4th caudal segments.

Legs smooth ; protarsi of 1st and 2nd with one posterior apical

spine; tarsal lobes with two spines; lower surface of tarsi with

one anterior and three posterior spines; anterior claw much

1900.] INSECIS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 61

weaker than posterior. Sternum long, about one-third longer

than wide.

Pectinal teeth 12-15 in 9°.

Measurements in millimetres. Total length 81, carapace 15,

tail 50; width of hand 12; length of movable digit 13, of hand-

back 8.

Loc. Jifa Uri inland from Zeyla (2. M, Hawker). In British

Museum.

Differing from P. colei and P. peeli in the characters pointed

out below (p. 62).

PANDINUS PUGILATOR Poc.

Cf. supra, p. 52.

PANDINUS MILITARIS, sp. 0.

Scorpio bellicosus, L. Koch; Pocock, in Donaldson Smith’s

‘ Through Unknown African Countries,’ p. 397 (1897) (nec P. belli-

cosus L. Koch).

2. Colour yellowish brown; legs paler yellow, hand reddish

brown with black fingers. Carapace granular laterally, entirely

smooth above except for a few granules in the anteocular groove.

Terga finely granular laterally. Tail a little more than two and a

half times as long as the carapace, the inferior keels on segments

1-3 quite smooth, those on 4th at most slightly rugose ; superior

and superior-lateral keels of all the segments granular or weakly

denticulated ; superior surface of Ist granular, of 2nd less so;

width of 1st exceeding length of 3rd, almost equal to that of 4th ;

5th about twice as long as wide. Chele: humerus granular above

at least on its basal half, smooth below ; brachtum almost entirely

smooth, its anterior side weakly granular above, more coarsely

below ; hand wide, its width in adult exceeding length of 3rd and

4th caudal segments, inner edge smooth, upper surface smooth,

finely reticulated, a few low tubercles just above the keel of the

underhand aud at the base of the immovable digit; external

portion of upper surface rising vertically above keel of underhand ;

thickness ot hand at the front equal to length of 4th caudal

segment. Lower side of hand granular distally, scarcely crested.

Pectinal teeth 12-15.

Measurements in millimetres (of type). Total length 112,

carapace 19, tail 51 ; width of hand 16°8, underhand 10:5,

Loc. Aimola in the Boran Country (Donaldson Smith); also Ndi,

on the Weiss Road inland from Mombasa (C. Steuart Betton). In

British Museum,

Nearly allied to the East-African species P. cavimanus, but

differing in the following characters :—the carapace in the female is

longer than the 4th and 5th caudal segments, and the basal width

of the immovable finger is only about half the length of its free

margin ; whereas in J. cavimanus ( 2 ) the carapace is shorter than

4th and Sth caudal segments, and the basal width of the immoyable

digit is about two-thirds the length of its free margin.

62 MR. C. V. A. PEEL AND OTHERS ON [Jan. 25,

I at one time supposed this species to be the female of the

Abyssinian P. bellicosus L. Koch, but judging by Kraepelin’s recent

diagnosis of the latter species (Das Tierr., Scorpiones, p. 121,

1899), P. militaris certainly differs in having the superior caudal

keels denticulated, the hand finely punctulate above and below,

and the last abdominal sternite scarcely visibly crested.

Synopsis of the Somali Species of Pandinus.

a. Median eyes always some distance behind middle of cara-

pace; tarsi more numerously spined, the lobes with 3-4

spines, total number on lower side of tarsi 9 behind,

6 in front.

a‘, Tarsal lobes with 4 spines, a strong spine being on the

tip of the lobe; humerus of chela furnished below

with two short rows of denticles...........-..:seeeeeteeeee meidensis.

b'. Tarsal lobe with 5 strong spines, the spine on the tip

smaller and usually filiform distally; humerus of

chela smooth below.

a*, Ornamentation of hand consisting of conical

tubercles ; inner margin of hand distinctly tuber-

cular and denticulate from base of finger to carpal

articulation, width of hand greater than length of

carapace ; pectinal teeth 18-21 ............cseceeeeeeee smithi.

b?, Ornamentation of hand consisting of low rounded

or irregular shaped, often anastomosing tubercles ;

lobe of hand with smooth posterior edge ; length

of carapace exceeding width of hand; pectinal teeth

Raa he ee oe PPC ee ceria eaters etre Re eLee. phiilipsi.

b. Median eyes in middle of carapace, rarely a little behind

the middle; total number of spines on tarsi 5 behind,

3 in front, 2 only being situated on each lobe, the tip of

which is furnished with bristles.

a’. Lower surface of all the caudal segments and the

middle of at least the last abdominal sternite closely

granular and not keeled.

a‘, Upper surface of hand from inner edge to crest

of underhand uniformly covered with coarse

granules which do not anastomose; upper crest

of brachium distinetly granular ..,........sseeeeeeeeeee colei.

b*, Upperside of hand coarsely granular only above

crest of underhand, the rest of its upperside either

almost smooth or ornamented with low rounded

tubercles which run into ridges; upper crest

of brachium quite smooth.

a°. Upperside of hand covered with ornamentation

of low, more or less anastomosing tubercles ;

its lower surface distinctly granular; hand

larger, carapace equal to length of underhand

+ one-third of movable digit, and only as

long as the hand from the posterior edge of

the lobe to the base of the immovable finger ;

immovable finger not twice as long as its basal

WIG cr cans ot eseuap cok ted onupnense a eee gta: ees aaa peeli.

+’. Upperside of hand smooth, at most ornamented

with a network of low ridges, lower side very

sparsely granular; hand smaller, carapace as

long as underhand + half the movable finger,

and as the hand measured from the posterior

edge of the lobe + half the immovable finger ;

immovable finger twice as lung as its basal width. hawkeri,

1900.] INSECTS AND ARACHNIDS FROM SOMALILAND. 63

43, Last abdominal sternite and lower side of Ist and

Fig.

2nd caudal segments, and usually also of 3rd,

smooth ; caudal segments 1-3 keeled below.

a°®. Lower surface of 4th caudal segment coarsely but

sparsely granular, the median keels obsolete, the

lateral keels strongly denticulate; superior and

superior-lateral crests of tail smooth; protarsal

segment of 1st and 2nd legs with a single external

apical spine» <...bseheses ayes aes ecenida an ome eaaeedae wens pugilator.

b°. Lower surface of 4th caudal segment not uniformly

and coarsely granular, furnished with four normal,

subequally strong keels; superior and superior-

lateral crests of tail denticulated ; protarsi of 1st

and 2nd legs with at least two external spines...... mélitaris.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate I.

Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, &c., from Somaliland.

. Pseudophia oppia, p. 18. Fig. 9. Genecerus nebulosus, p. 26.

. Chilena sabrina, p. 20. 10. Psiloptera somalica, p. 25.

Cerocala munda, p. 19. ll. Agrypnus longicornis, p . 265

Acrea mirabilis, p. 11. 12. Sepidium magnum, p. 29,

. Belenois peeli, 3, p. 15. 13. Rhytidonota robusta, p. 28.

a Be Se cpalllay 14. Sepidium bilobatum, p. 30.

. Pseudophia lineata, p. 19. 15. Julodis laticollis, p. 25.

. Pangonia tricolor, p. 7. 16. Trou expansus, p. 22.

Prats II,

Orthoptera from Somaliland.

. Rhegmatopoda peeli, p.44. Left elytron. <S.,

. Otiaphysa angustipennis, p.43. Lett elytron. @.

. Sauracris lacerta, 3, p. 41.

. Charieis peeli, 2, p. 387. (Antenne and apex of abdomen missing.)

. Milititsa somaliensis, p.45. Right elytron. &.

. Burria longixipha, 2, p. 38.

. Milititsa somaliensis, p.43. Head and pronotum,

Puare ITI,

Ticks from Somaliland.

OID Orie C9 bo

STH of os be

1. Rhipicephalus marmoreus, p.50. . Dorsal view. X il times linear.

la. es - Ventral view.

10. a 33 Capitulum and mouth-parts from below.

(ba s - Coxe of Ist and 2nd legs.

ld. Stigma, adanal plate, and anus of left side.

Ze Rhipicephalus armatus, p:-90. ¢. Dorsal view. X11 times linear.

2a. me 3 Ventral view.

20. "1 AS Capitulum and mouth-parts from below.

2c. a - Coxa and trochanter of Ist leg.

2d. a PH Adanal plate of right side.

Ze Ps ‘i Lateral view of posterior end of abdomen show-

ing adanal plate, spike above it, and stigma,

Phi ie re ©. Dorsal view.

Prats LY.

Scorpions from Somaliland.

1. Pandinus pugilator, p. 52. Nat. size.

la. ie Underside of tail.

2. Pandinus peli, p- 53. Underside of tail.

3. Buthus calviceps, p. 54. Carapace.

ee ps Underside of drd, 4th, and 5th caudal segments.

Li eF 5 Chela.

eo coc

64 DR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON REMAINS OF (Jan. 23,

2. On some Remains of Grypotherium (Neomylodon) listai

and associated Mammals from a Cavern near Consuelo

Cove, Last Hope Inlet, Patagonia. By A. Situ

Woopwarp, LL.D., F.Z.S.

[Received January 23, 1900.]

(Plates V.-IX.)

Last February, when presenting to this Society an account of

the skin of a Ground-Sloth discovered in a cavern in Southern

Patagonia, Dr. Moreno mentioned that further excavations were

being made in the hope of finding other remains of the same

animal (P. Z. 8.1899, p. 148). The task referred to was under-

taken by Dr. Rudolph Hauthal, geologist of the La Plata Museum,

who met with complete success’. He not only found another

piece of skin, but also various broken bones of more than one

individual of a large species of Ground-Sloth in a remarkably fresh

state of preservation. Moreover, he discovered teeth of an extinct

horse and portions of limb-bones of a large feline carnivore, in

association with these remains ; he likewise met with traces of fire,

which clearly occurred in the same deposits as the so-called

Neomylodon. All these remains were found beneath the dry earth

on the floor of an enormous chamber which seemed to have been

artificially enclosed by rude walls. In one spot they were scattered

through a thick deposit of excrement of some gigantic herbivore,

evidently the Ground-Sloth itself; in another spot they were

associated with an extensive accumulation of cut hay. Dr. Hauthal

and his colleagues, indeed, concluded that the cavern was an old

corral in which the Ground-Sloths had been kept and fed by man.

As the result of these explorations, Dr. Moreno has now the

gratification of exhibiting to the Society complete proof that the

piece of skin described on the former occasion belongs to a genuine

Pampean Ground-Sloth, not Mylodon itself, but a very closely

related genus Grypotherium, of which skulls are already known

from Pampean deposits in the Province of Buenos Ayres*. The

collection which we now have the privilege of examining distinctly

supports his coutention that the large quadruped in question

belongs to an extinct fauna, though contemporary withman, ‘The

1 R. Hauthal, S. Roth. and R. Lehmann-Nitsche, “ El Mamifero Misterioso

de la Patagonia, Grypotherium domesticum,” Revista Mus. La Plata, vol. ix.

pp. 409-474, pls. i—v. (1899).—F. P. Moreno, * Note on the Discovery of

Miolania and of Glossotherium (Neomylodon) in Patagonia,” Geol. Mag. [4]

vol. vi. pp. 385-288 (1899).

* J. Reinhardt, “ Beskrivelse af Hovedskallen af et Kaempedovendyr, Grypo-

therium darwinii, fra La Plata-Landenes plejstocene Dannelser,” K. Dansk.

Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. [5] vol. xii. (1879), pp. 353-380, pls i., ii—H. Burmeister,

‘ Atlas de la Description physique de la République Argentine,’ sect. ii. (188) ),

p- 119, woode. (Mylodon darwinii).—R. Lydekker, “ The Extinct Edentates of

Argentina,” Anales Mus. La Plata—Paleont. Argentina, vol. 1ii. pt. 2 (1894),

p. 89, pl. liv.

pyle ah Un Wa A Haan * > Oe. Be | PNT Ue r Hi ae ded)?

MAAN i

a ti ey oe

a ae ki

; Hi vabys te ¥ he

Far purdt bake! mir

0 She a q inane

— Se" TI ra a

J.Green del.et. hth.

GRY POTHE:

POO MEE:

lo |S

la.

Mintern Bros. imp

a -

TY 7G, SV, Ma\O\0), d=

J.Green del.et hth.

Mintern Bros. imp.

’

‘ i

**@

; fe

- * a)

on 4 A ,

» La

~—— b be |

‘

s af

‘7 a

de |

* *

’

! '

—*

au.%

on” 4

ba ‘ os

= a.

¥) s

«7 *

va d

A o

* or a

, %

| oh °

* al -

af *

’ «

+ j

et A

a 2

« bs

shane ’

Ser

e+ &

& we

a ‘

“) i P

+ +. A i

’

{

7 *

‘

* « *

oe fe

i i

7 ® *

a AK

. P ~

. ’ ol

* 7

« wl

“

‘ e

of é

. 1

MJ . ‘

+ )! Pie

\ ’

‘: *

> ! . + p ‘ i)

, *

ou Vue A

‘ a

F pe

L* A

‘ ae 1r¢ alt SR ; >

? Pa weal bakios ia t

, wi wal hoy oF ;

a ) ayY pe art |

A" os

i ++

‘

PZ Ja00 Pi

J.Green de]. et lith., Mantern Bros imp

CRY POTHE RIUM LISTA!.

ea Se Seles) O10) = AVA

/ '

y 7

VI. vam. y¥. I.

J.Green del. etlith.

MinternBros imp,

GRYPOTHERIUM LIS TAI,

J.Green del.et lith Mintern Bros imp.

GRYPOTHERIUM LISTAI.

PAS laoG. Pi.

J.Green del. et hth Mintern Bros am)

GRY Er OTHE RIUM Wilts AL

2) TSA LS JOM Gye 8 ARCTOTHERIUM sp. inc

tee are a

. f ; i a ¥

; a, ]

iv " <a

i see | ae

4 a v4

1900. ] GRYPOTHERIUM (NEOMYLODON) LISTAI. 65

discovery is thus unique in the history of paleontology, on account

of the remarkably fresh state of preservation of ail the remains.

Some of the new specimens exhibit no indication whatever of

having been buried. Many of the bones retain their original

whitish colour, apparently without any loss of gelatine; while

both these and other bones, which have evidently been entombed

in brownish dust, bear numerous remnants not only of the dried

periosteum, but also of shrivelled muscles, ligaments, and cartilages.

Very few of the bones are fossilized, in the ordinary sense of the

term.

An admirable brief description of this collection has already

been published (op. cit.) by Dr. Roth, who was the first to recog-

nize the generic identity of Neomylodon with Grypotherium. Some

of the specimens, however, are worthy of a more detailed examina-

tion; and Dr. Moreno has kindly entrusted them to me for study

in connection with the collections in the British Museum and the

Royal College of Surgeons. The following notes, supplementing

Dr. Roth’s original memoir, are the result of this further investi-

gation.

I, Remains or GRYPOrTHERIUM LISTAL.

Number of Indiwwiduals.

Among the fragmentary bones of the Ground-Sloth, it is easy to

recognize evidence of three individuals, which do not differ much

in size. There are three distinct examples of the occiput (nos. 1,

2,3), and fragments of the.dentigerous portion of three mandibles.

It is also noteworthy that the three malar bones preserved (no. 8)

are all different in shape, while three corresponding fragments of

the acromial process of the scapula differ in size. One portion of

maxilla (no. 5) seems to represent a fourth individual, being

probably too small for either of the skulls to which the occiputs

belong. Finally, as Dr. Roth has pointed out, one shaft of a

humerus (no. 22), which appears to be the bone of an adult, belongs

to a much smaller animal than is indicated by any other specimen

in the collection.

Remains of three individuals are thus recognizable with certainty ;

two others can probably be distinguished; while some of the

fragments may even belong to a sixth specimen. It must also

be noted that other portions of jaws are said to have been dis-

covered by E. Nordenskjold’.

Skull and Mandible.

The largest portion of cranium (no. 1) is not stained in any way,

and does not retain a trace of the material in which it was buried in

any hollow or crevice. It is shown of nearly one-half the natural

size, from the right lateral and inferior aspects, in the drawing

(PI. V.figs.1,1 a). Itdoes not appear to have been damaged during

! R, Hauthal, op, cit. p. 4.

Proc. Zoot. Soo.—1900, No. V. 5

66 DR. A, SMITH WOODWARD ON REMAINS OF (Jan. 23,

excavation, but exhibits fractures which were almost certainly

made when the animal was freshly killed. The cranial roof near

the occipital region is battered in four places, though the injuries

do not affect the brain-case itself; while the right occipital condyle

is partly removed by a sharp, clean cut. There can, indeed, be no

doubt that the animal was killed and cut to pieces by man.

This skull is evidently that of an adult animal, all the sutures

in the hinder region being closed. The inner wall of the temporal

fossa is much flattened, without any irregular convexities, but

marked with the characteristic reticulately-decussating, fine ridges

of bone, and studded with adherent patches of muscle-fibre. he

upper border of the fossa is a remarkably sharp edge, while the

narrow flattened cranial roof is only marked by a faint longi-

tudinal median furrow and by a diminutive tuft of fibre in a small

median pit near the occipital edge’. ‘The fractures exhibit the

very large cancellated chambers surrounding the brain-case dorso-

laterally; while a median longitudinal section (Pl. V. fig. 1)

shows both these cells and others in the basisphenoid. The basi-

cranial axis is nearly straight, inclining a little upwards in front.

The anterior condyloid foramina (Pl. V. fig. la, f.) piercing the

basioccipital are remarkably large, as usual ; the basisphenoid (é.s.)

is very long and narrow, flattened mesially on its lower face, but

with one slight median prominence near its hinder end; the pre-

sphenoid (p.s.) forms a short acute rostrum, above which there

are remains of the vomer. The hinder ends of the pterygoids (pt.)

are shown to be inflated with large cancelle, but the sides of the

base of the skull are somewhat obscured by the dried soft parts.

The mastoid process of the periotic, with its articular facette (m.)

for the stylohyal, seems to be rather smaller than in Mylodon.

The tympanic bone (t.) is preserved on the right side, though

wanting on the left. It is an irregular curved plate only slightly

bullate, but forming a complete floor to the tympanic cavity. As

usual in Edentata, it is not produced into an auditory meatus,

The right maxilla (no. 4) is in precisely the same state of pre-

servation as the specimen just described, and probably belongs to

the same skull. It is shown of nearly one-half the natural size,

from the outer aspect, in the drawing (PI. V. fig. 2). Its anterior

margin is perfectly preserved, indicating that the facial region is

very short in front of the anterior end of the zygomatic arch,

which is pierced by a rather large suborbital canal. Its upper

border proves that the nasal region was raised into a slightly

convex dome ; while its antero-superior angle is not rounded as in

Mylodon, but curves upwards and forwards and ends in a point

as in Grypotherium. At the oral border there are the shattered

bases of four teeth.

The fragment of the nasal region (no, 13), shown of nearly one-

half the natural size, from the right lateral and anterior aspects, in

the drawing (Pl. V. figs. 3, 3 a), may also have belonged to the same

' See S, Roth, op, cit. pl, ii, fig. 1,

1900.] GRYPOTHERIUM (NEOMYLODON) LISTAL. 67

skull, but its state of preservation is a little different from that of

the two specimens just described. It has clearly been buried in a

powdery deposit, which has stained it brown; but the enveloping

dust must have been extremely dry, for fragments of cartilage

adhere to it, as well preserved as in the nasal chamber of the

cranium itself (no. 1). It also bears traces of the integument.

Judging by the figures of the skull of Grypotheriwm published

by Reinhardt (oc. cit.), this specimen seems to have occupied the

anterior position in the nasal region represented in Pl. V. fig. 3.

It is thus of great interest, because the three known sleullls of

Grypotherium leave the precise nature of the bony arcade separating

the narial openings undecided. According to Reinhardt, the nasal

bones terminate as in Mylodon, and the arcade is an element

interposed between them and the premaxille. According to

Burmeister, the nasals themselves extend forwards and constitute

the greater part, if not the whole, of the problematical bar. The

fragment now under consideration is clearly in favour of the latter

interpretation. Its lower thickened end (a) is a massive bone,

not bilaterally symmetrical, and not showing any trace of a median

suture. Its interior face is irregular and roughened, and can

scarcely be regarded as an articular facette. Its upper portion

consists of a pair of bones (na.), separated by a very well-marked

median longitudinal suture. These are not thickened at their

contracted upper end, where they have evidently been broken, and

are not quite bilaterally symmetrical. They doubtless fuse at

their lower end with the problematical azygous bone already

mentioned, but the arrangement is obscured by the enveloping

soft parts. A pair of bones, which may be regarded as nasals,

thus extend forwards in a narrow arch to a point just above the

anterior end of the premaxille; while the massive bone effecting

a union between the two normal pairs of elements is probably an

ossification in the internasal septum. It is interesting to note

that there is an incipient trace of a similar forward production of

the nasals in the genus Scelidotherium ; while there is sometimes

an ossification of the internasal septum in Megatherium'’.

The three specimens now described, when placed approximately

in their natural positions, as in the drawing (PI. V. figs. 1-3), afford

a very satisfactory idea of the form and proportions of the skull

when complete. The malar bone is the only important part to be

added; but unfortunately it is impossible to decide which of the

three specimens of this element in the collection belongs to the in-

dividual now under consideration. As already mentioned, these

three bones are all different in the shape and proportions of the

hinder bifurcated end. They are all very fresh in appearance, but

have been stained reddish brown by the earth in which they must

have been buried. ‘The best example, from the right side, is shown

of one-half the natural size in the drawing (Pl. VI. fig. 1). One

' R. Lydekker, Anales Mus. La Plata—Paleont. Argentina, vol. iii. pt. 2

(1894), p. 73, pl. xly. fig. 1,

68 DR, A. SMITH WOODWARD ON REMAINS OF [Jan. 23,

of the other specimens is less deep at its hinder fork and has a

more slender descending process.

The hinder portion of the second skull already mentioned (no. 2)

comprises the occiput and brain-case as far forward as the front

of the cerebral hemispheres. It is much battered and broken, and

in quite as fresh a state as the cranium already described, with a

considerable investment of dried soft parts on its base. It is only

very slightly smaller than no. 1, but is of interest as exhibiting

some of the sutures, besides a roundness and smoothness indicative

of immaturity. The supraoccipital is shown to be very large; a

small median point of it enters the foramen magnum, while the

suture separating it from the parietals and squamosals extends

along the rounded lambdoidal ridge. The horizontally-extended

suture between the squamosal and parietal on the inner wall of

the temporal fossa is seen in the position where Owen determined

it to occur in Mylodon’. Both tympanics are preserved, but they

are more obscured by soft parts than in no. 1.

To this cranium probably belongs a detached portion of the left

side of the facial region (no. 5), in a similar state of preservation

and slightly smaller than the maxilla no. 4 (PI. V. fig. 2). The

suture between the frontal and the maxilla still persists, while the

oral border is preserved further forward than in the Jast-mentioned

specimen, showing a fragment of the much-reduced premaxilla

united with the maxilla by a jagged suture.

The third imperfect occiput, comprised among the fragments

numbered 3, is about as large as the immature specimen no. 2, but

does not exhibit any features worthy of special note.

The largest and most important portions of the mandible are

nos. 9and 11, which evidently belong to the right and left rami of

one and the same jaw. They are much broken and are in the same

fresh condition as the skulls, with traces of the periosteum and

even considerable portions of the soft parts of the gum. The

right ramus (Pl. VI. fig. 2) is preserved sufficiently far forwards

to show that there was no caniniform tooth in front of the series

of four ordinary molars. Judging by the extent of the latter

series, the specimen probably belongs to the same individual as the

skull no. 1.

Another portion of a mandibular ramus (no. 10) of the left side

is slightly smaller than the last and may well have belonged to

the immature individual no. 2. It is similarly quite fresh in

appearance, and bears the shrivelled remains of the gum. It is

interesting as exhibiting the two posterior molars slightly different

in shape from those of the former mandible. In this specimen

(Pl. VI. fig. 3) the longer axis of the third imolar is oblique,

whereas in no. 9 (Plate VI. fig. 2a) it is coincident with the axis of

the mandible ; while in the former the fourth molar is not so lon

in proportion toits width as inthe latter. Such slight differences,

1 R. Owen, ‘ Description of the Skeleton of an Extinct Gigantic Sloth,

Mylodon robustus, Owen’ (1842), p. 18.

1900.} GRYPOTHERIUM (NEOMYLODON) LISTAT. 69

however, cannot be regarded in the Edentata as more than

individual variations.

Brawm-cavity and Cerebral Nerves.

By the kind permission of Dr. Moreno, the cranium no. 1 has

been vertically bisected to display the character of the cranial

cavity and the nerve-foramina. An instructive plaster cast of the

cavity (shown of one-half the natural size in Pl. VII.) has thus

been made by Mr. C. Barlow, the Formatore of the British Museum.

The olfactory lobes (ol.) are shown to have been well-developed,

projecting a little in front of the cerebral hemispheres (c.). These

hemispheres are together somewhat longer than broad, slightly

broader behind than in front, and a little constricted in the middle.

They do not overlap the cerebellum (cd.), which is relatively

large. The origins of the nerves (fig. 16) are very imperfectly

shown in the cast; only their exits from the cranial cavity are

clear. The most interesting are the optic (II.) and trigeminal

(V.) nerves, which pass out of the cranial cavity at first by a

common exit, which is soon subdivided by a bony partition into

two canals, the former no less than 0-08 m., the latter 0°045 m.

in length. The fourth (IV.), seventh (VII.), eighth (VIIL.), and

twelfth (XII.) nerves are also recognizable on the cast; and one

prominence of plaster (f.) has filled the foramen lacerum posterius.

Compared with the brains of Mylodon and Scelidotherium, so far

as known from casts of the cranial cavity *, that of Grypotheriwm

is observed to be more elongated, with less divergent and

prominent olfactory lobes, less constricted cerebral hemispheres,

and a larger cerebellum. In the form and proportions of the

cerebrum and cerebellum, it similarly differs from Megatherium °*.

The cerebral hemispheres of the existing Cholepus didactylus and

Bradypus tridactylus* are more tapering forward, and their

cerebellum is relatively smaller than in Girypotherium.

Auditory Ossicles.

The auditory ossicles were preserved in the tympanic cavities of

both skulls, nos. 1 and 2, being retained by the dried soft parts.

They were detected by Prof. Charles Stewart, who kindly extracted

them, with great skill, from both sides of each skull. The series of

the right side of the first specimen is shown of twice the natural size

in the drawing (PI. VI. fig.4). Comparing these ossicles with the fine

collection in the Royal College of Surgeons, they prove to be closely

similar to those of ail the existin g Sloths, but most nearly resembling

those of Cholepus didactylus. The malleus (m.) is bent exactly

as in the latter species, and is of similar shape. As observed by

Prof. Stewart, it is remarkable in articulating with the incus not

1 P. Gervais, “ Mémoire sur les Formes Cérébrales propres aux Edentés

vivants et fossiles,” Nouv. Arch. Mus. vol. xv. (1869), p. 39, pl. iv. figs, 1, 2.

2 P. Gervais, Joc. ctt. p. 39, pl. v.

3 P, Gervais, loc. cit, p. 38, pl. iv. figs. 3, 4.

70 DR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON REMAINS OF _—[Jan. 28,

only by the head, but also by a diminutive lower facette, which is

in contact with a small facetted process (a) on the anterior arm of

the incus. A feeble indication of the same secondary articulation

is also observable in Cholepus; but it is curiously absent in the

second specimen of Grypotherium. The two divergent arms of the

incus (7.) are equal in length, as usual in the Sloths. The stapes

(s.) is only very slightly perforated in both specimens; while a

small circular disc firmly fixed to the incus represents the

orbicular bone in the second skull. The auditory ossicles

of Grypotherium, therefore, are very different from those of

Myrmecophaga, in which the malleus is less sharply bent, the incus

has divergent arms of unequal length, and the stapes exhibits a

large perforation *.

Vertebre and Limb-bones.

Nearly all the remains of vertebre and limb-bones are in the

same state of preservation as the portions of skull and mandible

already described, with adherent cartilage and traces of muscles

and ligaments. With some of the ungual phalanges there are also

well-preserved examples of the epidermal sheath. The best of the

latter, probably belonging to the fourth digit of the manus, is shown

of two-thirds the natural size in the drawing (PI. LX. figs. 1, 1a).

As already remarked by Roth, its edges are quite sharp, and

indicate that if the animal walked on its fore feet it resembled

Myrmecophaga in the peculiar twist of the manus.

All the specimens in this series seem to have been accurately

determined and sufficiently described by Roth. It is only

necessary to emphasize the fact that the two shafts of humerus

with abraded, not sharply-broken, ends haye a much more fossilized

appearance than any other specimen in the collection, and are

deeply stained throughout by ferruginous matter. The small shaft,

no. 22, certainly seems to have belonged to an adult animal, as

remarked by Roth, and it was probably much smaller than

any individual indicated by the other remains.

Skin and Hair.

The new piece of skin, which is stated by Hauthal to have been

found in the deposit of excrement, is not quite so well preserved as

the origival piece. It is much folded in an irregular manner; and the

hair, which is yellower than in the previous specimen, is preserved

only in patches on the outer face. It must have been stripped

from the body of the animal by man; but the only distinct marks

of tools, which were evidently made when the skin was fresh, are

a few indents and small pits on the outer face. The indents must

have been made by oblique thrusts of a stick, or a small, blunt,

chisel-shaped instrument, and are well shown in Roth’s photograph

(loc. cit.) on the portion marked d, e. The small pittings are

1 J. Hyrtl, ‘ Vergleichendanatomische Untersuchungen iiber das innere

Gehérorgan des Menschen und der Saugethiere’ (1845), p. 135, pl. v. fig. 6.

Pea atte Mieke henna anaee

1900.] GRYPOTHERIUM (NEOMYLODON) LIsTAT. 71

nearer the middle of the specimen and less conspicuous. A vacuity

in the skin seems to be due to accidental tearing or to a thrust

after it was dry: it may even have been caused by the fallen blocks

of stone found lying upon it.

The specimen, as preserved, measures about a metre across in

one direction by 93 centimetres in another direction. As already

observed by Roth, its irregular folding makes the determination

of its position on the trunk very difficult ; but 1 am convinced

that its state of preservation is not sufficiently good to justify an

attempt to unfold the skin by the ordinary method of steaming.

Taking all facts into consideration, Roth seems to be correct in

ascribing it to the right flank and the postero-superior part of

one of the limbs. It most probably belongs to the fore limb, as

Roth supposes ; but there is no clear proof that it is not referable

to the hind-quarters. The direction of the comparatively short

hair of the flank determines the anterior and posterior borders of

the specimen to be those respectively marked f, b, g, 1 and e, d,h, k

in Roth’s photograph. The border marked /, a, ¢ is thus directly

antero-posterior, parallel with the median longitudinal line of the

back; while the piece bounded by the letters g g, t, ¢, k, h, with

comparatively long hair, which is inclined chiefly towards a median

vertical line, but also slightly downwards, can only be referred to

the posterior face of a limb.

The original situation of the piece of skin being thus determined,

it is interesting to observe the disposition of the ossicles in the

lower layer. Owing to abrasion, contraction, and partial disinte-

gration, they are conspicuous in most parts of the specimen.

They are very irregular in shape and size, and closely compacted

together, as in the previousspecimen. Itis, however, to be noted

that in some parts (Pl. VIII. fig. 1) there is a distinct tendency to

arrangement in regular, straight, parallel rows. The long axes

of the elongated ossicles are nearly always coincident with the

direction of these rows. They are especially well shown on the

middle of the flank, from which the drawing is taken; and, as

might be expected, the rows are here disposed vertically, parallel

with the ribs.

In some parts of the skin the ossicles are exposed on their outer

face ; but appearances render it almost certain that this exposure

is due to the disintegration and abrasion of the specimen. In one

patch (Pl. VIII. fig. 2) thus uncovered by the removal of the soft

parts, the ossicles are seen to form a closely-arranged, flattened

pavement; and their outer face is much more conspicuously

marked by pittings than that of any ossicle extracted from the first

discovered piece of skin. In fact, as Roth remarks, the pitting

is here quite similar to that observable on many ossicles dug up in

association with the fossil skeletons of Mylodon; though it does

not form so regular a reticulate pattern as that of the dermal ossicles

of Mylodon in the British Museum figured on the former occasion},

1 P. Z. 8. 1899, pl. xv. figs. 4-6.

72 DR, A. SMITH WOODWARD ON REMAINS OF (Jan. 23,

Another interesting feature of the new piece of skin consists in

the dwindling and even total absence of the ossicles towards the

ventral border. A section along the edge marked d in Roth’s

photograph exhibits only two diminutive nodules of bone in a

length of 0-1 m.; while another similar section taken vertically

from the skin of the limb near /: shows no trace of ossicles, except

perhaps two little specks. It must, however, be noted that the

limb was not entirely destitute of armour; for on the border

marked y, 7, the bones are as well developed and conspicuous as on

the middle of the flank. In the newly-cut sections the skin has a

translucent aspect, showing that it is merely dried and not tanned

in any way.

The hair on the new specimen varies in length from 0:07 m.

or 0:10 m. at b to 0°15 m. or 0°22 m. on the limb. It is

thus longer than that of the previous piece of skin. Masses of

still longer hairs—some 0°30 m. in length—-were found detached

among the excrement, and these are also believed by Roth to

belong to thesame animal. His determination is probably correct ;

for, when examined microscopically, these long hairs are observed

to have a perfectly smooth cuticle, while some transverse sections

(kindly made by Mr. R. H. Burne) demonstrate the complete

absence of a medulla, exactly as in the short hairs. The latter

feature proves that they cannot be referred either to the horse or

to the guanaco.

Excrement.

The large cylindrical pieces of excrement, which may be referred

to Grypotherium without any hesitation, have already been

described and figured by Dr. Roth. They consist of irregular

discoids of herbaceous matter closely pressed together, the largest

measuring no less than 0:18 m. in diameter. Mr. Spencer Moore

has kindly examined them from the botanist’s point of view and

reports that they are composed “in large part apparently of grasses,

as the haulms, leaf-sheaths, fragments of leaves, &c. of these

plants are frequent in the mass. A spikelet, almost entire, of

what seems to be a species of Poa, and the flowering glume of

another grass, probably avenaceous, have also been found. Besides

these there are at least two dicotyledonous plants, one herbaceous

and the other almost certainly so, the latter having a slender

greatly sclerotized stem. Unfortunately, as no leaves have hitherto

been observed attached to the fragments of stem, their aflinities

are altogether doubtful. There are numerous siliceous particles in

the excrement, and there are many pieces of the underground

parts of the plants, suggesting that they have been pulled out of

the ground. A few pieces of stems are sharply cut, not bruised

or torn at the end.” The latter fact is especially important in

connection with Dr. Hauthal’s discovery of cut hay in the cavern,

and his theory that the Grypotheriwm was kept in captivity and

fed by man.

1900.] GRYPOTHERIUM (NEOMYLODON) LisTat. 73

Generic and Specific Determination.

The fortunate discovery of all parts of the skull and dentition

renders the generic determination of this Ground-Sloth now quite

certain. The teeth show that it belongs to the family Mylodon-

tide; the presence of only four instead of five upper molars

separates it from the genera Mylodon, Lestodon, and Scelidotherwum ;

the forward production of the nasals and the ossification of part of

the internarial septum place it definitely in the allied genus

Grypotherium, as originally diagnosed by Reinhardt. The only

question needing consideration is, whether the fragment of cranium

described by Owen in 1840 as the type of the genus Glossotherium *

is really identical with that subsequently described by Reinhardt

under the name of Grypotherium darwint, as now seems to be

commonly believed.

Darwin’s original specimen, on which the genus Glossotherium

of Owen was founded, is preserved in the Museum of the Royal

College of Surgeons. It has thus been possible to compare it

directly with the undoubted cranium of Grypotherium from the

Patagonian cavern. The specimen is merely the left half of the

hinder part of the cranium, and is therefore very inadequate for

discussion ; but several features seem worthy of note. Compared

with the new skull no. 1, the fragment named Gilossothertwm has

(i.) the inner wall of the temporal fossa less flattened, (ii.) the

digastric fossa deeper in proportion to its width, (ii.) the hinder

border of the inflated pterygoid vertical, instead of sloping down-

wards and forwards, (iv.) a much larger and deeper pit for the

articulation of the stylohyal, and (v.) a longer canal penetrating

the base of the occipital condyle for the passage of the hypoglossal

nerve. In all these respects the so-called Gilossotherium agrees

much more closely with the typical Mylodon; and Owen was

probably correct in 1842 when he expressed the opinion that the

two are at least generically identical *.

I am therefore of opinion that Grypotherium is the correct

generic name for the Ground-Sloth from the Patagonian cavern,

while Glossotherium must be relegated to the synonymy of

Mylodon.

The specific determination of the new specimens is more

difficult. As remarked by Roth, only two species of Grypothervum

seem to be already known from the Pampa formation—G. darwint

by three skulls* and G. bonaerense solely by a maxilla*. The

portions of skull and dentition now under discussion indicate an

animal much larger than G. bonaerense (assuming the original

maxilla to be that of an adult); while they are considerably

' R. Owen, ‘ The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Beagle—Part I. Fossil

Mammalia’ (1840), p. 57, pl. xvi.

2 R. Owen, ‘Description of the Skeleton of an Extinct Gigantic Sloth,

Mylodon robustus, Owen’ (1842), p. 154, footnote.

3 Described respectively by Reinhardt, Burmeister, and Lydekker, doc. cit.

‘ F. Ameghino, ‘Contribucion al Conocimiento de los Mamiferos de la

Republica Argentina ’ (1889), p. 738, pl. xliv. fig. 8.

74 DR. A, SMITH WOODWARD ON REMAINS OF ~— [Jan. 28

smaller than any known specimen of G. darwint. Moreover, the

nasal arcade now described is narrower and more concave on its

outer face than that of G. darwini, as already observed by Roth.

It thus seems very probable that the animal from the Patagonian

cavern represents a distinct species, which must bear the name of

G.listai. This specific name was given by Ameghino toa fragment

of the first-discovered piece of skin, and the curious argument

which leads Roth to propose the substitution of a new name for it

does not affect its validity.

It may be added that Dr. Erland Nordenskjold has recently

compared his specimens from the Patagonian cavern with the

skull of Grypotheriwn darwint at Copenhagen, and finds no specific

difference '. No particulars, however, have yet been published.

ll. AssocrareD MAMMALIAN REMAINS.

Felis, sp.

A feline carnivore larger than the existing Jaguar (/elis onga),

but about the same size as an average Tiger (/°. tigris), is repre-

sented in the collection by the distal half of a right humerus

(no. 44), a left fourth metatarsal (no. 46), and the distal end

of another metatarsal (no. 47). These bones have evidently been

buried in dust, but are in the same fresh state of preservation as those

of Grypotheriwm. They have been well described by Roth, but

the new figures of the humerus here given (Pl. IX. figs. 2, 2 a)

will serve to illustrate his description better than the reduced

photograph already published.

Careful comparison of these bones shows that they are un-

doubtedly feline; and there is no difficulty in determining that

they belong to Felis rather than to the extinct Macherodus. A

humerus of M. neogeus, from a Brazilian cavern, now in the

British Museum (no. 189725), is readily distinguished from the

new Patagonian humerus by the remarkable lateral compression

of its shaft and the much greater downward extension of its

prominent and sharp deltoid ridge.. The humerus in all the large

species of Félis,on the other hand, only differs from the fossil now

under discussion in very small particulars. In fact, the humerus

and metatarsals of the existing Felis onga are essentially identical

with the bones from the Patagonian cavern, except that they are

rather smaller. I am therefore inclined to regard the newly-

discovered remains as indicating a comparatively large variety of

F’. onga, which once lived in the temperate regions of Patagonia,

beyond the present range of this species. Such an occurrence

would be a precise parallel to that of the Cave-Lion in Europe. It

is well-known that nearly all the remains of Felis leo found in

1 E. Nordenskjold, “‘ La Grotte du Glossotherium (Neomylodon) en Patagonie,”

Comptes Rendus, vol. exxix. (1899), p. 1217.

1900.) GRYPOTHERIUM (NEOMYLODON) LISTAI. 75.

the Pleistocene formations of the temperate parts of the Old World

indicate animals of somewhat larger size than any surviving in the

warmer regions to which the species is now confined’.

It may be noted that bones of the Jaguar of ordinary dimensions

have been recorded from the Pampa formation of the Province of

Buenos Ayres °.

Arctotherium, sp.

With the bones of Felis just noticed, Roth provisionally

associates the imperfect distal end of a remarkably large right

femur (no. 45). He is thus induced to suppose that the carnivore

represented by the fragments will prove to be a new genus and

species of the Felide. He suggests for it the name of Jemisch

stat, on the assumption that it is the mysterious quadruped which

Ameghino states is known to the natives as the lemisch.

A comparison of the distal end of femur in question with the

femora of Felide in the British Museum seems to prove con-

clusively that it cannot be referred even to the same family. Its

width across the condyles is much greater, compared with its

antero-posterior diameter, than that observed in any feline. More-

over, the pit for the tendon of the popliteus muscle below the

external condyle is unusually deep. In both these respects the bone

closely resembles the distal end of the femur of a Bear. Ihave

been therefore led to compare it with the corresponding part of

the extinct Bear of the Pampean formation, Arctotherium.

Fortunately, the fine and nearly complete skeleton of Arcto-

theriwm bonaerense in the Bravard Collection in the British Museum

comprises the right femur and enables direct comparison to be

made. Thefragment (Pl. [X. figs. 3, 3) lacks the inner condyle ;

but enough of the trochlea remains to show its broad and gently-

rounded form, with a wide and deep intertrochlear notch, precisely

as in Arctotherium. It has the same development of the external

condyle as in the latter, while the fossa for the popliteal tendon is

equally deep, only slightly differing in shape. In fact, there is

very little discrepancy, except in its smaller size; and species of

Arctotherium smaller than A. bonaerense are already known both

from the Pampa formation of Argentina® and the caverns of

Brazil *.

The fragment just described has evidently been severed from

the rest of the bone by a sharp, clean cut made by man; and

Dr. Hauthal is quite certain that this was not done by one of his

workmen during excavation (op. cit.p. 59). At least one medium-

1 Dawkins & Sanford, “ The British Pleistocene Mammalia” (Paleont. Soc.

1869), p. 150.

2 F. Ameghino, ‘Contribucion al Conocimiento de los Mamiferos de la

Republica Argentina’ (1889), p. 342.

3 BF, Ameghino, op. cit. (1889), p. 317.

4H. Winge, ‘“‘Jordfundne og nulevende Roydyr (Oarnivora) fra Lagox

Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien ” (HZ Museo Lundii, 1895), p. 31.

76 DR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON REMAINS OF [Jan. 23,

sized species of Arctotherium must therefore have survived until

the human period in Southern Patagonia’.

Onohippidium saldiasi.

A horse is represented in the collection by an upper molar

(no. 55), a fragment of premaxilla with two incisors (no. 56),

an impertect atlas (no. 57), and two well-preserved hoofs

apparently of a foetus or perhaps of a newly-born animal (no. 58).

Of these remains only the upper molar is capable of satisfactory

determination.

This tooth is the second upper molar of the left side, and has

been exhaustively compared with corresponding teeth by Dr. Roth,

who gives a good series of figures. Itis readily distinguished from

the homologous molar in the genus Equus by the peculiar form of

its two inner columns—a fact which I have been able to verify by

the examination of an extensive series of specimens, both recent

and fossil, in the British Museum. Further comparison, indeed,

shows that it must be referred to the extinct Pampean genus

Onohippidium*. Dr, Roth assigns it, apparently quite rightly, to

the same species as a maxilla from the Pampean formation of the

Province of Buenos Ayres, for which he proposes the name of

Onohippidium saldiasi.

Large Extinct Rodent.

The proximal end of the femur of a large rodent (no. 52) has

already been recognized by Roth, and compared with the extinct

Megamys. It cannot be more exactly determined.

Existing Species.

One imperfect fragment of pelvis and sacrum (no. 48) seems to

belong to a puma (vlis concolor) of rather large size ; but it is not

sufficient for precise determination.

The small mandibular ramus of a musteline (no. 5)) referred by

Dr. Roth to Mephitis suffocans does not pertain to this genus and

species. Mr. Oldfield Thomas determines it to belong to the rare

Lyncodon patagonicus, which still lives in Patagonia and has not

hitherto been found fossil. A slightly larger extinct species of

the same genus has been described by Ameghino on the evidence

of a skull from the Pampean formation near Lujan, in the

Province of Buenos Ayres °.

A cranium, some vertebre, and a tibia and fibula (nos. 53, 54)

appear to represent the existing Ctenomys magellanicus, as noted

by Roth.

* Dr. Moreno has lately received reports of bear-like tracks in remote parts

of the Cordillera, which he thinks may imply that a species of Aretotherium.

still lives in Patagonia.

? F. P. Moreno, Revista Mus. La Plata, vol. ii. (1891), p. 65; R. Lydekker,

Anales Mus. La Plata—Paleont. Argentina, vol. ii. pt. 3 (1893), p. 77, pl. xxix.

* F, Ameghino, op, cit, (1889), p. 324.

1900. | GRYPOTHERIUM (NEOMYLODON) LISTAI. (i

The remains of the Guanaco (Lama huanacos) do not present

any features worthy of special remark.

Man is represented by a diseased scapula (no. 111), and by two

bone awls (nos. +9, 50), which are clearly made from the tibia

of a species of Canis intermediate in size between C. jubatus and .

C. magellanicus.

III. Revative Age oF THE Remarns.

As the result of Dr. Roth’s researches, supplemented by the

additional observations now recorded, it is evident that the majority

of the mammalian remains from the cavern near Last Hope Inlet

belong to the extinct fauna which occurs in the Pampean formation

of more northern regions. To this category are referable the

genera Grypotherium, Onohippidium, Megamys, and Aretotherium ;

also Macrauchenia, which is said to have been discovered in the

same deposit on the floor of the cave by Dr. E. Nordenskjold. The

large Felis likewise probably belongs to the same series. Remains

of mammals of the existing fauna, on the other hand, are com-

paratively few and insignificant, referable to the genera Ctenomys,

Cervus, Lama, Lyncodon, and Felis.

Although Dr. Hauthal’s explorations were rather hurried and

Dr. Nordenskjéld’s results have only been published hitherto in

abstract ', their account of the deposits on the floor of the cavern

seem to confirm the suspicion that the remains of these two faunas

were introduced at two successive periods. According to Hauthal,

the remains of the Guanaco were found along with fragmentary

bones of Deer, shells of Mytilus chorus, branches of trees, and dried

leaves, in the superficial dust of the cavern near the outer wall.

The skin of Grypotherium and all the other remains of this and the

associated Pampean genera were discovered in the deeper layer

of excrement and cut hay between the mound and the inner wall

of the cavern. According to Nordenskjold, three distinct strata

can be recognized on the floor of the cavern as follows :-—

A. A thin surface layer, containing ashes, shells, and bones of recent

animals broken by man.

B. A middle layer, containing numerous branches of trees and dried leaves,

with remains of Lama and the extinct horse, Onohippidium. Said to

be probably the stratum in which the original piece of skin was found.

C. A bottom layer, usually about a metre in thickness, without any traces

of branches or leaves, but only dried herbs. Remains of Grypotherium

numerous and confined to this stratum, associated with its excrement

and hair, also with remains of a large variety of Felis onga,

Macrauchenia, and Onohippidium.

It is unfortunate that the question of the contemporaneity of

the various bones cannot be tested by the ingenious method of

chemical analysis which has been applied with success to similar

problems by M. Adolphe Carnot in France. The French chemist

* EH. Nordenskjold, ‘‘ La Grotte du Glossotheriwm (Neomy/odon) en Patagonie,”

Comptes Rendus, vol, exxix. (1899), pp. 1216, 1217.

78 ON REMAINS OF GRYPOTHERIUM (NEOMYLODON) LISTAl. [Jan. 23,

has shown that when bones are buried in ordinary sediments they

undergo changes which gradually cause the percentage of contained

fluorine toincrease. According to him, the longer a bone has been

buried, the greater is the percentage of fluorine found in it on

analysis. In one case! he examined the scapula of a deer and a

human tibia, discovered together in fluviatile sand near Billancourt

(Seine); he found that the former had 7 or 8 times its usual

percentage of fluorine, while the human bone did not differ in any

respect trom the normal in this constituent. He therefore

concluded that the latter bone was not of the same age as the

former, but had been introduced comparatively recently by burial.

In this and the other recorded cases, however, it is to be observed

that the sediment was of a uniform character and admitted of free

percolation of water. In the Patagonian cavern, on the contrary,

the bones occur partly in dust, partly in dried herbage, partly

in dried excrement, and partly in the burnt residue of the same.

Moreover, they must always have been subjected to intense

dryness, and the usual process of chemical alteration cannot have

taken place.

Considering all circumstances, I think that, even without

chemical evidence, zoologists and geologists cannot fail now to

agree with Dr. Moreno and his colleagues of the La Plata

Museum, that the remarkably preserved Grypotheriwm from the

Patagonian cavern belongs to the extinct Pampean fauna of South

America and need not be searched for in the unexplored wilds of

that continent. If we accept the confirmatory evidence afforded by

Mr. Spencer Moore, we can also hardly refuse to believe that this

great Ground-Sloth was actually kept and fed by an early race

of man.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate V.

Fig. 1. Grypothertwm listai; hinder portion of cranium, right lateral and

inferior (1 a) aspects, and in median longitudinal section (14), nearly

one-half nat. size. 6.s., basisphenoid ; /., anterior condyloid foramen ;

m., facette for stylohyal ; p.s., presphenoid ; p#., pterygoid ; ¢., tympanic.

2. Ditto; portion of right facial region, nearly one-half nat. size.

3. Ditto; anterior portion of nasal arcade, right lateral and anterior (8 a)

aspects, nearly one-half nat, size. 2d., nasal bones; .r, ossification in

internasal septum.

Prats VI.

Fig. 1. Grypotherium listat; right malar bone, outer aspect, one-half nat. size,

2. Ditto; portion of right mandibular ramus, inner aspect, and dentition

of left ramus, oral aspect (2 a), one-half nat. size.

3. Ditto; dentition of another left mandibular ramus, oral aspect, one-

half nat. size

4. Ditto; auditory ossicles of right side of skull no. 1, twice nat. size.

i., ineus, inside view; 7., malleus, outside view; s., stapes, outside

view ; «, facette.

4a, Ditto; inceus of left side of skull no. 2, inside view, twice nat. size,

showing orbicular bone (0.) attached.

\ A. Carnot, “Sur une Application de Analyse chimique pour fixer l’Age

d@’Ossements humains préhistoriques,” Comptes Rendus, vol. cxy. (1893)

pp. 337-339,

P.Z.S.1900.P1>

Mintern Bros.imp.

LOVATI.

DENDROMYS

1900.] ON MAMMALS FROM SOUTHERN ABYSSINIA. 79

Puats VII.

Fig. 1. Grypotherium listai ; plaster cast of brain-cavity, right lateral, upper

(1 a), and lower (14) aspects, one-half nat. size. c¢., cerebrum; cd,

cerebellum ; f., infilling of foramen lacerum posterius; o/., olfactory

lobes; II.. IV., V., VIL, VILL, XII, exits of nerves as numbered.

Prats VIII.

Fig. 1. Grypotherium listai; inner aspect of part of skin of flank, somewhat

abraded, showing ossicles, one-half nat. size.

2. Ditto; group of dermal ossicles exposed from outer face, one-half nat.

size.

Puate IX.

Fig. 1. Grypotherium listai!; epidermal sheath of claw of fourth digit of manus,

inferior and lateral (1 a) aspects, two-thirds nat. size.

. Felis onga, var.; portion of right humerus, anterior aspect and lower

part of posterior aspect (1 a), two-thirds nat. size.

. Arctotherium sp.; portion of distal end of right femur, anterior and

outer (3a) aspects, two-thirds nat. size.

ist)

3. On the Mammals obtained in Southern Abyssinia by

Lord Lovat during an Expedition from Berbera to the

Blue Nile. By W. E. pz Winton, F.Z.S.

[Received December 13, 1899.]

(Plate X.)

Lord Lovat’s party consisted of five Huropeans, including

Mr. H. Weld Blundell, and Mr. Harwood as Naturalist. Starting

from Berbera about the middle of December 1898, and travelling

via Machanis Hill and Fijambiro, they reached Harrar towards

the end of the month, and continuing almost west via Shola, Laga

Hardim, and Jiffa Densa, they arrived at Addis Abeba towards

the end of January 1899.

During February an expedition was made to the northward via

Wogodi and Koosa to Borameda, only some 20 miles south of

Magdala; then turning a little to the eastward, they returned by

way of the Djimma Valley via Kombolsha, Ticka Chika, and

Angolala.

Finally leaving Addis Abeba at the end of February, the

expedition travelled due west via Managasha, Sellen, Goodur,

Chellika, Bilo, and Lekemti to about 35° E.; then turning to the

north via Mendi, they crossed the Dabus River at about 10° N.,

and so on through the Beni Schongul, crossing the Blue Nile at

Famaka, and following the eastern or right bank of the river past

Roseires, they reached Karkjof towards the end of May 1899,

whence a passage was obtained in a boat to Khartoum.

The valuable collection of Birds brought home by the expedition

will be found fully described by Mr. W. R. Ogilvie Grant in the

‘Ibis’ for January 1900, where a map of the route is also given,

The collection of Birds has been presented tothe British Museum,

80 MR. W. BE. DE WINTON ON (Jan. 23,

together with all the small mammals and some of the most

interesting of the Antelopes.

1. M&GADERMA FRONS.

3,2. Roseires, Blue Nile, 1600 ft.

‘“* Hanging on thick dead bushes ; readily fly in daylight.”

2. ScoTOPHILUS NIGRITA.

2. Bilo, 5500 ft., 10th March, 1899.

“Shghtly wooded country.”

3. HELOGALE ATKINSONI.

2. Fijambiro, 5500 ft., 25th Dec., 1898.

‘Shot on rocky hill among others.”

4, FUNISCIURUS MULTICOLOR.

3. Mendi, 1st April, 1899.

**Shot on tree in very marshy ground; native name ‘ Shaila’.”

The resemblance in colour of this Squirrel to the last species

(Helogale atkinsoni) is very striking. In laying the two side by

side, the only difference observable is the form of the tail; for

while that of the Squirrel is uniformly bushy throughout its

length, that of the Mongoose is tapered towards the tip. The

general colour of the body in both animals is very much the same,

but the annulations on the fur of the Squirrel are slightly broader.

Knowing so little of the habits of these two animals, it is im-

possible to draw any conclusions as to the object of the likeness

in two species of such different families, but the striking resem-

blance at once calls to mind the parallel instance of the Tree-

Shrew (TVupaia) and the Squirrel in the Oriental Region.

5. GERBILLUS MURINUS.

Roseires, Blue Nile, 1400 ft., 15th May, 1899.

6. Mus ALBIPES,

3,¢. Borumeda, 8000 ft., 13th February, 1899.

“ Caught in camp on grassy plain; native name ‘ Tet’.”

g. Lekemti, 6885 ft., 18th March, 1899.

3. Mendi, 6th April, 1899.

3. Beni Schongul, 2nd May, 1899.

7. Mus MAHOMET.

3. Chellika, 8000 ft., 8th March, 1899.

“Caught on old corn-field; native name ‘ Ait ’.”

Measurements taken in the flesh—head and body, 60 millim.,

tail 48, hind foot 14, ear 12.

This is the first example received in the British Museum of

this species, which was described by Mr. S. N. Rhoads, of

Philadelphia, from specimens obtained by Dr. Donaldson Smith at

Sheikh Mahomet in Western Somaliland,

1900.] MAMMALS FROM SOUTHERN ABYSSINIA. 81

8. ARVICANTHIS DEMBEENSIS.

@. Kombolsha, 16th February, 1899.

“Shot close to water-side among reeds. Small colony ; native

name ‘ Ait’.”

Measurements taken in the flesh—head and body 113 millim.,

tail 105, hind foot 26, ear 17.

This species, described by Riippell in 1842, is represented in the

British Museum by only a single specimen obtained by Dr. W.

T. Blanford while accompanying Lord Napier’s expedition to

Magdala. The fur of this species is much softer and the annu-

lations finer that in A. abyssinicus, and the belly is almost entirely

white. The skull is rather less angular, and the palatal foramina

are shorter, not reaching so far back as the first molar. The molars

of the two species (see figs. A & B) are strikingly different; the

first upper molar of A. dembeensis is oval in shape, having only

7 cusps (the 8th being vestigial), three in the middle line with

two inner and two outer of almost equal size placed in the

intermediate spaces, so that the tooth is almost rose-shaped, six of

the cusps surrounding the central one. It will be seen that the

usual third outer cusp is almost entirely wanting.

A. Right upper molar series of Arvicanthis abyssinicus.

B, Right upper molar series of 4. dembeensis.

The second upper molar is formed of six cusps, two larger in the

middle iine and four smaller—two outer and two inner—set in

advance of the larger pair, so that the front of the tooth is concave,

and the hind part convex, being formed of the middle cusp only.

The pattern formed by the cusps of these two molars is very sym-

metrical, with the row of five large cusps of equal size in the middle

line, and four smaller cusps on either side placed in the intermediate

spaces.

The last molar is quite one-sided, being formed of one large

cusp, in a straight line with the large middle line of cusps in the

other teeth, and three smaller ones, all on the inner side, the hinder-

most forming the posterior border of the tooth.

The drawings (A & B) will more readily explain the formation

of the teeth of these two species.

9. ARVICANTHIS ABYSSINICUS,

9. Laga Hardim, 15th January, 1899.

2. Jiffa Densa, 7800 ft., 23rd January, 1899.

Proc. Zoot. Soo.—1900, No. VI. 6

MR. W. E. DE WINLON ON (Jan. 23,

3g. Addis Abeba, 7800 ft., 25th January, 1899.

3,¢. Koosa, 11,000 ft., 8th February, 1899.

3. Ticka Chika, 4200 ft., 22nd February, 1899.

3. Sellen, 6800 ft., 5th March, 1899.

¢. Goodur, 6th March, 1899.

‘“‘ Large colony ” is written on every label.

No doubt this is the common field-rat of the country, and is

found on all soils and at any altitude.

Some specimens are labelled native name ‘“ Ait,” some “ Tet,” so

it is therefore probable that these names are simply the rendering

of our * Rat” and ‘* Mouse.”

10. DeENDROMYS LOVATI, sp.n. (Plate X.)

The fur in its general appearance and texture resembles that of

Malacothrix typicus, but the ears are much shorter and the tail is

longer ; the whole upper surface longitudinally striped with black

and fawn. ‘The tail is not so long as in any known species of

Dendromys, and is besides thickly covered with short adpressed

hair ; the fore and hind feet resemble those of Dendromys excepting

that the long fifth toes in the hind feet have no nails.

The pattern of the markings are strikingly Z’mias-like—a broad

black dorsal stripe, having a grizzled central line in its middle

portion, is flanked by two pale buff stripes, these again bordered

with black stripes. A dark stripe runs up the centre of the face

from the nose to the crown; darkish stripes also pass through the

eyes to the ears, leaving the sides of the forehead and cheeks buff.

The part of the ear which naturally folds over in front has a black

spot as in Malacothriv ; the edges of the ears are rusty, and the

fur round them is also rusty buff.

The whole of the underparts are dirty white; the bases of the

fur in all parts of the body are dark slate-grey.

The tail is two-coloured, rusty above and silvery whitish beneath;

the fore and hind feet are thinly covered with very short pale

buff hairs.

The fore feet have three long toes with claws, the first and

fifth toes being quite vestigial. The hind feet have three long

toes with claws; the outer or fifth toe is long, thumb-like, and

partly opposable, but, so far as the single example shows, differs

from that of the known forms of Dendromys in being quite

destitute of a claw.

Type. ¢. Managasha, 7000 ft., 2nd March, 1899.

‘“ Picked up on grass plateau.”

Measurements taken in the flesh—head and body 73 millim.,

tail 69, hind foot 19, ear 14.

Of another specimen—head and body 76, tail 76, hind foot 17,

ear 16.

Skull: greatest length 22°5, length of nasals 8-9, interorbital

constriction of frontals 3-1, breadth of brain-case 9:5, length

of upper molar series (¢.) 3°9, length of first molar only 2.

Mandible; greatest length, tip of incisors to condyle 14, bone only

1900. ] MAMMALS FROM SOUTHERN ABYSSINIA. 83

12, tip of incisors to coronoid 111, tip of incisors to angle 13:5,

height (angle to coronoid) 6°6, length of lower molar series 3:1.

The skull of the type is unfortunately crushed, so that full de-

scription or measurements are impossible; another skull is likewise

much damaged, and being broken in two across the frontals dividing

the molar series, the measurement of the tooth-row cannot be

taken with absolute accuracy, and other measurements which it

would be desirable to record arenot possible. The skull resembles

other species of Dendromys in general form.

The molars resemble those of Dendromys typicus in the strongly

cuspidate form of the first tooth with numerous small supplemen-

tary cusps, while the second and third are flat on the surface and

laminate, with one more fold than in the teeth of Wus.

11. TACHYORYCTES SPLENDENS.

2. Shola, 7000 ft., 9th January, 1899.

“ Caught on black soil, working near the surface; native name

999

‘Farr’.

12. Procavia SHOANA.

¢. Wogodi, 9000 ft., 6th February, 1899.

‘Shot among rocks, out of a colony. Half size; observed one

yellow. Burrs in fur of all. Native name ‘ Sessa ’.”

Examples of the following larger mammals were obtained during

the trip. At Machanis Hill on the border of the Haud—Bubalis

swaynei, Gazella soemmerringi, Lnthocranius wallert, Madoqua

phillips ; in the Djimma valley—Strepsiceros imberbis; to the north

of Addis Abeba—Cervicapra bohor, as well as Lions and Servals ;

in the Beni Schongul country, between the Dabus and Blue Nile—

Bubalissp.inc., Trayelaphus decula, Cephalophus abyssinicus, Ourebia

montana, Dorcotragus megalotis, as well as numerous Elephants and

Wart-Hogs ; in the Blue Nile valley—Cobus defassa, Hippotrayus

equinus, Oryx beisa, aud Strepsiceros kudu.

I leave the specific identitication of the Hartebeeste from the

Blue Nile undetermined for the present, for there appears to be

much uncertainty as to the range of the different species. Herr

Oscar Neumann has lately stated (SB. Gesellsch. naturf. Fr. Berlin,

1899, p. 76) that Bubalis jacksont from near Lake Naivasha and

Heuglin’s species B. lelwel from the White Nile are identical. [

consider this statement should be received with reserve, for, on

comparing typical specimens of the two forms as represented in the

British Museum, I find them very widely distinct. Again, on com-

paring a large number of skulls, from the White and Blue Niles,

Lake Rudolf (5. newmanni, named after Mr. Arthur Neumann),

und a fine series obtained by Mr. F. J. Jackson from between

Lakes Baringo and Naivasha, there will be seen a complete bridging

over of all the differences, and it may be found that a/l these forms

are but local raves of the same species.

By far the most important point with regard to the larger

*6*

84 ON ANTELOPES FROM FASHODA AND THE SOBAT RIVER. [Feb. 6,

mammals is the discovery of Dorcotragus in the Blue Nile Valley.

Up to now, the only known habitat of this Antelope was a few

flat-topped hills scattered about Somaliland, where it has been met

with in very small numbers. Lord Lovat gives me the following

note respecting it :—

“The Beira Antelope is common all down the Blue Nile to

Roseires ; it inhabits the slopes leading down to the river-bed, and

is also seen on the barer hill-tops. Some specimens were seen

with considerably better heads than the ones [ shot. The natives

call the animal ‘ El] Mor ’.”

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Dendromys lovati, p. 82.

February 6, 1900.

Howarp Saunpers, Esq., F.L.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1900.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of January was 105, of which 29 were by

presentation, 12 by purchase, 62 were received on deposit, and

2 were born in the Menagerie. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 140,

The middle of winter seems to be an unusual time for a South

European Passerine Bird to breed; yet a young Black-headed

Bunting (Hmberiza melanocephala) is entered in our register as

having been hatched on Jan. 21st. The Head-keeper sends me

the following report on this occurrence :—

About the middle of January last, a young Black-headed

Bunting was observed in the Western Aviary by the keeper. A

pair of this species of Bunting was purchased from a dealer in

Dover in April 1899. No nest was built, and the egg or eggs

were laid in an old thrush’s nest in the ivy growing in the Aviary.

The keeper had no idea that the birds were breeding, until he

missed the female. On shaking the ivy the bird flew out, and a

few days afterwards the young bird appeared. No traces of eggs

were found in the nest.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited the heads of some rare Antelopes

from Fashoda and the Sobat River which had been submitted to him

by Messrs. Rowland Ward & Co. They had been obtained by

the late Capt. H. G. Majendie, of the Rifle Brigade.

The most interesting was a fine head of Mrs. Gray’s Waterbuck

(Cobus marie Gray), of which no perfect examples had come to

1900.] ON THE GENUS MUSCARDINUS. 85

this country since the original heads were obtained by Consul

Petherick in 1855. The specimen had been shot on the Upper

Sobat River, 220 miles above its junction with the Nile, and just

above the junction of the Adura and Peebon affluents. Capt.

Majendie had never seen examples of it below the junction of these

two affluents, but the natives told him there were lots of them up

the Baro, as they called the Adura. The White-eared Kob (Cobus

leucotis Licht. & Peters) was obtained on the Sobat River, and the

Red-fronted Gazelle (Gazella rufifrons Gray) near Fashoda. The

occurrence of the latter W. African species in the Soudan was a

most noteworthy fact, and had been first brought to our knowledge

last year by Mr. F. Burgess, who had been good enough to present

to the British Museum a skin and two skulls of it obtained by him

during the recent Soudan campaign at Faki-Kowi, on the White

Nile, 200 miles south of Khartoum. Mr. Thomas had been quite

unable to find any difference between these specimens and the

types from West Africa, and it seemed probable that the species

ranged all round the southern and western borders of the Great

Saharan Desert, being represented on the north by the closely

allied G. rufina Thos. The Tiang (Damaliscus tiang Heugl.) was

obtained on the Sobat River.

Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.S., exhibited some specimens

of Dormice (Muscardimus), and made the following remarks :—

Recent accessions of Dormice to the British Museum Collection

demonstrate the occurrence of at least two clearly marked local

races or subspecies, in addition to that which I recently described

under the name of pulcher’. Thus the British Dormouse may be

at once distinguished by the greater intensity of its coloration,

and in other respects, from its representative in neighbouring

Continental areas, such as Calais, Manonville, and Haute-Savoie

(France), and Saxony.

There are also two specimens, Nos. 94.3,1.42 and 241, the latter

from my own collection (without dimensions), from Zuberec, North

Hungary, taken at an altitude of 2500 metres, which are slightly

darker in colour than M. avellunarius typicus. Two others (Nos.

94.3.1.48 & 45), from Csalokéz Somorja, in the plains (1000 metres)

of Western Hungary, are intermediate between the subspecies

typicus and speciosus. Their relationship cannot well be made out

until we receive further specimens, nor have we, in the absence of

specimens from Scandinavia, an exact idea of the appearance of

the form with which Linnzus was acquainted.

It is remarkable that in the British Dormouse we have what, at

first sight, may seem to be an exception to the general rule that

the representatives of a species inhabiting the British Isles * are

duller than those of the neighbouring Continent. But if British

1 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. ii. Nov. 1898, p. 423.

? British Harvest Mice are brighter than those of Western Hungary (see

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iii, April 1899, pp. 342 & 343),

86 ON THE GENUS MUSCARDINTS. [Feb. 6,

animals are dulier they are also usually more deeply coloured,

and in this respect the Dormouse is melanochroic, and may, I

think, be regarded as no exception to the general rule. I suspect

that, when our knowledge of the distribution of colour amongst

animals is greater, we shall find that this subspecies is only

another instance of the influence of climate upon mammals, or,

if it is preferred to regard the matter from a different standpoint,

of the adaptation of animal coloration to suit prevailing climatic

conditions.

The following forms are recognizable ;

best regarded as subspecies :—

they may, I think, be

(1) MuscarDINUS AVELLANARIUS TyPicus (Linneus), Syst. Nat.

ed. x. p. 62 (1758).

Myoxus muscardinus, Schreber,

Typical locality. Upsala, Sweden.

Distinguishing characteristics. Upperside tawny yellow, not

rufous or orange; the underside light buff, no distinct line of

demarcation between colours of upper and under surface: a

moderately distinct white breast. Tail long and slender.

Saiigthiere, iv. p. 835 (1792).

Dimensions of specimens (in millim.).

Skull.

—_- =."

Head Hind Greatest Greatest.

and = ‘Tail. a Ear. length. breadth

body. ‘ at base of

zygoma,

94.6.6.12. ¢. Forest of Guines, Pas

de Calais, alt. 80 met. (Oldfield 72 71 16:2 22°5 13

Thomas), 26th May, 1894 ......

94.6.6.13. © (suckling). Do. do

20th May, 1894; taken from nest THE 74 164 23°5 13

with 5 blind and naked young...

Three, Manonville, France (Mons.

Lamont), taken from the nest, ra ; z

18th Oct. 1895, of which they 29 68 15 10

dimensions of one are ...........-

co. Montauban, Haute-Savoie, 900

met. (A. Robert), 22nd Nov. 1899. aD 67 11 23°5 12°5

dG. Lueinges, Haute-Savoie, 1100

met. (A. Robert), 7th Dec., 1899. 78 6] 15 11 24 12°5

99.1.9.16. g. ‘ Oherwald bei Gros

Hennersdorf,’ Stats Oberlausitz, m4 65 2

Fi 5 15 i i}

Saxony, 400 metres (W. Baer),

DAt ADIL SO Giese cone-eeeseeen

The dimensions of the Hungarian skulls range from 22-5 to

23125 mm. The largest skull I have seen, next to that of the

type of MW. a, anglicus, is that of the type of M. a. pulcher, which

reaches 24 x 12°5 mm.

(2) M. AVELLANARIUS ANGLICUS, subsp. nov.

Type. No. 99.11.27.6 of Brit. Mus. Coll. (for particulars see

below).

1900. ] ON THE VARIABLE HARE. 87

Distinguishing characteristics. Upper and under sides far more

richly coloured with orange tints than in M. avellanarius typicus ;

line of demarcation indistinct, but white breast conspicuous ; tail

short and thick.

Dimensions of specimens (in millim.).

Skull.

Head Gredesty Greater

ea . reates reatest

and = Tail. ae Har. length. breadth

body. ¥ at base of

zygoma.

No, 242, coll. Barrett-Hamilton, 9,

Wendon Lofts, Saffron Walden, 85 61 15 an 23'5 135

Essex (A. Wright), May 31, 1894.

oe Bedford Purlieus,Thorn-

naugh, N.E. Northants (Rev. H. - /

He Sirens Jena tesa pee he Gay ein Bab i

up.) Type of subspecies .........

3, purchased in London, 15th Dec.,

ISO8\(WieeDodson)) is sese-seee ee al 214, AG 13 23 URRY

P do. (dos )no eioccacertes 73 62 16 12 bs oe

8 do. (GOIN denececuategune 70 55 17 12 22:7 115

} Damaged.

(3) M. avuttanartus sprciosus, A. Dehne, Allgem. deut.

Naturh. Zeitung, 1855, p. 180. Type locality: Tursi

in Basilicata, South Italy.

? M. pulcher, Barrett-Hamilton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7,

vol. ii. Nov. 1898, p. 423. Type from Siena, Italy.

Distinguishing characteristics. Upperside brilliantly coloured ;

underside with the orange colour (except the breast) almost

absent and reduced to rich cream-colour; breast white, but the

combination of colours makes this inconspicuous, and the line of

demarcation on the contrary sharp and well-defined ; tail long and

well-haired: the type has a cream-coloured spot just in front

of each ear.

Further particulars and dimensions of this subspecies may be

found under the original description. I fear that my name pulcher

must, at least provisionally, stand as a synonym of VW. speciosus.

Mr. Barrett-Hamilton also exhibited some skins of the Variable

Hare (Lepus timidus Linn.) and made the following remarks :—

Yhe receipt of two Scandinavian Variable Hares kindly sent

over at my request by Professor Robert Collett, of Christiania, has

caused me to look through the Variable Hares in the collection of

the British Museum, with the result that I find that there are two

very distinctly coloured groups in the Old World. One of these is

reddish brown and includes the Irish Hares ; the other dark brown,

and includes the Scotch and such Scandinavian Hares as I have

seen. The Scotch and Irish Hares are thus very clearly separated,

at least in their extreme forms, and, in addition to the colour-

differences, I find that the dimensions show a slight superiority of

88 MR. G. B, H BARRETT-HAMILION ON [ Feb. 6,

size mm favour of the latter, which is confirmed by observations on

the weight of the animal. There is possibly a certain amount of

intergradation between North Irish and South Scottish specimens,

but I have as yet no evidence of it. 1 suspect that Scandinavian

Hares are larger than those of Scotland, but the number of

specimens at present at my disposal is too scanty to establish this

fact with certainty.

The single specimen of the Altai Variable Hare which I have

examined is very remarkable in that it belongs to the red-brown

type, and closely resembles the Irish Hare: in fact, the only dis-

tinguishing characteristic which I can find in it is the fact that the

back of each earis black. Itis aremarkable example of the manner

in which a particular type of coloration may be independently

assumed in quite separate localities.

There is a very peculiar local form of the Irish Hare, which is

found in the County Dublin, Ireland, and in which the upperside is of

a uniform buff or cinnamon colour. It seems to me to be of extreme

interest to students of colour-variation, as tending to throw light

on the possible evolution of species from “ sports” or from discon-

tinuous variations. ‘That the Irish Hare may have a tendency to

vary in that particular direction, even when transported to another

country, is shown by the occurrence of a similar sport amongst

the introduced Irish Hares of the Island of Mull, Scotland. These

sports must, I suppose, be regarded in the light of partially albinistic

or leucochroic variations; but, even if their origin be due in the

first instance to disease, they seem to be highly hereditary, and

even capable of holding their own against the ordinary form. In

the particular district of the County Dublin to which I have

referred they are said to occur to the total exclusion of the true

Lepus t. hibernicus.

In addition to the above, I take the opportunity of describing

from a skull in the British Museum a remarkable Variable Hare

from the Island of Yezo, Japan.

The following are the various forms :—

(1) Lepus TIMIDUS TYPICUS.

Lepus timidus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 57 (1758).

Lepus variabilis, Pallas, Glires, i. p. 1 (1778).

Lepus albus, W. BE. Leach, ‘ Syst. Cat. of the Specimens of the

Indigenous Mammalia and Birds that are preserved in the

British Museum,’ p. 7 (1816).

“ Lepus borealis Pall.,’ 8. Nilsson, Skandinavisk Fauna, p. 211

(1820).

Lepus borealis sylvaticus, 8, Nilsson, Uluminerade Figurer till

Skandinaviens Fauna, letterpress to pl. 22 (1829-1832): nee

Bachman (1837).

Lepus canescens, Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens

Foérhandlingar, p. 133 (1844).

Synonymy. All the above names, except LZ. albus which has

1900.] THE VARIABLE HARE. 89

reference to the Variable Hare of Scotland, seem to be synonyms

of the Southern Scandinavian Variable Hare.

Type locality. Upsala, Sweden.

As regards colourand size, I cannot distinguish Professor Collett’s

specimens from those of Scotland: all have progressed a long way

towards melanism. On the other hand, not one of my Scotch

series reaches the size of two skulls, supposed to be from Scandi-

navia, in the British Museum. It is probable, therefore, that

Nilsson was right in describing two forms of Variable Hare from

Scandinavia.

Distribution (provisional). South Scandinavia, Scotland, and

mountains of Europe.

(2) LEPUS TIMIDUS COLLINUS.

Lepus borealis collinus, 8. Nilsson, Illuminerade Figurer till

Skandinaviens Fauna, pl. 19 (1829-1832),

I have seen no specimens of the second Scandinavian form,

which probably inbabits the mountains and the north of the

country *.

(3) LEPUS TIMIDUS HIBERNICUS.

Trish Hare, Yarrell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 88.

Lepus timidus var. 3, Jenyns, Man. Brit. Vert. Animals, 1835,

. 35.

ae hibernicus, Bell, Hist. of British Quadrupeds, 1837, p. 341.

Typical locality. Ireland.

Colour in summer reddish brown, often of conspicuous fox-

like shade: in winter similar, but in severe weather or on exposed

situations a white coat, more or less complete in proportion to

the need, is assumed. Size larger than that of Scotch Hares.

Weight up to about 10 Ibs., whereas that of Scotch Hares,

according to Mr. J. E. Harting, ‘ averages probably between 5 lbs.

and 6 lbs.; the heaviest I have noticed weighed 7j lbs.” *

It is a pity that the original describer of this Hare should have

compared it with the totally distinct Common Hare of England.

Hence we have had, so far as I am aware, no careful comparison

of it with the Scotch Hare, and its very conspicuous coloration

has consequently been overlooked. The introduced Irish Hares of

the Island of Mull retain their red coloration.

Distribution. Ireland.

(4) LEPUS TIMIDUS LUTESCENS, subsp. nov.

Type. No. 82.2.4.1 of British Museum Collection, from Dona-

bate, Co. Dublin (Chas. Cobbe).

Distinguishing characteristics. General colour “ rich buff-shading

1 Since the above was written I have been able (through the kindness of

Mr. W. E. de Winton) to examine three skulls from Russia, which probably

belong to this form, and of which the basilar length is 80, 79, and 745 mm.

(the latter immature),

2 ‘Field,’ Sept. 5, 1891.

90 MR. G, E. H, BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Feb. 6,

into pure white on the lower parts; the eyes are a pale straw-

colour, witha greenish tint ” (E. Williams, Zvologist, 1890, p. 71).

The ears are without black tips.

This form is probably not sufficiently “ fixed” to warrant its

full admission to subspecific rank. It may perhaps be best regarded

as a very conspicuous aberration on the verge of becoming

subspecific, and it is certainly of such interest that I wish to

draw attention to its existence in the most conspicuous manner

available, 7. ¢. by bestowing upon it a third name.

Distribution. Coast from Malahide to Balbriggan, Co. Dublin,

Treland.

(5) LEPUS TIMIDUS ALTAICUS..

“ Lepus altaicus. Lepus variabilis altaica Everm.” J. E. Gray,

List of Mammals, 1843, p. 126.

Typical locality. Altai Mountains (?). I cannot find the original

description of this form as alluded to by Gray.

A single skin in the British Museum (No. 96.10.14.3) can only

be distinguished from Irish specimens by the black colour of the

back of the ears, being apparently the downward extension of this

colour from the tips. The dimensions of a skull (basilar length

66°5 mm.) show an animal of rather small size. The first specimen

is labelled as having been procured by Major C. 8. Cumberland in

the Forest Region near Chiaja Steppe, Altai.

Distribution. Altai Mountains, Central Asia: exact limits un-

known.

Should it be found that Eversmann’s description was (as I

suspect) never published, this subspecies will stand as Lepus timidus

altaicus Barrett-Hamilton, Gray’s name is a nomen nudum.

(6) Lepus TIMIDUS AINU, subsp. nov.

Type. No. 84.4.15.2 of the British Museum Collection, a male

from the Island of Yezo, purchased from Mr. A. Owston of

Yokohama, Japan.

Description. The great size of this skull and the peculiar

constricted brain-case mark it out as very distinct from any other

known form. The basilar length of 80 mm. reminds one of the

great Polar Hares of the North.

Distribution. The Island of Yezo, Japan.

(7) Lepus TIMIDUS TSCHUKTSCHORUM.

Lepus tschuktschorum, Nordquist, Vega Exped. ii. pp. 84-90,

figs. 8-10 (1883).

Type locality. Pitlekaj, lat. 67° N., long. 173° W., N.E. Siberia.

To complete the list of described Palearctic Variable Hares, [

add this form, which belongs to the group of large polar forms.

The skull of the single specimen in the collection has a basilar

length of 87°5 mm., a size not attained by any other subspecies :

it even exceeds that of Lepus grenlandicusRhoads, from Greenland.

Although inhabiting the country just north of Kamchatka, the

1900. | THE VARIABLE HARE. : 91

Chuckchee Hare would appear to be different from the Hare

of that country, for Mr. 8. N. Rhoads states* that ‘“ four skulls

from Kamchatka, in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution,

show beyond question that the small timidus type of Polar Hare

inhabiting that region is very different from the Hare which

frequents the Plover Bay Territory.”

Distribution. North-eastern Siberia, and North-western Alaska,

from the mouth of the Kuskoquim River northward (Jthoads).

The following table will give some idea of the relative size and

proportions of the various forms :——

Lepus timidus ee iad Tail a Far. ( an

Scandinavian. body. AO: length).

Noy Sia slOlOANOnwayeee cee eeteten Gc Merten. Seacean | | seuclar 75°5

No, 44.8.3.41. “ mie GOMMESCENS) meaner Relay eee it inan he tee 775

INO FAAS O05: | We as Ane re aR eeasaccy Mecever’ © Mesorss sacec 73

3, 19 Sept., 1899, ’ Hidwold, Norway

(Rie Collleth) treet cee Ee SSeS tee, PRR PSE ,.. about 73 *

COU Oct: 1899) widow (do: )ieeatasccaces., wat ores mL a ossb =a ek cAace ade iaeioes 67

* Dainaged.

Scotch.

Dimensions of 14 examples, from )

Croilix, Dunblane, Perthsh.

(Captain A. Hay Drummond) ;

Cawdor, Nairn (Harl of Caw- | 510 67 146 77-5 735%

dor); Drynachan Lodge, Clonas ‘

(W.R. Ogilvie Grant); Altyr, f ™&”

Morayshire (Sir W. Gordon

Cumming); and Cairn Edward,

New Galloway (Colonel Gor-

495 59°5 136 725 70

min. 470 50 126 67 67

don!Martland)iZ00 vo e.-sa-seecce: )

é.

Mull, Scotland (introduced) (C. H.

Lepus timidus hibernicus.

Barrett-Hamilton collection no. 257,

Akroyd), 23rd Noy. 1895; weight BAS sesees 136 EB ayy) Peeves

Gilbsh Qua. cites cal caaes sexe soaps tte ees

©, ditto no. 258; weight 5 lbs. 8 oz. ...... OP Biascces 132 6) Es er

©, ditto no. 256, Vaynol Park, N. Wales

: ; 2 :

(introduced) (G. W. Assheton Smith), 501 58 142 od odes

received 5th March, 1896; weight

Bullies WS O75 ee ik a. vv ade tab oametsn echo:

©, Kilmanock, Co. Wexford, Treland,

7th Dec., 1899 (G. E. H. Barrett- 517 40 139 76 filets:

Hamilton) oc DRE ACC On SO DOO rE SCR EET

Average of 7 Irish, Scotch, and Welsh

individuals (in the two latter cases} ...... 0 seveee 136 TOUS Miteces

AnitrOCUCEC) ip o.8-t ce cnepatessscorsseeecs

AV GVAP COLL WELVECItlOy Mee eens tacks, wu Gntacacuuh (omoeeel eal setes' pa ectees 73

Masui BEI MeARIKeMeNl,..ctestesises | /ssdeaz.- \vedSees Wtoseacck bm suerte 78:5

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1896, p. 372.

* (The skull of No. 78.12.21.20, ¢, Samarowa, on the River Irtysch, Siberia, received

from the Geogr. Soc. Bremen, and collected by Dr. O. Finsch in 1876, is damaged, but

appears to be of the same size as those of Scotch specimens. |

* The dimensions of the skulls are taken from 19 specimens.

92 4L.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON §.-AFRICAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Feb. 6,

Lepus timidus altaicus. Skull (b. 1.).

ING oN Na iod Ube doco ac coe avtcanccdwecdivalvcaul? “Weeden eEbectac™ we ceee ae teevene 66°5

Lepus timidus ainu.

No, 84.4.15.2, ¢. Yezo, Japan, February \ 80

HAART WELOL) ~ coossn deve sansetnenssisesascs dg) Een en Oe abe oes | ea

Lepus timidus tschuktschorum.

No. 50.1.26.25. Kotzebue (Lieut. Wood Pra

Waninin Jceleth) .. sccience.cecceda eee meme Tt ceatiog < o See is

Lepus timidus grenlandicus.

Nowdao lo. Greenland a(uiyai).cc8 = esse, eucessset Gecees) 1 oeeres 70

No. 43.6.15.13 > see

Waterhouse: Nat: bush, Mamm=, lb 15.05.. ecccoe | weeees Sel eee 78

TD ont hepa at teeepsonenen Car temcsarde.

No. 78.1.23.1. Lincoln Bay, Grant Land, a5

BZN labs (@olonelele Wee Herlden)i.j) (22°C cosh cesses asec lees :

No. 5849. Discovery Bay, Grant Land 865

GAR SEE CUR eM, en Mi ae ie ane nee iy Ty ag .

Mr. R. Trimen, F.R.S., communicated a paper by Lieut.-Col.

J. Malcolm Faweett, entitled “ Notes on the Transformations of

some South-African Lepidoptera.” This memoir was accompanied

by aseries of careful and characteristic coloured drawings from life

of larve and pup collected by the author during a residence in

Natal, chiefly at Ladysmith and Maritzburg. The early stages of

seventeen Rhopalocera and thirty-one Heterocera were described

and figured. Nearly all of these appeared to have been previously

unpublished, and in the few instances where previous publication

had occurred, the illustrations had been inexact or insufficient. In

several species, not only the variations of the full-grown larve, but

the changes exhibited at successive moults were well shown,

especially in the Natalian species of Papilio. Among the

Heterocera was specially noticeable the striking series of Saturniid

larve, and still more the huge and extraordinary caterpillar of

Lophostethus dumolinii, one of the largest of the Smerinthine hawk-

moths, which, in addition to the usual] caudal horn, bears many

strong branched spines distributed over nearly the whole of

the body. Colonel Fawcett’s descriptions and drawings were

accompanied by notes of value on the distribution, food-plauts,

&e. of the species concerned.

Mr. Trimen expressed his deep regret (which he felt the Fellows

of the Society would share) that the talented writer of this memior,

who had rejoined his regiment in Natal, was among those officers

who were known to have been severely wounded during the siege

of Ladysmith.

The paper will be printed in full in the Society’s ‘ Trans-

actions.’

The following papers were read :—

1900.] ON FRESHWATER CRUSTACEANS FROM NORTH BORNEO. 93

1. On a small Collection of Decapod Crustaceans from

Freshwaters in North Borneo. By L. A. Borrapatte,

M.A., F.Z.S., Lecturer in Natural Sciences of Selwyn

College, Cambridge.

[Received January 12, 1900.]

By the courtesy of Dr. R. Hanitsch, of the Raffles Museum at

Singapore, I am given the opportunity of reporting on some fresh-

water Crustaceans obtained by him in North Borneo during the

month of March 1899.

The collection contains specimens of the following species :—

1. Palemon pilimanus de Man.

2. Potamon convecum (de Man).

3. Potamon consobrinum de Man.

4, Potamon kadamaianum, n. sp.

All the three known species have been already recorded from

Borneo; and the new one is allied to a form found in that

island by the Dutch Central Borneo expedition.

Suborder MACRURA.

Tribe CARIDEA.

Family PALAMONID#.

Genus PaALZMon.

1. Pan#mon (MacroBRACHIUM) PILIMANUS de Man.

Palemon pilimanus, de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. i. p. 181 (1879) ;

Veth’s ‘ Midden-Sumatra,’ Crust. p. 4, pl. ii. fig. 2 (1887).

Paleemon (Macrobrachium) pilimanus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. x.

Syst. p. 735, pl. xlvii. fig. 9 (1891); de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus.

xx. p. 158 (1898).

The single specimen, which is from the Inuman River, between

Kalawal and Bungol, British North Borneo, differs from Ortmann’s

figure in having the submedian spines of the telson considerably

shorter; it is very possible, however, that the ends of these have

been worn or broken off.

Suborder BRACHYURA.

Tribe CYCLOMETOPA,

Family PoraMonipa,

Genus Poramon,

2. PoraMon (PARATHELPHUSA) CONVEXUM (de Man),

Puratelphusa convewa de Haan, de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. i.

p- 63 (1879); Max Weber’s ‘ Reise Ned. O.-Ind’’ ii. p, 302 (1892),

94 ON FRESHWATER CRUSTACEANS FROM NORTH BORNEO. [T'eb. 6,

Potamon (Parathelphusa) convewa, de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus.

xxi. p. 142 (1899).

The single specimen seems, by the following characters, to belong

to this species :—

i. There are two epibranchial teeth on each side.

il. There is a spine near the end of the merus in the walking-

legs.

lil. The distance between the tip of the postorbital tooth and

that of the first epibranchial tooth does not exceed the

distance between the first and second epibranchial teeth.

iv. The outer edge of the first epibranchial tooth is strongly

convex.

v. There are no spots on the carapace or limbs.

The dactyles of the walking-legs are rather shorter and stouter

than is indicated in de Man’s figure of the allied P. maculata.

The fingers of the chele are dark in colour. P. conveva is already

recorded from Java, Timor, and New Guinea, and, doubtfully, from

Borneo’. P. maculata (de Man) 1879, is a closely allied form

from Sumatra.

1°; British North Borneo.

3. Potamon (THELPHUSA)* CONSOBRINUM de Man.

Potamon (Potamon) consobrinum, de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. xxi.

p- 99, pls. vi., ix., x. fig. 10 (1899).

This species is already reported from Borneo (Mt. Damoes and

Upper Sibau River) by de Man. Ortmann (Zool. Jahrb. x. Syst.

p. 301) gives a list of allied forms and their distribution.

2¢,19; Kadamaian River, Kina Balu, 2100 feet.

4, Poramon (GEOTHELPHUSA) KADAMAIANUM, 0. Sp.

A single female specimen of a form allied to P. obtusipes (Stimps.)

1858, and P. dehaani (Gray) 1847, seems to deserve a name of its

own. Whether it were not better treated as a local race of one

of the above species, or all three as local forms of P. dehaani, is a

question to be settled when the subject of the interrelationship of

the various forms in the genus comes up for discussion. In the

meantime its distinctness seems quite as great as that of several

of the generally accepted species. It differs from P. obtusipes

in the greater slenderness of its legs, especially of the dactyles,

which are long and narrow and end in a sharp claw. The

branchial regions are tuberculate, and their hinder portions

rugose. The front is more finely tuberculate. The wrist and palm

are rugose-tuberculate. Behind each orbit is a shallow, triangular

depression of the carapace reaching backwards through rather less

than half the length of the cephalothorax, and separating the

branchial from the gastric region,

' Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v. p. 306 (1880).

2 According to Ortmann (Zool. Jahrb. x. Syst. p. 800) 7he/phusa is the

correct name for the subgenus in which this species should be placed.

1900. ] ON MAMMALS FROM §8.W. ARABIA. 95

The length of the cephalothorax is 15 mm.

The colour in spirit is dark brown.

P. dehaani has been found in Japan and the Loo Choo Islands ;

P. obtusipes in the Loo Choo Islands and the Philippines.

P. bicristatum de Man, 1899, is an allied species from Borneo

(Mount Liang Koeboeng). In view, of the peculiarities of the

distribution of the genus, it seems best to choose a territorial name

for the new species. That of kadamaianum is therefore proposed,

derived from the name of the river in which the present specimen

was found.

192; Kadamaian River, Kina Balu, 2100 feet.

2. On the Mammals obtained in South-western Arabia by

Messrs. Percival and Dodson. By OxprreLp THOMAS,

F.Z.S.

[Received December 19, 1899.]

On the initiative of Mr. Ogilvie Grant, and by the active

assistance of General Creagh, Governor of Aden, an expedition was

arranged during the past autumn to South-western Arabia for the

purpose of obtaining zoological specimens for the British Museum.

‘The expedition consisted of Mr. A. B. Percival and Mr. W. Dodson,

the latter having especial charge of the mammal-collecting.

Mr. Dodson had already had some experience as a collector of

small mammals during a trip to Roumania in the spring, and he

had shown such keenness and aptitude for the work that he would

evidently have become an exceptionally able collector, but most

unfortunately he contracted fever at El Khaur, and having been

brought back to Aden by Mr. Percival, died there on the 20th of

October.

The present collection, in the formation of which Mr. Dodson

took, to the last, the most vivid interest, is naturally very similar

in character to that obtained by Col. Yerbury in the same

reyion in the spring of 1895, of which an account was given

by its collector and myself in the NSociety’s ‘ Proceedings’ for

that year’. Further examples of the interesting Gerbilles dis-

covered by Col. Yerbury were obtained and valuable series of

various other forms.

' The following species are additional to those recorded in the

previous list:—Papio arabicus, Canis pallipes, Vulpes leucopus,

Mellivora ratel, Gerbillus gerbillus, Procavia syriaca jayakari.

The animal that proves to be of greatest interest is the

Baboon, of which one specimen, unfortunately a female, but fully

adult and in good condition, was obtained. This specimen is so

different from the African Papo hamadryas as to require specific

distinction,

The collection was made mainly in two districts—the one at and

around Lahej, Col. Yerbury’s chief collecting-ground, and the

1 P, Z.8. 1895, p. 542.

96 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Feb. 6,

other in the neighbourhood of El Khaur, a place about forty miles

north-east of Aden, and some twenty-five miles west of Shukra.

But, as might be expected, no definable difference is to be found

in the animals of the two localities.

The notes on habits &c. placed in inverted commas have been

contributed by Mr. Percival.

1, PAPIO ARABICUS, sp. n.!

a. 2. Subaihi Country, about 60 miles north-west of Aden.

Alt. 1000 metres, 16th October, 1899.

«The mountains run up to nearly 2000 metres, but the Baboons

keep to the lower slopes.”

Allied, so far as can be determined from the female, to Papio

hamadryas, and therefore probably the form from Aden which

has been commonly referred—though without the examination of

specimens—to that species”. But this is byno means certain, and

it may be that either the true P. hamadryas occurs naturally in

the Aden district, or that examples of it have been brought across

from Somaliland to Aden during the long-continued native inter-

course between the two places, and that the Aden herd is the

offspring of escaped specimens.

But whatever may be the case with the herd occurring close to

the town of Aden, certain it is that the present specimen, which

was obtained by a native about sixty miles to the north-west,

cannot be referred to the true P. hamadryas.

The main difference appears to be in size, but it unfortunately

happens that while the present example is a female, all the

available specimens of P. hamadryas are males, so that sexual

difference has to be allowed for in distinguishing the two forms.

But greatly as the sexes of Baboons may differ in general size

and length of skull, the dimensions of the teeth, at least of the

cheek-teeth, seem almost or quite unaffected by sex. Thus of a

pair, male and female, of the East-African Baboon (Papio thoth) of

about the same age (the male slightly older, but both rather

immature), the following are the respective measurements (in

millim.) of the skull and teeth :—

Combined lengths of

Mee ees eee ae

Total length Supper cheek- 4 posterior lower Length of last

of skull. teeth. cheek-teeth °. lower molar.

Sine «ei Or 50 46 15

B» Sei BD 50 46-4 15°6

The teeth are therefore of about the same dimensions in the

two sexes, in spite of the difference in the size of the animals

themselves. A similar result has been found in Man, and is, indeed,

1 Preliminary notice, P. Z. 8. 1899,"p. 929.

2 See Matschie, SB. Ges. nat. Freunde, 1893, p. 25.

3 The anterior lower premolar in Baboons partakes of the sexual speciali-

zation of the canine, and has therefore to be eliminated in a comparison of this

sort.

1900. ] MAMMALS FROM 8.W, ARABIA. 97

common throughout the Mammalia. Naturally every craniologist

is more or less familiar with this fact, but in describing a new

species on such material as the present it is necessary to emphasize

the value of the size of the teeth as a criterion of species, irre-

spective of sex.

Taking for comparison a good adult skull of a male Hamadryad

from Abyssinia we find, in marked contrast to those given above,

the following dimensions (in millim.) :—

Combined lengths of

ee a

Total length 5 upper cheek- 4 posterior Length of

of skull. teeth. lower cheek- last lower

teeth. molar.

$. Abyssinia .. 174 50°4 48 17-4

O. Arabia aa. 140 41°5 39°5 13°1

Such a difference in the size of the teeth evidently indicates

specific distinction.

In its general physiognomy the skull is, as might be expected,

much less prognathous than that of the male of P. hamadryas, the

orbits are similarly high and rounded, the facial ridges are less

marked, the chin is much developed, and the shape of the coronoid

is different, being more vertical and less slanted backwards. The

complete measurements of the skull are as follows (in millim.) :—

Greatest length (gnathion to occiput) 140, basal length (gnathion

to basion) 98; zygomatic breadth 90; gnathion to lower edge of

orbit 61; tip of nasals to orbit 32 ; eee width 24, height 92: ae

brain-case, length from occiput to nasion 91, breadth on squamosals

67; interorbital breadth 46; palate length 57, breadth outside

tooth-row 44; lower jaw, length from condyle 101, height at

coronoid 50.

In its external characters the skin may be described as follows: —

Fur thin and scanty, rather wavy in texture across the back,

the hairs across the shoulders but little lengthened beyond the

rest. General colour dull greyish; the hairs on the crown and

those of the middle line of the loins annulated, blackish with a

buffy subterminal ring, those on the temples, sides of neck, shoulders,

and flanks unannulated, dull grey. Hairs on the rump above the

callosities with a strong rufous suffusion. Under surface and inner

side of limbs practically naked. Hairs of arms and legs scanty,

dull greyish, gradually passing into annulated black and whitish

hairs on the hands and feet. Tail-hairs annulated above, pale

greyish below, those at the tip forming a small dull whitish tuft.

Measurements of a remade skin, approximate :—

Head and body 590 mm., tail 410, hind foot 135.

Considering the former extension of the genus into India, it was

quite to be expected that the Arabian Baboon should prove different

to that found on the African side of the Red Sea. But it may

be noted that the two Siwalik species, Papio subhimalayanus and

P. falconeri, both have teeth as large as (or larger than) any of the

African Baboons.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1900, No. VII. ri

98 MR. OLDEIELD THOMAS ON [Feb. 6,

2. Rouserrus strimiNevs Geoffr.

a-d, Lahej, 19th August.

“ Large Fruit-Bats.— hese fine Bats were seen fora few days in

considerable numbers among the palms near Lahej, but only for a

very short time, less than a week. They are very noisy in their

roosting-places, squeaking and swearing, making a great fuss early

in the mornings. They were feeding, so far as I could make out,

on dates, which were just ripe. They and the crows are so trouble-

some when the dates are ripening that every bunch is put into a

bag made of palm-leaves for protection. We had some difficulty

in getting these Bats down; if killed they remained hung up, it was

only the wounded ones who tried to move about that came down.

They hung in bunches of 10 to 50 on the highest palms in the

plantation, and were not at all easy to move when once they had

hung up for the day.”

3. RousErrus AMPLEXICAUDATUS Geoffr.

a-d, Lahe}j, 22nd August.

eé, f (2 in alc.). Lahej, 22nd August.

In the previous paper on Aden mammals this Bat was referred

to R. egyptiacus, but in Dr. Matschie’s recent work ' it is assigned

to R. amplexicaudatus, and pending further enquiry I use that

name. I am, however, sure that Rh. egyptiacus and R. ample«i-

caudatus cannot always be distinguished by the palate-ridge

character used in Dr. Matschie’s synopsis of species.

“ Small Fruit-Bats——In working up Wadi Bilih we found a cave

or rather passage in the bank, which had been cut out by water and

is about 15 yards through, from 15 to 20 feet high and about 6 to

12 feet across. About the mouth of the cave there were always

a few Rock-Doves, but inside the roof was covered by Bats. The

Bats were very easily driven out into sunlight, where they flew

all round, settling on sides of the wadi in clusters of 10 to 20.

On the first occasion I was at the cave after driving out the Bats

I was making my way down the gully into the wadi, when

I heard a thud in the air: 1 looked up just in time to see a Falcon

passing over and a Bat falling to the ground. I waited a few

minutes and as the Falcon came down on to the Bats again I got

a shot and killed him neatly. On several occasions when at the

cave and Bats were driven out, Falcons came down on to them.

I bagged one more.”

4, Trr=Nops persicus Dobs.

a, 6 (in alc.). No exact locality.

5. HipposrpEervs (ASELLIA) TRIDENS Geoffr.

Yerb. & Thos. P. Z.S. 1895, p. 546.

a-d. Skins, and a number of specimens in spirit. Lahej, Sept.

1899.

? Flederm. Berl. Mus. i. p. 65 (1899).

- re. a

1900. ] MAMMALS FROM S.W, ARABIA. 99

These specimens are larger than Egyptian examples, agreeing

in size with Anderson’s “ var. murraiane” from Karachi’; the

latter form is also recorded by its describer from Bushire.

6. NYCTERIS THEBAICA Geoffr.

a-h (in ale.). Myba, 1760 feet, 17th August.

7. SCOTOPHILUS SCHLIBFFENI Pet.

a. Jimel, 16th August.

6-f. Sheikh Othman, 18th-27th September.

g, h (in all.). Lahej.

8. TAPHOZOUS PERFORATUS Geoftre

a—d. Lahej, 22nd August.

e, f (in spirit). Lahej, 22nd August.

9. RHINOPOMA MICROPHYLLUM Geoftr.

a-y. Myba, 17th August.

* Small Bats (various).—Most of the villages in the interior of

S. Arabia have one or more towers, into which they drive the pick

of their stock, and into which they retreat for a last stand in case

of war. They are built of mud or stone (Nub, Dar, or Hassan’),

In times of peace they are, as a rule, only used as store-houses for

grain, &e. In these towers Bats live in hundreds, one or two

species in each tower.

‘In the Sultan’s palace at Lahej the passages leading to his

private apartments are haunted by hundreds of Bats, and the strong

pungent smell is almost unbearable. They were difficult to get at,

as the roof is formed of sticks put across from wall to wall, and it

is in between the sticks that the Bats hang. There were more Bats

in Dar Mansur* than any other place I have seen. Their droppings

were fully 6 in. deep in many parts of the tower. The smell was

terrible, but not quite so bad as at the palace, the reason being that

Dar Mansur is a ruin, more open and drier than the palace. In

this tower there only seemed to be two species—the Long-eared,

Nycteris thebaica, and the Long-tail, Rhinopoma microphyllum: these

two were the commonest species we met with ; as a rule they were

to be found in every tower, and perhaps we would get one other

species in small numbers as well. The long-tails were the worst

Bat to skin I have seen ; they were so very fat—a regular store of

fat being at the base of the tail. One or two Bats were shot round

the Lahej} bungalow and a few at Sheikh Othman, but most were

caught in towers or in cayes in banks of wadis. It is quite a sight

to see the hundreds of Bats streaming out of these towers in the

dusk and scattering all over the place. Some of them are very

high fliers, and at once shot up, while others never seemed to go

far and would hang round the villages.”

1 Cat. Mamm, Ind. Mus. i. p. 115 (1881).

2 Nub or Dar =a tower of mud or unburnt bricks. Hassan = a stone tower.

3 = Mansur’s Tower.

100 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Feb. 6,

10. Fevis MANICULATA Cretzschm.

a. 2. Lahej, 27th August. ‘Shot on desert in bush.” Native

name “ Hrri.”

It is impossible to say with any certainty what specific name

should be used for this little Wild Cat until the whole group has

been properly revised. Additional material from all localities is

much needed.

“ Wild Cat.—Only this one specimen was obtained, though I tried

hard to get another with the traps. We were riding out towards

Shaka, a village above Lahej, when the shikari pointed out this cat

slinking off towards Wadi Bilih: away we went as hard as the

camels could go and managed to cut the beast off from the wadi—

a bit of a run over the desert, and she took refuge in a bush. I

jumped down, took off my coat, went in and managed to pull her

down as she bolted. On examination we found it was a female,

and had, I think, young ones still sucking. When in the open desert

the colour was most perfect, blending w ‘ith the sand. I afterwards

saw spoor in the wadi which I put down to this animal or one

very near it. It was just after dawn when we killed this cat, so I

suppose she was just returning from a night’s hunting.”

11. Feis caracat Giild.

a. Habil, W. of Lahej, 26th September.

“ Lynx.—The Lynx was caught in a trap set for Hyena on night

of September 26th at Wadi El Kabir. He was a pleasant looking

creature in the morning when we visited the trap ; as I wished to

get down into Sheikh Othman quickly, I thought I would take him

down alive. We made a couple of nooses and threw over the

beast’s head, drew them tight, and an Arab shoved a sack over him,

loosed off the traps and then tied up the legs of our prisoner ; we all

Jost skin and blood in the process. Into my Horig! he went, and

off I set for the bungalow. On arrival I found the poor beast dead,

one of the nooses not having come off—so I had to turn to there

and then, and make a skin of him.

ia | Heak the beast is not uncommon, for I saw spoor on many

occasions near villages, and twice I was sent for to come and shoot

an animal that was doing great damage among the sheep—always

tearing the throat out. Now a wolf almost invariably attacks the

flank and kills that way, so it was no wolf, and the only other

animal I could put it down to was this cat. Native information

is more unreliable in Arabia than anywhere I have been ; they know

nothing of habits of animals, nor do they know tracks of different

beast when they see them.”

12. Hyazna Hrmya L.

Habil, 25th September.

“Hyce na.—We were very unfortunate with Hyznas, for they were

not rare, their spoor to be seen almost any morning, but they kept

1 Large saddle-bag on Camel.

1900.] MAMMALS FROM 8.W. ARABIA. 101

out of sight and out of our traps, only the one specimen being

caught, and the man who went round to visit the trap unfortunately

put a bullet into the lower jaw, breaking it. They keep to the hills

and only come into the desert at night, although, if a meal is to be

found, they often lie up in the nearest wadi that offers shelter for

several nights or till the feed is finished. I never found any dead

beasts that were being visited, or would have poisoned the carcass

and spoored up any beast that had fed. Putting down poisoned

meat was a failure (except so far as pariah dogs were concerned, and

1 got a good bag of them), no Hyzua ever coming vear my baits ;

foxes came, looked at them and passed on; in fact, poison was

an utter failure.”

13. Canis Patties Sykes.

a. Lahej.—Presented by the Sultan of Lahej.

This specimen, like those from Muscat obtained by Surg.-Gen.

Jayakar, no doubt represents Noack’s Canis hadramauticus’,

described from puppies so young as to be useless for purposes of

comparison. But, as before, I can see no valid reason for distin-

guishing the Arabian Wolf from that found in Iinia®. Its nearest

African ally is C. lupaster, Hempr. & Ehr.

“© Wolf.—Not uncommon in the hills, where it does much harm to

ae of sheep and goats, even attacking donkeys and tearing the

ank,.

“‘ My only specimen was presented by the Sultan of Lahej.”

14, VULPES LEUCOPUS Bly.

a. g. Sheikh Othman, 15th September.

6b. 9. Wadi Bilik, near Shaka, N.W. of Lahej.

The latter specimen was shot while it was lying in wait for

Meriones rex.

“ Fox (native name ‘ Derain’ or ‘ Ali ben Thile,’ meaning son of

a lawyer).—Not uncommon but difficult to obtain ; feed chiefly on

rats and mice. I twice saw them watching the burrows of Meriones

rex (tuft-tail rats) and on one occasion bagged a female. My

other specimen was shot just outside Sheikh Othman.”

15. MELLIVORA RATEL Sparrm.

a-c. Habil, September.

The specimens differ among themselves in coloration. One has

a white-tipped tail, as occurs occasionally in Abyssinian examples ;

in the others the tails are black throughout.

16, GERBILLUS PacrLors Yerb. & Thos.

a-e. Lahej, 22nd to 24th August.

f-g. Wani Bana, 29th to 30th September.

h. El Khaur, 3rd October.

? Zool, Anzeiger, 1896, p. 356.

* In Mr. de Winton’s able paper on Canide (P.Z. 8. 1899, p. 586), I find

that he has “no hesitation in referring to C. paddipes” a skull from Aden in the

British Museum,

102 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON {Feb. 6,

Further examples of this interesting species are very welcome.

The adults of this series are quite similar to the type, although

taken in the autumn, while that was captured in spring.

17. GERBILLUS FAMULUS Yerb. & Thos.

a-i (skins). El Khaur, 29th Sept. to 10th Oct. 1899.

j, & (in al.). Ditto, ditto.

This species, described from a specimen with an imperfect tail,

proves to have one of the longest and handsomest tails found

among the Gerbilles.

The following are the measurements of a pair of the El Khaur

specimens measured in the flesh :—

3. Head and body 105 mm. ; ee 150; hind foot 27; ear 19.

Q. i LOO mai, = .45 145; is rts Be! US)

For its terminal three inches the tail is prominently crested

with black, the sides and under surface being short-haired and white ;

the crest-hairs forming the terminal pencil attain a length of 15

or 16 mm.

The type-specimen had only 4 plantar pads, but one of the two

spirit-specimens from El Khaur has 5 and the other 6, thus

giving further evidence of the unreliability of this character in the

present group. At the same time the difference between the

specimens in this respect is not really so great as it appears, for the

pads are surrounded by granulations, and it is only a slight

increase in size over its fellows which makes a “ granule ” worthy

of the name of a “ pad.”

18. GERBILLUS sp.

a, 6. Sheikh Othman, 23rd—24th September.

e (in al.). Abyan Hill country, E. of Aden. ‘Taken from the

stomach of Cerastes cornutus.

Allied to G. nanus Blanf. and G. dasyurus Wagn. Not

certainly determinable with the materials at present available.

19. GERBILLUS GERBILLUS Oliv.

a (in spirit). El Khaur.

This is the first recorded occurrence of one of the hairy-footed

sroup of Gerbilles (subgenus Gerbillus) in Arabia, but their

presence was quite to be expected, Gerbil/us gerbillus occurring in

Egypt, and G. gleadow: in Sind.

‘Picked up dead in the Desert.”

20. Merriongs REx Yerb. & Thos.

a-d, Shaka, about 15 miles N.W. of Lehej, 30th—31st August.

Quite similar to the original series collected by Col. Yerbury at

Lahej.

“Large Tuft-tail Rat.—These Rats were common in the wadis

near Shaka, but I never saw them elsewhere. They live in large

colonies of ‘40 or 50 holes, are arboreal feeders, all we got being

shot in the bushes feeding on shoots; they come out in evening

1500. } _ MAMMALS FROM 8.W. ARABIA, 103

and early morning, and are very playful. They would not look at

the traps, as I suppose the bait was not correct, and yet we tried

all sorts of bait we could get. Their holes are a home for many

lizards, including a monitor or ‘ Waral.’ I saw one, but was not

able to get a shot, he went down the hole too quickly for me. It

appeared to be about 2 ft long.”

21, ARVICANTHIS VARIEGATUS Licht.

a-d. Lahej, 21st Aug. to 15th September.

e (in al.). Lahej.

22, MUS RATYUS ALEXANDRINUS Geoftr.

a,b. Lahej, 21st August.

23. Mus (musculus-bactrianus group).

a, b. Lahej. August and September.

c,d. Sheikh Othman. 26th & 27th September.

For want of material it is not at present possible to determine

satisfactorily the Mice of this difficult group.

24, AcoMYs DIMrpIATUS Riipp.

Many specimens. El Khaur, September and October, 1899.

The variation in colour in this series is very considerable, some

being almost entirely sandy rufous, and others slaty with merely

a slight wash of sandy on their flanks.

““ Spiny-back Mice.—These interesting little mice gave us a

lot of bother, for they appear to be a great dainty to the ants,

and the first six or more were all spoilt—ears and noses were

always eaten off. At Al Khaur in the Abyan Country we began

to get specimens, and by going round the traps with a light

late at night we got our specimens quite fresh. Any that were

in the traps in the morning were, as usual, eaten by ants. They

seem to like to be near water, for we caught nearly all close to

the stream or cuttings.

“J am not at all sure about the food of these mice; I don’t

think they climb trees, as do most of the mice we caught. I shot

several mice and rats in the trees in the dusk, but the spiny-

backs seem to keep to the ground. Our traps were of awkward

sizes, the small traps were inclined to hit mice on the skull and

break it, while the big ones almost cut them in two.

“The spiny-backs are the most tender-skinned mammal I have

met ; the skin is more like wet blotting-paper than auything else,

and the least thing damages them. They are early movers, in fact

are often out during the day. I was very anxious to get some

alive, but never was able to capture any.”

25. Hysvrix Leucura Sykes.

a. Sheikh Othman, 20th September.

This specimen confirms my previous reference of the Aden

Porcupine to H. leucura, the Indian species, and shows no approxi-

mation to the African forms.

104 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON THE [Feb. 6,

26. Lupus arapicus Hempr. & Ehr.

a. d. Shaka, 29th August.

6. Hiswa, 20th September.

c. Young. La Mileh, 16th August.

“ Fairly common in the more fertile wadis, but extremely difficult

to shoot—unless you have a good camel that will stand when you

tell it to: then, by following as quickly as possible among the

bushes, one can get them. I only shot 4 all the time I was out.

Breeding-time must be about October, as the female got at Sheikh

Othman late n September was in kindle, 6 young ones.”

27. PROCAVIA SYRIACA JAYAKARI Thos.

a. Abyan Mountains, 70 miles N.E. of Aden.

This is the first Dassy obtained in the Aden region, the previous

examples of the subspecies having come from Dofar, halfway

towards Muscat (Jayakar), and from Nejd in Central Arabia

(Schweinfurth).

“ Hyrax.—N ot rare in the hills behind Shukra, but very difficult to

get within shot, as the Bedouins are always hunting them for food ;

I saw 20 or more in one place, but they all cleared before I got

within 100 yards. I saw a lot of snares set for them, but while I

was in the district none were captured: the snares were set in the

mouth of a hole. The hyrax is not much of a wanderer and feeds

close to his hole. There are two species of Eagle about the hills

which subsist almost entirely on them, so they have plenty of foes,

According to a Bedouin from Dethina’, the Leopards live to a

large extent on Dassies, which seem to be very common in Dethina,

and Leopards are fairly numerous.”

28. Capra sinaitica Hempr. & Ehr.

a. Skull and horns. Abyan Mountains.

3. A Revision of the Butterflies of the Genus Zizera repre-

sented in the Collection of the British Museum. By

Artuur G. Butter, Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.8. &c.

[Received January 18, 1900.]

(Plate XI.)

Whilst rearranging the Museum series of “ Blues” referable

to the genus Zzera, I have discovered so much of interest, that,

although at present I am not prepared to assert that the genus isa

good one (when examined structurally), I feel that a revision of it

is greatly needed. :

In De Nicéville’s ‘ Butterflies of India,’ a work of great merit

and therefore deserving of all respect, I find certain species

regarded as synonyms which to me appear to be as distinct as

1 Dethina lies some 200 miles N.E, of Aden,

14.

F.W.Frohawk del. et lith.

SPECIES

‘d

(6p)

alts)

West, Newman chromo

1900.] BUTTERFLIES OF TIE GENUS ZIZERA. 105

Butterflies inhabiting different geographical areas can well be;

yet I find the decisions arrived at by De Nicéville echoed by Leech

in his ‘ Butterflies of China and Japan.’

The question which naturally occurs to me is: Did these

gentlemen ever separate the whole of the specimens before them

into geographical forms before deciding that they represented one

widespread and variable species? If they had done so, I cannot

avoid the conclusion that they would either have kept them sepa-

rate, or have included the whole genus under one widely distributed

and still more variable species.

The genus Zzera consists of small Butterflies with naked eyes ;

the hind wings rounded, without tail, never ocellated above or below ;

the costal and subcostal veins perfectly free (on which account I

cannot accept the Lycena lulu of Mathew as a Zizera, since the

costal and first subcostals touch one another in that species and

the hind wings usually show a black spot below to represent an

ocellus).

I am not at all sure that 7. labradus, in which the costal vein

and first subcostal branch of the fore wings are closely approximated

(though they do not touch or unite), is very nearly related to

any of the other species of the genus, the position of the discal

series of spots on the fore wings being unique; still there seems no

sufficient reason for rejecting it from the genus or group known

as Zizera.

Before proceeding toa key to the species of Zizera, I wish to

express my conviction that any errors which may have crept into

important faunistic works with regard to the clear definition of the

species have been largely due to errors of identification published

previously, and almost inevitable at a time when the seasonal phases

of species were not even guessed at: thus a wet phase from Cal-

cutta might somewhat resemble a wet phase from Japan, whilst

the dry phase was wholly dissimilar.

Key to Species of Zizera.

A. Hind wings with first three spots of discal series below

forming a tolerably regular oblique line

a. Species with well-defined and very dissimilar seasonal

forms.

a, a. Wet phase of male silvery violet above with very broad

outer border, of female brown; both sexes brownish

grey below: dry phase, bluish white above, the feinale

With very, broad! outersborder ’...1.0.20.000.-n0cedesstorere Z. maha.

a. b. Wet phase of male lavender above with much narrower

outer border, of female brown; both sexes greyish

stone-colour below: dry phase pale lavender shading

into silvery blue above, the female with moderately

broad border (as in male of wet phase)...............++. Z, diluta.

a.c. Wet phase of male pearly lilae above, with border as

in a.6, but more sharply defined, of female brown;

both sexes greyish stone-colour below: dry phase

silvery blue, becoming pale lilac and then cream-white,

with veins of the latter colour, the female blue with

broad border to primaries extending along costa; a

broad costal border to secondaries ........sseseseeaseeenes Z, opalina,

106

DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE

a.d, Wet phase of male rich lavender, with moderately

broad sharply defined blackish border; of female

brown; both sexes greyish white below, with the

markings very dark: dry phase rich lilacine blue, with

blackish margin and fringe. the female black-brown

sprinkled with blue scales ; both sexes below brownish

Oe e eC eEeE ECC Cee CeCe Cee Cee eee eee eee eee eee eee eres Pete ewneee

b, Species with ill-defined seasonal forms,

b,a. A spot within discoidal cell of front wings below,

b.b. No spot within discoidal cell of front wings

discal spots sinuous.

a. a. Upper surface of male rich violet, with very broad

dark brown outer border

eee eee ee eee eee eee eee ee ee

b.a.b. Brown outer border on upper surface one third

narrower, fringes of all the wings frequently whitish

externally

PO emer e meee teeta ete eee n eee eees eee eeeeeaaereeeeee

b.a.c. Generally smaller, with ill-defined browner outer

border. Males above lilac with coppery reflections,

outer border reduced to a dark marginal line: under-

side ashy, all the markings dark and well-defined; a

white streak along discoidal vein of hind wings ...

b,a.d. Ul-defined but very dark brown outer border

above ; the discoidal and discal black spots below all

very large and white-edged, the Jast two or three

discal spots of front wings wanting

b.c. Discal spots on underside of front wings forming a

nearly straight line, inner row of spots wanting from

hind wings’

eee eee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee ee

B. Hind wings with first three spots of discal series below

forming a triangle, the first and second being almost in a

transverse line.

a. Discal series of markings crossing the under surface near

to submarginal series.

a.a. Male above dull lavender, border brown, rather

narrow and ill-defined, markings below usually pale...

a,b, Male above lilaciue, border apparently broad and

diffused on apical-costal area ; markings below broader

and well-defined, but brown

a.¢, Male above bluish green, with broad outer border ;

all the markings on the underside well-defined

tee ee ene

a.d. Male above often bluish green, sometimes brown;

- &

the spots below small, the discal series of front wings

nearly straight, the inner series of hind wings very

AM PerleCer rs. eee ateeesescesciusestovessccsneteeseeten peemee

Male above violet, with distinct rather narrow

eer widening on costa of front wings; spots below

small

eee eee eee eee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee ee ee ee ee ee

a.f. Male above similar, but the border often narrower ;

discal spots below large

[Feb. 6,

Z. argia.

Z. lysimon.

Z. knysna.

Z. karsandra.

Z. atrigemmata,

Z. gaika,

Z. lorquini.

Z. labradus.

Z. caduca.

Z. antanossa.

Z. minima.

Z. otis,

Z. indica.

The following is a list of the species represented in the

Museum :—

1. ZizERA MAHA. (Plate XI. figs. 1, 2.)

Lycena maha, Kollar in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 422 (1848).

Polyonmatus chandala, Moore, P. Z.8. 1865, p. 504, pl. xxxi.

fig, 5.

Aizera ossa, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8S. 1885, p. 132, pl. ix. figs. 11, 12.

This species appears to be strictly confined to Western India,

1900.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS ZIZERA. 107

occurring from the Lower Himalayas to Madras. In my opinion,

Z. maha is the wet phase, Z. chandala intermediate, Z. ossa dry.

Although Mr. Moore describes 4. chandala as having a purplish-

brown border and the figure represents an insect with a very dark

and defined border, the dull silvery-blue colouring mentioned in the

description can only apply to the intermediate phase ; in the wet

phase the border is much broader and there is a distinctly violet

subtint.

The intermediate phase somewhat nearly resembles the wet phase

of Z. diluta, to which fact I beheve the confusion between these

geographically constant forms is attributable; the males, however,

are somewhat paler and more pearly in tint, with the dark cuter

border to the primaries browner and consequently less sharply

defined.

It is possible that this species may range through Beluchistan to

the Persian Gulf, as we have a female from Fao which looks

suspiciously like that sex of Z. maha.

2, ZizERa pinuva. (Plate XI. figs. 3, 4.)

3. Lycena diluta, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. 11. p. 280, pl.

xxxv. figs. 12, 13 (1865).

Q. Lycena squalida, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879,

p- 41.

The range of this species seems to extend from the Eastern

Himalayas southwards to Ganjam; and the differences which

separate this geographical race from the Western Z. mahw appear

to me to be quite constant, such as the narrower and better defined

outer border to the wings and the greater resemblance of tiut

between the seasonal phases. At the same time, to those who

prefer to treat it as a form of Z. maha, I have nothing to object ;

only I hope that they will not, as we have all done hitherto, con-

found the Eastern and Western types.

3. ZIZERA OPALINA. (Plate XI. figs. 5, 6.)

Lycena opalina, Poujade, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1885, p. exliii.

Lycena marginata, Poujade, tom. cit. p. cli.

Plebeius alboceruleus, Rober, Iris, ii. p. 59, pl. iv. fig. 7

(1886).

This pretty little species probably occurs throughout Burma’,

Tibet, and China. The wet phase of the male is distinctly more

pearly and apparently more lilacine than in either of the Indian

forms: this may, however, be partly due to the darker and slightly

narrower outer border of the primaries ; that of the secondaries

is represented along outer margin by a row of well-defined black

spots, sometimes bounded internally by alunulated line: the under

surface has a yellower (more stone-coloured) tint than in Z. maha

or Z, diluta. The dry phase is very distinctive, the colouring of the

' We have a male of the dry phase collected by the late Capt. Watson in the

Southern Shan States.

108 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON THE [Feb. 6,

males being silvery sky-blue, fading on the borders into creamy

white and with similarly coloured veins.

4. ZizpRa arGla. (Plate XI. figs. 7, 8.)

Lyccna argia, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petrop. ii. p. 125, pl. x.

fig. 7 (1857)

Lycenu japonica, Murray, Ent. Month. Mag. x1. p. 167 (1874);

Pryer, Rhop. Nihon. pl. iv. fig. 24¢ (1886).

Lycena alope, Fenton, P. Zz. 8. 1881, p. 351.

Occurs in Mantchuria, Corea, and throughout Japan. The

male of the wet phase somewhat nearly resembles the same phase

of Z. diluta, but the much whiter under surface with sharply defined

black spotting would separate the two insects at a glance: the

dry form (Z. japonica) first induced me to conclude that the

association of the four preceding geographical forms together

under one specific name must be an error; it, in fact, resembies

none of the other dry forms, the upper surface of the male being

of a rich lavender-blue, with the extremities of the veins and a

very narrow marginal line dark brown, the under surface, unlike

its wet phase, being brownish grey.

When the wet phases only of these four species are compared,

one is tempted to think that they may be varietal forms of the same

species ; but all the dry phases are perfectly distinct. No lepido-

pterist who possessed only Z. ossa and Z. japonica would for a single

moment hesitate to regard them as evidently distinct species.

As I hold that a species is represented by all its forms, and not by

one alone, I should still consider the preceding species distinct if

they showed no difference whatever at the wet season, so long as

their dry phases exhibited such well-defined characteristics.

5. ZIZERA LYSIMON, (Plate XI. fig. 9.)

Papilio lysimon, Hiibuer, Eur. Schmett. i. pl. ev. figs. 534, 535

(1791-1803).

Southern Europe.

Staudinger notes Mauritania and Asia Minor as localities, but I

should hesitate to accept these without first examining specimens

and comparing them with those of the south of France or Spain.

De Nicéyille quotes Lycena galba as a synonym, but Staudinger

widely separates the two in his catalogue. From Z. knysna, to

which it is allied, Z. lysimon differs in its duller less clear violet

colouring and considerably broader brown borders. What species

Mr. De Nicéville identified as 7. lysimon in India I cannot guess:

Z. karsandra is the nearest ; but, although the illustration which

he gives of a female seems to me to represent some females of the

latter species, the fact that he comments upon my quoting it as

4. karsandra from the Malay Peninsula seems to hint at its being

something different. One thing, however, is certain—Z. karsandra

is much more nearly allied to Z. knysna than the latter is to

Z. lysimon.

1900.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS ZIZERA. 109

6. ZizuRA KNYSNA. (Plate XI. fig. 10.)

Lycena knysna, Trimen, Trans. Ent Soc. Lond. ser. 3, vol. i.

p. 282 (1862); Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 255 (1866).

Sierra Leone southwards to the Cape, thence all along the

eastern side to Abyssinia; also at Aden.

7. AizeERA KARSANDRA.

Polyommatus karsundra, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 505, pl. xxxi.

Oe Te

” Zizera mora, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 506, pl. xlvil. fig. 7.

Western and Southern India, Ceylon, Burma, Penang, the

Philippines, and New Guinea.

I have no doubt that the specimens recorded from Aden are

referable to Z. knysna, from which Z. karsandra certainly differs

less than the species of the Z. maha group. Z. mora is au aber-

ration.

8. ZIZERA ATRIGEMMATA. (Plate XI. fig. 11.)

Lycena atrigemmata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. i. p. 290 (1878).

Madagascar.

The enormous size of the black spots on the under surface at

once defines this species: we possess only two examples, therefore

it may prove to be an aberrant form, but it is hardly likely that

two aberrations and none of the normal form would be obtained.

9. ZIZERA GAIKA,

Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans, Ent. Soc. 3rd ser. i. p. 403 (1862);

Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 256, pl. 4. fig. 7 (1866).

Lycena pygmea, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xix. p. 153, pl. 7.

fig. 3 (1876).

From Damara-land and the Cape, north-eastwards probably to

Cape Guadafui, Aden, Muscat, and probably through Persia and

Afghanistan to India, the Western Himalayas, continental and

peninsular India, Ceylon, Burma, the Malay Peninsula, Andaman

Islands, Sumatra, and Java.

10. ZizBRA LORQUINI,

Lycena lorqumni, Herrich-Schaffer, Schmett. Eur. i. figs. 442-4

(1850).

South of France and Andalusia.

How this species ever came to be regarded as the same as Z.

minima is a puzzle to me; the lilac colouring of the upper surface

is so utterly dissimilar from the greenish-scaled brown upper

surface of Z. minima that one would never expect to see them put

together ; even the pattern of the under surface, though somewhat

similar, differs considerably.

110 DR, A. G, BUTLER ON THE [Feb. 6,

11. Zizera LaBRAvus. (Plate XI. fig. 13.)

Polyommatus labradus, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p, 680 (1819).

Lycena nove-hollandie, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii.

p: 490 (1862).

Lycena communis, Herrich-Schiffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 72

(undescribed).

Lycena alsulus, Herrich-Schiiffer, t.c. p. 75.

Zizera phabe, Murray, Ent. Mo. Mag. x. p. 107 (1873).

Lycena mangoensis Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xui. p. 347 (1884).

The South Pacific Islands, Tasmania, Australia, Damma Island,

and perhaps Amboina.

I do not think there is at present sufficient evidence of the

identity of Z. caduca with Z. labradus: the type differs considerably

from any specimens of Z. labradus which we possess. A single

example obtained by Mr. J. J. Walker in Amboina must, I think,

be referable to Z. labradus; it differs chiefly in the sharply defined

markings on the under surface, those crossing the disk of the

wings being almost black.

12. ZizpRa capuca, (Plate XI. fig. 12.)

Lucena caduca, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 616.

Erromanga, New Hebrides.

This is decidedly smaller than any Z. labradus that I have seen,

and the dark external border (of the female at any rate) is extremely

broad on the costal half of the wing, where it extends to the end of

the discoidal cell: in the secondaries the submarginal pale lunules

are sharply defined, and on the under surface all the inner markings

are considerably broader than in 4, labradus, being equal in width

to those of the submarginal series. I cannot, therefore, at present

follow my friend Mr. H. H. Druce in regarding Z. caduca as a

variety.

13. ZizEra anvanossa. (Plate XI. figs. 14, 15.)

Lycena antanossa, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, ser. 5, vol. vil.

p- lxxii (1877).

Madagascar, Eastern, Southern, and Western Africa.

The male of this species more nearly resembles the most highly

coloured forms of Z. minima on the upper surface than it does

any other species; on the under surface, however, it is very

different, the discal series of spots on the primaries being sinuous

and all the spots larger; a well-defined double submarginal series.

14. ZizERA MINIMA.

Papilio minimus, Fuessly, Verz. p. 31 (1775).

Papilio alsus, Schiffermiiller, Wien. Verz. p. 184 (1776).

Papilio minutus, Esper, Schmett. i. pl. 108. fig. 8 (1800 ?),

Lycena alsoides, Gerhardt, Mon. Lye. pl. 15. fig. 3 (1853).

Europe. “ Asia Minor, Armenia, S. Siberia, Amur ” (Staudinger).

TP eee

19C0.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS ZIZBRA. cap)

15. ZIZERA OTIS.

Papilio otis, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 73 (1787).

Polyommatus sangra, Moore, P. Z. 8.1865, p. 772, pl. xli. fig. 8.

Lycena lysizone, Snellen, Tijd. Ent. xix. p. 24, pl. vii. fig. 2

(1876).

Zizera oriens, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi.

p- 417 (1883).

N.E. India, Burma, Tenasserim, Pegu, Malacca, Penang, China,

Formosa, Philippines, Ternate, Amboina.

i have only given the range of this species as represented by our

specimens, as I consider Z. indica to be an easily recognizable and

probably distinct species.

16. ZizBRA INDICA.

Lycena indica, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1874, p. 525,

pl. x. figs. 2, 3.

Auzera indica, var. decreta, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 150.

Mhow, Poona, Ganjam, S. India, Ceylon. (B. M.)

In this insect, which runs somewhat smaller than Z. otis, the

discal series of spots on the under surface of the primaries is more

sigmoidal and the spots are much larger; in the secondaries the

first three spots of the discal series form an obtuse instead of an

acute angle.

The Lycena lulu of Mathew is certainly not a typical Zizera and

should not, I think, be included in the genus: it has naked eyes,

but the costal and subcostal veins touch at one point and then

separate again; on the under surface of the secondaries, moreover,

there is a conspicuous black subanal spot, answering to the metal-

sprinkled spot common to Nacaduba, Catochrysops, and various

other genera.

My so-called Zizera unigemmata proves to be a Chilades allied to

C. messapus = sebagadis = acca: the brown upper surface of the

male would alone distinguish it, at a glance, from C. messapus

apart from other differences.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. Zizera maha, 3, wet form, p. 106.

Cen ee » Var. ossa, ¢, dry form, p. 106.

3 » diluta, 3, wet form, p. 107.

ee sf 3, dry form, p. 107.

5. 4, opalina, 3, var. marginata, wet form, p. 107.

O83 » 6, typical, dry form, p. 107.

7. 4, argia, 3, wet form, p. 108.

Ba i; » var. japonica, dry form, p. 108.

9. 4, lysimon, 3, p. 108.

10. ,, knysna, 3, p. 109.

ll. ,, atrigemmata, 3, p. 109.

12. , caduca, 9, p. 110.

heey ih labradus, 2, p. 110.

14,15. ,, antanossa, 5 2, p. 110.

112 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW KANGAROO, [ Feb. 20,

February 20, 1900.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited the skin of a small Kangaroo

which had been presented to the British Museum by the Society’s

President, the Duke of Bedford. It had lived some little time

at Woburn, and was said to have been brought from Queensland

or North Australia.

It was most nearly allied to the West Australian Macropus

eugenit Desm., with which it agreed in size and skull-characters, but

differed in its uniform pale colour and remarkably soft thick fur.

Mr. Thomas proposed to call it Mucropus bedfordi, and described

it as follows :—

Size asin MW, eugenit. Fur long, thick, soft, and woolly, the hairs

of the back 33-35 mm. in length. General colour uniform pale

isabelline fawn, quite different from the dark colour of MW. eugenii.

The hairs are slaty grey at their bases, then brown, with a

whitish subterminal band and a pale brown tip. Centre of face

like back, slightly darkening in middle line between ears and down

the neck to form a faintly darker nuchal line. Face-markings

almost obsolete, the usual light cheek-line but little lighter, and the

dark orbital and ramal streaks scarcely darker than the general

colour. ars short, their backs terminally sandy fawn, basally

and a patch below their bases externally dull white. Chin and

throat dull white ; chest and belly whitish fawn, but little lighter

than the sides. Inguinal region, front of hips, and a line down the

front of the lower leg white. Shoulders and outer sides of fore

linbs lke body, with scarcely a trace of rufous; an indistinct

darker elbow-mark present: hands whitish brown above. Legs

sandy brown behind and laterally, white in front; upper surface

of feet sandy white, not darkening terminally, the long hairs at

the base of the claws clear yellowish white. Tail short, thick,

sandy fawn above and on the sides, whitish below, not darkening

terminally.

Skull much as in IM. eugenii. Disproportion rather greater

than usual between the small permanent premolar (p* of modern

nomenclature)! and the large square mp* (m' of the Catalogue of

Marsupials).

Dimensions of the type, measured in skin:—Head and body

550 mm.; tail 360; hind foot 115; ear, from notch, 52.

Skull: basal length 83; greatest breadth 49 ; nasals 34 x 15:5 ;

interorbital breadth 16; diastema 20-5; length of p* 4:5; com-

bined length of three anterior grinding-teeth (mp*-m’*) 17.

Type. Female. B.M. No. 0,2.19.1. Presented by the Duke of

Bedford.

This little Wallaby differs from its only near ally, JZ. ewyenit,

‘ See Lydekker, P. Z.8. 1899, p. 922.

1900.] MR. R. LYDEKKER ON OVIS SAIRENSIS. 113

by its long fur and peculiar pale body-colour, which latter indeed

seemed to be quite unique within the genus.

Mr. Thomas also exhibited a Kangaroo which had been sent

to him from Western Australia by Mr. Bernard H. Woodward,

Curator of the Museum at Perth.

Judging by its skull and more essential characters, it seemed to

be assignable to Macropus robustus, the Wallaroo, of which Mr.

Sclater’s MW. erubescens was the South and Central Australian

representative. Its colour, however, was so different from either

the Eastern or Central forms of the species that Mr. Thomas

thought it necessary to distinguish it as a local subspecies, for

which he suggested the name Macropus robustus cervinus.

With the exception of the head (which was greyish brown, much

as in WM. r. typicus), the whole of the upper surface was of a deep

rufous fawn, the hairs being of this colour to their bases. In both

M. vr, typicusand M, erubescens the general colour was grey, the latter

being rufous across the shoulders. Tips of dorsal hairs black.

The chin, throat, and centre of the belly were whitish, not sharply

defined. The limbs also more whitish than the body, but darkening

to black on the tips of the fingers and toes. The tail was pale

sandy rufous, its extreme tip above black.

The skull and dentition were apparently quite similar to those

of the true MW. robustus, except that, in common with JM. erubescens,

the third upper incisor was less elongated.

Hind-foot of type, without claw, 241 mm.

Skull—basal length 128 mm.; greatest breadth 76:5; nasals

58 x 22; diastema (to p*) 36; combined length of three anterior

grinding-teeth 32 ; horizontal length of 2° 8°6, of p’ 8.

Hab. Pinda Station, Yalgoo, Murchison District, Western

Australia.

Type. Female (immature). B.M. No. 0.2.6.6.; original number

1213. Killed 15th August 1899, by the Perth Museum collector.

Two specimens examined.

Native name “ Picquarda.”

With the specimens of Macropus r. cervinus, Mr. Woodward

had also sent several examples of the Red Kangaroo (Macropus

rufus), a species which, when the Catalogue of Marsupials was

published, was not certainly known to inhabit Western Australia’.

These examples were also from the Murchison District, and seemed

to agree with the ordinary M. rufus of Eastern Australia, showing

no approximation to either M. isabellinus or M. magnus.

Mr. Lydekker, on behalf of Mr. Rowland Ward, F’.Z.S., exhibited

the horns and skin of a male specimen in the winter coat of

the Sheep which, on the evidence of specimens in the summer

dress, he had named Ovis sairensis (‘ Wild Oxen, Sheep and Goats,’

1 Cat. Mars, B. M. p. 27, 1888.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1900, No. VIII. 8

114 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON AN ASIATIC IBEX. [ Feb. 20,

p- 185, 1898). The skin of this ram was of a greyish-brown

colour above, with a light saddle-shaped patch on the back, a

white caudal disk, which did not include the tail, and the legs

below the knees and hocks pure white, as were the under-parts.

Above the caudal disk was a dark brown band; the shoulders and

thighs were as dark as the back ; and on the nape of the neck was

a tuft of very long slate-coloured hair, which was dark brown at

the roots. This tuft was also present in a female skin; a much

ok — fe nt

Be! eta gee Regt

Male of Littledale’s Sheep (Ovis sazrensis), in winter coat.

shorter one occurred in a female head of O. ammon, but it was

absent in O. poli. From the latter in winter dress the present

specimens also differed by the dark shoulders and thighs. The

development of a white caudal disk in the winter coat alone was

another peculiarity of O. sairensis. The specimens were said to

have been obtained in the Irtish valley, which drains the Semi-

palatinsk Altai.

In this connection Mr. Lydekker desired to call attention to

an error in his work entitled ‘Wild Oxen, Sheep and Goats of

All Lands,’ where it was stated that the face and lower part of

the legs of O. ammon were always white, whereas they were so

only in the typical race during summer, and then might be better

described as dirty white.

Mr. Lydekker likewise exhibited the skulls, horns, and skins of

a male and female Ibex obtained with the preceding specimens

which he thought might possibly belong to Capra sibirica dauvergnei.

In the ram the general colour of the fur was light brown, with a

P.Z.5.1900.P1.XIL..

fame

P.Highley del.et lith Hanhart imp.

SPONGES FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

P25. S00, PRA

P. Highiey del.et lith .

Hanhart imp.

SPONGES FROM CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

1900. ] ON THE MARINE FAUNA OF OHBISTMAS ISLAND. 115

large white patch on the back of the lower part of the neck, and

a still larger white saddle on the loins, through which ran a dark

dorsal streak to the tail. The under-parts were scarcely lighter

than the back; and the legs had no white, being cigar-brown in

front and golden brown behind. ‘The horns were of great size, and

remarkable for their extreme depth. In the absence of white on

the legs and the dark under-parts, the skin was like that of

C. sibivica sacin, but the latter had no white nuchal patch and a very

indistinct lumbar saddle. The associated female skin, in which the

hair on the back was just changing, so that the grey pashm, or

under-fur, was exposed, was remarkable for the circumstance that

the whole of the under-parts were pure white, quite unlike what

the describer had seen in any other Ibex.

Mr. Lydekker believed that Mr. Walter Rothschild had an Ibex

skin similar to the male exhibited which would be shortly described

as a new form.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Marine Fauna of Christmas Island (Indian

Ocean). By C. W. Anprews, B.Sc., F.Z.S., Epear A.

Smiro, H. M. Bernarp, R. Kirkpatrick, and F. C,

CHAPMAN.

[Received January 16, 1900.]

(Plates XII. & XIILL)

ConrTENTS.

Page

[. Introductory Note. By C. W. Anprews, B.Sc., F.Z.8. oo... 115

II. A List of the Marine Mollusca collected by Mr. C. W. Andrews at

Christmas Island. By Epa@ar A. SMITH ...........ccecececeeeeceee 117

III. On the Madreporaria collected by Mr. C. W. Andrews at Christmas

iskinde ey Ee Mi HERES ARDY 1,5, .chctcnceteseactwastesncecepstantoveds 119

IV. On the Sponges of Christmas Island. By R. Kirxparrice ......... 127

V. List of the Foraminifera from the Boat-channel, Flying Fish Cove,

Christmas Island, 11 fathoms. By F.C. Cuapman, A.L.S.,

a RAVE Stamens rien tccne se aeeatcaccicrcs crack ant racten cuwoser ate tae 141

Wie irmaplanaponn CHOVERBDES *sasacnetc-cssc:.>2stcasras ats eganscleanclnanetaesiy 141

1. Introductory Note.

The chief objects of my recent visit to Christmas Island (indian

Ocean) were to collect the land fauna and flora and work out the

structure of the island itself, and nearly the whole of my time was

devoted to these ends. At the same time some small collections

of the marine fauna were made, and these have been determined

by various specialists, some of whose reports are printed below.

The Gephyrean worms (six species, none of which are new) haye

already been noticed by Mr. A. HE. Shipley in the Proceedings of

this Society (P. ZS. 1899, p. 54).

116 MR, C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [ Feb. 20,

The shores of Christmas Island are singularly unfavourable for

the collection of marine animals ; except in a very few localities, the

coast-line is formed by vertical or overhanging cliffs, the base of

which is washed by the heavy ocean swell, so that the narrow shelf

of fringing reef, which is submerged toa depth varying from a few

feet to several fathoms, is unapproachable from the land side, and,

except along the north coast in very calm weather, is very difficult

of access from a boat. Nevertheless, the examination of this reef

and of the submarine slopes of the island between N.E. and

N.W. Points, and the collection of their fauna, where possible,

would no doubt yield very interesting results, and it might be

worth the while of a marine zoologist to spend some time on the

island for this purpose.

In a few localities on the east coast and at Fiying Fish Cove, a

narrow reef-flat, like that of an atoll, is exposed at low water, and

it is from this in the latter locality that nearly all the specimens

mentioned below were obtained. In this place an area about a

quarter of a mile Jong and from fifty to a hundred yards wide

is exposed at low tide. Its outer edge forms a slightly raised rim

of rocks thickly coated with pink and red calcareous algw, and

is cleft here and there by deep narrow channels. Within

this raised rim the reef-flat forms a hard concrete-like floor

composed of cemented fragments of corals, larger blocks of

which lie loose upon its surface. Here and there are shallow

pools of water, some of which are choked with thick clumps of

small branching Madrepores (e. g., M. clathrata, M. valida,

M., aspera), the tops of which are exposed to the air for a con-

siderable time between the tides. In some of these pools also there

are extensive patches of a pinkish-grey, leathery Aleyonarian (Sarco-

phyton). Most of the Corals obtained were from these pools or from

the sides of the deeper channels near the edge of the reef. The

reef is interrupted near the middle of the bay by a boat-channel

with a sandy bottom running up to the beach, and it was from

sand taken from about 11 fathoms in this channel that the

Foraminifera described by Mr. F. C. Chapman were obtained.

The reef-flat seems on the whole rather barren of life. The

swiftly running shore-crabs (Grapsus maculatus), which skim over

the rocks like leaves driven by the wind, and two Holothurians,

the smaller quite black, the larger olive-brown, are the most

conspicuous objects. In the pools are numerous small fish,

including a little Periophthalmus which jumps from stone to stone

with great activity.

The Crustaceans and Echinoderms determined by Mr. R. I.

Pocock and Prof. Jeffrey Bell are :—

Crustaceans :—Actewa nodulosa, Eriphia levimanus, Actewodes

tomentosus, Lophozozymus sp., Daira perlata, Chlorodius sp., Calcinus

elegans, C. tibicen, Aniculus typicus, Stenopus hispidus, Pencus sp. ;

there is also a large cray-fish which is used for food, but of which

unfortunately no specimen was brought back.

Echinoderms :—Linekia miliaris, L. diplax, Nardoa tuberculata,

1900. ] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. Ay

Ophidiaster sp., Ophiocoma ethiops, O. scolopendrina, Actinopyya

miliaris, Diadema sa«atile, Echinometra lucunter, Colobocentropus

atratus. Of the Echinoids, Echinometra is the commonest and

lives in holes in the rock, which it appears to excavate.

Towards the extreme edge of the reef many small specimens of

Tridacna gigas nearly embedded in the rock may be seen, but

they never attain very great size here. Squids and a species of

Octopus are fairly common, but very difficult to discern ; the Octopus

is often used for food by the people, while the Squids are devoured

in large numbers by the Gannets and Frigate-birds.

The reef-fish were not collected; they, however, are much the

same as those found at Cocos-Keeling Islands, and probably are

all common Indo-Pacific forms. They form an important part of

the food of the people, and are usually obtained with the spear,

in the use of which the Cocos-Islanders are extraordinarily skilful.

Below will be found lists and descriptions of the Molluscs,

Corals, Sponges, and Foraminifera ; and J must express my sincere

thanks to the Authors of these communications for the trouble

Ds have taken over the small collections I was able to bring

ack.

LL. A List of the Marine Mollusca collected by Mr. C. W. Andrews

at Christmas Island. By Epear A. SMIvH.

No pretence of systematically collecting marine objects was

made by Mr. Andrews, his direct object having been the investiga-

tion of the geology and the terrestrial fauna and flora. A certain

number of specimens, however, observed during rambles upon the

coast, were captured and preserved. Those mentioned in the

following list were found in Flying Fish Cove on the north

coast of the island. They are mostly very common forms, having

a wide range in the Indian and Pacific Oceans.

1. OcTOPUS sp.

2, OMMATOSTREPHES sp.

3. CONUS HEBRAUS Linn.

4. Conus coronatus Dillwyn.

5. LwUCOZONIA SMARAGDULA (Lamk.).

6, TRITONIDEA UNDOSA (Linn.).

7. ENGINA MENDICARIA (Lamk.).

8. lopas sertuM (Bruguicre).

9. SisrrumM Morus (Lamk.).

10. Sistrum riorvs (Linn.)

118 MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE _——[ Feb. 20,

11. Mirra (STRIGATELLA) LITERATA Lamk.

12, Mirra (STRIGATELLA) PAUPERCULA, var.

A short form like I/. virgata Reeve (Conch. Icon. fig. 197 6), with

the spire transversely grooved and the white stripes upon the

body-whorl somewhat raised, forming feeble costulations.

13. CYPRHA ARABICA Linn.

Both typical specimens and the variety reticulata.

14, Cypr#a viTe.uus Jinn.

15. Cyprma Lynx Linn.

16. Cypra#s MONETA Linn.

17. Cyprma ANNULUS Linn.

18, Nerita costata Chemnitz.

19, TURBO LAJONKAIRII Deshayes.

Hitherto known only from Cocos-Keeling Islands, the original

locality “New Zealand” not having been confirmed. Two

very brightly coloured specimens, copiously blotched and spotted

with purple-brown. The operculum has the central portion olive-

green, instead of ‘“‘dark brown” as described and figured by

Pilsbry (Man. Conch. vol. x. p. 199, pl. lix. fig. 10).

20, SMARAGDINELLA VirRIDIS Rang.

21. Puyniimpi1a vartcosa Lamk.

22. Doris cornraceA Abraham.

23, PERONIA PERONII Cuvier.

24. Tripacna cieas Linn.

Only a single very young specimen.

25, SEPTIFER BILOCULARIS (Linn.).

26. ARcA IMBRICATA Bruguiere.

27. Menina PERNA (Linn.).

Very variable in form, but always showing the characteristic

colour-markings. Specimens in the Museum are from Cocos-

Keeling Islands, Andaman and Samoa Islands.

Perna samoensis, Baird (Brenchley’s Cruise H.M.S. ‘ Curacoa,’

p.°454, pl. xlii. fig. 8), is a synonym of this species (vide Hanley’s

Ipsa Linnzi Conch. p, 117, pl. ii. fig. 7).

1900.] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 119

Ill. On the Madreporaria collected by Mr. OC. W. Andrews at

Christmas Island. By H. M. Bernanrp.

There are in all 42 specimens including fragments, representative

of the following groups or genera :—

Caryophylline. Caulastrea.

Dendrophyltha. Galaxea,

Madrepora. Mussa.

Montipora. Leptoria.

Porites. Celoria.

Goniopora. Prionastrea.,

Pocillopora. Agaricia.

Goniastreea.

Of these, one Madrepore, two Montipores, and one Gontastrea

are described as new species, while it is suggested that the specimen

provisionally named Caulasirea may belong to a new genus.

The specimens are often very fragmentary, and those in spirit

are obscured by soft parts, making their determination difficult. In

most cases, however, the genera have been easily recognized, but

the specific identifications are entirely provisional. It is practically

impossible to work out small collections of Corals in the present

unsatisfactory state of Madreporarian systematics. The approxi-

mate determinations of the fragments will, however, be sufficient

guide as to the general characters of the representatives of the-

several genera.

The biological notes were added by Mr. Andrews.

CARYOPHYLLINE M.-E. & H.

There are three small solitary corals growing side by side, the

largest of which is 5°5 mm. high, evenly cylindrical, and 3-5 mm.

in diameter; the smallest, also cylindrical, is 2°25 mm. in diameter

but with the base embedded so that the height is not ascertainable.

The specimens are in spirit, with the soft parts completely

obscuring the columella and pali, on which the generic and

specific characters of this family are founded. There are three

cycles of septa in both small and large specimens, of which the

primaries are slightly exsert, and apparently laterally granulate or

echinulate. The living flesh extends to a variable distance down

the outer walls.

Genus DenpropHy.wia de Blainville.

DENDROPHYLLIA HHRENBERGIANA.

Cenopsammia chrenbergiana Klunzinger, Cor. iii. p. 56, pl. viii. 9.

There are two specimens, which come nearer to this type in the

method of growth than to any other recorded species. The

difference between Dendrophyllia and Canopsammia is merely the

meeting of the septa in the former, which appears to me very

unimportant. Hence I have not hesitated to place these two

120 MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20,

specimens, in which the septa appear to run distinct to the

columella, under the older generic name.

The specimens are both low groups of calicles rapidly budding,

and in one case dying away beneath the living cluster, but in the

other rising on a pedestal 2-3 em. high, and on one side bare of

polyps.

Occurs in rock-pools under the cliff on the south side of Flying

Fish Cove.

Genus MADREPORA.

Maprepora (Isopora) BROOKI, sp. n.

Corallum with typical growth, viz., a thick common base from

which 3 or 4 stout flattened branches radiate outwards, with an

upward curve. The tip of each branch expanding and branching

again. [The branches are 3-4 cm. thick and 4-6 wide, but as

the coral is continually thickening these measurements are of no

classificatory importance. |

Certain of the calicles on the tops of the branches or of knobs

are thin and cylindrical, and may be as much as 4-5 mm. long by

2°5 in diameter, and among these are others of all lengths but

with one side cut down; the larger are nearly complete, the shorter

are purely scoop-shaped. Here and there these incomplete calicles

appear grouped irregularly round a complete calicle. The whole

of the rest of the stock, except on the undersides of the branches

(which are warty and nearly bare of calicles), is thickly covered

’ with scoop-shaped calicles of all sizes and turned all ways, the

majority looking upward; many are mere punctures on the surface

with a slightly raised margin, others have one edge protuberant

like a lip; from this all stages are found up to the long scoop-

shaped calicle. The calicles show no special feature, their costal

ridges are regular, smooth, and not prominent ; the whole wall in

the larger calicles rapidly solidifies. The interstitial coenenchyma

fills up as. systems of floors supported on long spines like that

typical of Astrwopora. The smaller calicles are lighter and more

openly reticular.

There is one large complete specimen, two fragments from other

stocks, and a branch worn smooth, yet recognizable by the section

which shows the peculiar interstitial coenenchyma. ‘The species

differs not only in growth-form, but in size and characters of the

larger tubular calicles, from all the members of the subgenus

described by Mr. G. Brook in the British Museum Catalogue of

Madreporaria, vol. i.

The large specimen was brought up from 11 fathoms by the

sounding-lead in Flying Fish Cove. Much of the shore cement

seems to be made up of rolled fragments of this madrepore.

Maprepora (?) cLaTHRATA Brook.

Madrepora clathrata Brook, Brit. Mus. Madr. i. p. 49,

pls. v. & vi.

There are several fragments, one a long branching stalk (13 em.

1900.} MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 121

long), from what I take to have been a prostrate, or other one-sided

growth-form. The branchlets are all turned up one side and

grow out at right angles, and the scoop-shaped radial calicles

project on the same side also at right angles and are chiefly

obsolete on the opposite side. The branches show no trace of

fusing together. In other respects, however, it comes nearest to

Madrepora clathrata, The calicles, both radial and axial, seem to

agree in shape and size, and the characters of the ccenenchyma

seem to be the same as those described for this species.

The specimens of this and the next species were broken from

dense clumps growing on the reef-flat in water about one foot

deep at low tide, when the tops of the clumps are exposed for

some time.

MADREPORA VALIDA.

Madrepora valida Dana, Zoophytes, p. 461, pl. 35. fig. 1.

There is a complete specimen consisting of a crowd of processes

all reaching to about the same height (4 em.), and rising from a

common incrusting base, which seems to come near Dana’s type.

The tips of most of the processes in the single specimen had been

injured, and the coral had attempted to heal the injuries. The

axial calicles and a few of the nearer radial calicles are swollen

into ccenenchymal knobs, without or with greatly reduced or

distorted calicle apertures. Where not injured, the calicles have

much the aspect described and figured by Dana, and the section

of the processes shows the density of the coral, also mentioned by

Dana.

MADREPORA (?) ASPERA Dana.

Madrepora aspera Dana, Zoophytes, p. 468, pl. 38. fig. 1.

A specimen 8 em. high, in which the tapering branches more

or less suddenly proliferate into a number of stunted outgrowths.

The septa in the radial calicles show it to belong to the subgenus

Eumadrepora Brook. The size of its axial corallite, the variously

prominent and labellate radial calicles interspersed with minute

obsolete calicles, seem to ally it with WM. aspera. It differs chiefly

in the greater crowding of the radial calicles, which were com-

paratively sparse in the type specimen.

This species forms dense clumps growing on the reef-flat, and

partly exposed at low-water.

MADREPORA DELICATULA Brook.

Madrepora delicatula Brook, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. 1891,

p. 461.

There are two small detached clusters of twigs which agree

with the branchlets of Brook’s type of M. delicatula. The measure-

ments and shapes of the calicles both axial and radial agree, as

also do the markings on the surface as described.

There is no evidence that the growth-form resembled that of

122 MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20,

Brook’s type. Hence the identification is provisional. Some

variation in this respect exists between the specimens which

Brook classed under this heading (see Brit. Mus. Madr. vol. i.

pl. xxvii. figs. D & E).

Found in pools and channels near the edge of the reef-flat,

Flying Fish Cove.

Genus Montipora Quoy & Gaimard.

MoNTIPORA SPONGILLA, sp. nl.

Description. The corallum forms an erect spike about 5 em.

long and from 1-1°5 thick, which flattens near the top and divides

into 2 to 3 or more similar spikes running up, side by side, or

diverging at very small angles. The calicles are minute, 0°5 mm.,

but deep and conspicuous, about 1 10m. apart. The margin,

usually formed by a single skeletal thread, is round or slightly

petaloid. The septa not very well developed, except the directives,

one of which is usually specially conspicuous as a broad plate

which may or may not be slightly exsert.

The smooth surface-coenenchyma 1s a light friable reticulum,

very rough to the touch; the tips of the branches are open flake-

reticulum and friable; the coral is very light.

This Montipore is peculiar, not only in its method of growth,

but also in its lightness and friability. There is one complete

stock.

Occurs in pools on the reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove.

MonTIpoRA PARASITICA, sp. 1.

Description. Corallum as a closely incrusting plate on other corals,

5 min. thick, no free edges, but with a narrow smooth zone running

round the margin of the stock, 2-3 mm. broad ; within this zone the

whole surface is covered by tubercles. These are strikingly

variable and are in all sizes, from minute branching or frosted

granules to rounded or cylindrical tubercles, coarsely woolly, nearly

1 mm. high, here and there fusing into short ridges, and scattered

about in small patches.

The calicles are very irr egularly distributed, and vary in size

from ‘5-75 mm.; often obscured by the rough uneven tubercular

surface. The section is dense, built up of stout trabecule, and

wherever the surface tubercles are rubbed off, the solid stony

texture beneath is seen.

The single specimen is nearly complete and incrusts the base

of the type specimen of Madrepora brooki. Among known

Tuberculate Montipores this seems to stand alone in manner of

growth, and in the very variable distribution and development of

the tubercles. J believe many more small incrusting tuberculate

forms of Montipora will be discovered (cf. M. inconspicua). They

can be easily overlooked, and only attract attention when studied

under a pocket-lens.

11 fathoms. Flying Fish Cove.

1900.] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 123

Genus Porrres Lamarck.

There is one small, thin, triangular chip from a stock of Porvtes.

The method of growth is unknown. The lower sectional surface

shows a regular, rather dense reticulum in which the radiate

skeletons of the calicles can still be faintly traced. The calicles

are small (1 mm.), polygonal, shallow, but sharply sunk. The

walls are either thin, straight, or zig-zag threads, septa appearing

irregularly along the margin, or else below it as distinct plates.

The pali are stout frosted rods.

This fragment is too small to classify. It comes nearest in the

character of its calicles to a group of Porites in the National

Collection from Ramesvaram, Gulf of Manaar, which I have

already described in the MS. of vol. iv. of the ‘ Catalogue of

Madreporaria’ as Porites indica. Until more is known of its

growth and variations it may therefore be provisionally placed

with that group.

On the reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove.

Genus (?) Gon1IoporA Quoy & Gaimard.

In the same bottle with the spirit-specimen, provisionally

identified with Goniastrca retiformis (see below), is a small crumpled

incrusting coral with edges slightly free, which has all the

appearance of a Goniopore. The specimen is complete and almost

too small to allow (without spoiling) of the detachment of portions

for close examination of the skeleton, which is now hidden under

the retracted soft parts. The budding round the edge is quite

different from that of Gonastrea, and the top edges of the walls

which show in rough outline through the skin are not at all like

those of that genus, whereas in both these respects the specimen

shows more resemblance to Gonopora than to any other stony coral

with which I am acquainted.

Explanate Goniopores are by no means common, so that even

without closer identification the specimen is of interest.

In pools and channels on the reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove.

Genus Pocinttopora Lamarck.

There are three specimens which seem to belong to two species ;

both form low tufts—in one case of crisp irregular branches, and

in the other of thick flattened lobes. The species in this genus

are mainly founded on differences of growth-form, and longer

series would probably unite many of them. In the present case

there appears also to be some difference in the calicles which

justify their separation.

PociLLoPora (?) BREVICORNIS Dana.

Pocillopora (?) brevicornis Dana, Zoophytes, p. 526, pl. 49. fig. 8.

A small tuft, the branchlets below are rounded off, above are

ngular; the round calicles have a distinct ring of septal striz.

124 MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20,

POCILLOPORA (?) FAVOSA.

Pocillopora (?) favosa Ehrenberg, Oorallenthiere, p. 127.

Two small tufts of short, stout, compressed lobes, thickly covered

with small conical, or rather pointed processes; no septa visible except

as striz in the very young calicles. These two specimens are placed

under this specific heading with some hesitation. Im M.-Edwards’s

description of P. favosa a distinct columella is mentioned, but no

septa. Mr. Stanley Gardiner ' describes septa—‘‘the primaries

being specially thick and bluntly spined;” and Dr. Klunzinger ’,

who photographed the original type, says that there is little

columella, and the septa are hardly at all developed. In these

last points the two specimens from Christmas Island agree with

Ehrenberg’s type, but hardly with its more freely branching growth.

Occurs in pools and channels on the reef-flat, Flying Fish

Cove.

Genus GoNIASTR#A M.-E. & H.

GoNIASTR.EA RETIFORMIS.

Goniastrwa retiformis (Lamarck) M.-E. & H. Les Coralliaires,

li. p. 446.

Two fragments of a convex small-calicled species of Goniastrwa

which may be provisionally placed with this species. The size of

the calicles (3 mm.) agrees, but their depth is greater, at least on

the summit of the stock, where it may reach 5 mm.; elsewhere it is

3 mm., as given by Milne-Edwards & Haime.

No locality is given for Lamarck’s type.

There is further a spirit-specimen in a good state of preservation,

which shows the living colony to have been of a bright green colour.

The dried skeletons with attached organic matter are reddish

brown.

Found in pools and channels on the reef-flat, Flying Fish

Cove.

(FONIASTREA AURICULARIS, sp. 1.

Description. Colony forms ear-shaped, semicircular plates which

project horizontally from the sides of rocks. Its upper surface is

slightly concave, the edge thin and sharp, supported by continuous

epitheca which covers the whole under surface. The thicker parts

are about 1°5 cm.

The calicles, owing to the method of multiplication, vary greatly

in size, the maximum being about 3-5 mm. The top of the thin wall

is a fine zigzag ; some 16-18 visible septa rise to the top of the wall

and may even make the edge slightly denticulate; between these,

faint traces of another cycle can be seen with a pocket-lens.

The swollen inner edges of the primaries (at times of a few

secondaries also) rise as thick, flattened, round-topped pali to

within about 1 mm. of the top of the wall.

' Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 941.

> Corallenthiere, iii. 1879, p. 68, pl. vii. fig, 2.

1900. | MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 125

In its explanate growth this is not unlike G. planulata of

Milne-Edwards & Haime, from some unknown locality, but the

calicles in that species are 7-8 mm. across, sometimes lengthening

to 15 mm. before dividing, This is the second explanate species

of Goniastrea which has been recorded, although it may be

remarked by the way that the diagnosis of the genus is not so

clear as might be, and it is not always easy to distinguish between

Goniastrea and Prionastrea (cf. Klunzinger, op. cit. vol. 111. 1879).

In pools and channels in reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove.

Genus (?) CAULASTREA,

A few very varying fragments in spirit which appear to come

between Mussa and Caulastrea. There is a single flabellate

corallite (455 cm. long by 3°5 broad) which has died down, and

from its fossa 3 new ones of different lengths and sizes have budded

out. In addition there are two long (6 em.) tapering corallites,

with points free but fused near their rims, below which a bunch

of (9) small buds project, curving upwards; below the bunch there

are places where single buds have been broken off. There are two

of these detached young corallites, which are very ike single

corallites of Galawea, smooth below, ribbed above, and slightly

curved. The variations among these small fragments are thus so

great, that more material is necessary before any accurate account

of the coral can be given, or its position in the system determined.

Genus GAaLAxEA Oken.

GALAXEA ASPERA Quelch.

Galaxea aspera Quelch, Chall. Rep, xvi. (1886) p. 72, pl. 4.

figs. 5-5 d.

There is a dried specimen with a single loose corallite and a

much finer specimen in good preservation in spirit. The latter

shows the budding of the corallites above the level of the

perithecal tissue. The specimens seem to agree in all ascertainable

particulars with Mr. Quelch’s species, viz., in their long projecting

corallites, the septal formula, the pronounced coste, and the dense

perithecal tissue. As far as I have been able to ascertain, the’

locality nearest to the Keeling-Cocos group from which Galawea

has been recorded is the Straits of Sunda; but the specimen from

that locality was referred by Milne-Edwards and Haime (see

Galaxea ellisi, Les Cor. ii. p. 228) to the coral figured by Ellis

(Phil. Trans. liii. 1764, pl. 20), which is quite different to this.

Pools in reef-flat, Flying-Fish Cove.

Genus Mussa Oken.

Mussa (?) REGALIS Dana.

Mussa (?) regalis Dana, Zoophytes, 1848, p. 182, pl. 8. fig. 5.

Two fragments of a meandrine Mussa. The fragments are

chips from the ridges between adjoining calicles. In the smaller

126 MR. ©, W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20,

dry specimen the adjoining calicles, or rather troughs, are closely

adherent ; the exsert septa almost overlap in the larger spirit-

specimen (6 cm. long), in which the skeleton is obscured by the

soft parts; the ridge between the calicles appears to widen here

and there into an ambulacrum from 1-2 mm. wide. The calicular

trough must have been 3 cm. deep and as much across, while the

primary septa are very stout and exsert, and with their inner

edges rather more vertical than in Mussa regalis, at least near the

top of the ridge. The soft parts are bright green. Small cup-

shaped galls are found on the septa here and there, somewhat like

those occurring on the specimen of Caloria (see beiow).

Occurs on the sides of the deep channels at the rim of the reef.

Genus Leprorta M.-H. & H.

Leproria PuRyYGIA Ellis.

Leptoria phrygia Ellis, Zooph. p. 162, 1786, pl. 48.

One fragment from a massive growth. It shows both straight -

and gyrating calicular troughs. A good section shows the thick

plate-like columella with its lobed and also finely serrated edge.

The species is said to extend over the Indo-Pacific area. Dana

records it from Ceylon.

Pools on reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove.

Genus Catorta M.-H. & H.

Ca@noria stnensis M.-H, & H.

Celoria sinensis M.-E & H. Les Cor. ii. 1857, p. 416.

One large specimen which agrees in all important points with

this species. The Chinese type had calicular troughs not exceeding

2 cm. The specimen from Christmas Island has the same

tendency to short troughs, some being round and only a few mm.

in diameter, but a few reach to 3 and 4 cm.in length. What

appear to be galls occur on the septa here and there.

Pools on reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove.

Genus Prionastr#a M.-E. & H.

PRIONASTREHA AUSTRALENSIS M.-F. & H.

Prionastrea australensis M.-E. & H. Les Cor. ii. 1857, p. 520.

There is a narrow convex strip with the angular surface charac-

teristic of this genus. It may provisionally be placed near

P. australensis, with which it agrees in size of calicle, thin walls,

and rudimentary columella; while round the columella a ring,

often incomplete, of larger septal teeth rises up, either 2-3 on each

septum, or else one large palitorm tooth.

There is further a very similar specimen in spirit of the same

bright green which seems common to these Christmas Island

Madreporaria. It appears to have much thicker walls than the

dried specimen, but the presence of the soft parts would at least

partly account for this. Shghtly thicker skeletal walls it may

1900.] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 127

easily have, as some variation in their thickness is observable in the

dried specimens.

Pools on reef-flat, Flying Fish Cove.

Genus Acaricta Lamarck.

There is a fragment of what appears to be a flat incrusting disc

with sharp free edges, the epitheca following about 1 cm. behind.

The very young calicles are confluent in concentric rows but soon

separate oft, the smooth lowrounded walls, finely striated by the septa,

rapidly forming an irregular network over the surface; the calicles

all look upwards, and are not tilted to look towards the growing

edge. There are 4 cycles of septa—and if any columella, only in

the deep calicles in the thicker parts of the stock. The section is

very dense, the septa being thick and closely packed with traces of

synapticular junctions.

Rock-pools under cliffs 8. of Flying Fish Cove.

IV. On the Sponges of Christmas Island. By R. Kirkpatrick.

‘he Sponges collected by Mr. Andrews were obtained from an

area limited to the reefs of Flying Fish Cove. The majority of

the specimens were found growing on the under surface of large

coral blocks lying in pools lett by the tide. The use of the dredge

was impossible owing to the irregular rocky nature of the bottom.

Hitherto only one species (Pachychalina spinosissima Dendy,

P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 524) has been obtained from this locality. ‘The

present collection of 53 specimens, referable to 24 genera and

32 species, contains examples of 7 new species and 2 new varieties.

The Calcarea and Monoceratina are each only represented by

two small specimens.

The Carnosa are represented by three species, the occurrence of

Chondrosia plebeja Schmidt, recorded for the first time from the

Indo-Pacific, being specially interesting.

The sponge-fauna of Christmas Island, so far as known at

present, is very similar to that of Java.

A list of species, arranged according to the classification of

Topsent, is given below.

Sub-Class CALCAREA.

. Clathrina primordialis (Haeckel).

. Leucandra sp.

hoe

Sub-Class DESMOSPONGIDA.

Order CARNOSA.

. Chondrosia reniformis Nardo.

. Chondrosia plebeja O. Schmidt.

. Chondrilla nuda Lendenfeld.

Oi = Oo

128

12.

13.

14,

15.

16,

MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE

Order TETRACTINELLIDA.,

. Sidonops picteti Topsent.

. Ecionema bacilliferwm (Carter).

. Stelletta simplicifurca (Sollas).

. Tetilla bacca (Selenka).

. Tetilla ternatensis Kieschnick.

Order MONAXONIDA.

Suborder HADROMERINA.

Section Clavulida.

Spirastrella carnosa Topsent.

[Feb. 20,

Spirastrella decumbens Ridley, var. robusta, var. nov.

Pseudosuberites andrewst, sp. n.

Section Aciculida.

Lethya ingalli Bowerbank.

Tethya seychellensis (K. P. Wright).

Tethya affinis, sp. n.

Suborder HanicHonprina.

Family AXINELLID#.

. Hymeniacidon conulosum (Topsent).

Family PactLoscLeRID®.

Microciona dubia, sp. n.

Family HapnLoscLerip&.

24. Rhizochalina pellucida Ridley.

Rhizochalina sessilis, sp. n.

. Gellius varius (Bowerbank).

. Reniera innominata, sp. n.

. Petrosia exiqua, sp. 1.

. Halichondria solida Ridley & Dendy.

. Halichondria solida, var. rugosa Ridley & Dendy.

Order MONOCERATINA,

. Spongia (EHuspongia auct.) sp.

. Spongelia sp.

. Lotrochota baculifera Ridley, var. twmescens, var. noy.

. Esperella pellucida Ridley.

. Desmacella sp.

. Stylotella irregularis, sp. n.

. Stylotella, sp.

1900. ] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 129

JLATHRINA PRIMORDIALIS (Haeckel),

1872. Ascetta primordialis var. protogenes Haeckel (6. ii. p. 16,

Atlas, pl. ii. fig. 13).

1892. Clathrina primordiahs Lendenfeld (8. p. 195).

The specimen consists of a small mass about 10 mm. in area by

5 mm. in height. No oscules are visible, but this is probably due

to the contracted state of the sponge.

The spicules, which are equiangular and equiradiate, are very

small and slender, being smaller than in the typical Mediterranean

form, and much smaller than in the Australian form named

Clathrina primordialis var. protogenes by Carter (3. p. 510) and

C. protogenes by Dendy (5. p. 58). The rays, which are 70» by

6u, taper gradually to a rather sharp point.

LEUCANDRA sp.

The specimen forms a small oval mass 3 x 2 mm. plugging up an

oscule ot Tetilla ternatensis. The outer surface bristles with the

projecting ends of stout oxeotes which pass through the dense

mass of tri-radiates; gastral quadri-radiates can here and there

be made out in spaces in the interior.

Spicules. Oxeotes 1500 x 70u; tri-radiates, rays sharp-pointed,

often wavy, 245x8; quadri-radiates, tangential rays curved

inwards towards the apical ray ; tangential ray 105 x 18 yp, apical

ray 35 p in length.

Canal-system: pores lead into incurrent spaces surrounding

groups of large oval ciliated chambers 85 » in diameter, and groups

of the latter open into excurrent spaces.

The species is probably new; but since the specimen is very

small and has been damaged in extraction, owing to its being

partly involved in the tissues of the Yetilla, no specific name has

been given.

CHONDROSIA RENIFORMIS Nardo.

One typical specimen occurs; it is bluish black on the upper

surface; pale brown below, where it is attached by a narrow

ridge to the rock. The one rather large oscule has a membranous

slightly serrated margin. The colour on section is dirty white.

I have examined some fragments of the type specimen of Chon-

drosia ramsayt Lendenfeld, and agree with Topsent in regarding

this species as a synonym of C, reniformis.

A noticeable feature in the Australian specimen is the abundance

of pigment in the interior, giving the sponge a slaty colour on

section.

Distribution. Mediterranean; Kattegat; Tadjurra, Gulf of

Aden; Port Jackson; Amboina; Christmas Island; Galapagos

Islands.

CHONDROSIA PLEBEJA O. Schmidt.

1868. Chondrosia plebeja O. Schmidt (14. p. 1).

There are eight specimens, seven in alcohol and one in formol ;

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1900, No. IX. 9

130 MR, C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20,

their shape is subspherical, elongated or pyriform, and they vary

in size trom 1 to 5c.c. in length or diameter, and in colour from

yellow to dark brown. The alcohol specimens are much skrunken

and corrugated, the surface being marked with polygonal or elon-

gated depressions (“wabige vertiefungen,” O. Schmidt) with pig-

mented stellate markings. The specimen in formol, which was

unfortunately transferred to alcohol, was bluish-black and quite

smooth.

On drying, the surface has a distinctly gritty appearance, caused

by the shrinking of the dermal membrane on the foreign particles

beneath.

The foreign bodies (fine sand-grains, sponge-spicules) form a

fairly-well defined layer in the cortex and just beneath the

dermal membrane ; in one specimen spicules projected beyond the

surface at right angles. There are no foreign bodies scattered in

the interior of the body, differing in this respect from the speci-

mens from Algiers described by O. Schmidt.

Distribution. Mediterranean; Atlantic; Christmas Island.

CHONDRILLA NUDA Lendenfeld.

1867. Chondrilla nuda Lendenfeld (9. p. 105, pl. x. figs. 69-71).

One small specimen of this species occurs in the form of a

rounded bilobed mass 8x 9X 4mm. in size, growing on Chondrosia

plebeja.

The surface is bluish-black and smooth, and shows under a

lens a faint whitish reticulate pattern. The larger lobe has two

minute raised oscules ‘3 mm. in diameter. The cortical layer

includes columns of large granular pigmented cells, as in the

specimen from Zanzibar.

The spicules are slightly larger than in Lendenfeld’s specimens.

The oxyasters, 30 « in diameter, possess 8 sharp spines usually

slightly curved. ‘The spherasters, 25 » in diameter, possess 25—

30 sharp-pointed pyramidal prickles. In the Zanzibar specimens

the oxyasters are 22-30 », and the spherasters only 10-12, in

diameter.

Distribution. Zanzibar ; Christmas Island.

Srponops Picteti Topsent.

1897. Sydonops picteti Topsent (18. p. 431, pl. xviii. fig. 2).

1898. Stdonops picteti Lindgren (10. p. 349, pl. xviii. fig. 17,

pl. xx. fig. 6).

There are four small specimens, the largest of which is 5e.c. by

2 ¢.c.in area and 1-5 c.c. in thickness. Several small spherical buds

about 2 mm. in diameter are lightly but closely attached by bundles

ot oxeote spicules. When a bud is detached, a shallow circular

depression remains, the sterrastral crust here being thin and

biconcave in section.

The slender cortical oxeas and the oscular palisade of spicules

described by Lindgren are present.

Distribution. Amboina; Java; Christmas Island.

1900.]

EcIoNEMA BACILLIFERUM (Carter).

1887. Stelletta bacillifera Carter (4. p. 78, pl. vi. figs. 9-14).

1897. Ancorina simplex Lendenfeld (9. p. 96, pl. ix. figs. 12-34).

1898. Ecionema bacilliferum Lindgren (10. p. 335, pl. xvii. fig. 17 ;

pl. xix. fig. 27).

MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND.

1899. Ecionema bacilliferum? Lindgren (10. p. 88).

The largest of the four specimens in this collection is 4x5 c.c.

in area and 1 ¢.c. in thickness, and forms a thick crust ; in colour

pale brown mottled with dark brown.

The type specimen from Mergui, being in the Calcutta Museum,

The protriznes are very rare in

The microstrongyles, which are

is not available for comparison.

the Christmas Island specimens.

18x 2 in size, are occasionally centrotylote.

oxeas measure 180 x4 yp.

131

The fine cortical

The asters are tylote, and with roughened actines, the same

characteristics being found in the asters of Ancorina simplew, of

which species the Museum possesses a few slides prepared from

the type specimens from Zanzibar.

Distribution.

robustum : Port Philip, Ports Elliot and Adelaide.

STELLETTA SIMPLICIFURCA (NSollas).

1886. Myriastra simplicifurca Sollas (16. p. 189).

1888. Myriastra simpliciyurca Sollas (17. p. 114,” pl. xii.

figs. 29-33).

Mergui, Java, Christmas Island, Zanzibar; var.

1898. Stelletta simplicifurca Lindgren (10. p. 332, pl. xviii.

fig. 8).

Of the three specimens of this species, one is small (8x6x6

mm.) and oval; the other two are in the form of thick nodular

lamelle, the larger being 5x3 c.c. in area and from 1 to 2 ¢.c. in

thickness.

Small spec.

Christmas I.

Orthotriznes. Rhabdus...| 1387550

Orthotrienes, Cladi ...... 280

Anatrisznes. Rhabdus ...| 182022

Anatriznes. Cladi......... 105

Anatriznes. Chordi ...... 122

Anatriwnes. Sagitta ...... 88

TAT RO; OKGR srcascveese: socebs 1925 x 49

STILE OKCH es oaacnedecea scores 1026

Pivacsseatvaasvecan 12

Chiasters

Largest spec.

Christmas I.

1330 x 24

2103

Torres

Straits.

‘ Challenger.’

2525 x 55

366

1860 x 29

120

127

2000 x 31

252 x3

Cochin

China.

Lindgren.

2700 x 84

(54), ? 540

3240 x 30

108

168

2900 x 60

252 x 4

The surface of the lamelle pyesents a tessellated pattern, the

132 MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20,

pores being in the grooves between the lamelle; the pattern is not

present on the thick rounded edges nor on the nodular excrescetices.

Several small oscules 1 x ‘5 mm. are present.

The specimens described by Sollas and Lindgren are probably in

an early stage of growth.

There are considerable variations in the dimensions of the

spicules, as will be seen from the table (p. 131) giving the sizes in

microns.

Distribution. China Sea ; Torres Straits; Christmas Island.

Teri~ta Bacca (Selenka).

1867. Stelletta bacca Selenka (15. p. 569, pl. xxxv. figs. 14-15).

1883. Tethya merguiensis, Carter (2. p. 366, pl. xv. figs. 6-8).

1898. Tetilla bacca Lindgren (10. p. 328).

There are two specimens, the larger being 2°5 c.c. x 3°5 c.c.

They are subspherical, but with a concave area below apparently

resulting from radial fission. The larger specimen has 20 oval

depressed pore-areas and 2 oscules, all being about 4x5 mm. in

area and 2°5 mm. in depth. ‘he oscules are cloacas, in the floor of

which several openings of excurrent canals are seen; the floor of

the pore-areas is covered with membrane perforated by groups

of pores. A section of the sponge, which is soft and cuts easily,

shows bundles of spicules radiating from a central nucleus.

The spiculation is almost identical with that of a specimen from

Java described by Lindgren. The length of the oxea is 3°5 mm.,

of the anatrienes 5°5 mm. and of the protriznes 5:2 mm.

Distribution. Samoa; Torres Straits; Amboina; Java; Mergui;

Christmas Island,

TETILLA LERNATENSIS Kieschnick.

1896, Tetilla ternatensis Kieschnick (7. p. 527).

1898. Tetiila ternatensis Lindgren (10. p. 329, pl. xvii. fig. 14,

pl. xix. fig. 25).

The one specimen is subspherical, 2x2x3c.c. in size; the

sponge is deeply fissured in several places. There are several

oscules, the largest being 3mm. in diameter and possessing a raised

rim. As in Lindgren’s specimen, the suriace of the sponge is

crowded with Diatoms.

The very rare protriznes are irregular, one of the arms being

much longer than the other two, which may be reduced to mere

knobs.

This species resembles 7. dactyloidea Carter in certain respects,

the radiating bundles of the latter being formed of oxea (1360 x 6)

midway in size between the large oxea and microxea of 7’. terna-

tensis.

TETHYA INGALLI Bowerbank.

1872. Tethya ingalli Bowerbank (1. p. 119, pl. v. figs. 11-17).

The single specimen is free, oval, 22mm. in length, and 16 mm

1900. ] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 133

in breadth and height. The surface is level, but shows a faintly

marked tessellated pattern. The cortex is 2mm. thick, and is

uniformly and densely crowded with spherasters.

The spicule-measurements are given along with those of the type

specimen from Fremantle for comparison.

Choanosomal

Strongyloxea. Spherasters. oxyasiers. Chiasters.

Christmas Island. .1360 x 24 u 70 p 18-24 pu 12"

Fremantle ...... 1470 x 35 p 70 ps 36 ps 124

Tethya ingalli shows a considerable range of variation, but, I

think, would include the Christmas Island specimen in spite of its

oval form and the smaller size of its spicules.

Distribution. Seychelles; Australia; Christmas Island; Java;

Amboina.

TETHYA SEYCHELLENSIS (E. P. Wright).

1881. Alemo seychellensis E. P. Wright (19. p. 13, pl. 1.)

1888. Tethya seychellensis Sollas (17. p. 427, pl. xliv. figs. 1-6).

There are five small, free, nearly spherical specimens, all of which

are gemmiferous. The outer two-thirds of the cortex is occupied by

a zone of subcortical cavities.

Spicules. Megascleres—strongyloxea, 1200 x 18 pw.

Microscleres—spherasters, 48». Somal chiasters, 12 4. Choano-

somal asters, 30 », with well-defined centrum ; actines roughened,

bifurcate.

The “regular hexaster” type of the oxvastersis a characteristic

of this species, distinguishing it from 7. inga/li Bowerbank.

A comparative table of spicule-measurements (in microns) of

specimens from various localities is given below.

Type from Samboangan. Torres Straits. Christmas

Seychelles. ‘Challenger.’ ‘ Challenger.’ Island.

Strongyloxea ............ 1750 x 30 1916 x 23 1680 x 26 1200 x 18

Spherasters............... 70 95 64 48

Somal chiasters......... 12 12 12 12

Choanosomal asters ... 54 60 60 30

Distribution, Seychelles; Philippine Islands; Torres Straits ;

Christmas Island.

TETHYA AFFINIS, sp.n. (Plate XII. fig.1; Plate XIII. figs. 3a-d.)

Sponge incrusting, and of irregularly conical shape; upper

surface rough but level, with an obscure polygonal pattern formed

by depressed conules with fimbriated edges, and with two small

membranous oscular cones, the apertures being 1x5mm. in

area.

Cortex 1:22mm. in thickness, with a few narrow intercortical

cavities arranged vertically in the outer two-thirds, the cortical

spherasters occasionally occupying the whole thickness but usually

134 MR. ©. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON TIE [Feb. 20,

only the inner third, where they are divided into two zones by a

shallow space.

Spicules. Megascleres—strongyloxea, 1330 x 35 p.

Microscleres—spherasters, 604. Somal chiasters, 15-18y.

Dermal chiasters, 12 p.

The unique specimen measures 2°5 x 2 ¢.c. in horizontal and 2°5c.c.

in vertical plane. The rough convex under surface appears to have

been torn off from a rock.

The name given to the species denotes its close affinity to

T. japonica Sollas; it differs from the latter (1) in its mode of

growth, 7’. japonica being spherical and free, (2) in having the

membranous oscular cones, and (3) in the slight difference in size

between the dermal and somal chiasters.

SPIRASTRELLA CARNOSA Topsent.

1897. Spirastrella carnosa Topsent (18. p. 441).

The specimen is cauliflower-shaped, expanding upwards from a

narrow base to a height of 2 cc., the area of the upper surface

being 25x15 cc. The upper surface is covered with low

rounded papille.

The tylostyles, 525 x18 p, usually have a trilobate head. The

spirasters are extremely rare and very fine, being 18 x1 p, with

minute spines, and usually with four curves.

The specimen differs from the type from Amboina in having

larger megascleres, these being only 330 x 6 to 8 » in the latter.

In Topsent’s specimens, too, the surface is ridged (“ froncé ”).

Distribution. Amboina; Christmas Island.

SPIRASTRELLA DECUMBENS Ridley, var. ROBUSTA, var. nov.

1887. Spirastrella decumbens var., Ridley and Dendy (13.

p. 229, pl. xlv. fig. 12).

1898. Spirastrella semilunaris Lindgren (10. p. 323, pl. xix.

fig. 23).

There are two specimens of this variety—one (1) forming a thin

yellow crust on a shell, the other (2) in the form of small fleshy

lobes growing on Sidonops picteti. Specimen (1) has a shallow

patent oscule 1-5 mm. in diameter; the surface shows a delicate

reticulate pattern formed by the pore-areas, the pores being

circular and 40 » in diameter ; sieve-like groups of 5 to 10 pores

lead into subdermal spaces.

A cavernous cortex from *5 to 1 mm. in thickness occurs in the

type specimens of the species from Torres Straits, described by

Ridley (11. p. 470, pl. xlii. fig. c). The same structure is also

present in the specimens from Amboina and Christmas Island.

In all these specimens the minute semilunar spirasters (12 in

length) form the outermost dermal layer. Hence I have no

doubt that Lindgren’s species is a synonym: at the same time it

is right to add that that author is in no way to blame, owing

to the incomplete description of the type specimens, which are

badly preserved.

1900. ] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 135

The ditferences between the type specimen from Torres Straits

on the one hand, and the specimens from Amboina, Java, and

Christmas Island on the other, are constant, and render it necessary

to regard the latter specimens as belonging to a well marked

variety. In the type the tylostyles are longer and narrower, and

the largest spirasters are smaller than in the new variety which I

have named “ robusta.”

Type. Var. robusta.

iBylostyles..\ 92/25 224 224 2% 507 x8 pu A432 x12 p

as ea dni aerstheoe 12 12 p

3 Nees Wome 6 pb 10 pe

Spirasters, smallest...... 8-12 p 8-12 uv

a JATSOESty cs ieyeccte 36 pw 48

Distribution of S. decumbens: Torres Straits; of S. decumbens

var. robusta: Philippines, Java, Christmas Island, Red Sea.

PSEUDOSUBERITES ANDREWSI, sp. n. (Plate XII. figs. 2 a-b;

Plate XIII. fig. 7.)

Sponge loosely incrusting or forming free thick lamelle. Pale

yellow in colour; surface smooth, and with canalicular markings

beneath the dermis ; soft in consistence and easily torn. Oscules,

when present, small, circular (‘75 min. in diameter), guarded by a

silvery fringe or conule of tylote spicules with points centripetal.

Skeleton composed of primary lines of multispicular fibres

radiating to the surface and giving off at various angles a few

scattered single spicules.

Dermal skeleton very distinct and formed of tangentially

arranged bundles of spicules joining to form a reticulum with tri-

or quadrangular meshes.

Spicules. Tylotes 350 x 6 p, slightly curved in the basal third ;

head rounded, 7°5 » in diameter, slightly knobbed at the summit

or swollen laterally.

Of the three specimens, one is incrusting and with oscules, the

others are free and without oscules; the former is 5°5 x3 c.c. in

area, and ‘5 c.c. in thickness ; the latter are considerably thicker.

The genus at present includes, as stated by Topsent, two other

species, P. hyalina (Ridley & Dendy) and P. sulphureus (Bower-

bank). One of the small fragments of the type specimen of

P. hyalina has an oscule with the palisade of spicules arranged

as in the new species, but the tylotes are much larger in the

former, measuring 1100 x 25 p.

HYMENIACIDON ConuLOsUM (Topsent).

1897. Stylotella conulosa Topsent (18. p. 466).

1898. Hymeniacidon conulosum Lindgren (10. p. 313, pl. xvi.

fig. 13; ‘pl. xix. fig. 19).

The single specimen is pyramidal, 3 c.c. in height, and with an

incrusting base 3 x 1°5 c.e.

The surface is partly even, and partly provided with small

hispid tufts.

136 MR, C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [ Feb. 20,

The skeleton is composed of main lines of multispicular fibre

radiating from base to surface, with an irregular reticulum between

formed by bundles of one or a few spicules given off from the

main lines; the axial columns alone are present in the tufts.

The styles, which measure 525 x 12 p, are curved near the basal

end.

The nearly related species Stylotella polymastia Lendenteld,

referred to by Topsent JU. ¢. p. 466, is synonymous with Hymenia-

cidon fenestratum (Ridley).

The proper position for the ae species appears to be in the

Axinellide. The skeleton is composed of axial lines of monactinal

spicules, the reticulation being of secondary importance and absent

from the tufts; some of the spicules show a double curve,

characteristic of certain typical Axinellid sponges.

Distribution. Amboina; Java; Christmas Island.

Mrcrociona DUBIA, sp. n. (Plate XII. figs.3,3a; Plate XIII.

figs. 2 a—f.)

Sponge forming an almost free or loosely incrusting lamina

with margins curled up, with foreign particles adherent to the

under surface where the latter is free.

Colour yellow; upper surface smooth. Skeleton formed partly

of columns, each composed of one stout subtylote spicule, and

partly of plumose columns of more slender tylotes opening out

from base to surface, where they almost form a distinct dermal

layer ; numerous short spined styli arranged vertically with bases

on the basal layer of the sponge. Spongin absent.

Spicules. Megascleres—stout, slightly curved subtylotes 324 x

7°5u, head 7°7 p, slightly spined, occasionally facetted.

Slender straight tylotes 318-828y x5°5 p, head 7 » with basal

end spinous.

Short spined styli 48x 7°5 yw, with sharp, often curved, spines

on the basal three-fourths of the length of the spicule.

Microscleres—palmate isochele from 3 to 12,4. Toxa large,

slender, 39 x 1; a shorter but thicker form (numerous), 6 x 1°5 p.

The size of the specimen is 2°5 c.c. x5 ¢.c. in area, and 1 mm.

in thickness. The unispiculate columns, which occur in parts of

the sponge, recall the chief character of Hymerrhaphia. Again,

the spiculation closely resembles that of certain species of Rhaphi-

dophlus (R. filifer Ridley & Dendy and R. spiculosus Dendy),

but the absence of spongin excludes the new species from this

genus. The specimen is probably mature, since there are several

embryos near the base of the sponge.

ToTRocHOTA BACULIFERA Ridley, var. TUMESCENS, var. nov.

(Plate XIII. fig. 1.)

Specimen forming an irregular flabellate and branching growth,

6 c.c. x 1 ¢.c. in area and °3 ¢.c. in thickness.

Spicules. Pe averaging 21010 p.

Strongyles 220-250x1y, with from one to three fusiform

1900.] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 137

swellings along the body, one of the ends attenuated sometimes to

a blunt point. Amphidises 18 p.

The characteristic feature of the new variety lies in the

strongyles with their peculiar swellings ; these may, however, be

dependent on some pathological cause such as the presence of a

parasite, but I was unable to find any such organism. [In several

descriptions of this species the dermal diactines are described as

tylotes. In the type specimen from Port Darwin the ends of the

strongles are very slightly enlarged, a feature slightly ex-

ageerated by the artist in the figures (11. p. 435, pl. xl. fig. f) ;

but there is no trace of terminal enlargement in -the spicules of

specimens from the Mascarenes, Madras, and Christmas Island. |

DESMACELLA sp.

A few small broken-up pieces of a very soft dark reddish-brown

incrusting sponge, with a few crater-like oscules. The skeleton

forms a unispicular network, the meshes of which are triangular

and quadrangular and made up of styles, oxea, and strongyles. A

few long slender toxa and one or two sigmata, together with some

slender raphides, are present. The skeleton is renieroid, and

spongin entirely absent. The dimensions of the spicules are :—

Styles (not rare) slightly curved, 1509; strongyles (rare)

straight, 126x6 py. Oxea (very abundant), curved, 180 x7 p.

Microscleres—toxa 48 X°d p (rare); sigmata 24 w (very rare) ;

raphides (rare), 108 x 1°35 p.

This species, which appears to be new, has not been named

owing to the uncertainty as to whether all the above-mentioned

microscleres seen in the preparations really belong to the sponge ;

several kinds of obviously foreign spicules were included.

STYLOTELLA IRREGULARIS, sp. n. (Plate XII. fig. 4; Plate

XIII. figs. 6 a-d.)

Sponge incrusting or forming free irregular lamelle; colour

pale brown; with several small circular oscules 2 to 3 mm. in

diameter on the upper surface.

Skeleton forming a rectangular network, the meshes being for

the most part unispiculate, but with afew slender primary lines of

spiculo-fibre 2—4 spicules thick.

Spicules. Styles 186 x9, smooth, straight or slightly curved.

Oxea 204 x 9 p, curved.

Strongyla 150 x 10 p, straight or slightly curved.

Slender oxea 150x4p, occasionally with a central fusiform

enlargement, rare and scattered in the tissues.

This species is very near Petrosia contignata Thiele, from

ebes (Zoologica, Stuttgart, 1899, Heft 24, ii. p. 20), but differs

mainly in possessing slender fusiform oxea; unfortunately the

central swelling is not shown in Pl. XIII. fig. 6d.

STYLOTELLA sp.

Specimen incrusting, 2 x 1c.c. in area, and *25 to ‘5 c.c. in thick-

ness; pale brown, very soft, with several oscules 1 mm. in diameter.

138 MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20,

Skeleton consisting of slender vertical main lines, loosely joined

by single spicules in horizontal plane excepting near the surface,

where the main fibres are isolated.

Spicules. Styles 132 x4, with a sharp bend at the centre.

Oxea 144x4 y, sharply curved at the centre, and gradually

diminishing to sharp points.

The skeleton is like that of a Petrosia, but very loosely arranged.

The specimen is too fragmentary to serve as the type of a new

species.

RHIZOCHALINA PELLUCIDA Ridley.

1884. Rhizochalina pellucida Ridley (11. p. 608, pl. liv. fig. 7).

There are only three small fragments of fistules, the longest

being 4 mm. in length and 1°5 mm. in diameter.

The spicules are slightly smaller than in the type specimen,

being 240 x 9 yw in the former, and 260 x 10 yp in the latter, but the

shape is the same.

Distribution. Providence Island, Mascarene Group; Christmas

Island.

RHIZOCHALINA SESSILIS, sp. n. (Plate XII. fig. 5; Plate XIII.

fig. 8.)

Sponge pyramidal or digitate, sessile, srising from an in-

crusting base; surface smooth; consistence firm but rather

brittle ; colour (in formol) white-crystalline ; translucent.

Skeleton consisting of an axial or central open spiculo-fibrous

network formed of broad loose strands about 10 spicules thick,

surrounded by a cortical network of more slender strands at right

angles to the central network, and of a dermal isodictyal network

with strands 2-3 spicules thick, with unispiculate strands in the

interstices.

Spicules. Oxea 372 > 14y, curved at the centre and diminishing

suddenly near the ends to sharp points. Microscleres 0.

There are several specimens and fragments, most of them being

of flattened digitate form, the largest being 30 mm. in height,

8 mm. in breadth, and 3 mm. in thickness. The specimens pre-

served in alcohol are dark yellow at the surface, and bright yellow

in the interior, the formol specimens being white.

The new species is very near Pellina eusiphonia Ridley

(11. p. 414, pl. xli. fig. v), from Port Darwin, but differs in the

shape of the sponge and in the size of the spicules. These two

species come within the subfamily Phleeodyctiine rather than

within the Renierine.

RENIERA INNOMINATA, sp. 0. (Plate XII. figs. 6, 6a;

Plate XIII. figs. 5 a-b.)

Sponge incrusting ; colour pale brown with a faint reddish tinge ;

texture soft and elastic.

Skeleton forming a rather regular reticulum of unispiculate

‘fibres with triangular (mostly) and quadrangular meshes with

nodes cemented with spongin:

1900. ] MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 139

Spicules. Strongyles 126 x8 yp, slightly curved in the middle.

Oxea 108 x 2'5 yz, curved at the centre; also very slender oxea of

the same length and shape, probably young forms of the thicker

kind.

The specimen encrusts a Melina-shell, and is produced at one

point into a short, stout, digitate process.

There is in the British Museum Collection an unnamed specimen

(registered 82.10,.17.246) of this species from Marie Louise Island,

Amirante Group.

The species from Providence Island described by Ridiey (11.

p- 607, pl. liv. fig. 7) as “* Reniera sp. allied to cratertformis”’ has

spicules of the same shape, but much larger (480 x 28 y), and the

meshes of the reticulum are multispiculate.

Distribution. Amirante Isles ; Christmas Island.

PHTROSIA EXIGUA, sp. n. (Plate XII. fig. 7; Plate XIII. fig. +.)

Sponge forming a hard, thick, nodulated crust. Colour pale

grey ; surface smooth, and in parts showing an irregular reticulate

pattern formed by_pore-areas.

Oscules 1 to 1°5 mm. in diameter, numerous, some level with

surface, others with slightly raised margin.

Skeleton formed of slender main lines of fibres passing verti-

cally to the surface and connected at right angles to this plane

by closely packed single spicules, so as to form circular or obscurely

polygonal tubes about 70 mm. in diameter, the skeletal tubes being

much more apparent near the surface and very ill-defined deeper,

where the skeleton becomes a dense, confused network. Special

dermal skeleton absent.

Spicules. Oxea 114% 5:5, curved at the centre, and dimin-

ishing to very sharp points.

The single specimen is 4 x 4¢.c. in area, and 15 ¢.c. in thickness,

The salient character of this species lies in the very small size of

the spicules, which are less than half the size of those of Petrosia

similis Ridley & Dendy (13. p. 9, pl. i. fig. 10, pl. iii. figs. 3 & 4),

a species closely allied to it in other respects ; the spicules are

considerably smaller than those of any species with oxeote spicules

from this region of the Indo-Pacific.

HALICHONDRIA SOLIDA Ridley & Dendy.

1886-7. Halichondiia solida Ridley & Dendy (12. p. 326, and

13. p. 4, pl. il. fig. 5).

The specimen, which is white and with an even surface, differs

slightly from the type in having the ends of the oxea sharp-pointed ;

the spicules (770 x 22 p) are ounved at the centre.

Distribution. Amboina; Tahiti; Christmas Island.

JIALICHONDRIA SOLIDA var. RUGOSA Ridley & Dendy.

The specimen is dark brown and wrinkled in places, as in the

type of the variety from Api. There are several oscules, from 1 to

4 mm. across, with conspicuous membranous sphincters. The

140

MR. C. W. ANDREWS AND OTHERS ON THE [Feb. 20,

spicules are curved at the junction of the middle and outer third,

the size being 770 x 18.

Distribution. Api, New Hebrides ; Christmas Island.

10.

104.

11.

143,

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

CO ND oH

InpeEx oF LITERATURE.

. Bowrrbank, J. 8S. “Contributions to a General History of

the Spongiade.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 115.

. Carter, H. J. “ Contributions to our Knowledge of the

Spongida.” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1883, (5) vol. xi. p. 344.

. “Description of Sponges from the neighbourhood

of Port Phillip Heads.” A.M. N.H. 1886, (5) vol. xvii. p. 40.

* Report on the Marine Sponges, chiefly from King

Island in the Mergui Archipelago.” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.

1887, vol. xxi. p. 61.

. Denpy, A. “ A Monograph of the Victorian Sponges.” Trans.

Roy. Soc. Victoria, 1891, vol. iii. part 1.

. HatcKxet, E. Die Kalkschwimme. 1872, vols. i., ii., and Atlas.

Kiescunics, O. ‘ Silicispongize von Ternate.” Zool. Anzeig.

1896, vol. xix. p. 526.

. LENDENFELD, R. ‘ Die Spongien von Adria.” Zeitsch. wiss.

Zool. 1892, vol. li. p. 185.

. “ Spongien von Sansibar.” Abhandl. Senckenberg.

Naturf. Gesellsch. 1897, vol. xxi., Heft i. p. 93.

Linperen, N.G. “ Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Spongienfauna

des Malayischen Archipels und der chinesischen Meere.”

Zool. Jahrb. (Systematik), 1898, vol. xi. p. 283.

Einige Bemerkungen zu meinem Autsatz “ Beitrag

&c.” (see above No. 10). Zool. Auzeig. 1899, vol. xxii. p. 87.

Ripizy, 8. O. Zoological Collections of H.M.S. ‘ Alert.’

1884: Spongiida, pp. 366 & 582.

Ripizy & Denpy. “ Preliminary Report on the ‘ Challenger ’

Monaxonida collected by H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’” Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. 1886, (5) vol. xviii. pp. 325, 470.

. Report on the Monaxonida collected by H.M.S.

‘Challenger.’ 1887.

Scumipr, O. Die Spongien der Kiiste von Algier. 1868.

SeLvenKA, E. ‘“ Ueber einige neue Schwimme aus der Siid-

See.” Zeitsch. wiss. Zool. 1867, vol. xvii. p. 565.

Sorttas, W. J. “ Preliminary Account of the Tetractinellid

Sponges dredged by H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’” Proc. Roy.

Dublin Soc., 1886, vol. y. (n. s.) p. 177.

—. Report on the Tetractineilida collected by H.M.S,

‘Challenger.’ 1888.

Topszent, E. ‘“Spongiaires de la Baie d’Amboine.” Revue

Suisse Zool. 1897, vol. iv. p. 421.

Waicut, E. P. “Ona new Genus and Species of Sponge.”

Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. 1881, vol. xxviii. p. 13.

1900.]

MARINE FAUNA OF CHRISTMAS ISLAND. 141

V. List of the Foraminifera from the Boat-channel, Flying Fish

Cove, Christmas Island, 11 fathoms. By F. ©. Cuapman,

A.LS., F.R.M.S.

pat pes

DFAS 8 00 MT SD Or HR OO BD

Fig.

. Biloculina ringens (Lamarck). Very rare.

. Spiroloculina fragilissima Brady. Very rare.

Miliolina oblonga (Montagu). Very rare.

SoER

COI ANP oe

ee seminulum (L.) Frequent; small.

<f auberiana (dVOrb). Rare; rather small.

at parkert Brady. Very rare.

bicornis (Walker & Jacob). Very rare.

rupertiana Brady. Frequent; very fine.

insignis Brady. Very rare.

| Hanenine ornatissima (Karrer). Rare.

. Orbitolites complanata Lamarck. Frequent.

margialis (Lam.). Very rare.

duplex Carpenter. Rare.

be)

. Textularia rugosa (Reuss). Rare.

. Bolivina limbata Brady. Very common.

. Spirillina limbata Brady. Rare.

. Truncatulina rostrata Brady. Common.

ungeriana (d’Orb.). Very rare; small.

_ Pulvinulina repanda (Fichtel & Moll). Common.

. Calcarina hispida Brady. Very rare.

. Gypsina vesicularis (Parker & Jones). Rare.

. Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas). Common.

. Polystomella macella (Fichtel & Moll). Rare.

. Heterostegina depressa d’Orb. Common.

VI. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XII.—Sponges from Christmas Island.

Tethya affinis (p. 133), nat. size. ij

. Pseudosuberites andrewsi (p. 135), nat. size. 2 a. oscule, X 30; 2 4, section,

x 30.

. Microciona dubia (p. 136), nat. size. 3a, section, x 40.

. Stylotella irregularis (p. 137), nat. size.

. Rhizochalina sessilis (p. 138), nat. size.

. Reniera innominata (p. 138), nat. size. 6a, section, x 30.

. Petrosia exigua (p. 139), nat. size.

Puare XIII.—Sponges from Christmas Island.

. Lotrochota baculifera tumescens (p. 136), strongyles x 300.

. Microciona dubia (p. 186); a-d x 300; e-f x 1600. a, thick sub-

tylote; 4, spined style ; C, slender tylote ; d, large toxon ; é, pal-

mate isochela, side view ; ¢’, ditto, front view; /, short toxon.

. Tethya affinis (p. 133). 4, ” strongyloxeum, x 80; b, spheraster, x 400;

e, somal chiaster, x 400 ; d, dermal chiaster, x 400.

. Petrosia exigua (p. 139), oxeum, x 300.

Reniera innominata (p. 138). a, strongyle, x 300; 6, oxeum, x 300,

. Stylotella irregularis (p. 137); a-d, x 300. a, oxeum; 6, style ; ¢, stron-

gyle; d, slender oxeum.

. Pseudosuberites andrewsi (p. 135); tylote, x 300.

. Rhizochalina sessilis (p. 138), oxeum, X 150.

142 DR. E. LONNBERG ON THE [ Feb. 20;

2. On the Soft Anatomy of the Musk-Ox (Ovibos moschatus).

By Dr. Ernar LOnnpeEr«G.’

[Received January 25, 1900.]

When last spring (1899) it was decided that a Swedish

Expedition under the direction of Professor A. G. Nathorst should

start for Greenland, Professor T. Tullberg suggested the im-

portance of obtaining examples of the viscera and other parts of

the Musk-ox; and sent out the necessary outfit for this purpose.

Professor Nathorst, as is well-known, made in the ‘ Antarctic’

a successful voyage; and arriving early in Hast Greenland, he

had ample time for geographical and other researches.

Musk-oxen were found and shot at several places. The

Zoologist of the Expedition, Ivar Arwidson, accordingly had the

opportunity of making a good collection. The animal was, however,

found to be of greater bulk than was expected, and it was therefore

with no little difficulty that its different parts were preserved, the

receptacles being found rather small for the purpose. Nevertheless,

the tollowing organs were secured (skins, skeletons and skulls not

being counted) :

Of an old bull killed the 9th of July on Sabine Island and

measuring 228 cm. in length: alimentary canal with appendages,

liver, spleen, &c.; lungs and heart; urinogenital organs (partly

damaged); eyes, larynx, tongue and the lining of the mouth. Of

a young cow killed the 11th of July in Queen Augusta Valley :

udder and histological material from different organs. Of an old

cow killed the 26th of August at Emperor Franz Joseph Fjord :

udder. Of an old bull killed the 29th of August: urinogenital

organs. In addition to this two brains and certain other specimens.

When the expedition returned it was, with the consent of

Professor Nathorst, agreed that the present writer should be

allowed to investigate the materia] mentioned above ; and he has

now the honour to lay before the Society the results of this

investigation.

The muzzle of Ovibos is covered with short hair, with the excep-

tion of a strip along the upper margin of either nostril, which is

naked, and probably in the living animal moist. This naked part

has a papillary surface. The naked strips above the nostrils in an

adult bull are about 8 mm. broad, and extend in a median direction

so as to meet on the auterior surface, where the naked region is a

little broader. So far the condition of the muzzle has a certain

likeness to that of a Sheep*. There is, however, a great difference,

because in Ovibos there is not the slightest trace of that vertical,

? Communicated by R. LyprKker.

* The hairiness of the muzzle can very well be explained as an adaptation to

the cold climate, and there is no need to regard it as a sign of affinity between

the Sheep and the Musk-ox. Compare the Reindeer! But it may also be an

ancient characteristic. Compare the Antelopes!

1900. } SOFT ANATOMY OF THE MUSK-OX. 143

bare fissure (philtrum) extending from the naked area between

the nostrils over the upper lip, which is so characteristic of the

Sheep and their allies. With regard to shape, the muzzle of

Owbos is more flat and broad, and its nostrils are wider apart

than in the Sheep, although closer than in an Ox. The nostrils are

not so widely open as in an Ox, and not so closed by the upper

flap as in the Sheep.

Both upper and lower lips (fig. 1) are anteriorly broad and beset

Bic

lo}

Upper (A) and lower (B) lips of the Musk-ox.

with hard warts ; this warty area being in an adult bull about 2 em.

broad and 74 cm. long. The warty areas of the lips work against

each other as the jaws of a pair of pincers, and are apparently well

fitted for seizing the food. The Musk-ox thus browses with its

hips. The mouth is square, but must be called small, as the distance

from the anterior angle to the corner of the mouth is not more

than 73 em., or the same as the breadth of the lips anteriorly.

The palatal ridges (ruge palate), tig. 2, are 13-14 pairs in addition

to the first undivided one. They are often irregular, so that in some

i44 DK. E, LONNBERG ON THE [Feb 20,

nly the median, in others the lateral part is developed. They

are in their pesterior margin strongly denticulated, and resemble

in this respeet those of an Ox. The number of such palatal ridges

is also about the same in the Ox ; buat in Ovis (11-12) and Capra

(1}) the number is smaller, and there are no dentieulations, or

only traces of such, in the foremost ones. In Capreolus I have

counted 12-13 distinct palatal ridges, of which the anterior ones

are striated and crenulated. In this respect Ovibos resembles Bos

more than the others.

The papilla palati of Ovihos is more rounded than in Bos and

Ovis, not anteriorly, but only posteriorly, and especially on the

sides, where the ducts from Jacobson’s organ open, divided by a

takes

Fig. 2.

Palatal and buceal surface of the Musk-ox.

furrow from the adjoining parts. In this respect it resembles

Capra; but Capreolus and Rangifer have a triangular papilla

1900.) SOFT ANATOMY OF THE MUSK-OX. 145

palati, entirely surrounded by a furrow which also extends

forward. The inner side of the lips and of the buccal tracts (fig. 2,

p. 144) is provided with a large number of strongly developed conical

papille. Ina region of the upper lip in front of the upper molars

these are simply conical, measuring 7-8 mm. in length. In other

parts they are chiefly 2- or 3-pointed. In the middle part of the

buccal tract and aiong the molars these papille sometimes measure

as much as 5 mm. in breadth at their base, 63-7 mm. in height, and

they are provided with 7-8 acute points. Further in the papille

ure not so densely crowded, but become more scattered. The

posterior ones are also comparatively more stout and bluntly

conical, and in those parts single-pointed ones are also seen.

Ovibos seems to differ in this respect from Bos and Ovis, in which,

at least as a rule, these papilla are single-pointed. In Capra the

papille in question are mostly single-pointed, but in the row on the

outside of the upper molars I have seen 2- and 3-pointed papille,

and in the corresponding series of the lower jaw the usual number

is 3 or more points. In Capreolus some few of the buccal papille

have more than one point, and in Rangifer this is to a great extent

the case.

On both sides along the insertion of the tongue there is a series

ot large conical papille. The most anterior of these especially

have more than one point in Ovibos. In Capra and Ovis the

corresponding papillw are simple, so far as I have seen, but in

Capreolus some of the anterior ones are double- or triple-pointed.

The caruncula sublingualis in Ovibos consists of a triangular flap

inserted along its median side, and with the tip of the lateral point

curved forward. At the base of this triangular flap lies posteriorly

another digitiform, but flattened papilla, which extends forward

-along its lateral margin. This condition is different both from

that of Bos, in which a broad flap is found, and that of Ovis and

Capra, in which there is a large triangular flap anteriorly, behind

which are two smaller ones. In Capreolus this caruncula is

elongated and semilunar, with 6-7 marginal denticulations.

The tongue of an adult bull (fig. 3, p. 146) measures about 27 cm.

inlength. Its anterior and broadly rounded end is 6 em. in breadth.

In the middle it is narrower, measuring 43 cm., but its hind part

is again nearly 6cm. The posterior convex portion is very much

thicker (about 56 mm.) than the flat anterior (about 33 mm.) part,

and divided from it bya transverse groove. This groove is situated

exactly in the middle of the tongue, 133 cm. from either end. On

the anterior portion an asperity is produced by the dense covering

of the horny papille filiformes, which are flattened and almost

scale-like, but pointed. ‘lhe same covering also extends 1-14 cm.

over the lower side of the tongue, especially anteriorly. Towards

the sides the papilla are less flattened and more filiform. Posteriorly

they increase in size, and are more pronouncedly scale-like. In

the transverse groove their breadth is nearly 1 mm. Papille

fungiformes are scattered all over the anterior portion of the

tongue, although rather widely (8 mm.) separated in its central

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1900, No. X. 10

146 DR. B, LONNBERG ON THE [Feb. 20,

part. Towards the sides they are more numerous, 4 mm. apart.

At the margin they are still closer, 3 mm. or less apart, and on

the lower side of the tip of the tongue they are separated by inter-

spaces not even measuring 21mm. Anteriorly, the diameter of the

papille fungiformes is 1 mm. or not quite that, but they increase

in size posteriorly, so that the diameter of those in the groove

measures 13 mm.

Sane

Tongue of the Musk-ox.

The posterior thick portion of the tongue is covered by large,

horny, scale-like papilla. They are 2 (24) mm. broad in the

median region, but their size diminishes towards the sides, where

they measure only about 1 mm. These are homologous with the

small papille on the anterior portion of the tongue, but are

rounded instead of pointed. The lateral surface of the posterior

portion of the tongue is beset with minute and conical papille

filiformes. Laterally, and on the posterior two-thirds of the central

region of the hind tongue, rather large papille fungiformes are

1900.) SOFT ANATOMY OF THE MUSK-OX. 147

found, but none on the anterior third of the central region. Their

diameter measures from 14 to 24 mm. Papille circumvallate are

placed in two irregular row "3 on either side of the tongue of Ovibos.

Their number is about 12-15, Ovis and Ca apra have the papille

filiformes on the anterior portion of the tongue similar to those in

Ovibos, and this is also the case with Capreolus, but in Bos they

are more narrow and pointed. In all four genera, mentioned for

comparison, a median region of the anterior portion of the tongue

is destitute of papilla fungiformes except at the tip. But, on the

other hand, Rangifer resembles Ovibos in having papille fungiformes

scattered over the whole of the anterior portion of the tongue,

although less densely in the central region. The same is also the

case with Cervus elaphus and C. dama. Langifer and Ovibos are also

alike in having the papillous covering extending about 14 cm. on

the lateral lower surface of the tongue. In Ovis and Capraa

similar arrangement of the papille takes place, as it also does on

the sides (but not at the tip) of the Capreolus tongue. In Bos

the papillze do not extend far laterally or to the lower side of the

tongue.

The papille of the posterior portion of the tongue in the middle

are large and flattened in Ovis. The corresponding papille of

Ovibos are comparatively less enlarged, and look more like scales

than tubercles. In Bos (and partly in Capra) these papille are

more conical and curved, especially anteriorly. The papille of

Ovibos may thus be said to be in an intermediate stage of develop-

rmoent. The papille of Capreolus are scale-like, with roundish tips,

resembling in their shape those of Ovibos, but those of Rangifer

are rather more pointed, and the anterior ones even conical. In

Bos only the hindmost ones are soft, the others all being more

or less horny.

Capreolus and Rangifer are provided with papille fungiformes only

on the sides of the posterior portion of the tongue, but in Bos,

Capra,and Ovis there are some scattered on the middle of the central

region as well, although not so many as in Ovibos. In Capreolus

and Rangifer more than half of the lateral surfaces of the posterior

portion of the tongue is covered by small papille filiformes, thereby

agreeing with Ovibos. In Capra the same is the case anteriorly,

but in Ovis at least two-thirds of these parts are smooth,

Papille cirewmvallate occur on each side in Ovis 18-24 (according

to Ellenberger & Miller) in 4 rows, in Bos 10-17 in 2 rows,

in Capra 16-17 (12 according to Ellenber ger & Miiller) in 2 rows,

in Cupreolus 8-9 in 2 irregular rows', and in Rangifer 7-11 in

2 irregular rows ’.

1 In Cervus elaphus and dama the number of pap, ctrcwnvallate is variable,

and they are disposed in two irregular rows.

2 In Bronn’s Klass. und Ordn., Leche mentions that the number of pap.

circumvallate is “bei Camelide sechs.” The primary three on each side I have

found in Camelus bactrianus to be the largest and best developed, but accessory

ones are also found, as in one instance two on each side close to the primary,

and two more on each side with a more posterior and median positior,

10*

148 DR. EB, LONNBERG ON THE [Feb. 20,

I have described the shape and arrangement of these papille

rather fully in order to show that these conditions hardly offer

any characteristics of systematic value, as they are subject to much

variation even individually, and distant forms are sometimes more

alike than nearly related ones. The likeness between Ovibos and

Rangifer may depend on a similar way of feeding. In both the

strongly developed lips are certainly of use when they nip off

lichens from rocks and stones. If they had only thin lips, they

might scratch and hurt their teeth when feeding on that material.

The warty lamine on the lips are also useful when seizing other

food such as the twigs of the arctic willow, and against these hard

twigs the strong development of the papillz of the mouth is of

protective value. There seem to be several ways of seizing the

food among the Pecora. Bos uses the tongue ; Ovis and Capra bite

at once, and their lips are chiefly taste-organs ; Rangifer and Ovibos

use the lips as pincers; and Alces uses its great movable muzzle as

a kind of trunk, but the lips of the latter are smooth, not provided

with horny warts as in the Reindeer and Musk-ox; the function is

thus different.

The tonsils in Ovibos have four or five openings.

The esophagus is provided with a strong outer layer of muscle

(32 mm.), and interiorly has longitudinal folds. These are of two

kinds, namely 7-8 large ones from 2 to 4 mm. in height, and

small ones measuring 1 mm. or less. The former disappear by

stretching and are produced by folding of the whole mucous

membrane, but the latter seem to be merely epithelial ridges’.

The paunch is of course large. The zoologist of the expedition

emptied 22 litres of fodder out of that of an old Musk-ox* from

Sabine Island; but there is no proof that it was fully distended,

and a quantity was leftin the preserved ventricle. The right and

left sacs of the paunch do not extend equally in aboral directions

as in Bos, the right being a little the longer, as in Ovis. Both

jt J

Papills of the paunch of Musk-ox.

sacs are, however, more broadly rounded, and the constriction

between them is, as it seems, not so strong as, for instance, in

Capra. The distance from the cardia to the end of the left sac

is 41, and to the end of the right sac 44 cm.; both measurements

being taken when the stomach lies flat and empty. Transversely

* This agrees with the corresponding features in Bos tawrus as described b

Oppel (Lehrb. d. yergl, Anat. d. Wirbeltiere) after Schiitz, :

? Total length 228 cm,

1900.] SOFT ANATOMY OF THE MUSK-OX. 149

measured, the diameter of the left sac is 21, and that of the right

27 cm. These measurements have of course only value for a com-

parison of the size of both sacs. The distribution of the exterior

furrows and interior muscular ridges of the paunch seems, on the

whole, to agree with the same in Outs. Thus the paunch of Ovebos

and Ovis, and especially its left sac, is less specialized than in Bos,

but more so than in Capreolus. The papille in the paunch of Ovi-

bos (fig. 4, p. 148) are flattened, more or less broadly tongue-shaped,

and cover the whole interior surface except the muscular ridges.

Their size varies from 5-15 mm. in length, and from 2 to 4 (in

average 25-3) in breadth. Three cm. from the cardia these papille

measure about 8 mm. in length by 2 in breadth; at the posterior

end of the left sac near the “hintere Hauptpfeiler” their length

rises to 11 mm., and on the area between the spleen and the

reticulum, as well as in the adjacent part of the reticulum, they

are still longer, 12-15 mm. The shape of the papille is not

different from those of Capreolus, Ovis, Capra, &e. It has

already been hinted that a portion of the reticulum is provided

with tongue-like papille. This area passes gradually into

the normally reticulated portion. The papille become partly

confluent and form more or less lobated walls disposed like the

ridges of the typical reticulum, and at the same time the papille

in the interspaces between these walls are greatly reduced in size.

The origin of the ridges of reticulum, as well as that of the small

papille in the meshes, can thus be plainly seen. The cells of the

reticulum of Ovibos (fig. 5) are in the fundus about 2 cm., or a little

Cells of the reticulum of the Musk-ox.

more, in diameter, but towards the sides they are smaller, 14-1 cm.

in diameter. At the “Schlundrinne” the cells on one side are

very small, only 4 cm. in diameter; on the other there are no cells,

only longitudinal folds. The surrounding ridges of the typical cells

150 DR. E, LONNBERG ON THE (Feb. 20,

are not nearly so high as in Bos’, and hardly so high as in Ovis and

Capra. They measure 2-3 mm. in height, but this may partly be

due to contraction. The free margins of these walls in the fundus

are finely denticulated, but all of them are provided with vertical

ridges on their lateral surfaces. The cells are again partly divided

by smaller walls into secondary cells, but this is quite irregular.

The cellular interspaces are also finely reticulated by small tertiary

ridges which carry small conical papille, and such are also found

within the tertiary reticulations. This is conspicuous on places

where the epithelial covering las fallen off. The reticulum of

Ovibos is thus much more differentiated than that of Rangifer and

Capreolus, in which the cells are very shallow. The difference

between Ovibos and Rangifer, which both lead a similar life,

indicates that no parallelism in development has taken place with

regard to this organ. This, on the other hand, seems to prove

that the suggestion made by Owen’, that the shallowness of the

cells of the Reindeer’s reticulum is due to the fact that the

animal obtains so much water by its swallowing snow that any

reservoir for water is unnecessary, is incorrect. Ovibos is a repre-

sentative of a more specialized ruminant type.

The diameters of the reticulum of Ovibos are 160 x 210 mm., and

those of the psalterium 180 x 230. The latter is thus larger; and

therein Ovibos agrees with Bos, and differs from Ovis, Capra,

and the Cervide’.

The number of folds in the psalterium is 61, and their arrange-

ment is plainly quadruplicate, with folds, or septa, of first, second,

third, and fourth order. Hight folds of the first order are con-

spicuous, embracing 7 pockets of the first order. There ought,

then, to be 57 folds, if it were quite regular, but some few of the

fourth order are not developed ; on the other hand, there are some

outside the seven pockets belonging to incomplete pockets. The

quadruplicate arrangement agrees with that in Ovis, the same in

Bos being quingquiplicate. I do not think, however, that much

stress can be laid upon this character ; this opinion being confirmed

by the fact that Garrod has found in the genus Cervus forms with

quinqui-, quadri-, and triplicate arrangement of these septa‘.

Capreolus is said to have a quadriplicate arrangement of septa in the

psalterium; but before me lies a specimen which has only a

triplicate arrangement, without the slightest trace of the fourth

system of folds. Likewise I have a psalterium of Capra with only

a few indications of the folds of the fourth system ’.

The psalterium-folds are beset with conical papille, usually

almost as broad as high (about 13 mm.), but more acute towards

the free margin of the folds than at their bases. At the opening

1 Vergl. Anat. d. Hausthiere, achte Auflage, 1896.

2 Anat. of Vertebrates, vol. iii. p. 472.

® At least Capreolus, Cervus dama, and C. elaphus.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, pp. 2 e¢ seg.

Hi has also pointed out the variability of this organ (Morph. Jahrb.

1900.] © SOFT ANATOMY OF THE MUSK-OX. 151

between the reticulum and psalterium are some conical papille,

but not enlarged or curved as is usually the case in Bos. The

psalterium-groove is also bordered by rows of conical papille like

those of the psalterium-folds. The opening to the abomasus is

surrounded by two semilunar plice, which are continued in the

longitudinal folds of this organ. The number of the abomasus-

folds of Ovibos is 24, many more than in Bos (14-16), Ovis (13-15),

Capra (13), or Capreolus (11-12). But the folds are not very

broad, at most about 83cm. The length of the abomasus measured

along the curvature is 48 cm., and its greatest breadth when lying

flat and empty about 15 cm. The folds disappear 24 cm. from the

pylorus. In Ovzs, Capra, Capreolus, &c. the plicated part of the

abomasus is much longer than the nonplicated. Ovibos has been

able to shorten the plicated tract by augmenting the number of

laminar folds. Towards the pylorus the musculature is

strengthened, and forms a strong sphincter with a round button

on the anterior side.

A Ie

LSE ZILLI

Yirziaey A-ZZZZ

¥ o=-25 wE—<z I ag =

ff Hi, SBE Haye

11 Bee ge

= GE

Irregular folds in the cecum of the Musk-ox.

The first part of the duodenum, which is suspended in the

omentum majus, is rather dilated, and measures 4 cm. in width,

when it lies empty, but when it approaches the liver, 20 cm. from

the pylorus in the omentum minus, it is narrowed to 3 cm. Free

from this it makes a short loop about 10 em. in length, after which

it bends backward and forms another loop 33 cm. in length along

the rectum, to which the ascending part is attached by a mesentery

4-5 cm. in breadth. Having returned forward, it becomes the

jejunum, with its numerous short convolutions in the periphery of

the mesentery. The last part of the small intestine is again

straight, and attached to the cecum by a narrow mesentery.

The ileum terminates by a 10-13 mm. broad circular valvula

leo-ceecalis.

In the fundus end of the cecum of Ovibos several irregular folds

are found. These are especially numerous on a spot a little more

than 3 cm. in diameter, where some of the folds are 5 mm. broad.

They appear to be irregularly arranged (see fig. 6). Here, too, the

152 DR. B. LONNBERG ON THE [Feb. 20,

wall of the cecum is thicker. The surrounding tract shows some

scattered longitudinal folds. Otherwise the internal surface is quite

smooth. In the specimens of other species studied for comparison

I have not seen such folds in the fundus of the cecum.

The cecum is dilated towards the fundus end, so that its width

there is 18 cm. when it lies empty and flat, but at the opening of

the ileum it is only 10 cm. The large intestine soon tapers when

it enters the spiral from 10 em., which is its width in the beginning

next to the cecum, to a diameter of 4-5 cm. in the spiral coils.

It retains that width so long as it is included in the mesentery,

but when it leaves this it widens to 8-9 cm. in diameter, and the

rectum is still wider, 9-10 cm. When the colon leaves the spiral

in the mesentery it becomes covered with fat, distributed in

large oval and oblong lumps, which become still more numerous

on the rectum.

——

eee ANNE i ihies

Pat ssl “TM [Tr

ST a

d 4 fj / / Wy

a Al, / 7

4 YRS YA / Kt

* S| Al / }

9/4 My | Hh

= EB i / Yj

Vs ai =F

E iB) 6

\a |) 4A

‘ =1]

— =

SSSsSs sess

‘ gy

ll M

een

Great and small intestines of the Musk-ox.

If we assume that the first spiral coil (fig. 7) begins at the point

where the colon crosses the median line since it has left the cecal

tract and is bending over to the left side, then the first coil is

complete at the number I in the figure, the second at II, the third

at ILI, and the fourth at IV, but at that point the spiral turns and

the colon bends back upon itself, The fifth, sixth, and seventh coils

(5, 6, and 7 in the figure) are retrograde coils, and the fifth and

1900.] SOFT ANATOMY OF THE MUSK-OX. 153

sixth are situated more centrally and covered by the other coils.

The seventh lies between the second and first coil, but the eighth

is still more peripheric. At 8 in the figure it is shown to make a

long loop (y), and then having returned upon itself it passes out

in the periphery of the mesentery near the short convolutions of

the small intestine, to which it is fixed with a narrow (about 3 cm.)

mesentery. Owing to this narrowness of the mesentery, the large

intestine is forced to make some undulations, although not so many

or so deep as the small intestine. When the large intestine has

come to the pancreas region it leaves the mesentery of the jejunum,

and becomes connected with the first part of the colon (the first

coil) in a direction opposite to that of the latter towards the right

side, and, returning upon itself, makes a loop, both ends of which

are closely connected at a in the figure. Then it passes backward

into the rectum.

With regard to the figure, it is to be observed that the intestine

is laid out and the coils of the spiral are pulled apart a little; the

upper parts of the spiral being to the right and the lower parts

to the left, so as to make all the coils at least partly visible.

When comparing the large intestine of Ovibos with that of other

Ruminants, it becomes evident that the former is more developed

and thrown into more coils (4 centripetal and 4 centrifugal). If

the spiral coils are counted in the same manner as above, we find

that the colon of Capreolus makes 23 centripetal spiral coils and

2% retrograde or centrifugal ones. The same organ in Capra and

Ovis makes 3 centripetal and 3 retrograde spiral coils. In Bos, as

a rule, only 2 centripetal and 2 centrifugal coils (sometimes only

13 of each) can be discerned.

The situation of the last centrifugal coil is different in Ovis and

Capra on the one side, and Bos on the other, since in the two

former it lies peripherally quite close to the coils of the small

intestine. The same is also the case in Ovibos, as already stated ;

but although this characteristic separates Ovibos from Bos, it has

no value for uniting Ovibos with the Ovine group, because the same

condition is also found in other Ruminants, as, for instance,

Capreolus, in which the mesentery between the small and the large

intestine is 14-24 cm. It is therefore probable that this is an

ancient character retained by most Ruminants except the Bovine

group. The situation of the colon gives therefore no reason for

uniting Ovibos with Ovis and Capra in a subfamily of Cavicornia.

On the contrary, the greater development of the spiral coils

indicates that the Musk-ox is differentiated with regard to this

organ from the others. The same result may be obtained by

comparing the measurements of the different parts of the intestine

with each other, and comparing this relation with the correspondig

one in other species. The length of the different parts of the

intestine of the Musk-ox measured in a preserved state, but still

adherent to the mesentery, is as follows :—

Small intestine from pylorus to cecum 26 m. 70 cm.

Cecum 70cm. Large intestine 12 m. 40 em.

154 DR, E, LONNBERG ON THE [Feb. 20,

The terminal portion of the rectum, perhaps 25 em., is missing.

For comparison it may be mentioned that Mr. J. Arwidson made

the following measurements of the intestine of another specimen.

He loosened the intestine from the mesentery and stretched it

out on the deck of the steamer, which of course resulted in larger

figures, Small intestine 31 m. 2 cm. Cecum 75 cm. Large

intestine 11 m. 99 cm.

But in this case, also, the last part of the rectum from the

anterior end of the urinary bladder was missing. Since the intestine

was stretched in this case, it may be more reliable to use my own

figures. We find, then, that the small intestine is not much more

than twice as long (more exactly 2°1, and according to Arwidson’s

measurements 2°5) as the large intestine. or comparison I have

in the same way measured the intestines of a sheep and a goat

preserved in formalin and still adherent to the mesentery, viz.:—

Ovis. Capra.

Small intestine...... 15 m. 15 em. 14m. 77cm.

Cmaent bios as. dee 36 cm. 22 cm.

Large intestine .... 4m. 90cm. 4m. 90 cm.

In both these cases we find that the small intestine is fully

three times as long as the large. Similar figures occur in literature

concerning other species of Ovis and Capra, and in Bos the small

intestine is 3 to 4 times as long as the large one.

The great length of the large intestine in the Musk-ox is an

adaptation suitable for the digestion of some special kind of food.

It is thus probable that feeding on the twigs of the arctic willow

and similar indigestible material, which, when the short arctic

summer has passed, must be the only food of this hardy animal,

has produced this great development of the large intestine.

The liver of the Musk-ox (fig. 8, p. 155) is divided into a right and

a left lobe. The diameters of the left lobe are 16 cm. x 21 cm., and

its thickness is between4and 5 cm. The corresponding measure-

ments of the right lobe are 18, 22,and8cm. The spigelian lobe is

small and triangular (43 cm. base, 23 height) with a broad base, thus

exhibiting that shape which has been called by Garrod’ oviform,

The lobus caudatus (I.c.) is flattened, 123 cm. long by 84 broad, and

carries at the end a small lobule 3-3 cm. broad and 1°8 long.

The gall-bladder (gb) is, as usual, situated on the posterior surface

of the right lobe, 9 cm. from the umbilical fissure, the depth of

which is about 6 cm. It has thus « rather central position in the

right lobe. When empty and contracted it is 11 cm. in length.

The ductus choledechus, which has a considerable width, opens into

the duodenum 63 cm. from the pylorus. About 10 cm. before it

pierces the wall of the intestine it receives the ductus pancreaticus

(cf. the figure). This description being taken from the organ of

a full-grown bull.

A comparison of the liver of Ovibos with that of other Pecora

' Proce. Zool. Soc. 1877, pp. 2 et seg.

1900.] SOFT ANATOMY OF THE MUSK-OX. 155

gives the following results. With regard to its pronounced

division into a right and left lobe, it resembles more the ovine than

the bovine liver. But since the same division is just as much

pronounced in many other forms, this characteristic has hardly any

classificatory value. The lobus spigelit has the same form in Ovis,

Bos, and Ovibos; but it is doubtful whether the shape of this lobe

offers any valuable characteristics, since it may be absent or present

in the same genus or even species, while its form in the same

species may be either “rusiform” or “oviform” (cf. Garrod, 1. ¢.

p. 4). The shape of the lobus caudatus in the Musk-ox is more

flattened and less trihedral than in any liver of Cavicornia or

Cervicornia I lave seen.

Liver, gall-bladder, and part of the duodenum of the Musk-ox.

This probably depends on the circumstance that the right kidney

is not so closely impressed and capped by this part of the liver.

The union of the ductus pancreaticus with the ductus choledechus

before entering the intestine seems at first sight to be a character

of more importance, because this presents a resemblance to Sheep

and a difference from Cattle. It must be observed, however, that,

according to Franck’, Bos not seldom has two ducti pancreatici,

one opening directly in the intestine, and the other uniting with

the ductus choledechus. This considerably lessens the difference of

arrangement, the more so as my preparation of Ovibos was a little

damaged in these parts, so that I am not able to deny the possible

‘ Gf. Ellenberger and Miiller, 7. c. p. 433.

156 DR, E, LONNBERG ON THE [Feb. 20,

existence of a second pancreatic duct. By embryological investi-

gations it has been proved that the presence of two pancreatic ducts is

the primary condition, which thus is retained now and then in Bos;

and two such ducts always exist in many Ungulata, as, for instance.

Equus, Tapirus, and Rhinoceros. The condition in the Ruminantia

does not seem to be well known (except in domesticated animals) ;

it can, however, be concluded per analogiam that they originally had

two pancreatic ducts. In such a case it is evident that two forms

like Ovis and Ovibos have been able to reduce one and retain the

other, so that this resemblance is no distinct proof of close relation-

ship, although it may indicate such a feature.

The main mass of the panereas (fig. 8, p. 155) of the Musk-ox

is situated round the blood-vessels of the liver, but it extends

along the paunch towards the spleen, although it does not seem

to quite reach that organ. The pancreatic duct has already been

spoken of.

The spleen of the Musk-ox is not elongate as in Ovis and Capra,

but its contour is elliptic, equally rounded at both ends (fig. 9).

Its length is (in an adult bull) 21 cm. and its breadth 14 cm

Fig. 9.

()

wit i i

HH UNNI:

Mh HY,

HIN \ Au Hi

A at

ARR)

‘i Nh |

Ky ai \ lah \ 1 /

S HR y,

CMSA .

SSS) y

eS wh

\\ 7

Spleen of the Musk-ox.

It is, however, much thicker (4 cm. in preserved state) at the side

nearest to the cesophagus, and is flattened towards the other sides.

Its shape thus agrees very well with that of the spleen of the

Cervicornia (Cervus claphus, Capreolus) and Giraffa, and may be an

ancient character.

The nostrils have already been spoken of in connection with the

muzzle. The septum membranaceum of the posterior nasal cavity

1900.] SOFT ANATOMY OF THE MUSK-OX. 157

is in the Sheep complete, and extends posteriorly into the ‘‘ Nasen-

rachen,” but in the Calf it is only a ridge. In Capra this septum

is well developed, although not quite so strongly as in the Sheep.

The same structure as in Bos occurs in Ovibos, as I have seen in

the salted head of a Musk-cow, in which this ridge is only 2 mm.

broad and 3-4 mm. high. Even with allowance for contraction in

the brine, it is evident that the posterior nasal cavity is much less

narrowed by the septum membranacewm in the Musk-ox than in

the Ovine group. . This may be gathered from the fact that at the

posterior end of the palatwm durum the distance between the

septum and the lateral wall is nearly 13 em., while the height of

the cavity measures more than 4 em.

The larynx of the Musk-ox (fig. 10) is of a very elongate shape.

Its greatest length (in a bull), taken as a whole, is 14 cm., but its

Fig. 10.

Larynx of the Musk-ox.

transverse (vertical) diameter is only 9 cm. This great length is

mostly due to the great extension of the cartilago thyroidea (more

than ll em.). It is especially the anterior part which is large,

as may be demonstrated from the fact that the distance from the

hind margin to the point of the pomum adami is contained fully

three times in the distance from the latter point to the margin of

158 DR, EB. LONNBERG ON THE [Feb. 20,

the incisura thyroidea superior. In Capra the corresponding

relation is only 1 to 14, and in Capreolus I have found a similar

condition. Cornua superiora in the Musk-ox are not so much

elongated as, for instance, in Cervus elaphus and Capreolus, in

which they are larger than the cornua posteriora, but of compara-

tively the same size as in Bos and Capra. They are directed

dorsally, so that their direction forms a nearly right angle

against the longitudinal diameter of the larynx, and is not parallel

to the same as in Capra and Bos. The cornua inferiora are

very long and arcuate. As a result of the great development

of the cartilago thyroidea in Ovibos, the longitudinal diameter of

the dorsal part of the cartilago cricoidea, which in Capra, Cervus,

and Capreolus exceeds the length of the cartilago thyroidea, only

equals 72°/, of the length of the first mentioned cartilage. In

Bos the anterior portion of the cartilago thyroidea is enlarged

as in the Musk-ox, so that the length of the larynx exceeds the

dorsiventral diameter, but the length of the cricoidea equals or

nearly equals the length of the thyroidea along the anterior keel.

The pomum adam is less developed in Bos than in Ovibos, and the

distance from the same to the insertion of the cornua posteriora

exceeds the length of the thyroidea in Bos and still more so in

Capra; but in Ovibos this distance is not much more than ? of

the length of the thyrodea, although the pomum adami is so much

protruding. This indicates that the lateral extension compared

with the length of the thyroidea is much less in Ovibos than in Bos.

This can be seen in the figure. On the whole there is, however,

more resemblance with regard to this organ between Ovibos and

Bos than with the others.

The epiglottis of the Musk-ox is strongly recurved at the apex,

but blunt (nearly rounded). It thus makes a less triangular

impression than that of Capra, Bos, &e. The plica ary-epi-

glottica is well developed, although not so much, it seems, as

in Ovis and Capra. The basal part of the epiglottis is strongly

developed and reaches the same length as the free portion. On

the sides it is well curved so as to embrace the arytenoid car-

tilages.

The trachea is yery wide and has a peculiar shape. It is flat-

tened dorso-ventrally, so that the transverse diameter of its

Fig. 11,

Tracheal ring of the Musk-ox.

lumen is 5 cm., but the dorso-ventral only 83cm. This is effected

by the tracheal rings (fig. 11) not meeting dorsally, but leaving a

1900.1 SOFT ANATOMY OF THE MUSK-OX. 159

3 cm. broad interspace between their dorsal ends’. This interspace

is occupied only by soft tissues. The dorsal surface is thus, instead

of showing a median edge as in other Cavicornia, flat or even a

little concave. The cartilages are ventrally thicker, but end

dorsally in thin edges. The ventral portion of the rings is usually

7-8 mm. broad, but towards the sides, where they partly overlap

each other in the antero-posterior direction, they become broader

(15-20 mm.).

The lungs of the Musk-ox show on the right side the same

division into lobes as in other Cavicornia (Bos, Ovis, Capra) and

in Cervicornia (Cervus elaphus, Dama, Capreolus, and Rangifer),

but the left lung differs (fig. 12) from all the material (of Ruminants)

Lung of the Musk-ox.

on hand except Lama glama. The left lung is quite simple, the

upper lobe sitting with a broad base on the lower, and there being

no trace of a middle lobe (see fig. 12), which latter in the Ru-

minants (except Lama) enumerated above is very deeply cleft from

the lower lobe. Ovibos has thus in this, respect, a very isolated

position. The lungs are distinctly lobulated as in Bos.

1 A similar condition is said to take place in the Yak (Bos grunniens Linn,)

according to Pagenstecher (Allgem. Zoologie, vol. iii. p. 384).

160 DR. BE. LONNBERG ON THE [Feb. 20,

The circulatory system cannot be studied from the material

on hand, I therefore only state the dimensions of the preserved

heart of a Musk-ox bull, 18x 134x932 (right) or 102 (left) em.

Its periphery is 39 em. The dimensions seem to equal those of

common cattle.

The scrotal sac of the Musk-ox is pendent, with vertical tes-

ticles, as Mr. J. Arwidson informs me. The length of a testicle

with the epididymis of a bull (killed at Emperor Franz Joseph

Fjord, Aug. 26) measured 123 cm., the transverse diameter of the

same is about 6 cm. This is about the same size as in cattle, and

relatively smaller than in Ovis and Capra (for instance the testicles

of a young goat are fully 10 cm. in length). The musculus cre-

master is well developed, 33 cm. broad. The vasa deferentia are

arranged as usual. The thickened terminal portions are 6-7 mm.

in length and about 7 mm. thick. They have an exterior muscular

coat and a spongious-looking interior surface. The interspaces

between these organs are filled with fat. The ductus ejaculatorius

opens on a colliculus seminalis which has the shape of a ridge, but

distally this ridge is cleft in two parts, which border a furrow.

The vesicule seminales are flattened, 53 cm. long and 24 ecm.

broad, organs with a distinctly lobed appearance. They are nearly

solid and have a glandular structure. Hach opens with a duct

into the corresponding ductus ejaculatorius.

The prostata is only slightly developed, and covered by the

thick musculus urethralis. Next to the bladder only small scat-

tered lobules are seen, but distally, 43 cm. from the proximal

border of this muscle, the gland is thickened to a layer 5-6 mm.

in thickness and about 13 cm. in length.

The glandule cowpert are well dev eloped, rather triangular

in shape, about 3 cm. deep, and nearly 33 em. long, but flattened

on the median side so that the thickness does not amount to more

than 14 cm. in the transverse diameter.

So far as the muscles are left on the preparation, the following

can be discovered :—a pair of broad ischio-uwrethrales, a pair of

large bulbo-cavernosi and the ‘‘ Afterruthenmuskeln,” which run

alongside each other to the S-shaped curve of the penis. There

they separate, and continue laterally of the penis to a point about

6 cm. from the preputium, where they insert by means of a sinew.

The penis opens into a preputium, which protrudes 61 cm. out-

side the integument of the belly. The distal third of this sac-like

prominence is exteriorly naked in a bull killed August 29th. The

base is covered by dark brown, nearly black hairs “partly reaching

a length of 18 em. Distally the hairs get shorter, less numerous,

and partly greyish white. The preputial cavity is distinetly

differentiated into three regions with different structure. The most

distal of these, which corresponds with the protruding part, is

richly provided with longitudinal folds. Its integument has the

same structure as the exterior surface of the tip of the preputial

prominence. In a bull killed in July this portion is densely

covered by fine hairs reaching a length of 6 cm, This is probably

1900.] SOFT ANATOMY OF THE MUSK-OX. 161

a part of the winter coat, which extends even on to the interior

surface of the preputium, for in the bull killed 29th August it is

absent and the corresponding surface naked. The next preputial

region, about 7 cm. in length, is also thrown into strong longi-

tudinal folds. In the bull killed in July it is beset with fine

woolly-looking hairs about 14 or 2 cm. in length. This portion

is evidently richly provided with glands, for in the specimen

killed at the end of August, at a time when the rutting-season

is approaching, this region is quite covered by a hardened secretion.

This is a yellowish-looking mass consisting partly of small roundish

nodules like hardened drops and emitting a strong odour of musk.

The third and most interior portion, which includes the distal

end of the penis, is about 6 cm. in length. Its surface is thrown

into a still greater number (16-18) of undulating folds. But the

surface is smooth, and there is no secretion conspicuous in this

part. There seems to bea rather powerful sphincter at the centre

ot the middle preputial portion, although it is damaged on the

preparations.

The length of the two penes preserved in the retracted state

is, measured along the curves, respectively 55 and 62 cm.

The end of the penis (fig. 13) is blunt, and the urethra ends as a

truncate tube («), which on the left side is curved upward close

to the tip of the penis. The urethral tube accordingly does not

Penis of the Musk-ox.

extend beyond the penis, and the portion which is not fused

together with the end of the latter is very short. On my speci-

mens the free margin on the left lateral side is about 9 mm. and

on the median side hardly 4 mm. This condition differs widely

from that inthe Ovine group. But there is still another difference :

the apex of the penis of the Sheep is provided with an expansion

like a cushion, forming a kind of glans, but in the Musk-ox |

nothing of that sort can be seen. ‘The shape of the penis of

Ovibos is most similar to that of Damaliscus pygargus as figured

by Garrod (l.c.p.11). From the fact that forms so widely

different as Giraffa, Moschus, Elaphodus, Addax, Gazella, Capra,

and Ovis have the urethra prolonged to a more or less setiform

appendix beyond the tip of the penis, it may be concluded that

this is an ancient characteristic ' of the Ruminants, and the ancestors

‘ Tt is very difficult to understand such a feature as a parallelism, and fer/inz

non datur.

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1900, No. XI. 1L

162 DR, E, LONNBERG ON THE [Feb. 20,

of Ovibos probably had a similar organ. It tis, however, reduced

in the Musk-ox as well as in the Common Ox and many other

forms. Such a thin filiform termination of the urethra must

easily be damaged by frost, and it could hardly be useful to an

animal living in such a cold climate that it needed even the interior

of the preputial sac clothed with hairs or wool. This might

therefore be the reason for its reduction in Ovibos, whatever it

may have been in others.

The absence of this filiform prolongation (the cause may be

one or the other) is, however, a resemblance to the condition in

Bos, and the value of this characteristic seems to gain more im-

portance as it is shared also by some Antelopes (Bubaline section).

But it must be admitted thatthe reduction of such an appendix

as this might have taken place in different forms independently.

The genital organs of a young virgin cow killed in the Queen

Augusta Valley in July were preserved. The ovaries are irregu-

larly bean-shaped, 22 mm. long, 17 mm. broad, and 12 mm. thick.

The tube fallopzi pursue their slightly winding course in about

10 em. from the pavilion to the cornua uteri. In each cornu

there are a great number of cotyledonal processes. These are

neither regularly arranged nor of the same size, but in the wider

part they seem to be disposed in four rows. Those of the two

median rows are much the larger. The number may be estimated

between 90 and 100 in each cornu. The cotyledons are thus much

more numerous than in other forms, nearly twice as many as in

the cow and sheep (according to Franck’). According to Garrod’s

list the Giraffe is the only ruminant which has a similarly great

number, namely “180 large and small” (7. c. p.12). Ovibos has

accordingly a rather isolated position in this respect.

The corpus uteri is very short (about 12 mm.), because the

cornua nearly reach down to the cerviv. The vaginal portion

forms the largest part of the genitalia in such a young cow. It

is about 19 cm. from the lower end of the canalis cervicis to the

edges of the labia pudendi. About a third of this length is taken

up by the sinus urogenitalis. The hymen is well developed, and

at its free margin is a conical papilla. Under the hymen is a

diverticulum in which the urethra opens.

The vagina from the hymen to the cervix uteri is wide and about

13 cm. in length. Not far from the end of the same, two large

plice or valves are found, which are arranged so that each forms

a pocket with the wall. The interior of these is situated on the

left side about 2 cm. from the mouth of the canalis cervicalis, and its

pocket is open downward. The exterior valye forms a still more

pronounced pocket opening inward a little more than 2 cm. from

the other. The function of these valves may be to retain the

sperm in the vagina after copulation. Otherwise the interior sur-

face of the vagina is smooth, but with longitudinal folds. In the

Ruminants that I have used for comparison, I have not seen any

* Cf. Ellenberger and Miiller, /. c. p. 556.

1900. | SOFT ANATOMY OF THE MUSK-OX. 163

transverse plice or valves like thosein Ovibos, which may therefore

be peculiar to that form.

At the ventral angle of the labia pudendi is the clitoris with

a rounded glans. Its visible parts are oviform, 6 mm. long by

4 broad.

The kidneys of Ovibos are bean-shaped, without trace of division

into lobules. Their dimensions in an old bull are as follows :—

length 13 cm., breadth at hilus 64-7 cm., thickness 43-52 cm.

In a young cow the corresponding dimensions are 11, 6, and 5 cm.

When the kidney is cut longitudinally it can be seen that there is

only one elongate and ridge-like mammilla formed by the more or

less complete blending of many cones into one. The cones are,

however, at their bases more or less distinct. This character offers

a remarkable difference from the corresponding structure in. Bos,

but agrees with that of the sheep, goats, deer, and other ruminants,

even the Camelide. It is accordingly a character of importance in

distinguishing Bos and Ovibos; but, on the other hand, it does

not prove any closer relationship between Ovibos and Ovis, because

Bos is in this respect an aberrant, and Ovibos a normal ruminant.

Concerning the mammary organs of Ovibos, it is stated by various

authors with more or Jess certainty that the udder is provided with

only two teats. This statement is, however, erroneous, as Ovibos,

both females and males, normally have four well-developed teats.

On the 11th of July, Mr. Arwidson preserved the udder of a young

cow shot in Queen Augusta Valley. The udder had four teats, the

anterior pair situated 8 cm. apart. The posterior pair measured

25 mm. in length, and 4 cm. apart ; the distance between the two

pairs being5cm. On the 26th of August, an old cow, with milk in

the udder, was killed at Emperor Franz Joseph Fjord. She had four

normal teats and one accessory. The anterior of these measure

in the preserved state about 33 cm., and the posterior 4-43 cm.

The fifth accessory teat is close to the base of the right anterior

one, and is not quite 13 cm. long in the preserved state. In a bull

killed in July on Sabine Island, Mr. Arwidson found four teats

and a fifth accessory one. ‘“ At the base of the scrotum,” he

writes, ‘two rudimentary teats were situated 7 cm. apart, 5 cm.

in front of these was another pair, and 6 cm. in front of these on

the left side still another of small size, but the corresponding one

on the right side is missing. The posterior ones are larger,

measuring 1°5 em.” The udder of the cow is densely covered with

hair, and even the teats, although more sparsely, are beset with

hairs of a lighter, nearly white coloration. The aperture in the

tip of the teats is large. In their shape the teats resemble those

of the cow, although smaller aud hairy.

The alleged presence of only two teats has been regarded as

evidence for allying Ovibos with the Ovine Ruminants. The opposite

view is, perhaps, proved by the existence of fourteats. Indeed,

the evidence is more than this ; because, if there had only been two,

one pair might have been reduced by parallelism, since the presence

of two pairs is the primary condition, as may be gathered from

Li*

164 DR. E, LONNBERG ON THE [Feb. 20,

the fact that four teats are found in the Camelida, in Giraffa, and

in the Cervide. That the teats in some forms have been reduced

independently is more than probable, when we take into considera-

tion the conditions presenting themselves in the Antelopes. In

the Bubaline section, for instance, Bubalis' has only two, but

Connochetes has four teats; and a similar difference is also found

in the subfamily Antilopine, in which all the genera have two teats

except Saiga, which has four.

Fig. 14.

Udder of the female Musk-ox.

The ante-orbital pit or sinus sebaceus is well developed in Ovibos.

On the salted head of a cow I found the glandular organ to have

a lenticular shape, 23 mm. long, 18 broad, and 8 thick. It was

situated in a shallow groove of the lacrymal bone, in the angle

formed by the protruding orbital tube against the facial portion of

the skull. It is placed rather high, as it is on a level with the

upper third of the orbit. The interior of the pit itself is hairy,

and round it the glands are arranged and surrounded by a capsule

of connective tissue.

* Sclater & Thomas: The Book of Antelopes, vol. i. p. 5.

1900. | SOFT ANATOMY OF TUE MUSK-OX. 165

The presence of such a gland is a feature common not only to

the Sheep, but to a great number of Antelopes, Deer, and other

Ruminants. It is thus certainly an ancient characteristic. Its

presence in the Musk-ox does not therefore prove close relationship

to other forms having such a gland; and where it is missing, it

may have been reduced independently in different forms.

Both in the fore and in the hind feet of the Musk-ox I have

failed to find any glands. This is again another difference from Ours.

It is chiefly on the study of the skeleton that the classification

of the Musk-ox has been based, the soft anatomy having been

almost unknown. In his paper on Ovibos in the Paleonto-

grapkical Society’s Monographs, vol. xxv., Prof. Boyd Dawkins

has treated of the early opinions about this animal. We tind

there that the Arctic explorers and the first zoologists to whom

the animal was known regarded it as a kind of ox, this being

expressed by its first scientific name, Bos moschatus. Blainville

thought he recognized in the Musk-ox intermediate characters

between sheep and ox, and introduced in 1816 the name Ovzbos,

which has been adopted by most authors.

Owen believed, however, that the Musk-ox was more nearly re-

lated to the Cape Buffalo and therefore named it Bubalus moschatus.

Riitimeyer placed Ovibos near Budorcas, and both of these forms

near the Sheep’. Quite lately the affinity between Budorcas and

Ovibos has been pleaded by Matschie*. Lydekker, in his ‘ Wild

Oxen, Sheep, and Goats of All Lands,’ placed Ovibos as a form

“incerte sedis”; but it seems asif most recent authors are inclined

to regard it as a true Sheep, although of a somewhat aberrant type.

The question has always been, “ Is it a bovine or an ovine form” ?

No other possibility has been discussed, except that it might

perhaps be an intermediate link. Then, as there seemed to be

more likeness with the Sheep than with the Oxen, the decision, as a

rule, has favoured the Sheep with this strange form. The different

reasons which have prevailed with zoologists to form such a

judgment are chiefly founded on osteological characters; and there-

fore,as I hope soon to have the opportunity of treating the osteology

of the Musk-ox in a separate paper, when I shall enter upon a

discussion of the value of these characters, | now confine myself

to consider what conclusions may be drawn from the sketch of

the soft anatomy given above.

If we first ask, in what respects does Ovibos agree with the Ovine

type, and what is the value of those characters, we arrive at the

following result. The hairiness of the inuzzle is a resemblance but

a rather doubtful one, as Ovibos may independently have obtained

this characteristic as an adaptation, and then as a parallelism to

the same feature in the Reindeer. This seems the more probable

as the broad shape of the Musk-ox’s muzzle, and the absence of

the mid-fissure of the lip, tend to show that its development has

advanced in a different direction from that of the Sheep. On the

1 Abb. Schweiz. pal. Ges. 1877 & 1878.

? Sitzungsb. Ges, nat. Freunde, Berlin, 1898.

166 ON THE SOFT ANATOMY OF THE MUSK-OX. [Feb. 29,

other hand, as several of the Antelopes, the Llamas, and certain

other Ruminants have hairy muzzles, it is possible that this is an

ancient character, retained alike by Ovibos and Ovis. Whichever

of these theories may be true, neither gives any reason for

classifying the Musk-ox with the Sheep.

The resemblance between the Musk-ox and Sheep with regard

to the relative dimensions of the right and left saes of the paunch

is shared by members of Cervide, and is therefore an ancient charac-

teristic, merely indicating that the paunch is less developed than

in Bos, the most specialized ruminant. The union of the pancreatic

duct with the ductus choledechus has already been discussed. It

indicates that one of the two primary ducts has become reduced,

and the same retained in- both Ovibos and Ovis, and may well be

an independent parallelism. The “oviform” shape of the lobas

spigelii is of no importance. The peripheral situation of the last

centrifugal coil of the colon in Ovibos and Ovis is the same as in

the Cervide ; and is thus an ancient character, with regard to which

Bos alone differs from the others. The same may be said about

the non-lobated kidneys of the Musk-ox. The presence of ante-

orbital glands is also an ancient character, common to many rumi-

nants, although these have been reduced in Bos, Cupra, some

Antelopes, &c. It is thus evident that the resemblances between

Ovibos and Ovis do not indicate close relationship, especially when

the differences are so many and so important. For instance, the

absence of the median fissure in the upper lip indicates that the

muzzle of the Musk-ox has been differentiated from the ancient

type still retained by the Sheep. The reticulum of the Musk-ox

is smaller than the psalterium, and the abomasus differs in the

number of plicee, &c. These are features of a separate development,

as are the greater number of colic coils. The spleen differs from

that of the Sheep and other Cavicornia, and may be of an ancient

type. The slight development of the septwm membranaceum in the

posterior part of the nasal cavity separates Ovibos from the Ovine

type ; and the same is the case with the differences indicated by the

great development of the larynx of the Musk-ox, its peculiar

trachea, and the undivided left lung. The shape of the Musk-ox’s

penis is different from that of the Ovine group. The number of

cotyledons in the placenta is unusually large, and the number of teats

is the primary four; both these being important characters which

distinguish the Musk-ox from the Sheep. To these may he added

characters of minor importance, such as the denticulated palatal

ridges", the flattened shape of the lobus caudatus of the liver, the valyes

in the vagina, the absence of the foot-glands, &c. Taken together,

all seem to prove that the soft anatomy of the Musk-ox not only

does not speak for its affinity with the Sheep, but even plainly pro-

hibits its inclusion in the same group of the Cavicornia. Neither

is it allied to the Bovine group. ‘I'he anatomy of Budorcas is not

‘ The irregular arrangement of the papille circumval/ate compared with the

regular rows in Bos and Ovibos may be an ancient feature.

1900. ] ON AN BARTHWORM OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA, 167

known, at least not to me, and therefore [ am not able to judge

concerning the alleged affinity between Ovzbos and Budorcas. So

much may, however, be said, that if there should exist any great

affinity between these forms, Budorcas cannot be a Sheep. It is to

be regretted that the anatomy of the Antelopes is so incompletely

known. When our knowledge of them becomes greater, then only

will a satisfactory classification of the Cavicornia be possible. But,

to judge from its soft anatomy, the Musk-ox is entitled to form a

subfamily of its own, at least pro tempore, as well defined as the

Caprine or the Bovine.

3. On a Species of Earthworm from Western Tropical

Africa, belonging to the Genus Benhamia. By Frank

EK. Bepparp F.R.S., &c.

[Received January 30, 1900. ]

A few weeks ago I received, through the kindness of Mr. Martin

Woodward, a bottle containing some Earthworms which had been

collected in Ashanti, and which I refer to two distinct species,

both of which, so far as I can see, have already beeu characterized.

As, however, I am able to extend our knowledge of at least one of

these, I think it worth while to bring the notes of my dissections

betore the Society.

Benhamia cecifera (W. B. Benham).

Five years ago Dr. Benham described’ a large Earthworm from

the Gold Coast which he referred to the genus Benhamia, and to a

new species of that genus named by him B. cecifera on account of

the numerous ceca with which the intestine was furnished. The

larger specimen of those kindly presented to me by Mr. Woodward

appears to belong to this species. Dr. Benham’s example is in

the collection of Earthworms in the British Museum ; and—as it

was the type of his new species—he was compelled to respect its

integrity as much as possible. I have been under no such

necessity, and am able therefore in a few points to supplement his

description. In order to avoid useless repetition, I shall in the

following notes upon this species abstain from commenting upon

such facts as are, according to my own investigations, rightly

described in Dr. Benham’s memoir. I shall only deal with those

matters which he was compelled to leave unnoticed, or as to which

my own observations do not agree with his. The different state

of maturity of our two examples enables me, moreover, to add facts

which were evidently not apparent in Dr. Benhamn’s specimen.

The worm was fully mature and 80cm. long. Though much

softened through imperfect preservation, a number of points were

' “On Benhamia cecifera,n.sp., from the Gold Coast,” Quart. Journ, Micr

Se. vol. xxxvii. p. 103.

168 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON AN EARTHWORM [ Feb. 20,

quite clear. But the state of the worm did not encourage me to

pursue my studies into the microscopic structure.

As to external characters, all that I have to remark upon are the

numerous copulatory papille. A distinguishing feature of this

Fig. 1.

Benhamia cecifera.

Ventral surface of anterior segments: sp. 1 & 2, spermathecal pores ;

spd. 1 & 2, orifices of spermiducal glands.

species is, as Dr. Benham has pointed out, the great number and

the somewhat peculiar form of these organs. But his figure does

1900. ] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. 169

not entirely agree with my observations. The very greatest care

has often to be exercised in defining species from these very

generally present organs of adhesion, which are often when dis-

creetly used of great value in distinguishing {the species of many

genera. These papillz, however, are of more than one kind. In

the present species they are,as Dr. Benham has indicated and

illustrated, of the nature of pits from the bottom of which a

papilla may protrude. They resemble so far the genital papille of

the Pericheta, P. nove britannie*. But they are extraordinarily

numerous—much more numerous in the specimen of Benhamia

which I have studied than in that which forms the subject of

Dr. Benham’s paper. The accompanying drawing (fig. 1, p. 168)

will illustrate their distribution on the surface of the body and save a

full description. It will be seen from that drawing that they are

as numerous in the region of the spermathecal apertures as in the

neighbourhood of the male orifices. In Dr. Benham’s specimen

there were by no means so many of these sucker-like organs

anteriorly as posteriorly. The orifices were quite small, and the

fact that each was surrounded by a white circumference gave to

them an exceedingly conspicuous appearance. In many cases they

were crowded together upon a single segment. Elsewhere there

were fewer on a single segment. I noticed no glands in the

interior of the body which correspond to them. In this they

differ from the (physiologically ?) similar papillae of some other

earthworms.

I divide what I have to say upon the internal organs of this

species into three heads :—

(1) Calciferous Glands.—These glands, always found in the

genus Benhamia, are present to the number of three pairs and,

as is usual with the genus, lie in seyments xv, xvi, & xvi.

The glands are much lobulated, as is shown in the figure which I

exhibit (fig. 2, p. 170); the furrows are very deep, and the appear-

ance, as Dr. Benham has remarked, is by no means unlike that of a

well-convoluted mammalian brain. The middle pair, 2. e. those

occupying segment XVI, are the largest of the three ; the anterior

pair are the smallest. An important anatomical fact respecting

these calciferous glands is their opening into the cesophagus by

a single orifice on each side, which is common to all three glands.

The large size of the worm permitted this fact to be ascertained

by simple dissection without any doubt ; when the cesophagus was

slit open the orifice was not only plainly visible, but the secretion

of the glands in the form of a brownish powder was seen to

escape like a cloud into the alimentary tube by one orifice only.

The slightest pressure produced this result. The single orifice

belonged to the anterior gland; the two following glands

apparently communicated with that and with each other.

Dr. Benham states of the calciferous glands that ‘each is .

connected to the esophagus by a short, narrow, but distinct duct.

' “On a Collection of Earthworms, &c.,” Willey’s Zool. Results, Cambridge,

1899,

170 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON AN EARTHWORM [Feb. 20,

There does indeed seem to be an attachment of each gland to the

cesophageal wall, but it is rather of a membranous character ; at

the same time it is quite possible that the adhesion represents an

embryonic duct which becomes occluded in the fully developed

Fig. 2.

whee ae:

, pe

Benhamia cecifera.

Calciferous glands (ca. 1, ca. 2, ca. 3): 0, their orifice in esophageal wall ;

S, septa.

worm, like the ductus arteriosus in many maramals. The discovery

of a single duct into the cesophagus which does duty for all three

glands of one side of the body is not, however, my own, not even

for this genus Benhamia.

Dr. Horst has recently given some account’ of the anatomy of a

Liberian species of this genus, B. liberiensis, which is characterized

by precisely the same state of affairs ; but it is not by any means

universal in the genus Benhamia; for in the same memoir which

* “On two new Benhamia Species from Liberia,’ Notes Leyd. Mus. xvii.

p- 21.

1900. ] OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. Al

has just been referred to, Dr. Horst expressly states of B. stampflir

that the three glands of each side open separately into the

cesophagus. I have since examined a number of small species of

Benhamia coming from various localities—East Indian, West

Indian, and African; and in these I find that there is but one

cesophageal duct for the three calciferous glands of each side, and

that each gland is in communication with its neighbour. I have

also to add that in Millsonia rubens the same thing occurs, as far

as I could make out by a dissection. This is an additional point

supplementary to those enumerated by Dr. Horst in which this

worm agrees with Benhamia. I may observe incidentally, while

mentioning this latter species, that I am quite in accord with

Dr. Michaelsen’* in regarding my Millsonia rubens as congeneric

with his Dichogaster mimus*, since he has discovered the numerous

intestinal ceca of the latter species. I am not, however, convinced

of their specific identity. For in theoriginal description there is

mentioned a tract lying round the male pores which remains free

of modification into the more glandular epidermis of the clitellum ;

I did not find this in my single example of M. rubens. Nor can

I see any trace of diverticula to the spermathecm. Still the generic

identity being established, I must drop Millsonia for the present

species, though I propose to retain it for Millsonia nigra *.

Fig. 3.

UU:

Benhamia cecifera.

Septum with intestine &. cut across: d.v., dorsal vessel ; s.7., supra-intestinal ;

v.v., ventral blood-vessel; @, esophagus; v, cecum; S, septum.

(2) Esophageal Cwcum.—One feature in the anatomy of the

cesophagus has not been noted by Dr. Benham.

Nearly opposite to the entrance of the ducts of the calciferous

glands, the cesophagus gives off a single forwardly running cecum

1 «& Perricolen von verschiedenen Gebieten der Erde,’ Mitth. nat. Mus.

Hamburg, xvi.

* “Yerricolen der Berliner zoologischen Sammlung,” Arch. Naturg. lwvii.

. 212.

Pye On two new Genera of Eartliworms from Western Tropical Africa,”

P. Z, 8.1894, p. 382.

172 ON AN EARTHWORM OF THE GENUS BENHAMIA. [Feb. 20,

from its ventral side. The diameter of this cecum is nearly, if

not quite, equal to that of the cesophagus itself. The accompanying

drawing (fig. 3, p. 171) shows the relations of this cecum during the

course of the esophagus. The drawing represents a part of the

intersegmental septum dividing segments x11/x11I cut out of

the body and viewed from behind. Above are the dorsal (d.v.)

and supra-intestinal (s.i.) blood-vessels, the latter of rather

greater calibre than the former. The cesophagus (@), and the

cecum (¢), as will be seen, look like a single subdivided tube, the

former haying a light fold projecting into its interior from below,

not to be compared therefore to a typhlosole. Below again to

this comes the ventral blood-vessel (v.v.) This cesophageal caecum

passes forward as far as to the xith segment, where it appears to

end without any diminution of calibre.

There are two structures among Earthworms with which this

median ventral cesophageal cecum may perhaps be compared. I

mention them in order of probability. Dr. Benham described in

Pericheta sedgwicki'—-and 1 have been able to confirm * his state-

ment—that instead of the usual pair of ceca found in the species

of this genus, there was a single median ventral cecum, like the

paired ones in general appearance but not visible until the gut was

lifted up.

More comparable, as I think, are the ventral ‘- Chylustaschen,”

as they have been termed by Dr. Michaelsen, of the Eudrilide.

They are probably more comparable in that they are esophageal

and not intestinal. Moreover, the fact that this species of

Benhamia has numerous intestinal ceca, precisely comparable in

structure to the paired intestinal ceca of most Perichetw, seems

to negative the former comparison. The position of this cecum,

on the other hand, fits in very well with the suggestion that it

represents, perhaps in an incipient form, the unpaired ventral

glands of Eudrilus, Polytoreutus, and other genera of Eudrilide.

One difficulty in the way of this comparison is the greater extent

ot the cecum in this Benhamia; even where there are three

separate ventral calciferous glands in the Eudrilide, they only

occupy a segment apiece, extending in their totality through

segments 1x-x1. _In the worm which forms the subject of the

present remarks the caecum lies in segments xI-xv. On the

hypothesis, however, which is suggested, the differentiation of a

single cecum might easily result in the shortening of the total

area. The intercommunication of two of these glands in Poly-

toreutus (as an occasional variation) is an argument in favour of

the comparison urged here. In this case the unpaired ventral

cecum of Benhamia cecifera will bear the same kind of relation to

the ventral umpaired glands of many Eudrilide that the single

diverticulum of the enteron of Amphioaus does to the complex

liver of higher vertebrates. On the theory that the terrestrial

1 Journ. Linn Soe., Zool. xxvi. p. 201.

* “Qn a Collection of Earthworms from New Britain &c.,” Willey’s Zool.

Results, pt. ii. p. 184.

1900.] ON MAMMALS FROM MOUNY KENYA. 173

Oligochzta are related to the marine Polycheta, and in the position

of forms to be derived from them, it may be possible to compare

this cecum with the siphon of the Capitcllide.

(3) As to the Reproductive Organs, I have but little to add to

Benham’s account. As he has observed, the anterior pair of sper-

mathece are the smaller; but I also found that corresponding to

this the posterior pair of spermiducal glands were smaller than

the anterior pair of those glands. I could find no diverticulum to

either pa‘r of spermathece, and no penial sete connected with

the male pores.

4. List of Mammals obtained by Mr. H. J. Mackinder

during his recent Expedition to Mount Kenya, British

East Africa. By Oxiprieitp THomas.

[Received February 15, 1900. ]

The Mammal-fauna of Mount Kenya, the highest mountain in

British East Africa, has hitherto been practically unknown, for

although Dr. Gregory collected a few specimens during bis ascent

in 1893, these have not hitherto been satisfactorily determined.

It bas therefore been with great interest that I have worked out

the excellent collection obtained on the mountain during Mr. H.

J. Mackinder’s recent successful expedition there, an expedition

of which he has himself given an account before the Geographical

Society '.

The actual collecting was done by Mr. Mackinder’s two

assistants, Messrs. Ernest Saunders and C. Camburn, and much

credit is due to them for the way in which they have succeeded

in making so admirable a collection under somewhat difficult

circumstances. In addition, some of the larger animals, including

the Mountain Dassies, were shot by Mr. Mackinder’s colleague,

Mr. C. B. Hausburg, and his Alpine guide, Cesar Ollier.

The species of mammals obtained on Mount Kenya itself are

fourteen in number; and [I have also added a list of those collected

at Nairobi, on the Uganda Railway, where the party remained

some little time. The whole series of skins has been acquired by

the British Museum.

Of the special Mountain-mammals the most interesting is a

new Dassy, of a rock- and not forest-inhabiting group, which

appears to be isolated above the forest zone at 12,000-15,000 feet.

A second new Dassy, of the forest group, comes from 8000 feet.

With the help of the fine collection of East African mammals

presented to the National Museum by Mr. F. J. Jackson, and

worked out by Mr. W. E. de Winton, the determination of the

present series has presented few difficulties, and [ must record my

1 See Geogr. Journ. xv. p. 453 (1900).

174 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Feb. 20,

indebteduess to Mr. de Winton for the assistance his determi-

natious of the more obscure forms have been to me in the

preparation of the present paper.

1. CoLogus caupatus Thos.

a—c. 3 Q. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 8000-10,000 fr.,

8 & 9/99.

There appears to be no difference between these specimens and

examples from Kilima-njaro.

Dr. Matschie has also recorded this Monkey from Mt. Kenya’.

2. CROCIDURA, sp.

a-d. 3 2. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 8000-10,000 ft.,

8-9/9.

A medium-sized species with a short tail.

3, SciuRUSs RUFOBRACHIATUS Waterh.

a. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 8000 ft., 14/9/99.

This specimen differs in various details from ordinary examples

of S. rufobrachiatus, but most of its peculiarities occur in one or

other of the large series in the Museum.

4, FUNISCIURUS JACKSONI de Wint.

a. g. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 8000 ft., 16/9/99.

5. GRAPHIURUS MURINUS Desm.

a. 3. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 11,000 ft., 22/8/99.

The determination of this Dormouse is somewhat doubtful, for,

as so often happens in this group, the skin has been severely

singed, and the colour consequently more or less altered.

6. Mus sacxsoni de Wint.

a. &. Forest zone of Mt. Kenya, 8000 ft.

7. Mus (Lec@aDA) MINUTOIDES Smith.

a. 2. Foot of Mt. Kenya, 7000 ft., 17/8/99.

8. LopHvuROMYS aQguiuus True.

a-d. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 8000-10,000 ft.

These specimens closely agree with examples captured by

Mr. Jackson at Ravine Station, with the exception that their tails

average slightly shorter. The colour of their feet varies a good

deal, one having nearly white feet, while in the others they are

brown or black.

‘Trapped among bamboo or bushy undergrowth.”

“In Forest zone.”

1 SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1899, p. 138.

1900.] MAMMALS FROM MOUNT KENYA, 175

9. OTOMYS IRRORATUS Bts.

a. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 8000 ft., 16 Sept. 1899. Forest

zone.

b-g. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 10,000 ft. Bamboo zone.

These specimens, though as usual differing among themselves

in colour, are very uniform in skull-characters and size. Their

dimensions, as taken in the flesh, run as follows :—Head and body

176-195 mm. ; tail 75-91 ; hind-foot 28°5-31. Like Mr. Jackson’s

and other East African examples of the species, they all have

seven laminz to the last upper molar.

10. OTOMYS IRRORATUS ORESTES, subsp. n.

a. 3S. Teleki Valley, Mt. Kenya, 13,000 ft., Sept. 3, 1899.

Type.

[o. 2 in spirit. Hohnel Valley, Upper Alpine zone, Mt. Kenya,

1893 (Dr. J. W. Gregory).

c, d. Imperfect skeleton and separate skull. Do. do.]

Size rather smaller, feet slightly and tail decidedly shorter than

in the plains form. Colour, of the single skin, corresponding to

the greyish and least rufous of the ordinary specimens, rather

more mottled than they usually are.

Skull, as compared with the series from 8000-10,000 feet,

smaller throughout, with a shorter muzzle and much shorter,

though equally broad brain-case. When viewed laterally, it appears

more bowed above and higher mesially. Anterior expansion

of nasals not exaggerated. Interparietal smaller, not bowed

forwards mesially, its antero-posterior diameter less than the length

of the coronal suture instead of greater. Molars rather narrower.

Lamine of m.’ only six in number.

Dimensions of the type, measured by collector in the flesh :—

Head and body 175 mm.; tail 62; hind foot 27; ear 20°5.

Skull: greatest length 39; basilar length 31°3 ; greatest breadth

20; nasals 17-4 x 7; interorbital breadth 46; interparietal

4-°7x9:; palate length from hensilion 16-7 ; diastema 8°8 ; palatine

foramina 7:4; upper molar series (crowns only) 7:3.

This is evidently a mountain race of the common East African

Otomys, and it was quite to be expected that in the colder climate

of what Dr. Gregory calls the ‘“ Upper Alpine zone” of Kenya

the feet and tail should be shortened, in accordance with the usual

rule in such cases. It is, however, curious that, as exemplified by

four examples, the Alpine form should have a lamina less in the

last molar. Otomys jacksoni Thos., the Mount Elgon representative

of the genus, agrees with the lowland form in this respect.

The spirit-specimen obtained by Dr. Gregory in Hohnel Valley

measures :—Head and body 141 mm.; tail 63; hind foot 24 (26:5

cum ungue); ear 21. Its mammew number 0—2=4,

Type. B. M. No. 0.2.1.21.

Although Dr. Gregory was the first discoverer of this form, his

specimens could not be distinguished before owing to the fact that

176 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Feb. 20,

in all the skull was broken; but they now contribute most

valuable confirmatory evidence as to the external proportions and

the lamina formule of the molars, agreeing in these respects

entirely with the perfect skin and skull brought home by

Mr. Mackinder.

11. DENDROMYS MESOMELAS Brants.

a. 9. Foot of Mt. Kenya, 7000 ft., 15/8/99.

There is in this specimen a very faint trace of the dark frontal

band which induced Mr. True to give to the Kilima-njaro Tree-

mouse the name of D. nigrifrons.

12. Procavia ‘ MACKINDERI, sp. n.

a-g. 45 39. Teleki Valley, 13,000 ft., Sept. 1-3, 1899.

Size large. Fur very long and thick, hairs of back over 40 mm.

in length; underfur long and abundant. General colour pale

grizzled olivaceous grey, the longer hairs dark, with a pale yellowish

subterminal band and a black tip; underfur except on the posterior

back blackish basally, whitish or bnffy terminally, this colour

showing on the surface and lightening the general colour of the

animal; on the posterior back the underfur is dark from base to

tip. Dorsal patch dull yellowish white throughout, very incon-

spicuous, not visible without parting the long hairs of the back.

Head darker, the muzzle coarsely grizzled black and white;

1 An allied species, of which we have lately ubtained specimens, may be de-

scribed as follows :—

PROCAVIA JACKSONI, sp. n.

Size medium. Fur short, coarse and harsh, the hairs of the ordinary fur of

the back barely attaining 30 mm. in length; underfur comparatively scanty.

General colour coarsely grizzled yellowish brown, the long hairs brown with a

yellow subterminal band or black tip; underfur on the anterior back brown

basally, yellowish terminally, on the posterior blackish brown throughout.

Cheeks grizzled yellowish; forehead rufous brown. Back of ears partly

yellow, partly brown; sides of neck yellowish, a few of the longer hairs black-

tipped. Dorsal spot conspicuous, dull straw-yellow, the hairs yellow to their

bases. Under surface buffy yellow, not sharply defined laterally. Inner sides

of limbs yellowish, outer sides like body. Upper surface of hands and feet

grizzled brown and whitish.

Skull with the essential characters of that of the P. abyssinica group, but, at

least in the female, unusually long and narrow, the nasal and frontal regions

particularly narrow. Temporal fosse ending about 4-5 mm. from the back of

the skull. Interparietal sutures open. Diastema about 11 mm. in length.

Teeth large and hypsodont.

Dimensions of the type, a female, measured in skin:—Head and body

490 mm. ; hind foot 67.

Skull (stage vii.) : basal length 83; greatest breadth 49:5; nasals 26 x 19;

intertemporal breadth 25; length of upper tooth-series (p.! to m.*) 38; greatest

breadth of m.' 69; height of crown of m.* 7°2; length of anterior lower pre-

molar 2:9.

Hab. Ravine Station, British East Africa.

Type. Female. B.M. No. 99.8.4.100. Collected and presented by F. J.

Jackson, Esq.

This species differs, in its harsher fur, different general colour, and more

prominent dorsal spot and narrow skull, from the only previously described

species with which it could be confounded, the Abyssinian P. abyssinica H. & KR.

1900. ] MAMMALS FROM MOUNT KENYA. er

forehead deep rufous brown; area round eyes blackish. Lars of

medium size, the hairs of their backs dark brown, those on the

edges and inner surface buffy yellow; a blackish patch on the sides

of the neck just below the ears, owing to the black ends to the

hairs at this point. Under surface buffy yellow ; on the chin and

throat the hairs are only tipped with this colour, but on the chest

and belly they are buify to their bases. Upper surface of hands

and feet grizzled yellowish brown ; inner sides of limbs like belly.

Skull stout and heavy, with a broad flat shield-like frontal

region. On the whole it is closely similar to that of P. abyssinica’,

though averaging a little larger. Interparietal sutures persistent.

Temporal fossze extending to the hinder end of the skull.

Diastema 10 to 12 mm. in length. Molars hypsodont, as usual in

this section of the genus.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male, measured in skin and

therefore only approximate :—Head and body 565 mm.; hind

foot 70.

Skull (stage vi.): basal length 94; greatest breadth 58:5;

nasals 30 x 25; intertemporal breadth 27:5; length of upper

tooth-series (p.’ to m.*) 41; greatest breadth of m.! 7-7; height

of crown of m.* (in another, younger specimen) 7°9; length of

p-, (of another specimen) 3-2.

Type. Male. B.M. No, 0.2.1.35. Collected Sept. 3, 1899.

This fine Dassy is clearly a mountain representative of the

P. jacksoni of Kikuyu, from which it differs by its larger size,

longer form, more abundant undertur, paler colour, and the

greater distinctness of the post-auricular black spot.

During his famous East African expedition of 1893, Dr. J. W.

Gregory picked up in Hohnel Valley, 12,000 ft., a bleached skull

of this species, but without the skin it was impossible to

determine it. It was, however, provisionally referred to the

Abyssinian P. shoana, a species of the black-backed section—a fact

which shows how closely these species, so readily distinguishable

externally, resemble each other in their cranial characters.

In the good series of skulls obtamed by Mr. Mackinder, four

males and three females (to which may be added the male skull

brought home by Dr. Gregory), there is a decided difference between

the sexes in the size of the skull, all the male skulls being longer,

broader, and more heavily built than the female ones. The basal

lengths are as follows:—d 94 mm., 92°5, 90°5, 90, 87; 92, 84,

81:5, 74 (young).

The members of this group being essentially Rock-Dassies, not

occurring in forest country, it is probabie that the Kenya species

will prove to be isolated by the zone of forest which surrounds

the mountains at about 8000-10,000 ft. Besides Mr. Jackson’s

specimens from Ravine Station, no member of the group has been

found in any other part of Hast Africa, nor are they known

further to the south.

1 Cf. Monograph, P. Z, 8. 1892, p. G4.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—-1900, No. XII. 12

178 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON (Feb. 20,

13. Procavia (DENDROHYRAX) CRAWSHAYI, sp. n.

a. ¢. Western slope of Mt. Kenya, 10,000 ft., 7 Sept., 1899.

Type.

(b. @. Roromo, Kikuyu Forest, 7800 ft., 29 Nov., 1899.

Collected and presented by Richard Crawshay, Esq. ]

Size and more essential characters very much as in P. valida

True. Fur soft, close, and thick, the majority of the fine hairs

about 30 mm. in length, though the scattered black ones are longer.

General colour marbled greyish brown with a slight rufous or

isabelline hue. Dorsal hairs slaty grey basally, gradually darkening

to black at about three-fourths their length, then into a yellowish

or isabelline subterminal band and a fine blackish point; the

scattered longer hairs black from base to tip. Head coarsely

grizzled grey, the grizzlings black and white, and therefore forming

a true grey, very different to the dorsal colour. Hairs below

base of ears dull whitish. Dorsal spot narrow, elongate, shining

yellowish white; the hairs, which are 40-45 mm. in length,

yellowish white to their bases. Under surface along middle line,

from interramia backwards, fulvous or deep buffy, similar to but

rather paler than the colour in P. valida; but the chin and sides

of neck are grey, not buffy, and the sides of the chest, the groins,

and the inner sides of the limbs are whitish. Outer sides of limbs

and upper surfaces of hands and feet like sides of body, not

becoming black terminally.

Skull very similar to that of P. valida and the other allied species.

Dimensions of the type, measured in skin:—Head and body

4€0 mm.; hind foot 59.

Skull (stage v.): basal length 79; greatest breadth 49-5.

Skull of Mr. Crawshay’s specimen (stage viii.) : basal length 86 ;

greatest breadth 50; nasals 25 x 18; intertemporal breadth 26;

diastema 15; length of molar series 33; greatest breadth of

m.! 5°4.

Type. Specimen a above. B.M. No. 0.2.1.41.

This distinct species may be readily differentiated from the

Kilima-njaro P. valida by its paler and more mottled colour,

greyish head, white dorsal spot, the white inner sides of the

limbs, and different general colour. The two East African species

described by Dr. Matschie, P. stuhlmanni and P. scheelei, both have

wholly white bellies.

Just as the present collection was being examined the second

specimen above mentioned (b) arrived from that generous contri-

butor to our National Museum, Mr. Richard Crawshay, and L

have therefore dedicated the species to bim, Mr. Mackinder

having already a member of the genus named in his honour.

14. NEsorTracus moscHatus y. Diib.

a. Near Niana Hill, Ndoro district, Aug. 14, 1899.

b. In forest at foot of Mt. Kenya, 27/8/99.

1900.] MAMMALS FROM MOUNT KENYA. 179

The mammals obtained by Mr. Mackinder’s party at Nairobi are

as follows :—

1. CERCOPITHECUS ALBIGULARIS Sykes.

a,b. 9. Nairobi Forest, 14/7/99.

2. FUNISCIURUS JACKSONI de Wint.

a-€. Q. Nairobi Forest, 5600 ft., 14-20/7/99.

3. Mus HILDEBRANDTI Peters.

a. 2. Nairobi, 6000 ft., 12/7/99.

This Mouse is determined on the authority of Mr. de Winton,

by whom the above name has been placed on Mr. Jackson’s

examples of it from Ravine Station.

4, ARVICANTHIS ABYSSINICUS Riipp.

a. 3. Nairobi, 16 July, 1899.

This specimen appears to be conspecific with Uganda specimens

of Arvicanthis determined by Mr. de Winton as A. abyssinicus.

5. TACHYORYCTES SPLENDENS IBHANUS, subsp. n.

a. 3. Nairobi Forest, 20 July, 1899.

Similar in all essential respects to the typical Abyssinian form,

but rather larger, and on the average rather darker in colour,

especially on the head.

For some years I have known that my reference of the Hast

African Tachyoryctes to T. splendens was very doubtful, and have

now taken the opportunity to investigate the question with such

further material as has come in up to the present time.

On laying out the Museum series of skulls, 9 from East Africa

and 5 from Abyssinia (including one of Riippell’s co-types), it is

at once evident that the former is a larger and more powerful

animai, but is in other respects very closely allied. Even as to its

greater size, although there is no doubt of the fact, there is some

difficulty in reducing it to measurement owing to the way these

animals go on increasing in size until a late period of life, so that

old specimens of the small form may overtop in most measurements

the nearly adult specimen of the larger. But taking only old

specimens, two of each form, with sagittal crests completely

developed, the following comparative measurements may be

given :—

Basilar length. Greatest breadth. Diastema.

ie Be CUICUE ay fe OTD, O12 28, 30°5 16° 7,,16:2

T’. s. ibeanus ...... 43, 41°5 34, 32°5 18°3, 19

In all adult skulls also a diagonal measurement across the

brain-case from the squamosal edge above the meatus of one side

to the most bulging antero-lateral corner of the brain-case on the

other will illustrate the difference between the two forms, this

180 ON MAMMALS FROM MOUNT KENYA. (Feb. 20,

measurement being at most 18°5 mm. in typicus (old), and at least

19-0 in tbeanus, ranging up to 20 and more.

I propose to select as a type, skin and skull No. 98.1.5.9 from

Machako’s, British East Africa, collected and presented by Dr.

ee L. Hinde. The skull-measurements are those first given

above.

Skull of Tachyoryctes splendens ibeanus.

External measurements of Mr. Mackinder’s specimen, measured

in the flesh :—Head and body 188 mm.; tail 57; hind foot 29;

ear 10.

A skull of 7. s. ibeanus in the Museum collection, obtained by

Capt. Speke, dates from 1863. Since then specimens have been

received from Kilima-njaro (Hunter § Baxter), Bukoba (Emin),

Machako’s (Hinde), Mumias, Kavirondo (dAnsorge), and now the

present specimens from Nairobi.

1900.] MR. A, THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 181

March 6, 1900.

W.T. Buanrorp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1900 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of February was 123, of which 17 were

by presentation, 6 by purchase, 99 were received on deposit, and

1 was received in exchange. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 132.

Amongst the additions atteution may be called to two young

Tcheli Monkeys (Macacus tcheliensis), presented by Dr. 8S. W.

Bushell, C.M.G., C.M.Z.S., on February 10th.

Dr. Bushell on quitting China kindly forwarded to us these two

Monkeys, supposing that the two individuals presented by him in

1880 (see P. Z. S. 1880, p. 537) might be failing in health, but I

am happy to say that one of these animals (the male) is still well

and strong.

Mr. Arthur Thomson laid before the Meeting some mounted

specimens of Lepidopterous Insects reared in the Insect-house

during the past year, and read the following report :—

Report on the Insect-house for 1899.

The following is a list of the Lepidoptera exhibited in 1899 :—

Sitk-producing Bombyces and their Allies,

Asiatic.

Attacus atlas. Antherea pernyt.

cynthia. Actias selene.

Rhodia fugax. Tropea artemis.

Antherea mylitta.

American.

Samia cecropia. Hypochera 20.

Telea polyphemus. Amsota rubicunda.

promethea. Kacles imperialis.

Actias luna.

African.

Actias mimose. * Lenodora nigrolineata.

Diurnal Lepidoptera.

European.

Papilio machaon, Thais cerisyt.

Doritis apollinus. Charaxes jasius.

Thais polyxena.

Proo, Zoot, Soo.—1900, No, XIII. 13

182 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON NEW REPTILES [ Mar. 6,

American.

Papilio asterias. Papilio turnus.

——— philenor. ajax.

trovlus. Limenitis disippus.

cresphontes.

Nocturnal Lepidoptera.

* Hemaris ruficaudis, Deilephila alecto.

* Everyx cherilus. euphorbie.

Acherontia atropos. elpenor.

Sphinsw liqustr. Smerinthus modestus.

lucitiosa. ocellatus.

Ceratomia undulosa. tilie.

amyntor.

* Exhibited for the first time.

Of the Lepidopterous Insects which I have the honour to

place before the meeting, Hemaris ruficaudis and Everyx cherilus,

from North America, and Lenodora nigrolineata, from South Africa,

were exhibited for the first time during the past season.

I regret that, owing to my absence for some time in the early

summer, I am not able to exhibit a larger series of set specimens. |

The following papers were read :—

1. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians from

Borneo. By G. A. Bouteneer, F.R.S.

[Received January 29, 1900,}

(Plates XIV.-XVII.)

For a knowledge of the Reptiles and Batrachians here cha-

racterized for the first time, I am indebted to the kindness of

Mr. R. Shelford, Curator of the Sarawak Museum, by whom they

were suspected to be undescribed, and who has submitted them to

me with a request that I should publish descriptions of such as might

prove to represent new species. Some of the types had to be

returned to the Sarawak Museum, whilst others have been retained

for the British Museum.

LiyGosoMa SHELFORDI. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.)

Section J/inulia. Habit lacertiform; the distance between the

end of the snout and the fore limb is contained once and two-fifths

in the distance between axilla and groin. Snout short, obtusely

pointed. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced in a single nasal ;

no supranasal ; rostral forming a straight transverse suture with

the frontonasal, which is as long as broad; inner angles of pre-

frontals meeting; frontal narrow, as long as frontoparietals and

1900. | AND BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. 183

interparietal together, in contact with the two anterior supra-

oculars; four supraoculars, first longest; seven supraciliaries ;

frontoparietals and interparietal distinct, subequal; parietals

forming a suture behind the interparietal ; a single pair of nuchals ;

fifth upper labial below the centre of the eye. Ear-opening oval,

a little smaller than the eye-opening; no auricular lobules. 34

smooth scales round the middle of the body, dorsals slightly

larger than laterals and ventrals. A pair of enlarged przanals.

The adpressed limbs slightly overlap. Digits moderately long,

compressed ; subdigital lamellee smooth, 29 under the fourth toe.

Olive-brown above, irregularly spotted with black ; a black laters!

stripe, extending from the end of the snout to the groin, passing

through the eye and above the tympanum, broken up into spots

on the side of the body ; lower parts grev.

millim

Meotealh Keinertilaiteccar 0.13: 4) se iaeeneode 135

eset Ua eG FOr gas = ology. 3 eee 14

NViiduhtobdneddbecars che cars. Stee 9

Budycicigenee hae ee ewes og tees 53

iB ore ytd tetas ez, iss het cc heroes 20

AE icea cae Tinga g 38k ea ee Make id. Se eee a.

Ear eee Miraed ha spare S1Se be Pe? Bed 68

Penrissen Mt. Type in the Sarawak Museum.

LEPTUROPHIS, g. 0.

Allied to Zycodon, with which it agrees in the dentition and

the absence of hypapophyses on the posterior precaudal vertebre. ,

Maxillary teeth6+6. Head distinct from neck, much depressed ;

eye moderate, with vertically elliptic pupil; nostril very large,

between two nasals and the first upper labial. Body extremely

slender and elongate, cylindrical ; scales with strong, finely serrated

keels, lanceolate, slightly imbricate, in 17 rows, with apical pits ;

ventrals keeled and notched laterally. Tail extremely slender and

elongate ; subcaudals in two rows.

LEPrUROPHIS BORNEENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XV.)

Snout much depressed, broadly truncate. Rostral broader than

, just visible from above; internasals barely half as long as

the prefrontals ; frontal as broad as long, as long as the pre-

frontals, half the length of the parietals ; loreal once and a half

as long as deep; one pre- and two postoculars ; temporals 2-+ 2 ;

eight upper labials, third, fourth, and fifth entering the eye; five

lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are

as long as the posterior. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 241; anal

divided; subcaudals 193. Brown above, white beneath.

Total length 1480 millim. ; tail 570.

Sarawak. Type in the Sarawak Museum.

One of the slenderest snakes known.

13°

184 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON NEW REPTILES [Mar. 6,

XENELAPHIS ELLIPSIFER. (Plate XVI.)

29 teeth in the upper jaw. Eye large, twice as long as its

distance from the edge of the mouth. Rostral once and a half as

broad as deep, visible from above; internasals nearly as long as

the prefrontals ; frontal once and two-fifths as long as broad, as

long as its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the

parietals ; loreal a little longer than deep; one preocular, with a

rather large subocular below it, wedged in between the third and

fourth upper labials; two postoculars and an elongate subocular

separating the eye from the fifth and sixth upper labials ; temporals

242; eight upper labials, separated from the eye by the sub-

oculars, or fourth entering the eye’; five lower labials in contact

with the anterior chin-shields, which are slightly shorter than the

posterior. Scales smooth, in 17 rows, vertebrals not distinctly

enlarged. Ventrals 186; anal divided; subcanudals 134 (¢).

Head and neck pale brown, sides of neck with interrupted black

longitudinal markings ; body with 18 large, elliptic, black-edged

brown areas separated by cream-coloured narrow interspaces ; sides,

between and below the brown areas, cream-coloured, spotted or

marbled with black; tail, at the base marked like the body, in

the second half uniform brown above with a black lateral streak ;

upper lip and lower parts uniform yellow.

Total length 2 metres ; tail 60 centimetres.

Head-waters of Sarawak River. The type, preserved in the

Sarawak Museum, was caught in a fish-trap.

This beautiful new Snake connects Zamenis with Xenelaphis.

It agrees with the latter in the number of teeth and strikingly in

the number and arrangement of the head-shields, but differs in the

‘vertebral scales not being larger than the rest, a character which

cannot be regarded as very important in view of its slight

development in Xenelaphis hevxagonotus.

DistiRa SARAVACENSIS. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.)

Head moderate; body moderately elongate. Rostral broader

than deep; nasals shorter than the frontal, twice and a half as

long as the suture between the prefrontals; frontal nearly twice

as long as broad, as long as its distance from the rostral, shorter

than the parietals; one or two pre- and one postocular; seven

upper labials, second largest, fourth or third and fourth entering

the eye; two superposed anterior temporals ; two pairs of chin-

shields, in contact on the median line. 27 scales round the neck,

43 round the body; scales imbricate, keeled. Ventrals distinct

throughout, bicarinate, 306. Blackish, with 85 yellowish rings

interrupted by the series of ventral scales; a chevron-shaped

marking on the upper surface of the head, the apex on the uasals,

the branches on the prefrontal, supra- and postocular shields, and

on the temple.

Total length 710 millim.; tail 80.

Sarawak coast. Type in the Sarawak Museum.

* The former arrangement is shown on the right side of the unique speci-

men, the latter on the left.

1900.] AND BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. 185

AMBLYCEPHALUS NUCHALIS. (Plate XVII. figs. 1, 16.)

Rostral as deep as broad ; internasals narrow, band-like, hardly

one-third the length of the prefrontals; frontal once and two-

thirds as long as broad, twice as long as its distance from the end

ot the snout, once and a half as long as the parietals, which are

followed by a pair of nuchals ; prefrontal entering the eye; loreal

as long as deep, not entering the eye; two preoculars, two post-

oculars, and a series of three narrow suboculars ; three superposed

anterior temporals ; eight upper labials, eighth very long: first

lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial ;

three pairs of large chin-shields, anterior a little broader than long.

Body strongly compressed ; scales in 15 rows, dorsals very feebly

keeled, the keel double on the enlarged vertebral series. Ventrals

195; anal entire; subcaudals 105(¢). Pale buff, with narrow

brown transverse lines and scattered dark brown dots; a large

black blotch on the nape, sending forth on each side a linear

branch to the eye; a black vertical line below the eye, another on

the temple.

Total length 490 millim.; tail 125.

Matang. Type in the Sarawak Museum.

RHACOPHORUS SHELFORDI. (Plate XVII. fig. 2.)

Vomerine teeth in two long, nearly straight transverse series in

the middle between the moderately large choanz. Snout pointed,

as long as the diameter of the orbit; nostril equally distant from

the orbit and the end of the snout; canthus rostralis strong ;

loreal region slightly concave; interorbital space broader than the

upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct. three-fifths the diameter of the

eye. Fingers webbed to the disks, which are considerably smaller

than the tympanum ; toes webbed to the disks, which are smaller

than those of the fingers; subarticular and inner metatarsal

tubercles very small; no tarsal fold. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches between the eye and the nostril. Skin smooth above,

granulate on the belly. Purplish brown above; a dark band

across the snout, another between the eyes, and three across the

back ; an X-shaped dark marking on the scapular region ; loreal

and temporal regions blackish; a fine yellow line on each side of

the head from the tip of the snout along the canthus rostralis and

superciliary edge to above the tympanum; sides of body yellowish,

with a blackish network; limbs with dark cross-bands; sides of

thighs blackish, closely speckled with white; web between toes

marbled with blackish ; lower parts colourless. Male with internal

vocal sacs.

From snout 45 millim.

Penrissen Mt. Type in the British Museum.

This species is closely allied to 2. fasciatus Blgr.

IXaLUS Pererss. (Plate XVII. fig. 3.)

Snout rounded or obtusely pointed, as long as the diameter of

the orbit ; canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region concave ; nostril

a little nearer the end of the snout than the eye; interorbital

186 ON NEW REPLILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM BORNEO. | Mar. 6,

space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum distinct, one half

or two-fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers free; toes half-

webbed ; disks of fingers a little smaller than the tympanum ;

subarticular tubercles moderate ; a small inner metatarsal tubercle.

The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout. Upper

parts smooth or with small flat warts ; belly and lower surface of

thighs granulate. Grey-brown above, with dark brown sym-

metrical markings, a cross-band between the eyes being constant ;

usually a )( or )-(-shaped marking on the anterior part of the

body; a dark streak on the canthus rostralis; limbs with dark

cross-bars; lower parts white, with or without brown spots on

the throat.

From snout to vent 40 millim.

I have examined specimens from Mts. Penrissen, Dulit, and

Kina Bulu, in Borneo; also from Great Natuna. The species

is closely allied to the Javan J. aurifasciatus, to which the first

Bornean specimens were referred by the late Prof. Peters (Ann.

Mus. Genova, ii. 1872, p. 44). J. aurifasciatus has a smaller,

less distinct tympanum, shorter digits, and a brighter coloration,

being marked with reddish, dark brown, green, and bright yellow.

CALOPHRYNUS HETHROCHIRUS. (Plate XVII. fig. 4.)

Tongue large, pyriform, covering the floor of the mouth. Snout

very short, slightly prominent, truncate ; canthus rostralis strong ;

loreal region nearly vertical ; interorbital space broader than the

upper eyelid; tympanum feebly distinct, measuring about two-

thirds the diameter of the eye. First and second fingers very

short, not half the length of the third, fourth shorter still,

almost reduced to a knob; toes short, one-third webbed, fifth

shorter than third; tips of fingers and toes bluntly pointed ; sub-

articular tubercles feebly prominent; two feebly prominent

metatarsal tubercles. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the

eye. Skin smooth. Uniform purplish brown above, yellowish

white beneath and on the sides of the head; a few large round

yellowish-white spots on the lumbar region and on the back of

the thighs.

A female, full of large-sized ripe ova, measures only 27 millim.

from snout to vent.

Borneo (no precise locality). Type in the Sarawak Museum.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIV.-XVII.

Puatse XIV.

Fig. 1. Lygosoma shelfordi, p. 182.

2. Distira saravacensis, p. 184.

Upper and side views of head and neck, side view of body, and side

view of tail.

Puate XV.

Lepturophis borneensis, p. 183.

Upper, lower, and side views of head and anterior part of body.

1900.] ON THE BRAIN OF THE SIAMANG. 187

Puatse XVI.

Xenelaphis ellipsifer, p. 184. } nat. size.

Upper and side views of head and neck and of middle of body.

Puate XVII.

Fig. 1. Amblycephalus nuchalis, p. 185. Upper and side views of head

and neck.

1 a. Lower view of head, x 13.

14. Dorsal scales, x 13.

2. Rhacophorus shelfordi, p. 185.

3. Ivalus petersi, p. 185.

4, Calophrynus heterochirus, p. 186.

2. On the Brain of a Siamang (Hylobates syndactylus). By

Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector and Vice-

Secretary to the Society.

[Received January 50, 1900.)

The death of the Society’s specimen of this rare Anthropoid

Ape’ has enabled me to study an exceedingly well-prepared brain.

In bringing before the Society some notes upon the cerebral

characters of this Ape, I am not breaking new ground. More than

thirty years ago Sir William Flower * described the general outline

of the brain of this Ape from a cast of the cranial cavity. The

account was accompanied by several woodcuts in the text, illus-

trating one remarkable feature in the brain, which was described in

the following words: “ The most striking peculiarity of the brain

is the backward projection of the cerebellum beyond the level of

the cerebral hemispheres, a circumstance, as far as | am aware,

unknown in any of the Apes either of the Old or New World.”

This feature is not shown distinctly, but there are indications of

it, in Prof. Kohlbriigge’s figure * of the brain of the Siamang. It

appears from the latter drawing that the cerebellum would be

visible on an inspection of the brain from above, though Kohlbriigge

remarks that the contrary is the case—without, however, referring

to Flower’s observations on the matter, having been unable to study

his paper. Prof. Kohlbriigge examined eight brains of this Ape.

Other writers upon the brain-structure of Hylobates syndactylus

are Sandifort * and Waldeyer’. Thus not more than ten brains

of this species (or genus ?) have been studied. It is not therefore

perhaps superfluous to extend this list to eleven brains.

1 Presented by Mr. Stanley 8. Flower, F.Z.S. (See P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 588.)

2 Nat. Hist. Review, 1863, p. 279.

* “Versuch einer Anatomie des Genus Hylobates,’ in Max Weber’s Zool.

Ergebn. Bd. ii. p. 186.

* Verhandelingen over de natuurlijke geschiedenis der Nederlandsche

overzeesche bezittingen. Leiden, 1840.

5 “Das Gibbongehirn,” Internat. Beitr. z. wiss. Med. Festschr. Virchow,

Bd.i. For this reference I am indebted to Dr. Keith’s paper on the Gibbon in

‘ Nat. Science,’ vol. ix.

188 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Mar. 6,

‘The animal when dead weighed 5 lb. 9 0z., there being no undue

distention of the stomach and alimentary canal with food. The

weight of the fresh brain was 4 0z. It was preserved first of all

in weak spirit (about 45 per cent.), and then, after 24 hours and

removal of the pia mater, transferred to strong spirit.

With this treatment the brain seems to have altered very little

from the conditions observable in life. There is no suggestion

in the appearance and direction of the sulci of any changes.

[ was therefore very much surprised to see the relations of the

cerebellum to the cerebrum, which are apparent in the accompany-

ing drawing (fig. 1). he cerebrum not only completely covers

the cerebellum, but extends for some way beyond it. With even

a liberal discount for contraction (of which, however, I do not see

the need), it is dificult to understand the brain-cast—of the accuracy

of which there can be no question—prepared by Sir W. Flower,

save on the hypothesis of an abnormality |.

Brain of Siamang. Inner view of left hemisphere.

M.P.O., mesial parieto-occipital fissure; CA., calearine; OPT., optic nerve ;

OL,, olfactory.

The Sylvian fissure seems to call for no particular remark. ‘The

auteriorly directed fronto-orbital fissure is well developed, and the

exposed island of Reil is extremely conspicuous. This is, however,

by no means a peculiarity of Hylobates syndactylus as compared

with other Gibbons.

The parieto-occipital fissure.—I take it that the fissure lettered

P.O. represents the parieto-occipital fissure of other Apes plus the

Simian fissure. It will be observed that on both sides of the brain

the Simian fissure, instead of terminating without reaching the

mesial surface of the brain, as is often the case with Anthropoid

Apes, bends forward and joins the parieto-occipital (fig. 2, p. 189).

* Dr. Keith has pointed out to me that the overlapping of the cerebellum

by the centrum is a characteristic of youth, and that the brain-cast studied by

Sir W. Flower was therefore that of an old animal.

1900.] BRAIN OF 'THE SIAMANG. 189

The mesial parveto-occipital fissure (M.P.O., fig. 1, p. 188) on the

left side of the brain passes straight downwards from the superior

surface of the brain and joins the calcarine (CA.) below. On

the right half there is a little complication: there is a forwardly

directed branch of which only an indication exists on the left side.

Slighter furrows pass forwards from the mesial parieto-occipital.

In the form and direction of the mesial parieto-occipital fissure

there are no noteworthy differences from the other brains with

which I have compared it.

Fig. 2.

Brain of Siamang. Dorsal aspect.

SYL., Sylvian fissure; F.R., fissure of Rolando; I.P., Intra-parietal ;

P.O. , parieto- -occipital ; B., frontalis inferior ; C., frontalis superior.

The calcarine fissure (CA.) most obviously joins the mesial

parieto-occipital fissure, as is shown in the accompanying drawing

(fig. 1), and at a point nearer to the superior surface of the brain

than it does in abrain of Hylobates hoolock which I have examined.

On the left side of the brain this fissure forked into a Y posteriorly.

In this junction of the mesial paricto-occipital with the calcarine

Hylobates syndactylus agrees with Man and the Chimpanzee, but

apparently not with the Gorilla. In a brain of H, lewciscus in my

possession there was no such junction ; the mesial parieto-occipital

eurved forwards parallel with the calcarine. The latter fissure

was markedly Y-shaped, the three limbs of the Y being almost

equal in length.

As is the case with H. hoolock, the fissure of Holando is inde-

pendent of other fissures at both ends of its oblique course. On

190 ON THE BRAIN OF THE SIAMANG. [Mar. 6,

the left side it plainly stops short some little way above the

Sylvian fissure ; on the right side a faint groove continues it into

that fissure. Mesially neither fissure dips into the inter-cerebral

sulcus. That of the right side comes a little closer than does that

of the left; and it is curious that this detail is repeated in my

brain of H. hoolock. The fissure of Rolando has no branches along

its course, and is entirely unrelated to other fissures.

The hemisphere measures along its curvature 37 inches, and the

fissure of Rolando arises 22 inches from the anterior end. It is

thus considerably behind the middle of the cerebrum. In H. hoo-

lock, which has a longer brain, the corresponding figures are 34

and 22.

The frontal lobes are thus larger in H. syndactylus; they have

a comparatively smooth appearance as in H. hoolock.

Of the furrows traversing this lobe I recognize the precentralis

superior, the frontalis superior, and the frontalis inferior.

The precentralis superior is deeply cut but not extensive. On

the left side it begins by being parallel to the fissure of Rolando.

but ultimately bends much more forward. It is not connected

with the frontalis superior. On the right side the fissure is more

“normal” in direction, and is connected with the second fissure

referred to. It may be that the anterior half—the forwardly

directed portion—of the supposed precentralis is really the base

of the frontalis superior; but I think that it is not for the

following reasons: intermediate conditions are seen in two other

Gibbons’ brains in my possession. In one (H. leuciscus) the two

precentralis fissures are quite parallel with the fissure of Rolando ;

in the other brain (/. hoolock) both fissures have so diverged

from the normal (?) that they are almost parallel to the inter-

cerebral sulcus.

The frontalis superior is represented by detached tracts which

are deeply excavated.

As is the case with the other two Gibbous’ brains which

| have examined, the frontalis inferior is a very strongly marked

and long fissure. On the right side this fissure was forked

posteriorly, and it is quite likely that this region really represents

the precentralis inferior, well developed in the other Gibbons, and

on both sides.

Intra-parietal fissure.—As can be seen from the drawing exhibited

(fig. 2, p. 189), this fissure is very much the same on both sides of the

brain; that portion of the complex furrow termed by Dr Cunning-

ham postcentralis superior is not well developed and is detached

from the rest. It was also detached though very well developed

in H. leuciscus ; in H. hoolock it was perfectly confluent, the whole

fissure being of the characteristic T-shape. I lay no stress upon

these differences, which are in all probability individual. They

only offer additional evidence of the unreliable nature of cerebral

fissures for systematic purposes.

—

P.Z25.1900.F1. XViE-

J. Smit del.et hth. Mintern Pros.imp.

PETAURISTA LYLET.

1900.] ON MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 191

3. On a Collection of Mammals from Siam made by

Mr. T. H. Lyle. By J. Lewis Bonnote’.

{Received February 2, 1900.]

(Plate X VIII.)

The following is a list of a collection of Mammals made by

Mr. T. H. Lyle, British Consul at Nan, in Siam. The list, as will

be seen, contains the names of 20 species, one of which is new to

science. The value of a collection in these days, however, is not

dependent on the number of new species, but what is required is a

series of specimens carefully labelled and measured in the flesh.

In this respect the collection under notice is invaluable, and great

praise is due to the energetic Consul, who has voluntarily collected

with such care, and has generously presented the results to the

National Museum.

Among the objects of interest is a large series of the very variable

Sciurus jfinlaysoni, which apparently varies irrespective of the

ordinary causes, such as locality, altitude &c., which usually induce

variation. The specimens of Helictis and Rhizomys are also of

great interest, and will be of much assistance to the correct under-

standing of these groups. Nan, the centre of the locality from

which these specimens come, lies on the head-waters of the

Menam River in lat. 18° 40' N., long. 101° 30’ E., and the other

localities mentioned are near there.

1. CYNOPTrERUS SPHINX Vahl.

Nan.

a-d. §. Nov. 1897. Mostly young.

e-g. 2. Nov. 1897. Mostly young.

2, PIPISERELLUS ABRAMUS (‘T'emm.).

Nan.

a. gad.sk. Aug. 1897.

bf. 9 ad. sk. Aug. 1897.

3. SCOTOPHILUS KUHLI Leach.

Nan.

a. 6 ad. sk. 8th July, 1897.

b. dad. sk. 22nd Aug., 1897.

ce. dad.sk. 3rd Sept., 1897.

d-e. 9 ad. sk. 3rd NSept., 1897.

These specimens are all nearly uniform in colour, being of a

sooty-brown above and yellowish below.

1 Communicated by Mr. Ouprizup Tuomas, F.Z.8.

192 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON [Mar. 6,

4. ScoropHinus CASTANEUS Horsf.

Lakon, Chingmai.

a. d ad.sk. 25th April, 1898.

b. 9 ad. sk. 10th March, 1898.

This species is smaller than the true 8. kuhli, and ts of a

uniform chestnut all over, showing no tendency to become lighter

below. The Museum also possesses three specimens of it collected

by Mr. Stanley Flower in the Malay Peninsula.

Dimensions :—

3. Head and body 68 mm.; tail 41; hind foot 8; ear 12.

2. Head and body 70 mm.; tail 43; hind foot 9; ear 13.

The average length of the forearm of the 5 specimens in the

Museum is 50°7 mm., the lengths ranging from 49-52 ; the average

length of S. /uhlit is 60°5, showing a variation from 58-63.

5. TUPAIA BELANGERI (Wagner).

Nan.

a. dg ad.sk. 10th April, 1897.

6b. dadsk. 5th July, 1897.

c,d. gad.sk. 3rd & 4th Aug., 1897.

e-h. Q ad. sk. 4th, 8th, & 19th Aug., 1897.

Chingmai.

2% dad.sk. 24th Feb., 1898.

k,l. g ad. sk. 22nd March, 1898.

m. 9 ad. sk. 25th Feb., 1898.

These are true T. belangeri and not 7’. ferruginea.

6. Herticris personata (Geoffr.).

Nan. a-c. 9 ad. sk. Nov. 1897.

These specimens form a valuable and much needed addition to

the series of skins of this genus already in the Museum.

7. PEYAURISTA LYLEI, sp.n. (Plate XVIII.)

General colour above hoary, each hair varying from dark brown

to rufous at its base, succeeded by a band of white and a black tip.

Colour of the hair rather more rufous on the head. Tail slightly

longer than head and body, and black throughout its length but

lighter at its base. Ears covered with bright red short hairs over

their anterior half and long black hairs on the remainder ; these

latter hairs spreading on the sides of the neck to forma dark patch

behind the ear. Feet and edge of the parachute deep black ;

shoulders, thighs, and upper portion of membrane strongly grizzled

with rufous. Underparts rich chestnut, brighter on the membrane.

Hairs with a tendency to a white tip, especially towards the median

line; underpart of chin, whiskers, and tip of nose dark brown.

The skull shows no marked differences from that of the other

allied species except in its larger size. It is rather rounder and

deeper: the nasal bones, which are widened anteriorly, extend

1900. | MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 193

backwards beyond the premaxille, and the pterygoids are large

and prominent.

Dimensions of type (in the flesh) :—

Head and body 464 mm.; tail 577; hind foot 85; ear 50.

Skull—greatest length 78°3 mm.; basilar length from henselion

64; zygomatic breadth 53°5; length of nasals 25°5; width of

nasal8 anteriorly 16; width of nasals posteriorly 7.

Hab. Sian.

Type. B. M. 98.10.5.41. ¢ ad. Doi Sritepe, Chingmai, 10th

April, 1898.

Thave great pleasure in naming this fine species after Mr. Lyle,

who has collected so carefully and thoroughly in the midst of his

other duties, and has generously presented the results of his labour

to the Museum.

There is no risk of confusing this species with any of the pre-

existing ones. It is allied to the group of PP. oral, phillipensis,

and cineraceus, but its larger size and red underparts distinguish

it at a glance.

The skull of the Burmese P. cineraceus, Blyth, nearly equals that

of the present species in length, but is not so deep and round,

conforming in general type with that of the Indian specimens. Its

nearest ally is P. yunnanensis Anderson, from which it is distin-

guished by its hoary back and uniform chestnut underparts, besides

other minor differences.

Mr. Lyle got a second specimen, also an adult male and from

the same locality, which closely resembles the type. ‘The bases

of the hairs of the back are not so rufous, and below there are more

white tips.

8. SCIUROPLERUS PHAYREI Blyth.

Nan.

a-b. 6 Qad.sk. 22nd July, 1897.

ce Qad.sk. 16th Sept. 1897.

All three specimens are slightly larger than the average, but do

not differ in any other respect.

9. Rarura e1eanrna (Maccl.).

Nan. a. gad. sk. 10th April, 1898.

10, Scrurus FINLAYSONI (Horsf.).

Sokotai. a,b. gd gad.sk. 17th & 20th Jan., 1898.

Bau Mu, Siang Hai. c,d. 9 Q ad. sk. 8th Feb., 1898.

Memoh, Lakon, Phiné Road. ¢,f. 9 Qad.sk. 24th Aug., 1898.

Phitsamuloke on MenamR. g-k. ¢ 6,2 Q ad.sk. 6th June,

1898,

Pichit. 1,m. 9 9 ad. sk. 7th June, 1898.

Between Pichit and Pakuampo. n-p. ¢d,2 9 ad.sk. 9th June,

1898.

Ban Bu Nok, Menam R. q. ¢ ad.sk. 9th June, 1898,

194 MR, J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON [Mar. 6,

Muang Pron, above Antong. r, s. ¢ 9 ad. sk. 12th June,

1898.

This fine series of specimens fully bears out Mr. Thomas’s remarks

(P. Z.S. 1898, p. 245) that, so far as our present knowledge is

concerned, the variations met with in this species apparently follow

none of the ordinary laws which are usually supposed to govern

such cases. 3

11. Scrvrus ruriewnis Blanf.

Doi Sritepe, Chingmai. a. ¢ ad. sk. 29th March, 1898,

12. Scrurus cantcups Gray.

Nan. a,b. 5 9 ad. sk. 27th July, 1897.

Chingmai. cf. dd. 22 ad.sk. 10th June, 1898.

13. ScIuRUS ATRODORSALIS Gray.

Nan. a-f.3 3,392. March 1898.

There is hardly any sign of the black back in these specimens,

which were all taken in March.

14, SCIURUS MACCLELLANDI BARBEI Blyth.

Nan.

a. Sad.sk. 23rd July, 1897.

be. d Q ad. sk. 1st & 10th September, 1897.

15. FUNAMBULUS BERDMOREI (Blyth).

Sokotai, Nam Phi. a. ¢ ad. sk. 17th Jan., 1898.

Nam Phi, near Nan. J. ¢ imm.sk. 23rd May, 1898.

Maang Prom, above Antong. c,d. ¢ 2 ad. sk. 12th June,

1898.

16. Mus muscunts Linn.

Nan, Siam. a-c. ¢ 2 Q ad. sk. 18th & 27th Aug. & 8th Sept.,

1897.

These specimens are light in colour and almost white under-

neath.

17. Mus rarrus L.

Nan.

a-d. Ad. sk. July 1897.

e-l. Imm. sk. Aug., Sept., & Nov., 1897.

All the specimens in this collection belong to that form of

Mus rattus which is found throughout Southern India and Ceylon.

The general colouris light fawn, and the long black hairs are numerous

and distinct. There are practically no spines, and the tail is longer

than the head and body. They do not agree with the types of

MM, flavescens, rufescens, brunneusculus, or nitidus, but in shape

and colour most nearly approach the true Mus rattus, under which

name I have therefore placed them.

Bia ict a)

1900.] MAMMALS FROM SIAM. 195

18. Mus coxcotor Blyth.

Doi Sritepe, Chingmai. a-d. g. dard & 25th March and

30th April.

19. Ruizomys Mrnor Gray.

Nan.

a. 2, young but full-grown. 8th Aug.,1897. Dimensions: head

and body 213 mm.; tail 50; hind foot 26; ear 10.

6. 2imm. sk. 18th Aug., 1897. Dimensions: head and body

160 mm.; tail 45; hind foot 25; ear 7.

c 2 imm.sk. 18th Sept., 1897. Dimensions: head and body

159 mm; tail 52; hind foot 27; ear 8.

I have examined two specimens, now in the Museum, with

which the above-mentioned specimens closely agree. One of these

two specimens must have been Gray’s type. One was procured in

Cochin China, and the other by Dr. Finlayson in Siam. They

differ in the intensity of the umber-brown tips to the hairs, the

Siamese specimen showing considerably more than that from

Cochin China. None of Mr. Lyle’s specimens are fully adult, and

though they vary slightly among themselves, show, as might be

expected, a much greater affinity to the Siamese specimen. Mr.

Thomas notes’ that the bright colour is only assumed in adult

individuals; and as Mr. Lyle’s specimens are all young, I was at

first inclined to regard R. minor as an immature R. badius.

The skull *, however, of the Cochin China specimen is fully adult

and is much smaller than the type skull of 2. badius. The skull

of Mr. Lyle’s Jargest specimen, except in being that of a younger

animal, agrees in all respects with the skull from Cochin China.

R. minor is therefore a sonthern race of &. badius inhabiting

Siam and Cochin China, and is distinguishable chiefly by its smaller

size and slightly duller colour.

The measurements of Mr. Lyle’s largest specimen given above

represent the average size of this species.

The measurements of R&. badius as given by Blanferd are as

follows :—Head and body 228 mm.; tail 68; hind foot 31.

20. MAnNis JAVANICA Desm.

Nan. a.

Doi Sritepe, Chingmai. 6. 2 ad. sk. 23rd March, 1898.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Petaurista lylei, sp. n., p. 192.

1 P. Z. S. 1886, p. 65.

* Fig. in Anderson, Zool. Res. W, Yunnan, pl. xvi,

196 ON MAMMALS FROM TURKESTAN AND TIBET. _{ Mar. 6,

4. On a small Collection of Mammals obtained by Captain

Deasy in South Chinese Turkestan and Western Tibet.

By G. E. H. Barrerr-Hamitton, F.Z.S.

[Received March 2, 1900.]

The small collection of mammals which is dealt with in the

present paper includes only 16 specimens of 5 species, all rodents.

These are, however, of considerable interest, since, apart from the

localities in which they were procured, two of them, a Vole and a

Jerboa, which I have named respectively Microtus lama and Dipus

deasyi, belong to hitherto undescribed forms. A third 1s the

extraordinary Euchoreutes naso, described by Mr. W. L. Sclater in

1490 from specimens obtained by the Hon. Charles Ellis some-

where in Eastern Turkestan. The acquisition of examples of

this species (and genus) adds a valuable novelty to the collection

of mammals in the British Museum, whither Capt. Deasy’s speci-

mens have found their way.

The following is a list of the specimens :—-

MeRIoNES cryprorHINvs Blanford, J. A. S. Bengal, ii. p. 108

(1875).

No. 99.11.5.1. g. Kara Sai, Chinese Turkestan, 9th July, 1898,

altitude 9500 ft.

Microrvs (ALTICOLA) LAMA, sp. Noy.

a & 3. No. 97.1.21.3 & 4. 25 miles south-east of Lake Arucho,

W. Tibet, altitude 16,000 ft., August 1897.

y- No. 99. 11.5.2, “Camp, 1898,” Chinese Turkestan, altitude

17,800 ft., August 8th, 1898.

Native name, “‘ Such Kun.”

Type, no. 97.1.21.3.

Description, External characters similar to those of M. stracheyi

Thos., but with the teeth and posterior termination of the palate

very like those of W. roylei Ogilvie. Agrees with . albicauda True

in that m. 1 has 8 salient angles, but has the tail far shorter.

Dimensions of the type (in millim.):—Dried skin. Head and

body 115; tail 12; hind foot with claws 19°5; hind foot without

claws 8 ; ear 11.

Skull (damaged posteriorly zygomatic breadth 145 ; length of

nasals 85; palatal length 14°5 (from posterior termination of

palate to anterior margin of incisors).

The specimen y appears to be the young of this form.

Dirus DEASYI, sp. nov.

Type. No. 99.11.5.3. 2, Nura, Chinese Turkestan, 7500 ft.,

6th October, 1898 (original number 73).

Description. In external appearance resembles D. loftusi Blanford,

but the colour of the upper surface is richer and not so brown;

P23 WOOO PT. XIV.

PJ.Smmt del. et lth.

1.LYGOSOMA SHELFORD1.

MN]

UBINS 1

3 a.

SARAVACE

ant

TY) &

DD TSyl:

eS eS =

— a“ ee Se ee

Pee AOU Leave.

PJ Smit delet lith. Mintern Bros.imp.

LEPTUROPHIS BORNEENSIS.

a Pere wo) OO allee, OB

PJ.Smit delet ith

Mintern Bros amp

XENELAPHIS ELLIPSIFER,

Spee i

: ; y ' E

: 2

Ai ‘

‘

. oe ?

’ . ‘ P .

“ # ‘

i ee LOO, PL XV I,

PJ. Samt del.et lith. Mintern Bros.imp

LAMBLYCEPHALUS NUCHALIS. 2.RHACOPHORUS SHELFORDI.

3.IXALUS PETERSII. 4,CALOPHRYNE HETEROCHIRUS.

West, Newman chrorno

PAPILIO BONHOTEI.

1900.] ON BUTTERFIIES FROM THE BAHAMAS. 197

the exact tint being somewhere between “ Ecru drab” and “ Fawn

colour” ’*.

Skull resembles that of D. lagopus Licht., but the teeth are

more massive and their pattern less complicated.

Dimensions of the type—head and body 125; tail 160; hind

foot 59; ear 18. (All taken from the dried skin.)

This is a very distinct Jerboa, with no very near known ally,

and a detailed description of which would be unnecessary. I have

pleasure in connecting it with the name of its discoverer.

Drrvs, sp. inc.

Nos. 99.11.5.4 & 5. 2 males, imm., Kotaz Sangai, near Khotan,

Turkestan, 4700 ft., 8th October, 1898.

The immaturity of these two specimens prevents their satisfae-

tory determination ; they may be the young of D. deasyt.

Eucnoreutes naso, W. L. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1890, p. 610.

Nos. 99.11.5.6, 7 & 8. 2. Ak Langar on the Yarkand-Khotan

Road, altitude 4500 ft., 3rd July, 1898.

Native name, ‘“ Sarok Kuruk” (“ Brown Tail”).

The original specimens of Huchoreutes naso, although known to

be from Hastern or Chinese Turkestan, had no exact locality

attached to them. It is satisfactory to have this deficiency supplied

by Captain Deasy’s specimens. The Ak Langar is a Rest-house.

The specimens were obtained in the night, so that, although Captain

Deasy states that the animal was very common, he is unable to give

any details as to its habits.

OcHOTONA LADACENSIS, Giinther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

xvi. p. 231 (1875),

No. 99.11.5.9. ¢. Yepal Ungur, Chinese Turkestan, 15,000 ft.,

22nd July, 1898.

No. 99.11.5.10 & 11, two females. Ditto, ditto, 20th July,

1898.

No. 99.8.10.1. Zad Kulan Urgi, Chinese Turkestan, altitude

12,800 ft., 25th December, 1897.

No. 97.1.21.1. 25 miles S.E. of Lake Arucho, W. Tibet.

No. 97.1.21.2. Ditto, ditto.

5. On a Collection of Butterflies from the Bahamas.

ByEmiry Mary Swarr.

[Received January 4, 1900.]

(Plate XIX.)

Mr. J. L. Bonhote, who is well known for his excellent obser-

vations in the ornithological world, was for some time Private

Secretary to Sir Gilbert Carter, K.C.M.G., the Governor of the

1 Ridgway, ‘ Nomenclature of Colors,’ 1886, pl. iii.

Proc. Zoon, Soc. —1900, No. XLV. 14

198 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON | Mar. 6,

Bahama Islands in 1898, and made a collection of Lepidoptera in

the island of Nassau.

So far as I can discover, no papers have ever been published on

the Butterflies of the Bahamas, and I think, therefore, that a list

ot Mr. Bonhote’s specimens may be useful. The Coillector’s field-

notes are added.

Family Danarps.

1. Dawats pLexrprvs (Linn.).

Danais plewippus, Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lepid. i. p. 5 (1871);

Godman & Salvin, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Rhop. i. p. 1

(1879).

Hab. N. America. C. America from Mexico to Panama. W.

S. America to Peru.

a. 9. April 11, 1898.

b. g. May 11, 1898.

ce. @. June 30, 1898.

de. 6. July 1, 25, 1898.

[ Fairly common throughout the sammer months: flies very

swiftly, but may easily be caught on the flowers of the Ipececuhana

plant, where it frequently settles.”—J. L. B.]

Family SavyRipD &.

2. CALISTO HEROPHILE Hiibn.

Calisto herophile, Kirby, t. c. p. 103 (1871).

Hab. Honduras. Cuba.

a, August 23, 1898.

Family NYMPHALID &,

3. AGRAULIS VANILL# (Linn.).

Dione vanille, Kirby, t. c. p. 148 (1871).

Agraulis vanille, Godman & Salvin, t. ¢. p. 171 (1882).

Hab, N. America. C. America from Mexico to Panama. South

America. Antilles.

a,b. 6 2. April 4, 1898.

c. fo. June 1d, 1898.

d,e. 3 2. July 2, 25, 1898.

[** One of the commonest species in the island, found everywhere

throughout the year.”—J. L, B.]

4. CoLeNIs DELILA (Fabr.).

Colenis delila, Kirby, t. c. p. 147 (1871).

Hab. Guiana. Jamaica.

a, b. June 27, 30, 1898.

c. September 30, 1898.

[‘* The males are frequently seen where the bush has been cut

down leaving a thick undergrowth; the females are seldom seen

and when disturbed fly low in the undergrowth.”—J/. L. B.]

1900. | - BUTTERFLIES FROM THE BAHAMAS. 199

5. EUPTorrra HEGESIA (Cram.).

Euptoieta hegesiu, Kirby, t. c. p. 154 (1871).

Eupetoreta hegesia, Godman & Salvin, t. ec. p. 175 (1882).

Hab. N. & C. America. S. America. Cuba. Jamaica.

a-c. June 9, 13, 18, 1898.

[‘* A very common species, on the wing throughout the year.”—

Ye a 3

6. PHYCIODES FRISIA (Poey).

Phyctodes frisia, Kirby, t. ec. p. 173 (1871); Godman & Salvin,

t. c. p. 203 (1882).

Hab. Florida. Greater Antilles. Panama. Colombia. Vene-

zuela.

a,b. July 2, 29, 1898.

ce. Clifton, July 21, 1898.

d, September 9, 1898.

(‘The first examples of this species were seen in June, and

during July it was very common.”—J, ZL. B.]

7. ANARTIA IATROPHE (Linn.).

Anartia iatrophe, Kirby, t.c. p. 194 (1871); Godman & Salvin,

t. c. p. 221 (1882).

Hab, Texas. Florida. C. America, from Mexico to Panama.

S. America. Antilles.

a. June 10, 1898.

b. July 13, 1898.

[* Fairly common in the open parts of the bush, very fond of

settling on the rock or paths.”—J/. L. B.|

8, AN#&A ECHEMUS Doubl. & Hewits.

Anea echemus, Kirby, t. c. p. 276 (1871); Godman & Salvin,

t. c. p. 355 (1884).

Hab. Honduras. Cuba.

a. March 23, 1898.

6. April 12, 1898.

[The only two examples met with. ‘They were both taken at

the same place, viz., a shady roadway cut through the bush.”—

J.D. B.|

Family Lyc &NID &.

9, Tarucus cassius (Cram.).

Cupido cassius, Kirby, op. cit. ii. p. 351 (1871).

Lycena cassiuvs, Godman & Salvin, op. cit. ii, p. 105 (1887).

Hab. C. America. Mexico to Panama. Colombia. Guiana.

S. Brazil.

a. July 2, 1898.

(**A common species on the wing throughout the summer.”—

J. Ln Bel

14*

200 MISS E. M. SHARPE ON [ Mar. 6,

10. Tmoxvus ancenia Hewits.

Theela angelia, Hewitson, Ilustr. Diurn. Lepid. i. p. 162 (1874);

Kirby, op. cit. Suppl. p. 777 (1877).

Hab, Antilles.

a. June 26, 1898.

11. Tmotus satona Hewits.

Thecla salona, Kirby, op. cit, 11. p. 401 (1871); Hewitson, t. e.

p- 159 (1873).

a. July 1, 1898.

Family PIERID &.

12. CALLIDRYAS EUBULE (Linn.).

Catopsilia eubule, Kirby, t. c. p. 482 (1871).

Callidryas eubule, Godman & Salvin, t. c. p. 141 (1889).

Hab. N. & C. America, and throughout the greater part of

S. America. Antilles.

a. 6. dune 13, 1898.

b-e. dQ. July 2, 8, 25, 29, 1898.

fig. 692. August 12, 1898.

h. &. September 8, 1898.

13. KricoGonia LysipE (Godt.).

Kricogonia lyside, Kirby, t. c. p. 487 (1871); Godman & Salvin,

t.c. p. 150 (1889).

Hab. Texas. Florida. C. America, from Mexico to Nicaragua.

Colombia. Venezuela. Greater Antilles.

a. June 30, 1898.

b-d. July 1, 2, 8, 1898.

14, ‘TeRrAs pina (Poey).

Eurema dina, Wirby, t. ¢. p. 445 (1871).

Terias dina, Godman & Salvin, t. c. p. 163 (1889).

Hab, C. America trom Mexico to Costa Rica.

a,b. 3 2. June 27,30, 1898.

ch. 6 2. July 1, 2, 8, 16, 25, 29, 1898.

15, TwRIAS MESSALINA (l*abr.).

Kurema messalina, Kirby, t. c. p. 445 (1871).

Hab, Jamaica.

a. do. May 9, 1898.

b. 2. June 30, 1898.

cd SQ. July 2, 25, 1898.

(‘* Flies very low in shady localities.” —J/. L. B.|

16. APHRISSA STATIRA (Cram.).

Catopsilia statira, Kirby, t. c. p. 485 (1871).

Aphrissa statira, Godman & Salvin, t. c. p. 147 (1889).

Hab. S. America. C. America from Panama te Mexico.

a. dod. June 27, 1898.

1900.] BUTTERFLIES FROM THE BAHAMAS, 201

17. PH@BIs AGARITHE (Boisd.).

Catopsilia agarithe, Kirby, t. c. p. 484 (1871).

Phebis agarithe, Godman & Salvin, t. ec. p. 145 (1889).

Hab. Texas. C. America, from Mexico to Nicaragua. Colombia.

Venezuela. Antilles.

a. d. April 13, 1898.

bes Ge duly lL d.disgs.

18, Pinris puHiveta (Fabr.).

Pieris monuste (Linn.) pt., Kirby, t. ¢. p. 458 (1871).

a. 9. April 10, 1898.

b. sg. July 19, 1898.

Family PAPILIONIDA,

19. PAPILio BONHOTE, sp. n. (Plate XIX.)

Allied to Papiho andremon of Hiibner, but at once distinguished

by the narrower and much paler yellow transverse band on the

primaries, this band being decidedly more broken up towards the

apical area; the hind-marginal border relieved by a row of sulphur-

yellow spots. Secondaries with the sulphur-yellow transverse

band narrower and paler than in the allied species; the hind-

marginal spots pale yellow, but strongly indicated; the post-

median row of blue spots somewhat more strongly pronounced

than in P. andremon.

Underside. General colour of both wings sulphur- instead of

ochre-yellow, the spots and markings being similar to those of

P. andremon.

Expanse 3°2 inches. (Nassau, 13th June, 1898.)

Female. Larger, and having the hind-marginal borders and

basal area brown instead of blackish as in the male. Secondaries

with the marginal row of yellow spots suffused with rufous.

Underside. Similar to that of the male, but the sub-marginal

markings on the secondaries more strongly tinted with rufous,

these markings being pale sulphur-yellow in the male; the ocellus

on the anal angle much larger and more clearly defined than in

the male.

Expanse 3°7 inches. (Nassau, 15th June, 1898.)

In the British Museum are three examples of this species from

the Bahamas, presented by Mr. Neville Chamberlain, who obtained

them on Andros Island. He also bred several from larvee on

orange-trees, and noticed that when touched the larve protruded

two white horns from behind the head. Three other specimens,

said to be from Honduras, purchased from Mr. Miiller, are

identical, or at least are very nearly allied.

[‘*A common species, having a succession of broods throughout

the summer. The larva is dark brown mottled with greyish,

having two large white bands, one towards the head and the other

on the hinder part of the body. It feeds on the orange, preferring

202 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM THE BAHAMAS. Mar. 6,

the tender shoots growing directly from the trunk near the ground,

thus causing considerable damage to the plantations, as these

shoots are generally the grafted buds. It lies on the upperside

of the leaf along the midrib, with its head pointing towards the

stem, and in this position much resembles a bird’s dropping. The

pupa is attached to the trunk of the tree, from which it is

practically indistinguishable in colour, and is generally within two

feet of the ground. The pupa stage lasts about a fortnight.”—

J. L. B.]

20, PAPILIO POLYDAMAS Linn.

Papilio polydamas, Kirby, t. c. p. 521 (1871); Godman &

Salvin, t. c. p. 200 (1890).

Hab. Florida. C. America from Mexicoto Panama. 8S. America.

Greater and Lesser Antilles.

a. August 23, 1898.

[** Appears sparingly in April and August.”—J. LZ. B.)

Family HesPERID &.

21. Evpamus proveus (Linn.).

Thymele proteus, Kirby, t. c. p. 570 (1871).

Eudamus proteus, Godman & Salvin, t. ¢. p. 277 (1893).

Hab. 8. United States. C. & S. America.

a,b, August 3, 8, 1898.

c. September 30, 1898.

d. October 5, 1898.

(Very common from May to September.”—J. LZ. B.}

22, EPARGYREUS ZESTOS (Hiibn.)

Telegonus zestos, Kirby, t. c. p. 574 (1871).

Hab, Surinam.

a. Q. April 13, 1898.

b. g. August 23, 1898.

c. September 29, 1898.

[ Double-brooded and not very numerous.”—J. L. B.

23. ACOLASTUS AMYNTAS (Fabr.).

Acolastus amyntas, Godman & Salvin, t. ¢. p. 304 (1893).

Hab. Florida. C. & 8. America. Antilles.

a. March 10, 1898.

b. October 5, 1898.

24. PAMPHILA, sp. inc.

a, b. September 12, 30, 1898.

25. PAMPHIDA, sp. inc.

a. July 21, 1898.

W Purkiss delet lth

POA. Ss 1900) Bees

W, xT

West, Newman imp

AFRICAN PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA.

1900.] ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA FROM AFRICA. 203

26. PAMPHILA MISERA Lucas.

Pamphila misera, Kirby, t. ¢. p. 607 (1871).

Hab. Cuba.

a. August 12, 1898.

27. PAMPHILA, sp. inc.

a. July 4, 1598.

b. October 5, 1898.

28. PoLrres THAUMAS (Fabr.).

Pamphila thaumas, Kirby, t. c. p. 599 (1871).

Hab. U.S. of America.

a. July 2, 1898.

b. October 7, 1898.

29. HyYLEpainia pHyLaus (Drury).

Pamphila phyleus, Kirby, t. c. p. 600 (1871).

Hab. Antilles.

a,b. 3. July 16, 25, 1898.

gd. $ 2. August 8, 1898,

e. 2. September 29, 1898.

f. 2. October 6, 1898.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Papilio bonhotei, g, p. 201.

la. Underside of the same.

16. Papilio bonhotei, 2.

le. Underside of the same.

6. On new Genera and Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera

from South and Central Africa. By Martin Jacosy,

F.E.S.

[Received February 20, 1900.]

(Plate XX.)

The present paper contains the descriptions of one hundred new

species of Phytophagous Coleoptera, including also the characters

of three new genera. ‘The materials upon which they are based have

been received principally from Mr. Guy Marshall in Mashonaland,

the Rey. J. O’Neil in Cape Colony, from Dr. Staudinger and Herr

Bang-Haas, and others; all the types are in my collection. Our

knowledge of the African fauna is therefore again considerably

augmented, thanks to the assistance of the above-mentioned

ardent collectors.

CRIOCERIN 2.

LEMA DUVIVIERI, sp. n.

Dark fulvous, the head, antenne, and the legs (the base of the

204 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [Mar. 6,

posterior femora excepted) black; thorax impunctate ; elytra

metallic dark blue, strongly and closely punctate-striate, the ninth

row entire.

Length 7 millim.

Head bluish black, the neck rufous, the vertex impunctate ; the

eyes very deeply notched; antenne extending to the middle of

the elytra, black, the third and following joints elongate and

slender; thorax not longer than broad, deeply constricted at the

sides, the anterior angles with a distinct tubercle, the basal

sulecation deep and placed nearly at the middle, the surface

impunctate, the portion below the sulcus obsoletely grooved and

likewise impunctate; scutellum black ; elytra with a distinct

depression below the base, very strongly and closely punctate-

striate, the interstices strongly costate at the sides and at the

apex; legs bluish black, the intermediate femora below and the

base of the posterior ones fulvous, the underside of the same

colour.

Hab, Matadi, Africa. (In the collection of the Belgian Mus.

and that of my own.) :

Differs from L. rubricollis Lac. in the colour of the legs and that

of the underside, from LZ. sanguinicollis Lac. in the differently

structured thorax ; L. rufo-femorata Clark is black below and has

rufous femora; ZL. affinis Cl. differs similarly.

LEMA BOMAENSIS, sp. 0.

Flavous, the terminal] joints ot the antenne fuscous; thorax sub-

cylindrical, sparingly punctured, with some obscure piceous spots:

elytra strongly and closely punctate-striate, the sutural margin

and a broader sublateral stripe, abbreviated posteriorly, blackish.

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, flavous, the vertex sometimes obscure piceous:

eyes entire, not notched, supra-ocular grooves shallow; clypeus

triangularly raised; labrum piceous ; antenne short and robust, the

lower joints short, the fifth elongate, terminal joints widened,

more or less stained with fuseous; thorax short, subeylindrical,

strongly constricted at the base, the basal sulcus deep, the disc

with some strong, scattered punctures at the sides and at the

middle, the latter with some obsolete piceous spots (sometimes

absent); scutellum piceous, its apex truncate; elytra parallel, with

a very shallow depression below the base, very strongly punctured

in closely approached rows, the interstices costate from the middle

downwards, flavous, the suture very narrowly and a broader stripe

from the shoulder to below the middle piceous or black ; below and

the legs flavous, the breast darker, covered with very short yeliow

pubescence.

Hab. Boma, Congo. (Coll. Belgian Mus. and my own.)

A very distinct species, remarkable on account of the entire

eyes, shape of the thorax, which is strongly widened in front, and

the pattern of the elytra.

1900. ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA, 205

LMA DUNBRODIENSIS, sp. 0.

Fulvous, the breast and the abdomen black; thorax sub-

cylindrical, strongly punctured at the middle; elytra strongly

punctate-striate, pale fulvous; a sutural band, a spot on the

shoulders, and another at the sides anteriorly, black.

Length 4 millim.

Head fulvous, impunctate; the eyes entire, the accompanying

grooves shallow and finely pubescent ; the labrum black; the

antenne short and stout, fulvous, the second joint moniliform,

the third and fourth equal, longer, the fifth and following joints

subquadrately widened ; thorax subcylindrical, scarcely constricted

at the base, the basal sulcus deep, the surface strongly punctured

near the anterior angles and at the middle of the disc, the punctures

at the latter place arranged in three rows; scutellum black; elytra

paler in colour than the thorax, distinctly depressed below the

base, strongly and closely punctate-striate, the punctures indistinct

near the apex, the interstices not raised or slightly so near the

lateral margins; the suture narrowly black, this colour extending

laterally as far as the second row of punctures, and having a slight

dilation near the depression and near the apex; a small black spot

is placed on the shoulders, followed by a short stripe below at the

lateral margin ; the breast and abdomen black, clothed with short

yellow pubescence ; the legs fulvous, the last joint of the tarsi and

the claws more or less black.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony, 8. Africa.

I received a single specimen of this species kindly sent by the

Rev. O’Neil, who states that it is the only species he took in this

locality by sweeping.

LEMA NATALENSIS Jac. = L. tarsata Jac., var.

Of this species Mr. Marshall has sent me some more specimens,

which prove the insect to be a most variable one in regard to colour ;

also that L. tarsata Jac. (described by me P. Z. 8S. 1897, p. 241) is

but one of the varieties. The species may always be recognized by

the distinct tooth-like tubercles at the anterior angles of the thorax

and the peculiar sculpture of the latter. The varieties at present

before me are :—

a. The thorax and elytra fulvous, the former with a small black

spot at the middle of the basal sulcation ; legs piceous.

b. Thorax and legs as in var. a, the elytra entirely dark blue.

In the typical form Z. natalensis the legs are fulvous and the tarsi

black, the thorax and the elytra are either fulvous with a sutural

and lateral bluish stripe or entirely dark blue; the head in all the

forms is always black as well as the antenne, but the lower three

or four joints of the latter are fulvous. The varieties have been

obtained in Mashonaland.

LEMA NIGROTIBIALIS, sp. 0.

Fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne, the tibiw (their base

excepted) and the tarsi black; thorax not longer than broad, deeply

206 MR. M, JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [| Mar. 6,

suleate at the sides, nearly impunctate; elytra with deep basal

depression, strongly punctate-striate anteriorly, more finely so

posteriorly.

Length 5 millim.

Head not constricted behind, the vertex raised into two sub-

divided elevations, supraocular grooves deep; eyes deeply notched ;

antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower

three or four joints fulvous, third and fourth joints equal, small,

slightly longer than the second, terminal joints thickened but

distinctly longer than broad ; thorax not longer than broad, the

anterior portion widened, the sides deeply constricted, the con-

striction bounded above by a longitudinal ridge, basal sulcus deep,

the surface impunctate with the exception of a few fine punctures

at the middle, fulvous; scutellum truncate at its apex; elytra with

a short but rather deep depression near the suture below the base,

regularly, strongly,and rather closely punctate-striate, the punctures

much finer towards the apex, the ninth row entire, the interstices

at the sides and near the apex slightly costate; below and the

legs fulvous; the tibie, with the exception of the extreme base,

and the tarsi black.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (C. N. Barker).

Closely allied to L. fuscitarsis Jac., from the same locality, but

the general coloration darker fulvous, the antenne less slender,

the elytral depression much deeper, and the tibie black; in a single

specimen the first joint of the antenne is fulvous only. Mr. Barker

has kindly sent me four specimens of this species.

CRIOCERIS MILITARIS, Sp. Nn.

Rufous, the antenna and legs paler; thorax strongly angulate

at the sides, with rows of deep punctures and two large black spots

at the disc; elytra deeply punctate-striate, flavous; the shoulders,

suture anteriorly, the lateral margins, and a narrow transverse

band below the middle, black.

Length 6 millim.

Head strongly constricted behind the eyes, the vertex strongly

obliquely raised, rufous; the spaces in front of the eyes black,

rugose-punctate, the lower portion of the face and the labrum paler;

antenne stout and short, dark flavous, the second joint moniliform,

the third and fourth thicker and slightly larger, equal, the rest

transversely widened; thorax subcylindrical, widened anteriorly,

the sides forming a strong angle at the middle, the disc with a

short oblique row of punctures at the sides and two others at the

middle of the anterior portion, rufous, the middle of the surface

almost entirely oceupied by a large black patch which is connected

at the base but divided anteriorly by a short stripe of the rufous

ground-colour, the base likewise remains of this colour in shape of

a narrow trausyerse band which has some deep depressions in front

of the scutellum ; the latter small, flavous; elytra strongly punc-

tured at the anterior portion, the punctures very much finer

posteriorly, the dise flavous: a spot on the humeral callus, another

1900.) FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 207

sutural one at the base, the sides, and a transverse narrow baud

immediately behind the middle and connected with the lateral

stripe, black; below and the legs fulvous.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland; on lily of the valley (G. Mar-

shall).

C. balyt Har. almost entirely resembles the present species, but

is smaller, the head is differently constructed, and the thorax has

no black spots, the elytra also have a narrow black margin.

Mr. Marshall has sent two exactly similar specimens of this hand-

some species.

LEUCASTRA BIMACULATA, Sp. 0.

Fulvous, pubescent ; the antennz, breast, and the legs black ;

thorax impunctate, with a central black mark; elytra strongly

punctured, with a black round spot placed at the middle of each

elytron ; pubescence pale yellow.

Length 10 millim.

Elongate and parallel; the head broad, strongly but not closely

punctured, fulvous, clothed with short pubescence; the clypeus trans-

versely depressed, flavous; the eyes deeply notched; the antenne

black, the last seven joints triangularly widened; thorax twice as

broad as long, the sides rounded, the surface with a narrow transverse

groove, running parallel with the anterior and posterior margins, the

surface impunctate, clothed with single long yellowish hairs, the

middle of the dise with a A-shaped black mark; elytra with rather

prominent shoulders, somewhat paler in colour than the thorax,

depressed near the suture at the base, strongly but not very closely

punctured at the anterior portion, more finely so posteriorly, the

interstices clothed with long golden-yellow pubescence; legs

similarly pubescent, black as well as the breast, the femora

unarmed; abdomen pale fulvous.

Hab. Malvern, Natal; Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

Mr. Marshall has sent two specimens of this species, which

differs in the coloration and pattern of the elytra from any of

those described by Westwood and Stal.

CLYTHRINZ.

DaMIA CAPITATA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 1.)

Fulvous; the terminal joints of the antenne, the breast and

abdomen black; head and thorax fulvous, the former with two

black spots, the latter transverse, impunctate ; elytra strongly and

semi-rugosely punctured, a transverse band at the base and an

oblique broad spot below the middle black.

Mas. Head broad, the lower portion entirely divided longi-

tudinally as far as the eyes; the anterior legs elongate.

Length 5 millim.

Head very broad, fulvous, impunctate, with a triangular black

spot in front of each eye, the lower portion longitudinally divided

into two broad lamelle, the right portion of which is longer than

208 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

the left and more pointed, these projections are distinctly raised

from the parts lying underneath as well as the mandibles ; the latter

are black, the left being short and broad, and the right mandible

long and bent at right angles; antenne black, the Jower three

joints fulvous, the terminal joints strongly transverse, not extending

to the base of the thorax: thorax transverse, nearly three times

broader than long, of equal width, the sides strongly rounded, the

posterior angles oblique, the dise with a few punctures here and

there, obsoletely transversely sulcate near the anterior margin ;

scutellum triangularly pointed, black; elytra not wider at the base

than the thorax, of paler colour, very strongly, clesely, and unevenly

punctured, the interstices slightly rugose, the base with a broad

transverse black band which narrows considerably near the

scutellum, where it is obliquely shaped and does not extend to the

suture ; another shorter, transverse band of oblique shape is placed

below the middle, it does not extend to either margin; the sides of

the elytra strongly deflexed, with a distinct lateral lobe below the

shoulders ; breast and abdomen black, closely covered with grey

pubescence ; legs fulvous, the tarsi more or less black ; the anterior

legs in the male elongate, their tibie unarmed; the tarsi rather

slender, of nearly equal length.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (fev. J. O'Neil).

Of this interesting species I have seen three specimens, two

males and one female; one of each sex was sent by the Rev. O'Neil,

and another male is contained in the British Museum. The

structure of the head in the male insect is quite unique, no instance

having come under my observation of such a split or division of

the entire lower portion of the face; but this is not all—in the

British Museum specimen this division is not longitudiual but

horizontal, and the divided portionsare transversely placed. In

other respects the insect agrees with mine. In the female the head is

simple and the tarsi shorter, but the clypeus is also here deeply

triangularly emarginate, although not divided.

DAMIA FRONTALIS, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 2.)

Elongate, subcylindrical, fulvous, the breast black, the head with

a black transverse band; the thorax minutely punctured, with two

black bands ; elytra finely and closely punctured, pale flavous, the

suture and a broad lateral band, connected near the apex, black ;

tibia spotted with black.

Length 8 millim.

Head fulvous, the vertex impunctate, shining, the middle finely

rugose-punctate in shape of a transverse black band; eyes very

distant, moderately large, slightly notched; clypeus fulvous,

strongly punctured ; antenne scarcely extending to the middle of

the thorax, the fourth and following joints strongly transversely

serrate, the lower four joints fulvous, the others black; thorax

nearly twice as broad as long, slightly narrowed in front, the sides

and the posterior angles strongly rounded, posterior margin nearly

straight, without basal lobe, surface only perceptibly punctured

1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 209

when seen under a strong lens, fulvous, shining, the sides with a

broad, slightly curved black band, not extending to the anterior

margin; scutellum scarcely longer than broad, its apex rounded ;

elytra very slightly narrowed towards the apex, very finely

punctured in closely approached irregular rows, the lateral lobes

broadly rounded and moderately produced, the colour a pale

flavous or yellowish white, the suture narrowly black ; this colour

widened towards the apex, where it is transversely connected with

another broad longitudinal band which commences at the base,

but does not extend to the apex nor to the lateral margins ;

abdomen and legs flavous, all the tibize with a black stripe at the

outer edge of their apical portion ; tarsi rather broad and short,

the first joint slightly longer than the second.

Hab. Umcheki River, Mashonaland (G‘. Marshall); also Moliro,

Congo (Belgian Mus.).

Of this very distinct species four specimens are before me,

which agree in every respect; there is no other genus, except

perhaps Melztonoma, where the species could find a more suitable

place, on account of the rounded sides and posterior thoracic

angles and the short tarsi, which best agree with Damia; the

anterior legs are also rather longer than the others, as is the case

with the other species placed in this genus. The present one is,

however, much larger and resembles much in the coloration and

pattern certain species of Peploptera; the black transverse band at

the head will at once help in its recognition.

CAMPTOLENES PUBIFRONS, sp. 0.

Black, the head strongly pubescent; thorax strongly but remotely

punctured, black, the anterior portion and part of the sides flavous;

elytra strongly and irregularly punctured, flavous, an angular

band before and another narrow one below the middle, black; legs

fulvous.

Mas. Mandibles long and robust, deeply concave, the right one

curved ; the anterior legs very elongate as well as their tarsi.

Fem. Mandibles and legs normal.

- Length 7-8 millim.

Head broad, black, clothed with long yellowish hairs, the

epistome not separated, its anterior edge truncate ; antenne short,

the fourth and following joints transverse, black, the basal joint

fulvous ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight,

rounded at the postericr angles, the base with a depression at each

side, the basal margin moderately produced at the middle, the

surface irregularly and strongly punctured, black, the anterior

third portion and the sides flavous, somewhat thickened ; scutellum

black ; elytra strongly and irregularly punctured, the interstices

slightly rugose, longitudinally costate near the apex, flavous, with

a transverse narrow black band placed before the middle and

extending upwards at the shoulders to the base, and another more

irregular angulate band situated at a little distance from the apex ;

below black, finely pubescent ; legs piceous, the anterior tibiz and

210 MR, M, JACOBY ON PHYLOPHAGOUS COLEOPLERA [ Mar. 6,

tarsi obscure fulvous; anterior tibize mucronate at the apex, the

first joint of their tarsi very elongate, as long as the following

two joints together (d ).

Hab. Delagoa Bay, received from Mr. G. Marshall.

C. abyssinica Letéy. (Rev. de Zoolog. 1877, p. 223) seems to be

very closely allied, and indeed there appear to be several African

species to which Lefevre’s description partially but not entirely

applies. Specimens received some time ago from Mr. Marshall, who

obtained them in Mashonaland (Salisbury), agree almost entirely

with Lefévre’s description of his C. abyssinica, but the male in my

possession has not the strongly developed mandibles of which the

author speaks. On the other hand, the present species agrees in

this respect, but the thorax is much shorter and decidedly not

rugose and confluently punctate, so that I cannot identity the

species with that of Lefevre. The apical elytral spot is only present

in the female of C. pubifrons, and scarcely indicated in the other

sex,

PEPLOPTERA APICATA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 3.)

Black, the basal joints of the antenne and the tibie and tarsi

fulvous; thorax sparingly punctured, the anterior and lateral

margins, as well as a central short stripe, flavous; elytra finely

punctured, flavous, an angular narrow band near the base, inter-

rupted at the suture, and a broad transverse band near the apex

black, the latter part more or less fulvous.

Length 10 millim.

Of broad and robust shape; the head black, finely rugose and

closely pubescent, the vertex swollen ; eyes large, oblong, slightly

emarginate at their lower portion; palpi fulvous; antenne not

extending to the base of the thorax, black, the basal five joints

fulvous, second and third joints very short, the apical joints strongly

transverse ; thorax twice as broad as long, narrowed anteriorly,

the sides straight and oblique, the median lobe distinct, broad and

truncate, the surface finely and sparingly punctured near the base,

more strongly so at the sides, the base with a trausverse, strongly

punctured depression at the middle; the dise black, very shining,

a short central stripe dividing the black portion anteriorly, and the

anterior and lateral margins very narrowly, pale flavous ; scutellum

black, its apex truncate ; elytra finely punctured in irregular rows,

which are nearly indistinct near the apex, flavous, a strongly

angular band (which consists of two joined spots, of which one is

placed on the shoulders, the other within the latter), near the

suture but not extending to it, black; another very broad black

band is placed below the middle across the elytra, including at

the apex a transversely shaped fulvous or flavous spot; below

densely clothed with silvery pubescence; thetibiz and tarsi fulvous,

the latter very broad in the male insect ; last abdominal segment

in the same sex emarginate at the middle, in the female provided

with a deep oval fovea.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

1900. | FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 211

Allied to P. hemorrhagica Gerst., but quite distinct in the fine

elytral punctation, the abbreviated humeral band and the great

width of the posterior one, also in the markings of the thorax ; in

regard to this I may add to the description that the flavous anterior

and lateral stripes are bounded by the extreme black edges of the

thoracic margins. P. abyssinica Lefév. seems also closely allied,

but the description says nothing of an anterior flavous margin, and

gives only a black humeral spot, not an angulate band, nor are the

tibiz described as fulvous. I have received several specimens of

this handsome species from Mr. Guy Marshall.

PEPLOPTERA LEFEVREIL, sp. n.

Subeylindrical, black ; thorax flavous, sparingly punctured, the

dise with a broad black band; elytra flavous, rather regularly

punctate-striate, a spot on the shoulders and a transverse band

near the apex, as well as the extreme apical margins, black.

Length 7 millim.

Head black, the vertex strongly swollen, longitudinally sulcate

at the middle, the space between the eyes strongly punctured and

slightly rugose, non-pubescent ; the antennz not extending to the

base of the thorax, black, the second and third joints fulvous ;

thorax twice as broad as long, but little narrowed in front, the

sides nearly straight, the median lobe broad, not much produced,

and preceded by a distinct transverse depression, the surface with

a few fine punctures near the base and the posterior «angles,

fulvous ; the middle of the dise occupied by a broad subtriangular

black patch, which extends to the anterior margin, where it is

greatly narrowed; scutellum small, black; elytra flavous, with

regular rows of fine punctures, which become a little more confused

at the sides and near the apex, the interstices rather closely and

very minutely punctured, the shoulders with a black spot, a

transverse narrow black band of somewhat irregular shape is

placed below the middle, extending to the sides in some instances,

but interrupted in others; below and the legs black, closely

covered with silvery pubescence ; tarsi broad and rather robust.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

In spite of its great similarity im coloration to P. angustata

Erichs., P. cylindriformis Lac., and one or two other African

species, the punctation of the elytra does not permit me to identify

P. lefevret with either of these ; the elytral rows are fairly regular

and more distantly placed than in the named species, and the

interstices are likewise finely punctured; in the allied forms the

punctation is almost always close and irregular and that of the

thorax more distinct. The species would find its place amongst

Lacordaire’s group in which the tarsi are broad.

PEPLOPTERA SEMIFASCIATA, Sp. 0.

Black, the tibize and tarsi fulvous; thorax strongly and sparingly

punctured, fulvous; elytra strongly, closely, and semiregularly

—

212 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

punctate, fulvous; a spot on the shoulders, another near the

scutellum, and a transverse curved band below the middle, black.

Length 6 millim.

Head black, sparingly punctured at the vertex, the space round

the eyes rugosely punctate, the clypeus more strongly punctured :

antenne not extending to the base of the thorax, black, the second

and third joints more or less fulvous, the following joints of strongly

transverse shape; thorax twice as broad as long, subcylindrical,

the sides rounded, strongly and closely punctured, the dise more

remotely so, fulvous; scutellum black; elytra parallel, subcylin-

drical, distinctly lobed below the shoulders, not covering the

pygidium, the punctuation like that of the thorax, closely placed

in irregular rows, the shoulders with a small black spot, another

larger one near the scutellum; a broad, slightly curved band is

placed below the middle, its upper margin being highly convex

and its lower one concave; below and the pygidium densely

covered with silvery pubescence ; legs fulvous, the femora blackish.

Hab, Headlands, Mashonaland (G. Marshall),

Allied to P. punctata Jac., but smaller, the elytra more strongly

punctured and with a broad posterior band instead of two spots,

the tibie and tarsi fulvous, not black.

PHPLOPTERA ANCHORALIS, Sp. Nh.

Black, closely pubescent below, anterior and lateral margins of

the thorax fulvous, the latter very minutely punctured; elytra

more strongly punctate-striate, fulvous, an elongate humeral

stripe, and a sutural band from the middle downwards, connected

with an elongate spot near the apex, black.

Length 8 millim.

Head black, closely punctured and rugose near the eyes, the

latter very large; antenne not extending to the base of the

thorax, black, the lower four joints fulvous, basal joint black

above, closely pubescent; thorax about one half broader than

long, the anterior margin a third shorter than the basal one, the

sides nearly straight, anterior and posterior angles distinct, the

posterior margin roundly produced at the middle, the surface very

finely and somewhat closely punctured, with a distinct transverse

groove near the median lobe, more strongly punctured than the

rest of the surface, the latter black, in shape of a broad transverse

band, the anterior margin of which is deeply indented at the sides

and at the middle, this band leaves the lateral and anterior margins

of the flavous ground-colour; scutellum triangular, black ; elytra

with strongly produced lateral lobes, regularly and moderately

strongly punciate-striate, fulvous, or flavous the suture from

before the middle to the apex in shape of a medially narrowed

band, an ovate spot near the apex touching this band, and a short

slightly oblique elongate band on the shoulders, black; this latter

band terminates exactly where the sutural band begins; below

and the legs black, closely covered with silky silvery pubescence ;

tarsi broad.

1900, ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA, 213

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

Closely allied to P. humeralis Jac., likewise from Mashonaland,

but differing in the black disc of the thorax and in not having a

black stripe at the lateral margins of the elytra; the latter in

P. humeralas have the sutural band also extending higher upwards

and not ending abruptly truncate as in the present insect.

P. schimperi Lefév. and P. ubyssinica Lefév. are likewise closely

allied; but the first-named species is described as having the

anterior angles of the thorax fulvous only, in having a broad

transverse elytral band near the apex, and a subquadrate, not

elongate, humeral spot. P. abyssinica has similarly coloured elytra,

rufous tarsi, and is smaller. Of the present insect three specimens

have been sent by Mr. Marshall, ot which one has the elytral spots

widened into a broad band like Lefévre’s last-named insect, but

the tarsi in all are black; it may, however, possibly be a variety of

that insect.

GYNANDROPHTHALMA SUBRUGOSA, Sp. n.

Entirely dark metallic blue; antenne black ; thorax strongly

transverse, impunctate ; elytra very strongly and closely punctured,

the interstices irregularly rugose.

Length 53-6 millim.

Elongate and parallel, the head nearly impunctate, with a few

oblique strigee between the eyes; the latter large, very slightly

indented at their lower portion ; epistome with afew punctures,

triangularly emarginate at its anterior margin; antenne black, the

basal joint metallic blue, the second and third very short, obscure

fulvous, the others strongly transverse ; thorax twice as broad as

long, slightly narrowed in front, the sides rounded, with a distinct

but narrow reflexed margin, the median lobe broadly produced,

posterior angles rounded, the disc impunctate, with a short

transverse depression at each side; scutellum broad, ‘its apex

truncate; elytra feebly lobed below the shoulders, closely and

strongly punctured, tue interstices transversely rugose, less strongly

so towards the apex; below very sparingly pubescent; the legs

rather elongate, the first joint of the tarsi sligitly longer than the

second.

Hab. Cape. (Two specimens in my collection.)

G. aspaltina Gerst. seems to be a closely allied species, but is

described with finely and remotely punctured elytra, which cannot

possibly be applied to the present species, in which these parts

are distinctly rugose and strongly punctured.

GYNANDROPHTHALMA MARGINICOLLIS, sp. n.

Black, finely pubescent below; thorax transverse, impunctate,

the extreme lateral margin fulvous; elytra finely punctured,

fulvous, a spot on the shoulders, a larger one near the suture at

the middle, and a transverse band below the latter, black.

Length 5 millim.

Of narrow, elongate and parallel shape; the head black, very

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1900, No. XV. 15

214 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

finely and sparingly punctured and clothed with single grey

pubescence ; the clypeus not separated from the face, its anterior

margin concave; eyes large, ovate; antenne extending to the base

of the thorax, dentate from the fourth joint, black, the lower three

joints fulvous; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides and the

posterior angles rather rounded, the median lobe but slightly

produced, the surface entirely impunctate, black, shining, the

extreme lateral margin fulvous; scutellum black, pointed, broad

at the base; elytra finely and rather closely punctured, fulvous,

the shoulders with a small black spot, a larger round spot is placed

near the suture at the middle, and a transverse short band, concave

at its lower margin, at some distance from the apex, this band

does not quite extend to either margin; the breast and abdomen

black, clothed with grey pubescence ; legs rather slender as well

as the tarsi.

Hab. Ibembo, Congo (Duvivier). (Coll. Belgian Mus. and my

own.)

The coloration of the thorax and that of the elytra will at once

assist in the recognition of this species, of which I have seen two

specimens, which were formerly contained in the collection of the

late A. Duvivier. The species seems closely allied in coloration to

G', foveiceps Lac., but is of more narrowly elongate shape, and the

thorax is not fulvous but black.

CopTocEPHALA FALKENSTEINI Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitsch. 1882,

p. 396.

This species is a true Peploptera and must be placed in that

genus, as several specimens which I received from German East

Africa have proved to me.

CRYPTOCEPHALIN 2.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS ORNATICOLLIS, Sp. n.

Flavous, terminal joints of the antenne black, the head and

thorax dark fulvous, the latter with the sides and two basal spots

flavous ; elytra regularly punctate-striate, flavous, a spot on the

shoulder, another near the middle, and a transverse narrow band

near the apex, black.

Length 5 millim.

Of robust, posteriorly slightly narrowed shape; the head dark

fulvous or piceous, finely and closely punctured; antenne long,

black, the lower five joints flavous, terminal joints elongate and

distinctly widened; thorax twice as broad as long, strongly

narrowed in front, the sides greatly deflexed, the lateral margins

rounded at the middle, the surface very minutely punctured, the

dise piceous or dark fulvous, the anterior margin narrowly, the

sides more broadly and two large oblique spots at the base, flavous ;

scntellum broad, its apex rounded, flavous, the base narrowly biack ;

elytra distinctly narrowed posteriorly, strongly and regularly

punctate-striate, flayous, the interstices flat and impunctate, the

1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 215

basal margin very narrowly, a spot on the shoulders, another near

the suture at the middle, and a narrow transverse irregular-shaped

band near the apex black, the extreme lateral margin posteriorly

dark fulvous ; below and the legs flavous; abdomen darker; the

anterior legs rather elongate, their tarsi very broad.

Hab. Delagoa Bay (G. Marshall).

Of this species I received three specimens from Mr. Marshall

which show no differences of any importance. There are not many

African species of the present genus which have a similarly marked

thorax, the nearest being perhaps C. denticulatus; in the present

species, however, the dark portion of the thorax is not black but

dark fulvous or piceous; the number and position of the elytral

spots also differ from any of its allies.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS SEVERINI, Sp. nN.

Black, above and the legs flavous, vertex of head black; thorax

impunctate, with five black stripes; elytra finely and irregularly

punctured, with a subsutural and lateral black longitudinal band,

the latter divided.

Length 8 millin.

Broad and robust; the head impunctate, slightly depressed,

flavous, the vertex with a narrow transverse black band; eyes

very broadly emarginate; clypeus concave at its anterior margin ;

antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra, flavous, the

terminal five joints widened; thorax subcylindrical, with strongly

deflexed sides, the middle widened, the surface entirely impunctate,

flavous, with five equally distant black spots or bands, the middle

one narrow and extending from the base to the apex, the others

much shorter aud abbreviated at each end, the outer one the

shortest and placed on the lateral margin; scutellum black, broad,

its apex truncate; elytra not wider at the base than the thorax,

slightly constricted at the sides near the middle, the puuctuation

very fine, placed in double rows near the suture, but irregularly at

the sides, the Jast row placed at some distance from the lateral

margin, the latter likewise accompanied by a stronger row of

punctures ; each elytron with two longitudinal black bands, the first

placed near the suture of slightly oblique direction, abbreviated

below the middle, the other placed on the shoulder, interrupted at

the middle and not extending much further than the subsutural

band ; underside black, clothed with very short pubescence, the

coxe and the Jast abdominal segment flavous at the base ; pygidium

flavous with a central black spot ; prosternum broad, pubescent,

its base produced at the angles into a blunt point.

Hab. Loulouabourg, Congo. (Coil. Belgian Mus. and my own.)

One of the largest African species, and easily recoguized by the

system of its coloration.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS STRIGICOLLIS, sp, nl.

Obscure fulvous; antenne (the basal joints excepted) black ;

thorax fulvous, closely longitudinally strigose; elytra strongly

15*

216 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6

punctate-striate, the interstices convex, flavous, a broad transverse

hand at the base and another near the apex black.

Length 4 millim.

Head fulvous, impunctate, slightly uneven, the eyes nearly

continuous at the vertex ; antenne extending beyond the middle of

the elytra, black, the lower four joints flavous, the third and the

following three joints gradually increasing in length, the terminal

ones shorter; thorax twice as broad as long, slightly widened at

the middle, fulvous, the basal margin narrowly black, the posterior

angles flavous, the entire surface covered with longitudinal fine

strigze without punctures, posterior margin finely serrate; scu-

tellum black, with a fulvous basal spot, its apex truncate ; elytra

very slightly narrowed posteriorly, deeply and closely puncfate-

striate, the interstices strongly longitudinally costate, especially so

at the sides, flavous, the base with a broad transverse black band,

not quite extending to the lateral margins, another similar band is

placed close to the apex, leaving the latter of the flavous ground-

colour ; underside and legs pale fulvous, finely pubescent.

Hab. Moliro, Africa ( Duvivier).

This is another of those species having the thorax closely

strigose, which seem confined to Africa; the other two known

species, C. araticollis Chap. and C. natalensis Jac., are devoid

of elytral bands. I received the specimen from the Belgian

Museum,

CRYPTOCEPHALUS SALISBURIENSIS, sp. Nn.

Head and the underside black; thorax impunctate, flavous, with

two large black spots ; elytra moderately strongly punctate-striate,

flavous: a round spot on the shoulders, a sutural transverse spot at

the middle, and a transverse band near the apex, black ; legs favous,

the femora spotted with black.

Length 5 millim.

Head black, distinctly punctured and sparingly pubescent; the

clypeus and the sides of the face below the eyes yellow ; antenne

slender, black, the lower tive joints flavous, the basal joint black above;

thorax with the sides straight or nearly so, otherwise of usual shape,

the basal margin near the anterior angles distinctly toothed, the

surface impunctate or with a few minute punctures, fulvous, with

a large black oblong spot at each side, not extending to the anterior

margin, the extreme basal margin likewise black, the other

margins of the ground-colour ; scutellum black; elytra ratber finely

punctate-striate, the interstices with some extremely fine punctures,

flavous, the shoulders with a black oblong spot, the suture at the

middle with another transverse short spot, a transverse band

extending across the suture but not quite to the sides is also placed

near the apex ; below black, the prosternum, mesosternum, and a

spot at the base of the abdomen yellow, the posterior angles of

the prosternum prolonged laterally ; femora with a black spot at

the middle.

Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall),

1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 217

This species seems more nearly allied in coloration to C. erythro-

melas Suffr. than to any other, but differs in the anterior sutural

spot and posterior band, which both extend across the suture ; the

legs also are flavous and not black; the prosternum agrees very

nearly with that of C. v-nigrum. Two exactly similar specimens

were sent by Mr. Marshall.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS FLAVO-ORNATUS, Sp. Nn.

Flavous, the apical joints of the antenne black, above fulvous ;

the thorax impunctate, the lateral margins and a central longi-

tudinal stripe flavous ; elytra rather closely punctate-striate, the

interstices minutely punctured.

Length 4-43 millim.

Of parallel, subcylindrical shape, the head with a distinct central

longitudinal sulcus, sparingly punctured, fulvous, the space near

the eyes flavous; the latter reniform, broadly emarginate at the

middle ; antennz comparatively short and robust, black, the lower

five joints flavous, second and third joints short, equal, terminal

joints robust and strongly widened ; thorax twice as broad as long,

very convex, the sides nearly straight, the surface entirely im-

punctate, with a distinct oblique depression at the base on each

side in front of the scutellum ; the disc fulvous, interrupted by a

narrow central favous stripe from the base to the apex, the sides

likewise narrowly, and the posterior angles more broadly flavous,

extreme basal margin black ; scutellum flavous, its apex truncate ;

elytra parallel, closely and rather strongly punctate-striate, the

punctures somewhat closely placed and smaller towards the apex,

the interstices finely punctured; the epipleure at the base, the

underside, and the legs flavous ; the pvgidium rugosely punctured.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

This species was obtained, according to Mr. Marshall, on Mosasa ;

it will not be difficult to recognize it on account of its uniform

coloration of the elytra and the flavous markings of the thorax. I

am not acquainted with any other African representative of the

genus with which it may be compared in this respect ; in some

specimens the extreme sutural and lateral margins are stained with

flavous.

CRYPTOCEPHALUS V-NIGRUM, Sp. nl.

Black ; the basal joints of the antenne, the tibiz more or less,

aud the thorax at the sides and middle, flavous ; thorax extremely

finely punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, flavous, a spot

on the shoulder, another near the scutellum, and two subquadrate,

connected spots in shape of an inverted VY below the middle,

black.

Length 5 millim.

Head entirely black, strongly punctured and sparingly pubescent,

slightly depressed bet ween the eyes; the antenne scarcely extending

to the middle of the elytra, filiform in the male, shorter and the

terminal joints thicker in the female insect, the lower five joints

218 MR. M, JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [Mar. 6,

flavous, the others black; thorax rather strongly widened at the

middle, extremely minutely and rather sparingly punctured, only

visible under a strong lens, the sides feebly rounded, the posterior

margin with some strongly marked teeth near the angles and

preceded by a deep subquadrate fovea—the disc either black, with

the anterior margin narrowly, the sides more broadly and angularly

flavous, and a similar coloured. spot at the middle of the base

(mas.): or flavous, with a broad anteriorly divided band, not

extending to the margins, on each side, and the margins themselves

narrowly, black (fem.) ; scutellum black; elytra very slightly

narrowed posteriorly, regularly and strongly punctate-striate,

flavous, rather opaque in the male, more shining in the other sex,

the shoulders with an elongate black spot, a smaller one of rounded

shape is placed near the scutellum, and two subquadrate spots,

which are joined together anteriorly, below the middle, the sutural

and apical margins are likewise narrowly black ; the underside and

the femora black ; tibia robust and widened anteriorly, fulvous, the

outer margin of the anterior tibize and the base of the four posterior

black, tarsi fulvous; prosternum prolonged laterally at the base

into points, flavous, the apex of the mesosternum and a spot

between the posterior coxe likewise flavous.

Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland, on mimosa (G. Marshall).

The markings of the elytra resemble somewhat those of C. erythro-

melas Suffr. and some other African species, but the shape of the

posterior angular band is quite different; nor do I know of a

similar structure in regard to the thorax, in which the lateral basal

teeth are preceded by a distinct notch or fovea; the shape of the

prosternum with its prolonged posterior angles is another peculiarity

of this species, of which I have three specimens before me.

C@NOBIUS PLAGIATUS, sp. 0.

Black, the antenne and the legs flavous; thorax impunctate,

black, the anterior and lateral margins and two basal spots flavous ;

elytra very finely punctate-striate, black, a broad transverse band

before the middle and another at the apex flavous.

Length 13 millim.

Of narrow, cylindrical shape; the head black, impunctate, the

eyes widely separated, not strongly emarginate, parts of the mouth

and the antenne flavous, the latter short, with the sixth and the

following two joints strongly dilated (the rest wanting); thorax

twice as broad as long, the sides feebly rounded, narrowed towards

the apex, the surface impunctate, black, very shining, the anterior

margin very narrowly and the lateral ones more broadly flavous,

the base with two other bright flavous transverse spots, only

separated by a thin stripe of the ground-colour; scutellum broad,

pointed at the apex, black; elytra not wider at the base than the

thorax, scarcely perceptibly punctate-striate, the strie widely

separated, the black portion divided by- a broad transverse bright

flavous band, which surrounds the shoulders at the outer margin

and does not quite extend to the suture, this band is placed before

1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 219

the middle and of slightly oblique shape, another broad transverse

band occupies the apex of both elytra; below black; the legs

robust, flavous, as well as the prosternum and mesosternum, the

former longer than broad, its base deeply concave, the sides raised

into narrow ridges.

Hab. Port Alfred, South Africa (Rev. J. O'Neil).

Of this very pretty but small species I received a single example ;

like several of its congeners at present placed in this genus, the

eyes are not approached or contiguous, but the prosternum agrees

with the typical forms.

ACHZNOPS (?) PUNCTICOLLIS, sp. n.

Yellowish white, the terminal joints of the antenne and the

breast and abdomen black ; thorax very clesely punctured, with or

without piceous transverse bands; elytra strongly and semi-

regularly punctate-striate, a spot on the shoulders and two near the

apex piceous or black.

Var. Thorax without markings, underside flavous.

Length 3-4 millim.

Head broad, yellowish, strongly but not very closely punctured,

the vertex with a central black narrow stripe; eyes broadly

emarginate ; antenne short and stout, extending to the base of the

elytra, the lower six joints pale flavous, the others black, terminal

joints, with the exception of the last one, dilated; thorax more

than twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the surface very

closely and strongly punctured, yellowish white, with a transverse

narrow piceous stripe at each side, sending off branches at right

angles to the anterior and posterior margin, another piceous spot

is placed at the middle of the base, the basal margin likewise

narrowly black; scutellum truncate at its apex, the latter flavous,

the base black; elytra subcylindrical, pale yellowish, strongly

punctured in irregular rows, of which ten are placed on each

elytron, the sutural one being very short, near the apex some of

the rows unite in pairs, forming broader spaces between them, all

the punctures of piceous colours, a small piceous spot is placed on

each shoulder, two others more or less distinct are seen near

the apex, the inner one of which is placed rather higher than

the other spot; legs pale flavous, the femora with a piceous spot ;

prosternum widened at the base, strongly punctured ; breast and

abdomen black.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony, 8S. Africa (Rev. J. O'Neil), on

mimosa-bushes.

This little Cryptocephalus, of which I received two specimens, is

doubtfully placed by me in Achenops, as the structure of the

prosternum does not agree with that genus, but I do not consider

it desirable to establish another genus on a single species. The

present insect has very nearly the general appearance of a

Pachybrachys ; the colour and the system of punctation is the

same, but the antenne agree better with Monachus on account of

their shortness and the dilated terminal joints; the prosternum

‘

220 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [Mar. 6,

has its base truncate, not rounded, and the posterior angles are but

little produced; in one specimen the thorax is without any

markings and the entire underside is flavous, the elytra have also

the dark spots less strongly marked.

EUMOLPIN &.

MicROHERMESIA, gen. noy. (group Colaspine).

Oblong; antenne filiform, eyes entire; thorax transverse, the

sides angulate and with a narrow margin; elytra semi-regularly

punctured ; legs robust, the anterior femora with a minute tooth,

tibie not suleate, the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as

the following two joints together, claws appendiculate; prosternum

broad, scarcely narrowed between the coxe, its base truncate ; the

anterior margin of the thoracic episternum concave.

In its general appearance, the little species for which I propose

this new genus resembles Lefevrea, but differs in the angulate sides

of the thorax, which places 1t amongst the group Colaspine, which

up till now had no African representative ; the much broader pro-

sternum and the minutely dentate anterior femora separate the

genus from Colaspis proper ; the shape of the thorax agrees better

with Hermesia, but that genus differs in other details, notably

the unarmed femora, although this latter character must be used

with caution and only in conjunction with others as a generic

distinction.

MicROHERMESIA HIRTICOLLIS, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 7.)

3. Below black, base of the antenne and the legs fulvous ;

thorax sneous, closely punctured and finely pubescent ; elytra

strongly punctured anteriorly, flavous, the middle with a transverse

broad cupreous or eneous patch.

Q (2). Above entirely flavous, with a shght metallic gloss.

Length 23 millim.

Head neous or cupreous, closely punctured and sparingly

clothed with short pubescence ; the clypeus not separated from the

face, transverse ; antenne slender, extending to about the middle

of the el\tra, flavous, the terminal joints slightly stained with

fuscous, basal joint much thickened, second and third equal in

length, fourth and following joints slightly longer and very feebly

thickened towards the apex; thorax twice as broad as long, the

sides with a narrow margin and distinctly angulate at the middle,

the anterior angles distinctly tuberculate, the tubercle produced

and provided with a single seta, the anterior and posterior margins

straight, the surface punctured and pubescent like the head;

scutellum broader than Jong, its sides rounded; elytra broader at

the base than the thorax, the shoulders angulate, the base with a

feeble transverse depression, the surface rather strongly punctured

in closely arranged irregular rows, with some more minute

punctures at the interstices, flayous, with a slight metallic gloss,

the middle of the disc with an irregular, rather ill-defined transverse

1900. ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 221

cupreous patch, which widens somewhat at the sides, the suture

and lateral margins likewise more or less greenish neous; below

nearly black, the legs fulvous ; prosternum strongly punctured.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, obtained by sweeping (G. Mar-

shall).

Tt ie probable that the unicolorous flavous specimen represents

the female of this species, since the anterior tarsi are more slender

and thinner than in the specimens which I look upon as the

other sex, but there is only a singie individual of the former sex

before me.

CoLASPOSOMA CONRADI, sp. 0.

Metallic green with fulvous gloss, base of the femora flavous,

tibie fulvous; thorax very closely and finely punctured; elytra

strongly and irregularly punctured, with traces of longitudinal

lines, the sides strongly rugose in both sexes.

Fem. Elytra with a smooth, rather broad, longitudinal costa

near the suture.

Length 6-8 millim.

Head finely longitudinally strigose at the sides of the vertex,

the latter sparingly punctured; clypeus more strongly punctate,

not separated from the face, but with a small fovea at the base, its

anterior margin slightly concave-emarginate ; labrum and palpi

fulvous ; antennz extending to the middle of the elytra, the lower

six joints fulvous, the others black, rather widened ; thorax three

times broader than long, the sides rounded and with a narrow

reflexed margin, the disc closely and finely punctured throughout,

with a transverse depression near the anterior margin; scutellum

broad, with a few strong punctures; elytra with a fulvous tint,

strongly and closely punctured, the punctures arranged in rows

near the suture; the interstices smooth and slightly raised near the

apex, strongly transversely rugose at the sides, the lateral margin

accompanied by two distinctly raised smooth coste; underside

nearly smooth, metallic green, the sides of the abdomen and

of the breast fulvous; femora metallic green, their base flavous,

tibie fulvous, the apex and the tarsi dark zeneous; prosternum

very broad, clothed with grey pubescence.

Hab. Cameroons (Conrad).

This species will not be very difficult to recognize on account of

the flavous base of the femora and the strongly rugose sides of the

elytra in both sexes; in the female this is, however, still much

more pronounced, as well as the elytral coste. I received two

specimens from Dr. Kraatz. C. antiquum Har. is a closely allied

species, but differs in the much more finely and evenly punctured

elytra and in the colour of the antenne and legs. C. abdominale

Lefeév. (lefevrec Baly) is described with testaceous antenne and

legs, but seems otherwise closely allied.

CoLASPOSOMA ALUTACEUM, sp. n.

Dark eneous, finely pubescent, the antenne and tarsi piceous ;

222 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

head and thorax finely and closely punctured, the latter with

a smooth central line; elytra extremely finely punctured and

wrinkled, clothed with short silvery pubescence.

Length 5 millim,

Of obscure brownish-zneous colour, the head finely and sub-

remotely punctured ; the clypeus not separated, punctured like the

head ; labrum piceous, lower joints of the palpi fulvous ; antennz

short, not extending to the middle of the elytra, dark fulvous, the

basal joint stained with sneous, terminal joints distinctly

thickened, each stained with fuscous at the apex; thorax strongly

transversely convex, the sides rounded, the surface closely and

finely punctured throughout, clothed with very short white pubes-

cence, the middle of the disc with a smooth central narrow space,

all the margins very narrowly metallic cupreous ; scutellum much

broader than long, its apex blunt, the surface with a few punctures,

the margins cupreous; elytra not wider at the base than the

thorax, very slightly depressed below the base, opaque, extremely

closely punctured and finely wrinkled, the interstices with still

smaller punctures and clothed like the thorax with short whitish

pubescence ; underside and femora dark zneous and sparingly

pubescent ; tibie dark fulvous.

Hab. Pinetown, Natal.

This is the description of the male insect, which has the

auterior legs as usual longer than in the female; this and the

rather less broad thorax, however, are the only visible differences

between the two sexes. C. alutaceum differs from the other

pubescent species of the same country in the finely punctured and

wrinkled elytra and the short white hairs of the upper parts, as

well as the very distinct punctation of the thorax. Whether

C., pubescens Letév. is identical with the present species can only

be ascertained by comparing the type, as a three-lined description

of insects which are so closely allied is of no use whatever, and an

abuse of science, which should be, in my opinion, totally ignored

with the rest of all such publications ; at any rate C. pubescens is

described with the labrum obscure rufous, and the head, thorax,

and elytra densely and very finely punctured, which does not

apply to the species before me.

COLASPOSOMA SUBAUREUM, Sp. nl.

Obscure fulvous with eneous gloss, pubescent, the apical joints

of the antenne black ; thorax finely and closely punctured, clothed

with long white hairs ; elytra with a deep fovea below the base,

closely punctured, the interstices transversely rugose throughout

and pubescent like the thorax.

Length 5 millim.

Head closely punctured and clothed with rather long white

hairs; labrum fulvous; antenne extending slightly below the

middle of the elytra, fulvous, the terminal five joints black ; thorax

strongly transverse, three times broader than long, the sides

rounded, the fine punctation almost entirely covered by longish

1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 223

white hairs ; scutellum broader than long, punctured and pubes-

cent; elytra with a deep fovea below the base, the interior of

which is of metallic greenish or brassy colour, the rest of the

surface irregularly transversely rugose and pubescent, with

two or three narrow raised longitudinal ridges, the most well-

marked of .which is placed near the suture; below and the legs

coloured as the upper surface and closely pubescent.

Hab. Tumbu, Congo.

O£ this species one specimen is in the collection of the

Belgian Museum and the other in my own. I know of no other

Colasposoma having such a deep and well-marked elytral fovea in

connection with the long pubescence; in C. foveipenne Jac., from

Madagascar, there is a similar but transversely shaped fovea, but

no pubescence, and a totally different sculpturing. The coloration

of the present species also is peculiar, being a mixture of obscure

fulvous and metallic brassy or e2neous. I am at present unable to

speak with certainty as to the sex of the specimens before me, but

both are probably females. C. foveatum Jac. differs in having

a transverse elytral cavity and a strongly and remotely punctured

thorax.

COLASPOSOMA OBSCURUM, sp. n.

Obscure fuscous with cupreous gloss; antenne with the second

and third joints fulvous ; thorax extremely closely punctured and

finely reticulate ; elytra strongly punctured in closely approached

rows, the interstices nearly smooth.

Length 6 millim.

Of parallel shape; entirely obscure ceneous or fuscous, here and

there with cupreous reflections; antenne long, black, the first

joint below and the following two joints fulvous, terminal joints

slightly thickened; thorax more than twice as broad as long,

slightly narrowed anteriorly, the sides feebly rounded, the entire

surface extremely closely and finely punctured, with the interstices

everywhere finely reticulate; scutellum with a few punctures;

elytra with a shallow depression below the base, rather strongly

and closely punctured in irregular rows, the sides below the

shoulders with an elongate depression; femora unarmed; legs

nearly black.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, on Brachystegia (G. Marshall).

Mr. Marshall has sent two specimens (probably males) of this

species, which I cannot identify with any of the numerous other

members of the genus: the peculiar coloration, and the almost

entire absence of elytral rugosities in connection with the closely

and finely punctured and reticulate thorax, will assist in the

recognition of the species.

Dasycutorus Fairm.

In the ‘ Bulletin’ of the Société d’Entomologique de France for

1898 (p. 19), M. Fairmaire has described what he believes to be a

224 MR. M, JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6

new genus of Ewmolpide under this name from the West Coast of

Africa. In reading carefully his descriptions of the two species he

describes, I can come to no other conclusion than that the supposed

new genus is simply a Colasposoma, and his species D. passeti and

D. varicolor identical with Colasposoma pradieri Lefév. and C. fair-

mairei Lefév. respectively. M. Fairmaire compares his genus with

Sybriacus, to which the species mentioned above bear some superficial

resemblance; but as the author makes no mention of the principal

characters of his genus, that is the shape of the anterior thoracic

episternum and the structure of the tibix or claw 8, one cannot even

tell to which section Dasychlorus may belong. 1 may be wrong in

my surmise regarding the present genus. In the descriptions of

Fairmaire of his two species there is, however, absolutely nothing

to distinguish it from Colasposoma, and it is certainly remarkable

that when describing a new genus of one of the most difficult

sections of the Phytophaga an Y experienced author should not even

mention the most important characters without which every clue

to its proper place is lost. Colasposoma pradieri (the largest

species of the genus) and C. fairmairei have both been described

by Lefévre as far back as 1877, and are well-known West African

species.

MACETES CLYPEATA, sp. n.

Obscure cupreous, clothed with white and fulvous pubescence,

antenne and legs dark fulvous ; clypeus deeply emarginate; head

and thorax very finely and closely punctured, metallic greenish ;

elytra of the same colour and sculpture, finely pubescent.

Length 7 millim.

Of broadly ovate, subquadrate shape: of a dark greenish-sneous

colour above, and clothed with longish white and brown pubes-

cence; the head closely and finely punctured, with a central groove ;

the clypeus very deeply and subtriangularly emarginate; the

labrum cupreous, the palpi fulvous; the antennz robust, entirely

fulvous, the basal joint cupreous above; thorax nearly twice

as broad as long, subcylindrical, extremely closely and rather

finely punctured and pubescent ; scutellum broader than long, sub-

pentagonal, finely punctured and pubescent ; elytra much wider at

the base than the thorax, strongly narrowed posteriorly, depressed,

with another very feeble depression below the base; below cupreous,

the femora fulvous with metallic gloss, clothed with dense white

pubescence ; the tibiz and tarsi more or less fulvous, the anterior

and posterior femora with a stout tooth, the others unarmed.

Hab. Dunbrody, Port Elizabeth, 8. Africa (Rev. J. O'Neil).

Of this species I received a single specimen from the Rev. J.

O’Neil: it is perhaps nearest allied to M. albicans Chap. The species

is well distinguished by the deeply emarginate clypeus, the fine and

close punctation of its upper surface, and the colour of the pubes-

cence, which is white and brown above: but purely white only

below. Chapuis’s species is unrecognizable, his description being

too brief.

1900. ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA, 225

PSEUDOCOLASPIS CUPREOFEMORATA, Sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 4.)

Violaceous-blue, the antenna, tibiz, and tarsi black; the femora

cupreous ; thorax subclyindrical, closely and strongly punctured ;

elytra punctured like the thorax, with rows of very short, white

hairs, distantly placed.

Length 4 millim.

Head coarsely and closely punctured, dark blue; the antennz

entirely black, the terminal five joints strongly dilated, club-shaped ;

thorax scarcely broader than long, narrowed anteriorly and to

a less extent near the base ; the entire surface closely and strongly

punctured, the punctures round and deep, the middle with a more

or less distinct narrow, raised longitudinal space; scutellum

subquadrate, its apex truncate, the posterior angles feebly pro-

duced, the base with two or three deep punctures; elytra with

the shoulders prominent and acute, not depressed below the base,

punctured like the thorax, but the punctures rather more closely

placed and the interstices finely transversely rugose, sparingly -

furnished with very short stiff whitish hairs ; legs coarsely punc-

tured; the femora with a strong acute tooth, cupreous; the

intermediate tibiz, with the exception of the extreme apex which

is more or less cupreous, black ; claw-joint very long and slender.

Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland, obtained by sweeping (G.

Marshall).

Distinct from all its numerous African allies by its uniform

dark blue colour and the cupreous femora, in connection with the

strong punctation of its upper surface.

PsEUDOCOLASPIS SEVERINI, Sp. 0.

Black, sparingly pubescent, thorax finely and closely punctured ;

elytra finely punctured in semiregular rows near the apex, the

interstices clothed with very short, erect, silvery hairs.

Length 4 millim.

Head closely and rather strongly punctured; clypeus broad,

subquadrate, scarcely punctured: antenne black, the lower four

or five joints more or less piceous; the second and the following

two joints very short, moniliform, the terminal ones strongly

thickened and robust, the last longer than broad; thorax rather

long, subcylindrical, but slightly narrowed in front, the surface

without any perceptible sulci or depressions, closely and strongly

punctured, with a smooth narrow middle line; scutellum broad,

subpentagonal, impunctate; elytra narrowed posteriorly, not

depressed below the base, the shoulders prominent, the surface

closely, finely, and irregularly punctured, the punctures slightly

more regularly arranged in rows near the apex; the interstices

with single short silvery pubescence ; femora with a small tooth ;

underside and legs rather strongly punctured.

»Hab, Moliro, Congo (J. Duvivier). (Coll. Brussels Mus. and

my own,)

There are not many entirely black species of Pseudocolaspis

226 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

known and only one or two from Africa, of which P. parvula Jac.

seems closely allied, but is much smaller, of metallic gloss and

quite different punctation. Whether the short sparing pubes-

cence of the present insect is normal or whether the specimens

before me are rubbed I cannot say, but all agree in this respect.

ScELODONTA SEXPLAGIATA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 5.)

Cupreous, the apical joints of the antenne black; thorax

transverse, finely transversely rugose, with two small white pubes-

cent spots; elytra strongly punctured and transversely wrinkled,

each elytron with six white pubescent spots (1.2.2.1); flanks of

the thorax and sides of the breast densely clothed with white

pubescence.

Length 4 millim.

Head strongly punctured, the interstices with some short white

hairs, supra-ocular grooves very deep; clypeus broad, strongly

punctured; antenne proportionately long, cupreous, the apical

five joints black, strongly widened ; thorax twice as broad as long,

the sides strongly rounded, the entire surface covered with trans-

verse rugosities, the sides with a small pubescent white spot;

scutellum subpentagonal ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax,

narrowed posteriorly, very closely and strongly punctured in

irregular rows, the sides transversely rugose, each elytron with six

white small pubescent spots placed as follows :—one at the middle

of the basal margin, one at the lateral margin below the shoulders,

another further inwards in a line with the lateral spot, two placed

transversely below the middle and slightly oblique, and the sixth at

the extreme apex; patches of dense white hairs are also placed at

the flanks of the thorax and the sides of the breast ; femora armed

with a small tooth.

Hab, Malvern, Natal.

I have received several specimens of this very distinct and

handsome species from Mr. C. Barker of Natal.

MECISTES CHAPUISI, sp. n.

Black, the basal joints of the antenne and the legs fulvous;

head and thorax finely rugose, sparingly pubescent ; elytra strongly

and closely rugose-punctate, the interstices with longitudinal rows

of short hairs; femora with a small tooth.

Length 4 millim.

Head finely rugose and clothed with short yellowish pubescence ;

labrum piceous ; antenne scarcely extending beyond the thorax,

fulvous, the apical joints more or less infuscate, strongly trans-

verse; thorax subconical, narrowed in front, the basal margin

slightly concave at the sides, the median lobe truncate, produced,

the surface closely rugose-punctate, the lateral margin rounded at

the middle and widened, the dise covered with short yellow

pubescence ; scutellum pentagonal; elytra much wider at the base

than the thorax, ovate and convex, very closely punctured, the

interstices slightly longitudinally raised and furnished with rows

1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 227

of short hairs ; legs fulvous; all the femora armed with a small

tooth.

Hab, Kamozi, Tumbu (J. Duvivier). (Coll. Belgian Mus. and

my own.)

Unlike the other two or three species of the genus, the present

one has armed femora, but agrees in all other details: this and the

colour of the legs will easily distinguish the species.

CoRYNODES NIGRIPENNIS, sp. 0.

Bluish black, the head and thorax rufous, the latter very finely

and subremotely punctured; elytra biack, opaque, very closely

and finely rugosely punctured, the claws appendiculate.

Length 11 millim.

Of subcylindrical, parallel shape ; the head impunctate, rufous,

shining ; the clypeus triangular, deeply separated from the face by

a transverse, medially interrupted groove; antenne nearly extending

to the middle of the elytra, black, the second and third joints fulvous

below, the terminal six joints strongly flattened ; thorax of the same

shape as in the preceding species, rufous, very shining, extremely

minutely and sparingly punctured, the extreme anterior and basal

margins black; scutellum fulvous, margined with black; elytra

closely and somewhat strongly punctured, black, the interstices

finely rugose, the extreme apex with a small obsolete fulvous spot ;

below and the legs bluish black, the anterior tibie strongly curved

at the apex.

Hab. Cameroons.

This species, of which I have received a single specimen from

Herr Bang-Haas, agrees so closely in structural characters with the

following, that I am almost tempted to look at it as an extreme

variety of the latter; but the coloration of the head, thorax, and

that of the elytra (unique amongst the numerous members of the

genus) is so entirely different, that, in the absence of intermediate

forms, I must consider the two insects distinct.

CoRYNODES BIMACULICOLLIS, sp. n.

Bluish black below, as well as the legs and antenne, above

fulvous ; thorax impunctate, the anterior and basal margins and two

elongate spots on the disc black; elytra very closely punctured,

claws appendiculate.

Length 11 millim.

Head impunctate, fulvous, a small spot at the vertex and the

supra-ocular sulci black; clypeus separated from the face by a

deep transverse groove; antenne black, the lower two joints fulvous,

the apical five joints gradually and broadly flattened; thorax

about one half broader than long, narrowed anteriorly, the sides

straight, the surface impunctate, the extreme anterior and basal

margins black, the disc with two large, oblique, elongate black

spots ; scutellum fulvous, margined with black; elytra evenly,

closely, and distinctly punctured, the interstices slightly wrinkled

here and there; anterior tibie strongly curved at the apex.

228 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA Mar. 6,

Hab, Cameroons.

Allied to C. raffrayi Lefév. but differing in the spotted head and

thorax and the black not fulvous underside. I have received a

single specimen from Herr Bang-Haas.

PSEUDOSYAGRUS AFRICANUS, sp. n.

Piceous, the sides of the thorax and the legs fulvous ; thorax

closely punctured ; elytra fulvous, finely punctate-striate, the

punctures obsolete posteriorly, each with an oblique band at the

shoulders and another below the middle, black; the anterior

femora dilated into a strong tooth, the posterior ones with a

smaller one.

Length 54 millim.

Head finely rugose, obscure fulvous, the middle piceous ; the eyes

extremely large, closely approached ; clypeus not separated from

the face, strongly rugose ; antenne piceous, the lower four joints

fulvous, the third joint one half longer than the second, terminal

joints distinctly thickened ; thorax transverse, of equal width, the

sides strongly rounded, with a narrow margin, the posterior angles

dentiform, the disc closely impressed with strong, round punctures,

piceous with a slight metallic gloss, the sides, in shape of a

posteriorly narrowed band, fulvous ; scutellum triangular; elytra

regularly punctate-striate, the punctures entirely obsolete at the

apex, the interstices flat aaa impunctate; a short black oblique

band extends from the shoulders towards the suture and another

of similar shape is placed below the middle, there is also an indi-

cation of a black short stripe near the lateral margins; legs

fulvous, the four posterior tibie carinate, emarginate at the apex,

claws bifid; anterior margin of the thoracic episternum convex ;

anterior femora with a very strong triangular tooth.

Hab. Matabeleland. near Tati.

This genus was established by Fairmaire on a species from

Madagascar. There seems to be scarcely any difference between

the present genus and T’ricliona Lefév., which was published at the

same time and in the same French “Annals”; but which of the

genera appeared first in print I am unable to say. Tricliona was

up to the present only known from India and Sumatra, but both

genera agree in most details, especially in the enormously dilated

anterior femora. Ithink, however, that the shape of the thorax is

different in Pseudosyagrus, the latter being not at all narrowed in

front and having strongly rounded sides. There is a single

specimen of the present insect contained in my collection, well

distinguished by its coloration.

ODONTIONOPA CHRULEA, Sp. 0.

Metallic dark blue, antenne and tarsi black, thorax extremely

finely punctured; elytra convex and cylindrical, rather strongly

punctured in closely arranged longitudinal rows, the interstices

with a few minute punctures, the posterior femora w ith a distinet

tooth.

1900.) FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 229

Length 5 millim.

Head finely punctured, the interstices minutely granulate, the

sides at the base of the antenne raised in shape of a ridge ; antennze

filiform, black, the basal three joints more or less fulvous, the first

joint metallic blue above, third joint but slightly longer than the

second but shorter than the fourth, the following joints slightly

thickened ; thorax twice as broad as long, slightly narrowed

anteriorly, the sides strongly rounded, with a narrow margin, the

anterior angles produced into a short tooth, the surface very finely

and rather closely punctured and minutely granulate; scutellum

subquadrate, truncate at the apex; elytra subcylindrical, much

more strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctuation arranged

in closely approached rows, the interstices with a few minute

punctures here and there, dark violaceous blue, the sutural margin

greenish ; below and the legs dark metallic blue, finely pubescent,

the anterior femora with a very minute, the posterior with a more

distinct tooth ; prosternum widened at the base, the anterior

margin of the thoracic episternum concave.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Warshall).

Alhed to O. discolor Lefév., but in that species the labrum, palpi,

antennx, and the legs are brown and the thorax is described as

densely punctured ; the present insect, on account of the concave

margin of the thoracic episternum, the entire tibiz, appendiculate

claws, and other details, possesses all the characters peculiar to the

genus.

LEFEVREA BRUNNEA, Sp. 0.

Entirely pale fulvous, the head and thorax rather strongly and

closely punctured ; elytra closely punctate-striate, the punctures

very fine towards the apex.

Length 3 millim.

Of the general shape of a small species of Colaspis ; the head

finely punctured on each side, the clypeus contiguous with the face,

its anterior margin moderately emarginate in the middle and on

each side, its surface sparingly punctured ; antenne extending to

about the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the intermediate joints

sometimes stained with fuscous, the third and fourth joints equal,

one half longer than the second joint, terminal ones slightly thick-

ened ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the anterior

and posterior margins straight, of equal width, the angles acute,

the surface closely and somewhat strongly punctured, the punctures

more crowded at the sides, the latter with an obsolete depression,

scutellum with the sides rounded; elytra not wider at the base

than the thorax, convex, punctured in clesely approached rows, the

punctures themselves scarcely larger than those of the thorax; below

and the legs fulvous, the latter unarmed ; claws appendiculate ;

prosternum strongly narrowed between the coxe.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

Distinct from all its allies in the uniform pale fulvous

coloration,

Proo. Zoon, Soo.—1900, No, X VI. 16

230 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

LEFEVREA ABDOMINALIS Jac.

Of this species described by myself (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897,

p. 529) both sexes have now been sent by Mr. Marshall, taken by

him “in cop.” They prove that the male is of totally different

coloration to the other sex and of smaller size, but whether this

is always the case I have not enough material before me to judge

from. I give here the description of the male insect :

Blackish zneous, the basal joimts of the antenne and the legs

more or less fulvous ; thorax strongly and somewhat closely punc-

tured; elytra finely punctate-striate anteriorly only, greenish-

zeneous ; a humeral spot of semitriangular shape, flavous.

Length 2 millim.

In comparing the description of the typical form, the female, it

will be seen that the latter is larger, devoid of the elytral humeral

spots, and that the abdomen is fulvous: these differences are great

and peculiar, but there is certainly no difference in the sculpturing

between the two sexes, nor in the structure of the antenne ; and if,

as | remarked above, the differences between the two sexes are

constant, it proves again how important it is to know the sexes in

descriptive entomology before one can judge a species with certainty.

LEFEVREA HIRSUTA, Sp. n.

Black, the antenne and legs pale fulvous; thorax strongly

punctured and pubescent ; elytra more finely punctured in rows,

pubescent, flavous, the sutural and lateral margins and a spot near

the middle greenish black.

Length 3 millim.

Head blackish, with an neous tint, sparingly punctured and

pubescent, the clypeus not separated from the face, the labrum and

palpi fulvous ; antenne entirely flavous or fulvous, not quite ex-

tending to the middle of the elytra, the lower joints nearly equal

in length, the terminal six joints widened ; thorax scarcely twice

as broad as long, the sides rounded, the angles not produced, the

surface of equal width, dark xneous or greenish, remotely and

strongly punctured, the interstices clothed with long pale hairs ;

scutellum rather broad, piceous; elytra slightly wider than the

thorax, subcylindrical, rather finely punctate-striate, flavous, the

surface clothed with long greyish-white hair, the sutural and lateral

margins dark greenish, the sides with a subquadrate dark greenish

spot immediately below the middle and attached to the lateral

margin, another similar very small spot is (sometimes) seen within

the homeral callus ; below black with a slight metallic gloss ; legs

fulvous, the femora unarmed, the tibie not emarginate, the claws

appendiculate ; prosternum narrow, convex, and truncate at the

base.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

From the other species of the genus described by me in a pre-

vious paper (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 527) the present one differs

entirely in the long pubescence of the upper surface and in its

coloration, but not in structural characters, ;

1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 231

SYAGRUS OPACUS, sp. ne

Elongate and parallel, piceous, opaque ; the head, antenuz, and

tarsi obscure fulvous, head rugose ; thorax verv closely and strongly

punctured ; elytra deeply punctate-striate, the interstices subcostate

at the sides.

Length 5 millim.

Of entirely opaque colour ; the head fulvous, closely and strongly

rugose, the clypeus not separated from the face ; the labrum and

palpi pale fulvous; antenne slender, fulvous, the terminal joint

stained with fuscous, the second joint one half shorter than the

third one, the apical joints elongate ; thorax about one half broader

than long, subquadrate, not much convex, the sides rounded, the

surface closely covered with large round punctures which extend

to all the margins, the lateral margins slightly crenulate ; scutellum

broad, smooth ; elytra without basal depression, strongly punctate-

striate, the punctures closely placed, the interstices subconvex,

more strongly so at the sides ; below more shining ; all the femora

armed with a small acute tooth, the apex of the tibiee and the tarsi

more or less fulvous ; prosternum concave at its surface, constricted

at the middle, rather abruptly dilated at the base.

Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland, under bark (G. Marshall).

Distinct from any of its congeners by the entirely opaque color-

ation, the fulvous and rugose head, and the almost rugose surface

of the thorax. The species seems to approach more S. rugifrons

Baly than any other, but that insect is of cupreous coloration

and has a differently shaped thorax. Of the present species

Mr. Marshall has sent three specimens.

SYAGRUS ANTENNATUS, Sp. Nn.

Below obscure fulvous, above flavous ; antennz with joints 6

and 7 and the apical one black; thorax closely punctured ; elytra

strongly punctate-striate, flavous, the interstices flat ; femora with

a minute tooth.

Length 34 millim.

Of subcylindrical shape ; the head sparingly and finely punctured,

with a deep but narrow sulcus in front of the eyes; elypeus dis-

tinctly separated from the face, its anterior edge deeply concave,

the surface with a few fine punctures ; antenne extending to about

the middle of the elytra, flavous, the sixth and seventh as well as

the apical joint black, terminal joints distinctly thickened ; thorax

subeylindrical, the sides nearly straight, the anterior angles

thickened, the- surface strongly and rather closely punctured, the

punctures extending to the sides and outer margins, but rather less

closely placed at the middle ; elytra very strongly punctate-striate,

the punctures nearly as strong at the apex as at the base, closely

approached, their interior more or less piceous in colour; legs

robust, the femora with avery minute tooth, the tibie deeply

emarginate at the apex.

Hab, Dunbrody, Cape Colony (Lev. J. O'Neil).

16*

232 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYLOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

Differing from every other species of the genus in the colour of

the antenne, in connection with the distinctly punctured thorax

and very strongly punctured elytra.

IVONGIUS PUNCTICOLLIS, sp. nl.

Below black, above metallic dark greenish ; legs piceous, the

basal joints of the antenne and the tibie flavous; head dark

fulvous; thorax rather strongly punctured; elytra strongly punctate-

striate; femora unarmed.

Length 3 millim.*

Of short, ovate, and very convex shape ; the head obscure fulvous,

the vertex greenish piceous at the base, the surface impunctate or

with a few fine punctures; the clypeus entirely obsolete; the eyes

surrounded by a narrow sulcus ; antenne flavous, the terminal four

joints black, second joint but slightly shorter than the third,

the apical joints very shghtly thickened; thorax nearly twice as

broad as long, not narrowed anteriorly, the sides straight, the

surface closely and rather strongly impressed with round punctures,

which leave only a small longitudinal space at the middle smooth ;

elytra scarcely wider at the base than the thorax, narrowed towards

the apex, dark greenish, strongly punctate-striate, the interstices

with some minute punctures, convex near the lateral margins, the

shoulders acutely raised and slightly obliquely costate, lateral

margins reflexed ; below blackish ; the legs robust, dark fulvous, the

femora stained with piceous; prosternum broad, transversely

rugose, its anterior margin elevated.

Hab. Mozambique.

The principal characters of Jvongius—the unarmed femora and

elevated anterior margin of the prosternum—are present in the

species described here, of which two specimens are contained in my

collection ; but the line of separation between the epistome and the

head is entirely absent, so that this character used by itself is

unreliable as applying to the genus, but it is used by the author

(v. Harold) as one of the distinguishing features of Jvongius. The

dark fulvous head, punctation of the thorax, and colour of the legs

will separate this species from any of its allies, which for the most

part are inhabitants of Madagascar.

KURYDEMUS MARGINATUS, sp. 0.

Pale fulvous, the breast piceous; thorax impunctate; elytra

strongly punctate-striate, with basal depression, the extreme

sutural and lateral margins black.

Length 4 millim.

Head remotely punctured as well as the clypeus; the latter

separated from the face, subquadrate, its anterior margin straight ;

eyes rather large, distinctly notched ; antenne slender, fulvous, the

second joint nearly as long as the third, the following joints

elongate ; thorax one half broader than long, strongly narrowed

anteriorly, the sides oblique, scarcely rounded, the angles dentiform,

the surface deflexed at the sides near the anterior angles, entirely

1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA, 233

impunctate ; elytra slightly broader at the base than the thorax,

distinctly depressed below the base, strongly punctate-striate, the

punctures diminishing in size towards the apex, the sutural and

lateral margins narrowly black; below and the legs fulvous, the

breast piceous, the abdominal segments likewise more or less of

this colour at the middle, the femora with a strong tooth, the

tibize longitudinally sulcate ; prosternum broad, impunctate.

Hab. Boma, Congo. (Coll. Belgian Museum and my own.)

The eyes in this species are fairly typical of the genus and pro-

portionately large and closely approached ; the narrow black margins

of the elytra are the principal marks of distinction in this species.

EURYDEMUS MACULIPENNIS, Sp. 0.

Dark fulvous below, flavous above; head and thorax coarsely

punctured, spotted with piceous ; elytra strongly punctate-striate,

the interstices costate, with three piceous spots at the base and

three others, more elongate, below the middle ; knees and base of the

tibiee black.

Var. The posterior elytral spots absent.

Length 4-5 millim.

Head very coarsely and closely punctured, flavous, the vertex

with a large triangular black patch; clypeus distinctly separated

from the face, subquadrate, as strongly punctured as the head ;

eyes large, rather closely approached, distinctly notched; antennze

fulvous, the basal two or three joints flavous, second and third

joints equal; thorax about twice as broad as long, the sides rounded,

the angles slightly tuberculiform, posterior margin with the median

lobe very slightly produced, the surface flavous, impressed with

very strong punctures, which at the sides are partly confluent, the

dise with two closely approached irregular-shaped elongate piceous

spots, the sides with another round and small spot; scutellum

fulvous, small; elytra slightly wider than the thorax, flavous,

strongly and closely punctate-striate, the interior of the punctures

piceous, the interstices longitudinally costate, especially so at the

sides, the second and fourth interstice with a short blackish spot

at the base, a similar spot is placed on the shoulders, in a line

with these spots are three others, more elongate, below the middle,

the innermost of which is much longer than the others; the

sutural margin is likewise very narrowly black; the under surface

fulvous or piceous; the legs flavous, knees and the base of the

tibize piceous, the posterior femora with a spine, the others

unarmed.

Hab. Boma Sundi, Congo. (Coll. Belgian Museum and my

own.)

This is probably a variable species in regard to coloration, of

which I have seen two specimens. From other species of the genus

it differs in having only the posterior femora armed with a tooth ;

the very strong punctation of the head and thorax and the design

of the elytra will at once separate HL. maculipennis from any of its

ongeners.

234 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

EURYDEMUS BREVILINEATUS, Sp. Nn.

Fulvous, the sides of the breast and the knees black ; thorax im-

punctate, the lateral margins and a central spot black; elytra

strougly longitudinally costate, the interstices closely punctured,

each elytron with two or three short black stripes at the base and

one below the middle ; femora with a tooth.

Length 6 millim.

Head impunctate, fulvous ; clypeus separated from the face by

a shallow, transverse, bilobed groove, finely punctured ; labrum

fulvous, vertex of the head with two small piceous spots; eyes

large, rather closely approached, distinctly notched ; antenne slender,

fulvous, the terminal joints more or less fuscous, the second joint

slightly shorter than the third; thorax twice as broad as long, the

sides strongly obliquely narrowed anteriorly, the angles produced

into a tooth, the dise entirely impunctate, fulvous, the middle

with a short transverse black band, the lateral marginsalso narrowly

black ; scutellum fulvous, its apex broadly rounded ; elytra witha

shallow depression below the base, strongly longitudinally costate,

the interstices impressed with closely arranged punctures, the

space between the second and third, and the fourth and fifth rows

of punctures with a short longitudinal black stripe at the base,

another stripe is also placed below the middle in a line with the

second basal spot, and the lateral margins are likewise more or less

marked with black; below and the legs fulvous, the sides of the

breast, the knees, extreme apex of the tibiz, and the first joints of

the tarsi black ; all the femora armed with a long tooth.

Hab. Chiloango, Congo. (Belgian Mus. Collection and my own.)

Somewhat similarly marked as EH. maculipennis Jac., but of

double the size, the thorax with a central black spot, and the

elytra strongly costate.

RHEMBASTUS GEMINATUS, Sp. Nn.

Below blackish, above neous; the antenne, tibiw, and tarsi

obscure fulvous ; thorax closely and strongly punctured ; elytra sub-

tylindrical, closely punctate-striate, the punctures often geminate,

the last interstice longitudinally costate ; femora with a small

tooth.

Length 4 millim.

Of elongate, subcylindrical shape; the head subremotely and

strongly punctured; epistome separated by a narrow transverse

groove from the face, closely punctured, its anterior edge deeply

emarginate; eyes surrounded by a narrow sulcus; antenne ex-

tending to about the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the second and

third joints equal ; thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, narrowed

anteriorly, the sides rounded, the surface closely, evenly, and

rather strongly punctured, the lateral portion rather strongly

deflexed, invisible if viewed from above ; scutellum broader than

long, impunctate ; elytra very convex, subcylindrical, not wider

at the base than the thorax, with a feeble transverse depression

Sie eis)

1900.] | FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 235

before the middle, the punctation strong anteriorly, rather finer

towards the apex, often irregular and consisting of double

punctures, those at the sides deeper and the interstices at the

same place rather costate, the last one more strongly so; legs

fulvous, the femora darker, mucronate; prosternum with lateral

sulci.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, on mimosa (4G. Marshall).

The most nearly allied and described species seem to be

R. puncticollis Har. and &. natalensis Lefev. (sub Syagrus): the

first named is, however, described as having an opaque thorax

and the elytra distinctly broader at the base, with much finer

punctures posteriorly ; of double rows the author says nothing.

Lefévre’s species is described in four lines, and the colour as

‘* brunneo-testaceous ” with an eneous gloss; the length is given

as 3 millim.: the certain recognition of the species is accordingly

an impossibility. &. micans Gerst. has a more finely punctured

thorax and regularly simply punctate-striate elytra.

RHEMBASTUS AFFINIS, sp, nl.

Oblong-parallel, piceous with eneous gloss; antenne with the

apical joints piceous, legs dark fulvous ; thorax coarsely punctured ;

elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices slightly convex.

Length 3 millim.

Head rather strongly and closely punctured, with a central

longitudinal groove; the clypeus separated from the face, trans-

verse, impressed with a few punctures; eyes preceded by a

rather broad sulcus; antenne scarcely extending to the middle

of the elytra, flavous, the terminal two joints piceous, the

second and the following four joints equal, the next two

slightly dilated, the ninth joint rather thinner, the terminal ones

stouter again; thorax transverse, the sides feebly rounded, the

anterior margin about one-third less wide than the posterior one,

the surface coarsely and rather closely punctured, the punctures

extending toall the margins; elytra with a very shallow depression

below the base, very strongly punctate-striate, the interstices with

some very fine punctures, convex at the sides, the lateral margin

preceded by a row of closely placed punctures; legs robust,

fulvous, the femora with a very minute tooth; prosternum longer

than broad, its surface rugose, longitudinally sulcate at the sides.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, obtained by beating (G. Marshall).

Allied to R. obscurellus Gerst. and R. cylindriformis Jac., but

distinguished from either by the strong punctation of the thorax

and the elytra. The present species greatly resembles Liniscus

natalensis Leféev., but the suleus in front of the eyes and that of

the prosternum place the insect in Rhembastus, with which it also

agrees in other respects.

RHEMBASTUS NIGRIPES, sp. n.

Black below as well as the legs, the lower joints of the antenne,

the head, and the thorax fulvous ; thorax closely punctured ; elytra

236 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

strongly convex, finely punctate-striate, dark metallic blue ; femora

minutely toothed.

Length 5 millim.

Of robust and strongly convex shape, the head broad, impunc-

tate ; the epistome separated from the face, transverse ; labrum

and palpi fulvous, the eyes surrounded by a narrow sulcus, large,

distinctly emarginate ; antenne slender, black, the lower six joints

fulvous, ‘second - joint thickened, as long as the third joint; thorax

twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, the angles acute,

the posterior margin produced- and rounded at the middle, the

surface closely and rather strongly punctured ; scutellum fulvous ;

elytra subeylindrical, not depressed below the base, dark metallic

blue, finely punctate-striate, each elytron with ten rows of punc-

tures, the first sutural one short, the interstices flat, here and

there with a few minute punctures; below and the legs black,

shining, the femora with a very small tooth; the prosternum

broad, ‘Tongitndinally sulcate at the sides.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, on mimosa (G@. Marshall).

Larger than R. cyanipenms Gerst. and R. recticollis Jac.; the

thorax more strongly punctured and the underside and legs deep

black.

RHEMBASTUS UNIFORMIS, sp. n

Entirely pale fulvous, the apical two joints of the antenne

fuscous ; thorax finely and remotely punctured ; elytra very finely

punctate-striate ; femora unarmed.

Length 5 millim.

Head with a few fine punctures and a longitudinal groove at

the middle ; clypeus separated from the face by a transverse groove,

more closely punctured than the head, of transversely subquadrate

shape, its anterior margin emarginate ; antenne extending to the

iniddle of the elytra, flavous, the apical two joints fuscous, the second

and the following four joints of equal length, the others slightly

thickened ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides straight, the

posterior margin produced at the middle, oblique at the sides, the

anterior margin straight, the disc sparingly covered with fine

punctures ; scutellum oblong; elytra very convex, finely punctate-

striate, the punctures rather irregularly placed, nearly absent at

the apex, the suture raised at the posterior portion, preceded by

an impressed line ; below and the legs pale fulvous.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, on mosasa (6G. Marshall).

Much larger than 2. flavidus Lefév., of uniform coloration, the

thorax much more finely and sparingly "punctured, and the femora

unarmed,

RHEMBASTUS INTERSTITIALIS, sp. 1.

Fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne black ; thorax trans-

verse, distinctly and subremotely punctured ; elytra strongly

punctate-striate, the interstices extremely minutely punctured.

"ree wD he

1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 237

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, with a distinct fovea between the eyes; the

clypeus subquadrate, separated from the face by an obsolete

transverse groove, impunctate, its anterior edge concave at the

middle ; eyes distant, notched; antennz slender, the lower six

joints fulvous, the rest black, second joint elongate, nearly as long

as the third, terminal joints scarcely shorter; thorax twice as

broad as long, narrowed in front, the sides straight, the surface

finely and subremotely punctured, impunctate near the lateral

margins; elytra moderately strongly punctate-striate, the

punctures closely placed, distinct to the apex, the interstices flat,

with single very fine punctures ; below and the legs fulvous, the

femora with an extremely minute tooth.

Hab. Boma, Congo. (Coll. Belgian Mus. and my own.)

Of this Rhembastus three specimens are before me, of which

one shows a slight metallic gloss at the apex and at the sides of

the elytra. The species is no doubtclosely allied to A. striatipennis

Lefév., R. flavidus, and A. nigritarsis, but seems to differ from all

in the minutely punctured interstices of the elytra, or the

sculpturing of the thorax and the impunctate head ; the uniformly

coloured legs separate the species from J. nigritarsis, and the very

minute tooth of the femora and other details from R&R. collaris

Gerst.

RHEMBASTUS IRREGULARIS, Sp. n.

Below black, above dark metallic greenish, the basal joints of

the antenne fulvous ; head and thorax closely and finely punctured ;

elytra strongly punctate-striate near the suture, much more closely

and irregularly punctured at the sides.

Length 4 millim.

Head closely punctured, the clypeus not separated from the

face, mandibles robust, piceous ; eyes surrounded by a very narrow

sulcus ; antenne not extending much below the base of the elytra,

black, the lower six joints fulvous, terminal joints thickened ;

thorax twice as broad as long, widened at the middle, the sides

obliquely narrowed anteriorly, the surface closely and distinctly

but finely punctured; elytra ovate, convex, more strongly pune-

tured, the punctures arranged in more distinct rows near the-

suture, the others much more closely placed and less regular, all

the punctures distinct to the apex; breast and abdomen black ;

legs with a metallic green or eneous gloss, the tarsi more or less

fulvous or piceous ; prosternum twice as long as broad, narrowed

at the middle, impunctate.

Hab. Boma and Matadi, Congo. (Coll. Belgian Mus. and my

own.)

R. irregularis may be separated from any of its congeners by

the punctation of the elytra, which differs from other species in

not being regular but only partly so; the punctation of the head

and thorax will further help to distinguish the species.

238 MR. M, JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA — [ Mar. 6,

HIMERIDA CHAPUISI, sp. n.

Oblong-ovate, convex, below wneous, clothed with white

pubescence ; above obscure cupreous, covered with white and

fulvous scales, forming transverse bands; antenne black; femora

armed with a strong tooth.

, Length 43 millim.

Head broad, covered with white and piceous scales, through

which cupreous patches can here and there be distinguished,

sparingly punctured, anterior edge of the clypeus deeply emar-

ginate, labrum fulvous, palpi piceous ; antenne not extending much

below the base of the thorax, black, the basal joint subquadrately

thickened, the following four joints equal, the terminal five

strongly widened ; thorax rather more than twice as broad as long,

the lateral margins distinct at the base only, the median lobe

moderately produced, the dise convex, exactly similarly covered

with scales as the head, their colour white and dark brown;

scutellum densely clothed with white scales, much broader than

long, pentagonal; elytra very slightly wider than the thorax,

similarly provided with scales, these forming three more or less

distinct transverse irregular bands and more densely white patches

at the sides and at the apex; legs piceous, clothed with white

scales ; below densely clothed with white pubescence, the ground-

colour (where visible) cupreous; prosternum much broader than

long, claws bifid.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, on mimosa (G. Marshal/).

The general broadly ovate shape of this insect, its scale-like

pubescence, the thickened terminal joints of the antenne, concave

anterior margin of the thoracic episternum, &c. seem to me to

place this species in Chapuis’s genus Himera, changed later by

Lefévre to Himerida. The only species of the genus, of which a

two-line description is given by the author, seems closely allied

to the present one, and it is just possible that the latter is identical

with the type; but Chapuis gives the basal joints of the antenne

as ferruginous, which is not the case in the four specimens

before me, and says nothing of white scales forming bands,

although the latter are sometimes very indistinct; the inner

divisions of the claws are very small.

ODONTIOMORPHA, gen. nov.

Body ovately subquadrate, glabrous above; antenne with

widened terminal joints ; thorax ‘transverse, with a distinct trans-

verse sulcus; elytra convex, punctured in semiregular rows ;

femora with a very minute tooth, the intermediate tibiee emarginate

at the apex; tarsi short, tri iangular ; claws appendiculate ; pro-

sternum broad, subquadrate, its base truncate; the anterior

margin of the thoracic episternum concave.

The only group, according to Lefévre’s or Chapuis’s arrangement,

which the present small species could enter would be the Odon-

tionopine, which contains at present three genera, all inhabiting

1900.] ¥ROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA, 239

Africa. From all of these Odontiomorpha is at once distinguished

by the distinct thoracic sulcus, a rather rare character amongst

the Eumolpide; the terminal short and dilated joints of the

antenne and the emarginate apex of the intermediate tibiz will

further assist in the recognition of the genus. Only a single,

very small specimen was sent by Mr. G. Marshall.

ODONTIOMORPHA MINUTA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 6.)

Black, the basal joints of the antenne and the legs fulvous ;

above zeneous or obscure cupreous ; head and thorax closely punc-

tured ; elytra strongly punctured in irregular rows, the interstices

costate at the sides.

Length 2 millim.

Head finely and rather closely punctured, the clypeus not sepa-

rated from the face, its anterior edge concave ; labrum and palpi

fulvous; antenn scarcely extending to the middle of the elytra,

fulvous, the apical five joints black, the second joint scarcely

shorter than the basal one and similarly thickened, the third as

long but thinner, apical joints widened; thorax strongly trans-

verse, twice as broad as long, the sides strongly rounded, the

surface with a distinct transverse sulcus, slightly mterrupted at

the middle, closely and strongly punctured; scutellum with the

apex truncate; elytra stongly convex and slightly widened towards

the apex, distinctly transversely depressed below the base, the

shoulders prominent, the punctation strong and close, arranged in

semiregular lines, the interstices near the lateral margins longi-

tudinally costate; underside black, legs fulvous.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

PAUSIRIS SUBFASCIATUS, sp. 1.

Cupreous, the antennze and the tibiz fulvous; head and thorax

closely and finely punctured, sparingly covered with white pu-

bescence ; elytra finely and semiregularly punctured, with white

hairs arranged in two more or less distinct transverse bands at

the base and near the apex.

Length 3 millim.

Of ovate posteriorly slightly dilated shape; the head very finely

and remotely punctured, the interstices furnished with very short

single white hairs ; antenne extending to the base of the elytra,

fulvous, the terminal five jomts strongly widened ; thorax about

one half broader than long, the sides rounded, with a narrow

margin, the anterior portion not more constricted than the pos-

terior one, the dise punctured like the head, cupreous, the interstices

at the sides and at the middle with some longish white hairs;

scutellum subpentagonal, closely pubescent; elytra wider at the

base than the thorax, shoulders prominent with a shallow trans-

verse depression below the base, more strongly and closely punc-

tured than the thorax, the punctures arranged in irregular rows,

the surface with an indistinct band of white hairs at the base and

another at the apex cupreous; below greenish-cupreous, sparingly

240 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

pubescent ; legs fulvous, the femora more or less eneous, unarmed,

claws bifid; prosternum broad, subquadrate, punctured and pu-

bescent ; the posterior legs widely separated.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (tev. J. O'Neil).

A good many specimens of this species were kindly sent to me

by the Rey. J. O’Neil, who seems to be an ardent entomologist

and collector. The insect must come close to P. rotundicollis

Chap., which is diagnosed in a three-line description, and which

says nothing about the colour of the legs nor mentions a pubescence

arranged in bands, which can be plainly seen in well-marked

specimens ; these bands are of uneven shape and the hairs composing

them are long; the general colour is a dark cupreous.

PAUSIRIS FUSCITARSIS, sp. 0.

Obscure zneous, clothed with white pubescence, the antenne

and the tibie fulvous; thorax very finely and closely punctured,

with rows of closely arranged pubescence ; tarsi fuscous.

Length 3 millim.

Head broad, closely punctured, and clothed with white pu-

bescence, labrum and palpi fulvous; antenne with the terminal

five joints strongly thickened, fulvous, the second joint thicker but

searcely shorter than the third, this and the following three joints

more elongate; thorax subglobulose, widened and thickened at

the middle, rounded at the sides, the latter with a distinct margin,

the surface finely and closely punctured, obscure cupreous, clothed

with long whitish hairs ; scutellum subquadrate ; elytra wider at

the base than the thorax, the shoulders prominent, the punctation

slightly stronger than that of the thorax, and arranged in close and

irregular rows,the interstices closely covered with white hairs, which

are likewise arranged in closely approached rows; below and the legs

similarly pubescent, the femora distantly placed at the base, un-

armed; the tibie fulvous, the tarsi fuscous.

Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland, also Malvern, Natal (@. Marshall).

L have seen four specimeus of this species, kindly sent by Mr. G. _

Marshall. It differs from the other described species in the colour

of the antennz and tibiz and other details.

CHRYSOMELIN&.

CHRYSOMELA LIVINGSIONT, sp. 0.

Below black, above greenish or purplish, head finely punctured ;

thorax sparingly punctured on the disc, more closely so at the sides ;

elytra extremely convex, semiglobose, irregularly punctured at the

sides, the lateral margins purplish with a short row of deep

punctures at the base.

Length 8 millim.

Of strongly convex, semicircular shape, the head very finely

punctured; the clypeus nearly impunctate, feebly separated from

the face; the antennw black, the basal joint sometimes fulvous

below, the terminal joints moderately thickened, distinctly longer

1900.1 FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA, 241

than broad ; thorax three times broader than long, the sides rounded

anteriorly, straight atthe base, the anterior margin deeply concave

bebind the eyes, the surface sparingly punctured at the disc, more

strongly and closely so at the sides, purplish; scutellum small ;

elytra semiglobose, the disc metallic greenish, the suture and the

sides purplish, the punctures scarcely stronger than those of the

thorax, arranged in distant rows near the suture, larger and more

irregular at the sides, the lateral margins with a single row of deep

punctures to the middle, from there to the apex impunctate, the

epipleure very broad, purplish ; legs triangularly compressed, the

prosternum narrowed anteriorly in shape of a ridge.

Hab. Umkomaas Mts., Pt. Shepstone, Natal (G. Marshall).

This species must be closely allied to C. badeni Vogel, so far asa

diagnosis of four lines will permit one tojudge ; there are so many

very closely allied species of Chrysomela to be found in Africa,

that only a detailed description is of any use whatever. C. badeni

is described as having the posterior thoracic angles obtuse, which

is not the case here, where they are very distinct ; this species has

also the underside and legs black and the colour of the upper

surface is not very pronounced but rather subdued; in some

specimens the lower joints of the antenne are more or less fulvous ;

the sides of the thorax are somewhat strongly widened anteriorly

and distinctly broader than the middle portion.

PSEUDOMELA NIGRIPENNIS, sp. 0.

Fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne, the sides of the breast,

part of the abdomen, the legs, and the elytra black; head and

thorax minutely punctured ; elytra opaque, silky, with a few minute

punctures.

Length 8 millim.

Head very broad, fulvous, sparingly and very finely punctured ;

antenne with strongly dilated apical joints, black, the lower four

joints fulvous ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides rounded,

the angles distinct, the disc convex, very finely and remotely

punctured; scutellum broad, obscure fulvous: elytrarather elongate,

of entirely silky and opaque appearance, black, with some very fine

punctures when seen under a strong lens, the suture and the epi-

pleure with moderately long fulvous hairs; below and the legs

black, the metasternum partly and the last abdominal segment

fulvous ; claws simple, the anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Cameroons.

This is a species of entirely different sculpturing and coloration

than any of its allies, and must find its place in Pseudomela accord-

ing to the arrangement of Weise.

LyGaRIA TERMINATA, sp. 0.

Below, the antenne (the basal four joints excepted), the elytra,

and the legs black; head and thorax flavous, the latter very mi-

nutely punctured ; elytra finely and closely punctured, the inter-

stices aciculate, the extreme apex flavous ; claws bifid.

242 © MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [{ Mar. 6,

Length 8 mijlim.

Head very finely and sparingly punctured, flavous; antenne

black, the lower four joints flavous, terminal joints strongly di-

lated ; thorax rather more than twice as broad as long, strongly

narrowed in front, the lateral margins very feebly, the posterior

one very strongly rounded, the disc transversely convex, extremely

minutely and rather sparingly punctured, the punctures more

distinct at the sides and more closely placed; scutellum flavous,

impunctate; elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, but

slightly widened posteriorly, very closely and much more strongly

punctured than the thorax, the punctures evenly distributed and

the interstices aciculate, black, shining, the extreme apex flavous ;

below black, the prosternum, part of the metasternum, and the last

abdominal segment flavous,

Hab, Cameroons.

Distinct in coloration from any of its allies.

Ceralces ornata Baly; Ceralces spilota Baly ; Ceralees walleri

Baly.—These three species, of which Mr. Gahan and I have

examined the types in the British Museum, have bitid claws and

closed anterior cavities, and must find their places in Lygaria. L.

mutabilis Kolbe is identical with Z. spilota and his variety bimacu-

lata with L. ornata Baly; Lygaria robusta Weise is probably

identical with Baly’s L. walleri.

PLAGIODERA CONGOENSIS, sp. n.

Fulvous below, the antenne and the legs black, above flavous ;

thorax with three longitudinal stripes and a spot at the sides

piceous, closely punctured ; elytra closely and strongly punctured,

a transverse angular and interrupted band before and another one

below the middle, as well as a spot near the apex, blackish.

Length 7 millim.

Evenly rounded and moderately convex, the head strongly

punctured, fulvous at the vertex, with a flavous subquadrate spot

between the eyes, the latter distinctly notched, the clypeus raised

into a transverse ridge anteriorly; antenne extending to the

base of the thorax, black, the lower four joints more or less

flavous below, terminal joints strongly transversely widened ;

thorax more than twice as broad as long, the anterior and posterior

margins parallel, strongly curved, the sides nearly straight, narrowed

towards the apex, the angles not produced but distinct, the surface

irregularly and rather finely punctured, the punctures of different

sizes, more closely placed and larger at the sides than on the dise,

the ground-colour flavous, a medially strongly dilated or diamond

shaped band at the middle, from base to apex, another narrower

band at the sides, interrupted anteriorly, and a small spot near the

anterior angles, piceous ; scutellum broad, black ; elytra evenly,

strongly, and closely punctured, flavous, each elytron with an

oblique stripe from the middle of the base towards the suture, of

greatly angulate shape and connected with a spot at the sides,

a somewhat similar band, strongly angulate or dentate, below the

1900. ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA, 243

middle, and a spot near the apex blackish, the suture likewise

narrowly black; below fulvous, the legs black, the femora more

or less fulvous at the base; prosternum narrow, mesosternum

transversely subquadrate.

Hab. Zongo, Mokoanghay, Congo. (Coll. Belgian Mus. and

my own.)

Of this singularly marked species I received two exactly similar

specimens from the Belgian Museum. The eyes are more ovate,

less reniform, and more deeply notched than is generally the case

in Plagiodera, and the whole appearance of the insect resembles

more Chrysomela, but the shape of the thorax and the short dilated

antennue as well as the prosternum agree with Plagiodera; the

elytral bands scarcely justify this expression, as they consist of

longitudinal irregular-shaped marks partly connected.

MELASOMA QUADRILINEATUM, sp. n.

Testaceous, head piceous, closely punctured ; thorax with three

longitudinal bands, very closely punctured; elytra strongly and

irregularly punctate, the sutural and lateral margins, as well as two

longitudinal stripes, black.

Length 6 millim.

Of elongate shape, somewhat depressed ; the head very closely

and finely punctured, piceous, the parts of the mouth paler;

antenne very short, testaceous, the apical joints darker, slightly

thickened ; thorax twice as broad as long, narrowed in front, the

sides rounded, the surface punctured like the head, the sides with

a small fovea, the middle of the disc with a broad longitudinal

band, the sides with an elongate oblique spot, black ; scutellum

impunctate, black; elytra more strongly punctured than the

thorax, the punctures here and there arranged in irregular rows,

more closely placed and of larger size at the sides, these with a

narrow longitudinal costa placed near the lateral margin, a narrow

longitudinal stripe placed on the shoulders and nearly extending

to the apex, preceded by a similar stripe, as well as the sutural and

lateral margins narrowly, blackish ; below and the legs testaceous.

Hab. Matabeleland, near Tati.

Of this well-marked species, quite distinct from any of its

Afiican congeners, a single specimen is contained in my collection.

HALTICIN #.

PHYLLOTRETA CAPENSIS, sp. n.

Dark bluish or greenish xneous, the basal joints of the antenne

and the tibie and tarsi fulvous; head and thorax strongly and

closely punctured; elytra semiregularly punctate-striate, the

interstices sparingly and minutely punctured.

Length 2 millim.

Head very finely and closely punctured ; the clypeus entirely

contiguous with the face, rather convex and broad, punctured like

the head: antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra,

244 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [Mar. 6,

black, the lower five or six joints fulvous, third and fourth joint

equal, slightly longer than the second, terminal four joints strongly

thickened, about one-half longer than broad; thorax twice as

broad as long, the sides moderately rounded, the anterior angles

obliquely thickened, the surface minutely granulate, closely and

rather strongly punctured; scutellum broader than long; elytra

slightly widened towards the middle, the punctures slightly larger

in size than those of the thorax, and arranged in somewhat

irregular rows, intermixed with other minute punctures, the

punctation more distinct anteriorly ; underside shining, greenish

eeneous, the tibiz and tarsi fulvous; the metatarsus of the posterior

legs as long or slightly longer than the following joints together.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (Rev. ./. O’Ne/),

From other African representatives of this genus the present

species may be known by the arrangement of the punctures in

distinct, although irregular and well-separated rows; the structure

of the head, which is rather convex and without the slightest

separation between the clypeus, will further assist in the recognition

of the species, of which | received two specimens.

PHYLLOTRETA UNICOSTATA, sp. nL

Flavous, the breast and abdomen black ; thorax minutely

granulate, very finely and closely punctured; elytra greenish

zeneous, strongly and closely punctured in rows, the sides with a

longitudinal costa.

Length 2 millim.

Head impunctate, the frontal elevations obsolete, cly peus broadly

triangular ; antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, flavous,

the terminal four joints fuscous, short, and slightly widened,

second and third joint equal, the following four much more

elongate; thorax one-half broader than long, distinctly narrowed

anteriorly, the sides straight, anterior angles thickened, posterior

margin slightly sinuate at each side, the disc very finely and

closely punctured, the interstices very minutely granulate, opaque,

pale flavous; scutellum broader than long, black; elytra much

more strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctures arranged

in closely approached, slightly geminate rows, with a single

distinctly raised and acute costa extending from the shoulders

nearly to the apex; below black; the legs flavous, the posterior

femora strongly incrassate ; prosternum very distinct.

Hab. Pt. Alfred, South Africa (Rev. J. O'Neil).

There will be no difficulty in recognizing the present species, on

account of its coloration and the sculpturing of the elytra; the

general shape of the species and that of the thorax is typical of the

genus, and the terminal short joints of the antenne are peculiar to

the species, of which I have received several examples.

LonGirarsus SALISBURIENSIS, Sp. nl.

Elongate-ovate, winged, the head and thorax obscure fulvous,

opaque, closely punctured ; elytra flavous, punctured like the thorax

er, ot

1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 245

in closely approached rows; legs and antenne pale, the apex of the

latter and that of the posterior femora, as well as the breast,

black.

Length 2 millim.

Head impunctate, obscure dark fulvous, the frontal elevations

absent; antenne extending somewhat beyond the middle of the

elytra, flavous, the terminal joints more or less fuscous, basal

joint long and slender, the second slightly longer than the third,

not thickened, terminal joints slightly dilated; thorax one-half

broader than long, the sides straight, distinctly angulate before

the middle, the surface closely and strongly punctured, slightly

rugose, opaque, dark fulvous ; scutellum piceous ; elytra elongate,

slightly widened below the middle, the apex rounded, covering the

pygidium, the surface strongly punctured in closely approached

rows, which are getting much finer towards the apex, the suture

very narrowly infuscate, the breast black; legs flavous, the tibize

in the male rather dilated at the apex, the first joint of tae anterior

tarsi in the same sex greatly widened, the metatarsus of the

posterior legs half the length of the tibia; the penis slender and

curved, the sides near the apical portion with a distinct margin,

the apex moderately pointed, preceded by an elongate cavity.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

This Longitarsus is so extremely closely allied to our ZL. luridus

that I at first identified it with this species, but a close examination

reveals some small but distinct and constant differences ; these

consist in the much longer basal joints of the antenne in the

present insect as well as the equally more elongate terminal

joints; the male organ shows likewise differences in structure,

inasmuch as there is no medial constriction as is the case in

L. luridus, the sides also have a distinct thickened margin, and the

anterior cavity is longer and larger; in all other respects the

species agrees with the last-named species.

APHTHONA OVATIPENNIS, Sp. n.

Short and ovate, winged, piceous below, apical joints of the

antenne black ; head and thorax fulvous, impunctate; elytra pale

testaceous, the suture blackish, the surface finely punctate-striate,

the strie widely placed, indistinct posteriorly.

Length 12 millim.

Head impunctate, fulvous, the frontal elevations narrowly

transverse, the carina strongly raised ; antenne long and slender,

black, the lower three joints flavous, the third joint but slightly

longer than the second, terminal joints elongate, scarcely

thickened ; thorax subquadrate, one-half broader than long,

convex, the sides straight, angulate before the middle, the disc

entirely impunctate, fulvous; scutellum piceous; elytra wider at

the base than the thorax, convex, narrowed towards the apex, the

surface very finely punctured in somewhat irregular, rather

distantly placed rows, which near the apex become obsolete,

the interstices with some still finer punctures, a row of

Proc. Zoon, Soc,—1900, No. XVII. 17

246 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

deeper punctures is placed near the lateral margins; below and the

posterior femora piceous ; metatarsus of the posterior legs as long

as the following joints together.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall),

Smaller than 4. durbanensis Jac., the thorax less transverse, the

punctuation of the elytra and the striz more widely placed, and

the whole insect of half the size only and much less robust.

APHTHONA BICOLOR, sp. n.

Below bluish black, the head, basal joints of the antennz, the

thorax, and the legs flavous ; thorax transverse, microscopically

punctured ; elytra metallic blue, strongly punctured in closely

approached rows; posterior femora dark blue ; abdomen fulvous.

Length 3 millim.

Of elongate, nearly parallel shape; the head impunctate, the

frontal elevations strongly raised; the clypeus broadly convex

between the antenne, these extending to about the middle of the

elytra, black, the four or five lower joints flavous, the second joint

scarcely shorter than the third, the following nearly equal ;

thorax one-half broader than long, the sides rounded, narrowed

towards the apex, the posterior margin feebly rounded, the surface

convex, flavous, with some extremely fine punctures, visible only

under a strong lens; scutellum black; elytra wider at the base

than the thorax, very convex, metallic blue or greenish, the

shoulders prominent, the punctures rather strong and arranged in

closely approached, somewhat irregular rows, the punctures much

finer towards the apex, the interstices somewhat wrinkled; the

breast and the posterior femora bluish black ; the rest of the legs

and the abdomen fulvous or flavous; posterior tibie strongly

widened and deeply sulcate ; the metatarsus as long as the following

joints together.

Hab. Headlands, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

Of the same coloration as A. bohemani Jac., likewise an African

species, but of double the size, and with strong and very closely

approached rows of elytral punctures.

APHTHONA MARGINATA, sp. n.

Fulvous, the thorax subquadrate, impunctate ; elytra very closely

and finely punctured, metallic blue, the lateral margins flavous ;

apex of the posterior femora piceous.

Length 23 millim.

Head impunctate, the frontal elevations feebly raised, broadly tri-

gonate, the carina rather elongate, distinct ; antenne extending below

the middle of the elytra, entirely fulvous, the second joint one-half

shorter than the third, this and the fourth equal, the following

joints more elongate and slender; thorax one-half broader than

long, the sides feebly rounded, scarcely narrowed anteriorly, the

angles distinct, the surface convex, fulvous, impunctate ; scutellum

black; elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, the

shoulders prominent, the surface very closely and finely punctured,

1900. ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 247

metallic blue, the interstices slightly wrinkled, the space near the

lateral margins dzeply sulcate and flavous, this colour also

extending to the apical margins ; below and the legs fulvous, apex

of the posterior femora piceous, posterior tibia with a distinct spine ;

the metatarsus as long as the following joints together.

Hab, Angola.

Two specimens of this very well-marked and distinct species are

in my collection.

APHTHONA MINUTA, Sp. 0.

Winged, entirely pale flavous or testaceous, the apical joints of

the antennez black ; thorax impunctate ; elytra scarcely perceptibly

punctured in irregular rows.

Length 1 millim.

Head impunctate, the frontai elevations distinct, bounded above

by oblique grooves, carina acute and rather narrow; antenne two-

thirds the length of the body, the lower four joints flavous, the

rest black, the second and third joints small, equal, the following

slightly longer, terminal joint more elongate and feebly thickened ;

thorax one-half broader than long, slightly narrowed in front, the

sides nearly straight, the surface somewhat depressed, with a very

obsolete transverse depression near the base, entirely impunctate ;

elytra scarcely wider at the base than the thorax, parallel, the

apex rounded, the surface with microscopically fine rows of

punctures ; posterior femora strongly incrassate, tibie dilated at the

apex; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following

joints together.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (ev.J. 0’ Neil). Many specimens.

One of the smallest species of the genus, perhaps most nearly

allied to the European A. pallida, but of entirely uniform coloration

with the exception of the antenne ; the penis is of parallel shape

neither constricted nor widened, and with the apex broadly

rounded, ending in a small point.

SERRAPHULA ELONGATA, Sp. 0.

Elongate, narrowed posteriorly, piceous below, above greenish

zneous, the antenne and the legs (the posterior femora excepted)

fulvous ; thorax coarsely and closely punctured; elytra closely

punctate-striate, the interstices longitudinally costate.

Length 2 millim.

Head impunctate, the frontal elevations trigonate, undivided;

the clypeus strongly raised into a triangular ridge, which extends

upwards between the antenne; palpi rather slender; antenne

extending to the apex of the elytra, fulvous, the basal joint

moderately long and stout, the second and third short, equal, the

following joints gradually elongate and slightly thickened ; thorax

subquadrate, one-half broader than long, all the margins straight,

the angles not produced, the surface closely and strongly punctured ;

scutellum broader than long; elytra rather long and convex, slightly

widened towards the middle, rather pointed towards the apex, the

17*

248 MR, M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6

latter itself rounded, eneous, the punctures strong and closely

placed, the interstices, especially at the sides, longitudinally costate ;

posterior femora piceous, strongly incrassate, the rest of the legs

fulvous; posterior tibie furnished at the apex with a long

styliform process, the sides of which are strongly serrate.

Hab. Port Alfred, South Africa (Zev. J. O'Neil).

This is the second species of this interesting genus which I have

received from Africa: like the typical form, the present species has

the posterior tibix provided with a long, slightly curved and

serrate prolongation, the tarsi being inserted much above the apex

of the tibia, their first joint is extremely elongate and slender,

the second one shorter, the claws are simple. (In my original

description of the genus the claws are given as appendiculate, but

another examination proves this to be incorrect, there is only a

slight thickening of the base.) S. elongata is very closely allied to

the type S. enea, but is of more elongate shape, the antenne are

longer, the thorax is less transverse and the sides are not rounded,

the surface is also much more strongly punctured and the elytra

more distinctly costate. I received five specimens from the

Rev. J. O'Neil.

HESPERA NATALENSIS, sp. 0.

Black, finely pubescent, the basal joint of the antenne fulvous;

legs flavous; head and thorax finely granulate and punctured; elytra

opaque, sculptured like the thorax ; apex of the posterior femora

piceous.

Length 2 millin.

Head minutely granulate, scarcely perceptibly punctured; frontal

elevations and the carina strongly raised, shining, clypeus in shape

of a transverse ridge; antenne extending nearly to the apex of the

elytra, black, the basal joint more or less fulvous, second very short,

third slightly shorter than the fourth, terminal joints elongate and

rather thin ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides slightly con-

stricted at the base, nearly straight, the surface sculptured like the

head and finely pubescent ; elytra very finely transversely wrinkled,

clothed with short white pubescence, their base distinctly wider

than the thorax ; below black, more shining ; legs flavous, all the

tibize mucronate; posterior femora moderately incrassate, their apex

black; the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following

joints together ; prosternum extremely narrow, the anterior coxal

cavities open.

Hab, Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

One of the smallest species of the genus and very closely allied

to several Indian forms, at present undescribed. The general

appearance of the insect is delicate and suggestive of Luperus, but

the posterior femora are distinctly incrassate.

HESPERA INTERMEDIA, sp. 0.

Entirely black, finely pubescent ; thorax closely and finely rugose-

1 eh ae

1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 249

punctate ; elytra sculptured like the thorax, clothed with very fine

grey pubescence.

Length 3 millim.

Head minutely transversely granulate and sparingly punctured ;

frontal tubercles strongly marked, transverse; clypeus with an

acutely raised central ridge; antenne long and slender, the third

joint twice the length of the second, very slightly shorter than

the fourth joint; thorax one-half broader than long, the sides

straight, the posterior margin rounded, the disc rather flat, finely

rugosely punctured, sparingly pubescent ; elytra wider at the base

than the thorax, extremely closely rugose-punctate, of a rather

finer texture than the thorax and clothed with short, silky, grey

pubescence ; posterior femora strongly incrassate, black as well as

the under surface and the legs.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (Rev. J. O'Neil).

This species is intermediate in size between H. africanus Jac.

and H. natalensis just described ; it differs from both in the entirely

black antenne and legs, also in the sculpturing of the thorax and

that of the elytra, which is much more marked and rugose. IL

received two specimens from the Rev. J. O’Neil.

CHIRODICA PUNCTICOLLIS, 8p. Nn.

Black, the head, basal joints of antennee, and the thorax and legs

fulvous; elytra dark blue, like the thorax, very finely and closely

punctured and minutely granulate; posterior femora bluish

black.

Length 4 millim.

Of elongate parallel shape, the head broad, impunctate, reddish

fulvous, the frontal elevations broadly trigonate, divided by a

narrow groove ; clypeus strongly thickened, narrowly transverse ;

antenne robust, extending slightly below the middle of the elytra,

black, the lower two or three joints fulvous, basal joint curved and

thickened at the apex, second joint short, the third one-half longer,

the following more elongate and somewhat dilated ; thorax sub-

quadrate, one-half broader than long, all the margins nearly straight,

the anterior angles slightly obliquely thickened, the surface some-

what depressed, minutely granulate and finely and closely punc-

tured; scutellum broad, black; elytra dark blue, sculptured like

the thorax ; breast and abdomen black ; legs robust, the anterior

four fulvous, the posterior ones more or less piceous ; posterior

tibiz with a strong spur, carinate, anterior tibie unarmed ; the

metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following joints

together; prosternum extremely narrow, tlie anterior coxal cavities

open.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

The genus Chirodica is of rather peculiar shape on account of

the flattened and nearly quadrate thorax; the antenne seem to

ary rather in structure, as they are nearly moniliform and short

in C, chalcoptera Germ., but much more elongate in the other

species described by Baly. The present insect may be known from

250 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [Mar. 6,

C. chalcoptera by the finely punctured and granulate upper surface

and the entirely unicolorous blue elytra. Mr. Marshall has sent

me three specimens of it.

CHIRODICA FULVICORNIS, sp. n.

Narrowly elongate, black, the antennz fulvous, the head, thorax,

and legs flavous; thorax impunctate, the sides rounded; elytra

closely and finely punctured, black.

Length 2} millim.

Head impunctate, strongly obliquely grooved above the eyes ;

frontal elevations broad and flattened, apex of the clypeus between

the antenne rather broad, palpi distinctly thickened ; antenne

extending to the base of the elytra, entirely fulvous, all the joints,

with the exception of the first, short, the terminal ones thickened ;

thorax one-half broader than iong, the sides rounded, the angles

distinct, very slightly thickened, the surface entirely impunctate ;

scutellum black, impunctate ; elytra slightly wider at the base than

the thorax, very feebly depressed below the base and the scutellum,

black, shiny, finely, closely, and evenly punctured; legs rather

robust, flavous ; breast and abdomen black ; the last abdominal seg-

ment with a round fovea (¢?); prosternum very narrow, anterior

coxal cavities open.

Hab, West Africa.

Closely allied to C. wollastont Baly, but with the antenne

entirely fulvous and the sides of the thorax rounded, not straight.

JAMESONIA (THRYMNES) FEMORALIS, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 12.)

Oblong, the head, antenne (excepting the basal joints), the

breast and abdomen, and the posterior legs black ; thorax fulvous,

impunctate ; elytra violaceous blue, very minutely and closely

punctured ; base of posterior femora fulvous.

Length 4 millim.

Head black, impunctate, the frontal elevations trigonate, oblique ;

clypeus with a long and acutely raised central ridge ; palpi black ;

antenne extending to about the middle of the elytra, black, the

lower four joints fulvous, third and fourth joints equal, each one-

half longer than the second, following joints more elongate;

thorax one-half broader than long, slightly narrowed anteriorly,

the sides and the posterior angles rounded, anterior angles oblique,

the surface microscopically punctured, fulvous; scutellum triangular,

black ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, elongate, convex,

metallic bluish or violaceous, extremely finely and closely punctured ;

legs fulvous, the apex of the posterior femora, their tibize and the

tarsi blackish, posterior tibize with a long spine; prosternum

extremely narrow, anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Port Alfred, South Africa (2tev. J. O'Neil).

Differing entirely in coloration from the other species of the

genus described by Weise and myself. I received eight specimens

from the Rey. J. O’Neil.

1900.) FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. ~ 251

J AMESONIA NIGRIPENNIS, sp. 0.

Black, the lower portion of the face and the thorax reddish

fulvous, the latter very minutely punctured ; elytra opaque, black,

closely and more distinctly punctured than the thorax; legs

black.

Length 3 millim.

Head broad, impunctate, the vertex black, the lower portion in

shape of a large subquadrate patch, fulvous, frontal elevations very

broad ; carina rather blunt, anterior edge of the clypeus straight ;

antennze robust, extending to about the middle of the elytra, black,

the second and third joint small, equal, third and following joints

thickened, about twice as long as broad ; thorax twice as brvuad as

long, convex, the sides rounded, the posterior angles rather oblique,

the surface extremely minutely punctured, reddish fulvous ; scu-

tellum black ; elytra slightly broader at the base than the thorax,

very slightly narrowed posteriorly, black, cpaque, closely and finely

punctured ; below and the legs black, posterior femora strongly

incrassate ; the tibiz with along spine; the metatarsus as long as

the following two joints together.

Hab. Dunbrody, Cape Colony (Rev. J. O'Neil).

Distinguished by the opaque black elytra, antenne, and legs,

and the colour of the head ; the eyes in this species are, however,

much more distantly placed than in the other members of the genus,

and the posterior angles of the thorax are less rounded: all other

characters agree with the typical species.

DECARIA OBSCURA, Sp. 0.

Below and the legs pale fulvous, above obscure dark fulvous,

antenne (the basal joints excepted) black; thorax extremely

minutely, elytra more distinctly punctured, the punctures arranged

in very close semiregular rows; antenne ten-jointed.

Length 2 millim.

Head impunctate, obscure fulvous or piceous, frontal elevations

transverse, broad ; carina distinct; antenne closely approached at

the base, black, the lower two joints fulvous, second joint very

small, third and following joints triangularly dilated, rather broad

and robust; thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, the sides

rounded, the anterior angles slightly obliquely thickened, basal

margin distinctly concave in front of the scutellum, the dise obscure

dark fulvous, with a few minute punctures ; scutellum broad, im-

punctate; elytra distinctly wider at the base than the thorax,

slightly widened towards the middle and gradually narrowed

posteriorly, the apex rounded, the surface convex, subcylindrical,

rather strongly punctured in closely approached semiregular rows ;

posterior femora strongly incrassate ; posterior tibiw with a long

spine, their metatarsus as long as the following two joints together.

Hab, Khobomp, Sierra Leone. —

This cannot be D. tricolor Weise from the same locality, as the

author describes the antennz as yellowish brown and the elytra as

252 MR. M, JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [Mar. 6,

very finely punctured, with the anterior fourth portion black.

Three specimens are before me, which do not differ from each

other.

SPHERODERMA MASHONANA, Sp. Nn.

Subglobulose, reddish fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne

and the tibize and tarsi black ; thorax extremely minutely and rather

closely punctured ; elytra punctured like the thorax, the punctures

irregularly placed.

Length 4 millim.

Head impunctate, the clypeus deflexed anteriorly, with a dis-

tinct central longitudinal carina; eyes very large; the antenne

extending to the base of the thorax only, flavous, the terminal five

or six joints fuscous, subtriangularly dilated, the last strongly

pointed ; thorax nearly three times broader than long, the sides

feebly rounded, with a very narrow margin, the anterior angles

rather thickened and obtusely rounded, the posterior margin

broadly produced at the middle, sinuate at the sides, the surface

closely and very finely punctured; scutellum triangular, pointed ;

elytra subglobular, evenly and very strongly convex, the shoulders

rounded and slightly prominent, the punctures not or scarcely

larger than those of the thorax, irregularly distributed and here

and there arranged in lines, those near the lateral margins nearly

obsolete ; elytral epipleurs extremely broad and concave ; legs and

the underside fulvous, the cox and the tibiz and tarsi blackish ;

prosternum elongate, constricted at the middle, strongly punctured.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, May and October (@. Marshall).

Resembling somewhat in size and shape the European Argopus

ahrensi Gebl., but still more convex, the antennz very short and

dilated, and the punctuation of its upper surface very fine. The

present species is the largest of the genus known to me from

Africa.

BLEPHARIDA REGULARIS, Sp. 0.

Subquadrate ovate, fulvous; head and thorax flavous, the latter

minutely punctured; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the inter-

stices costate at the sides, with numerous closely placed flavous

spots, the lateral margins broadly flavous, spotted with fulvous.

Length 52 millim. '

Head very sparingly and finely punctured, flavous, with a deep

semicircular groove in front of the eyes; clypeus broad and flat;

antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the

terminal six joints shortand thick; thorax more than twice as

broad as long, narrowed anteriorly, the sides nearly straight, the

anterior angles thickened, the surface extremely finely punctured,

only visible under a strong lens, with two small round depressions

near the lateral margins ; elytra with ten rows of deep and closely

placed punctures, the subsutural one short, the punctures fulvous,

the interstices varied at regular intervals with fulvous and flavous

1900.) FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 253

spots, the last interstice near the margins broad, flavous, crossed

from the middle downwards with fulvous stripes.

Hab. Africa.

Whether this is the species described by Thunberg as Podontia

stolida I am not certain, the description is not detailed enough to

be sure about it; the terminal joints of the antennz are given as

black and the thorax as impunctate ; the position and number of

the elytral spots are not mentioned. The present species differs

from all its African congeners with which I am acquainted in

the regular or semiregular numbers of the flavous spots, which form

no bands or other pattern, but are distributed evenly and closely

on every interstice; I possess three specimens, which show no

differences in that respect, but have no exact: localities.

DIBOLIA BIMACULATA, sp. n.

Bluish black, above metallic blue, the basal joints of the antenne

flavous ; thorax closely semirugose-punctate ; elytra finely and closely

punctate-striate, each elytron with a fulvous spot near the apex.

Length 2} millim.

Of convex, subcylindrical shape; the head with a few fine

punctures, metallic greenish; clypeus triangularly raised; eyes

elongate and large; antenne scarcely extending to the middle of

the elytra, black, the lower five joints flavous, the basal joint

stained with piceous above, elongate, slender, the second as long as

the third joint, terminal joints gradually and moderately thickened ;

thorax about twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight,

obliquely narrowed towards the apex, the anterior angles very

slightly thickened, the surface irregularly wrinkled, rather finely

and closely punctured ; scutellum small, ‘triangular, black ; elytra

very closely and finely punctate-striate, the rows rather irregular

here and there; each elytron with a large, subquadrate, slightly

oblique fulvous patch near the apex; femora metallic blue; tibie

and tarsi black, posterior tibize strongly widened towards the apex,

the edges dentate, the apex with a robust, double-pointed fulvous

spur ; the metatarsus slender, as long as the following two joints

together.

Hab, Malvern, Natal (G. Marshall).

I received a single specimen of this pretty little species from

Mr. Marshall. ‘

DIBoLTA AFRICANA, sp. n.

Dark metallic greenish, the antenne black ; thorax strongly and

remotely punctured ; elytra strongly and very closely punctured in

irregular rows.

Length 3 millim.

Head finely and remotely punctured, the eyes widely separated,

frontal elevations feebly raised ; clypeus convex, triangular ; antennxe

extending to the base of the elytra, black, the lower three joints

more or less stained with fulvous, the second, third, and fourth

254 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLHOPTERA [Mar. 6,

joints equal, rather short, terminal joints rather thick; thorax

more than twice as broad as long, narrowed in front, the sides feebly

rounded, the surface remotely and strongly punctured ; elytra widened

towards the middle, the punctures about the same size as those on

the thorax and arranged in irregular, very closely approached rows,

distinct to the apex; below and the legs coloured like the upper

surface ; the posterior tibie strongly widened at the apex, with their

edges serrate, the emarginate spur at the apex fulvous, as well as

the claws.

Hab. Nairobi, 5500 ft,, Kikuyu Forest, Brit. East Africa

(Mr. Mackinder). (Type in the Oxford Mus. Collection.)

Of rather more robust appearance than D. triment Baly, and

much more strongly punctured than that species. Differing from

D. intermedia Baly in the metallic green legs and the black

antenne.

CH ATOCNEMA SUBATERRIMA, Sp, n.

Black, the antennee, the anterior and posterior tibia and tarsi

flavous ; head impunctate, deeply foveolate near the eyes ; thorax

extremely finely and closely punctured ; elytra deeply punctate-

striate, the interstices longitudinally convex.

Length 2 millim.

Head entirely impunctate, blackish, opaque, with a deep longi-

tudinal fovea near the eyes ; clypeus separated from the face by a

deep groove, very broad, nearly subquadrate, its lower portion

furnished with some grey hairs ; antenne extending to the middle

of the elytra, entirely flavous, the third to the sixth joints slender,

the following joints slightly thickened but elongate, basal joint about

one-half longer than the second; thorax about one-half broader

than long, the sides slightly rounded, the anterior angles strongly

thickened, the surface very minutely, evenly, and closely punctured,

the basal margin not accompanied by an impressed line, but with

some large punctures at each side; scutellum extremely short,

transverse ; elytra very convex, subcylindrical, strongly narrowed

and pointed posteriorly, the punctures deep, closely placed and

regular, distinct to the apex, the interstices convex, especially so

near the sides and apex, impunctate, the fourth, fifth, and sixth

interstices shortened and joined at the end, from thence to the apex

continued into a single costa; the anterior legs flavous, as well as

the rest of the tibize and tarsi; the femora blackish, the posterior

ones very greatly incrassate ; underside scarcely punctured; pro-

sternum rugose-punctate.

Hab, Malvern, Natal (@. Marshall).

This is one of the few species which show no trace of a metallic

gloss, being nearly entirely black; the very convex, posteriorly

strongly pointed elytra and their costate interstices, together with

the entirely impunctate head, will assist in the recognition of the

species.

1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 255

GALERUCINA.

ASBECESTA ORNATICOLLIS, Sp. n.

Flavous, the head and the anterior half of the thorax black, the

base of the latter fulvous, strongly punctured ; elytra finely and

closely punctured, testaceous, the base with a narrow, deeply emar-

ginate blue band, another transverse narrow band or spot placed

below the middle.

Length 5 millim.

This species, of which two specimens were received by Prof.

Poulton from Mr. H. J. Mackinder, who obtained them at Nairobi,

Kikuyu Forest, in East Africa, is so closely allied to the following

one that it will only be necessary to point out the differences,

which comprise the colour of the head and that of the thorax; the

sides of the latter also are almost straight, not so strongly rounded

anteriorly ; the bands of the elytra are very narrow and the anterior

one is deeply emarginate, the posterior band still narrower and not

quite extending to the suture; lastly, the scutellum is black, not

fuivous; the underside seems to be of the latter colour, but the

specimens being glued to cards I am not quite certain as to this.

Type in the Oxford Museum Collection.

ASBECESTA ORNATA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 11.)

Flavous, the head and thorax fulvous ; elytra finely and closely

punctured, flavous, a transverse band at the base and another near

the apex dark blue.

Length 5 millim.

Head impunctate, frontal elevations very strongly raised, trigonate,

bounded behind by a deep transverse groove; clypeus triangular,

strongly swollen ; antenne flavous, the third and fourth joints equal,

slightly Jonger than the second, the following joints gradually

widened, robust ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides

strongly rounded before the middle, the disc with a deep trans-

verse sulcus, sparingly punctured anteriorly, more closely so within

the depression; scutellum fulvous; elytra finely and closely

punctured, the punctuation indistinct near the apex, the ground-

colour pale flavous, the base with a transverse, rather broad, dark

blue band, extending a little way downwards at the sides, with its

posterior margin rather deeply indented near the suture, near the

apex another equally broad band extends from the lateral to the

sutural margin ; the sides of theelytra with a rather strongly marked

longitudinal suleation ; below pale fulvous, the legs flavous,

Hab. Malvern, Natal (Barker) ; also Mozambique.

I received several specimens of this distinct species from Mr,

Barker. A single specimen from Mozambique contained in my

collection differs in the shape of the posterior elytral band, which

surrounds the sides and apical margins, including a spot of the

ground-colour ; other differences I am unable to find.

256 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

MALACOSOMA VARIIPES, sp. 0.

The antenne, breast, and the legs black, the head and thorax

rufous, the latter impunctate, subquadrate ; elytra extremely finely

punctured, rufous ; base of the femora of the latter colour.

Length 6 millim.

Head rufous, impunctate, the frontal elevations transverse, the

carina acutely raised, labrum black ; antennz extending below the

middle of the elytra, black, the third joint one-half longer than

the second, the following joints more elongate, slender; thorax

one-half broader than long, the sides feebly rounded before the

middle, the posterior angles strongly oblique, the posterior margin

rounded, anterior angles thickened, the disc impunctate, or with

some microscopically fine punctures, convex, rufous; scutellum

obscure piceous ; elytra widened posteriorly, convex, of the same

colour as the thorax, extremely closely and finely punctured; the

breast, the apex of the femora, and the tibiee and tarsi black; the

base of the femora and the abdomen rufous; tibize mucronate ;

prosternum very narrow, the anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Natal.

Distinct from every other species of the genus in its system of

coloration. Quedenfeldt has described several speciesas Malacosoma

from Central Africa; with one of them, M. deformicorne, the pre-

sent insect agrees partly in coloration but not at all in structure ;

and as Quedenfeldt makes no mention of the state of the cavities

nor the mucronate or non-mucronate tibie, it is doubtful whether

he had a true Malacosoma before him; his description agrees far

better with a species of Megalognatha.

LUPERUS MARSHALLI, sp. n.

Black, the antenne and the legs flavous ; thorax transverse,

obsoletely sulcate; elytra with a few minute punctures.

Length 4 millim.

Head extremely finely granulate and punctured, when seen under

a strong lens, the frontal elevations very distinct, strongly oblique

and joined at the apex; clypeus narrow, strongly thickened ; antennze

nearly extending to the apex of the elytra, flavous, the second and

third joints short, equal, the apical four joints much constricted at

the extreme base ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, the sides

straight at the base, feebly rounded anteriorly, the angles thickened,

the disc with a shallow transverse sulcus, very finely punctured,

black, shining; elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax,

punctured like the latter, the punctures scarcely perceptible ;

below black; the legs long and slender, all the tibie mucronate, the

metatarsus of the posterior legs very long; prosternum invisible

between the coxie, the anterior cotyloid cavities open.

Hab. Estcourt, Natal, on acacia-trees (G. Marshall).

Somewhat resembling our ZL. niger, but with entirely flavous

antennze and Jegs and the thorax with a shallow sulcus.

1900. ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 257

S ERMYLOIDES UNIFASCIATA, Sp. 0.

Elongate, fulvous, antennz (the basal joints excepted) black ;

thorax transverse, narrowed anteriorly, extremely finely punctured ;

elytra very closely and distinctly punctured, flavous, the margins,

a triangular spot surrounding the scutellum, and a transverse band

below the middle black.

Length 5-6 millim.

Head impunctate, frontal elevations broadly transverse, labrum

flavous, palpi piceous; antenne long and slender, extending to

about the middle of the elytra, black, the basal three joints fulvous,

second joint small, the third, one-half longer, oblique at the apex,

the following joints somewhat thickened, the terminal ones more

slender ; thorax transverse, the sides obliquely narrowed in front,

nearly straight, the surface microscopically punctured, fulvous ;

scutellum fulvous, triangular; elytra convex, nearly parallel, very

closely punctured, flavous, the lateral, sutural, and apical margins

black, a triangular sutural black spot surrounds the scutellum,

below the middle is a transverse band, widened at the suture and

at the sides and connected with the black margins, this band

encloses a round spot near the apex, of the ground colour; below

and the legs flavous, all the tibia mucronate ; anterior coxal cavities

closed.

Hfab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, on Zizyphus (G. Marshall).

This is the second African representative of this genus, the other

species, S. maculata Jac., having been provisionally placed by me in

the genus Sermyla (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1895, p. 333). The

present species has lately been sent by Mr. Marshall, and another

careful examination proves the two insects with far more right to be

placed in Sermyloides, which is distinguished by filiform antenne,

incrassate penultimate joint of the palpi, a transverse non-impressed

and anteriorly narrowed thorax, in having prolonged elytral epi-

pleurz, mucronate tibiz, and an elongate posterior metatarsus, also

by a very narrow and convex prosternum and closed anterior

cavities ; all these characters are present in the two African species,

but the antenne have no incrassate and elongate third joint as is+

the case with the male in the typical form 8. basalis. This is,

however, a sexual character only, and of no value in classification

used by itself. All the species of the genus known until now

are inhabitants of the Malayan islands.

MOoNoLEPTA STRIATIPENNIS, sp. n.

Oblong, very convex ; below piceous, above testaceous, the antenne

(the basal joints excepted) black; thorax very short, remotely

punctured ; elytra with extremely close rows of deep punctures,

the interstices slightly convex ; legs testaceous.

Length 23 millim.

Head impunctate, the frontal elevations transverse; antennz

rather long and slender, black, the lower four joints more or less

258 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

testaceous, third joint very slightly longer than the second, the

following more elongate, terminal joint widened at the middle but

not longer than the preceding one ; thorax very short, more than

twice as broad as long, narrowed anteriorly, the sides straight, the

surface rather remotely but distinctly punctured ; scutellum pro-

portionally large ; elytra strongly convex towards the apex, strongly

punctured in regular and very closely approached rows, distinct to

the apex, the interstices slightly longitudinally convex, their epi-

pleurz entirely absent below the middle ; underside piceous ; legs

slender, testaceous, the first joint of the posterior tarsi very long.

Hab. Kurazol, East Africa.

This small species is not difficult to recognize on account of its

short thorax and the sculpturing of the elytra, which differs from

any species with which I am acquainted.

MOonoLEPTA NIGROCINCTA, sp. Nn.

Flavous, antenne fuscous; thorax transverse, impunctate ; elytra

finely and closely punctured,very narrowly margined with black ;

lateral margins of the thorax obscure piceous.

Length 4 millim.

Head impunctate, the frontal elevations transverse, the clypeus

broad ; labrum black ; antenne extending slightly beyond the middle

of the elytra, fuscous, the lower three joints flavous, second and

third joints short, equal, the rest elongate ; thorax twice as broad

as long, the sides feebly rounded, the angles distinct, posterior

margin moderately rounded, the surface convex, impunctate, flavous,

the lateral margins piceous; scutellum fuscous ; elytra subcylin-

drical, very finely and closely punctured, the interstices somewhat

wrinkled, the extreme margins piceous or black ; elytral epipleure

entirely indistinct below the shoulders, margined with black ; below

flavous as well as the legs ;.the anterior tibie unarmed, the posterior

tibiee with a long spine, their metatarsus very long.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Similar in colour to Candezea dahlmanni Jac., but the elytral

epipleure indistinct below the shoulders, the antenne and the

underside of different coloration, and the general size smaller ; C.

tenuicornis Jac. is likewise nearly similarly coloured, but varies also

in the same structural differences pointed out, the smaller size, more

slender antenne, pale labrum, and the absence of the thoracic black

lateral margins; C. nigrosuturalis Jac. has the underside black.

MONOLEPTA EXCLAMATIONIS, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 9.)

Fulvous, the head and the intermediate joints of the antenne

black; thorax subquadrate, closely punctured; elytra widened

posteriorly, punctured like the thorax, the lateral margins ante-

riorly, an interrupted longitudinal stripe (widened and abbre-

viated posteriorly), and a small spot at the apex black.

Length 5 millim.

Head black, opaque, the frontal elevations broad, trigonate,

bounded by a transyerse groove behind, clypeus with an oblique

1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 259

row of deep punctures on each side ; antennz long and slender, the

lower three joints flavous below, black above, the following five

and the last joint of the latter colour, the ninth and tenth

pale flavous, basal joint long and curved, club-shaped, second

slightly shorter than the third; thorax nearly quadrate, the

sides very feebly rounded at the middle, the anterior angles

thickened, the posterior margin rounded, the surface crowded with

punctures of different sizes, fulvous; scutellum small, trigonate ;

elytra widened towards the apex, of similar sculpture to the

thorax, fulvous, the basal and lateral margins (the latter to below

the middle), a short stripe at the middle of the base, followed by a

longer stripe placed at the middle of the disc, curved and thickened

at its apex, black, between these two stripes another indistinct

black line is seen in some specimens as well as a minute black spot

at the extreme apex of the elytra; below and the legs fulvous, the

knees, base of the tibie, and the tarsi more or less piceous; the

metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following joints

together ; elytral epipleure very broad at the base, indistinct below

the middle.

Hab. Verulam, Natal (G@. Marshall).

A well-marked species and resembling much M. nigrolineata

Motsch., from Japan, but of different sculpture, the head black, and

the colour of the antenne and legs different.

MonocipaA INORNAA, sp. n.

Below blackish, above flavous; antenne black, the lower

three joints fulvous; thorax with a few extremely minute punctures;

elytra more distinctly but finely and very closely punctured ;

posterior tibize and tarsi black.

Length 5 millim.

Head fulvous, impunctate, the frontal tubercles strongly

developed ; clypeus in shape of a narrow transverse ridge ; antennz

slender, black, the lower three joints fulvous or entirely of the first-

named colour, third joint one half longer than the second, fourth

twice the length ot the third; thorax subquadrate, distinctly

narrowed at the base, the sides rounded before the middle, the

anterior angles slightly prominent, the surface with a few minute

punctures ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, the shoulders

prominent, the punctation very close and fine, the epipleurs

continued below the middle; breast and abdomen blackish, the

last abdominal segments more or less flavous ; femora fulvous; all

the tibia mucronate, the four posterior ones (the base excepted)

and the tarsi black; the metatarsus of the posterior legs as long

as the following two joints together; claws appendiculate, the

anterior coxal cavities closed.

Hab. Headlands, Mashonaland (@. Marshall).

This, the second species of the genus, may possibly be a local form

of M, sutwrata Jac. (P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 370), but the head is fulvous

and the elytra have no sutural nor lateral black bands and are

more strongly punctured ; the constriction of the thorax at the

260 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

base, the mucronate tibize, and the closed anterior cavities are the

principal characters by which the genus may be known.

EstCOURTIANA, gen. nov.

Oblong, glabrous ; the antenne short, the joints submoniliform ;

thorax subquadrate, without depressions ; elytra irregularly punc-

tured, their epipleure continued below the middle; all the tibize

with a spine at the apex; the first joint of the tarsi as long as the

following two joints together; claws appendiculate ; prosternum

nearly invisible, the anterior coxal cavities closed.

Amongst the genera with closed anterior cavities, the present

one seems most nearly allied to Hrgana Chap., but the antenne in

that genus are filiform and the thorax much more transversely

shaped. The only species of the genus here described, known to me,

is a smal] insect of nearly subcylindrical shape which I have

received from Natal and Mashonaland.

EstTcouRTIANA BIFASCIATA, Sp. Nn.

Below black, above testaceous, the head partly black; thorax

minutely punctured, with a central black band and a lateral spot ;

elytra nearly impunctate, each elytron with a broad longitudinal

black band nearly extending to the apex.

Var. a. The elytral bands replaced by an anterior and posterior

spot; head fulvous.

Var. b. Elytra without any markings.

Length 3 millim.

Head impunctate, black, obliquely grooved above the eyes, the

frontal elevations obsolete, oblique ; clypeus flavous, rather broad ;

palpi rather robust, the apical joint conical; antennz very short,

the lower five or six joints flavous, the others fuscous, the

third joint about one-half longer than the second, the following

joints widened, all very short ; thorax one-half broader than long,

the sides feebly rounded, the angles acute, the surface very finely

and subremotely punctured, with a rather deep fovea near the

anterior angles ; elytra much wider at the base than the thorax,

with some extremely fine punctures near the suture, the rest

nearly impunctate, testaceous, a broad black band extends from

the middle of the base nearly to the apex; the underside and the

femora black, the tibize and tarsi flavous.

Hab, Estcourt, Natal, Salisbury, Mashonaland, obtained by

sweeping (G‘. Marshall).

The specimens from Natal all belong to the varieties and it may

just be possible that they represent a closely allied species, but I

cannot find any differences of importance except those of coloration;

the thorax is a trifle more transverse in shape and the extreme sutural

margin is likewise black: in the variety a the elytra have an elon-

gate black spot anteriorly and a rounded one below the middle,

thus indicating the direction of the band; in the variety 6 all

markings except those of the thorax are absent, these latter

} ae

1900.7 ' FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 261

represent a longitudinal central stripe, narrowed at the base, and a

lateral small round black spot.

CANDEZEA CENTROMACULATA, sp. n. (Plate XX. fig. 10.)

Fulvous, antenne and legs flavous ; thorax minutely punctured,

flavous, with a central black band; elytra extremely closely and

finely punctured, flavous, with a broad transverse band at the base

and another below the middle black.

Length 5 millim.

Of rather broad and robust shape, the head reddish fulvous,

impunctate, the frontal elevations broad, trigonate, anterior margin

of the clypeus straight; antenne extending to the apex of the

elytra, flavous, the last joint fuscous, the third joint but slightly

longer than the second, the fourth as long as the basal joint ;

thorax one-half broader than long, the sides and the anterior

margin straight, the basal one strongly rounded, the surface very

minutely and closely punctured, the middle of the dise with

a shallow transverse groove, flavous, with a central longitudinal

black band, slightly widened anteriorly and extending from the

base to the apex; scutellum black ; elytra widened towards the

middle, punctured like the thorax, flavous, with a transverse black

band at the base, which gradually widens at the sides, to which it

extends for about one-fourth of the length of the elytra, another

band of more regular shape is placed below the middle, elytral

epipleure extending below the middle; the breast and abdomen

fulvous ; the legs flavous ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi longer

than the following joints together.

Hab. Malvern, Natal (Barker).

Distinguished from all other African species placed in this genus

and in Monolepta by the band of the thorax and the width of the

_elytral black bands.

CANDUZEA SULCICOLLIS, sp. 0.

Entirely flavous, the terminal joints of the antenne black only ;

thorax transverse, finely punctured, the disc obsoletely sulcate ;

elytra punctured like the thorax.

Length 53 millim.

Head impunctate, the frontal elevations broad and flat, divided

by the rather broad posterior portion of the clypeus; antenne

extending to about the middle of the elytra, black, the lower four

joints flavous, the second joint scarcely smaller than the third,

the following joints elongate and slender; thorax rather more than

twice as broad as long, the sides feebly rounded, the posterior

margin oblique at the sides, the surface finely and closely punctured,

with a transverse sulcus at the middle, more marked at the sides

but not extending to the lateral margins, the anterior angles

thickened, not produced ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax,

the shoulders not prominent, the punctation fine and close, the

interstices slightly wrinkled, epipleure narrow but continued below

Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1900, No. XVIII. 18

262 MR, M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [Mar.6

the middle; below and the legs flavous; the metatarsus of the

posterior legs very elongate, its extreme base stained with black.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G@. Marshall), on Zizyphus.

Amongst the smaller uniformly coloured species of this genus

there is none in which the thorax has a similar transverse sulcus ;

this character and the colour of the antenne will help in the

recognition of the species.

CANDEZEA MOLIROENSIS, Sp. nl.

Fulvous, the antennz and the thorax flavous, the latter scarcely

perceptibly punctured; elytra very closely and distinctly punc-

tured, flavous, a sutural spot at the base, a broad transverse band

‘at the middle, and the lateral and apical margins black.

'- Length 4 millim.

Of very convex and posteriorly widened shape; the head

‘extremely finely punctured at the vertex, rather broad, the frontal

‘elevations narrowly oblique, clypeus broad, triangular; antenne

fulvous (the last three joints wanting), the third joint double the

Tength of the second; thorax short, more than twice as broad

‘as long, narrowed anteriorly, the sides perfectly straight, the

‘anterior angles oblique, the surface microscopically punctured,

flavous, scutellum fulvous; elytra strongly convex, very distinctly,

closely, and evenly punctured, their epipleure continued below the

‘middle, black, the disc flavous, the suture at the base with an

elongate black spot nearly connected with a very broad transverse ©

‘band at the middle of triangular shape, its greatest width being at —

“fhe suture, the margins of which it does not quite reach, the

shoulders and the entire lateral and apical margins are likewise

black; below and the legs fulvous; metatarsus of the posterior

‘legs very long.

~~ Hab. Moliro, Congo. (Coll. Belgian Mus. and my own.)

This Candezea much resembles in coloration and otherwise

certain varieties of C.variopennis Jac. from Natal, but in that

species the antenne, with the exception of the basal joint and the

underside, are nearly always black, the head is less broad, the base

of the antenne is more closely approached, and the thorax more

distinctly punctured ; but for all that the present: species may only

be another local variety of the very variable insect to which I have

alluded.

CANDEZEA O'NEILI, sp, n.

Below and the tibiz and tarsi black, above testaceous ; antennze

fuscous; thorax impunetate ; elytra scarcely perceptibly punctured.

Length 4 millim.

Head impunctate, flayous or pale fulvous, the frontal elevations

.strongly raised and broad, clypeus broad, triangular, with a slightly

_raised central ridge, labrum piceous ; antenne extending below the

middle of the elytra,slender,the second joint short, the third, one-half

_Jonger, the following joints very elongate and equal ; thorax scarcely

one-half broader than long, slightly narrowed at the base and apex,

1900. ] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 263

the sides feebly rounded at the middle, the angles distinct but not

-produced, the basal margin but slightly rounded, the surface

entirely impunctate; scutellum triangular, fuscous; elytra with

their greatest width below the middle, wider at the base than the

thorax, the surface with some very minute punctures, only visible

under a very strong lens; below black or piceous, the femora

flavous, the tibie and tarsi black, all the tibia mucronate; the

metatarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following three

joints together ; elytral epipleure continued below the middle.

Hab. Port Alfred, South Africa (Rev. J. O'Neil).

Amongst the unicolorous or for the most part flavous species af

this genus known from Africa, the present one seems most nearly

allied to C. mashonana Jac., but is only half the size of that

species, which has also a flavous underside, and the metatarsus of

the posterior legs much longer; C. nigrotibialis Jac. is likewise

“larger, and the lower joints of the antenne as well as the under-

side are flavous and the elytra distinctly punctured ; in several

-other species the tibice and tarsi are flavous. I dedicate this

‘species to the Rev. J. O’Neil, in recognition of his constant

aruda ours to explore the entomological fauna of his district.

~ CANDEZEA LIVINGSTONII, sp. 0.

‘Pale flavous or testaceous, the apical joints of the antenne al

the breast black ; thorax finely punctured, obsoletely sulcate; elytra

very finely and closely punctured.

Length 3 millim.

Head rather broad, impunctate; clypeus strongly thickened,

bounded behind by a deep transverse groove; antennew extending

‘to the middle of the elytra, the lower four or five joints flavous,

the rest black, the second and third joints equal, short, the fourth

double the length and equal to the following joints; thorax transverse,

twice as broad as long, the sides very feebly rounded at the middle,

the posterior margin rounded, the surface with a shallow transverse

sulcus at the middle, finely and closely punctured ; elytra wider at

the base than the thorax, extremely closely and finely punctured,

the interstices somewhat wrinkled, their epipleuree very narrow

below the middle; legs flavous, all the tibiee armed with a spine,

the metatarsus of the posterior legs very elongate ; the breast black,

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, obtained by sweeping (G. Mar-

shall),

One of the small species of the genus, distinguished by the

transverse sulcus of the thorax and the black breast.

SARDOIDES NIGRICORNIS, Sp. 0.

Dark metallic blue, the antennx black ; thorax with a deep trans-

verse sulcus ; elytra flayous, finely punctured, the sutural and lateral

margins metallic blue.

' Length 5-6 millim. sf Js

3. Elongate and parallel, dark metallic blue; the ene impunc-

tate, the frontal elevations strongly raised, trigonate, the carina

18*

264 MR, M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA [ Mar. 6,

acute ; antenne extending nearly to the apex of the elytra, black,

all the joints, with the exception of the second, elongate, the

third joint shorter than the fourth, terminal joint thinner and

more cylindrical in shape than the others; thorax about one-half

broader than long, slightly constricted at the base, the angles

tuberculiform, the sides nearly straight, the disc with a very deep

and broad sulcus, metallic blue, the non-impressed parts very finely

punctured, the anterior portion with another small depression ;

scutellum broad, metallic blue ; elytra finely and closely punctured,

with traces of longitudinal sulci, flavous, the margins narrowly

metallic blue; below and the legs metallic blue.

Hab. Natal. (Coll. Mr. Andrewes and my own.)

At first sight this species entirely resembles the type of the genus,

S. viridicollis Jac. (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895, p. 333), but may

be at once distinguished by the colour of the antenne and that of

the legs; but this is not the only difference. The male of the present

insect differs from that of S. viridicollis in having the antenne longer

and more robust, with the intermediate joints slightly dilated ; the

thorax, instead of having two deep foves, has a continued broad

sulcus, nearly extending to the sides: in the female the antenne

are much shorter, very robust, and the thorax has two fovee as in

the allied species; but in all the specimens the colour of the

antenne and that of the legs agrees with the male of the insect

described here, the general size is also rather larger.

PLATYXANTHA BICINCTA, sp.n. (Plate XX. fig. 8.)

Flavous, the head and thorax reddish fulvous, the latter impunc-

tate, transversely sulcate; elytra extremely minutely punctured,

flavous, a narrow transverse band at the base and another near the

apex dark metallic blue.

Length 4 millim.

Head impunctate, frontal elevations very narrow, in the shape

of a transverse ridge, clypeus strongly raised, narrowly triangular ;

antennz extending to the middle of the elytra, flavons, the apical

joint fuscous, the second joint small, the third and following joints

equal, nearly subcylindrical ; thorax scarcely twice as broad as long,

of equal width, the sides feebly rounded, the angles acute, slightly

tuberculiform, the surface impunctate, deeply transversely sulcate,

the sulcus interrupted at the middle, scutellum fulvous; elytra

slightly wider at the base than the thorax, extremely finely punc-

tured, flavous, the base with a narrow transverse’ band, extending

to the margins, the latter and another band near the apex metallic

dark blue ; below fulvous, legs flavous ; tibie unarmed; the meta-

tarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following joints together ;

anterior coxal cavities closed.

Hab, Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. Marshall).

A rather small species, possessing all the characters of the genus:

it may be known by the colour of the antenne, which have only

the last joint dark, and by the two blue transverse bands of the

elytra.

1900.] FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AFRICA. 265

SYOPLIA AFRICANUS, sp. n.

Elongate, pubescent, testaceous; antenne long and slender;

thorax transverse, impunctate ; elytra closely and strongly punctate-

striate and pubescent.

Length 5 millim.

Head broad, impunctate, the frontal elevations short, strongly

raised, the eyes large and round ; the antenne slender, extending

beyond the middle of the elytra, testaceous, all the joints, with the

exception of the second, elongate and pubescent ; thorax about

one-half broader than long, of equal width, the sides slightly con-

stricted at the base, feebly rounded anteriorly, furnished with

single long black hairs, posterior margin preceded by a strongly

impressed groove, the surface impanctate and shining; scutellum

triangular, rather broad ; elytra elongate and parallel, wider at the

base than the thorax, deeply and closely punctate-striate, the punc-

tures large and round, but much finer near the apex, the interstices

clothed with fine fulvous pubescence and longer single hairs ; legs

long and slender, the first joint of the posterior tarsi very elongate ;

the anterior coxal cavities closed.

Hab. Assynia, West Coast of Africa (CA. Alluaud), and Came-

roons (Conrad).

This is the only species of the genus known to me from Africa,

the other members inhabiting Java and Sumatra. The present

insect at first sight entirely resembles the type of the genus,

S. gavanensis Jac., but the punctation of the elytra is quite different,

the punctures being larger, less closely placed, and the interstices

flat. I received one specimen from M. Alluand and another from

Dr. Kraatz.

Notes AND CORRECTIONS.

Pseudocolaspis puberula Marsh.

This species must find its place in Macetes Chap.

Diacantha divisa, Gerst. (sub Aulacophora).

This species and Aulacophora conifera Fairm. are of exactly similar

coloration, and Mr. Gahan has expressed a doubt, in describing his

species D. mutica (P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 747), to which of these the female

described by Gerstiicker may belong. I possess a female specimen

which undonbtedly represents Gerstiicker’s species, as it entirely

agrees with the description. In the same sex in A. conifera the

scutellum is always flavous, not black, the joints of the antenne are

more slender and elongate, and the thorax is much less strongly

subangulate before the middle ; all the females of A. conifera differ

in these respects from A. divisa, and I have not much doubt that

D. mutica represents the male sex of Gerstiicker’s species.

Poéphila costatipennis Jac. (P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 364).

This species and P. fulvipes Jac. of the same paper should

find their places amongst the Halticine instead of the Galerucine.

266 PROF, BELL ON LAND-PLANARIANS. [Mar. 20,

Luperus scutellatus Jac. and Malacosoma donkieri (P. Z. 8. 1897,

pp- 568, 569).

The locality for both these species, which has been left out, is

Madagascar.

_ Hemixantha piceipes Sac.

Fig. 6 in Plate xxi. of the P.Z.S. 1899 represents a variety of

this species, not H. terminata as erroneously given.

Longitarsus africanus Jac. (P.Z.8. 1897, p. 555).

Of this species more specimens have kindly been sent by Mr.

Marshall, which prove the insect to vary greatly in coloration ; some

of the specimens are piceous above, and others nearly black, with

the apex of the elytra flavous; I may also add to mv original

description, that the last joint of the antenne is in nearly every

case fuscous.

Edionychis natalensis Baly.

This species is identical with Physodactyla africana De}.

CEdionychis rugicollis Jac. :

Edionychis africana Jac.: this species is an Hutornus, and the

specific name must be altered to clarki on account of Eutornus

africanus Clark.

Both these species, on account of their short and robust

antenne, should find their places in Eutornus Clark.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.

Fig. 1. Damia capitata, p. 207.

» frontalis, p. 208.

. Peloptera apicata, p. 210.

. Pseudocolaspis cupreofemorata, p. 225.

Scelodonta sexplagiata, p. 226.

. Odontiomorpha minuta, p. 239.

. Microhermesia hirticollis, p- 220.

. Platyxantha bicinceta, p. 264.

. Monolepta exclamationis, p. 258.

. Candezea centromaculata, p. 261.

. Ashecesta ornata, p. 255.

. Jamesonia femoralis, p. 250.

NO SO 00 aT Or CO tO

March 20, 1900.

W. T. Buanrorp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair,

Prof. Bell drew attention to a collection of Land-Planarians

made by the Society’s Corresponding Member, Dr. Goeldi of Para.

These, like many other collections of Land- Pinsavianis had been

confided for description to Prof. Graff, and some of them were

the types of new species described by that author in his magnificent

monograph. The collection before the Society had been sent to

1900.]. MR.S,. L, HINDE ON EAST-AFRICAN, MAMMALS, 267

Mr. Sclater with the request that he would deposit them in the

British Museum. Prof. Bell stated that to the already good

collection there they would be a valuable and welcome addition.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., exhibited a specimen of Polypterus

lapradw Steindachner, with large external gills, which had been

recently brought home from the Senegal by M. P. Delhez. This

fish measured 390 millimetres, and was therefore the largest on

record in which this larval character had been retained.. In con-

nection with this interesting example, Mr. Boulenger also exhibited

a full-grown female of the Common Newt (Molge vulgaris), from

the environs of Vienna, bearing well-developed external gills.

Mr. 8. L. Hinde read a series of field-notes on the Mammals

which he had met with during five years’ residence in Hast Africa,

and illustrated them with lantern-slides from photographs of the

animals taken in their native surroundings.

Mr. Hinde made the following preliminary remarks :—

The B. E. A. Protectorate, for the purpose of description, may

be divided into two parts, the inhabited and the uninhabited. The

inhabited ranges of hills are practically devoid of big game. The

uninhabited country may be divided into two sections: regions of

less than 3000 ft. above the sea-level, and regions more than

3000 ft. above the sea-level. The regions below 3000 ft. are, for

the most part, densely covered with thorny jungle. The water-

supply is small during the greater part of the year. In this dense

jungle, eland, lesser kudu, oryx, impala, zebra, bushbuck, lions, and

an occasional rhinoceros are to be found, but from the nature of

the country and climate they are sufficiently protected from

extermination by hunters without the necessity of legislation.

Above 3000 ft. the game-country consists of rolling grass plains,

interspersed in places with thin bush. In these plains the great

herds of antelopes, zebras, &c. which now live and graze will soon

be exterminated, unless the game-laws are enforced. One of the

factors instrumental in aiding the escape of game is here absent.

The ordinary hunter has to find his game, and this is often the

most difficult part of the day’s work. On large flat expanses the

hunter can always see his quarry, and his whole time may therefore

be given to stalking cr killing it.

_. I should like to see animals from our Protectorate largely

imported into the British Isles, and am convinced that they would

both live and breed well in our parks, moors, and gardens, with little

or no trouble about acclimatization. On the uplands of East

Africa, the zebra, the white-bearded guu, Coke’s hartebeest, impala,

waterbuck, Grant and Thomson’s gazelles, the lesser reedbuck,

and many other animals live in the open without any protection

from the biting night-winds, rains, and intense heat. The

temperature in the shade often varies from under 40° Fahrenheit

at night, to over 80° in the daytime. During a very wet year at

Fort Smith, in the Kikuyu district, waterbuck, Grant’s and

268 MR, W, BATESON ON A CASE OF [Mar. 20,

Thomson’s gazelles, and bushbucks lived healthily and well, though

they were confined in the Fort Square, where for weeks together

their feet and legs were never dry. Thomson's Gazelle bred for

two generations in the Fort Square, and then all the animals died

of rinderpest. This is a curious point, as none of these species

suffer from rinderpest in their wild state.

From what I have seen of game, with the exception of elephant

and rhinoceros, I am of opinion that they are not naturally timid.

A railway train does not alarm the majority of animals, their

curiosity at first draws them quite close to it; but within a few days

of the establishment ofa railway in a district, trains may pass

noisily through a herd of game and few of them will even cease

grazing. It would seem that animals, and antelopes in particular,

are only afraid of what they have, in past experience, found to be

dangerous. In most districts they have learnt that human beings

represent danger, but in the country of the Masai, who do not

hunt, the game take little or no notice of man. When horses

were first brought to the country, in districts where game was

constantly hunted, a mounted man could approach wild animals

closely, but the moment he dismounted they fled. It is probable

that antelopes only distinguish man under certain conditions ;

they apparently recognize him as an animal that walks erect, with

a small head, and no neck or horns. In proof of this, it has been

noticed that a man with a large load on his head can approach

antelopes much nearer than a man without one ; to their view, the

man with the load, perhaps, seems to be athick-necked animal whose

head is out of all proportion to his body, and whom they have had

no cause to fear, I have seen lions standing within 50 yards of a

train, showing neither sign of fear nor intention of retreating, until

the train pulled up and one or two men alighted. Seeing their

well-known enemies close to them, the lions turned and trotted

away.

The slides now exhibited are from photographs taken by me

of animals in their natural surroundings. Those of the dead

animals, with perhaps one exception, were taken without disturbing

or arranging them in any way.

The following papers were read :—

1. On a Case of Homeeosis in a Crustacean of the Genus

Asellus—Antennule replaced by a Mandible. By W.

Bateson, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

[Received March 20, 1900.]

The subject of this note is a male specimen of Asellus aquaticus

(an Isopod Crustacean) in which the left antennule is represented

by a mandible.

The specimen was noticed when alive by Mr. J. J. Lister among

1900. ] HOM@OSIS IN THE GENUS ASELLUS, 269

a number of Aselli taken from a large aquarium in the Cambridge

Zoological Laboratory for examination by the students.

As the figure shows (fig. 1), the abnormal structure stands exactly

as the left antennule should. Both antenne and the right anten-

nule are normal, as also are the mandibles, the other mouth-parts,

and the rest of the body and its appendages, so far as they could

be observed. ‘The animal was of good size.

Fig. 1.

Head of Asellus aguaticus, seen from dorsal side. —7t. ant.', right antennule ;

rt. ant,?, 1. ant.”, right and left antenne; ry, palp of normal right man-

dible projecting from below; p’, palp of the abnormal mandible; ¢r7¢,

triturating process.

The abnormal appendage (fig. 2, p. 270) is a fairly well-formed

mandible. The blade is complete, having two toothed processes and

eleven plumose setw. The latter are not quite regularly placed.

The presence of two toothed processes proves that the appendage is

a true left appendage, for the right mandible in Asellus aquaticus has

only one toothed process, which bites between the two toothed

processes of the left mandible’.

The teeth on these processes are more numerous and less regular

than in a normal mandible.

’ Sars, G. O., Crustacés d’Eau douce de Norvége, p. 97, pl. viii. fig. 26.

270. ON A CASE OF HOM@OSIS IN THE GENUS ASELLUS. [Mar. 20,

The palp is misshapen and rudimentary. It consists merely of

an irregular process with slight traces of segmentation.

The molar process is rather less than the normal in length. Its

triturating end is ill-formed, and does not bear the elaborate

structures found in the same place in the normal mandible, the

apex being simply covered with a thick plate of chitin.

Apex of extra mandible of Ased/us aquaticus, to show details,

p', palp of abnormal mandible.

This mandible was in life carried flat to the body, as shown in the

drawing, but 1 have not succeeded in determining which morpho-

logical surface was upwards. It is not evident which this should

be, but presumably it is the face, which in the normal mandible is

next the mouth. I regret that I could find no feature sufficiently

differentiating the two surfaces; but from the fact that, as shown

in the figure, the diminishing series of teeth are on the exposed

surface, it seems likely that the presumption referred to is correct.

In a normal mandible this series is much less clearly defined.

The animal was approaching a moult, and the newly-formed

skin, which could be seen through, showed that at the next ecdysis

the appendage would not be noticeably changed.

In the details of the toothing and in the number of the plumose

sete (11 instead of 13), the animal departs slightly from Sars’s

type; but on examining other specimens I find that these characters

vary a good deal, as might be expected.

Elsewhere I have discussed the significance of cases of this sort,

* Especially ‘ Materials for the Study of Variation,’ Ohap.v., where an account

of previously recorded cases is given. ‘To these should be added a case of an

Astacus haying a somewhat antennuliform structure with two jointed filaments

replacing one of the eyes: Hofer, B., Verh. d. deutsch. zool. Ges. iv. 1894, p. 82,

fig. det Lae

P.Z.S. 1900, Pi Awe

See ee

eed EN eee

@ xe = Zz

Sate ot ef

1 aaa Gan... ps

— Baie eS

._ ee pe hee

i | —_ &

: -

Morgan & Kidd, collot

iD MALACCA

P24.5.1900 Pl XXII

pe Lk,

x 15 404 .

‘"

GT Harris, phot Morgan &Kidd, collot

ECHINODERMS FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA.

P.Z.S. 1800: Ph Ame

GT Harris, phot. Morgan &Kidd ,collot.

ECHINODERMS FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA

Shs

if ee

me:

1900. Pl. XXIV

)

12)

P.Z.S

As)

is)

Cal

” vorgnmnnneePaRPOHABABRRERERAEEE Age naneant

tlt ti TT! TTT) A.

ECHINODERMS

Harris, phot

1900,] MR. F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS, 271

in which an organ takes on the likeness of another organ with which

it is in serial homology.

This phenomenon, which I have called Homeosis, plays a

considerable part in the yariations of Meristic series. In plants

such variations are common, but in animals instances so striking as

that now under consideration are among the greatest rarities in

nature. Among Arthropods probably not a dozen examples

comparable with the present one ave on record. The conversion

of antennule into mandible has not hitherto been observed in any

form.

It should be noticed that the homeosis in the present instance

does not transform the appendage into the likeness of the ap-

pendage next to it in series, for this is the antenna. The change

is to the next but one.

Perhaps the cases hitherto known which most nearly approach

this one are those of Cimbex and Bombus, having the club of an

antenna in each case replaced by a foot. ;

Since the discussion of these cases in ‘ Materials for the Study

of Variation’ was written, the new fact has been discovered by

Herbst’ that when the eye is amputated in Palemon an antenna-

like structure may be formed in its place on regeneration. The

question therefore arises whether some other Arthropod cases of

homeeosis may not be similarly connected with regeneration. On

this point there is little positive evidence. It may be noted,

however, that Przibran’, who made some experiments on the subject,

found that in Asellus both pairs of antennz were regenerated as

antenne.* The results of such experiments, however, are clearly

very irregular. The regenerated part in Herbst’s experiments was

not always similar, and Przibran, on repeating Herbst’s experiments,

obtained only negative results. Here the matter at present rests.

2. On Echinoderms from Singapore and Malacca.

By F. P. Beprorp, F.Z.S.

[Received March 8, 1900.]

(Plates XXI.-X XIV.)

The Echinoids and Asteroids described in this paper were

collected during a residence of a little over a year in the neigh-

bourhood of Singapore and Malacca by Mr. W. F. Lanchester and

myself.

"a am much indebted to the kind courtesy of the Hon. Sir J. A.

Swettenham, Colonial Secretary of the Straits Settlements, and the

Hon. W. Egerton, Resident-Councillor of Malacca, in allowing us

to make use of the lighthouses under their jurisdiction as head-

quarters for our work; and Iam under a still greater obligation to

+ Arch. f. Entwickelungsmech. ii., 1896, p. 544

* Zool. Anz. xix. 1896, p. 424.

* P.S.—Sinee this paper was read Mr. L. Doncaster, of King’s College,

Cambridge, has repeated the experiment on Asel/us with the same result, . -

272 MR, F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20,

Dr. R. Hanitsch, Curator of the Raffles Museum, for the great

amount of trouble he took on our behalf, and for the readiness

with which he placed his valuable experience of the local marine

fauna at our disposal. I also wish tu thank Mr. H. N. Ridley for

his kind hospitality and advice.

Professor Bell has been good enough to allow me a room in the

Natural History Museum, where I have had an opportunity of

comparing our specimens with those in the National Collection ;

and Professor Minchin has kindly given me every facility for

microscopical stuay at University College Laboratory.

From the point of view of the geographical distribution of the

littoral fauna, this comparatively unworked district is a peculiarly

interesting one: the sea rarely reaches a depth of more than 40

fathoms, and never, so far as I know, of more than 80, so that

dredging from a small sailing-boat was always possible in calm

weather; and although the collection of Echinoderms cannot be

considered complete, yet I think specimens of all the commoner

indigenous species have been collected either by ourselves or

obtained from the natives.

Professor Bell has kindly looked through this paper and given

me valuable suggestions.

I. ECHINOIDEA.

The region under consideration lies close to the Equator, between

the Indian and Pacific Oceans, and might be regarded as a

probable specific centre for many tropical forms whence migration

took place in all directions—westwards to the Red Sea and East

Coast of Africa; northwards to China and Japan; eastwards

through the Pacific Islands towards the American Coast, and

southwards in the direction of Australia and New Zealand.

Plausible as such a view may appear a priori, the Echinoid evidence

in its support is very meagre, and seems rather to point to a

separate “centre” for each form-unit. The distribution of

tropical Echinoids is as a rule very extensive: moreover, in the

case of closely allied species their areas of distribution often

overlap: e.g., among Cidaride, Rhabdocidaris annulifera and

R. baculosa ; among Echinide, all the species of Salmacis ; among

Clypeastride, Hehinodiscus auritus and £. levis; and among

Spatangide, Lovenia elongata and L, subcarmata. In these cases,

where there are no geographical barriers we should expect perhaps

a physiological isolation to manifest itself in differences of mode of

life and habitat, but such does not seem by any means an invariable

rule: Laganum depressum and Laganum decagonale were frequently

dredged together, and must have been subjected to almost identical

environmental conditions, and the same is true of Salmacis globator

and S, sulcata,

Considering the limited area, the Echinoid fauna is a fairly

large one. This is no doubt partially to be accounted for by the

great variety exhibited by the inorganic environment: near the

1900.] -MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS, 273

mouths of the rivers extensive deposits of silt mixed with

vegetable débris occur, and here, as a rule, the reef is poorly, if at all,

represented ; in places, however, where the reef is flourishing its

distance from the shore is very variable, rarely exceeding 500 yards,

and the lagoon shore is of the most varied description—mangrove-

swamps, tracts of hard sand, or gravel may occur, or volcanic

rocks may come down to the water’s edge and, being eroded by the

action of the sea, form tide-pools and crevices when the tide

recedes.

Each kind of environment was found to have its own peculiar

Echinoid fauna, each species except the most abundant being

restricted to one sort of habitat in its adult condition ; and in this

convection it is worth noting that, although this is constant

throughout the district, yet in other localities, ¢.g., Batavia, the

same species will be found ina different environment. A good

instance of this is afforded by Diadema sawatile, which was the ouly

reef-Kchinoid of the district, and was a conspicuous object among

the masses of coral on nearly all the reefs; whereas at Batavia this

species was apparently found by Dr. Sluiter (cf. also Studer *) a

short distance from coral on patches of sand, Echinometra lucunter

being common among coral in that locality. It seems to me that,

by a similar change of habitat, a certain amount of isolation might

be caused which would enable variations in a direction favourable

to that environment to become normal for the particular form-

unit, and by a continuation of the process specific distinctions

might become fixed. Without some such isolation it is difficult to

imagine how any variations from the norm could become sufti-

ciently stable to be perpetuated alongside of the type, or how any

gradual modification could take place in the type itself”, since the

pelagic plutei that settle down in any given limited area can

hardly be supposed to be the offspring of adults living within that

same area, and there is no evidence, so far as I am aware, of

discontinuous variation among Kchinoids likely to lead to the

formation of new races.

The species of which examples were obtained number sixteen, of

which it may be worth remarking that four extend as far south as

New Zealand; this is interesting in connection with the distribu-

tion of Asteroids and Holothurians, which appears to be much

more limited.

Only a few Kchinoids have been previously recorded from the

locality, but of these there are two species which we have failed to

find, and which are not represented in the Raffles Museum ; they are

Salmacis dussumieri and Rhahdocidaris bispinosa; there are

specimens of the latter in the British Museum collected by

Dr. Powell at Singapore, and I have satisfied myself of their

distinctness from Rhabdocidaris annulifera. Only one new species

is described, belonging to the morphologically interesting genus

Asthenosoma, antl we were fortunate in obtaining two young

' T. Studer, Monatsber. d. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1880, p. 868.

* Cf. A. E, Ortmann, Grundziige d. mar. Tiergeographie, 1896, p. 31,

274 MR. F, P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20,

‘specimens which exhibit a number of points in the later develop-

ment, and which I hope to describe in detail further on. The fol-

‘lowing is a list of the species of which examples were collected :—

1. Rhabdocidaris annulifera Lam.

2. Diadema saxatile Linn.

3. Asthenosoma heteractis, sp. nov.

4, Temnopleurus toreumaticus Ag.

5. Temnopleurus reynaudi Ag. ?

6. Salmacis sulcata Ag.

7. Salmacis globator Bell.

8. Salmacis ravispina Ag. (fil.).

9. Laganum depressum de Blainv.

10. Laganwm decagonale de Blainvy.

11. Laganum, sp.

12. Arachnoides placenta Ag.

13. Echinodiscus levis Ag. (fil.).

14. Lovenia elongata Gray.

15. Metalia sternalis Lam.

16. Brissus carinatus Gm.

‘1. RHABDOCIDARIS ANNULIFERA Lamarck. (Plate XXTI.

figs. 1 a—d.)

Cidarites annulifera, Lamarck, Hist. Nat. des Anim. sans Vert.

4. iii. 1816, p. 57.

Phyllacanthus annulifera, Alex. Agassiz, Revision of Echini,

pt. ii. 1872, p. 387. ;

Cidaris annulifera, P. de Loriol, Mém. Soc. Se. Nat. Neuchatel,

t. iv. 1873, p. 25.

Cidaris liitkeni, P. de Loriol, Mém. Soc. Sc. Nat. Neuchatel,

t: iv. 1873, p. 29.

Schleinitzia crenularis, Th. Studer, Monatsb,. Ak. Wiss. Berlin,

1880, p. 865. ,

Leiocidaris annulifera, L. Doederlein, Die Japanische Seeigel, i.

1887, p. 24.

References. H. Troschel, Sitzungsb. d. niederrhein. Ges, in Bonn,

1887, p. 335. Alexander Agassiz, ‘Challenger’ Reports, iii.

Echinoidea (1881). P. de Loriol, Beitriige d. Geol. u. Pal.

d. Libysche Wiiste, Ab. 3, Hft. i, 1883. P. de Loriol,

Mém. Soc. de Physique &c. de Geneve, t. xxviii. No. 8

(1883). C. Ph. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind.

D. xlviii. (1889). S. Lovén, Bih. till K. Sv. Vet.-Akad.

Handl., Bd. 18 (1892). P. de Loriol, Rev. Suisse de Zool.

t. i. (1893). R. Koehler, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France,

t. vill. (1895).

Locality. Seven specimens from Singapore, one from Malacca.

Habitat. Spines of this species are extremely abundant in nearly

all dredgings on a sandy or muddy bottom round Singapore; as

Dr. Sluiter noticed in the Bay of Batavia, so here, the species seem

to prefer a ground composed of comminuted fragments of shell,

1900.] = - MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS.. 275

coral, sand-grains, &c., but I have obtained it on the “ tangles ”

from mud.

Distribution. The area of distribution is a somewhat anomalous

one: it is fairly widely distributed over the Indo-Pacific circum-

tropical zone, extending from the Coromandel Coast on the west

through the Bay of Bengal and Malay Archipelago to the Prince

of Wales Is.: in the east and southwards it extends into the

Antarctic littoral zone, having been found in Tasmania as well as

on the South-Australian coast, but it is not reported from as far

north as Hongkong or the 8. Japanese seas.

There seems little doubt that M. de Loriol is right in associ-

_ .ating Studer’s Schleinitzia crenularis from New Guinea with this

species. Prof. Troschel and others have shown the inconstancy

which the tubercles exhibit with regard to absence or presence

of crenulation among recent Cidaride; and I have followed

~-M. de Loriol (loc. cit. 1883, p. 1) in uniting Agassiz’s species of

Phyllacanthus and Stephanocidaris bispimosa in Desor’s genus

Rhabdocdaris.

The specimens brought home represent a series showing growth-

changes from an individual 8 mm. in diameter to one 57 mm. in

diameter. Considerable allowance has to be made for individual

_ yariations in drawing deductions from so few specimens ; but it

seems worth while to give a table of the principal measurements

and also to figure the changes taking place in the spines during

growth.

As is well known, new coronal plates are formed between the

calycinals and the corona, the first-formed appearing as minute

sectors between the oculars and genitals (cf. condition in

Asthenosoma); and Prof. Lovén has described the process of

formation of the perignathic girdle and peristomal radial and

interradial plates by absorption from the coronal plates and

_redeposition on the buccal membrane. In this species, unlike

Dorocidaris papillatu examined by him, the peristomal plates do

not increase in number after the animal has reached a diameter of

2% mm.; and judging from the relative positions of the plates

and spines of the corona bordering on the peristome, I conclude

that no entire coronal plates have been absorbed in that region

subsequent to the stage represented by the smallest of our

specimens (8 mm. in diameter). The formation of new coronal

plates probably continues throughout life, and the spines

evidently increase in length up to a quite late stage; but whether

they keep pace with the growth of the test is not certain, as in the

largest specimen they had apparently been injured during life.

When first formed, the spines are always smooth and acquire the

characteristic granulations and thorns later; but it is interesting to

note that in the smaller specimens the spines acquire the typical

characteristics long before they reach a length at which granu-

lation begins to appear in the spines of larger individuals (cf.

Plate XXI. figs. 16, 1d). Insome specimens all the tubercles are

smooth, while in others many of the larger tubercles are very

[Mar. 20,

MR, F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS,

276

*saaqgournny yr

L‘8 0-11

1‘8 GOT

2g ‘9 c.9

¢ C.F

engi | youstep

JO “ON eis

Ul s}UEMeINsvEwW AVvEUT] TTY

n X0-1= zs 3; - XQT= ‘ >

5 XG.[= “é ye “cc On “ec ic

x 6- t= “cc 9 “ xe. t= oe 14

‘aojowviq Xg.[=eurds ysosuory *G “ony ‘aojowviqy X J.[ =ourds ysosuory *[ “oN

"aim ge eulds yseduorTy 1e 16

‘mu gg ourds ysasuory 62 OF

es Wane Ie Wy po BZ

C31 0-F &qQe fee Sth wells Zab e De Sol She a eae

U2» Yar LZ2> Wis Wis

W057 2s Ae 40604 492

¢.0T 0-6 age Jao sT GG

UD» VWs cao Lar ley Ml wy peace

0-9 0-% joa Peal 40¥A4 0-€5 Fie og rI

Lay Cs eV Aor Lip

gg 0-6 5qs Pewee A994 $9 G11

+ Zorfd ory ee As

BB Zs ey AoE oe! bs

‘toyunbay ye | ‘soyenbsy ye | YG Wig WL qo we UP pag pug ST

VI UOTE CSLCO 11 CN fae - ——_ "| “1qsIepy | “UreIcCy

JO Y4pvorge jO WAprog ‘souidg [Boe Ng UreLezUy

“VAUAAITONNE SIUF dIOOdaV HY TO SUNUNATMASVATA, AO WIAV ey,

‘uowroadg

1900. ] MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS, 277

distinctly crenulated in their aboral half, as noticed by other ob-

servers ; and, as pointed out by them, it is of interest in connection

with the fossil species of the genus, e. g. Rhabdocidaris nobilis

Desor, found in the Upper Jurassic strata of Europe.

2, DIADEMA SAXATILE Linn. (sp.).

For synonymy, vide 8. Lovén, Bihang till Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. Bd. xiii. Afd. 4, No. 5 (1887).

References. Th. Studer, Monatsber. d. k. Ak. Wiss. Berlin,

Oct. 1880, p. 868. P. de Loriol, Mém. de la Soc. de Phys.

&e. de Geneve, t. xxviii. No. 8, 1883, p. 13. P. & F.

Sarasin, Ergeb. naturw. Forsch. Ceylon, Bd.i. Hft. 1, 1887.

C. Ph. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind. D. xlviii. 1889,

pp. 285, 288. G. W. Field, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ.

vol. xi. No. 97 (1892).

Locality. Singapore and neighbouring islets.

Habitat. This species is abundant on the reefs wherever the

coral is flourishing. In the daytime several individuals may often

be seen congregating together under the shadow of projecting

platforms of Madrepora, Turbinaria, or other coral. Unlike

Drs. Sluiter and Studer, I have never observed it except in the

immediate vicinity of living coral and usually on the outer edge

of the reef (cf. Field). As the Drs. Sarasin point out, it is an

extremely unpleasant creature to handle owing to the sharpness of

its spines, the tips of which break off in the flesh, and when any

attempt is made to hold it, it generally retreats to a place of greater

security ; when in its natural surroundings I have never noticed

any indications of attack or defence unless touched. So far as 1

know, it is the only Echinoid which is used as an article of food

by the Malays of the “ Straits.”

Distribution. The distribution is an extremely wide one

throughout both the Atlantic and Indo-Pacific cireumtropical

zones ; in the north it reaches up to Japan, the Mediterranean,

and the Canary Is., and it has been found as far south as the

Cape of Good Hope and N.E. Australia, but I cannot find any

record of its occurrence from the west coast of America. The

species is extremely variable both in form and colouring, but the

varieties do not seem to be confined to separate localities.

In one young specimen the spines, as described by other

observers, are banded with purple and white, the test being purplish

black as in adult.

The coloration of this species is subject to a very considerable

amount of modification, but whether there is really more than one

species living in the district I am unable to state positively. The

same uncertainty exists in my mind as to the Asteroid Pentaceros

described later in this paper, and it would require a random

selection of a large number of examples in order to settle the

question.

Proo. Zoon, Soc,—1900, No. X1LX. 19

278 MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20,

3. ASTHENOSOMA HETERACTIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.)

References. Grube, 45es Jahresb. d. Schles. Gesell. f. vat. Cult.

1863 (A. varium). H. Ludwig, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd.

34, 1880, p. 70 (A. varium). A. Agassiz, ‘ Challenger ’ Re-

ports, vol. iii. Echinoidea, 1880, p. 82 (A. grubet). P. &

F. Sarasin, Ergeb. naturw. Forsch. Ceylon, Bd. i. Heft 3,

1888 (A. urens). S. Lovén, Bih. till K. Sv. Vet.-Ak.

Handl. Bd. 18, 1892 (A. varium). F. J. Bell, Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. iv. 1889, pp. 436-438. P. de

Loriol, Rey. Suisse de Zool. t. i. & im. 1893 & 1896

(A. varium). S. Yoshiwara, Ann. Zool. Jap. vol. 1. part 1,

1897 (A. wimai). R. Koehler, Zool. Anz. xx. 1897,

p. 307.

Locality & Habitat. This species occurs in some numbers in

about 5 fathoms of water on a muddy bottom off the west of

Pulo Brani, Singapore; a single specimen was dredged by

Dr. Hanitsch in the New Har bour, Singapore; it lives in

company with a species of Haplodactyla, specimens being

frequently obtained together in the dredge.

This form is very closely allied to the other three shallow-

water species of Asthenosoma; its adult characters appear to be

very constant, and although its differences from these species

are very slight, it seems advisable to regard it as a distinct species.

The nearest ally is perhaps Asthenosoma wrens, collected by

the Drs. Sarasin in the north of Ceylon, which it resembles in the

possession of thorn-bearing spines in the neighbourhood of the

ambitus, as well as poison-organs arranged along each side of the

interambulacral space, and in the former respect it differs at once

from A. varium and A. grubei. It is distinguished from A. wrens

by the very marked distinction in appearance between the ambu-

lacral and interambulacral abactinal spines ; the latter possess

constricted connective-tissue sheaths as in all the abactinal spines

of A. wrens, which they also resemble in the possession of well de-

veloped poison-sacs, there is, however, very little pigment developed

in their sheaths ; the ambulacral spines are of equal length to the

interambulacral, but havea very thin sheath which is unconstricted,

and they are marked by very distinct and regular bands of purple

pigment arranged transversely at intervals along the sheath ;

poison-sacs are also developed on these spines, but their tips are

much more fragile than those of the other spines and in process

of capture they are nearly always broken. The calycinal system

resembles in the adult that of A. wrens and A. grubei, and differs

from A. varium in the separation of the genital pores from the

genital plates, the pore being situated in a V-shaped incision on

the outer margin of the plate. The madreporite differs from that

of A. grubet in being quite flush with the rest of the calycinal

system.

The peristomal plates, of which there are ten rows continuous

with the ambulacral coronal plates (the interradial plates heing

1900.] MR. F, P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS, 279

unrepresented in the peristome of Hchinothuride), number in

adults normally 9 in one row and 8 in the other row of the pair,

although occasionally there may be 8 and 7 respectively. In

A. wrens there are 9 in each row (according to the Sarasins), and

in A, grubei there are 12. The coronal plates, both ambulacral

and interambulacral, are like those described by M. de Loriol for

Amboina specimens of A. varium, but the ambulacral edge of the

narrow interambulacral plates is devoid of tubercles. There are

three distinct kinds of pedicellarie.

Stewart’s organs are very well-developed and of the same

shape as in A. wrens, and the muscular partitions are developed

to the same extent as in that form.

The alimentary canal does not seem to have been described in

detail in any species of the genus, so that I do not know if the

condition occurring in this species in universal throughout the

genus, or whether it forms a “ specific character ” ; but in addition

to the two loops of the alimentary canal occurring in other

regular Kchinoids (the adoral of the two being connected with the

siphon), it makes two additional loops within the former before

reaching the “siphonal intestinal loop,” these additional loops

being situated round the top of the lantern of Aristotle (the

siphon appears to be absent).

Ss.

ns. WN. Dy. €.n.

Radius of Asthenosoma heteractis (transverse section).

This section passes between the branches to the ambulacral pores, and is

thus slightly oblique.

w.v. = radial water-vessel. | ms. = mesentery formed from the

b.v. = radial blood-vessel ? endothelium of the body-wall.

r.s. = radial sinus (pseudohemal c.e, = endothelium lining body-wall.

canal), c.p. = calcareous plate (decalcified).

s. = septum between outer and c.t, = connective tissue.

inner radial nerves. i.r.m, = inner radial nerve (ganglion).

en, = epineural canal, or.n.= outer radial nerve.

Another character of some morphological interest which does

not seem to have been noticed by the Drs, Sarasin in A. wrens, or

19*

280 MR, F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [Mar. 20,

by Agassiz in the ‘ Challenger ’ species of the genus, is the condition

of the radial water-vessels ; these, together with the nerves and

associated canals, are slung up from the body-wall by a narrow

mesenterial fold, so that the nervous system is farther removed

from its primitive epithelial position than, so far as I know, occurs

in any other Echinoid (see section figured). The division of the

nerve-trunk into a deeper and a superficial layer is very obvious

in sections, the deeper layer being swollen at intervals on each

side to form gauglia: this condition is quite unique among

Echinoids, the deeper nerve-layer being absent in the radii of all

forms hitherto investigated in which it is said to be confined to

the neighbourhood of the oral ring ; its occurrence in the radii of

this species recalls the condition in Holothurians.

In addition to adult examples, of which several were taken, two

young stages were obtained which I hope to describe in a later

communication in some detail, as they show some important

differences in the calycinal system, coronal plates, poison-organs,

pedicellarie, &c. I hope also to give a more detailed account of

the adult morphology than seemed advisable in a paper dealing

chiefly with systematic features,

Adult examples seem to average about 83 mm. in diameter and

have a height of about 24 mm.; they are thus smaller than the

allied species.

4, TEMNOPLEURUS TOREUMATICUS Ag.

Temnopleurus toreumaticus Agassiz & Desor, Ann. Sci. Nat. 3™°

sér. Zool. t. vi. 1846, p. 360.

References. Alexander Agassiz, Echini, pt. 3, 1873, p. 463.

J. E. Tenison-Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. iv.

p- 159.

Locality. Common between tide-marks and up to 5 fathoms on

the east of Singapore island; alsocommon in from 1 to 3 fathoms

of water at Tanjong Kling near Malacca, and several young

specimens were dredged in 10 to 15 fathoms at C. Rachado.

Habitat. At Singapore they are found on Zostera on mud.

Distribution. Reported from the Indo-Pacific area between the

Gulf of Persia on the west and New Caledonia on the east ; it

extends also into North China, and is recorded from N.E.

Australia.

The Malacca specimens differ strikingly from those found at

Singapore by reason of their much longer spines and somewhat

different coloration. In some specimens the general colour-effect

is a greenish grey, the spines being light-coloured with 6 to 12

dark transverse bands of the same tint, these bands are con-

spicuous towards the tip of each spine, but become gradually

fainter towards the base; in other individuals the bands are

claret-coloured, giving a reddish hue to the entire animal.

Individuals do not seem to reach the same size as those recorded

from other localities,

1900.] MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. 281

Measurements.

| Diam. | Height. | Calyx. bau cane | Locality. io a ta

a oc esas aly Longest epee

}1. | 245 15 8-0 28:5 | Malacea 116:3

2, | 26 15 75 32 | , 123-1

3. | 34 21 MO Met Nl 88:2

4, 30°5 21°5 8 10:0 33 ie 92°9

Meera UO i 4 10 ‘Singapore 95:2

6. 34 PA ey 10:0 21 * 61:8

7. 37 21:5 103 10:0 21 | FF 56°8

5. TEMNOPLEURUS REYNAUDI Ag. (?).

Temnopleurus reynaudi, Agassiz & Desor, Ann. Sc. Nat. (3) vi.

1846, p. 360.

References. Alexander Agassiz, Revision of Hchini, part 3, 1873.

H. Farquhar, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. xxii. 1898, p. 318.

Distribution. Ceylon, China Seas, and New Zealand.

Locality. A single specimen only, in 6 fathoms on a bottom com-

posed of sandy mud off the west of Singapore Island, appears to

belong to this species.

Diameter 24 mm. ; height 13 mm.

6. Saumacis sutcaTa Ag. (Plate XXII. fig. 3.)

Salmacis sulcata, Agassiz & Desor, Ann. Se. Nat. (3) vi. 1846,

p. 309.

Salmacis globator, Alex. Agassiz (not L. Ag.), Revision of

Echini, part 3, p. 473, 1872.

Salmacis alexandri, Bell, Report of Zool. Coll. H.MLS. + Alert,’

1884, p. 119.

References. J. E. Tenison-Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. iv.

1878. F. J. Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880 (S. globator a). F. J.

Bell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. ix. 1885. 8. Lovén, Bih. K.

Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. Bd. 13, Afd. 4, No. 5, 1887. L.

Doederlein, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. Syst. Bd. 3, 1888, p. 836,

P. M. Duncan & W. P. Sladen, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xxi,

1888. H. Farquhar, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. xxiii. 1898.

Locality § Habitat, vide S. globator, Bell. I believe that this

species prefers a somewhat greater depth than 8. globator (5-10

fathoms), but in any case they are found together in about 5

fathoms. A similar association together of two closely allied species

of Echinoids within a limited area occurs in the case of Hchinus

esculentus and Echinus acutus at Plymouth (v. E. J. Allen, Journ.

M. B. A. Plymouth, vol.xv. no. 4, 1889, p. 473). In this latter case

the ‘ specific centre ” of the two forms appears, from Mr, Allen’s

282 MR. F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN HCHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20,

report, to differ considerably in depth, and the area in question

appears to represent the shallow-water margin of the distributional

area of /. acutus which overlaps the centre of distribution of

E. esculentus.

Two of the specimens collected approach very close to “typical”

S. alexandri in the more uniform character of their tuberculation,

their deeper sutural furrowings, and their general facies ; and t

seems to me that the two forms represent extremes of a continuous

series, the “norm ”of which differs in different localities (cf.

Loven). Dr. Lovén places this species in the genus Z'emno-

pleurus, but I cannot see sufficient differences to warrant its

generic separation from the other Salmacis; the bare median

spaces containing the sutural pits, and referred to by Dr.

Doederlein, are very obvious in the living animal. The colour of

the spines is for the most part dark violet, with the base and tip

often cream-coloured (¢f. Duncan & Sladen).

Measurements.

Diam. Height, Oalyx. Peristome. Percentage values: D=100.

ah O. | a

50 31 75 13°5 62:0 15:0 27:0

59 35 8:0 14°5 59°3 13:6 24:6

61 35 = 10°5 13°5 57:4 17-2 22:1

7. SALMACIS GLOBATOR Bell (? L. Ag.). (Plate XXIL. figs. 4 a, b.)

Salmacis globator, F. J. Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 431

(S. globator |3).

? S. sulcatus, Sladen, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 439, 1879.

References. ¥. J. Bell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. ix. 1885.

8. Lovén, Bih. K. Svensk. Vet.-Ak. Handl. Bd. 13, Afd. 4,

No. 5, 1887.

Locality. Singapore.

Habitat. The test of this species together with those of

S. sulcata are frequently found washed ashore on the east side of

Singapore Island; unfortunately when collecting I did not re-

cognize that the two species were distinct, so that I do not know in

what proportions they occur ; they live in considerable abundance

from between tide-marks up to about 10 fathoms on a muddy

bottom. The synonymy of this, as indeed of all the species of

Salmacis, isin a state of the greatest confusion. Prof. Bell (doc. cit.

1880) described it as Salmacis globator (3) ; some years later (loc.

cit. 1885) he expressed the opinion that it was identical with

Louis Agassiz’s S. globator, and he then renamed Alex. Agassiz’s

S. globator, Salmacis alexandri. Dr. Lovén does not admit that

S. globator (6) Bell is Louis Agassiz’s species, but, on the other

hand, unites it with S. rarispina of the latter author. It is quite

impossible from the meagre description in Agassiz and Desor’s

‘Catalogue Raisonné’ to arrive at any conclusion as to the

species they intended ; it seems better therefore, for the sake of

Sy MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. 28

1900 R. F. P. BEDFORD N ECHINODERMS 283

clearness, to ignore their definitions in the two cases, and to name

it S. globator Bell. The species from the Korean Straits described

by Mr. Sladen as S. sulcatus seems to me to be referable to this

form. Owing to the uncertainty of identification of species of

this genus, I have omitted their recorded distribution, but it is un-

doubtedly extensive.

The colour of the spines in the specimens collected was whitish

yellow, with irregularly spaced, narrow, transverse purple bands ;

in one specimen the abactinal spines were all devoid of any purple

pigment.

Measurements.

Diam. Height. Oalyx. Peristome. cy values: D= ie

30°5 =. 200 Me 8 65:6 ae 26°2

53°56 40 9-0 13 74:8 168 = 243

58:5 34 10°5 15 58'1 17:5; 25°6

750 3949 ah 16 65°3 ae 21:3

8. SALMACIS RARISPINA Alex. Agass.

Salmacis rarispina, Alexander Agassiz, Revision of EHchini,

pt. 3, 1872, p. 475.

References. J. EH. Tenison-Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W.

vol. iv. 1878, p. 161. P. de Loriol, Rev. Suisse de Zool.

t. 1. 1893, p. 370.

Locality. Singapore ; two specimens dredged in 10 fathoms on

sand. The species does not appear to be very common at Singapore,

although M. de Loriol mentions having examined several speci-

mens from that locality.

The description given by Mr. Tenison-Woods of individuals

from N.E. Australia accords exactly with those in the present

collection ; and I think there can be very little doubt that they are

the same species as Alexander Agassiz’s S. rarispina; the pale

wedge-shaped sutural markings so characteristic of this species

are very obvious in both specimens. So faras I can judge, this, as

suggested by Loven, is the Hehinus spheroides of Linneus, but I

cannot agree with him in identifying it with S. globator (()

described by Prof. Bell (P. Z. S. 1880).

Measurements.

Diam. Height. Oalyx. Peristome. Percentage values: D=100.

Tal C. P.

Peay woe 24 7:0 11 61°5 17:9 28°'3

Qi nae Od "od aie 14:5 68°38 26°6

9. Laganum pupressuM de Blainv. (Plate XXIII. figs. 5 a-e.)

Laganum depressum, L. Agassiz, Monograph. d’Echinod. ii. 184 ,

p. 110, tab. 238.

References. Alexander Agassiz, Revision of Kchini, pt. 3, 1373,

284 MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20,

p. 518. P. de Loricl, Mém. Soc. Phys. &. de Geneve,

t. xxviii. no. 8, 1883, p.37. CO. Ph. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijd.

y. Ned. Ind. xlviii. 1889, p. 293. P.de Loriol, Rev. Suisse

de Zool. t. i. 1895, p. 375.

Locality § Habitat. Abundant in 5 to 10 fathoms on mud.

Singapore.

Distribution. Extends from the East Coast of Africa to Fiji and

Kingsmills Is.

Adults are easily distinguished trom LZ. decagonale by the shape

of the test ; the young, however, approach each other rather closely

(v. figs.) ; 5 genital pores usually visible.

Measurements.

1. Length 37 mm. Diameter 33 mm.

2. ae es ’ Be

3.0, 865 ee ey ai

ikea: 4 gp

RRA RE Jel aie

10. LaGANUM DECAGONALE de Blainy. (Plate XXIII. figs.

6 a-é.)

Laganum decagonum, L. Agassiz, Monogr. d’Echinod. ii. 1841,

p- 112, tab. 23. figs. 16-20.

References. Alexander Agassiz, Revision of Echini, pt. 3, 1873,

p. 520. F. J. Bell, Zool. Coll. of H.MLS. ‘ Alert,’ 1884,

p- 122. F. J. Bell, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi.

1884, p. 130. F. J. Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 411.

Locality § Habitat. Very abundant in 3 to 10 fathoms on mud.

Singapore and Malacca.

Distribution. Previously recorded from Japan, Prince of Wales’

Channel and Thursday Is., New Caledonia, and Bay of Bengal.

The colour, when alive, is a dull red ; in spirit this first becomes

green, and ultimately disappears more or less completely. As shown

in the figures, the test is somewhat variable in shape, the angles

of the outline being somewhat less marked in young individuals.

The size of the genital openings varies considerably ; normally

there are four present, although occasionally the posterior pore also

occurs: in some specimens the genital openings are quite indis-

tinguishable even in the denuded test; the extent to which the

coronal sutures are visible is also extremely variable. This species

is placed by Agassiz and others in the subgenus Peronella, but

Professor Bell (oc. et. 1883) has shown reasons for discontinuing

this mode of subdivision of the genus.

Measurements.

1. Length 66°5 mm. Diameter 63°5 mm.

a Seale 5 » Ol

nae » 495

ih ics) a

1900.] MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. 285

11. Laganum, sp.? (Plate XXIII. figs. 7 a, 6.)

Four small specimens were found among a number of individuals

of Laganum depressum and decaqonale which I cannot ascribe to

either of these species. It seems possible that they may be bybrid

forms. The test is more swollen than in any specimens of either

of the two species named; in shape they are quite orbicular and

the four genital pores are very large (the posterior being absent) :

in the two smaller specimens the actinostome and anus are excep-

tionally large; the internal calcareous connections between the

upper and lower surfaces are more complicated than in L. depressum,

but do not extend to half the distance from the periphery to the

centre as in normal ZL. decagonale (v. figs.).

12. ARACHNOIDES PLACENTA Agass.

Arachnoides placenta, L. Agassiz, Monogr. d’Echinod. ii. 1841,

p. 94.

Reference. Alexander Agassiz, Revision of Hchini, pt. 3, 1878,

p. 530.

Locality. Singapore, one specimen between tide-marks.

Distribution. Mergui Archipelago, Burma, E. India Is., Aus-

tralia, and New Zealand.

Transverse diameter 64 mm. Diameter in plane of odd ambu-

lacrum 65 mm.

13. EcHrnopiscus L&VIS Agass.

Echinodiscus levis, Alexander Agassiz, Revision of Echini, pt. 3,

1873, p. 533.

Lobophora truncata, L. Agassiz, Monogr. d’Echinod. ii. 1841,

p. 66.

Locality. Singapore, three specimens between tide-marks; at

low tide they lie just covered by sand.

Distribution. 8. Africa, E. India Is., New Caledonia, China Seas,

and Japan.

In one specimen the lunule is incompletely formed on one side,

the slit not being clesed posteriorly; in the others both lunules

are complete.

This species is very closely allied to Z. biforis, from which it is

distinguished by the shape of the test, which is relatively longer in

the former, and the transverse line of greatest breadth passes close

to the apex, being much more anterior in position than in

E. biforis; the lunules, also, are shorter. Louis Agassiz’s dis-

tinction, based on the absence of transverse grooves between the

pore-pairs in Z, truncata, does not hold good; in one specimen the

pore-fields on the right side of the odd (ant.) ambulacrum and

right posterior ambulacrum are devoid of continuous pore-grooves,

while on the other pore-fields they are present; the characters

first mentioned are also so variable, that it is quite possible that

we are really dealing with a single species’.

1 Dr. Hanitsch has sent me an example of this species obtained at Malacca.

286 MR. F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20,

Measurements.

Distance of anus Length of lunule

Trans. diam. Other diam. from post. edge. on right side.

42 39°5 about 4 6

85 81 6 14

92°5 85°5 od 14

14. Lovenra BLONGATA Gray.

Lovenia elongata, J. E. Gray, Catalogue of Kchinids in Brit.

Mus. 1. 1865, p. 45.

References. Alexander Agassiz, Revision of Echini, pt. 3, 1873,

p. 575. Alexander Agassiz, ‘Challenger’ Reports, vol. iii.

Echinoidea, 1880, p. 175. R. Koehler, Mém. Soe. Zool.

de France, t. vili. 1895.

Locality. A single damaged specimen from 4 fathoms on mud.

Singapore.

Distribution. Recorded from the Red Sea and Cape of Good

Hope to the Philippines ; it extends also into North and West

Australia, and according to Agassiz it is found in the Gulf of

California.

There is some doubt as to whether this species is correctly

determined, on account of the broken condition of the posterior

end of the test; but the arrangement of the long serrated abactinal

spines and the shape of the actinostome resemble those parts in

L. elongata more than in ZL. subcarinata, the only species with

which it could be confounded: the colour also is characteristic of

L. elongata, the large spines being yellow banded with violet as in

the type.

15. Mprania STERNALIS Lamarck.

References. Alexander Agassiz, Revision of Echini, pt. 3, 1873,

p- 600. P. de Loriol, Mém. Soc. de Phys. &c. de Genéve,

t. xxviil. p. 44, 1883.

Locality. Pulo Brani, Singapore.

Habitat. This species appears to burrow in fine sand between

tide-marks in the same way as Echinocardium cordatum on our own

coasts. j

Distribution. Extends from the Red Sea to Sandwich Is. in the

Indo-Pacific circumtropical littoral region ; it is also recorded from

Australia and New Zealand.

It is at once distinguished from Brissus carinatus by its cordi-

form subanal fasciole, narrower actinal plastron, and deep anterior

groove.

Measurements.

Length. Trans.diam. Ant. petal. Post. petal. Height. Act. plastron.

715 64 24-5 B0°5 41 22

1900.] MR. ¥. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. 287

16. Brissus CARINATUS Gmelin.

Brissus carinatus, Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 3200.

Brissus scille, Ag., Agassiz & Desor, Ann. Se. Nat. sér. 3, Zool.

t. vill. 1847, p. 13.

Brissus columbarius, Gray, \ J. E. Gray, Catalogue of Echinoidea

Brissus carinatus, Gray, in Brit. Mus. pt. i. 1855, pp. 53, 54.

Brissus unicolor, Alex. Agass. (not Klein or Leske), Revision of

Eehini, pp. 97, 357, 598, 1872.

References. N. G. Leske, Addit. ad Kleinii Disp. Echin. 1778,

tab. xlvii. figs. 4,5. F.J. Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879,

p. 349. P. de Loriol, Mém. Soc. de Phys. &. de Geneve,

t. xxvill. 1883, p. 47. 8S. Lovén, Bih. K. Sv. Vet.-Ak.

Handl. Bd. 15 (4), 1887, p. 165.

Locality. One denuded test dredged off Pulo Brani, Singapore ;

there is also another test of this species in the Raffles Museum

collected at Singapore.

Distribution. Ranges over the entire circumtropical littoral zone,

including the West Indies, Cape Verd Is., Mediterranean, and

Indo-Pacific as far east as the Society and Sandwich Islands ; it is

not recorded from Australia.

M. de Loriol does not agree with Prof. Bell in uniting the

Brissus unicolor and carinatus of Alexander Agassiz into one species;

he bases his distinction on characters admittedly variable in

different individuals of the same size and in the same individual at

difterent stages of growth. I have therefore, with some hesitation,

followed Professor Bell in this respect ; but since Dr. Loven has

shown that Klein’s Brissus wnicolor is probably identical with

Metalia maculosa and certainly not a true Brissus at all, it follows

that the name of B. carinatus should be retained for this species,

which is undoubtedly the same as that referred to by Leske as

Spatangus brissus latecarinatus and renamed carinatus by Gmelin.

In our example the peripetalous fasciole is normal for Eastern forms,

having two re-entering angles in each anterior interambulacram,

and in the odd interambulacram it forms a deep angle as in Leske’s

figure of Spatangus brissus lutecarinatus. The subanal fasciole is

reniform, and there are 5 pedicellar pores on each side of subanal

area.

Measurements.

Length. Trans. diam. Ant. petal. Post. petal. Height. Act. plastron.

70 52 22 28 39°5 21°5.

Il. ASTEROIDEA.

Seventeen species of Asteroids were collected, several of which

were, however, represented by single or few individuals; five

species were found in the immediate neighbourhood of Malacca,

but these were all specifically distinct from any found at Singapore

and 3 out of the 5 were very abundant. This is worth noting, since

the four species of Hchinoids collected at Malacca were common

288 MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20,

also at Singapore. The question of the extent to which the same

species alters as it migrates from its specific-centre is one the

solution of which must lead to a clearer idea of the mode of origin

of new species (or rather perhaps new “ form-units”). In many

cases the same range of variation appears to occur throughout the

whole area of distribution of the species, while in other cases we

can speak of local varieties or local races; and in such, attempts

have been made to trace a gradual progressive modification as we

pass outwards from the supposed original “ centre.” This has been

exemplified in some detail by Dr. Déderlein ‘ for two species of

Oulcita. In this genus the form and distribution of the pore-areas

over the abactinal surface vary considerably within the limits of

the same species, and in the two species, C. schmideliana and

C. nove-quinee, these pore-areas have a similar independent range

of variation from forms with small disconnected areole to others

in which the areolz merge into one another, leaving small isolated

spaces devoid of pores. C. schimideliana var. ceylonica and C. nove-

guinee var. plana belong to the former type, while C.schmideliana var.

africana and C. nove-quinee var. arenosa belong to the latter type.

The distribution of the two species is as follows: C. schmideliana

occurs in the western part of the Indian Ocean, while C. nove-

guinee extends throughout the Malay Archipelago and Eastern

Pacific. Dr. Déderlein points out that at Ceylon var. ceylonica

occurs, while at Sumatra and Java, the most western points to which

C. nove-yuinee extends, var. plana is found; and from this he draws

the conclusion that “wo die Verbreitungsgrenze beider Arten

aneinanderstésst, finden sich Varietiiten, die einander auffallend

ihneln.” From this it would appear that the two species originated

from a form intermediate between var. ceylonica and var. plana,

and that the specific-centre of this form would lie between Ceylon

and Malaysia. This, however, is at once falsified by finding the

opposite extreme of variation, viz. var. arenosa, at Singapore, a point

nearer to Ceylon than the places at which var. plana has been

collected. This merely shows how important it is todetermine the

distribution of varieties before questions of position of specific-

centre can be solved, and it will serve, I hope, as an apology for

what may be regarded as unnecessary detail in the descriptions

I have given of specimens collected. In the case of Astropecten

javanicus we appear to have a case of progressive modification as

we pass from Java through the Straits of Malacca to the Mergui

Archipelago, where A. andersoni, which I believe to be a variety of

A, javanicus, is found ; but it would be rash to assume this until the

region is more fully worked out.

I have adopted in all cases the generic and specific notation

employed by Professor Ludwig’, as it seems to me preferable to

attempt to impress some uniform scheme into systematic reports

rather than to wage an incessant war of words in defence of

doubtful claims to priority.

? Semon’s Zool. Forsch. in Austr. &. Bd. v. Lf. 3, 1896, pp. 310-316.

? Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. ii. Abth. 3, Asteroidea, 1899.

1900. ] MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. 289

The following is a list of the species represented in the col-

lection :—

. Archaster typicus M. & T.

. Craspidaster glauconotus, sp. nov.

. Astropecten gavanicus Ltk., var. malaccanus nov.

. Astropecten pleiacanthus, sp. nov.

. Inidia longispina Sladen.

. Luidia penangensis de Lor.

. Luidia maculata M. & T.

. Iconaster longimanus Mob.

. Goniodiscus articulatus de Lor.

10. Stellaster incei Gray.

11. Anthenea flavescens Perrier.

12. Pentaceros turritus M. & T.

13. Culcita nove-quinee, var. arenosa Perrier.

14. Palmipes rosaceus M. & T.

15. Retaster cribrosus v. Mart.

16, Patria, sp.

17. Asterina, sp.

C CONT Oo OVE OO DOH

The total absence of Linckiade from the collection seems worthy

of remark.

1. ARCHASTER TYPICUS.

Archaster typicus, Miller & Troschel, Archiv f. Naturg. 1840,

. 323.

: References. Miller & Troschel, System der Asteriden, 1842,

p. 65, Taf. 5. fig. 2. v. Martens, Archiv f. Naturg. 1866,

p- 83. C. Ph. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind. xlviii.

1889, p. 309. PP. de Loriol, Rev. Suisse de Zool. t. i.

1893, p. 378. L. Cuenot, Archives de Biologie, xi. 1891,

p- 335. H. Ludwig, Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. ii. Abth. 3,

Asteroidea, 1899.

R=5'3—7:0 Xr.

Locality & Habitat. This species was very abundant on a sand-

flat just exposed at low tide on Po Senang, Singapore; I did not

meet with any examples elsewhere; its habitat appears to be

identical on the islets of the Java Sea (cf. Sluiter).

Distribution. Extends from the Nicobars and Andamans through

the Mergui Archipelago, Malay Archipelago, and N. Australia, as

far as the Fiji and Tongals. It seems doubtful whether it occurs

in Mauritius.

Out of five specimens brought back the superomarginals varied

in number from 45 to 50 on each side of interbrachial arch

(v. Martens gives 40-45, while Miller & Troschel give 36). There

were no traces of superomarginal spines.

In one specimen at the base of one of the arms there is a con-

striction somewhat similar to that which occurs in Linckia before

schizogony of the arm takes place; in the present case the

290 MR. F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20,

superomarginals meet across the abactinal surface, but the actinal

plates are unaffected.

The anus is central, without any tendency towards Cuénot’s

interradius BC in any of the five specimens brought back: Prof.

Ludwig, in his definition of the genus <Archaster, says, “ After

central ” (loc. cit. p. 667); whereas in the body of the work

(p. 587) he corroborates Cuénot by stating that it lies “‘ stets mehr

oder weniger excentrisch in der Richtung einer interradialen

Hauptebene,” and he then continues to describe the particular

interradius in agreement with Cuénot’s notation BC, although he

adopts a somewhat different mode of orientation.

Measurements of two extreme individuals :—

No. of Arm-

marginals. R. r. breadth.

46 64 12 13

46 gl 10 13

2, CRASPIDASTER GLAUCONOTUS, sp. nov. (Plate XXIV.

figs. 8 a, b.)

References. W. P. Sladen, ‘ Challenger’ Reports, xxx. Asteroidea,

1889. H. Ludwig, Bronn’s Thier-Reich, Bd. ii. Abth. 3,

Buch 2, 1899. A. E. Verrill, Trans. Connect. Ac. vol. x.

pt. 1, 1889, p. 213.

R=5xXr.

Locality. Several specimens from 1 to 3 fathoms, Malacca.

Marginal plates very robust, superomarginals devoid of spines,

granular; inferomarginals also granular with a variable number

of spinelets; in some specimens there are two complete rows of

3 to 5 spinelets in each row on each plate, the abactinal ones

being larger than the rest, but not standing out as a conspicuous

fringe as they do in most Astropecten ; in other specimens fewer

spines are developed, in a few cases only one or two extra spinelets

occurring in addition to those on the lateral line; the ventro-

laterals also carry each several spinelets; as in Craspidaster

hesperus, the ventrolaterals are few in number, not extending

beyond the fourth inferomarginal. The abactinal surface is

paxillose, each paxillus having a circular crown of about eight

papille, the centre being usually smooth; as in C. hesperus, the

plates are covered with a membrane which forms a serrated fringe

on the edges of the marginals and dorsoventrals ; superambulacrals

are present between the ambulacrals and inferomarginals; the

tube-feet are conical, without any sucking-disc; adambulacral

armature is diplacanthid, arching over the furrow is a comb of

six subequal spines, outside this on the aboral part of the ventral

surface is a single rather stout spine, and on each of the three re-

maining edges of each plate is a vertical row of 3 to 5 rather short

spines. Madreporite is small and circular, situated about halfway

from outer edge to centre. In the youngest specimen obtained

the spiculation of the ventrolaterals is already developed,

1900. | MR. F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. 291

The colour, during life, is bluish green on the abactinal surface,

the underside being white (in alcohol the colour rapidly bleaches

to a dull grey).

This species is distinguished from C. hesperus, the only other

known species of the genus, by the spinulation of the infero-

marginals and ventrolaterals ; the colour is also probably a constant

distinguishing feature. As I hope to publish later some morpho-

logical details of this species, I will refrain from discussing here

the systematic position of the genus, about which there appears to

be much divergence of opinion (cf. Ludwig, Verrill, &c.).

Arm- No. of

R. CP breadth. marginals.

Largest specimen.. 75 15 17 47

Smallest ,, we LB 6 6 23

3. ASTROPECTEN JAVANICUS, Var. MALACCANUS nov.

Astropecten javanicus, C. Liitken, Vidensk. Meddel. Naturhist.

Foren. 1871, p. 234.

Astropecten andersoni, W. P. Sladen, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.

xxi. 1889, p. 322, pl. 28. figs. 1-4.

Reference. C. Ph. Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijd. Ned. Ind. xlviii. 1889.

R=3'°3 xr.

Locality & Habitat. Abundant in about 2 fathoms on mud,

Malacca: their food seems to consist principally of small Lamelli-

branchs.

Distribution. Previously recorded from Mergui Archipelago and

Java.

This variety is intermediate between the type and A. andersoni.

It differs from the former in the following particulars :—the lateral

spines are always sharp; the adambulacral armature is tripla-

canthid in adult specimens, the outer series being composed of

2 or 3 small spines forming an oblique are continuous with the

small adoral spine of the middle series. It differs from A. ander-

soni in the spinulation of the inferomarginals, 3 or 4 spines being

developed on each plate and forming a transverse row continuous

with the lateral spines at the bases of the arms ; the paxilli have

a circular crown with 8 or 9 spines on the periphery and usually a

single central spine. The colour is either chocolate-brown or

grey in spirit, as in A. andersoni, which seems to me to be a

variety of A. javanicus.

As in most species of Astropecten, there is a Polian vesicle on

each side of the stone-canal and in each of the remaining 4

interradii ; each is very long, with a large vesicular extremity, which

comes to lie in one of the arms adjacent to the interradius in which

the Polian vesicle originates.

Arm- No. of

R. r, breadth. marginals,

36 11 12 24 or 25

292 MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [Mar. 20,

4, ASTROPECYEN PLEIACANTHUS, sp. nov. (Plate XXIV.

figs. 9 a, b, c.)

Locality. Two specimens in 1 to 3 fathoms on mud on the

east side of Singapore Island.

This species belongs to the division of the genus in which there

are two series of spines on the superomarginals (Miiller &

Troschel’s classification): the inner series is most strongly developed

at the interbrachial angle and only extends a short distance along

the arms; while the outer series disappears at their base, as in

A, aurantiacus, A. brevispinus, and some 8. American species.

The adambulacral armature is triplacanthid; there are three

furrow-spines, of which the middle is the longest; outside these

on each plate there are two spines, of which the abora] is much

larger than the adoral; the outer row is irregular, being usually

composed of one or two small spines. The marginals are all

covered with closely packed scale-like spinelets, the inferomarginals

being provided in addition with several Jarger spines, which are not

arranged in a single transverse row, but are situated somewhat

irregularly, the abactinal Jateral spine being the longest and most

robust ; paxillar crowns are very large and oval, with about 15

peripheral and 5 or 6 central spines, reminding one of A. zebra or

A, polyacanthus.

This species is undoubtedly very closely allied to the Mediterra-

nean species A, aurantiacus ; its superomarginal spines are less

prominent, the lateral spines are longer and narrower, the paxilli

are provided with a larger crown, and the adambulacral armature

is slightly different; in many respects also it is extremely like

A, polyacanthus, from which it is, however, at once distinguished

by the presence of bispinose superomarginals.

No. of

R. is Arm-breadth, marginals.

51 12 14:5 27-30

32 9 ci | 24

5. LUIDIA LONGISPINA.

Iuidia longispinis, W. P. Sladen, ‘ Challenger’ Reports, xxx.

Asteroidea, 1889, p. 254, pls. 48 & 45.

R= 575xr.

Locality. Two specimens dredged off Singapore in 10-15 fathon:~

on gravel in association with Gorgonians, &c.

Hy, tr. Arm-breadth.

23 4 4°5

6. LUIDIA PENANGENSIS,

Luidia penungensis, de Loriol, Mém. Soc. Phys. &c. de Genéve,

suppl. vol. 1891, p. 25, pl. iii. fig. 2.

Locality. This species is very abundant off Malacca on mud in

2 to 10 fathoms of water, and reaches a much more considerable

1900.} MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. 293

size than any of the specimens examined by M.de Loriol. TI have

found small Lamellibranchs and an entire Hoplodactyla in the

stomach. -I-do not remember to have seen any previous mention

of Asteroids feeding upon Holothurians.

‘Distribution. Previously known from Penang.

The specimens appear to agree in all essential details with the

original description: the general facies is, however, somewhat

different, the arms, which are six in number in all individuals seen

(about 30), being longer and narrower in the Malacca form. As

M: de Loriol had received as many as fourteen specimens from

Penang, this difference seems to be in some way correlated with:

the locality.

The large pedicellarie on the adambulacrals mentioned by

de Loriol as present in some cases appear to be constant in our

specimens, and the anatomical details are subject to very little

variation. Contrary to the general rule in long-armed starfish,

the arms had not undergone regeneration in any of the specimens..

It is a striking fact that this species was not met with at

Singapore, where an apparently similar habitat is available.

R. r. Arm-breadth,

125 21

117 15 Wy

72 ot

me 10 1h

_ At Professor Bell’s request, M. de Loriol kindly sent two of his

original dried specimens tor comparison : these were much smaller

than the average of our examples, but they seem to be similar in

all essential respects, although, on account of the condition of

M. de Loriol’s specimens, it was impossible to carry out a very

detailed investigation.

7. LUIDIA MACULATA.

_ Luidia maculata, Miller & Troschel, Syst. d. Ast. 1842, p. 77.

R26 F

Locality. A single large 7-armed specimen from between tide-

marks, Singapore. The arms had undergone a considerable amount

of fracture and regeneration.

Distribution. Extends from Mozambique to Macclesfield Bank

and northwards to South Japan.

Hep r. Arm-breadth.

190 25 p45)

‘8. ICONASTER LONGIMANUS.

Astrogonium longimanum, K. Mobius, Neue Seesterne d. Hamb.

u. Kiel. Mus. 1859, p. 7, Taf. i.

Dorigona longimana, ¥. J. Bell, Zool. Coll. of H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’

p. 130, 1884.

Proc, Zoor, Soc.—1900, No. XX. 20

294 ‘MR. F, P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS, [Mar. 20,

- References. J. O. E. Perrier, Révision des Stellérides, 1875,

p- 229. Th. Studer, Abhandl. Akad, Wiss. Berlin, 1884.

L. Doederlein, Semon’s Zool. Forsch. in Austr. &c. Bd. v.

Lf. 3, p. 31, Taf. xviii. fig. 3.

Locality. A single specimen dredged in 10 fathoms off Malacca.

Distribution. Malacca to Australia.

- A single specimen was brought to Europe in 1837 from the

Straits of Malacca by Evdoux and Souleyet (v. Perrier), but the

authenticity of the locality has been since doubted ; it is interesting

therefore to have the opportunity of confirming the original -

statement.

This specimen appears to be identical with Australian examples

in the British Museum; a minute, scanty granulation is present

on the superomarginals, the inferomarginals being smooth; in

three of the arms the superomarginals of each side alternate along

the arm, especially towards its distal end (ef. Doederlein’s figure

and also Studer’s Dorigona moebit).

No. of

R. . Arm-breadth, marginals.

52°5 15 175 21

9. GONTODISCUS ARTICULATUS.

Pentaceros granulosus, J. E. Gray, Synopsis of Starfish, p. 6,

tab. 6. f. ili. (1866).

Goniodiscus scaber, K. Mobius, Neue Seesterne d. Hamb. u.

Kiel. Mus. 1859, p. 10, Taf. iii.

Goniodiscus articulatus (Linn.), P. de Loriol, Rec. Zool. Suisse,

t. i. 1884, p. 638, Taf. xxxv.

References. W. P. Sladen, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxi. 1888,

p- 328. R. Koehler, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, viii. 1895

p. 392. .

R=2°2 Xr.

Locality. Four specimens in 5 to 10 fathoms, Singapore (two

are quite young).

Distribution Mergui, Singapore, Sunda Straits ; Swan River and

Fremantle, W. Australia. | The species appears to be rare.

I can find no distinetion between Pentaceros granulosus and this

species. -

No. of

R r Arm-breadth, marginals.

70°5 32 38 14-15.

10, STELLASTER INCEI.

Stellaster gracilis, K. Mobius, Neue Seesterne d. Hamb. u. Kiel.

Mus. 1859, p. 12, Taf. i. figs. 3, 4.

Stellaster incei, J. E. Gray, Synopsis of Starfish in Brit. Mus.

p- 7, 1866.

Stellaster belcheri, J. E. Gray, Synopsis of Starfish in Brit. Mus.

p. 7, 1866.

Stellaster squamulosus, Th. Studer, Abhandl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,

1884 iv. p. 33, Taf. iv. fig. 6,

1900. ] MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS, 295

References. L. Doederlein, Semon’s Zool. Forsch. in Austr. &c.

Bd. v. Lf. 3, 1896, p. 337. L. Doederlein, Semon’s Zool.

Forsch. in Austr. &c. Bd. vy. Lf. 4, 1898.

Locality. This is perhaps the commonest Starfish in the district ;

it lives in 3 to 10 fathoms on mud or shelly gravel, Singapore.

I found a specimen infested by two individuals of a species of

Thyca, they were fixed close together on the abactinal side.

Distribution. Singapore to Australia, extends northwards to the

Korean Straits.

| No. of tubercles : | No. of

i No: of l pigment-

_maremals.' yad._| interrad. | spots.

| Sige Ma oil EE a as a F 12 | 1 | ? (dissolved).

RE Ne alee haa i a a 5 13 Bil ip dl eS laa

[reese He wea ease) I 17 5 WON GR GE We eX

hited abelaae eh Gt lec ee 0 0 E :

GIs deo 245 | 9 0 Ua ie ee

| 6.../formol| 56 | 2 16 24 Oo | 73 |

chee eh Raga on ? PS a SR

eet are Meco be GSW ria Ei 5 ? {| aes ten

irate Shs) Aly cal 16 ee Gas | ? Dec vi'ah ued SA

ig ie eee BESS ta 6s ea a 5 OF clay liged |

ie are ear. lie wlenlac ee a Chat 21

LOeD PHC (RcRenE Cig = 4) Fe fs 11 1 23

Black pigment is developed on a variable number of the ventro-

lateral plates ; this completely disappears in alcohol specimens, but

is preserved with formol; there seem to be only a few cases in

which the underside of starfish is pigmented; as in the case of the

black pigment often found lining the body-cavity of Holothurians,

its use is not in the least known.

11. ANTHENEA FLAVESCENS.

Hosea flavescens (part), J. E. Gray, Synopsis of Starfish, p. 9,

1866.

Anthenea flavescens, J. O. EH. Perrier, Révision des Stolemaca du

Mus. de Paris, 1875, p. 276.

Locality. A single young specimen which appears to belong to this

species was dredged between 5 and 10 fathoms off Tanjong Kling,

Malacca.

Distribution, Previously recorded from Port Jackson and W.

Australia.

R. OF Arm-breadth, No. of marginals,

14 75 9 9

12. PENTACEROS TURRITUS.

Oreaster turritus, Miiller & Troschel, System der Asteriden, 1842,

p. 47.

20"

296 MR. F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN BCHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20,

Oreaster nodulosus, F. J. Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 66. -

Reference. v. Martens, Archiv fiir Naturg. 1866, p. 77.

Locality. This species is found not uncommonly in about a

fathom of water on the shore of the lagoon off the east side of

Singapore Island.

Distribution. Indian Ocean, Eastern Archipelago, and N. Aus-

tralia.

The systematic classification of the genus Pentaceros offers

similar difficulties to those found in the Echinoid Diadema ; in

both cases we have exceedingly variable groups of individuals in

which the norm of the variations is different in different localities.

The four “ species ” Pentaceros turritus M. & T., P. hiuleus M. & T.,

P. muricatus Gray, and P. alveolatus Perrier, which Professor Bell

describes as ‘‘apparently distinct,’ are based on characters which

are admittedly subject to very great variation; and while Prof. Bell

instances the presence or absence of marginal spines as a cha-

racter by which “we can always safely discriminate between

O. lincki (=P. muricatus) and O. nodosus (= P. turritus)” (loc. cit.

p- 59), at the same time Dr. Martens had named two varieties of

P. muricatus (var. mutica and var. intermedia) in which the marginal

spines completely fail: this of course is entirely due to the fact

that no two observers are agreed as to the best set of characters

to select for specific diagnoses, and in consequence a totally

different grouping of the same series of specimens would be re-

sorted to by different systematists. Whether itis advisable in such

a case to unite all the forms under one specific name, as has been

suggested for the Pacific Diademas by Prof. Lovén, I do not fee]

in the least competent to express an opinion.

Specimens both with and without a central apical tubercle occur

at Singapore as elsewhere, and in the former case the apical

tubercles may be much longer and sharper than in the latter,

in which they are usually mamilliform; I do not know if indi-

viduals with the marginal spines developed occur in the locality.

Two specimens gave the following measurements :—

R (act. side) =116 mm., r=46; arm-breadth=54; no, of marg.

plates=23 ; 9 lophial tubercles, 3 or 4 interradials.

R (act. side) =128 mm., r=52; arm-breadth=58 ; no. of marg.

plates=27 ; 7 or 8 lophial tubercles, 4 interradials.

‘18. CULCITA NOV 4-GUINEA, var. ARENOSA.

Culcita nove-guinee, Miller & Troschel, Syst. d. Ast. 1842,

p. 38.

Culcita arenosa, J. O. E. Perrier, Révision des Stellérides, 1875,

p. 264,

References. C. Ph, Sluiter, Natuurk. Tijd. v. Ned. Ind. xlviii.

1889, p. 305 (C. schmideliana). Cl. Hartlaub, Notes from

the Leyden Museum, xiv. 1892, p. 65. R. Koehler, Mém.

Soc. Zool. France, viii. 1895, p. 388. L. Doederlein,

Semon’s Zool. Forsch. in Austr. &c. Bd. v. Lf. 3, 1896,

1900.] MR. F. P, BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS: 297°

Locality. This species is fairly common on Pulo Rengkam

Singapore, between tide-marks on the reef; it lives in company

with, and appears to have a mode of life similar to, the large

tropical species of Muelleria.

Distribution. This variety has previously been recorded from.

Amboina, Ceram Laut, and the Sandwich Islands.

Unfortunately I have only examined one specimen with care,

so that I do not know whether the other recorded varieties of the

species also occur in the district. This specimen must certainly be

regarded as the C. arenosa of Perrier: the pore-areas are not dis-

tinct from each other but tend to unite over the whole abactinal_

surface, leaving small, distinct islands which are devoid of pores

and granular, the larger of these spaces being about the same size.

as the madreporite ; they are devoid of large spines, thus differing

from typical arenosa and approaching C. coriacea M.& T. The

madreporite is an irregular oval structure, and is quite prominent,

being bordered with a few large blunt spines; it measures 13 mm.

x 6°5 mm.

Dr. Doederlein has shown that C. nove-guinee differs from the

Western species C. schmideliana in the character of granulation

of the ventrolaterals, the larger granules not being divided up into

distinct groups corresponding to the subjacent plates in the former.

In the specimen now described this holds good, and parallel to the

ainbulacral furrow up to within a distance of about 7 mm. from

it the granules enlarge gradually up to the furrow, where they

form a conspicuous edging; in the adambulacral armature there

are 3 to 6 furrow-spines (usually 5) on each plate, the outer row

being extremely irregular and poorly developed, over a large part

of the arms it seems to disappear completely.

Dr. Sluiter has pointed out how impossible it is in this genus

to rely on shape for specific diagnosis ; and in this species, at any

Tate, this character depends almost entirely on the mode of pre-

servation. During life, especially when left dry on the reef at low-

tide, the outline may alter considerably, and, if placed on a flat

surface with the actinal side downwards, the upper side would

flatten out over the edge, so that the ambulacral furrow would

appear confined to the lower side (gf. C. acutispinosa Bell) ; also.

when specimens are placed in a basin and spirit is poured over

them, the lower surface (abactinal or actinal) will often accommodate

itself to the shape .of the bottom of the vessel.

R+r= 195 mm,

14, PALMIPES ROSACEUS,

Asteriscus rosaceus, Miiller & Troschel, System d. Ast. 1842, p. 40

Distribution. Japan and Bay of Bengal.

Locality. One pee and rather damaged spegtien in 5 fathdiste

Singapore.

This species, being the only 15-armed Asterinid, is easy to

recognize ; it appears to be rare.

# =,121'°5 mm., r = 82 mm.

298 MR. F. P. BEDFORD ON MALAYAN ECHINODERMS. [ Mar. 20,

15, RETASTER CRIBROSUS.

Pteraster cribrosus, yon Martens, Arch. f. Naturg. 1867, p. 109,

Taf. iii. fig. 2.

Retaster insignis, W. P. Sladen, ‘ Challenger’ Reports, vol. xxx.

Asteroidea, 1889, p. 482. _

References. M. Sars, Ofv. af Norg. Ech. Christiania, 1861,

tab. 4. J. O.E. Perrier, Révision des Stellérides, 1875,

p. 383. L. Doederlein, Semon’s Zoo]. Forsch. in Austr. &e.

Bd. vy. Lf. 3, 1896, p. 319.

Locality. Four specimens, two of which are quite young, in

10-15 fathoms, Singapore.

Distribution. Zanzibar, Mozambique, Ceylon, Philippines, Am-

boina, Samoa (Doederlein).

The largest specimen agrees with Dr. Doederlein’s description

of a specimen from Amboina. The colour, when alive, of all

four specimens was bright brick-red, but they rapidly become

colourless in spirit; when alive, the osculum can be seen to open

and close with a fairly regular rhythm of about once every ten

seconds. Sars has given an account in Pleraster militaris of the

osculum bounded by five lappets and of the cavity into which it

leads, situated between the dorsal membrane and the true abactinal

surface of the body, and in direct communication with the exterior

by a large number of short straight tubes in the former and lined

by a columnar epithelium; it appears to function in both sexes

as a respiratory chamber, and secondarily in the females as a brood-

pouch; but my want of knowledge of Norwegian has prevented

me from understanding Sars’s paper as much as I should have

wished, bet the relations appear to be the same in this species.

The reticular arrangement of muscle-fibres in the dorsal membrane

is only apparent under a microscopical examination.

In additiou to these 15 species there were two species of Asteri-

nide, each represented by a single specimen. I cannot identify

them as belonging to any known species ; but as they both appear

to be young forms, it seems advisable to defer description until a

later date, when a fuller series may be obtainable: they belong

to the genera Patiria and Asterina respectively.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pirate XXI.

Fig. 1. Rhabdocidaris annulifera, p. 274.

a. Spines from an interambulacrum of specimen No. 1. Nat. size.

b. a “ Pr No. 2. Nat. size.

c: be ¥ = No. 4. Nat. size.

d. - + 5 No. 6, Nat. size.

(Vide table of measurements in text, p. 276.)

The spines are so arranged that the uppermost in each series is that

which lies nearest to the calycinal system of the test, the lowermost being

that which borders on the actinostome; they are also laid flat, so that

their bases lie next to the adjacent ambulacrum, their points being directed

towards the centre of the interambulacrum ; no attempt has been made

1900.] ON THE ZOOLOGICAL GARDEN OF BERLIN. 299

to reproduce the actual distance between the spines, but those on one. side

of the interambulacrum are shown in a respectively higher position than

those on the other side, as is the case when in their natural position on the

test (owing to the alternation of the coronal plates).

Fig. 2. Asthenosoma heteractis, p. 278. Abactinal view (in spirit) Four-fifths

nat. size,

7., radius; 7r., interradius.

Pruate XXII.

Fig. 3. Salmacis sulcata, p. 281.

a. Ambulacrum, x 2. 9b. Interambulacrum, x 2.

Fig. 4. Salmacis globator, p. 282.

a. Ambulacrum, x 2. 6. Interambulacrum, x 2

The white lines indicate the position of the ambitus.

Prater XXITI.

Figs. 5 a-e. Laganum depressum, p. 283. Different stages of growth, nat.

size.

Figs. 6 a-e. Laganum decagonaie, p. 284. Different stages of growth, nat.

size.

Figs. 7 a, 6. Laganum sp. ? (possibly ahybrid between L. ae ai and. L. deca-

"gonale), p. 285.

All the specimens are viewed from the abactinal side.

Piate XXIV.

Fig. 8. Craspidaster glauconotus, p. 290.

a. Actinal view, nat.size. 6, Adambulacral armature (from drawing),

x 15.

Fig. 9. Astropecten pieiacanthus, p. 292.

a. Abactinal view, nat. size.

6. Actinal view, nat. size.

e, Adambulacral armature (from drawing), x 15.

3. Notes on the Zoological Garden of Berlin.

By F. E. Buaauw, C.M.ZS.

[Received March 13, 1900.]

Having had the opportunity of visiting the Zoological Garden

of Berlin in November last, I think it may be of interest to give

you some particulars as to the collection of animals now to be seen

there.

The Zoological Garden of Berlin, as is well known, owes its

first great development to the late Dr. Bodinus, who succeeded in

getting “a shower of gold,” as the Berlin people call it, to descend.

on that part of the Thiergarten which is devoted to the zoological

collection. This “shower of gold” enabled Bodinus to erect,

amongst other buildings, the oriental palaces in which the Pachy-

derms and the Antelopes are kept. As time went on, however,

this “ shower of gold” unfortunately did not remain continuous ;

and those who visited the Garden towards the end of Dr. Bodinus’s

career received rather the impression that showers of rust, dust,

and mud were of more frequent occurrence than those of the

precious metal,

300 MR, F, E. BLAAUW ON THE [Mar. 20,

In 1884 Bodinus died, leaving the Garden in great disorder ;

the buildings were entirely out of repair, the fences were rusty and

the animals were not properly kept. Other matters, moreover, did

not make things easy for his successor. In 1885 Dr. Bodinus was

succeeded by Dr. Max Schmidt, formerly Director of the Frankfurt

Zoological Garden, who, during the short time of his Directorship

(he died in 1888), had scarcely time to make many great reforms,

though he did much in the w ay of improving the administration.

Dr. Schmidt was succeeded in 1888 by Dr. L. Heck, then

Director of the Zoological Garden of Cologne. On his arrival in

Berlin Dr. Heck found matters much as described above, and it

took him some years to get the difficulties put straight. This time

of difficulties, however, seems now to have come to an end, and

the “ shower of gold” of the early years of Bodinus has apparently

returned in a still. more copious form.

During the last three or four vears the greater number of the

old unsuitable houses and yards have disappeared and have been

replaced by new ones, in which the animals can be kept better in

every way. Likewise the old “ palaces” have been repaired, and

the interior arrangements have been greatly improved.

The collection of animals is steadily increasing, and examples of a

great number of species which are not to be found in any other

continental garden are exhibited. In fact the number of species,

which amounted to about 600 when Dr. Heck arrived at Berlin,

has.now been increased to double that number. ai

Dr. Heck takes a special interest in geographical forms, and

many interesting series of varying species have been thus brought

together. The large Cats’ House contains a very beautiful set of

Tigers of six geographical races, comprising specimens from

Bengal, Singapore, Eastern Siberia (Felis tagris longipilis), Northern

Persia (Ff. t. virgata), the Altai (7. t. mongolica), and Turkestan

(F. t. striata). Of special interest amongst these is the family of

‘Tigers from Eastern Siberia, as it comprises a splendid pair of adults

in perfect condition, and three young ones born in the Garden.

As the male is not kept separate from the female and young ones,

the whole group is very striking. The Persian Tigers are very,

remarkable from their lion-like mane, which extends not only over

the neck but all along the breast and belly. The Leopard (Felis

leopardus) is represented by six different geographical forms, com-

prising specimens from the coast of German East Africa, from the

interior, from Togo, from Persia (Askabad) (elis 1. tulliana), from

Northern China (7. 1. fontaniert), and from India. The F. fontanieri

is a splendid animal of great size, with a remarkably long rough coat

of greyish colour, on which the black marks, especially on the upper

side, are much less clearly defined than is us ual with other Leopards.

This animal is said to have been presented, when quite a cub, to the

daughter of an English merchant by the Empress of China. It

was at first kept in the house as a pet, but when growing too large

it was parted with to a dealer, who in his turn sold it to Dr. Heck.

The Persian Leopard is also a very large, but at the same time a

1900. ] ZOOLOGICAL GARDEN OF BERLIN. 301

very ferocious beast; it was obtained. from the Kopet-dag

Mountains, on the northern boundary of Persia. It has a long, rough:

tail and clearly-defined black marks on a very light yellow ground.

Amongst the series of Lions I specially noticed a splendid male

from Delagoa Bay and a pair from German Hast Africa. In the

last-named pair the male showed a short: light-coloured mane,

whilst the female, although quite adult, was very much spotted on

the legs and belly. Pumas were represented by large grey animals

from Texas, and red-coloured ones from California and Missouri.

There was also a hybrid between the Puma and the Indian

Leopard. The small Cats included specimens of F. geoffroy:,

F, passerum, F. celidoguster, F. moormensis, F. caligata, and F. caffra;

whilst there was quite a large series of Lynxes. Amongst these:

I noticed F. serval from German East Africa, F. servalina from

Liberia, F. caracal from India and Tunis, a large Lynx from North

America, remarkable for its circular black spots as in-the Leopard

(F. lynx fasciata), and specimens of F. tebetana from Turkestan and

F, isabellina from the Altai.

. Wolves are represented in the Berlin Garden by Canis chanco

from the Altai, C. latrans from North America, and the southern

form C. ochropus (C. occidentalis Rchds.), C. hadramauticus’

(typical. specimens from Southern. Arabia), and C. dalmaticus,

representing the South-European Jackal. There are also examples

ef several species of Foxes, and of special interest was a fine litter

of young Corsacs (C. corsac). The Fennec Fox has bred in the

Garden, and a specimen born there a few years ago looked in very

good condition. Amongst the Hyzenas was remarkable a Spotted

Hyena from Togo, which has been described by Dr. Matschie as

Hyena togoensis. It is distinguished from the East-African

Spotted Hyzenas by its pale grey ground-colour. The spots are

coal-black, as are also the legs in their lower halves and the face.

_ In the Small Mammals’ House was a specimen of Cryptoprocta

ferow which had lived in the house since 1892 ; a specimen of the

Indian Zibeth-Cat from Siam, which equals in size the African

species ; also a fineseries of Genets from Tripoli( Genetta bonapartec),

from German East Africa (G. tagrina), from Semaliland (G. dongo-

lana), from German South-west Africa (G. felina), and from Togo

(G. genettoides). I also noticed fine specimens of Paradoxurus

leucomystaw and of P. tytleri. Ichneumons were represented by

five species—Herpestes ichneumon, H. pluto, H. widdringtoni, from

Spain, H. albicaudata (in beautiful condition), and H. caffer, the

last two named from German East Africa. Worthy of note are

also specimens of Mustela eversmanni from the Altai, a Zorilla

from Tripoli, a Glutton from the Altai (remarkable for its very

lightly-coloured head), Cercoleptes brachyotis (of a greyish-yellow

colour), Ratelus leuconotus, and Meles ankuma.

_, Amongst the Rodents at Berlin were fine specimens of Sciwrus

varius, Eliomys munbyanus (from Tripoli), Arvicola nivalis, the

very curious Aulacodus swinderniunus, and a pair of large maneless

Porcupines from Siam, which Dr. Heck thought might, perhaps,

302 MR, F. E. BLAAUW ON THE [Mar. 20,

be referable to the Sumatran species described as Hystriv longi-

cauda. In this same Small Mammals’ House was also a fine

specimen of Perameles lagotis, and a specimen of Echidna hystria

which had lived more than five years in the Garden.

_ In the large Bear-cages were, amongst other fine specimens of

Bears of various species, a remarkably large example of a Brown

Bear from Japan (Jesso), probably Ursus behringianus, and also

specimens of a small black Bear from Japan both with and without

a white collar. The all-black Bears have been described by

Dr. Matschie as U. revi, after the name of the donor.

The Equide at Berlin are represented by six species, including

Equus hemionus, E. onager, E. africanus, and E£. burchelli, the

typical form of which, with white unstriped legs, is getting ex-

tremely rare. Its place is now taken in most Zoological Gardens

by the more northern form with striped legs (£. chapmanni), which

is imported regularly by Reiche and other dealers. This form is

also represented in the Berlin Garden, as also is the Mountain

Zebra (E. zebra), by a fine female specimen.

In the repaired and re-decorated Elephant-house I found

specimens of the Indian and African Elephants, and of the latter

an example from West Africa (Cameroons). This animal, as

Dr. Heck pointed out to me, differs in many respects from the

generally imported East-African Elephant, of which also a specimen

is exhibited. The most noticeable difference is that the ears in

the West-African specimen are comparatively much smaller than

in the East-Afrivan one, and also of a different shape. In the

East-African animal the lower part of the ears is much elongated

and projects forward along the lower jaw in a long pointed

triangle. In the West-African specimen the ears are very much

shorter and rounder, and do not project forward nearly so much.

The skull of the West-African Elephant is also much smaller and

flatter than the skull of the East-African one. As the West-

African specimen is still young, it will be interesting to watch

whether these peculiarities increase or decrease as the animal gets

older. In the same house was a fine Indian Rhinoceros, and four

varieties of the American Tapir, differing in size, colour, and coat.

An Indian Tapir was also present.

The collection of Swine is a very good one. It comprises

examples of the Wild Swine from the Caucasus, Morocco, and

India; a fine specimen of Sus philippinensis with very remarkable

long pointed white whiskers, and round white warts halfway

between the eyes and the nose. Also of interest are examples

of Wart-hogs (Phacochewrus) from Senegal, German East Africa,

and South Africa.

The Deer, which in former times were a rather ill-arranged and

badly-housed group of animals, have now got new houses and

enclosures, and form one of the most interesting series of

Ruminants. Amongst the very large number of species exhibited

I specially noted the following :—Cuariacus inornatus from Co-

lombia, remarkable for the yellow colour of its coat; Cariacus

1900.] ZOOLOGICAL GARDEN OF BERLIN. 303

macrurus, C’. savannarum (from the Orinoco), and C. meaicanus ; a

very large, nearly unspotted, form of the Hog-deer from Siam,

and the smaller spotted form (Cervus minor) from Assam ; Panolia

eldi; amale and two females of Pére David’s Deer; and a fine

young male of Cervus schomburgki from Siam.

In the Antelope-house I noticed a fine specimen of Bubalis

lichtensteini from the Zambesi, examples of B. caama and B. buse-

laphus, a young male Damaliseus albifrons, a fine young male

Hippotragus bakert (brought by Menges from the Soudan), a pair

of Addax, and examples of Lragelaphus gratus, T. sylvaticus, and

the allied form 7’. rowaleynt from German Hast Africa. In a

newly-erected building with nice sunny enclosures some of the

Duiker Antelopes were housed, and amongst them I recognized a

fine female of the West-African Cephalophus coronatus with a calf,

also specimens of C. rufilutus and C. campbelli.

In the Goat and Sheep collection I observed, together with a

fine group of Hemitragus jemlaicus, a female specimen of the

smaller H. hylocrius of the Nilgherries; also an adult male

specimen of Capra jerdow and examples of Ca apra egagrus from

the Caucasus and Persia (Luristan); likewise a pair of Capra

sibirica, a pair of C. ibew (from the Grayian Alps), a C. cylindri-

cornis, and specimens of Ouis arkal.

The Bovide were represented in Berlin by a beautiful pair of

Bos sondaicus, a fine young bull of B. gawrus and examples of

B. frontalis, a pair of Anoas with a calf, Bos arnt and other

Buffaloes and Bisons, both from Europe and America. The

European Bisons had bred for many years in the Garden, but had

rather come to a standstill in this respect. The old male was an

invalid, and its offspring were so much bred in, that fresh blood

is greatly wanted.

In the Monkey-house the part in beehicls the animals are kept in

large cages, with top-light and with palms and other tropical plants

in the background, is separated from the part for visitors by large

glass panes so that no draught nor unsuitable food can reach the

animals. Several fine and rare species are exhibited here, as, for

example, a fine pair of Semnopithecus schistaceus from the Himalayas,

and a splendid adult pair of S. entellus. There are also specimens

of Cercopithecus ruber (from Togo), Cercocebus agilis (from the

Congo), C. albigena, Macacus fusco-ater, Cynopithecus niger (an

enormous fully adult specimen), and Cynocephalus langheldi from

German East Africa. In large outdoor cages are interesting

families of Macacus speciosus and M. inwus.

The collection of birds is very extensive. A fine large building

in Japanese style had not long ago been completed for the

reception of the Cranes, Storks, and Herons. To keep away the

offensive smell of the: fish-eating birds, large glass panes are

carried right along the row of compartments containing the

Storks and Herons, so that the air in the large middle hall is

quite sweet, and these birds can be examined in perfect comfort.

The Crane-collection is very complete, and only Grus antigone

304 MR, F. E. BLAAUW ON THE [Mar. 20,

G. nigricollis, and G. monachus are deficient. I specially admired

a fine pair of Anthropoides leucauchen. On the Stork-and-Heron

side of the building I noticed amongst the former a splendid

specimen of Ciconia boyciana, a Tantalus loculutor ; and amongst

the latter a fine specimen of Ardea sumatrana, also A. goliath,

A. cocot, &c. In the same house were specimens of Chunya

burmeisteri and of Cariama cristata.

In the neighbourhood of the Crane-house a new building for

small birds, Parrots, &c., has been erected. For the present

only one half of this building, which is eventually to consist of

two houses with a large “ flying aviary ” between them, has been

completed. In the above-mentioned aviary the background is

formed by a nicely laid-out rockery, whilst large trees and a piece

of water help to make it a favourite resort for the birds. It

contains a large number of Waders of different species, some

Mergansers, and quite a colony of Herons and Night-herons, which

breed in the large trees. Of special interest were three hand-

reared Ospreys (Pandion haliaétus), which flew about the aviary

without being noticed in the least by the numerous small Waders

and Gulls and other birds. Dr. Heck told me that this had been

the case from the beginning, the birds probably knowing that the

fish-eating Ospreys have nothing in common with the dangerous

Birds of Prey. It was rather a curious sight to see one of these

Ospreys swim in the little pond between the Smews in a very

duck-like fashion. Amongst the Waders was a pretty group of

Himantopus nigricollis. In the house itself was a large collection

of birds, mostly exhibited in small cages in long rows, oue over

the other. Some of the more delicate birds were kept in glass

cages with tops of wire and with a special heating-apparatus

under the cage, a system which seemed to answer extremely well.

On the whole I think the cages were in most cases too small, but

thanks to the cleanliness and to the great care bestowed on the

birds, they appeared generally to be in extremely good health and

plumage.

Amongst the Parrots exhibited I saw examples of seven species

of Palewornis, including a splendid pair of the large P. derbianus

from Southern China, which I have never seen elsewhere ; examples

of fourteen species of Cockatoos (amongst them a splendid Miecro-

glossus aterrimus) ; Nestor notabilis and N. meridionalis; ten species

of Macaws, with Ara hyacinthina, A. leari, A. glauca, A, spixi, and

the rare A. ambigua in the number ; twelve species of Platycercus

and its allies, including P. multicolor, P. hematonotus, P. browni,

and Polytelis alecandre ; also Pyrrhulopsis personatus. Besides 1

found such rare birds as Henwcognathus leptorhynchus, Pococephalus

versteri, Pionopsittacus pileatus, Pionias chulcopterus, Chrysotis hecki,

C. wanthopteryx (being the Paraguayan form of C. estiva, with

yellow wing-bend), and Nymphicus uveensis. he whole collection

of Parrots includes examples of 136 species.

The Picarie present many interesting species, including four

Toucans, two Aracaris, and six Hornbills, also Touracous (Zuracus

1900.] ~ ZOOLOGICAL GARDEN OF BERLIN. 305

buffoni, T. macrorhynchus, and T. porphyreolophus) and four

specimens of Colius lewcotis,

The Passeres include examples of 260 species, and out of this

large number I wish to draw attention to the following species :—

Paradisea apoda and P. papuwana, in fine condition, Ptilonorhynchus

smithi, Geocichla citrina, Turdus flavipes, T. mustelinus, Dicrurus

splendens, Hypsipetes leucocephalus, Pycnonotus melanocephalus,

Artamus sordidus and <A. superciliosus. There are here also

“specimens of the beautiful Yrochalopteron erythrocephalum and

T. rufigulare. There are also examples of Pitta bengalensis,

Ruticilla leucocephala (from India) and Rhipidura tricolor (both

lovely birds and in splendid condition), and of Meliphaga phrygia,

Melithreptes lunulatus, and Ptilotis auricomus. The Finches

include Emberiza flaviventris, Phrygilus gayi, Poospiza personata,

Passer cinnamomeus, P. dentatus, P. swainsoni, and Coccothraustes

melanura. Poéphila acuticauda was present in two different forms,

of which one has a yellow and the other a nearly coral-red bill.

A pair of Textor alector had begun to build the curious. nest of

twigs peculiar to this species; it was not finished, but resembled

a magpie’s nest on a small scale. Among the Tanagers I noted a

fine Pitylus capistratus, from Brazil. In this same house were

some small Birds of Prey, including Tinnunculus cenchroides,

T. vespertinus, Athene glaux, A. ferruginea, and Scops pennatus.

The larger Birds of Prey are housed in a series of good-sized

cages. Conspicuous amongst them is a beautiful adult Haliaétus

pelagicus, and examples of several species of Spizaétus. The

smaller Birds of Prey, kept in a stone building, with lodges open

in front, also presented some good specimens. Of special interest

was an ‘example of the curious Crane-hawk (Geranospizias eeru-

lescens) from Argentina, a fine Falco feldeggi, and amongst the

Owls good specimens of Bubo ascalaphus and B. turcomanus.

The Water-fowl included a pair of Dendrocycna eytoni. These

birds were very conspicuous from the manner they carried their

brightly-coloured elongated flank-feathers away from their body.

They are certainly the most beautiful of all. the Dendrocyene.

Noteworthy amongst the Geese was a specimen of the rare

Chen rossi.

Amongst the Cracide I noticed a specimen of the rare Pipile

cumanensis, with its striking blue throat-wattle.

The Struthiones were represented by three species or forms of

Ostriches—the Somaliland Ostrich with blue neck and thighs

(Struthio molybdophanes), the South-African bird with light grey

neck (S. australis), and a third form from the Tonga hinterland,

with red neck and thighs, which has been described by Oscar

Neumann as S. massaicus. This male bird, as well as the skins of

other males from this same locality in German East Africa,

present the peculiarity that the feathers which are black in the

other Ostriches are brownish black in this form.

The collection of Cassowaries includes a fine specimen of the

One-wattled Cassowary from German New Guinea, chiefly distin-

306 MR. STANLEY S. FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3,

guished from the true Casuarius uniappendiculatus by its rounded

greenish casque (lately described by Mr. Walter Rothschild as

C. u. aurantiacus).

The Phasianide include examples of Phasianus seemmerringt

and a fine pair of Gallus varius. A singular hybrid may also be

mentioned ; it is stated to be the produce of a female Platalea

minor from Japan and a male Jhis melanocephala. This curious

bird somewhat exceeds in size both its parents; the head is

feathered as in the Spoonbill, whilst the bill, in general form,

nearly resembles the bill of the Ibis, having only the point some-

what flattened. The colour of this bird is white.

Amongst the Pigeons a fine specimen of the Double-crestcd

Pigeon (Lopholemus antarcticus) was remarkable.

But I could go on much longer if I wished to give an account of

all the interesting animals seen in this best of all the Continental

Zoological Gardens, and I will therefore end here, and only add

that if everything is carried out as it has been planned many more

improvements will be shortly accomplished, and the whole of the

old inconvenient buildings will disappear and be replaced by

new ones well adapted for their purposes. How this has been

accomplished in so comparatively short a time is Dr. Heck’s

secret,

April 3, 1900.

Prof. G. B. Howss, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1900 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society's Mena-

gerie during the month of March was 44, of which 29 were by

presentation, 6 by purchase, and 9 were received on deposit. The

total number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 128.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Mammalia of Siam and the Malay Peninsula.

By Sranrey SmytH Fiowenr, F.Z.S., 5th Fusiliers.

[Received March 5, 1900.]

In order to write a complete account of the mammals of a

country it seems necessary on the one hand to be able to examine

the magnificent collection in the British Museum and to look up

all the literature on the subject, which can only be done in a iarge

library, and on the other hand to be able to see what specimens

are represented in the local museums (where such exist) and

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA, 307:

to have a certain knowledge, the more the better, of the animals

alive in their own native wilds. The first of these things I have

been unable to do, but having fortunately had opportunities of

examining the mammals contained in the three museums which

exist in the Malay Peninsula and the one in Siam, and having

seen many alive, it may be useful to put these notes on record

(as some account of the species occurring in these countries is

much needed), hoping that they may help some more competent

’ writer hereafter to compose a full catalogue.

The chief paper on the Mammals of the Malay Peninsula is

Dr. Theodore Cantor’s Catalogue, published in 1846, in the Journal

of the Asiatic Society of Bengal (vol. xv. nos. 171 and 172), in

which 93 species found wild in the Peninsula are enumerated

In the P. Z.S. 1886 Mr. Oldfield Thomas gave an account of the

Mammals presented by Mr. A. O. Hume to the British Museum

(Natural History); in this paper (pp. 72-79) 28 species are recorded

from the Malay Peninsula, mostly from specimens collected by

the late Mr. Davison.

Mr. H. J. Kelsall, R.A., in the Journal of the Straits Branch

of the Royal Asiatic Society, no. 26, pp. 16 and 17, Jan. 1894,

has recorded 13 species of mammals collected or observed during

a journey from Kuala Indau to Batu Pahat, in Johore. And Mr. H.

N. Ridley has published three papers on this subject :—(i.) “On

the Dispersal of Seeds by Mammals,” J.S. B.R.A.S. no. 25, 1894,

pp. 11-32. . (ii) “ List of Mammals recorded from Pahang,”

J.S.B. BR. A.S. no. 25, 1894, pp. 57 to 60, in which 35 species are

recorded. (iii.) ‘‘ The Mammals of the Malay Peninsula,” Nat.

Science, vol. vi., nos..35, 36, and 37, Jan., Feb., and March, 1895,

in which about 46 species are mentioned by name.

In Dr. Jean Gerard Koenig’s journal of his voyage to Siam

(translation, J.S.B. R.A.S. no. 26, 1894) there are very few refer-

ences to the mammals of the country ; they are as follows :—

(P. 126) 8th Nov. 1778, at mouth of Bangkok River: “ A squirrel

was shot, whereupon the whole wood was filled with the screaming

of the monkeys. The back, sides, and tail of this Sciuwrus were

dark grey, and towards the surface of the hair yellow; the mouth

and the round ears were black, the stomach rust-coloured brown ;

it was twice as big as the Sciurus palmarum.”

(P. 145) 8th Dec. 1778, at Ayuthia: “In a bush I saw an

Indian hare, with his half-naked neck, only covered with short,

soft, black bair. The Sciwri are much rarer kere than on the

Coromandel Coast, and the Palm-Squirrel, which is generally so

common, I have not seen at all here.”

(P. 161) 4th Jan. 1779: ‘* As I have mentioned the place

where they found the gold (on the land-route from Mergui to

Bangkok), I will add the tale of some Christians, who made this

journey, concerning a class of creatures which are probably the

Homo Jar. This animal is said to walk erect, and to live principally

on honey ; and as the Siamese consider its skin and flesh to have

some medical virtues, they kill it in the following manner :—Those

303 MR, STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE” CApr. 3,

who go out for this purpose take two bamboo sticks, of about an

arm’s length, which they hold close to their arms. As soon as the

animal sees the man it comes up to him and seizes one of his arms

with signs of joy and as if it wanted to caress him. The man

drops one of the bamboo sticks, which the animal keeps in his

paws, and which it contemplates with joy and admiration; mean-

while the man seizes the other bamboo, and hits the animal over

the head, until it is dead. The animal is said to be good-natured,

but it only lives in the densest forests.”

H.B.M. Vice-Consul, Mr. T. H. Lyle, has lately made an

interesting collection of Siamese mammals: unfortunately I have

had no chance of seeing these.

I have to acknowledge my sense of obligation to Mr. Oldfield

Thomas, for his kindness in identifying specimens which I have

sent home from time to time; also to the Curators of the local

Museums, Dr. R. Hanitsch of Singapore, Mr. A. L. Butler of

Kuala Lumpor, and Mr. L. Wray, junior, of Taiping; and also to

Mr. H. N. Ridley, Director of the Singapore Gardens.

The classification and nomenclature in this paper are according

to Mr. Blanford’s volume on Mammals in the ‘ Fauna of British

India ’—an invaluable work which I carried everywhere with me

and found a. most interesting and charming companion. But

in the division of Sciwrus into several genera I have followed

Mr. O. Thomas (A. M.N.H. ser. 7, vol. ii. no. 9, Sept. 1898, p. 249).

The following table shows the numberof species of the ten

Orders of Mammals represented in the Siamese and Malayan

Fauna :—

Order. No. of Species.

Prumates: cack we: 15 (p. 312.)

Oarnivoray.sc si. 35 37 (p. 322.)

inscctiverases.62% <4 ‘f (p. 336.)

Chiroptera ........ 4Z (p. 338.)

Rodentia .......... 36 (p. 351.)

Proboscidea........ 1 (p. 365.)

npolatast © lad .2 15 (p. 366.)

Petareni olan sie We 5 (p. 376.)

Sirdataw dessus: sas 1 (p. 377.)

Edentata ts . <.260e% 1 (p. 378.)

160

_ Alphabetical List of Localities in the Malay Peninsula and Siam

mentioned in this Paper.

Alma, a planter’s estate in Province Wellesley.

Alor Star, the capital of Kedah, about 6° 8'N., called “ Muang

Seiburee” by the Siamese.

Anghin, a village near the head of the Gulf of Siam, anchorage

for ships during N.W. monsoon.

Ayuthia, the former capital of Siam, about 60 miles (in a straight

line) from the mouth of the Menam.

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 309

Bakar Bata, a suburb of Alor Star, formerly a brickfield, now

containing the Sultan’s Rest-house.

Balik Pulo, a village in the interior of Penang.

Bamwvasor, a place mentioned by Finlayson (see Rhizomys); I have

not identified it.

Bangkok, the present capital of Siam, about 17 miles (in a straight

line) from the mouth of the Menam.

Bangkok River, a name for the branch of the Menam on which

Bangkok is situated.

Bangpakong, a river entering the Gulf of Siam about 25 miles

KE. of Paknam Menam.

Batang Padang, a mountain in the south of Perak.

Battambong, the Cambodian province of Siam.

Batu Caves, a few miles from Kuala Lumpor, in Selangor.

Batu Gajah, a town in the Kinta district of Perak.

Batu. Pahat, coffee-estate, on west side of Johore, about halfway

between Malacca and Singapore.

Bawtong Kabin, the gold-mines of Kabin in Siam, up the Bangpa-

kong River.

Baw Yakar, a gem-mine near Pailin, in the Battambong Province

of Siam.

Birman, or Bernam, a river and district in the north of Selangor.

Blaken Mati, a fortified island on the south side of Singapore

Island.

Blanja, a place in Perak.

Bukit Gantang, a hill in Perak.

Bukit Timah, a hill near the centre of Singapore Island, of which

it forms the highest point.

Changi, a place near the east end of Singapore Island.

Ohantaboon, an important town in South-east Siam, about 10

miles from the sea.

Dindings, the smallest of the five “Straits Settlements,” situated

on the coast of Perak.

Dong Phya Faz (* Forest of the Lord of Fire”), a hilly tract covered

with jungle, about 50 miles across, between Ayuthia and Korat

in Siam, abounding in animal life.

Dumdruan, an abandoned estate on the slopes of Gunong Pulai,

in Johore.

Genkoi, a village in Siam on the Ayuthia side of the Dong Phya Fai.

Georgetown, the capital of Penang, founded by Capt. Francis Light.

Girbee River, Malay Peninsula, latitude 8° 0’ N.

Gunong Batu Puteh (“ White Stone Mountain”), in interior of

Malay Peninsula.

Gunong Gajah (* Elephant Mountain”), an isolated limestone mass

in Kedah.

Gunong Janeng, a mountain in Jobore.

Gunong Jerai, or “ Kedah Peak,” in Kedah,a prominent landmark

north of Penang.

Gunong Pulai,a mountain in Johore, 2220 feet high, about 20

miles from Johor Bharu.

Proo. Zoou. Soo.—1900, No. X XI. 21

310 MR, SLANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3,

Indau, a river in Johore flowing into the China Sea.

“ [sles of Kullam, Straits of Malacca” (Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M.

p- 49), possibly Kerimun.

Jaffaria, in Johore.

Jaram, Jelang, and Jerome, localities in Selangor.

Jenan, a shooting-box of the late Tunku Yacob of Kedah, on the

road to Singora.

Johore, a Malay State at the southern end of the Malay Peninsula,

protected but not administered by England. Capital, Johore

Bahru.

Kabin, a town up the Bangpakong river in Siam, famed for gold-

mines in the vicinity.

Kedah (spelt by Cantor “ Keddah”), a Malay State on the west

coast of the Peninsula, north of Province Wellesley, ruled by

its own Sultan, nominally subject toSiam. Capital, Alor Star.

Kinta, a district in Perak.

Klang, a town in Selangor, the port for Kuala Lumpor.

Klong Morn, a canal running westward from Bangkok.

Korat, a town in Eastern Siam, about 15° N.

Ko-si-chang, an island near the head of the Gulf of Siam, abound-

ing in Millipedes.

Kota Glanggi, Kota (=Fort), in Pahang.

Kota Tinggi, in Johore.

Kuala Indau, in Johore.

Kuala Kabang, in Johore.

Kuala Kangsar, in Perak, formerly the seat of Government.

Kuala Lambilong, in Pahang.

Kuala Lumpor, the capital of Selangor, with a Museum.

Kuala Muda, on the west coast of the Peninsula, boundary of

Province Wellesley and Kedah.

Kuala Semantan, in Pahang.

Kuala Tahan, in Pahang.

Kussoom, in Junkceylon.

Lumbatuah, in Pahang.

Lancary, Lancavy, or Lancaurie, a large island off the coast of

Kedah.

Laos, the country of the Laos in Northern Siam.

Larut, a district of Perak ; the Larut Hills culminate in Gunong

Higau, 4678 feet.

Lumut, in the Dindings.

Malacca, town and district, the third in importance of the five

“Straits Settlements.”

Matang, a town in Perak between Taiping and the Straits of

Malacca.

Maawell’s Hill, in the Larut Hills, Perak.

Menam, the great river of Siam.

Muang Pran, in Siam.

Muar, a small State tributary to Johore, between Johore and

Malacca.

Muok Lek, a village in the Dong Phya Fai, Siam, about 900 feet

above the sea,

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 311

Negri Sembilan (“ the Nine States ”),a confederacy of small Malay

States under British protection and administration between

Malacca and Sungei Ujong.

Ophir, Mount, in Malacca.

Pachim, a town on the Bangpakong river in Siam, capital of the

district.

Pahang, a large Malay State on the east of the Peninsula, pro-

tected and administered by England. Capital, Pekan.

Pailin, a mining centre in the Battambong province of Siam.

Pakchom, a village in Siam on the Korat side of the Dong Phya Fai.

Paknam Kabin, that part of Kabin where the two chief affluents of

the Bangpakong meet.

Paknam Menam, a village near the mouth of the Menam.

Pakpreo, a village in Siam between Ayuthia and the Dong Phya

Fai.

Passir Hitam, in Perak.

Patriew, a town on the Bangpakong river in Siam: great trade

in rice.

Pekan, the capital of Pahang.

Penang, or Prince of Wales’ Island, an island, the second in im-

portance of the five “ Straits Settlements.” Capital, George-

town.

Perak (pronounced Péra), a large Malay State on the west of the

Peninsula, protected and administered by England. Capital,

Taiping.

Petchaburi, a town in Siam. ,

Phrabat, a shrine in Siam.

Piah Rwer, in Upper Perak.

Pngkalan Repoh, in Johore.

Poongah, or Pungah, in Junkceylon.

Pracha, between Ayuthia and Korat in Siam.

Pramau, in Pahang.

Pulo Panjang, Gulf of Siam; an island which I have not identified,

mentioned by W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. India Mus. ii. p. 20).

Pulo Tawar, a place which I have not identified, mentioned by

Ridley (J. 8. B. R. A. S. no. 25, 1894, p. 58).

Pulo Tikus, a village in Penang, also a small islet lying off Penang.

Pulo Tioman, a large mountainous island lying off the east coast

of the Peninsula, latitude 2° 50’ N.

Pulo Ubin, an island between Singapore and Johore.

Purlis, or Perlis, a small Malay State on the west coast of the

Peninsula, tributary to Kedah.

Raheng, a town in Siam.

Rantan Panjang, in Selangor.

Ratburee, a town in Siam.

Salanga, Junkceylon.

Selangor, 12 Malay State on the west of the Peninsula, protected

and administered by England. Capital, Kuala Lumpor.

Sembrong, a river in Johore, flowing into the Straits of Malacca

near Batu Pahat.

Serendah, near Kuala Lumpor, Selangor.

°1*

312 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3,

Simpai, on the Batu Pahat, Sembrong, in Johore.

Simpang, in Perak.

Singapore, island and town, the capital of the Straits Settlements ;

with a Museum.

Singora, on the east coast of the Peninsula, tributary to Siam.

Sungei Pandang, a river in the south-west of Singapore Island.

Sungei Ujong,a Malay State on the west of the Peninsula, pro-

tected and administered by England.

Tahan River, in Pahang.

Tahkamen, a village on the Bangpakong river in Siam, between

Pachim and Kabin.

Taiping, or Taipeng, the capital of Perak ; with a Museum.

Tanjong Kopang, in Johore.

Tapah, a town in the south of Perak.

Taroar, in Junkceylon.

Telok Anson, a port in the south of Perak.

Temerloh, in Pahang.

Tringganu, « Malay State on the east of the Peninsula, nominally

subject to Siam.

Ulu Langhat, in Selangor.

Ulu Pahang, Upper Pahang.

Wellesley Province, the 4th of the five “ Straits Settlements,” on

the Peninsula opposite Penang. Capital, Butterworth.

Order PRIMATES.

Family Srp».

The Gibbons (exclusive of the Siamang) are collectively known

to the English in the Straits Settlements as ‘“* Waawaas.” The

Malays generally use the same term (written ““ Wowwow” by

Cantor, p. 2), and also “ Ungka etam” for the dark-coloured and

“Ungka puti” for the light-coloured forms. The Siamese call

them “ Chanee.”

1. Hytoparss Lar (Linn.). The White-handed Gibbon.

Hylobates lar, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 7.

Cantor (p. 2) records this species from the ‘‘ Malayan Peninsula,”

and says ‘the colour varies from blackish brown to light brown,

yellowish or dirty white, sometimes uniform, sometimes mottled.”

The only Malayan specimen I have seen is one in the Selangor

Museum, dark brown in colour, obtained near Kuala Lumpor in

Selangor. In December 1897 a dead gibbon of this species was

brought to me in Bangkok, where it had died apparently in captivity ;

unfortunately I was unable to ascertain where it had been originally

caught. Mr. Kelsall (Journal Straits Branch Royal Asiatic Soe,

no. 26, 1894, p. 16) says of the species in Johore : “* Hylobates albi-

manus, Vig. & Horst., the common black Wau Wau. This species

was fairly plentiful everywhere on the Indau and Sembrong rivers,

It always goes in small troops.” And Ridley (J.S. B. R. A.S.,

no. 25, 1894, p. 57) writes it “is common in the Pahang jungles,”

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 313

Dr. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 8) mentions

specimens of H. Jar being in the Museum at Singapore from

Tanjong Kopang and Kota Tinggi in Johore, and from Kuala

Lambilong and Lambatuah in Pahang.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Tenasserim, and perhaps also

Pegu and Arakan.

2. Hytopares aciuis F. Cuvier. The Agile Gibbon.

Cantor (op. cit. p.3) gives as its habitat “Malayan Peninsula

(Malacca, Purlis, Kéddah, Pungah), Sumatra;” he also says it

appears to be less numerous on the Peninsula than H. lar, and that

he has not seen the light-coloured variety. Ridley (Mammals Malay

Pen. p. 26) writes it ‘is common in the Malay Peninsula as far

south as Johore, but it is not wild in Singapore.” In the Museum

at Taiping there are specimens ot both the black and light varieties

from Larut, Perak. In April 1898, when I was in the Larut Hills,

a party of these gibbons were to be seen daily in a group of high

trees at about 3200 feet elevation; every morning they commenced

calling at 6 A.m. and continued till about 10.30 a.m. They must

come down almost to the foot of the hills, as I have frequently

heard them in the morning from Taiping, which is but little above

the sea-level.

At Paknam Kabin in Siam, in March 1897, there was a pet

gibbon of the variety pileatus said to have been caught in the

neighbourhood. Its colour was buffy white, except the hair on the

top of the head, which was black, and on its chest, which was

very dark grey. The skin of the face and palms of the hands

and feet were black.

Distribution. Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.

3. HYLoBaTEs LEUCOGENYS Ogilby. The White-cheeked Gibbon,

Distribution. Siam (Forbes, ‘ Handbook Primates,’ 11. p. 158).

4, Hytopares synpacryLus (Desm.). The Siamang.

Tn the Museum at Taiping there are specimens from Kinta and

from Upper Perak. In September 1898, with the kind assistance

of Mr. Ridley, J] obtained a live Siamang, which had been caught

in the Negri Sembilan, and which was successfully brought home

alive to this Society’s Gardens.

Mr. Wray (J.S. B. R. A. S. 1890, no. 21, p. 138) writes of this

species :—‘ A fact which does not seem to be in conformity with the

generally received ideas of the habits of the gibbons, is that on

both of my ascents of the summit of Gunong Batu Puteh (in the

interior of the Malay Peninsula) I heard the cries of Siamangs at

between 6000 and 7000 feet altitude. One would have thought

that the climate would be too cold and bleak for such delicate

animals, but it appears that they can and do voluntarily stand a

considerable degree of cold without any inconvenience.”

Distribution, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.

314 MR. STANLEY 8S. FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3,

In reference to a quotation from a letter of mine in the P. Z.S.

1898, p. 924, “in Perak it (the Siamang) is found south of the

Perak River, but not apparently anywhere north of it,” Mr. A.

L. Butler writes to me (dated Selangor, 30.5.99) saying: ‘ Don’t

you get the Siamang on the (Larnt) Perak Hills? I shot one large

male on Maxwell’s Hill at 3000 ft., unless I am much mistaken.

I did not preserve it, as I was not then collecting monkeys.

Oddly enough I shot it in mistake, taking its head, which alone I

saw, fora black squirrel sitting bunched up. This was a very

large gibbon, entirely black, much bigger than Hylobates lar.”

No gibbons are found wild in the islands of Penang or Singapore,

though they are evidently very generally distributed over the main-

land; when met with in the jungle it is very hard to identify the

species, and it is but little use and cruel to attempt to shoot them

with a shot-gun ; if a specimen be needed, kill it with a rifle-bullet.

In September 1897, at the foot of Gunong Pulai in Johore, I saw

both black and white gibbons of apparently the same species, but

1 cannot say which. In March 1897, near Tahkamen, Siam, there

were many in the high trees in the thick jungle ; their call was loud

and musical, ‘“ Pua, pua, pua, pua, pua, pua, pua, pua,” beginning

slowly and gradually getting faster. One morning we followed up

an individual for a long time; it was a very large black gibbon,

extremely agile. Occasionally it progressed by running along the

boughs, but generally by swinging by its hands; every now and

then it leaped down vertically to a great depth among the branches,

as if falling, but it never actually came to the ground. In the

forest of the Dong Phya Fai (between Ayuthia and Korat), at

about 900 feet elevation, I have heard gibbons making a great noise

in the early morning ; judging from the cry, I should say it was the

same species as at Tahkamen.

In January 1898 I was shown a live black-faced white gibbon

at Chantaboon, said to have been caught in the neighbourhood,

which I could not identify. Consul T. ff. Carlisle, writing to me

from the Pailin Mines, Battambong Province, Siam, in Feb. 1899,

says: “I have seen lots of gibbons round here, and have heard of a

reddish-coloured one, but have never seen it.”

Very much remains to be done to get a definite knowledge of

the species, varieties, and distribution in this region of these very

interesting and attractive monkeys.

Family CercoPITHECciD &.

5. Macacus assaMEnsis McClell. The Himalayan Monkey.

Macacus assamensis, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 15.

Blanford states there is in the British Museum a specimen, very

probably of this species, from the Laos country in Upper Siam.

Distribution. Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Upper Burma, Siam

probably), Sandarbuns (?)

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA, 315

6. Macacus arctrorpss Is. Geoffr. The Brown Stump-tailed

Monkey.

Macacus arctoides, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 17.

Siamese. “ Ling sayn.”

There isa stuffed specimen in the Siamese Museum, of unknown

locality.

Distribution. “ Moupin in N.W. China, living on the snow-clad

mountains ; Upper Burma(Bhamo); Siam ; the Cachar and Kachin

hill-region on the western frontier of the Province of Yunnan,

China ; North-west Borneo, on the mainland opposite Labuan.”

(Forbes, ‘ Handbook Primates,’ ii. p. 8.)

7. Macacus RurEscens Anderson. The Rufous Stump-tailed

Monkey.

Distribution. “ Malay Peninsula.”

In Bangkok I saw a live monkey, said to have been caught im

the Laos country, which may have been JM. rufescens or a variety

of M. arctoides ; the general colour of its hair was a conspicuous

yellow, the face brilliant red. It was a very large and powerfully

built male: its ferocity prevented a closer examination.

There is a short-tailed monkey called by the Siamese “ Ling

kabut.” I did not succeed in finding out what it is; but villagers

on the Bangpakong River, to whom I showed some pictures of

animals, pointed out the figure of Macacus leoninus on p. 19 of

Blanford’s Indian Mammals as the “ Ling kabut.”

N.B.—Macacus leoninus (Blyth). Blanford, Faun. Ind., Mamm.

p. 20, says that Anderson has referred to this species a young animal

from Perak, but that the identification was very questionable.’

Distribution. Burma, Andamans (introduced), Siam (?).

8. Macacus NeMESTRINUS (Linn.). The Pig-tailed Monkey.

Papio nemestrinus, Cantor, p. 6.

Macacus nemestrinus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 20.

“ Berok” (pronounced “ Broh”) of the Malays.

“ Broh” or ‘“* Coco-nut Monkey ” of the English in the Straits

Settlements.

Cantor says the Broh is found in Penang and on the Peninsula;

Ridley (Mamm. Malay Pen. p. 26) says it “is not really wild in

Singapore, but it is frequently kept in captivity, and, often escaping,

remains in a half-wild state, usually near the town. It is common

in the Peninsula in the denser jungles.” Ridley also records this

species from Pahang (J.S. B. R. A. 8.1894, no. 25, p.57). Kelsall

records it from Gunong Janeng, Johore (J. 8. B. R. A. 8. 1894,

no. 26, p. 16). In the Museum at Taiping there are several

' Sclater (P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 280) mentions a fine adult male Macacus leoninus

living in the Marseilles Zoological Gardens, which is stated to have been brought

from Siam.

316 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE . (Apr. 3,

specimens from Larut, Perak. In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor

there are two specimens from Selangor.

I have never met with this monkey in a wild state, but it is very

commonly to be seen in captivity in the Straits Settlements. The

young are said to be intelligent. Three adult males I had alive were

inclined to be savage; their strength compared to their size was

extraordinary, and they were very destructive, requiring strongly

built cages to keep them in.

Distribution. Southern Burma, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula,

Sumatra, Banka, Java, Borneo.

In the Museum at Singapore is a nearly mature embryo, a cross

between a male Macacus nemestrinus and a female Cynopithecus

niger, which paired in the Singapore Gardens (Rep. Raffles Libr.

& Mus. 1896, p. 5).

9. Macacus cynomoneus (Schreb.). Macaque or Crab-eating

Monkey.

Cercopithecus cynomolgus, Cantor, p. 6.

Macacus cynomolgus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 21; Ridley,

Mamm. Malay Pen. p. 24.

“Kra” of the English in the Straits Settlements and of the

Malays. Siamese. “ Ling.”

Localities. The Kra or Mangrove Monkey is par excellence ‘ the

common monkey ” of the Malay Peninsula; personally I have seen

them wild in Penang (up to 2000 feet elevation), in Kedah and in

Singapore (Sungei Pandang, Blaken Mati, Botanical Gardens, and

Bukit Timah). In the Museum at Taiping are several specimens

from the Larut and Kinta districts of Perak. Ridley (J.S.B.R.A.S.

1894, no. 25, p. 57) records it from Pahang, stating that it is

“common along the coast and for some distance up the rivers.”

Kelsall (J. 8. B. R. A. 8S. 1894, no. 26, p. 16) records it from Johore,

in almost similar words : ‘common in the low lands near the coast

and up the rivers for a considerable distance.”

In the Siamese Museum there is a stuffed specimen labelled

“Siam.” I have not unfrequently seen these monkeys on house-

tops and in trees in Bangkok, but believe they were all individuals

escaped from captivity. In 1898 there was a white Kra, an

extremely pretty monkey, living in the King’s garden at Bangkok,

Habits. When travelling on the Malay rivers one generally sees

the Kras in small parties of from 2 to 10 among the tree-branches

at high tide, but at low water they take to the mud and hunt

about for food. They usually take little notice of passing boats,

and so can be easily observed. In captivity they become intelligent

pets ; though the adult male Broh becomes fierce and dangerous,

1 have known a very large male Krato be remarkably tame. They

delight in water, and (at any rate in their native climate) should

be allowed a bath at least once a day.

Ridley (Mamm. Malay Pen. p. 26) says, ‘‘ I have seen one leaping

off the boughs of a tree into the water, climbing up and leaping off

again and again.” And I was told of one kept by some English

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 317

soldiers at Singapore that would dive into a deep tub of water and

fetch out bananas that were thrown in for it.

The males of this species (as well as some other Macaci) seem to

vary much in the size to which they attain.

Distribution. Burma, Nicobar Islands, Siam, Malay Peninsula,

Sumatra, Pulo Nias, Banka, Java, Babi, Lombok, Timor, Natuna

Islands, Borneo, Celebes (?), and the Philippines.

The Monkeys of the genus Semnopithecus are called by the

Malays “ Lutong,” and by the Siamese “ Ling karng”; of their

species, varieties, and distribution in Siam and the Malay Peninsula

we know but little, and their synonymy is very confusing, and

must remain unsettled until much more material than is at present

available has been collected. ‘They seem very generally distributed

throughout the big jungles both on the mountains and on the plains,

but they are usually very shy. Cantor distinguished four species

from the Peninsula, which he called SS. obscurus, albocinereus,

cristatus, and femoralis respectively. Ridley says “ there are several

other species of Semnopithecus in the Malay Peninsula with appa-

rently similar habits to S. femoralis, but it is not easy even to

secure specimens, still less to observe their habits.”

Personally I know of four distinct species from this region. Of

three, S. obscurus, S. femoralis, and 8. germaini, I have shot specimens,

which Mr. Oldfield Thomas has kindly identified ; the fourth I only

know from three stuffed specimens in the Museum at Taiping, two

of which are from the Piah River in Upper Perak, and one from

Tapah, Batang Padang, also in the State of Perak. It is a large

species with unusually long limbs and tail (even for a Senno-

pithecus), and is coloured light rufous brown above and lemon-

yellow below ; the hair on the forehead, hands, feet, and tail is dark

brown. Mr. Wray has labelled these specimens S. siamensis.

The Lutongs are but rarely seen in captivity, and are usually

short-lived in that state, although it is possible to keep them. In

June 1897, Mr. A. H. B. Dennys wrote to me from Penang saying,

“There is a very fine adult tame lutong here, a black one, which

has been in captivity over three years, but I think it is a rare thing

to get them tamed.”

The Siamese believe these monkeys eat human flesh, and are

greatly afraid of them. They say if you sleep out in the jungle they

will kill you by sucking your blood.

10. SEMNOPITHECUS OBSCURUS Reid. The Dusky Leaf-Monkey.

Semnopithecus obscwrus, Blant. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 41.

“ Lutong etam” (etam= black) of the Malays of the Peninsula.

Cantor (p. 4) says this is the most common species in Penang and

Singapore, and that it also occurs on the Peninsula. It is doubtful,

however, whether it does occur at Singapore at the present time.

In April 1895 I found this species very common in Kedah,

living in the highest trees along the banks of the Kedah River and

318 MR, STANLEY 8S. FLOWER ON THE < PA prs

its tributaries, either solitary or in parties of about half a dozen ;

they were very active and wild.

In the Botanical Gardens, Penang, I have seen this species

playing in the trees. On Penang Hill I have occasionally seen

Lutongs which appeared to belong to this species; they are very

shy, and it is difficult to see much of them before they disappear

among the jungle trees.

In the Museum at Taiping there are specimens from the [arut

Hills, Perak. In April 1898, at about 3500 feet elevation in the

Larut Hills, | came on a party of from 10 to 20 Semnopithecr, ot

this or a closely allied species.

Ridley (J.S. B. R. A.S. 1894, no. 25, p. 57) says: ‘ S. obscurus,

Reid. ‘The Grey Lotong. This monkey, which is common in

Pahang, varies much in colour. Here it is of a dark grey, while

further south, in Johore, it is almost black.”

Kelsall (J.S. B. R. A. S. 1894, no. 26, p. 16) says: “S. obscurus,

Reid. The Dusky Lotong. This species is very nearly black in

Johore. Several specimens were obtained. Common everywhere

in the inland districts.”

There are two stuffed specimens in the Siamese Museum, labelled

“Siam.”

Colour. Specimens from Kedah. The very handsome fur is

darkish grey above, paler below, with hands and feet black. The

face is black except for the white nose and the distinctly defined

white spaces or rings round the eyes. Iris brown.

Size. Specimens from Kedah :—

3. Head and body 213 in. (or 546 mm.); tail 262 in.

(or 679 mm.).

Q. Head and body 224 in. (or 571 mm.); tail 27 in.

(or 685 mm.).

Distribution. Siam, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula.

11. SpmnopirHEcus FEMORALIS Horsf. The Banded Leaf-

Monkey.

Semnopithecus femoralis, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 42.

Cantor (p. 5) apparently obtained only one specimen—from

Purlis (a small State on the west coast of the Malay Peninsula,

north of Kedah), and says that the species does not appear to

occur in either Penang or Singapore. Ridley (Mamm. Malay Pen.

p- 26), however, says “it is not very common in Singapore, but a

few occur in most of the larger jungles.” Mr. Oldfield Thomas

(P. Z. S. 1886, p. 72) mentions a specimen from Klang, Selangor,

collected by Mr. Davison.

In September 1897, in the woods among the foothills of Gunong

Pulai, Johore, were many Lutongs of this species going about in

flocks ; they were shy and difficult to see except for a glimpse of a

black form disappearing from one high tree to another.

In the Museum at Taiping there are several stuffed monkeys

which I feel inclined to refer to this species. Some from the

Larut Hills are labelled by Mr. Wray S. cristatus, Horsf. & Rafil.,

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THH MALAY PENINSULA. 319

and some from Tapah, Batang Padang, are labelled S. albocinercus,

Schinz, or “ Ka Ka.”

Colour. Specimens from Johore. The beautifully soft fur is

very dark grey, practically black, except on the chin and breast,

where it is lighter, and on the inner side of the forearms, where it

is light grey, and on the belly and inner side of the hind legs, where

it is white. On the inner side of the thighs the two colours do not

eradually blend, but there is a sharp line of demarcation between

the black and white. The eyelids are whitish, the skin round the

mouth pinkish, the rest of the naked face grey. The naked skin

of the hands, feet, and callosities is dark grey.

Size. Specimens from Johore :—

®. Head and body 21 in. (or 536 mm.); tail (with end hair)

267 in. (or 669 mm.).

@. Head and body 213 in. (or 546 mm.); tail (with end hair)

27 in. (or 688 mm.).

Distribution. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.

N.B.—Semnopithecus neglectus, Schlegel, founded on a specimen

from Singapore, is probably a variety of S. femoralis.

12, SeMNOPITHECUS MAURUS (Schreb.). The Negro Monkey.

? Semnopithecus cristatus, Cantor, p. 5.

Distribution. Cantor gives the habitat of his S. cristatus as

“ Pinang, Malayan Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Banka.”

H. O. Forbes, ‘Handbook of Primates,’ ii. p. 126, gives the

distribution of S. maurus as “Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java,

Billiton, Borneo.”

13. SEMNOPITHECUS MITRATUS (Eschscholtz). The Mitred Leaf-

Monkey.

? Semnopithecus albocinereus, Cantor, op. cit. p. 4.

Distribution. “Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.” (Forbes,

‘ Handbook of Primates,’ 11. p. 139.)

Mr. Oldfield Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 72) mentions a specimen

of Semnopithecus siamensis Mill. & Schl., “from the interior of

the Malay Peninsula, beyond Klang,” collected by Mr. Davison,

and says of it: ‘“‘ A curious whitish specimen, far paler than usual,

but apparently not specifically different from Cantor’s specimens

of S. albocinereus, which Dr. Anderson has shown to be identical

with S. siamensis.”

14, SemnopirHecus GERMAINI Milne-Edwards. Germain’s

Leaf-Monkey.

When on the Bangpakong River in Siam, in March 1897, we

from time to time saw flocks of from 10 to 20 monkeys of this

species in high trees in patches of jungle. The skin of the face

is entirely black, the iris dark brown. A male I shot near

Tahkamen measured :—Head and body 233 in. (or 587 nm.) ; tail,

with end hair 33 in. (or 838 mm.), without end hair 313 in. (or

800 mm.),

320 MR, STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3,

On April 1st, 1897, I bought from a Siamese at Tahkamen a

young monkey apparently of this species: it was evidently very

young, and was weak and feeble. We tried feeding it at first with

a bit of cotton-wool soaked in tinned milk and water (fresh milk

was not to be had), but soon a young Siamese woman offered to

suckle it, and she fed it with her own milk till we left Tahkamen

on the 5th of April; then we had to feed the monkey on tinned

milk and mashed bananas. It throve very well; in a few weeks it

could feed itself on a mess of banana, rice, porridge, and milk, and

when we had had it about six weeks it took to eating a little grass

on the lawn every day. It grew stronger and very active and

was very fond of us (though it screamed at strangers and would

not be touched by them); it also enjoyed romps with a Siamese

kitten, and the two little animals would sleep curled up together—

the monkey grasping the kitten’s fur in its hands. When playing

about and extra pleased this monkey had a comic little habit of

jumping in the air vertically and coming down again on all fours.

Its senses of sight and hearing were particularly acute, and it

would follow my wife or myself about the house and compound.

Dimensions on April 1st:—-Head and body 10 in. (or 254 mm.);

tail (with end hair) 132 in. (or 343 mm.).

For two months this little animal was as well, happy, and active

as could be; then it got a sudden attack of diarrhoea and a bad cold

in the head, and, in spite of careful nursing, died on June 4th,

1897. Its dimensions then were :—

Head and body 11 in. (or 279 mm.); tail, with end hair 13? in.

(or 3850 mm.), without end hair 12? in. (or 324 mm.).

Colour. (Noted from life on 1.4.97.) Fur bright gold all over,

except the long hair on the forehead, which is dark grey, and the

hands and feet, which are also dark grey, and the hair on the

cheeks and chin, which is white. Skin of face and ears dark brown.

Tris dark brown. The skin of the abdomen and inner side of limbs

is white, sparsely covered with golden fur.

Colour (of same individual, noted immediately after death, 5.6.97).

Hair on forehead, crown, back of head, and neck black mixed

with silvery grey. Lips, chin, long whiskers, and sides of head

(both in front and behind ears) pure silvery white. Body, tail,

and limbs golden orange, mixed with silvery and dark grey hairs,

especially dark grey on the lumbar region, base of tail, forearm,

and lower leg; the hinder portion of the forearm is almost entirely

black, as is the hair on the hands and feet, but there are some

silver hairs on the fingers, many on the toes, and many golden

hairs on the “instep” of the hind feet. Naked skin of face, ears,

hands, and feet entirely black. Iris dark brown. Callosities pale

flesh-colour.

The hair of the crown does not radiate, but is directed backwards,

forming a pointed crest over the occiput. Black supraorbital hairs

well-developed, whiskers long, beard short.

Distribution. Cochinchina, Siam.

In the Siamese Museum there was also a stuffed Lutong I never

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 321

_ identified, labelled “Siam ;” it measured, head and body 244 in.

(or 622 mm.); tail 313 in. (800 mm.). Mr. A. Balfour,. Chief

Engineer of the Siamese Navy, kindly gave me three skulls of

Semnopitheci which he had shot near Ratburee, Siam ; unfortunately

I never had a chance of comparing them with skulls of known

species, but they are still (or ought to be) in the Museum at

Bangkok.

Family Lemuripa.

15. NyYcTIcEBUS TARDIGRADUS (L.). The Slow Loris.

Nycticebus tardigradus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 44.

“ Kukang,” “ Kongkang,” and “‘ Kongka” of the Malays.

‘‘ Lemur” of the English in the Straits Settlements.

Siamese. Ling-lom=‘* Wind Monkey.”

In Penang I got numerous specimens from natives, who said

they had caught them in the hill forests ; I also got two individuals

in Kedah. In the Museum at Taiping there are many specimens

from Larut, Perak; these resemble in head-markings and colour

Penang specimens of the variety javanicus. In the Museum at

Kuala Lumpor are two specimens, probably caught in Selangor.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas (P. Z.S. 1886, p. 73) has recorded a spe-

cimen collected at “‘Salanga, Junkceylon,” by Mr. J. Darling, and

one from Malacca collected by Mr. Davison. Ridley records this

animal from Pahang (J.S. B. R. A.S. 1894, no. 25, p. 57) and

from Singapore (Mamm. Malay Pen. p. 26).". There are three

Siamese specimens in the Museum at Bangkok.

Colour (of a Siamese specimen). Head, neck, lower parts and

inner side of the limbs, lower parts of the fore limbs, and hands

and feet very pale silvery grey, almost white. Remainder of fur

light rufous brown, intermingled with many silver hairs. A bright

reddish-brown vertebral line, which gets narrower anteriorly and

terminates on the forehead (and does not join the ear-patches or

the eyes as it does in eight specimens obtained in Penang). The

patch round each ear is hght reddish brown.

Size (of Siamese specimen noted above). do. Head and body

142 in. (or 875 min.) ; tail (without end hair) 2 in. (or 20 mm.).

Habits. In captivity these animals will live on bananas, mangoes,

bread and milk, and live small birds, which they are singularly

adroit at catching. At night, if left to themselves, they depart

from their usual deliberate ways and climb about with con-

siderable speed and activity. At one time I used to sleep in a

hammock slung in a veranda close to a cage of Kongkangs, and

when lying awake on moonlight nights had good opportunities of

observing their habits. They could squeeze through the bars of the

cage (though I never made out how they got their bodies through

such narrow openings as they were) and roam about; usually they

were back in the cage by daylight, sometimes they remained absent

1 Three of the specimens on which M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards founded

Nycticebus cinereus (Nouvelles Archives du Muséum, iii. 1867, p. 9, pl. iii.)

were “ pris aux environs de Bangkok.”

;

322 MR, STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3,

a day or two, and on one occasion two individuals never returned

tome. One kept by itself makes a nice and interesting pet, but

when there were more than one I found they would resent being

handled and bite; their bite may be very severe, as I know

from painful experience, but the stories of its being dangerously

poisonous to buman beings are hard to believe. The young are

carried under the mother’s belly, holding on tight by all four

hands, until they almost equal her in size,

Popular Beliefs. Many strange powers are attributed to this

animal by the natives of the countries it inhabits ; there is hardly

an event in life to man, woman, or child, or even domestic animals,

that may not be influenced for better or for worse by the Slow

Loris, alive or dead, or by any separate part of it, and apparently

one cannot usually tell at the time that one is under its super-

natural power! Thus a Malay may commit a crime he did not

premeditate, and then find that an enemy had buried a particular

part of a Loris under his threshold, which had, unknown to him,

compelled him to act to his own disadvantage. Its fur is used to

cure wounds, and a sailing ship with a live Loris on board is said

never to be becalmed. But its life is not a happy one, for it is

continually seeing ghosts : that is why it hides its face in its hands!

A full account of the folk-lore connected with the Slow Loris

would fill a small volume, but it would be of much interest. Iam

very glad to hear that Mr. H. N. Ridley is collecting stories about

it from old Malay writings.

Distribution. Eastern Bengal, Assam, Burma, Siam, Cochinchina,

Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Philippines.

Order CARNIVORA.

Family FEvip2.

16, Fenis trer1s L. The Tiger.

Felis tigris, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 58.

Siamese. “ Seu-a.”’

Malay names for different varieties of tigers, Cantor, p. 35

(apud Low) :—

1. “ Rimau Sipai,” reddish-coated, striped.

2, * Rimau Ballu,” darker coloured.

3. “ Daun Pinang,” reddish-coated, without stripes.

4. “Tuppu Kasau,” darkish, without stripes, but with longer

hairs than the others.

5. “ Puntong Prun,” very dark, striped.

‘‘Rimau” is the common word for tiger; Cantor also gives

“ Harimau.”

The tiger is numerous in suitable localities in the Malay

Peninsula, and the island of Singapore, but seems to be entirely

absent frum Penang. In Kedah I was told no tigers inhabit the

flat country around Alor Star, but are found in the hills; writing

of the tiger in Pahang, however, Ridley (J. S. B. R. A. 8, 1894,

1900.| MAMMALS OF sl1AM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 323

no. 25, p. 57) says it “ appears to be widely distributed, especially in

the low country, disappearing in the hills.” In Perak tigers occur

from sea-level to the mountain jungles; Wray (J.S.B.R.A.S.

1890, no. 21, pp. 129, 138, 146) mentions them in the Larut

Hills at over 4000 feet, and in the Batang Padang mountains at

6700 feet above sea-level. Round the town of Taiping, the capital

of Perak, tigers are particularly numerous, living largely on the

pigs kept by the Chinese. I have seen, a few hours after the occur-

rence, where a tiger burst through the wall of a house and carried

off a pig, to the horror of a Chinaman who was in the room at the

time. In Selangor also the tiger is over-plentiful. Kelsall (J.S.

B. BR. A.S. 1894, no. 26, p. 16) says they are “reported to be

plentiful everywhere (in the State of Johore), especially on the

Indau and at Batu Pahat.” Dr. Wilson (Principal Medical

Officer, Johore) informed me that about 1889 a tiger was caught

at Muar which measured 12 feet from nose to tip of tail.

In Siam the tiger apparently is not found in the delta of the

Menam, near Bangkok, nor in the valley of the Bangpakong, but

from all accounts they are numerous in the Dong Phya Fai,

especially at Pakchom on the Korat side.

Habits. Some idea of the Malay tiger and its ways may be

gathered from the following well-written accounts :—

A. R. Wallace, ‘ Malay Archipelago,’ p. 18 (1869).

H. N. Ridley, “ Mammals Malay Peninsula,” Nat. Science, vol. vi.

pp. 89-91 (1895).

F, A. Swettenham, ‘ Malay Sketches,’ pp. 12-18 (1896).

H. Clifford, ‘ Hast Coast Etchings, pp. 142-154 (1896).

Distribution. Central and South-eastern Continental Asia and

Sumatra and Java.

17. Funis parpus L. The Leopard or Panther.

Felis leopardus, Cantor, p. 35.

Felis pardus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 67; Ridley, Mamm.

Malay Pen., Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 91.

Spotted Variety: ‘“Rimau bintang” (Starred Tiger) of the

Malays.

Black Variety :

“ Rimau kimbang ” (Black-beetle Tiger) of the Malays.

“ Rimau akar ” (Tiger of the Lianas) according to Ridley.

Cantor says: “ The leopards of the Malayan Peninsula appear

to attain to a larger size, and to be more ferocious, than is

generally the case in India. Instances of their having killed and

carried off Malays are on record.” Ridley, on the other hand,

states: “It is quite harmless to man unless wounded...... The

more slender form, commonly called the leopard in opposition

to the short thick panther, is said to occur in the Peninsula; ”

and also (J.S. B. R. A. 8. 1894, no. 25, p. 57): ‘ There are. two

distinct forms, one, which includes the black panther, being

much more thick-set and heavy-looking than the typical leopard,

and the spots are usually rings and not rosettes as in that

animal,”

324 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3,

Localities :—

Siam. The spotted leopard occurs ; while I was at the Museum

in Bangkok two specimens were brought there in the flesh to

be skinned, but neither had any history. Mr. St. Stephen,

Manager of the Bawtong Mines, Kabin, told me he had once

seen a panther near the mines.

Kedah. Both the spotted and black varieties occur—the latter

appears to be most numerous—and are often trapped and ex-

ported to Penang, and thence sent to menageries in Europe and

America.

Penang. So far as I can ascertain, there are no wild leopards

on the island, but individuals from Kedah have occasionally

escaped of late years to my knowledge; one attacked and wounded

a native policeman on duty in Georgetown about 1896.

Province Wellesley. An English Officer of Police told me he had

shot a black panther in the Province about 1896.

Perak. In the Museum at Taiping there is a spotted leopard

from Larut, and black ones from Larut and from Kuala Kangsar.

Ridley says the spotted form “appears to be fairly common in

Perak and the northern part of the Peninsula.”

Selangor. Mr. A. L. Butler, Curator of the Museum at Kuala

Lumpor, tells me 99 per cent. of the leopards in Selangor are

black. Personally I have not heard of a spotted one from any

State south of Perak.

Pahang. Occurrence recorded by Ridley (J.8. B. R. A. 8. 1894,

no. 25, p. 57).

Malacca. Cantor records a black male killed at Malacca, which

‘measured from the nose to the root of the tail 4 ft.43 in. (about

1333 mm.), the tail 2 ft. 103 in. (about 886 mm.).”

Johore. Ridley says: ‘‘ The Black Panther is abundant in Johore,

and formerly occurred in Pulau Ubin, between Singapore and

Johore.”

Singapore. Ridley says the Black Panther “is said to have

occurred in Singapore, but this appears doubtful.”

Distribution. Africa and Asia in suitable places.

18. Fexis nesuLosa Griffith. The Clouded Leopard.

Felis nebulosa, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 72.

“Clouded Tiger” of the English in Siam.

This beautiful animal must be very rare in the Malay Peninsula ;

and in Siam but little is known of it, except the handsome skins

which are sometimes brought by natives from upcountry to be

sold in Bangkok.

Distribution, South-eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Siam,

Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, and Formosa (apud

Blanford).

Dr. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 7) says he

obtained ‘from a native a full-grown specimen of Felis nebulosa

(body 36 in., tail 30 in.), said to have been killed at Changi, near

Singapore,”

1900.] | MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSUDA. 325

19, Fenris MarMoRATA Martin. The Marbled Cat.

Felis marmorata, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 74.

“Rimau dihan” of the Malays, according to Cantor and

L. Wray.

Cantor (p. 36) records this species as numerous in the Malay

Peninsula. In the Museum at Taiping there are two specimens

from Kuala Kangsar, Perak. In the Museum at Kuala Lompor

there is a specimen caught at about 5 miles from that town.

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 222)

records two specimens from Malacca obtained in 1845.

Dr. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles L. & M. 1898, p. 9) mentions a

specimen of “ Felis marmorata (=diardi)” from Malacca.

Distribution. Sikhim, Assam, Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,

Java; Borneo (?).

20. Frris remMincxi Vig. & Horsf. The Golden Cat.

Felis temmincki, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 75.

«Rimau Anjing” (Dog-cat) of the Malays of Perak, according

to Mr. L. Wray.

In the Museum at Taiping there isa fine male from Kuala

Kangsar, Perak ; as stuffed it measures :—

Head and body 34 in. (or 854 mm.); tail 17 in. (or 432 mm.).

In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor there is one shot at Serendah,

about 22 miles from Kuala Lumpor.

In the Museum at Singapore is a specimen from Malacca.

Ridley (Mamm. Malay Pen. p. 92) mentions this cat from

Pahang.

Distribution. Nepal, Sikhim, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula,

Sumatra, Borneo.

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 222)

records a specimen from Malacca obtained in 1867.

21. Fruis viverRINA Benn. The Fishing Cat.

Felis viverrina, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 76.

Siamese. Seua-pla=“ Fish-cat.”

This animal seems very well known in Siam; there were

specimens of it in the Siamese Museum, but without exact locality.

In March 1897, inthe open country between Paknam Kabin and

Bawtong Kabin I saw by a pond footprints of a large cat,

probably of this species. In Jan. 1898 I saw a skin in a bazaar

at Chantaboon.

Distribution, Parts of India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam, and Southern

China. Mr. Blanford also gives the Malay Peninsula.

22. Feuis peNGaLensis Kerr. The Leopard Cat.

Felis javanensis, Cantor, p. 36.

Felis bengalensis, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 78.

“Rimau dkar” of the Malays of the Peninsula, according to

Cantor.

Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1900, No, XXII. 22

326 MR, STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3,

“ Rimau aker ” of the Malays of Perak, according to L. Wray.

“ Seua-bong ” and ‘*‘ Mow-pa” of the Siamese.

Cantor records this species from Penang and the Peninsula.

Ridley (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 92) says this is “ the

commonest wild cat... .I have seen it in Singapore, and it

appears to be abundant in the Peninsula,”

In the Museum at Taiping there are many specimens from

Larut, Perak; and I was told it was common in the State of

Selangor. In the Museum at Bangkok there are specimens from

Pachim, Siam.

A wild cat caught near Balik-Pulo, Penang, in the spring of

1896 was, to the best of my recollection, of this species.

Distribution. India, Assam, Burma, Southern China, Siam,

Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, and the Philippines.

23. Freis pLANIcEPS Vig. & Horsf. The Flat-headed Cat.

Felis planiceps, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 85.

“ Jalang”’ of the Malays of the Peninsula, according to Cantor.

Cantor also gives “ Kuching titan” as the Malay name of this

species, but this simply means “ Cat of the woods ” and is applied

to any wild cat.

Cantor (p. 37) says of this apparently not numerous species

that it is found on the Malay Peninsula and is “ of most ferocious

habits and untamable.”

In the Museum at Taiping there is a specimen said to have

been obtained in Selangor.

In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor are two specimens, one from

Klang, and the other from some other locality in the State of

Selangor.

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 222)

records a specimen from Malacca obtained in 1846.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

24, Fevis cuaus Gild. The Jungle Cat.

Felis chaus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 86.

In the Siamese Museum there is an old stuffed cat apparently

of this species, labelled “‘ Siam: January 1894.”

Distribution. Northern Africa, Western Asia, India, Ceylon,

Burma, and perhaps Siam.

N.B.—Ridley (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 92) says “ Felis

tristis has been taken in Malacca.” Sclater (P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 281)

mentions a beautiful small wild cat from Siam, living in the

Jardin Zoologique d’Acclimatation, Paris, which was quite new to

him.

25. Frexis pomestica Briss. The Common Cat.

“ Kuching” of the Malays.

“Mow ” of the Siamese.

The ordinarv domestic cat of the Malays has a very short

1900.] MAMMATS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA, 327

twisted or knotted tail, or else a mere bob. In Johore I have

seen a very remarkably coloured variety of cat, somewhat like the

English ‘ tortoise-shell,” but the different colours arranged more

in spots than in blotches. The “ Siamese” cat is fairly common

in Siam, and not “reserved for royalty ” (Lydekker, Royal Nat.

Hist. i. p. 429, line 7). In Bangkok and the Straits Settlements

it 1s not so much prized as a domestic pet as is the somewhat

similar, but darker coloured, “Laos” cat from Northern Siam.

In this region as elsewhere cats ‘ frequently relapse from a state

of domestication, resort to the jungle, and shun the presence of

man” (Cantor, p. 38).

Family VIVERRID#.

Subfamily VIvERRIN&.

26. VIVERRA ZIBETHA L. The Large Indian Civet.

Vwerra zibetha, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 96.

“ Tanggallong” of the Malays of the Peninsula (according to

Cantor).

“ Musang jebat” of the Malays of Perak (according to

L. Wray).

Cantor (p. 27) records this species from Penang, Singapore, and

the Peninsula, and considers it to be “far less numerous than

the following” (i.e. V. megaspila). In the Museum at Taiping

there are many specimens from Larut, Perak. In the Museum at

Kuala Lumpor there are two civets from Selangor which I referred

to this species, but Mr. A. L. Butler tells me he thinks they are

V. megaspila.

Ridley (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 93) says: “The larger

civets V. zibetha and V. tangalunga, the ‘ Musang jebat,’ do not,

I believe, occur wild in Singapore, but are common in the

Peninsula, and are often trapped and brought for sale. They are

never at all docile, and seldom live long in captivity.”

Distribution. Bengal, Assam, Burma, Southern China, Siam,

Malay Peninsula.

27. ViveRRA MuGasPiLA Blyth. The Burmese Civet.

Viverra tangalunga, Cantor, p. 27.

Viverra megaspila, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 99.

“‘ Masang jebat” of the Malays.

Cantor records this species from Penang, Singapore, and the

Peninsula, and says it is “‘ exceedingly numerous.” Inthe Museum

at Taiping there are many specimens from Larut, Perak. Ina

deserted bungalow at Dumdruan, Gunong Pulai, Johore, I found

a skin of this civet. The skin measured :—Head and body 29 in.

(or 737 mm.) ; tail 113 in. (or 292 mm.).

Distribution, Burma, Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.

22*

328 MR. STANLEY 8S. FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3,

28. VrverRICULA MALAccENSIS (Gmel.). The Small Indian

Civet.

Viverricula malaccensis, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 100.

‘“‘Cha-moot ” of the Siamese.

There were in the Museum at Bangkok five specimens from

Siam.

Cantor (p. 29) says : “ On the Malayan Peninsula this species

appears to be more numerous than V. zibetha; less so than

V. tangalunga” (i.e. V. megaspila).

Ridley (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 92) gives a long and

interesting account of ‘* Viverra malaccensis, the Musang”; with

all due deference to his knowledge and experience, I would

suggest that he is referring to (or at any rate has included under

that name) some species of Paradoxurus.

Mr. J. L. Bonhote (A. & M. N. H. 7th series, vol. i. p. 120,

1898) writes: ‘‘ Specimens from the Malay Peninsula representing

the original V. malaccensis may be distinguished by having only

seven dark rings on the tail instead of eight as in all other

specimens, the tip being pure white.”

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Assam, Burma, Southern China,

Siam, Malay Peninsula, Java, Philippines, Socotra, Cemoro Islands,

Madagascar (probably introduced).

29. Prionopon Gracitis Horsfield. The Graceful Tiger-Civet.

Cantor (op. cit. p. 29) records this species from Malacca; of

which Blantord (Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 105) says: “ It was also

reported from Malacca by Cantor (J. A. S. B. xv. p. 199); but,

judging by the dimensions given, it is not improbable that the

species obtained by him was P. maculosus.”

In the Museum at Taiping are three stuffed Tiger-civets from

Larut, Perak ; they agree in size and description with P. pardicolor

( Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 103), but the spots tend to form broad

longitudinal bands. In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor there is

a Tiger-civet from Selangor, taken at about 5 miles from Kuala

Lumpor ; it seemed to me to be of the same species as the speci-

mens at Taiping.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Banka, Borneo, Java.

30. PARADOXURUS NIGER (Desm.). The Indian Palm-Civet.

Pardowurus niger, Blant. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 106.

T include this species as an inhabitant of the Malay Peninsula on

account of two specimens.

lst. One in the Museum at Taiping from Larut, Perak. It is

very dark in colour, has no pale band on forehead, and the end of

the tail white. It is labelled by Mr. Wray “ P. macrodus, Gray.”

2nd. One that I saw in Penang was taken alive to England and

presented to this Society : it was identified in London as P. niger.

seein: India, Ceylon, and (apparently) the Malay Pen-

insula,

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND ‘THE MALAY PENINSULA. 329

31. PARADOXURUS HERMAPHRODITUS (Pall.). The Malay Palm-

Civet.

Paradoxurus musanga, Cantor, p. 31.

Paradoxurus finlaysonii, Horstield, Cat. Mamm. Mus. East-

India Co, 1851, p. 65.

Paradoxurus hermaphroditus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 108.

“ Musang” of the Malays, and the English in the Straits

Settlements, also “ Musang Pandan” and (when the tail is with

white point) “ Musang Baingkwang,” Cantor. ‘ Hen” of the

Siamese.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 73) records this species

from Salanga (Junkceylon), and Klang (Selangor).

This Civet is abundant in the Malay Peninsula; personally |

know of it from Kedah, Penang, Perak (many specimens from

Larut in the Taiping Museum) Selangor, Malacca (specimens in

Raffles Museum), Johore and Singapore. Sometimes it frequents

inhabited houses, even in populous towns, but on account of its

nocturnal habits is seldom seen.

Ridley’s account (Nat. Science vol. vi. 1895, p. 92) of “ Vaverra

malaccensis” applies excellently to this species.

Size. Adults seem to vary much in size. Cantor (p. 32) men-

tions one: head and body 24% in. (or 622 mm.); tail 163 in.

(or 420 mm.).

Distribution. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java,

Borneo.

32. PARADOXURUS MAcRODUS Gray. The Large-toothed Palm-

Civet.

Paradoxurus macrodus, W. 1. Sclater, Cat. Mamm. ludian Mus.

ii, 1891, p. 246.

*‘ Tn external characters this species does not differ appreciably

from Paradoxurus hermaphroditus, but the skulls are at ounce

distinguished by the large size of the teeth; upper sectorial

°39 inch long by ‘33 inch wide” (Sclater, op. cit. p. 243).

Distribution. Malay Peninsula.

33. PARADOXURUS LEUCOMYSTAX Gray. The White-whiskered

Palm-Civet.

Paguma leucomystax, Cantor, p. 30.

“Musang bilan” of the Malays of the Peninsula (according to

Cantor).

In the Museum at Taiping there are several specimens from

Larut, Perak. A male stuffed measures :—Head and body 27 in.

(or 686 mm.) ; tail 214 in. (or 546 mm.).

In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor there is a single specimen.

This species is said to be rare in Selangor.

In the Raffles Museum there are specimens from Singapore and

Malacca.

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 248)

records specimens from Malacca.

Dis tribution. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

330 MR, STANLEY S. FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3,

34. ArcrogaLE LEucoTis (Blyth). The Small-toothed Palm-

Civet.

Paguma trivirgata, Cantor, p. 31.

Arctogale leucotis, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 115.

“ Musang dakar” of the Malays of the Peninsula (according to

Cantor).

“ Hen-mi ” of the Siamese.

In the Siamese Museum there is a male stuffed, obtained in the

Dong Phya Fai by the late Dr. E. Haase.

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. p. 242) records

two specimens from Malacca.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 73) mentions a specimen

from Selangor, collected by Mr. Syers.

Distribution. Assam, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,

Jaya, Borneo.

35. HeMIGALEA HARDWICKII (Gray). The Zebra Civet-Cat.

Paradoxurus derbyanus, Cantor, p. 32.

Hemagale hardwickei, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 117.

“ Musang bitu” and ‘“Sangah Prao” of the Malays of the

Peninsula (according to Cantor).

Cantor gives this species from the Malay Peninsula, and says

it “is apparently not numerous, and is celebrated among the

Malays for its great agility.” Ridley (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895,

p. 166) says: “The only person whom I have met with who has

seen one wild is Mr. H. L. Kelsall, who found one under a log

in thick jungle by the Tahan River in Pahang.”

In the Museum at Taiping there are three stuffed specimens

from Larut, Perak. In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor there

is an example caught about 4 miles from that place. In the

Raffles Museum is a specimen labelled ‘‘ Malacca: 1892.”

Mr. Oldfield Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 73) records a specimen

from Jaffaria, Johore, collected by Mr. Davison.

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 241)

records a specimen from Malacca obtained in 1843.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Borneo.

36. ARCTICTIS BINTURONG (Raffl.). The Bear-Cat or Binturong.

Arctictis binturong, Cantor, p. 22; Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm.

p. 118; Ridley, Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 93.

“ Unturong” of the Malays of the Peninsula (according to

Cantor).

“ Binturong” or “ Mentrong” of the Malays (according to

Ridley).

This delightful animal is apparently not uncommon on the

mainland, but I have not heard of it occurring wild in Penang or

Singapore. In the Museum at Taiping are specimens from Larut

and Kuala Kangsar, Perak. It is represented in the Museum at

1900.| = MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THUY MALAY PENINSULA, 331

Kuala Lumpor, and is said to be common in Selangor. In the

Raffles Museum is a specimen from Malacca.

Mr. Ridley has kept for some years a very fine male Binturong

alive, chained to a tree in his garden at Singapore : it is not of a

gentle disposition ; but a full-grown female belonging to Mr. A. H.

B. Dennys, of Penang, is perfectly tame and delights in being

petted.

Distribution. Assam, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,

Banka, Java, Borneo.

37. CYNOGALE BENNEITI Gray. The Otter-Civet.

Cantor (p. 33) says: “This animal appears to be of rare occur-

reuce on the Malayan Peninsula, and the natives are consequently

not acquainted with it.” In the Raffles Museum there is a stutfed

animal, supposed to be of this species, labelled ‘‘ Malacca: 1389.”

Mstribution, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

38. Herpestes avropunorarus (Hodgs.). The Small Indian

Mongoose.

Herpestes auropunctatus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 121.

Cantor (p. 34) obtained a single specimen in the Malay Penin-

sula, which Blanford says was “‘ possibly introduced.”

Distribution. South Persia, Afghanistan, Baluchistan, Northern

India, Lower Bengal, Assam, Chittagong, Upper Burma, and

(possibly) Malay Peninsula.

39. HerPesTEes MuNGO (Gmel.). The Common Indian Mon-

goose. .

Herpestes griseus, Cantor, p. 34.

Herpestes mungo, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 123.

‘“ Bambun ” of the Malays (according to L. Wray).

Cantor (p. 34) obtained a single specimen in the Malay Penin-

sula, which Blantord says ‘‘may very probably have been im-

ported.”

In the Museum at Taiping there are two specimens unlabelled.

In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor there is one caught 4 miles

from that place. Once in 1895 I saw a wild Mongoose near

*‘Alma” Estate in Province Wellesley which appeared to be of this

species; but I have been told that at one time mongooses were

imported from India by the planters and turned loose in the

Province, but when, and how many, and on which estates I do not

know.

Distribution. Afghanistan, India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula ;

introduced in Jamaica and other West Indian islands.

40. Hurprsres urva (Hodgs.). ‘The Crab-eating Mongoose,

Herpestes wrva, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 129.

‘“‘ Hen-paaraa” of the Siamese.

332 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [ Apr. 3,

in the Siamese Museum is a stuffed specimen from Prachai,

Siam.

Distribution. South-eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, South

China, Siam.

41. Herprsres gavanicus (Desm.). The Javan Mongoose.

Sometimes called “ Paang-pawn” by the Siamese.

Cantor (p. 33) records this species as being numerous in Penang

and on the Peninsula.

On the 20th Jan. 1898 I was given a live mongoose, supposed

to have been caught in or near Bangkok, and probably on the west

side of the Menam. As it was the only mongoose I had seen from

the neighbourhood, and also belonged to a species I was not

acquainted with, I was particularly interested to add it to my

small private menagerie. It soon became a general favourite under

the name of “ Riki-tiki;” it was a very intelligent animal, but not

clean in its habits, and it generally had a disagreeable smell. Like

H. mungo it was inquisitive and courageous, and extraordinarily

clever in killing snakes. I have seen it kill a Dhamin (Zamenis

mucosus) over seven feet long ; when it had killed a snake, however

large, it would drag the body to its cage and then commence

eating it, head first, and continued eating till it got so distended

that it could not move. The mongoose would then lie on its back,

with all four legs stuck straight out, motionless for hours ; as soon

as it had room internally it continued its meal. On leaving Siam

1 brought this mongoose with me, hoping to present it to the

Zoological Gardens in London, but unfortunately it died suddenly

in the Red Sea ; on board the steamer it soon became famous among

the crew for its celerity in killing rats. *Mr. Oldfield Thomas, to

whom I sent the skin for identification, writes : ‘‘ The mongoose is

a form of H. javanicus for which the names of evilis Gerv. and

rutilus Gray are available if itis distinct,as I believe to be the case.

I think you might call it eazlis for the present, if you need a name.”

Distribution. Siam, Malay Peninsula, Java.

42, HERPESTES BRACHYURUS Gray. The Water Mongoose.

“ Musang Turon” of the Malays of the Peninsula (according to

Cantor).

** Musang Babi” (Pig-Civet) of the Malays (according to Ridley).

“ Bambun” of the Malays of Perak (according to L. Wray).

Cantor (p. 33) records this species from the Malay Peninsula.

Ridley (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 93) records it from

Tringganu. In the Museum at Taiping are four stuffed mongooses

(two from Larut, Perak) which Mr. Wray considers to be

A. brachyurus.

A large, dark mongoose in the Museum at Kuala Lumpor

probably belongs to this species; as also, I think, does a large,

very dark rufous-brown mongoose I have seen in the swamps near

Jenan, Kedah.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 333

Family Hy#nip2.

Cantor (p. 27) says a Hyzena is reported to occur in the Malay

Peninsula, but no Englishman nor native I have met has heard of

it there or in Siam.

Family Canip2.

43, CANIS FAMILIARIS L. The Dog.

Owing to the exertions of the Police authorities, pariah dogs

are fortunately very scarce in the Straits Settlements nowadays.

It is far otherwise in Siam; the miserable, maimed, and mangy

pariahs which, together with pigs, vultures, and crows, are the

scavengers of Bangkok, are a feature of the place. In the suburbs

and country villages the dogs are less diseased, and I have two or

three times seen specimens remarkably jackal-like in appearance,

but have never seen or heard of true jackals in Siam. These

ownerless dogs, or at any rate some of them, run about at night

in packs, hunting for their food.

44, Cyon RUTILANS (S. Miill.). The Malay Wild Dog.

Cuon primevus, Cantor, p. 26.

Cyon rutilans, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 147; Ridley, Nat.

Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 94.

“ Anjing utan” (Dogs of the woods) of the Malays.

‘Srigalah ” of the Malays of Perak (according to L. Wray).

The wild dog seems quite unknown in Penang and Singapore,

but is distributed through the less settled parts of the Peninsula.

In the Museum at Taiping there is a specimen from Kuala Kangsar,

Perak ; and in the Raffles Museum are specimens from Pahang and

Mt. Ophir. Consul T. ff. Carlisle, writing to me from Pailin in

the Battambong province of Siam in February 1899, says: ‘* Wild

dogs are said to be plentiful in parts of this province. I am

trying to get one. I have been told there are two kinds.”

Distribution. Siam (?), Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,

Java, Borneo (?).

Family Musrerip”.

Subfamily Musrerin 2.

45. Musreta FLAvieguLA Bodd. The Indian Marten.

Mustela flavigula, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 158.

“ Anga Prao” of the Malays of the Peninsula (according to

Cantor).

Cantor (p. 24) records this species from the Malay Peninsula.

In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor there is a specimen caught on

a coffee estate about seven miles from Kuala Lumpor.

Distribution. Himalayas from Hazara to Assam, hills of Southern

India, Ceylon (?), Amurland, South China, Burma, Malay Penin-

sula, Sumatra, Java (?).

334 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE {Apr. 3,

46. Putorivs nupipes F.Cuv. The Malay Weasel.

Putorius nudipes, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 171.

“ Puldsan ” of the Malays of the Peninsula (according to Cantor).

Cantor (p. 24) records this species from the Malay Peninsula,

In the Museum at Taiping there are specimens from Larut and

from Kuala Kangsar, Perak.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas (P. Z.8. 1886, p. 73) mentions a specimen

from Klang, collected by Mr. Davison.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

Subfamily Mein 2.

It is probable that some species of /elictts may be eventually

found in Siam. J have not had such an animal described to me by

the natives; but villagers on the Bangpakong seemed to recognize

the figure of Mellivora indica in Blanford’s Indian Mammals

(p. 177) as a local animal under the name of ‘ Mee-mu.”

Subfamily Lurrin x.

47. Lurra vunearts Erxl. The Common Otter.

Lutra vulgaris, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 182.

In the Raffles Museum there are three Otters labelled Lutra

vulgaris, from Singapore and Malacca, but I have not been able to

examine the specimens myself. In the Siamese Museum there

are two stuffed Otters, apparently of this species, obtained

locally ; they are very small, and pale in colour.

Distribution. Europe and Asia, in suitable localities.

48. Lurra Macropus Gray. The Smooth Indian Otter.

Lutra nair, Cantor, p. 25.

Lutra elliott, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 185.

Lutra macrodus, Blanf. Fauna Ind., Mamm. Appendix, p. 602.

Recorded from the Malay Peninsula by Cantor. A specimen

caught in Selangor is in the Museum at Kuala Lumpor.

Distribution. India, Burma, Malay Peninsula.

49. Lurra suMArRANA Gray. The Hairy-nosed Malay Otter.

Lutra barang, Cantor, p. 25.

Lutra sumatrana, Blant. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 187.

Recorded from the Malay Peninsula by Cantor, and from

Singapore by Ridley (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 94). A

specimen caught in Selangor is in the Museum at Kuala Lumpor.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula and Islands.

50. Lurra crnprea Iliger. The Clawless Otter.

Aonyx lepionyx, Cantor, p. 25.

Lutra leptonyx, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm, p. 187.

Lutra cinerea, Blant. Faun. Ind., Mamm. Appendix, p. 602,

Recorded from the Malay Peninsula by Cantor, from Malacca

1900.) MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 339

by W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 296), from

the Tahan River in Pahang by Ridley (J.S. B. R. A. 8S. 1894, no. 25,

p. 58), from Batu Pahat in Johore by Kelsall (J.S. B. R. A. S. 1894,

no. 26, p. 16), from Singapore by Ridley (Nat. Science, vol. vi.

1895, p. 94) and by Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898,

p- 9), and there is a specimen caught in Selangor in the Museum

at Kuala Lumpor.

Distribution. South-eastern Asia.

In the Museum at Taiping I saw five stuffed Otters from Perak,

but unfortunately had not time to examine them. Otters were

not uncommon on the Bangpakong River in March 1897, but I do

not know of what species; the only descriptive note in my

diary is “ Pachim, 10.5.97.—Young otter; well developed claws ;

colour of back and sides rich brown, of chin and throat lemon-

yellow.” In Jan. 1898 I saw the skin of a large Otter in the

bazaar at Chantaboon.

Family Ursipa.

51. Ursus Manayanus Raffl. The Malay Sun- or Honey-Bear.

Helarctos malayanus, Cantor, p. 21.

Ursus malayanus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 199.

“ Bruang” of the Malays.

“ Mee” or “ Mi” of tlie Siamese.

Ridley (J. 8. B. R. A.S. no. 25, 1894, p.58) records the Malayan

Honey-Bear from the neighbourhood of the Tahan River in

Pahang, and (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 93) says “‘it is

tolerably common in the Peninsula, but is absent from Singapore.

Formerly rewards were offered for its destruction, but it appears

to be quite harmless to man unless wounded, when it becomes

dangerous. It is, however, a troublesome enemy to fruit-growers

near the jungles in which it lives.” In the Museum at Taiping

there are specimens from Larut, Perak. In the Museum at

Kuala Lumpor there are specimens from Selangor, where it is said

to be not uncommon. Inthe Raffles Museum there is a specimen

from Malacca. In 1897 Mr. I’. H. Malcolm Staples told me these

bears are sometimes seen near Batu Pahat, Johore.

In the Museum at Bangkok there are two stuffed specimens,

said to be from Siam ; both were brought to the Museum in the

flesh, so they probably died in captivity in Bangkok.

Distribution. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor,

Malacca, Pahang, Johore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

52. MELURSUS URSINUS (Shaw). The Sloth-Bear.

Melursus ursinus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 201.

Lf the Sloth-Bear be really found in Siam its range extends

much farther east than is generally imagined. Several men told

me there was a large black bear in the country, and the accounts

of its unprovoked attacks on natives walking on jungle-paths

accord with accounts of the habits of this species in Southern

336 MR, STANLEY 8. F LOWER ON THE (Apr. 3,

India. Mr. St. Stephen, Manager of the Kabin Gold Mines, on

the Bangpakong River, told me, when I was there, that in 1895

or 1896 a coolie was killed by a bear near the mines ; he went out

after the animal, but failed to find it. Some of the European

engineers constructing the railway through the Dong Phya Fai

said that bears were numerous in the hills of that forest, having

their dens among the rocks.

Jn the Siamese Museum is a stuffed Sloth-Bear, obtained before

I went there, labelled by one of my predecessors ‘‘ Siam”; I made

particular enquiries about it, and was assured by the Siamese that

it came from the Laos country. But more evidence is wanted to

prove that this species inhabits either the Laos States or Siam.

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Assam (?), Burma (?), Siam (?).

Order INSECTIVORA.

Family Tupatp2.

53. TUPAIA FERRUGINEA Raffl. ‘The Malay ‘Tree-Shrew.

Tupaia ferruginea, Cantor, p. 18; Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm.

p. 210.

“Tupaia tana” of the Malays of Penang (apud Cantor).

“This singular Jittle animal was first observed tame in the house

of a gentleman at Penang, and afterwards found wild at Singapore

and in the woods near Bencoolen”’ (Sir Stamford Raffles, circa

1819). Cantor records it from ‘ Pinang, Singapore, Malayan

Peninsula,” and gives some account of its habits, as aiso does

Ridley (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 28), who records it from

Pahang (J. 8. B. R. A.S. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p.58). Oldfield Thomas

(P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 73) records it from Malacca and Jelang, Selangor.

In the Museum at Taiping there is a specimen from the Waterfall

Hill, Larut, labelled 7. tana, but probably of this species. The

Museum at Kuala Lumpor contains specimens from Selangor.

Distribution. Nepal, Assam, Burma, Malay Peninsula (Penang,

Perak, Selangor, Pahang, Malacca, Singapore), Sumatra, Java,

Borneo.

54. Tupara JAVANICA Horst. The Javanese Tree-Shrew.

Discovered by Horsfield in Java in 1806. Recorded from

Pahang (Ridley, J.S. B. R. A.S. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 58), and from

Selangor and Johore (O. Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 73).

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Selangor, Pahang, Johore),

Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

N.B.—Dr. Anderson (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. part i. p. 156,

1881) records two specimens of Zupaia malaccana from Malacca.

I did not myself see a Tupaia in Siam, but there can be little

doubt that at least one species occurs there. An English friend

told me of an animal inhabiting his garden in Bangkok which was

probably 7. ferruginea, and the Siamese described it to me under

the name of ‘* Kra’ chang.”

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 337

Family ERINAcEIDz.

55, GYMNURA RAFFLESI Vig. & Horsf. KRaffles’s Gymnura.

Gymnura rafflest, Cantor, p. 20; Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm

220, fig. 57.

“Tikus ambang bilan” of the Malays (apud Raffles).

“ Munduk ” of the Malays of Selangor, according to A. L. Butler.

“Tn a district not distant from Malacca, the animal is said to

be numerous, though not to be seen in other localities ” (Cantor).

In the Museum at Taiping there is a stuffed specimen from Tapah,

Perak, and there are two specimens from Kuala Lumpor in the

Museum at that place.

Distribution. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor,

Malacca), Sumatra, Borneo.

56, GYMNURA suILLA (Mill. & Schleg.). The Smaller Gymnura.

Distribution. “ Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Java.”

(Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 222.)

Family SorEcips”.

57. CrocipuRA MURINA (Linn.). The Brown Musk-Shrew.

Sorex murinus, Cantor, p. 21.

Crocidura murina, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 283.

“ Chinchorot ” of the Malays of the Peninsula (apud Cantor).

* Nu-pee ” or “ Nu-ring” of the Siamese.

Cantor records this species from Penang and says: “‘ The smell

of musk, emitted by the adult animal, and which in the young is

barely perceptible, is much less intense than that of the Bengal

Musk-Shrew.” O. Thomas (P.Z.8. 1886, p. 73) records a speci-

men from Singapore. Ridley (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 29)

says the Musk-Shrew “is most abundant in gardens and near

houses, and often perfumes the lower part of the house with its

strong musky smell.” Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897,

p. 11) mentions specimens in the Museum at Singapore from

Singapore and Pahang. In the Siamese Museum there is one

specimen, in spirit, from Bangkok.

Distribution. South-east Asia, in suitable localities.

58. Crocipura c#RuULNA (Kerr). The Grey Musk-Shrew.

Crocidura coerulea, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 236.

This so-called ‘‘ Musk-Rat ” is common in houses in Georgetown,

Penang, and in Tanglin, Singapore; in both localities I have

frequently caught individuals in rat-traps baited with toast.

Colour (a Penang specimen) bluish grey, paler below, hairs of

back with slightly ferruginous brown tips. Skin of snout and

feet flesh-coloured. Hair on backs of hands and feet white.

Distribution. South-east Asia, in suitable localities,

N.B.—A large Musk-Shrew occurs on the mainland of the

Peninsula; I have seen specimens both in Kedah and in Taiping,

Perak, but cannot say whether the species is O, murina or C, ccerulea,

338 MR. STANLEY S. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3,

Family GALEOPITHECID.

59. GALHOPITHECUS VOLANS (Linn.). The Flying Lemur.

Galeopithecus temminckii, Cantor, p. 7.

Galcopithecus volans, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 249, figs. 70

& 71.

“ Kubong” or “ Kurbong” of the Malays.

? “* Bang ” of the Siamese.

Cantor gives as the habitat of this species “ Singapore, Pinang,

and other Islands in the Straits of Malacca, Lancavy Islands,

Malayan Peninsula, Java, Sumatra, Borneo, Pelew Islands, Siam.”

Dr. Anderson (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. part i. p. 153, 1881)

records a specimen from Perak: ‘‘skin of a young animal, much

variegated with grey, brownish and black, interspersed with white

spots,” and others from Malacca. O. Thomas (P.Z.S. 1886,

p. 73) records specimens collected by Mr. Davison in the

Dindings and in Malacca. Ridley (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895,

p. 27) says it “is plentiful in some parts of Singapore,” and

(J.S.B.R.A.S. no. 25, 1894, p. 58) records it from Kuala

Tahan, Pahang. In the Taiping Museum there are several

stuffed specimens from Larut, Perak; there are also specimens

from Selangor in the Museum at Kuala Lumpor.

~ A'specimen shot at the foot of Gunong Pulai, Johore, was found

up a tree in the daytime. When disturbed it parachuted to a

neighbouring tree, and started climbing up the trunk; it had a

young one clinging to it.

A Penang example was obtained by moonlight, climbing on the

trunk of a tree about 60 feet above the ground. The iris was

dark brown, the ears pinky-red (this is very noticeable in life) ; the

stomach was very full, its contents apparently all vegetable

matter.

Distribution. Yenasserim, Siam, Malay Peninsula (Lancavy,

Penang, Perak, Dindings, Selangor, Pahang, Malacca, Johore,

Singapore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

Order CHIROPTERA.

Family Preropopip 2.

The species of Pteropus, Large Fruit-Bats or “ Flying-Foxes,”

are known to the Malays as ‘« Kluang,” “‘ Keluang” or “ Kelawang,”

and to the Siamese as “ Kang-khaw maa-kai” or ‘ Chankhoo

maakai”; the meaning of this name I have not been able to make

out for certain, but if it was originally composed of the four words

that now compose it, would seem to suggest ‘‘The mother of the

fowls that shield the stars,” a really poetic epithet for the largest

known bats.

In some places in Siam the Buddhist priests consider these bats

sacred. During my time in Siam I seldom saw any Fruit-Bats,

but when they were seen they were invariably in large numbers,

as the following extracts from my diary show ;—

rae

1900.j MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA, 339

' sigs At Tahkamen, many Pteropi flying about in the moon-

ight.

19.3.97. At Tahkamen, at dusk see scores of Pteropi flying over

the village wat (temple).

15.4.97. On the side of the Bangpakong River between Pachim

and Patriew, see a tree covered with Pteropi, hanging up asleep ; it

was black with them, the branches bending under their weight.

12.8.97. At Bangkok, about 7 P.m., large Fruit-Bats kept flying

over the compound, some very high in the air, others just high

enough to clear the trees and roofs of the buildings ; they were all

going in the same direction, north-west.

These may have been either of the two following species.

60. Preropus Mepius Temm. The Indian Fruit-Bat or Flying-

Fox.

Pieropus medius, Blant. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 257.

Blanford says this species “is not recorded east or south of

Burma,” but I believe it occursin Siam. In the Siamese Museum

there are two stuffed Fruit-Bats, one labelled ‘* Bangkok,”

apparently of this species ; and two that I shot on the Bangpakong

River in March 1897 I should refer to this species; they were

both males, length of forearm 152 mm. (or 6 inches), and the

lower breast and abdomen were very dark brown. Unfortunately

I did not keep their skins (owing to their very offensive smell,

characteristic of these bats), for Mr. Oldfield Thomas writes to me”

(15.45.97), “ T expect your Pteropus is not P. medius but P. vampyrus

Ce edulis of Catalogue)..... I do not think P. medius reaches

Siam.’

Distribution. India, Ceylon, and Burma, as far south as Amherst

near Moulmein (O. Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 67); Siam (?).

61. Preropus epuLis Geoff. The Malay Flying-Fox.

Pteropus edulis, Cantor, p. 16; Blant. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 259.

Pteropus vampirus, Ridley, Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p. 27.

Cantor records this species from ‘“ Pinang, Singapore, Malayan

Peninsula and Islands.” Horsfield (Cat. Mamm. Mus. Hast-India

Co. 1851, p. 27) mentions a specimen from Siam obtained by

Finlayson.

Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 49) records specimens from “ Isles

of Kallam, Straits of Malacca.” O. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 73)

records specimens from Klang.

Lieut. H. J. Kelsall, R.A., in a list of Mammals from Johore,

(J.S. B. R. A.S. no. 26, 1894, p.16), says: ‘* Pteropus edulis, Gray.

L only saw a single specimen of this large fruit-bat, at Kuala

Kabang. Itis probably common.” Ridley (J.S. B. R. A.S. no. 25,

1894, p. 58) gives this species as common at Pekan, Pahang; and

as regards those at Singapore (Nat. Sci. vi. 1895, p. 27) says: ‘* The

large fruit-bats are abundant at certain times, appearing in vast

numbers and taking up their abode in some chosen spot, remaining

there for some two or three months and then scattering again anil

340 MR, STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [ Apr. 3,

disappearing utterly. One year the [Botanical] Garden jungle

was a favoured spot, and it was roughly calculated that seventy

thousand roosted there every day. The reason for this flocking of

the fruit-bats I cannot guess, as it appears to take place at no

particular time of year, nor does it bear any relation to the fruit

season.”

In April 1895 I noticed this bat on Penang Hill, at 2500 feet

above the sea. In the Museum at Taiping are specimens from

Tapak, Perah ; the Museum at Kuala Lumpor contains a specimen

from Klang, and the Raffles Museum contains Singapore specimens.

Distribution. Mergui Archipelago, Tenasserim (?), Andamans (?),

Nicobars (?), Siam (?), Malay Peninsula (Penang, Perak, Selangor,

Pahang, Johore, Singapore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Philippines,

Banda, Ternate, Timor.

62. XANTHARPYIA AMPLEXICAUDATA (Geoffr.). The Fulvous

Fruit-Bat.

Xantharpyia amplewicaudata, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 261.

Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 73) records a specimen collected

by M. Mouhot in the Laos Mountains.

Distribution. Persian Gulf, India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam, Sumatra,

Philippines, Celebes, Amboyna, Timor, Flores, Aru Islands.

63. CyNopreRUS MARGINATUS (Geoffr.). The Short-nosed

Fruit-Bat.

Cynopterus marginatus, Cantor, p. 17; Blanf. Faun. Ind.,

Mamm. p. 268.

Cantor records this species from “ Singapore, Pinang, Malayan

Peninsula and Islands.” Horstield (Cat. Mamm. Mus. East-India

Co. 1851, p. 30) mentions specimens from Malacca under the name

of Cynopterus titthecheilus.

Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. pp. 83, 84) records specimens from

Penang and Malacca. Anderson (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. i

1881, p. 106) records specimens from Penang.

Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 73} records specimens from “ Jerome,”

Selangor, and from Singapore Island.

Ridley (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p. 28) mentions this species as

being the bat that most commonly flies into houses in Singapore

at night, and says: “‘ The fruit-bats, being clumsy and stupid, have

much difficulty in finding their way out again, and are easily

caught ; but the insectivorous bats are much more clever, and fly

in and out with ease.”

In the Siamese Museum there was a specimen in spirit,

labelled “ Bangkok.” I have met this species in Georgetown,

Penang, and at various places in Singapore, where it seems

numerous ; it may be found by day in trees hanging up asleep.

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Burma, Andamans, Siam, Malay

Peninsula (Penang, Selangor, Malacca, Singapore), Sumatra, Java,

Billiton, Borneo, Philippines.

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 341

64, CyNoPTERUS LUCASI Dobs. Lucas’s Fruit-Bat.

I understand Mr. Ridley has obtained this species both in

Singapore Island (O. Thomas, A. M. N. H. ser. 7, i. p. 861, 1898)

and in Selangor (Hanitsch, Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897,

Belly

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Selangor and Singapore) and

Borneo.

65. CARPONYCTERIS MINIMA (Geoffr.). The Small Long-tongued

Fruit-Bat.

Carponycteris minima, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 265.

Anderson (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. part i. 1881, p. 107)

records a specimen from Siam collected by Dr. G. Finlayson,

probably the same individual mentioned by Horsfield (Cat. Mamm.

Mus. East-India Co. 1851, p. 29) “ with a lengthened nose,

perhaps a distinct species.”

Distribution. Sikhim, Burma, Siam, Java, Philippines, Australia,

New Ireland.

Another Fruit-Bat, Honycteris spelea (Dobs.), known from Burma,

Cambodia, and Java, will probably be eventually found to occur in

Siam and the Malay Peninsula.

Family RHINOLOPHID 2.

66. RuINoLoPpHUs LucTUS Temm. The Great Eastern Horse-

shoe-Bat.

Rhinolophus luctus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 270.

Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 106) records a specimen from

Malacca.

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Burma, Malay Peninsula (Malacca),

Java, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines.

67. RHINOLOPHUS C@HLOPHYLLUS Peters. The Crosletted Horse-

shoe-Bat.

Rhinolophus celophyllus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 272.

I caught a single male in Bakar Bata house, near Alor Star,

Kedah, 1st June, 1898. Mr. O. Thomas, to whom the specimen

was sent, has confirmed my identification of the species.

Distribution, Burma, and Malay Peninsula (Kedah).

68, RutyoLorHus tTrRirotiatus Temm. The Three-foliated

Horseshoe-Bat.

Rhinolophus trifoliatus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 272.

Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) mentions this

species from Singapore.

Distribution. India, Assam, Mergui, Malay Peninsula (Singapore)

Java, Borneo.

Proc. Zoor, Soc.—1900, No. XXTIT. 23

342 MR. STANLEY 8S. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3

69. RumnonopHus arrinis Horsf. The Allied Horseshoe-

Bat.

Rhinolophus affinis, Cantor, p. 11; Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm.

p- 274.

Cantor records two individuals from Penang.

Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 112) records a specimen from

Penang, from Cantor.

Ridley obtained this species in Selangor (O. Thomas, A. M. N. H.

ser. 7,1. p. 361).

Dimensions of Penang specimens, after Cantor :—

RG seonaesaetusecewenee 3. Ds

SS SS SS —————————

Entire length ......... 64 mm. 2°5 in. 73 mm. 2°89 in.

aa Boe ic dos? dea dedes stews 15 mm. ‘5 in. 16 mm. 63 in.

Hixtonth jo.0-ssbessseadecss 11-25 in. 12:5 in.

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Burma, Cochinchina, Malay

Peninsula (Penang and Selangor), Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

70. RutnoLtorpnuus MrInoR Horsf. The Little Indian Horseshoe-

Bat.

Rhinolophus minor, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 276.

Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 115) records a specimen from Siam.

Ridley obtained this species in Selangor (O. Thomas, A. M. N. H.

ser, 75 1, D..o01).

Distribution. India, Burma, Siam, Japan, Malay Peninsula

(Selangor), Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

71. HreposrpERUs ARMIGER (Hodgs.). The Great Himalayan

Leaf-nosed Bat.

Hipposideros diadema, Gray ?, Cantor, p. 11.

Hipposiderus armiger, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 283.

Cantor records this species from Penang and the Malay

Peninsula. Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 136) mentions a specimen

from Penang from Cantor.

In the Siamese Museum there was a specimen in _ spirit,

apparently of this species, from Chantaboon.

Distribution. India (Himalayas, Khasi Hills), Burma?, China,

Cochinchina, Siam, Malay Peninsula (Penang).

72. HiPposrDERUS DIADEMA (Geoffr.). The Large Malay Leaf-

nosed Bat.

Hipposideros nobilis, Cantor, p. 12.

Hipposiderus diadema, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 284.

Cantor records this species from Penang and the Peninsula, and

says: “In the valley of Pinang single individuals of both species

(i. e. H.diadema and H. armiger) are at night abroad at all seasons,

but during the rains they are particularly numerous.” Dobson

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 343

(Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 137) mentions a specimen from Penang;

O. Thomas (P. Z. 8S. 1886, p.’73) a specimen from Gunong Pulai,

Johore, collected by Davison. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr.

& Mus. 1897, p. 11) records this species from Kuala Lumpor.

In the Siamese Museum there is a specimen in spirit, apparently

of this species, labelled “‘ Bangkok.”

Distribution. India (locally), Ceylon, Burma, Siam, Malay

Peninsula (Penang, Selangor, Johore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo,

Timor, Batchian, Amboyna, Philippines, Aru Islands.

73. HIPPosIDERUS GALERITUS Cantor. Cantor’s Leaf-nosed Bat.

Hipposideros galeritus, Cantor, p. 13.

Hipposiderus galeritus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 287.

Cantor described this species from “ a solitary male captured in

the valley of Pinang.” Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 142) records

a specimen from Singapore, collected by A. R. Wallace.

Distribution. India (near Bellary), Ceylon, Malay Peninsula

(Penang and Singapore), Java and Borneo.

74. HIpposIDERUS LARVATUS (Horsf.). Horsfield’s Leaf-nosed

Bat.

Hipposideros vulgaris, Cantor, p. 13.

Hipposiderus larvatus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 288.

Cantor records this species from Penang. Dobson (Cat. Chir.

B. M. p. 145) records a specimen from Siam, collected by

M. Mouhot.

Distribution. Assam, Sylhet, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula

(Penang), Java, Borneo (Notes Leyd. Mus. xix. p. 52).

Philippines ?

75. HipPosIDERUS BICOLOR (Temm.). The Two-coloured Leaf-

nosed Bat.

Hipposideros murinus, Cantor, p. 13

Hipposiderus bicolor, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 289.

Cantor records this species from Penang. Dobson (Cat. Chir.

B. M. pp. 150, 151) records specimens of H. bicolor (typical variety,

with ears as long as the head) from Penang and Singapore.

O. Thomas (P. Z.S. 1886, p. 73) mentions a specimen from Klang,

Selangor, collected by Th pease 3d, more pointed ears, a broader

herizontal nose-leaf, and a much more largely developed projection

between the nostrils than is usually the case in this species.’

Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) mentions Phyl-

lorhina bicolor, var. fulva, from Kuala Lumpor.

I found Hipposiderus bicolor fulvus very numerous at Alor Star,

Kedah, in May and June 1898, specimens flew into our house

almost every night; and onthe 26th June, 1898, I caught a single

specimen in a house in Kuala Lumpor, Selangor, probably fulvus,

23%

344 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3,

of which Mr. Oldfield Thomas remarks “rather different from

others, but these Hipposidert want further working at.”

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Assam, Burma, China, Nicobars,

Malay Peninsula (Kedah, Penang, Selangor, Singapore), Java,

Borneo, Philippines.

76. HIPPOsIDERUS AMBOINENSIS (Peters). The Little Leaf-

nosed Bat.

Hipposiderus amboinensis, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 290.

I caught two specimens on Penang Hill, 2400 feet, in March

1898.

Distribution, India (Himalayas and near Bellary), Malay Penin-

sula (Penang), Amboyna.

77. HippostpBRUS STOLICZKANUS (Dobson). Stoliczka’s Leaf-

nosed Bat.

Phyllorhina stoliczkana, Dobs. Mon. As. Chir. p. 61, figs. a, b;

and Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 132.

The type specimen was obtained by Dr. Stoliczka in Penang

and presented by him to the Indian Museum, 1871.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Penang).

78. Canors rritui, Blyth. The Tailless Leaf-nosed Bat.

Celops frithi, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 291, fig. 88.

Distribution. * Originally described from a Sundarban specimen,

but has recently been discovered at Darjiling by Col. Kinloch.

It has also been found in Siam and Java.”

Family NycTERIDIDA.

79. MugapeRMA SPASMA (Linn.). The Malay Vampire Bat.

Megaderma spasma, Cantor, p. 19.

Megaderma spasma, Blanf. Faun, Ind., Mamm, p. 294.

Cantor records this species from Penang and the Peninsula.

Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 158) records specimens from

Penang, Singapore, and Siam.

Anderson (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. part i. 1881, p. 121)

mentions specimens from Malacca, presented by Mr. W. G. Moxon,

1850.

Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) mentions

specimens from Penang and from Selangor.

Distribution. Southern India ?, Ceylon?, Tenasserim, Siam,

Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula (Penang, Selangor, Malacca, and

Singapore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Philippines, Ternate.

80. Nyorpris JAVANIOA Geoff.

Nycteris javanica, Dobs. Mon. As. Chir. p. 81; and Cat. Chir.

B. M. p. 164.

Anderson (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. part i. 1881, p. 122)

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THN MALAY PENINSULA. 340

records a specimen from Malacca, presented by Mr. W. G. Moxon,

1851.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Malacca), Java.

Family VESPERTILIONIDA.

81. VESPERUGO NocTULA (Schreb.). The Noctule Bat.

Vesperugo noctula, Blant. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 308, fig. 93.

Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 214) records a specimen from

Singapore, called Noctulina malaccensis by Gray.

Distribution. Europe, Africa, Turkestan, India, Ceylon, China,

Japan, Malay Peninsula (Singapore), Sumatra, Java.

82. VESPERUGO IMBRICATUS (Horsfield).

Vesperugo imbricatus, Dobson, Mon. As. Chir. p. 93, and Cat.

Chins B. Mop. 2h.

Distribution. ** Malay Peninsula (Malacca) ; Java” (Dobson).

83. VESPERUGO THNUIS (Temm.).

Kirwoula tenuis, Cantor, p. 15.

Vesperugo tenuis, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 226.

Cantor records this species from Penang.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Penang), “ Sumatra, Java,

Bo neo.”

84, VESPERUGO ABRAMUS (Temm.). The Indian Pipistrelle.

Vesperugo abramus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 318.

Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 228) records a specimen from Sin-

gapore. I caught specimens in the Officers’ Mess, Sepoy Lines,

Penang, in March, April, May, and June, 1895.

Distribution. Europe, India, Ceylon, Burma, Cambodia, China,

Japan, Malay Peninsula (Penang and Singapore), Philippines,

Celebes, New Guinea, Northern Australia.

85. VESPHRUGO BIDLEYI (Thomas). Ridley’s Pipistrelle.

Pipistrellus ridleyi, O. Thomas, A. M. N. H. ser. 7, i. p. 361

(1898). :

Obtained by Mr. H. N. Ridley in Selangor, ‘“ caught under a

railway arch.”

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Selangor).

86. VESPERUGO BLANFORDI Dobson. Limborg’s Bat.

Vesperugo blanfordi, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 317.

Anderson(Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. parti. 1881, p. 133) mentions

a specimen from Johore presented by Wood-Mason in 1873.

Distribution. Burma and Malay Peninsula (Johore).

346 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3,

87. Nycricerus KUHLI (Leach). East Indian Yellow Bat.

Scotophilus temminckii, Cantor, p. 15.

Nyeticejus kuhli, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 320.

“ Klawah” of the Malays of the Peninsula (Cantor).

Cantor records this species from “ Singapore, Penang, Malayan

Peninsula and Islands,’ and says:— This species is exceedingly

numerous, forming large congregations in sheltered situations on

the Malayan Peninsula, and in the caves on the numerous islands

of limestone which stud the shores from Moulmein to Java, and

in such localities large deposits of guano occur. The latter (‘ Ty

Kldwah” of the Malays, 7. ¢. bats’ manure) has been tried by agri-

culturists at Penang, but has been found much less efficacious than

the guano obtained from the swift (Collocalia) producing the

edible nests.” Horsfield says: “* This species is very abundant,

collecting by companies of hundreds, in trunks and hollows of

trees, and feeding chiefly on white ants.”

I caught a single specimen in the Officers’ Mess House, Sepoy

Lines, Penang, 25rd May, 1895.

3. Head and body 2°63 inches; forearm 1°92; tail 1°65;

extent 13°5

Near Alor Star, in Kedah, I found this species very numerous

in June, 1898; the Malay boys caught them in nets. Out of

eleven individuals examined only two were males.

Colour. Fur very dark brown above, the basal portion of the

hair yellowish brown, pale yellowish brown below; ears and wing-

membranes very dark brown.

Of these specimens Mr. Oldfield Thomas writes tome: ‘The

Scotophilus kuhli from Kedah is quite remarkably dark-coloured.

Had it not been for the existence of S. castanevs Gray from

Pinang, I might have been tempted to give ita subspecific name.”

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Assam, Burma, Malay Peninsula

(Kedah, Penang, Singapore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Flores,

Philippines.

88. VESPERTILIO HASSELTI Temm. Van Hasselt’s Bat.

Distribution. ‘ Malay Peninsula, Siam, Sumatra, Java, &. ..

Burma” (Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 330).

89. VESPERTILIO ADVERSUS Horsfield.

Vespertilio adversus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 330.

Dobson (Cat, Chir. B. M. p. 293) records specimens from Siam

presented by Mr. W. H. Newman. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr.

& Mus. 1897, p. 11) mentions “ Vespertilio adversus” from

Sivgapore. id

Distribution. Burma ?, Siam, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Australia,

Malay Peninsula (Singapore).

90, VESPERTILIO OREIAS Temm.

Distribution. Singapore (Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p, 305).

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 347

91. VESPERTILIO MuRICOLA Hodgs. The Mustachioed Bat.

Vespertilio adversus, Horsfield ?, Cantor, p. i4.

Vespertilio muricola, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 337, fig. 109.

Cantor records this species from Penang.

Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 317) records specimens from Siam,

collected by M. Mouhot, and from Singapore.

In a house at Kuala Lumpor, Selangor, 26th June 1898, I caught

a young bat, probably of this species; and in Bangkok, 5th Aur

1898, an undoubted specimen, also caught in a house.

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Tibet, Burma, Siam, Mergui Archi-

pelago, Malay Peninsula (Penang, Selangor, Singapore), Sumatra,

Java, Borneo, Celebes, Amboyna.

92. VESPERTILIO TRALATITIUS Horst.

“ Trilatitus horsfieldi, Gray,” Cantor, p. 15.

Cantor records this species from Penang.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Penang), Sumatra, Java.

93. CERIVOULA PrcTa (Pall.). The Painted Bat.

Kiriwoula picta, Cantor, p. 15.

Cerivoula picta, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 339.

Cantor records this species from Penang. The Siamese

Museum contained one spirit specimen, a male, not labelled but

evidently obtained locally ; its dimensions were :—

Head and body ...... 40 mm 1°58 in

Fe Maes Pita ge ra ema 40 ,, eG ee

| SEE les gids aN aes op Te Gece Sh 2 eee 5 Sina oe

Worearm'., Saas seman a4 ,, Uy aaa

Extent fe or eee rea about 85,

Subsequently I obtained another Siamese specimen through the

kindness of Phra Ong Chow Sye Sanitwongse, who sent 1t with

this interesting note: “‘ 6th April 1898. Orange-coloured bat

from a swamp called Bang Falari at the Rangsit Canal: it sleeps

in the flower of the Cala Lilly.”

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula

(Penang), Sumatra, Java; Borneo?

Family EMBaLLonuRip”.

94. TAPHOZOUS MELANOPOGON Temm. Black-bearded Sheath-

tailed Bat.

Taphozous melanopogon, Cantor, p. 10; Blanf. Faun. Ind.,Mamm.,

p. 347.

Cantor records this bat from Pulo Tikus, Pulo Lancavy, and the

348 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3,

Peninsula. Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 381) records specimens

from Penang and Pulo Tikus (Dr. Cantor).

Habits. In Bangkok I found these bats very numerous at all

times of the year, spending the daytime in the roofs of buildings ;

a score or more were generally to be seen in the kitchen of the

somewhat ruinous house I lived in. In the evenings they used to

hunt regularly for insects in the house, flying from room to room

in turn, with occasional pauses for rest on the walls ; the great

pace at which they flew, their graceful circling swoops, and the

unerring accuracy with which they passed at full speed through

Head of Taphozous melanopogon, 3.

Three-quarter and profile views. (Slightly larger than life.)

the holes in the wooden partitions between the rooms, were a

constant pleasure to watch on many a damp, stifling-hot night.

Their voice is very shrill and ear-piercing. They are very active

in climbing about, and it is very curious seeing a party of them

(disturbed during the day) retreating backwards up a wall. They

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THH MALAY PENINSULA. 349

generally rest suspended by their hind feet, with the head rather

thrust up, and the big ears flat against their necks.

In April 1898 I found these bats fairly numerous on the little

island of Pulo Tikus, near Penang. They were living in the small

caves by the sea, which are only accessible (to human beings) at

low tide ; the way the bats crawl over the rocks is wonderful, the

general effect being more that of a crab than a mammal. I have

also received a specimen of this species from Chantaboon.

Colour. Five specimens (3 ¢,2 2) caught on Pulo Tikus on the

same day (9.4.98) showed great variations in colour :—

3 (a). Pale mouse-colour, tinged with rufous, breast lighter,

belly white, black patch on throat.

3 (6). Very yellowish rufous.

3 (c). Dark grey ; this specimen was rather smaller than either

a or b, which were subequal in size.

2 (d). Pale mouse-colour, breast lighter, belly white.

2 (e). Similar to d, but darker and browner above.

The illustration of the head of this species given by Dobson

(P. Z.S. 1875, and Mon. As. Chir. p. 167), which has been used

in subsequent books (Cassell’s Nat. Hist. i. p. 316, and Blanf.

Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 347, fig. 114), is, I venture to think, not

adequate in giving a good idea of the physiognomy of this bat. The

appended sketches (see p. 348) of a male, from Bangkok, drawn

from life, will be seen to differ from Dobson’s figure in the

profile of the nose, the form and serrations of the ear, and the

bristles on the face. Also 7. melanopogon has a bright, intelligent

look, which is lost in Dobson’s figure, apparently drawn from a

spirit specimen.

Distribution. India, Burma, Siam, Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula

(Lancavy, Penang), Java, Borneo, Philippines.

95, TaPHozous LONGIMANUS Hardw. Long-armed Sheath-tailed

Bat.

Taphozous longimanus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 348.

Dr. F. A. Jentink (Notes from the Leyden Museun, vol. xix.

p- 54, January 1897) says of specimens of this bat from Sintang,

Borneo :—“ The wings are white, strikingly contrasting with the

dark-coloured (in alcohol) rest of the animal.” Mr. Oldfield

Thomas (A. M.N.H. ser. 7, vol. ii. p. 246, Sept. 1898) describes

these white-winged specimens as T'aphozous longimanus albipinnis,

with a female from Labuan, collected by the late Mr. A. H. Everett,

as the type of the subspecies, and says: ‘‘ Four other Bornean speci-

mens are similarly white-winged, and there is also a white-winged

specimen in the Museum collection from Malacca collected long

ago by Mr. A. Charlton ” (vide Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 385).

During a few days I spent in Labuan in Sept. and Oct. 1897 a

white-winged Taphozous was very noticeable, flying at evening-time

in large numbers over the road from Usher Market to the Post

Office, but 1 do not know whether they belonged to this species

350 MR, STANLEY S. FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3,

or to 7. affinis (also recorded from Labuan), or both. This was the

only locality where I observed any white-winged bats.

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Burma, Malay Peninsula (Malacca),

Borneo.

96, TapHozous sacconamMus Temm. Pouch-bearing Sheath-

tailed Bat.

Taphozous saccolaimus, Cantor, p. 10.

Taphozous saccolemus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 350.

Cantor mentions “two males captured at Pinang in houses in

the valley.”

Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 389) records a specimen from

Singapore.

Distribution. Peninsula of India, Ceylon, Sylhet, Burma, Malay

Peninsula (Penang and Singapore), Sumatra, Java.

97. TapHozous AFFINIS Dobson.

Taphozous affinis, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 389.

A male was caught by Mr. Robertson Glasgow in the Botanical

Gardens, Singapore, on Noy. 19, 1897, and presented by him to

the Raffles Museum (Ridley, J. S. B. R. A.S. no. 31, 1898, p. 104).

Disiribution. Singapore, Sumatra, Labuan.

98. RHINOPOMA MICROPHYLLUM Geoffr. The Long-tailed Bat.

Rhinopoma hardwickii, Cantor, p. 8.

Rhinopoma microphyllum, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 351,

figs. 116 & 117.

Cantor says: ‘‘ A single male, in no way differing from Bengal

individuals, was obtained by Captain Congalton, H.C. Steamer

‘ Diana,’ in a cave on an island in Girbee river, in latitude 8° 0’,

on the Malayan Peninsula.”

Distribution. N.E. Africa, Syria, India, Burma, and Malay

Peninsula (latitude of Junkceylon).

99, CHIROMELES TORQUATUS Horsf. The Hairless Bat.

Cheiromeles torquatus, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 405.

Recorded from Penang, Malacca, and Singapore by Dobson (op.

cit.). Anderson (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus., part i. 1881, p. 150)

mentions a specimen from Siam collected by Finlayson, which is

also mentioned by Horsfield (Cat. Mamm. Mus. East India Co.

1851, p. 42), who says: “ Discovered by Mr. George Finlayson,

while attached to the mission of John Crawford, Esq., to Siam and

Cochin China. The precise locality is not known.”

Ridley (Nat. Science, 1895, vol. vi. p. 28) says, in Singapore

‘this is not a rare species. When it comes into the house at

night, unlike most insectiy orous bats, it is confused by the light,

and is easily caught.”

The Raffles Museum contains specimens from Singapore and

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA, 301

Pahang. There is a specimen from the Batu Caves, Selangor, in

the Museum at Kuala Lumpor.

Distribution. Siam, Malay Peninsula (Penang, Selangor, Pahang.

Malacca, Singapore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

100. Nycrinomus puicarus (Buchanan). The Indian Wrinkled-

lipped Bat.

Nyctinomus tenuis, Cantor, p. 9.

Nyctinomus plicatus, Blanf, Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 354.

Cantor records this species from the Malay Peninsula.

Dobson (Cat. Chir. B. M. p. £25) records specimens from the

Malay Peninsula and Singapore.

An interesting account of these bats at Hpagat, Salween, Burma,

by Capt. A. R. 8. Anderson, appeared in ‘ Natural Science,’ 1899,

p- 259, taken from the “ Administration Report of the Marine

Survey of India, 1897-98.”

Distribution. India, Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java,

Borneo, Philippines.

101. Nycrmnomus JoHorrnsis Dobson. Dato Meldrum’s Bat.

Nyctinomus johorensis, Dobson, Cat. Chir. B. M. p. 432.

The type specimen was obtained in Johore by Dato James

Meldrum. He sent it to Wood-Mason, who presented it to the

Indian Museum, 1872. So far as I am aware, this is the only

specimen in any collection.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Johore).

Order RODENTIA.

Family Scrurip2.

102. Prrromys ora Tick. The Large Brown Flying-Squirrel.

Pteromys oral, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 361, fig. 122.

“ Baang-let ” of the Siamese.

While in Siam (Noy. 1898) I was shown the skin of a Flying-

Squirrel shot at Prachei (a place between Ayuthia and Korat),

which agreed exactly with Blanford’s description of this species.

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Burma, Mergui Archipelago, Siam.

103. PreRoMYs PETAURISTA, Pallas. The Large Malay Flying-

Squirrel.

Pteromys nitidus, Cantor, p. 44.

Pteromys nitidus, O. Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 73.

“ Tapai Térbang ” or “ Kubin” of the Malays of the Peninsula

(Cantor).

“ Tupai Belang” of the Malays (Ridley).

‘“‘Grabah” or “ Kubin” of the Malays (L. Wray, jun.).

Cantor records this species from Penang, Singapore, and the

Peninsula, and says it is “‘ very numerous in the Malayan countries.

352 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3,

It is not strictly nocturnal, for it is frequently seen abroad during

the day. It is particularly fond of the Durian, the fruit of Durio

zibethinus. The Flying-Squirrel has this partiality im common

with various other animals, as monkeys, Pteropi and Paradoxuri ;

nay, the Malays assert, that they have to watch this, theia

favourite fruit, against tigers.”

Horsfield (Cat. Mamm. Mus. East India Co. 1851, p. 162)

records a specimen, under the name of Pteromys melanotis, from

Siam, collected by Dr. G. Finlayson; W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm.

Indian Mus. part ii. 1891, p. 37) also mentions this specimen, and

others from Malacca pr ocured by the Rev. F. Lindstedt in 1845.

O. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 73) records three specimens

collected by Davison, from Klang (Salangor), Malacca, and Gunang

Pulai (Johore) respectively, and says ‘“ these specimens all belong

to the so-called species Pt. melanotis.”

H. J. Kelsall J. 8. B. R. A. 8. no. 26, Jan. 1894), in a list of

Mammals from Johore, says presumably of this species :—‘* Pteromys

oral, Tick. Red Flying-Squirrel. One specimen obtained at

Simpai, on the Batu Pahat Sembrong.”

Ridley (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 95) says:—‘“ The red

Flying-Squirrel, Pteromys nitidus, is still common in Singapore,

inhabiting the thicker jungles. It remains quite quiet during the

day, but at dusk begins to move about. It climbs with some

clumsiness to a high point ona tree, and then dives off to the

next, up which it climbs again, and again dives off, and so travels

to its feeding ground. It appears to be very fond of coconuts,

and will attack any that are near the jungles which it inhabits.”

Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 10) records

“ Pteromys petaurista (=oral)” from Selangor, and “ Pteromys

nitidus ” from Singapore.

In the Museum at Taiping I saw,in May 1898, six large Flying-

Squirrels stuffed; two of these are very dark; Mr. Wray has

labelled them P. nitidus, Malay name “ Kubin,” they are from

Larut. The remaining specimens are very red ; two are from Tapah,

Batang Padang, and one from Larut ; they are labelled P. petaurista,

“The Taguan,’ Malay name “ Grabah.”

In the Museum at Kuala Lampor I saw, in June 1898, two

stuffed specimens of 7’. petaurista, both obtained in Selangor ; and

Mr. A. L. Butler told me there was also a black Pteromys found

in that neighbourhood, which he considered to be possibly a race

of P. oral.

I have only once seen a Pteromys wild; it was sbanaet of

this species, on Penang Hill, about 1800 feet elevation, on the

11th March, 1899. Just after sunset it passed near me, swooping

down hill over the trees (which at this point were not high); we

had a good view of it for about 100 yards, when it passed out of

sight downhill ; its parachute was kept quite steady, and its tail

stiff straight out behind.

Distribution. Siam, Formosa, Malay Peninsula (apparently

generally distributed), Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

1900.| MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 353

104, Preromys punctatus Gray. The Spotted Flying-Squirrel.

Distribution. Malacca and Burma (vide Blanf. Faun. Ind.,

Mamm. p. 366).

105, PreRoMYS TEPHROMELAS Giinth.

O. Thomas (P. Z.S. 1886, p. 74) records two specimens collected

by Davison, one from Klang, Selangor, and one from Jaffaria,

Johore.

106. Scruroprprus aLBonicnR Hodgs. The Parti-coloured

Flying-Squirrel.

Distribution. “The Himalayas from Nepal eastward, at an

elevation of 3000 to 5000 feet. Found also in the hills south

of Assam, in Manipur, Yunnan, and Siam. Some skins in the

British Museum from Borneo are also referred to this species.”

(Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 367.)

107. Scruroprerus sacirra (Linn.). Horsfield’s Flying-

Squirrel.

Sciuropterus horsfieldiz, Cantor, p. 45.

Sciuropterus sagiita, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 367.

Of this species Cantor obtained a single skin, from Kedah,

In the Museum at Taiping I saw two specimens from Larut,

Perak.

Distribution. Burma, Cambodia, Malay Peninsula (Kedah,

Perak), Sumatra ?, Banka, Java.

Personally, the only place where 1 have seen Sciuropterus alive

was on Penang Hill, at about 2200 feet elevation. On the

17th March, 1896, I noticed two grey ones going from tree to tree

in bright daylight; and on the 29th March, 1898, I obtained a

male specimen near the same spot ; I do not know to which species

it belongs, the large ears have no pencils of hair at the base.

Colour. Above dark grizzled brown, plentifully sprinkled with

rich rufous yellow (underfur of back grey, hairs dark brown

tipped with rufous yellow). Tail, upper surface nearly uniform

dove-coloured brown. Below, very pale lemon-yellow under the

head, neck, and body; pale rufous under the parachute; light red

under the tail. A dark patch round eye. Cheeks rufous yellow.

Nose, chin, and ears pale mouse-colour. The fringe of hair on

the anterior margin and corner of the lateral flying-membrane is

above rich rufous, and below buff turning toa warm reddish yellow

at the edge.

Size :—

Head and. Body). oy -« » s/s. < 188 mm. about 74 inches.

Tail, without hair ........ Tope a ans Laaeeas

Pa LE AE, ce cas aon o's « Da Uir as 5 BOs

Hind-foot, without claw .. 34 ,,

A ees «li g.x sane Pee a area hee

URHeMe Matar van «> pes riince.t 305 a, eee

354 MR, STANLEY 8S. FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3,

108. Scruroprerus pAvisont Thomas. Davison’s Flying-

Squirrel.

O. Thomas (P. Z.S. 1886, p. 74, pl. vi.) described this species

from a specimen collected in Malacca by Davison.

109. ScivROPTERUS LEPIDUS Horsf.

In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor there is a Squirrel from

Selangor, which Mr. A. L. Butler tells me is of this species. ,

110. ScruropreRUS GENIBARBIS (Horsf.).

Cantor (p. 45) records this species from the Malay Peninsula,

and gives the following dimensions of a male :—

Head and body ...... 191mm. 73 inches.

Dail. 9: 5 eats, cen tihetiss 7 SO Bee ee alee

Distribution. Malay Peninsula, Java.

111. Rarura Bicotor Sparrm. The Large Malay Squirrel.

Sciurus bicolor, Cantor, p. 38; Blanford, Faun. Ind., Mamm,

p. 373.

Cantor says the dark variety is called by the Malays of the

Peninsula “ Chingkrdéwah ¢tam,” and is very numerous in the

forests and hills of Penang and the Malay Peninsula; the light

variety is called “ Chingkrawah” or “ Chingkrawah puteh,” and

occurs in Penang.

O. Thomas (P. Z. S. 1886, p. 75) records twelve specimens from

the Malay Peninsula, from the following localities :—two from

Salanga, Junkceylon ; one from the Dindings; four from Klang,

Selangor ; one from Malacca; one from Jaffaria, Johore; and three

from Gunong Pulai, Johore. He says: ‘“* With the exception of

three or four of the cream-coloured examples so common in this

species, all these specimens represent the typical black and yellow

S. bicolor.”

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 9) records

specimens from Perak, Malacca, and Singapore.

Ridley (J.8. B. R. A.S. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 58) says: “ Scturus

bicolor Sparr. This very variable Squirrel is, in Pahang, usually of

a dirty yellowish-white colour, almost tawny on the back. Seen far

up the Tahan River, and at Pulau Tawar.” Also (Nat. Science, vi.

1895, p. 95) he writes :—‘“S. bicolor is a strictly arboreal squirrel,

which lives in the tops of the higher trees in the thick jungles.

It is very variable in colour. The commonest form in Singapore

is black with a cream-coloured belly. In the Peninsula it is

usually entirely cream-coloured. It is remarkably docile, but

much less active than the smaller species. When eating, this

species sits transversely on a bough, grasping it with its hind feet,

the head and body hanging down on one side and the tail on the

other. It eats fruits of different kinds, and also buds and leaves.”

H. J. Kelsall (J. S. B. R. A.S8. no. 26, Jan. 1894, p. 16) says :—

“This squirrel, which is common in Johor, is here of a dirty

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 355

yellowish-white colour, somewhat darker on the back. Specimens

were obtained at Kuala Sembrong and Batu Pahat.”

The Museum at Taiping contains a specimen of the dark race

from Maxwell’s Hill, Larut, Perak. Mr. L. Wray tells me this

squirrel is known as ‘The Jeelrang Squirrel,” “ Chingkrawah

Itam,” or “ Tupai Nanding.”

‘The Museum at Kuala Lumpor contains one dark specimen

from Selangor.

The Raftles Museum contains a specimen from Singapore.

In the Siamese Museum we had a specimen from Phrabat.

1 saw the dark race of this species in some high jungle-trees

near the waterfall, Botanical Gardens, Penang, 1st January, 1896.

Also on the 28th March, 1897, a little downstreamof Paknam Kabin

on the Bangpakong River, Siam, I saw one in a very tall tree: it

was black above, pale fawn-colour beneath, had a very big, bushy

black tail, and, so far as we could make out with field-glassesg, it

had tufted eurs.

Distribution. Nipal, Sikhim, Bhutan, Assam, Mme Burma,

Siam, Malay Peninsula (Junkceylon, Penang, Perak, Dindings,

Selangor, Malacca, Pahang, Johore, Singapore), Sumatra, Java,

Borneo ; Celebes ?

112. Scrurvus FintaysoniI Horsf. Finlayson’s Squirrel.

Sciurus ferrugineus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 375.

“ Kra rawk khow” (White Squirrel) of the Siamese.

Horsfield (Cat. Mamm. Mus. East India Co. 1851, p. 154)

records a specimen from Siam collected by Dr. G. Finlayson.

This species is very numerous in parts of Siam; the Siamese

Museum contained five specimens—a red one from Bangkok,

October 1893 ; a red one from Chantaboon, July 1896; and three

white ones without recorded localities. In March 1897 I saw six

of the white race in various places on the Bangpakong River

between Tahkamen and Kabin, they were all in trees, usually in

the jungle. In January 1898 I saw one of the red race in trees in

a mangrove swamp near the mouth of the Chantaboon River. In

February 1898 we saw very many near Ayuthia, especially in a

grove of trees a few miles north of the town; I did not see any

on the ground, but always in the trees or clumps of tall bamboo.

They were all engaged in love making, males were more numerous

than females ; they made a good deal of noise, a sort of clucking,

rather like the cry of some species of woodpecker. The females

have two pairs of mamme. These Ayuthia specimens varied

greatly in colour (v. O. Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 245); in all the

iris was dark brown, and the bare skin on hands and feet black.

In August 1898 I saw one specimen on Klong Morn, a few miles

from Bangkok. On the 28th August 1897, at Kosichang, J saw

in the woods on Flagstaff Hill about 12 or 15 white squirrels,

probably of this species, but apparently smaller and more buff

(less pure white) than those I saw on the Bangpakong in March.

On the 27th February, 1898, on revisiting the same woods, I saw

356 MR, STANLEY 8S, FLOWER ON THE [ Apr. 3

many of these squirrels; again they seemed to me smaller than

S. finlaysoni of the mainland, but they looked pure white: perhaps

they are a small island-race.

Distribution. Sikhim ?, Burma, Siam.

113. Scrurus ERyrHR#US Pallas. Pallas’s Squirrel.

Sciurus erythreus, Blant, Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 377.

A stuffed specimen, apparently of this species, in the Siamese

Museum, was said to have been obtained locally, which seemed

probable, as the Siamese had a name for it—‘ Krarwak lai,’ that

is, “ The Variegated Squirrel.”

Distribution. Assam, Burma, China ?, Siam ?

114, Scrurus urppurvs Is. Geoffr.

Sciurus hippurus, Cantor, p. 41.

“Tupai Jinjang,” “ Ummu,” or “Jau” of the Malays of the

Peninsula (Cantor),

Cantor records this species from the Malay Peninsula.

Horsfield (Cat. Mamm. Mus. East Ind. Co. 1851, p. 154) records

it from Malacca. O. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 75) records three

specimens from Klang, Selangor, collected by Davison, saying

“This species seems to be the Malay representative of S. erythraeus

Pall., which does not, however, extend further south than Manipur,

while Klang seems to be about as far north as S. hippurus has been

found.”

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. part ii. 1891, p. 18)

records two specimens from Malacca, from R. W. G. Frith, 1844.

In the Museum at Taiping there are several squirrels from the

Larut Hills which Mr. Wray considers to be S. hippurus; they are

about equal in size to S. prevosti, but have the back dark ferru-

ginous instead of black, and have no white on the sides.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Perak?, Selangor, Malacca),

Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

115. Scrurus CANicEps (Gray). The Golden-backed Squirrel.

Sciurus caniceps, O. Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1886, pp. 68 & 76; Blanf.

Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 380.

O. Thomas (op. cit. p. 76) records seven specimens of Sciurus

caniceps concolor from “* Kussoom, Taroar, Poongah, and Salanga,

Junkceylon,” collected by Darling. W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm.

Indian Mus. part ii. 1891, p. 14) records specimens from Perak

which “ have only a slight tinge of orange on the back, and no

cheek-patches, and this form agrees very well with the speci-

men from Malacca (procured by G. Moxon, 1847), the type of

S. concolor.”

I shot a specimen, subsequently kindly identified by Mr. Thomas,

near Gunong Gajah, Kedah, 13th April, 1895. ¢.

Distribution. Burma, Malay Peninsula (Junkceylon, Kedah,

Perak, Malacca).

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 307

116. Scrurus eriseimManus M.-Edw. The Grey-footed Squirrel.

Ridley (J.8. B. R. A. 8. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 59), in a “ List of

Mammals recorded from Pahang,” includes “ Sciwrus griseimanus,

A. M.-Edwards,” but unfortunately gives no details about it.

_ Distribution. Cochinchina, Cambodia, Upper Burma (Blanf.Faun.

Ind., Mamm. p. 381), Laos (O. Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 68), and

Malay Peninsula ?

N.B.—Scrurvus arriporsaLis Gray. The Black-backed Squirrel.

Sciurus atridorsalis, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 382.

O. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 76) records a single specimen from

Klang collected by Davison, but says :—“ There is possibly some

mistake in the labelling of this specimen, as the species is not

otherwise known to occur south of Tavoy, Tenasserim, and the

specimen exactly matches some of Mr. Davison’s Moulmein skins.”

Davison (J. S. B. R. A.S. no. 20, 1889, p. 84) says he “ obtained

one specimen of the common squirrel Sciwrus atrodorsalis” on Pulo

Tioman in August 1889!

Distribution. Burma.

117. Scrunvs MACCLELLAND!I Horsfield. The Striped Himalayan

Squirrel.

Sciurus macclellandi, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 386.

In the Museum at Taiping, Perak, there is a stuffed specimen

of S. macelellandi barber from Taiping (it is labelled S. tenuis

Horst.).

In the Siamese Museum there are two specimens, also of the

barbei race, from Petchaburi, Siam.

I obtained a single individual in a tree in a wood near Bortong

Kabin, 26th March, 1897.

Distribution. Sikhim, Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Cachar,

Manipur, China, Formosa, Cochinchina, Siam, Tenasserim, Malay

Peninsula (Perak, Malacca).

N.B.—Mr. J. L. Bonhote (A. M. N. H. ser. 7, vol. v. p. 53,

1900) distinguishes specimens from Perak as Sciwrus macclellandi

leucotis (Temm.), differing from S. barbet in having the light

stripes narrow and hair of ear white at base.

118. Scrurus renui1s Horsfield. The Slender Squirrel.

Sciurus tenuis, Cantor, p. 42.

Cantor records this species from Singapore and the Peninsula,

and apparently found it rare, only observing two individuals.

Horsfield (Cat. Mamm. Mus. East India Co. 1851, p. 154)

mentions a specimen from Singapore, collected by Finlayson.

O. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 76) records eleven specimens from

the Malay Peninsula; they are from Klang and Ulu Langhat in

Selangor, from Malacca, from Gunong Pulai in Johore, and from

Singapore, and says ‘“ these specimens are all very similar, and

precisely agree with Horsfield’s type.”

Proc, Zoor, Soo.—1900, No. XXIV. 24

358 MR, STANLEY S. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3,

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 20) records

a specimen from Perak, and one from Malacca, collected by A. R.

Wallace. :

H. J. Kelsall (J.S. B. R. A.S. no. 26, Jan. 1894, p. 16), in a list

of Mammals from Johore, says ‘ Sctwrus tenuis, Horsf. Fairly

common. The smallest of the Malayan squirrels.”

Ridley (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, pp. 95 & 96) gives an account

of the habits of this squirrel, and says it is very abundant and

destructive in the Botanic Gardens, Singapore. Hanitsch (Rep.

Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) also records it from Singapore.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor, Malacca, Johore,

Singapore); “ Pulo Panjang in the Gulf of Siam” (W. L. Sclater,

0. 8. ¢.), Java, Sumatra, Borneo.

119. Scrurus PREVOSTI Desm. Raffles’s Squirrel.

Sciurus raffles, Cantor, p. 40.

‘“‘Tupai B’lang” of the Malays (according to Messrs. Ridley and

Wray). Cantor records this species as numerous on the Malay

Peninsula.

O. Thomas (P. Z. 8S. 1886, p. 76) mentions specimens trom Klang,

Selangor,and Malacca. W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. ii.

1891, p.24) records specimens from Malacca. Ridley(J.S.B.R.A.S.

no, 25, Jan. 1894, p. 59) mentions this species being common at

Kuala Semantan, Pahang, and (Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 95)

says of it, ‘one of the most beautiful kinds in the world, is common

in the Malay Peninsula, but I never saw it in Singapore.”

Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) records this

species from Kuala Lumpor and from Pahang. In July 1898 I

saw a specimen in the Raffles Museum labelled “ Sciurus raffesii.

Singapore.”

The Museum at Taiping contains specimens from Taiping and

Blanja, Perak. Mr. A. L. Butler tells me this species is not

uncommon in Selangor; there are several specimens in the Museum

at Kuala Lumpor.

Mstribution. Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor, Malacca, Pahang.

Singapore ?), Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Banka, Billiton, Celebes.

120. Scrurus Notarus Bodd. The Malayan Squirrel.

Sciurus badging, O. Thomas, P. Z.S. 1886, p. 76.

Sciurus plantani of authors.

Sciurus vittatus, Cantor, p. 42.

Sciurus nigrovittatus, Cantor, p. 42.

? Sciurus griseiventer, L. Wray jun., label in Perak Museum.

Cantor records S. vittatus from Penang, Singapore, and the

Peninsula, and says it is ‘‘ the most numerous species in the Straits

of Malacca,” and S. nigrovittatus he records from the Peninsula and

says it is “not numerous.” O. Thomas (P.Z.S. 1886, p. 76)

records specimens from Lumut in the Dindings; Jerome, Klang,

and Birman in Selangor; Malacca; Gunong Pulai in Johore; and

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 309

Singapore ; and makes some very interesting remarks on the color-

ation of this species. W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus.

il. 1891, p. 23) records specimens from Perak and Malacca. Ridley

(J.S. B.R.A.S. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 59), in a “ List of Mammals

from Pahang,” says: “ Sciwrus notatus, Bodd. This is perhaps the

commonest of all the Malayan Squirrels. Common everywhere” ;

and mentions its habits in Nat. Science, vol. vi. 1895, p. 95.

H. J. Kelsall (J. 8S. B. R. A.S. no. 26, Jan. 1894, p. 16), in a list

of Mammals from Johore, says “ Sciwrus notatus, Bodd. This pretty

little squirrel is common everywhere.” Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles

Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) records this species from Singapore,

Johore, Kuala Lumpor, and Pahang.

This is the commonest species both about Taiping, Perak, and

Kuala Lumpor, Selangor ; there are several specimens in the local

museums at both towns. It also seems the commonest species on

Penang Hill; I obtained a specimen there at 2200 feet elevation.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Penang, Perak, Dindings,

Selangor, Malacca, Pahang, Johore, Singapore), Sumatra, Java,

Borneo.

121. FuNAMBULUS BERDMOREI (Blyth), Berdmore’s Squirrel.

Sciurus berdmoret, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 387.

During March 1897 I met this squirrel near Tahkamen, on the

Bangpakong River, Siam; three specimens undoubtedly of this

species, one in the jungle, two near a village, were seen running

on the ground ; two others, apparently of this species, were seen

climbing in a clump of bamboo.

In the Siamese Museum there were two specimens labelled

‘“©M. Pran, Siam.”

Distribution. Martaban, Tenasserim, Mergui Archipelago, Siam,

Cambodia, Cochinchina.

122, FUNAMBULUS LaTICAUDATUS (Diard). Long-nosed Squirrel.

Sciurus laticaudatus, Cantor, p. 43.

Rhinoscturus laticaudatus, W. L. Sclater, Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus.

ii. 1891, p. 30.

Cantor records this squirrel from the Malay Peninsula, gives a

description of it, and says it is “apparently not numerous”; he

examined five individuals. O. Thomas (P.Z.8. 1886, p. 78)

records a specimen from Klang, Selangor. W. L. Sclater (Cat.

Mamm. Ind. Mus. ii. 1891, p. 30) records a specimen from the

Malay Peninsula procured by G. Moxon in 1851. Ridley

(J.8. B. R. A.S. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 59), ina “ List of Mammals

recorded from Pahang,” says “‘ Sciwrus laticaudatus, Diard. This

appears to be a rare species. Kota Glanggi.” Hanitsch (Rep.

Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 10) under the name of “ Xerus

laticaudatus”” records a specimen from Pahang, probably the same

as that mentioned by Ridley. A large pale rufous squirrel from

Simpang, Perak, in the Museum at Taiping is considered by

360 MR, STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3,

Mr. Wray to belong to this species. Mr. A. L. Butler told me

he shot two specimens in June 1898 near Kuala Lumpor, a

female and a three-quarter-grown young one; the young one has

dark rings on the tail, which are absent in the adult.

Distribution. Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor, Pahang), Borneo.

123. FUNAMBULUS INSIGNIS (F. Cuvier).

Sciurus insignis F. Cuv.

O. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 78) records specimens from Klang

in Selangor, and from Jaffaria in Johore. W. L. Sclater (Cat.

Mamm. Ind. Mus. ii. 1891, p. 28) records a specimen from Malacca,

presented by E. R. Alston. Ridley (J.S. B.R.A.S. no. 25,

Jan. 1894, p. 59), in a “ List of Mammals recorded from Pahang,”

says: ‘ Sciurus insignis, F. Cuv. This is a pretty squirrel with

three black stripes down the back. It appears to live almost

entirely on the ground. Tahan River.” Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles

Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 10), under the name of Xerus insignis,

mentions this species from Ulu Pahang.

Distribution, Malay Peninsula (Selangor, Malacca, Pahang,

Johore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

124. FuyampBvtus tooria (Hodgs.). The Orange-bellied Hima-

layan Squirrel.

Sciurus subflaviventris, Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. East India Co.

1851, p. 152.

Sciurus locria, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 376.

Horsfield (/. s. c.) mentions a specimen “ from G. Finlayson’s

Collection during Crawford’s Embassy to Siam.”

Distribution. Nepal, Sikhim, Manipur, Arrakan, &c., and

probably Siam.

Family Murip2.

125. Hapatomys Lonercaupatrus Blyth. Berdmore’s Rat.

Hapalomys longicaudatus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 401.

Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) records a

specimen from Patani.

Distribution. Burma and Malay Peninsula (Patani).

126, VANDELEURIA OLERACHA (Benn.). The Long-tailed Tree-

Mouse.

Vandelewria oleracea, Blanf, Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 402.

_One specimen, said to have been caught near Chantaboon, was

given to me while in Siam ; its dimensions in spirit were :—

Head and body ........ 56mm. or 2-2 inches.

Dail yeh a eee eee Ob 155 Sun ir

Hind-foot 28 34heeae 1G os, ‘63 inch

Bar 2 ascend ke sacar eae -43

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Assam, Yunnan, Burma, Siam,

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 361

127. CHIROPODOMYS GLIROIDES (Blyth). The Pencil-tailed Tree-

Mouse.

Chiropodomys gliroides, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 403.

O. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 78) records a mouse from Jaram,

Selangor, collected by Darling, which probably belongs to this

species.

Distribution. Burma, Malay Peninsula (Selangor), Java, Borneo.

128. Mus rarrus Linn. The Common Brown Rat of the East

Indies.

Mus rufescens, Cantor, p. 46.

Mus rattus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 406.

“ Nu” of the Siamese (a term applied to all species of rats).

W.L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 67) records

a specimen of Mus’ rattus rufescens from Malacca, and one from

Penang from Cantor’s collection. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. &

Mus. 1887, p. 11) records this species from Singapore.

I have caught this rat in Sepoy Lines, Penang (May 1895), on

Penang Hill (Nov. 1896 and March 1898), in Bangkok (April,

June, July, Aug., Nov. 1897, and Feb., Aug. 1898), and in Ayuthia

(Feb. 1898).

Colour. Specimens from Penang Hill: Above reddish brown,

with longer dark hairs: beneath pale yellowish, buff, or fawny

grey; the two colours gradually shade into each other on the

sides.

Specimens from Bangkok: Above reddish brown (varying from

bright rufous to yellowish), many of the larger hairs having black

tips (most noticeable in adult specimens), base of fur on back grey ;

beneath pure white (out of about 20 specimens examined, one was

yellowish beneath, one male grey, one female rufous grey with a

little white on the lower part of the abdomen, one young female

rufous grey); the line of demarcation between the darker upper

and white lower parts is very noticeable (except ina young female,

where they gradually shade into each other); hands and feet

flesh-coloured, with short white hairs on their upper surfaces, the

white hairs on the last segment of the toes may be longer than

the claws.

Females from Penang and from Bangkok had each 5 pairs of

mamme.

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

129. Mus concotor Blyth. The Little Burmese Rat.

Mus concolor, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 408.

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. iit. 1891, p. 68)

mentions a skin from Malacca, collected in 1846. Hanitsch (Rep.

Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) records this species from

Singapore. The Siamese Museum contained three specimens from

Bangkok.

Of this species I obtained three specimens from Penan

362 MR. SPANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [Apr.3

Hill, 2260 feet elevation, March 1896; two specimens from

Tanglin, Singapore, April 1896; one specimen from Pachim,

Siam, March 1897; one specimen from Paknam Menam, Siam,

August 1898; and I saw what I believe to be this species at

Pakpreo, Siam, in June 1897.

Colour of Paknam specimen:—Upper surfaces pale rufous

brown, lower surfaces pure white, tail dark above and light below.

Distribution. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula.

130. Mus pecumanvs Pall. ‘The Norway Rat.”

Mus decumanus, Cantor, p. 46; Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm.

p- 408.

“ Tikus ” of the Malays (name applied to any species of rat).

Cantor records this species from Penang and the Peninsula ;

Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) records it

from Singapore. In Siam I never saw this species alive or

trapped it, but three times found dead rats (which appeared to.

be .V. decumanus) in Bangkok, in each instance in that quarter

of the town where the foreign shipping lies along the wharfs.

In Georgetown, Penang, this species is common; it is rufous

brown above, buff below.

Distribution. Cosmopolitan.

131. Mus muscunus Linn. The Common House-Mouse.

Mus musculus?, Cantor, p. 46; Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm.

p. 413.

“ Tikus ruma” (0. é. house-rat) of the Malays,

Cantor gives habitat “ Pinang,” and says :—‘‘In colour, this

slightly difters from the European mouse, the upper parts being a

mixture of shining grey and tawny. The separate hairs are

leaden-grey at the base, then tawny with black apex; some are

longer and uniformly dark brown. Beneath pale ash. The ears

are large, more than one-half the length of the head, with very

short hairs, rounded, blackish. Toes, palms, and soles whitish.

Tail slender, dark-grey, with very short appressed brown hairs.

Length of the head and body, two and five-eighth inches (67 mm.),

tail two and four-eighth inches (64 mm.).”

Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 11) records this

species from Singapore. J obtained only three specimens of the

Common Mouse, two trapped in houses in Singapore (Jan. & Dec.

1896), and one picked up dead in the bazaar at Chantaboon

(Jan. 1898). There were none in the houses in which we lived,

in Bangkok, Kedah, or Penang.

Of the second specimen from Singapore, Mr. Oldfield Thomas

writes to me :—** Very typical house specimen, with brown meta-

podials but white fingers and toes, a very characteristic coloration.”

Distribution, Cosmopolitan.

132. Nesocria sp. inc. Bandicoot Rat.

At least one species of Nesocta occurs in the Malay Peninsula,

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND TH! MALAY PENINSULA. 363

but what it is we cannot yet say for certain. Cantor seems to

have observed two species: one (p. 45) he calls Mus bandacota,

Bechstein, the other Mus setifer, Horstield. Of the former he

gives the Malay name as “ Tikus besdr” (7. ¢. big rat), and the

habitat as “ Pinang,” and says :—‘ The larger of two individuals,

captured in gardens, measured, head and body, ten and one- -eighth

inches (258 mu.); the tail seven and four-eighth inches (181 mm.).”

In May 1895 a species of Nesocia was common about out-

buildings in the barracks in Penang.

Subsequently in April 1898 I trapped more Bandicoots in

Georgetown, Penang; they were in colour:—above grey, with

very long black hairs giving a very dark appearance; throat

whitish buff, remainder of lower surfaces pale grey.

Three skulls and skins I sent to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, who

kindly wrote to me they were “allied to WV. bengalensis—perhaps

N. barclayana, Anderson.”

Family Spatacip.

133. Ruizomys BAbTUS Hodgs. The Bay Bamboo-Rat.

Rhizomys minor, Horsfield, Cat. Mamm. Mus. East India Co.

1851, p. 165.

Rhizomys badius, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 438.

Horsfield (7. s. ¢.) records a specimen from Siam obtaied by

Dr. G, Finlayson, who says it is called “Thur ” by the Siamese, and

adds: *“ Our specimen is about 6 inches in length, and appears to

be a young one. It readily submits to confinement, and is easily

tamed. Like most animals of the genus, it is destructive to

furniture, to grain, etc., and when suddenly surprised it throws

itself upon the offensive, instead of making a precipitate retreat.

[ts principal food is unhusked rice or other grain, and it is fond

of yams, pumpkins, ete., found in forests and woods near to

Bamvasor.”

Distribution. Nepal, Sikhim, Bhutan, Assam, Manipur, Burma,

Siam.

134. Ruizomys SUMATRENSIS (Raffl.), The Large Bamboo-Rat.

Rhizomys sumatrensis, Cantor, p. 47; Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm.

p. 439.

“ Dekan” of the Malays (Wray).

*“ Woo'n ” of the Siamese ; also called “ Tun.”

Cantor records this species from the Malay Peninsula, describes

its colour, gives dimensions, and says “In confinement, it is very

savage, scarcely tameable.” W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian

Mus. ii. 1891, p. 96) records specimens from Malacca and from

Alma Estate, Province Wellesley. The Raffles Museum possesses

specimens from Malacca. The Museum at Taiping contains

specimens from Batu Gajah and from Bukit Gantang, Perak.

The Museum at Kuala Lumpor contains several specimens caught

in the neighbourhood of that town. here were in the Niamese

364 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3,

Museum three stuffed specimens from Siam of a species of Bamboo-

Rat: they had been labelled (probably by the late Dr. E. Haase)

R. badius, but they looked to me more like the young of

R. sumatrensis.

Distribution. Parts of Burma, Siam, and Malay Peninsula.

Family Hysrricip®,

135. Hysrrix LoneicaupA Marsden. The Malay Porcupine.

Hystrix longicauda, Cantor, p. 48.

“ Tandak” or “ Babi Lindak” (7. e. pig-porcupine) of the Malays.

Cantor records this species from the Malay Peninsula, and says

it “‘is numerous, and, as it is considered a delicacy by the Chinese

population, is frequently brought to market.” Ridley (Nat.

Science, vi. 1895, p. 94) calls this species Hystria leucura, and

says of it:—“The Porenpine is still common in Singapore, but

a uumber must be destroyed by the burning of the open country,

in which they chiefly live. The are very destructive to the pine-

apples.” The Museum at Taiping contains a specimen from Larut,

Perak, The Museum at Kuala Lumpor contains one young

porcupine, apparently of this species, locality unknown but prob-

ably from Selangor.

On the 14th Oct. 1897, 1 bought a live porcupine from a Malay

in Singapore, who said it had been caught on Bukit Timah ; it

soon became tame and an interesting pet. (It is still alive with

me, February 1900.)

Distribution, Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor, Singapore),

Sumatra, Java ?, Borneo?

In the Siamese Museum there were two stuffed Porcupines,

both labelled “Siam,” representing apparently two species, but

I do not know which: one with a pale brown forehead and a

light crest had been labelled by some one “ H. bengalensis;” the

other had no crest, and had an old label “ H. hodgsoni.”’

The Siamese call a porcupine ‘‘ menn.”’

136. ATHERURA MACRURA (Linn.). The Asiatic Brush-tailed

Porcupine.

Atherura fasciculata, Cantor, p. 49.

Atherura macrura, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 446, fig. 146.

“ Landak” of the Malays.

‘‘ Landak-woobi” of the Malays of Selangor (A. L. Butler).

Diard and Duvaucel in 1821 (Miscell. Papers Indo-China, 2nd

series, vol. ii. p. 208, 1887) speak of this species as ‘‘ the porcupine

of Queda” (7. ¢. Kedah), and say it “ always carries its tail lifted up

like a trumpet, and makes the tuft at the end tremble.” Cantor

records this species from Penang and the Peninsula, and says it

‘is very numerous in the Malayan valleys and hills. In its fretful

habits and in its food it resembles the preceding porcupine, like

which, it is carried to the markets at Pinang and Malacca, where as

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 365

many as twenty to thirty may frequently be seen.” W. L. Sclater

(Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. ii. 1891, p. 104) records a specimen from

Malacca. Ridley (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p, 94) says :—‘‘ The Brush-

tailed Porcupine (Atherwra macrura) is not a native of Singapore,

so far as is known; it inhabits the limestone caves in Pahang,” This

probably refers to the animals which Ridley (J.S. B. R. A.S, no.

25, Jan. 1894, p. 59), in his “List of Mammals recorded from

Pahang,” says were “caught in the Kota Glangga caves,” but he

then called them “ Hystriw longicauda, Marsden.” The Raffles

Museum possesses a specimen trom Malacca. The Museum at

Taiping contains four stuffed individuals from Larut, Perak. The

Museum at Kuala Lumpor contains one specimen without locality.

Distribution. Burma, Malay Peninsula (Kedah, Penang, Perak,

Malacca, Pahang), Sumatra, Java; Borneo?

Family Leporip#.

137. Lxpussp.ince. Hare.

A hare occurs in Siam, but I do not know of what species: I

saw one caught alive at Genkoi (between Ayuthia and Korat),

21st November, 1897, and a leveret that had been caught near

Chantaboon, January 1898.

Order PROBOSCIDEA.

Family ELEPHANTID 2,

138. EtupHas Maximus L. The Indian Elephant.

Elephas indicus, Cantor, p. 52.

Elephas maxinvus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 463; 8S. Flower,

Journ. Bombay N.H.S. vol. xi. no. 2, p. 335 (1897).

“Gajah” of the Malays.

“Chang” of the Siamese.

In the Royal Siamese Museum there was a life-size model of a

male Siamese Elephant, and a most magnificent collection of about

seventy tusks, all, so far as I could ascertain, from Siam; forty of

. these tusks are over 4 feet 8 inches (1420 mm.) in length.

The Selangor Museum contains six or seven skulls of local

elephants.

Wild elephants do not occur in either Penang or Singapore, nor

are tame ones employed there ; but on the continent, both in Siam

and the Malay Peninsula, elephants are found wild in suitable

localities, and are trained for various purposes. Personally I only

once came on wild elephants, a party of four, near the Bangpakong

River, in March 1897; but in June 1897 we observed over a hundred

wild ones caught in the Kraal at Ayuthia. 1 saw more or less

trained elephants in Bangkok, Ayuthia, Chantaboon, Kedah, and

Perak, but in the Southern Malay States the people do not seem

to catch and tame them, H. J. Kelsall (J.S. B. R. A. S. no. 26,

366 MR. STANLEY §. FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3,

Jan. 1894, p. 17) says: “The elephant appears to be common

throughout Johore. Tracks were seen in many places on the Indau,

and also on the Sembrong, near P’ngkalan Repoh especially.”

Ridley (J.S.B.R.A.S. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 59) says: ‘The

elephant, though common all through Pahang, is never caught and

tamed. Abundant in the Tahan woods ;” and (Nat. Science, vol. vi.

1895, p. 162) remarks that “it is not excessively abundant, but is

plentiful in many parts of the Peninsula.”

Distribution. India, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,

and Borneo.

Order UNGULATA.

Family Rurocerorip &,

Malay name for Rhinoceros, “ Badak” (the final “k” not pro-

nounced in most parts of the Peninsula).

Siamese name for Rhinoceros, ‘* Rat.”

A good deal of uncertainty exists as to how many species of

Rhinoceros inhabit this region, and which they are, and it is difficult

to obtain information ; they are poorly represented in the local

Museums—partly because almost all parts of the rhinoceros are

highly prized by various natives of Asia; and I have been told that -

it is more profitable for a Malay, if he happens to catch one of

these animals in a pitfall, to kill it and sell the remains to the

Chinese, than to sell the whole animal to a European.

The only specimens of Rhinoceros in the Perak Museum (May

1898) were three hornless skulls without localities labelled 2. las¢-

otis, R. sumatrensis, and Lt. sondaicus respectively. In the Selangor

Museum (July 1898) there was a single unlabelled skull. The Raffles

Museum (1898) had only a skeleton, labelled 2. swmatrensis without

locality. In the Siamese Museum we had a splendid series of over

sixty separate, detached horns of Rhinoceros, some of remarkable

shapes, but unfortunately their localities are not known. In

February 1897 we acquired a specimen of &. sondaicus, which we

skinned and stuffed. As an instance of how rhinoceros products

are valued, I may mention that to skin this animal we had any

number of eager volunteers, mostly Siamese women, who in return

for the work of removing the skin only wanted to have some of the

blood. ‘The rhinoceros was skinned in an old Palace Garden in

Bangkok under my directions; it was an extraordinary sight as

we hurried to get it done before dark—a crowd of women, mostly

clad only in a * panung” (Siamese loin-cloth), smeared with blood

from head to foot, working away at the carcass with knives and

fingers, little children collecting the blood in cocoanut-shells and

running off with it to their homes, and Siamese men hanging round

trying to get any of the flesh they could; it was very difticult to

save the skeleton, several of the bones being snatched up and

nearly carried off by these loafers.

Cantor (p. 54) says that Rhinoceros unicorns and R. sondaicus

“appear to be numerous on the Malayan Peninsula;” and adds

1900.) MAMMALS OF SIAM AND ‘THE MALAY PENINSULA, 367

(p- 55) “a two-horned Rhinoceros is stated by the Malays to inhabit,

but rarely to leave, the densest jungle,” which he expects to be

R. sumatrensis. Unfortunately he does not mention seeing any

local specimens, or give any details of why he includes 2. wunicornis

in his list.

Personally I have never seen even the tracks of a wild rhinoceros.

At Alor Star, Kedah, the Malays told me no rhinoceros was known

in that district, which is mostly flat ; they looked on it as an animal

only inhabiting the mountains. An Englishman once told me he

had seen tracks of rhinoceros on Gunong Jerai (Kedah Peak) at

several thousand feet above the sea. In Perak, English friends

have told me, rhinoceroses were not uncommon till three or four

years ago in the Larut Hills above four thousand feet. In the

south ot Perak, however, a friend told me he had once seen a

rhinoceros in a swamp, it was reddish in colour. The ‘ Bangkok

Times’ for 11th Nov., 1897, mentions a rhinoceros being shot by

Mr. C. Ephraums: unfortunately this account, as usual, does not

say to what species the animal belonged and gives but few details—

the rhinoceros was “seen at a sulphur spring within six miles of

Ipoh,” Perak: it ‘was an old male, stood 6 feet high at the shoulder

and about 8 feet in length; his ‘Sumbu,’ or horn, measured 13

inches and weighed 3 lbs.”

Mr. Ridley told me that in 1896 he saw a rhinoceros in the

Dindings; and (J.8.B.R.A.S. no. 25, Jan. 1894, p. 59) he

mentions having seen tracks of some species of rhinoceros in the

Tahan River woods, Pahang, where he also heard the animal at

night.

An. T. ff. Carlisle, H.B.M. Consular Service, writing to me

from Baw Yakar, Pailin, Battambong Province of Siam, 4th Feb.,

1899, says ‘I have met an old Shan hunter here who has shot

both the one-horned and the two-horned rhinoceros.”

139. RatNocEROS sonDaIcus Cuv. The Smaller One-horned

' Rhinoceros.

Rhinoceros sondaicus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 474, fig. 155

(p. 475).

A young female, just dead, was brought to the Siamese Museum

on the 10th Feb., 1897, which I was told had been brought from

the Laos Country, and had died on reaching Bangkok. There

was no horn. Colour uniform dusky grey. Only one pair of

incisors showed through the gums in the lower jaw, they were

tusk-like ; none showed in the upper jaw, the gum forming a

hard pad in the place where the incisors of a horse would be.

Ridley (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p. 161) says 2. sondaicus appears

to be the common rhinoceros of the Malay Peninsula. “It fre-

quents the hill-jungles, ascending to 4000 feet altitude, and seems

usually to move about at night, though one may come upon it by.

day. It has a habit of constantly using the same track, and

dropping its dung in the same place daily, a habit common also to

the tapir. As the jungle gets cleared, it wanders often into the

368 MR. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3,

low, open country, apparently losing its way. It is a quiet,

inoffensive beast.”

Distribution. Sundarbans, parts of Eastern Bengal, Sikhim Terai,

Assam, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

140. Ruryoceros sumaTRENSIS Cuv. The Asiatic Two-horned

Rhinoceros.

Lhinoceros sumatrensis, Blant, Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 476.

The “ Bada Api” or “ Fire Rhinoceros” of the Malays is prob-

ably a red variety of this species.

Sclater (Tr. Z. S. ix. p. 651, 1875) mentions a rhinoceros of this

species ‘‘ captured in the Sunghi-njong (presumably Sungei-Ujong)

district of Malacca,” and says other specimens “from the same

district or the neighbouring territory of Johore were imported into

Europe.”

WL. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. ii. 1891, p. 205) records

specimens from Malacca.

Mr. A. L. Butler in a letter to me, from Kuala Lumpor, dated

25th Oct., 1898, says :—‘* I went to see a big rhinoceros in a pitfall

the other day at Rantan Panjang. A fine big female &. sumatrensis,

a dark reddish-brown beast. 4 feet 3 inches at shoulder (measured

with a standard) and about 8 feet to 9 feet in length (guessed).

The great thing that struck me was her extraordinary tameness.

She had only been caught three days, but fed readily from one’s

hand, and seemed to enjoy being scratched.”

Distribution, Assam, Tenasserim, Siam, Malay Peninsula,

Sumatra, Borneo.

Family Taprripz.

141. Tapirus rnpicus Cuv. The Malay Tapir.

Vapirus malayanus, Cantor, p. 55.

Tapirus indicus, Blant. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 478.

“‘ Badak tampong” (7.¢. Piebald Rhinoceros) of the Malays in

Kedah and Perak.

Badak,” ‘Kuda Ayer,” and “Tenni” of the Malays of the

Peninsula, apud Cantor.

«“ Tenok” of the Malays, apud Ridley.

Cantor mentions specimens from Province Wellesley and Kedah.

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. ii. 1891, p. 198) records

two specimens from Malacca, obtained in 1820 and 1848,

Ridley (J.S. B. R. A. S. no. 25, p. 59) says tracks of the Tapir

were seen near Temerloh, Pahang, and (Nat. Science, yi. 1895

pp- 161, 162) mentions the supposed protective coloration of the

young.

There are specimens from Larut in the Museum at Taiping, and

from Malacca in the Raffles Museum.

H.H. the Rajah Mudah of Kedah told me (June 1898) that the

‘Lapir is not uncommon in the swamps of Kedah, within a day’s

1900. ] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 369

journey of Alor Star. Mr. F. H. Malcolm Staples told me (Sept.

1897) that the Tapir is still sometimes met with about Batu Pahat,

Johore.

On the 25th July, 1898, I saw a young Tapir alive in Bangkok :

it had been brought from the Malay Peninsula, from between Kedah

and Singora; it was kept in the King of Siam’s menagerie, and

died about 6th August, 1898.

Distribution, Tenasserim, Lower Siam, Malay Peninsula,

Sumatra.

Family Bovip.

142. Bos caurus Ham. Smith. The Gaur or S’ladang.

Bos gour, Cantor, p. 64.

Bos gaurus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 484, fig. 159 (p. 488).

“ Kating ” of the Siamese (both B. gaurus and B. sondaicus seem

included in this name).

“ Sdpi utan ” (7. e. Cattle of the Woods) of the Malays of the

Peninsula, apud Cantor.

“ S’ladang ” of the Malays.

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. 1891, p. 125) records a

skull and horns from Malacca from Dr. Maingay, 1863. Ridley

(J.S. B.R. A.S. no. 25, 1894, p. 59) says: “ The S’ladang is to be

met with all through the Pahang jungles, but, owing to its shy

and retiring habits, is difficult of approach. Tahan woods and all

down Pahang River.”

In the Museum at Taiping there are horns from Batang Padang.

Perak, and many fine heads from Pahang shot by Mr. C. F. W.

Curtis. In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor there are a stuffed bull

and numerous heads shot by the late Captain H. C. Syers in

Selangor. The Raffles Museum contains a skull from Ulu Pahang

presented by Mr. W. Bertrand Roberts.

Mr. W. Sinclair told me in Jan. 1898 that there are wild cattle,

probably of this species, in the hill-jungle at the back of Anghin,

Siam.

A pair of horns, apparently of this species, from near Raheng,

Siam, measured in length 24 inches, and in circumference at the

base 17 inches.

Mr. A. J. A. Jardine, Inspector General of Police, Bangkok,

told me he had found a Gaur killed by wild dogs near Shagan

Salween River, Burma.

Distribution. Parts of India, Assam, Burma, Siam, Malay

Peninsula ; Cochinchina ?

143, Bos’ sonparcus Mill. & Schleg. The Banting or

‘Tumbaadu.

Bos sondaicus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 489.

“ Kating ” of the Siamese.

‘“ Sapi-utan ” of the Malays.

In March 1897 I saw detached horns, apparently of this species,

370 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3,

in the Governor’s house at Pachim, Siam ; they were said to have

been obtained in that province.

The Banting is probably very rare in the Malay Peninsula:

Mr. H. N. Ridley told me one was killed by Mr. Oxley at Muar

about fifty yearsago; Mr. J. Rodger, C.M.G., has in his possession

a single horn, apparently of this species, obtained from a Sakei ;

and both Mr. Ridley and Mr. A. L. Butler tell me one was killed

recently in Perak.

Distribution. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Java, Bali, Borneo,

and Sumatra ?

144. Bos pupatus Linn. The Buffalo.

Bubalus arnee, Cantor, p. 65.

Bos bubalus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 491.

“« Khwai” of the Siamese.

“ Karbau” of the Malays.

Cantor says:—‘‘ The wild Buffalo is reported, but apparently

without proof, to be indigenous in the Malayan Peninsula.

Domesticated it is very plentiful.” Ridley (J.S. B. R. A. S. no. 25,

1894, p. 59) says it is very doubtful if the Buffalo occurs in a wild

state in Pahang.

I was told, on good authority, that there are Buffaloes near

Pailin, in Siam, descendants of some that ran wild about fifty

years ago.

Distribution. Wild in parts of India and Ceylon. Wild or feral

in parts of Burma, Siam, and the Malay Peninsula. Domesticated

in Egypt, Italy, Southern Asia, and the Malay Islands.

145. NEMORH@DUS SUMATRENSIS (Shaw). Goat-Antelope.

Nemorhedus sumatrensis, Cantor, p. 64.

Nemorhedus sumatrensis, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 514.

*« Leea’ngpah ” or “ Ooarpar ” of the Siamese.

“ Kambing ttan ” or “ Kambing gran ” of the Malays.

“ Black Mountain-goat” of the English in the Straits Settle-

ments.

Cantor says “it appears to be numerous on the Malayan

Peninsula, but exceedingly difficult to obtain, as it frequents the

steepest hilly localities, and is very shy and active.”

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. 11. 1891, p. 151) records

a skull from Province Wellesley.

Ridley, writing on the Mammals of Pahang (J. 8S. B. R. A.S.

no. 25, 1894, p. 60), remarks: ‘This wild goat is supposed to occur

in the high mountains of the interior, but there is no record of its

having been obtained ” ; and (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p. 163) says

it ‘‘ inhabits the isolated patches of limestone rocks which flank at

intervals the main granite chain of the Peninsula. Though

apparently not rare in these places, it has never been shot by any

sportsman.”

In the Museum at Taiping there is a stuffed head from near

1900,] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 371

Kuala Kangsar, Perak, and a complete skeleton and two pairs of

horns, all, I understand, from Perak. In the Museum at Kuala

Lumpor there are several frontlets and horns, without locality.

Mr. A. L. Butler told me he saw a Goat-Antelope in March

1898 near “the Cottage” in the Larut Hills, Perak, at an

elevation of about 4000 feet; and in a letter, dated 14th March,

1899, mentions Sir Frank Swettenham as having shot one in the

Perak Hills. This is the first instance, to my knowledge, of one of

these animals being shot by a European sportsman in the Peninsula,

though many have tried. In another Jetter, dated 5th November,

1899, Mr. Butler tells me he has examined three specimens, and

says “ the Nemorhadus of the Peninsula is not NV. sumatrensis, having

legs black instead of rufous.”

The Siamese Museum possesses a stuffed female from the Laos

country, each horn 7°8 inches (198 mm.) in length, and a frontlet

without locality, each horn 7:4 inches in length. A frontlet from

the hills between Raheng (Siam) and Burma was shown me by

Mr. J. Harper: length of horns 7-75 inches, circumference of horns

at base 5°25 inches; a horn in my possession from Perak is

6°15 inches in length, and 4°5 inches in circumference at base.

In July 1898, a live goat of this species was exhibited in

Bangkok, but I was unable to find out where it had been caught ;

it was a very handsome animal, nearly black in colour.

Distribution. Eastern Himalayas, Moupin, Yunnan, Assam,

Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.

Family Cervip#.

146. CervuLus MuNirsac (Zimm.). The Kakar, or Barking

Deer.

Styloceros muntjac, Cantor, p. 61.

Cervulus muntjac, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 532, fig. 173.

“ Kijang,” “ Kidjang ” “ Kidang,” or of the Malays.

Recorded from Kuala Tahan, Pahang, by Ridley (J.8.B.R.A.S.

no. 25 1894, p. 60), who (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p. 164) says :—

“The Kijang does not occur now in Singapore, if it ever did. It

is abundant in many places, such as the slopes of Mount Ophir,

and is often shot by planters and others in and about the coffee

plantations.” This species is kept in the Singapore Botanical

Gardens, where it breeds.

There are specimens from Upper Perak in the Museum at

Taiping, and from Selangor in the Museum at Kuala Lumpor.

Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 7) mentions a

young C. muntjac, 24 hours old, ‘showing clearly the white

longitudinal striations, which soon disappear in older animals.”

The Kijang occurs in Siam. ‘There is a pair of antlers in the

Siamese Museum, presumably local, the length from burr to tip

is 4:25 inches; and Mr. N. Kelly Passmore gave me the skull of

one which had been shot by his overseer near Muok Lek, about

372 MR. STANLEY 8S. FLOWER ON THE (Apr. 3,

900 feet elevation, in the Dong Phya Fai: the right antler from

burr to tip measured along the curve 6°5 inches, the left 6°75 inches

(171 mm.). A deer we saw and heard on the Bangpakong River

in March 1897 was probably of this species, though I failed to

procure a specimen.

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam, Cambodia, Hainan,

Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor, Malacca, Pahang), Sumatra,

Java, Lombok, Borneo.

147, Cervus scHOMBURGKI Blyth. Schomburgk’s Deer.

“ Qua-an ” of the Siamese.

Distribution. Parts of Siam.

148. Cervus ELDI Guthrie. ‘The Thameng.

Panolia acuticornis, Cantor, p. 64.

Cervus eldi, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 541, fig. 176.

“ Sam-an ” of the Siamese.

Cantor says “ A single skull of a stag, killed in Keddah, has the

horns so like those of the Munneepore animal, that the species

might be taken to be identical, but that the Malays assert theirs to

be maned, and of a dark colour, with white spots, like the Axis.

This stag is further described as being extremely wary, and

therefore seldom seen but on heights inaccessible to man.” H.H.

the Rajah Mudah of Kedah, who is keen on shooting, told me the

Thameng does not exist in Kedah ; antlers are sometimes conveyed

there from Siam, a pair of which probably were brought to Cantor,

with imaginary details to enhance their value, the statement that

they frequent “ heights inacessible to man” being alone suspicions

in regard to this plain-dwelling species.

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. ii. 1891, p. 181)

records a frontlet of this species supposed to have been “ brought

from Penang” in 1846; this may have been imported from Siam,

via Singora and Kedah.

Mr. H. Warington Smyth (‘ Five Years in Siam,’ vol. ii. p. 217)

says the plain round Battambong “is much frequented by herds

of the Lamang, or Eld’s Deer,” and describes how the Cambodians

capture them.

Distribution. Manipur, Burma, Siam, Cambodia, Hainan.

149. Cervus UNICOLOR Bechstein. The Sambar.

Rusa equina, Cantor, p. 63.

Cervus unicolor, Blant. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p, 548, fig. 177

(p. 544).

‘‘Nua” of the Siamese.

“‘ Rusa” of the Malays.

Cantor records the Rusa from the Malay Peninsula and Penang ;

so far as I have been able to ascertain, it is now extinct in Penang,

and has been so for the last 25 or 30 years. H. J. Kelsall

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 373

(J. S.B. R. A.S. no. 26, 1894, p. 17) says :— Cervus equinus, Cuv.

Tracks of the Sambhur were seen on Gunong Janeng. This deer

is probably common in the Johore jungles, but owing to its shy

nature is seldom seen.” Ridley (J. 8. B. R.A. 8. no. 25, 1894,

p- 60) records this species from Pahang, observing : “* The Malayan

Sambur, apparently the same as the Indian species, but the horns

do not attain the same leneth”; and (Nat. Science, vi. 1895,

p. 164) says :—“* The Cervus equinus is common in the Peninsula,

and a few still occur in Singapore ; .... the young are produced

singly, and are coloured like the adult, but with much sotter hair.

There are, however, faint traces of light spots on the rump, which

disappear after the first week” *. Writing to me on 11th Sept.,

1899, Ridley says: ‘Sambar breed regularly in the Singapore

Gardens, and they also breed in Government House Park. The

young usually have a couple of white spots on the sides near the

rump, not very distinct. They are not fully spotted like Axis. I

shoald say certainly that the Sumatran deer is a distinct animal,

Cervus hippelaphus. It would not cross with the other deer”

(2. ¢., Peninsula Sambar). In the Museum at Taiping there is a

stuffed female from Upper Perak, and antlers from Upper Perak,

Batang Padang, and Larut. In December 1896 I saw a Sambar

stag in a small patch of jungle within about a mile of the town of

Taiping. In the Museum at Kuala Lumpor there are specimens

from Selangor. The Sambar appears to be numerous in parts of

Siam ; we had a stuffed female and two pairs of antlers in the

Siamese Museum.

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Assam, Burma, Siam, Hainan,

Malay Peninsula; probably also parts of China, Formosa,

Philippines, Borneo, and Sumatra.

N.B.—Cerrvus axis Erxl. The Chital, or Spotted Deer.

Axis maculata, Cantor, p. 62.

Cervus avis, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 546.

Cantor says this deer is called ‘‘ Rusa Bunga” by the Malays of

the Peninsula, and “ It is numerous in Keddab, and at present in

Pinang. But it did not inhabit Prince of Wales’ Island (2. ¢.

Pinang) till one of the last Governors of the late Presidency took

the trouble of importing from Bengal some pairs, which were kept

in the park adjoining Government House (Suffolk House). When

the Presidency of Prince of Wales’ Island was abolished, the deer

of the quondam Governor’s park found their way into the jungle,

where they have multiplied to a prodigious extent.” Nowadays

they have disappeared from Penang. and it seems Cantor must

have been mistaken in recording them from Kedah; the local

Malays assured me no spotted deer existed there.

1 A Sambar born in 1899 in the Ghizeh Zoological Gardens (original locality

of parents unknown) had at first a very distinct black vertebral line from

between the ears to the tail.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1900, No. XX V. 25

374 MR, STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON ‘THE (Apr. 4,

150. Cervus porcinus Zimm, The Para, or Hog-deer.

Cervus porcinus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 549, fig. 179

(p. 550).

The Siamese Museum contains two stuffed males, obtained in

Siam, but the exact locality I was not able to discover.

Distribution. Parts of India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam, and Laos

States of Cambodia (R. Ward, ‘ Records Big Game,’ 1899, p. 71).

Family TraGorip#.

151. Traeeuius savanicus (Gmel.). The Smaller Malay Mouse-

devr.

Tragulus kanchil, Cantor, p. 60; O. Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1886,

1D: by

Tragulus javanicus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 536.

* Kra-chong”’ of the Siamese.

“Kanchil” or ‘* Peléndok” (pronounced ‘ Plando’”) of the

Malays.

Cantor says this “species is astonishingly numerous” and

occurs in the Malay Peninsula, Penang, ‘Singapore, and the

Lancary Islands; he adds “ In Prince of W ales’ Island (z.e, Penang)

any number may be procured within short notice, at the rate of

one Spanish dollar per dozen.”

Oldfield Thomas (/. s. ¢.) records specimens from Salanga,

Junkceylon, from Taroar, from Klang, Selangor, and from Singa-

pore Island.

Ridley (J. 8. B. R. A. 8S. no. 25, 1894, p. 60) records this species

from Pahang.

There are specimens from Larut in the Museum at Taiping,

and from Selangor in the Museum at Kuala Lumpor. Hanitsch

records it from Changi, Singapore (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898,

p- 9).

This species occurs in Siam; there is a specimen from the Don

Phya Fai in the Siamese Museum; and A. Milne-Edwards

(‘ Recherches Famille Chevrotains,’ Paris, 1864, p. 78) says “en

1862, M. Bocourt en a rapporté au Muséum un individu du

royaume de Siam, et le Musée britannique en posséde un

exemplaire provenant du Camboge.”

Distribution. Tenasserim, Siam, Cambodia, Cochinchina, Malay

Peninsula (Junkceylon, Lancary, Penang, Perak, Selangor, Pahang,

Singapore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo.

152. Tracunus napu (F.-Cuv.). The Larger Malay Mouse-

deer.

Tragulus javanicus, Cantor, p. 61.

Tragulus napu, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm., p. 557.

‘‘ Nipu ” of the Malays.

Cantor records this species from the Malay Peninsula, where

he says it “ appears to be far Jess numerous than the preceding.”

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA, 378

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. ti. 1891, p, 191) records

two specimens from the Malay Peninsula, obtained in 1871 and

1872.

Ridley (J. 8S. B. BR. A. 8S. no. 25, 1894, p. 60) records this

species from Pahang, and (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, pp. 163, 164)

says this is the commonest species of Mouse-deer in the Peninsula,

and gives an interesting account of its habits in confinement and

of native methods of catching it. There are specimens from

Larut in the Museum at Taiping, and from Selangor in the Museum

from Kuala Lumpor.

Distribution. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula (Perak, Selangor,

Pahang), Sumatra, Java, aud Borneo.

N.B.—TRAGULUS STANLEYANUS Gray. Stanleyan Chrevrotain.

W. L. Sclater (Cat. Mamm. Ind. Mus. part ii. 1891) records

two specimens from the Malay Peninsula, obtained in 1870. This

species is by some supposed to occur in Singapore, perhaps from

a statement by A. Milne-Edwards: ‘‘Un individu né le 25 sep-

tembre 1862, 4 Singapore, de Chevrotains de Stanley achetés par

M. Bocourt pour le Muséum ” (‘ Recherches Famille Chevrotains,’

p- 81, Paris, 1864). Ido not know the real habitat of this species,

but have been told that it occurs in the Dutch islands south

and south-east of Singapore, and is imported into Singapore

from Rhio.

Family Sum.

153. Sus crisratus Wagner. The Indian Wild Boar.

Sus indicus, Cantor, p. 53.

Sus cristatus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 560,

‘“« Mu” of the Siamese.

* Babi utan” of the Malays.

Cantor records wild swine from the Malay Peninsula, Penang,

Singapore, and the Lancary Islands. Ridley (J.S.B. R.A. S.

no. 25, 1894, p. 60) says wild pig are common in the low country

ot Pahang, and were also seen far up the Tahan ; and (Nat. Science

vi. 1895, p. 161) records them from the island of Singapore,

where he says they are “ far too abundant,”

There are local specimens in the Museums at Taiping, Kuala

Lumpor, and Singapore.

In 1896 wild pigs were still to be found in both Penang and

Singapore. In 1897 I saw one that had been killed the day before

near Gunong Pulai, Johore; I was doubtful whether it was

S. cristatus or not, owing to the greatly elongated facial portion

of the skull, which unfortunately I could not bring away, my

companions being Mahomedans, and I having too many other

things to carry myself. In June 1898 I saw two wild pigs in

swamps beyond Jenan, Kedah ; apparently the ordinary S. cristatus.

Distribution. India, Ceylon, Burma, Lower Siam, Malay Pen-

insula.

25*

376 MR. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Apr. 3,

Order CETACEA.

Family BaALZNIDA,

154. Mrcaprrura Boops. Humpbacked Whale.

Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 9) says there is

an incomplete skeleton of this species from Malacca in the Ruffles

Museum. I believe it was obtained in October 1891.

Family DEeL_pHinip2.

155. PHoc#na pHoczNoipES (Cuv.). The Little Indian Porpoise,

Phocena pho:enoides, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 574, fig. 187

(p. 575).

Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 9) records

“ Neomeris phocenoides” from Singapore. In the Museum at

Taiping there is a stuffed specimen caught off Ma‘ang, Perak,

about 46 inches (say 1168 mm.) in total length, apparently of

this species.

Distribution. Indian Ocean, from Cape of Good Hope to Japan

(Blanf. op, cit. p. 575).

156. ORCELLA BREVIROSTRIS (Owen). The Larger Indian

Porpoise.

Orcella brevirostris, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 571, fig. 189.

* Lomba lomba” of the Malays.

The British Museum contains a stuffed specimen from Singapore

(Flower, List of Cetacea, 1885, p. 17), from whence it is also

recorded by Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 9). In

the Museum at Taiping there is a stuffed specimen, caught off

Matang, Perak, about 60 inches (say 1524 nm.) in total length,

apparently of this species. ;

Distribution. Bay of Bengal, Singapore, North Borneo.

157. STKNO PLUMBEUS (Dussum.). The Plumbeous Dolphin.

Steno pluinbeus, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 583. :

Cantor (p. 66) says Delphinus plumbeus occurs on the coasts of

Penang, is called “ Paramptan Laut” by the Malays of the

Peninsula, and “ the species, although very numerous, and rather

heavy in its movements, is rarely captured, except by chance in

fishing stakes.”

In the Museum at Taiping there are three stuffed specimens,

from the coasts of Perak, probably of this species ; the largest is

abont 78 inches (say 1980 mm.) in total length.

Distribution. Indian Ocean.

158. Detpninus pe.puts L. The Common Dolphin.

Di Jphinus dilphis, Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 587, fig. 182.

Recorded from Singapore by Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. &

Mus. 1898, p. 9).

1900.] MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. Sit

Distribution. ‘“* Probably all tropical and temperate seas” (Blan-

ford).

Dolphins are numerous on both sides of the Malay Peninsula

and in the Gulf of Siam. I have from time to time seen three,

apparently different species, but have never managed to secure

any specimens; one of these is D. delphis, one a smaller species,

and one larger than D. delphis, with a very prominent dorsal fin.

Local sailors report seeing a ‘white porpoise” at Belawan

Deli, on the east coast of Sumatra, and at the mouths of several

rivers in the Straits of Malacca.

Order SIRENIA.

Family Manarip2.

159. Hanicore puGcone (Erxl.). The Dugong.

Halicore indicus, Cantor, p. 66.

Halicore dugong, Bianf. Faun. Ind., Mamm. p. 594, fig. 196.

“ Diyong” or ‘ Paramputan aut! of the Malays of the

Peninsula, apud Cantor.

Ihave in my possession a beautifully finished pencil drawing of

* A young male Duyong taken in the neighbourhcod of Singapore

in April 1837. Measuring in length from the tuil to the nose on

the back 7 ft. 4in. A Commander of a Portuguese ship trading to

China says that in Portuguese this Fish or Animal is called ‘ Pexi

Mulher’ (literally Woman ¥ish)—he kad seen them at Palaos in

the Pacific. The bones of the jaws, the top of the scull and the

throat are much esteemed there, especially those of the jaws

which are of value and used as ornaments by the Natives, who are

Savages.” This note and the drawing are unsigned, but are

stamped ‘“ Pinang, 4 Ja. 1838, Post-Office.”

Cantor says: “The Duyong appears not to be numerous at

Singapore, still less so to the Northward, and has but in few

instances been observed in Kwala Mida, the mouth of the river,

which forms the northern boundary of Province Wellesley.”

Horsfield (Cat. Mamm. Mus. East India Co. 1851, p. 139)

records a Dugong’s skull “ from Finlayson’s Collection, Siam.”

Ridley (Nat. Science, vi. 1895, p. 165) says “‘The Dugong is

tolerably common in the Strait between Johore and Singapore ;

but one does not often see it,” and gives some information about

it.

Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 9) records a

specimen from Malacca. In July 1898 I saw one in the Rattles

Museum labelled Singapore.

Mr. L. Wray told me in 1896 he believed the Dugong was not

found on the coast of Perak, probably owing to the lack of sea-

weed.

Distribution. Shores of the Indian Ocean, Straits of Malacca,

and coasts of Borneo.

378 MAMMALS OF SIAM AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. _‘[Apr.3,

Order EDENTATA.

Family Manip.

160. Manis gavanica Desm. The Malay Scaly Anteater.

Manis javanica, Cantor, p. 51; Blanf. Faun. Ind., Mamm.

p. 599, fig. 199 (p. 600).

‘* Nim ” of the Siamese.

“ Pengdling” or ‘“ Pangolin” of the Malays, according to

authors.

“ Tangiling” of the Malays.

Cantor records the Manis from Penang and the Peninsula, and

says :—‘ Although numerous in rocky situations, is not often

captured, as it is seldom abroad till after sunset. The largest

male measured from the apex of the nose to the root of tail one

foot nine and a half inches (546 mm.); the tail one foot eight

inches (508 mm.).” Ridley (J.8. B. R. A. 8. no. 25, 1894, p. 60)

records it from Pramau, Pekan, in Pahang; and (Nat. Science, vi.

1895, p. 165) says: “It is frequently found in open sandy

country, making large burrows in the ground,” and remarks on its

habits. In the Museum at Taiping there are several specimens

from Larut, Perak, andin the Museum at Kuala Lumpor specimens

from Selangor. Hanitsch (Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1898, p. 9)

records this species from Singapore, There were three specimens

from Siam inthe Museum at Bangkok, the largest, as stuffed, was

3 feet 43 inches (say 1028 mm.) in total length.

In April 1896 I saw a female and young one alive in Penang,

said to have been just caught in the hills on the island. Mr. F.

H. Malcolm Staples told me (Sept. 1897) that he once got an

Anteater at Batu Pahat, Johore; they ate it and found it good.

In June 1897 I saw the skin of a specimen that had been just

killed at Ayuthia, Siam; this was in a flat alluvial plain, with no

rocky hills within many miles. In January 1898 we got two

specimens at Chantaboon, both caught by natives ; one was brought

in alive, but it died in nine days. In May 1898 we got a live one

in Kedah, which also diedin nine days. In each case we could not

get them to feed; at night they were turned loose in the lower part

of the house (where ants and innumerable other insects abounded),

to forage for themselves, but I never observed them even attempting

to eat. They were the least intelligent animals I have ever kept ;

they wandered about the house a great deal at night, and one we

let walk in the garden so as to watch it in the moonlight: they

showed no inclination to dig or search for food, but walked on till

they came to an obstacle, when they proceeded to climb up it ; if,

for instance, it was a chair, they climbed on to it, then on to the

back, and then fell off the other side, and continued walking as

before. The prehensile tail is very difficult to detach once the

animal has coiled up round one’s arm.

1900. ] ON A PIECE OF SKIN FROM PATAGONIA. 379

Colour. Kedah specimen, 3, uniform dark brown, except end

of tail which is buff. Naked skin of feet pink.

This specimen had sixteen rows of scales round the middle of

its body, and measured :—

ie Thai, mm.

Length, head and body .......... 8 508

Soa ri aS righ Sea erw coe pele gene 394

Sis? ASE Bane reesei are eens : 3 19

hind foee Ww Silat claws .. 3 76

Distribution. Sylhet to Burma, Siam, Cochinchina, Cambodia,

Malay Peninsula (Penang, Kedah, Perak, Selangor, Pahang, Johore,

Singapore), Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes.

Popular beliefs. It is not surprising that strange stories are

related about an animal like the Manis. One that I was told in

Kedah is worth putting on record. It, says the Malays, is very

‘clever catching ants; putting all its scales at right angles to its

body, it lies perfectly motiouless on the ground: ants, thinking it

dead, swarm over it by thousands, then it suidenly shuts down

all its scales, thus imprisoiing the ants, and rushes into a pond:

under water it again opens its scales, the ants float to the surface,

and the wily Manis licks them up comfortably.

On a remarkable Piece of Skin from Cueva Eberhardt,

Last Hope Inlet, Patagonia. By Dr. Einar LOnNBERe,

University of Upsala.’ :

[ Received March 6, 1900.]

Last year Mr. Erland Nordenskjold visited Last Hope Inlet,

Patagonia, to make further explorations in the large cavern, Cueva

Eberhardt, which has become famous for the interesting remains

of animals found in the deposits covering its-floor. He has

recently published the results of his researches in a memoir read

before the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences”; but in addition

to the remains of which he treats there is also a remarkable piece

of skin of an unknown animal, which he has kindly entrusted to

me for description. This specimen was found by Mr. Nordenskjold

in the oldest stratum on the floor of the cavern, which is chiefly

formed of the excrement of the giant-sloth Grypotherium, and is

sometimes covered with a thin layer of sulphate of magnesia 30 to

50 mm. in thickness. The discoverer informs me that it was found

close to a scapula, a claw, and some other bones of Grypotherium,

and also near a tooth of Felis oncu. It is therefore probable that

the animal to which the skin belonged was contemporaneous with

Grypotherium and the other members of the Pampean fauna.

‘Mr. Nordeuskjéld informs me that when the piece of skin was

’ Communicated by A. Smita Woopwarp, F.Z

2 E. Nordenskjold, “ Takttagelser och Fynd i Grottor vid Ultima Esperanza i

sydvestra Patagonien,” K, Vetensk.-Akad Handl. vol. xxxiii, no, 3 (1900),

(Apr. 3,

DR. E, LONNBERG ON A

380

‘qpavysaqyy vAeng uloay uLys Jo ooaid oY,

LOU

1900. ] PIECE OF SKIN FROM PATAGONIA. 381

found it was rolled up likea ball; but by moistening the specimen

he was able to unwrap it and stretch it into the form shown in the

accompanying photograph (see fig. 1, p. 380). It measures about

0-15 m.in length, but its breadth varies between0-05 m.and 0-015 m.

Its thickness, where stretched, is quite 0-002 m.: where contracted,

somewhat greater. It is very densely covered with hair of a

sappy

Fig. 2.

Micrographic reproduction of some of the hairs of the piece of skin.

reddish-brown colour, redder than the coloration common in cattle

and perhaps best described as fox-red. The hair seems to be a

little more shiny than that of a fox, and occasionally it appears

to be bleached to a pale yellow. It is, however, uncertain whether

the paler spots are original or due to accident : it can only be said

that they are probably original, because the paler tufts and single

382 DR, EB, LONNBERG ON A [Apr. 3,

hairs exhibit the same shade from their tips to their roots, and

closely mingle with the completely red hairs. The length of this

hair is different in different parts. Where it is longest it measures

a little more than 0:045 m., but in some places 0-03 m. to

0-025 m. or even less. The hair is laid in different directions, as

seen in the figure, and cannot have formed a smooth covering on

the animal. The size of the individual hairs is variable, but there is

no typical wool or underfur. The thickest hairs (fig. 2, p. 381)

measure 80-100 « in optical section, but taper gradually towards

both ends. They are flattened and wavy. The medulla occupies the

largest part of the hair, so that the cortex does not measure more

than 10-13 p» in optical section ; but towards the root the medulla

becomes scantier and is finally completely broken up. The thinner

hairs cannot be classified as wool or underfur. Their diameter in

optical section varies from 45 to 58 uw. Their structure is exactly

the same as that of the coarser hair. They are flattened and wavy,

gradually tapering to a tip which has no medulla; but their stem

exhibits a large medulla, so that the cortex of that part usually

measures only 8-10 p. The cortex is, as a rule, thicker on one

side, and the cuticle covering it is scaly, so that the edge of the

optical margin assumes a more or less distinct serrated appearance.

The finer hairs are about ten times as numerous as the coarse hairs ;

and on the skin the coarser hair is not very conspicuous, the less

so as intermediate sizes can also be seen.

Jn attempting to determine to what animal the piece of skin thus

described may be referred, it is necessary first to consider the

mammals of which remains have been found in the same stratum

as this specimen. Of these, of course, Grypotheriuwm is at once

excluded, neither the structure of its skin nor that of its hair

admitting of any comparison. The Guanaco may also be dismissed

at the same time, since its fine wool or fleece bears no resemblance

to the hair of this skin, as shown even by Guanaco remains

associated with it. The large Cat of Cueva Eberhardt has been

identified by Erland Nordenskjéld (with the concurrence of the

eminent Danish zoologist, Herluf Winge) asa large variety of

‘tlis onca*. If this creat extinct Jaguar had the same black-spotted

appearance as the recent one, it is most improbable that so large

a piece of skin should have been preserved without any black hairs

remaining attached to it. If, however, the extinct Jaguar had a

different fur-colour, it may be assuined, with a high degree of

probability, that the structure of its furry covering was similar to

that of the recent Jaguar. But the fur of the latter is distin-

guished from that of “this piece of skin very readily by being

shorter and having a fine underfur. This underfur of the Jaguar

does not measure more than 15-30 » in optical section, and has

quite another structure, being completely devoid of a central

This is the animal called by Santiago Roth “ Yemisch listati”’ (“ E) Mamifero

misterioso de la Patagonia Grypotherium doimesticum, yor Rodolfo Hauthal,

Santiago Roth & Robert Lehmann-Nitsche, Revista Mus. La Plata, vol. ix. 1899

p: 441). ;

1900.) PIECE OF SKIN FROM PATAGONIA, 383

medulla, or at least with the medulla broken up in scattered minute

portions. The coarse hair of the Jaguar is also different from

that of the problematical piece of skin, in having a thicker cortex

and a less developed medulla. Since all the present South-

American cats (Jaguar, Puma, Ocelot, &c.) have an underfur, it

may be assumed that the extinct Jaguar also had such an under-

fur, the more so as it lived further south in a region with a more

inhospitable climate than that of the native country of most South-

American cats. If such were the case, this piece of skin cannot

have belonged to that extinct cat or to any other allied species.

Similarly the species of Canis, probably aclose ally of C.magellanicus,

may be excluded from comparison, because, like other wolves and

foxes, it must have been provided with an underfur. The skin is too

thick to have possibly belonged to any of the rodents of which

remains have been found in this or other layers of the cave.

There thus remain only two kinds of animals of which fragments

occur in the same layer as that in which the piece of skin was

found, namely Macrauchenia and Onohippidium. The first of

these, however, is very sparingly represented in Erland Nordens-

kjold’s collection, perhaps only by a phalangeal bone, and Dr.

Hauthal has not found anything which could be referred to the

same animal. Onohippidium, on the other hand, occurs abundantly.

This peculiar horse, with its large fossa lachrymalis, which can be

seen very well in one of Nordenskjold’s specimens, has thus in one

way or the other been very often brought into the cave. It seems,

therefore, quite probable that the piece of skin now described may

have belonged to the now extinct Onohippidium.

To determine more precisely the mammal to which this piece

of skin belonged, it is necessary to extend comparisons to other

animals still living in the neighbourhood. For reasons aiready

mentioned, the Puma, species of Canis, Guanaco, and the siall

rodents are at once excluded. The Viscacha (Lagostomus) has too

soft a furand too thin a skin to be taken intoconsideration. The

characteristic structure of the hair of the deer (Cervus chilensis)

makes every comparison with this animal impossible. In the same

way, every mammal uvative to the South-American soil must be

rejected. For the sake of completeness, however, the domesticated

cattle and horses must also be included in the discussion, although

it is extremely improbable that a piece of skin of either of these

animals would find its way into the deepest layer of the cave-

deposits. I have thus made a comparison of the hair with that

of the domesticated ox and horse. ‘I'he microscopical structure of

the hair of cattle is different from that of the supposed Onohip-

pidium. The cortex of the hair of the former is much thicker

compared with the medulla than in the latter. At least in

Scandinavia, it is also to be noted that the cattle have an under-

fur of fine hairs without medulla; aid I suppose that the cattle

of Patagonia, which ran half wild without protection against the

tuughness of the climate, must be similarly provided. The hair

of a horse is coarser and stiffer aud does not show the same

384 . MR, CECIL WARBURTON ON A (Apr. 3,

scaly cuticle. It is also noteworthy that not even the winter-coat

of a horse in Scandinavia approaches in denseness that of the

supposed Onohippi/ium; while there are other differences more

easily seen than described.

Taking all circumstances into consideration, I think we must

return to the above suggested theory, that the specimen now under

discussion is a piece of skin of an Onohippidium. If that be

correct, it is of course very interesting to have a fraguient of

the soft parts of a second animal, long ago extinct, from the

Cueva Eberhardt.

The detailed statements of Erland Nordenskjold as to the

extreme dryness of those parts of the cave where these remains

were found, and the protecting layer of sulphate of magnesia,

give a plausible explanation of the organic substances (even fesh

on some bones) having been so excellently preserved for such a

considerable time. I may add that Professor Lagerheim has also

made attempts to find bacteria in the fecal material, but failed to

discover any ’.

3. On a remarkable Attid Spider from Borneo, Mantisutta

trucidans, nu. g. et sp. By Ceci Warsurton, M.A.,,

Christ’s College, Cambridge.

[Received March 31, 1900.]

By the courtesy of Dr. Sharp I am able to describe a very

interesting new Spider found in a collection of insects, chiefly

Termites, made by Dr. G. D. Haviland in Sarawak, Borneo. The

Spider was overlooked on first going over the collection, and un-

fortunately no note was made of the particular insects with which

it was associated, and nothing is certainly known with regard to

its habits,

Fam. ATTID &,

Subfam. Lyssoman 2.

Genus MANTISATTA, n. gen.

Body elongated and depressed. Eyes arranged as in Lyssomanes.

Spinnerets beneath the posterior end of the abdomen, which is

produced beyond them into a caudal process. Legs of the first

pair much the most strongly developed, with strong forwardly

directed spines under the tibia and backwardly directed spines

} After the reading of this paper, Dr. W. G. Ridewood remarked that he

had examined the microscopic structure of the hair of the two equine hoofs

found in association with Grypotherium by the La Plata Museum expedition.

He had observed in the bairs attached to these hoofs the tapering of the bair

at each end, the sealy cuticle, and the excentric position of the relatively large

medulla, which had been deseribed as characterizing the hair of the pro-

blematical skin found by KE. Nordenskjéld.

1900.} NEW SPIDER FROM BORNEO. 335

under the metatarsus, forming a prehensile weapon when these

joints are apposed.

MANTISATTA TRUCIDANS, n. sp. (Fig. 1.)

Female. Total length 4mm.; length of thorax 14 mm.; length

of abdomen 24mm. Greatest ‘breadth of thorax (about the level

of the second pair of legs) about 1 mm.; of the abdomen about

‘75 mm.

ANIA

SEN

‘S

Mantisatia trucidans, 2, much enlarged.

The cephalothorax is much depressed and is about half as Jong

again as broad. ‘The first pair of eyes are very large, occupying

the whole breadth of the facies, and are mounted on short cylin-

ders which project forward. The second and third pairs of eyes

are on confluent dark-coloured eminences. The second eyes, which

are pale-coloured, are about a quarter of the anterior eyes in dia-

meter. The third eyes are very small and black. The fourth

pair of eyes, somewhat farther behind the third pair than these are

behind the second, are dark and moderately large, their diameter

being about one third of that of the anterior eyes. The whole

ocular area (fig. 2, p. 386) forms almost an exact square.

The abdomen is a depressed cylinder, more than three times as

long as broad. The spinnerets are not visible from above, being

hidden by a caudal process (fig. 3, p. 385).

The anterior legs are about as long as the whole animal, the

femora, patelJae, and tibix being very strongly developed, and giving

386 ON A NEW SPIDER FROM BORNEO, (Apr. 3,

the Spider a chelifer-like appearance. Beneath each tibia, towards

its distal end, are three pairs of strong black spines, directed

forward. The metatarsus, which can be closed upon the tibia,

bears two pairs of shorter black spines directed backward. One

pair is beneath the middle of the joint, and the other near its

distal extremity.

Fig. 2.

Ocular area of Manfisatta trucidans.

Fig. 3.

Mantisatta trucidans in profile.

Under surface of anterior part of Mantisatia trucidans, with enlarged

view of epigyne.

The other legs (4, 2, 3) are small and weak, and do not appear

to be adapted for leaping.

The whole Spider is exceedingly pale—almost white—in colour,

at all events as it appears after immersion in spirit. Dorsally it is

variegated by a pattern marked out in faint dusky lines and dots.

On the cephalothorax there are two dark patches between the third

pair of eyes, and the second, third, and fourth pairs of eyes are on

"SHLD STOILIVATIAS SHI 2 'SdaQVNTad SNOILVATAS SON'T

PEL ASSP Seta

‘dum sorg wsze7upy

Ry...

, Se

Pri:

ios uy

AXX Id O06T SZ ad

1900.] ON MUS SYLVATICUS AND LTS ALLIES, 387

black eminences. Behind the fourth pair commence two faint dusky

lines, which converge slightly as they approach the abdomen, along

which they are continued for nearly a third of its length. Along

the first half of the abdomen there is a median line, forking pos-

teriorly. This is succeeded bya shorter line which forks similarly,

and behind this there is a transverse line. On each side of the

central marking there are a series of dots, the distribution of which

is shown in fig. 1. The body is thinly pubescent. The under

surface of the body is whitish except the small yellow-brown epigyne

(fig. 4).

The legs are similar in colour, and, except for the spines on the

tibie and metatarsi of the first pair, are furnished only with a

thin clothing of hairs. All exhibit black scopule on the tarsi.

Male unknown.

A single adult female was found among a collection of insects

made by Dr. G. D. Haviland in Sarawak. Nothing is known

of its habits, but from the nature of the collection it is probable

that it was found inside a termites’ nest. Its structure would

suggest that it does not pounce upon its prey in the usual Attid

fashion, but that it remains still and seizes passing insects with its

predaceous front legs.

4. On Geographical and Individual Variation in Mus

sylvaticus and its Allies. By G. E. H. Barrerr-

Hamitton, F.Z.S.

[Received March 2, 1900.]

(Plate XXV.)

This paper contains some account of the various local forms or

subspecies of the Long-tailed Field-mouse, which can be recog-

nized from the material at present available in the collections of

the British Museum of Natural History.

The accusation has sometimes been brought against certain recent

workers ou Mammals that their papers are “scrappy.” I fear that

those who lightly make such assertions can have but little idea

how insignificant is our present knowledge of the local variations

of Old World mammals, and how numerous are the new facts

constantly being brought before us with the consequent need for

their permanent record. Even in the case of one of our commonest

mammals, such as that here under consideration, a careful study of

material, which is probably both greater in quantity and better in

quality than that which has come before any other writer, chiefly

impresses one by its inadequacy to afford the basis of anything like

a full account of the variations of the animal even in such a small

area as that of the British Isles.

It is a curious sign of the times that in this country, at all

events, the naturalist who wishes to give some account of the local

variations or subspecies of any particular mammal must commence

388 MR. G, E. H, BARRETT-HAMILTON ON (Apr. 3,

with an apology for the work in which he is engaged. So

long as the field of enquiry be entomology, the attempt to describe

and classify local variations, and to gain some knowledge of the

guiding principles which underly them, is regarded with respect.

If, on the other hand, a zoologist attempts to institute a similar

inquiry respecting mammals, he is regarded with suspicion, or often

as a mere species-monger who wishes to burden the compilers of

local faunas with the names of a number of forms, the status and

relationships of which only a long study will help them to thoroughly

understand. Yet modern investigations have clearly shown the

existence of a rich crop of local variations amongst the Mammalia,

not Jess worthy of study than those found amongst the Lepi-

doptera or Mollusca, and which I hold it to be clearly the business

of systematic zoology not only to describe and to arrange, but to

name.

In treating a species well known and long recognized, such as

Mus sylvaticus, | prefer to regard as subspecies all forms which can

be identified as in any way phases or representative modifications

of the original type as known to Linneus. The method, so much

in favourin America, whereby all forms which intergrade are looked

upon as subspecies, and all those which do not are regarded as

species, has much to recommend it; but the simp'e ascertain-

ment of the fact that intergradation does, or does not, occur alone

implies a greater knowledge and an ampler series of specimens than

we, in the Old World, possess of many of the very commonest

mammals. Further, by its unavoidable multiplication of species

it obscures the relationship of kindred species and genera, and

necessitates the formation of new genera or subgenera to include

the various groups’ of new species and subspecies. Under this

system many, if not all, of our time-honoured Old World species

would be raised to the rank of full genera—a contingency which

may be eventually necessary, but which it seems desirable to

postpone to as late a date as possible.

On the other hand, the system used in this paper has the

advantage of roughly indicating the relationship of the forms

dealt with. We do not, however, thereby escape from the

difficulty that these forms are of widely different degrees of

distinctness. For instance, whereas some of our western subspecies

approach each other closely, even in their extreme phases, and will

probably be found to intergrade freely, there are others, such as

Mus sylvaticus princeps or M. s. draco, which, even if they be

proved to intergrade, are in their extreme phases highly distinct and

at once recognizable. Some forms there are, however, which, having

been long separated from the parent form, have become so differ-

entiated that the most stubborn disregarder of local variations

could not consider them to be identical with M. s. typicus. Such

is M. argenteus of Japan. To it accordingly, lest my judgment

should be found erring in allying it too closely with MV. sylvaticus,

I here accord full specific rank.

A further advantage may be claimed for the method which is

1900.] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES, 389

here advocated, namely, that it does not add to the difficulties of the

student of the geographical distribution of mammals in its broadest

and widest sense. The numerous modern species, although they

may be of the greatest interest to the student of the fauna of a

single or of a particular group of countries, cannot but be a source

of perplexity to the naturalist, whose aim it is to regard the mammals

of the world as a whole. ‘To the latter the liberal and intelligent

use of trinomials must be a boon, rendering possible as it does a

ready comprehension of the origin and relationship of any particular

local or representative form which he may have before him.

But, after all, the main object of our study should be the

variations of the animal or group of animals dealt with. Provided

that this be our aim, the exact method we employ is surely of

subsidiary importance. No method that does or can exist, unless

it be diagrammatic or pictorial, is capable of fully or satisfactorily

exhibiting the variations which have to be dealt with.

_ Distribution.—The distribution of Mus sylvaticus, speaking of it

in abroad sense as including all its subspecies, is, as I haye already

pointed out*, almost coterminous with the limits of the Palearctic

Region, in which it is probably as widely spread as most other

mammals, since it seems to be comparatively regardless of the

influence of temperature and is found far up the slopes of the

mountains. Thus Dr. G. Radde* met with it almost everywhere in

his journeys in South-western Siberia, and it is especially common

on the middle Amoor. He remarks that there can be no doubt

that it is found, at least locally, in the regions lying between wooded

Dauria and Lake Baikal, at all events in the grassy country, but that

it is absent from the high steppes of Mongolia. In these regions

it avoids swampy and shaded localities, but loves suuny slopes

with sparsely distributed high woods, where it gladly gathers the

dry windfalls for its nest. With these exceptions, to which must

be added the deserts and arctic tundras, it is equally at home in

all the countries between the eastern coast-line of China and the

Atlantic sea-board of Ireland or Portugal. It has reached nearly

all the outlying portions of the Region, such as Morocco, Algeria,

Palestine, Corsica, Sicily, the Balearics, the Channel Islands, Great

Britain, the Isle of Man, Ireland, the Scotch Islands * (such as the

Inner Hebrides, where it is abundant on all the islands), the

Outer Hebrides (including even remote St. Kilda‘), the Shetlands,

and Iceland, and in the last locality its local representative, if indi-

genous, is the only species of mammal that is so. On the other hand,

I have seen no specimen from any of the Japanese islands, where,

however, I believe, that on Nippon Mus argenteus is its modified

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. Feb. 7, 1899, p. 82.

2 *Reisen im Siiden von Ost-Sibirien in den Jahren 1855-1859 inel,’

Band i. pp. 180-182 (1862).

* J. A. Harvie-Brown & T, E. Buckley: ‘ Vertebrate Fauna of Argyll and

the Inner Hebrides,’ 1892, p. 38.

4 J have as yet seen no specimen from either the Orkneys or the Faroes. It

doubtless occurs on the former; the case of the latter will be discussed

below.

Proc, Zoos, Soc.—1900, No. XX VI. 26

390 MR, G. B, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3,

representative, and I could not hear of it in Kamchatka; but its

absence from the latter country is not surprising when it is

considered that the peninsula, as shown by its general fauna, has

probably been isolated as an island until recent times, and further

that we are not aware of the presence of Aus sylvaticus in the

tivo main roads thither, in Chukchiland or the Kuril Islands.

In Asia Minor it was found by Ménétries amongst the moun-

tains of Talyche, by Canon Tristram on the plains of Palestine,

and Danford caught a specimen ‘while running about on the

surface of the deep snow,” considerably above the tree-growth '.

As # contrast to this, one has been trapped by Mr. G. H. Caton

Haigh in Wales among the rocks on the shore near the mouth of

an estuary, so that it seems equally at home in extremely varied

localities.

In spite, however, of its wide distribution and comparative

disregard of extremes of climate and environment, it is one of

those mammals which do not seem to have reached Tunis, Tripoli,

or Egypt.

The southern boundary of its range in Asia is uncertain. It

has been reliably recorded from Wakhan on the Upper Oxus ; from

Kashgar, in Eastern Turkestan; from Gilgit in the Upper Indus

Valley; from Cherra Punji, India; from Kashmir; and from

Kuatun, in North-west Fokien, Eastern China. It thus reaches

the confines of the Oriental Region at more than one locality.

Its presence in such isolated, yet widely separated, islands as

Iceland and Corsica (if, indeed, it be native in the former), seems

to mark it as a species which has for long maintained a wide area

of distribution, and which is of sufficient age to have already

occupied the greater part of its present geographical range when

the British Islands and their appendages, at least as far as the

Shetlands, Outer Hebrides, St. Kilda, and Ireland, still formed part

of the Continent of Europe, and when there existed a free land-

passage from Europe to North Africa by means of substantial land-

bridges where now only islands remain. Japan alone seems to be

old enough to have given it time for specific modification. This

supposition gains support from the fact * that its bones have been

found in numerous caves on the Continent as wellas in the English

Forest-Bed of Norfolk, and elsewhere, as in the Ightham Fissures

of Kent, and that we have no trace of its ancestry, the

Pleistocene species Mus orthodon Hensel and Mus lewisi E. T.

Newton * being at least as highly specialized as itself.

The question as to whether this Mouse could be indigenous to

Iceland I left an open one, since it seems likely that the connection

between that island and the Shetlands must have been of far more

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 279.

* See A. Nehring’s “ Uebersicht tiber vierundzwanzig mitteleuropiische

Quartar-Faunen,” Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. Bd. xxxii. 1880, pp. 468-

509; also Brandt & J. N. Woldrich’s ‘ Diluviale europaisch-nordasiatische

Saugethierfauna und ihre Beziehungen zum Menschen,” Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci.

St. Pétersbourg, xxxv. I. p. 69 (1887).

% Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol, 1. pt. 2, no, 198 (May 1, 1894).

YY Saree

1900. ] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 391

remote date than that between the British Islands and the

Continent, and, moreover, we do not know whether this Mouse

occurs on the Faroes or not. Its occurrence in these intermediate

localities would afford support to the presumption that it is native

in Iceland; but I am indebted to Col. H. W. Feilden for the

information that the existence of an indigenous mammal of any

kind on the Faroes is very unlikely, since they have undergone

an intense, although local, glaciation at a period long subsequent

to their present condition as islands.

At all events, Mus sylvaticus is perhaps the species par excellence

of all others inhabiting the Palearctic Region which we should

most expect to find in such an out-of-the-way island as Iceland.

Material ewamined.—The following is a summary of the material

which I have been able to examine. Not only have I had

before me the specimens included in my own collection, but the

whole of those now in the British Museum have been generously

placed at my disposal by the authorities. In addition to these

Mr. Gerrit 8S. Miller, Junior, Assistant Curator of Mammals at

the United States National Museum, Washington, D.C., has most

kindly sent over for my examination 66 examples from the col-

lection in that museum. JI have thus had before me a series of,

in all, about 580 specimens, many of them prepared in the best

modern methods and having also attached to them carefully cleaned

skulls.

From England and Wales I have seen 171 specimens!: from

Bedfordshire 2, Cambridgeshire 3, Carmarthenshire 6, Cheshire 9,

Dorset 1, Glamorganshire 11, Gloucestershire 6, Herefordshire

33, Hertfordshire 3, Isle of Wight 8, Kent 4, Leicestershire 13,

Lincolnshire 2, London District 13, Merionethshire 5, the New

Forest 5, Northants 2, Northumberland 6, Oxfordshire 18, Staf-

fordshire 3, Suffolk 4, Surrey 5, Sussex 5, Warwickshire 2,

Worcestershire 1, Yorkshire 1.

Turning to Scotland and its Islands, I have seen 56 specimens:

from Cromarty 11, Edinburgh 2, Elgin 17, Haddingtonshire 2,

Lanarkshire 1, and Skye 1; while Mr. Robert Henderson of

Dunrossness, Shetland, has sent me 8 obtained there; and Mr. W.

E. de Winton has lundly placed at my disposal lis fine series of

14 from the Islands of Lewis and Barra.

From Ireland I have had before me about 45 specimens:

from Carlow 7, Clare 2, Galway 4, Kerry 6, Tipperary 3, and

Wexford several; and have also, through the kindness of my

friend Dr. R. F. Scharff, been permitted to examine those in the

Dublin Museum of Science and Art, among which are included

1 For these the British Museum and myself are indebted to a numerous

band of collectors, of whom I may mention Messrs. O. V. Aplin, A. 8. Austen,

BE. W. H. Blagg, J. L. Bouhote, G. H. Caton Haigh, T. A. Coward, R. J.

Cuninghame, G. Denoon, W. Dodson, J. 8. Elliott, W. Evans, C. H. B. Grant,

S. F. Harmer, F. W. Headley, the late Lord Lilford, Messrs. J. O. Mansel-

Pleydell, W. R. Ogilvie Grant, Oldfield Thomas, Miss D. Sharpe, Mr. W. Taylor,

Col. J. W. Yerbury, while, last but not least, my friend Mr. W. E, de Winton

has placed his whole collection from various localities at my entire disposal.

392 MR. G. E, H. BARRETT-HAMILION ON [Apr. 3,

(besides several specimens in alcohol) 7 skins from Co. Dublin and

the north of Co. Wicklow, 7 from Co. Louth, two without locality,

and an immature skin from Co. Galway.

From the Channel Islands I have a set collected by Mr. W.

Eagle Clarke on Alderney’; while from the Continent of Europe,

its Islands, and North Africa, I have seen 169 specimens (which

form part either of my own collection or of that of the British

Museum of Natural History) from the following countries :—

Morocco 11, Portugal 9, Spain (various localities) 10, France

(various localities) 18, Belgium 10, Holland 5, Denmark 5, Scan-

dinavia 6, Germany 60 (from various localities), Lithuania 1,

Slavonia 16, Switzerland 11, Italy 4, Corsica 2, Sicily 2, Algeria 1,

Roumania 44, Montenegro 1, Russia 1, Iceland 1. Lastly, there

is the series of 66 specimens kindly sent over for my examination

by Mr. G. 8S. Miller, Junior, which comprises 16 from Brunswick,

Germany; 9 from Bergen, Norway; 2 from Upsala, Sweden ;

17 from Switzerland; 17 from Warenne, Belgium; and 5 from

Cadillac-sur-Garonne, France.

Of Asiatic material I have examined 25 specimens from a number

of localities. the most eastern of which is Kuatun, in North-west

Fokien, China, whence Messrs. C, B. Rickett & J. D. La Touche

have recently sent a fine series to the Natural History Museum.

General Remarks.—It is extremely hard to deal satisfactorily

with the various phases of Mus sylvaticus. Considerable as has

been the material at my command, far more so probably than

has fallen to the Jot of any other naturalist to examine, it is

still impossible to trace out with anything like completeness the

variations of this species even in Western Europe. Mus sylvaticus

occurs everywhere in such abundance and is so easily caught

that it might be thought that no animal would be easier to work

out; but this is not the case, for in proportion to the very facility

with which it is captured, a great deal of the material is young

and untrustworthy. At present, therefore, 1 do not see my way

to catalogue with anything like completeness the various recog-

nizable subspecies and individual variations. All that I can do is

to describe a few of the more extreme forms, leaving the majority

of the intermediates for further consideration.

In dealing with the variations of an animal, we have two distinct

types to treat of, viz., those which are spasmodic and affect only

he individual, and those which are geographical and characteristic

of all, or of the majority of, the individuals of a particular region

or locality. The former do not directly concern the student of

geographical variation ; the latter are the species and subspecies,

according to the degree of difference which they show, of a paper

like the present one. The occurrence of startling variations, either

individual or geographical, seems almost foreign to the constitution

of Mus sylvaticus, yet it is not deficient in equally interesting,

although less conspicuous, developments. In this respect, what

I stated in my previous paper on the subject may still, broadly

1 See Proc. Zool. Soc. Feb. 7, 1899, p. 82, footnote,

1900. ] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 393

speaking, be regarded as true, although now naturally modified by

recent accessions of material, so that I am able to distinguish

local forms, for the proper differentiation of which, although I

believe them to be perfectly recognizable and distinct, there was

needed the accumulation of a cousiderable number of specimens.

Mus sylvaticus appears in fact to be a form which, in its longstand-

ing and successful struggle for existence, has attai ned to a height of

specialization from which it has either very little power of variation,

or else which is such as to fulfil all the needs of the species in

almost any conditions with which it may be brought into contact.

The possible range of its variations, whether individual or geo-

graphical, would seem to be narrow. Within this narrow range,

however, variation is very evident and perplexing. ‘lhe animal,

indeed, while apparently baving small power of varying, uses to

the utmost the power which it possesses. Unlike some of our

common mammals, such as the Squirrel, Rabbit, or Rat, it is not

subject to either melanism or albinism. In the whole series of

the ‘ Zoologist’ and the volumes of the ‘ Field’ for the last twenty

years, there is not to be found a single recorded instance of a well-

marked sport of this species—a result which would have been very

widely different had the object of the search been Sedurus vul-

garis, Talpa europea, or Mus musculus. This, of course, does not

prove that conspicuous sports do not occur, but it undoubtedly

emphasizes their rarity. L have not thought it worth while to

supplement this result by a search for information, all of which

would probably be of a highly negative character, through any

number of the works of foreign writers; but neither in those of

Bell* nor of J. H. Blasius® can any allusion to such sports be

found. Dehne’, however, mentions a variety, which he calls ‘ die

isabellfarbige Waldmaus,” and which he characterizes as very rare,

since he had only seen one example, and that in the summer

of 1833 in the district of Penig. He had never seen white or

otherwise coloured varieties. De Selys-Longchamps’ records an

‘Isabelle albine” variety with pink eyes, and states that such

occur ‘‘ trés accidentellement.” Similar isabelline, white, or white-

speckled varieties are noted as of extremely accidental occurrence

by Bonaparte °, Fischer’, and Mina Palumbo®*. Mus sylvaticus is

then, it seems, a good instance in support of Mr. A. Sedgwick’s

remarks ° on the loss of variability in an old species.

1 Tt must not be forgotten also that sports of Mus sylvaticus may haye been

occasionally credited to Mus musculus.

* «British Quadrupeds,’ ed. 2 (1874).

‘Saugethiere Deutschlands,’ 18957.

Allgem. deut. naturh, Zeit. 1858, pp. 182-3.

‘Etudes de Micromammalogie,’ 1839, p. 65.

‘ Fauna Italica,’ 1832-1841, art. on Mus sylvaticus.

7 “ Saugethiere des St. Petersburger Gouverneiuents,” Der Zoologische Garten

1869, p. 340.

* Cat. dei Mamma. della Sicilia, 1868, p.72. See E.Cantoni’s ‘‘ Elenco Generale

dei Mammiferi soggetti ad albinismo,” in Atti della Soc. Ital. di Sci. Nat.

yol. xxili., 1880.

% Presidential Address to Section D of British Association ; Dover, 1899,

aark &

394 MR. G, HE, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3,

Within its own limits, as has been stated above, the Long-tailed

Field-mouse is subject to considerable variation, but the variations

are usually more subtle than are those of some other mammals.

Thus, putting aside the influence of age and season, I find a good

deal of individual variation in the amount and intensity of

the rufous coloration of the upper surface and of the purity of the

underside, in the presence or absence of a spot or band upon the

breast, and in the length of the tail. Size too, as in other

mammals, contributes its share to individual differences ; and my

tables at the end of this paper show that, after allowing for

individual differences amongst the various persous who have

measured the specimens which I have had under examination,

there yet remains a considerable variation above and below the mean

for adults. I think it highly probable that such variation would

have proved distinctly less had the series from which my averages

have been compiled been collected in a locality smaller than that

of Great Britain as a whole. It is, in fact, possible that there is

an increase in size of Mus sylvaticus even in Great Britain from

south to north, or, perhaps, from south-west to north-east.

As regards geographical or local variations, Mus sylvaticus is, on

the whole, remarkably constant to a single well-marked type.

Throughout the Palzarctic Region it is distinguishable at a glance

from every other mouse with which it might possibly be confounded

by the possession of a combination of characters, amongst which

its size, the pattern of its teeth, its long foot, large ears, and pure

white belly, separated from the more or less rufous dorsal regions

by a clearly marked line of demarcation, are predominant. ‘l'hus

its local forms, though distinguishable, are not nearly so readily

appreciable as, say, those of Sciurus vulgaris; and Mus sylvaticus

chevriert Milne-Edwards, of Tibet, is at tirst sight surprisingly like

Mus s. arianus Blanford, of Persia and Afghanistan, or Mus s.

intermedius Bellamy, of England, considering the enormous tracts

of country by which these forms are separated. Yet there is

variation and that distinctly geographical, consisting for the most

part (as in the case of the individual variations) in differences

of general size, tint, and thickness of the coat of the upperside,

intensity of the white colour of the belly, presence or absence of a

breast-band, length of tail, and size of ear.

Thus, in Europe, it is easy to divide Mus sylvaticus primarily

into two very distinct—a larger long-tailed and a smaller short-

tailed—subspecies. he larger reaches its maximum both of size

and coloration in Eastern Europe (VV. s. princeps), but towards

the West becomes both smaller and duller. Colonies, however,

persist right into Great Britain, where they are distinguishable by

the presence of a remarkable breast-band of the same colour as

the upper surface of the body (IM. s. wintoni). In Denmark and

Scandinavia there is a reduction in size (M. s. typicus), but, although

the red of the upper surface remains fairly intense, the underside

is much dulled; and this process has been carried to its fullest

extent in the representatives of the species on the islands of Lewis

eee

]

mh i.)

1900.) MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES, 395

and Barra (WV. s. hebridensis) and St. Kilda (M. s. hirtensis), where

it is accompanied by a very interesting shortening of the ear and

lengthening of the foot proportionately to the length of the body.

A representative of the large form occurs also in the Shetlands ;

but my series is not sufficiently good to enable me to decide finally as

to its affinities. The Iberian Peninsula and Morocco seem to be

the habitat of a large dull-coloured form, with regard to the exact

appearance and relationship of which, in default of more numerous

specimens, I am a little uncertain, and for the present can merely

allude to it under the name Mus hayz Waterhouse.

To turn to the smaller subspecies (I. s. intermedius), this is

found mainly in the British Islands and in the neighbouring

continental areas of Holland, Belgium, and North-west France ;

but the exact limits of its distribution are as yet uncertain, and

it probably intergrades in all directions with other subspecies.

It is extremely interesting to find that specimens from such

damp western localities as Lewis and Skye in the Scotch Islands,

Galway and Kerry in Ireland, and Oporto in Portugal indicate

that in such situations the reduction of size and darkening of the

colour of the upper surface reaches its maximum, It is not less

interesting to find some evidence that there may be two ways of

attaining to that greater dullness of coloration which seems to be

fitted to a sojourn in the moderately warm, damp regions of

Western Europe; and that, whereas in JM. s. hebridensis and

M. s. hirtensis this object is attained by rendering more uniform,

although not darker, the colour of the upper surface, by the en-

largement of the breast-band, the partial obliteration of the line

of demarcation between the two surfaces of the body, and the

extension of the yellow colour to the belly, the whole consistent

with a retention of large size, in J. s. celticus the same result

is brought about by an increase of the black-tipped hairs on the

back, while the belly, although retaining its pure whiteness, is

made less conspicuous by reduction of the size of the animal.

The occurrence of representatives of each of these forms almost

side by side on the small island of Lewis is perplexing; but

Mr. de Winton informs me that the larger I, s. hebridensis keeps

severely to itself on the western side of the island, and that he

believes that the presence of the smaller form may here be due to

accidental introduction.

As regards the remaining forms, such as MW. s. islundicus, arianus,

pallipes, griseus, chevriert, draco, and M. argenteus, little is known

and little can be said; but there is evidence to show that the

representatives of MM. sylvaticus are characterized in the north

(according to Radde) by larger, and in the south by smaller size,

and in the latter case by a proportionately smaller hind foot. The

thick fur and light upperside of M. s. pallipes seem to indicate

a development to suit great cold, combined perhaps with desert-

or steppe-lhke conditions ; but the curious differences between

the manner in which the young grow up in extremes, such as

M. s. draco and M. s, intermedius, are at present inexplicable.

396 MR, G, E. H. BARRETI-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3,

The fact remains, however, that in these subspecies the young are

more strikingly differentiated than the adults. In all, the young

are duller than their respective adults, but in the East they seem

to take a longer time to don the brighter hues of maturity and

the manner of effecting the change is more patchy than that

in vogue in the West. It may be that in regions where food is

abundant and general bodily growth is rapid, the development of

the genital organs cannot keep pace with that of the general size,

and that with these organs the assumption of the external colours

of the adult, which we know to have in many cases a most

intimate connection with them, is retarded accordingly.

It it be true that the various stages of progress to maturity

repeat in some degree the phylogeny of an animal, then we may,

perhaps, assume that the brighter red hues of the adults of several

ot the subspecies? of Mus sylvaticus must be regarded as a modern

acquirement, the original ancestor of the Long-tailed Field-mice

having been a plain coloured, white-bellied House-mouse-like

creature. Further, on the same supposition, the adult winter

coat being the darker, is nearer to that of the young, and hence

to that of the ancestor, whence perhaps it might be inferred that

the immediate ancestor was an animal which inhabited a damp,

only moderately warm, sunless country, and is most nearly repre-

sented in its colour by the subspecies of Western Europe of the

present day.

The occurrence of a small dark form in such isolated localities

as Lewis, Skye, Galway, and Kerry, and possibly in Portugal,

seems to suggest some thoughts on our present views of distri-

bution. We may look on the discontinuous distribution of such

a form in two ways. We may regard it as evidence of the

survival in isolated localities of an old subspecies, once of far

wider distribution ; and this is the view that would undoubtedly

be adopted had we to deal in this case not with a subspecies,

but with a genus or even with a very distinct species. An

alternative view may, however, present itself, viz., that we may

have here a case of the independent evolution of a similar form

under the influence of similar conditions, which in fact one is

tempted to regard as a similar reaction of the organism to the

impetus of similar stimuli. ‘To the latter view I am, I confess,

myself very much inclined, and parallel cases can be found

amongst other groups, as, for instance, in the case of the slug

recently described by my friend Dr. RK. F. Scharff? as Limax

marginatus, var. nov. niger. This, a small dark form, was found

by its describer and Mr. G. H. Carpenter “ suddenly ” appearing

at a height of 2800 feet on Carrantuohill, in Co. Kerry, lreland,

and was certainly quite absent from the lower slopes of the

mountain. According to Professor Simroth this form occurs also

‘ There are other Eastern Muride (e. g. Mus confucianus) of which the

young are dully coloured and the adults red.

2 ‘Irish Naturalist,’ Oct. 1899, p. 214.

1900.] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 397

in Transylvania, while it only differs from the var. rupicola in

being unicoloured above. In fact the variety rupicola itself would

seem to be another case in point, being found, as it is in Lessona

and Pollinera, up to a height of 7000 feet in the Piedmontese Alps,

as well as in the Mourne Mountains of Ireland, from which it has

been recorded by Mr. W. D. Roebuck.

From whatever point of view we regard the numerous forms

of Mus sylvaticus, it is of extreme interest to find that the

changes and variations in different climates are parallelled, to a

certain extent at least, not only by other mammals, but by birds

and, in some cases, by invertebrates. In a recent paper’ I

showed that the brightening of the colours of certain birds

according as they range suuthwards is parallelled by the Weasel,

Putorius nivalis Linneus and its subspecies. So, too, the most

richly coloured subspecies of Jus sylvaticus which I have seen is

Mus s. draco from Kuatun, a locality which must be near the

extreme south-eastern limit of the range of the species, while in

the south-west the deep, almost chocolate upperside of the single

British Museum specimen of M. s. algirus of Algeria seems to be

suggestive of a similar tendency.

It is also of interest to find that the bright, clearly coloured Mus

sylvaticus of the cold drier regions of Central Europe is the counter-

part of the corresponding form of Squirrel, Sciurus vulgaris rufus

Kerr ; whereas the duller subspecies of some of the damper Western

regions are parallelled by S. v. lewcourus Kerr and S. v. typreus

Linneus ; and other parallels may be sought amongst the Red-

backed Voles (Hvotomys) and their subspecies. We are only just

beginning to obtain any general light on the distribution of

variation amongst European mammals, but the larger size of

Mus s. princeps of Central Europe finds a parallel in at least one

other species, viz. Lepus europwus typicus Pall., of which the

Central European and Russian examples are distinctly larger than

the Western, Z. e. occidentalis de Winton”. Indeed, it would be

easy to quote a good many other instances, taken from birds as well

as maminals, which seem to afford evidence of some law of decrease

in size from cold and clear to warmer and dullerregions. Finally,

the occurrence of especially dark and often simall forms in various

isolated western localities of the British Islands finds an abundant

counterpart in other groups. I may point to the Lepidoptera,

amongst which so many dark western varieties have been recorded ;

to the dark Squirrels of damp mountainous continental regions ; to

our small dark breeds of cattle (Scotch, Irish, and Welsh); and

to numerous instances amongst birds, as the Dippers (Cinclus)

and the Long-tailed Titmice (Acredula). Perhaps the most

interesting parallel of all is afforded by the Song-Thrush, J'urdus

musicus*, of which it is stated that individuals which inhabit the

? Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 42 (1900).

* See Mr. W. E. de Winton’s paper, ‘On the Hares of Western Europe and

North Africa,” in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. i. February 1898.

® Howard Saunders, ‘ Manual of British Birds,’ ed. iy. p.3.

398 MR. G. E, H, BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3,

Outer Hebrides are, like the Lepidoptera of the same islands,

small and darkly coloured.

In many cases black forms of some common species of animals

occur in the British Islands or in mountains, either in certain

defined areas or sporadically, but are not yet in a_ status

to be generally recognized subspecifically. Such are the black

variety of the Water-Vole, Microtus ater (Macgillivray); the

black varieties of the Common Rat, Mus hibernicus Thompson ;

the black variety of the Squirrel, Sciwrus alpinus Cuvier, of the

Pyrenees and Alps; and the dark variety of the Common Snipe,

Gallinago celestis sabinit (Vigors). Such forms, however, seem to

be in many ways analogous, and it is strongly to be suspected

that they owe their origin to some common cause, apparently not,

in the ordinary sense, a protective one.

L recognize 19 subspecies or phases of Mus sylvaticus, which are

as follows :—

1. MuS SYLVATICUS INTERMEDIUS,

Mus intermedius, C. J. Bellamy, Natural History of South

Deyon, pp. 195 & 329-330, with woodcut (1839).

Mus campestris, J. J. J. Holandre, Faune de la Moselle, p. 24

(1836), antedated by MW. campestris, A.G. Desmarest, Mamm. Suppl.

p. 643 (1822), which is a Mus minutus, Pall. subsp. incert.; see

De Selys-Longchamps, ‘Etudes de Micromammalogie: Revue

des Musaraignes, des Rats et des Compagnols, suivie d’un Index

méthodique des Mammiféres d’Europe’ (Paris, 1839), and Barrett-

Hamilton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., April 1899, p. 345.

Mus sylvaticus fossilis, P. Gervais, Zool. et Pal. Fr. p. 43 (1859).

Mus sylvaticus auctorum.

Type locality. Devonshire, England.

Nomenclature § Synonymy. The discovery that the original

application of the name sylvaticus by Linnus referred to a

distinct subspecies, makes it necessary to search for a subspecific

name which shall apply to the ordinary lesser subspecies of

Britain and the neighbouring continental area. The name inter-

medius of Bellamy, although undoubtedly applied to a large

example, seems to be suitable for this use. It is at all events

appropriate to an animal which is distinctly intermediate in its

characters between several surrounding subspecies.

Description. The colour of the basal two-thirds of all the hairs

at all ages and seasons is slate-grey, but this is concealed by the

terminal portions, about 2 or 3 mm. in length, which are coloured

quite differently and to the tints of which the animal owes its

general appearance. In adults the upperside is sandy reddish

brown, not usually of rich or intense tints, the lower side pure

white, with a very clear line of demarcation between the colours

of the two surfaces passing along the flanks, inner surface of the

thighs, fore limbs, and cheeks. Many hairs of the upperside are

tipped with black, especially in the median dorsal region, and

these black tips, becoming greatly increased in winter, constitute

1900.] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES, 399

the only seasonal difference which I can discover. The presence

of the black-tipped hairs on the dorsal region gives the Mice

the appearance of being more darkly coloured on the back and

redder on the flanks; but there is a good deal of variation, even

amongst individuals from the same locality, in regard to the

comparative darkness, greyness, or redness of the upperside. As

a general rule, very old specimens seem to be the reddest, but I

have seen very large ones which were remarkably grey. In many

there is present a breast-spot of variable extent, which may in

some cases extend backwards along the median ventral surface,

either as a thin rufous line or as a rather broad and diffused

yellowish staining of the belly.

In old nursing females the underside often becomes very bare,

and may lose its pure white colour.

In immature specimens the coloured tips to the hairs are not

well developed; hence young mice are always duller and more

House-mouse-like on the upper surface. In some cases, as in

that of a specimen from the Island of Skye, the colour, both above

and below, is identical with that of typical Mus musculus ; others

are slate-grey, and one from Shetland has the upperside like that

of typical musculus and the underside white. Some very young

specimens lack the line of demarcation between the colours of the

upper and under surfaces and are dark-bellied, that is to say, the

white-tipped hairs are absent and the dark underfur prominent ;

but this condition is not invariable, and many are comparatively

brown or red, although not so much so as are the adults. My

remarks respecting the colour of immature specimens are mainly

based on the British series at the Natural History Museum and those

in the collections of Mr. W. E. de Winton and myself, consisting

chiefly of specimens taken in the months of May and July: later

in the autumn a pelage which more nearly resembles that of the

adults is assumed. In mild climates young are born until late in

the year, since two females trapped by Mr. Oldfield Thomas near

Calais, France, in September were nursing ; other nursing females

have been trapped as late as 10th September by Mr. W. R. Ogilvie

Grant in Elginshire, Scotland, aud on the 8th October at South

Sutor, Cromarty, Scotland, and of the form JZ, s. wintoni on

Dec. 7th, by Mons. A. Robert in Haute-Savoie. It would seem,

then, that specimens in immature pelage may occasionally be

trapped almost throughout the winter.

Moult. The rarity of the specimens showing a moult is worth

noticing, and I can only suppose that the change from one coat to

the other is made gradually and in an inconspicuous manner.

One of Mr. Thomas’s August specimens from Holland, a male

(no. 98.2.1.18), is moulting from the rufous to a duller coat, and

has just a patch of the former colour on the rump, whereas the

rest of the body is of a dull colour.

Dimensions. The tables (p. 423) show that this subspecies is

intermediate in size between giants of its race like MW. s. princeps

and pigmies like WM, s. celticus or M. s. tauricus.

400 MR. G, E. H, BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3,

Skull. The skulls of adult British examples do not usually

exceed 26 mm. in total length, the more usual length being 25 mm.

Distribution. Great Britain, Ireland, and the Scotch Islands

(except the localities inhabited by other subspecies, such as St.

Kilda, part of Lewis (Outer Hebrides), Barra, parts of the West

of Ireland, probably Shetland, and the sporadic localities occupied

by M. s. wintoni); the Channel Islands (Alderney), Holland,

Belgium, Brittany, and North-west France, parts of Switzerland,

and perhaps portions of South-western France; but the exact

limits of the distribution of this form are uncertain, and it is not

known whether its range is clearly marked off from, or whether it

intergrades with, the larger forms.

General Remarks. Excluding examples of MM. s. wintont, I do

not find amongst specimens from the mainland of Great Britain

any tangible local differences; but to insure satisfactory results

in this direction, a very carefully collected set of specimens from

several selected localities would be necessary. The skins from

Oxfordshire and Leicestershire (both those in Mr. de Winton’s

and those in the British Museum collection) certainly seem

brightest and reddest, but they are summer skins, and there is no

conclusive series from other localities of exactly the same date

with which to compare them. Further, an old nursing female

taken in Glamorganshire in July is as brightly coloured as any of

them. Again, specimens from the London Parks are, like the birds

and Lepidoptera, verv dark and smoky. I am not, however, quite

able to trace beyond dispute any local British variations, other

than those already mentioned, but the subject is of great interest

and well worthy of the attention of British naturalists. Certainly,

if there be any reliable conclusions to be drawn from recent work

on the colour of mammals, the mice of Central England should

be on the whole brighter and redder than those of the surrounding

districts ; but a study of them should be based not upon individuals,

but on averages, and would need very careful procedure. It is

at least confirmatory of my supposition that amongst the more

remarkable individual skins which I have examined are an old

nursing female from Clifton, in which there was a thick median

line of yellow on the belly, and a male from Northumberland

(December), in which the belly is dirty white and exhibits also

a buff median line. I have not been able to separate Scotch

from other British specimens.

As regards continental forms, it is probable that the further

accumulation of specimens will show the existence of hitherto

undetected subspecies. Thus, while those both from Brunswick,

Germany, and from Belgium belong to a type which, like J, s,

intermedius generally, may be distinguished from most Scandina-

vian specimens by their clearer colour both above (grey) and below

(white), 1 fancy that, of the two, the Belgians are the less clearly

white-bellied. Swiss specimens, on the other hand, seem to agree

with those from Upsala, Sweden, in having the central dorsal

region darker and more accentuated, and the underside duller,

while those from Bergen, Norway, are redder.

1900.] MUS SYLVALICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 401

Monsieur F. Lataste seems to have got upon the track of some

such subspecies when he wrote! that in the park of M. Foucassis,

apartment Gironde, France, he had taken individuals “ dont les

teintes foncées, méme en dessous, se rapprochaient beaucoup de

celles de la souris.” This variety he contrasts with one from the

dependencies of the observatory of Pic du Midi, at an altitude

of nearly 3000 metres, ‘‘ et dont la robe est d’un roux vif éclatant.

Plusieurs sujets de cette derniére m’ont été envoyés par M.

Vaussenat ;” but I suspect that, in the case of the first of these

varieties, M. Lataste had to deal with immature mice.

2. MUS sYLVATICUS CELTICUS, subsp. nov. (Plate XXV. fig. 2.)

Type. A female, No. 0.3.11.1 (British Museum Collection), from

Caragh Lake, Co. Kerry, Ireland: collected by Colonel J. W.

Yerbury, on Nov. 27, 1894.

Distinguishing Characteristics, A small-bodied Field-mouse, with

a very dark upperside, caused by a great increase in the number of

black-tipped hairs. ‘The underside, unlike that of M. s. hebridensis

and M,. s. hirtensis, is clear white, although not so clear as in

M. s. wintoni, and the line of demarcation between the colora-

tion of the two surfaces is sharply defined. The dimensions of

ear and hind foot seem to show that these are slightly larger in

proportion to the general body-size than is the case with M. s,

intermedius. This subspecies no doubt intergrades with Irish

examples of M.s. intermedius. Thus Col. Yerbury’s specimens are

the most and Mr. Passingham’s the least accentuated specimens

which I have seen.

Skuil as in M. s. typicus ; total length about 25 mm.

Distribution. West of Britain, I have seen specimens from

Caragh Lake, Co. Kerry (Col. J. W. Yerbury), from Fermoyle,

Castlegregory, ia the same county (Mr. G. A. Passingham), as well

as from Woodpark, Co. Galway (Mr. R. F. Hibbert). These

specimens are matched exactly in colour and size by three from

Hisken, in Lewis, Outer Hebrides (Major H. D. Thornycroft),

and one from Skye (Mr. J. Steele Elliott). A similar one from

Oporto, Portugal, collected by Mr. James Searle, may be an acci-

dental variety or may indicate the occurrence of this small dark

form in other parts of Western Europe.

General Remarks. So long ago as 1841 the late Rev. Leonard

Jenyns (afterwards Blomefield) received from the County of Kerry,

Ireland, some long-tailed Field-mice, one of which was taken at

an altitude of 2500 feet. He at once noticed that they differed

from the typical Mus sylvaticus “in being of a darker colour,

smaller, and with some of the relative proportions rather less ” 7,

and suggested the occurrence of an interesting local race in these

mountains. Not being, however, in possession of a satisfactory

series, he wisely refrained from giving a name to his specimens.

Then followed the age of inexactness, during which Jenyns’s mice,

* Act. Soc. Linn. de Bordeaux, xxxviii. p. 33 (1884),

? Ann, & Mag, Nat, Hist, vol. vii. p. 268, June 1841,

402 MR. G, E. H. BARRETT-HAMILION ON [Apr. 3,

like so many other local forms, were put aside with the remark

that they could be only regarded as “ varieties of Mus sylvaticus”*.

Irish naturalists, however, well knowing the tendency of the

elements of our fauna to become darker in the west of the country,

have all along suspected that Jenyns’s suggestion was well worthy

of attention. Hence they have been gradually accumulating a

series of Field-mice from Ireland, with the result that I think I

may now say definitely that we have, in the west of Ireland, a small

dark subspecies of Field-mouse, which nearly corresponds to Jenyns’s

description, aud which is quite unlike the Field-mice of the greater

part of Europe, of England, or, what is equally interesting, of the

east and centre of Ireland. For this small subspecies I propose

the name Mus sylvaticus celticus.

The first specimens of this Mouse received at the Museum were

a series of six, collected by Col. J. W. Yerbury, at Caragh Lake,

Co. Kerry, between Nov. 27th and Dec. Ist, 1894. These, although

some allowance must be made for the winter coat, are darker and

smaller than any English specimens which I have seen even of

that season. In spite of these characters, I at first hesitated

to regard the specimens as conclusive evidence of the truth of

Jenyns’s hypothesis. It was possible that in such a mild climate

the mice might continue breeding to a Jate date in the year, so

that examples showing the characteristics of immaturity might

be obtainable even in December, and hence Col. Yerbury’s speci-

mens might possibly be regarded as not wholly adult. The colour

of the underside, however, did not suggest immaturity, it being as

white and as clearly marked off from that of the upperside as in

any English examples, nor were the skulls those of immature spe-

cimens. Hence I felt sure that I should eventually obtain others

hke them from the west of Ireland. ‘These were forthcoming in

1896, when Mr. R. F. Hibbert sent me four small dark Mice from

Woodpark, Co. Galway. The date at which they had been taken

(February and March) was such as to almost preclude the possi-

bility of their being immature, and they were further supplemented

by a third set of the small dark western Mouse sent by Mr. G. A.

Passingham, from Fermoyle, Castlegregory, in the very same

county which had produced both Jenyns’s and Colonel Yerbury’s

specimens.

The interest of these specimens was heightened when I found

them exactly matched in colour and size by three collected at

Eisken, in Lewis, in the Outer Hebrides, in October and November

1895, and by one sent to the British Museum of Natural History

by Mr. J. Steele Elliott, from Skye, in the same year. These

specimens seem to indicate that this small Western subspecies of

Mus sylvaticus is not confined to the west of Ireland, but is found

in similar localities in the Western Scotch Isles. The late date of

capture (June 24th) of the Skye specimens shows that the dark

colour is not characteristic of winter, but is retained throughout the

year. It is remarkable that I should have seen a perfectly similar

1 See Bell’s ‘ British Quadrupeds,’ ed. ii. p. 296 (1874).

1900.] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 403

specimen collected at Oporto, Portugal, by Mr. James Searle, on

December 12th, 1896; but too much must not be inferred from a

single specimen, which may possibly indicate the existence of

Mus s, celticus in the west of Portugal, or may be only an acci-

dental variety. Blasius, however, knew of the oceurrence of dark

Field-mice in the higher mountains of Europe’. This single

specimen from Oporto, whatever it may be, is certainly very unlike

the ordinary Portuguese Field-mice.

A remarkable fact is the occurrence of this mouse on the same

island (Lewis) as the very distinct MJ. s. hebridensis, which is one

of the larger forms of Field-mice. I am informed by Mr. de

Winton that the latter keeps to its own part of the island, and

that probably the twodo not intermingle. It is curious that while

a big and little form of Mus sylvaticus occur here side by side,

each finds a different method of fitting itself for the damp dull

climate of the west.

It is interesting to find that the Field-mice of the centre and

east of Ireland are normal, and, as far as I can make out, show

neither any darkening of the colour of the upper surface nor any

diminution of size. Among these normal Irish mice must be

included specimens from Ballaghmoon, Co. Carlow (Mr. J. G.

Symes), from Cashel, Co. Tipperary, and from the neighbourhood

of Arthurstown, Co. Wexford, together with those in the Dublin

Museum from Cos. Dublin, Wicklow, and Louth.

3. MUS SYLVATICUS HEBRIDENSIS.

Mus hebridensis, W. H. de Winton, Zoologist, Oct. 1895, p. 369.

Mus sylvaticus hebridensis, W. E. de Winton, Zoologist, Noy.

1895, p. 426.

Type. No. 95.10.25.1 (British Museum Collection), from Barra,

Outer Hebrides (W. E. de Winton).

Distinguishing Characteristics. Resembles Mus sylvaticus inter-

medius in general form and colour, but is larger (about equal to

M. s. wintont), and has proportionately smaller ears, larger hind feet

(especially stout in males), shorter and thicker tail, and generally

stouter build. The colour of the upperside is more uniform anid

less bright than in 1. s. intermedius; that of the underside is

“‘ enerally dusky or sandy, with no distinct line between the

upper and under parts” (de Winton); that of the tail is almost

uniformly ‘ brownish grey.”

Skull large: total length of that of the type specimen 27 mm.

Distribution. The islands of Lewis and Barra in the Outer

Hebrides.

General Remarks. This island-form was first obtained by Mr, J.

Steele Elliott ; but to Mr. de Winton is due the credit of having

written the first published notice * of so interesting an addition to

the British fauna.

1 Saugethbiere Deutsch. p. 324 (1857).

2 Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1895, p. 55.

404 MR. G. E, H. BARRETI-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3,

This gentleman, to whose kindness I am indebted for permission

to examine the whole of his interesting series of 14 specimens

of this subspecies, has drawn my attention to the curious fact that

the young males appear to lose the dull hues of immaturity of

the upperside, and to don the reddish colour of maturity, at an

earlier age than do the females, so that young males and females

of the same age are actually distinguishable by their colour alone.

If this be so, it would seem to be a quite unique case in the

Rodentia, an order among the species of which, as I am informed

by my friend Mr. Oldfield Thomas, sexual differences are exces-

sively rare.

4, MUS SYLVATICUS HIRTENSIS.

Mus hirtensis, Barrett-Hamilton, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 81.

Type. No. 94.7.16.1 (British Museum collection), a young male

collected by Mr. J. Steele Elliott at St. Kilda.

Distinguishing Characteristics. Closely allied to M. s. hebridensis,

from which, however, it differs in its slightly larger size, and also

in the greater amount of buff or yellowish-brown coloration on the

underside. Like Mus s. hebridensis, it differs from MM. s. inter-

medius, apart from its greater size, in the more uniform coloration

of the upper surface of the body, in the absence of the clearly

defined white underside, and in the longer feet and shorter ears.

The skull is similar to that of M. s. hebridensis, but appears to

be slightly larger, reaching a length of 29 mm., and equalling in

size that of the largest specimen of J. s. wintoni.

Distribution. Known only from the island of St. Kilda.

General Remarks. This is another interesting insular deve-

lopment of Mus sylvaticus, the status of which has been already

discussed (op. cit.). Like M. s. hebridensis, it seems to have been

first obtained by Mr. J. Steele Elliott, who presented the type

specimen’ to the British Museum in 1894. This was supple-

mented by a series procured for me by my friend Mr, Henry Evans,

of Jura, Scotland, in 1898. I have already suggested the possi-

bility that this Mouse may be indigenous to St. Kilda, a suggestion

which is heightened by the fact that, as Mr. Steele Elliott informs

me, ‘‘ there is no landing-place at St. Kilda, so rats and mice stand

a poor chance of getting on the islands from any boats that call,

especially as provisions taken on are also very limited ”’”.

5. Mus sytvaticus typicus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1758,

p. 62,

Mus flavicollis, H. B. Melchior, Den danske Stats og Norges

* Trapped in a hole in a loose stone wall at a height of about 6 feet from the

ground.

* Mr. R. M. Barrington writes me that when he was at St. Kilda in 1881 he

found a dead and dried specimen on the headland opposite the Doon, but,

unfortunately, did not preserve it.

1900. ] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 405

Pattedyr, p. 99, pl. i. (1834); nec A. Dehne, W. E. de Winton et

aliorum (vide sub J. s. wintonz).

Type locality. Upsala, Sweden.

Nomenclature and Synonymy. Melchior’s M. flavicollis must

stand as a synonym of WV. s. typicus, since I find that the Mice of

Hilleréd, in Zealand (an almost topotypical locality for the former

name), belong to the latter form, as shown by a collection made

there by Mr. Oldfield Thomas. This is unfortunate, since the

name flavicollis had, on the initiative of Mr. de Winton, been

applied to its British representative, for which, therefore, a new

name must now be instituted.

Distinguishing Characteristics. A greyish Mouse, with rather

dark central dorsal region, resembling the subspecies wintoni in

size, but slightly smaller, and with the white of the underside far

less pure, the chest-band less prominent, and a slight tendency to

display a washing of yellowish colour on the underside.

Distribution. Parts of Denmark, Norway, Sweden (I have seen

specimens from Laaland, Denmark; Bergen, Norway, and Upsala,

Sweden), and, possibly, the southern shores of the Baltic.

Specimens from Brunswick, Germany, are intermediate between

this and other subspecies.

General Remarks. Linneus may possibly not have had an adult

before him when he wrote his original description of Mus sylvaticus,

which runs as follows :—‘ M. cauda mediocri, palmis tetradactylis,

plantis pentadactylis, corpore griseo pilis nigris, abdomine albido.”

This would apply very well to a not quite mature animal. At all

events the Long-tailed Field-mice of the localities given above are

distinguishable from those of other parts of Europe. In size

they are intermediate, being not so large as IM. s. wintonz, but

larger than M. s. intermedius from Ireland, England, and the

neighbouring continental areas. The Mice of Brunswick seem

to connect this subspecies and the larger WZ. s. wintoni and M. s.

princeps. A series obtained there by Mr. J. A. Loring are

smaller and less bright than other specimens which I have seen,

notably a set procured by myself in 1894.

It is through the courtesy of Mr. G. 8. Miller, Junior, who

sent me over two specimens collected by Mr. J. A. Loring at

Upsala, that I am enabled to know definitely what the Mouse

which Linneus described is really like. It seems to be a reduced

and dulled edition of MW. s. wintoni.

I strongly suspect, however, the existence of two subspecies in the

Scandinavian Peninsula, but the material at my disposal is not yet

sufficient for their proper differentiation. The skins which I have

examined suggest the inference that those from Bergen are redder

on the flanks, darker on the central dorsal line,and yellower beneath

than those from Upsala, which latter agree with skins from

Meiningen, Germany, and are not so red on the flanks, nor so

dark on the central dorsal line; all the Scandinavian and Meinin-

gen specimens possess a breast-band or spot, and in two or three

individuals there is a wash of yellow continued right along the

Proc, Zoou. Soc,—1900, No. XX VII. 27

406 MR. G. BH. H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3,

median ventral line. But these differences, if real, are minute,

and I should like to see them substantiated by the accumulation

ot far ampler material before recognizing them subspecifically.

6. MUS SYLVATICUS CELLARIUS.

Mus cellarius, J. F. Fischer, Zool. Gart. vii. p. 153 (1866), and

Xili. pp. 223, 224 (1872).

Type locality, Cellars at or near St. Petersburg, Russia.

Nomenclature. The inappropriate name cellarius must unfortu-

nately apply to the subspecies of the St. Petersburg district, since

there can be no question that Fischer's Mus cellarius was simply a

cellar-haunting individual of Mus sylvaticus, at first described by

him as a variety, but later accorded full specific rank.

Distinguishing Characteristics. I am uncertain as to the appear-

ance of this form, having never seen a skin of it. Mr. G. 8.

Miller, Junior, has, however, been good enough to send me over

a single skull (No. 3616 of his own collection), which must be

regarded as topotypical of the subspecies. The skull is a

large one, differs radically from that of M. s. typicus, and has

apparently its nearest relative in M. s. princeps of Roumania, a

supposition which gains support from the fact that Mr. Miller

writes of the skin, which he had unfortunately mislaid and there-

fore was unable to send to me, that it is simply a huge sylvaticus.

The skull has a greatest length of 27 and a greatest breadth at the

zygoma of 14 mm., so that while far larger than that of MW. s.

typicus, it is not so large as that of J. s. princeps, the largest skull

of which has a total length of nearly 30 mm. It is a shorter-

nosed and more compactly framed skull than is that of WM. s.

princeps, to which, however, it must be very closely allied.

Distribution uncertain, at present only known from the type

locality. Probably the neighbourhood of St. Petersburg and the

adjacent parts of Russia.

7. Mus sYLVATICUS WINTONI, subsp. nov.

Mus sylvaticus var. flavicollis, A. Dehne, Allgem. deut. naturh.

Zeit. p. 182 (1855).

Mus flavicollis, W. BE. de Winton, Zoologist, Dec. 1894, pp. 441-

445 ; nee Melchior, Danske Stats og Norges Pattedyr, p. 99, pl. i.

(1834).

Type. A male, No. 0.3.12.1 (British Museum Collection),

Graftonbury, Herefordshire, 8th June, 1894(W. E. de Winton).

Synonymy and Nomenclature. For the original description of

this fine Mouse we are indebted to Mr. W. E. de Winton, who

discovered it at Graftonbury, Herefordshire. In his anxiety to

avoid the rash institution of a new name, he was led to identify it

with Melchior’s Mus flavicollis, Since, however, a series of Long-

tailed Field-mice procured by Mr. Oldfield Thomas at Hillerid,

Zealand, Denmark—a locality almost topotypical of Melchior’s

1900. ] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 407

Mouse—prove to be different from the present form and identical

with Mice trom Scandinavia, it is unfortunately necessary that

Mus flavicollis Melchior should stand as a synonym of Mus

sylvaticus typicus Linn. Mr. de Winton’s discovery, therefore,

needs a new name, and I now take the opportunity of connecting

it with its discoverer, to whose excellent field-work amongst

British Mammals we owe our knowledge not only of this, but of

the Hebridean subspecies. The use of the name flavicollis by other

writers, such as Dehne, was probably in connection partly with

M. s. typicus and partly with M. s. princeps, so that a certain

amount of nomenclatural confusion cannot well be avoided.

Distinguishing Characteristics. Generally speaking, a remarkably

finely developed Aus sylvaticus, in which the size is above the

average, and the colours both of the upper and under sides are

very pure and intense. Specimens of all ages usually, but by no

means always, possess a well-defined breast-band, “about 8 mm.

broad, passing along the chest, immediately in front of the fore

legs, with a cross or longitudinal stripe in the centre extending

forward about 5 mm., and back along the sternum about 10 mm.,

where it is entirely lost, unlike the shght dash of colour sofrequently

found on the chest of Mus sylvaticus, and which varies from the

smallest spot on the breast to a decided yellow-brown tinge

extending over the whole belly” (de Winton, op. cit.). The tail

is longer than in WV. s. intermedius; and Mr. de Winton gives the

number of vertebre as 30, as against 27 only in the latter sub-

species. From J. s. princeps it may, perhaps, best be distinguished

by its slightly duller colour and the more frequent occurrence and

greater extent of the breast-band. Western specimens show the

greatest development of the breast-band, which seems to become

less conspicuous towards the east.

Skull larger and stronger than in JZ. s. intermedius, reaching a

total length of 27 mm. and upwards.

Distribution. Sporadically distributed in colonies amongst VW. s.

intermedius in England, but replacing it eastwards. From

England I have seen specimens ae Graftonbury (de Winton)

and Bishopstone, Herefordshire ; Oundle, Northants (the late

Lord Lilford); Sussex, Suffolk, and Northumberland. On the

Continent it seems to become more dominant towards the east,

until it must somewhere intergrade with its eastern representative,

MM. s. princeps, which appears to be the only form in Roumania,

and perhaps also in 8. Russia. Towards Denmark and in the

neighbourhood of the South Baltic it is replaced by I. s. typicus,

M. s. cellarius, or by intermediate forms, a set of which I have

myself trapped at Brunswick. There are in the British Museum

specimens from Tharand, Saxony; Magdeburg; Haida, Bohemia ;

Niesky, Silesia, andfrom Western Hungary. So long ago as 1855

A. Dehne (op. cit.) recognized a big Field-mouse with golden collar

and long tail as not rare in the district of Pirna in Saxon Switzer-

land, while Prof. Nehring * states that there are specimens in the

' Katalog der Saugethiere, p. 13 (1886).

al fis

408 MR, G. E, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3,

Berlin Museum from Riigen. Lastly, a set of eight males and

three females collected by Mons. A. Robert at Lucinges, Haute-

Savoie, in December 1899, at an altitude of 1100 metres, although,

perhaps, slightly smaller and darker than the largest M. s. wintont,

and with the chest-spot less strongly developed, agree so closely

with this form in the length of tail, coloration of the underparts,

and general appearance, that I prefer to unite them with it, at

least provisionally. This form doubtless occurs also in numerous

other localities.

General Remarks. lt cannot be denied that the treatment of

M. s. wintoni at first presented a good many difficulties, at least

as long as we knew it only from isolated localities. It seemed

impossible that a large and small form of Mus sylvaticus could

occur intermingled throughout the same area without interbreeding.

Despite the assertion of Mr. de Winton, who has had such ex-

ceptional opportunities of studying these mice in Herefordshire,

that the two forms keep guite separate, breed true, and show no

intermediates, I was for a long time inclined to treat them as two

parallel forms of one dimorphic animal. Even after colonies had

been found on the Continent the difficulty remained, and was

not dispelled until I had had the opportunity of working out a

collection of small mammals taken by the late Mr. W. Dodson in

Roumania, and which contained a fine series of the local form of

Mus sylvaticus of all ages. These all proved to be very different

from M. s. typicus, and are a bright Eastern representative of

M. wintoni, which I have now no hesitation in regarding as

the Western sporadic representative of the large East European

Field-mouse (M. s. princeps).

8. MUS SYLVATICUS PRINCEPS, subsp. nov. (Plate XXV. fig. 1.)

Mus sylvaticus var. flavicollis, auctorum.

Type. Original no. 25, a female, Bustenari, Roumania, 13th

April, 1899, collector the late W. Dodson: caught at foot of dead

stump in oak-torest.

Distinguishing Characteristics. An extremely large Mouse ap-

parently identical in size and proportions with IM. s. wintoni, but

adults are even brighter red in colour above and purer white on

the underside. Many examples possess a breast-spot or band, but

this character is not universal, and the band is not so extensive as

in M. s. wintonit. Immature specimens are very blue, and re-

semble the young of MV. s. draco; they frequently retain the dark

colour of the upperside until they are fully as large as adults of

M. s. typicus.

Skull. A large massive edition of that of VW. s. typicus, reaching

a total length of from 27 to nearly 30 mm.

Distribution. This was the only Long-tailed Field-mouse obtained

by W. Dodson in Roumania, whether in the beech and oak forests

of Bustenari, in the Carpathians N.W. of Bucarest, at a height of

480 metres ; at Comana, south of Bucarest ; under brushwood on a

high plateau near Breba,alarge and highly cultivated valley amongst

1900.} MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 409

the Carpathians ; or in the comparatively flat cultivated country at

Gageni, at the foot of the Carpathians, north-west of Bucarest.

Radde’s description of the form found in the Caucasas, the Crimea,

and in Western Siberia shows that a band of large syluvaticus-like

Mice extends eastwards right into Siberia until in the East they

meet the subspecies M.s. chevrieri; but, in the absence of specimens,

it is impossible to lay down the exact relationships of these forms,

or to state where one ends or the other begins. A single young

specimen from Montenegro seems to belong to M. s. princeps, and,

as has been stated above, a set from Haute-Savoie are in certain

respects intermediate between this form and MM. s. wintoni, with

which form it must intergrade in various localities.

General Remarks. M. s. princeps is undoubtedly a bright Hast

European representative of VW. s. wintoni. For our knowledge of

it we are indebted to the late Mr. W. Dodson, whom, through the

liberality of the late Lord Lilford, I was enabled to send on a

collecting trip to Roumania in the spring of 1899. Mr. Dodson

brought back a fine series of 44 examples of all ages and sexes,

showing that this form occurs in the regions which he visited to

the apparent entire exclusion of the smaller forms of Long-tailed

Hield-mice.

This Mouse seems to breed in early spring, for amongst Mr.

Dodson’s specimens is a young one caught on April 15th, 1899,

which, although attaining to a head and body length of 87 mm., was

still in the slaty-coloured pelage of immaturity.

9, Mus SYLVATICUS ISLANDICUS.

Mus islandicus, F. A. L. Thienemann, Nat. Bemerk. ges. auf

einer Reise im Norden von Europa, p. 153 (1824).

Type from Iceland? non existent; a co-type in Brit. Mus. of

Nat. Hist., no. 45.11.15.17, received from Dr. Thienemann.

Description. ** M. cauda corpore eequanti supra e fusco cinereus

- subtus albus.” Seems to be smaller than ordinary J. sylvaticus.

Distribution. Iceland.

General Remarks. It has long been known that small rodents of

some sort are found in Iceland, and there have been many discussions

as to the exact nature of them. Some naturalists have supposed

that they are Lemmings’; but it is now certain that some forms

both of Mus sylvaticus and of Mus musculus occur in the island.

The Rev. H. H. Slater has been good enough to inform me

that, while both species occur on the coast, the former is the

House-mouse and the only species of the interior. Thienemann’s

description, although it gives no characters whereby M. s. islandicus

may be distinguished from the Mice of other localities, and although

he was himself of the opinion that his Mouse presented some of

the characters both of Mus sylvaticus and of Mus musculus, clearly

1 See the remarks of J. Steenstrup in ‘ Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra

den Naturhistoriske Forening i Kjébenhavn,’ pp. 51-66 (1867), translated in

the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, iii. pp. 445 &e. (1869),

410 MR. G. E, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr.3

applies to some form of Mus sylvaticus'. His description is

certainly borne out by one of his specimens now in the British

Museum of Natural History (no. 45.11.15.17), which, although

an old and faded skin, and of little use for a careful and accurate

examination of its characters, undoubtedly belonged to a Mus

sylvaticus-like Mouse. I cannot distinguish the skull by any cranial

or dental characters. ‘The ears and feet of this specimen would

appear to be rather shorter than in ordinary examples, as is also

the case with the dimensions of two specimens in alcohol from the

Gerbe collection as given by Mons. I’. Lataste. Lastly, Herr

Herluf Winge, to whom I wrote for information regarding the

specimens in the Danish Museum at Copenhagen, has been good

enough to inform* me that the Museum possesses four Icelandic

specimens of Mus sylvaticus, “two skins and two spirit-specimens,

all of them looking very ordinary, quite resembling Danish speci-

mens.” The measurements sent me by Herr Winge are not

smaller than those of average sylvaticus.

There can be little doubt that the Field-mouse of Iceland is very

close to that of Europe, and can only be regarded as subspecifically

distinct.

10. Mus SYLVATICUS HAYI.

Mus hayi, G. R. Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1837, p. 76.

Type from Tangier, Morocco, no, 52.9.13.9 (British Museum

Collection), in alcohol, from the collection of the Zoological Society

of London.

Nomenclature. Mus hayi Waterhouse is simply Mus sylvaticus of

Morocco.

Distinguishing Characteristics, This subspecies can only be

described at present from its negative characters. It is not a

large bright Mouse like J. princeps, but its size exceeds that of

M.s. imtermedius of England, and it has in addition the tail usually

longer than the head and body.

The skull commonly reaches a length of 26 mm.

Distribution. For the present I am obliged to include under

this name the Long-tailed Field-mice of Morocco, Spain, Portugal,

and the neighbouring countries, including those_of the Mediter-

ranean islands. Of these I have seen specimens from Corsica

and Sicily, the latter of which, however, have a name ready for

them in Mus dichrurus Rafinesque.

Later investigations will probably show the existence of more

than one subspecies in these regions. Thus some specimens from

Villabra, Galicia, Spain, are small and very red; they come from

a height of 1300 metres, and probably indicate the existence of

more than one subspecies in Spain.

* Although Riippell, who seems to have examined the original specimen of

Thienemann, has declared it to be a Mus musculus, a piece of information for

which I am indebted to Herr H. Winge.

? In litt. of 14th April, 1899.

1900.1 MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLInS. All

[ Musculus dichrurus, C. 8. Rafinesque, Précis des Découvertes et

Travaux somiologiques, p. 13 (1814).

Myouus siculw, Lesson, Man. de Mamm. p. 27 (1827).

Mus sylvaticus, J. H. Blasius, Siiugethiere Deutschlands, p- 322

(1857); Barrett-Hamilton, Ann. & Mag Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. 11.

p. 426 (Nov. 1898).

Type locality. Sicily.

Synonymy and Nomenclature. The substitution of the generic

name Muscylus for that of Mus is explained by Rafinesque under

heading of his Musculus frugivorus (= alcwandrinus, Is. Geoftr.)

in the same work. He simply writes “J’ai changé le nom trop

court et équivoque de Mus en Musculus.”

Description and General Remarks. In the absence of a series of

the Long-tailed Field-mouse of Sicily I am as yet unable to decide

whether it be distinct or not. Mr. J. I. S. Whitaker has sent

over one or two specimens for identification, which, however, do

not form material sufficient to enable me to make a thorough

comparison, They seem to vary a good deal amongst themselves,

one being very red in the colour of the upperside and another

very much duller. The size seems to be larger than that of

AM, s. intermedius. |

11. Mus sYLVATICUS ALGIRUS.

Mus algirus, Pomel, Compt. Rend. Ac. Se. Paris, xli. p. 654

(1856); nec Loche, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. p. 49, pl. 1. (1858), and

Expl. de l’Algérie, sp. 78 (1867).

Type locality. Algeria.

Synonymy and Nomenclature. There can be no doubt that Pomel’s

name refers to the Long-tailed Field-mouse of Algeria, and, as

this name exists, I propose to treat the form as subspecific,

although, as in other cases, I have no series of specimens.

Distinguishing Characteristics. There is only one specimen of

Mus s. algirus in the British Museum of Natural History, but

that one, no. 52.5.27.62, although a very old French skin, is so

peculiar in appearance that I think it very probably represents

a distinguishable subspecies. The skin is a small one, but the

coloration suggests that it is that of an adult, the underside being

very white and the upperside almost chocolate in tint.

The original description ran as follows :—‘“ Pelage d’un gris-

brunatre, teint de jaune ou de roussatre, mélé de quelques longs

cils noirs; parties inférieurs du corps, face interne des membres et

pieds blanchatres ; parfois une tache rousse 4 la poitrine; talon

brun; oreilles presque rondes, courtes, avec une petit touffe devant

le méat ; une tache blanchatre derricre Voreille; queue grise dessous,

brunissant de plus en plus vers le bout. Le corps mesure 0m.,075 ;

la queue 0m.,060.

“ Habitat des terriers dans les cultures et les broussailles ; quel-

quefois entre dans les maisons des campagnes.”

Distribution. According to Lataste, the Long-tailed Field-mouse

has been recorded for Barbary by Poire et, who states that he found

412 MR. G, EB, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3

it in great quantities in the cultivated fields‘. Rozet has indicated

its occurrence in the neighbourhood of Oran*. Loche found it

about Algiers; and, finally, Lataste*® himself took it in the plain

of Mitidja, at Arba, near Algiers, and in the fields of Azesga, to

the north-east of Fort National, “en Kabylie.” Lataste did not

find it so commonly as Rozet would have led him to expect, and

he supposes that that author had confounded several other species

with the present one,

This species is not included in Lataste’s work on the Mammals

of Tunis *, so that I presume that it does not occur in that country.

General Remarks. Lataste’ states that sometimes the back shows

*d’un brun plus terne, et le gris domine sur les faces inférieures,”

which variation appears to be produced especially in the “ pays

méridionaux,” and he has noted this variety also from Cardillac,

Gironde, France, from Ciudad Real, Spain, and from Algeria.

Side by side with this he states that he has met some individuals,

generally young, which in coloration only were indistinguishable

from common Mice. He adds (footnote) that these colours get

clearer in alcohol, and after a time such specimens in alcohol are

indistinguishable from the normal specimens.

12. Mus sYLVATICUS TAURICUS, subsp. nov.

Mus sylvaticus, C. G. Danford and E. R. Alston, P. Z. 8. 1880,

p- 62.

Type. No. 77.8.13.9 (in alcohol) (British Museum Collection),

from the Zebil Bulgar Dagh, Asia Minor, collected by Mr. C. G.

Danford, on the 5th January, 1876.

Distinguishing Characteristics. ‘This single specimen from Asia

Minor cannot be identified with any known form of Long-tailed

Field-mouse. It cannot be placed either with the large Mice of

Eastern Europe, or with the not very much smaller V. s. arianus

of Asia. The skull, although the teeth are worn, has a total length

of only 23 mm., and is thus smaller even than the smallest

Western European subspecies.

Distribution. Uncertain: only known from the type specimen.

General Remarks. Perhaps the nearest ally of this little Mouse

is M. s. algirus, another little known subspecies. It may be a

parallel form to the small Weasel of the Caucasus and Asia Minor,

to which I have recently given the subspecific name of M. nivalis

caucasicus,

13. MUS SYLVATICUS MAJOR,

Mus sylvaticus var. major, G. Radde, Reis. Sib. i. p. 180, pl. v.

figs. 3 & 4a (1862).

Voyage en Barbarie (1789).

* Voyage dans la Régence d’Alger (1833).

3 “ Faune des Vertébrés de Barbarie,” Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, vol. xxxix.

p. 135 (1885).

: 4 eee critique des Mammiferes apélagiques sauvages de la Tunisie (Paris,

887).

* “Note sur les Souris d’Algérie,” Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. vol. xxxvii. pp. 17-18

(1883).

————

1900.) MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 415

Antedates Mus wagneri var. major, N. Severtzoff, 1876 (see

under WM. s. arianus), and Mus decumanus var. major, B. Hoffmann,

Abh. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1887, p. 18.

Mus chevrieri, E. Biichner, Wiss. Res. der von N. M. Przewalski

nach Central-Asien unternommenen Reisen &c., Siugethiere, p. 92

(1889).

Type: unknown (? in the Caucasian Museum at Tiflis).

Distinguishing Characteristics. I have no specimens of this Mouse

at my disposal. Radde describes it as a large sylvaticus, resembling,

but distinguishable from, the larger Eastern European Mice.

Distribution. Of the distribution of this, the Western Siberian

representative of I. s. princeps, we have no exact knowledge, but

we know that Herr Radde found Mus sylvaticus, of one form or

another, wherever he journeyed in Western Siberia. With this

form I must place, at least provisionally, Przewalski’s specimens

as described by Herr Biichner. Przewalski found dus sylvaticus

in the mountains of Ganssu, Ala-schan, to a height of 8000

metres, and it is recorded for the Muni-ula, where it lives in holes

in meadow-lands.

14. MUs SYLVATICUS ARIANUS.

Mus sylvaticus, F. de Filippi, Viagg. Persia, p. 344 (1865); K.

Satunin, Mammals of Caucasus, p. 305, &e.

Mus erythronotus, W.T. Blanford, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi.

p. 311 (1875); Eastern Persia, Zool. & Geol. vol. ii. pp. 54-55,

pl. v. fig. 3 (1876); Mammals of Yarkand Expedition, p. 54(1879)

(nec Mus erythronotus, C. J. Temminck, Fauna Japonica, Mamm.

p. 50, 1850).

Mus arianus, W.T. Blanford, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. p. 162

(1881).

“ Mus wagneri, var. major (M. tokmak un. sp. ?),” Severtzoff,

Proc. Mose. Soc. Nat. vol. viii. p. 2 (1873), translated by J. Carl

Craemers in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xviii. 1876 (see p. 53);

Blanford, Mammals of Yarkand Mission, loc. cit.; E. Bichner,

op. cit. p. 90; W. L. Sclater, P.Z.8. 1890, p. 528.

Typical serves. Four specimens from Kohrid, between Isfahan

and Teheran, in Northern Persia, altitude 7000 feet (Indian

Museum at Calcutta), and one, no. 74.11.21.22, anno 1872

(British Museum Collection).

Nomenclature and Synonymy. The name erythronotus Blanford,

being preoccupied by evythronotus Temminck, the former naturalist

renamed his species arianus, under which name I have to designate,

for the present at least, the Mice from very widely separated

localities and which probably include several distinct subspecies.

Severtzoff’s subspecific name is preoccupied by Radde’s Mus sylva-

ticus var. major. Mus wagner? itself is a Mus musculus-like Mouse,

Severtzoff’s original description is, as Blanford has pointed out

(Mamm. Yark. Mission, p. 54), insufficient to enable his species to

be recognized, and it is far from clear whether “ M/. tokmak” is pro-

posed as a name, Tokmak being “the name of a town between

Vernoe and Aulitta, lying north-west of Lake Issik and nearly due

4} 4 MR. G. H, H, BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3,

north of Kashgar.” Further, the types seem to have been lost,

being neither in the Museums ‘of. St Petersburg or of Moscow.

The usual course would, therefore, have been to have consigned

Severtzoff’s name to the list of those of unrecognizable species ;

and this I should have done, had not Herr Biichner, who had

under his examination a large number of typical Mus wagneri from

Turkestan, and who noticed that Severtzoff mentions no sylvaticus-

like Mouse in his account of the Mammals of that region,

bracketed Maus wagneri major with Mus arianus. I am, therefore,

glad to follow Herr Biichner on that point. When, however, we

do receive a series of the representative of Mus sylvaticus from

Turkestan, | should not be surprised if it prove to be neither the

subspecies arianus nor any other known subspecies.

Distinguishing Characteristics. Although there is no doubt that it

is extremely close to Mus s. inter mnedinte, like some other geograpbi-

cal forms of Aus sylvaticus, M. s. arianus was originally described

as if it were something so distinct i in itself as to need no compari-

son with any other species ; hence no particular characters are laid

down in the original description whereby the two may be separated.

It agrees with Mus s. intermedius of England in general appearance

and in the number of the mamme, and Mr. Blanford’s plate in

‘ Hastern Persia’ would do very well for a specimen from Western

Europe; but it appears to differ in the lesser size and length of

the hind feet, and is said to be never of so intense a red-brown

colour on the upper surface. Probably, had we a series from the

distant regions where it is found, we should find other points of

difference. The colour of the underside of the specimens

examined by Herr Biichner was not, as in Mr. Blanford’s examples,

white, but golden grey (gelblichgrau), with a sprinkling of grey

hairs, and there was no breast-spot ; but, as has been said above,

it is more than likely that several distinct subspecies have been

confounded under the name of arianus.

I have no series of this Mouse before me, the only specimens at

iny disposal being no. 74.11.21.22 (1730 a), the skull of a female

and one of Mr. Blanford’s co- types; no. 96.11.2.1, a female in

alcoho] from Gulmerg, Cashmere, 5000 ft. (Dr. E. T. Aitchison) ;

and a third specimen in alcohol, no. 91.93.20.15, with the mamme

as in Mus sylvaticus; so that I am quite unable to give a decided

opinion as to the exact appearance of this form, but must follow

Mr. Blanford and other naturalists in considering it distinct.

Neither can I lay down any characters which will help to distin-

guish the skull from that of MJ. s. typicus. The skull certainly

appears to be more massive and stronger than the skuils of

Western European examples ; but it is probable that the cranial

characters given by Mr. Blanford’ would not stand the test of

» It may perhaps be well to summarize these, as given by Mr. Blanford in the

J.A.8. B. xlviii. pt. ii. (1879):—The occipital portion of the skull and the

foramen magnum of Huropean specimens is higher in proportion to its breadth

than in Ms. arianus ; the opening of the posterior nares is narrower, the

breadth being less than that of the anterior upper molar, whereas in a skull

1900. ] MUS SYLVATICUS AND I'l'S ALLIES. 415

comparison with a series of specimens from Western Europe.

It is very unfortunate that, whereas Mr. Blanford’s original

description was taken from the Kohriid specimens, he afterwards

obtained his cranial characters from a specimen from Wakhan,

which may have belonged to quite a different subspecies. At all

events the cranial characters as laid down by him, and in par-

ticular that of the size of the last upper molar, will not apply to

his original specimens (skull no. 74.11.21.22, ¢ , Persia).

Distribution. So far as our present information goes, and the name

being used in the wider sense indicated above, it would appear that

Mus s. avianus has a wide distribution. Mr. Blanford remarks '

that ‘‘a species apparently identical with the Persian Mouse was

- collected by the late Dr. Stoliczka* in Wakhan, a province on the

Upper Oxus belonging to Afghanistan, and at Kashgar, in Eastern

Turkestan; and the same form has since been found by Major

Biddulph and Dr. Seully at Gilgit, in the Upper Indus Valley.”

Blyth® recorded it from Cherra Punji, India; while Herr Biichner '

identified with this Mouse the specimens brought by Przewalski

from the rivers Zauma, Ssairam-mor, and Chapzagaigol, in Central

Tian-schan, and from the southern slopes of the mountains of the

latter name, to a height of 7500 feet. .

It is found as a “ steppe-inhabitant in the Ural, as well as on

the Kirgies Steppes; but in Turkestan, where WZ. musculus is

absent, JZ. wagnert is the house-mouse. Jt is numerous in the

Chimkent and Tashkent houses, where it does not differ at all from

the Kirgies-Steppe specimens.” ’

De Filippi’ identified the Persian House-mouse as Mus sylvaticus,

and states that the same species was brought from Shiraz by

Marquis Doria. Mr. Blanford, however, declares that a specimen

which he obtained from Shiraz is certainly M. bactrianus. Mr.

Blanford had seen no specimens from Northern Persia, and thought

that ‘although the house-mouse there may be MM. sylvaticus, it is

quite as probable that it is MW. bactrianus.”

‘“‘ Even if, however, J. bactrianus prove to be found in houses

throughout Persia, J. sylvaticus must also be included in the fauna,

as it was found by Ménétries common on the parts of the Tilish

Mountains not covered by trees, and it is said by Hichwald to

be abundant in Georgia.” ‘ Hichwald includes JZ. musculus L.,

from Wakhan the breadth exceeds that of the molar; the third upper molar

of M. sylvaticus is about one-fourth the size of the second, whereas in the

Wakhin and Gilgit skulls the proportion is one half. It should be noted

that Mr. Blanford had only one skull of Buropean M. sy/vaticus at his disposal,

and only the figures of the types from which he had described M. erythronotus,

the specimens themselves having been mislaid. See also pages 54 & 55 of

Mr. Blanford’s ‘Mammals of the Yarkand Expedition’ (1879).

1 J. A.S. B. vol. xlviii. pt. ii. (1879).

2 « At Panja in Wakhin”—Blanford, J. A.S. B. xliv. p. 108 (1875).

8 J.A.8. B. xxiv. p. 721, & xxxii. p. 348.

4 Op. cit. pp. 90-91.

5 Blanford, Mamm., Yarkand, p. 54.

8 Op. cit. p. 344.

416 MR. G. B, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3,

and Ménétries M. minutus Pall. (M. messorius, Kerr), in the

fauna of the Transcaucasian provinces. The latter probably may

extend into Persia, but de Filippi particularly noticed the

absence of M. musculus in the north-western part of the country,

where he says it is replaced by M. sylvaticus.” *

Of the Caucasus, Rosikoff states? that J. sylvaticus is very

common in the whole of the region ; but ina second publication’ he

alludes only to M. arianus, so that, as Satunin remarks, it is

difficult to ascertain which species really occurs in Malkathales.

Satunin himself supports Rosikofi’s second opinion.

As regards the Transcaucasian Field-mouse, Satunin himself

states that it is difficult to properly name the specimens, since

they present characters of both species, but he thinks that on ~

the whole they agree better with M. sylvaticus. He finds typical

sylvaticus at Tiflis.

General Remarks. There can be little doubt that there has been

a considerable confusion, perhaps of two or three separate forms,

amongst the naturalists who have written of MW. s. arianus; but for

the present, and in the absence of an adequate series of specimens,

I must follow Mr. Oldfield Thomas, and regard all the small-footed

Central Asian individuals of MZ. sylvaticus as belonging to this form.

Even Mr. Blanford’s belief in his own species seems to have

become a little shaky, since he wrote‘ in 1879 that “it is by no

means certain that this form may not pass into the Eastern races

of M. sylvaticus ; and it requires comparison with MW. sylvaticus, var.

major of Radde; but. . .it appears to be a well-marked type, with

a wide distribution in Central Asia.”

The best remarks on this form are, I think, by Mr. Oldfield

Thomas *, who notes the close, almost identical, proportions of J.

arianus and M. sylvaticus, the shorter foot of M. arianus (as com-

pared with English examples), the failure of Mr. Blanford’s skull-

characters for M. arianus, and finally adds that, “‘ on the whole, I

think that I. arianus will be found to represent a short-footed

Eastern variety of M. sylvaticus worthy of a varietal name, but not

enough to merit specific separation.”

“De Filippi’s ‘ Mus sylvaticus L.’ is no doubt this short-footed

form, and not the true European M. sylvaticus.”

15. MUS SYLVATICUS GRISEUS.

Mus arianus griseus, F. W. True, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xvii.

p. 8 (1894).

Typical series (in U.S. Nat. Museum) :—

20151 Male. Mountains of Central Kashmir, Sept. 13 1891.

35514 10,000 feet.

9120

ae Female. Central Kashmir, Oct. 8, 1891. 8500 feet.

' East. Pers. pp. 57 & 58.

2 «Die Saugethiere des Malkathales,’ p. 58.

* «Tn den Bergen des N.W. Kaucasus,’ pp. 20, 31 & 51.

* J. A.S8.B. vol. xlviii. pt. ii. p. 97.

> P.Z.8. 1881, pp. 548-550.

1900.] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 417

sees: Male. Pir Panjal Pass, Aug. 31,1891. 8500 feet.

Described from three specimens collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott

“in pine forests at high elevations, two of them in Central Kashmir

and the third in the Pir Panjal Pass.”

Description. ‘Similar to typical Mus arianus Blanford in size

and proportions, but having the upper surfaces ochraceous grey

instead of rufous.” An immature specimen “ was especially grey

above, and coincides in colour almost exactly with ordinary spe-

cimens of JW. musculus.” The two other specimens, a male and

female, were “ greyish, ochraceous brown above, which colour is

produced by the mingling of hairs having ocher-coloured tips with

others which are black.” The dimensions of the feet, given in

inches only, were in two of the dried specimens, after soaking in

water, ‘ slightly less than an average of measurements of MW. syl-

vaticus given by Mr. Thomas.”

Distribution. Known only from the type specimens.

General Remarks. Mr. True rightly draws attention to the

extreme difficulty of ascertaining the real colour and appearance of

M. s. avianus from descriptions only. That being so, it is doubly

hard to determine in a similar manner the exact value of MW. griseus ;

but, until specimens are available, we cannot do wrong, I think,

in considering it a mountain form of WV. sylvaticus. I cannot help

suspecting, however, that Mr. True’s description of his specimens

reads uncommonly like that of an immature set of individuals.’

16. MUS SYLVATICUS PALLIPES, subsp. nov.

Type. No. 75.8.17.6 (British Museum Collection), from Surhad

Wahkan, Turkestan, April 28, 1874: collector, Capt. (now Colonel)

Biddulph.

Distinguishing Characteristics. The size of the body is apparently

similar to, or rather smaller than, that of MW. s. intermedius, the

length of the head and body, feet, and ears in the dried skin being

about 85, 19 to 20,and 12 mm. respectively. The tail of the type

specimen has been damaged, but is seemingly thicker than that of

M. s. intermedius. The fur is very thick ; the colour of the upper-

side extremely light and that of the underside white, but with an

ill-defined line of demarcation between the colours of the two

surfaces.

Skull. Damaged, but closely resembles that of W. s. intermedius

except in the size of the last upper molar, which is larger than usual.

Distribution. Known only from the type specimen.

General Remarks. The single skin on which I base this

description, although not a good one and having attached to it no

dimensions taken in the flesh, is so unlike that of any other speci-

mens of M. sylvaticus which I have seen, that I have no doubt that

it represents a distinct subspecies. The thick, almost rabbit-like

' Since this paper was read I have, through the courtesy of Mr. G, §,

Miller, Junior, been able to examine Mr. True’s specimens. ‘They are certainly

not highly remarkable and would almost pass muster as British, were it not

for the slight peculiarity of tint which they show,

418 MR. G. E, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3,

fur and the extremely light tints seem to mark this Mouse as a

light northern or mountain form of Mus sylvaticus.

17. MUS SYLVATICUS CHEVRIERI.

Mus chevriert, A. Milne-Edwards, Rech. Mamm. pp. 288-9,

pl. xl. fig. 2 (1868) ; ‘E. Biichner, op. cit. supra, sub Jus sylvaticus

muyor (p. 413).

Type from Moupin, Tibet (Paris Museum); collector Pére

David.

Distinguishing Characteristics, Jc. This little-known Mouse was

originally described as a species on the ground of its slightly

greater size than that of VW. sylvaticus, and agreement in colour

with M confucianus A. M.-Edw., as the young of which latter

species Milne-Edwards was disposed to regard it until an examina-

tion of the skull convinced him of its distinctness.

The general colour is ‘“ d’un brun-fauve tiqueté de brun-foncé ;

les parties inférieurs sont d’un gris trés-clair, presque blanches.”

Mr. Oldfield Thomas has examined the types, which he thought

come very near to M. arianus Blanford; their colour above is

bright rufous, with the belly white or slate-colour; the fur on

the back in some instances is almost spinous. Herr Biichner,

who states that he also has seen the types, considers this sub-

species identical with Herr Radde’s M. s. major of Western

Siberia, which is itself very close to and a constant Eastern repre-

sentative of M. sylvaticus, while M. avianus Blanford represents

the same species in the South. According to Herr Biichner’s

description of the typical series, the ground-colour of the upper-

side is a rusty golden brown, tolerably strongly mixed with dusky

brown or black. The whole underside is white. There is a

somewhat strong line of demarcation between the colours of the

two surfaces of the body.

Distribution. Not exactly known. I identify with this sub-

species only the typical series from Moupin, Tibet, and (pro-

visionally) a specimen (no. 82.6.16.7 of the British Museum

Collection) collected by Pére David at South Shensi, an inland

province of China, in 1873. This locality, which lies considerably

to the south-west of Pekin, is so far to the north of Moupin that

Pére David’s specimen may represent a new form; but it comes

sufficiently near the original description of M. chevriert to be at

least provisionally assigned to it. The specimen, which is adult,

is apparently of about the same size as my WM. s. draco, but is

brighter in its coloration. As in the Kuatun Fie!d-mouse, the

underside is white, but the skull is more massively formed.

18. Mus SYLVATICUS DRACO, subsp. nov.

Mus chevrieri, Oldfield Thomas, P. Z. 8. Nov. 15, 1898, p. 773.

Type from Kuatun, N.W. Fokien, N.W. China (no. 98.11.1.20

of British Museum Collection) ; collector, Mr. J. D. La Touche.

Distinguishing Characteristics. In external appearance this

Mouse resembles M. s. typicus Linnzeus, but is slightly smaller

and more brightly coloured on the upperside.

1900.] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 419

The skull is narrower and slightly smaller than that of adult

of the subspecies intermedius, reaching a length of only about

25 mm., and having the anterior portions of the frontals more

attenuated, and the nasal region proportionately more slender

than in the latter subspecies.

Distribution. At present known only from the typical series.

General Remarks. The Mice identified by Mr. Oldfield Thomas

as M. chevriert form quite a nice series of eleven specimens, with

which may be considered eight specimens collected by Mr. C. B.

Rickett in the same locality. Although obviously representing a

subspecies of M, sylvaticus, 1 am unable to identify them with

any known phase of that species. They cannot be MW. chevrieri,

for they are not larger, but rather smaller than the average ;

and the colour of the upperside, although brighter than that of

M., sylvaticus from Western Europe, is not like that of I. confu-

cianus. They cannot well be I. s. arianus, Blanford, the description

of which certainly does not apply to them, while they differ in

more than one obvious respect trom VW. s. intermedius.

The series represents individuals of very varied age, from quite

young specimens to adults. The young seem to undergo very

different changes of colour in their progress to maturity trom

those undergone by M. s. intermedius. When very young, they

are of a darker slate-colour ; and they appear to retain the dull

slaty hues of immaturity until they reach a considerable, perhaps

their full, size. Thus no. 97.6.6.11, a nursing female, with

mamme ++4, is in colour of the upperside very like an ordinary

M. musculus, but, unlike this species, has a sharply defined white

belly. Another nursing female, no. 98.11.1.22, is in process of

losing her immature coat, and presents a three-coloured appearance,

having the belly white, the central dorsal region clothed in the

dusky immature tints, while the flanks show the red colours of an

adult. Another specimen has progressed farther, and shows traces

of the dark colour only on the rump. This patchy method of

assumption of the adult coat seems to be quite unknown in WV, s.

imtermedius, 11 which the process seems to be much more gradual :

it would appear to be highly characteristic of this new subspecies.

The white belly is present in specimens of all ages, and two

or three show a breast-spot or band of more or less complete

development.

The skulls of this subspecies are interesting, and are remarkable

as compared with skulls of M. s. intermedius and even with the

skull of the South Shensi specimen, as being very much narrower

and more attenuated in the anterior frontal and nasal region.

They are far less massive than in examples from Roumania, but

almost equal in size those of medium-sized individuals from

Western Europe. None of those which I have at my disposal

are quite perfect, but the respective dimensions of total length

and breadth would appear to be about 25 and 11 mm. ‘The

tubercles of the molar | are rather regularly arranged, and [ think

that the central tubercle of the last row (C” of Hensel) is more

prominent than in ©. s, intermedius.

420 MR, G. B. H. BARRETI-HAMILTON ON (Apr. 3,

19. MUS SYLVATICUS LEWISI.

Mus abbotti, E. T. Newton, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii.

pt. 2, no. 198 (May 1, 1894).

Nec Mus abbottii, G. R. Waterhouse, P. Z.S. July 25, 1837,

p. 77, which is a form of MW. musculus Linneus.

Mus lewisi, E. T. Newton, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 381.

Type. A skull, being one of those collected by Mr. Lewis

Abbott in the ossiferous fissure at [ghtham, Kent, and now in the

Geological Museum, Jermyn Street, London, 8.W.

Description (skull only). Similar to J. sylvaticus, but differs

from it in the absence of the anterior pointed tubercle of the first

lower molar.

Distribution. Known only from the typical series.

General Remarks. The absence of a small dental tubercle seems

to be a very small point on which to base a species, especially as

the skulls of JZ. lewist were accompanied by others which were

indistinguishable from those of MW. sylvaticus. But the validity

of the specific character must depend on its constancy or incon-

staney in skulls of modern sylvaticus. I have examined 49 of

these with a view to deciding this point, with the result that in

47 the tubercle in question is conspicuously present, while in two

only (viz., no. 98.2.2.22, from Cintra, Portugal, and no. 95.10.25.1,

from Lewis, Scotland, the type of Mus. s. hebridensis) had the

wearing down of the teeth made it. indistinct. The specimens

were of all ages, with the teeth both worn and unworn, and from

widely different localities, yet in all the tubercle shows clearly,

and must therefore, I think, be considered characteristic of

present day sylvaticus.

We cannot tell what external features were present in J, s,

lewist in correlation with this slight peculiarity of dentition.

These may have been conspicuous, or they may have been non-

existent. The material in our hands permits us merely to examine

the skulls, and from them alone, according to my treatment of

Mus sylvaticus, 1 can only admit J. lewist to subspecific rank as

representing a side development of the Mus sylvaticus stock.

MUS ARGENTEUS.

Mus argenteus, C. J. Temminck, Faun. Jap. p. 51, pl. xv. fig. 1

(1845) (on the date of this work see Sherborn & Jentink, P. Z. 8.

Feb. 19, 1895, p. 149).

Type locality. Japan.

Distinguishing Characteristics. Resembles Mus sylvaticus in

arrangement of colours, but has the upperside of a peculiar,

deeper, more uniform J. minutus-like red, of a shade that I have

never seen in M. sylvaticus. In the specimens at my disposal

there is no breast-band and none of the black-tipped hairs of

M. sylvaticus. The size is that of I. musculus. Temminck states

that the general size and the ears of M. argenteus are as in

M. musculus, and the tail is longer than the head and body. Of

the colour he writes that “tout le dessus du corps, jusqu’d la

1900. ] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 421

ligne médiane des flancs et des cétés du cou, d’un brun-roussatre

doré ; la téte est d’une teinte brune et les longues moustaches

sont d’un brun cendré. La couleur blanche de toutes les parties

inférieurs s’étend jusqu’a la ligne médiane des flancs et des cétés

du cou ; les quatres extrémités sont aussi d’un blanc pur.”

The skull is about equal in size to that of MW. sylvaticus and

with an identical tooth-pattern; the total length of skull of

no. 88.9.25.6 (damaged) is slightly over 24 mm.

Distribution. Known only from Japan.

General Remarks. The only specimens of this Mouse at my

disposal are nos. 88.9.25.6 and 88.9.25.7, collected by Mr. H.

Pryer, and which bear on the labels the simple locality “* Japan.”

The latter is a female with the mamme arranged as in WM. sylvati-

cus, and, since the general pattern of coloration and teeth, and

skull, where not damaged, also agree with that species, I can have

no hesitation in regarding this Mouse as very closely allied to

M. sylvaticus. The dimensions of the dried skins, however, seem

to show that the animals are considerably smaller than average

M. sylvaticus.

Although Temminck gives no particulars as to the skull of his

M. argenteus, and although his figure of that species is a miserable

caricature of a dark brown M. musculus-like Mouse, with dark

feet, long tail, and light underside, his description, which, it will

be noted, contradicts his figure in several important respects,

fits this Mouse so closely that I feel bound to identify it as

Mus argenteus.

I can have little doubt that this Mouse is a local development

from a sylvaticus-like stock, in which the skull has not altered

from that of the type, but its peculiar red colour, its size and

proportions mark it, as might perhaps have been expected, as

the most distinct ally of Mus sylvaticus which I have seen.

Mus ortrHopon.

Mus orthodon, R. Hensel, Zeitschr. deuts. geo]. Gesellsch. 1856,

p-. 279, pl. xii. figs. 6-10 (aff. Muri sylvatico, fide C. I. Forsyth

Major, P.-verb. Soc. Tosc. 1888, p. 129).

Type (skull) from the Ossiferous Breccia of Mt. San Giovanni,

Sardinia.

In dealing with Mus sylvaticus, I must allude also to Mus

orthodon, which is believed to be very closely allied to it, and

the skulls and teeth of which in the British Museum Collection I

have examined. The teeth of this species are far more hypsodont

in character, and in immaturity show very deep jateral grooving of

the crowns, so that they are also more Vole-like than those of

modern Muride. The first upper molars of the youngest specimen

show three internal and three less distinctly marked external

conyexities. The tubercles have been a good deal worn away, so

that their exact disposition can only be guessed; but the teeth

certainly give the impression of having had all the nine tubercles

of Hensel’s diagrams present and regularly arranged when quite

Prov. Zoot. Soc.—1900, No. XX VIII. 28

422 MR. G, E. H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON [Apr..3,

young and unworn. ‘The first upper molar is more hypsodont

than either of the next two.

In the next oldest set of teeth the lateral grooving is still

evident, but is not nearly so deep as in the youngest; while in

quite old and worn teeth the grooves are no longer visible. As

they are worn down, the teeth get smaller and at length become

separated from each other. The internal convexities of the first

molar become less distinct, and the teeth-pattern of the crowns is

gradually obliterated. Altogether, the upper teeth remind me

very strongly of those of M. agrarius Pallas.

The under molars come very close to those of M. sylvaticus, but,

like the upper, are more hypsodont in character. The tubercles

of the first tooth were probably arranged as in ©. sylvaticus, and

the anterior unpaired tubercle is present. There is nothing to

call for comment in the last two under molars, the tubercles of

which, as in modern species, seem to have been 4 for molar 2,

and 3 for molar 3.

The animal was larger than M. sylvaticus, and in its dentition

shows resemblances both to that species and M. agrarius, so that it

may, perhaps, have been a direct offshoot from a common stock

from which both species have later sprung. In other respects,

however, it seems to throw no light on the ancestry of Palearctic

Muride, being even more specialized than the modern species.

TABLE OF DIMENSIONS.

The dimensions of the specimens examined during the prepara-

tion of this paper are included in a single table, so as to be more

convenient for purposes of comparison. By the careful averaging

of a large series of British examples, I have tried to give figures

which shall be useful as a standard with which may be compared

those of other subspecies. JI am conscious that this standard

would have been more satisfactory had it been taken from

specimens from a single locality, instead of from those procured

all over Great Britain. It may, for instance, be some day found

that the average dimensions of specimens from North and South

Britain are different; but I have had to make the best use of my

material, and I think the figures given are a fair average for the

ordinary Mus sylvaticus of the British Islands generally.

It is not easy to explain the large difference between the

minimum and maximum dimensions given in the case of MM. s.

intermedius; but it should be borne in mind that as long as we

have to deal with a series of specimens measured by a numerous

band of collectors, so long will the individual factor tend to

increase the gap between minima and maxima. I venture to

think that the number of specimens which have been dealt with is

sufficient to make the averages trustworthy and useful for purposes

of comparison. It is to them that we must look for an idea as to

the true appearance of an ordinary individual of a particular

species dealt with, and they are not at all affected by the

occasional occurrence of giants or pygmies, the measurements of

which counterbalance one another.

1900.) MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 423

Mus sylvaticus intermedius.

Great Britain: Head Hind Skull,

and Tail. f - Ear. extreme

body, Poe length.

No. of items ............ Meee cecitatase see dass 62 61 60 26. )\

mm. mm. mm, mm.

Wikoiatieahie7 ee AAneP rei meehares Tell 103 24:5 17°5

OB. |e SRDS) HOTU CEC ORE Ee ca eee 92°6 88:2 22:7 15-4

INOWUOTTID oocemsaoooencncoeennd 83 67 20 14 25 to 26

Nieeftem any: melee eee c.. 31 31 30 12 es

mm. mm. mm. mm.

WE RSTaNINEG pS boenecoceousodeeos 110 98 24 17°5 |

Sh ah siMicioa hie Pee REMY. 92 845 925 16 |

NDOT ecm icnbmEe oa eeesde 78 70 20 14 )

Percentage of specimens in which length of head and body ds. Qs.

SXCHCGR NEM AL ORAL sewn ev etees accoess oes oduoees tantse sce semen 70 74

Percentage of specimens in which length of tail equals or is

less'than head gad) body fx. ...-.. dj gbecos-09e- Sy ondecnsaeschad 30 26

Percentage of specimens in which length of head and body

PXCCOARY OU WHY cncrseccetr ats seeckincste avelccy doaecincncinas aah 63 67

Percentage of specimens in which length of head and body

exceedsyl OO s.neaeeesrcesceeceeees pa satisls gala taiees Oatnscewene 13 23

Percentage of specimens in which length of feet reaches 24 mm. 7 3

Percentage of specimens in which length of feet does not reach

a LaMAREe eee wana e cares ance one ameteren do eaien + depisteawaek SSfaeoees« 93) Si

Head Hind Skull,

*Immature Specimens. and Tail. { * Har. extreme

body. Sot length.

mm. mm. mm. mm. mm,

G. Lowestoft, Suffolk, Aug. 25, 1894, 85 79 23 a 23

Oldfield Thomas.

6. Rugby, Warwickshire, Jan. 2, 1894, 78 85 21 25

A. 8. Austen.

6. Lyndhurst Road, New Forest, Hants, 81 83 22 25

July 12, 1894, Col. J. W. Yerbury.

©. Chiswick, near London, Aug. 31, 1897, 83 90 20 Ni 24

Miss D. Sharpe.

Aug. 31, 1897, R. I. Pocock.

©. Cheadle, Staffs, Nov. 13, 1897, 64 74 20 22°3

E. W. H. Blagg.

2. Dunphail, Elginshire, Scotland, Sept. 57 57 19 20

19, 1893, W. R. Ogilvie Grant.

IRELAND :

5 gs,2 9s. Ballaghmoon, Car- )

low, Jan. 20 to Mar. 6, 1896, | Max. 103 105 24:

J.G. Symes (e coll. Barrett-' Mean 93 85 22°6

85 62 20

Hamilton). Measured by | Min.

F. Metcalfe.

* The length of foot, apart from the coloration, distinguishes these from Mus musculus,

of which I take at random the following dimensions for comparison, viz. :—

Head and Tail Hind

body. ag foot

Ol isevcetnataan 83 78 17

Pe Ae 79 72 16

424 MR. G. E, H. BARRETI-HAMILTON ON [Apr. 3,

Head Hind Skull,

and Tail. eat Ear. extreme

body. cay length.

IRELAND: mm. mm, mm. mm. mm.

4 gs, 19. Co. Wexford, Ire- 2

land, Jan., Mar., & Apr. Max. 95 oT 22 16

: : Mean 91 862 20:2 :

(e coll. Barrett-Hamilton). Mi 84 75 218 15

Measured by F. Metcalfe. i

2 ds and one unsexed. Ca-| Max. 103 70 22°5 16

shel, Tipperary, Ireland, Jan. } Mean 92 74 22 155 25

1895. Min. 87 87 23°5 15

SHETLAND :

Adult nursing @Q (e coll. Barrett-

Hamilton, no. 588). Recd. from 102 100 22 15°5 26

R. Henderson, Oct. 27,1898 ......

eI OMGIbO\e snc. cs hanecenecocdes ones cele 7 87 23 145

GM IUV) MUIELO MIGLO sesso sce semen secees 88 84 22 14

CHANNEL ISLANDS :

2s. Alderney, autumn 1898, W. 93 95 23 16

Eagle Clarke (e coll. Barrett-

Hamilton, nos, 543 & 544) .......-. 95 91 2s =

Br.erum:

Liége, altitude 100 metres, Nov. 1894,

H. Grénvold; of 10 specimens, all

immature, although one was nursing,

none exceed 88 mm. for head and body.

11 gs and 6 Qs. Warenne, \

Oct. 27-28, J. A. Loring, | Max. 100 100 25 ne

from the collection of the}Mean 89:5 89:1 22:9 ae 24 to 25

Smithsonian Institution, | Min. (i 81 22

Washington, D.C., U.S.A.

Houuanp :

Oldest ¢ of 2 dsand 2 Qs, collected 25 (teeth

by Oldfield Thomas, Aug. & Sept. 94 83 21°5 16°1 much

1895, worn).

SwiTzpRLAND:

12 gs and 4 Qs. Meiningen,

J. A. Loring, from the col- opm oes e oa |) Sake

lection of the Smithsonian Min, 72 9 a

Institution. ae : 78 21

Britany :

6 gs. Dinan, Dee. 25-28, 1897, | ce Meee ena aoe

G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton. . : =

{ Min. 83 755 20°5

Max. 88 83 24

3 Qs. Dec. 21, 1897, ditto ...{ Mean 8341 765 23°41

Min. 75:35 67:5 22°25

Combined average, after adding Max. a a aap

one unsexed specimen ay Nahe S 79°2 23:13

‘ Min. 15:25 67:5 20°5

France:

d. cnet arenes =! Mr. Young. 100 60 22 12

Semele, Nov EO: Honk eal oe 80 kaa

* Dimensions probably exaggerated.

1900.] MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. 425

Head : Skull,

and Tail. vue — extreme

body. on% length.

ITALY: mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.

2 ae Qs. Apr. 9 & 10, 1895,

A Savage Landor. Apparently

young, of which the largest (a ¢) 102 84 oI 16

MCASUECE Weve svercsseeerees.cadesseuees

Mus sylvaticus celticus.

2gs8,49s. Caragh Lake, ae Max. 90 84 25 15

Ireland, Nov. to Dec., Col. Mean 85'3 &0'8 22°3 146

Ww. ue Min. 80 75 20 14

3 & Q. Femoyle, Castle Gregory, :

Co.Kerry, Ireland, various dates nes a a 3 5 ig 25

in winter, G. A. Passingham. g. i.

kg. 3 Qs. Woodpark, Galway,| Max. 88 94 23 16

Treland, Feb. 13 to Mar. 19, Mean 85°8 858 21:°25 8155

1896 RB. F. Hibbert. Min. 83 82 20 14

Skye, N.B., June 24, 1895,

J. Steele Elliott. 8 83 84 21 13

Mus sylvaticus hebridensis.

3 ¢3,1 9. Lewis, Outer Hebrides, ) Max. 112 100 25 16

W. HE. de Winton (from}Mean 108 97°5 2425 15°75

‘Zoologist,’ op. cit.). Min. 106 95 23°5 15 27

Mus sylvaticus hirtensis.

St. Kilda:

1 g. H. Evans, 1898 (e coll. Barrett- be

Hamilton, no. 556). } 107 ee se Ul a

OPrinraniongl: SDittar.ccs:..c-t--nees 2 110 94 24 15

Mus sylvaticus typicus.

Upsala, Sweden (e coll. Smith- 95 89 21

sonian Institution, Washington, 93 66 20

D.C., U.S.A.). (nursing).

Hilleréd, Zealand, Denmark, alti- 3. 104 111 25 17 26

tude 10 m., May-June ‘1898, Q. 108 114 24 175

Oldfield Thomas. Almost topo- [One skull from this

typical of M. flavicollis Melchior. locality reached 27. |

Mus sylvaticus, subsp. incert.

Bergen, Norway : 88 125 «26 a8 $27

4 $s. (Z Coll. Smithsonian Institu- 93 110 *26

tion, Washington, D.C., U.S.A.) 89°5 62°55 *24:5

95 99 *23

93 89 #225. {25

FD Bey CDIttOs) iy jos con aapnee oe dezsatel 83 98 #24 at (nursing)

92 103 #245

* These measurements include the claws.

t Teeth partly worn. t Teeth much worn,

Mus sylvaticus wintoni,

3gs8,19. Graftonbury, Hereford- (Max. 108 108 23 18 29

shire, England. (£Coll.W.E.; Mean 110°75 111°75 2375 18 28

de Winton.) Min. 115 112 24 18 27

426.

3 gs. Haute-Savoie, France, Dec.

1899, A. Robert. (An interme-

diate form.)

March 1895, Lord Lilford

—"

f=)

3 & 9. Haida, Bohemia .........

Brunswick, Germany :

A gpa ag dread Cece

4s. Strass b. Burgheim, _

(

5 ds. August. (More or less

intermediate.) ‘ dow,

3. 110

13 gs. Aug. & Sept. J. A.)

Loring, from’ the collection | Max. 94

of the Smithsonian Insti-}Mean 84:8

tution, Washington, D.O., | Min. 73

U.S.A. )

Niesky, Silesia : é. 97

2 g8,1 9. Feb. & Nov. 1898, 4 ¢. 115

W. Baer. O (juv.). 93

Mus sylvaticus princeps.

é ; Max. 119

9 ao Neale Roumania, W. Monn: 110

: Min. 102

3 3 ‘M 110

q oe Roumania, W. ried 10528

oe Min. 101

An obviously young specimen in slaty

coat, from Roumania, taken April 15, 87

1899, measures as much as............

Mus sylvaticus islandicus.

4 specimens in Copenhagen Museum, {

Jide Herr H. Winge (2 in alcohol), {

2 skins, ditto.. (Ear measured from

lower border of ear opening.)

Mus sylvaticus hayi.

Portugal :

Cintra (altitude 230-330

m.), Jan. Feb., Mar, } Larges J. 100

1896, Oldfield Thomas, J reest 2. 1

Estoril, ditto, ditto .........0 cece 3. 10%

(Five others are large, but

immature.)

Morocco:

8 ds. Tangier, Mar. & Apr.

Max. 110

(partime coll. Barrett-Hamil- Mean 95°62

ton, partim coll. by W. Dodson

for J. I. 8. Whitaker), a

1Q. April 1, 1895 (G. B.-H.).

107

100

MR. G. EJ H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON

2 Skull,

ie Ear, extreme

wee length.

mm mm mm.

25 17 27

25 17 27°25

26 20 28

22 28

23 is 28

27 18 28

25 16 28

24 “hc 27

25 27

20 26

23 27

24 Ax. :

22'5 wee 24 to 25

21 ay

22°5 19

24° 7:5

22°5 175 24

25°D 19°5 + | 27°5 “to

24°5 17:94 30

24 15 (nearly).

25 19

23°21 17°85 $27 to 28

22 16°5

22'5 14:5

235 17

21 (juv.) 13°5

22+ ¥ 14

23'5 15

a5. Wy

24 17 27

233 16:2 26°

23 m2

22:12 a: 26

20 ne

[Apr: 3.

1900.]

Mus sylvaticus, subsp. incert.

Spain :

2 gs, 1 9, in alcohol. Nos. ] Max. 91

194.1.1.10 to 18, Villabra,$ Mean 82°

Gallicia, Prof. V. L. Seoane... } Min. let

3. Farrer del Allo, near Coruna, 80

Prof. V. L. Seoane.

GE NLLOE. aetcc su aus cesev aan scape (Juv. ?) 81

¢. Oiudad Real, Spain, F. La- ris)

taste, 1883 (alcohol).

Pee Dibios (sit) Scacesetsescuceeuet << 84

Corsica :

2 ds. Nos. 93.9.15.6 to 8, La Fue

di Villarora (Beech Forest),

altitude 3000 ft., Col. J. W.

Weer bury 275 cps acorn sureeencecweee

See

(os)

{Mus sylvaticus dichrurus.

Palermo, Sicily, e coll. J. f ? sex 95

I. S. Whitaker, Aug. 6, (stuffed).

1898, & Nov. 13, 1898. | © (nursing). 100

Ditto, Nov. 10, 1898 ............ 3 (juv.). 74

Dutio, Nov: 18, 1898 .....:.....- © (juy.). 71

Mus sylvaticus algurus.

Three specimens in alcohol (fide) . is

Mons. F. Lataste, op. cit. 1883, é 72

p- 12). : 55

Mus sylvaticus taurieus.

Sere esse aseesoesessancee

Type specimen

Mus sylvaticus major.

Herr Radde’s* specimen from the

Bureja Mountains (? Trans- 118

Baikalia).

Tail.

102

_MUS SYLVATICUS AND IES ALLIES,

Hind

foot.

mm,

18:5

AQT

Skull,

Ear. extreme

length.

mm. mm.

14°25

145

115

15 26

15]

{ Skull.

28 x 12

13°5

* Radde gives total length, including tail, as 215 mm., and head and body as 118 mm.,

whence by subtraction I get tail 97 mm.

Mus sylvaticus arianus.

Type series (inches roughly re- oe» 102

duced to mm.), fide Blanford, OF 96

East. Persia, p. 55. (Heightof{ <6. 97

ear measured from orifice to tip.) O. 104

Mus sylvaticus chevriert.

Type specimen (a quite adult aa 120

Jide Milne-Edwards). -

One of Milne-Edwards’s typical

series as measured by Mr, Oldfield | 100

Thomas.

Skull.

18 (Gulmerg,

12°8 Persia, no.

96.11.2.1.)

28x 14

428 ON MUS SYLVATICUS AND ITS ALLIES. [Apr. 3,

Head . Skull,

and Tail. ae Ear. extreme

body. or length.

mm. mm. mm. mm. mm,

Three of typical series as measured | e: a = |

by Herr E. Biichner. | sex (?) 100 «655 29-5

No. 82.6.16.7 of British Mus. coll.,

South Shensi, China, Pére ; = =

David. (Dimensions taken from 90 15 205 15 25

MIG SAMATI.) Uvaapssessestasaeebaentae

* Tail perhaps damaged.

Mus sylvaticus draco.

do. No. 98.11.1.20, Kuatun,

Bohea Mts., N.W. Fokien, S.E.

China, April 18, 1898, J. D. La 91 BF ml Ate vs 25

Touche.

©. No. 98.11.1.21, ditto, ditto, 83 91 - os 25

April 27, 1898.

* This item from dried skin only; those of head and body and tail are collector's

measurements converted from inches.

Mus argenteus.

No. 88.9.25.6. Japan (H. Pryer). 88 70 *17°5 *10 24

No. 88.9.25.7, 2. Ditto. 78 65 T17°5 +10 24

* Dimensions from the dried skin ; these increase to 19°5 and 13 when the skin is wet.

+t Collector’s dimensions reduced from inches,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV.

Geographical variation in Mus sylvaticus, as illustrated by (fig. 1) M. s. princeps

(p. 408), the large light form of Roumania; (fig. 2) MW. s. celticus (p. 401), the small dark

form of Co. Kerry, Ireland.

J.Smit del. et lth

P.Z.S.1900. Pl XXVI.

Mantern Bros. imp.

CERVICAPRA THOMASINA:.

1900.] MR. SCLATBR ON A NEW SPECIES OF REEDBUOCK. 429

May 8, 1900.

W. T. Buayrorp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of April 1900 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of April was 120, of which 41 were by

presentation, 52 by purchase, 15 were received on deposit, and

12 were born in the Menagerie. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 103.

Amongst the additions attention may be called to :—

1. A young Lyre-bird (Menura superba), presented by Messrs.

Carrick and Fry on April 12th. Of this well-known Australian

type no specimen has been received by the Society since 1876.

The present example is immature, and may be either a female or a

young male, the tail-feathers being not yet developed.

2. A Ural Owl (Syrnium uralense) obtained by purchase April

24th. This fine Owl of North-eastern Europe has not been

previously represented in the Society’s collection.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a specimen of a male Reedbuck (Cervi-

capra), which had been mounted by Messrs. Rowland Ward & Co.,

for Mr. Ewart S. Grogan, F.Z.8. It had been already exhibited

as a skin to the Society by Mr. R. Lydekker, on May 2nd, 1899".

The specimen was of about the same size and dimensions as the

Common Reedbuck (C. arundinum)*, but differed entirely in its pale

grizzled grey colour above and white under surface, the anterior

surface of all four limbs being of a dark rich brown. It had

been supposed by Mr. Lydekker, and other good authorities who

had examined this specimen, that the animal might be an albino

or pale-coloured variety of the Common Reedbuck; but, after

studying the specimen carefully, Mr. Sclater had come to a

different conclusion, and considered it to be referable to a new

species, which, at the request of Mr. Grogan, he proposed to call

Cervicapra thomasine, with the following characters :—

CERVICAPRA THOMASIN®, sp. nov. (Plate XXVI.).

C. quoad formam C. arundinum fere similis, sed colore albo, in

dorso cineracco et pedibus anticé fulvo-brunneis, ut videtur, satis

diversa: alt. ad humeros 35 poll.

Hab. in ripis Laci Nyase, Afr. or.

The specimen exhibited had been obtained by Mr. Grogan on

the Songwé River, about six miles from its entrance into Lake

1 See P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 555.

2 Book of Ant. vol. ii. p. 157, pl. xliii.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1900, No. XXIX. 29

430 MR. J. 8. BUDGETT ON THE [May 8,

Nyasa in December 1898, during the journey from the Cape to

Cairo, of which Mr. Grogan had lately given an account to the

Royal Geographical Society (see ‘Geographical Journal,’ xvi.

p. 164). Mr. Grogan had been informed of the existence of a

herd of four of these animals on the Songwé, and on proceeding to

the spot indicated by his informant, had succeeded in shooting the

present specimen, which he met with while grazing in a patch of

grass near the river. Mr. Grogan had been told that a similar

animal had been seen at Fort Johnston at the south end of the

Lake, and that a specimen had likewise been met with on the

shores of Lake Nyasa about 40 miles from its north end.

Altogether Mr. Grogan had heard of eight specimens of this

animal.

Mr. C. Davies Sherborn, F.Z.8., called attention to the progress

of his ‘Index Animalium,’ commenced in 1889, which would contain

an alphabetical list of all names used in Zoology from 1758 to

1900. The first portion, now approaching completion, was that for

the years 1758 to 1800 inclusive. This part would contain about

60,000 entries ; the whole of the slips were already in alphabetical

order, and had had the duplicate entries eliminated. About six

months’ more work would be required to check the generic names.

Mr. Sherborn, who is the Recorder under the British Association

Committee, stated that he had been able to purchase no less than

250 volumes dealing with systematic zoology and dated before

1800, copies of which were not previously to be found in England.

All of these volumes had now been incorporated in the Libraries

of public institutions in this country. Some of these volumes

were unique, and most of them of considerable rarity.

Mr. R. Lydekker called attention to the following misprint in

the notice of his exhibition of the head of a Swamp-Deer (P. Z. 8.

1899, p. 829), where the word ‘Thameny’ in the bottom line

should read ‘ Thameng’; also to an error in the Jettering of the

plate in his paper on “ The Dental Formula of the Marsupial and

Placental Carnivora,” where in fig. 4, “pp. 2” should be read

“mp. 2.”

A paper was read by Mr. J. 8. Budgett, F.Z.S., “On some

Points in the Anatomy of Polypterus,” of which the following is an

abstract :—

Having obtained a large amount of material of both the species of

Polypterus found in the Gambia, in the spring of 1599, I thought

it advisable to attempt to fill up some gaps in our knowledge of

the anatomy of this most interesting of fishes.

Though much work bas been done by many zoologists in this

direction, there are many points in which the descriptions already

1900.} ANATOMY OF POLYPTERUS. 431

published of the anatomy of Polypterus are either deficient or in-

accurate.

In the present paper, I have described in detail the urinogenital

system of the male and female Polypterus, together with the later

stages of the development of these organs. I have also added

observations upon the vascular system, the external gills, the

abdominal pores, the anal fin, and the skull.

In obtaining my material, I was aided by a grant of £50 from

the Balfour Fund of the University of Cambridge. The work has

been done in Mr. Adam Sedgwick’s laboratory. To Mr. Sedgwick,

Mr. Graham Kerr, aud Prof. Howes my thanks are due for much

help and advice.

The Male Organs.—In the adult male Polypterus a ridge of

testicular tubules extends on either side the entire length of the

body, but is only functional towards the anterior end of the ridge,

where it swells out to form a conspicuous lobulated testis. <A

longitudinal duct lies at the base of the whole ridge ventral to and

parallel with the ureter. Into this duct the tubules of the testis

and of the testis-ridge open by very numerous short ducts.

The duct on either side leaves the testis-ridge as the “vas

deferens,” and running backwards in the same sheath of connective

tissue as the ureter, opens upon a papilla into the urinogenital

sinus just before the latter opens to the exterior. The spermatozoa

are very small, about the length of the long axis of a red blood-

corpuscle, slightly swollen anteriorly, tapering posteriorly.

The duct of the testis-ridge is developed before the tubules of

either the testis or testis-ridge, but in a specimen 9 cm. in length

ends blindly in the wall of the ureter.

The Female Organs.—The funnel-like openings of the oviduct

into the body-cavity were mentioned and figured by Joh. Miiller

and again by Hyrtl.

According to Hyrtl, the two oviducts unite to form a urino-

genital sinus, into which the two ureters open by a common mid-

dorsal aperture.

I find, however, that the ureters are dilated posteriorly, lying

closely approximated to one another, but not communicating except

immediately before opening to the exterior. Shortly before they

open to the exterior, the oviducts open into their lateral walls

precisely as do the vasa deferentia in the male.

Further, in the young female, 9 cm. in length, the course of

these ducts has exactly the same relation to the ureter as in the

male, only that the oviducts are considerably more dilated in the

female. The ducts at this stage, like those of the male, end

blindly in the lateral wall of the ureter. The peritoneal opening

of the oviduct is already open at this early stage.

The ovary of Polypterus develops as a genital ridge lying on

either side along the ventral surface of the kidney, from which it

is separated posteriorly by the oviduct. The ovary becomes early

divided into numerous compartments, on the external walls of

which the ova are developed.

29*

432 ON THE ANATOMY OF POLYPTERUS. [May 8,

With increase in size of the ova, the external wall bulges out

into great folds between the septa, while the internal wall remains

a smooth sheet of peritoneum. As the ova develop, they become

deeply pigmented upon the pole of the ovum, which is attached to

the original outer wall of the ovary. It thus comes about that

when ripe, through the smooth internal wall of the ovary only the

colourless poles are seen, while through the external much-folded

wall only the pigmented poles are seen. It has been stated that

the outer wall of the ovary of Polypterus is without a covering of

peritoneum ; it will be seen from the description that this is not

strictly correct.

General considerations on the Structure and Growth of the Urino-

genital Organs.—I have shown that in the male Polypterus there

are no connections between the testis and the kidney by which

the latter could carry off the products of the testis, as is the

case in Lepidosteus and perhaps some other Ganoids.

I have shown also that the arrangement of the ducts of the

genital glands is very similar in male and female, and that in

the larva this resemblance amounts almost to identity. From the

early development of these ducts, and the similarity in the male

and female, | regard the condition found in Polypterus as the

primitive arrangement; and that in all cases where connections

are found between the testis-tubules and the tubules of the

kidney, they are either inherited along a divergent line of ascent,

or, as in the case of Lepidosteus, secondarily acquired.

Abdominal Pores.—In both male and female, abdominal pores

are present in Polypterus. These pores are acquired late in life,

after the Polypterus is 9 cm. in length.

Anal Fin.—Traquair has already noted in Calamoichthys that

the males have an enlarged anal fin. This difference is, in the

breeding-season, one also of form as well as size. The anal-fin

muscle in the male increases in size so much that the viscera in

the posterior end of the ccelom are displaced. Fertilization is

probably not internal, as has been suggested by Leydig.

External Gill—The structure of the external gills is precisely

that of larval Dipnoi and Amphibia,

Hyrtl supposed the external gill of Polypterus to be homologous

with the endodermal pseudobranch of Acipenser. From a study

of the blood-supply, I conclude that it is rather homologous

with the external ectodermal gill of larval Dipnoi and Amphibia,

aa have properly an external and an internal gill to each visceral

arch,

Vascular System.—In this preliminary abstract of my paper, I

will merely state that my investigations lead me to agree with

Pollard in regarding the arterial system of Polypterus as only

comparable with the primitive Chlamydoselachus and embryo

Selachians, where from each gill-arch a single efferent vessel unites

with a median precardial aorta.

‘Cranium.—I find that there is an important specific difference

in the form of the sphenoid of the two species P. seneyalus and

se A ‘ uw eee

er .

‘

' Mts 4,

ak De i,

¥ a

Tes i

Bet ait:

nF a

‘ aa

ae ‘

; ah) 1

in ea BA 4 A

as RM ve

i me adn

in P ‘*“

ie ‘

a) ne a oe

i ae er

bal Gare vis

adi ; ae Reg! . ;

ayy :

ee ae | r .

i é pe wi

PN NAA ain es | r OK y = ;

ea vad Nie Nang a , eo ;

Oe Ley o j fhe : i ey ,

a? 7 ? ‘ if My ,) \ V oy nN ‘iy? “_ 7 4 ) f [ '

oe ot Me aoe } “2 gti MPO. Soe 1) / ; ) yet

fl Tad ys : 7 art | . 4

By m ae hit VOR CP aa Sn a

a as yk

Tint i b;

: i ike) E oe >

CI Ai) PRs aa O Vena iag fh

J mitt cal 4 a Py .

iy any 7 / AAA) ay,

Oh iste \ yy Wie P.

Beer 1) Laney. i at)

- ‘ : : i

as) A) y oes bis?

Y ¥

* ' J

et. a th he ele ve

‘ re oe {

‘ RS aaa bs Ce ais |

pera ae ie id

‘i Tas ye fea re

why i 0p

2 ly Hy

re rf {

, ] y )

' iv

~ ; cay,

; ¢ " i

Pe | ;

>.1900. Pl. XXVIL.

Mantern Bros imp

LATIFERONS

I e

Pe}

Fin

at Laat

;

Pi Z..5 1200. Fi AAV

P.J.Smait del. et hth Mintern Bros. ump

1.SCOTOBLEPS GABONICUS. 2.PHRYNOBATRACHUS AURITUS.

3.PHRYNOBATRACHUS LATIROSTRIS.

id 7 4 vA bo i.

rit baa Ah bas

Muay A Nils ease

iy oi 7 : ,

y BOs she -

fe 5 |

hie Ot,

‘ ar

PJ.Smit del.et lth

P.Z.5 JOO0 FI AA.

Mintern Bros.imp.

GAMPSOSTEONYX BATESI1.

mea re

A ers

f We "

PZ. S.1900-Fi Se

{

PJ. Smit del. et hth Mintern Bros .imp

TRICHOBATRACHUS BOBUSTUS.

ve Stiost

Dae

; 4 i ray

aed & le)

; 4 . 7 ye il aS '

vi FAYE 0

‘a4 2 eee

ors

7 s

t i

% ri

" sh

se BY

i iki

at Hd.

.) & i

< 2 hy

= 2%

le.

PJ.Smit del.et kth.

1. POROMERA FORDII.

P25: 1800. Pi. 2.

SRY

FED > RK

Mintern Bros imp

2.MABUIA BATESII.

P.Z.S. 1900. Pl. XXxT.

Mintern Bros.imp.

.Smut del.et hth.

BOULENGERINA ANNULATA.

1900.] | ON THE BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 433

P. lapradei, a difference which Bridge observed in two specimens

of Polypterus and which he attributed to great range of variation.

This paper will be published in full in the Society’s ‘ Trans-

actions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. A List of the Batrachians and Reptiles of the Gaboon

(French Congo), with Descriptions of new Genera and

Species. By G. A. Boutenenr, F.R.S.

[Received March 20, 1900.]

(Plates XX VIT.-XXXIT.)

Mr. G. L. Bates, who has been stationed for some time on

the Benito River, north of the Gaboon River, between 20 and

30 miles inland from the coast, has been so kind as to collect

Batrachians and Reptiles for the British Museum, and so lucky

as to discover, especially among the former, a number of new or

interesting forms, on some of which I have already reported}.

Whilst describing the new forms of which an account is given in

this paper, it appeared to me useful to compile a complete list of

all the species on record from the Gaboon district—viz., the part

of West Africa situated between Camaroons and Loango, in the

French Congo *. Such a stock-taking seemed to me particularly

useful with reference to the work on the distribution of species in

the Congo basin, with which I am now engaged. I must observe,

however, that I am convinced that the list will have to be increased

by the addition of a number of widely distributed species which are

known both north and south of the Gaboon district, and which

will, no doubt, be found when more extensive collections are made ;

but I have introduced the names of such species only of which I

have seen examples from the district, or which have been recorded

on reliable authority.

Only five contributions dealing specially with the Batrachians

and Reptiles of the Gaboon district have been published so far :—

Dumérit, A.—‘ Note sur les Reptiles du Gabon.” Rey. et Mag.

de Zool. 1856, pp. 369-377, 417-424, 460-470, 553-562,

pls. xx. & xxii—The new species described in this paper have

been redescribed and mostly figured in the same author’s

“ Reptiles de l’Afrique occidentale,” Arch. du Mus. x. 1859,

pp. 137-240, pls. xili.—xviil.

1 Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) iii. 1899, pp. 274, 276, and iv. 1899, p. 122,

2 The term Gaboon is here taken in the old sense. I do not know on what

authority the Gold Ooast is included ia the Gaboon Country by Giinther,

P.Z.S. 1899, pp. 716 & 721.

434 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 8,

Hatiowertt, E.—‘ Notice of a Collection of Reptiles from the

Gaboon County, West Africa, recently presented to the

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia by Dr. Henry

A. Ford.” Proc. Acad. Philad. 1857, pp. 48-72.

Peters, W., and Bucnnoiz, R.—“ Zweite Mittheilung iiber die in

West Africa gesammelten Amphibien.” Mon. Berl. Ac. 1867,

pp. 117-123. [Mostly from the Gaboon and Ogowe. |

GintHer, A.—‘ Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Fishes

made by Miss M. H. Kingsley during her Travels on the

Ogowe River and in Old Calabar.” Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6)

xvi. 1896, pp. 261-285.

Mocauarp, F.—‘“ Sur une Collection de Reptiles recuillie par

M. Haug & Lambaréné.” Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897,

pp. 5-20.

For the nomenclature and synonyms I must refer the reader to

the British Museum Catalogues. JI have added references to

publications issued since the appearance of these general works.

Mr. Bates’s discoveries have enriched herpetology with 5 new

genera and 13 new species, some of which are of special mor-

phological interest. The discovery of Hymenochirus and Cardio-

glossa has extended our knowledge of geographical distribution

by adding African representatives to the families Pipide and

Dendrobatide, the former having been based on the single South-

American genus Pipa, the latter being hitherto regarded as charac-

teristic of Tropical America and Madagascar.

I wish to record my thanks to the Beard of Curators of the

Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences for the loan of type

specimens described in 1857 by the late Dr. Hallowell.

BATRACHIA.

APODA.

1. URZXOTYPHLUS SERAPHINI A. Dum.

Hab. Gaboon.

2. HERPELE sQUALOSTOMA Stutchbury.

Hab. Gaboon.

ECAUDATA.

DACTYLETHRID Z#.

3. XENOPUS CALCARATUS Ptrs.

Hab. West Africa, from Liberia to the Congo.

One of the specimens collected by Mr. Bates on the Benito

River has been prepared as a skeleton. There are only seven

precaudal vertebree, the first being formed by the fusion of two

(as is clearly proved by the large nerve-foramen in front of the

diapophysis).

1900.] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 435

Prrip2z.

4. HYMENOCHIRUS BOETTGERI Tornier.

Xenopus boettgeri, Tornier, Kriechth. Deutsch-Ost-Afr. p. 163,

fig. (1896).

Hymenochirus boettgert, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii.

1896, p. 420, and (7) iv. 1899, p. 122; Ridewood, Journ. Linn.

Soc., Zool. xxvii. 1900, p. 454, pl. xxxi.

Hab. German East Africa ; Gaboon.

In recently recording the oceurrence of this extraordinary

Batrachian on the Benito River, I have pointed out that the

absence of teeth necessitates its removal from the Dactylethride to

the Pipide. My notes on the skeleton have been corrected and

supplemented by Dr. Ridewood in the paper quoted above, dealing

with the hyoid and larynx and the carpus.

BUFONID&,

5. Buro tuserosus Gthr.

Hab. Fernando Po, Camaroons, Gaboon.

Several specimens were obtained on the Benito River by

Mr. Bates. The upper parts are not always uniformly coloured;

they are sometimes handsomely spotted or marbled with darker

brown, and a yellow or crimson vertebral line is often present.

6. BuFO REGULARIS Reuss.

Hab. The whole of Africa with the exception of Barbary. I

have, however, not myself examined specimens from the Gaboon

and there were none in the collection made by Mr. Bates.

7. BUFO LaTIFRONS, sp.n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 1.)

Crown without bony ridges; snout short, blunt; interorbital

space slightly concave, broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum

distinct, three-fifths the diameter of the eye. First finger much

longer than second; toes half-webbed, with single subarticular

tubercles; two rather small metatarsal tubercles; a tarsal fold.

The tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches the anterior border of

the eye. Upper parts with irregular warts, some of which may be

conical; parotoids elliptic, feebly prominent, rather indistinct.

Olive-brown above, with or without a yellowish vertebral line,

with more or less symmetrical black markings ; limbs with dark

cross-bars; bright pink spots on the back of the thighs ; lower

parts dirty white, throat greyish, breast with small greyish spots.

From snout to vent 73 millim.

Three specimens, females and young, from the Benito River

(G. L, Bates).

This species stands very near to B. regularis. It is distinguished

by the broader interorbital region, the smaller tympanum, and the

feebly prominent parotoid glands,

436 MR. G. % BOULENGER ON THE [May 8,

8. Buro suPERCILIARIS Blgr.

Bufo superciliaris, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 565.

Bufo levissimus, Werner, Sitzb. Bayer. Ak. xxvii. 1897, p. 212,

and Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlviii. 1898, p. 202, pl. ii. fig. 1.

This curious Toad was described from young specimens collected

by Sir H. H. Johnston in the Rio del Rey district, Camaroons.

Adult specimens have been redescribed by Werner under the

name of B. levissimus, from Camaroons. A young specimen is in

Mr. Bates’s collection from the Benito River. I have also

examined a fine specimen, measuring about 120 millim. from

snout to vent, from the Congo Free State.

9. Buro Gracies Bler.

Bufo gracilipes, Blgr. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) iii. 1899, p. 276,

pl. xu. fig. 2.

I have recently described this Toad from a single specimen from

the Benito River, collected by Mr. Bates. I have now examined

several specimens, and have to add that the tarso-metatarsal arti-

culation may fail to reach beyond the anterior border of the eye,

that the toes are one-third webbed in breeding specimens, that the

parotoid glands may be more distinct than in the type specimen,

narrow and shorter than the head, and that the male is provided

with an internal subgular vocal sac and brown nuptial asperities

on the inner side of the two inner fingers. Limbs with dark

cross-bars. The largest male measures 30 millim. from snout to

vent, the largest female 40.

10. NECTOPHRYNE AFRA Ptrs.

Originally described from Camaroons. Two specimens (¢ 9 )

are in Mr. Bates’s collection from the Benito River.

Fig. 1.

Hand and foot of Nectophryne afra, showing the subarticular tubercles of

the fingers and toes.

The subarticular tubercles of the fingers and of the toes are

much developed, and flattened into overlapping pads which bear a

1900.) BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 437.

close resemblance and are no doubt functionally analogous with

the subdigital lamellee of the scansorial Geckos. Such a structure

had not been observed before in any Batrachian. Buchholz and

Peters have not alluded to it otherwise than by mentioning

“ dunkle Querlinien unter den Zehen,” which I believe to be the

result of an optical delusion caused by the lamelle to which

attention is now drawn.

The male, which is devoid of vocal sacs, measures only 17 millim.

from snout to vent; the female measures 21.

RANIDZ,

11. Rawa crassirss Ptrs.

This species is known from Camaroonsand the Gaboon. I have

examined 10 specimens collected by Mr. Bates on the Benito

River, the largest measuring 63 millim. from snout to vent.

As pointed out by Giinther (Ann. & Mag. N. H. [6] xvii. 1896,

p- 266), the vomerine teeth are sometimes absent; this is the case

in three of Mr. Bates’s specimens. When present, they form two

very small groups just behind the level of the choane. The

tympanum is more or less distinct, measuring three-fourths or

fourth-fifths the diameter of the eye. The colour of the upper

parts varies from greyish olive or purplish brown to blackish, with

or without very indistinct darker and lighter spots or marblings ;

dark cross-bars on limbs usually irregular, sometimes absent ; lower

parts white, throat often spotted or marbled with dark brown.

12. Rana suspsigrttata A. Dum.

This species, which has been well figured by A. Duméril, is

known from Old Calabar, Camaroons, and the Gaboon. Several

specimens were collected by Mr. Bates on the Benito River, the

largest measuring 88 millim. from snout to vent.

The species is remarkable for its long head without canthi

rostrales, and its short limbs, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching

the tympanum ; the diameter of the latter is two-thirds to three-

fourths that of the eye. The upper parts are of a dark brown,

but the sides of the head and body and the fore limbs are often

tinged with bright carmine. The lower parts, in the young, are

olive, with close-set round pale yellow spots on the throat and

belly ; with age, the dark colour between the spots becomes

reduced to a network, which may even almost entirely disappear.

Some specimens have a rather indistinct flat round gland under

each thigh, as in most species of the genus Mantidactylus.

13. Rana HQUIPLICATA Werner.

Rana mascareniensis, var. equiplicata, Werner, Verh. z.-b. Ges.

Wien, xlviii. 1898, p. 192.

Vomerine teeth in two short oblique series commencing from

the inner front edges of the choane. Head moderate, as long as

broad or a little longer than broad; snout pointed, longer than the

438 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 8,

diameter of the orbit; canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region

deeply concave; nostril midway between the eye and the end of

the snout ; interorbital space nearly as broad as the upper eyelid ;

tympanum distinct, two-thirds or three-fourths the diameter of

the eye. Fingers moderate, obtusely pointed, first not extending

beyond second; toes broadly webbed, the web reaching the

extremity of the third and fifth toes, but leaving two phalanges of

the fourth toe free; subarticular tubercles moderate; a very

small, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle, no outer tubercle. The

tibio-tarsal articulation reaches far beyond the tip of the snout ;

tibia more than two-thirds the length of head and body. Skin

more or less distinctly granular above, with numerous, interrupted,

glandular, longitudinal folds on the back; a glandular fold from

beneath the eye to the shoulder. Olive-brown above, with small

dark spots, with or without a broad whitish or pink vertebral band ;

usually a dark cross-bar between the eye; a black canthal streak

and a black temporal spot ; tympanum reddish brown ; limbs with

dark cross-bars ; hinder side of thighs black, spotted or marbled

with white or pink; a series of black spots on the lower jaw;

throat and belly yellow, immaculate. Male with two black

external vocal vesicles projecting through two slits below the

lower jaw.

From snout to vent 50 millim.

Five specimens from the Benito River are in Mr. Bates’s col-

lection. Dr. Werner’s specimens were from Camaroons.

Closely allied to 2. mascareniensis; differs in the more exten-

sively webbed toes and the more numerous, interrupted folds along

the back.

14, RANA MASCARENIENSIS D. & B.

Hab. Egypt, Tropical Africa, Seychelles, Madagascar, Mascarenes,

The Gaboon specimens belong to the var. bibronii Hallow.

(superciliaris Gthy.), with longer snout and longer hind limbs.

The head is longer than broad, and the tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches beyond the end of the snout.

15. RANA ALBOLABRIS Hallow.

Hab. Fernando Po, Camaroons, Gaboon, Lower Congo.

Females grow to a length of 93 millim. from snout to vent. In

such large specimens the dorso-lateral glandular told becomes

more indistinct, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye or

between the eye and the end of the snout, the first finger does

not extend beyond the second, and the white border to the upper

lip, whence the species derives its name, disappears more or less

completely.

SCOTOBLEPS, g. n.

Pupil vertical. Tongue free and deeply notched behind.

Vomerine teeth. Tympanum distinct. Fingers free; toes

webbed. Outer metatarsals narrowly separated by web. Omo-

1900. ] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 439

sternum and sternum with a bony style. Terminal phalanges

simple, obtuse.

This genus may be defined as Rana with a vertical pupil.

16. SCOTOBLEPS GABONICUS, sp. n. (Plate XXVIIL. fig. 1.)

Vomerine teeth in two small groups on a line with the posterior

borders of the choane. Head rather large, as long as_ broad;

snout obtusely pointed, with feeble canthus rostralis; loreal

region slightly concave ; nostril equally distant from the eye and

the end of the snout ; eye large; interorbital space narrower than

the upper eyelid ; tympanum not quite half the diameter of the

eye. Fingers and toes moderately elongate, with slightly swollen

tips and very strong subarticular tubercles ; first finger extending

as far as second; toes half-webbed; an oval inner metatarsal

tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the nostri]. Skin

smooth, or with small flat warts on the back. Olive-brown above,

with small blackish spots; a dark cross-band between the eyes;

upper lip with blackish vertical bars, the one below the anterior

third of the eye extending on the lower lip; limbs with dark cross-

bars ; lower parts white. Male with internal vocal sacs.

From snout to vent 57 millim.

Three specimens from the Benito River (@. LZ. Bates).

17. PETROPEDETES NEWTONI Bocage.

Tympanoceros newtonir, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. (2) 11. 1895, p. 270,

and iv. 1895, p. 18, pl. —.

Males differ from females in the larger tympanum, which is

larger than the eye, and from the centre of which a horn-like

dermal tubercle projects, in the presence of a long spine on the

inner side of the first finger, and in the greater size of a large flat

oval gland on the lower side of the thigh.

Several specimens were obtained on the Benito River by

Mr. Bates. The specimens described by Barboza du Bocage are

from Fernando Po.

The venus Petropedetes Reichenow (Arch. f. Nat. 1874, p. 290)

is nearly related to Cornufer, but differs in the division of the der-

mal pad on the upper surface of the digital expansions by a short

distal groove, giving it a cordiform appearance. The males are

remarkable for the large glands under the thighs, which are absent

or feebly developed in the females. In addition to the type species

and the one now referred to, the genus embraces Cornufer johnstoni

Boulenger, from the Rio del Rey, Camaroons. The three species.

may be distinguished as follows : —

P. cameronensis Reich. Toes half-webbed ; tympanum half

diameter of eye.

P. johnstoni, Blgr. Toes with a mere rudiment of web; tym-

panum half diameter of eye.

P. newtont Bocage. Toes with a mere rudiment of web; tym-

panum more than half diameter of eye; male with a spine on the

inner finger and a dermal tubercle on the tympanum.

440 ; MR.G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 8,

18, PHRYNOBATRACHUS AURITUS, sp.n. (Plate XXVIIL. fig. 2.)

Tongue with a free conical papilla in the middle. Habit slender.

Head moderate, as long as broad ; snout pointed, projecting beyond

the mouth, with angular canthus and nearly vertical loreal region ;

nostril equally distant from the eye and the end of the snout;

interorbital space narrower than the upper eyelid; tympanum

distinct, measuring nearly half the diameter of the eye. First

finger as long as second ; toes two-thirds webbed; tips of fingers

and toes dilated into small disks ; subarticular tubercles small; two

small metatarsal tubercles; a very small tubercle not far from the

latter, on the inner side of the tarsus. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches the tip of the snout. Skin smooth, or with very small

warts above; a narrow glandular fold on each side of the back

from the eyes to the sacral region, the two folds converging on the

scapular region; a similar fold from the eye to the shoulder.

Greyish or reddish brown above, darker on the middle of the back,

with or without a filiform light vertebral line, which is continued

along the middle of the upper surface of the thigh and the inner

side of the leg; glandular folds edged with blackish; a few round

black spots may be present on the pelvic region ; limbs with rather

indistinct darker cross-bars ; hinder side of thighs blackish brown,

edged with whitish above near the vent; inner side of legs

also blackish brown ; lower parts white, with small brownish spots

on the throat and breast in the female ; the throat blackish in the

male. Male with an internal subgular vocal sac.

From snout to vent 37 millim.

Three specimens from the Benito River (@. LZ. Bates).

The distinct tympanum distinguishes this species from P. plicatus

Gthr., to which it bears some resemblance.

19. PHRYNOBATRACHUS LATIROSTRIS, sp. n. (Plate XXVIII.

fig. 3.)

Tongue with a free conical papilla in the middle. Habit

moderately slender. Head moderate, as long as broad ; snout short,

rounded ; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region concave ; nostril

equally distant from the eye and the end of the snout; interorbital

space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct; measuring

three-fifths the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes moderate,

the tips dilated into small disks ; first finger not extending as far as

second ; toes half-webbed ; a small, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle.

The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches between the eye and the end

of the snout. Skin smooth; a slight curved fold behind the eye,

converging towards its fellow on the scapular region. Dark grey-

brown above ; a dark triangular spot between the eyes ; glandular

folds dark-edged ; upper lip lighter, with dark vertical bars ; lower

lip dark brown in the male, with a series of small white spots ;

limbs with dark cross-bars; anal region blackish, edged with

whitish above ; throat grey in the male, white, spotted with brown,

in the female; belly and lower surface of Jimbs white, breast

spotted with brown, Male with an internal subgular vocal sac,

1900.] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 44)

From snout to vent 30 millim.

A single male specimen from the Benito River (G. LZ. Bates).

A smaller female specimen from Lambarene, collected by Miss

Kingsley, has been referred by Giinther to Cornufer johnston.

20. ARTHROLEPTIS AFRICANUS Hallow.

Heteroglossa africana, Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 64;

Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 343.

Arthroleptis? africanus, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Ecaud. p. 119

(1882).

Arthroleptis gabonensis, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix

1897, p. 17.

Thanks to the kindness of Dr. Chapman, Chairman of the Board

of Curators of the Museum of the Academy of Sciences of Phila-

delphia, I have been able to examine the type specimen from the

Gaboon, preserved in that Institution, and compare it with two

specimens, male and female, collected by Mr. Bates on the Benito

River.

Tongue with a free conical papilla in the middle. Head rather

large, as long as broad ; snout obtusely pointed, with feeble canthus

and concave loreal region ; interorbital space narrower than the

upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, two-thirds the diameter of the

eye. Fingers and toes moderate, the tips swollen into small disks ;

first finger not extending beyond second; toes with a short

but very distinct web; two metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, outer

round, subconical ; a small tubercle on the tarsus, near the inner

metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the

nostril. Upper parts with small flat warts; a feeble curved fold

on each side of the scapular region. Dark brown above; limbs

with darker cross-bars ; blackish vertical bars on the sides of the

head ; white beneath, limbs spotted with brown; throat spotted

with brown in the female, entirely black in the male, which is

provided with an internal vocal sac.

From snout to vent 30 millim.

21. ARTHROLEPTIS VARIABILIS Matschie.

Arthroleptis dispar (non Peters, 1870), Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac.

1875, p. 210, pl. i. figs. 1-3.

Arthroleptis variabilis, Matschie, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1893,

p- 173; Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. (2) iv. 1895, p. 18; Werner,

Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlviii. 1898, p. 193.

Hab. Fernando Po, Camaroons, Gaboon.

22, ARTHROLEPTIS MACRODACTYLUS Bler.

Arthroleptis macrodactylus, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Ecaud. p. 117,

pl. xi. fig. 5 (1882), and Zool. Rec. 1885, Rept. p. 23; Giinth.

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 620.

Arthroleptis bivittatus, F. Mill. Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, vii. 1885,

p- 671, pl. ix. figs, k-l.

Hab, Gaboon, Tumbo Id. (Gulf of Guinea), Nyassaland.

442 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THE [May 8,

23. ARTHROLEPTIS INGUINALIS, sp.n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 2.)

Tongue without conical papilla. Head moderate, as long as

broad ; snout rounded; canthus rostralis obtuse ; loreal region

concave ; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tym-

panum distinct, three-fifths to two-thirds the diameter of the eye.

Fingers and toes rather elongate, slender, the tips merely swollen ;

subarticular tubercles very prominent; first finger not extending

beyond second; toes practically free, the rudiment of web being

very indistinct ; a rather large, very prominent, oval, compressed

inner metatarsal tubercle ; no outer metatarsal tubercle ; no tarsal

tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye or between

the eye and the end of the snout. Skin smooth. Coloration very

variable: greyish or brownish above, uniform or spotted or freckled

with darker, or with dark symmetrical markings ; a black canthal

and temporal streak; a more or less distinct dark spot or short

oblique band on the groin; limbs with dark spots or bars ; lower

parts white, throat usually freckled with brown. Male with an

internal vocal sac.

From snout to vent 30 millim.

Numerous specimens from the Benito River (G. Z. Bates).

GAMPSOSTEONYX, g. n.

Pupil vertical, Tongue free and feebly notched behind.

Vomerine teeth. Tympanum distinct. Fingers and toes free, the

tips slightly swollen ; terminal phalange of all but the inner toe

a sharp curved claw, projecting through a slit on the lower surface

of the extremity of the toe. Outer metatarsals bound together.

Omosternum and sternum with a bony style.

The projecting, non-retractile bony claw, uncovered with a horny

sheath, which arms the toes with the exception of the hallux, is a

feature unique, so far, not only among Batrachians but among

Vertebrates. The only other instance I know of bone being ex-

posed through the skin in Vertebrates higher than Fishes is to be

found in the ends of the ribs of Molge (Pleurodeles) waltlii Mich.

and Tylototriton anderson Blgr.

24. GAMPSOSTEONYX BATESI, sp. n. (Plate XXIX.)

Vomerine teeth in two small round groups between the choane.

Head large, much broader than long ; snout broadly rounded, with

short canthi and very oblique, slightly concave lores; nostril

equally distant from the eye and the end of the snout ; eye large ;

interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum very

distinct, oval, little smaller than theeye. First finger longer than

second, nearly as long as third; subarticular tubercles of fingers

and toes feeble ; a small, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-

tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin smooth and shiny; a

glandular fold above the tympanum. Dark purplish brown above,

white beneath; a black canthal and temporal streak; a black

transverse line between the eyes; two dark bars on the upper lip,

1900.] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 443

the first under the nostril, the second below the anterior third

of the eye; limbs with rather indistinct dark cross-bars; lower

surface of crus and tarsus dark brown.

From snout to vent 70 millim.

A single specimen from the Benito River (G. Z. Bates).

TRICHOBATRACHUS, g. n.

Pupil vertical. Tongue subcordiform, free and notched behind.

Vomerine teeth. Tympanum distinct. Fingers free ; toes webbed.

Outer metatarsals bound together. Omosternum with a bony style;

sternum a cartilaginous plate, without style. Terminal phalanges

simple, obtuse.

To these characters might be added the villose dermal papille

which cover some parts of the body, whence the name proposed

for this new genus, were it not that I suspect it to be a mere

seasonal peculiarity ; far from being a nuptial attribute of the males,

as one might have been inclined to suppose from analogy with

various Fishes, the character is more strongly developed in the

female than in the male.

25. TRICHOBATRACHUS ROBUSTUS, sp.n. (Plate XXX.)

General appearance suggestive of Rana hebigi Gthr. Vomerine

teeth in two short transverse series between the rather large

choane. Head larger, broader than long, much depressed ; snout

very short, rounded, with distinct canthi and very oblique, slightly

concave lores ; nostril slightly nearer the eye than the end of the

snout ; interorbital space a little broader than the upper eyelid ;

tympanum moderately distinct, half the diameter of the eye.

Linbs robust; tips of digits slightly swollen; first finger much

longer than second, as long as third; toes half-webbed; sub-

articular tubercles large; a feebly prominent, elongate, imner

metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye.

Skin smooth; sides of body, back of thighs, and a stripe along the

upper surface of the latter with hair-like papille, more developed

in the female than in the male. Olive-brown above; a darker,

black-edged broad band along the back, fading away behind and

sharply defined in front by a black cross-bar between the eyes ;

a black canthal and temporal streak; sides of body and limbs

blackish ; lower parts white, female with brown dots on the throat.

Male with a pair of internal vocal sacs, and with three short ridges

(two longitudinal and one transverse) of small horny black spines

on the inner side of the first finger.

From snout to vent 110 miilim.

Two specimens (¢ 2) from the Benito River (G. LZ. Bates).

DILOBATES, g. n.

Pupil vertical. Tongue subcordiform, free and notched behind.

Vomerine teeth. Tympanum distinct. Fingers free; toes nearly

free, with a slight rudiment of web. Outer metatarsals bound

444 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE May 8,

together. Omosternum and sternum small, cartilaginous. Ter-

minal phalanges simple, obtuse.

26. DILOBATES PLATYCEPHALUS, sp.n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 3.)

Vomerine teeth in two small groups on a line with the posterior

borders of the choane. Head very broad, much broader than the

body, depressed, with very oblique lores and temples; snout

rounded; canthus rostralis distinct; a loreal concavity ; nostril

equally distant from the eye and the end of the snout; interorbital

space as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum almost as large as

the eye. Fingers and toes rather short, obtuse; first finger ex-

tending beyond second ; subarticular tubercles moderate ; a small,

oval, inner metatarsal tubercle. Hind limb slender; the tibio-

tarsal articulation reaches the anterior border of the eye. Skin

smooth. Olive above, with small black spots ; a dark cross-band

between the eyes, preceded by a yellowish one; sides of head

yellowish, with two dark bars, the first below the nostril, the second

below the anterior half of the eye ; fore limb yellowish ; limbs with

blackish transverse spots ; lower parts white.

From snout to vent 26 millim.

A single specimen from the Benito River (G. LZ. Bates).

27. RAPPIA FIMBRIOLATA Buchh. & Ptrs.

Hyperolius fimbriolatus, Buchholz & Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac.

1876, p. 121.

Rappia finbriolata, Boettg. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1887-88, p. 96.

Hab. Ogowe and Loango.

28. Rappra MARMORATA Rapp.

Hab. Tropical and South Africa.

29. RapPIa OCELLATA Gthr.

Hab, Fernando Po to Angola.

30. RAppra FuSCIGULA Bocage.

Hab. Gaboon to Angola.

31, RAPPIA TUBERCULATA Mocq.

Rappia tuberculata, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897,

18.

Hab. Ogowe.

32. RApPIA PHANTASTICA Bler.

Rappia phantastica, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) ii. 1899,

p. 274, pl. xi. fig. 2.

Hab. Benito River (G, L. Bates).

33. RApPIaA PLatTYcnPs, sp. n. (Plate XXVII. fig. 4.)

Head rather large, as long as broad, much depressed ; snout

rounded ; loreal region oblique ; interorbital space broader than

1900. ] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON, 445

the upper eyelid; tympanum hidden. Outer fingers one-fourth

webbed; toes two-thirds webbed; disks rather large. The tibio-

tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin smooth, faintly areolate

on the belly. Pale brownish above, with a large blackish-brown

marking with indentations extending from between the eyes to the

sacral region ; sides of head and body and upper surface of legs

blackish brown ; a whitish spot on the leg above the tibio-tarsal

articulation ; upper surface of thigh whitish, with a narrow dark

brown streak; lower parts white.

From snout to vent 29 millim.

Two specimens from the Benito River (G. LZ. Bates).

34, RAPPIA PUSILLA Cope.

Hab. Niger Delta to Gaboon.

35. MEGALIXALUS FORNASINIL Biance.

Megalivalus fornasinti, Werner, Verb. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

xlviii. 1898, p. 195.

Hyperolius dorsalis, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1875, p. 206, pl. 1.

fig, 2.

Hyperolius leptosomus, Peters, op. cit. 1877, pl. 619, pl. —. fig. 5.

Megalixalus leptosomus, Mocq. Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897,

pel:

Hab. Gold Coast to Congo, Nyassaland, East Africa from the

Zanzibar Coast to Delagoa Bay.

36. CHIROMANTIS RUFESCENS Ptrs.

Hab. Camaroons, Gaboon.

37. HYLAMBATES RUFUS Reichen.

Hab. Fernando Po, Camaroons, Gaboon.

38. HyLAMBATES BREVIROSTRIS Werner.

Hylambates brevirostris, Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

xlvi. 1898, p. 199, pl. il. figs. 5 & 6.

In addition to the characters given by Werner from Cama-

roons specimens, this well-marked species is easily distinguished

from H. rufus by the more dorsal position of the tympanum.

The only specimen obtained by Mr. Bates on the Benito River is

uniform purplish above.

DENDROBATID &.

CaRDIOGLOSSA, 2. n.

Pupil horizontal. Tongue large, cordiform, deeply notched

behind. Tympanum distinct. Fingers and toes free, the tips

dilated into regular disks. Outer metatarsals united. Omoster-

num with a slender bony style; sternum a small cartilaginous

plate, without bony style. Terminal phalanges T-shaped.

Proo. Zoou. Soc.—1900, No. XXX. 30

446 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON THY [May 8,

The family Dendrobatide, which may be defined as Ranide

without teeth, was previously represented by two genera only :

Dendrobates, from Tropical America, with the tongue elongate and

entire and without bony style to the sternum; and Mantella, from

Madagascar, with the tongue elongate and nicked behind and

with a bony style to the sternum.

39. CARDIOGLOSSA GRACILIS, sp. n.

Fig. 2.

Cardioglossa gracilis.

Head much depressed, a little longer than broad; snout longer

than the orbit, truncate at the end, scarcely projecting beyond the

mouth ; canthus rostralis distinct ; loreal region concave ; nostril

near the end of the snout; eye rather small; interorbital space

much broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct,

two-thirds or three-fourths the diameter of the eye. Fingers and

toes long and slender, the tips dilated into small disks; subarticular

tubercles small but very prominent; first finger not extending

quite as far as second; a rather prominent, moderately large, oval

inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches

the tip of the snout or a little beyond. Dark brown above and

beneath ; a black band, edged beneath with white, extends on each

1900. ] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 447

side from the nostril to halfway down the side of the body, passing

through the eye and tympanum, and widening behind; this band

followed by a large black inguinal spot ; dark symmetrical markings

on the limbs, those on the front and back of the thighs black, edged

with white; lower surfaces spotted or marbled with white. Male

with internal vocal sacs.

From snout to vent 37 millim.

Several specimens from the Benito River (G@. LZ, Bates).

REPTILIA.

CHELONIA.

PELOMEDUSID®.

1. SreRNOTHERUS GABONENSIS A. Dum.

Hab. Gaboon; Angola.

2. STERNOTHERUS DERBIANUS Gray.

Hab. Cape Verde to Angola.

TESTUDINID A.

3. CINIXYS EROSA Schweigg.

Hab. Gold Coast to Gaboon.

4, Cryixys HOMEANA Bell.

Hab. Cape Verde to Gaboon.

TRIONYCHIDS.

5. Trionyx triunGutIs Forsk.

Hab. Tropical Africa, Nile, Syria.

6. CycLODERMA AUBRYI A. Dum.

Hab. Gaboon.

EMYDOSAURIA.

CROCODILID &.

7. CROCODILUS CATAPHRACTUS Cuv.

Hab. Senegal to Congo.

8. Crocopinus nitoricus Laur.

Hab. Nile and Senegal to Cape of Good Hope; Madagascar ;

Syria.

9. OsTEOLEMUS TETRASPIS Cope.

Hab. Sierra Leone to Gaboon. 304

448 MR.G.A.BOULENGER ON THE [May 8,

LACERTILIA.

GECKONID &.

10. HemrpacryLus MaBura Moreau.

? H. angulatus Hallow.

Hab. Tropical Africa, Madagascar, South America.

11. Hemipacryius EcHINus O’Shaugh.

Hab. Camaroons, Gaboon.

12. HemipacryLus FASCIATUS Gray.

Hab. Gold Coast to Gaboon.

Through an oversight, this species appears in Giinther’s list of

the Reptiles collected by Miss Kingsley as Gymnodactylus fasciatus,

which is the name of an American Gecko.

13. Hemrpactyius Bocaeri Blgr.

Hab. Gaboon, Angola.

14. H&MIDACTYLUS RICHARDSONI Gray.

Hemidactylus richardsonii, J. G. Fischer, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss.

Aust. v. 1888, p. 49, pl. iv. fig. 10.

Hab. Gaboon.

15. LYGoDACTYLUS CAPENSIS Smith.

Hab. Gaboon (Benito River) and Lake Tanganyika to Natal.

AGAMID#.

16. AGAMA coLonoRUM Daud.

Hab, Senegambia to Angola, Somaliland, and Uganda.

VARANIDE.

17. VARANUS NiILOTICUS LL.

Hab. Tropical and South Africa, Egypt.

AMPHISBENID,

18. MoNoPELTIS DUMERILII Strauch.

Hah, Gaboon.

19. MoNOPELTIS MAGNIPARTITA Ptrs.

Hab. Gaboon.

20. MONOPELTIS KOPPENFELSII Strauch.

Hab. Gaboon.

1900.) BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 449

LACERTID 2,

21, PoroMERA FoRDI Hallow. (Plate XXXII. fig. 1.)

Tachydromus fordii, Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 48.

Poromera ford, Bouleng. Cat. Liz. i. p. 6 (1887); Giinth.

Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896, p. 264.

Poromera haugi, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1896,

poe.

Hallowell’s description is faulty in several points, as I have

been able to satisfy myself through inspection of the type speci-

men (¢ ) kindly sent to me from Philadelphia.

The vertral shields are in 10 longitudinal rows, not in 6. The

large anal shield is bordered by a semicircle of keeled scales, a

larger one on each side, connected by a series of 6. 12 femoral

pores on one side, 13 on the other. In addition to this specimen,

I have examined one from Lambarene, on the Ogowe, collected

by Miss Kingsley and described by Dr. Giinther, and seven pro-

cured by Mr. Bates on the Benito River. ‘The dorsal shields are

in 6 or 8 longitudinal, the ventrals in 8 or 10 longitudinal and 23

to 26 transverse series. The collar contains 12 to 14 shields.

Males have a large, smooth przanal shield, bordered by a series of

6 or 8 keeled scales ; females have the whole przanal region covered

with keeled scales. 11 to 13 femoral pores on each side. Two

superposed postnasals: 4+ to 6 upper labials anterior tothe subocular.

Dark olive above, turning to bronze or copper-colour posteriorly ;

two light dorsal streaks, bright bluish white anteriorly; beneath

greenish white in front, salmon-pink behind. The largest

specimen measures 65 millim. from snout to yeut.

Only known from the Gaboon district.

22. LAcERTA ECHINATA Cope.

Hab. Liberia to Loango.

23. HonasPis GUENTHERI Gray.

Hab. Tropical Africa, from the Gold Coast and the coast of

Zanzibar to Angola and the Zambesi.

GERRHOSAURID #.

24, GERRHOSAURUS NIGROLINEATUS Hallow.

Hab. Gaboon to Angola.

SCINCID,

25, Mapvuia RADDONII Gray.

Hab. Sierra Leone to Congo.

26. MABUIA BATESI, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 2.)

Snout short, obtuse, much depressed. Lower eyelid with a

450 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 8,

large transparent disk. Nostril behind the suture between the

rostral and the first labial; a post-nasal; anterior loreal not

touching the first labial; supranasals widely separated from each

other, the rostral forming a broad suture with the frontonasal ;

latter nearly twice as broad as long; prefrontals forming a short

median suture; frontal as long as the fronto-parietals and inter-

parietal together, in contact with the first and second supraoculars ;

four supraoculars, second largest; seven superciliaries, first largest;

frontoparietals distinct, twice as long as the interparietal; parietals

short, twice as broad as long, forming a suture behind the inter-

parietal; no nuchals; fifth and sixth upper labials largest and

below the eye. ar-opening smaller than the transparent pal-

pebral disk; two small obtuse lobules on its anterior border.

Scales smooth, smallest on the sides, 32 round the middle of the

body. The hind limb reaches the elbow of the adpressed fore limb.

Digits short; subdigital lamelle obtusely keeled. ‘Tail slightly

compressed, nearly once and a half the length of the head and body,

Dark olive above, with widely separated bluish spots preceded

by blackish ones, forming two longitudinal series on the back; a

black canthal streak ; sides of the neck and axilla lineolate black

and white, with some black spots; lower parts white.

millim. millim.

Total length ........ 140 Fore limbs oc. se ayers 18

ECHO Wa wie tists ce ate 12 Pine Gases oe occas 24

Width of head ...... 9 MN oie Pa ete sae 84

Body’ “Gass aces oh te ers 44

A single specimen from the Benito River (G@. LZ. Bates).

27. LyGosoMA REICHENOVI Peters.

Lygosoma reichenovii, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897,

Hab, Camaroons ; Lower Ogowe.

28. LyGosoMA FERNANDI Burton.

Hab. Fernando Po to Congo.

ANELYTROPID#.

29, FEYLINIA CURRORI Gray.

Hab. Sierra Leone to Angola.

RHIPTOGLOSSA.

CHAM ZLEONTID®,

30. CHAMELEON QUILENSIS Bocage.

Chameleon parvilobus, Bouleng. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 449.

Hab. Camaroons to South Africa.

—

1900.] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 451

31. CHAMELEON GRaACcILIS Hallow.

Hab. Tropical Africa, from the Gold Coast and Somaliland to

Angola and Lake Tanganyika.

32. CHAMELEON DILEPIS Leach.

Hab. Gaboon and Somaliland to Angola, Mashonaland, and

Mozambique.

33. CHAMELEON OWENI Gray.

Hab. Camaroons to Gaboon.

34. CHAMZLEON CRISTATUS Stutchb.

Hab. Calabar to Gaboon.

35. RHAMPHOLEON SPECTRUM Buchh.

Rhampholeon spectrum, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix.

1897, p. 5.

Hab. Camaroons ; Lower Ogowe.

OPHIDIA.

TYPHLOPID#.

36. TyPHLoPs PuNCTATUS Leach.

Hab. West Africa, from the Gambia to Angola; Central Africa.

37. TypHiops cxcus A. Dum.

Hab, Sierra Leone, Gaboon.

Boz.

38. PyTHON sEBz L.

Hab. Tropical and South Africa.

39. CALABARIA REINHARDTI Schleg.

Hab. Liberia to Congo.

COLUBRID. .

40. TROPIDONOTUS FULIGINOIDES Gthr.

Hab. Gold Coast to Congo; Central Africa ; Mozambique.

41. Troprponozus OLIVAcEvs Ptrs.

Hab. Sudan to Congo and Mozambique.

42. HypR2#PHIOPS MELANOGASTER Gthr.

Hab, Camaroons to Congo.

452 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 8,

43, GONIONOTOPHIS BRUSSAUXI Mocq.

Gonionotophis brussauxi, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix.

1897, p. 13.

Gonionotus vossii, Boettg. Zool. Anz. 1892, p. 418.

Hab. Camaroons to Congo.

44, BornROPHTHALMUS LINEATUS Ptrs.

Hub, Liberia to Congo; Central Africa.

45. Boopon vireatus Hallow.

Hab. Gold Coast to Gaboon.

46. Boopon trnuatus D. & B.

Hab. Tropical and South Africa.

47. Boopon onivacreus A. Dum.

Hab. Niger to Congo.

48, LycopHIDIUM LATERALE Hallow.

Hab. Gold Coast to Gaboon.

49, Lycopuipium FasciaTum Gthr.

Hab. Sierra Leone to Gaboon.

50. Hormonotus Mopestus D. & B.

Hab. Gold Coast to Loango.

51, SIMOCEPHALUS CAPENSIS Smith.

Hab, Gaboon, Nyassaland, South-east Africa.

52. SIMOCEPHALUS GUIRALI Mocq.

Hab, Camaroons to Loango.

53, CHLOROPHIS IRREGULARIS Leach.

Hab. Tropical Africa from the Gambia and British East Africa

to Angola and Mozambique.

54. CHLOROPHIS HETERODERMUS Hallow.

Hab, Sierra Leone to Congo.

55, PHILOTHAMNUS SEMIVARIEGATUS Smith.

Hab. Tropical and South Africa.

56, PHILOTHAMNUS DORSALIS Bocage.

Hab. Gaboon to Angola.

57. GASTROPYXIS SMARAGDINUS Schleg.

Hab. Liberia to Angola.

1900. ] BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. 453

58. HAPsIDOPHRYS LINEATA Fisch.

Hab. Liberia to Congo,

59. RHAMNOPHIS £THIoPs Gthr.

Hab. Liberia to Gaboon.

60. THRASOPS FLAVIGULARIS Hallow.

Hab. Sierra Leone to Congo.

61. Grayta smytut Leach.

Hab. Liberia to Angola.

1 have re-examined all the specimens in the British Museum in

the light of the remarks recently made by Prof. Barboza du

Bocage (Herp. d’Angola et du Congo, pp. 102 & 104) and by

Dr. Mocquard (Bull. Soc. Philom. [8] ix. 1897, p. 9), and although

I admit the possibility of several species being confounded under

the name of G. smythi, 1 am unable to separate them into two

by means of the characters pointed out by these authorities.

This is obvious from the following tabulation of the shields and

scales in the specimens examined by me :—

. | |

2 Bale. Scales. desis Caudals.

Cem IeLLaNmeONekee: cactsacanesceeeecacnere: 8 17 148 97

¢. Oil River, Camaroons ..........:..-- a Wel 154 99

oe . shih AE, ee 7 17 161 89

©. Camaroons, opposite Fernando Po} 8 17 161 ?

Gre ADO OME craeneinesansee trace eneieee 8 19 147 ?

ES ets Weg nels Na aE aarerniina ere Se er: 8 Lh 147 82

Yg. Lambarene, Gaboon .................. 8 19 153 80

Yg. Cette Cama, Gaboon...............2-. 8 19 145 ?

Yg. Mouth of the Loango ......... ..... 7 17 154 99

Pie ROM: COUP Ones.acuecrshas crores sxadeses 7 17 147 93

OP Monsembes Congo)... ...ene6sesseees ee ri 17 159 96

Gr COULON:.. See steaccasaatcte-dvesecscest ses 7 17 147 98

Yg. jae Ue midteods Wadacapee dna ai new dubeeet 7 17 155 95

Nii gee ets adausih cs ips. donaae Oapuecies aa senee 7 17 152 91

PR ee erates ade nate semen ie oz Bon 7 17 148 74

Gare) CPSrANCANII CA Ceca enti saeceaccwdansar 8 19 150 83

Brig se Gee ia teatreerarchanvedtesonvcatsats a 17 149 101

Mocquard gives 19 as the number of scales in G. ornata=fureata,

but the types of both these supposed species are described as having

only 17. A much larger material than was accessible to Bocage,

Mocquard, and myself is required before the variations of the

forms of this genus can be properly understood.

62. DIPSADOMORPHUS PULVERULENTUS Fisch.

ITab. Liberia to Angola.

454 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [May 8,

63. DIPSADOMORPHUS BLANDINGII Hallow.

Hab. West Africa, from the Senegal to the Congo ; Zanzibar.

64, DipsaDOBOA UNICOLOR Gthr.

Hab. Sierra Leone to Gaboon.

A single specimen (2, V. 192; C. 58) was sent by Mr. Bates

from the Benito River. It is blackish above and white beneath,

Eight upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye. A smaller

specimen, collected by Miss Kingsley at Lambarene, noticed by

Giinther under the name of D. assimilis Matschie, is brown above

with ill-defined darker cross-bars ; eight upper labials, fourth and

fifth entering the eye on the left side, third, fourth, and fifth on the

left. The typical D. unicolor Gthr., green above, with nine upper

Jabials, fifth and sixth entering the eye, is not confined to the

island of Fernando Po, as Giinther was inclined to believe; the

British Museum has recently acquired a similar, but larger, speci-

men (total length 710 millim.; tail 145) from Sierra Leone.

Anoplodipsas viridis Ptrs., of which Heterurus bicolor Jan is a

strict synonym, is green above and has eight upper labials, fourth

and fifth entering the eye. There is thus no correspondence

between the colour and the number of the labials. I therefore

do not think D. assimilis can be separated, as a species, from

D. unicolor, however much extreme forms may differ. F. Werner

(Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlvii. 1897, p. 399), after examination

of 8 specimens from Togoland, has arrived at the same conclusion,

65. PSAMMOPHIs SIBILANS L.

Hab. Tropical Africa and Egypt.

66. THELOTORNIS KIRTLANDI Hallow.

Hab. Tropical and South Africa.

67. Miopon CoLuLARIs Ptrs.

Hab. Old Calabar to Angola.

68. Miopon GABoNENSIS A. Dum.

Hab. Old Calabar to Congo.

69. Potemon Bocourri Mocq.

Polemon bocourti, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897,

p- 13.

This species differs from P. barthi Jan in having two post-

oculars and a lower number of ventral shields (178-202), A

single specimen from Lambarene (V. 171; C. 24) in Miss Kingsley’s

collection has been referred by Giinther to P. bartht.

70. Evapops mMopgestus Gthr.

Hab. Liberia to Congo.

1900. } BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON, 455

71. BouLENGERINA aANNULATA Buchh. & Ptrs. (Plate XXXII.)

Naja annulata, Buchh. & Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1876, p. 419;

Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) xi. 1887, p. 84; Bocage, Herp.

Angola, p. 137 (1895).

Aspidclaps bocagii, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1884,

p- 205, pl. vi. fig. 2.

Boulengerina annulata, Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix.

1397, p. 14.

Two perfectly typical young specimens (V. 227-230 ; C. 72, 70)

were obtained on the Benito River by Mr. Bates. The only

difference, apart from the markings, between this species and

B, stormst Dollo resides in the number of scales (23 instead of 21),

and it is quite possible the two may have to be united when we

become acquainted with a larger number of specimens.

Hab. Gaboon to Congo.

72, ELAPECHIS GUENTHERI Bocage.

Hab. Gaboon to Angola; Nyassaland,

73. NAIA MELANOLEUCA Hallow.

Hab. Tropical Africa, from the Gambia and British East

Africa to Angola and the Zambesi.

74, Nata Goxpir Bler.

Pseudohaje nigra, Giinth. Cat. Col. Sn. p. 222 (1858), nec Naia

nigra, Smith.

Naia goldu, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. 1895, p. 34,

and Cat. Sn. iii. p. 387, pl. xx. fig. 2 (1896).

Naia guentheri, Bouleng. Cat. t. c. p. 388, pl. xxi., and Ann. &

Mag. N. H. (6) xix. 1897, p. 154.

Naia yakome, Mocquard, C. R. Congr. Intern. Zool. Leyden,

1895, p. 233 (1896).

Hab. Sierra Leone to Congo.

A large specimen was obtained by Mr. Bates on the Benito

River. It bas two preoculars on one side and one on the other ;

third and fourth upper labials entering the eye. Scales in 15 rows

on the neck as well as on the body; ventrals 199; subcaudals 92.

Uniform black above. J am now convinced that NV. guentheri and

NV. goldvi cannot be maintained as distinct species.

75. DENDRASPIS JAMESONI Traill.

Hab. Niger to Angola; Central Africa.

76. Biris eaponica D. & B.

Hab. Liberia to Damaraland; Zanzibar ; Mozambique.

77. Biris NASIcoRNIS Shaw.

Hab. Liberia to Gaboon,.

456 BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF THE GABOON. [May 8,

78. ATHERIS CHLORECHIS Schleg.

Hab, Liberia to Gaboon.

79. ATHERIS SQUAMIGER Hallow.

Hab, Camaroons to Angola.

80. ATRACTASPIS CORPULENTA Hallow.

Hab. Liberia to Gaboon.

81. ATRACTASPIS BOULENGERI Mocq.

Atractaspis boulenyeri, Mocq. Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897,

p.i 16,

Hab. Lambarene, Ogowe.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puare XXVIII.

Fig. 1. Bufo latifrons, p. 435.

2. Arthroleptis inguinalis, p. 442, two specimens.

3. Dilobates platycephalus, p. 444.

4, Rappia platyceps, p. 444.

Puate XXVIII.

Fig. 4 pig ci gabonicus, p. 489.

Side view of head.

” ”

i ; Open mouth.

2. Phrynobatrachus auritus, p. 440.

3. i latirostris, p. 440.

Puate XXIX.

Gampsosteonyx batest, p. 442.

a. Upper view. d. Side view of 4th toe, enlarged.

b. Side view of head. e. Lower view of 4th toe, enlarged.

ce. Open mouth, J. Distal phalanges.

Pirate XXX.

Trichobatrachus robustus, p. 443.

a. Female, upper view. c. Open mouth.

b. Side view of head. d. Inner side of first finger of breeding

male, enlarged.

Puate XXXII.

Fig. Af Poromera fordi, female, p. 449.

Side view of head, x 2.

Lower view of head, x iz.

c 5 ‘, AA Anal region, X 2.

d. » Male. Anal region, x 2.

2, Mabuia batesi, p. 449.

la. ” ” ”

2”? ” ”

Puate XXXII,

Loulengerina annulata, p. 455, with upper and lower views of head,

H.Gronvold delet hth NMantern Bros.imp

NYCTICORAX MAGNIFICA.

wis

7, 2 ig Maigthe: ‘

H.Gr i de he Mintern Bros. iy

A _ o TrTITTOITm ATT fF 5

J J = H BIE A A

in UW fii io EA Ore

1900. } ON THE BIRDS OF HAINAN, 457

2. On the Birds of Hainan. By W. R. Ociivie Grant.

[Received March 4, 1900.]

(Plates XXXII. & XXXIV.)

The present paper, which gives a complete list of all the species

of Birds known to occur in the island of Hainan, is based on the

collection made by the late Mr. John Whitehead in the so-called

‘ Five-Finger Mountains’ (Ngau-tchi-lea) in the interior. During

this expedition he unfortunately fell a victim to the terrible forest-

fever, for which, it appears, the island is, at certain seasons,

notorious.

T had arranged with Mr. Whitehead that he should again proceed

to the Philippines and complete his work there by investigating the

fauna of the highlands of Mindanao and other islands forming the

southern part of the archipelago, which he had not been able to

visit during his previous expedition. It was further agreed that

he should, if possible, explore the highlands of Formosa and

Hainan.

On the 10th February 1899 he arrived at Manila, but after

remaining there two weeks, during which time fighting between

the Americans and Philipinos (Tagalos) continued daily, he was

reluctanfly obliged to give up all idea of collecting in the Philip-

pines, and, returning to Hong-Kong, made his way to Hainan.

While in Manila he engaged the services of four Philipinos,

including two of his most valued collectors who had accompanied

him during his former expedition in the Philippines. Through

the kindness of the late Mr. Whitehead’s relations, I have been

permitted to make use of his diary giving an account of his

journey in Hainan ; and I feel sure that the following extracts,

melancholy though they be, will prove to be of interest as the iast

record of how this brave man and unrivalled field-naturalist lost

his life in the cause of science '.

DIARY.

Marcu 5th. Leave Hong-Kong for Hainan. Voyage to Hoihow.

Stranded in the ‘ Hatin’ for four days on a sandbank; afraid of

losing our baggage ; an anxious time. Get taken off the steamer

by the ‘ Hoihow.’ Experience difficulties in reaching the shore at

low water. Mud-flats covered with flocks of Waders: Dunlins,

Greenshanks, Stilts, Golden Plover, Redskanks, Curlews, and Sand-

plovers ; also white-necked Crows.

On arriving in the town visit the Consul, and meet with great

kindness from Mr. Jiidell, who puts me up. Baggage comes off

in boats and arrives at daylight the next day.

1 An account of the late Mr. John Whitehead’s scientific career will be found

in ‘Country Life,’ vol. vii. no, 159, pp. 72, 73, 20th January, 1900,

458 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

10th. Consulted the American missionaries, who are inclined to

throw cold water on my visit to Nodia, their place inland, and can

give no information! Determine not to ask their assistance any

more. The Portuguese Padre Baptista promises to help me, and L

hope to start in a few days. Mr. Jiidell rides with me to Kiung-

chu, a walled city, with narrow streets, stinks, darkness and crowds

of people, a terrible-looking place—my first. visit to a Chinese

town. Pass many lepers on the road begging, minus fingers and

toes and at times feet and hands—an awful sight !

13th. Left Hoihow for Pak-siang, which is the riverside port of

Kiung-chu. I left Hoihow at 1.80, and arrived at the Padre

Baptista’s house in about an hour,and subsequently we went to meet

the boat which, with men and baggage, left Hoihow this morning

at 10 a.m. The Chinamen had filled up the boat with rice and

flour for their own food, so consequently we had to move some of it.

The Chinese always do their best to score off the European, and

as a rule succeed. One hour’s walk over a narrow road paved

with big stones brought us to Pak-siang. The river runs through

a sandy barren country, almost treeless, and no good to the

collector, so one must goon. The sides of the river, where they

are high, are of red burnt clay of volcanic origin, underneath this

clay is sand and here and there a stratum of sea-shells. The river

is broad and very shallow, the boats requiring to be pulled along

by the men for long distances.

We have passed a number of bamboo water-wheels for irrigating

purposes, and where these occur the river is dammed with a bamboo

fence. When this has been passed, navigation once more becomes

easy.

We have seen numerous birds, Ospreys, Kites, Crows, Magpies,

a Cormorant, a Grebe, numbers of Waders, more especially

Greenshanks, Herons, and black Storks, as well as Kingfishers of

two kinds. Our boat is a dirty barge and smells very strong, but

one might be worse off.

The Chinese work naked and are without shame, the greatest

savages I have met with.

15th. Still going up stream with a nice wind, and make good

progress, though our mat sail is much destroyed.

16th. Still going up stream, but slowly. Arrive at Ting-au, a

small walled Chinese town. We have got porters for Sieum-tin-

san, where the Padre Baptista has a priest, and we remain for the

night.

Vth. Left this morning with twenty-eight porters; could not

get off early as the Chinese talked so much, but at 9.30 a.m. they

were on their way. The country is almost a sandy desert ; there

has been no rain for so long that the rice and potato crop will in

all probability be a failure: all the trees have been cut down and

burnt, and a more arid place it would be difficult to find. We

stopped to-night at Teen-heng-si, in a most horrible squalid house

with a foul open drain at the door; unfortunately we were too

late to camp outside.

1900. ] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 459

18th. After passing a horrible night, we started off at daylight

for a 30-mile walk over the sandy arid country, a truly miserable

spot. Camped at night by the side of a river at Nam-lu-as (I am

fully determined, if possible, never to enter a Chinese house again),

and passed a fairly good night.

19th. Walked twenty miles to-day and at:3 o'clock reached Lea-

mui, another wretched place ; in fact the whole country is horrible

and almost entirely cleared of trees—the Chinese burning down

the forest to keep back the Lois or aborigines. I am afraid there

are no birds, but fleas and other insects are everywhere.

20th. Went a long walk over the mountains to see if we could

find collecting ground, but the place is very bare. I saw a

Peregrine and several other birds.

21st. Getting baggage into small packs. I find my Chinese

carriers a very great nuisance. Visited the Mandarin, and hope to

start to-morrow.

22nd. Again visited Mandarin. His rifles are clean outside,

but the rifling is eaten away with rust! Saw two Loi with their

hair done up in front in a knob, like the horn of a unicorn.

23rd. Went for a walk over the bare mountain-sides, but caught

a few nice butterflies on some flowering-plants. Saw a small red-

coloured deer, two Peregrines, and, in the evening, sume Night-

' jars, which settled on the tops of rocks on the summit of the hill.

Their note is a curious shrill chirp, which, like that of a ventriloquist,

seems to come from the ground near one’s feet. Francolins are

very common here. The porters say they will start to-morrow.

24th. The porters did not turn up till nearly 10 a.m.; then, as

usual, went after their sticks; subsequently we had to visit the

Mandarin, so did not leave until 12.30. After walking over some

twelve or fifteen miles of the usual barren country, we reached a

Chinese village, where we put up in the Joss-house, which was

clean and well away from the stinks of the crowd.

25th. Started for the mountains again to-day, arriving at 5 P.M.

at a small village, where we camped for the night. Saw a few

birds, a Henicurus in the river, and a number of Pericrocoti, also a

few Paleornis javanicus. I see neither the white Crow nor the

Magpie so far inland. Francolins are still abundant. We meet

every day Chinese carrying bundles of skins of deer, monkeys, and

pangolins, so I am sure we are not far from some large forests.

26th. Our Chinese porters refuse to go any further to-day ; they

say they have no rice, but, the truth is, they are done up and want

to rest. The Mandarin sent two soldiers with us, so that we

should be looked after; they have proved most useful. Some

Chinese wanted to prevent our going through their village yester-

day: one of them was, I think, drunk and nearly had a row with

us. The country is slightly Jess barren, but still a miserable place

for collectingin. Rainallnight. The hills have been so enveloped

in clouds, that I have not yet been able to see the mountain-tops.

I hope to reach our destination some time to-morrow.

27th. Instead of reaching our destination to-day, the Chinese

460 MR, W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

have taken us a day’s journey further away from the mountains, as

they say there is no road this (the north) side, so we have had to

tramp over bare hills in a broiling sun. My old trouble dysentery

is a great worry to me. The Lois or Lu, as the Chinese call them,

are, so far as the men go, nearly like the Chinese. The hair is at

times a pigtail tied in'a knob, but more often a knob of hair tied

in front, which looks like a unicorn’s horn. ‘Their villages are

small, the houses of grass and sloped like an arch, and they live

on the ground. The women are quite distinct from the Chinese,

wearing very short skirts of blue, or blue with a red-and-white

pattern.

28th. Still on the march. Arrived at Lu village in the evening,

but the men seemed so disagreeable, that we went about half a mile

away and camped. They then followed to see all they could, and

were amazed at our guns. Bought half a big pig for $1°50.

29th. Left early, as I wanted to camp near the mountain. Sent

Andres and Juan off at 4 a.m. to look for a spot. Nearly had a

row with our Chinese porters, but formed up in their rear so that

they had to go on after using a good deal of bad language at us.

Have struck a nice place for a camp, close to a fine rocky stream

not far from the mountains. Wear lots of birds. Am very seedy

with dysentery, Juan with fever. Busy building a house all day. _

30th. Busy house-building. Caught some beautiful butterflies

in the river. Saw a fine Kingfisher, I think Alcedo euryzona, also

some monkeys.

3lst. This being Good Friday, we have resolved not to begin

collecting to-day—unlucky—but to finish off the house. It rained

this morning and was very cold before daylight. A cloudy day,

saw no butterflies. Begin collecting to-morrow.

Apri Ist. At last we were able to go shooting. Andres brought

in four birds. Hills very steep, sand and rocks; this is the reason

why they are left alone by the natives. Sand-flies awful. Butter-

flies numerous in the river-bed. Saw a large Kingfisher and some

squirrels.

Natives visit us daily: fowls 10 cts., ducks 25 cts., eggs 3 ct.

2nd. Very seedy with dysentery. Juan shot a Silver Pheasant

which may be new (see Genneus whiteheadi, p. 503), and a fine

Paradise Flycatcher. Heat and sand-flies awful.

3rd-19th. All ill with fever and dysentery.

19th-30th. The bird collection is going along slownly—my men

being all ill one day or another, one or two have been ill every day

with fever. Iam perhaps in better health than I have been for

some time. Li women catching caterpillars for food. It rains

heavily and thunders every afternoon, and our life here, owing to

fever, is most miserable.

May 1st-6th. All my men ill with bad fever. The two Chinese

and myself do not suffer much.

7th. I saw a Li with some rat-traps identical with those made

1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 461

by the Kina Balu Dusans. Changed into my new house. Very

fine for the last few days, no rain. Men (Philipinos) hopelessly

ill, and have done nothing for a fortnight. Sent the Chinese

soldier out to shoot for me; want to see if he is worth anything.

9th. Three of my Manila men left me to-day of their own

accord. I trust they will reach Hoihow safely. It makes me very

sad all this illness. I gave them the option of going, as I should

be very sorry to be the cause of the death of any one of them.

10th. To-day is very wet ; the Manila men will have a sad time

of it, I expect. My boy Juan is still with me, not because he cares

about staying with me, but because he was too ill to start with

the others. The Chinese soldier is doing my shooting and gets on

very well.

1lth-16th. Am trying to work on with one boy, whois not much

use at bird-skinning. The Lu are beginning to bring things, which

is a good job, so perhaps I shall get on after all.

20th. Attacked again by fever—very seedy—useless. John

Afar also.

21st-23rd. Nearly dead with fever—no food—no depression of

temperature.

24th May. (Diary ends.)

The faithful Chinese servants carried Mr. Whitehead’s body

and all his belongings to Hoihow, and his remains were interred

in the cemetery by the sea. The journey from the interior was

accomplished in 19 days.

Through the kindness of the Consul, Mr. Butler O’Brien, White-

head’s zoological collections were carefully packed and shipped to

England, arriving safely in due course. The collection of birds,

numbering about 250 skins, all in the most perfect condition,

includes many striking novelties, the most remarkable being a very

peculiar Jay (Urocissa whiteheadi), a splendid Silver Pheasant

(Genneus whiteheadi), and an equally fine Night-Heron (Nycticorax

magnifica). The two last-named species have been well figured

by Mr. H. Grénvold in the accompanying drawings.

That Mr. Whitehead should have succeeded, under the most

adverse circumstances, in obtaining such splendid results in a

comparatively short time, indicates that much still remains to

be done in the highlands of the interior of Hainan, but, as his

diary too clearly shows, the deadly climate of the forests will

probably deter even the most hardy explorer from following in his

footsteps.

[The species of which specimens were obtained in the Five-

Finger Mountains are marked with an asterisk. ]

1, CoRVUS LEVAILLANTI.

Corvus sinensis, Moore ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 348, fig. 1.

Corone levaillanti (Lesson); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii.

p- 39 (1877).

Proc. Zoou, Soo,—1900, No. XX XI. 31

462 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

Corvus levaillanti, Lesson ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp- 299, 312 (1892).

Hainan birds of this species appear to belong to a slightly

larger race.

Common about the towns of Hainan (Swinhoe).

2. CoRVUS TORQUATUS.

Corvus torquatus, Less.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 350; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 21 (1877); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 312 (1892).

Common in the plains of North and North-west Hainan

(Swinhoe).

3. PICA PICA.

Pica media, Blyth ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 350.

Pica pica (Linn.), Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 62 (1877) ;

Styan, Lbis, 1893, p. 431.

Pica caudata, Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 312

(1892), xiv. p. 866 (1898).

Abundant everywhere (Swinhoe).

4, UROCISSA ERYTHRORHYNCHA.

Urocissa erythrorhyncha (Gmel.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii.

p- 71 (1877); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 312

(1892).

An example of this species was procured in North Hainan by

Tetsu, the late Mr. Schmacker’s Japanese collector, and identified

by Dr. Hartlaub.

5. *URocrssA WHITEHEADI.

Urocissa whiteheadi, Grant, Bull, B. O. C. vol. x. p. xviii

(1899).

This remarkable species may be characterized as follows :—

Sexes similar one to another in plumage. Head, back, fore-neck,

and chest dark earthy brown, darkest on the ear-coverts, and

shading into grey on the sides and flanks, and into yellowish buff

on the middle of the breast, belly, and under tail-coverts ; feathers

of the crown‘rounded at the extremity and edged with whitish

brown; rump greyish brown; upper tail-coverts black, tipped

with white; wings black, except the lesser and median wing-

coverts, which are white save at the base; tips of the primary-

quills, margins of the terminal half of the outer webs of the

secondaries, and the tips of the greater wing-coverts pure white ;

middle tail-feathers grey, widely tipped with white and with a

subterminal black band; the outer feathers similarly marked, but

with the white tips increasing in size and shaded with yellow;

axillaries and under wing-coverts clear yellowish white. “Iris

straw-colour ; bill red, shading into brownish yellow at the base ;

1500.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 463

feet dark brown.”—J. W. Total length about 18 inches; culmen

1:9; wing 8:2; tail 9-4; tarsus 1°95.

Mr. Whitehead was fortunate in obtaining a nest and eggs of

this remarkable new species. The nest, a very slightly concave

platform, is semitransparent, and formed of dry stems of creepers

and roots, firmly interwoven.

The eggs, six in number, have the ground-colour pale greenish

blue, sparingly spotted and dotted with light brown. The

average measurements are 1:4 x 1 inch.

6. *DENDROCITTA SINENSIS.

Dendrocitta sinensis (Lath.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 351;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 81 (1877); Styan, Ibis, 1893,

p. 431; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 366 (1898).

“Tris dull lake ; bill black; feet dull brownish black.”—J. W.

Not uncommon among the fine woods of Shuy-wei-sze, Central

Hainan (Swinhoe).

Mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan).

7. *STURNIA SINENSIS.

Temenuchus sinensis (Gmel.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 352.

*Sturnia sinensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 68 (1890) ;

Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Brem. xii. pp. 219, 314 (1892); Styan,

Ibis, 1893, p. 431 ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 365

(1898).

Q. “Iris greyish white; bill whitish blue, cobalt at base; feet

whitish brown.”—J. W.

Common on the coast of Hainan in March (Swinhoe).

Mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan).

8. *ACRIDOTHERES CRISTATELLUS.

Acridotheres philippensis, Bonap. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 352.

Acridotheres cristatellus (Gmel.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii.

p- 92 (1890).

3g. “ Iris orange-yellow; bill whitish green, base of lower

maudible pinkish ; feet yellowish brown.”—J. W.

Abundant about all towns and villages (Swznhoe).

9. SPODIOPSAR CINERACEUS.

Sturnus cineraceus, Temm.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 352.

Spodiopsar cineraceus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. pp. 41,

665 (1890).

Poliopsar cineraceus, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299,

314 (1892).

Met with during February (Swinhoe).

10. SPODIOPSAR SERICHUS.

Spodiopsar sericeus (Gmel.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus, xiii.

pp. 44, 665 (1890). A

464 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON THE [May 8,

Poliopsar sericeus (Gmel.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp. 299, 314 (1892).

Adult and young were obtained by Mr. Schmacker’s collector,

Tetsu, in North Hainan (Hartlaub).

11. TEMNURUS NIGER.

Crypsirhina nigra, Styan, Bull. B. O. C. vol. i. p. vi (1892); id.

Ibis, 1893, p. 55.

Temnurus niger, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C. vol. i. p. xix (1892);

Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431.

Temnurus schmackeri, Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 426 (descript. null.).

It is doubtful whether this species is really distinct from the

type of Temnurus truncatus, which is said to have come from

Cochin China and is preserved in the Paris Museum.

Obtained by Tetsu at Liuwowan, on the north slopes of the

mountains of South-west Hainan.

12. *MAINATUS INTERMEDIUS.

Eulabes hainanus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 352.

Mainatus intermedius (A. Hay); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii.

p. 104 (1890).

“Tris brown ; bill orange-red, tip and lappet orange-yellow ; feet

yellow.” —J. W.

Though Swinhoe saw these Grackles in the cages in the towns

of Hainan, he never met with them in a wild state.

Several birds were obtained by the late Mr. Whitehead in the

Na Mountains.

. *CHAPTIA ENEA.

Chania enea (Vieill.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 243,

(1877).

3. “Iris dark hazel; bill and feet black.”—J. W.

This is the first time this species has been recorded from Hainan.

14. *BUCHANGA LEUCOGENYS.

Buchanga leucogenys, Wald.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 245;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 251 (1877); Styan, Ibis, 1893,

p. 429.

o. *Inis lake ; bill and feet black.”—J. W.

Not rare in the woods of Central Hainan (Swinhoe).

Mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan),

15. BUCHANGA ATRA.

Dicrurus macrocercus, Vieill. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 244.

Buchanga atra (Hermann); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii.

246 (1877); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 313

(is9: 2); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

Xiv. p. 357 (1898).

Found in all cultivated parts of Hainan (Swinhoe).

1900. | BIRDS OF HAINAN. 465

16. BUCHANGA CINERACEA.

Buchanga mouhoti, Wald.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 245.

Buchanga innexa, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 246.

Buchanqa cineracea (Horsf.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iu. p. 250

(1877); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 313 (1892).

No reference is made in the ‘ Catalogue of Birds’ to Buchanga

innexa Swinhoe. The British Museum Collection now contains the

female ty pe of this species, which appears to be an immature example

of B. cineracea; the male type has apparently disappeared.

North-west and Central Hainan (Swinhoe).

17. *DISSEMURUS PARADISEUS.

Dissemurus paradiseus (Linn.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii.

p. 258 (1877).

In none of the specimens are the feathers on tes back of the

neck much elongated.

Tail to tip

Crest. Culmen. Wing. Tail. of racket. Tarsus.

in. in. in. in. in. in.

S42 As 15 6:3 6°9 16°5 Halt

ue. a 15 6°5 6°3 14-1 1:2

ans | ee 1-4 6:3 6-1 14-4 et

mm. 1°85 1-4 6-1 6°8 14:4 Beit

This Drongo is recorded for the first time from Hainan.

18. *ORIOLUS DIFFUSUS.

Oriolus chinensis, Swinhoe (nec Linn.), Ibis, 1870, p. 342.

Oriolus diffusus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 197 (1877);

Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv.

p. 356 (1898).

Northern slopes of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan),

North-central Hainan (Hartlaub).

19. ORIOLUS NIGELLICAUDUS.

Psaropholus ardéns, var. nigellicauda, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 342.

Psaropholus nigellicauda, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xi.

pp. 299, 313 (1892).

Oriolus ni igellicaudus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 221 (1877).

Tai-ping-sze, Central Hainan, and Yulinkan, South Hainan

(Swinhoe).

North Hainan (Hartlaub).

20. MUNIA TOPELA.

Munia topela, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354; Sharpe, Cat.

B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 351 (1890); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xii. pp. 299, 315 (1892) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431; Hartl. Abh.

nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 362 (1898).

Common in Hainan (Swinhoe).

Hoihow (Hartlaub).

Northern slope of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan).

466 MR, W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

21. *UROLONCHA SQUAMICOLLIS.

Munia acuticauda, Swinhoe (nec Hodgs.), Ibis, 1870, p. 354.

Uroloncha squamicollis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 359

(1890).

3. “Iris light hazel ; upper mandible black, lower whitish blue ;

feet dull black.”—J. W.

Common (Swinhoe).

22. PASSER MONTANUS.

Passer montanus (Linn.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 301 (1888).

This is the domestic Sparrow of Hainan (Swinhoe).

23. EMBERIZA FUCATA.

Emberiza fucata, Pall.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 493 (1888); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431.

Lingmun, Central Hainan, 23rd February (Swinhoe).

Northern slopes of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan).

24, EMBERIZA SPODOCEPHALA.

Emberiza spodocephala, Pall. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354 ; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 522 (1888).

Common about gardens in February (Swinhoe).

25. *EMBERIZA AUREOLA.

Emberiza aureola, Pall.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 509 (1888); Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 315 (1892).

“Tris dark brown ; bill whitish brown on the culmen; feet light

pinkish brown.”—J. W.

Haosuy, West Hainan, 29th March ciakaieas

North Hainan, 19th March (Hartlaub), .

The late Mr. Whitehead obtained an adult male on the Five-

Finger Mountains, 8th May.

26. ALAUDA GULGULA.

Alauda celivox, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354.

Alauda sala, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354.

Alauda gulgula, var. sala, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 575

1890).

Alauda wattersi, Swinhoe ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431.

The varieties Alauda celivow and A. sala are both found in

Hainan.

The former is common in all cultivated parts of Hainan and

even wet with at Lingmun, Central Hainan (Swinhoe).

The latter was obtained at Hoitow, West Hainan (Swinhoe).

Northern slopes of the mouutains of South-west Hainan (Styan).

1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN, 467

27. MoTAcILLA OCULARIS.

Motacilla ocularis, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 346; Sharpe, Cat. B.

Brit. Mus. x. p. 471, pl. iv. figs. 5, 6 (1885).

Tolerably common (Swinhoe).

The three specimens obtained by Swinhoe in Hainan are no

longer to be found, they are not in the Seebohm Collection nor

are they mentioned in the Catalogue of the Tristram Collection.

28. MorTactLLa LEUCOPSIS.

Motacilla francisi, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345.

Motacilla leucopsis, Gould ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 482

(1885) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xiv. p. 354 (1898).

Two specimens were obtained by Swinhoe. It was recorded

from Hoihow, North Hainan, by Hartlaub, and from South-western

Hainan by Styan.

29. MoraciLLa MELANOPE.

Calobates boarula, Linn. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 346.

Motacilla melanope, Pall. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 497

(:885) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

x1. p. 354 (1898).

Not common (Swinhoe).

South-west Hainan (Styan).

HFbihow, North Hainan (Harélaub).

30. MoracILLa TAIVANA.

Buajtes taivanus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 346.

Moteilla taivana, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 514 (1885).

The bird collected by Swinhoe is now in the Liverpool Museum.

31. Mvracrnta BOREALIS.

Budyte cinereocapillus, Swinhoe (nec Savi), Ibis, 1870, p. 346.

Motacill: borealis, Sundey. ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 522,

pl. vii. figs.1-3 (1885).

The exanple collected by Swinhoe on West Island, South

Hainan, is mw in the British Museum Collection.

32, ANTHG MACULATUS.

Pipastes agtis (Sykes) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 347.

Anthus maclatus, Hodgs.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 547

(1885) ; Hartl Abh. nat, Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 311 (1892).

The British Juseum Collection possesses a young bird obtained

by Swinhoe, wh says that the species was to be found at most of

the places he visted.

North Hainan’ Hartlaub).

33. ANTHUS RIHARDI.

Corydalla richati (Vieill.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 347,

468 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

Anthus richardi, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 564 (1885) ;

Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 311 (1892); Styan,

Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 354

(1898).

Two specimens collected by Swinhoe are now in the British

Museum Collection.

Common (Swinhoe).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub).

South-west Hainan (Styan).

34. ANTHUS CERVINUS.

Anthus cervinus (Pall.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 347; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 585 (1885); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428;

Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 354 (1898).

Often met with in small parties (Swinhoe).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub).

South-west Hainan (Styan).

35. ANTHUS ROSACEUS.

Anthus rosaceus, Hodgs.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 58)

(1885) ; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 354 (1898).

Dr. Hartlaub records two males from Hoihow, North Hainar.

36. *AETHOPYGA CHRISTINA.

Aithopyga christine, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) iv. p/ 436

(1869) ; id. Ibis, 1870, p. 226; Walden, Ibis, 1870, p. 36, pl. i.

fig. 1; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ix. p. 30 (1884); Styan Ibis,

1893, p. 430; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 361 (1598).

Urodrepanis christine (Swinh.); Shelley, Monogr. Nect.i. p. 79,

pl. 26.

“3. Eye and bill black ; feet dark brown.”—J. W.

Shuy-wei-sze and Lingmun, Central Hainan (Swinhoe}

Liuwowan, northern slope of the mountains of fouth-west

Hainan (Styan).

37. CINNYRIS RHIZOPHORZ.

Cinnyris rhizophore (Swinhoe) ; Shelley, Monogr. Mct.i. p. 163,

pl. 52; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ix. p. 89 (1884) /Styan, Ibis,

1893, p. 430.

Arachnechthra rhizophore, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) iv.

p. 436 (1869); id. Ibis, 1870, p. 237; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 309 (1892), xiv. p. 361 (189).

Plentiful throughout Hainan, except in the neigbourhood of the

capital (Swinhoe).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub & Styan).

38. DIc®UM CRUENTATUM.

Diceewm cruentatum (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 189, p. 239 ; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 15 (1885); Hartl. Abhpat. Ver. Bremen,

1900.} THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 469

xii. pp. 299, 309 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431; Hartl. Abh.

nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 361 (1898).

Everywhere a common species (Swinhoe).

39. *DIcHUM MINULLUM.

Diceum minullum, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 240 ; Sharpe, Cat. B.

Brit. Mus. x. p. 47 (1885).

This species, hitherto known only from the unique type specimen

which was dropped in the streets of London and lost (see Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 47, footnote), is represented by a male in

the present collection.

40. *ZostTEROPS PALPEBROSA.

Zosterops palpebrosa (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ix.

p. 165 (1884).

Zosterops simplex, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1861, p. 331 (S. China); id.

Ibis, 1870, p. 348 (Hainan).

Zosterops neglecta, Seebohm, Bull. B. O.C. vol. i. p. xxvi (1898) ;

id. Ibis, 1893, pp. 219, 258 (HE. Java).

The Silver-eye from China and Hainan differs somewhat from

typical Z. palpebrosa from India in haying the sides of the breast

and the flanks much less conspicuously washed with grey.

There is an example of Z. palpebrosa in the British Museum

Collection, labelled “ Laccadives, Hume Coll.” This bird is per-

fectly similar in plumage to 7. neglecta, Seebohm, from East Java.

The latter appears to me to be indistinguishable from examples

of Z. palpebrosa from China and Hainan—that is to say, from

Z. simple«w of Swinhoe.

“Tris light brown, bill black, base of lower mandible pale blue,

feet greyish green.”—J. W.

Met with in all parts of the island (Swinhoe).

41, *PARUS CINEREUS.

Parus cinereus, Vieill.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 348; Gadow,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 16 (1883).

Three Tits from the Five-Finger Mts., Hainan, differ slightiy

from typical P. cinereus in having the sides and flanks pure white,

but this difference appears to me to be too slight to warrant their

separation.

* Tris and bill black, feet greyish lead-colour.”—J. W.

42, *LANIUS SCHACH.

Lanius schach, Linn. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 240; Gadow, Cat.

B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 261 (1883); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xii. pp. 299, 312 (1892).

** ¢, Iris brown, bill and feet black.”—J. W.

Appears to be fairly common.

43, LANIUS SUPERCILIOSUS.

Lanius superciliosus, Lath.; Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus, viii.

470 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

p. 273 (1883); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 312

(1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429.

North Hainan (Hartlaub).

South-west Hainan (Styan).

44, LANIUS FUSCATUS.

Lanius fuscatus, Less.; Swinhoe, [bis, 1870, p. 241; Gadow,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 263 (1883) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429 ;

Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 858 (1898).

Central Hainan (Swinhoe).

Nodouha, North Central Hainan (Styan).

North Hainan (Hartlaub).

45, LANIUS LUCIONENSIS.

Lanius lucionensis, Linn.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 241; Gadow,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 274 (1883).

Lanius luzionensis, Linn. ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp- 299, 312 (1892).

Seen, but not procured, in North and West Hainan (Swinhoe).

North Hainan (Hartlaub).

46, *'EPHRODORNIS PELVICA.

Tephrodornis pelvicus (Hodgs.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 241;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 376 (1877); Styan, Ibis, 1893,

p- 429; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 358 (1898).

“ %. Iris brown; bill black; feet brown.”—J. W.

Central Hainan (Swinhoe).

Nodouha, North Central, and Liuwowan, northern slopes of the

mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan).

North Hainan (Hartlaub).

47, ARTAMUS FUSCUS.

Artamus fuscus, Vieill.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247 ; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 11 (1890).

Yu-lin-kan Bay, South Hainan (Swinhoe).

48, PHYLLOSCOPUS PLUMBEITARSUS.

Phyllopneuste plumbeitursus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345.

Phylloscopus plumbeitarsus, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 45

(1881).

West coast of Hainan towards the end of March (Swinhoe).

49. PHYLLOSCOPUS SUPERCILIOSUS.

Reguloides superciliosus (Gmel.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345.

Phylloscopus superciliosus, Seebohin, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 68

(1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 309 (1892).

Common in February (Swinhoe).

North Hainan (Hartlaub).

1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 471

50. LUSCINIOLA FUSCATA.

Phyllopneuste fuscata, Blyth ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345.

LIusciniola fuscata, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 127 (1881) ;

Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 310 (1892).

Often met with in Hainan (Swinhoe).

North Hainan (Haritlaub).

51. CErriaA MINUTA.

Calamoherpe minuta, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345.

Cettia minuta, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 141 (1881) ;

Grant, Ibis, 1894, p. 508; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv.

p. 352 (1898).

Frequently seen and heard in February about the gardens and

villages near the capital, Kiung-chu (Swinhoe).

North Hainan (Hartlaub).

52. CETrTIA CANTURIENS.

Calamoherpe canturians, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345.

Cettia canturiens, Seebalim Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 141 (1881);

Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 352 (1898).

Common in February near Kiung-chu (Swinhoe).

North Hainan (Harilaub).

58. PRINIA EXTENSICAUDA.

Drymeca extensicauda, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 345.

Prinia inornata, Sykes ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 195

(1883) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xiv. p. 350 (1898).

Prinia extensicauda, Oates, Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds, i. p. 454 (1889).

Common (Swznhoe).

North Hainan (Hartlaub).

South-west Hainan (Styan).

54, *BURNESIA SONTTANS.

Prinia sonitans, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345.

Burnesia sonitans, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 205 (1883);

Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv.

p- 351 (1898).

“Tris brown ; bill black; feet pinkish brown.”—J. W.

Seen about the gardens at Kiung-chu, North Hainan, and Nychu,

South Hainan (Swznhoe).

Interior of Hainan (Hartlaub).

South-west Hainan (Styan).

55. SUTORIA SUTORIA.

Sutoria sutoria (Forst.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 215

(1883).

Orthotomus longicauda (Gmel.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xii. pp. 299, 310 (1892).

North Hainan (Hartlaub).

472 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

56. *GRAMINICOLA STRIATA.

Graminicola striata, Styan, Bull. B. O. C. vol. i. p. vi (1892) ; id

Ibis, 1893, p. 427; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 350

(1898).

A female specimen, collected by Whitehead, is in somewhat

worn plumage; it appears to be very closely allied to G. bengalensis,

if, indeed, it is really distinct ; but the latter has the black on the

head and back more pronounced and the rufous edges to the

feathers less conspicuous. Many specimens of G. bengalensis have

the feathers of the rump more or less narrowly streaked with

black. I do not consider this character of much importance.

“Tris brown; bill dull pink, blackish along the culmen ; feet

pinkish white.”—J. W.

This species is new to the British Museum Collection.

Leimumon and Leimoi, northern slope of the mountains of

South-west Hainan (Styan & Hartlaub).

57. CISTICOLA CISTICOLA.

Cisticola scheenicola, Bonap.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 310 (1892).

Cisticola cisticola (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii.

p. 259 (1883).

Grassy hills of North Hainan (Swinhoe & Hartlaub).

58. TURDUS MUSICUS.

Turdus musicus, Linn.; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv.

. 346 (1898).

Hartlaub records a male from Hainan.

59. TURDUS CARDIS.

Turdus cardis, Temm.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 248 ; Hart]. Abh.

nat. Ver. Eremen, xil. pp. 299, 303 (1892).

Merula cardis, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 261 (1881) ;

Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427.

Kiung-chu, North Hainan, February (Swinhoe § Hartlaub), and

Tai-ping-sze, Central Hainan, 20th February eens

South-west Hainan (St, yan).

60. TuRDUS CHRYSOLAUS.

Turdus chrysolaus, Temm.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 248.

Merula chrysolaus, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 275 (1881).

Chinlan River, North-east Hainan, 6th March (Swinhoe).

61. TURDUS MANDARINUS.

Turdus mandarinus, Bonap.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 248.

Merula mandarina, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 238 (1881).

Merula sinensis, Hartl. Abh, nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 303

(1892).

North Hainan (Swinhoe & Hartlaub).

Occasionally seen in North-west and Central Hainan (Swinhoe),

1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 473

62. *GROCICHLA CITRINA.

Geocichla citrina (Lath.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 248 ; Seebohm,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 172 (1881).

An immature male obtained on 25th April, 1899, has the ear-

coverts partially dusky brown.

“ Tris dark brown; bill black; feet yellowish white.”—J. W.

Observed by Swinhoe at Shuy-wei-sze, Central Hainan, but not

obtained. Mr. Whitehead’s specimen is the first that has actually

been secured in Hainan.

63. MoNnTICOLA SOLITARIUS.

Petrocincla manilla (Bodd.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 248.

Monticola solitaria (P. L. 8S. Miller); Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit.

Mus. v. p. 319 (1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp. 299, 304 (1892) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427.

Kiung-chu-fu and Hoihow, 27th December, North Hainan

(Swinhoe & Hartlaub); February, Lingshuy, 8.E. Hainan, 11th

March, Haosuy, West Hainan, 29th March (Swinhoe) ; South-west

Hainan (Styan).

64. MonvricoLa CYANUS.

Monticola cyanus (Linn.); Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 316

(1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 304 (1892),

xiv. p. 348 (1898).

Hoihow, N. Hainan (Hartlaub).

65. RUTICILLA AUROREA.

Ruticilla aurorea (Gmel.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p.344; Seebohm,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 345 (1881).

Gardens of Kiung-chu, February (Swinhoe).

66. RUTICILLA RUFIVENTRIS.

Ruticilla rufiventris, Jerdon; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v.

p- 342 (1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xi. pp. 299, 306

(1892).

Dr. Hartlaub has identified a female from Hainan as belonging

to this species. &. rufiventris is a bird of North China and

Mongolia, wintering in North and Central India, and it is some-

what surprising that it should turn up in Hainan ; it is, however,

very unlikely that any mistake could bave been made in the

identification.

67. ERITHACUS CALLIOPE.

Evrithacus calliope (Pall.) ; Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. p. 305

(1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 305 (1892) ;

Styan, [bis, 1893, p. 428.

North Hainan (Harilaub).

South-west Hainan (Styan).

474 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

68. ERITHACUS SIBILANS.

Erithacus sibilans (Swinh.); Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v.

p. 297, pl. xvii. (1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xi.

pp. 299, 304 (1892).

North Hainan, 15th December (Hartlaub),

69. PRATINCOLA MAURA.

Pratincola indica, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 344.

Pratincola maura, Pall.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 188

(1879); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 305 (1892);

Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv.

p. 351 (1898).

Near Kiung-chu and Hoihow, North Hainan, February (Swinhoe

& Hartlaub).

South-west Hainan (Styan).

70. *CopsyCHUS SAULARIS.

Copsychus saularis (Linn.); Swinhoe, [bis, 1870, p. 343; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 61 (1883); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xii. pp. 299, 308 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427.

“ 4. Iris dark brown; bill black; feet brown.”—J. W.

Common in North and West Hainan (Swinhoe).

South-west Hainan (Styan).

71. *CIvrocrINcLA MINOR.

Cittacincla macrura, var. minor, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 345.

Cittacincla tricolor, Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427.

Kittacincla macroura?, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv.

p. 348 (1898).

Cittocincla brevicauda, Grant, Ibis, 1899, p. 584.

The characters which distinguish this species from C. tricolor

are its somewhat smaller size (wing 3°4 inches), the brownish edges

to the outer webs of the primaries, the shorter middle pair of tail-

feathers, not greatly exceeding the second pair in length, and the

smaller white tips to the four outer pairs.

In addition to the male obtained by Whitehead, the British

Museum possesses three birds collected by Swinhoe. These differ

from the type in having the middle pair of tail-feathers longer

than the following pair, but agree in having the outer webs of

the primaries brownish and the white tips to the tail-feathers

shorter.

Central Hainan (Swinhoe).

Nodouho, interior of North Hainan (Styan & Hartlaub).

72. *HENICURUS SINENSIS.

Henicurus sinensis, Gould; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 313

(1883).

2. “Iris and bill black; feet pinkish white.”—J. W.

This species is recorded for the first time from Hainan.

1900.] HE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 475

Besides adults the collection contains a quite young bird,

apparently just fledged, in an interesting stage of plumage.

73. *TROCHALOPTERON CANORUM.

Leucodiopterum sinense (Gmel.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 250.

Trochalopteron canorum (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii.

p- 376 (1883); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xiv. p. 348 (1898).

“Tris greenish yellow; bill yellow-red-brown; feet pinkish

brown.”—J. W.

Interior of Hainan (Swinhoe).

Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan 5 Hartlaub).

74. *GARRULAX SEMITORQUATA, sp. 0.

Adult male. Most nearly allied to G. pectoralis (Gould), having

the ear-coverts similarly striped. It is, however, much smaller and

at once distinguished by the following characters :—the black band

surrounding the throat is widely interrupted in the middle, the

outer webs of the outer primary-quills are brownish buff instead

of white, and the tips of the tail-feathers are fulvous buff.

Adult female. Differs from the male only in having the white

streaks on the ear-coverts more strongly marked.

“Tris straw-colour to reddish brown ; upper mandible lead-black,

lower and feet lead-grey.”—J. W.

Total length about 11:0 inches; culmen 1:25; wing 5:1; tail

4°8; tarsus 1°75.

Hab. Vive-Finger Mts., interior of Hainan.

75. *GARRULAX SCHMACKERI.

Garrulax moniliger, Styan (nec Hodgs.), Ibis, 1893, p. 427.

Garrulax schmackeri, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv.

p. 349 (1898).

This species evidently belongs to the more slender-billed group

and is closely allied to G. monihiger (Hodgs.), having the ear-coverts

similarly coloured. It is, however, an altogether smaller bird and

may be at once distinguished by the wide bright fulvous tips to

the tail-feathers. The adult has the base of the fore-neck tinged

with buff, while in a quite young bird this part is pure white ; in

other respects the plumage of the young bird does not differ from

that of the adult.

This species is new to the British Museum Collection.

G. schmackert: culm. 1°05in.; wing 4:2-4°3 ; tail 4:5; tarsus 1°5.

G. moniliger : ae erin 2 ABO... ADs og, ies

Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan g Hartlaub).

76. *DRYONASTES CASTANOTIS.

Dryonastes castanotis, Grant, Ibis, 1899, p. 584.

This very distinct species is perhaps most nearly allied to D. rufi-

collis from India.

The general colour above is slate-grey, tinged with greenish on

476 MR. W. R, OGILVIP GRANT ON [May 8,

the lower back aud upper tail-coverts; the lores and feathers

surrounding the eye and on the fore part of the cheek black; the

hinder part of the cheek and ear-coverts with a large rounded

patch of bright chestnut; the chin, throat, and upper part of the

chest brownish black; and the rest of the underparts grey, tinged

with greenish on the flanks, thighs, and under tail-coverts.

“ Bill and eye black; legs and feet dark blackish brown.”—J. W.

Total length 10-7 inches; wing 5-0; tail 5:0; tarsus 1°75.

Hab. Five-Finger Mts., interior of Hainan.

77. *DRYONASTES MONACHUS,

Garrulax monachus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 248; Hartl. Abh.

nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 309 (1892).

Dryonastes monachus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 457

(1883) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427.

“Tris brown ; bill black ; legs and feet dusky black.”—J. W.

Interior of Hainan (Swinhoe).

South-west Hainan (Styan).

78. *POMATORHINUS NIGROSTELLATUS,

Pomatorhinus nigrostellatus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 250; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 425(1883); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xii. pp. 299, 308 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 427.

Pomatorhinus musicus, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 348

(1898) (part., Hainan).

This species, though nearly allied to the Chinese form P. stridulus,

Swinh., may be at once distinguished by the dark olive colour

of the upper parts and the deep reddish-brown middles to the

feathers of the fore-neck and chest.

“Tip of upper and lower mandible straw-yellow; iris pale brown;

feet dark brown.”—J. W.

Central Hainan (Swinhoe).

Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan).

79. *STACHYRIDOPSIS RUFICEPS.

Stachyrhis precognitus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1866, p. 310 (Formosa).

Stachyridopsis ruficeps (Blyth); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii.

p- 598 (1883).

This is the first time this species has been recorded from Hainan.

There appear to be three fairly well-marked races of S. ruficeps :—

a. Typical examples from India with the cap extending over

the nape, and of the pale chestnut-colour characteristic of Chinese

birds.

b. Chinese examples with the cap confined to the crown and

generally of a pale chestnut-colour.

c. Birds from Formosa and Hainan with the cap of a deeper

chestnut-colour and extending on to the nape. This is the form

which has been described as S. pracognitus by Swinhoe.

“Tris deep lake; upper mandible black, lower white; legs

greyish yellow.”.—J. W.

1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 477

80. *ALCIPPE MORRISONIANA.

Alcippe morrisoniana, Swinh.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii.

p. 621 (1883).

Aleippe morrisonia, Swinh.; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, Xiv. p. ” 350 (1898).

“ Tris lake-brown ; bill black; feet brownish yellow.”—J. W.

Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan & Hartlaub),

81. *HBRPORNIS TYRANNULUS.

Herpornis tyrannulus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 347, pl. x.; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 637 (1883); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428;

Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 353 (1898).

Cryptolopha bicolor, Styan, Bull. B. O. C. vol. i. p. vi (1892) ;

id. Ibis, 1893, p. 55.

“Tris black; bill pink; ridge of culmen brown ; feet pink.” —

ee:

Central Hainan (Swinhoe).

Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan).

Hummocks, North Hainan (Hartlaub).

82. *PYCNONOTUS HAINANUS.

Ieus hainanus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 253; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 308 (1892).

Pycnonotus hainanus, Swinhoe ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi.

p- 150 (1881); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 428; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xiv. p. 355 (1898).

Tris, bill, and feet black.”—J. W.

Throughout Hainan and the adjacent island of Naochu (Swinhoe).

83. *HEMIXUS CASTANONOTUS.

Hemiaxus castanonotus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 251, pl. ix. fig. 1;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 51 (1881); Seebohm, P.Z.S.

1890, pl. xxvii. fig. 2 (breast wrongly coloured); Styan, Ibis, 1893,

p. 428; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 355 (1898).

Swinhoe’s type specimen, as figured by Seebohm, has had the

breast stained with some brownish matter; hence the plate, as

pointed out by Mr. Styan, is misleading.

3. “Iris hazel; bill black; feet brownish black.”—J. W.

Tai-ping-sze and Lingmun, Central Hainan (Swinhoe).

Interior of South-west Hainan (Siyan).

84, SPIZIXUS CINDREICAPILLUS.

Spiziaus cinercicapillus, Swinhoe ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi.

p. 173 (1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xi. pp. 299, 308

(1892).

Hartlaub records the occurrence of this species in Hainan.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1900, No. XXXII. 32

478 MR. W. R, OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

85. *HYPSIPETHS PERNIGER.

Hypsipetes perniger, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 251, pl. ix. fig. 2;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 41 (1881); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xii. pp. 209, 307 (1892) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p.429; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 355 (1898).

3. “Iris brown; bill, legs, and feet vermilion.”—J. W.

North Hainan (Swinhoe, Styan, § Hartlaub).

Central and South Hainan (Swinhoe).

86. *CRINIGER PALLIDUS.

Criniger pallidus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 252; Sharpe, Cat. B.

Brit. Mus. vi. p. 81 (1881); Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C. vol. i. p. xix

(1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xiv. p. 356 (1898).

Pinarocichla schmackeri, Styan, Bull. B.O.C. vol. i. p. vi (1892);

id. Ibis, 1893, p. 54.

“Tris brown; upper mandible brown, lower blue-grey; feet

pinkish brown.”—J. W.

Central and South Hainan (Swinhoe).

Northern slopes of the mountains of South-west Hainan

(Styan).

87. *CHLOROPSIS LAZULINA.

Phyllornis lazulina, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 255; Hartl. Abh.

nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 356 (1898).

Chloropsis lazulina (Swinh.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi.

p- 19 (1881) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429.

3d. “Iris dark brown; bill black ; feet lead-grey.”—J. W.

Central and South Hainan (Swinhoe).

Northern slopes of the mountains of South-west Hainan (Styan).

S8. *CAMPOPHAGA SATURATA.

Volvocivora saturata, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 242.

Cumpophaga saturata (Swinh.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv.

p- 66 (1879); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xiv. p. 357 (1898).

3. “Iris brown; bill black; feet dusky black.”—J. W.

Throughout Hainan (Swinhoe).

89. *GRAUCALUS MACII.

Graucalus macvi, Lesson; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 34

(1879); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429; Swinhoe (nec Swinh. 1863),

Ibis, 1870, p. 242.

Graucalus rev pineti, Hartl. (nec Swinh.), Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xiv. p. 357 (1898).

2 moulting. “Iris dark brown; bill and feet black.”—J. W.

Tai-ping-sze, Central Hainan (Swinhoe).

Northern slope of the mountains of South-west Hainan

(Styan).

1900.] THH BIRDS OF HAINAN,. 479

90. PERICROCOTUS CANTONENSIS.

Pervcrocotus cantonensis, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 244 (Nao-chu);

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 84 (1879).

This species, though found on the adjacent island of Nao-chu,

has not yet been met with in Hainan.

91. *PERICROCOTUS FRATERCULUS.

Pericrocotus fraterculus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 244; Oates,

Faun. Brit. India, Birds, i. p. 481 (1889).

Pericrocotus elegans, Sharpe (nec M‘Clell.), Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv.

p. 73 (1879); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 307

(1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 429; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

Xiv. p. 358 (1898).

6. “Iris, bill, and feet black.”—J. W.

Common on all parts of the island (Swinhoe).

92. *PERICROCOTUS GRISEIGULARIS.

Pericrocotus griseigularis, Gould ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus, iv.

p- 83 (1879).

36. “Tris, bill, and feet black.”—J. W.

A male from Hainan appears to belong to the typical form from

Formosa. Continental birds from China seem to differ from

typical examples from Formosa in having the top of the head and

back greyer, and they are, moreover, somewhat larger. :

This is the first time this species has been recorded from Hainan.

93. PERICROCOTUS CINEREUS.

Pericrocotus cinereus, Lafr.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 244 (Nao-

chu); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 83 (1879).

This species was procured by Swinhoe on the adjacent island of

Nao-chu, but has not yet been found in Hainan itself.

94. HEMICHELIDON SIBIRICA,

Hemichelidon sibirica (Gmel.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv.

p. 120 (1879); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 359 (1898).

Hartlaub records a male from Hoihow, North Hainan.

95. H®mMICHELIDON FERRUGINEUS.

Butalis ferruginea (Hodgs.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247.

Hemichelidon ferrugineus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 122

(1879).

West coast of Hainan, 29th and 30th March (Swinhoe).

96. ALSEONAX LATIROSTRIS.

Butalis cinereoalba (T. & 8.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247.

Alsconax latirostris (Raffl.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 127

(1879); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 430.

Gardens about Kiung-chu-fu, North Hainan, February (Swinhoe).

South-west Hainan (Styan). A

480 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

97. MuscrcaPA ALBICILLA.

Erythrosterna leucura (Swains.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247.

Muscicapa albicilla, Pall.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 162

(1879); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 430 ; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xiv. p. 359 (1898).

Tai-ping-sze, Central Hainan, 19th February (Swinhoe).

South-west Hainan (Styan).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub).

98. POLIOMYIAS LUTEOLA.

Evythrosterna mugimaki (Temm.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247.

Poliomyias luteola (Pall.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 201

(1879).

On the adjacent island of Nao-chu, 5th April (Swinhoe).

99. *XANTHOPYGIA NARCISSINA.

Xanthopygia narcissina (Temm.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247 ;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 249 (1879).

Swinhoe records this species from the adjacent island of Nao-chu

on the 5th April.

This is the first time this species has been procured on Hainan.

100. *XANTHOPYGIA CYANOMELENA.

Cyanoptila cyanomelena (T. & S.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247.

Xanthopygia cyanomelena, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 261

(1879).

Niltava cyanomelena, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299,

306 (1892).

Haosuy, West Hainan, 29th March, and adjacent island of

Nao-chu, 5th April (Swinhoe).

101. *XANTHOPYGIA FULIGINOSA.

Xanthopygia fuliginosa (Vig.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv.

p. 253 (1879).

2. “Iris and feet dark brown; bill black.” —J. W.

This is the first time this widely distributed Indo-Chinese

species has been met with in Hainan, where it is evidently a

resident and breeds. Young birds just able to fly were among

those sent home.

102. *SIpHIA HAINANA.

Siphia pallidipes (Jerd.)?; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 430; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 359 (1898).

Siphia hainana, Grant, Bull. B. O. C. vol. x. p. xxxvi (1900).

Adult male. Allied to male of S. pallidipes (Jerd.), but much

smaller. ‘‘he blue on the upper parts darker and brighter; the

forehead and superciliary stripes bright cobalt-blue ; flanks and sides

of belly grey, sightly washed with fulvous.

“ Tris and bill black; feet dusky black.”—J. W.

1900. | THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 481

Adult female. Differs conspicuously from the female of

S. pallidipes (Jerd.), the general colour of the head and upper

parts being darker and more uniform, the upper tail-coverts

and outer webs of the tail-feathers being olive-brown tinged with

rufous instead of chestnut; but the most conspicuous difference is

to be found in the colour of the throat, fore-neck, and chest, which

are pale rust-colour instead of deep orange-rust.

Total length. Culmen. Wing. ‘Tail. Tarsus.

in. in. in. in. in.

S, pallidipes, S ad. .. 6-2 0-7 2-9 2-4. 0-7

S. hainana, gad. .. 5 0:6 2%5 2:3 0°65

S. pallidipes, Q ad... 5:9 0-65 2-9 225, 0-72

S. hainana, Qad. .. 5 0-6 2-6 215 . 0-65

Mr. Styan records examples from Leimumon on the northern

slopes of the mountains of South-west Hainan and from Nodouha

in the interior of Northern Hainan.

103. * HyPpoTHYMIS AZUREA.

Myiagra azurea (Bodd.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 247.

Hypothymis azurea, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 274 (1879) ;

Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 307 (1892).

Hypothymis occipitalis (Vig.) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p.430; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 360 (1898).

Common (Swinhoe).

104. RuIPIDURA ALBICOLLIS.

Rhipidura albicollis (Vieill.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv.

p- 317 (1879); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 480; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xiv. p. 360 (1898).

Styan records this species from Hainan.

105. *TERPSIPHONE PRINCEPS.

Terpsiphone princeps (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv.

p- 3861 (1879) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 430.

g. “Iris black; orbital skin and bill rich cobalt-blue, inclining

to purple; feet cobalt.”—J. W.

Hoihow, North Hainan, 10th October (Styan).

106. *CRYPTOLOPHA FULVIFACIES.

Cryptolopha fulvifacies, Swinh.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iv.

p. 406 (1879).

gd. “Iris dark brown; upper mandible brown, lower dull

yellow ; feet brownish yellow.”—J. W.

This is the first time this little Flycatcher has been recorded

from Hainan.

107. Hirunbo GUTTURALIS.

Hirundo gutturalis, Scop. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 240 ; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 134 (1885).

Recorded by Swinhoe from all parts of the coast of Hainan,

482 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

108. *GECINUS HAINANUS.

Gecinus hainanus, Grant, Ibis, 1899, p. 584.

This species is most nearly allied to G. guerini (Malh.) from

China, but distinguished by the darker green colour of the upper

and under parts; in @. guerini the general colour of the upper

parts is dull greyish green and the underparts are similarly

coloured, but paler, inclining to whitish grey tinged with green.

This species is also related to G. occipitalis, which it resembles in

the dark green colour of the underparts; but the upper parts and

wings are darker, the latter with very much less bronze-yellow

wash on the outer webs, which are indistinctly barred with paler,

while the tail-feathers are spotted, not barred ; the present species

is, moreover, considerably smaller than G. occipitalis, the bill

especially being shorter and less stout.

Culmen, Wing. Tail.

in. in. in.

G. hainanus, adult (type)... 1°5 53 3°8

G. occipitalis, § adult ...... ley, 5°6-5'9 4:2-4:5

Hab. Five-Finger Mts., interior of Hainan.

“ Tris white; bill grey-black, base greenish white; feet lead-

grey.” —J. W.

109. *CHRYSOPHLEGMA STYANI.

Chrysophlegma styani, Grant, Ibis, 1899, p. 585.

This species is most nearly allied, to C. wrayi Sharpe and

C. ricketti Styan. From the latter it differs in being much smaller

and in having the terminal part of the outer primaries mostly

uniform black, as in C. wrayi. From C. wrayi it may be at once

distinguished by its larger size and by the dark brownish-chestnut

crown, the pale (Californian) gold nuchal crest, and the dark smoke-

grey underparts ; in these respects it resembles C. vicketti.

The female of C. styani further differs from the female (type)

of C. wrayt in having the feathers of the middle of the throat paler

brown and margined with rufous instead of white.

Wing. Tail

in. in

Type.of ‘OC; aicketle 3). ce ease 6°8 5:2

Type of C. Gta, saeielghe'e = 5 icinnt 5 6:0 4:5

Typé Of. Cl wrayices eke aes ais iaie os 56 4-0

“ Tris dark claret ; bill dusky black, lower mandible green at

base ; feet olive-green.”—J. W.

Hab. Five-Finger Mts., interior of Hainan.

110. *DENDROCOPUS CABANISI.

Picus cabanist, Gould, B. Asia, vi. pl. xvii. (1857).

Dendrocopus cabanisi (Malh.); Hargitt, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xviii.

p. 218 (1890) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431.

1900. ] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 483

Picus mandarinus, Malh.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 94; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 366 (1898).

“Tris brown; bill lead-black ; feet brownish black.”—J. W.

Yulinkan Bay, South Hainan (Swinhoe).

South-west Hainan (Styan).

Interior of North Hainan (Hartlaub).

111. *LEPOCESTES HAINANUS.

Lepocestes pyrrhotis, Styan (nec Hodgs.), Ibis, 1893, p. 431.

Lepocestes hainanus, Grant, Ibis, 1899, p. 585.

This species is most nearly allied to Z. sinensis Rickett, which

it resembles in the darker colour of the mantle; but the feathers of

the lower back and rump are dark brown, indistinctly tipped with

rufous, never barred with buff; the chin and throat are more

rufous ; the general colour of the underparts less dark; and the

flanks and under tail-coverts uniform without any traces of bars.

The black bars on the wings and tail-feathers are wider apart and

less numerous.

“ Tris brown; bill straw-yellow ; legs dull blackish brown.”—

dar Wis

112. *IYNGIPICUS KALEENSIS.

Picus kaleensis, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 95.

Lyngipicus kaleensis, Swinh.; Hargitt, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xviii.

p. 315 (1890) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xiv. p. 366 (1898).

“Tris dark brown; bill slate-grey, whitish at base of lower

mandible ; feet olive-green.”-—J. W.

Central Hainan (Swinhoe).

Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan).

Interior of North Hainan (Hartlaub).

113. MicroprerRNvUs HOLROYDI.

Micropternus holroydi, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 95 ; Hargitt, Cat.

B. Brit. Mus. xviii. p. 403 (1890); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 431;

Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 366 (1898).

Central Hainan (Swinhoe).

Nodouha, interior of North Hainan, May (Styan § Harilaub).

114. *CYANOPS FABER.

Megalema faber, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 96, pl. iv. fig. 1; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 317 (1892), xiv. p. 367

1898).

Ciatins faber, Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 75 (1891);

Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 432.

3. “ Iris brown ; upper mandible black, lower greyish at base>

terminal half black; feet green-olive.”—J. W.

Central Hainan (Swinhoe).

Nodouha, interior of North Hainan (Styan & Hartlaub).

484 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

115. *PALORNIS FASCIATA,

Paleornis javanica, Swinh. (nec Osb.), Ibis, 1870, p. 93.

Paleornis fasciata (Mill.); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xx. p. 464

(1891); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433.

Paleornis lathami, Finsch; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xil.

pp. 299, 322 (1892), xiv. p. 368 (1898).

@. “Iris pale straw-yellow ; bill black; feet olive-green.”—

J. -W.

Tai-ping-sze, Central Hainan, and near Hao-suy Harbour, North-

west Hainan (Swinhoe).

Nam-fung, interior of North Hainan, 26th May; Ting-on, 13th

January, and Leimumon, northern slope of the mountains of

South-west Hainan (Styan).

116. *CUCULUS MICROPTERTS.

Cuculus micropterus, Gould; Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix.

p- 241 (1891); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xiv. p. 368 (1898).

3g. “Iris dark brown; orbital skin, feet, and gape bright yellow;

lower mandible greenish, upper blackish grey.”—J. W.

Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan).

Interior of North Hainan (Hartlaub).

117. CACOMANTIS MERULINTS.

Polyphasia tenuirostris, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 230.

Cacomantis merulinus (Scop.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix.

p. 268 (1891); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 319

(1892).

Near Kiung-chu, North Hainan, February and March (Swinhoe).

North Hainan, December and March (Hartlaub).

118. *CHALCOCOCCYX MACULATUS.

Chaleococcyx maculatus (Gmel.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix.

p. 291 (1891).

3g. “Iris red-brown; bill orange, tip black; feet brownish

green.”"—J. W.

This species is new to Hainan.

119. EupYNAMIS HONORATA.

Eudynamis malayana, Cab. & Heine ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p- 231.

Eudynamis honorata (Linn.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix.

p. 316 (1891); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 318

(1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 453.

Eudynamis maculatus (Gmel.) ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xiv. p. 368 (1898).

Common throughout Hainan (Swinhoe).

1900. ] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 485

120. *CENTROPUS SINENSIS.

Centropus viridis, Swinhoe (nec Scop.), Ibis, 1870, p. 235.

Centropus rufipennis, Swinhoe (nec Mliger), Ibis, 1870, p. 234.

Centropus sinensis (Steph.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix.

p- 343 (1891); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 318

(1892), xiv. p. 368 (1898).

* Tris lake-red; bill and feet black.”—J. W.

Common throughout Hainan (Swinhoe).

121. CENTROPUS BENGALENSIS.

Centropus bengalensis (Gmel.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix.

p. 352 (1891) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433.

Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan).

122. *RHOPODYTES TRISTIS.

Rhopodytes tristis (Less.); Shelley, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xix.

p- 386 (1891); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433.

Zanclostomus tristis, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 2384; Hart]. Abh.

nat. Ver. Bremen, xi. pp. 299, 318 (1892), xiv. p. 367 (1898).

3. “Iris dark brown; bill dull emerald-green ; orbital skin dull

scarlet ; feet dull bluish olive-green.”—J. W.

Central, South-east, and South Hainan (Swinhoe).

Leimumon, northern slopes of the mountains of South-west

Hainan (Styan).

123. *HARPACTES HAINANUS.

Harpactes erythrocephalus, Styan (nee Gould), Ibis, 1893, p. 433.

Harpactes hainanus, Grant, Bull. B. O. C. vol. x. p. xxxvii (1900).

Adult male. Differs from the male of H. erythrocephalus in having

the head dull purplish crimson, not shading into crimson-scarlet

on the nape; the upper parts much browner, especially the mantle

and upper back, and with very little trace of chestnut on the

lower back, rump, and upper tail-coverts, the latter being dark

chestnut ; the lower part of the chest, next the white band, dull

crimson instead of scarlet-crimson. In addition to the above

differences, the white tips to the outer tail-feathers are shorter,

the longest scarcely exceeding 1:1 inch. From H. yamakanensis

Rickett, from Fohkien, the Hainan bird may be at once distin-

guished by the colour of the upper parts.

Tris hazel; bill black, base and orbital skin dark purplish French

blue ; feet pinkish brown.

3. Total length 12 inches ; wing 5:5; tail 6.

Adult female. Differs from the female of H. erythrocephalus in

having the general colour of the upper parts and chest much browner.

2. Total length 12 inches; wing 5:3 ; tail 5:7.

This species has already been obtained by Mr. Schmaker’s col-

lector Tetsu at Leimumon, on the northern slopes of the mountains

of South-west Hainan, but was identified by Mr. Styan with

H. erythrocephalus, Gould.

486 MR, W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

124, CYPSELUS PACIFICUS.

Cypselus pacificus, Lath.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 89.

Micropus pacificus, Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 448 (1892).

Apus pacificus, Hartert, Das Tierreich, Macropt. p. 86 (1897).

Observed in large numbers in Nychow Harbour, South Hainan

(Swinhoe).

125. CYPsELUS SUBFURCATUS.

Cypselus subfurcatus, Blyth; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 89; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 361 (1898).

Micropus subfurcatus, Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 456

(1892).

Apus subfurcatus, Hartert, Das Tierreich, Macropt. p. 88 (1897).

North and South Hainan (Swinhoe § Hartlaub).

126. TACHORNIS INFUMATA,

Cypselus tinus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 90.

Tachornis infumatus (Sclat.); Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi.

p. 467 (1892).

Central, South-east, and South Hainan (Swinhoe).

127. *CAPRIMULGUS JOTAKA.

Caprimulgus jotaka, Temm. & Schleg.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870,

p- 89 (Nao Chau); Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 552 (1892).

Caprimulgus indicus jotaka, Hartert, Das Tierreich, Caprimulg.

p- 61 (1897).

The two specimens collected by Whitehead, though considerably

different one from another, agree in general characters with

typical C. jotaka, but are somewhat smaller :—

a. Wing 7:1 inches; tail 4-4.

b. ” 78 ” ; 9 51.

The smaller bird has the general colour of the head, wing-coverts,

and scapulars grey, and in this respect, as well as in the larger

white markings on the four outer quills, differs considerably from

6, the latter having many more of the feathers of the crown

largely mixed with black, while the scapulars and wing-coverts

are more conspicuously marked with black and rufous. Both

Whitehead’s birds belong to the smaller form obtained by Swinhoe

on the adjacent island of Nao Chau.

128. MEROPS SUMATRANUS,

Merops sumatranus, Raffl.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii.

p- 61 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 432.

Two immature birds from the Hummocks, North Hainan,

18th September (Styan),

129. *NYCTIORNIS ATHERTONI.

Nyctiornis athertoni (Jard. & Selby); Sharpe, Cat. B, Brit. Mus.

xvi. p. 88 (1892),

1900. ] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 487

“Tris dark brown; bill black, base of lower mandible grey ;

feet dull yellow.”—J. W.

This is the first time this species has been recorded from

Hainan.

130. *UPUPA INDICA.

Upupa indica, Reichenb.; Salvin, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 10

(1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 432.

Upupa ceylonensis, Reichb.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 91; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 318 (1892), xiv. p. 367

(1898).

“Tris black; bill dusky black, pinkish at base; feet dusky

brown.” —J. W.

Common throughout Hainan (Swinhoe).

131. CERYLE VARIA.

Ceryle rudis, Swinhoe (nec Linn.), Ibis, 1870, p.92; Styan, Ibis,

1893, p. 433; Hartl. Abb. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 367 (1898).

Ceryle varia (Strickl.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 112

(1892); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Brem. xii. pp. 299, 319 (1892).

Common throughout Hainan (Swinhoe).

132. *CERYLE LUGUBRIS.

Ceryle luqubris (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii.

p. 115 (1892).

Ceryle guttata, Vigors ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433.

*¢ Bill lead-black ; feet dark brown.”—J. W.

Jnterior of South-west Hainan (Styan).

133. *ALCEDO ISPIDA.

Alcedo bengalensis, Gmel.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 92.

Alcedo ispida, Linn.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 141

(1892).

gimm. “Trisbrown; bill black; feet brown, soles yellow.’—

A aS

Common in all open country (Swinhoe).

134. *ALCEDO GRANDIS.

Alcedo grandis, Blyth; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 156

(1892).

Adult 9. “Iris dark brown; upper bill black, lower dull red ;

feet coral-red.”—J. W.

This is the first time that this very rare species. has been met

with outside Northern India.

135. *Cryx TRIDACTYLA.

Ceyx tridactyla (Pall.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 174

(1892).

This species has not previously been met with in Hainan,

488 MR, W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

136. *HALCYON SMYRNENSIS.

Halcyon smyrnensis (Linn.); Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 93; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 222 (1892); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 319 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433;

Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 367 (1898).

Once met with at Haosuy, North-west Hainan (Swinhoe).

Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub).

137. HALCYON PILEATUS.

Halcyon pileatus (Bodd.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 93; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 229 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433;

Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 367 (1898).

Entomobia pileata, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Brem. xii. pp. 299, 319

(1892).

' Haosuy, North-west Hainan, and the adjacent island of

Nao-chu.

Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub).

138. *EuRYSTOMUS CALONYX.

Eurystomus calonyx, Hodgs.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii.

p. 38, pl. il. fig. 2 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 432.

Eurystomus orientalis, Hartl. (nec Linn.), Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xiv. p. 367 (1898).

Hoihow, North Hainan, 29th Sept. (Styan).

139. Scops LEMPIJI.

Ephialtes lettia, Swinhoe (nec Hodgs.), Ibis, 1870, p. 88.

Ephialtes umbratilis, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 342, footnote.

Scops lempiji, Blyth ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 91 (1875).

Scops umbratilis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 93 (1875).

A male shot near Kiung-chu, North Hainan, February (Swinhoe).

The type of 4, wmbratilis Swinh. is now in the British Museum

Collection. It resembles dark Indian examples of S. lempzji and

is perfectly similar to specimens of S. lempii from Sadia, Assam,

collected by Colonel Godwin-Austen.

140. NINnox JAPONICA.

Ninox japonicus (T. & 8.) ; Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 88; Grant,

Ibis, 1896, p. 111.

Ninox scutulata, Sharpe (nec Raffl.), Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 156

(1875).

Kiung-chu, North Hainan, 2nd April, and Haosuy, North-west

Hainan, 29th March (Swinhoe).

The birds collected by Swinhoe are typical WV. japonica.

141. *GLAUCIDIUM WHITELYI.

Glaucidium whitelyi (Blyth); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. ii.

p. 222 (1875).

1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN, 489

3. “Iris straw-yellow ; bill and feet greenish yellow.”—J. W.

This is the first time this Chinese species has been procured in

Hainan.

142, ASIO ACCIPITRINUS.

Asio accipitrinus (Pall.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 234

(1875).

Otus brachyotus, Steph.; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp. 299, 320 (1892).

Hartlaub records a specimen from North Hainan.

143. CIRCUS SPILONOTUS.

Circus spilonotus, Kaup ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 87; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 58 (1874); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433.

Swinhoe observed this species near the city of Ting-gan on the

15th of February and also in the neighbourhood of Kiung-chu in

North Hainan.

Styan records it from the interior of South-west Hainan.

144. CriRcUS MELANOLEUCUS.

Circus melanoleucus (Forst.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.i. p. 61

(1874); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 321 (1892).

Hartlaub records an adult male from North Hainan.

145, CrRcuUs MACRURUS.

Circus macrurus (Gmel.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 67

(1874): Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 322 (1892),

xiv. p. 369 (1898). -

Hoihow, North Hainan, 19th December (Hartlaub).

146. *LOPHOSPIZA TRIVIRGATA.

Astur trivirgatus (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 105

(1874).

“‘Tris straw; cere greenish yellow; bill black, base of lower

mandible bluish ; feet dull yellow.”—J. W.

I consider that Kaup is fully justified in distinguishing this bird

from Astur, the long occipital crest and half-feathered tarsi being

characters of importance.

This is the first time this species has been recorded from Hainan.

147. CIRCUS HRUGINOSUS.

Circus wruginosus (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 87; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 69 (1874); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xill. pp. 299, 321 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 483; Hartl. Abh.

nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 369 (1898),

North Hainan, 15th February (Swinhoe & Hartlaub).

Leimumon, northern slope of the mountains of South-west

Hainan (Hartlaub & Styan).

490 MR, W. R. OGILVID GRANT ON [May 8,

148. *AsTUR BADIUS.

Micronisus badius (Gmel.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 84.

Astur badius (Gmel.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 109 (1874).

Astur poliopsis, Hartl. (nee Hume), Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp. 299, 322 (1892).

“ Tris straw-yellow ; bill black, base bluish ; feet light yellow.” —

J. W.

Examples from Hainan have the crown of the head darker and

the cheeks greyer than is the case in the majority of Indian

examples ; there is, however, a female from Tipperah, in the British

Museum Collection, which is absolutely indistinguishable from the

two Hainan birds before me. The measurements are as follows:—

Wing 8°8 to 8:9; tail 6°8 to 7:1 inches.

An adult male, Shuy-wei-sze, Central Hainan, 19th February

(Swinhoe).

North Hainan (Hartlaub).

149, ACCIPITER NISUS.

Accipiter nisus (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 84; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 132 (1874).

Swinhoe records the Common Sparrow-Hawk from Tai-ping-sze,

Central Hainan, 20th February.

150. *ACCIPITER AFFINIS.

Accipiter virgatus (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 150

(1874) [ part. }.

Accipiter affinis, Hodgs.; Grant, Ibis, 1896, p. 107.

“*Cere yellowish.”—J. W.

Like Formosan examples, the Hainan Sparrow-Hawk belongs

to the larger Himalayan form. Whitehead procured two adult

females from the Five-Finger Mountains; this species had not

previously been met with in Hainan.

151. Burro PLUMIPES.

Buteo japonicus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 87.

Buteo plumipes (Hodgs.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 180

pl. vii. fig. 1 (1874); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433.

Buteo hemilasius (Temm. & Schl.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i.

p- 182 (1874); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 322

(1892).

Island of Naochow, 2nd February ; Ling-suy, South-east Hainan,

11th March; Heongpoo, West Hainan, 25th March (Swinkoe).

Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan).

North Hainan, 11th February (Hartlaub).

152. *SprzAETUS NIPALENSIS.

Spizaétus nipalensis (Hodgs.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i.

p- 267 (1874).

1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 491

9imm. “ Iris yellow ; bill black, base blue; cere and feet dull

yellow.”—J. W.

Recorded from Hainan for the first time.

153. SPILORNIS MELANOTIS.

Spilornis rutherfordi, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 85.

Spilornis melanotis (Jerdon); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i.

p. 289 (1874); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 322

(1892) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 433.

Spilornis cheela, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 369

(1898).

Forests of Central Hainan near Tai-ping-sze (Swinhoe).

North Hainan (Hartlaub).

Liu-wo-wan, northern slope of the mountains of South-west

Hainan (Styan).

154. MiInvus MELANOTIS.

Milvus govinda, Swinhoe (nec Sykes), Ibis, 1870, p. 88.

Milvus melanotis, T. & S.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 324

(1874).

Abundant throughout Hainan (Swinhoe).

155. FaLco COMMUNIS. |

Falco communis, Gmel.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 376

(1874); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 320 (1892).

Hartlaub records an adult male from North Hainan, 12th

December.

156. CERCHNEIS TINNUNCULUS.

Tinnunculus alaudarius, Gray ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 84.

Cerchneis tinnunculus (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i.

p. 425 (1874).

Frequent throughout Hainan and in the small adjacent island of

Nao-chu (Swinhoe).

157. PANDION HALIAETUS,

Pandion halhaétus (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 449

(1874); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 86.

Harbours of Hainan (Swinhoe).

158. PoLioaA&TUs HUMILIS,

Poloaétus ichthyaétus, Horsf.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i.

p. 452 (1874) [ part. }.

Polhioaétus plumbeus (Hodgs.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 484.

Polioaétus humilis (Mill. & Schl.) ; Blanf. Faun. Brit. Ind., Birds,

ii, p. 371 (1895).

Liuwowan, northern slope of the mountains of South-west

Hainan, 15th December (Styan).

492 MR. W. R, OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

159. PELECANUS PHILIPPENSIS.

Pelecanus manillensis, Oates (nec Gmel.); Styan, Ibis, 1893,

p. 434.

Pelecanus philippensis, Gmel.; Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi.

p. 471 (1898); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 380 (1898).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub).

160. PHALACROCORAX CARBO,

Phalacrocorax carbo (Linn.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 434; Grant,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 340 (1898); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xiv. p. 380 (1898).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub).

161. Suna sua.

Sula fusca, Vieill. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 367.

Sula sula (Linn.) ; Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 436 (1898).

Seen by Swinhoe near Ting-gan, North Hainan.

162, Nurropus COROMANDELIANUS.

Nettopus coromandelianus (Gmel.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 435;

Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvii. p. 68 (1895).

Nettapus coromandelicus, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv.

p- 378 (1898).

Nodouho, interior of North Hainan (Hartlaub).

163. MARECA PENELOPE,

Anas penelope (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 3

Mareca penelope, Salvad. Cat. B, Brit. Mus. xxvii. 4 (227 (1895).

North Hainan (Swinhoe).

164. NETTION CRECCA.

Anas crecea, Linn. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 366.

Nettion erecea, Saly ad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. pS p- 243 (1895).

North Hainan (Swinhoe).

165. QUERQUEDULA CIRCIA.

Querquedula circia (Linn.) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 435; Salvad.

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvii. p. 293 (1895); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xiv. p. 379 (1898).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Styan § Hartlaub).

166. Isis MELANOCEPHALA.

Ibis melanocephala (Lath.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp. 299, 326 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 434; Sharpe, Cat. B.

Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 7 (1898) ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv.

p. 374 (1898).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Styan & Hartlaub).

1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 493

167. LEPTOPTILUS JAVANICUS.

Leptoptilus javanicus (Horsf.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 364;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 317 (1898).

Swinhoe observed this bird on several occasions in Central

Hainan.

168. PsEUDOTANTALUS LEUCOCEPHALUS.

Pseudotantalus leucocephalus (Forst.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit.

Mus. xxvi. p. 323 (1898).

Tantalus leucocephalus, Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 373

(1898).

Hoikow, North Hainan (Hartlaud).

169. ARDEA CINEREA, Linn.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 365;

Harti. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. op. 299, 324 (1892); Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 74 (1898).

Seen in all parts of the island (Swinhoe).

170. HERODIAS TIMORIENSIS.

Herodias alba, Swinhoe (nec Linn.), Ibis, 1870, p. 365.

Herodias timoriensis (Cuy.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi.

p- 98 (1898).

Common (Swinhoe).

171. GARZETTA GARZETTA,

Herodias garzetta, (Linn.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 365.

Ardea garzetta, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 325

(1892).

Garzetta garzetta, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 118 (1898).

Common (Swinhoe).

172. NycricoRax NYOTICORAX.

Nycticorax griseus, Linn. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 365; Styan,

Ibis, 1893, p. 434; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 373

(1898).

Nycticorax nycticorax, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 146

(1898).

Often seen in large flocks (Swinhoe).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Styan & Hartlaub).

173, *Nyoriconax MAGNIFICA. (Plate XX XIII.)

Nycticorax magnifica, Grant, Ibis, 1899, p. 586.

This species is most nearly allied to NV. leuconotus (Wagl.), but

differs chiefly in the following particulars :—The back is uniform

brown like the wings; some of the concealed feathers of the lower

back have a subterminal oval white spot at the extremity; a white

band runs from behind the eye to the base of the long black crest

(3 inches in length); the chin, throat, and fore part of the sides

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1900, No. XX XIII. 33

494 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

of the neck are white; the hinder parts of the sides of the neck

chestnut ; the middle of the fore-neck reddish brown, widely edged

on either side with black ; some of the intermediate feathers with

pale buff middies ; the rest of the underparts white, with wide

irregular margins of reddish brown; and the thighs are dark reddish

brown on the outer and white on the inner aspect.

‘Tris dark brown; skin round the eye and base of bill sulphur

greenish yellow ; rest of bill black ; feet pea-green.”—J. W.

Total length about 20 inches; culmen 3:1; wing 11°9; tail 4-9;

tarsus 2°95.

This magnificent Night-Heron is not very closely allied to any

known form; the style of the coloration of the lower parts is

most like that of Gorsachius melanolophus.

Hab. Five-Finger Mountains, interior of Hainan.

174. *ARDEOLA BACCHUS.

Ardeola prasinosceles, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 365; Styan, Ibis,

1893, p. 434.

Ardeola bacchus (Bonap.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 211

(1898).

“ A male in changing plumage has the iris straw-yellow ; bill at

base and skin round eye yellowish green, remainder of bill black ;

feet dull yellow.”,—J. W.

Abundant about paddy-fields and moist places (Swinhoe).

175, ARDETTA SINENSIS.

Ardetta sinensis (Gmel.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 434; Sharpe, Cat.

B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 227 (1898).

Recorded from Hainan by Styan.

176. DuPprErToR FLAVICOLLIS.

Ardettu flavicollis (Lath.) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 434.

Dupetor flavicollis (Lath.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi.

p. 247 (1898).

Recorded by Styan from Hainan.

177. GRUsS GRUS.

Grus cinerea, Meyer & Wolf; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 362.

Grus lilfordi, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiii. p. 252 (1894).

Common in plains and open country (Swinhoe).

178. ARENARIA INTERPRES.

Strepsilas interpres (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 361; Hart.

Abb. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 300, 332 (1892); Styan, Ibis,

1893, p. 486; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 375 (1898).

Arenaria wmterpres (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv.

p- 92 (1896).

Common at Poochin River, North-west Hainan, 5th March

(Swinhoe).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub).

1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 495

179. HopLopreRUS VENTRALIS.

Hoplopterus ventralis (Wagl.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 361;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 159 (1896).

Procured at Lingshuy, 8.E. Hainan, 18th March (Swinhoe).

180. CHARADRIUS DOMINICUS.

Charadrius longipes, Temm.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p.360.

Charadrius fulvus, Gmel.; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp- 300, 331 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 436; Hartl. Abh. nat.

Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 374 (1898).

Charadrius dominicus, P. L. S. Mill.; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit.

Mus. xxiv. p. 195 (1896).

West Hainan, 21st-23rd March, and Hoihow, North Hainan,

2nd April (Swinhoe).

Interior of North Hainan (Hartlaub).

181. OcHTHODROMUS GEOFFROYI.

Aigialitis geoffroyi, Wagl.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 360.

Charadrius geoffroyi, Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 436.

Ochthodromus geoffroyi, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 217

(1896); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 374 (1898).

A specimen from Paklai, West Hainan (Swinhoe).

Hoihow, North Hainan, 11th December (Hartlaub).

182. OCHTHODROMUS MONGOLICUS.

Aigialitis mongolicus (Pall.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 360.

Charadrius mongolicus, Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 436.

Ochthodromus mongolus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 223

(1896).

Ochthodromus mongolicus, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv.

p- 374 (1898).

Chillan River, N.E. Hainan, 7th March, and Hungpe, N.W.

Hainan, 30th March (Swinhoe).

Hoihow, North Hainan, 10th December (Hartlaub).

183. AXGIALITIS DUBIA.

Aigialitis intermedius (Ménétr.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 361.

Ayialitis dubia (Scop.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 263

(1896).

Recorded from Hainan by Swinhoe.

184, AXGIALITIS ALEXANDRINA.

Atgialitis dealbatus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 361.

Charadrius cantianus (Lath.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 436.

Aiyialitis alewandrina (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv.

p- 275 (1896).

Recorded from Hainan by Swinhoe.

33*

496 MR. W. R. OGILVID GRANT ON [May 8,

185. NUMBNIUS PHZOPUS.

Numenius pheopus (Linn.) ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp- 299, 327 (1892), xiv. p. 375 (1898); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit.

Mus. xxiv. p. 355 (1896).

Hoihow, North Hainan, 25th Nov. (Hartlaub).

186. NUMENIUS ARQUATUS.

Numenius major, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363.

Numenius arquatus (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv.

pp. 341, 753 (1896).

Lingshuy, South-east Hainan, 11th March (Swinhoe).

Hoihow, North Hainan, Feb.—April (Swinhoe).

187. NUMENIUS VARIEGATUS.

Numenius variegatus (Scop.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 487 ; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 361 (1896); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xiv. p. 375 (1898).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub & Styan).

188. Limosa NOV ZEALANDIA,

LIimosa uropygialis, Gould ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 362.

Iimosa nove zealandie, Gray; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv.

. 377 (1896).

Limosa baueri, Naum.; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv.

p. 376 (1898).

Hungpe, North-west Hainan, 30th March (Swinhoe).

Hoihow, North Hainan, Feb. and April (Swinhoe & Hartlaub).

189. LiMosa LIMosa.

Limosa melanuroides, Gould ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 437.

Limosa limosa (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p.381

(1896).

Limosa melanura (Leisl.); Hartl. Abb. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv.

p-.375 (1898).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Styan § Hartlaub).

190. ToraNnus FUSCUS.

Totanus fuscus (Linn.); Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp. 299, 328 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 437; Sharpe, Cat. B.

Srit. Mus. xxiv. p. 409 (1896).

Hoihow, North Hainan, 31st January (Hartlaub § Styan).

191. Toranus CALIDRIS.

Totanus calidris (Linn.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 364; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 328 (1892) ; Sharpe, Cat. B.

Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 414 (1896).

Hoihow, North Hainan, 5th February and 9th December

‘Swinhoe § Hartlaub).

1900. ] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 497

192. Toranus STAGNATILIS.

Totanus stagnatilis, Bechst. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 364; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xil. pp. 299, 328 (1892) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893,

p. 437; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus, xxiv. p- 422 (1896) ; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 376 (1898).

Hoihow, North Hainan, December, February, April (Swinhoe ¢

Hartlaub).

193. ToTANUS GLAREOLA.

Totanus glareola (Gmel.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 328 (1892).

Rhyacophilus glareola (Gm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv.

p. 491 (1896).

Kiung-chu-fu, North Hainan, 2nd April (Swinhoe).

194. SQUATAROLA HELVETICA.

Squatarola helvetica (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 360; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 300, 331 (1892); Sharpe, Cat. B

Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 436 (1896); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xiv. p. 374 (1898).

Charadrius helveticus, Linn.; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 436.

Hungpe Lagoon, West Hainan, 30th March (Swinhoe).

Hoihow, North Hainan, 12th December (Hartlaub).

195. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS.

Tringoides hypoleucus (Linn.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363;

Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 456 (1896).

Actitis hypoleucus (Linn.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xii. pp. 299 (1892).

Totanus hypoleucus, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. p. 328

(1892).

Common everywhere (Swinhoe).

196, TEREKIA CINEREA,

Totanus terekius (Lath.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

p. 328 (1892).

Terekia cinerea (Gild.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

p- 299 (1892) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus, xxiv. p. 474 (1896).

Hoihow, North Hainan, 17th December (Swinhoe).

197. GLOTTIS NEBULARIUS.

Totanus glottis (Lath.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 364; Styan,

Ibis, 1893, p. 487; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 376

1898).

: Glottis nebularius (Gunner); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv.

p. 481 (1896).

Very common about Hoihow, February (Swinhoe ¢ Hartlaub).

498 MR, W. BR. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

198. CALIDRIS ARENARIA.

Calidris arenaria (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363; Styan,

Ibis, 1893, p. 487; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 526 (1896) ;

Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 375 (1898).

Hungpe, North-west Hainan (Swinhoe).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub).

199. EURHYNORHYNCHUS PYGMZUS.

Eurhynorhynchus pygmaeus (Linn.) ; Hart]. Abh.nat.Ver. Bremen,

xii. pp. 800, 830 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 487 ; Sharpe, Cat.

B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 535 (1896) ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xiv. p. 377 (1898).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub).

200. TRINGA RUFICOLLIS.

Tringa albescens, Temm.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363.

Tringa ruficollis, Pall.; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 4387.

Limonites ruficollis (Pall.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv.

p- 545 (1896).

Hungpe, North-west Hainan, 30th March (Swinhoe).

201. TRINGA TEMMINCKEI,

Tringa temmincki, Leisl.; Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp. 300, 329 (1892), xiv. p. 377 (1898).

Limonites temmincki (Leisl.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv.

p- 555 (1896).

Hoihow, North Hainan, 25th November (Hartlaub).

202. TRINGA SUBARQUATA.

Tringa subarcuatus (Gild.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 437.

Ancylochilus subarquatus (Giild.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xxiv. p. 586 (1896).

Tringa subarquata, Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 300,

329 (1892), xiv. p. 376 (1898).

Hoihow, North Hainan, 17th December (Hartlaub).

203. TRINGA CANUTUS.

Tringa canutus, Linn.; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp. 300, 329 (1892); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 593

(1896).

North Hainan, 17th December.

204. TRINGA CRASSIROSTRIS.

Tringa crassirostris, Temm. & Schleg.; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xii. pp. 890, 329 (1892); Styan. Ibis, 1893, p. 436 ; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 600 (1896); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xiv. p. 376 (1898).

Hoihow, North Hainan, 24th November, 16th December, and

26th January (Hartlaud).

1900. ] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 499

205. TRINGA ALPINA.

Tringa cinclus (Linn.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp- 300, 329 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 437.

Tringa alpina (Linn.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363 ; Harti. Abh.

nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 377 (1898).

Pelidna alpina, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxxiv. p. 602 (1896),

Hoihow, North Hainan, 11th December and 15th January

(Swinhoe § Hartlaub).

206. LiMIcoLA PLATYRHYNCHA.

Tringa platyrhyncha, Temm.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363;

Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 437.

Iimicola platyrhyncha (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xxiv. p. 612 (1896).

Hoihow, North Hainan, 5th February (Swinhoe).

207. GALLINAGO STENURA.

Gallinago stenura (Bonap.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 362; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 800, 330 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893,

p. 436; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 619 (1896).

Common throughout Hainan (Swinhoe).

208. GALLINAGO GALLINAGO.

Gallinago scolopacina, Bonap. ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 362.

Gallinago gallinago, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 633

(1896).

Common near Kiung-chu, North Hainan, February (Swinhoe).

209. SCOLOPAX RUSTICULA.

Scolopax rusticula (Linn.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 671; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 671 (1896); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xiv. p. 375 (1898).

North Hainan (Hartlaub).

210. RostRATULA CAPENSIS.

Rhynchea bengalensis (Linn.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 362.

Rhynchea capensis (Linn.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp. 300, 331 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 436; Hartl. Abk. nat.

Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 375 (1898).

Rostratula capensis (Linn.); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv.

p- 683 (1896).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Swinhoe g Hartlaub).

211. PHALAROPUS HYPERBOREUS.

Lobipes hyperboreus (Linn.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 363.

Phalaropus hyperboreus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiv,

p- 698 (1896).

Hungpe, North-west Hainan, 4th April (Swinhoe),

500 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

212. HyDROPROGNE CASPIA.

Sterna caspia, Pall.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 366; Hartl. Abh.

nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 300, 334 (1892).

Hydroprogne caspia, Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxv. p. 32

(1896).

Plentiful at Hoihow, North Hainan, Feb. to April (Swinhoe &

Hartlaub).

213. STERNA SINENSIS.

Sterna sinensis (Gmel.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 437; Saunders,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxv. p. 113 (1896).

Sternula sinensis, Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiy. p. 380

(1898).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub).

214, STERNA MELANAUCHEN.

Sterna melanauchen, Temm.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 367;

Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxv. p. 126 (1896).

Hoihow Harbour, North Hainan (Swinhoe).

215. LARUS SAUNDERSI.

Larus saundersi, Swinhoe; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

xil. pp. 3800, 334 (1892); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 487; Saunders,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxv. p. 183 (1896).

North Hainan (Hartlaub).

216. LARUS RIDIBUNDUS.

Larus ridibundus, Linn.; Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxv.

p- 207 (1896); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 379

(1898).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub).

217. LaRvs CANUS.

Larus niveus, Pall.; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 366.

Larus canus, Linn. ; Saunders, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxv. p. 277

(1896).

Hoihow Harbour, North Hainan, and Hungpe, North-west

Hainan, February to April (Swinhoce).

218. PoDICIPES PHILIPPENSIS.

Podiceps philippensis (Bonnat.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 366;

Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 300, 334 (1892),

Tachybaptes fluviatilis, Styan (nec Tunst.), Ibis, 1893, p. 437.

Podicipes philippensis, Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 511

(1898).

Often seen (Swinhoe),

219. GALLINULA CHLOROPUS.

Gallinula chloropus (Linn.); Hart]. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen,

1900.] THE BIRDS OF HAINAN. 501

Xli. pp. 300, 332 (1892) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiii. p. 169

(1894).

Recorded from North Hainan by Hartlanb.

220. GALLICREX CINEREUS.

Gallicrex cinereus (Gm.); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 486; Sharpe,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxiii. p. 183 (1894); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver.

Bremen, xiv. p. 378 (1898).

Hoihow, North Hainan (Hartlaub).

921, FULICA ATRA.

Fulivea atra, Linn. ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp- 300, 332 (1892); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 210

(1894).

North Hainan ( Hartlaub).

222. *TRERON NIPALENSIS.

Treron nipalensis (Hodgs.); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi.

p- 34 (1893) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 435.

_ “Tris orange; bill pale yellow ; base of bill and feet orange

red.’"—J. W.

Interior of South-west Hainan (Styan).

223. OSMOTRERON BICINCTA.

Osmotreron domvilit, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 354; Styan, Ibis,

1893, p. 435.

Osmotreron bicincta (Jerd.); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi,

p. 57 (1893); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 370 (1898).

Interior of Hainan (Swinhoe).

224, CARPOPHAGA NEA.

Carpophaga sylvatica (Tick.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 355.

Carpophaga cnea, Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 190 (1893).

Shuy-wei-sze, Central Hainan, 18th February, and Hungpe,

West Hainan, 30th March (Swinhoe).

225. *CARPOPHAGA GRISEICAPILLA.

Carpophaga griseicapilla, Wald.; Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xxi. p. 217 (1893).

“Tris pale bluish white ; bill and feet dull red; tip of bill dull

grey.’—J. W.

Recorded from Hainan for the first time.

226. CoLUMBA PUNICEA.

Columba punicea (Tick.); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi.

p. 306 (18938).

Alsocomus puniceus, Tick.; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 485; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver, Bremen, xiv. p. 370 (1898).

Nam-fung, interior of North Hainan (Styan ¢ Hartlaub),

502 MR. W. R. OGILVIE GRANT ON [May 8,

927. *MACROPYGIA MINOR.

Macropygia tusalia, var. minor, Swinh. Ibis, 1870, p. 355.

Macropygia swinhoit, W. Ramsay, Ibis, 1890, p. 218; Salvad.

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 840 (1898); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 435 ;

Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 370 (1898).

Two specimens in the Whitehead collection have the somewhat

smaller measurements of J. minor, but are identical in plumage

with typical M. tusalia, the colour of the back, wings, and tail

being absolutely similar. The female type of J/. minor has the back

unusually dark and almost devoid of all trace of rufous cross-bars.

The pair of birds sent home by Whitehead are the first really fine

specimens that have been brought to Europe, and they seem to

show that though some examples of M. minor are darker than

typical MW. tusalia, others are indistinguishable in plumage, and only

differ in their somewhat smaller size.

3. Wing 7'1; tail 7:2 inches.

Oy BBR AB ae

“ Tris narrow, pale yellow ;

J. W.

Tai-ping-sze, Central Hainan, Nychow, South Hainan (Swinhoe),

Nam-fung, interior of North Hainan, May (Styan & Hartlaub).

bill dusky black; feet coral-red.”—

228. TURTUR ORIENTALIS.

Turtur rupicola (Pall.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 356; Hart.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 323 (1892); Styan, lbis, 1893,

p-. 485; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 370 (1898).

Turtur orientalis (Lath.); Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 403

(1893).

A few near Kiung-chu, February (Swinhoe).

229. TURTUR HUMILIS.

Turtur humilis (Temm.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 856; Salvad.

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 434 (1893); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 435.

Obtained at Kiung-chu, 10th February, and occasionally seen in

other parts of the island (Swinhoe).

230. *TURTUR CHINENSIS.

Turtur chinensis (Scop.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 356; Harti.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 324 (1892); Salvad. Cat.

B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 439 (1893).

“Tris pale brownish yellow ; bill black; feet dull coral-red.”—

Found everywhere (Swinhoe).

231. CHALCOPHAPS INDICA.

Chalcophaps indica (Linn.); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 856; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. pp. 299, 323 (1892); Salvad. Cat. B.

Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 514 (1893); Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 485; Hartl.

Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 370 (1898),

1900.] THH BIRDS OF HAINAN. 503

Once obtained at Shuy-wei-sze, Central Hainan, 27th February

(Swinhoe).

Lui-wo-wan, northern slope of the mountains of South-west

Hainan ; Nodouha, interior of North Hainan, and the Hummocks,

near the coast of North Hainan (Styan & Hartlaub).

232. TURN1X DUSSUMIERI.

Turmx dussumiert (Temm.); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp- 299, 324 (1892); Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 540 (1893).

Hartlaub records a specimen from North Hainan on the 24th

March.

233. CACCABIS CHUKAR.

Caccabis chukar (Gray); Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 113

(1893); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 371 (1898).

Hartlaub records a pair from Hainan.

234, *FRANCOLINUS CHINENSIS.

Francolinus sinensis, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 359; Hart]. Abh.

nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 372 (1898).

Francolinus chinensis (Osbeck); Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Brem.

xii. pp. 299, 324 (1892); Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 186

(1893) ; Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 435.

“Tris hazel; bill dusky black, base whitish; feet orange-yel-

low.”—J. W.

Common everywhere (Swinhoe).

235, ARBORICOLA ARDENS.

Arboricola ardens, Styan, Ibis, 1893, p. 486, pl. xii.; Grant,

Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 210 (1898).

The only specimen known of this remarkable Tree-Partridge was

obtained at Luiwowan, on the northern slope of the mountains of

South-west Hainan, in the month of December.

236. CoTURNIX COTURNIX.

Coturnix communis, Bonn. ; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii.

pp. 299, 324 (1892).

Coturnie coturnix (Linn.); Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 231

(1893).

North Hainan, 29th January (Hartlaub).

237, EXCALFACTORIA CHINENSIS.

Excalfactoria chinensis, Swinhoe (nec Linn.), Ibis, 1870, p. 360;

Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 250 (1893),

Seen by Swinhoe, but not obtained. It is quite possible that

the Hainan bird should be referred to the subspecies Z. lineata.

238. *GENNEUS WHITEHBADI. (Plate XXXIV.)

Genneus whiteheadi, Grant, Ibis, 1899, p. 586.

The male of this remarkably fine species of Silver Pheasant

———

504 ON THE BIRDS OF HAINAN, [May 8,

is most nearly allied to G. nycthemerus, but, as may be seen from

the accompanying drawing (Plate XXXIV.), differs conspicuously

in many important particulars.

Crown black with a slight blue gloss; nuchal crest rather

long (2°5 inches) and similarly coloured, the longer feathers being

decomposed.

Adult male. Nape and upper mantle pure white; each feather

of the lower mantle, back, ramp, and shorter upper tail-coverts

with one black submarginal band on each web, forming an arrow-

head black marking, which gradually increases in width towards

the tail, most of the feathers being also narrowly fringed with

black. Wing-coverts similar, but with the black markings much

coarser. Longer upper tail-coverts and secondaries very boldly

marked with successive black arrow-heads. Primary-quills black,

with wide oblique white markings. Middle tail-feathers pure

white; second and third pairs white, with wide (about 0°5 inch)

oblique black bands on the outer web; the latter pair with some

irregular black marking on the inner web also; remaining pairs

white, with wide oblique black bands on both webs forming an

irregular arrow-head pattern. Underparts black, some of the

feathers of the sides with narrow white middles. Iris brownish

yellow; naked wattle and skin on sides of face scarlet; bill greenish

white ; legs coral-red.

Total length 35 inches ; wing 9°4; tail 20; tarsus 3:15.

Adult female. Most nearly resembles the female of G. andersoni,

but is much darker. The feathers of the neck and mantle mostly

black with wide white shaft-streaks; the underparts, including the

under tail-coverts, similar, but with wider white middles. Outer

tail-feathers uniform dark chestnut, with indistinct vermiculations

of black. Iris light brown; upper mandible greenish brown, lower

dull green; naked skin on face red; legs and feet bright scarlet.

Total length 21°5 inches ; wing 8:1; tail 8-8; tarsus 2°9.

Mr. Whitehead secured three adult males and one female of

this splendid Silver Pheasant.

Hab, Five-Finger Mountains, interior of Hainan.

239. GALLUS GALLUS.

Gallus ferrugineus (Gmel.) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1870, p. 357; Styan,

Ibis, 1893, p. 435; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xiv. p. 371 (1898).

Gallus gallus (Linn.); Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 344 (1893).

Gallus bankiva, Temm.; Hartl. Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, xii. p. 324.

Throughout Hainan (Swinhoe).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pruate XXXII.

Nycticoraxr magnifica, p. 493.

Puate XXXIV,

Genneus whiteheadi, 3 2, p. 503.

Horace Kmght admnat lith We st, Newman chromo

1900.} ON BUTTERFLIES FROM HAINAN. 505

3. On the Butterflies collected by the late Mr. John

Whitehead in the Interior of the Island of Hainan. By

Puiuip Crowtey, F.L.S., F.Z.8.

[Received March 29, 1900.]

(Plate XXXV.)

In this collection, which was the last made by the late Mr. John

Whitehead, there are representatives of 108 species, of which 8 are

new, and many others have not been previously recorded from

this island. I therefore append a list of those received. I can

find only two previous lists of Butterflies from Hainan—that of

Mr. F. Moore, in P. Z. 8S. 1878, and that of the Rev. W. F. Holland,

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 1887. I have marked with M. or H. all

the species mentioned in these lists.

NYMPHALIDA4.

EUPLG@IN#.

TIRUMALA LIMNIACE Cram. 2. M.& H.

SALATURA GHNUTIA Cram. 6,2. H.

CADUGA SWINHOEI Moore. <¢.

TREPSICHROIS LINNZI Moore. 4G, Q.

SATYRINA.

EvrL@aMIMa HENRICI Holl. ¢. H.

ORsOTRIENA MEDUS Fabr. 2.

CALYSISME MAMDpRTA Cram. ¢.

LETHE ROHRIA Fabr. ¢

TANSIMA VERMA Koll. ¢.

Maianitis ASwA Moore. ¢. H.

AMATHUSIIN ®,

NANDOGES HAINANA, Sp. 0.

Male. Resembles N. diores Doubl. Differs from the Indian

form in being smaller, and in having the blue much restricted.

Expanse 3,4; inches,

DiscoPHORA TULLIA Cram. ¢.

506 MR, PHILIP CROWLEY ON [May 8,

NyYMPHALINA.

EULEPIS EUDAMIPPUS WHITEHEAD, sp.n. (Plate XXXV-. fig. 1.)

Male. Upperside—Fore wing: discal white area clearer and

much broader than in E. eud. rothschildi, being in this respect not

essentially different from E. eud. nigrobasalis, the marginal and

submarginal spots having the same arrangement and direction as

in its allies. Hind wing as in Z. eud. mgrobasalis, but the black

marginal band separated into rather smaller portions just touching

each other, outer marginal interspaces much shaded with blue.

Underside—Fore wing: middle of costal margin black, disco-

cellular portion of middle band black ; two conjoined costal black

spots midway between cell and postdiscal band; discal band

similar to E. eud. rothschildi. Marginal band olive-brown. Hind

wing: median band as in £&. ewd. rothschildi, but with the upper

black bars more strongly developed. Series of double lunules with

heavy bluish-white centres parallel to outer margin, as in £. euda-

mippus. Black submarginal spots, which are heavy and slightly

transverse, especially 5—6, midway between lunules and margin of

wing.

Expanse 3,5, inches.

HestinA NAMA Doubl. ¢.

ADOLIAS ELEANOR Fruhs. ¢, 2.

KIRONTISA WHITEHEADI, sp. un. (Plate XXXV. fig. 4.)

Male. Upperside deep olivescent brown. Fore wing with two

paler olivescent marks within, one at the end, and another beyond

the cell. Cilia white. A slight bluish-grey marginal band.

Hind wing with a bluish-grey marginal band, narrow at the apex,

widening to the anal angle ; extreme edge black. Underside dark

ochraceous umber-brown, cell and basal marks black. Both wings

crossed by discal and submarginal sinuous blurred darker bands,

most prominent on fore wing.

Female. Upperside paler than male. Fore wing: cell-markings

as in male. Beyond the cell a series of five semidiaphanous

whitish spots, the middle one indistinct, a subapical spot situate

just below the base of the fifth subcostal; a bluish-grey marginal

band beginning narrowly just below the apex, and widening to

the posterior angle. Hind wing: basal marks obscure, a very

wide bluish-grey outer marginal band enclosing six dentate black

spots ; blackish extreme outer edge. Underside brownish ochreous.

Fore wing : cell-markings slender as in male ; a series of prominent

bluish-white black-edged semidiaphanous discal spots as on upper-

side; a submarginal series of six black spots separated by the

veins. Hind wing: basal marks obscure; a faint discal band; a

series of diffused sinuous submarginal spots.

Expanse, ¢ 2,8,, 2, 3,3, inches.

1900.] BUTTERFLIES FROM HAINAN. 507

Nora KESAVA Moore. ¢.

DopHLaA DERMA Koll. ¢.

Nepris HAINANA Moore. ¢, 9. M.

NEpTis LEUCONOTA Butl. 9.

Ranwinpa HORDONIA Stoll. 9. H.

Yoma vasuKI Doh. o.

JUNONIA ASTERIE Linn. ¢. H.

JUNONIA LEMoNIAS Linn. ¢. M. & H.

CYRESTIS THYODAMAS Boisd. g. M.

PENTHEMA MICHALLATI Janet. 5, @.

Cyntaia pROTA Fabr. ¢. H.

ATELLA SINHA Koll. ¢.

Exgouis attERNUS Moore. ¢. M.

LEMONIID4S.

LIBytH AINA.

LIBYTHEA MYRRHA Godt. <.

NEMEOBIIN 2.

ZEMEROS CONFUCIUS Moore. 6. M.& H.

LYC#ZNIDA,

PITHECOPS HYLAX Fabr. ¢.

NEOPITHECOPS ZALMORA Butl. o, 9.

TARAKA HAMADA Druce. 9.

MrcisBa HAMPSONI Moore. ¢ A OF

Cyanirnis puspa Horsf. d, ?.

CYANIRIS DILECTUS Moore. ¢.

CYANIRIS ORBAS Leech. ¢.

LYCENESTHES LYCAMBES Hew. ¢.

Evbres pipoka Moore. ¢.

NACADUBA C@LESTIS de Nicév. ¢.

NAcADUBA ARDATES Moore. ¢.

NACADUBA KURAVA Moore. ¢.

508 MR, PHILIP CROWLEY ON [May 8,

CATOCHRYSOPS STRABO Fabr. ¢.

LAMPIDES ELPIS Godt. ¢.

LAMPIDES CELENO Godt. 6, 2. H.

Tarvous PLinius Fabr. ¢.

CASTALIUS ELNA Hew. C.

PotyomMatus Bericus Linn. ¢d. M. & H.

AMBLYPODIA HAINANA, Sp. 0.

Male. Wings above dark purplish violet, with a dingy black

marginal band; anal lobe and tail brown. Underside dark

purple-brown, base of fore wing and entire hind wing sparsely

speckled with grey scales; transverse line edged with grey near

anal angle.

Expanse 2,2, inches.

CureEris BuLIS Doubl. & Hew. ¢.

CURETIS SPERTHIS Feld. ¢.

IneRDA BPIcLES Godt. ¢, Q.

APHNZUS ZEBRINUS Moore. 9°.

LoxvuRA ATYMNUS Cram. o.

Yasopa prra Horsf. ¢.

RAPALA MANBA Hew. @.

PAPILIONIDE.

PIERIN 2,

PRIONERIS THESTYLIS Doubl. ¢.

PRIONERIS WATSONI Hew. oC.

PRIONERIS CLEMANTHE Doubl. ¢.

TERIAS HARINA Horsf. ¢.

Trias suaAvA Boisd. ¢. H.

TERIAS #SI0PE Ménétr. ¢d, 2. M.

Hpomola GLAUCIPPE Linn. ¢.

DERCAS VERHUELLI Hoev. o.

Ixtas EVIPPE Dru. ¢. M.

APPIAS GALBA Wall. ¢.

APPIAS HIPPO Cram. 6, 2.

1900.] BUTTERFLIES FROM HAINAN, 509

CATOPSILIA PYRANTHE Linn. ¢.

HiIposcRITIA LALAGE Doubl. g. H.

HIPOSCRITIA PSEUDOLALAGE Moore. ¢.

HiposcrRiTIA INDRA Moore. 6.

HIPOSCRITIA LAGELOIDES, sp. n. (Plate XXXV. fig. 2.)

Male. Upperside white. Fore wing: base of costa greenish grey ;

a black streak shaded with bluish grey from base of cell to black

discocellular spot, which is connected with the spur of the

outer margin, thus cutting off a large white transverse elongated

spot. Apical area and broad outer margin black, enclosing two

subapical white spots, the lower indistinct ; also a large white spot

between first and second median nervules. Hind wing with a

broad marginal black band, inner edge much suffused. Underside—

Fore wing white, a distinct quadrate discocellular black spot, a

black oblique band from costa beyond cell to just above posterior

angle ; a black spot between the median nervules connected with

the band. Apex brownish yellow. Hind wing pale brownish

yellow, crossed by two zigzag dark grey bands, a dot on the lower

discocellular nervule.

Female. Upperside similar to male, with broader, more pro-

nounced bands, and the white tinged with yellow. Underside as

in male, but with apex and hind wing paler and tinted with faint

lilac.

Expanse, d 2,4, to 25,, 9 2,8, inches.

CATOPHAGA ALBINA Boisd. ¢.

Hupnina NERISSA Fabr. o.

HUPINA NADINA Lucas. ¢.

PAPILIONIN A.

TrorpEs ABACUS Feld. 9.

PapPitio HELENUS Linn. ¢. M.& H.

PAPILIO cHAON Linn. 6.

Papitio prMoLnus Linn. ¢, 2. H.

Papitio acgmunor Linn. ¢g, 9. M.& H.

PAPiILio PROTENOR Cram. ¢.

PAPILIO HAMELA, sp.un. (Plate XXXV. fig. 3.)

Male. Upperside uniform intense brown, with vein- and cell-

lines black. Minute internervular marginal white points. Hind

wing with a discal band of seven pale primrose-coloured spots,

second, third, and fourth being much the larger, sixth and seventh

Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1900, No. XXXIV. 34

510 ON BUTTERFLIBS FROM HAINAN. [May 8

tinged with yellow. Underside: general colour as above, but

paler. Fore wing: faint white discocellular spot, traces of a

series of submarginal internervular spots. Hind wing: an outer

discal band of six, and traces of the seventh, white spots. A

series of slight submarginal white spots.

Expanse 3,1, inches.

PAPILIO SLATERI Hew. oC.

Papitio PARIS Linn. ¢. H.

PAPILIO ARISTOLOCHIZ Fabr. 9.

PapiLio popDsI Janet. ¢.

PAPILIO CONTINENTALIS Himer. ¢, 2. H.

Paprnio acEres Westw. o.

Papitio BATHYCLES Zink. ¢.

Papinio Axion Feld. ¢.

Paprnio AcHERON, Moore. ¢.

PAPILIO SARPEDON Linn. ¢.

PAPiLiIo XENOCLES Doubl. ¢.

Papizio striatus Lathy. ¢.

CAPILA HAINANA, sp. n.

Female. Upperside brown. Fore wing with a broad glistening

hyaline white discal band, decreasing obliquely from middle of

costa to above submedian nervure. Hind wing with two slightly

defined parallel grevish streaks between the nervules. Underside

dark brown. Hind wing without the greyish streaks. Body and

legs brown. Palpi bright orange.

Expanse 2;, inches.

TAGIADES MULYIPUNCTATUS, sp. n.

Male. Allied to 7’. pralaya. Upperside with the hyaline spots

smaller and all entirely separated. Much less yellow on the

hind wing. Underside—Fore-wing spots as above. Hind wing

yellow, more restricted anally.

Expanse 1,8, inches.

TaGIADHs aTTicus Fabr. ¢.

ScoBURA, sp.n. O.

A single specimen of a new species in too bad condition to

describe.

PapDRAONA OIDES Butl. ¢.

PapDRAONA PSEUDOMa@sSA Moore. ¢.

1900.] ON FISHES FROM THE GAMBIA. 511

TELICOTA BAMBUSH Moore. ¢. H.

CaLtToRIs TOONA Moore. 9.

CALTORIS BADA Moore. <6.

JAMBRIX SALSALA Moore. o.

Upasprs Fotus Cram. ¢. H.

ASTICTOPTERUS OLIVASCENS Moore. ¢.

IsMENE ATAPHUS Watson. <o.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV.

Fig. 1. Hulepis eudamippus whiteheadi, p. 506.

2. Hiposcritia lageloides, p. 509.

3. Papilio hamela, p. 509.

4. Kirontisa whiteheadi, p. 506.

4, List of the Fishes collected by Mr. J. S. Budgett in the

River Gambia. By G. A. Bouencsr, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

With Notes by J. 8. Bupeert, F.Z.S.

[Received May 8, 1900.]

The coljection made by Mr. Budgett fills a gap in our knowledge

of the African river-fishes. Extraordinary as it may appear, the

fishes of the Gambia have been little collected before, and it would

have been impossible to draw up a list complete enough to compare

with that of the Senegal. As might be expected, the fishes are

very similar in the two rivers; I have nevertheless to describe

as new two species, which are represented by several specimens in

the collection. Mr. Budgett intends to present examples of these

to the British Museum.

CROSSOPTHRYGII.

POLYPTERID &.

1. PoLyprprus LAPRADII Stdr.

2, PoLYPTERUS SENEGALUS Cuv.

DrIrPnol.

LEPIDOSIRENID2®.

3. PROTOPTERUS ANNECTENS Ow.

(On this and the two preceding species, see Mr. Budgett’s notes

in Proc. Cambr. Philos. Soc. x. 1900, p. 236. ]

34*

512 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [May 8,

TELEOSTHEL.

ELoOPIp#.

4, Exops bacerta C. & V.

MornMYRID&.

5. Mormyrops pELIcrosus Leach.

** Known as ‘Suyi.’ The natives are fond of all the Mormyridx

as food.”

6. GNATHONEMUS SENEGALENSIS Stdr.

“Called by the natives ‘Suyi-furu.’ Brazen, blue and pink

sheen.”

7. MorMYRUS JUBBLINI C, & V.

“ Known as ‘ Suyi-nala.’ All the Mormyride are easily caught

with the trammel net, but with difficulty by other means.’

8. HyprrRopisus BEBE Lacép.

9. GYMNARCHUS NILOTIOUS Cuv.

‘Only caught in the Kunchow ereek. Five specimens seen.”

NOTOPTERID”.

10. Noroprervs aFer Gthr.

‘‘This is not common. Its native name is ‘ Liffi lafo. Two

specimens only were taken near McCarthy’s Island.”

OsTEOGLOSSID 2.

11. Hermrotis NILoTICUS Cuv.

“ Native name ‘ Fanntanng.’ Breeds in the swamps; the fish

occurs also in the river. I have seen no specimen over 20 inches.”

CHARACINIDA.

12. SARCODACES ODOE Bl.

“Known by the natives as ‘Saunko.’ It was taken several

times at Nianimaru, 130 miles from the sea.”

13. Hyprocyon BrEviIs Gthr.

‘Native name ‘Sokkoro.’ Very common; a specimen was

found with a large <Alestes in its gullet. Ventral lobe of caudal

fin brilliant red. Used by the natives for food.”

14, ALusTEs DenTEX Hasselq.

15. ALESTES SETHENTE C. & V.

“Known as ‘ Ballaunta.’ Everywhere common, largely eaten

and used as bait. The scales have a sky-blue tint, tail bright red.”

1900.] FISHES FROM THE GAMBIA. 513

16, ALESTES LEUCISCUS Gthr.

17. CITHARINUS GEOFFROYI Cuv.

‘‘ Known as ‘ Tara.’ Very common, 12 inches in length. The

ventral lobe of the caudal fin and the ventral fins bright red, the

rest silver grey.”

CYPRINIDE.

18. LaBeEo cousiz Riipp.

“ Known as ‘ Kulinumma.’ The whole fish has a fine rosy tint ;

it is esteemed as food, and fairly common; the largest seen being

about 18 inches in length. is

19. Lasro sett C. & V.

‘“* Known as ‘ Jotto.” Fairly common at McCarthy’s Island. It

is good eating. Silver white.”

SILURIDA.

20. CLARIAS BUDGETTI, sp. n.

Vomerine teeth granular, forming a crescentic band which is as

broad as or a little narrower than the premaxillary band; the

latter about 7 times as long as broad. Depth of body 63 or 7

times in total length, length of head (to extremity of occipital

process) 3 or 33 times. Head 13 or 13 as long as broad, very

feebly granulate ; occipital process angular; frontal fontanelle 4

or 5 times as long as broad, its length about 4 times in length of

head; occipital fontanelle small, in advance of occipital process; eye

small, 3 or 4 times in length of snout, 54 to 7 times in nie

width, which nearly equals width of mouth and is contained 2 230

23 in length of head ; nasal barbel about 3 length of head; max-

illary barbel as long as or a little shorter than the head (a little

longer in the young); outer mandibular barbel 1} or 14 as long

as inner, which measures 3 or % length of head. Grll-rakers

closely set, about 40 on first arch. Dorsal 68 to 73, its distance

from the occipital process 4 or 7 length of head, its distance from

the caudal fin greater than the diameter of the eye. Anal 46 to

50, narrowly separated from the caudal. Pectoral not quite 3

length of head; the spine serrated on the outer border, about $

length of the fin. Ventrals midway between end of snout and

caudal. Caudal 3 length of head. Olive above, marbled with

black, white beneath ; anal with a light edge; a blackish streak

from the angle of the ‘mouth to the base of the pectoral.

Total length 330 millim.

Three specimens.

Very nearly allied to C. senegalensis C. & V., with which it may

ultimately haye to be united. The less rugose head and the

narrower frontal fontanelle are the characters which induce me to

regard it, provisionally, as distinct.

‘* Called ‘Connoconno’ by the natives. Often eaten by natives

but not much esteemed, Lives chiefly in shallow swamps,”

514 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON [May 8,

21. ScHILBE SENEGALENSIS C. & V.

992. ARIUS LATISCUTATUS Gthr.

“Known as ‘ Wollinyaba. It is used as food. Seen two

feet in length.”

93. CHRYSICHTHYS CAMERONENSIS Gthr.

24. CHRYSICHTHYS NIGRODIGITATUS Lacép.

25. AUCHENOGLANIS BIscuTatus Geoffr.

26. SYNODONTIS CLARIAS Hasselq.

“‘ Not very common ; taken several times at Nianimaru. Brilliant

red tail and a little red near the head. Native name ‘ Konn-

krikonng.’ Not used as food.”

27. SYNODONTIS GAMBIENSIS Gthr.

“ Called by the natives ‘ Kosso.’, Was very abundant in the river.

Frequently when taken from the water made a faint cry. It is

seldom eaten by the natives. Dull grey.”

28. SYNODONTIS OCELLIFER, sp. 0.

Premaxillary teeth in several irregular series, forming a broad

band; mandibular teeth 23 to 30, hooked, simple, measuring

barely one sixth the diameter of the eye. Depth of body 3 times

in total length, length of head 33 times. Head slightly longer

than broad, convex on the occiput; snout obtusely conical, 3

length of head ; eye supero-lateral, its diameter 5 times in length

of head, 13 to 13 in interorbital width; upper surface of head

moderately granulate from between the eyes; frontal fontanelle

narrow. Occipito-nuchal shield obtusely tectiform, longer than

broad, granulate like the upper surface of the head, and termin-

ating in two obtuse processes. Gill-cleft not extending below

base of pectoral. Maxillary barbel without distinct fringe, longer

than the head, reaching middle or posterior third of pectoral

spine ; mandibalar barbels with long, slender, simple branches,

inserted on a straight transverse line, outer nearly as long as the

head, once and two thirds as long as inner. Lips rather feebly

developed. Humeral process granulate, acutely pointed, extending

nearly as far as occipito-nuchal shield. Dorsal II 7; spine

strong, a little shorter than the head, curved, striated, with 12 or

13 feeble serre behind in its upper half. Adipose fin 3 to 33

times as long as deep, a little longer than the head, 4 to 5 times

as long as its distance from the dorsal. Anal IV 7-8. Pectoral

spine slightly longer than dorsal, striated, feebly sciated on the

outer edge, with 18 to 21 strong antrorse serre on the inner edge.

Ventral not reaching anal. Caudal deeply forked, with pointed

lobes, upper longest. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Skin of

body smooth. Grey-brown above and on the sides, white beneath ;

body and adipose ‘fin with large black-and- white ocellar spots

1900.] FISHES FROM THE GAMBIA. 515

disposed with greater or less regularity at considerable intervals ;

caudal fin with numerous small round blackish spots.

Total length 490 millim.

Three specimens.

This species is most nearly allied to S. nzgrita C. & V., from the

Senegal, from which it differs, however, in the larger adipose fin

and the longer and more slender branches of the mandibular

barbels, as well as in the presence of the ocellar spots on the body.

“Never found in main river; chiefly taken in the Kunchow

Creek. LEye-spots very bright black with white centre. Upper

parts brown.”

29. MALOPTERURUS ELECTRICUS Gm.

“Ts known to the natives of the Gambia by the name of ‘'Tingo.’

It is common. The largest specimen seen was 14 inches in length.

Two small specimens 3 inches in length were kept alive for

several weeks in an aquarium; they appeared to browse on the

algz, and were capable when even so small of giving a very

considerable shock.”

Mueinip2.

30. Mucin FALCIPINNIS C. & V.

“Taken frequently in the Kunchow Creek. No fish in the river

can compare with this as food, most of the river-fish being soft-

fleshed and tasteless.”

POLYNEMID&.

31. PoLYNEMUS QUADRIFILIS C. & V.

SPHYR NIDA.

32. SPHYRENA GUACHANCHO C. & Y.

OPHIOCEPHALIDA.

33. OPHIOCEPHALUS oBscURUS Gthr.

“Called by the natives ‘ Pattukoma’ or ‘ sleeping-fish,’ from a

curious habit it has when caught in shallow pools by draining the

water : it does not attempt to get to the deeper parts of the pools

but lies stranded as though dead. If placed in deep water it will

suddenly dart away. In these pools it bears from above a striking

resemblance to Polypterus, with which it is generally found.”

GOBIIDz.

34, ELnorris SENEGALENSIS Stdr.

CARANGIDA.

35, TRACHYNOTUS OvaArUS L.

SoLr@NIDz.

36. Corvina niarita C. & Y.

516 PROF, HOWES AND MR. SWINNERTON ON THE TUATERA. [May 22,

CICHLID 2.

37. HeMICHROMIS FASCIATUS Ptrs.

38. PELMATOCHROMIS JENTINKI Stdr.

39. TILAPTA GALILZ£A Gm.

40, Trnapta Lata Gthr.

“Known as‘ Furu.’ Much esteemed as food. Very common,

the largest seen being 10 inches in length; great numbers taken

with the seine-net. They are chiefly found in shallow water.”

PLEURONECTID 2.

41, CYNOGLOSSUS SENEGALENSIS Kaup.

‘“‘Native name ‘Juso’ (heart). Taken from above McCarthy’s

Island.”

May 22, 1900.

Dr. Atsert Guntur, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary announced that Mr. J. 8S. Budgett, F.Z.S., had left

Liverpool on Saturday the 19th inst., on a second expedition to the

Gambia, where he was proceeding in order to complete his studies

of the Fish-fauna of that Colony, and especially to investigate the

life-history and development of the remarkable Fishes Polypterus

and Protopterus. On reaching Bathurst Mr. Budgett would go

up the river to his former quarters on McCarthy’s Island, in the

neighbourhood of which he had already ascertained that these

fishes breed during the rainy season.

A communication was read from Prof. G. B. Howes, F.R.S., and

Myr. H. H. Swinnerton, B.Sc., on the development of the skeleton

ot the Tuatera, Sphenodon (Hatteria) punctatus, which was stated

to be the outcome of 18 months’ work on material supplied to the

authors by Prof. Dendy, of Christchurch, N.Z. An account was

given of the egg, the batching, and the habits of the hatched young,

which the authors reared till four months old. Thus a stage (T)

was added to Prof. Dendy’s series.

The-main conclusions arrived at were stated to be as follows :—

Two kinds of inter-centra are formed, of which one persists as

the chevrons. The cartilaginous vertebral bodies arise as paired

structures, and the intra-vertebral plates are chordal in origin.

Inter-vertebral plates are formed in the tail, and the intra-vertebral

plates have a special relation to the “ splitting ” process ; also a

series of ceutral chordal vesicles is formed at the points of greatest

flexibility. The “uncinates” are mostly separate in origin. The

RES; del. Bale & Danielsson, Ltd.Lith. — ‘gl

HALICARCINUS HALICARCINUS —_

OVATUS. PLANATUS,

Bais & Piawlewaon

aes

Baie a3 gana

Bale aD.

IAIS PUBESCENS. ~

TRESS. del.

, a

TRESS. del. Bale & Danielsson, Lid. Lith.

EXOSPHAROMA GIGAS.

a ut

. : be 7

ae: ie oo ero

1900.] ON CRUSTACHANS FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 517

brain-case is a product of the union of distinct ethmo- and oto-

sphenoidal cartilages, and its fenestre are primary. The trabecule

represent a pair of pre-oral visceral arches, and the epipterygoid

bone is an ossification of the ascending process of the pterygo-

quadrate cartilage. The columella auris and stapedial processes

are at all stages continuous with the hyoid arch, and that is at-

tached only to the quadrate above. The meeting of the pterygoids

and vomers is of an order leading to the Chelonia and Plesiosauria,

and the pterygo-quadrate cartilage closely resembles that of [chthy-

ophis. The ‘abdominal ribs ” arise by numerous calcifications and

their median segment may be paired. There is no supra-temporal

bone present at any stage. The hip-girdle is simpler than in the

Lacertilians, and two types of pelvis are represented. There is no

trace of the fifth tarsale in the ontogeny, and while a centrale is

incorporated in the “ astragalus,” there are three centralia carpi

represented during development.

Two types of cheek-teeth, and sustentacular ligaments which

support the medulla and spinal cord, were also described.

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. On some Crustaceans from the Falkland Islands collected

by Mr. Rupert Vallentin. By the Rev. Tuomas R. R.

Sressine, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S8., F.Z.S,

[Received March 24, 1900, ]

(Plates XXXVI.-XXXIX.)

The materials on which this paper is founded were collected by

Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F.L.S., in Stanley Harbour and the adjacent

district during the closing weeks of 1898 and the opening weeks of

the following year. During the course of the present century

this locality has been visited by several important scientific ex-

peditions. It mav be worth while to mention the voyage of ‘ La

Coquille’ under Duperrey in the years 1822-1825, the Crustacea of

which were described by Guérin-Méneyille between 1828 and 1838 ;

the voyage of ‘L’ Astrolabe’ and‘ La Zélée’ under Dumont d’Urville,

1837-1840, Crustacea by Jacquinot and Lucas, 1842-1853 ; the

United States Exploring Expedition under Wilkes, 1838-1842,

Crustacea by Dana, 1846-1855; Voyage of the ‘ Erebus’ and ‘Terror’

under Sir J. C. Ross, 1839-1843, Crustacea by Miers, 1874;

the * Challenger’ Expedition, 1873-1876, Crustacea by several

writers, 1880-1888. Crustacea from the vicinity have also been

described by R. O, Cunningham in 1871, by Targioni-Tozzetti in

1877, and by Professor Studer in 1884. Consequently the general

features of the zoology of the Falklands are tolerably well known.

518 REY. T. R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

None the less, the specimens, in ample variety, which have rewarded

Mr. Vallentin’s assiduous and systematic researches, serve to throw

new and much needed light on many interesting questions. At least

in the single group of the Malacostraca I have found so much to

say on a dozen species, of which only one is new, that the discussion

and description of numerous other species must be left over to some

future opportunity. It can scarcely be regarded as a reproach to

the earlier naturalists that they had not prophetic eyes to make them

acquainted with the requirements of modern classification. We

are perhaps industriously preparing equivalent stumbling-blocks

for a future age, which possibly will only care to distinguish species

by the internal structure as seen working in the living animal under

the Réntgen rays. But for the difficulty of identifying forms

described by our predecessors, we ought not to lay all the blame on

the imperfection of the original accounts. It should be shared by

the naturalists who sometimes in a long succession are content

to quote the name of a species, without using the means at their

disposal of making it thoroughly well-known. There is a sort of

superstition that a new species is worth publishing, but that to

deal with one to which some other person’s name and some ancient

date is attached, is a poor affair, stale and unprofitable.

There are indeed some specimens in Mr. Vallentin’s collection

to which these remarks will not apply, such as Serolis paradowa

(Fabricius), re-described by Beddard in his ‘ Challenger’ Report on

the Isopoda. Among the Amphipoda there is the well-marked

Talorchestia scutigerula (Dana), and there is Dana’s Iphimedia

nodosa, a beautiful species, easily identified with Dana’s account

specifically, though the genus remained doubtful till a specimen

was available for dissection. ‘These are mentioned to indicate that

the interest of the specimens gathered is by no means exhausted

n the present paper.

BRACHYURA.,

CYCLOMETOPA.

Fam. ATELECYCLID 2.

1893. Atelecyclide, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vol. vii. p. 421.

1896. Atelecyclide, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vol. ix. p. 444.

1899. Atelecycline (subfam. of Cancride), Alcock, J. Asiat.

Soc. Bengal, vol. lxviii. pt. 2, p. 96.

Ortmann defines this family as follows :—‘“ Inner antenne

longitudinal. Outer antenne occupying the interior hiatus of

the orbits, their second joint cylindrical, just reaching the front,

the third joint only a little smaller ; flageilum hairy. Cephalo-

thorax rounded, not widened, antero-lateral margin at least as long

as the postero-lateral.”

He places it among the Cancrini, his second subsection of the

Cyclometopa, which in his system form the second section of the

Cancroidea, these latter being the second subdivision of the

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDs. 519

Brachyura proper. To the Atelecyclide he assigns the genera

Hypopeltarion and Atelecyclus. Miers, who in 1886 placed Hypo-

peltarium together with G'omeza in a legion Corystoidea, recognized

that Hypopeltarium was nearly allied to Atelecyclus, and that these

approached the Cyclinea, while Gomeza was a typical Corystoid.

Alcock includes in his subfamily Atelecyclus M.-Edw., Erimacrus

Benedict, 1892, Hypopeltarium Miers, Phosoma Stimpson, 1862,

Telmessus White, 1846, Trachycarcinus Faxon, 1893, and T'richo-

peltarium A. M.-Edwards, 1880.

Genus Priurarion Jacquinot.

1843-1847". Peltarion, Jacquinot, D’Urville’s Voy. au Pole

Sud, Atlas, Crustacés, pl. 8. fig. 1 (without definition).

1847. Peltarion, White, List of Crustacea in British Museum,

. 52.

: 1852, Peltarion, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xiii. p. 298.

1853. Peltarion, Lucas, D’Urville’s Voy. au Pole Sud, Zoologie,

vol. 11. Crustacés, p. 80.

1871. Peltarion, Cunningham, Tr. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxvii.

p. 494.

1881. Peltarion, Miers, Pr. Zool. Soc. London, 1881, p. 68.

1886. Hypopeltariwm, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, Reports,

vol. xvii. p. 210.

1893. Hypopeltarion, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vol. vii. p. 421.

1897. Hypopeltarium, M. J. Rathbun, Pr. Biol. Soc. Washington,

vol. xi. p. 168.

1899. Hypopeltarium, Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixviii.

pt. 2, p. 96.

Miers considered that the name Peltarion was preoccupied,

apparently because in 1844 Fischer de Waldheim had named a

genus of Coleoptera, not Peltarion but Peltarium. He distinguishes

the genus trom Afelecyclus “ by its narrower, three-spined front,

the spinuliferous, not dentated, antero-lateral margins of the cara-

pace, and the shorter, more truncated merus [fourth] joints of the

exterior maxillipeds.”

PELTARION SPINOSULUM White.

1843. Atelecyclus spinosulus, White, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 1,

vol. xii. p. 345 (quoted by White in 1847 as ‘ Corystes spin.’).

1843-1847. Peltarion magellanicus, Jacquinot *, Voy.au Pole Sud,

Atlas, Crust. pl. 8. figs. 1-3.

' The Atlas to the Voyage of the ‘ Astrolabe’ and ‘ Zélée ’‘ au Pole Sud et dans

lOcéanie, 1837-1840, has a general titlepage dated 1842-1853. Of the

Crustacea, plate 8 is quoted by White in 1847.

* The genus and species are sometimes assigned to Hombron and Jacquinot,

who appear to have been both engaged in collecting the specimens obtained by

the expedition ; but as the figures of the Crustacea are attributed to Jacquinot

by Lucas, who drew up the descriptions, there is nothing on which Hombron’s

claim to authorship can properly be founded.

520 REV. T, R. R, STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

1847. Peltarion spinosulum, White, List of Crustacea in British

Museum, pp. 52, 139.

1852. Peltarion spinulosum, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xiii,,

Crustacea, p. 304, pl. 18. figs. 6 a 6.

1853. Peltarion magellanicus, Lucas, Voy. au Pole Sud, Zoologie,

vol. iii. Crustacés, p. 83.

1871. Peltarion spinulosum, Cunningham, Tr. Linn. Soe. Lond.

vol. xxvii. p. 494.

1881. Peltarion spinulosum, Miers, Pr. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 68.

1886. Hypopeltarium spinosulum, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura,

Reports, vol. xvii. p. 211.

1893. Hypopeltarion spinulosum, Ortmann, Zool, Jahrb. vol. vii.

p. 421.

The carapace, except on the hind margin, is entirely begirt

with little unequal teeth. Why they have been called spinules is

not easy to explain. They are not movable, but continuous with

the carapace which they fringe.

A single specimen, about 13 inch (34 mm.) in length and just

the same in breadth, was ‘found during low-water in sandy bay,

Port William,” by Mr. Vallentin. Cunningham speaks of it as

burrowing in sandy beaches, as well as of its being taken by

dredging.

CATOMETOPA,

Fam. HyMENOSOMID#,

1858. Hymenosomide, Stimpson, Pr. Acad. Philad. p. 108 (Pro-

dromus, p. 54).

This family is more commonly regarded as a subfamily of the

Pinnotheride, called Hymenicine by Dana, Targioni-Tozzetti, and

Haswell, but Hymenosomine by Milne-Edwards and Miers. Of

the genera assigned to this group, Hymenosoma Leach is much older

than Dana’s Hymenicus. In the Hymenosomide the third joint of

the third maxillipeds is not diminutive as in the Pinnotheride.

Professor Haswell considers the genera Hymenosoma, Hymenicus,

and Halicarcinus to be synonyms, and inferentially unites with

them Hlamena Milne-Edwards. For in a note upon ‘* Hymeno-

soma planatum” he says: “ The Elamena Mathaei of Milne-Edwards

(Ann. Sci. Nat. (3 sér.) xx. p. 223, pl. xi. fig. 4, and Hist. Nat.

Crust. ii. p. 35) is probably the young male of this species. It is

quite distinct from the Hymenosoma Mathaeci of Desmarest

(Consid. p. 163), which is described as having the form of an

equilateral triangle, with the anterior angle (rostrum) a little

rounded. As to which of these two species may be Riippell’s

Hymenosoma Mathaci, 1 am unable to form an opinion—the

‘ Krabben des Rothen Meeres’ not being here [Sydney | obtainable.”

On this it must be remarked that practically there is no disagree-

ment between the original account given by Milne-Edwards and

that of Desmarest, since the former in his generic description uses

the expression “il a la carapace & peu pres triangulaire.” Like

1900.] FROM THH FALKLAND ISLANDS. 521

Desmarest he quotes the Museum name of the species, ““ Hymeno-

soma Mathaei, Latreille.’ Like Desmarest he refers to the fle-de-

France as the place of origin, but adds the Red Sea, because he

is able to refer to Riippell. It is indeed reasonable to suppose

that Desmarest and Milne-Edwards were describing identically

the same specimen. It must be admitted that Desmarest says that

it is 6 lines long, while in Milne-Edwards’s ‘ Histoire’ it is 4 lines

in length. But to those who would lay any overwhelming weight

on a discrepancy of that kind, it may be pointed out that Riippell, at

the outset of his description of this very species, says “ This minute

crustacean appears never to overstep a length (Lingendurchmesser)

of three lines,’ although at the close he says: ‘Comparisons

in the Paris Museum convinced me of the identity of the species

here described by me with that which M. Desmarest (Considér-

ations sur les Crustacés, page 163) has published under the same

name.” It will be remembered that Desmarest gives the length

not as three lines but as six. It seems clear that Paulson (Crus-

tacea of the Red Sea, p. 71, 1875) is right in regarding the species

described by Desmarest, Riippell, and Milne-Edwards under the

name mathaei (mathei Riippell) as one and the same.

Nevertheless, Professor Haswell’s suggestion is likely enough to

be right with regard to the second account given by Milne-

Edwards, in 1853, when he changes Elamena into Elamene, figures

parts of a male specimen, which on the earlier occasion he had

confessedly not had an opportunity of examining, and introduces

into the generic character a tridentate rostrum which is conspicuous

by its absence in the figure of his Hlamene quoyt.

Gen. Haticarcrnus White.

1846. Halicarcinus, White, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 1, vol. xviii.

Oe roe

: 1849. Liriopea, Nicolet, Gay’s Hist. Chile, Zool. vol. iii. p. 158.

1852. Halicarcinus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xiii. Crust.

pt. i. p. 379.

13853. Halicarcinus, Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3,

vol, xx. p. 222.

1876. Halicarcinus, Miers, Catal. Crust. New Zealand, p. 49.

1877. Halicarcinus, Targioni-Tozzetti, Crost. della Magenta,

ae ee

4 1882. Hymenosoma (part), Haswell, Catal. Australian Malaco-

straca, p. 114.

1886. Halicareinus, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, Reports,

vol, xvii. p. 280.

White in 1846 placed this genus in the family Myctiride, as a

subgenus distinguished from Hymenosoma “ by the great size of the

thickened fore-feet, by the carapace being generally wider than

long, and having the edge of the strongly depressed upper surface

with two teeth or angles on each side. The four last pairs of legs

are cylindrical and free from hairs, while the claws are considerably

522 REY. T. R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

curved and compressed. The tail of the male is 6-jointed and

deeply notched on each side about the middle. The outer pedi-

palps, as in Hymenosoma, are covered on the outside with short

hairs.”

It seems a fairly clear and innocent account, till you begin to

work with it. White assigns to his subgenus two species, the

second being Hymenosoma depressum Jacquinot, which in 1852

was referred to Hymenicus by Dana. Miers, however, in 1876

informs us that the specimens referred by White to Jacquinot’s

species are distinct from it, and he names them Llamena whitet.

White’s first species is Halicarcinus planatus, with the synonymy

Leucosia planata Fabricius, Hymenosoma leachii Gueérin, and

Hymenosoma tridentatum Jacquinot. This last synonym is accepted

without reserve by Milne-Edwards in 1853, by Heller in 1868, and

Tozzetti in 1877, all of whom quote it accurately from Jacquinot’s

plate as Hymenosoma tridentata. It is accepted with doubt by

Dana in 1852, by Miers in 1876, and by Haswell in 1882. Miers

drops the query in 1879, and inferentially in 1886. Lucas in

1853 describes under the name * Hymenosoma? tridentatum,” not

Jacquinot’s specimen, but Jacquinot’s figures of it, adding the

information that it was taken under stones at low-tide on the

coasts of the Auckland Islands, and proposing to make it the type

ot a new genus Hombronia, most likely in total ignorance of White’s

Halicarcinus. In 1885 Filhol states that Halicarcinus planatus

has been recorded from the Auckland Isles by Hombron and

Jacquinot, and then proceeds to establish as a separate species

Halicarcinus tridentatus (Jacquinot & Lucas), of which he gives a

figure (pl. 50. tig. 3), having found the species, he says, in Cook’s

Straits. To the work in which Hombron and Jacquinot record

H., planatus he gives no clue. He does not refer in his text to his

figure of H. tridentatus, which has a much less comparative width

of carapace and much more slender chelipeds than the figure on

Jacquinot’s plate. He speaks of the description of this species

given by Jacquinot and Lucas as being incomplete, which it might

well be, since Jacquinot did not describe it at all, and Lucas only

described what Jacquinot figured. It is difficult to tell whether

Lucas is quite serious about some of the details, but he had no

specimen by which to control the drawings. M. Filhol tells us

that the maxillipeds present very slight differences from those of

H. planatus, but what those differences are he neither says nor

shows, though Jacquinot’s figure, with the last joint attached in

the middle of the penultimate, absolutely excludes Halicarcinus.

That the carapace is without lateral teeth M. Filhol does mention,

aud this may well be in agreement with Jacquinot’s species, but it

is contrary to the character of Halicarcinus given by White.

White’s other synonym, Hymenosoma leachvi Guérin, is not wholly

free from ditliculty, for though Dana, Miers, and Haswell accept

it as identical with A. planatus, Milne-Edwards (1853) upholds it

as an independent species, and Miers in 1886 regards Halicarcinus

ovatus Stimpson as the representative on the Australian coast of

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 523

Hi. planatus. But Guérin’s H. leachii came from the coasts of New

Holland, and may therefore quite as weli be ovatus as planatus.

Miers in 1876 observes that the abdomen of the male is concave,

not “ deeply notched” on each side as stated in White’s description.

This criticism certainly applies both to Falkland Islands and

Australian forms, and raises a question whether White took his

character, not from observation, but from the figure of the pleon in

Guérin’s ‘ Iconographie.’ White also says that the claws of the last

four legs are “ considerably curved,” which is in correspondence

with Guérin’s figure and with the term “‘crochu” applied to them

by Guérin in the ‘ Voy. de la Coquille.’ Dana, who is not over-

satisfied with White’s account of his new genus, describes this

claw (or tarsus) in H. planatus from Tierra del Fuego as “ nearly

straight”; and though the difference in this respect between the

Patagonian and Australian species is not really very great, yet, the

limbs in the latter being more slender, the curvature of the claw is

in them more effectively apparent. The massive chelipeds shown

in White’s figure, and alluded to in his generic account, may be

those of an old male. ‘They agree pretty well with the claws of

Jacquinot’s Hymenosoma tridentata, but not with those of Guérin’s

H., leachii, which are less inflated and very unequal, nor with those

figured by Dana, which are small and equal, probably drawn from

a female specimen.

Whatever may be the Liriopea leach (Guérin) and Liriopea

lucasti, both from Chile and both described by Nicolet, it is not

improbable, as already observed, that the Hymenosoma leachw of

Guérin is identical with Halicarcinus ovatus Stimpson. Professor

Haswell makes them both synonyms of Hymenosoma planatum, the

separation of Halicarcinus and Hymenicus trom Hymenosoma seeming

to him to rest “on extremely slight points of distinction”; and

indeed the points are not of imposing magnitude as exhibited in

species all of inconsiderable size. But whereas Haswell in 1882

thus unites planatus aud ovatus, Miers, who in 1876 bad done the

same, in 1886 keeps them separate, apparently converted to this

view by Tozzetti’s work in 1877. For Tozzetti not only makes

them separate species, but thinks that there are grounds for allotting

planatus to a new genus, overlooking the fact that it is ovatus, as the

later species, that would have to change its generic name, if a change

were to be made.

Tozzetti, after discussing the facial structure in Hymenosoma,

continues :—‘‘ In a second form the front broad at the base,

continued outward by a supra-orbital margin, is inflected below

by a distinct and acute tridentate epifrontal fold, produces with

the tree margin an interantennulary septum which divides the

antennary fossettes on one side and the other, closed further

behind and below by a distinct epistome. This form (Halicarcinus

planatus, see p. 178) seems to us a new type by the construction

indicated.

“In the third form the front proceeds straight forward, covering

with the base part of the orbital fossette, which has no proper

524 REV. T. R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

superior margin, and receives the eyes and the antenns without

intermediate division in front of the epistome, although that is

present. This (Halicarcinus ovatus, see p. 173) belongs in our

opinion to the genus Halicarcinus.”

The emphasis which Tozzetti lays on the presence of the epi-

stome is in criticism of Milne-Edwards, who had distinguished

Hymenosoma and Halicarcinus, with the epistome less prominent,

from Elamena and Trigonoplax, with the epistome more prominent.

After prolonged attention to Tozzetti’s discussion, I cannot help

feeling that he has made out but a feeble case for the generic

distinction of his second and third forms, nor can I feel quite

certain that his Halicareinus ovatus is the same as that which 1

suppose to be Stimpson’s. On this and many other points of

Australian carcinology, precise and detailed investigations are

needed.

HALICARCINUS PLANATUS (Fabricius). (Plate XXX VIB.)

1775. Caneer planatus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 403, 18.

1781. Cancer planatus, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. vol. i. p. 499, 19.

1783. Cancer planatus, Herbst, Krabben und Krebse, Heft. 2-5,

. 142.

A 1793. Cancer planatus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. vol. ii. p. 446.

1798. Leucosia planata, Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 350.

1846. Halicarcinus planatus, White, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 1, vol. xviii. p. 178, pl. 2. fig. 1.

1852. Halicarcinus planatus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xiii.,

Crust. p. 385, pl. 24. figs. 7a b.

1853. Halicarcinus planatus, Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat.

ser. 3, vol. xx. p. 222.

1868. Halicarcinus planatus, Heller, Reise der Novara, Crust.

p- 66.

1871. Halicarcinus planatus, Cunningham, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond.

vol, xxvii. p. 492.

1876. Halicarcinus planatus, Miers, Catal. New Zealand Crust.

p. 49.

1876. Halicarcinus planatus, 8. I. Smith, Bull. U.S. Mus., Nat.

Hist. Kerguelen, p. 57.

1877. Halicarcinus planatus, Targioni-Tozzetti, Crost. della

Magenta, p. 176, pl. 10. figs. 4 a-f, pl. 11. figs. 2, 2 a [?}.

1879. Halicarcinus planatus, Miers, Phil. Trans. vol. 168.

p. 201.

1882. Hymenosoma planatum, Haswell, Catal. Australian Malaco-

straca, p. 114.

' At p. 173 under Halicarcinus ovatus we read “ Tay. x. Fig. 5, a-d; Tay. xi.

Fig. 3, 5a”; on p. 178, under Halicarcinus planatus, ‘‘ Tay. x. Fig. 4, a-f.” On

p. 255 the explanation of Tav. x. assigns H. planatus to fig. 4, and H. ovatus to

fig. 5; but Tav. xi. has “ Fig. 1, 1 a, 2a” for H. ovatus with a reference to fig. 4

of the preceding plate, “ Fig. 1,2” for H. planatus, with a reference to fig. 5 of

the preceding plate, and “ Fig. 3, 5a, 34, 3c, 3d, 3e” for Hymenosoma leve.

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 525

1885. Halicarcinus planatus, Filhol, Recueil de Mém., Exp. pass.

de Vénus, Zool. p. 396.

1886. Halicarcinus planatus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura,

Reports, vol. xvii. p. 281.

From what has been said on the genus it will be understood that

the mere record of H. planatus is no very certain guarantee that

precisely this species was obtained in the locality assigned. In the

works of Fabricius and Herbst above mentioned, between 1775 and

1793, a species named Cancer orbiculus from New Zealand takes

precedence of the Fuegian Cancer planatus.

Miers in 1876 says : ‘ The type specimen of the C. orbiculus of

Fabr. is in the Collection of the British Museum. It is very much

injured, but I think it can be nothing but a specimen of H. plan-

atus with the marginal teeth obsolete.” He does not, however,

endorse his opinion by substituting the name orbiculus for planatus,

and this is prudent, unless the state of the specimen permits of its

being distinguished, for example, from Wymenicus varius Dana,

which also comes from New Zealand and is without teeth to the

carapace.

In the following notes on specimens brought by Mr. Vallentin

from the Falkland Islands, which specimens I take to be with

little doubt H. planatus, 1 propose to compare with them specimens

from Jervis Bay in Australia, sent to me by Prof. Haswell,

unnamed, but agreeing in my opinion with H. ovatus Stimpson

(Plate XXXVI 4.).

In regard to the upper surface, there is a general agreement that

in the latter species the frontal margin is narrower anid the teeth

of the tridentate depressed rostral projection more closely approxi-

mate than in the former. In both species the teeth are setiferous.

Of the marginal teeth the hinder, which is much the more pro-

nounced, is more setose in H. planatus; and in this species, as Miers

notices, the carapace is much more hairy in some instances than in

others, but that variability, for aught we know, may belong to

other species of the genus, or even be an incident in the life of the

individual. In front of the epistome there is, so far as I can make

out, a similar median septum in both species. In both the eyes

and antenne agree, unless it may be that the eyes in H. ovatus are

apically a little narrowed. The second antenne have in both the

narrow peduncle much shorter than the stout one of the first ; while

Guérin in his Hymenosoma leachvi describes and figures them as being

nearly equal in length.

The mouth-organs are practically the same in both species, and

their characters are sufficiently shown by the figures. The ex-

ternal or third maxillipeds of H. planatus are on the outer surface

of the third and fourth joints much more setose than those of

H, ovatus, and there are small but trivial differences in the outline

of the fourth joint. In the three terminal joints, both species

have numerous finely pectinate spines on or projecting from the

inner surface, which is shown in the figure. All three maxillipeds

have a long narrow epipodal lamina, and the transversely placed

Proc, Zoot, Soc.—1900, No. XX XV. 35

526 REY. T. R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACHANS [May 22,

second joint of the exopod traversed by a muscle evidently adapted

for moving the terminal fascicle of iong setz, about six in number.

From the chelipeds specific distinctions can scarcely be derived,

since in well-developed males of H. planatus there appear to be

greater differences than any which can be pointed out between the

chelipeds of that species and those of H, ovatus. Nicolet’s Liriopea

lucasiit from Chile is founded almost exclusively on the robust

character of the chelipeds, ‘‘ ending in a hand almost globose, much

inflated and of dingy blackish colour,” the movable finger having a

strong dentiform tubercle near the proximal end of the inner

margin. These, however, are characters which may be rather

indicative of age than species.

The four following pairs of trunk-legs (or perzeopods) are natu-

rally stouter in A. planatus, that being much the larger species ;

but in the flattened terminal joint or finger there is also some

difference of shape and armature, this joint in H. planatus being

broader in comparison with its length, less curved, with the teeth

of the inner margin not reverted, and implanted some on one side

and some on the other of the border, whereas in H. ovatus they are

in single file and provide the joint with a slightly backward directed

serrature. In both species the two teeth nearest the acute nail

are the largest, and the spaces between the spines have finely

serrate sete, of which there is a group at the base of the margin.

The broad, rounded pleon of the female and the terminally

narrowed pleon of the male exhibit no characters for distinguishing

the two species.

Breadth of H. planatus about 9 mm., length a little less ;, breadth

of H. ovatus scarcely 7 mm., length a little Jess than the breadth.

Mr. Vallentin reports H. planatus as “ common under stones and

kelp, Stanley Harbour.”

OXYRRHYNCHA.

Fam. [yacnip2.

1886. Inachide, Miers,‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, Reports, vol. xvii.

pp. x, 2.

Dana in 1852 (U.S. Expl. Exp., Crust. p. 77) in the Maiinea

distinguished a family Eurypodide, as having eyes retractile to the

sides of the carapace, but without concealment below it. To this

he referred three genera, Hurypodius, Oregonia, and Amathia.

Miers in 1886 refers the family to Stimpson, who adopted it in

1870 with an acceptation regarded by Miers as equivalent to his

own subfamily Inachine (see J. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xv. p. 644,

and ‘ Challenger’ Report, p. 11).. Alcock in 1895 divides the sub-

family Inachine into two alliances, Leptopodioida and Inachoida,

to the latter of which Eurypodius is assigned with a score of other

genera (J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixiv. pt. 2, p. 164). If the

genus Leptopodia has to relinquish its name, as Miss Rathbun

argues that it ought to do, the alliance Leptopodioida would natu-

rally, in conformity with her view, be called Macropodioida.

1900. ] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 527

Genus Euryropius Guerin.

1828. Eurypodius, Guérin, Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. xvi.

pp: 349, 350.

1829. Hurypode (French), Latreille, Regne Anim., ed. 2, vol. iv.

pp. 63, 583.

1829-1843. Eurypodius, Guérin, Iconographie, Crustacés, p. 10.

1834. Hurypodius, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. 1.

. 283.

3 1838. Hurypodius, Guerin, Voy. de la Coquille, Zool. vol. ii.

pt. 2, Crust. p. 23.

1839. Eurypodius (subgenus), de Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crust.

pp: 79, 87.

It is unnecessary to carry the synonymy further, as both the

name and the description of the genus by its author have been

generally accepted, and the numerous references will be found

prefixed to the account of the species given, by Miers in 1881.

Guérin’s dates are often perplexing, but his figure of Eurypodius

latreilliz in the ‘Iconographie,’ pl. 11. fig. 1, is referred to by Milne-

Edwards in 1834. In the ‘ Voy. de la Coquille, his text has a title-

page dated 1830, immediately followed by an ‘ Avant-propos’

dated 1838, and signed Guérin-Méneville, after which comes the

description of the Crustacea by Guérin, which was therefore

printed and perhaps issued earlier than the preface, and before he

had taken the addition to his name. The excellent figures in the

Atlas to the Voyage, pl. 2. figs. 1-11, may have appeared in 1828 ;

the date 1826 on the titlepage of the complete volume not testi-

fying to anything except perhaps that the titlepage itself was

printed in that year.

The name of the genus expressly alludes to the dilatation of the

penultimate joint towards its distal extremity in the four pairs of

walking-legs. The species Hurypodius longirostris Miers, 1886,

differs from other forms in having the penultimate joint of the

trunk-legs very little dilated, as also in having the rostrum bent

upward with its two horns apically divergent, somewhat recalling

Dana’s genus Oregonia.

EvRYPODIUS LATREILLIL Guerin.

1828. Eurypodius latreillii, Guérin, Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris,

vol. xvi. p. 354, pl. 14.

1828 (?). Eurypodius latreilli, Guerin, Voy. de la Coquille, Atlas,

1.2. fig. 1

187 vi Eurypodius latreillei, Targioni-Tozzetti, Crost. della

Magenta, p. 9, pl. 1. figs. 14-18, 20.

1881. Eur ypodius latreillei, Miers, Pr. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 64.

1886. Eurypodius latreclle:, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, Re-

ports, vol. xvil. p. 22.

1898. EHurypodius latreili, M. J. Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus,

vol. xxi. p. 571.

In the Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. i. p. 284, 1834, Milne-Edwards is

35*

528 REV, T. R. B. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

made by the printer to call this species * Hrypodius Latreidllia.” In

a preliminary catalogue of the Crustacea of the ‘ Magenta,’ 1870,

Tozzetti inadvertently referred it to Paramithrax peronti Milne-

Edwards. The synonymy given above is additional (except for the

first item) to the list of authorities supplied by Miers in 1881.

Miers considers that one specific name should suffice for Jatreillii

Guerin, 1828, tuberculatus Eydoux & Souleyet, 1841, audouinii

Milne-Edwards & Lucas, 1843, septentrionalis Dana, and brevipes

Dana, both dating from 1851. He does not make any reference

to “ Eurypodius Cuvieri, Audouin,” the name attached by de Haan

to figures of a first and a third maxilliped in plate H of his great

work, Cunningham in 1871, as Miers notices, accepts four species

of Eurypodius, though the former is doubtful whether septen-

trionalis is distinct from audowinit, and not very sure about brevipes,

nor does he name any character which he thinks trustworthy for

separating any of the three from Jatredli. Tozzetti unites septen-

trionalis with audouinii, neither he nor Dana himself making any

remark on the fact that in the figure of septentrionalis in Dana’s

Atlas, pl. 2. fig. 6 a, the points of the rostral horns are divergent

instead of convergent. From Gueérin’s latreillii Tozzetti thinks it

necessary to distinguish not only Dana’s brevipes, but also Dana’s

latreilli, for which he proposes a new name, Hurypodius dane.

But I am much disposed to regard this new species as founded

on a misapprehension.

In an elaborate comparison of the characters, Tozzetti states

that of Guérin’s latreillii the length is more than three inches,

the rostrum one-fifth of the length of the shield, the last seg-

ment of the pleon in the male roended; that of Dana’s latredlli

the length is doubtful, the rostrum one-fourth of the length of the

shield, the last segment of the pleon triangular. But this is by no

means an accurate account of what Dana says. He speaks dis-

tinctly of “a specimen an inch in length ;” in which he states that

“the beak is about one-fourth the whole length of the carapace,” and

that the last segment of the pleon in the male is subtriangular.

Between specimens respectively an inch and three inches in length

it is obvious that there may be many differences, without any of

them being specific. Still it must be admitted that even a “ sub-

triangular ” ending to the male pleon in Jlatreillii would be very

difficult to explain. It is very decidedly rounded in full-grown

specimens. But we have to remember that the drawings for

Daua’s Atlas of Crustacea “ were toa large extent made during the

years 1838 to 1842, in the course of the cruise of the Expedition ” ;

that after the engraving of the plates, and before their publication

in 1856, a large part of the original drawings were destroyed by fire ;

and further, that before Dana’s return to America many of the

specimens had through ignorance been rendered to a great extent

useless for scientific purposes. It is tolerably clear that, under

these circumstances, in drawing up his descriptions he chose or was

forced to rely, not on the specimens, but on his own drawings or

the engravings from them. ‘That this has happened in regard to

1900.] ~ FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS, 529

his Eurypodius latretilii seems almost certain, because he does not

begin according to custom with a Latin, followed by an English

description of it, but with the explanation of the figures in the

plate, appending as usual more or less desultory descriptive obser-

vations. The explanation of the figures refers to plate 3. figs. la-—c,

without any mention of tig. d, which appears three years later in

the explanation of the Plates of the Atlas as representing the

“abdomen, enlarged two diameters.” On Plate 3 of the Atlas

there is indeed an abdomen or pleon, enlarged two diameters, and

its last segment is subtriangular, or one might fairly say triangular ;

but there is no letter or number on the plate to show that the

figure belongs to Hurypodius latreillii, and it may, I think, be

argued that Dana assigned it at a venture to his /atreillii and then

described the pleon of that species from it.

According to Dana, “ the posterior margin of the inter-antennary

cavity, next to the outer antenne, is reflexed downward ” in his

septentrionalis and brevipes, but not so reflexed in his latreillit.

Tozzetti does not take any notice of this distinction, in which

Gueérin’s latreillit agrees with septentrionalis.

In Eurypodius latreillit from the Falkland Islands there is on the

underside of the rostrum behind the cusps a groove ending in a

strong forward pointing hook, as described by Guérin and indicated

in Tozzetti’s figures, pl. 1. fig. 18 (Jatreille) and pl. 1. fig. 9 (audowini),

as well as in Dana’s pl. 2. fig. 7 a (brevipes), but not in his pl. 2.

fig. 6 a (septentrionalis) nor yet in his pl. 3. fig. 1 a (atreillit),

The opinion of Miers that all the forms assigned to Eurypodius

prior to 1886 belong to a single variable species is highly probable.

It is unfortunate that he should have overlooked the discussion by

Tozzetti, on which his judgment would have been so valuable.

Of two dried specimens brought home by Mr. Vallentin, the

larger is 52 mm. long from tip of rostrum to end of the carapace,

and 32-5 mm. broad at the widest part; the carapace, excluding

the rostrum, is nearly 4} times as long as the rostrum.

Found clinging to the stems of Macrocystis. Mr. Vallentin says :

“T have frequently detected one of these crustaceans slowly re-

tiring to the root, as the stem of Macrocystis was being hauled into

my boat for examination, and if the rate of hauling was suddenly

quickened, one might possibly secure the specimen by making a

frantic grab at it before it slipped off. All the four pairs of ambu-

latory appendages modified to enable the animal to cling to this:

weed.” Guérin fancied that they were modified for swimming.

MACRURA.

ANOMALA.

Section Lithodinea.

1849. Lithodeacea, de Haan, Fauna Japonica, Crustacea, pp. viii,

xxi, 197, 213, ete.

1850. Lithodina, Brandt, Bull. phys.-math, Acad, St. Pétersbourg,

vol, viii. p. 54,

530 REY, T. R, R, STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

1852. Lithodea, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xiii., Crust. pt. i.

. 426,

1858. Lithodidea, Stimpson, Pr, Acad. Philad. p. 244 (Prodromus,

. 68).

1899. Lithodea, Stimpson, Mem. Boston Soe. N.H. vol. vi. p. 472.

1877. Lithodea, Tozzetti, Crost. della Magenta, pp. 225, 227.

1882. Lithodidea, 8.1. Smith, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél. Harvard

Coll. vol. x. p. 8.

1886. Lithodoidea, 8. I. Smith, Ann. Rep. Fish & Fisheries for

1885, Crust. ‘ Albatross,’ p. [34].

1888. Lithodea, Henderson, ‘ Challenger’ Anomura, Reports,

vol. xxvil. p. 41.

1893. Inthodinea, Stebbing, Hist. Crust., Internat. Sci. Ser.

vol. lxxiv. p. 152.

1895. Lithodinés, Bouvier, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. ser. 7, vol. xviil.

. 157.

4 1896. Lithodinés, Bouvier, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. ser, 8, vol. i.

por.

This section, tribe, or legion contains at present the single

family Lithodide. Henderson makes it section A of the Paguridea.

Boas (Vidensk, Selsk. Skr., 6. Rekke Nat. og math. Afd. i. p. 110,

1880) includes in the ‘ Paguroiderne’ Pagurus, Ceenobita, Birgus,

Lithodes, and the related forms. Bouvier divides the great family

of the Paguridés into 3 subfamilies—the Pagurinés, Lithodinés,

Lomisinés,

Fam. Liruoprp 2.

1853. Lithodide, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xiii., Crust. pt. ii.

. 1430.

1888. Lithodide, Henderson, ‘ Challenger’ Anomura, Reports,

vol, xxvii, p. 42.

1892. Lithodide, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vol. vi. pp. 271, 320.

1893. Lithodide, Stebbing, Hist. Crust., Internat. Sci. Ser.

vol. Ixxiv. p. 153.

1894. Lithodide, Benedict, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xvii. p. 479.

1895. Lithodide, Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zoi). Harvard Coll.

vol. xviii. p. 42 (Crust. ‘ Albatross ’).

1899. Lithodide, Alcock & Anderson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 7, vol. ili, p. 15.

The genera and species now included in this family are

numerous, and have recently been made the subject of important

discussions by Benedict, Faxon, and others, but especially Professor

Bouvier’s essay on their classification, above cited, will be found to

throw light upon them all. He bestows high praise on the work

of Stimpson, 1859, and the papers which appeared between 1849

and 1853 by J. F. Brandt, from whom he adopts the division

of the Lithodina into the Hapalogastrica and Ostracogastrica,

though not accepting his view that the Lomina might be a link

between those two divisions.

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 531

Gen. Paratomis White.

1856. Paralomis, White, Pr. Zool. Soc. Lord. vol. xxiv. p. 134.

1858. Paralomis, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad. p. 231 (Prodromus,

. 69).

1871. Lithodes, Cunningham, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. xxvii.

p: 494.

1881. Paralomis, Miers, Pr. Zool. Soe. Lond. p. 71.

1888. Puralomis, Henderson, ‘ Challenger’ Anomura, Reports,

vol. xxvil. p. 44.

1892. Paralomis, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vol. vi. p. 321.

1893. Paralomis, Stebbing, Hist. Crust., Internat. Sci. Ser.

vol. Ixxiv. p. 154.

1894. Echinoverus, Benedict, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xvi. p. 484.

1895. Paralomis, Bouvier, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 7, vol. xviii. p. 185.

1895. Paralomis, Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zoél. Harvard Coll.

vol, xviii. p. 44 (Crust. ‘ Albatross ’).

1896. Paralomis, Bouvier, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 8, vol. i. p. 28.

1899. Paralomis, Aleock & Anderson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 7, vol. i. p. lo.

This genus was established by White for the species named

Lithodes granulosa by Jacquinot in the Atlas of the ‘Voy. au Péle

Sud. It is strange that White should establish a genus, without

any serious attempt at definition, on a figure which he pronounces

to be “extremely bad.” He does not explain how under the

circumstances he was able to identify the specimen “ in the British

Museum” with the species in question. His observations that the

species “ has the beak scarcely projecting at all beyond the extra-

orbital angle,” that “the carapace and upper parts of its legs are

thickly invested, as in some of the Canceridw, with close straw-

berry-surfaced granules, closely pressed together,” and that it is a

small species, “ more allied to Lomis,” are all the help he gives for

distinguishing his new genus from Lithodes, not to speak of his own

genera Echidnocerus and Petalocerus.

Two or three years later Stimpson gave distinguishing cha-

racters for ten gencra of Lithodidz, in two groups. The second,

with the body depressed, comprised Lomis of Milne-Edwards

with Brandt’s Dermaturus and Hapalogaster. Of these genera,

Bouvier in 1894 gives reasons for removing Lomis entirely from

the Lithodinea and founding upon it a separate section, the Lomis-

inea (answering to the Lomina suggested by Brandt in 1851) ;

but the other two he retains with Placetron Schalfeew, 1892, as con-

stituting one division of the Lithodinea, the Hapalogastrica of

Brandt. Benedict’s @dignathusis made a synonym of Dermaturus

and his Lepeopus of Placetron, de Haan’s Lomis dentata talling

into the genus Hapalogaster as arranged by Stimpson. The latter

author’s jirst group, with body convex, comprised Lithodes, Echid-

nocerus, Paralomis, Rhinolithodes, Acantholithus, Phyllolithodes, and

Cryptolithodes, the tirst established by Latreille, the next two by

White, Acantholithus by Stimpson, and the remainder by Brandt,

532 REY. T. R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

White’s Petalocerus being a synonym of Phyllolithodes. To these

Bouvier in 1896 adds Paralithodes Brandt, and Neolithodes M.-

Edwards and Bouvier, as constituting together the other division

of the Lithodinea, Brandt’s Ostracogastrica. De Haan’s Lithodes

histrix, referred by Ortmann to Paralomis,is by Bouvier, in agree-

meut with Stimpson, made the type of Acantholithus. The Lepto-

lithodes and Pristopus of Benedict, 1894, are regarded as synonyms

of White’s Paralomis, to which eight species are assigned—aculeata

and formosa of Henderson, longipes and aspera of Faxon, multi-

spina and papillata from Benedict's Leptolithodes, verrilli from his

Pristopus, and Dana’s verrucosa, of which Jacquinot’s granulosa is

accepted as a synonym.

As characters common to all the Ostracogastrica, Bouvier gives

‘“‘ Lateral pieces of the pleon absolutely entire. Acicle spinulose

or spinose, rarely laminar, simple, sometimes rudimentary.” Para-

lomis he describes as agreeing with Acantholithus and Rhinolithodes

in having “The habitus of Zithodes.—Carapace longitudinally oval,

cordiform or triangular, very rarely a little broader than long, and

not extending roof-like over base of walking-legs. Antepenul-

timate joint of first feet is very rarely provided with a salient

internal crest, has no respiratory channel, and does not serve

specially to protect the oral appendages. Median pieces of the

pleon separated by a row of nodules more or less coalesced.”

Paralomis, in common with Rhinolithodes, has the ‘“‘acicle rather

triangular, and ornamented with some spines, especially on its

outer margin.” From Rhinolithodes and Acantholithus, it is distin-

guished by the following characters :—“ The marginal pieces of the

third pleon-segment are fused with the corresponding lateral piece.

Rostrum devoid of dorsal projection, but sometimes furnished

below with a spinule or a tubercle.”

PARALOMIS GRANULOSA (Jacquinot).

1843-1847 1. Lithedes granulosa, Jacquinot, Voy. au Péle Sud,

Atlas, Crustacés, pl. 8. figs. 15-21.

1852. Lithodes verrucosa, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xiii., Crust.

pt. i. p. 428, pl. 26. fig. 16.

1853. Lithodes granulata, Lucas, Voy. au Péle Sud, Zoologie,

vol. iii. Crustacés, p. 94.

1856. Paralomis granulosa, White, Pr. Zool. Soc. Lond. vol. xxiv.

p. 134.

1858. Paralomis granulosus, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad. p. 231

(Prodromus, p. 69).

1858. Paralomis verrucosus, Stimpson, loc. cit.

1871. Lithodes verrucosa (? L. granulosa), Cunningham, Tr. Linn.

Soe. Lond. vol. xxvii. p. 494.

1881. Paralomis verrucosus, Miers, Pr. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 71.

1881. Paralomis granulosus, Miers, loc. cit. p. 72.

2» See footnote on Peltarion, p. 519.

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND 1S8LANDS, 533

1888. Paralomis granulosus, Henderson, ‘ Challenger’ Anomura,

Reports, vol. xxvii. p. 45.

1894. Echinocerus granulatus, Benedict, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus.

vol. xvi. p. 484.

1895. Paralomis granulosa, Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zodl.

Harvard Coll. vol. xviii. p. 45.

1895. Paralomis granulosa, Bouvier, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 7, vol.

XVill. p. 186, pl. 11. fig. 9, pl. 12. fig. 11.

1895. Paralomis verrucosa, Bouvier, loc. cit. p. 187, pl. 13. fig. 3.

1896. Paralomis verrucosa, Bouvier, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 8, vol. i.

pp. 14, 26.

1899. Paralomis verrucosa, Alcock & Anderson, Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 7, vol. iii. p. 15.

While M. E. L. Bouvier appears to be certainly right in iden-

tifying granulosa with verrucosa, as suggested with less confidence

by various other authors, among whom Dana himself may almost

be reckoned, it must, I think, be conceded that the name granulosa

takes precedence. No doubt its priority depends on the figures in

Jacquinot’s Atlas, but they give much more information than many

an accepted specific description. There are cases in which authors

have evidently described species only from figures; Lucas in some

instances acknowledges that he had only the figures in Jacquinot’s

Atlas, and not the corresponding specimens, to guide him. It

Ww pid be an absurdity to allow authority to a description made

from a figure, but to discredit the figure itself.

In his synoptic table uf the eight species of Paralomis above

mentioned, Bouvier separates verrilli, granulosa, formosa, and

aspera from the other four, as having the rostrum without any

rudiment of projection below. He unites verrilli and granulosa

by the common characters: ‘“ Acicle long triangular, acute, armed

outside with 3 or 4 spines [? teeth]; carapace covered with verru-

cosities or very low and very obtuse tubercles ; chelipeds unequal ;

walking-legs very compressed.” He separates granulosa by the dis-

tinctive characters: ‘“‘ The right cheliped reaches considerably beyond

the base of the finger of the first walking-leg; it is furnished on the

inner margin of the penne ere joint with a salient crest

armed with 5 or 6 spines{teeth]. Carapace verrucose, except in the

large adults, in which it becomes tuberculose. The fourth joint

of the walking-legs is compressed from front to rear, the three

following joints from above to below. No unpaired gastric spine

{tooth].” The species indica and imvestigatoris of Alcock and

Anderson, added to the genus in 1899, both have the walking-legs

longer than the chelipeds, and in indica the latter have the wrist

not expanded to a foliaceous lobe.

The distinction drawn between warts and tubercles is not very

easy to appreciate. Of Jacquinot’s specimen, only 12 mm. long

by 10 broad, Lucas says that the carapace is “entirely covered with

little, close-set tubercles, flattened and granular at the top.” Miers

says of a very young example in the British Museum, “ the gran-

ulated and wart-like tubercles of the carapace are closely crowded

534 REY, T. R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

together, so that none of the smooth under-surface is visible.” This

is just the case with a perfect specimen from the Falkland Islands

36°5 mm. long by 36 mm. broad. A carapace, 62 mm. long by

62 broad, from which the radiating granules have been removed,

shows the warts or tubercles solitary or in groups, with smooth

intervening spaces.

Mr. Valleutin notes that this species was ‘* Found during low-

water amid a heap of rocks near Hooker’s Point, Stanley, Falkland

Islands. Mutilated specimeus of this crab common on sands after

S.E. gales. Only one perfect specimen seen.”

PaAGURINEA.

1888. Pagurodea, Henderson, ‘ Challenger’ Anomura, Reports,

vol. xxvii. p. 48 (with synonymy).

1893. Pagurinea, Stebbing, Hist. Crust., Internat. Sci. Ser.

vol. lxxiy. p. 150.

Fam. PaGuRID#,

1852. Paguride, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xiii. Crust. pt.i. p. 435.

1858. Paguride, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad., Prodromus, p. 70.

1888. Paguride, Henderson, * Challenger’ Anomura, Reports,

vol. xxvii. p. 52.

1893. Paguride, Stebbing, Hist. Crust., Internat. Sci. Ser. vol.

Ixxiy. p. 159.

1593. ‘ Paguriens, A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Mem. Mus.

Comp. Zod]. Harvard Coll. vol. xiv. No. 3, * Blake’ Report.

1898. Paguride, G. M. Thomson, Tr. New Zeal. Inst. vol. xxxi.

puta:

Gen. Evpacurus Brandt.

1851. Eupagurus, Brandt, Middendorff’s Sibirische Reise, Zool.

pt. i. p. 105.

1888. Hupagurus, Henderson, ‘ Challenger’ Anomura, Reports,

vol. xxvil. p. 62.

1892. Eupagurus, Benedict, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xy. p. 1.

1893. Hupagurus, Stebbing, Hist. Crust., Internat. Sci. Ser.

vol. Ixxiy. p. 160.

1893. Eupagurus, Milne-Edwards & Bouvier, Mem. Mus. Comp.

Zoi). Harvard Coll. vol. xiv. No. 3, p. 139.

1898. Eupagurus, Thomson, Tr. N. Zeal. Inst. vol. xxxi. p. 172.

For the present purpose it is unnecessary to give more extended

references to the bibliography of this genus. Milne-Edwards and

Bouvier, after quoting its characters as given by Henderson, write

as follows :—

“To these characters we shall add, from the study of a great

number of specimens, that the anterior maxille are without

flagellum on the exopod (dépourvues de fouet sur la palpe), but

that this appendage exists, clearly articulated on the anterior max-

illipeds ; that the external maxillipeds are separated at their base

by a calcareous sternum; that the branchi# have two rows of un-

1900. ] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 535

divided lamellz ; lastly that the fifth pair of legs end in an imper-

fect chela, with very short fingers, and having on it a well-developed

rasp. The rasp of the legs of the fourth pair is sometimes broad,

sometimes formed of a single row of scales, but the first case is

much the more frequent. The branchial formula is that of Para-

pagurus.” The authors do not give the branchial formula of Para-

pagurus, but probably accept Professor 8. I. Smith’s statement that

there are eleven pairs of branchiz, “two each at the bases of the

external maxillipeds and the three first pairs of cephalothoracic legs,

and three at the bases of the fourth pair of thoracic legs,—as in

Eupagurus bernhardus.”

The first generic character given by Henderson is, “‘ Front with

a distinct rostral projection.” This is moditied by Thomson, who

writes, “ Front usually slightly rostrate.” The change is obviously

expedient, since Henderson says of his own Hu. rubricatus that the

“frontal projections are scarcely indicated, the median being ob-

tusely rounded ;” Milne-Edwards and Bouvier make a similar

remark in regard to their Eu. stimpsoni ; and of Lu. edwardsi Filhol,

Thomson declares that the front is “ not at all produced on the

median line.” Thomson also omits the character that the basal scales

of the ocular peduncles are ‘separated by a wide interval ;” and this

in fact seems little applicable to Dana’s Hu. nove-zealandie, while

the two French authors just mentioned say of their Hu. smithii,

that the ophthalmic scales are separated by a trifling interval

(‘‘intervalle mediocre ”).

Recently Miss Rathbun (Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xxii. p. 302,

1900) has re-transferred Eupagurus Brandt to Pagurus Fabricius ',

and has given the name Petrochirus Stimpson to Pagurus as more

commonly accepted. For this change there may be some subtle

or simple explanation, but it is not supplied by the learned

authoress, and without further discussion such an innovation

should scarcely be accepted. If it be essential (as it may or may

not be) to rescue the name Pagurus for one of the species origin-

ally assigned to it by Fabricius, it would be more correct and less

confusing to sacrifice to it Dana’s Aniculus, allowing Dana’s own

Pagurus to fall under Stimpson’s Petrochirus, as Miss Rathbun

proposes, but retaining Brandt’s Hupayurus, with its numerous

species, undisturbed.

Evracurvs comprvus (White).

1847. Pagurus compius, White, Pr. Zool. Soc. vol. xy. p. 122.

1848. Pagurus comptus, White, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. i.

p. 224.

1858. Eupagurus comptus, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad. p. 237

(Prodromus, p. 75).

1871. Pagurus forceps?, Cunningham, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond.

vol. xxvii. p. 495.

*So also S. J. Holmes (California Stalk-eyed Crustacea, p. 132, 1900),

relying on J. E. Benedict (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xviii. p. 99, 1896), who

relies on Latreille’s Cousid. gén. Crust. Bee 1810—a broken reed, as I haye

elsewhere yentured to maintain (Natural Science, yol. xii. no, 74, p. 239, 1898),

536 REY. 7, R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

1874. Eupagurus comptus, Miers, Zool. Erebus and Terror,

Crustacea, p. 3, pl. 2. figs. 5, 5 a (Pagurus comptus on plate).

1881. Hupaqurus comptus, and var. latimanus, Miers, Pr. Zool.

Soe. Lond. p. 72.

1888. Eupagurus comptus, var. jugosa, Henderson, ‘ Challenger’

Anomura, Reports, vol. xxvii. p. 67, pl. 7. fig. 2.

1892. Hupagurus comptus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vol. vi. p. 298.

The Pagurus forceps of Milne-Edwards, to which this species is

doubtfully referred by Cunningham, was originally described from

Chile. Miers, in rejecting Cunningham’s reference, says: ‘* E. for-

ceps, however, appears to be distinguished by the much shorter,

broader, larger hand, and the much shorter and less slender fingers

of the left anterior leg.” Now, although Miers is probably right

in his rejection of Cunningham’s reference, it is difficult to under-

stand the reasons he assigns for it. Milne-Edwards in his

description of forceps, says that the right cheliped is very large,

with the carpus much larger than the hand, and that the left

cheliped has the fingers slender, long, and pointed, the movable

finger almost filiform. In Hw. comptus the wrist of the right

cheliped is not much larger than the hand, and the fingers of the

left cheliped would have to be very thin to be more slender than

those which are almost filiform.

Milne-Edwards describes the colour of his species as reddish

violet, with the feet ringed ; White describes his as “‘ Whitish, the

antenne ringed with red, the legs with three or four broad red bands.”

The specimen here referred to Eu. comptus, as preserved in formalin,

retains in many parts a violet hue, speckled with reddish points

and lines, the distal half of the first antennz is orange-coloured,

the flagella of the second antenne are brightly annulated with red

and white, and the two pairs of walking-legs have three broad

bands of brown, the uppermost bluish, the other two reddish.

The rostral point is well marked. The eye-stalks are slender.

The ophthalmic scales are separated by no very wide interval.

The flagella of the second antenne, though not densely setuli-

ferous, have numerous setules of various lengths. In the right

cheliped the wrist is nearly or quite as broad and as long as the hand,

the outer surface broadly triangular, a little convex, with sharp,

granular or serrate margins, the lower surface two-sided; the

hand and finger together form a broad oval, the outer edges of

the fingers sharply serrate, the outer margin of the hand above

the movable finger thickened, with two edges, meeting a slight

expansion, rounded and serrate, of the wrist; the outer surface

of the hand having a ridge from the movable finger to the wrist.

In the ‘Voyage of the Erebus and Terror’ some very rough figures

are given of the type, the figures probably much older than the

date of publication. They are left unexplained by Miers. They

show a movable finger much shorter than the immovable one,

which is produced to a sharp point. If they faithfully represent

an actual specimen, the probability is that it was a deformed

one. In the left cheliped, which is much smaller than the right,

1900.] | FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 537

the fingers are rather longer than the palm, and certainly not

filiform.

The subchelate penultimate legs have the penultimate joint

broad and flat, with a very narrow rasp.

Mr. Vallentin’s specimen was obtained from “root of kelp,

3 fms., Stanley.”

SCHIZOPODA.

1817. Schizopoda, Latreille, Régne Animal, vol. iii.

1827. Schizopoda, Latreille, Regne Animal, Nouv. éd., vol. iv.

aoe

' 1867. Schizopoda, Sars, Crust. d’eau douce de Norvége, p. 11.

1885. Schizopoda, Sars, ‘Challenger’ Schizopoda, Reports,

vol. xiii.

In 1883 Boas, Morphol. Jahrb. vol. viii. pp. 487, 569, in place

of the Schizopoda, adopts two orders, the Euphausiacea and the

Mysidacea. In this he is followed by Ortmann, ‘ Ergebnisse der

Plankton-Expedition der Humboldt-Stiftung,’ vol. ii. 1893, who

explains that in using “‘ Decapoden und Schizopoden ” for the titular

heading to his work, he is only making a concession to long estab-

lished usage. The advantage gained by cancelling the name

Schizopoda is not easy to perceive, with full allowance made for

the importance of the differences between the two groups which

it has long conveniently embraced.

Claus in 1863, Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. vol. xiii. pt. 3, p. 442,

suggests the names Thysanopodea or Euphausidea for a group

to be distinguished from the Mysidea; but probably he only

intended to give the names of families, which should rather be

Thysanopodide or Huphausiide, and Myside, respectively. His

reason for proposing Thysanopodea is obvious, inasmuch as

Thysanopoda Milne-Edwards is far older than its companion

geaus Huphausia Dana.

Fam. EvPHAUSIIDZ.

1852. Euphauside, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xiii., Crust. p. 636.

1883. Huphausiide, Sars, Christiania Vidensk.-Selsk. Forh.

no. ‘7,\p. 11.

1835. Huphausiide, Sars, ‘Challenger’ Schizopoda, Reports, vol.

xii. pp. 10, 62.

1885. Euphausiide, Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix.

p. 406.

1893. Euphausude, Stebbing, Hist. Crust., Internat. Sci. Ser.

vol. lxxiv. p. 261.

1893. Euphausiide, Ortmann, Decapoden u. Schizopoden, Plank-

ton-Exp. vol. ii. p. 7.

To Thysanopoda Milne-Edwards, Zuphausia Dana, and Thysa-

noéssa Brandt, Sars has added Nyctiphanes, Nematoscelis, Stylo-

cheiron, and Bentheuphausia, and Calman in 1896 added Nemato-

dactylus. The distinguishing feature of the family is found in the

538 REY. T. R, R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

wholly uncovered, digitiform-arborescent branchiw, these being

partially covered in the Lophogastride and Eucopiide, wanting in

the Myside, and not arborescent in Anaspides,

Gen. Evpoausta Dana.

1852. Huphausia, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xiii., Crust. pp. 637,

639.

1863, Euphausia, Claus, Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. vol. xiii. pt. 3,

p. 442.

1876. Huphausia, Claus, Genealog. Grundlage des Crustaceen-

Systems, p. 7.

1883. Huphausia, Sars, Christiania Vidensk.-Selsk. Forh. no. 7,

Brit;

1885. Huphausia, Sars, ‘ Challenger’ Schizopoda, Reports, vol.

xiil. p. 63.

1893. Euphausia, Ortmann, Decapoden u. Schizopoden, Plankton-

Exp. vol. u. p. 10.

This genus is distinguished from others in the same family by

having the last two pairs of trunk-legs (that is, the fourth and

fifth pereopods) rudimentary, except in regard to the branchia,

which are strongly developed.

The beautiful and elaborate figures with which Sars has illust-

rated this genus refer to a form which he calls Huphausia pellucida

Dana. His reason for choosing the name is that so common a

form cannot reasonably be supposed to have escaped the atteution

of Dana, and that of the four species described by Dana the one

named pellucida seems to agree with it best. Against this reason-

ing there is much to be urged. Sars speaks of “ the specimens

examined by Dana;” but Dana’s description would rather lead one

to suppose that he had only at command a single specimen, of the

female sex. A single specimen resulting from a four years’ voyage

may just as well belong toa rare species as to a common one,

Dana’s descriptions in some cases are, as Sars observes, anything

but satisfactory. They are sumetimes inconsistent one with

another and with the figures to which they refer. In his account,

for example, of £. pellucida he says that the last three joints

of the feet are together nearly twice as short as the preceding

joint. This is not borne out by his detail-figure even of the “ pos-

terior thoracic leg,” and 1s still less likely to be true of the preceding

feet. It is very far from true of any of the feet in the form

described by Sars; but this is separated from Dana's by other

characters. Dana describes each of his species as ‘‘ brevissime ros-

tratus,” and it is difficult to suppose that he could have overlooked

such a difference in the length of the rostrum as exists between

the forms named by Sars respectively £. pellucida Dana and

E, splendens Dana, the rostrum in the former reaching to the

distal end of the eyes, and in the latter “ scarcely projecting beyond

the ocular segment.” The pellucida of Sars is distinguished by

the great length of the denticulate basal spine of the second

antenn, this spine being short in Dana’s detail-figure. In pel-

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS, 539

lucida of Sars the second maxille “are distinguished more particu-

larly by the short and broad form of the terminal joint,” which is

broader than long; whereas this appendage in the large and

apparently careful figure given by Dana has the terminal joint

considerably longer than broad. In Sars’s figure the third perzeopods

have the last three joints together not shorter than the preceding

joint ; while in Dana’s figure they are decidedly shorter, though not

to so great an extent as in his description. Again, in Sars’s pel-

lucida the subapical processes of the telson are “finely denticulate

along their inner edge,” a character belonging also to Z. spinifera

Sars and £. latifrons Sars, but to none of the other species

described in the ‘Challenger’ Report. A character of this minute

kind might, it is true, easily have escaped observation by Dana,

but it so happens that he expressly applies the epithet “ naked”

to these processes in £. pellucida. 1t follows therefore, I think,

that for the Z, pellucida of Sars some other name must be used,

but this point will be considered to better advantage later on.

The identification of E. splendens Sars with the species so

named by Dana is also, as Sars admits, beset with difficulties.

Thus, in Sars’s form the carapace has a denticle about the middle of

each lower margin; but Dana says “ carapace a little compressed,

not toothed.” As he does not show or speak of a toothed carapace

in any of his four species, this particular negation remains rather

mysterious. With another character it is different. Sars writes

of E. splendens, ‘ Antennular peduncle without any trace of dorsal

lobes,” having previously written in regard to the antennular

peduncle of his #. pellucida, “it is more particularly distinguished

by the basal joint having at the end above a conspicuous erect

leaflet or membranous lobe.” But Dana says of ZL. pellucida,

“first basal joint of inner antenna not produced at apex,” and

of £. splendens, “ first joint of inner antenne oblong and pro-

duced at apex”; so that either this character is of no importance,

or Dana’s two species do not agree with the forms to which Sars

has attributed their names. Rather curiously, too, Dana says of

E. pellucida, “basal scale of outer antenne a little longer than

base,” but of EH. splendens, “ basal scale of outer antenne shorter

than base” (or, in the Latin, “‘ basin non superans”); whereas Sars

states it is the basal scale of E. splendens that is decidedly longer than

the base, that of his E, pellucida being scarcely at all longer, thus

again inverting the relations as given by the twoauthors. According

to Sars the inner plate of the uropods in splendens is a little shorter

than the outer; in Dana’s detail-figure it is fully as long. Sars

says, ‘The length of the largest specimen reaches about 18 mm.,

and the species attains accordingly a somewhat larger size than

Euphausia pellucida.” Dana, on the other hand, who had some

fifteen or twenty specimens at command, says: ‘‘ Length about

half an inch,” half an inch being also the length which he gives

for E. pellucida. The relative lengths of the joints in the thoracic

legs appear to agree in the two forms; but later authors seem to

have attached less specific importance to this character than Dana

540 REY. Tt. R, R, STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [ May 22,

did, though it was on his part done in a somewhat tentative

manner. On the whole, the identification of the ‘ Challenger’

specimens with Dana’s £. splendens seems to rest on a rather

insecure foundation.

A third form is described by Sars as without doubt the Zuphausia

gracilis of Dana, a decision for which there is strong support in

the figure given by Dana of his single, somewhat damaged, spe-

cimen. Still, even here there is room for remark. Sars says:

“ Antennular peduncle without any dorsal lappet, basal joint

shorter than the, other two taken together;” but Dana says:

“ First joint of inner antenne sparingly produced and acute at

apex,” and figures it as decidedly longer than the two other taken

together. Sars says that the inner plate of the uropods is much

longer than the outer. Dana, in a detail-figure, represents the

outer fully as long as, if not slightly longer than, the inner. Dana

says: ‘* Feet very slender, last three joints subequal, and together

but little shorter than preceding joint.” As already intimated,

Dana carelessly speaks of these proportions as though they applied

to all the feet indiscriminately, instead of varying in each pair.

There is, however, reason to believe that he bases his statements

on the last (developed) pair. In his lateral view of the animal

the three terminal joints of the last leg appear in fact subequal,

but together much longer than the preceding joint. As there is

no. detail-figure of the limb, there is no need to insist on the

inconsistency between the figure and the description. But in the

lateral view given by Sars the last three joints of the undescribed

last leg are very unequal. Also the detail-figure of the gill of the

last (rudimentary) leg, which is given by both authors, may

possibly represent the same structure, but twins would never be

confused if they were as little alike as these two drawings.

Of the large and splendid Luphausia superba Dana, Sars, like

Dana, had but a single specimen. The agreement between the

figures and between the two accounts where they touch one

another, though not absolute, is sufficient to make it probable that

both authors are treating of the same species.

Next after the four forms originally included in the genus comes

Euphausia miillert Claus, 1863, from Messina. In regard to this

it is curious and perplexing that, while Sars deems it unquestion-

ably identical with what he considers to be Huphausia pellucida

Dana, Claus himself declares that it stands nearest to, without

being the same as Dana’s, Huphausia splendens. In one notable

particular it agrees better with pellucida, both of Sars and Dana,

than with the splendens of either of these authors—namely, judging

by the detail-figure, it has the inner branch of the uropods reaching

decidedly beyond the outer. Claus, however, in the text makes no

mention of this character. On the other hand, he distinguishes

his own species from splendens as being longer (16-18 mm.), as

having a longer rostral projection, and the sixth pleon-segment

relatively much shorter. The two latter distinctions are not borne

out by his figure as compared with Dana’s. From Z£. pellucida of

Sars one might say that 2. miillert is distinguished by a shorter

1900. } FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS, 541

rostral projection, by having no lateral teeth on the margins of the

carapace, and by having the subapical appendages of the telson

smooth, not to speak of the evidently misrepresented mandible.

To this it might be reasonably answered that the points in question

are such as Claus might easily have overlooked while attending to

features that were more striking or that seemed more important.

But there is one feature to which both Sars and Claus have

evidently paid exceptional attention—the metamorphosed first

pleopods of the male. As each author gives a highly magnified

drawing of the complicated inner branch of these organs, there is

not the least reason 10 presume inattention or error, and yet the

details are so different that, if such details have specific value,

these must separate the forms described py Claus and Sars. In

that case the #. pellucida of Sars (not Dana) will become Huphausia

bidentata Sars, since that author had already described it in 1892

as Thysanopoda bidentata, from the Norwegian coast.

In 1883 seven species were added to the genus by Sars from the

‘Challenger’ gatherings, and three by Ortmann in 1893 from

the Plankton Expedition. A new one is now contributed from

the Falkland Islands, so that, if all be valid, there is a total of

seventeen species, without reckoning the possibility that the

name splendens may cover two distinct forms.

Since the keys for specific determination supplied by Sars and

Ortmann will now require to be modified, it may be worth while,

with reference to future as well as to past discoveries, to consider

the characters which have been used or which are available for the

distinguishing of species in this family. It should, however, be

premised that in some instances the stability of a character within

any particular species still awaits confirmation, and that characters

which in words are the most clear, definite, and convenient are

not always equally easy for observation. For example, the pro-

jecting tooth of the third pleon-segment may be so fine-drawn, so

transparent, so closely adpressed to the following segment, as to

beguile the observer into believing it to be absent, and the actual

absence of so delicate a process might conceivably occur without

transcending the limits of individual variation. It would be im-

portant also to learn whether the presence or absence, and position

when present, of marginal teeth on the carapace can be depended on

as specifically constant, and whether the sexual characters of the

pleopods in the adult male are trustworthy for specific differenti-

ation. Similar questions will readily occur at various points fo

the list which follows :—

1. The size and shape of the rostral projection.—The subquadrate

form, distally truncate in Jatifrons Sars, produced to a median

spike in schotts Ortmann, is peculiar to those two species. Ort-

mann’s species in the pectinate margin of the rostral plate and the

postero-dorsal spike of the carapace uniquely retains two larval

characters. In all the other species the rostral projection is more

or less triangular, though varying much in length, breadth, and

acuteness of the apex. Dana says of /. superba, “ carapace with a

very short and acute beak ;” whereas Sars says, ‘rostral projection

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1900, No. XXXVI. 36

542 REV. T. R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

very small, and obtusely rounded.” In Dana’s detail-figure the

beak in question is apically emarginate !

2. Lateral denticies of carapace-—Of these there may be on,

or approximate to, each side margin two, or only one, or none.

When present they are not easily perceived without separation of

the delicate carapace from the body of the animal. They are not

mentioned or figured by Dana in any of his four species, but attri-

buted by Sars to three out of those four, Sars finding them in all

Species except superba Dana and his own antarctica and latifrons ;

Ortmann also finding them in his three new species described in

1893. Only one species has two denticles on each side, namely,

E. bidentata Sars. In £. miillert Claus gives no clue to their

presence. The single denticle is usually near the middle of the

margin, but in murrayi Sars it is in front of the middle, and in

spinifera Sars behind it.

3. Third segment of pleon with a medio-dorsal backward pro-

jection.—This character is common to mucronata, gibba, and spint-

fera, established by Sars, and to gibboides, pseudogibba, and schotti,

established by Ortmann, and to the new species here described.

4, Length of sixth pleon-segment in relation to that of fifth, or

of fifth plus fourth, or of the telson; the shape of the postero-

lateral corners of the fifth segment; and the character of the

postero-dorsal margin in this and the preceding segment.

5. The compressed ventral tooth at distal end of sixth pleon-

segment, called the pre-anal spine—This is unnoticed by Dana

and Claus, but present in all the species described by Sars and

Ortmann, except murrayi Sars, superba Dana, mucronata Sars,

and schotti Ortmann. It is said to be simple in all the other species

except bidentata Sars, in which it is tridentate; spinifera Sars,

in which it is bidentate (as occasionally also in gibba Sars); and

pseudogibba Ortmann, in which it is described as 2—4-dentate,

rarely simple. In the new species of this paper it is tridentate,

at least usually. The variability to which this character seems te

be liable is very detrimental to its value.

6. Dimensions of the eyes.—The smallness of the eyes is charac-

teristic only of gracilis Dana and Sars, gibba Sars, and pseudogibba

Ortmann. Dana shows it in the figure of his species, without

mentioning it in the text. Ortmann, who contrasts small eyes

with eyes ‘ tolerably large,” makes the comment: “ This distinction

is apparently dubious ; with some practice, however, the size of the

eyes in relation to the body is easy to estimate and essentially

determines the habitus of the species.” One caunot help noticing

that between gibboides Ortmann and pseudogibba Ortmann, both

occurring in the same localities, there is scarcely any appreciable

difference except in the size of the body and the size of the eyes.

The smaller eyes pertain to the smaller species; and though the

inferiority in the dimensions of the eyes is relative as well as

absolute, some suspicion must still attach to the validity of Ortmann’s

pseudogibba until fuller details are given for separating it from

gibboides,

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 543

7. Apical lobes on basal joint of first antenne.—This feature is

found wanting by Sars in the species he calls splendens and gracilis,

as also in his own species similis and mucronata. Of his antaretica

he says: ‘“‘ Antennular peduncle slender, without any dorsal lobe,

but with the outer corner of the basal joint produced into a sharp

spine.” Ortmann’s species schotti agrees in this respect with

antarctica, except that the sharp spine instead of being small is

very elongate. As already mentioned, it is not at all certain that

the true splendens and gracilis of Dana are without the lobe;

or that the true pellucida of Dana has it. The value of this

character is further somewhat impaired by its variability, since in

his description of bidentata Sars says: ‘In most of the specimens

this lobe is divided into two acuminate lappets (fig. 3); but in some

specimens, though differing in no other respect from the typical

form, these lappets are much more numerous, forming a dense

fringe along the free edge of the leaflet (fig. 4).” Dr. Ortmann

says of gibboides, “* basal joint of the inner antenne above with an

oval, obliquely forward and outward pointed lobe;” and of pseudo-

gibba, * basal joint of the inner antenne above with a triangular

lobe, whose point is directed forward and outward.” But the tri-

angular lobe is not figured, and the oval one is, in the figure, itself

apically pointed and verging on the triangular.

There are also lobes occurring on the second and third joints of

the first antenne which are available, though they have not yet been

found important for specific discrimination.

8. The basal scale of the second antenne and the attendant basal

spine.—The extent to which the scale reaches beyond the peduncle

would be a useful character, but information on this point is rather

deficient. Apparently bidentata is distinguished trom all other

species by the fact that its basal spine extends far beyond half the

length of the scale.

9, Mandibular palp.—Unfortunately for several species the

features of this palp are known imperfectly or not at all. Judging

from Dana’s figure of it in Huphausia superba, that species agrees

in this particular with antarctica of Sars, in which the palp in

question is very slender, its terminal joint being nearly as long as

the median. ‘This is not the case in pellucida Dana, millert

Claus, bidentata Sars, splendens of Sars, or gracilis of Sars, the last

having ‘‘ the terminal Joint very small and oval in form.”

10. Second maaille.—The shape, size, and armature of the

apical joint seem to offer tangible characters for specific distinction,

but such as can only be discovered by dissection.

11. Proportionate length of the joints in the three pairs of maxilli-

peds and the three developed pairs of perwopods—The value that

might attach to this character is strikingly illustrated by a com-

parison of the figures drawn by Sars of the last of these appendages

in bidentatu and antarctica. In the former species the third joint

is shorter than the fourth, in the latter it is much longer than all

the four succeeding joints combined. Unfortunately, beyond this

one comparison, there is scarcely any definite Ae enor ey

;

544 REV. 'T. R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [ May 22,

information available. Dana gives a detail-figure of the appen-

dage in question for his HZ. pellucida and his E, splendens, but it is

the latter rather than the former that agrees with the figure

delineated by Sars for his H. bidentata. Of Dana’s four species,

as judged by the figures, it is only superba which has the third

joint of the last (developed) leg longer than the fourth.

It has been already intimated that the limbs, in spite of their

genera! resemblance, are by no means all of one pattern. It may

be added that in the second maxillipeds there is an apical arma-

ture which may not be in all species identical.

12. The branchie.—The importance of differences in this appa-

ratus is noticed both by Sars and Dana.

13. First and second pleopods of the male.—Characters derived

from these organs appeal chiefly to highly skilled observers, and

are not by any means always at their disposal.

14. Uropods and telson.—Characters, perhaps of not overwhelm-

ing importance, are derived from the lengths of the two branches

of the uropods in relation one to the other and in relation to the

telson, from the number and position of spinules on the telson,

and from the smoothness or pectination of the telson’s subapical

processes.

So far, then, as at present known, the species will fall into two

groups—the first, with the third pleon-segment not produced into

a tooth, comprising pellucida, splendens, gracilis, superba, miilleri,

bidentata, similis, murrayi, antarctica, latifrons; the second, with

the third pleon-segment produced into a tooth, comprising mucro-

nata, gibba, spinifera, gibboides, pseudogibba, schotti, vallentini. In

each group there are some well-marked species, but others to

which the facilities of a synoptic arrangement cannot be very safely

applied. Without attempting, therefore, here to formulate such a

table, I will only offer some characters by which closely coupled

forms may be distinguished one from the other, or by which parti-

cular species are distinctly ear-marked.

In the first group we observe:—

With subquadrate rostral projection ...........-...668 E. latifrons Sars.

With broadly triangular rostral projection ......... E. antarctica Sars.

Wath very, smallieyes) cfrscnss--cecscsetesecnaiecseansene- E. gracilis Dana.

With two teeth on each lateral margin of carapace L. hidentata Sars.

E. similis Sars is obviously so named from its

supposed likeness to /. bidentata, from which it is

distinguished by the unidentate margins of carapace,

and inner branch of uropods shorter than outer.

Lateral margin of carapace not dentate; uropods

reaching beyond telson............:.-sseesereeeernes E. superba Dana.

Lateral margin of carapace unidentate ; uropods

not reaching beyond telson ..........,..+ssessseees E. murrayi Sars.

In E. pellucida Dana and FE. miilleri Claus the

inner ramus of the uropods reaches beyond the

outer, but not so in E. splendens Dana. In

E. pellucida the last three joints of the third

perxeopod are much shorter than the preceding joint,

but not so in £, miideri.

1900.] » FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS, 545

In the second group we observe :—

Carapace with postero-dorsal tooth ........s0s.eeeeee E. schotti Ortmann.

Uropods reaching apex { Eyes large .............0 E, gibboides Ortmann.

of telson. IRV eS) sina leaner ees E. pseudogibba Ortmann,

Fifth and sixth pleon-segments with indentured

JAAS EN C1 eRe ee PR ER cas A E. spinifera Sars.

Third pleon-segment with dorsal tooth strong ...... EE, mucronata Sars.

ay First antennz with basal

Third pleon-segment leaflet acute, bifid ...... E. gibba Sars.

with dorsal tooth

arene First antennz with basal

leaflet rounded, simple £.. vadlentini, n. sp,

KUPHAUSIA VALLENTINI, n.sp. (Plate XXXVIL.)

Rostral projection acute, short, not nearly reaching apex of eyes.

Carapace with slight longitudinal elevation behind the rostrum; a

single tooth on lateral margin at about the middle. Third pleon-

segment produced backward in a thin, almost spine-like, tooth

of no great length, so as easily to escape notice. Fifth pleon-seg-

ment with postero-lateral corners rounded, not quadrate as figured

by Sars in #. gibba. Sixth pleon-segment nearly as long as fourth

plus fifth. The preanal spine tridentate, the iowest tooth much

the largest. In one specimen out of four the upper teeth seemed

to be represented only by a tubercle.

The eyes are pear-shaped, of medium size.

First antenne.—The first joint is longer than the second plus

the third and has at the apex a smoothly rounded membranous

leaflet, with a group of setz adjacent on the inner side, and on the

outer a strongly projecting angle furnished with various plumose

sete. The third joint has a small apical lobe on the underside

and a membranous expansion along the upperside.

Second antenne.—The scale extends well beyond the peduncle,

the basal spine not nearly reaching the middle of the scale and only

feebly pectinate on its inner margin.

Mandibles.—Cutting-edge broad and thin, with two prominent

teeth at the top, of which both are double in one mandible, but

only the upper one in the other ; the molar prominent, its cylindri-

cal crown radiated with finely pectinate teeth; palp strong, third

joint about two-thirds of second, fringed on one margin with

numerous spines, the second joint carrying sete.

Lower lip.—The inner margin of each lobe with a fur of very

‘short hairs extending nearly to the distal angle.

First maxille.—Unless by the greater breadth of the outer lobe,

these maxilla are not easy to distinguish from those which have

been figured for other species.

Second maxille.—The part which seems to vary most in the

several species is the terminal joint or palp. Itis here distinguished

by its very considerable size, and by its shape, which is more that

of a parallelogram, with obliquely truncate apex, than is shown in

any other species for which these maxille have been figured. Sarg

says of /. gibba that ‘the oral parts and the legs would not seem

to exhibit any essential difference from those of Huphausia gracilis.”

546 REY. T. R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

In regard to that species he says that the second pair of maxille

“have the terminal joint not very large, of a rather regular ovoid

form, and but sparingly supplied with bristles.” The shape appears

from the figure to be rather similar to that in the present species,

but the size and armature very different.

First maxillipeds to the third perzeopods.—In all these ap-

pendages the penultimate joint is longer than the ultimate and,

to a less extent, than the antepenultimate, but these three joints

combined differ greatly in their relation to the preceding joints,

being at least as long as both third and fourth joints in the first

maxillipeds, but shorter than the fourth by itself in the third

pereopods. In the second and third pereopods their length is

absolutely as well as relatively shorter than in the preceding limbs ;

but also the length of the third and fourth joints successively

increases from the first maxillipeds onwards, and whereas in the

first maxillipeds and to a less extent in the second the fourth

joint is shorter than the third, in the following’ appendages it is

increasingly longer. The exopods of all these six pairs of

appendages have a close general resemblance. Sars, in describing

the genus, speaks of the articulation between the peduncle and

the flagellum as very oblique, and figures the flagellum as un-

jointed. But, at least in the present species, it appears that the

flagellum has transverse lines of a feeble and perhaps evanescent

articulation, and that the junction with the peduncle is also trans-

verse, a strongly marked oblique line on the peduncle following

the course of a muscle but not constituting an articulation. Claus’s

figures of HL. miilleri seem to be in agreement with this view of

the matter.

The uropods.—The rami are equal in length, and scarcely reach

beyond the insertion of the subapical processes of the telson.

The telson.—The subapical processes are quite smooth. The

apical piece of the telson between them narrows above the middle,

carrying at this point two minute spinules, and then widens,

passing with convex margins to an acute apex. Below the middle

of its entire length the telson has a pair of dorsal spinules.

Length. The specimen of which the parts are figured measured

16mm. Another measured 18 mm., and a third 21 mm. None

had sexually metamorphosed pleopods.

Locality. Stanley Harbour, Falkland Islands.

Gen. THysanorssa Brandt.

1851. Thysanoessa (subgen.), Brandt, Middendorff’s Sibirische

Reise, Krebse, p. 52.

1882. Thysanoéssa, Sars, Christiania Vidensk. Forh. no. 18, p. 52.

1883. Thysanoéssa, Sars, Christiania Vidensk. Forh. no. 7, p. 25.

1885. Thysanoéssa, Sars, ‘Challenger’ Schizopoda, Reports,

vol. xiii, pp. 63, 119.

1887. Thysanoéssa, Hansen, Vid. Medd., Malac. mar. Groen),

occid. p. 54,

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS, 547

1892. Thysanoessa, Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix.

p- 462.

1893. Thysanoessa, Stebbing, Hist. Crust., Internat. Sci. Ser.

vol. Ixxiv. p. 264.

1893. Thysanoéssa, Ortmann, Decap. u. Schizop., Plankton-Exp.

p. 14:

1896. Thysancessa, Caullery, Ann. Univ. Lyon, ‘Caudan’ Crust.,

Schiz. et Decap. p. 367.

This genus is distinguished from the other Euphausiide by

having the second maxillipeds greatly produced, with their two

terminal joints carrying spiniform setz on both margins. In his

preliminary notices of the ‘Challenger’ Schizopoda, Professor Sars

speaks of the long second maxillipeds as the second pair of legs, but

in the ‘ Challenger’ Reports he calls them the first pair of legs—

a vacillation which points to the ever-perplexing question whether

an appendage ought to be named according to its undoubted

homology or according to its actual structure, or according to

some better but not yet invented method. It is, to say the least, -

very convenient to speak of three pairs of maxillipeds throughout

the Malacostraca, with exception of the Isopoda and Amphipoda,

in which the terms first and second gnathopods have won acceptance

in place respectively of the second and third maxillipeds.

THYSANOESSA MACRURA Nars.

1883. Thysanoéssa macrura, Sars, Christiania Vidensk. Forh.

no. 7, p. 26.

1885. Thysanoéssa macrura, Sars, ‘ Challenger’ Schizopoda,

Reports, vol. xiii. p. 125, pl. 23. figs. 1-4.

1893. Thysanoéssa .macrura, Ortmann, Decap. u. Schizop.,

Plankton-Exp. p. 14.

This species, in common with 7. gregaria Sars, is distinguished

by a tooth on the lateral margin of the carapace from Kriyer’s

neglecta and longicaudata, the two other species of the genus, both

of which are devoid of such a tooth. Krdoyer’s species also have a

simple preanal spine, whereas that spine in macrura has from two

to three teeth, and in gregaria may have a pectination of thirteen,

though Ortmann reports a specimen in which it has only two

teeth, thus undermining the value of this specific character.

The present species is distinguished from 7’. gregaria by the

rostrum more broadly triangular and apically more acute, by the

greater length of the sixth pleon-segment, and by the comparative

length of the branches of the uropods, the inner being here

considerably, instead of only slightly longer than the outer. Sars

gives as a further distinction: “‘ First pair of legs [second maxilli-

peds] much smaller than in last species [gregaria], meral [fourth]

joint scarcely reaching beyond middle of antennal scale.” He

does not give a detail-figure of these appendages, but in the lateral

view of the animal the three terminal joints combined are much

shorter than the fourth joint of the appendage in question, and

548 REY, T. R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

the penultimate joint is fully two-thirds the length of the ante-

penultimate. On the other hand, the specimen here identified

with macrura has the three terminal joints of its second maxillipeds

tegether longer than the fourth joint, and the antepenultimate

thrice as long as the penultimate. But as Sars considers that

none of his specimens were full-grown, I abstain from regarding

the differences mentioned as of specific value. Mr. Vallentin’s

specimen, of which unfortunately I cannot give the measurements,

was certainly longer than the 13 mm. reached by Sars’s specimen.

Locality. Stanley Harbour, Falkland Islands.

ISOPODA.

ASELLOTA.,

1882. Asellota, Sars, Christiania Vidensk. Forh. no. 18, p. 58.

1885. Asellota, Sars, Den Norske Nordhavs-Exp. vol. xiy. pt. 1,

- 136,

‘ 1893. Asellota, Stebbing, Hist. Crust., Internat. Sci. Ser.

vol. xxiv. p. 376. *

1895. Asellota, Hansen, Isop., Cumac. u. Stomat., Plankton-

Exp., p. 4.

1897. Asellota, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. ii. pt. 5, p. 94.

Fam. JANIRID2.

1897. Ianiride, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. ii. pt. 5, p. 98.

The genus Janira, Leach, 1813-1814, established in the

Supplement to his article ‘“ Crustaceology,” was not spelt with an

initial iota, but was trisyllabic.

Gen. Lats Boyallius.

1886. Jats, Bovallius, Notes on Fam. Asellidz, pp. 4 & 50,

Bihang K. Svenska Vet,.-Akad. Handl. vol. xi. no. 15.

1886. Jera (part), Beddard, ‘Challenger’ Isopoda, Reports,

vol. xvii. p. 19.

1887. lais (Janthe), Pfeffer, Krebse yon Siid-Georgien, p. 18.

This genus may be distinguished from its very near neighbour

Jera Leach, by the narrowness of the body, the smallness of the

eyes, the triunguiculate fingers on all the limbs of the pergon,

and by the uropods which are not adjacent, not inserted in a notch

of the pleon, and in which the peduncle is not longer than the

rami.

On the last only of these four characters can much dependence

be placed. Sars, indeed, in his definition of Jera includes the

character “dactylar joint 3-unguiculate,’ but the reckoning of

spines which justifies this would allow us to say that the dactylus

in Jais was quadriunguiculate. It is, however, a somewhat un-

substantial character. Still more so are those depending on the

breadth of the body and the size of the eye. In the mouth-organs

1900. ] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 549

Jera and Jats closely correspond; though the antepenultimate

joint of the maxillipeds is rather less strongly developed in Jais

than in Jera, and, on the other hand, the inner plate of the first

maxille is broader in Jais.

Tats PUBESCENS (Dana). (Plate XX XVIII.)

1853. Jera pubescens, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xiii., Crust.

p. 744, pl. 49. figs. 9 a—d.

1876. Jera pubescens, S. I. Smith, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., Contr.

Nat. Hist. Kerguelen, p. 63.

1882, Jera nove zealandie, Chilton, Tr. New Zealand Inst.

vol. xv. p. 189.

1886. ais hargeri, Bovallius, Notes on Fam. Asellide, p. 50.

1886. Jais pubescens, Bovallius, ibidem, p. 51.

1886. lera nove-zelandie, Bovallius, ioe Pp: 49,

1886. Jera neo-zelanica, Thomson & Chilton, Tr. New Zealand

Inst. vol. xviii. p. 157.

1886. Jera pubescens, Beddard, ‘ Challenger ’ Isopoda, Reports,

vol. xvii. p. 19, pl. 2. figs. 6-138.

1887. lais (Janthe) pubescens, Pfeffer, Krebse von Stid-Georgien,

Bie

. 1887. Jera antarctica, Pfeffer, ibidem, pp. 19 & 94, pl. 7

figs. 1-4.

1888. ais neo-zealanica, Chilton & Thomson, Tr. New Zealand

Inst. vol. xxi. p. 265 (Jais pubescens evidently intended).

1891. Jais pubescens, Chilton, Trans. New Zealand Inst.

vol. xxiv. p. 266.

1893. Jais pubescens, Thomson, P. R. Soc. Tasmania for 1892,

p- 15 (Jats misprint for Jazs).

The association of this minute species with Spheroma lanceolatum

(or gigas) is recorded by Dana for Tierra del Fuego, by Professor

Smith and Mr. Beddard for Kerguelen Island. That they are

all three applying the name to the same species is, therefore,

highly probable. But Smith gives no description; and Beddard’s

description is accompanied by figures which do not in all respects

agree with our specimens from the Falkland Islands, the segments

of the body showing little or no lateral interval, and the head

having its front and sides curiously serrate. From the text,

however, it must be inferred, as Dr. Chilton has already pointed

out, that at least the second of these differences is due only

to an error on the part of the draughtsman; the first apparently

depends on a very advanced stage of the brood-pouch in the

female. That the rami of the uropods are in the figure distally

clubbed instead of tapering, may well be due either to a casual

variation or a slight inaccuracy in the drawing. ais hargeri

Bovallius, from the Strait of Magellan, differs in nothing from

the Falkland Island specimens, unless in size (*‘ 3-4 mm.”) and

in one or two comparative measurements of parts, which can

scarcely be trustworthy, since they vary with the bending or

straightening and other accidental conditions of the specimen

550 REY. T, R. R, SLEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

measured. The distinction of J. hargert from J. pubescens is

only effected by attributing to Dana’s description and figures a

minute accuracy to which they have no claim, and which at the

date of their production was scarcely ever accorded to small

crustaceans. Dana, for example, says “ Caudal stylets half as

long as abdomen, three- or four-jointed,” though his fig. 9 d shows

the stylets with single-jomted rami and only about one-fourth as

long as the pleon. ‘That Pfeffer’s Jwra antaretica may be an

additional synonym is of necessity conjectural. The solitary

specimen was imperfect and could not be dissected. The length

is given as 3-2 mm., and the greatest breadth as not much more

than one-fourth of the length; just as Bovallius says of Jais

hargeri, “the body is elongate, linear, four times longer than

broad.” This, it is likely, refers to the male. In J. pubescens

the female loses something of her slenderness of shape as the

‘ marsupium becomes inflated. On the other hand, Pfeffer

definitely states that the finger is biunguiculate and that the

3-unguiculate finger, which he, like Sars, attributes to Jwra, was

not to be found on any of the limbs of the pereon. He also

gives the colour as brownish, whereas the Falkland Island

specimens better agree with Bovyallius’s account of J. hargeri, as

“greenish white, almost hyaline.” Pfeffer’s description of the

damaged first antenne and of the uropods tallies well with what

is found in I. pubescens.

Mr. G. M. Thomson found Tasmanian specimens of I. pubescens

in a tube with “Spheroma quoyana M.-Edw.,” but it may be

noticed that he also brought with him from Tasmania specimens

of Spheromt gigas. Dr. Chilton found some of his New Zealand

specimens free, but others ‘on a large Spheroma (probably

S. obtusa Dana) in Port Chalmers.” The following description

refers to the specimens found at the Falkland Islands on Sphawroma

gigas (or lanceolatum). This association has been spoken of as

parasitic or semiparasitic. Apparently the small isopod makes use

of the large one as a kind of floating island, affixing its eggs to it,

and in adult life still clinging on but doing no harm to its animated

lodging, which occasionally accommodates some minute zoophytes

on similar terms.

Body narrowly elliptical, pereon wider than head or pleon, but

almost parallel-sided except under the influence of the developing

ova, when dlso the sides of the segments become less widely

separated than before. The sides on the upper part are fringed

with small hairs. The pleon has a very small first segment,

followed by a rounded shield, fringed with minute hairs and

slightly projecting obtusely between the uropods. Head widest

at the eyes, obtusely projecting between the first antenne; in

dorsal view the epistome obtusely prominent in advauce of the

rostral projection.

Eyes very small, wide apart, ‘about at middle of the lateral

margins of the head, each with only two crystalline cones set in

dark pigment (see figure in Beddard’s Report). First antennz

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 561

6-jointed, shorter than peduncle of second, first joint nearly as

broad as long, second shorter and much narrower, third about half

as long as second ; flagellum small, its middle joint longest.

Second antenne apparently with a minute rudiment of a

process on the third joint, carrying 2 spinules, sixth joint of

peduncle a little longer than 5th; flagellum sometimes nearly

twice as long as peduncle, attaining to 25 joints (20-30 are given

for I. harger?).

Upper lip with rounded or somewhat flattened apical margin.

Under lip with rather strong setules on the obtuse apices.

First maxille.—Inner plate not linear, its margins convex, the

apex carrying 4-5 sete; outer plate much broader, apex fringed

with 11 spines in two series.

Second maxille.—Inner plate moderately broad, with numerous

setee on apex; outer plates narrow, each with 4 apical sete, longer

than those on inner plate.

Maxillipeds.—First joint short, the epipod irregularly oblong or

oval, not reaching beyond first joint of the palp ; second joint broad,

its terminal plate nearly as long as the base and more than half

as broad, with one or two coupling spines on inner margin, and

several spinules fringing the apex; first joint of palp short, second

rather broad, scarcely longer than broad, third much shorter and

narrower, distally narrowed, fourth as long as second but narrower

even than third, fifth much shorter than fourth.

Limbs of perzon all nearly alike. First pair (gnathopods) are

a little shorter than the others, and, so far as I could discern, are

without the triangular prolongation of the sixth joint seen on the

other pairs. In all, the second joint is little broader than the

fifth and little longer than the sixth, the fourth is shorter than

the third, the fifth is decidedly broader than the sixth, but scarcely

so long. The short finger has a broadly oval base, from which

issues a strongly curved nail on the outer side of the apex, and

on the inner side two similar but shorter nails ; between these and

the longer nail a curved spine may sometimes be seen protruding.

The two smaller nails are placed so close together that they often

look like a single two-pointed nail. Over the broad part of the

finger the apex of the sixth joint is produced in a triangular process.

In the female, the operculum of the pleon is broadly rounded,

with a produced obtuse apical point.

The uropods are rather more (or slightly less, Bovallius) than a

fourth of the caudal shield. The outer ramus is as long as the

peduncle, and has several sete on the truncate but narrowed apex,

with one or two setules near the middle ; the inner has a basal

part as long as, but broader than, the outer, with a narrower and

much shorter apical portion, separated as it were by a fringe of

spinules and tipped with long sete.

The specimens were of various sizes (including young with the

seventh pair of trunk-legs undeveloped). All the adults seemed

to be females, the largest scarcely exceeding 2°5 mm.

Locality. Falkland Islands. On Ewospheroma gigas.

552 REY, T. R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

FLABELLIFERA.

1882. Flabellifera, Sars, Christiania Vidensk. Forh. no. 18, p. 58.

1897. Flabellifera, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. ii. pt. 3, p. 43.

See also the references under the Tribe Asellota for other

notices of the present tribe.

Fam. SPH £ROMID 2.

1840. ‘ Sphéromiens,’ Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. ii.

p. 197.

1847. Spheromide, White, List of Crustacea in Brit. Mus.

p- 102.

1853. Spheromide, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped. vol. xiii., Crust.

pt. i. p. 748.

1857. Spheromide, White, Popular Hist. British Crustacea,

p. 244.

1867. Spheromide, Bate & Westwood, Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust.

vol. ii. p. 398.

1876. Sphwromide, Miers, Crustacea of New Zealand, p. 109.

1880. Spheromide, Kossmann, Zool. Ergebn. einer Reise

Rothen Meeres, p. 111.

1880. Spheromide, Harger, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fisheries for

1878, pt. 6, p. 367.

1886. Spheromide, Beddard, ‘Challenger’ Isopoda, Reports,

vol. xvii. p. 145.

1893. Spheromide, Stebbing, Hist. Crust., Internat. Sci. Ser.

vol. Ixxiv. p. 359.

1900. Sphweromide, H. Richardson, The American Naturalist,

vol. xxxiv. p. 222.

By what must be regarded as a very unlucky accident this

family is not at present represented in the fauna of Norway, so

that we are without the light which would otherwise certainly

have been shed upon it in the recently published work on

Norwegian Isopoda by Professor G. O. Sars.

The genus Spheroma, from which the family takes its name,

was instituted by Bosc, or by Latreille in Bosc’s Hist. nat. des

Crustacés, vol. ii. p. 182, in the year 1802. As Guérin-Méneville

has pointed out in his ‘ Iconographie,’ there was for long a great

confusion as to the synonymy of the typical species. All that can

now be determined is, that Bosc included in the genus the Oniscus

conglobator of Pallas, 1766 (which Pallas himself identifies with

Oniscus asilus Linn., 1758), and as a synonym of this the

Cymothou serrata of Fabricius, 1793, earlier described as Oniscus

serratus in the ‘ Mantissa,’ 1787. Pallas had before this changed

the name of his species to globator, and authors, in long succession,

with the exception of Guérin-Méneville, have united the species

of Pallas with that of Fabricius and yet inconsistently adopted

the name servatum in preference to the earlier globator or conglobator.

1900.) FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 5d3

Guérin-Méneville makes of them two separate species. But the

fact is, I think, that we cannot now with any certainty determine

what species Pallas had before him, and must therefore accept

serratum as the type of the genus.

The question now arises whether the genus ought to retain all

those species which have been hitherto grouped within it on the

ground of their very close external resemblance. My reply to

this is that, at Jeast in some instances, the grouping can scarcely

outlast a careful comparison of the appendages in the different

species. It is only fair to Bate and Westwood. to say that, in

their discussion of Sphewroma prideauaianum Leach, they state

that ‘‘ The foot-jaws differ from those of the typical species, in

having each of the three intermediate joints dilated imto an

internal flattened lobe, a character which, in conjunction with

that of the short plates of the lateral appendages of the terminal

segment of the body, seems to indicate a more than specific

distinction.” They show in their figures the remarkable difference

between the maxillipeds of serratum and prideauvianum; the latter

being almost undoubtedly a synonym of Leach’s Spheroma

curtum, which at any rate has maxillipeds and second maxille of

the same pattern. In very near agreement with this pattern is

that of the maxillipeds of Spheroma gigas Leach, which I propose

to place in a new genus, though without attempting here the

arduous task of re-arranging the other species. Among them

Spheroma rugicauda Leach may be mentioned as having maxil-

lipeds certainly very distinct from those of serratum, yet not in

very perfect agreement with those of Spheroma curtum. Dana

says that his Spheroma calcarea has the maxillipeds nearly as in

S. lanceolata, but in the figure to which he refers they agree

better with those of S. curtum, and with those which Kossmann

represents for a seemingly immature specimen which he doubtfully

names Spheroma obtusum Dana.

EXOSPHEROMA, gen. n.

In general appearance agreeing with Spheroma, but having the

penultimate and two preceding joints of the maxillipeds lobed on

the inner side, whereas in the type species of Sphewroma those

joints are not lobed.

ExospH £#RoMA GIGas (Leach). (Plate XX XIX.)

1818. Spheroma gigas, Leach, Dict. Sci. Nat. vol. xii. p. 346.

1823-5. Spheroma gigas, Desmarest, Consid. gén. Crust. p. 301.

1840. Spheroma gigas, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. iii.

». 205.

1841. Spheroma gigas, Guérin-Méneville, Iconographie du

Reégne Animal, Crust. p. 31.

1843. Spheroma gigas (var. lanceolata), White, Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 1, vol. xii. p. 345.

1847. Spheroma gigas, White, List Crust. Brit. Mus. p, 102.

504 REV. 1, R, R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

1847. Spheroma lanceolatum, White, List Crustacea Brit. Mus.

. 102.

: 1853. Spheroma gigas, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xiii., Crust.

pt. ii. p. 775, pl. 52. fig. 1.

1853. Spheroma lanceolata, Dana, loc. cit. p. 775, pl. 52. figs, La—f.

1871. Spheroma lanceolatum, Cunningham, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond.

vol. xxvil. p. 499.

1876. Spheroma gigas, Miers, Catal. Crust. New Zealand, p. 110.

1876. Spheeroma lanceolata, Miers. loc. cit. p. 111.

1881. Spheroma gigas, Miers, Pr, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 79.

1882. Spheroma gigas, Haswell, Catal. Australian Crust. p. 287.

1884. Spheroma gigas, Studer, Ak. Wiss. Berlin, Isopoden

‘ Gazelle,’ p. 17.

1884. Spheroma lanceolatum, Studer, loc. cit. p. 18.

1886. Spheroma giyas, Beddard, ‘ Challenger’ Isopoda, Reports,

vol. xvii. p. 147.

1893. Spheroma gigas, G. M. Thomson, P. R. Soc. Tasmania,

p. 14.

Leach very briefly describes this species as having ‘‘the body

smooth; last segment of pleon narrowed to a point, apically

rounded; length, an inch; habitat unknown.” Of the only two

specimens he had seen, one, given him by Lamarck, was in his

own cabinet, the other in the museum ot the Linnean Society.

The latter is still, I think, where it was seen by Leach, but a

dried marine isopod is in the position of Tithonus: its immortality

does not carry with it the gift of perpetual youth.

Desmarest copies the brief description by Leach, Milne-Edwards

adds that the rounded apical angle of the telson extends beyond

(‘‘dépasse notablement”) the inner lamina of the uropods, and

that the outer lamina or ramus is long, obtuse, not serrate.

White in 1843 describes his var. /anceolata thus :—‘ Body

smooth ; Jast joint of the abdomen considerably arched above, and

having near the base a slight elevation grooved in the middle;

the last joint is also in most of the specimens considerably pointed,

and extends very slightly beyond the extremity of the inner plate

of the last false legs; the outer plate of these appendices is narrow

and lanceolate ; both of the plates are minutely punctured with

black.” The habitat is the Falkland Islands; the size reaches

three-fourths of an inch to a whole inch in length; and it is

admitted that “this species comes very near the S. gigas Leach,”

“from which it principally differs in the more elongated and

narrower outer plate, and in the grooved elevation at the base of

the more arched last joint of the abdomen.” In 1847 White

adopts it as a separate species, but with the synonymy “ var. Sph.

gigas Leach? ”

Dana gives a ventral view of the caudal shield and uropods

of ‘ Spheroma gigas” from New Zealand. For his specimens he

reports surface of body smooth, but with microscopic appearance

of granulation, caudal shield evenly convex, sides arcuate (not

sinuous), apex rounded, moderately narrow, not quite reached by

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 555

lamellz of uropods, the inner of which is “rounded at extremity,

but subacute.” ‘The length of specimens was four to five lines,

the colours brown to brownish black, with some irregular whitish

spots. Of the “large” ‘‘ Spheroma lanceolata” from Fuegia he

fizures and describes the mouth-organs. Further, he states that

the perzon-segments fifth to seventh are scarcely shorter than the

three preceding, that the caudal shield is evenly convex, its sides

arcuate, its apex rather narrowly rounded, reached by the inner

lamella of the uropods, which is equal to the outer lamella, and

like it lanceolate, obtuse; the flagellum of the second antenne

18-20 joints; ‘‘the texture of the shell corneous, as usual.”

Cunningham asks, as he well might, ‘Is this species truly distinct

from S. gigas Leach?” Miers suggests that the differences may

be only sexual. After describing specimens referred to the

Aucklands, the Falklands, and Fuegia, he says that S. lanceolata,

from the two latter localities, ‘differs only in the rami of the

caudal appendages, which are narrower-lanceolate and acute at the

extremity, and in the absence of the lateral marginal groove on

the thoracic segments.” In S. gigas he notes “inferior lateral

margins of all the segments grooved,” and “rami of the caudal

appendages narrow-oval, rounded at the extremity.” To these

characters he adds that the front margin of the transversely

oblong head has a very small lobe between the enlarged bases of

the first antenne, that the first segment of the pereon is rather

the longest, “the rest short, subequal, slightly tending backward

on the sides, and with the infero-posterior angle subacute,” and

that the colour is “ light brown, margins of segments yellowish ;”

“length nearly 1 in.” Haswell only repeats the description given

by Miers; and Studer thinks the lanceolatum of Fuegia is distin-

guished from the S. gigas of Kerguelen by its slenderer body and

the shape of the caudal shield. Beddard notices S. gigas as a

species without prominent sexual dimorphism. Thomson records

under this name a small Tasmanian and New Zealand form, which,

he says, ‘‘ differs in a few details from a large form” found in the

Auckland Islands. What the details are he has at present left

untold, though, like Guérin-Méneville some fifty years earlier,

bewailing the want of a monograph of the Spheromide.

Guérin-Méneville himself adds nothing to the knowledge then

available of the adult S. gigas, but makes the following statements

in regard to the young. He has found, he says, “ under the

ventral plates (feuillets inférieurs) of a female a great number of

eggs and some young individuals just hatched and still attached to

the mother by a filament which issued from their anus, and he

found that these individuals had seven segments [of the pereon]

and seven pairs of feet. These young ones were scarcely a milli-

metre long, their body was narrow, elongate, with segments well

marked and separated at the edges. ‘The last pleon-segment was

cordiform, rounded at the sides, pointed behind, and the lamellz

of the uropods were inserted far back on this tail-piece (fort en

arricre de cette queue) and extended a little beyond it.” He

506 REY. I. R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

reminds us that the young of Porcellio have at first only six pereon-

segments and six pairs of legs.’ It is rather provoking that he

did not give fuller details, since in his account so far as it goes

there are many points calculated to excite some surprise. The

small size, the linear form, the anal filament, the ‘heart-shaped

caudal segment with uropods projecting to the rear, were little

to be expected in the young of Spheroma gigas. The truth

appears to me to be that Guérin-Ménevilie was misled by the

minute size and semi-pellucid hue of Jais pubescens (Dana) into

supposing it to be the young of the Spheroma, of which it is, so

far as known, the invariable companion.

We now pass to the description of the adult Kvospheroma gigas.

The short but broad vertex of the head is separated from the

occiput by a nearly straight ridge, the front line of the vertex

being indentured on either side of a short rostral point, its outer

angles meeting the advanced points of the sides of the first pereon-

segment a little in front of the eyes. All the segments of the

pereon have the grooving described by Miers. The segments

from the second to the seventh are almost parallel-sided, but the

sixth and seventh slightly widen out. Again, the first division

of the pleon is infinitesimally wider than the seventh segment

of the pereon. This first part of the pleon is composite, a

continuous line near the base, and for the most part usually

concealed under the pereon, marking off the first segment, while

from the broad second, the successively narrower third and fourth

are marked off by lines which are interrupted at some distance

from the middle. The second division probably consists of an

obscure and concealed fifth segment, the sixth carrying the

uropods and the telson. This division is so adjusted that in

spirit-specimens the animal cannot be flattened out but has a

crook in its back, which would appear to facilitate a doubling

together of the body rather than the spherical form so readily

assumed by Spheroma serratum. The inflation of the caudal

shield declines rather rapidly near the slightly sinuous sides and

the rather narrow rounded apex.

The eyes are dark, small, irreguiarly oval, near the postero-

lateral corners of the head.

First antenne.—First joint large, broad, with basal fold, second

much smaller, third longer but much narrower than second;

flagellum shorter than peduncle, 17-jointed, each joint except first

and last carrying two hyaline filaments.

Second antenne.—Longer than first, with stouter flagellum of

about 16 short and stout joints.

Epistome widening much downward. Upper lip with distal

margin almost straight, except at the angles.

Mandibles.—Cutting-edge tridentate, accessory plate stronger

' M. Louis Roule, “ Etudes sur le Développement des Crustacés,” Ann. Sci.

Nat. ser. 7, vol. xviil. pp. 46, 57, 64 (1895), contravenes this long-accepted

statement, though admitting the small comparative size of the seventh segment

and its pair of appendages,

1900.] YROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 5o7

on the left than on the right mandible; molar cylindrical, with

spines above, as well as the usual spine-row ; spines on the second

and third joints of the palp pectinate.

First maxille.—Inner plate narrow, with four plumose sete at

the apex, outer plate with a lobe below the middle, and on the

apex nine stout, and three slender, somewhat denticulate spines.

Maxillipeds.—Second joint wide at the base, then narrow, its

plate narrow at the base, then wide, the apical margin broad,

carrying numerous plumose spines; third joint short; fourth narrow

at base, the lobed distal end wide; fifth much shorter but about as

wide distally ; sixth longer than fifth or seventh, much narrower

than fifth, with a short lobe at its widened distal end; seventh

narrow, not unguiform. The fifth and sixth joints are not without

armature of the inner margin, but it is far less conspicuous than

the long setze which those joints display in Spheroma serratum.

Here, as in Sphwroma curtum, the fifth joint is decidedly smaller

than the fourth, but in Spheroma rugicauda the fifth joint is

larger than the fourth, as in Spheroma serratum.

Limbs of the pereon.—In these there is a gradual increase of

length, so that the seventh pair is considerably longer than the

first. In all, the third joint is elongate, without the long sete

displayed in Spheroma serratum; the fourth, fifth, and sixth

joints are thickly furred along the forward margin, the fourth and

fifth having a group of small spines on the backward apex; the

sixth has at the apex, on the inner side, as in various other

Spheromide, and in Isopoda of other families, a rounded plate

overlapping the base of the finger ; the finger is of the kind called

bidentate, one tooth being the short, curved, horny-looking nail,

the other a small spine near the base of the nail.

The appendages of the male on the seventh pereeon-segment are

rather long, about four times as long as broad.

Pleopods.—The first pair are smaller than the second. The

male appendage of the second is considerably longer than the rami,

apart from their long fringes of plumose sete, and ends almost

acutely, not being roundly expanded at the apex as in Sphewroma

rugicauda. The covering ramus in the last three pairs has a

transverse suture near the end; the under ramus of the fourth

and, fifth pairs is much plicated.

Uropods.—The lower outer branch is a little broader and apically

a little more broadly rounded than the inner, which is sometimes

spoken of as a prolongation of the peduncle, there being, in fact,

no articulation between them.

One of Mr. Vallentin’s specimens is distinguished from the

rest as follows :—It has the sides of the pereon-segments abruptly

down-bent, so as to form a sharp angle with the middle of the

back; on the fourth pleon-segment are a pair of little median

humps, such as are barely indicated in the other specimens ; the

pleon-shield has the median line occupied by a longitudinal groove

between two elevations, and then by a carina of which the first

part is divided between two tubercles, the remainder running to

Proc, Zoo. Soo.—1900, No. XXXVII. 37

538 REV. T, R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

the subacute apex ; the uropods have their apices. subacute, that

of the outer ramus the sharper and turned slightly outward. It

is light coloured, with two transverse narrow dark bands. This

specimen ought perhaps to be called Hxospheroma lanceolatum

(White); but one has to remark that Leach describes his species

as having the “last segment of pleon narrowed to a point,” so

that the original gigas may have been the lanceolate form. Dana

speaks of the lamelle of the uropods in lanceolatum as ‘‘ lanceolate,

obtuse ;” and if other distinctions are not more steadfast than

those based on the apices of the telson and uropods appear to be,

the two names gigas and lanceolatum may well stand in one

synonymy.

Colour. In formol, the specimens are dark or light brown, the

rows of whitish markings on the perzon being more conspicuous

in dark than in light-coloured examples; the whole body is covered

with minute blackish specks, the head and the perzon-segments,

however, and parts of the pleon, having clear borders which are

sometimes orange in hue.

Size. Length about 18 mm., breadth 11 mm.

Mr. Vallentin took this species in Stanley Harbour, where it

abounds. He says: “ This species is usually to be found during

low water under stones; but during a calm, and especially if the

sun is shining brightly, they come to the surface and swim about in

an aimless manner, in an inverted position, the paired appendages

of the telson standing out at right angles to the body. I frequently

caught them swimming in this manner when in my boat, and when

so captured they would immediately roll themselves up into a ball.

On being replaced in the sea, an individual would sink a few

inches, and mounting to the surface swim as vigorously as before.

When swimming in this manner these crustaceans would always

keep near the shore, where the water is not more than two

fathoms in depth.” Dr. Coppinger (cf. Miers, 1881) records small

specimens from 9-10 fathoms at ‘Sandy Point.”

Gen. Casstp1inA Milne-Edwards.

1840. Cassidina, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. iii.

p- 223.

1843. Cassidina, Guérin-Méneville, Iconographie du Régne

Animal, Crust., texte, p. 31. ;

1853. Cassidina, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xiii., Crust. p. 748.

1884. Cassidina, Studer, Isopoden Reise ‘ Gazelle, p. 19.

1887. Cassidina, Pfeffer, Krebse von Siid-Georgien, p. 20.

1888. Cassidina, G. M. Thomson, Tr. New Zealand Inst.

vol. xxi. p. 263.

1900. Cassidena, H. Richardson, The American Naturalist,

vol. xxxiv. p. 222.

The origin of the name of this genus is indirectly explained by:

Milne-Edwards when he says that in the Spheromide which:

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 509

compose it the general form of the body, prolonged on each side

much over the feet, resembles that of the insects known as

Cassides, or rather a regularly oval and very inflated buckler.

The species that have been successively assigned to the genus are

Cassidina typa M.-Edwards, 1840, C. emarginata Guérin-Méneville,

1843, C. latistylis Dana, 1853, C. maculata Studer, 1884, and

C. neo-zealanica Thomson, 1888, Of these five, typa and latistylis

are under the double disadvantage that their place of origin is un-

known and their colour undescribed ; maculata, from Betsy Cove,

Kerguelen Island, is described as black-brown with whitish flecks

on both sides of the middle line ; neo-zealanica, from the Bay of

Islands, New Zealand, has the colour brownish-grey, covered with

black spots and star-like markings ; emarginata is reported from

the Falkland Islands by Guérin-Méneville, from the Strait of

Magellan and the west coast of Patagonia by Cunningham, from

the same Strait and Punta Arenas by Studer, from Kerguelen

Island by Miers, and from South Georgia by Pfeffer, the last-

named writer describing the colour as a quite clear brown mixed

with a little green-grey, the whole dorsal surface overspread

with minute close-set points, which on the side-plates are some-

what larger and closer together. This species attains a length of

35 mm., while for the other four the length recorded ranges from

8 to 14 mm. But Studer and Pfeffer are no doubt right in

accepting the opinion of Miers that the largest of the four,

C. latistylis Dana, is only a junior form of C. emarginata.

The question next arises whether C. emarginata itself is distinct

from all the other forms. C. typa is described as 4 lines long,

thus very little exceeding in length the C. neo-zealanica, to which

Thomson assigns “ length 8 mm. ; breadth 5 nm.” It has been

already stated that the colour of C. typa is not described; but in

the Atlas to the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés’ there is a

coloured figure of it, and the uniform light tint of this is out of

agreement with any described colouring within the genus, except

that of C. emarginata. It is rather curious, too, that the oval

contour of this figure is very suggestive of a large, slightly bent

specimen of C. emarginata. As opposed to any suspicions, how-

ever, that might arise of an identity between the two species,

Guérin-Méneville points out that in his C. emarginata the body

is moderately, not greatly, inflated; the head scarcely broader

than long, while in Milne-Edwards’s figure the head is very broad

and very short with the eyes situated at a great distance one

from the other; the last segment of the pleon triangular, truncate

and a little emarginate at the apex, instead of having the apex

narrowly rounded; the first antenne reach a good deal, instead

of scarcely at all, beyond the peduncle of the second ; the fourth

and fifth limbs of the perzon have the basal joint strongly

bent, instead of straight ; and the uropods have the inner lobe

very broad, reaching clearly beyond the telson, with the distal

margin obliquely truncate and a little emarginate, pehicnas in ove

560 REY. T. R. R, STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

of the figures given by Milne-Edwards this lobe does not reach

beyond the telson, and though described as very large is represented

as comparatively long and narrow.

Unless the type specimen of C. typa could be recovered and

examined, it would be impossible without rashness to ignore the

distinctions which Guérin-Méneville has drawn between it and

C. emarginata. But they are not quite so formidable as at first

sight they appear. It is not very easy to induce specimens of

C. emarginata to lie flat, and when not flattened they have that

much inflated (‘trés-bombé ”) appearance which Milne-Edwards

describes. Their eyes are in fact very wide apart, and though the

breadth of the head in comparison with the length will not answer

Milne-Edwards’s figure or description, in his figure there is fore-

shortening to be considered, and in his description we cannot be

sure between what points he measured the head-length. He gives

both a dorsal and ventral view of the animal, in the latter of which

the last segment of the pleon has its apex protruding rather

sharply beyond tbe uropods, whereas in the former the apex is

more broadly rounded and enclosed by the uropods. It is obvious,

therefore, that no particular stress can be laid on figures so vari-

able relating to the same object. In regard to the extension of

the first antenne beyond the peduncle of the second, it should be

noted that this is much less considerable in small specimens of

C’. emarginata than in large ones. Of the remarkable bend in the

basal joints of the second and third perzeopods (4th and 5th limbs

of the perzon), the ventral view of C. typa shows indeed no trace ;

but neither does Pfeffer in his careful and elaborate account of

C. emarginata take any notice of this peculiarity, although he

explains that in all the limbs of the perzon the first and second

joints are more or less firmly coalesced, but, except in the first pair,

plainly distinguishable. The feature to which Guérin-Méneville

called attention is in reality not an arching of the first joint of the

limb, but rather a geniculate connexion between the coalesced

first and second joints; a detail much less likely to attract attention

in a ventral view of a small specimen than in a lateral view of a

large one. Against identifying C. typa with C. emarginata there

still, however, remains a stumbling-block in the shape of the

uropods. Of these Milne-Edwards gives a separate figure, in

which the inner lobe is much longer than broad, with a narrowly

rounded apex ; whereas in C, emarginata this lobe is little broader

than long, and has an oblique, slightly emarginate apical border,

of which the inner angle does not reach the end of the pleo-telson,

but the rounded outer angle reaches well beyond it. It is at least

possible that we have here the explanation of the discrepancy in the

two figures of C. typa, the artist in the ventral view observing the

inner angle of the uropods, and the outer angle in the dorsal view.

It is further possible that in the separate figure he had the uropod

angularly placed, so that the long distal margin appeared as part

of the outer side. That all this argues more carelessness in the

figures than ought to be imputed to a work so high in reputation

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 561

and value as the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés,’ will be an

obvious reflection. But there is no reason to suppose that the

figures are by the distinguished author of that work, and it can

easily be proved that their accuracy is not beyond impeachment.

For example, in the figure of the maxillipeds of C. typa there is a

joint missing ; and if this corresponds with the reality, it would

falsify the author’s own statement that in this genus the mouth-

organs correspond with those of the Spheromide. It is most

likely that Milne-Edwards had but one specimen, and that this one

was dissected, and that the fragments, after they had been figured,

were not thought worth preserving. In that case, the question

here raised will perhaps never be answered with certainty.

CO. maculata Studer, 11 mm. long, presents a different set of

difficulties. Its colour has been already mentioned, together with

the fact that it comes from Kerguelen, whence Miers records also

C. emarginata. From this species, which was well known to

Studer from South America, he distinguishes his Kerguelen species

by the form of the pleo-telson, the narrowness of the inner branch

of the uropods, and the length of the antenne. Of these

distinctions the last seems non-existent, but the other two make

a rather close approach to what is shown in the ventral view of

C. typa, the caudal shield being triangular, produced to a narrowly

rounded point a little beyond the inner lobe of the uropods, this

lobe being lanceolate with convex outer and concave inner margin,

and prolonged much beyond the small outer ramus. A frontal

view of the head shows a shape corresponding with that of C. emar-

ginata, except that the rostrum (described in the text) is omitted

in the drawing. But to this spevies Studer attributes “ three free

short pleon-segments” in front of the caudal shield, and figures

them quite distinctly with unbroken lines running across the back,

which cannot be reconciled with the statement of Milne-Edwards

in his generic account, borne out by his dorsal view of C. typa,

that “ the pleon, as usual in this tribe, is composed of two portions,

the anterior formed of several segments soldered together towards

the middle of the body, but distant [? distinct] laterally, the other

posterior portion being shield-shaped.” The front part of the

pleon in C. emarginata is accurately described by Pfeffer. It

clearly consists of four segments; the first much narrower than

the rest, so short that it is apt to be concealed, but having its distal

margin dorsally uninterrupted ; the second rather remarkable, not

only for its width, but for the fact that its sides are longer than

any side-plates of the pereon and enclose the two following

segmeuts, with both of which it is in coalescence at the middle of

the back ; the third segment having its acute lateral apices bent

round so as to rest on the front margin of the caudal shield; the

fourth ending similarly within the third, but projecting a point

on to the front margin of the caudal shield on each side at a short

distance within its own lateralapex. Of such details the figure of

C’. typa is to a large extent innocent, showing, however, the last-

mentioned projecting points, and three segments coalesced in the

562 REY. T. RB. R, STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

middle of the back. But neither does Guérin-Méneville take

any notice of the peculiar arrangement of the fore part of the

pleon in his account of C. emarginata, and even Pfeffer’s accurate

description is very ill supported by the accompanying dorsal figure

of that species.

It remains to consider the C. neo-zealanica Thomson, which

agrees in its dimensions with C. typa, and is perhaps not

particularly unlike in colourig—two characters, of which the

second has but little importance, and the first, apart from other

considerations, no importance at all. While quoting at length

from Milne-Edwards’s generic account of Cassidina, Mr. Thomson

unfortunately does not call attention to any characters on which

he relies for separating his own species from the typical one;

and his specific description would, I think, justify an identification of

one with the other, except for one peculiarity in C. neo-zealanica,

namely, that the outer margin of the inner lobe of the uropods

and the obtuse apex of the caudal shield are thickly ciliated. But

the figure shows a pleon consisting of two broad, completely

separated, segments, followed by the pleo-telson or caudal shield.

By a comparison with the description, it appears as if the first of

these segments had been regarded as the seventh of the perzon,

the first peron-segment being taken as a portion of the head,

which is partially embedded in it. But the second pleon-segment

is figured as quite simple, so that, if the figure is to be trusted, it

is doubtful whether this species can stand in the genus Cassidina.

The same doubt, for a similar reason, will apply to C. maculata

Studer. But considering that the authors themselves have not

attached any special importance to the characters discussed, there

is still at least a possibility that, instead of needing new genera,

all the named species of Cassidina may be one and the same. In

that case, the ciliated apices in C. neo-zealanica would probably

prove to be due to an adventitious growth. It would be very

obliging on the part of the authors referred to, or any available

representative, if they would re-examine their specimens and

publish a decisive account of the required details.

CASSIDINA EMARGINATA Guérin-Méneville.

1843. Cassidina emarginata, Guérin-Méneville, Icon. Régne

Animal, Crust., texte, p. 31.

1853. Cassidina latistylis, Dana, U.S. Exp]. Exp. vol. xiii., Crust.

p- 784, pl. 52. figs. 12 a-e.

1871. Cassidina emarginata, Cunningham, Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond.

vol. xxvii. p. 499, pl. 59. fig. 4.

1879. Cassidina emarginata, Miers, Phil. Trans. vol. elxviii.

p. 204,

1884. Cassidina emarginata, Studer, Isopoden Reise ‘ Gazelle,

p. 19.

1887. Cassidina emarginata, Pfeffer, Krebse von Siid-Georgien,

pp. 63-69, pl. 2. figs. 9-10, pl. 5. figs. 283-30, pl. 6. figs. 1-10,

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 563

In the discussion of the genus many of the distinctive

characters of this striking species have already been described.

Moreover, a very full and satisfactory account of it has been given

by Dr. Pfeffer, with a great number of excellent figures. In the

earlier representations both Dana and Cunningham figure the fore

part of the pleon as a simple solid segment. This is the more to

be wondered at on Dana’s part, as he, like Milne-Edwards, figures

the corresponding and similar portion of Amphoroidea typa with

all the requisite detail.

The specimens brought by Mr. Vallentin from the Falklands

are preserved in formol and are all of a semi-pellucid orange

colour, which under a lens shows a fine bordering to the seg-

ments and numerous dorsal markings of rather deeper tint, and is

closely speckled about the dorso-lateral parts with minute greyish

points.

It is only in large specimens that it is easy to make out the

sinuous suture which marks off the side-plates of the second to

the seventh segments of the pereon. The last of these segments

is scarcely so wide as the second segment of the pleon.

In the fourth and fifth pleopods both rami are respiratory,

consisting alike of plicated lamelle, as contrasted with the

corresponding appendages in some of the Spheromide, in which

the outer ramus or exopod is opercular. Mr. Beddard, in the

‘Challenger’ Isopoda, p. 147, calls attention to “a similar hyper-

trophy of the respiratory lamelle ” occurring in the two species of

Amphoroidea and in his own Cymodocea | Naesicopea | abyssorum.

Two of Mr. Vallentin’s specimens are of great size, the one

measured being 26 mm. in length by 23 mm. in breadth, agreeing

closely with the 34 centimetres of Guérin-Méneville’s description.

With the large specimens were two others not more than 11 or 12

mm. long, and one 23 mm. in length.

Of his specimens Mr. Vallentin himself writes that the largest

‘‘was found holding on to a large drifting piece of D’Urvillea

harveyi found in the harbour. ‘The remaining specimens I secured

on various occasions while collecting in my boat. During a calm

I frequently observed specimens of this species mount to the

surface of the sea, as if for a supply of air, and immediately

return to the bottom. The depth of water where these crustacea

were to be found was never less than two and half fathoms.”

ONISCOIDBEA.

1822. Oniscoidea, Sars, Christiania Vidensk. Forh. no. 18, p. 58.

1893. Oniscoidea, Stebbing, Hist. Crust., Internat. Sci. Ser.

vol. Ixxiv. p. 420.

1898. Oniscoida, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. i. pt. 9,

p. 153.

1900. Oniscoidea, H. Richardson, The American Naturalist,

vol. xxxiy. p. 301.

564 REY. T. R. R. STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

Fam. TRICHONISCID®,

1898. Trichoniscide, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, ii. p. 159.

1900. Trichoniscide, H.. Richardson, Am. Nat, xxxiv. pp. 302, 306.

In separating this family from the Ligtide, Sars assigns to it the

genera T’richoniscus, T'richoniscoides, Haplophthalmus, Scyphacella,

and Actoniscus, while leaving to the Ligiide the genera Ligia,

Ligidium, Titanethes, Styloniscus, and Stymphalus. In the latter

family the first antenne have the third joint minute, the second

maxille have two plumose sete on the inner margin, the maxilli-

peds have the terminal part distinctly five-jointed, and the uropods

are described as freely projecting behind. In contradistinction to

this, in the Trichoniscide the first antennz have the third joint

well developed, the second maxille are without plumose sete on

the inner margin, the maxillipeds have the terminal part generally

imperfectly articulated, and the uropods have the peduncle broadly

expanded inside and partly covered by the last caudal segment.

There are other distinctions drawn by Sars, of more or less import-

ance, to one of which it is specially needful to call attention. In

the Ligiide the second antenne have a “ multiarticulate flagellum,”

whereas in the Trichoniscide they have a “ flagellum composed of

only arestricted number of articulations.” The restricted number

is not specified, but apparently it is not intended to exceed four or

five, or seven at most. Now both species included by Dana in his

genus Styloniscus at its institution have the multiarticulate fia-

gellum, which is ** seven to ten-jointed ” in magellanicus and “ about

sixteen-jointed ” in longistylis. But magellanicus by its maxillipeds

and character in general clearly belongs to Trichoniscus. There-

fore the distinction between the two families based on the number

of joints in the flagellum of the second antenne is no longer tenable.

That Styloniscus may still belong to the Ligiidz is possible. In the

Californian species gracilis, added to the genus by Dana in 1856,

the flagellum of the second antennz has about fourteen joints and

is nearly as long as the two preceding joints of the peduncle. ‘The

peduncle of the uropods is distinguished from that of longistylis

by being scarcely twice as long as broad and on the outer side at

the middle becoming suddenly narrower. This recalls the corre-

sponding structure in Ligidium hypnorum. Unluckily Dana could

not describe the rami because they were mutilated. He does not

describe the mouth-organs either in this species or in longistylis,

so that the genus remains obscure, covering two species which are

very doubtfully congeneric. Styloniscus gracilis is mentioned by

Stimpson in 1857, Budde-Lund in 1885, and Miss Harriet

Richardson in 1899 ; but they neither quote nor supplement the

meagre description given by Dana in the Pr. Ac. Philad. vol. vii.

Palio,

Sars makes the suggestion (Crustacea of Norway, vol. ii. p. 167)

that the genus Scyphacella of 8.1. Smith may perhaps turn out

to be identical with Haplophthalmus of Schébl. A distinguishing

feature of Haplophthalmus is, however, as the name implies, that

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS.. 565

the eyesare simple. Professor Smith, in describing his Seyphacella

arenwola, says “‘ eyes prominent, round,” and “ eyes black,” a two-

fold notice from which so important a character as “ eyes simple ”

could scarcely have been omitted had it been applicable. The

figure of the species by Harger (Rep. U.S. Comm. Fisheries for

1878, pt. 6, pl. 1. fig. 2) shows well-developed eyes with numerous

components.

Gen. TricHoniscus J. F. Brandt.

1833. Trichoniscus, Brandt, Conspectus Crust. Oniscodorum,

p- 12 (Bull. Soc. Moscou, vol. vi. p. 174).

1838. [tea, C. L. Koch, Deutschlands Crustaceen, 22 (162),

1840. Trichoniscus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. vol. iii.

1844, tea, Zaddach, Synopseos Crust. Prussicorum Prodromus,

1853. Styloniscus (part.), Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xii., Crust.

. 736.

: 1857. Philougria, Kinahan, Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. iv. p. 28].

1868. Philougria, Bate & Westwood, Brit. Sess.-eyed Crust.

vol. il. p. 454.

1870. Trichoniscus, Budde-Lund, Naturh. Tidsskr. ser. 3, vol. vii.

a2 The

: 1885. Trichoniscus, Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Terrestria, p. 243.

1886. Philygria (preocc. Diptera, 1844), Thomson & Chilton,

Tr. New Zealand Inst. vol. xvii. p. 157.

1886. Philygria, Chilton, ibidem, p. 159.

1898. Lrichoniscus, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. 1. p. 160.

To this genus Budde-Lund in 1885 assigns nine species, one of

them being 7’. asper Koch, found in amber, and another the

Scyphacella arenicola of Smith, already referred to. He makes the

Trichoniscus leydigi of Weber asynonym of his own 7. albidus, but

this decision is not admitted by Sars. Dollfusadded to the genus

the species chavest in 1888, insularis in 1889, and with some

doubt murrayi and australis in 1890. Jn 1898 Sars instituted a

new genus, T’richoniscoides, to receive Trichoniscus albidus Budde-

Lund, 7. leydigi Weber, and perhaps 7’. cavernicola Budde-Lund.

He does not mention Trichoniscus vividus Koch, but that species

should probably be transferred, as it has simple eyes ; and the most

prominent, though not of necessity the most important, distinction

of the new genus is that the eyes are simple or wholly wanting,

whereas in 7'richoniscus they are ‘‘ small, but distinct, consisting of

only 3 visual elements imbedded in a dark pigment.” In 1885

Chilton described a marine species from New South Wales as

Philougria marina, but the eyes apparently have numerous visual

elements, the mandibles show no molar, and the other mouth-

organs are undescribed ; so that this species cannot be included in

Trichoniscus. In 1886 the same author described Philygria thom-

soni from New Zealand, and this appears to be a true Z’richoniscus,

566 REV. T. R. R, STEBBING ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

TRICHONISCUS MAGELLANICUS (Dana).

1853. Styloniscus magellanicus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. vol. xiii.,

Crust. p. 736, pl. 48. figs. 7 a-g.

1881. Styloniscus magellanicus, Miers, Pr. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 77.

1885. Styloniscus magellanicus, Budde-Lund, Crust. Isop. Ter-

restria, p. 271.

Body smooth, narrowly elliptical ; front angles of first peron-

segment rounded, not greatly produced, hind angles of this and

next segment rounded, of third subquadrate, of the rest successively

a little more and more produced backwards and sharpened, but in

none absolutely acute ; first the longest, rather longer than the head,

the others having the side-plates marked by a faint, obliquely

sinuous suture. Pleon abruptly narrower than pereon, second

segment very short. Telson with sides converging from insertion

of uropods almost straight to broadly truncate apex.

Eyes dark, with three visual elements. First antenne with

second joint shorter than first or third. Second antenne spinulose,

with joints of peduncle successively longer, the last a little shorter

than the 7-10-jointed flagellum (7—8-jointed in specimens ex-

amined), last joint tipped with fascicle of sete.

Upper lip apically rounded andfurred. Mandibles with toothed

cutting-edge narrow ; asingle seta on right mandible ; molar cylin-

dric, prominent. First maxille: inner plate with three plumose

sete, the inner the longest; outer plate strap-shaped, surmounted

by eight unequal spines. Maxillipedsas partially figured by Dana,

and in near agreement with those of 7’. pusillus as tigured by Sars,

but the epipod longer and distally furred with closely-set, very

short setules or spinules.

Hind trunk-legs longer than those in front, all very similar in

structure ; the fifth joint carrying the strongest and longest spines ;

the sixth fringed on the outer margin with transparent spinules,

with little spines at intervals, also on the inner and part of the apical

margin showing, especially in the hinder pairs, thin membranous

expansions, as well as several spines; the small seventh joint is

beset with various setules, among them a long one with split apex,

and others with smoothly widened extremity (compare Chilton on

Philygria, 1886). In the second pleopods of the male the long

distal joint of the inner ramus is, till near the end, much more

widened than the stiliform joint figured by Sars for this part of

T. pygmeus. The uropods are as Dana figures them, the inner

ramus fully two-thirds as long as the outer, though in his description

he says “ longer branch nearly twice the length of the other.”

Colour brown, mottled with yellowish white, especially a series

of light patches just above the side-plates of the pereon. Length

about a third of an inch, or 8 mm.

Mr. Vallentin’s specimens were “found in a damp cave on the

top of a hill 450 feet high, 2 miles distant from Stanley.”

1900.] FROM THE FALKLAND ISLANDS. 567

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pratt XXXVI.

A. Halicarcinus ovatus, p. 523.

n.s. Natural size of carapace, breadth measured at widest part of rim, length

from middle rostral tooth to posterior margin,

R. Rostral teeth.

Pi. Pleon of male.

m., 7m. Mandibles, outer surface.

mx.1, First maxilla, with spine-margins more highly magnified.

map. 3. Third or external maxilliped, inner surface.

prp. Terminal joint of a trunk-leg or perzopod, with apical part more highly

magnified.

plp. 3. Pleopod of male.

B. Halicarcinus planatus, p. 524.

n.s. Natural size of carapace, measured as in preceding species.

FR. Rostral teeth.

m. Mandible, inner surface.

mx. 2. Second maxilla.

mzp.1. First maxilliped, with apex of endopod more highly magnified.

mxp. 2, Second maxilliped.

mp. 3. Third or external maxilliped, inner surface.

prp. Terminal joint of a trunk-leg or persopod, with apical part more highly

magnified,

Puate XXXVII.

Euphausia vallentini, p. 545.

Cp. Lateral and hind margins of carapace.

Pi.s.3. Postero-dorsal tooth of third pleon-segment.

p.s. Preanal spine. p.s.* The same, from another specimen.

a.s.,a.t, Kye, together with first antenna, second antenna, and rostral point.

m., m, Mandibles.

li. Lower lip.

mx. 1, mx, 2. First and second maxille.

map.1, 2,3. First, second, and third maxillipeds, without branchial append-

ages, the third also without exopod. Apex of second maxilliped more

highly magnified.

prp. 1,2, 38. First, second, and third perzeopods, without exopods or branchiz.

exop. A detached exopod.

wrp. Uropod.

T. Telson. Apical portion and one subapical process more highly magnified.

The mandibles, lower lip, first and second maxillz, preanal spines, apex of

second maxilliped, and apex of telson are more highly magnified than the

other figures, but the figures in each group are ail to the same scale.

Priate XXXVIII.

Iais pubescens, p. 549,

ns, Line showing length of specimen figured.

a.8., a2. First and second antenne.

1s, Upper lip.

m.,m. Mandibles.

Ld. Lower lip.

mx.1,mx.2. First and second maxille.

mxp. Maxillipeds.

gn. 1, prp. 5. First gnathopod and fifth perxopod (first and seventh trunk-legs),

Pi, The semipellucid pleon,

urp. Uropod.

The mouth-parts, fingers of trunk-legs, and one uropod are magnified to the

same scale, except the apices of mzr.1; the other details are less enlarged.

568 MR, L, A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

Puate XXXIX.

Exospheroma gigas, p. 553.

n.s. Lines showing actual length and breadth of specimen figured.

a.s,,a.i. First and second antenne.

e.p.,.s. Epistome and upper lip.

m.,m. Mandibles. The right mandible from the outer side; the left mandible

from the inner side, without its palp.

li. Lower lip.

mx.1,m«.2. First and second maxille.

map. Maxillipeds.

prp. First pereopod (third trunk-leg).

Per.s.7 $. Appendages of male on ventral margin of seventh perszeon-segment.

plp.2 3. Appendage of male on inner side of second pleopod.

The mouth-organs are all drawn to the same scale, but with higher

magnification of the apical spines and sete of the first maxilla, and of one

setiform spine of the second maxilla. A uniform but lower scale applies to

the two antenne, the pereopod, and the male appendages.

2. On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific—Part IV.

The Crabs. By L. A. Borrapartz, M.A., F.Z.S.,

Lecturer in Natural Sciences of Selwyn College, Cam-

bridge.

[Received March 31, 1900.]

(Plates XL.-XLII.)

The collections described in the following report were made in

the islands of Funafuti (Ellice group), Rotuma, and Fiji by Mr. J.

Stanley Gardiner, to whose kindness I am indebted for permission

to examine them. They contain altogether examples of 77 species,

of which seven appear to be new to science. All the known species

have been already recorded from the Indo-Pacific region, and the

new ones present no particularly remarkable features, although it

has proved impossible to place one of them in any known genus,

and a new division of that rank has been established for it.

The Funafuti collection contained examples of the following

species :—

. Cryptodromia hilgendorfi de Man.

. Ebaha erosa (A. M.-Edw.).

. Calappa hepatica (Linn.).

Xenocarcinoides rostratus, n. sp.

Menethius monoceros (Latr.).

Goniocaphyra truncatifrons de Man.

Carupa leviuscula Heller.

Neptunus ( Achelous) granulatus (H. M.-Edw.).

. Thalamita admete (Herbst), var. edwardsi, n. nom.

10, Thalamita integra Dana.

11. Pseudozius inornatus Dana.

12, Pseudozius caystrus (Ad. & Wh.).

13. Pilumnus prunosus Whitelegge.

14, Cymo andreossyi (Aud.), var. melanodactylus Dana.

15. Xanthias lamarcki (H. M.-Edw.).

£00 AIS OVE 99 bo

CDAD

SRAB

FROM THE

Pecos OOO Pi Nie

E Wilson, Lith. Cambridge.

BOWE PAC TENG

P Z.9, 1800, PAUL.

E Wilson, Isith Cambridge

CRABS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC.

PB Z.o; eOove hs AE:

F, Wilson, Lith. Cambridge.

CRABS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC.

1900.]

FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 569

. Dara perlata (Herbst).

. Atergatis floridus (Rumph.).

. Chlorodius niger (Forskal).

. Chlorodopsis spinipes (Heller).

. Chlorodopsis (Cyclodius) ornata Dana.

. Etisodes frontalis Dana.

. Eriphia levimana Latr.

. Eriphia scabricula Dana.

. Trapezia ferruginea Latr.

Var. dentata (Macleay).

Var. areolata Dana.

Var. guttata Riippell.

. Trapezia digitalis Latr.

Var. speciosa Dana.

}. Trapezia cymodoce Herbst.

. Tetralia glaberrina (Herbst).

. Plagusia speciosa Dana.

. Leiolophus planissimus (Herbst).

. Grapsus maculatus (Catesby).

. Pachygrapsus levis, 0. sp.

. Geograpsus grayi (H. M.-Edw.).

. Sesarma gardineri, n. sp.

. Cardiosoma hirtipes Dana.

. Uca cultrimana (White).

. Ocypode urvillec Guérin.

The Rotuma collection contained :—

. Dronvidia globosa (Lam.).

. Calappa hepatica (Linn.).

. Camposcia retusa Latr.

. Hyastenus elegans Miers, var. tenuicornis, nov.

. Tylocarcinus styx (Herbst).

. Cyclax (Cyclomaia) suborbicularis (Stimps.).

HS OO NTS OVP OO DD

Dromidiopsis austrahensis (Hasw.).

Elamene truncata A. M.-Edw.

. Kraussia rastripes Miiller.

. Thalamita admete Herbst.

» Lhalamita prymna Herbst, var. spinimana Dana.

Var. picta Stimps.

Var. stimpsoni A. M.-Edw.

. Caphyra rotundifrons A. M.-Edw.

. Pseudozius caystrus (Ad. & Wh.).

. Melia tesselata (Latr.).

. Pilumnus rotumanus, n. sp.

. Cymo andreossyi (Aud.).

Var. melanodactylus Dana.

. AXanthias notatus (Dana).

. Xanthias lamarcki (H. M.-Edw.).

. Xanthias parvus, n. sp.

. Liomera richtersi (de Man).

. Liomera levis (Dana).

The Fiji

Or 09 No

MR, L, A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

. Actea tomentosa (H. M.-Edw.).

. Actea affinis (Dana).

. Actea hirtissima (Riippell).

. Actea rufopunctata (H. M.-Edw.).

. Acta speciosa (Dana).

. Actea fossulata (Girard).

. Zozimus ceneus (Linn.).

. Atergatus floridus (Rumph.).

. Carpilius maculatus (Linn.).

. Carpilius conveaus (Forskal).

. Carpiliodes tristis Dana.

. Carpiliodes vailliantianus (A. M.-Edw.).

. Carpiliodes monticulosus A. M.-Edw.

. Carpiliodes pallidus, n. sp.

. Euxanthus melissa (Herbst).

. Chlorodius niger (Forskal).

. Chlorodius barbatus, n. sp.

. Phymodius ungulatus (H. M.-Edw.).

. Etisus levimanus Randall.

. Etisodes anaglyptus (H. M.-Edw.).

. Etisodes frontalis Dana.

. Chlorodopsis (Cyclodius) ornata Dana.

. Euruppellia annulipes (H. M.-Edw.).

. Eriphia levimana Latr.

. Eriphia scabricula Dana.

. Trapezia ferruginea Latr

Var. dentata (Macleay).

Var. areolata Dana.

Var. guttata Riippell.

Var. maculata (Macleay).

. Trapezia diyitalis Latr., var. speciosa Dana.

. Trapezia eymodoce (Herbst).

. Letralia glaberrima (Herbst).

. Plagusia speciosa Dana.

. Leiolophus planissimus (Herbst).

. Grapsus maculatus (Catesby).

. Geograpsus grayi (H. M.-Edw.).

. Sesarma aubryi A, M.-Edw.

. Sesarma gardineri, n. sp.

. Cardiosoma hirtipes Dana.

. Cardiosoma carnifex (Herbst).

. Uca cultrimana (White).

. Ocypode ceratophthalma (Pallas).

collection :-—

. Dromidiopsis australiensis (Hasw.).

. Pilumnus hirsutus Stimps.

. Actumnus setifer de Haan.

. Actea tomentosa (H. M.-Edw.).

. Pachygrapsus minutus A, M.-Edw.

1900. ] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC, 571

The classification followed is that of Ortmann, in Bronn’s

‘Thier-reich. In one or two points, however, slight deviations

from this scheme will be found. The three tribes of Crabs seem

still to have enough in common to justify us in keeping the old

name of Brachyura in its full extent; and I have accordingly

adopted de Haan’s term Brachygnatha for the groups included by

Ortmann in his restricted Brachyura. Following the latter writer’s

suggestion as to the inclusion of 7’hia Leach in the Atelecyclide,

it is proposed to transfer Alcock’s Thiine * bodily to that family,

and Araussia Dana is accordingly classed here. Lastly, under the

heading Portunide, there will be found certain suggestions for an

ainplification of Ortmann’s classification, notably the establishment

of a new subfamily for the genus Goniocaphyra de Man.

Major Alcock’s admirable series of papers on the Indian Crabs °,

containing as they do diagnoses and bibliographies for a large

number of the species included in the present collection, make it

unnecessary to give more than a very short list of references for

these species. or the sake of convenience, however, a reference to

the original description and, when possible, to a figure, is given,

together with one to Major Alcock’s work. In the case of species

mentioned also in Whitelegge’s report on the Funafuti Crustacea,

I have included a reference to that writer’s paper.

Suborder BRACHYURA.

Tribe DROMIIDEA.

Family DROMIIDA4.

Genus CRYPTODROMIA Stimps., 1858,

1. CRYPTODROMIA HILGENDORFI de Man, 1887.

Cryptodromia hilgendorfi, de Man, Arch, Naturg. liii. 1, iii.

p. 406, pl. xviii. fig. 4 (1887).

Three males from Funafuti, one dredged in the lagocn at a depth

of 23 fathoms. This latter specimen carries a big sponge.

Genus Dromipta Stimps., 1858.

2. Dromipra eLroposa (Lam.), 1818.

Dromia globosa, Lamarck, Hist. An. sans vert. v. p. 264 (1818) ;

H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. ii. p. 177 (1837).

Dromidia globosa, de Man, Arch. Naturg. liii. 1, iti. p. 396

(footnote), pl. xviii. fig. 1 (1887).

One male from Rotuma, bearing an ascidian. The tooth at the

side of the carapace is rather farther back than is indicated in

de Man’s figure. The locality of this species has hitherto been

unknown.

* Journ, As. Soc. Bengal, Ixviii. 2, i. p. 96 (1899).

* Ibid. \xiv., \xv., lxvii., lxviii,

2 MR, L. A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

Genus DRomipiopsis, nov.

According to Ortmann (Bronn’s ‘ Thier-reich,’ y. 2, p. 1155)

Dromidia has no epipodite on the first leg (cheliped). Examination

of the specimens of D. australiensis Haswell shows that in this

species the epipodite is present. It seems necessary, therefore, to

make a new genus for this species, and such others as may agree

with it in this particular. The name proposed is Dromidiopsis.

Characters of Dromidiopsis, n. gen. :—

1, Rostrum triangular, with the sides not distinctly lobed.

2. Carapace slightly longer than broad.

3. Sternal furrows in the female reach the chelipeds, converge,

but do not join, and end in a single ill-marked tubercle. :

4, Gills phyllobranchiate.

5. Cheliped with epipodite.

6. 4th and 5th legs (last two walking-legs) subchelate.

7. Uropods present and visible in dorsal view in the angle

between the 6th segment and the telson.

3. DROMIDIOPSIS AUSTRALIENSIS (Hasw.), 1882.

Dromia australiensis, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8S. W. vi. 4,

p. 755 (1882); id. Cat. Austral. Crust. p. 139 (1882).

Dromidia australiensis, de Man, Arch. Naturg. liii. 1, iii. p. 396,

pl. xvii. fig. 6 (1887).

Rotuma; one male bearing an ascidian.

Fiji; one male, one female.

Tribe OXYSTOMATA.

Family LEucosrip2#,

Subfamily Levcosin 2.

Genus Eparta Leach, 1817.

4, Epaia prosa (A. M.-Edw.), 1873.

Phlyxia erosa, A. M.-Edwards, Journ. Mus. Godeffr. i. 4,

p. 262 (1873); id. Nouv. Arch. Mus. x. p. 47, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1874).

Ebalia erosa, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 305 (1886);

Alcock, J. As. Soc. Beng. Ixv. 2, p. 189 (1896).

Funafuti; one male.

Family CALAPPIDA.

Subfamily CaLappin”z.

Genus Catappa Fabr., 1798.

5. CALAPPA HEPATICA (Linn.), 1764.

Cancer hepaticus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 448 (1764).

Calappa tuberculosa, Guérin, Icon. R. A., Crust. pl. xii. fig. 2.

1900. ] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC, 573

Calappa hepatica, de Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 70 (1833) ;

Alcock, J. As. Soc. Beng. Ixv. 2, p. 142 (1896); Whitelegge,

Mem. Austral. Mus. iii. 2, p. 139 (1897).

Funafuti ; one male, one female.

Rotuma ; one male, four females.

Tribe BRACHYGNATHA.

Subtribe OXYRHYNCHA.

Family M atip &.

Subfamily Ivacurn a».

Genus Camposcta Latr., 1829.

6. CAMPOSCIA RETUSA Latr., 1829.

Camposcia retusa, Latreille, Cuvier’s R. An. (2) p. 60 (1829);

A. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 283, pl. xv. figs. 15, 16 (1834) ;

Alcock, J. As. Soc. Beng. lxiv. 2, p. 184 (1895).

Rotuma ; one male.

Subfamily ACANTHONYCHIN &.

Genus XENOCARCINOIDES, nov.

Characters of Xenocarcinoides, n. gen. :—

Rostrum long, compressed, above faintly grooved and notched

at the tip, below hollowed and bearing on each side a thin wing.

Carapace elongate-triangular, bearing large tubercles.

Eyes moveable but not retractile, sunken in a pit formed by the

side of the rostrum and the immoveable second joint of the second

antenna. No pre- or postocular spines.

Antenna with lst and 2nd joints fused, subtriangular. Fla-

gellum hidden under rostrum.

Third maxilliped with the meropodite subquadrate, as broad as the

ischiopodite, and bearing the carpopodite at its inner argle.

Chelipeds large ; longer than either of the last three pairs of legs.

(The second pair of legs are unfortunately wanting in the specimen.)

The last three legs diminish gradually from before backwards. The

dactyles are somewhat sickle-shaped, toothed below, and as long

as the preceding joint. :

The abdomen of the male is six-jointed, owing to fusion of joints

5 and 6, between which, however, a furrow can still be seen.

The genus differs from Xenocarcionus White in the shape of the

carapace and rostrum, and in the larger size of the chelipeds.

7. XENOCARCINOIDES ROSTRATUS, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 1.)

Diagnosis: “ A Xenocarcinoides with the carapace provided with

ten tubercles arranged in an anterior and a posterior group of five

each, those of the hinder group being larger and more acute than

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1900, No. XX XVIII. 38

574 MR. L, A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

those of the anterior ; chelipeds much larger than the last three

legs, nearly as long as the rostrum; fingers shorter than the palm,

fairly stout, enc sJosing a space at the base, with interlocking teeth

at the tip ; moveable finger with an isolated blunt tooth near the

proximal end; walking-legs with the joints irreguiarly swollen ;

dactyles somewhat sickle- -shaped, bearing spines and a few hairs

below.”

The third maxilliped and the abdomen of the male are shown in

figs. 1a and 16.

Colour in spirit, white.

Total length 13°5 mm. Length of carapace to base of rostrum

85mm. Greatest breadth 7 mm.

Funafuti; one male.

Genus Munaruius H. M.-Edw., 1834.

8. Men zrurus Monocrros (Latr.), 1825.

Pisa monoceros, Latr. Encycel. x. p. 139 (1825).

Menethius monoceros, H. M. hde ards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 339

(1834); Alcock, J. As. Soc. Beng. Ixiv. 2, p. 197 (1895).

Menethius angustus, depressus, subnbrraciie: tuberculatus, areolatus,

and inornatus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. 1. pp. 121-125,

pl. iv. figs. 5-7 & pl. v. figs. 1-3 (1852).

Funafuti ; two males.

The carapace in both specimens has the tubercles low and rounded

but fairly numerous.

Subfamily Pisrnz.

Genus Hyastenus White, 1847.

9. Hyasrmnus ELEGANS Miers, 1886, var. (Plate XL. fig. 2.)

Hyastenus elegans, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 58, pl. vi.

fiz. 3 (1886).

The specimens differ from the type in the following parti-

culars :—

1. The horns are more slender and set wider apart at the base.

2. The larger tubercles of the carapace are more rounded ; not

so sharp.

3. The arrangement of tubercles in the fore part of the carapace

is somewhat different (see figure).

Should it be thought advisable to give this variety a name, that

of tenuicornis would be suitable.

Rotuma; two males, one female.

Genus TyLocarcinus Miers, 1879.

10. Tynocarcinus sryx (Herbst), 1803.

Cancer styx, Herbst, Naturges. Krabb. u. Krebse, iii. 3, p. 53,

pl. lviii. fig. 6 (1803).

1900. ] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 575

Microphrys styx, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) viii.

p. 247, pl. xi. fig. 4 (1872).

Tylocarcinus styx, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 14

(1879); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lxiv. 2, p. 235 (1895).

Rotuma ; eight males and eight females.

Two of the males have adult chele as in Milne-Edwards’s figure.

The length of these two is 20 and 18 mm. respectively, measured

from the hinder end of the carapace to the tip of the rostral

spines. Of the remaining six males, the two biggest were both

exactly 16 mm. long; in one of these the two chele were both like

those of the female and young male, in the other the left claw was

that of the female and the right that of the grown male. All the

other specimens had the chele of the female.

Subfamily Marna.

Genus Cyciax Dana, 1852.

11. Cycnax (CYCLOMAIA) SUBORBICULARIS (Stimps.), 1857.

Mithrax suborbicularis, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad.

1857, p. 218.

Cyclomaia margaritata, A. M.-Hdwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (4)

vill. p. 236, pl. x. tigs. 2, 3 (1872).

Cyclax (Cyclomaia) suborbicularis, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.

Ixiv. 2, p. 245 (1895).

Rotuma; three males and three females.

Of the females one, 19 mm. long, had the sterna completely

covered by the abdomen. The others, 17 and 18 mm. long

respectively, showed a considerable stretch of the sterna bare on

each side of the abdomen.

Family HY MENOSOMID 4,

Genus Examenn H. M.-Edw., 1837.

12. EvuaMENE TRuNCcATA A. M.-Edw., 1874.

Elumene truncata, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) x.

p- 323 (1874).

Rotuma ; one female.

Subtribe CYCLOMETOPA.

Family ATBLECYCLID &,

It seems best to follow Ortmann in keeping this family distinct

from the Cancride, and to place in it the subfamilies Atelecycline,

Acanthocyclinz, and Thiine.

38*

576 MR, L. A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [ May 22,

Subfamily Tun.

Genus Kraussta Dana, 1852.

13. KRAvssIA RASTRIPES Miiller, 1887.

Kraussia rastripes, Miller, Verh. Nat. Ges. Basel, viii. 2, p. 480,

pl. iv. fig. 5 (1887).

The ridges on the moveable finger of the specimen are not so

distinctly tuberculated as in Miiller’s figure.

Rotuma; one female.

Family CancRID &.

By the removal of the subfamilies of the Atelecyclide, the

family Cancride becomes restricted to the Cancrine and Piri-

meline, with perhaps also the Carcinidine (=Carcinine). Thus

narrowed it is essentially a circumpolar group, and it is not sur-

prising that it is unrepresented in the present collection.

Family PortTuNID &.

The following tables, showing the schemes of classification

adopted by Ortmann’ and Alcock’ respectively, make it clear that

there is a considerable difference of opinion between the authors

in question, though in the main they may be said to be in accord.

Alcock. Ortmann.

Subfamilies. Alliances. Subfamilies.

Portumnine { Oareinoudia. .

* | Portumnoida. Portumnine.

. Portunoida. :

Portunine. { Caenophthalmoida. Portunine.

Capbyrine. ———_—

Lupocycloida. Carupine.

Lupine. Lupoida. Thalamitine.

' Podophthalmoida. Podophthalmine.

Roughly speaking Ortmann’s subfamilies correspond to alliances

a Alcock’s classification, but there is considerable divergence in

etail.

Neither author refers to the somewhat remarkable genus

Goniocaphyra de Man, which is not only impossible to place in

any subfamily of either author as defined, but appears to have a

distinct standing of its own, and to deserve a separate subfamily

for its reception.

? Ortmann, Bronn’s ‘ Thier-reich,’ y. 2, p. 1170 (1899).

* Alcock, Journ, Soc, As. Beng. lxviii. 2, i. p. 6 (1899).

1900.] | FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 577

Under the circumstances it is perhaps best to retain the whole

of Ortmann’s subfamilies with the addition of two, or three, others

—the Caphyrine for the genera Caphyra Guérin 1832, and

Spherocarcinus Zehnter 1894; a new subfamily Goniocaphyrine,

for the single genus Goniocaphyra de Man 1837; and the Carc-

nidine, if it be thought needful to retain this group in the

Portunide.

The following key embodies the leading characters of the sub-

families as it is here proposed to limit them :—

I. Eyestalks and orbits normal.

A. Basal joint of 2nd or outer antenna narrow. [Flagellum of 2nd

antenna not shut out from orbit.]

i. Inner antennx sloping. Front witha median tooth. Generally

at least one pair of walking-legs as long as chelipeds.

1. Last pair of legs not distinctly natatorial ...... Carcinidine.

2. Last pair of legs distinctly natatorial ............ Portumnine,

ii. Inner antenne transverse. Front with a median notch.

Chelipeds longer than walking-legs.

lock dactylestlanceolatecea cere ssesaesesrs meee tee Goniocaphyrine.

2. MBMACLVICRITOUMEGUL wor tub. nrc seo <ccauk ocelot Carupine.

B. Basal joint of antenna broad. [Chelipeds larger than walking-legs. ]

i. Flagellum of 2nd antenna notshut out from the orbit by a

process of the basal joint ...........-.ecse-carsereee Portunine.

ii. Flagellum of 2nd antenna shut out from the orbit by a

process of the basal joint. [5th legs natatorial.]

1. Last joint of 5th legs sickle-shaped ............... Caphyrine.

2. Last joint of 5th legs flattened ........... ......00- Thalamitine.

II. Eyestalks enormously long, orbits extend across the whole fore

edge of the carapace. [5th legsnatatory. Chelipeds longer than

legs. Antennz free; basal joint short; flagellum not shut out

from orbit.] ....... badaguateen movewesapel ensancdsbeseeneeeaes Podophthalmine.

Subfamily GonrlocaPHYRIN A.

Characters of Goniocaphyrine, n. subfam. :—

. Carapace broad.

. Antero-lateral edge with 5 teeth.

. Front truncate, slightly notched in the middle.

. Legs slender; chelipeds somewhat longer than walking-

legs.

5. Last pair of legs with lanceolate dactyles.

6. Basal joint of antenna enters the orbital gap but does not

wholly fill it. Flagellum not shut out from orbit by a process of

the basal joint.

7. Antennules transverse.

H CO bo

Genus GoniocaPHyRa de Man, 1887.

14. GontocaAPHyRA TRUNCATIFRONS de Man, 1887.

Goniocaphyra truncatifrons, de Man, Arch. Naturg. lin. 1, ii.

p. 339, pl. xiv. fig. 1 (1887).

Funafuti; one male.

578 MR. L..A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

Subfamily Carupinz.

Genus Carupa Dana, 1850.

15, Carupa L&vIuscULA Heller, 1862.

Carupa leviuscula, Heller, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii.

p. 520 (1862); id. ‘ Novara’ Crust. p. 27, pl. ii. fig. 2 (1868) ;

Alcock, Journ. As, Soc. Beng. lxviii. 2,1. p. 26 (1899).

Funafuti; one male.

Subfamily Porrunina:.

Genus Neprunvs de Haan, 1833.

Neptunus, de Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 7 (1833) ; Alcock,

Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixviti. 2, i. p. 28 (1899); Ortmann, Bronn’s

‘Thier-reich,’ v. 2, p. 1171 (1899).

Portunus, Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xi. pp. 155 & 160

(1897); id. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxii. p. 289 (1900).

I am unable to agree with the alteration of the name of this

genus proposed by Miss Rathbun. On the subject of Latreille’s

“types”? 1am in full agreement with the position taken up by

Stebbing (Nat. Sci. xii. p. 239).

16. Neprunus (ACHELOUS) GRANULATUS (H. M.-Edw.), 1834.

Lupea granulata, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 454 (1834).

Amphitrite speciosa, Dana, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1852,

p- 84; id. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 276, pl. xvii. fig. 1 (1852).

Achelous granulatus, A. M.-Edwards, Arch. Mus. x. p. 344

(1861).

Neptunus (Achelous) granulatus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura,

p- 180 (1886); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixviii. 2, i. p. 45

(1899).

Funafuti; four males.

Subfamily THALAMITIN®.

Genus THaLamita Latr., 1829.

17. THALAMITA PRYMNA (Herbst), 1803.

Cancer prymna, Herbst, Naturges. Krabb. u. Krebso, i il, 3, p. 41,

pl. lvii. fig. 2 (1803).

Thalamita prymna, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 461

(1834) ; Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixviii. 2, i. pp. 76, 78.

Alcock supports Kossman’s view that all the forms of Thalamita

with an eight-lobed front and a very broad basal joint to the

antenna are but varieties of one species (7. prymna). The present

collection contains no examples of the type, but three varieties are

represented.

1900.] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 579

Var. prora Stimps., 1858.

Thalamita picta, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1858, p. 39 ;

A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) ix. p. 164, pl. iv. fig. 4

(1873); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixviii. 2, i. p. 79 (1899).

Rotuma; one male.

Var. strmpsoni A. M.-Edw., 1861.

Thalamita stimpsoni, A. M.-Edwards, Arch. Mus. x. p. 362,

pl. xxxv. fig. 4 (1861); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc, Beng. Ixviii. p. 79

(1899),

Var. SPINIMANA Dana, 1852.

+ Thalamita spinimana, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. 1. p. 283,

pl. xvii. fig. 8 (1852); A. M.-Edw. Arch: Mus. x. p. 364 (1861);

id. Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) ix. p. 165, pl. iv. fig. 5 (1873).

Rotuma ; five males.

18. THatamiTa apMeErE (Herbst), 1803.

Cancer admete, Herbst, Naturges. Krabb. u. Krebse, ili. 3, p. 40,

pl. lv. fig. 1 (1803).

Thalamita admete, H. M.-Edw. H. N. Crust. i. p. 459 (1834) ;

id. Cuvier’s R. An. 2nd ed. , Atlas Crust. pl. ix. fig. 2 (no date) ;

Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. ‘Mus. iii. 2, p. 138 (1897).

Thalamita admeta, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixviii. 2, 1.

p- 32 (1899). :

Rotuma ; three males.

Var. EDWARDSI, n. nom.

Thalamita admete, A. M.-Edwards, Arch. Mus. Paris, x. p. 356

(1861).

Alcock (J. As. Soc. Beng. lxviii. p. 84) points out the existence

of three varieties of this species. It is at present convenient 10

have a name for such forms, and accordingly it is here proposed

to call Alcock’s var. (2) edwards, after Prof. A. Milne-Edwards,

who described it.

Funafuti; one male.

19. THALAMITA INTEGRA Dana, 1852.

Thalamita integra, Dana, Proc, Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1852, p. 85;

id. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p- 281, pl. xvii. fig. 6 (1852) ; White-

legge, Mem. Austral. Mus. iil. 2, p. 188 (1897) ; Alcock, Journ.

As. Soc. Beng. lxviii. 2, i. p. 85 (1899).

Funafuti; seven males, six females.

Subfamily CapHyrin 2,

Genus Caruyra Guérin, 1832.

20, CapHyra notunpirrons (A. M.-Edw.), 1869.

Camptonyx rotundifrons, A. M.-Edwards, Nouy. Arch. Mus. (1)

v. p. 156, pl. vii. figs 11 & 12 (1869).

580 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

Caphyra rotundifrons, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) ix.

p- 174 (1873).

Rotuma ; fourteen males, five females.

Family XANTHIDA,

Subfamily Menrppin 2.

Genus Psrvpozius Dana, 1851.

21, Psnupozius INoRNaAtTUS Dana, 1852.

Pseudozius inornatus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 234,

pl. xiii. fig. 7 (1852).

The colour of this species as preserved in spirit is brown of

varying shades with three pale longitudinal stripes on the carapace,

indicated in Dana’s figure. It is, I think, quite distinct from

P. caystrus (Ad. & Wh..).

Funafuti; eight males, six females.

22, Psrupozius caystrus (Ad. & Wh.), 1848.

Panopeus caystrus, Adams & White, ‘Samarang,’ Crust. p. 42,

pl. ix. fig. 2 (1848).

Pseudozius caystrus, Miers, ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 142

(1886); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i. p. 181 (1898).

Rotuma ; twenty-six males, thirty-eight females.

Funafuti ; two males, six females.

Genus Meria Latr., 1825.

23. Muiia TESSELATA (Latr.).

Grapsus tesselatus, Latreille, Encycl. Méth. pl. ceev. fig. 2.

Melia tesselata, Latreille, Encycl. x. p. 705 (1825); H. M.-

Edwards, Cuvier’s R. An. ed. 3, Atlas Crust. pl. xv. fig. 5 (no

date): Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 242, pl. xiv. fig. 1

(1852).

Melia tresselata, H. M.-Edw. Coll. Mus. pl. xviii. fig. 8; id.

H. N. Crust. i. p. 431, pl. xviii. figs. 8, 9 (1834).

Rotuma; two males, five females.

Genus Acrumnus Dana, 1851.

24, ACTUMNUS SELIFER (de Haan), 1835.

Cancer (Pilumnus) setifer, de Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 50,

pl. ii. fig. 3 (1835).

Actunnus setifer, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) i.

p. 287, pl. xv. fig. 5 (1865); Alcock, Journ, As. Soc. Beng. Ixyii.

2, i. p. 202 (1898).

Fiji; one male.

1900. | FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. — 581

Genus Prtumnus Leach, 1815.

25. ? PILUMNUS HIRSUTUS Stimps., 1858. (Plate XLII. fig. 9.)

Pilumnus hirsutus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1858,

p. 87; Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i. p. 197 (1898).

Owing to this species never having been figured, I am in some

doubt as to whether the present specimens are rightly identified.

The figure now given will, I hope, serve to clear up the difficulty.

Fiji; ten males, thirteen females.

26. Pirumnus pruNosus Whitelegge, 1897.

Pilumnus prunosus, Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. ii. 2,

p. 133, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1897).

Funafuti; seven males, two females.

27. PILUMNUS ROTUMANUS, n. sp. (Plate XLI. fig. 6.)

Diagnosis: ‘A Pilumnus with the carapace smooth, the areas

fairly well delimited, covered with a fine fur and long hairs; no

tubercles on the carapace or limbs except a few obsolete ones on

the outside of the wrist; antero-lateral edge with 3 sharp teeth,

the first two procurved, the last shorter and straighter ; the outer

angle of the orbit sharp but not a tooth; the rim of the orbit with

two distinct notches, above and below the outer angle, and also a

distinct notch on the upper rim; no subhepatic spine; limbs

slender, covered with long hair; chelipeds subequal ; walking-legs

with a spine at the end of the merus and one at a distance of

about one third of the length of the joint from the end of its

upper edge; hands slender, fingers grooved outside, a spine in

front of the wrist and one on the upper edge of the arm.”

Breadth of fronto-orbital border : greatest breadth ::3 :: 4.

Length on middle line somewhat less than greatest breadth.

Length, 17 mm.

Colour in spirit, white.

Rotuma; one female.

Subfamily XanruiIn#z.

Genus Cymo de Haan, 1833.

28. Cymo anprRzossyi (Aud.), 1826.

Pilumnus andreossyi, Audouin, Savigny’s ‘ Egypte,’ p. 86, pl. v.

fig. 5 (1826).

Cancer (Cymo) andreossyi, de Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 22.

Cymo andreossyi, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 225,

pl. xii. fig. 2 (1852); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i.

p. 173 (1898).

Rotuma ; one female.

Var. MELANODACTYLUS Dana, 1852.

Cancer (Cymo) melanodactylus, de Haan, Faun, Japon., Crust.

p- 22 (1833).

582 MR. L, A, BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

Cymo melanodactylus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 225,

pl. xiii. fig. 1 (1852); Alcock, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. Ixyii. 2, i.

p. 174 (1898).

Cymo andreossyr var. melanodactylus, Miers, Zool.‘ Alert, p.557

(1884).

De Haan appears to have named this variety without describing

it.

Funafuti; one male, one female.

Rotuma; one female.

Genus XANTHIAS Rathbun, 1897.

Xanthodes, Dana, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad., May 1852, p. 75;

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i. p. 156 (1898).

Xantho, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vii. Syst. p. 443 (1893), in part.

Xanthias, Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xi. p. 165 (1897).

29, XANTHIAS LAMARCKI (H. M.-Edw.), 1834.

Xantho lamarckii, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 891 (1834),

Xanthodes lamarckii, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. ix.

p- 200, pl. vii. fig. 3 (1873); Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. iii.

2, p. 130 (1897); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i. p. 157

(1898).

Funafuti; one female.

Rotuma; one male.

30, XaNnrHIAS NoTATUS (Dana), 1852.

Aanthodes notatus, Dana, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1852, p. 76;

id. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 178, pl. viii. fig. 12 (1852);

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i. p. 158 (1898).

Rotuma ; one female.

31. XANTHIAS PARVUS, n. sp. (Plate XLI. fig. 5.)

Diagnosis: “A Xanthias with the carapace minutely granular,

clearly delimited into the areas characteristic of the genus; the

antero-lateral edge on each side with four teeth, of which the first

two are very low and blunt and the last two somewhat sharper ;

the front fairly straight, rather deeply notched in the middle line,

and separated at its outer ends by shallow notches from the

swollen orbital rims; chelipeds unequal, unlike, the larger with

the hand more swollen and the fingers Jess gaping than the smaller,

the wrist in both irregularly and coarsely rugose ; the hand covered

above and outside with fairly sharp conical tubercles, smooth

below and inside; the cutting-edges of the fingers close set with

bluntish rounded teeth, which in the large hand almost entirely

fill up the gap between the fingers, but in the smaller leave a space

towards the base of the fingers, the outside of the fingers grooved ;

the walking-legs stout, with a strong fringe of hairs on the upper

edge, the last three joints hairy on the outside, the dactylopodite

1900.] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. ~ 583

rather longer than the propodite and ending in a long, slender,

curved claw.”

The third maxilliped is shown in fig. 5a, and the abdomen of

the male in fig. 56.

Colour in spirit brown, fingers darker.

Length 4°5 mm.

Rotuma ; two males, four females.

Genus Liommra Dana, 1851,

32. LioMERA RICHTERSI (de Man), 1889.

Acteodes richtersti, de Man, Zool. Jahrb. iv. Syst. p. 412, pl. ix.

fig. 2 (1889).

Tnomera richterst, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vii. Syst. p. 451 (1893),

Rotuma ; one male.

33. LIOMERA LEVIS (Dana), 1852. ,

Zozymus levis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. p. 191, pl. ix.

fig. 5 (1852).

This species was placed by Dana in the genus Zozymus, but

appears to belong to Liomera by all characters except the cristate

form of the fore edge of the carapace.

Rotuma ; one male.

Genus Acta de Haan, 1833.

34, Actma ToMENTOSA (H. M.-Edw.), 1834,

Zozymus tomentosus, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. p. 385 (1834);

id. Cuvier’s R. An. 3rd ed., Atlas Crust. pl. xi. bis fig. 2 (no date).

Actea tomentosa, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) i.

p. 262 (1865); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2,1. p, 140

(1898).

Rotuma; seven males, seven females.

Fiji; one male.

35. AOT#A AFFINIS (Dana), 1852.

Acteodes affinis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 197,

pl. xi. fig. 3 (1852).

Acta uffinis, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) i. p. 263

(1865).

Rotuma; one male, five females.

36. AcTHA HIRTISSIMA (Riippell), 1830.

Xantho hirtissima, Riippell, 24 Krabben, p. 26, pl. v. fig. 6

(1836).

Cancer (Actea) hirtissima, de Haan, Fann. Japon., Crust. p. 18

(1833).

Actea hirtissima, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng, Ixvii. 2, i.

p. 141 (1898).

Rotuma; one male.

584 MR, L, A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

37. Acrza ruropuncrata (H. M.-Edw.), 1834.

Xantho rufopunctatus, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 389

(1834).

Actea rufopunctata, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) i.

p. 268, pl. xviii. fig. 1 (1865); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii.

2,1. p. 142 (1898).

Rotuma ; one female.

38. Acr#a speciosa (Dana), 1852.

Actwodes speciosa, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 198,

pl. xi. fig. 4 (1852); Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. iii, 2, p. 136

(1897).

Actea speciosa, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) i. p. 274

(1865); Alcock, Journ. As. Soe. Beng. lxvii, 2, i. p. 143 (1898).

Rotuma ; one female.

39. Acrma rossuLATA (Girard), 1859.

Cancer fossulata, Girard, Ann. Soc. Entom. France (3) vii.

p. 149, pl. iv. fig. 2 (1859).

Acta fossulata, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) i. p. 270

(1865); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i. p. 148 (1898).

Rotuma; one male.

Genus Darra de Haan (1833).

40. Darra perzata (Herbst), 1790.

Cancer perlatus, Herbst, Naturges. Krabb. u. Krebse, i. viii.

p. 265, pl. xxi. fig. 122 (1790).

Daira variolosa, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p, 202, pl. x.

fig. 4 (1852).

Daira perlata, Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. iii. 2, p. 131

(1897); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2,1. p. 155 (1898).

Funafuti ; one male, two females.

Genus Zozimus Leach, 1818.

On the spelling of the name of this genus, see Rathbun, Proce.

Biol. Soc. Wash. xi. p. 167 (1897).

41. Zozimus £NeEvs (Linn.), 1764.

Cancer eneus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 451 (1764).

Zozymus aneus, UH, M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 385 (1834) ;

Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 192, pl. x. fig. 3 (1852) ;

Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. ili. 2, p. 134 (1877); Alcock,

Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lxvii. 2, i. p. 104 (1898).

Rotuma; two males.

1900. | FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 585

Genus AtEereatis de Haan (1833).

42, ATERGATIS FLORIDUS (Rumph.).

Cancer floridus, Rumph. Amboinsch. Rariteitk. p. 16, pl. viii.

fig. 5 (1705); Linneeus, Syst. Nat. 12th ed. p. 1041 (1766).

Cancer (Atergatis) floridus, de Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust. p. 40.

Atergatis floridus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 159,

pl. vii. fig. 4(1852); Whitelegye, Mem. Austral. Mus. iii. 2, p. 129

(1897); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lxvii. 2, i. p. 98 (1898).

Funafuti; one male, two females.

Rotuma ; two males, two females.

Subfamily CarPILiin ®.

Genus Carpritius Desmarest, 1825.

43, CaRPILIUS MAcULATUS (Linn.), 1764.

Cancer maculatus, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 433 (1764).

Carpilius maculatus, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 382

(1834) ; id. Cuvier’s R. An. 3rd ed., Atlas Crust. pl. xi. fig. 2 (no

date); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i. p. 79 (1898).

Rotuma; one female.

44, Carpitius convexus (Forskal), 1775.

Cancer convexus, Forskal, Descr. Anim. p. 88 (1775).

Carpilius convecus, Riippell, Krabben roth. Meer. p. 13, pl. iii.

fig. 2, & pl. vi. fig. 6 (1830); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2,

i. p- 80 (1898).

Rotuma ; two males.

Genus Carpriiopes Dana, 1851.

45. CARPILIODES TRISTIS Dana, 1852.

Carpiliodes tristis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 193,

pl. ix. fig. 7 (1852); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i.

p- 82 (1898).

Rotuma; two males.

46, CARPILIODES VAILLIANTIANUS (A. M.-Edw.), 1862.

Carpilioxanthus vailliantianus, A. M.-Edwards, Mailliard’s

‘ Réunion,’ Annexe F, p. 3 (1862).

Carpiliodes vailliantianus, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus.

(1) i. p. 231. pl. xi. fig. 3 (1865); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.

Ixvii. 2, 1. p. 85 (1898).

Rotuma; one male, two females.

47, CARPILIODES MonrIcULOsUS A. M.-Edw., 1873.

Carpiliodes monticulosus, A, M.-Edwards, Nouy. Arch. Mus. (1)

——

586 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

ix. p. 181, pl. v. fig. 1 (1873) ; Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii.

2, i. p. 86 (1898).

Rotuma; one male.

48, CaRPILIODES PALLIDUS, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 3.)

Diagnosis: “‘ A Carpiliodes the length of whose carapace is to

the greatest breadth as 7: 11, with the carapace covered with

vesiculous granules, lobulated as in C. monticulosus, but with the

furrows not so deep; the front slightly sinuous, with a sharp, but

not very deep, notch in the middle, extending at its outer ends in

front of the orbital rims, from which it is separated by transverse

grooves: the chelipeds equal, alike, above and outside granular

like the rest of the body and limbs, below smooth ; on the outside

of the hands five more or less distinct grooves, of which the two

lower run on to the immoveable finger and the upper one on to

the moveable finger, while the middle two are less distinct than

the others; the cutting-edges of the fingers with several blunt

conical teeth, which are set closer together on the immoveable than

on the moveable finger. The walking-legs granular, with a few

scattered hairs; the propodites very short and broad; the dacty-

lopodites about equal to the propodites in length, armed at the

end with a rather short, almost straight claw.”

The third maxilliped is shown in fig. 3a, and the abdomen of

the male in fig. 35.

Colours in spirit: carapace white; walking-legs pink, with the

dactyle and half the propodite white; chelipeds pink, with the

fingers white or pale brown with pink bases.

Length 3°5 mm.

The most characteristic feature of the species is its coloration ;

in most respects it shows a considerable resemblance to C. monti-

culosus.

Rotuma ; three males, one female.

Genus Euxantuus Dana, 1851.

49. EuxANTHUS MELISSA (Herbst), 1801.

Cancer melissa, Herbst, Naturges. Krabb. u. Krebse, iii. 2. p. 7,

pl. li. fig. 1 (1801).

Euxanthus melissa, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Sci. Philad. 1858, p. 33 ;

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i. p. 110 (1898).

Eucanthus mamillatus, A. M. -Edwards, Nouy. Arch. Mus. (1) i.

p. 193, pl. xv. fig. 2 (1865).

The fingers of this species are hollowed at the tip as stated by

Alcock (p. 110). In his generic key (p. 75) the same author says

that the fingers in this genus are pointed.

Rotuma ; three males, two females.

Genus Cutoropius H. M.-Edw., 1834.

Clorodius, Riippell, Krabben roth. Meer. p. 20 (1830).

Chlorodius, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 399 (1834);

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i. p. 159 (1898).

1900.) FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 587

Chlorodiella, Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xi. p. 157 (1897) ;

Ortmann, Bronn’s ‘ Thier-reich,’ v. 2, p. 1172 (1899).

Not Clorodius Desmarest, 1823; de Haan, 1833.

I am unable to agree with Rathbun and Ortmann as to the

necessity for a new name for this genus, and prefer to follow

Alcock in considering that Milne-Edwards’s name holds good.

50. CHLoRopIvs NIGER (Forskil), 1775.

Cancer niger, Forskal, Descr. Anim. p. 89 (1775).

Clorodius niger, Riippell, Krabben roth. Meer. p. 20, pl. iv.

fig. 7 & pl. vi. fig. 14.

Chlorodius niger, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 401 (1834);

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lxvii. 2, i. p. 160 (1898).

The lobes of the antero-lateral edge in all the specimens are low

and rounded, and not procurved into spines.

Funafuti; one male, one female.

Rotuma; five males, four females.

51. CHLORODIUS BARBATUS,n.sp. (Plate XLI. fig. 4.)

Diagnosis: ** A small Chlorodius with the areas of the carapace

faintly demarked; chelipeds unequal; the fingers of the large

hand widely gaping, less strongly toothed than in C. levissimus

Dana 1852, and more hollowed at the tip; the large hand bearing

a tuft of hairs at the base of the fingers on the outside, hiding the

proximal part of the fingers; the first tooth of the antero-lateral

edge wanting altogether, and not, as in C. levissimus, merely

obsolescent.”

The third maxilliped is shown in fig. 4, and the abdomen of the

male in fig. 44.

Colour in spirit: white with brown fingers.

Measurements of largest specimen (@ male): length 4:5 mm. ;

tip to tip of longest side-teeth 7 mm.; front 7 mm.; fronto-orbital

» breadth 6 mm.

The species is closely allied to C. levissimus Dana, but differs

from it in several points indicated in the definition.

Funafuti; thirty-five males and twenty-four females, all but

one male from 15-25 fathoms.

Rotuma; eleven males, seven females,

Genus Puymopivus A. M.-Edw., 1863.

52. Puymopius uneutatus (H. M.-Edw.), 1834.

Chlorodius ungulatus, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 400,

pl. xvi. figs. 6-8 (1834),

Phymodius ungulatus, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) ix.

p- 218 (1873); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i. p. 102

(1898).

Rotuma; two males.

083 MR. L, A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

Subfamily Errstyw 2».

Genus Erisus, H. M.-Edw., 1834.

53. Erisus L£VISSIMUS Randall, 1839.

Etisus levissimus, Randall, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1839,

p- 115; Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 185, pl. x. fig. 1

(1852); Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. iii. 2, p. 131 (1897);

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lxvii. 2, i. p. 131 (1898).

Rotuma ; one male.

Genus Erisopus Dana, 1851.

54. Erisopes anaciyprus (H. M.-Edw.), 1834.

Etisus anaglyptus, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 411

(1834).

Cancer anaglyptus, H. M.-Edwards, Cuvier’s R. An. 3rd ed.,

Atlas Crust. pl. xi. fig. 4 (1849).

Etisodes anaglyptus, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) ix.

p. 2385 (1873); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i. p. 133

(1898).

Rotuma ; one male.

55. ErisopEs FRONTALIS Dana, 1852.

Etisodes frontalis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 187,

pl. ix. fig. 3 (1852).

A small fifth tooth may be present or absent on the antero-

lateral edge of the carapace in this species.

Rotuma ; sixteen males, six females.

Genus CHtoropopsis A. M.-Edw., 1873.

56. CHLORODOPSIS SPINIPES (Heller), 1861.

Pilodius spinipes, Heller, Abh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1861,

ae IP

if Chlorodopsis spinipes, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) ix.

p. 230, pl. viii. fig. 6 (1873); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. lxvii.

2, i. p. 169 (1898).

Funafuti; two males, dredged in the lagoon in 15-25 fathoms

of water.

57. Cutoropopsis (CycLopius) ORNATA (Dana), 1852.

Cyclodius ornatus, Dana, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1852, p. 30 ;

id. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 223, pl. xii. fig. 11 (1852).

Chlorodopsis (Cyclodius) ornata, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.

Ixvii. 2, i. p. 171 (1893).

Funafuti; one male.

Rotuma ; one male.

1900.] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFICO. - 589

Subfamily Ozimnz.

Genus EurupPELLIA Dana, 1851.

58. EvRUPPELLIA aNNULIPES (H. M.-Edw.), 1834,

Ruppellia annulipes, H. M.-Edwards, H. N. Crust. i. p. 422

(1834); Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 240, pl. xix. fig. 4

(1852) ; Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. iii. 2, p. 137 (1897).

Euruppellia annulipes, Miers, Zool. ‘Alert,’ p. 523 (1884).

Ozius (Euruppellia) annulipes, Aleock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.

Ixvii. 2, i. p. 188 (1898).

Rotuma ; five females.

Subfamily Errpaiinz,

Genus Errputa, Latr.

59. ERIPHIA LEVIMANA Latr.

Eriphia levimana, Latreille, Coll. Mus. (fide H. M.-Edw.) ;

Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 249, pl. xiv. fig. 7 (1852) ;

Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. iii. 2, p. 137 (1897); Alcock,

Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i. p. 214 (1898).

Funafuti; two males, one female.

Rotuma; two males, three females.

60. EripHia scaBricuna Dana, 1852.

Eriphia scabricula, Dana, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1852, p. 82 ;

id. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 247, pl. xiv. fig. 5 (1852); White-

legge, Mem. Austral. Mus. iii. 2, p. 137 (1897); Alcock, Journ.

As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i. p. 216 (1898).

Funafuti ; seven males, five females.

Rotuma ; two males.

Subfamily Trapnziin z.

Ortmann’s revision of this very difficult little group’ is the

authority followed in the present report.

Genus TRApEzIA Latr., 1825.

61. TRAPEZIA FERRUGINEA Latr., 1825.

Trapezia ferruginea, Latreille, Encycl. Méth. x. p. 695 (1825) ;

Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. x. Syst. 2, p. 205 (1897); Alcock, Journ.

As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i. p. 220 (1893),

Var. TyPIcaA Ortm. 1897.

Trapezia ferruginea, Latreille, Alcock, (1. cit.

Trapezia ferruginea typica, Ortmann, loc. cit. pp. 203, 205.

1 Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. x. Syst. 2, p. 201 (1897).

Proc. Zoou. Soco,—1900, No, XX XIX. 39

590 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON ORUSTACHANS —- [May 22,

Trapezia cymodoce, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 257,

pl. xiv. fig. 5 (1852); Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. iii. 2,

p. 137 (1897). -

Funafuti; two males and one female. Of these one male and

one female from 30 fathoms,

Rotuma; two males.

Var. DENTATA (Macleay), 1838.

Grapsillus dentatus, Macleay, Smith’s Illustr. Zool. 8S. Afr.,

Annulosa, p. 67 (1888).

Trapezia ferruginea, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 260,

pl. xvi. fig. 1(1852) ; Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. ili, 2, p. 137

1897).

Trapezia dentata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 258,

pl. xvi. fig. 6 (1852).

Trapexia ferruginea dentata, Ortmann, loc. cit. pp. 203, 204.

Funafuti ; one male.

Rotuma ; one male, two females.

Var. AREOLATA Dana, 1852.

Trapezia areolata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 259,

pl. xv. fig. 8 (1852).

Trapezia ferruginea areolata, Ortmann, loc. cit. pp. 203, 206.

Funafuti; one male, one female, the latter from 15 fathoms.

Rotuma ; five males, five females.

Var. curTata Riippell, 1830.

Trapezia guttata, Riippell, Krabben roth. Meer. p. 27 (1830) ;

Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 166, pl. xii. fig. 1 (1886).

Trapezxia ferruginea guttata, Ortmann, loc. cit. pp. 203, 205,

Funafuti; one male.

Rotuma; three males, two females.

Var. MacuLaTA (Macleay), 1838.

Grapsillus maculatus, Macleay, Smith’s Illustr. Zool. 8. Afr.,

Annulosa, p. 67 (1838).

Trapezia maculata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 256,

pl. xv. fig. 4 (1852); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixvii. 2, i.

p. 221 (1898).

Trapexia ferruginea maculata, Ortmann, loc. cit. pp. 203, 206.

Rotuma ; one male.

62, TRApEZIA DIGITALIS Latr., 1825.

Trapezia digitalis, Latreille, Encycl. Méth. x. p. 696 (1825) ;

Ortmann, loc. cit. pp. 203, 208; Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.

Ixvii. 2, 1. p. 232 (1898).

According to Ortmann the typical form of this species has

been found only off the East Coast of Africa, namely, in the Red

Sea and at Mauritius. Those from more easterly localities differ

in colour. What the difference is Ortmann does not state.

1900.] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 591

Alcock includes in his definition of 7. digitalis the fact that it

is of a blackish-brown colour. My examples are of precisely the

same coloration as the type variety of 7. ferruginea.

Funafuti ; two males.

Var. sPECIOSA Dana, 1852.

Trapezia speciosa, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 253,

pl. xv. fig. 1 (1852).

Trapezia digitalis speciosa, Ortmann, loc. cit. pp. 203, 208.

Funafuti ; two females.

Rotuma ; one female.

63, TRAPEZIA CyMoDOCE (Herbst), 1801.

Cancer cymodoce, Herbst, Naturg. Krabb. u. Krebse, iii. 2, p. 22,

pl. li. fig. 5 (1801).

Trapezia hirtipes, Jacquinot and Lucas, Crust. of ‘ Astrolabe,’

i. p. 44, pl. iv. fig. 14 (1853).

Trapezia cymodoce, Gerstiicker, Arch. Naturg. xxii. 1, p. 125

(1856) ; Ortmann, Joc. cit. p. 203; Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.

Ixvii. 2, i. p. 219 (1898).

Funafuti; four males, three females, from various depths up to

30 fathoms.

Rotuma ; two males, two females.

Genus Tnrratta Dana, 1851.

64, TETRALIA GLABERRIMA (Herbst), 1790.

Cancer glaberrimus, Herbst, Naturg. Krabb.u. Krebse, i. 8, p. 262,

pl. xx. fig. 15 (1790).

Tetralia nigrifrons and glaberrima, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped.,

Crust. i. pp. 262, 263, pl. xvi. figs. 2, 3 (1852).

Tetralia cavimana, Heller, 8.B. Ak. Wiss. Wien, xliii. p. 353,

pl. iii. figs. 24, 25 (1861); Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. iii. 2,

p. 138 (1897).

Tetralia glaberrima, Ortmann, loc. cit. p. 209; Alcock, Journ.

As. Soc. Beng. lxvil. 2, i. p. 223 (1898).

Funafuti ; twelve males, fourteen females. Only one specimen

(a female) had not the coloration of Dana’s nigrifrons. This one

agreed with Dana’s glaberrima in all respects.

Rotuma; three males, four females, all agreeing with Dana’s

nigrifrons.

Subtribe CATOMETOPA.

Family GRAPSID &.

Subfamily PLacusun Zz.

Genus Praausia Latr., 1806.

65. PLAGUSIA SPECIOSA Dana, 1851.

Plagusia speciosa, Dana, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1851, p. 252;

39*

592 MR. L. A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

id. U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 369, pl. xxiii. fig. 9 (1852) ; Miers,

Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) i. p. 151 (1878); Kingsley, Proc. Ac. N.

Sci. Philad. 1880, p. 223.

Funafuti ; one male.

Rotuma ; one male.

Genus LzetoLtopnus Miers, 1876.

66, LEIOLOPHUS PLANISSIMUS (Herbst), 1804.

Cancer planissimus, Herbst, Naturg. Krabb. u. Krebse, iil. 4,

pl. lix. fig. 3 (1804).

Plagusia serripes, Lamarck, An. sans Vert. p. 247 (1818).

Leiolophus planissimus, Miers, Cat. N. Z. Crust. p. 46 (1876) ; id.

Ann. Mag. N.H. (5) i. p. 153 (1878); Whitelegge, Mem. Austral.

Mus. i. 2, p. 139 (1897).

Funafuti; two females.

Rotuma; three males, three females.

Subfamily GRrapsin 2.

Genus Grapsus Lam., 1801.

67. GRAPSUS MACULATUS (Catesby), 1771.

Cancer grapsus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. 18th ed. p. 630 (1758).

Pagurus maculatus, Catesby, Nat. Hist. Carolinas, 3rd ed., ii.

pl. xxxva. fig. 1 (1771):

Grapsus pictus, Latreille, Hist. Crust. Ins. vi. p. 69, pl. xlvii.

fig. 2 (1503).

Grapsus maculatus, webbi, ornatus, and pharaonis, H. M.-Edw.

Ann. Sci. Nat. (3) xx. pp. 167-8, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1853). '

Grapsus maculatus, Kingsley, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1880,

p- 192; Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. iii. 2, p. 139 (1897).

Rotuma; one male.

Genus PacuyGrapsus Randall, 1839.

68, PacHy@Rrapsus minutus A. M,-Edw., 1873.

Pachygrapsus minutus, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) ix.

p- 292, pl. xiv. fig. 2 (1873).

Fiji; five males, six females.

69, PACHYGRAPSUS LEVIS, n. sp. (Plate XLII. fig. 7.)

Diagnosis: * A Pachygrapsus with the front almost straight, very

slightly concave ; the frontal lobes seven in number—the median

small and triangular, the submedians large, square, and placed

before those on either side of them, the sublaterals smaller, tri-

angular, not so far forward, the laterals large, rounded, and the

most forwardly placed of all; the carapace smooth, with linear

1900.] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 593

ridges on the branchial regions and faint transverse markings on

the front ; no tooth behind that forming the orbital angle; the

chelipeds smaller than in P. minutus, the hands less swollen, a ridge

running along the lower part of the hand and continued on to the

finger ; the fingers spoon-like at the ends, which are fringed with

short stiff hairs, the arm bearing at its distal end on the inner

side a crest of three teeth, the wrist with a spine on the outside at

the distal end ; the legs slender and almost hairless ; the meropodite

of the walking-legs with one tooth above and two below at the

outer end; the propodite slenderer than in P. minutus.”

The third maxilliped is shown in fig. 7 a.

Colour in spirit : greenish, banded on the legs with brown.

Length 6 mm. Front 5 mm.; tip to tip of orbital spines

75 mm.

This species belongs to the group with no tooth behind the

orbital angle, including P. corrugatus Martens 1872, P. cethiopicus

Hilg. 1869, P. minutus A. M.-Edw. 1873, P. plicatus H. M.-Edw.

1837, and P. longipes Rathbun 1893.

Funafuti; one female.

Genus Groerapsts Stimps., 1858.

70. GuogRapsus GRAyI (H. M.-Edw.), 1853.

Grapsus grayi, H. M.-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. (3) xx. p. 170

(1853).

Geograpsus rubidus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1858,

p- 103.

Geograpsus grayi, H. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. (1) ix.

p. 288 (1873); Kingsley, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1880, p. 196.

Funafuti; two males, four females.

Rotuma ; one male, one female.

Subfamily SESARMINZ.

Genus Susarma Say, 1818.

71. SesarMa auBRyt A. M.-Edw., 1819.

Sesarma (Holometopus) aubryi, A. M.-Edwards, Nouv. Arch.

Mus. (1) v. Bull. p. 29 (1869); (1) ix. p. 307, pl. xvi. fig. 2

(1873).

Sesarma aubryi, de Man, Zool. Jahrb. ii. Syst. 3, p. 642 (1887).

Rotuma; one male.

72, SESARMA GARDINERI, n. sp. (Plate XLII. fig. 8.)

Diagnosis. ‘* A Sesarma in which the front is half the fronto-

orbital] breadth, the latter rather less than the length of the cara-

pace ; the front hidden from above by the frontal lobes, the frontal

edge divided into five shallow bights by four projections, not

denticulate ; the frontal lobes prominent, sharp, denticulate, the

594 MR. L, A. BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [May 22,

inner pair much larger than the outer; the carapace irregularly

granular, the granules largest just behind the frontal lobes, the

branchial regions rugose; the sides with two teeth behind the

orbital angle, the second tooth low and blunt; the walking-legs

long and slender, their meropodites rugose with denticulate edges,

bearing at the outer end two teeth above and none below and on

the hinder side a low, rounded ridge, their carpopodites with two

sharper ridges, their propodites long and flat, their dactylopodites

broad and flat, diminishing gradually to a long straight spine, and

having the edges hidden by a thick fur; the upper side of the

hand in both sexes with two subparallel denticulate ridges, the

inner less regular than the outer, and the two meeting at both

ends so as to enclose an oyal field, in which two or three tubercles

may lie; the fingers rather shorter than the palm in the female,

distinctly so in the male.”

The third maxilliped and the abdomen of the male are shown

in figs. 8 a and 86 respectively.

Length 31 mm. Breadth of fronto-orbital border 27 mm.

The animal is described in Mr. Gardiner’s notes as a “ red tree-

crab.” The colour in spirit is an orange-yellow.

This species is not far from S. oceanica de Man, 1889, in

Group II. of that author’s classification of the genus [ Zool. Jahrb.

ii. Syst. 3, p. 639 (1887)], but differs in the ridges on the hand and

in the more hairy dactyles.

Funafuti; three males, three females.

Rotuma ; three males, one female.

Subfamily GuoaRcrinInz.

Genus CarpiosoMa Latr., 1825.

73, CARDIOSOMA HIRTIPES Dana, 1852.

Cardiosoma hirtipes, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 376,

pl. xxiv. fig. 2 (1852); de Man, Arch. Naturg. li. 1, p. 349,

pl. xiv. fig. 3 (1887); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vii. Syst. p. 737

(1894) ; Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. iii. 2, p. 188 past

Funafuti; three males, five females.

. Rotuma; one male, one female.

74. CARDIOSOMA CARNIFEX (Herbst), 1796.

Cancer carnifex, Herbst, Naturg. Krabb. u. Krebse, ii. 6, p. 163,

pl. xli. fig. 7 (1796).

Cardiosoma carnifex, Latreille, Encycl. Méth. x. p. 685 (1825) ;

Miers, ‘ Chall.’ Brachyura, p. 220 (1886).

Cardiosoma guanhami, var. carnifex, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vii.

Syst. p. 735 (1894).

Cardiosoma obscura, Dana, U.S. Exp]. Exped. p. 375, pl. xxiv.

fig. 1 (1852).

Rotuma ; one female.

1900.] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 595

Family OcYPODID,

Subfamily OcyPopIN4. -

Genus Uca Leach, 1814.

Uca, Leach, Edin. Encycl. vii.2 (1814); id. Tr. Linn. Soc. Lond.

xi. p. 309 (1815) ; Say, Journ. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. i. p. 73 (1817) ;

Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xi. p. 154 (1897); Ortmann,

Zool. Jahrb. x. Syst. p. 846 (1897) ; id. in Bronn’s ‘ Thier-reich,’

v. 2, p. 1180 (1897).

Gelasimus, Latreille, Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. xii. p. 517 (1817).

Not Uca Latreille, 1817 = Ucides Rathbun, June 1897 = Gdipleura

Ortmann, July 1897.

75. Uca cuttrimana (White), 1847.

Gelasimus cultrimanus, White, P. ZS. Lond. 1847, p. 84;

Kingsley, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad. 1880, p. 140, pl. ix. fig. 7.

Gelasimus vocans, H. ecards, Ann. Sci. Nat. (3) XVili.

p- 145, pl. ui. fig. 4 (1852

Uca cultrimana, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. x. Syst. p. 348 (1897).

Funafuti; three females.

Rotuma ; five males, four females.

Genus Ocyvopz Fabr., 1798.

76. OcYPODE CERATOPHTHALMA (Pallas), 1772.

Cancer ceratophthalmus, Pallas, Spicilegia, p. 83, pl. v. fig. 17

(1772).

Ocypoda ceratophthalma, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 347

(1798) ; H. M.-Edwards, Cuvier’s R. An., Atlas Crust. pl. xvii. ;

Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. iii. 2, p. 188 (1897); Ortmann,

Zool. Jahrb. x. Syst. p. 365 (1899).

Rotuma; seven males, seven females.

77. OcYPoDE URVILLEI Guérin, 1830.

Ocypoda urvillei, Guérin, Voy. ‘ Coquille,’ Zool. ii. 2, p. 9, pl. i.

fig. 1 (1830); Ortmann, Zool. Janrb. x. Syst. p. 366, pl. xvii.

fig. 10 (1897).

The fingers and the spine on the inner side of the wrist are

both more slender and elongate in the present specimen than in

Ortmann’s figures.

Funafuti; one male.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Puate XL.

Fig. 1. Xenocarcinoides rostratus, p. 573. x3.

la. a ty Prd maxilliped. x8.

14. iy Abdomen of male. x6,

2. Hyastenus elegans Miers, var., p. 574. x14.

o Carpiliodes pallidus, p. 586. x5.

9 iy ord maxilliped, X10,

ao a Pe Abdomen of male. x10.

596 DR. RB, BOWDLER SHARPE ON [May 22,

Priate XLI.

Fig. 4. Chlorodius barbatus, p , Deis ele

4a, + 5 Bed maxilliped. X10.

4d. 5 . Abdomen of male. 10.

4c. “ _ Big chela of male, x6.

5. Xanthias parvus, p.582, X65.

aye 7h s 3rd maxilliped. x6.

PS | es x Abdomen of male. x6.

6. Pilumnus rotwmanus, p. 581. Nat. size.

6a. 5 “ 3rd maxilliped. x3.

Puats XLII.

Fig. 7. Pachygrapsus levis, p. 592. X3.

E Ta i » ora maxilliped. «5.

8. Sesarma gardineri, p. 593. Nat. size.

Sau: a Bd maxilliped. x2.

Sib ees a Abdomen of male, Nat. size.

8e. is Chelxw of male. X13.

9. ? Pilumnus hirsutus Stimps., p. 581. x3.

9a. 3 “A 43 ’ard maxilliped. X05.

96; -% i » Abdomen of male. X38.

3. On the Birds collected during the Mackinder Expedition

to Mount Kenya. By R. Bowpier Sarre. With

Notes by H. J. Macxinper, Ernest Saunpers, and

C. CAMBURN.

(Received April 24, 1900.]

(Plate XLIIL)

[The birds here enumerated were shot by my colleagues Messrs.

Campbell, B. Hausburg, Ernest Saunders, Claude Camburn, and

César Ollier. They were most excellently preserved and packed

by Messrs. Saunders and Camburn. For the position of the

Camps referred to, see map in Geogr. Journal, vol. xv. p. 453

(1900).—H. J. M.]

1. FRANCOLINUS SCHUETTI.

Francolinus schuetti, Cab.: Ogilvie Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xxii. p. 170 (1893) ; Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 180 (1896) ; Sharpe,

Hand-l. B. i. p. 25 (1899).

No. 9. 2. Nairobi, 5500 feet, Sept. 13, 1899. Legs and feet

bright red; bill bright red; eye hazel; fleshy parts around eye

pale pink.

Uncommon, but known to Masai natives as “ Lu-cu-ri.”

2. FRANCOLINUS JACKSONI.

Francolinus jacksoni, Ogilvie Grant: Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 552 ;

id. Hand-l. B. i. p. 25 (1899); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 182

(1896).

No. 32. 9. Foot of Mount Kenya, Aug. 16,1899. Iris dark

brown ; bill and feet reddish brown.

G.E Lodge del. et hth Mintern Bros,.imyp.

BUBO MACKINDERI

1900,] THE BIRDS OF MOUNT KENYA. 597

3. PTERNISTES INFUSCATUS.

Pternistes infuscatus, Cab.: Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 552; id. Hand-l.

B. i. p. 26 (1899) ; Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 179 (1896).

No. 30. ¢. Shot on the march to Camp 12, Aug. 10, 1899.

Eyes dark brown; bill dark brown; legs and feet black; fleshy

parts around eyes and throat vermilion-red; neck bright yellow.

4, NUMIDA REICHENOWI.

Numida reichenowi, Ogilvie Grant, Ibis, 1894, p. 536, fig. 1;

Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 183 (1896); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 41

(1899).

No. 111. 9. Shot at Camp 29 on the Morendat River, Sept. 26,

1899. Alt. 7000 feet. Iris hazel; bill horn-colour ; wattles and

horn red ; base of horn yellow-ochre; bare skin around eyes, chin,

throat, nape, and neck cobalt-blue ; legs and feet black.

Common, and to be seen in various sized flocks, and always near

water. We saw these birds at an altitude of over 7000 feet; they

were very nice-eating.

5. HAPLOPELIA BRONZINA.

Haplopelia bronzina (Riipp.): Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxi.

p- 540 (1893); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 1386 (1896); Sharpe,

Hand-l. B. i. p. 85 (1899).

No. 95. 2 ad. Forest zone, Mount Kenya (8000 feet), Sept. 18,

1899. Bill black ; legs, feet, and eyelids lake-red ; iris hazel.

The only specimen of its kind seen during the eight days’ stay

in this camp.

6. ARDHA MELANOCEPHALA.

Ardea melanocephala, Vig. & Childr. : Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xxvi. p. 70 (1898); id. Hand-l. B.i. p. 194 (1899); Shelley, B.

Africa, i. p. 157 (1896).

No. 28. g. Shot July 8,1899, Camp 11, Sagana River. Eyes

pale yellow; fleshy parts around eyes mottled greenish yellow ;

bill, legs, and feet black.

7. ALOPOCHEN HGYPTIACUS.

Chenalopex cegyptiacus, (Linn.): Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvii.

p. 167 (1895); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 171 (1896).

Alopochen egyptiacus, Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 215 (1899).

No. 29. 9. Camp 11, Sagana River, Aug. 7, 1899. Iris

yellow-ochre ; feet white ; bill pale bluish white.

The Egyptian Goose was common on all the rivers in this dis-

trict, and huge flocks were observed on Lake Naivasha.

8. ANAS SPARSA,

Anas sparsa, Smith: Salvad. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvii. p- 213

598 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON [May 22,

(1895); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 172 (1896); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i.

p. 216 (1899).

Nos. 99, 100. ¢,9. Lake Hoéhnel, western slope of Mount

Kenya, 13,000 feet, Sept. 20, 1899. Iris hazel; bill black with a

yellow-ochre band at the base ; legs and toes yellow-ochre; webs

black.

The only two specimens seen at this altitude.

9, PELECANUS ROSEUS.

Pelecanus roseus, Gm.: Ogilvie Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xxvi.

p- 466 (1899).

Pelecanus minor, Riipp.: Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 161 (1896).

Nos.5 & 6. 9 ad. Nairobi. Irisred; feet flesh-colour ; fleshy

parts round eye bluish pink; pouch yellowish.

These birds are considered rare in this part. They are known

to the Masai natives as “* Mur-turu.”

10. NECROSYRTES MONACHUS.

Necrosyrtes monachus (Temm.): Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 243

(1899).

Neophron monachus, Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 155 (1896).

No. 13. ¢. Nairobi Forest, July 15,1899. Iris hazel with blue

band on outer edge; legs and feet pale blue; bill dark brown;

fleshy parts of neck bluish purple; head reddish purple; wattles

in neck white.

These birds are common throughout this district and also in

the intervening country to Mount Kenya up to an altitude of over

8000 feet.

11. Burro AUGURALIS.

Buteo auguralis, Salvad.: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 175,

note (1874); id. Hand-l. B. i. p. 255 (1899) ; Shelley, B. Africa, i.

p. 150 (1896).

No. 90. Juv. Camp. 18a, western slope of Mount Kenya, 8000

feet. Iris white; bill dark blue, lighter at the base ; cere, gape,

and feet greenish yellow.

Rare and very hard to get at. We saw two other specimens

during our stay at this camp.

12. MILvUS ZGYPTIUS.

Milvus egyptius (Gm.): Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 320

(1874) ; Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 147 (1896) ; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i.

p- 268 (1899).

No. 64. 2. Camp 20, western edge of Mount Kenya, 10,000

feet, Sept. 4, 1899. Iris hazel; bill, cere, and feet bright

yellow.

1900.] THE BIRDS OF MOUNT KENYA. 599

13. BuBo MackINDERI. (Plate XLIII.)

Bubo mackindert, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C. x. p. xxviii (Dec. 1899).

Nos. 69, 70. g. Teleki Valley, Mount Kenya, 13,000 feet,

Sept. 3, 1899. Iris deep yellow; bill black.

No. 77. 2. Teleki Valley, Sept. 11, 1899.

14. SyRNIUM UMBRINUM.

Syrnium umbrinum, Heugl.: Reichen. Mittl. hochl. N. Deutsch-

Ost-Afr. p. 272 (1898); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. i. p. 294 (1900).

_ No. 25. ¢. Nairobi Forest, July 1898. Iris very dark brown ;

bill orange-yellow ; legs and feet pale yellow.

[The various races of Syrnium woodfordi are very difficult to

diagnose, but of those admitted by Dr. Reichenow, this specimen

best agrees with the description of Syrnium umbrinum of Heuglin.

—R. B,8.]

15. PmocEPHALUS MASSAICUS.

Peeocephalus massaicus, Fischer & Reichen.: Salvad. Cat. B. Brit.

Mus. xx. p. 367 (1891); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 1389 (1896);

Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii. p. 25 (1900).

Nos. 86 & 87. 3, 2. Sept. 15, 1899, at Camp. 18a, western

slope of Mount Kenya, 8000 feet.

We did not notice these birds at a lower altitude than 7000

feet, but at the above camp it was a common sight to see flocks of

them in the early morn flying in a north-easterly direction and

returning again just before sundown, doubtless from their favourite

feeding-grounds,

16. THRIPIAS SCHOENSIS.

Thripias schoensis (Ripp.): Hargitt, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p.308

(1890); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 133 (1896); Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii.

p 219 (1900). |

No. 2. 9. July 7, 1899, Nairobi Forest. Iris red; legs and

feet olive-green.

The only specimen we saw in this locality, and it was shot in

the most wooded parts of the forest.

17. CAMPOTHERA HAUSBURGI.

Campothera hausburgi, Sharpe, Bull. B.O.C. x. p. xxxvi (Jan.

1900).

No. 1. gad. Nairobi, 6000 feet, July 11,1899. Feet olive-

green ; iris red.

No. 98. ¢. Camp 18a; forest zone, Mt. Kenya, 6000 feet,

Sept. 18, 1892. Iris red; feet ashen-green.

[Compared with a specimen of C. teniolema in Mr. Jackson’s

collection from Mau, there is very little difference in the colour of

the upper surface of the two species; but the lower surface is

distinct enough, the coarse and dusky nature of the cross-barring

600 DR, R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON [May 22,

of C. teniolema being quite different from the fine and paler

barring of C. hausburgi.

There is another specimen in the Rothschild collection at

Tring which agrees with Mr. Jackson’s bird; it was collected by

Dr. Ansorge at the Eldoma Ravine.—R. B. 8.]

18. CAPRIMULGUS TRIMACULATUS.

Caprimulgqus trimaculatus (Swains.): Hartert, Tierr., Caprimul-

gide, p. 55 (1899).

Caprimulgus lentiginosus, Smith: Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xvi. p. 536 (1892); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 106 (1896).

No. 24. ¢. July 20,1899. Eyes very dark blue; bill brownish

black ; legs and feet brown.

We found this bird chiefly on the banks of the small running

creeks which intersect the forest. The general coloration of the

species is beautifully adapted to its surroundings, making it most

difficult at all times to discover where the bird has actually

alighted.

19. CAPRIMULGUS FRENATUS.

Caprimulgus frenatus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Genoy. xxi. p. 118

(1884) ; Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 322; Hartert, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xvi. p. 533 (1892); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 106 (1896); Hartert,

Tierr., Caprimulgide, p. 59 (1899).

No. 68. 2 imm. Western slope of Mount Kenya, 10,000 feet,

Sept. 4, 1899. Bill black ; legs and feet pinkish brown ; iris dark

hazel. :

20. CoRACIAS CAUDATUS.

Coracias caudatus (Linn.): Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 21

(1892); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 109 (1896) ; Sharpe, Hand-l. B. ii.

p. 46 (1900).

No. 23. 9. Nairobi Forest, July 20,1899. yes bright reddish

brown; bill black ; legs and feet greenish yellow.

Single specimens only were noticed, and invariably in the open

glades and banana shambas.

21. CoLiIus AFFINIS.

Colius affinis, Shelley, Ibis, 1885, p. 312; id. B. Africa, i. p. 118

(1896).

No. 4. 2. Nairobi Forest, 6000 feet. Iris hazel; legs and feet

pale coral ; bill dark brown; lower mandible yellowish.

[This specimen is much darker than the majority of the others

in the British Museum from various localities, but there seems to

be such a decided graduation in tint in a large series from light to

dark brown, that I have been unable to draw any definite line of

demarcation. Some of Mr. Jackson’s specimens from the Ravine

seem to be quite as dark as the Nairobi bird, but others from Nandi

and Njemps are lighter again.—R. B. 8. ]

1900.] THE BIRDS OF MOUNT KENYA. 601

These birds travel about in various sized flocks; and on the

lower slopes of Mt. Kenya I have noticed fully 80 or 90 at a

time ; they presenta curious sight when on the wing, their exceed-

ingly long tails causing a most peculiar motion. Their flight is

somewhat slow.

22. TuURACUS HARTLAUBI.

Turacus harilaubi (Fischer & Reichen.): Sharpe, Ibis, 1892,

p. 312; Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 120 (1896).

No. 3. @ ad. Nairobi Forest (5500 feet), July 11, 1899. Iris

hazel; feet black; bill dark green, tip orange.

No. 10. ¢ ad. Nairobi Forest (5500 feet), July 15, 1899.

No. 19. ¢ ad. Nairobi Forest (5500 feet), July 18, 1899.

These birds are common in this locality and are also to be met

with on Mount Kenya at an altitude of 9000 feet. They utter

a cry not unlike the Francolin which is to be found there. Masai

native name: “ Kal-lere-wa.”

23, HAPALODERMA NARINA.

Hapaloderma narina (V.): Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 321; Shelley,

B. Africa, i. p. 108 (1896).

No. 20. ¢. Nairobi Forest, 5500 feet, July 19, 1899. Iris red ;

bill yellow at base, darkening to grey at the tip; feet pinkish

brown.

No. 20. 9. Camp 18, western slope of Mount Kenya, 8000

feet, Sept. 15, 1899. Iris reddish brown; bill yellow at base,

shading to green at tip; feet pale pinkish brown.

Uncommon.

24, BYCANISTES CRISTATUS. ;

Bycanistes cristatus (Riipp.): Grant, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii.

p. 417 (1892); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 114 (1896).

Nos. 11, 12. ¢ Qad. Nairobi Forest, July 14,1899. Bill brown,

casque white; iris dark brown; feet black, with white between

the scales.

These birds were mostly found in pairs, and are very wary.

Alighting on the most lofty (usually dead) trees, they would be off

at the slightest noise, or at the sight of anything moving beneath.

Common.

25. IRRISOR JACKSONT.

Irrisor jacksoni, Sharpe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [6] vi. 1890,

.503; Salvin, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 21, pl. iii. fig. 1; Sharpe,

bis, 1892, p. 319; Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 112 (1896).

Nos. 85, 91, 93, 94. Three females and one male were shot at

Camp 18 a, Kenya Forest, alt. 8000 feet. Iris reddish brown;

bill, legs, feet, and eyelids lake-red.

These birds were found in small flocks of about twenty. They

602 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON [May 22,

are very active, travelling from tree-top to tree-top, and apparently

feeding on small fruit with which some of the trees abounded.

26. MELITTOPHAGUS SHARPEI.

Melittophagus sharpei, Hartert, Bull. B. O. C. x. p. xxvii (Dee.

1899).

Melittophagus cyanostictus (nec Cab.): Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xvii. p. 48, pl. i. fig. 3 (1892); id. Ibis, 1892, p. 319; Shelley B.

Africa, i. p. 110 (1896).

Nos. 26,27. ¢,9. Camp 11, Sagana River, Aug. 7, 1899. Eyes

crimson ; bill, legs, and feet black.

Single specimens only were noticed, which mostly frequented

the banks of the river.

27. MELITTOPHAGUS OREOBATES.

Melittophagus oreobates, Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 320; id. Cat. B.

Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 498 (1892); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 110 (1896).

No. 22. 2. Nairobi Forest, July 19, 1899. Eyes dark red;

bill black ; legs pale slate-colour ; feet darker.

This bird chiefly inhabits the banana shambas in the Nairobi

district.

28. CoRVULTUR ALBICOLLIS.

Corvultur albicollis (Lath.): Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 24

(1877); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 46 (1896).

No. 41. g. Bamboo zone, western slope of Mount Kenya,

8000 feet, Aug. 26, 1899.

Nos. 88, 89. ¢,9. Camp 18, western slope of Mt. Kenya,

8000 feet, Sept. 16, 1899. Bill black, with white tip ; feet black ;

iris hazel.

These birds were obtained also at Nairobi, and were noticed

throughout the intervening country and up to an altitude of

10,000 feet on Mount Kenya itself.

29. CINNAMOPTERUS TENUIROSTRIS.

Cinnamopterus tenuirostris (Riipp.): Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus.

xiii. p. 166 (1890); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 45 (1896).

No. 51. g ad. Camp 21, Hohnel Valley, western slope of

Mt. Kenya, 12,000 feet, Aug. 30, 1899. Among rocks and caves.

Tris hazel; bill and feet black.

Nos. 55, 6; 56,57, 9. Camp 21, Aug. 30, 1899.

[These specimens agree with others in the British Museum from

Shoa and Abyssinia, and there is another specimen in Mr. Jackson’s

collection from Ruwenzori. It should benoticed that both the female

birds have the grey edges to the feathers which I formerly con-

sidered to be characteristic of the young of this species.—R. B. 8.]

Although fairly common among the crags at the head of the

Héhnel Valley, this species was not observed in any other locality.

1900.) THE BIRDS OF MOUNT KENYA. 603

30. LAMPROCOLIUS CHALYBEUS.

Lamprocolius chalybeus (Khr.): Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 242;

Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 43 (1896).

No. 110. & ad. Morendat River (7000 ft.), Sept. 1899. Iris

bright yellow ; bill, legs, and feet black.

This species was not observed at a higher altitude than that

mentioned above. It was not found in the hilly districts, but

seemed confined to the reed-beds of the rivers traversing the plains,

and was observed on the Nairobi River as well as at the Morendat.

31. DREPANOPLECTES JACKSONI.

Drepanoplectes jacksoni, Sharpe: Jackson, Ibis, 1899, p. 599.

Coliipasser jacksoni, Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 24 (1896).

No. 101. gad. Western foot of Mount Settima range (7000 ft.),

Sept. 26, 1899. Bill, base and lower mandible black, upper part

pale green ; legs and feet very dark brown ; iris hazel.

No. 102. 9 ad. Western foot of Mount Settima range (7000 ft.),

Sept. 26, 1899. Bill, legs, and feet pinkish horn-colour,

These birds travel about in flocks of thirty or forty together,

and seem to be common along these ranges.

32. HyPHANTORNIS CAMBURNI.

Hyphantornis camburni, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. CO. x. p. xxxv (Jan.

1900).

No..16. g ad. Nairobi Forest, 5500 feet, July 17,1899. Bill

dark brown ; feet pale brownish ; iris hazel.

Common; observed in small flocks ; known to Masai natives as

“ Ging-yangiki.”

[Although sexed a male, I think this bird must be a female,

as it agrees so well with the hens of Hyphantornis wanthops. It is

of a brighter yellow below, has a somewhat more distinct yellow eye-

brow, but is principally distinguished by its very small bill.—R.B.S8.]

33. AMBLYOSPIZA UNICOLOR.

Amblyospiza unicolor, Fisch. & Reichen.: Shelley, B. Africa, i.

p- 33 (1896).

No. 31. 9 imm. Aug. 10, 1898. Bill, upper mandible dark

brown, lower mandible yellowish ; legs and feet dark brown; iris

dark brown.

Collected on the march; the only specimen observed of this

species.

34, DREPANORHYNCHUS REICHENOVI.

Drepanorhynchus reichenowi, Fischer: Jackson, Ibis, 1899,

p- 630.

Nectarinia reichenowi, Shelley, B. Africa, ii. p. 29 (1900).

No. 105. 3. Camp 27, foot of Settima Range, 7000 feet,

Sept. 25, 1899. Bill and feet black ; iris hazel.

604 DR. 2. BOWDLER SHARPE ON [May 22,

Somewhat common on both the eastern and western slopes of

Mount Settima, but was not observed elsewhere.

[The specimen is moulting, and shows a curious metallic green

shade on the median wing-coverts which is not seen in any of the

series in the Jackson collection. I fancy that this is not a difference

of specific value, but is due to the wearing of the metallic plumage

through exposure.—R. B. S.]

35. NECTARINIA ZNEIGULARIS.

Nectarinia eneigularis, Sharpe: Jackson, Ibis, 1889, p. 631.

Necturinia eupreonitens, Shelley, B. Africa, ii. p. 21 (1900).

No. 107. do. Western foot of Mount Settima, 7000 feet,

Sept. 20, 1899. Bill and feet black; iris hazel.

[This specimen differs from the type of NV. eneiqgularis in having

a reddish-coppery crown, thereby approaching NV. cupreonitens. As,

however, there is considerable variation in the green or reddish

colour of the upper surface in the common JN. famosa, I do not

think it advisable to separate the Kenya specimen.—R. B. 8.]

36. NECTARINIA JOHNSTONI.

Nectarinia johnstoni, Shelley, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 227, pl. xiv.; id.

B. Africa, ii. p. 22 (1900).

Nectarinia deckeni, Hohnel in Teleki’s Exped. Lake Rudolph,

p. 374.

Nos. 47, 48. ¢ 2 ad. Hdéhnel Valley, western slope of Mount

Kenya (12,000 ft.), Aug. 28, 1899. Bill, feet, and legs black ; iris

hazel. Shot amongst groundsel and lobelia.

Nos. 54, 52, ¢ ad.; 53, 9 ad. Hohnel Valley (12,000 ft.),

Aug. 30, 1899.

No. 58. g ad. Hohnel Valley (12,000 ft.), Aug. 31, 1899.

No. 60. 9 ad. Hdéhnel Valley (12,000 ft.), Sept. 1, 1899.

No. 63, g ad. Teleki Valley (13,000 ft.), Sept. 2, 1899.

Common in Héhnel and Teleki Valleys, but apparently limited

to the alpine zone. A nest, presumably of this species, was

observed built in tree-heath only just below the ice zone. It con-

tained young birds.

[Nectarinia johnstoni was obtained by Count Teleki’s expedition on

Mt. Kenya, and Dr. Gregory also met with the species.—R. B. S.]

37. NECTARINIA TACAZZE.,

Nectarinia tacazze (Stanley): Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 591;

Shelley, B. Africa, ii. p. 26 (1900).

No. 37. g ad. Western slope of Mount Kenya (10,000 ft.),

Aug. 20, 1899. Bill, legs, and feet dark black ; iris dark brown.

No. 38, 39. g ad. W. slope of Mt. Kenya (10,000 ft.), Aug. 23,

1899.

Nos. 43, gad.; 49, 2 ad. W.slope of Mt. Kenya (10,000 ft.),

Aug. 27, 1899.

1900.) THE BIRDS OF MOUNT KENYA. 605

Observed only at Camp 20, in a densely wooded valley im-

mediately above bamboo zone. It was in the habit of frequenting

the tops of the highest trees.

38. CINNYRIS MEDIOCRIS.

Cinnyris mediocris, Shelley: Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 593 ; Shelley,

B. Africa, ii. p. 79 (1900).

No. 42. g ad. Western slope of Mount Kenya (10,000 ft.),

Aug. 27, 1899. Bill, legs, and feet black ; iris dark brown.

Shot among bamboo and low trees.

No. 75. g$ ad. Western slope of Mount Kenya (10,000 ft.),

Sept. 11, 1899. Iris hazel.

No. 109. $ ad. North-western foot of Mount Settima (7000 ft.),

Sept. 25, 1899.

These birds are not common, but it will be noticed that a

specimen was obtained on Settima, in addition to the two from

Mount Kenya.

39. CINNYRIS KIRKI.

Chaleomitra kirki (Shelley): Shelley, B. Africa, ii. p. 107 (1900).

No. 21. 2 ad. Nairobi Forest, July 19, 1899. Bill, feet, and

legs black; iris dark brown.

Decidedly uncommon; the only specimen noticed on the whole

trip.

40). ZOSTEROPS KIKUYUENSIS.

Zosterops kikuyuensis, Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, pp. 444, 594, pl. xii.

fig. 1; Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 7 (1896).

No. 67. ¢. Camp 20, western slope of Mt. Kenya, 10,000 feet,

Sept. 4, 1899. Bill black; iris light hazel; feet greenish grey.

Plentiful.

Nos. 71, 72, 6; 73, ¢. Camp, Sept. 10, 1899.

Occurs in small flocks, fluttering from bush to bush above

bamboo zone. The blossom of bushes frequented are a bright yellow,

like the birds. Early morning and evening they are most in

evidence.

41, LaNIARIUS ABBOTTI.

Laniarius abbotti, Richmond, Auk, xiv. p. 161 (1897).

No. 33. ¢ ad. Foot of Mount Kenya (alt. about 7000 feet),

Aug. 16, 1899. Bill, legs, and feet black ; iris dark red.

This was the only specimen I saw of its kind during our stay at

this camp (17). I shot it in a very thick part of the forest sur-

rounding the camp.

[The single specimen obtained by the expedition is very similar

to the type of Malaconotus manning? of Shelley (Ibis, 1899, p. 369,

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1900, No. XL. 40

606 DR. R. BOWDLER SHARPE ON [May 22,

pl. v.), but is not quite so fiery-orange below. Judging from the

limited material at my command, it seems probable that the birds

from Nyika, Kilimanjaro, and Kenya will be found to be in-

separable.—R. B. S.]

42. DRYOSCOPUS ZTHIOPICUS.

Laniarius ethiopicus, Gm.: Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 53 (1896) ;

Neum. J. f. O. 1899, p. 406.

Nos. 78, ¢ ad.; 81, 9 imm. Western slope, Mount Kenya

(8000 feet), Sept. 10,14, 1899. Bill black; legs and feet bluish

grey ; iris hazel.

These birds were shot at the junction of the lower forest and

bamboo zones,

43. LANIUS HUMERALIS.

Lanius humeralis, Stanl.: Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 597.

Fiseus collaris (Linn.): Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 51 (1896).

No. 17. g ad. Nairobi Forest (5500 feet), July 17,1899. Bill,

legs, and feet black ; iris dark brown.

Chiefly met with in the native banana shambas. Known to the

Masai natives as “ Ndare-tiki.”

44, GEOCICHLA PIAGGIA.

Geocichla piaggie, Seebohm, Cat. B. vy. p. 171, pl. xi. (1881)

Sharpe in Seebohm Monogr. Turdide, p. 41, pl. xiii. (1898).

Turdus piaggii, Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 88 (1896).

No. 82. Camp 18, western edge of Mount Kenya, 8000 feet,

Sept. 14, 1899. Bill black; feet pale pinkish brown; iris hazel.

Shot at extreme lower edge of bamboo zone. Rare: the only

specimen observed,

45. PINAROCHROA ERNESTI.

Pinarochroa ernesti, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C. x. p. xxxvi (Jan.

1900).

Nos. 35, 36. ¢ 9 ad. Western slope, Mount Kenya(10,000 feet),

Aug. 20, 1899. Bill, legs, and feet black ; iris hazel.

Nos. 61, 62. g ad. Teleki Valley (13,000 feet), Sept. 2, 1899.

Nos. 65, 66. g ad. Western slope, Mount Kenya (10,000 feet),

Sept. 3, 1899.

Occurs in numbers among tree-heath and low scrub; found up

to alt. of 13,000 feet from immediately above bamboo zone.

[This species, which is identical with the Pinarochroa of Mt.

Elgon, is certainly distinct from P. hypospodia of Kilimanjaro. The

latter is grey underneath, the throat and breast being of the same

tint, and the under wing-coverts and axillaries are also greyish.

In the other two species, P. sordida and P. ernesti, the under wing-

coverts and axillaries are rufous; the lower surface of the body is

also rufescent, with an indication to a grey throat. P. ernesti

1900.] THE BIRDS OF MOUNT KENYA. 607

is much darker than P. sordida, and has blackish-brown ear-

coverts.—R. B. 8.]

46. BRADYPTERUS CINNAMOMEUS.

Bradypterus cinnamomeus (Riipp.): Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 154 ;

Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 77 (1896).

No. 76. g ad. Western slope, Mount Kenya (10,000 feet),

Sept. 11, 1899. Bill, legs, and feet horn-brown ; iris hazel.

Nos. 96,97. g ad. Forest zone, Mount Kenya (8000 feet),

Sept. 18, 1899.

tt 108. g ad. Foot of Settima range (7000 feet), Sept. 25,

1899.

Somewhat common in districts above named. Found flitting

about among undergrowth.

47. CISTICOLA TERRESTRIS.

Cisticola terrestris (Smith): Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 74 (1896).

No. 50. 2 ad. Hohnel Valley, western slope of Mount Kenya

(12,000 feet), Aug. 28, 1899. Bill pinkish brown; legs and feet

ochreous flesh-colour ; iris yellowish brown.

Shot among the tree-heath.

Two other specimens only were observed. Utters a piercing

little song while on the wing.

48. CISTICOLA PROCERA.

Cisticola procera, Peters: Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 168; Shelley,

B. Africa, i. p. 75 (1896).

No. 104. 9 ad. Western end of Settima, 9000 feet, Sept. 25,

1899. Bill black; feet light brown; iris hazel.

No. 105. g¢ ad. Camp 27, foot of Settima Range, 7000 feet,

Sept. 25, 1899.

Found in grass, undergrowth, and low scrub,

49, CISTICOLA HUNTERI. =

Cisticola hunteri, Shelley: Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p. 157; Shelley,

B. Africa, 1. p. 75 (1896).

Nos. 44, 45,46. ¢ Qad. Western slope of Mount Kenya (10,000

feet), Aug. 27,1899. Bill blackish brown; legs and feet flesh-

colour; iris hazel.

No. 103. ¢ ad. Foot of Mount Settima range (7000 feet),

Sept. 25, 1899. Bill black; legs and feet brown.

This locality is devoid of all heavy timber, and is very swampy in

parts; the vegetation consists mostly of long grasses and small

shrubs. We noticed several Snipe, also some Quail, but could not

get a shot.

This species habitually frequented tops of bamboo; it was

also discovered creeping about among branches of low shrubs.

40*

608 ON 'THE BIRDS OF MOUNT KENYA. [May 22,

50. PycnonoTUS LAYARDI.

Pycnonotus layardi, Gurney: Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi.

p- 132 (1881); Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 60 (1896).

Ad. [label lost].

51. XBNOCICHLA KIKUYUENSIS.

Xenocichla kikuyuensis, Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 118; 1892, p. 299.

Criniger kikuwyuensis, Shelley, B. Africa, 1. p. 63 (1896).

No. 92. g ad. Western slope of Mount Kenya (8000 feet),

Sept. 18, 1899. Bill black ; legs and feet greenish ash ; iris hazel.

The only specimen noticed during our stay of eight days at

this camp (18 a).

52. GRAUCALUS PURUS.

Graucalus pwrus, Sharpe, Ibis, 1891, p. 121, 1892, p. 299;

Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 50 (1896).

No. 15. g. Nairobi Forest, 5500 feet, July 17,1899. Bill and

feet black ; iris dark brown.

No. 34. Camp 17. Aug. 16,1899. Bill black; feet slate-colour ;

iris very dark blue.

No. 83, 2. Camp 18 a, western slope of Mt. Kenya, 8000 feet,

Sept. 15, 1899. Bull black; feet black, powdered with white;

iris hazel.

Somewhat common at Nairobi and throughout the intervening

country to Camp 18 4 on Mt. Kenya, at an altitude of 8000 feet.

55. TARSIGER ORIENTALIS.

Tarsiger orientalis, Fischer & Reichen.: Sharpe, Ibis, 1892,

p. 302; Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 86 (1896).

Nos. 79, 80. ¢,9. Camp 18a, forest zone, western slope of

Mt. Kenya, 8000 feet, Sept. 14, 1899. Bill black ; feet yellowish

grey ; iris hazel.

Somewhat common at this camp, which is situated at the

junction of the bamboo and forest zones.

54. DIOPTRORNIS FISCHERI.

Dioptrornis fischeri, Reichen. : Sharpe, bis, 1892, p. 300.

Muscicapa fischeri, Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 94 (1896).

No. 14. ¢ ad. Nairobi Forest, July 17, 1899. Bill slate-colour,

darkening towards the tip; feet almost black; iris hazel.

55. CHLOROPETA ICTERINA.

Chloropeta icterina, Sundeyv.: Sharpe, Cat. B. iv. p. 273 (1879) ;

Shelley, B. Africa, i. p. 96 (1896).

No. 40. Camp 20, western slope of Mount Kenya, 10,000 feet,

Aug. 23,1899. Bill dark brown ; feet slate-colour ; iris hazel.

We noticed several of these birds at this camp, but owing

to the dense undergrowth which they frequent could obtain no

more specimens during our short stay.

1900.] ON THE EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 609

[I have identified the single specimen with Sundevall’s

Chloropeta icterina, a species about which very little is known,

It differs from C. natalensis in its more slender bill and greener

plumage, in which the head is like the back. It is much smaller

than C. masaica, and has not the dusky-brown head of the latter.

—R. B.8.]

56. TERPSIPHONE CRISTATA.

Ter psiphone cristata (Gm.): Sharpe, Ibis, 1892, p.304; Shelley,

B. Africa, i. p. 99 (1896).

No. 8. g ad. Nairobi, July 12, 1899. Bill and eyelids cobalt-

blue ; feet leaden blue.

Somewhat common, and found frequenting the forest shambas

near Nairobi.

4, A Revision of the Earthworms of the Genus Amyntas

(Pericheta). By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., &c.

[Received May 9, 1900.]

There can be no doubt that this “‘ difficult and extensive genus ”

urgently requires revision. There has been no comprehensive

essay upon the whole series of species comprised in the genus

(which I will attempt to define presently) save in my ‘ Monograph

of the Oligocheta.’ Since the appearance of that work a very

large number of new species have been described, or at least a large

number of new names given to members of this genus. In view of

recent investigations, the 79 species described in my Monograph

should probably be reduced to not more than 56. Some 50 new

species may now be added.

T have lately gone through my very large collection of Perichata—

or Amyntas as it should unfortunately be called’; and in doing so

have noted a number of small facts of systematic, rather than of

anatomical,interest which are new. As these concern a considerable

number of species and refer to several hundreds of individuals, I

was compelled to make for my own use a list of the species of the

genus as I defined them. It has appeared to me that the best

way of recording these new facts would be in the shape of a

revision of the entire genus : this will doubtless be criticised ; but I

believe that it will at least serve as a means of determining a

supposed new form more easily than can be done at present with

the scattered literature.

1 Michaelsen (“Terricolen von verschiedenen Gebieten der Erde,” Jahrb. Hamb.

wiss. Anst, xvi.) has pointed out that the name Pericheta, having been used for

a genus of Diptera, must be dropped, and that the name Amyntas, formerly

dropped on account of its being merely a synonym of Pericheta, must be

reinstated. Dr. Horst (Zool, Anz. 1900) traverses this conclusion, and would

retain Pericheta for the worm, since it is not a valid dipteran genus.

It seems 10 me impossible to avoid the conclusion that a name once used

cannot be used again for another genus,

610 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

The large number of reputed species of this genus is due to two

principal causes. In the first place, it has been tacitly assumed that a

Pericheta coming from the New World would be certainly different

from an Eastern form. We now know that this is not the case,

and that in all probability there are no indigenous species outside

of the Malayan Archipelago and the adjacent parts of the Asiatic

mainland. In the second place, sufficient attention has not been

paid in the past to the great variability which is found among the

species of this genus. I direct particular attention as regards

this matter to the large series of variations seen in such a protean

species as Amyntas hawayanus or A. stelleri. Gradated specimens

connect the extreme forms which, when described singly, have been

referred to different species, a quite necessary conclusion in view

of the facts then known.

I have naturally, therefore, found great difficulty in deciding

upon the value of specific characters in the following survey of

the species of the genus. There are some characters which seem

to be of first class importance and to be not subject to variation.

Those characters are:—(1) The sete on the clitellum, when these are

present on every segment and form continuous rows. Otherwise,

in those cases, such as A. hawayanus, where the sete are at best

but few, they vary in number and in the segments upon which they

occur. In such forms as A. violaceus, A. taprobane, there is no

variation. (2) The presence or absence of a rounded muscular

sac, often containing a protrusible penis, into which the duct of the

spermiducal gland opens. This is either present or absent in a

given species, definitely present or absent. (3) The ceca again

' seem to be always either present (in the majority of cases) or

absent, with the apparent exception (?) of A. merabahensis.

(4) The spermathece again are, with not many exceptions,

constant in number of pairs and position of segments. In one or

two instances (A. dyeri) their very dorsal position seems to be a

valid specific difference. (5) The close approximation of the male

pores in a few species (e.g., A. wis, A. halinahere) is a good

character. Buta slight difference in the remoteness of the two

pores must be used with the greatest care, if at all. I have not

made use of it here, as I am not convinced that it is possible to

eliminate from such slight differences the effects of differing degree

of contraction. (6) The position of the last “heart”; this is

always in segment xii. (4. taprobane) or in xiil. (the vast majority

of species). The only species which varies at all is A. stellert.

(7) The presence or absence of septa in the segments occupied by

the gizzard. As a rule those septa (vill./ix., ix./x.) appear to be

absent. But in some species, one or both are present and even

quite thick. In other cases, there is one very thin septum or not

more than traces. The character must therefore be used with

great care: its use is marred by the fact that there are not

always exact observations upon the point on record. (8) Rarely,

e.g. A. neoguinensis, the testes, funnels, and sperm-sacs are present

to the number of one pair only. This seems to be a non-variable

characteristic of those species in which it is met with. (9) The

1900.] HBARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 611

presence of additional sperm-sacs in segment xiii., and even in x.,

seems to be distinctive of a few species; but here it is not certain

that variations do not occur.

There are next to be considered a number of characters which

will probably be of use when they are better known. At present

they have to be used with great caution, and cannot be much

respected unless they are based upon the examination of a large

number of individuals.

(1) The Genital Papille.—It does seem that there are species

(e. g. A. padasensis) in which these structures are entirely absent.

But they appear likewise to be occasionally absent from specimens

of species which normally possess them. In a few forms they are

very constant in number and arrangement. In A. posthumus, for

example, there are two pairs always (except in obvious asymmetrical

monsters) in the same place. But elsewhere they vary enormously.

To give one instance: I have examined many specimens of the

common A, heterochwtus, and only once have I found a pair of small

papillz in front of and behind the spermathecal pores, a common

enough position for such papille in other species.

(2) The relations of the Spermatheca to its Muscular Duct.—

Sometimes, as in A. forbesi and A. impudens, it is easy enough to

distinguish the relatively large thick duct from a duct which is

practically absent, the pouch being almost sessile. But other

cases come so near to each other, and the amount of contraction

may be so different, that the character is not always of practical

value. The same is the case with the diverticulum. The long

spirally-wound accessory pouch of A. musicus cannot be confounded

with the rudimentary knob of A. iris; but the middle examples

of the series cannot be so easily defined, and in most cases cannot

be distinguished at all. The occasional existence of accessory

diverticula upon the main diverticulum does not appear to be

constant. Rarely (A. ime) there is no diverticulum; but it

would be more satisfactory to be assured on the results of section-

cutting that the absence is real and not merely apparent.

(8) The length, thickness, and degree of curvature of the

muscular duct of the glandular appendage of the sperm-duct is

apparently a character of value; but, again, it has to be used with

caution, chiefly because the descriptions extant are not always clear

upon the point. Also the shape of the gland itself. This, how-

ever, does appear to vary considerably in degree of lobation and

in size in the same species.

(4) A fourth character which must be used with caution is

the extent of the clitellum. Not indeed those cases where it

extends beyond the normal segments, but its actual line of com-

mencement and ending upon the xivth and xvith segments. It

certainly varies a little in the same species.

(5) It is quite possible, when more is known about the facts,

that the point at which the sperm-duct becomes confluent with

the duct of its terminal gland will prove to be a character of

importance.

(6) An ornamentation of the sets has been observed in A, hetero-

612 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

chetus and in a few other species. Here, again, there are not data

to enable the character to be made very wide use of.

In the following pages I have made use of some or all of the

characters formulated in the two lists just given. I have also

directed attention to size, because it is inconvenient to describe a

species without giving some notion of itsdimensions. Asa matter

of fact, size seems to be of practically no importance in the dis-

crimination of species. Neither has colour any practical importance.

For, in the first place, the colours of earthworms do not as arule

show easily describable variations from species to species ; in the

second place, there is no doubt that actual variations do eccur from

individual to individual; and, finally, the bulk of the existing

species are known from spirit-preserved specimens, from which in

many cases all, and in others some, of the colour-markings have

been lost.

Nor does it seem to be very profitable to dwell strongly upon

the number of sete in each segment; at any rate the value of this

character has been distinctly exaggerated. The form and extent

of the buccal lobe shows only such slight differences from species

to species, if any at all, that I have ignored it.

In the following survey of the species I have arranged them in

a number of groups for purposes of easier reference. It should

be noted that in all the descriptions—unless any remark be made—

the following characters are to be added :—Clitellum occupying

segments xiy.-xvi. Male pores on xvii. Oviducal pore on xiv.

Dorsal pores commencing about xi./xii. Gizzard in vill. Ceca

present in xxvi. Last heart in xi. Testes in x., xi. Ovaries in

xiii, Sperm-sacs in X1., xii.

Genus AMYNTAS, Kinberg.

Syn. Rhodope, Nitocris, Pheretima, Kinberg. Pericheta,Schmarda.

Megascolex, Baird.

Large (4 feet) to small (1 inch) earthworms. Segments of

body comparatively few, often corresponding with length in

millimetres. Prostomium never continued by grooves to end of

the first segment of the body. Setz (sometimes ornamented with

faint ridges) forming a continuous circle, occasionally interrupted

in the ventral and dorsal mid-line, or in either the dorsal or

ventral mid-line. Sete vary in number from about 20 to

over 100 on a segment; sometimes stronger on the anterior

segments, and at times two or three longer on each side of ventral

median line. The sete are sometimes more crowded ventrally

or laterally than dorsally. Clitellum as a rule occupying segments

xiv.—xvi., often beginning in the middle of the first and ending at

the middle of the last of these segments ; rarely extending beyond

the xvith. Clitellum developed all round the body, with or without

sete. Only in A. houlleti are the clitellar sete different from those

on other segments. Dorsal pores as a rule not commencing before

segments xi./xil., always present. Male pores on xviii. Oviduca

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 613

pore (rarely paired) on xiv. Male pores alwavs separated by some

sete, their degree of approximation varying. Genital papiile

commonly, but not always, present; they are developed in the

neighbourhoed of the male pores or spermathecal pores, or both.

There are apparently two kinds, which may coexist: sucker-like

depressions and projecting or flattened areas of modified epidermis.

Septa viii.ix. and ix./x. usually, but not always, missing. Guzzard

always in segment villi. No calciferous glands. Intestine com-

mences invariably (?) in xv. Intestine nearly always provided

with a pair of forwardly-directed ceca of limited (up to five

segments) extent. Ceca occasionally divided into not more than

6 ceca. Typhlosolesmall. The last heart either in xiii., or, much

more rarely, in xii. Nephridia “ micronephridia” only. Sperm-

sacs usually in xi., xii., sometimes extending to x. & xiii. Sperm-

reservoirs always present, enveloping sperm-duct funnels in x.,

xi. Egg-sacs commonly present in xiii. or xiil., xiv. Sperma-

thecze one to six pairs in some, or all, of segments iv.-1x. ; occa-

‘sionally numerous (2-14) in one, or two, segments. Spermathecz

always provided with a diverticulum (in which alone the sperm

is stored), to which are rarely appended secondary diverticula.

‘Sperm-ducts open in common with a lobate spermiducal gland

which varies in size and is rarely absent. The muscular duct of

this gland opens directly on to the exterior or through a terminal

dilated sac, which may be provided with an exsertile penis. Penial

sete are not present. Glands correspond in many cases to the

genital papille.

Distribution. Oriental Region, especially Malay Archipelago,

but found also (introduced?) in Australia, Africa, America,

Europe.

(1) Sete on all segments of clitellum; gizzard-septa absent ;

spermiducal gland-duct with terminal bulbus.

A. Spermathecx 3 pairs in vil.—ix.

1. Amyntas houlleti Perrier.

Pericheta houlleti, Perrier, Nouv. Arch. Mus. viii. p. 99.

P. houlleti, Beddard, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) xvii. p. 93; id. P. Z. 8.

1887, p. 389; id. Zool. Anz. 1888, p. 91; id. P. Z. S. 1890, p. 61;

id. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxx. p. 459.

P. houlleti, Rosa, Ann. R. Accad. Torino, xxix. p. 16; id. Ann.

Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xvi. p. 515.

P. houlleti, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xxi. p. 234; id.

Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 12 & p. 92; id. Zool. Jahrb.,

Abth. f. Syst. xii. p. 189.

P, houlleti, Bourne, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lviii. p. 110.

P. houlleti, Horst in Weber’s Zool. Ergebn. ii. p. 64.

Megascolex houllei, Vaillant, Annelés, 1889, p. 75.

Pericheta campanulata, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ, Genova, (2) x.

‘p. 115. é

614 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

Pericheta udekemi, Michaelsen, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892, p. 240.

Pericheta gulielmi, id. Abh. Gebiete Naturw. xiii. No. 2, p. 32.

200 mm. Sete 52; those of clitellum shorter and bifid at end.

Spermathece with longish, often zigzag diverticulum: with it

open one or more glands.

Hab. Sumatra, and the East generally; Bahamas ; Madagascar’.

The last three synonyms are not absolutely certain. The shape

and occurrence of the clitellar sete is not noted by Michaelsen.

At any rate this is the case with his original descriptions. But as

he himself includes them as synonyms of A. houlleti in a recent

paper, it is to be presumed that that point has been verified.

The chief distinction between this species and the next is the

peculiar form of the clitellar setw, which were originally figured

by myself.

2. Amyntas travancorensis Fedarb.

Pericheta travancorensis, Fedarb, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist.

Soe. xi. p. 435.

Pericheta crescentica, id. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 447.

80 mm., 101 segments. Sete upon clitellum not modified.

10--12 setze between male pores. Stalked glands associated with

spermathece, which latter have a zigzag diverticulum. Spermi-

ducal glands much broken up in xvi.—xx.

Hab. Dehra Dun and Travancore, in India; Sumatra (?).

I think that there can be no doubt as to the identity of these two

forms, which are among the few species of true Amyntas living in

the Indian Peninsula. It may be that Horst’s “ Pericheta dubia”?

is this species. He describes it as generally like houlleti, but

without any clitellar sete. In this case, the name will have to be

altered.

(2) Sete totally absent from clitellum ; gizzard-septa usually

absent ; terminal bulbus present.

A. Spermathece 5 pairs in v.—ix.

3. Amyntas pentacystis Rosa.

Pericheta pentacystis, Rosa, Ann. k.-k. Hofmus. Wien, vi. p. 400.

Amyntas pentacystis, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

p. 95.

135-110 mm., 112-82 segments. Papille on segments yiii.,

XVii., Xvili. paired. Setzw# 100 on viii. Both gizzard-septa present.

Ceca absent. Spermiducal glands extend through three segments,

with short bent duct. Spermathece flattened ‘“ tomato-shaped,”

} Here as elsewhere I give a list of localities from which the several species

have been obtained. I believe, however (with Michaelsen), that the occurrence

of the genus outside of the Oriental Region and Japan is accidental and due to

man,

* Zool. Ergebn. Max Weber, Bd. xi. p. 69; and Vermes in ‘Midden-

Sumatra,’ p. 7.

1900.} EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 615

with not long diverticulum ; dorsal in position. Sperm-sacs with

long dorsal process.’

Hab. Mahe Island; Madagascar.

B. Spermathece 4 pairs in vi.—ix.

4, Amyntas cingulatus Vaillant.

Pericheta cingulata, Vaillant, Ann. Sci. Nat. (5) x. p. 228 (in

part), and Mém, Soc. Montpellier, vii. p. 146 (in part).

P. darnleiensis, Fletcher, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2) i.

p. 966.

P. vaillanti, Beddard, P. Z.S. 1890, p. 66.

P. martensi, Michaelsen, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892, p. 242; id. Abh.

Senck. nat. Ges. xxiii. p. 240, and Oligocheta in Semon’s Forsch.

Reise, v. Lief. i. p. 99.

P. indica, Horst, Vermes in ‘ Midden-Sumatra,’ p. 4.

P. eoa, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xvi. p. 528 &

. 609.

P P. martensi, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. xv. p. 324.

P. madeline, Benham, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxvi. p. 219.

Amyntas padasensis, var. lokonensis, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb.

wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 78.

Pericheta belli, Rosa, Ann. Nat. Hist. (7) u. p. 286.

Megascolex cingulatus,Vaillant, Annelés, 1889, p. 72? (in part).

45-180 mm., 70-125 segments. Sete up to 66 in a segment,

10-16 between male pores. Sperm-sacs often with dorsal

processes. Spermiducal glands xvi.—xviii., with straight or

S-shaped duct. Diverticula of spermathece not long, often with

one or more secondary diverticula. Septum viil./ix. occasionally

present, but thin.

Hab. Java, Sumatra, Celebes, Mentawei, Philippines, Torres

Straits.

It seems to me to be impossible to separate specifically these

forms. I point out later that Pericheta mdica of Horst (as figured

in his account of the worms in ‘ Midden-Sumatra’) cannot be

Pericheta indica of subsequent authors, since it has a large

terminal sac to the duct of the spermiducal gland. As far as can

be judged, it is, as Horst supposed, the same species as Vaillant’s

Pericheta cingulata figured in his plate. From these I cannot

differentiate my Pericheta vaillanti in the light of fuller knowledge.

The characters of the latter offer no differences from P. madeline,

with which Michaelsen, as I think, rightly unites his “ Amyntas

padasensis, var.” As to martensi and e¢oa, they are doubtless

identical with each other. The accessory diverticulum reminds us

‘ It is often the case that the dorsal ends of the sperm-sacs have a narrow

knob-like projection. It seems to me to be merely a part of the sperm-sac

which has not become fully expanded with semen. In the meantime, however,

I mention the character where it has been noted.

* Pericheta cingulata of Schmarda is of course a Megascolex, as now defined,

616 MR, F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

of that of Fletcher’s P. darnleiensis. The peculiar investment of

nephridial tubules to the spermatheca of martensi has not been

described in the other foims with which I believe it to be identical :

it remains the only difference, and that not perfectly certain.

P. belli is difficult to separate. The diverticula of the spermathece

seem to be longer. Only one specimen, however, was examined,

Michaelsen has described a var. javana.

5. Amyntas quadripapillatus Mich.

Amyntas quadripapillatus, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss.

Anst. xvi. p. 93.

125 mm., €9 segments. Sete with slight dorsal gaps, closer

ventrally, 40 on v., 52 on xxvi. Large papille on xvil., xix. on

line with male pores. Spermiducal glands xvii—xix.; terminal

sac small. Diverticulum half the length of spermatheca,

Hab, Sumatra.

The arrangement of the genital papille in this species strongly

recalls that of A. posthumus. There can beno danger of confusing

the two species.

C. Spermathece 3 pairs in vii.—ix.

6. Amyntas impudens Mich.

Amyntas impudens, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

p. 84.

120 mm. (about). Sete with slight dorsal gaps, closer ventrally ;

39 on vi., 58 on xxv.; those on anterior segments enlarged.

Paired papille on spermathecal segments. Terminal sac of

spermiducal gland with extensive penis. Diverticulum of sperma-

theca longer than sessile pouch, slightly spiral, ending distally

after narrow neck in a rounded seminal chamber.

Hab. 3.E. Borneo.

Only a single specimen was studied. This appears to differ

from the next species chiefly in the spermatheca which are sessile,

and in the presence of papille.

7. Amyntas philippinus Rosa.

Pericheta philippina, Rosa, Ann.k.-k. Hofmus. Wien, vi. p. 397.

Amyntas bindjeyensis, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst.

xvi. p. 94.

240 mm., 125 segments. Sete 44 on vili., 70 on xii. Sperm-

sacs with narrow dorsal prolongations. Spermiducal glands not

large, kidney-shaped, with short straight duct.

Hab. Island of Cebu, Sumatra.

I do not see any noteworthy differences in the descriptions of

the two forms here united. I follow Rosa’s description.

Michaelsen figures the spermathecal appendix as coiled and

probably longer than pouch.

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 617

D. Spermathece 2 pairs in vii, viii.

8. Amyntas ferdinandi Mich.

Pericheta ferdinandi, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst.

Vill. p. 336.

190 mm., 116 segments. Sete 55 in middle of body. Male

pores somewhat approximated, one-sixth of circumference apart.

Spermiducal gland in xvii.—xix., duct bent. Spermathece with

two shortish diverticula.

Hab. Sangir.

This species seems to differ from its allies by the position of the

spermathece. The presence of an additional diverticulum suggests

a gland such as that of A. houlleti. Only two examples were

examined.

9. Amyntas purus Rosa.

Pericheta pura, Rosa, Ann. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p. 285.

250 mm., 92 segments. Sete 54 on v., 96 on xxv., 14 between

male pores. Sperm-sacs with dorsal appendages. Spermiducal

glands enclosed in xvili., with short duct. Spermathece with long

diverticulum, the duct of which is thicker at its lower half, as in

A, stelleri.

Hab. Lombok.

Of this species but one specimen is known.

KE. Spermathece 3 pairs in vi.—-viil.

10. Amyntas merabahensis Beddard & Fedarb.

Pericheta merabahensis, Beddard & Fedarb, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6)

Ryle Paha

200 mm., 146 segments. Male pores rather close. Ceca small.

Sperm-sacs x.—xii. Spermathecz with long diverticulum closely

coiled, ending in a globular sac. Spermiducal glands xix.—xxii.

Hab. N. Borneo.

This species has diverticula like those of A. peguanus. The

duct is much contorted, but cannot be dissected out.. It has the

appearance of being contained within a sheath. The spermiducal

glands are unusual in the fact that they lie entirely behind their

duct and of course the terminal bursa. They are much broken up

into lobules.

F. Spermathece 2 pairs in viil., ix.

11. Amyntas capensis Horst.

Megascolew capensis, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. v. p. 195.

Pericheta capensis, Horst, in Max Weber’s Zool. Hrgebn. ii.

p- 62; id. Notes Leyd. Mus. xv. p. 322.

Perichata capensis, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xxiii.

p- 229; and Oligocheeta in Semon’s Forsch. Reise, v. Lief. i. p. 99.

618 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

Amyntas capensis, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

. 92.

4 Pericheta capensis, Ude, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. lvii. p. 61.

? P. operculata, Rosa, Ann. k.-k. Hofmus. Wien, vi. p. 398.

P. tenkatet, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. xv. p. 321.

P. tjibode, id. ibid. p. 326.

P. inflata, id. ibid. p. 327.

P. falcata, id. ibid. p. 316.

P. variabilis, id. ibid. p. 319.

P. sexta, Benbam, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 44.

Megascolex sumatranus, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. v. p. 189.

Pericheta sumatrana, Horst, Vermes in ‘ Midden-Sumatra,

p- 5 ; and Zool. Ergebn. ii. p. 69.

P. sumatrana, Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 155.

P. capensis, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. (2) xix. p. 65.

130 mm., 110 segments. Sete 40 on viii., 60 on xxv.; 12 sete

between male pores. Dorsal pores from vi. Spermiducal glands

xv.-xxivy., much broken up. Diverticulum of spermathece very

long and often coiled like a sheep’s horns.

Hab. Java, Engano, Soemba, Sumatra, Timor Cupang, Hong-

Kong, Cape of Good Hope, Barbados.

The above list of synonyms is largely in accordance with

Dr. Michaelsen’s views. I do not, however, follow him in

including Benham’s Pericheta willeyi, since that species has no

terminal sac to the duct of the spermiducal gland. I am also of

opinion that Rosa’s species P. fasciata is not rightly included, as

the describer says nothing about a sac. In any case, it cannot be

doubted that the worms here included in one species are at least

exceedingly near to each other in structure. The peculiar ram’s-

horn appearance of the long diverticulum of the spermathece is

not apparent in all the individuals, to judge from the published

illustrations. But that is very possibly a matter of contraction.

It should be observed that it is not clear from Rosa’s description

that his operculata has a terminal muscular sac. Nor does Ude

mention this structure in identifying operculata with capensis.

Rosa, indeed, says the duct of the spermiducal gland “ fiihrt direct

nach aussen.” But the sac looks as if it had been extruded in his

specimen.

’

12. Amyntas caducichetus Benham.

Pericheta caducicheta, Benham, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 47.

133 mm., 105 segments. Sete 20 on iv., 38 on xxiii., totally

absent onx. Spermiducal gland small in xvii.-xix. Diverticulum

of spermathece long.

Hab. Java.

Were it not for the fact that the sete are absent in this. species

from segment x., it would be impossible to avoid placing it with

that which has just been described.

1900.) BARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 619

13. Amyntas schmardz Horst.

Megascolex schmarde, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. v. p. 194.

Pericheta schmarde, Michaelsen, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892, p. 235 ;

id. Zool. Jahrb. xii. p. 224.

P. trityphla, Beddard, P. Z.8. 1896, p. 205.

P. vesiculata, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Jap. iii. p. 21. .

80 mm.,93 segments. Anterior sete slightly larger ; 38 on vi.,

49 on xvii. No papille. Ceca trifid or even with five divisions.

Sperm-sacs with dorsal constricted portion. Spermiducal glands

XVil.—xxi., much incised. Diverticulum of spermathece long and

coiled.

Hab. Japan, Barbados, Honolulu, Oahu, China.

I think that Michaelsen is fully justified in uniting the species

referred in the above synonymy; though it must be remembered

that the trifid or multifid cecum of my trityphla was not described

by Horst in the type of his schmarde. If it were not for this

feature, the species could hardly be separated from A. capensis.

P. vesiculata of Goto and Hatai seems to me to be probably this

species. ‘The complex ceca agree with this identification, as do

other points. The only difference in the descriptions of the two

Japanese authors is in the position of the spermathece, which are

said to be vil., viii. To a Chinese variety with rather fewer sete

per segment, closer packed ventrals, Michaelsen gives the name

var. macrocheta.

G. Spermathece 1 pair in vi.

14. Amyntas urceolatus Horst.

Pericheta urceoiata, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. xv. p. 322; Rosa,

Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xix. p. 65.

110 mm. Sete 30-40. 12 sete on v. between male pores.

Sperm-sacs with dorsal median process. Spermathecz (occasion-

ally a second pair in vil. present) with not coiled, not very long,

diverticulum.

Hab. Sumatra, Timor Cupang.

H. Spermathece 1 pair in viii.

15. Amyntas montanus Kinberg.

Pheretima montana, Kinberg, Gifv. K. Svensk. Ak. Forh. 1866,

p. 101. me

Amyntas montanus, Michaelsen, ibid. 1899, p. 437.

Pericheta taitensis, Grube, in Reise der Fregatte Novara,

Annel. i. p. 36 (in part).

Pericheta novare, Rosa, Ann. k.-k. Hofmus. Wien, vi. p. 396.

Amyntas novare, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

peti:

Pericheta pulchra, Michaelsen, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892, p. 233.

620 MR. fF, E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

Amyntas pulcher, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 16.

Pericheta sangirensis, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. viii.

p. 334; id. ibid. xvi. p. 76.

P. vitiensis, Beddard, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) ix. p. 181.

P. crassicystis, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xxii. p. 204.

P. malamaniensis, Benham, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxvi.

. 2138.

. P. arturi, id. ibid. p. 205; Beddard, Willey’s Zool. Res.

. 184.

. P. atheca, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xvi. p. 520.

P, zonoporus, Rosa, Ann. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p. 288.

? Pericheta sangirensis, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. xv. p. 317; and

Zool. Ergebn. p. 68.

Megascolex montanus, Vaillant, Annelés, 1889, p. 69.

90-150 mm., 110-113 segments. Sete larger on anterior

segments, with slight dorsal gap. 30 on v., 60 on xxvi. Sperm-

sacs often with dorsal process. Septum viili./ix. often present.

Spermiducal glands usually divided completely into two halves.

Duct much bent, terminal sac with a penis. Spermathecal diver-

ticulum nearly as long as or as long as pouch.

Hab. Celebes, Sumatra, Sangir, Halmahera, Ternate, Malaman,

New Britain, Viti, Upolu, Tahiti.

I cannot see how the forms in the above list can be separated.

They have, for the most part, a rich violet colour, often showing

bandings. Asa rule the worms are fairly stout, and the measure-

ments and the number of set agree, except in minuti, in the

various descriptions. It may be that it will be necessary to

distinguish those forms in which the spermiducal gland is not

divided into two from the others. It is not clear, for example,

whether this is or is not the case with zonoporus. The alleged

greater complexity of the penial apparatus in some individuals

from others seems to me to be not quite certain from the data.

I have been able to dissect (through the kindness of Dr. Michaelsen)

two individuals labelled by him Pericheta sangirensis, They differ

from such examples of arturi (very badly preserved) as I have

seen by the fact that the terminal muscular bursa, appended to the

spermiducal gland, is relatively small and rounded, and without a

projecting penial sac. However, this sac was distinctly less obvious

in some specimens. And there is a further reduction of it, as

shown by Benham’s figure of the corresponding parts of malamani-

ensis. Pericheta novare as described by Michaelsen seems to

have a larger and rather more complex terminal bursa, like those

of arturit and malamaniensis, and not like the smaller bursa of

my vitiensis, which is more after the fashion of sangirensis.

If a line of division is to be made at all, I should unite arturi,

malamaniensis, and novare, leaving the others to form a second

group.

1900. ] EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 621

16. Amyntas densipapillatus Mich.

Pericheta densipapillata, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges.

xxiii. p. 227.

75 mm., 113 segments. Sete 48 on ix.,57 on xix. Numerous

papill~ in neighbourhood of both male pores and spermathecal

pores. Sperm-sacs one pair in xi. ; testes and funnels also one pair

(in x.). Spermiducal glands small, in two segments. Spermathece

very peculiar, pear-shaped, and of a muscular appearauce, with, in

that of the left side, a small sac distally.

Hab. Batjan.

This species is one of the few in which the sexual organs are

reduced to one pair. The spermathece are highly peculiar, and

Dr. Michaelsen is inclined to suppose that the main pouch is

represented by the small sac, and that the storage of the sperm is

undertaken by the muscular duct, the diverticulum being absent.

They obviously require further study. Only a single example is

known, and therefore it is unnecessary to give an accurate account

of those highly variable bodies, the genital papillee, of which, in the

single individual, there were 14 pairs and two unpaired.

I. Spermathece 1 pair in ix.

17. Amyntas racemosus Rosa.

Pericheta racemosa, Rosa, Ann. k.-k. Hofm. Wien, vi. p. 399.

110 mm., 100 segments. Setz closer ventrally, 46 on segment

ix. Spermiducal glands small. Spermathece with short diver-

ticulum, which is divided distally into three to five chambers.

Hab. Borneo, Java.

Tam not quite certain from Rosa’s description where to place

this species. He observes that the clitellum extends from the

seta-rows of segments xiv. to xvi. But whether this means that

the sete are present upon those segments or not, is not quite

clear. In any case, it does not seem that this species can be

confused with any other.

(3) Sete totally absent from clitellum ; gqizzard-septa usually absent ;

no bulbus at end of spermiducal gland-duct.

A. Spermathece 6 pairs in iv.—ix.

18. Amyntas hexatheca Benham.

Pericheta hewatheca, Benham, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 440.

138 mm., 74 segments, stout in form. Sete 70 on vi., more

than 100 behind clitellum. Papille on xvii. (2), xix. (3), xx. (3).

Spermiducal gland small, with compact structure. First four

spermathece very small.

Hab. Celebes.

Only one example of this species has been studied.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1900, No. XLI. 41

622 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

B. Spermathece 5 pairs in v.-ix.

19. Amyntas megascolidioides Goto & Hatai.

Pericheta megascolidioides, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Japon. iit.

p. 21.

240 mm., 118 segments. Sete 48, 13 between male pores.

Male pores on xix. Papille paired on xvii., xviii. xx. Spermi-

ducal glands large. Diverticulum of spermathece long.

Hab. Japan.

This species is absolutely unique in the genus, by reason of the

fact that the male pores open on to the xixth segment. It may

be, of course, that in those species, such as A. hilgendorfi, in which

the position has not been ascertained, owing to the entire absence

of a terminal apparatus, it may also open on to that segment.

C. Spermathece 4 pairs in vi.—ix.

20. Amyntas heterochetus Mich.

Pericheta heterocheta, Michaelsen, Abh. naturwiss. Ver. Hamb.

xi. Heft 11. No. 2, p. 6.

Pericheta indica, auctorum *.

Non Pericheta indica, Horst, Vermes in ‘ Midden-Sumatra,’ p. 4.

Pericheta perkinsi, Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 198.

Pericheta modigliani, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) vil.

. 134.

i Pericheta nipponica, Beddard, Zool. Jahrb. vi. p. 760.

Pericheta mirabilis, Bourne, P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 668.

Amyntas heterocheta, Beddard in ‘ Fauna Hawaiiensis,’ 1900,

p. 416.

60-190 mm., 110 &. segments. Anterior set larger, 31 on v.,

46 on xvi.; they are ornamented. Papille paired on vii—ix., also

often two or three quite close to male pore. Spermiducal gland

often absent altogether.

Hab. Everywhere, including Europe.

I have already pointed out* that Pericheta indica figured by

Horst cannot be the same species as that to which the name of

P. indica bas been also given by myself and others, since in the

former there is a large end-sac, through which the duct of the

spermiducal gland opens on to the exterior; and I agree with

Michaelsen in this identification. P. perkinsi is at most a variety of

the type examples. Pheretima californica (see p. 627) of Kinberg

is partly identical. Perichvia modigliani of Rosa must also be

included, since it appears to have the same papille near to the

male pores. P. nipponica has numerous or few secondary diver-

ticula to the spermathecal appendix, apparently resembling

P. darnleiensis in this. As I only have one specimen of the

former, I (in the meantime at least) follow Michaelsen in in-

cluding it among the synonyms of A. heterochetus.

It is not always possible to know what is meant by “ Pericheta indica.”

* Earthworms from Hawaii, in ‘ Fauna Hawaiiensis,’ Cambridge.

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 823

21. Amyntas enganensis Rosa.

Pericheta engunensis, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xii. p.546.

170 mm., 140 segments. Stoutish worm. Sete 80 on ix.

Spermiducal glands small. Apertures of spermathece close

together in middle line (2 mm. apart); diverticulum longer than

spermathece.

Hab, Engano.

Of this form, which is obviously near to A. heterochetus, but

different by reason of the close approximation of the spermathecal

orifices and of the male pores, Dr. Rosa has described a dark-

coloured variety, tetra.

22. Amyntas pictus Mich.

Megascolew pictus, Michaelsen, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892, p. 246.

Amyntas pictus, id. Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 83.

240 mm., 137 segments. Sete slightly larger anteriorly, 66 on

v., 79 on xxv. Clitellum xiii—xviii. Spermiducal glands hardly

extend beyond xviii. Diverticula of spermathece bifid.

Hab. Borneo.

This species was originally placed in the genus Megascolex

on account of the slight dorsal gaps in the seta-rows, and, I

presume, the form of the spermathecal appendix. The gizzard,

however, is like that of Amyntas in position. Another very note-

worthy feature in the species is the long clitellum. As only one

specimen of this worm has been seen, it is unnecessary to comment

at length upon its characteristics.

23. Amyntas dyeri Beddard.

Pericheta dyeri, Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 157.

Pericheta sinensis, id. ibid. p. 158.

Pericheta monilicystis, Michaelsen, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892, p. 251.

Pericheta dyeri, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xxi. p. 230.

Pericheta shiméensis, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Jap. iii. p. 15.

126 mm., 104 segments. Sete larger anteriorly, those sete

being ornamented ; 35 on v.,50 on xxl. One or two pairs of large

concave genital papille behind or also in front of male pores.

Spermathece opening very dorsally in position. Diverticulum

often moniliform.

Hab. Japan, China, West Africa, British Guiana, West Indies,

Madagascar, Europe.

There is no manner of doubt as to the inclusion of the three

species, sinensis, dyeri, and monilicystis, under one head. It was

mainly the colour that led me to differentiate the two which bear

my authorization. The moniliform diverticulum is not a specitic

character, but an occasional condition. The existence of one

pair of papille is commoner than two pairs. I found individuals

with only one pair, with two pairs, and some in which there was

an asymmetry, only one of the anterior pair being present. The

41*

624 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

position of the spermathecal orifices is unusual, but is paralleled in

A. trinitatis.

24. Amyntas vordermanni Horst.

Pericheta vordermanni, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. xii. p. 231.

315 mm., 175 segments. Setee 80-90 behind clitellum. Sucker-

like papillae paired on xvii, xvili.; besides these, prominent

papilla on same segments in line of setz, in front of that of xvii.

and behind that of xviii. on each side. Also papille on vVii., viil.

Spermiducal glands xvii.—xxii. Large gland corresponding to

papillz in this region of body. Spermathecz with diverticulum

half their length.

Hab. Billiton.

25. Amyntas padasensis Beddard & Fedarb.

Pericheta padasensis, Beddard & Fedarb, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6)

Xvi. p. 73.

N a Amyntas padasensis, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst.

Xvi. p. 74.

280 mm., 96 segments. Sete slightly larger anteriorly ;

occasionally more closely crowded ventrally, especially on xvii,

xviii. Male pores divided by 10 sete. Spermiducal glands with

thick straight duct. Diverticula of spermathece with accessory

sperm-chambers. Sperm-sacs in x.—xili., those of xi., xii. with a

small apical lobe, as in many other species.

Hab. Borneo.

In this species the diiference in size between individuals is great.

Two examples from Padas Valley were respectively 280 and

187 mm. Those from Merabah about 120 mm. or so. The

spermathece have a remarkably strong duct, nearly as wide, and

quite as long, as the pouch. The diverticula are not always pro-

vided with additional swellings; but they are often so. The

arrangement is like that: of the Japanese worm I called Pericheta

nipponica, Amyntas darnleiensis, and also A. martensi, where the

same occurrence and non-occurrence of the supplementary diver-

ticula is met with, I have seen five specimens of this species, the

two large ones from Padas and the smaller ones from Merabah.

26, Amyntas trinitatis Beddard.

Pericheta trinitatis, Beddard, P. Z.S. 1896, p. 206.

150 mm., 100 segments. Setze on vi—ix. larger, 45 on xvi.; 19

sete between male pores. Spermiducal glands in xvii.—xxi., with

horseshoe-shaped duct. Spermathece open near to dorsal middle

line, with diverticulum longer than pouch.

Hab, Trinidad.

This species appears to be distinct. It differs from A. hetero-

chetus mainly in dorsal position of spermathecal pores, in larger

number of setz between male pores, and in larger diverticulum of

spermathece. It has egg-sacs in Xxill., xiv.

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 625

27. Amyntas divergens Mich.

Pericheta divergens, Michaelsen, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892, p. 243.

Amyntas divergens, id. Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 8.

P. fuscata, P. heteropoda, P. obscura, P.’scholastica, P. micronaria,

P. grossa, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Jap. i. p. 66, &e.

120 mm., 120 segments. Sete of anterior segments stronger,

33 on v., 48 on xxy. Paired papille on vii.ix. near spermathecal

pores, to which correspond internally stalked glands; also on

xvu.-xx. Sperm-sacs with dorsal process. Spermiducal gland

totally absent.

Hab. Japan.

I take the above description entirely from Michaelsen. He is of

opinion that the species described by Messrs. Goto and Hatai enu-

merated above are to be looked upon as mere variations. ‘To these,

indeed, he adds some few others which I partly identify with other

known forms of Japanese Amyntas. This arrangement, however,

cannot but be regarded as quite preliminary. A renewed investi-

gation of the Japanese species is to be desired.

In the meantime it may be mentioned that in P. fuscata,

P. scholastica, P. grossa, and P. micronaria there is a spermiducal

gland. But this of course is no reason against the identification

of the various forms here grouped together as one species.

28. Amyntas izukai Goto & Hatai.

Pericheta izukai, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Jap. i. p. 14.

235 mm., 137 segments. Sete 40 on v., 60 posteriorly, longer

on anterior segments, Paired papille on xix.—xxiii. in line with

male pores. Czca absent. Spermiducal glands confined to xviii.

Spermathece with long duct and equally long appendix.

Hab. Japan.

The disposition of the genital papille in this species is like that

of A, forbesi and A. biserralis. But the four pairs of spermathece

distinguish the present species from either of those.

29. Amyntas bosschz Horst.

Pericheta bossche, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. xv. p. 324.

Pericheta bossche, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges, xxiii.

p- 238.

170 mm., 125 segments. Setz ornamented; 57 on v., 40 on

xxiv.; 8 sete between male pores. Sperm-sacsin x.—xil. Spermi-

ducal glands not large. Spermathecz with short diverticulum.

Hab. Borneo.

D. Spermathecz 3 pairs in vii.—ix.

30, Amyntas carinensis Rosa.

Pericheta carinensis, Rosa, Aun. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) x. p. 107.

200 mm., 150 segments. Setz closer ventrally, 60 on viii.

Papille one pair on xviii. between male pores. Sperm-sacs very

626 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

large, extending backwards to spermiducal gland. Spermiducal

glands in three segments. Spermathece very large, posterior pair

reaching the anterior sperm-sac, with slender diverticulum nearly

as long.

Hab. Mt. Carin (Burma).

31. Amyntas zlianus Rosa.

Pericheta eliana, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xii. p. 545.

100 mm., 120 segments. Sete 74 on xiii. Male pores closely

approximated, only 2mm. apart. Spermiducal glands with short

straight duct. Spermathece opening as close together as male

pores, with very long diverticulum wound into a mass larger than

pouch.

Hab. Engano.

32. Amyntas minahasse Mich.

Pericheta minahasse, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xxiii.

p. 235.

Amyntas minahasse, id. Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 51.

48-105 mm., 92-113 segments ; stoutly built worm. Setz with

dorsal gaps closer ventrally, 60 on x., 740n xxvi. Deep suckers in

front and behind each male pore on xvii./xviii., xviii./xix.; also small

papille on xvii. and xix., and less constantly on xvii. Sperm-sacs

in x.-xll. Duct of spermiducal gland short and straight. Diver-

ticulum of spermathece longer than, or as long as, pouch.

Hab. Celebes.

The fact that ripe individuals of this species sometimes only

reach a length of 48 mm. shows how careful it is necessary to be

in founding specific differences upon size.

33. Amyntas castaneus Mich.

Amyntas castaneus, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

p- 56.

50 mm., 95 segments. Sete with slight dorsal gaps, a little

closer ventrally, 40 on vi. and xxvi. In front of and behind male

ores a furrow. Papille paired on xvii—xx. near middle line, and

a fifth pair on xvii. still more ventral. Spermiducal gland in four

segments, with thick straight duct. Diverticulum of spermatheca

a little shorter than pouch.

Hab. Celebes.

34. Amyntas kalaenensis Mich.

Amyntas kalaenensis, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

p- 68.

50 mm., 93 segments. Setz with slight dorsal gaps, 44 on xii.,

49 on xxvi. A slit-like depression in front of and behind each

male pore. Spermiducal gland small, with short straight duct.

Diverticulum longer than spermatheea.

Hab. Celebes.

As this species is distinguished from the last by Michaelsen, who

1900.} EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 627

has described both, I separate them here. But the present form

is known only from one specimen, and may prove to be not

different from A. castaneus. It has, it will be observed, the slit-

like suckers by the male pores, found, however, in other forms, such

as A. nove-britannic.

30. Amyntas burchardi Mich.

Amyntas burchardi, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

p- 88.

270 mm., 126 segments. Sete ornamented, larger anteriorly

and also dorsally on all segments, with slight dorsal gaps: 34 on v.,

62onxxvi. 40 small papille between male pores. The sperm-sacs

have adorsalappendix. Spermiducal glands from xvii.—xxi., broken

up into minute lobules, almost granular. Diverticulum slightly

longer than spermatheca.

Hab. Sumatra.

The papille suggest those of A. papulosus, with which, however,

the present species (known by a single example only) is not to be

confounded.

36, Amyntas ocellatus Mich.

Amyntas ocellatus, Michaelsen, loc. cit. p. 89.

175 mm., 150 segments. Setz ornamented, larger on anterior

segments; 28 on vi., 49 onxxvi. Papille in two rows of 3-6 behind

and before seta-line of xviii.; two in front of each spermathecal

pore ; there are others varying in the same segments. Sperm-sacs

with appendices. Spermiducal gland in four segments. Diverti-

culum hardly so long as spermatheca.

Hab. Sumatra.

37. Amyntas tobaensis Mich.

Amynias tobaensis, Michaelsen, loc. cit. p. 91.

105 mm., 112 segments. Sete with slight dorsal gaps, closer

ventrally; 54 on y., 47 on xxvi. Three small papille by each male

pore, and two or three pairs close to orifices of spermathece.

Sperm-sacs with an appendix. Spermiducal glands in xvii.—xx.

Diverticulum coiled, half as long as spermatheca.

Hab. Sumatra.

38. Amyntas californicus Kinberg.

Pheretima californica, Kinberg, fv. K. Svensk. Ak. Forh. 1866,

p- 102 (in part.).

Amyntas californicus, Michaelsen, ibid. 1899, p. 438.

Megascolex californicus, Vaillant, Annelés, 1889, p. 70.

Pericheeta ringeana, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. vil.

. 60.

. Pericheta guarini, Rosa, Atti R. Accad. Torino, xxix. p. 13.

Amyntas ringeanus, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

p. 116 & p. 120.

50-125 mm., 45-110 segments. Sete larger ventrally and on

628 MR, F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

the anterior segments ; those of segment x. very small; 34 on v.,

60 on xxv. Sete ornamented. Spermathece with long duct.

Hab. Mexico, Madeira, Egypt, California.

. Thisspecies is placed among those with three pairs of spermatheca

on account of the fact that one specimen had three pairs of these

organs. But two pairs in viii. and ix. seems to be the more usual

condition. It is not an easily definable species and may not be

distinct. Its chief character (but this has not been looked for in

many other species) is a series of vesicular bodies attached to the

nephridia after segment xxx.

39. Amyntas udei Rosa.

Pericheta udei, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xvi. p. 521.

Amyntas udei, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 87.

66 mm., 90 segments. Sete closer ventrally : 40 on vii., 39 on

xxvi. 8 setee between male pores. Septum vii./ix. rudimentary.

Spermiducal glands limited to xviii., with short slightly curved

(S-shaped) duct. Diverticulum of spermatheca half the length of

pouch.

Hab. Sumatra.

40. Amyntas juloides Mich.

Amyntas juloides, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

p- 53.

145 mm., 119 segments. Sete with slight dorsal gaps, closer

ventrally ; 60 onvi.,860nxxy. Papillzone in front of and one behind

each male pore ; five median on xvill.; one on xvii., xix. Septum

viil./ix. thin. Sperm-sacs with a median process. Spermiducal

glands with slightly bent duct. Diverticulum of spermathecz less

than pouch.

Hab. Celebes.

41. Amyntas peguanus Rosa.

Pericheta peguana, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) x. p. 113.

Perichata pequana, id. Ann, Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p. 289.

' 170 mm., 120 segments. Sete 56 on viii. Papille on xvii./xviii.,

xvil./xix., paired in front of and behind male pores. Septum

vill./ix. present. Spermiducal glands in three segments, with curved

duct. Diverticula of spermathece long. but coiled into a tight coil,

which cannot be separated. Round sacs of muscular appearance

corresponding internally to papille.

Hab, Burma, Penang, Siam,

I do not agree with Rosaas to the absence of the septum viii./ix.

I found it to be distinctly present in individuals examined by

myself.

42. Amyntas flavescens Goto & Hatai.

Pericheta flavescens, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Japon. ii. p. 72.

Pericheta producta, iid. ibid. p. 73.

140 mm., 120 segments. Sete 30-50; 8 between male pores.

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS, 629

Papille paired on vii.-ix., and three or four surrounding male pore.

Spermiducal gland sometimes wanting. Spermathece either with-

out or with but minute diverticulum.

Hab. Japan.

This species, which Michaelsen merges with his A. divergens, has,

I think, claim to distinction on account of the three pairs of sper-

mathece in segments vii.—ix., with absent diverticula or with (in

the case of the variety flavescens) only minute diverticula to the pair

of spermathece in segment viii.

EK. Spermathece 2 pairs in viii., ix

43. Amyntas semifasciatus Mich.

Amyntas semifasciatus, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst.

Xvi. p. 49.

110 mm., 88 segments. Sete 45 on v.,62 on xxiv. Small papille,

one or two pairs on xvil.,xix. Both gizzard-septa present but thin.

Spermiducal glands in xvil., xvill., with bent duct. Diverticulum

of spermatheca very short.

Hab. Celebes.

Only a single specimen has been described.

44, Amyntas zruginosus Kinberg.

Amyntas wruginosus, Kinberg, Gifv. K. Svensk. Ak. Forh. 1886,

pelt:

: Amyntas eruginosus, Michaelsen, fv. K.Svensk. Ak. Forh. 1899,

p. 434; id. Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 4.

Megascolex eruginosus, Vaillant, Annelés, 1859, p. 82.

Pericheta musica, Michaelsen, Oligocheta in Semon’s Forsch.

Reise, v. Lief. i. p. 99.

Megascolez: musicus, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. v. p. 193.

Pericheta musica, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. xii. p. 236; id.

ibid. xv. p. 338; id. Zool. Ergebn. Max Weber, Bad. ii. p. 59.

Pericheta musica, Vordermann, Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. Indié,

ai. pe Udo divs pel

Pericheta fasciata, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genova, (2) xii. p. 543,

& xvi. p. 609.

Pericheta longa, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. xv. p. 325.

Pericheta musica, Ude, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. lxvii. p. 63.

Pericheta musica, Michaelsen, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892, p. 238.

Pericheta musica, Rosa, Atti R. Accad. Torino, xxix. p. 8.

Pericheta longa, Michaelsen, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892, p- 239.

Pericheta willeyi, Benham, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 41.

180-570 mm., 100-166 segments. Sete from 50-100. 17 sete

between male pores. Spermiducal glands in xviii. only; duct

short and straight. Diverticulum of spermatheca very long and

much coiled.

Hab. Java, Sumatra, Guam.

This, the largest of all species of Amyntas, and one of the largest

630 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

of earthworms, should obviously include the specific names given

above, which really only differ in size. Its characters, save those

of size, are by no means salient, and with difficulty can it be

separated from the next species. I also place here A. willeyt, which

cannot be, as is suggested by Michaelsen, a synonym of capensis

since the latter has a terminal bursa. I am rather inclined to

think that operculata (see p. 618) should come here.

45. Amyntas upoluensis Beddard.

Pericheta upoluensis, Beddard, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. xiv. p. 174,

and Willey’s Zoological Results, part i. p. 185.

Pericheta recta, Rosa, Aun. Nat. Hist. (7) xi. p. 284.

166 mm., 110 segments. Sete 46 on x., 54 0n xxv. 7 setz

between male pores. Papille one median on x., and a variable

number of also unpaired papille on xvii.—xxi. (xxii). Two or three

minute papille close toeach male pore. Spermiducal gland in xvi.-

Xviii.; duct short and straight. Diverticulum of spermathece very

long.

Hab. Upolu, Esatate.

46. Amyntas sluiteri Horst.

Pericheta sluiteri, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. xii. p. 234.

190 mm., 135 segments. Sete 60-75, more closely packed

ventrally. Sperm-sacs x.-xii. Spermiducal gland nearly divided

into two, of loose structure, its duct sinuous. Spermathece with

zigzag diverticulum as long as pouch.

Hab. Billiton.

“47. Amyntas halmahere Mich.

Pericheta halmahere, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xxiii.

p. 208.

Pericheta jampeana, Benham, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 430.

Amyntas jampeanus, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

Pericheta bonthainensis, Benham, loc. cit. p. 437.

Pericheta digitata, Benham, loe. cit. p. 432.

Pericheta purpurea, Benham, loc. cit. p. 445.

? Amyntas fissiger, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 67.

95-420 mm., 116-148 segments. Sete 70-130 on xxvi.; they

are ornamented. Male pores rather close together. Papille very

variable in neighbourhood of male pores and spermathecal pores.

Spermiducal gland not very large. Diverticulum longer than

pouch.

Hab. Celebes, Halmahera, Batjan.

Dr. Michaelsen has indicated the close likeness which all the

forms here brought together exhibit. He, however, would allow

three species, viz., A. halmahere, A. jampeanus, A. purpureus. The

reasons for uniting all must now be dealt with. A. halmahera

(with varieties gamsungi, batjanensis, cecilia, kauensis, galelensis,

1900. ] EARTHWORMS OF THE GHNUS AMYNTAS. 631

imparicystis) agrees with A. jampeanus, as described by Benham,

in size: the extremes are different, viz. 130 & 420 mm.; but the

following measurements unite these extremes to some extent :—170,

220 of halmahere, and 370, 280, 240, & 225 of jampeanus. The

genital papille differ enormously in the varieties of halmahere :

in one there are but a single pair on xvil., at the other extreme

we have something like twelve pairs in the neighbourhood of the

spermathecal orifices and eleven pairs posteriorly.

From this to A. jampeanus with no papille is not a wide jump ;

and it must be remembered that Benham described only three

examples of the species. In any case P. bonthainensis has rows of

three such papille on xvii., xix., xx. The number of sete is

certainly smaller in the typical halmahere from what is found in

the typical jampeanus, i.e. 80 on xxv. to 130 on the same segment.

But this discrepancy is reduced in significance by Dr. Michaelsen’s

description of a variety of jampeanus in which that seoment had

but 86. To this and to another variety the names of tigrina and

fumigata were given by Michaelsen. In all of these forms the

male pores are more closely approximated than is the rule in

Amyntus. A difference shown by digitata is the “ digitate”

condition of the ceca. But this is shown to nearly the same extent

in halmahere. In the former, again, the spermiducal glands are

small, and actually confined to the xviiith segment. We find, how-

ever, here again a series of stages: in specimens of bonthainensis

examined by Michaelsen those glands only occupied two segments ;

the rule for the species, as it appears, is for them to fill three

segments. It would seem at first sight more unreasonable to

include the small species A. purpureus. The species is as small

as 72 mm. in length, which contrasts with the 420 mm. of A. jam-

peanus. But the largest individual of purpurea described by Dr.

Benham measures 95 mm., which is after all not so great a

difference from the smallest of halmahere. I include it in the

present form in agreement with Dr. Michaelsen, who however did

not actually place the name as a synonym of the rest. The male

pores are close together as in the other varieties. The sete are

however fewer, not more than 70 upon the xxvth segment. That

the diverticulum of the spermatheca is straight and not coiled does

not appear to me to be at all a valid distinction.

48. Amyntas aspergillum Perrier.

Pericheta aspergillum, Perrier, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, viii,

p. 113:

Pericheta aspergillum, Rosa, Ann. k.-k, Hofm. Wien, vi. p. 403.

Amyntas aspergillum, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Aust. xvi.

p. 10.

Pericheta takatorii, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Japon. ii. p. 76.

Megascolex aspergillum, Vaillant, Annelés, 1889, p. 76.

180-375 mm., 150 segments. Sete 48 on v., 97 on xxvi. Sete

ornamented, ventral Jarger than dorsal on many segments. Male

pores surrounded by ten papillary pores; spermathecal apertures

632 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

by rather fewer. Duct of spermiducal gland bent. Diverticulum

of spermathece the length of pouch.

Hab, South China, Japan.

49, Amyntas sarasinorum Mich.

Amyntas sarasinorum, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst.

RWL pid L.

165 mm., 95 segments. Sete 45 on v., 560n xxvi. Male pores

rather close. Spermiducal gland limited to xviii. Diverticulum of

spermathece not long, with an accessory diverticulum.

Hab. Celebes.

This species clearly approaches Amyntas halmahere. 'The male

pores, rather close, are not quite so nearly approximated as in that

species; the ceca show the commencement of the digitation so

pronounced in ‘digitata.’ This latter form moreover has the

spermiducal gland confined to segment xviil., as is the case with

A, sarasinorum.

50. Amyntas esafate Beddard.

Perichata esafate, Beddard, Willey’s Zool. Results, part ii.

Pp. Lots

115 mm., 105 segments. About 8 pairs of papillae on segments

xvil._xix. Four sete between male pores, but orifices not closely

approximated. Diverticulum of spermatheca longer than pouch.

Hab. Esatate, New Hebrides.

51. Amyntas masatake Beddard.

Pericheta masatake, Beddard, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. Abth. vi. p. 761.

Pericheta campestris, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Japon. i. p. 67.

125 mm., 90 segments, of stout build. 11-15 setae between

male pores. Anterior sete larger. Three small papille surrounding

male pore ; anteriorly a pair lying to inside of, and before, and in

front of each spermathecal aperture. To all these correspond

stalked glands. Spermiducal glands absent, only duct represented,

which is curved. Diverticulum of spermatheca long and straight,

longer than pouch.

Hab. Japan.

Lregard Pericheta campestris as synonymous with my species.

It has two pairs of spermathece in the same segments, which appear

however to have shorter diverticula. The presence of a spermiducal

gland in campestris does not invalidate the comparison, since we

have cases like A. heterochetus, where this gland may be absent or

present. The papille too are slightly different in the two forms.

Still campestris appears to be more like masatakew than diergens,

where it was placed by Michaelsen.

52. Amyntas nove britanniz Benham.

Pericheta nove britannice, Benham, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxvi.

p. 199.

1900. ] EARTIWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 633

Pericheia nove britannie, Beddard, Willey’s Zool. Results, pt. ii.

p- 183.

130 mm., 120 segments. Sete 56 on vi., 74 on xxvi. Papille,

two deep pits on xvii., xviii. Spermiducal gland in xvi.—xviii.,

with straight duct; orifices, as of the spermathece, close.

Diverticulum as long as pouch.

Hab. New Britain.

F. Spermathece 2 pairs in Vil., viil.

53. Amyntas tokioensis Beddard.

Pericheta tokioensis, Beddard, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. Abth. vi. p. 762.

Pericheta candida, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Japon. ii. p. 77.

Pericheta parvicystis, Goto & Hatai, ibid. ii. p. 18.

70-150 mm., 67-95 segments. Seta 40. Papille two to three

near male pores and paired on vi.—vill., with stalked glands.

Spermiducal glands (sometimes absent) xvii.—xx., with curved duct.

Spermathecal diverticulum long and straight.

Hab. Japan.

I think that there can be hardly a question as to the justice of

uniting the forms which have received the three names quoted

above. The fact that the spermiducal gland is absent in the form

termed by Goto and Hatai “candida”? is not necessarily an objection

to this proceeding.

54. Amyntas hesperidum Beddard.

Pericheta hesperidum, Beddard, P, Z. S. 1892, p. 169, and Fauna

Hawaiiensis, 1900.

Pericheta sandvicensis, Beddard, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 203.

Amyntas lohri, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 12.

100 mm., 105 segments. Sete stronger on anterior segments ;

33 on v., 53 on xvi. 18 sete between male pores. Septum viil./ix.

occasionally present, but thin. Spermiducal glands in three

segments. Diverticulum of spermatheca coiled, not long. Sperm-

sacs with dorsal diverticula.

Hab. Hong Kong; Hawaii; Barbados.

It is only the comparative shortness of the spermathecal appendix

that differentiates this species from wruginosus ; the two are close.

55. Amyntas hilgendorfi Mich.

Pericheta hilgendorfi, Michaelseu, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892, p. 235,

and Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 9.

Pericheta rokugo, Beddard, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. Abth. vi. p. 76.

Pericheta wregularis, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Japon. iil.

p. 13.

Pericheta schizopora, Goto & Hatai, ibid. 1. p. 76.

150 mm., 120 segments. Sete 40-60. Group of pores on viii.

in front of ring of sete on to which open a number of stalked

634 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THB (May 22,

glands. Czca 6-8. Spermiducal gland and duct entirely absent.

Spermathece with long straight diverticulum.

Hab. Japan.

The above synonymy is partly due to the fact that my description

and that of Michaelsen were published at about the same time. I

follow Michaelsen in regarding P. schizopora of Goto & Hatai

as asynonym. It has moreover but one pair of spermathece in

vill, It is possible that the present species is the same as

P. glandularis of the two authors referred to. But in the mean-

time I keep that species separate. P. irregularis of the same

authors has no spermathece and no gland-patches, but perhaps is

the same.

56. Amyntas annulatus Horst.

Megascolex annulatus, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. vy. p. 186.

Pericheta annulata, id. ibid. xii. p. 236.

195 mm., 130 segments. Sete 60 on vii. Male pores separated

by 3U sete, thus, as are the spermathecal pores, dorsal in position.

Papille seven pairs on xvii.-xix. Spermiducal gland in xvii.—xix.

Spermatheca with diverticulum about half its length.

Hab. Malay Archipelago.

I am indebted to Dr. Horst for some further details concerning

this species, which are embodied in the above description.

57. Amyntas japonicus Horst.

Megascolex japonicus, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. vy. p. 192.

220 mm. Male pores on a long J-shaped groove, extending over

xviii. and part of xvii. Sete 66. Spermiducal glands in xvii—xix.,

much lobate, with horseshoe-shaped duct. Diverticulum of sperma-

theca straight and slender, not so long as pouch.

Hab. Japan.

58. Amyntas glandularis Goto & Hatai.

Pericheta glandularis, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Japon. iii. p. 18.

150 mm., 104 segments. Setee 60 in vii. 19 sete between male

pores. Ceca six pairs. Median glandular area on vii. and xvii..,

through which open masses of stalked glands ; also three or four

isolated stalked glands in neighbourhood of spermathecal and of

male pores. Only duct of spermiducal gland present. Spermathece

with long diverticulum.

Hab. Japan.

_ This species comes near to A. hilyendorfi in the masses of white

glands opening on to the exterior by a median perforated area. But

it seems to be a different species.

59. Amyntas levis Goto & Hatai.

Pericheta levis, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Japon. ui. p. 20.

85 mm., 88 segments. Sete 45-48. Papille near to sperma-

thecal pores, on to which open stalked glands. Cveca five pairs.

1900.) EARTHWORMS OF THE GHNUS AMYNTAS. 635

Spermiducal gland entirely absent. Diverticulum of spermatheca

long.

Hab. Japan.

60. Amyntas vittatus Goto & Hatai.

Pericheta vittata, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Japon. ii. p. 74.

100 mm., 68 segments. Sete 57 on vii., 60 on xviii. Czaca six

pairs. Spermiducal glands entirely absent. Spermathece three

pairs in each of their two segments.

Hab, Japan.

G. Spermathece 3 pairs in vi.—viil. ’

61. Amyntas bournei Rosa.

Pericheta bournet, Rosa, Ann, Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) x. p. 110.

150 mm., 130 segments. Sete 60. Papille, two by each male

pore and one close to each spermathecal orifice, provided with

glands. Spermiducal gland not very Jarge, its duct curved.

Diverticulum of spermatheca as long as pouch.

Hab. Burma.

I am much disposed to think that this species is really hawayanus.

62. Aymntas proporus Rosa.

Pericheta propora, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xvi. p. 522.

60 mm., 62 segments. Sets more crowded below, 44 on vii., 40

on xvii. Two or three minute papille behind each spermathecal

pore. Spermiducal gland in xvi.—xxi., with curved duct. Diver-

ticulum of spermathece longer than pouch and zigzag above.

Hab. Sumatra.

Perhaps the same remark may be made about this species as

about the last.

63. Amyntas sieboldi Horst.

Megascolew sieboldi, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. v. p. 191.

Pericheta siboldi, Michaelsen, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892, p. 235.

Pericheta sieboldi, Beddard, Zool. Jabrb., Syst. Abth. vi. p. 759 ;

Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. xx. p. 240; Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool.

Jap. il. p. 65.

Pericheeta sieboldi, Rosa, Ann. k.-k. Hofm. Wien, vi. p. 401.

Pericheta communissima, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Jap. iii, p. 23.

Amyntas sieboldi, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 9.

145-270 mm., 91-145 segments. Sete 80 on viii. No papille,

Septum ix./x. present. Cxca 6-7 arising in same segment one

above the other. Spermiducal gland in xvi.—xvili., with straight or

curved short duct. Spermathecz (? usually in vii,ix.) with long

coiled diverticulum.

Hab. Japan.

Some confusion has arisen concerning this species owing to the

fact that the examples studied by Goto & Hatai showed the

636 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

spermathece in vi.—viii., instead of vii.—ix. as described by Horst,

Rosa, and Michaelsen. The latter has now solved the difficulty by

finding that in some specimens, which he distinguishes as a variety

lenzi, the spermathece have that position. Moreover these worms

are smaller than the type, 90-145 mm., and have rather fewer sete.

The gizzard-septa are entirely absent, and the sperm-sacs have a

small ‘‘ Anhangsblase’’ such as occurs in many worms, but (as is

also sometimes the case elsewhere) sunk into the proper sperm-

sac. The example studied by myself belongs to this variety, and

has the spermathecal pores between v./vi.—vil./vill. It is smallish,

and has a bent instead of a straight duct to the spermiducal glands.

I observed the same accessory lobe to the sperm-sacs that Michael-

sen refers to.

64. Amyntas ijime Rosa.

Pericheta vjime, Rosa, Ann. k.-k. Hofm. Wien, vi. p. 402.

Pericheta kamakurensis, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Japon. ii.

. 68.

: Pericheta parvula, iid, ibid. p. 68.

Pericheta decimpapillata, iid. ibid. p. 71.

110-150 mm., 115 segments. 60 set on vill. Papille paired

on vi.—vili. and on xvil.—xix., as many as two pairs to each segment.

Spermiducal gland extensive, in xv.-xx.; sometimes absent.

Spermathece with minute diverticula or without any.

Hab. Japan.

I unite the three species described as separate by Messrs. Goto

& Hatai with Dr. Rosa’s Pericheta yime on account of the missing

or small spermathecal diverticula. Rosa’s species only differs in

the greater number of sete in the spermathecal region (60 as

against 36) and in the absence of papillae. But these latter are so

inconstant that the fact is not necessarily fatal to the collocation of

these forms. P. parvula is very minute, only 32 mm., with 48

segments, and has no genital papilla or spermiducal gland. To

this form it may be necessary to assign a separate specific name.

But I do not do this for the present. It has no diverticula, while

decimpapillata has “ very small diverticula.”

65. Amyntas acrophilus Rosa. .

Pericheta acrophila, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xvi.

p. 527. ;

73 mm., 110 segments. Setz closer ventrally, 30 on vii., 40 on

xxv. 14 sete between male pores. Septum vii./ix. feeble Sper-

miducal glands occupying five segments, with short duct. Diver-

ticulum of spermatheca zigzag, longer than pouch.

Hab, Sumatra.

66. Amyntas brevis Rosa.

Pericheta brevis, Rosa, Ann. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p. 285.

20 mm., 80 segments. Sete 50 onxxv. 14setex between male

1900. ] EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS, 637

pores. Gizzard-septa both present. Sperm-sacs x.-xii. Spermi-

ducal gland occupying 6 segments. Spermathece almost globular,

with duct not so long as pouch.

Hab. Christmas Island.

67. Amyntas agrestis Goto & Hatai.

Pericheta agrestis, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Japon. iii. p. 17.

160 mm., 96 segments. Sete 36-40. Papille to inside of

spermathece on vil., villi. Ceca seven pairs. Spermiducal glands

entirely absent. Diverticulum of spermathece long.

Hab, Japan.

In some specimens there are a pair of papille upon xviii.

68. Amyntas birmanicus Rosa.

Perrcheta birmaniea, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) vi.

p. 164.

130 mm., 112 segments. Sete 70 on each segment, 15 between

male pores. Spermiducal glands in three segments, with bent duct.

Spermathecal diverticulum coiled.

Hab. Bhamo (Irrawaddi).

H. Spermathece 1 pair in viii.

69. Amyntas zebra Benham.

Pericheta zebra, Benham, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 442.

Amyntas zebra, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

p. 73.

200 mm., 146 segments. Sete 62 on vi., 78 on xxvi.; 10 sete

between male pores. Papillez, one pair between male pores. Sper-

miducal gland in xvi.-xviii., with curved duct. Diverticulum

shorter than pouch, coiled.

Hab. Celebes.

I. Spermathecze 1 pair in ix.

70. Amyntas pataniensis Mich.

Pericheeta pataniensis, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xxiii.

p. 222.

40-110 mm., 78-120 segments. Sete 40 on v., 54 on xxvi.

Male pores and spermathecal pores close together. Papillee present

anteriorly as well as posteriorly. Sperm-sacs in xi.

Hab. Batjan, Patam, Halmahera.

Michaelsen divides this species into two subspecies, of which the

first has the species name, the second he terms labuensis. The former

has really two pairs of spermathece, but the anterior pair are

small and in process of disappearance. The resemblance of this

species to A. halmahere is considerable, especially in the approxi-

mation of generative pores and in the papille.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1900, No, XLII. 42

638 _- -MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

71. Amyntas supuensis Mich.

Pericheta supuensis, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xxiii.

p. 225.

115 mm., 145 segments. Sets very numerous and small, 132

on vi., 154 on vii., 106 on xxvi. Papille on xvili., xix., several

pairs, and on vili., ix., one pair each. Spermiducal gland not

large, embracing a thick short duct.

Hab. Halmahera, Supu.

Here again, as in A. halmahere, the generative orifices are

closely approximated to each other.

K. Spermathece 2 pairs in vi., vii.

72. Amyntas biserialis Perrier.

Pericheta biserialis, Perrier, Comptes Rend. Ixxxi. p. 1044;

Beddard, P. Z. 8S. 1890, p. 63.

Pericheta biserialis, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xxiii.

p- 226; Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. xx. p. 201; Beddard & Fedarb,

P.Z.8. 1899, p. 803.

Pericheta acystis, Beddard, Monograph Oligccheta, p. 423.

Megascolex biserialis, Vaillant, Annelés, 1889, p. 76.

_ 135 mm., 167-220 segments. Sete on each side of ventral

line much enlarged ; those of anterior segments also enlarged ; 81

on v., 90 on x., 700n xxvi. 14 sete between male pores. Papille

paired on xix.-xxv. (maximum number). No ceca. Sperm-

sacs in x1-xiii. Spermiducal glands in xvi.—xix., with curved duct.

Spermathece paired, 3-6 in each segment, often asymmetrical,

sometimes entirely absent.

Hab. Philippines, Madagascar, Guiana.

There can be no doubt as to the identity of the two species

included in the present. The number of set on the segments

varies considerably. The numbers given above are those of

Michaelsen. The prevalent number of papille is 3 to 5 pairs.

Perrier found 7, a number which has not been found by other

observers. Out of the 33 examples of the species which have

been studied, 12 had no spermathece. Generally there are no

setee upon the clitellum; but in one individual at any rate there

were a pair upon segment xvi.

73. Amyntas hasselti Horst.

Megascolex hasselti, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. v. p. 190.

Pericheeta hasseltii, id. Vermes in ‘ Midden-Sumatra,’ p. 5.

70 mm., 100 segments. Sete 70-75, those of ventral surface

crowded together. Spermiducal glands much divided, with short

straight duct. Spermathec with diverticulum half the length of

ouch.

Hab, Lebong.

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 639

74, Amyntas nanus Rosa. :

Pericheta nana, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xvi. p. 519.

30 mm., 95 segments. Setz with slight dorsal and ventral gaps,

36 on xil., 32 on xxv. 6 sete between male pores. Dorsal pores

from vii./viii. Spermiducal glands in xvil.-xxi., with slightly bent

duct. Diverticulum longer than spermatheca.

Hab. Sumatra.

L. Spermathecz numerous in Vi., Vii.

75. Amyntas stelleri Mich.

Pericheta stelleri, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. viii.

p- 337.

Pericheta barami, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xxiii.

. 203.

E Pericheia stelleri, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. xx. p. 205; Michael-

sen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xxii. p. 202.

Pericheta everetti, P. papillata, P. sarawacensis, P. kinabaluensis

Beddard, Mon. Olig. p. 428. ‘

Pericheta everett, P. papillata, P. sarawacensis, P. kinabaluensis

Beddard & Fedarb, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 69 ete.

Amyntas stelleri, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

p- 36.

115-300 mm., 160 segments. Sete with slight dorsal gaps

those of anterior segments stronger, 42 on v., 55 on xxiv. Paired

papillz to some or all of xix.—xxx. Noceca. Sperm-sacs in x.-xiii.

Spermathecee 2-20 pairs.

Hab. Celebes, Sangir, Borneo.

The question of the identity or the non-identity of the various

species here grouped together in deference with the arrangement

of Drs. Horst and Michaelsen does not appear to me to be quite

settled.

Horst found that in numerous examples studied by him

the number of papille ranged in number from a sincle pair

through two, three, four, five, eight, nine, and ten pairs there

being occasionally an asymmetry. This seems to dispose of at

any rate one alleged specific difference between the four

species described by myself and stelleri of Michaelsen. A renewed

study of my own material and the dissection of many more indi-

viduals than thosé which formed the basis of my original description

has led to the following results. ;

In 32 individuals from Merabah there were never more than

two pairs of papilla upon segments xix., xx. Occasionally an

asymmetry showed itself, there being only one of one pair present

and occasionally papille were totally absent. In all of these same

specimens the spermathece were small in number, not more than

two in segment vi. and not more than four pairs in segment vii.

The sperm-sacs of this series are four pairs in x.-xili. The last

640 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

heart is in segment xii. This assemblage of characters does not

correspond exactly with any of the forms described by myself;

nor does it fit in with any of the varieties described by Michaelsen.

In two individuals examined by myself and belonging to another

series, I tind the following characters:—The papille three pairs

on xix.—xxi.; the last heart is in xii.; the sperm-sacs in x.—xiil.; the

spermathece are more numerous, in one specimen 7 and 6 in vi.,

8 and 9 in vii.; in the other 11 and 12 in vi. and14in vii. A third

individual came nearer to the first described variety in that it had

not more than three spermathecé on each side of each of the seg-

ments vi., vil. (the actual numbers were 1-2, 3-3). There are no

papille ; the last heart is in xii., the sperm-sacs in xi,—xiii.

This form seems to come nearest to Michaelsen’s variety klaba-

tensis, in which the last heart is also in xii., the spermathece 8-11

pairs, but which has no papille.

Another individual agreeing with the last in having three papilla

(those of one side of body were missing) has also sperm-sacs in

x.-xiii., 5 to 10 spermathecz on each side of the body in their

respective segment, but has the last heart in xiii.

Three specimens had five pairs of papille, sperm-sacs in x.—xii.

or xiii., last heart in xili., spermathece varying from four to twelve

on each side of their respective segment. In one of these there

were setz on the last segment of the clitellum, a feature which is

not present in other specimens that have been examined. This

group seems to agree with the variety serzata of Michaelsen, but

differs in some small points. I confess that there seems to me to

be no way out of merging all these specimens with those I have

described previously and with those of Michaelsen and Horst into

one species, Amyntas stelleri. But the variation in such features

as the position of the last heart, which is usually so well marked a

character, is very curious.

This species it is quite clear comes near to the next. It is, how-

ever, as far as our presentinfcrmation goes, to be distinguished by

the absence of specially enlarged ventral sete. In other respects,

however, it is very near, and it may be necessary ultimately to

merge to two.

M. Spermathece numerous in vi.

76. Amyntas phacellotheca Mich.

A, phakellotheca, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

p. 47.

130 mm., 115 segments. Sete with dorsal gaps, those of an-

terior segments larger, 25 on v., 75 on xxvi. Male pores closely

approximated. No ceca. Last heart in xii. Sperm-sacs in xi—

xiii. Spermiducal gland with S-shaped duct. Spermathece, three

pairs asymmetrical.

Hab, Celebes.

Only a single example known.

. rae ae.

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 641

4, Sete present on clitellum; gizzard-septa sometimes represented ;

no termanal bulbus.

A. Spermathece 5 pairs in v.—ix.

77. Amyntas loriz Rosa.

Pericheta lorie, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xix. p. 61.

Pericheta lorie, Beddard, Willey’s Zool. Results, pt. ii. p. 185.

130 mm., 99 segments. Sete, 60 on v., 70 on xxv. Sete

present on all segments of clitellum or on xyv., xvVi., or on Xvi.

Male pores with 10 sete between. Papille on xvil., xix., xx., on

line with male pores. Septum vili./ix. present. No ceca. Sperm-

sacs in xii. Spermiducal gland in xviii. only. Diverticulum as

long as duct of spermatheca.

Hab. British New Guinea ; Solomon Is.

The female pore is at least sometimes paired.

78. Amyntas solomonis Beddard.

Pericheeta solomonis, Beddard, Willey’s Zool. Results, pt. 11. p.188.

140 mm., 90 segments ; a stout worm. Setz present at least on

xvi. of clitellar segments. 15 sete between male pores. Rows

of 3-6 papille on x., xi., xx.-xxill. Septum vili./ix. present.

Last hearts in xii. Sperm-sacsx.—xii. Spermiducal glands xviu.—

xx., with curved duct. Diverticulum of spermatheca half the

length of pouch.

Hab. Solomon Is.

79. Amyntas subulatus Mich.

A, subulatus, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 29.

70 mm., 116 segments. Sete closer ventrally, with slight dorsal

gap. Dorsal pores from vi./vil. Setz on all segments of clitellum.

26 sete between male pores. Papille paired on x., x1., xvii., xix.,

xx. No ceca; gizzard-septa present. Spermiducal glands in xviii.,

xix., with straight duct. Spermathecal diverticulum half the length

of pouch.

Hab. Celebes.

80. Amyntas violaceus Beddard.

Perichata violacea, Beddard, Monograph Oligocheta, p. 407.

80 mm., 89 segments ; slender worm. Sete 44 on v., 40 on xvi.;

on all segments of clitellum. Papille one pair on xviii.—xix., large.

Last heart in xii. Spermiducal glands xvi—xx., with long and bent

duct. Spermathecal diverticula nearly as long as pouch.

Hab. Penang; West Indies.

B. Spermathece 4 pairs in vi.—ix.

81. Amyntas posthumus Vaillant.

Pericheta posthuma, Vaillant, Ann. Sci. Nat. (5) x. p. 228, and

Mém. Ac. Montpellier, vii. p. 146.

Pericheta affinis, Perrier, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, viii. p. 106.

642 MR. F. B. BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

Pericheta posthuma, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. v. p. 106; xv.

. 318.

i Megascolex affinis, Beddard, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) xii. p. 214.

Pericheta posthuma, Beddard, ibid. (5) xvii. p. 93.

Pericheta affinis, Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 389.

Pericheta posthuma, Horst, Zool. Ergebn. Max Weber, ii. p. 61.

Amyntas posthumus, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

wee

: Pericheta posthuma, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xxiii.

. 201,

y Pericheta posthuma, Rosa, Ann. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p. 289.

Megascolex posthumus, Vaillant, Annelés, 1889, p. 72.

95 mm., 70 segments; stoutish worm. Sete 140 on viii., 90 on

xvii. Sete on all segments of clitellum. Papille on xvii., xix.

corresponding in position with male pores. Septum viii./ix. present.

Spermiducal gland in three segments, with curved duct. Sper-

mathecz with diverticulum less than pouch.

Hab. Java, Celebes, Christmas Is., Philippines, Cochin China,

Bahamas, Europe.

The ceca appear to be sometimes absent.

82. Amyntas neoguinensis Mich.

Pericheta neoguinensis, Michae lsen, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892, p.229,

Pericheta neoguinensis, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xix.

p. 60.

140-220 mm., 94-130 segments. Sete 85 on v., 100 on xxv.

Setz on all clitellar segments, 14, 16, 20 in number. 20 sete

between male pores. Papille paired on xix.—xxv., or xxvi., corres-

ponding in position to male pores. Septum viii./ix. rudimentary.

Sperm-sacs in xii. only, with dorsal narrow constricted sac. Sper-

miducal glands confined to segment xviii., with short straight

duct. Spermathecal pores approximated, with very short sessile

diverticulum.

Hab. New Guinea.

To a slight variation Rosa gives the name of var. spectabilis,

83. Amyntas pacificus Beddard.

Pericheta pacifica, Beddard, Willey’s Zool, Results, pt. 1. p. 190.

38-56 mm., 90 segments. Sete 37 on vili., 46 on xvii. 10

setze between male pores. Papille large and median, upon xvii.—

xxil., and xil., xiii, Sete upon xvi. and often other clitellar

segments. Both septa. Last hearts in xii. Sperm-sacs in Xii. ;

testes &c., only one pair. Spermiducal gland xvii.—xix., with

short straight duct.

Hab. New Britain.

84. Amyntas celebensis Mich.

A, celebensis, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb, wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 32.

60 mm., 90 segments. Sete 49 on vi. 44 on xxvi., with slight

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 643

dorsal gaps. Dorsal pores from vi./vii. Clitellum begins in xiii. ;

it has setz on all segments. Papille paired on xvii./xviii.,

xvili./xix., corresponding with male pores, and three pairs on

xix.-xxl. within line of male pores. Also anterior papille upon

viii. Noceca. Both septa present. Spermiducal glands in three

segnients, with short straight duct. Diverticulum of spermatheca

= length of pouch.

Hab. Celebes.

Only a single specimen is known.

85. Amyntas fee Rosa.

Pericheta few, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) vi. p. 161.

360 mm., 160 segments. Clitellum reaching to xvii. Sete 100

on vii. Spermiducal gland with very long duct. Diverticulum of

spermathece zigzag.

Hab. Tenasserim.

86, Amyntas glandulosus Rosa.

Pericheta glandulosus, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xvi.

607.

Pericheta hippoereprs, id. ibid. p. 524.

110 mm., 130 segments. Setze 80 on viii., 70 on xxv. Sete on

xvi. or all of clitellar segments. Male pores surrounded by many

small papille. Similar papille in front of and behind each sper-

mathecal pore. Spermiducal gland in xvii.—xx., with curved duct.

Spermathecal diverticulum zigzag, 3 length of pouch.

Hab. Sumatra, Mentawei.

I think there can be no doubt about the identity of these forms.

The number of setz is stated to be different in the two; but this

does not appear to be always a reliable character. The absence of

papille anteriorly in the form hippocrepis is again not necessarily a

matter calling for specific rank.

87. Amyntas queenslandicus I'letcher.

Pericheta queenslandica, Fletcher, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2)

i, p. 962.

120 mm., 120 segments. Setze on all clitellar segments. Sete

60. 14 sete between male pores. Papille paired on ix.—xi. and

Xvii.-xxli. Sperm-sacs with dorsal appendices. Spermiducal

glands large, in xviiixxi., with short duct. Diverticulum of sper-

mathecz very short.

Hab. Queensland.

Mr. Fletcher is evidently not accurate in the enumeration of the

segments in some of the organs. He states that the spermathece

are in v.—viii., which does not seem likely, especially as he states

that the ceca are given off in xxv. Therefore I have some

hesitation in copying his statement that the last pair of hearts is

in xil., as this is, when certainly stated, rather an important specific

character.

644 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

88. Amyntas mazarredi Rosa.

Megascolex mazarredi, Rosa, Atti R, Acc. Torino, xxix. p. 6.

200 mm., 105 segments. Setee interrupted dorsally and ventrally,

100 on xxv. Clitellum xili.—xiv., with sets on all segments. A

depression, square in outline, occupies segments xvii.-xx. Papille

paired on xvii. and xix. Gizzard-septa present. No ceca.

Spermiducal glands limited to xviii. Spermathece with very

short sessile diverticulum.

Hab, Marinduque in Philippines.

Dr. Michaelsen has called attention to the fact that this species,

referred by Rosa to the genus Megascolew on account of certain

obvious characters mentioned above, should be placed in Amyntas

on account of the position of the gizzard in viii.

89. Amyntas papua Rosa. e

Pericheta papwa, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xix. p. 63.

84 mm., 84 segments. Sete 44 on v., 66 on xxv. Sete on all

clitellar segments. Male pores very close, with 4 sete between.

Two or three papillze on viii., ix. Sperm-sacs one pair in xii. ;

they extend through three segments and have a small median

narrow prolongation. Spermiducal glands in xvii—xix. Diverti-

culum of spermatheca shortish.

Hab. British New Guinea.

90. Amyntas peregrinus Fletcher.

Pericheta molokaiensis, Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 201.

Pericheta floweri, Benham, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxvi. p. 217.

Perichata peregrina, Fletcher, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2) i.

p. 969.

Pericheta peregrina, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xvi. p.515.

Amyntas peregrinus, Beddard in ‘Fauna Hawaiiensis,’ 1900,

p- 414.

120 mm., 116 segments. 10 setee between male pores. Sete

40 on xill., 45 on xxvi. Sete on xvi. Spermiducal gland with

short curved duct. Diverticulum straight, as long as spermatheca.

Hab. Singapore, Sumatra, Hawaii, 8. Australia.

Tagree with Michaelsen as to the identity of my “ molokaiensis”

with “ peregrinus,” and I think there can be no question as to

“¢ flowert”’ being a synonym.

C. Spermathece 3 pairs in vi—viii.

91. Amyntas papulosus Rosa.

Pericheta papulosa, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xvi.

p. 525.

50 mm., 115 segments. Sete 54 on v., 60 on xxv. Sete on

all or some of clitellar segments. About 100 papille on xvii.,

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 645°

Xvlil., between male pores. Spermiducal gland xvi.—xxi., with

short horseshoe-shaped duct. Spermathece long pouches, with

coiled duct about half their length.

Hab. Sumatra.

92. Amyntas hawayanus Rosa.

Pericheta hawayana, Rosa, Ann. k.-k. Hofmus. Wien, vi. p. 396.

Pericheta hawayana, Michaelsen, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. Abth. xii.

p. 224.

Amyntas hawayanus, Beddard, in ‘ Fauna Hawaiiensis,’ 1900,

. 420.

, Pericheta-pallida, Michaelsen, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892, p. 227.

Pericheta mandhorensis, id. ibid. p. 241, & Jahrb. Hamb. wiss.

Anst. xvi. p. 86.

Pericheta bermudensis, Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 160.

Pericheta morrisi, id. ibid. p. 166.

Pericheta morrisi, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xvi. p. 516.

Pericheta barbadensis, Beddard, P. Z.8. 1892, p. 167.

Pericheta mauritiana, id. ibid. p. 170.

Pericheta mauritiana, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xxi.

. 235.

gf Pericheta amazonica, Rosa, Atti R. Accad. Torino, p. 14.

Pericheta sancti jacobi, Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 239, and Hamb.

Magall. Reise, p. 61.

Pericheta carnosa, Goto & Hatai, Ann. Zool. Jap. iii. p. 16.

Pericheta insule, Beddard, P. Z.8. 1896, p. 204.

Pericheta cupulifera, Fedarb, P. Z.8. 1898, p. 445.

60-140 mm. Sete larger on anterior segments, up to 60 or so

in number per segment. Papillz in neighbourhood of male pores,

and also paired on some of segments which contain spermathece.

Sperm-sacs often with median process. Spermiducal gland in

several segments, with not long, curved or straight duct. Sper-

mathecz (occasionally two pairs only) with diverticulum of about

same length.

Hab. Borneo, China, Mauritius, Hawaii, Bermudas, Barbados,

South America, Teneriffe.

In my account of the earthworms of Hawaii, published in the

‘Fauna Hawaiiensis,’ I have stated in full my reasons for uniting

the five reputed species enumerated in the above synonymy.

I condense from that a sufficient abstract for my present purpose.

A. hawayanus does not, as I have suggested, differ from A. ber-

mudensis in the absence of set upon the clitellum; but this

occasionally occurs in hawayanus. Both of these forms may have

anterior papille on the viith segment near to the spermathecal

pores. They are by no means always presentin either. The two

forms have sometimes simple ceca without the series of rounded

processes inferiorly, which have been mentioned as a characteristic.

The form hawayanus must be also united with barbadensis ; the

646 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

latter, however, may have sete (in addition to those upon xiv.) on xvi. &

xv. The papille may be anterior as well as posterior as in hawayanus ;

the setzw of some of the anterior segments are enlarged as in

that form. The spermathece are occasionally reduced to two pairs,

in vi., vii.; but as the usual three are to be found, no specific

difference can be made upon this point. P. morrisi differs only in

the fact that the spermathece are in Vi., Vil., or in vii., viii. There

are anterior and posterior papille. In P. mauritiana there are

three pairs of spermathecze in vi—vili.; in one individual I found

a fourth pouch on one side of the body in ix. The sete on

segments iii.—vii. are larger than those on other segments. Thus

there are clearly no marked differences to say the least from the

other forms which I here unite into a single species. P. pallida

of Michaelsen cannot be plainly distinguished from the present

series. Michaelsen mentions the absence of the larger sete upon

the anterior segments, and the closer approximation of the male

pores as reasons for not confusing it with hawayanus. As to the

former matter, it would be necessary for me to separate one of the

individuals which I have referred to barbadensis, if this were to be

considered a suthcient reason. As to the latter point, I do not

understand from Michaelsen’s description that the male pores are

really close ; he speaks of them as “ ziemlich weit von einander.”

I think that there is every reason to accept Michaelsen’s identifi-

cation of amazonica with his pallida. And my own form sancti

jacobi can hardly be separated. Of both of these latter only a

single example has been examined. Of mandhorensis again only a

single example is known. But Dr. Michaelsen’s description of

this specimen leaves no great doubt of its likeness to the worms of

the present series. It has larger sete on seyments ii.—ix., as in

hawayanus ; the ceca have the crenated appearance of those of

the latter form ; the spermathece occupy the same segments and

are of similar form. No anterior papille appear to exist; but as

only a single example was described, this cannot be considered a

reason for specific separation.

D. Spermathecz 3 pairs in segments vii.—ix.

93. Amyntas hupeiensis Mich.

Perichata hupevensis, Michaelsen, Abh. Ver. Hamb. xiii. No. 2, p. 35.

Amyntas hupetensis, id. Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 6.

55 mm., 132 segments. Sete closer ventrally, and larger

ventrally on anterior segment, 95 on x., 72 on xxvi. Setw

ventrally on all segments of clitellum. Male pores rather close

together. Papille before and behind each male pore and two

pairs on Xvil./Xvill., xvili./xix. Septa viii./ix., ix./x., very thick.

Spermiducal glands in xvii.-xx., with thin winding duct. Sperma-

thecal diverticulum longer than pouch.

Hab. China, Japan.

~ 1900.] HARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 647

E. Spermathece 3 pairs in vi.—viii.

94, Amyntas sedgwicki Benham.

Pericheta sedqwickii, Benham, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxvi.

a20n)

: Perichwta sedqwickii, Beddard, Willey’s Zool. Results, pt.11. p.183.

110 mm., 86 segments. Sete 29 on vi., 50 on xii.; complete

circles of sete on all clitellar segments. Male pores separated by

8 sete. Papille paired on x.—xlil., xvil., x1x.-xxi., with pairs on

XV1., X1x., xx. outside of these. A single unpaired ventral cecum

arising in xxii. Last heart in xu. Spermiducal gland in xvi.—

xix., with short straight duct. Diverticulum of spermatheca short,

nearly sessile sac.

Hab. New Britain.

95. Amyntas iris Mich.

Megascolew tris, Michaelsen, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892, p. 244.

Amyntas iris, id. Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 15.

240 mm., 240 segments. Sete with dorsal and ventral gaps,

closer ventrally, 32 on vi., 42 on xxvi. Males pores 1 mm. apart,

as are spermathece. Clitellum xii.—xvii. Papille paired on

xix./xx., xx./xx1., close to median line. Septum viii./ix. present.

No ceca. Spermiducal glands with almost straight duct. Sper-

mathece with very small diverticulum.

Hab. Philippines.

96. Amyntas margaritaceus Mich.

Megascolex margaritaceus, Michaelsen, Arch. f. Naturg. 1892,

. 245.

: Amyntas margaritaceus, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst.

xvi. p. 16.

90 mm., 103 segments. Sete with dorsal and ventral gaps, 24

on vi., 20 on xxvi. Male pores 1:3 mm. apart. Clitellum xili—

xvii. Groups of pores on segments x./xi., XVili./xix., xIx./xx.

Spermathece with longer diverticulum than last species.

Hab, Philippines.

These two species were first referred to the genus Megascolew, to

which they have clearly many points of likeness. There are

regular or irregular lines upon the dorsal and ventral surfaces

which are unoccupied by sete. In any case these two species

cannot be confounded with any others. There are no penial sete.

For this reason and the position of the gizzard, the two forms

appear to be rightly placed in the present genus.

F, Spermathece 2 pairs in vil., vill.

97, Amyntas godeffroyi Mich.

A. geodeffroyi, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb., wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 17.

105 mm., 95 segments. Sete on iv.—viil., enlarged especially

648 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

ventrally, with slight dorsal gaps; 27 on v., 48 on xxvi. Set on

xvi. and (fewer) on xiv. Papille on xvi., xvii. in line with male

pores. Septum viii./ix. thin, next absent. Spermiducal gland-

duct almost straight. Diverticulum of spermatheca half the

length of pouch.

Hab. Viti.

G. Spermathecze 2 pairs in Viil., ix.

98. Amyntas forbesi Beddard.

Pericheta forbesi, Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 65.

220 mm. Setz on ventral side of all clitellar segments.

Papille paired and corresponding in position with male pores on

XVli., Xix.-xxi. Sperm-sacs in xil. Rudiments of septum viil./ix.

Spermiducal glands with short, very thick duct. Spermathece with

very short duct into which opens very short diverticulum.

Hab. New Guinea.

The anterior spermathece were doubled on one side (the side

differing) in the two specimens which I have examined.

99. Amyntas robustus Perrier.

Pericheta robusta, Perrier, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, viii. p. 112.

Pericheta robusta, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. nat. Ges. xxi, p. 234.

Pericheta cingulata, Vaillant, Ann. Sci. Nat. (5) x. p. 228 (in

part), & Mém. Ac. Montpellier, vii. p. 146 (in part).

Megascolex robustus, Vaillant, Annelés, 1889, p. 76.

180 mm.; sete 45. A pair of papillae between male pores and

a pair on each of segments viii., ix. Sperm-sacs with dorsal

process. Spermiducal glands with coiled duct. Diverticulum of

spermatheca longer than pouch and moniliform at end.

Hab. Ile de France ; Philippines.

H. Spermathece 1 pair in viii.

100. Amyntas taprobane.

Pericheta taprobane, Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 163.

Pericheta pauli, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xiv.

p- 87; id. Zool. Jahrb., Abh. Syst. xii. p. 140.

145 mm., 95-122 segments. Sete 700n v., 54 on xxvi. Com-

plete rings on all clitellar segments. Papille large, paired on

vi.—xi. and xvili.-xxi. Septe viii./ix. present. No ceca. Spermi-

ducal glands small in xvili. only, with U-shaped duct. Sperma-

thecz small, with equally sized diverticulum.

Hab. Ceylon.

There is no doubt about the identity of these two species,

accepted by Michaelsen. A re-examination of the original

specimens has shown the presence of the large faint papille. A

characteristic of the species is the very small size of the generative

apparatus.

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS. 649

I. Spermathecew | pair in vi.

101. Amyntas lompobatagensis Mich.

Amyntas lompobatagensis, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst.

xvi. p. 33.

55 mm., 95 segments. Sete of v.—vil. rather larger, slight

dorsal gaps ; 33 on vi., 42 on xxvi. Dorsal pores from y./vi. Papille

on XVil./xvill., Xvili./xix. Duct of spermiducal gland long, divided

into a proximal thinner and a distal spindle-shaped portion. Diver-

ticulum of spermatheca small.

Hab. Celebes.

102. Amyntas pusillus Ude.

Pericheta pusilla, Ude, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. lvii. p. 63.

16 mm., 60 segments. Seta 40-50. 10 sete between male

pores. Papille on xvii. and xix., corresponding in position tc

male pore, also a median papilla on xx. Spermathecal diverticulum

small and spherical.

Hab. Buitenzorg.

Only a single example was examined ; but it appears to differ

from the last.

K. Spermathece 1 pair in segment vii.

103. Amyntas minimus Horst.

Pericheta minima, Horst, Zool. Ergebn. Max Weber, ii. p. 66.

25 mm., 80 segments. Sete 44 behind clitellum, 60 on vii.

Duct of spermiducal gland curved. Diverticulum of spermatheca

long. Papille on vii.

Hab. Java.

Species which cannot be classified by the above

characters entirely.

AMYNTAS CULMINIS, Michaelsen, Jahrb. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi.

p- 58.

50 mm., 75 segments. Setz closer ventrally, 48 on v., 46 on

xxvi. Clitellum not developed. Three papille in middle of 18th

segment. Gizzard-septa? Spermiducal glands lying in four

segments, with short duct and noterminal sac. Spermathecw one

pair in viii., with very strong muscular duct as long as pouch and

diverticulum, of which the duct is much coiled, longer than sper-

matheca.—Celebes. .

AMYNIAS QUADRAGENARIUS, Perrier ; Pericheta quadragenaria,

Perrier, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, viii. p. 122.

210 mm. (exaggerated through softening); 40 sete in segments

in front of clitellum. Sperm-sacs in xi., xii. Spermathecs one

650 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [May 22,

pair in viii., with very long diverticulum which is much folded.

Intestinal ceca? Spermiducal gland much lobed. Terminal sacs ?

Although Perrier’s definition is not adequate so far as our

present knowledge is concerned, this species does not seem to be

identical with any subsequently described form with one pair of

spermathece in segment viii. or Vil., or ix.

AMYNTAS ELONGATUS, Perrier ; Perichata elongata, Perrier, ibid.

jul ee

Length ? (stated to be 355 mm.; but this length is too great for

the diameter of 4mm.). Sperm-sacs in xi., xii. Spermiducal

gland loosely lobate, with bent duct and no terminal sac. Sperma-

thecee in vi. without (?) diverticula.—Peru.

Here again it is impossible to state with even probability that the

present species is identical with any subsequently described species.

AMYNTAS TAITENSIS, Grube (in part) in ‘ Reise der Novara,’

Anneliden, 1868, p. 36.

This species, from which one individual of the two described by

Grube must be removed and placed in a second species already

treated of as Amyntas novare, has been termed * Perichata grubei”

by Rosa (Ann. k.-k. Hofm. Wien, vi. p. 395). It is 90 mm. long and

has 120 segments. Four papilla between male pores. Sete 60 on

viii, Spermathece open on intersegmental furrows vil./Viii., viii./ix.

Amyntas PARVUS (Ude, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. lvii. p. 64) is a

small worm 25 mm. long, with 85 segments. Setz 40-44, 12

between male pores. Spermathece in vili., ix. with very long and

coiled diverticulum. Duct of spermiducal gland broad and short.

I place this species in this place because the author of it says

nothing about sete upon the clitellum and papille. As he

examined three specimens, it is possible that they were absent.

In this case the species seems to be at least very near to

A. wruginosus or A. hesperidum. But I have not been able to

make up my mind to include a pygmy like the present form with

the giant ‘* Pericheta musica,” and the spermathecal diverticulum

seems to be too long for A. hesperidum,

Amyntas actnotus Goto & Hatai (Annot. Zool. Jap. iii. p. 16),

is a doubtful species so named—and not aptly—because of the

undeveloped clitellum. Its characters are :—

130 mm., 113 segments. Setz 50 to 60, 7 between male pores.

Spermiducal glands xvii.-xix. Spermathece in vi.—viii., with

diverticulum twice the length of pouch.

Species which belong to the genus Amyntas, but which

cannot be defined.

I shall content myself with giving a bare list of these species,

as our information concerning them is entirely limited to a few

external characters which are not sufficient to place them with

1900.) _ EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS AMYNTAS, ~ 651

even approximate accuracy, or to the number only of the sper-

mathece.

Amyntas diffringens, Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 40 & p. 387.

_Amyntas javanicus, Kinberg, Gifv. K. Svensk. Ak. Forh. 1866,

. 439.

ij Amyntas gracilis, id. ibid. p. 112.

Pericheta corticis, id. ibid. p. 439.

Amyntas subquadrangula, Grube, in ‘ Reise der Novara,’ Anne-

liden, 1868, p. 36.

Amyntas rodericensis, Grube, Phil. Trans. clxvili. p. 554; id.

Monatsber. Ak. Berlin, 1877, p. 355.

Amyntas juliani, Perrier, Compt. Rendus, Ixxxi. p. 1045.

Amyntas bicinctus, id. ibid. p. 1044.

Amyntas tricystis,id. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, ii. p. 243.

Amyntas dicystis, id. ibid. p. 243.

A few other species, such as “ Megascoleaw sancte helene” of

Baird, may belong to this genus. A number of forms described by

Schmarda! as Pericheta have been shown by subsequent investi-

gators not to belong to that genus as now defined but to Megascolex.

Prof. Spencer ° and Mr. Fletcher* described under the name of

“ Pericheta” worms which belong to other genera and were only

provisionally placed in Pericheta. The same may be said of

several species described by Prof. Bourne.*

InpDEX To THE SPEecIFIC NAMES OF AmyNTAS.

Page | Page Page

MCINICHIUS wseansee-egners 650 | birmanicus............ 637 | communissima ...... 635

acrophilus ............ 656) |) biserialis.......-0sasc: G3Si | WeOrbieis,!. 2... cseewenees 651

GUYRUIES...- 2025-5. =¢enae 638 | bonthainensis......... 630 | crassicystis............ 620

PAIADUS! <2 .0cn<.ne-a0= 626 | bossche .. ......s005 625 | crescentica ..........0. 614

*TUINOSUS.........+++ O29 |Mbournele..s-c5-. aera (Sf) |) VenllaW aN sacagassease se: 649

eNiiN Biss: ches oc eeseheaen GAly | ibKeVis) snc. .ce.0e Seas 636) | oeupulifera, 3. ..<.<.0xn2 645

QQTESWS! -niacsaqnasees 3/45 ePIC ar eevee sens 627 | darnleiensis ......... 615

AMAZONICUS ...04<04 645 | caducicheztus......... 618 | decimpapillata ...... 636

amnulatus .....+0sase 34s CIC CNITAN shee wear 630 | densipapillatus ...... 621

NbN) ca vass sale pasa 620 | californicus .......... O27; |MACVRliS ss... <caseesoes 651

aspergillum ......... 631 | campanulata ...... -.. 613 | diffringens.,.......... 651

YG gas ee eas 620 | campestris ............ Gol | Woreitata, oo)... sacs 630

ATATO! cscs apomecntd Hoo GANnGidan saeuereeer rans 633 | divergens ......,,.... 625

barbadensis_ ......... HAD) is Capensis,..<. usadeneeves Grlidin, |cdia bia sass ee. eames 614

batjanensis... ........ 630 | carinensis ............ Gebr Wve occas 623

Weal Bee ceased Glo ily CArNOSa, <.5ccsenesrecte 645 | elongatus ............ 650

bermudensis ......... 645 | castaneus ........... 626°) enganensis............ 6285

bicinctus.........0000« 651 | celebensis ............ G20} sepa osm awe seadeses sbeeee 615

bindjeyensis ......... 616 | cingulatus ............ G15 | esafater ......c0.seseue 63

1 Neue wirbellose Thiere beobachtet und gesammelt auf einer Reise um die

Erde, 1853, Pt. ii.

+ Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, v. p. 16 et seg.

3 Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. vols. i.-iv.

4 P,Z.8. 1886, p. 663.

* Vw eons:

652 ON THE EARTHWORMS OF THE GENUS SMynTAS. (May 22,

Page Page Page

VETOLEL' os. vsecc<c00te 639 |} Joriss 2.ccescc.<- sae 641 | queenslandicus ...... 643

7 as ae are 618 | macrocbeta ......... 619, | racemosus ............ 621

RASIMADE, 2000520005000 629 | madeline ............ OLS: | "recta <...<.:5 roe 630

Fiz: Se eae ere 643 | malamaniensis ...... 620 | ringeanus ............ 627

ferdinandi ............ 617 | mandhorensis ...... 645 | robustus...........-0.. 648

BIGOT ...00000002-00- 630 | margaritaceus ...... 647 | rodericensis ......... 651

flavescensS .......-.+++ 628 | martensi............... OL YOKNLO: ©, 2255 scssesceee 6383.

OWS sexes nue ones see 644 | masatake ............ 632 | sancti jacobi ......... 645

FOEDERL .25200's22e5 205 648 | mauritianus ......... 645 sandvicensis ......... 633

SUMICALA) s2-csceneres 631 | mazarredi ............ 644 sangirensis............ 620

huseatay f.2-0<0se- seeee 625 | megascolidioides ... 622 sarasinorum ......... 632

galelensis ............ 630 | merabahensis ...... 617 | sarawacensis ........ 637

ZAMSUNGi .......-+00. 630 | micronaria............ 625 | schizopora............ 633

glandularis ......... 634 | minimus............... 649 | schmarde ............ 619

glandulosus ......... 643 | minahasse............ 626 | scholastica............ 625

godeffroyi ............ 647 | mirabilis............... 622 | sedgwickii ............ 647

praculis-soivenepetens 651 | modigliani............ 622 semifasciatus......... 629

PTORBD scons sen erenvenk 625 | molokaiensis ......... 644 | ‘serinta | ....2...:.cs000 640

preiliel pass teosdb ees 650 | monilicystis ......... 725 A eee ee 618

SURTINT ot ene 627 | montanus ............ 619 | shimaensis............ 625

puliolail (0 iescas- vebees G14: |i mortial (...3: 5.0.53 645 | sieboldi ............00 635

halmahere............ G30) | musiens sssiic-tsese. 629 | sinensis ......cc0c-:a0e 623

tt ee ee GSB 4) TAS yoann cerse one aas ED, | TEED il seca d toate 630

hawayanus........+... 645 | neo-guinensis......... 642 | solomonis ............ 641

hesperidum ......... 633 | nipponica ............ 622 | spectabilis ...,........ 642

heterochetus......... 622 | nove britannie ...... 632 | stellert: 2..27.25.05a, 639

heteropoda............ G25} NOWRES ioc, copscssines 619 | subquadrangula...... 651

hexatheca ............ G2L..| PBSC 535583 es5s 2000 625 | subulatus ............ 641

hilgendorfi............ 633 | ocellatus............... 627 | sumatranus ......... 618

hippocrepis ......... 643 | operculata ............ 618 | supuensis ............ 638

hhovilleta c.,.55-3% st 613 | pacificus............... 642 | taitensis .....-.......0 619

hupeiensis ............ 646 | padasensis ...........- 624 | takatorii............... 631

SDI 6 ht coxpepensens 636 | pallida ..............- 645 | taprobane ............ 648

imparicystis ......... 630 | papillata ............ 639 | tenkatei ............... 618

PIpPUdeNs)ssesec- 50-5 GIG o)" papisic.wntcsiccrecsnae G44 |) febra issssecseceetees 623

TRMON — i asadsdes.cosies 615 | papulosus ............ G44 | Niprtivin.sscecisconce aoe 631

SHAS. «5 een sdenceses 618 | parvicystis............ 633 | tjibode ..-.......00.0. 618

BUND ccs.cce0-ecess 645 | parvula ...:........... 636 | tobaensis............... 627

MIB Roo es sesso ste specter GAUA| Siparynin arto. sees see 650 | tokioensis ............ 633

irregularis ............ 633 | pataniensis............ 637 | travancorensis ...... 614

APAIKAL cs /doceeesveser se 2B 5 |) PaO cache socen va GAS" | tricystis':..22-:-.0sc420 651

jampeanus ............ 630 | peguanus ............ 628 | trinitatis............... 624

JAPOMIONE .o0552020 22 634 | pentacystis............ 614 |) trityphla~ 2, -:..3.225 619

javanicus ............ 651 | peregrinus............ G44) tidet iccehcee 628

MANORS. sicasoaendssoss BUG: f perletiti<s pace ne -nee 622 | udekemi............... 614

UA 205s ve-nace seeds 651 | phacellotheca ...... 640 upoluensis............ 630

FULOIGOS sess esientaccces 628 | philippinus ......... 616 | urceolatus ............ 619

kalaenensis ......... 626 | PICtUS «eerste 623 | vaillanti..:........s0. 615

kamakurensis......... 636 | posthumus............ G4l || -yariabilis, 2553.02.58 618

Kavensis.,...5002000226. 630 | productus ............ 628 | vesiculata ............ 619

kinabaluensis......... 639 | proporus............... 635 | violaceus ............ 641

klabatensis............ 640 | pulcher ............0+- 619 | vitiensis ......... ..... 620

labuensis® 5. /:.0.-256- 637 | purpureus ............ 630 | vittatus .........000+. 635

WeyI8:cesscecnstcecteour 684.]. purus 37 aves vec 617 | vordermanni......... 624

TOP: 50 -Seeaeee seaanae G33 |, pasillmey ios sededeeehn GAD | owikloys:, Ssecncnuasdeots 629

lokonensis ............ 615 quadragenarius ...... GAD || sebteeh c:5-:iactoaciie 637

lompobatagensis ... 649 quadripapillatus ... 616 | zonoporus ......... ++- 620

Jona cs: 58,8 ssea ones 629 |

1900.] ON A NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORM. 653

5. On the Structure of a new Species of Earthworm of the

genus Benhamia. By Franx KH. Bepparp, M.A.,

E.R.S., &.

[Received May 9, 1900.]

Two specimens of a species of Benhamia have been kindly placed

in my hands by Mr. Budgett, of Trinity College, Cambridge. They

were collected by him on McCarthy Island on the Gambia, and

prove to be in an excellent state of preservation for anatomical

purposes. I believe them to be referable to a new species, of

which I propuse to associate the name with that of Mr. Budgett.

The following is a description of Benhamia budgetti :—

External characters.

The length of one individual (the two were fairly equal in size)

was 116 mm., by 5 or 6 mm. in breadth.

The buccal lobe cannot be described with accuracy as it was almost

entirely withdrawn into the buccal cavity. In correspondence

perhaps with this withdrawal, the first segment of the body was

deeply grooved dorsally and before backwards,

The sete, as usual, are closely paired. All the four pairs are

about equidistant, and the area occupied by them collectively is about

3 of the circumference of the body. They do not appear to be

wanting upon any of the segments of the clitellum except the

ventral pair upon the xviith and xixth segments, where they are

of course replaced by the penial setee, and, I think, the corre-

sponding pair upon the xvilith segment. These sete are generally,

but not always, absent in Benhamia.

The clitellum occupies entirely segments xiv.-xx. inclusive, and

also, at least in one specimen, the latter half of segment xiii. It

1s incomplete along a narrow ventral line which corresponds to the

area occupied by the ventral pairs of sete and their interspace.

This area forms almost a gutter owing to the bulging of the

integument along each side, which however does not commence

until the xvth segment.

Dorsal pores are present, and are especially conspicuous at the

tail end of the body.

The genital papille of this species are not numerous. There

are a pair upon segment xx. which extend on to xix., and are

in line with the orifices of the spermiducal glands. A median papilla

lies upon the end of segment xx., whose area is rather less than

that of the two anterior papille and their interspace. This papilla

was only obvious in one specimen. Finally there is a larger

median papilla upon the twenty-second segment, whose area

extends beyond the ventral setze. It is hardly to be separated from

the papilla in front. These papille are all conspicuous from their

white colour.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1900, No. XLIII. 43

654 MR, F. BE. BEDDARD ON A [May 22,

The orifices of the oviducts appear to be upon the fonrteenth

segment. On this segment and between the ventral sete is a small

convex quadrangular area with rounded angles. I believe that the

actual pores are placed at the sides of this convexity in the valley

which separates it from the surrounding integument, but I have

not seen them.

Fig. 1.

Ventral surface of Benhamia budgetti. The clitellar segments are numbered.

The orifices of the spermiducal glands are upon the xviith and

xixth segments, The usual furrow connects the two pores of each

side. This furrow is on both sides bowed outwards; it passes

outside of the position of the ventral sete of the xviiith segment ;

but the sete themselves I have not succeeded in seeing, nor the

apertures of the sperm-duct.

Structure of the body-wall.—Very few examples of this genus

1900.] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORM, 659

have been examined microscopically ; our knowledge of the more

minute structure of the genus is indeed limited to that of the

smaller forms, I have investigated the structure of the body-wall

in the present species, which shows certain features worthy of note.

The first point to which I direct attention is the vascularity of

the epidermis. This structual peculiarity occurs, but is not common,

among earthworms. I was myself the first to announce that

certain Oligocheta resemble the Leeches (in which group the fact

had been previously ascertained by Lankester) in having a vas-

cular epidermis." This character, however, has not been found in

many earthworms. It seems to me therefore to be worth recording

the fact that the Benhamia which forms the subject of the present

communication has a vascular epidermis. It appeared to me more-

over to be more abundantly vascular than I have observed to be the

case elsewhere. The capillaries are very readily seen owing to

their being injected with their own blood; they penetrate the

actual epidermis as loops which reach perhaps halfway through the

thickness of the epidermic layer. I could find no trace of their

opening on to the exterior, which has been asserted by the Messrs.

Sarasin in the case of Pericheta.

It is also to be noted that in the anterior region of the body,

at any rate in the neighbourhood of the spermathece, intra-epi-

dermie capillaries are so rare as to be practically absent. I only

saw one or two loops in a large number of sections. They can be

of but little functional importance in this part of the body; but

they are clearly of great functional importance towards the hinder

end of the body. As a matter of fact these capillaries do not

apparently penetrate the epidermis at the very end of the body ;

but this may conceivably be due to fresh growth in this region.

That the epidermis should be especially vascular posteriorly is

interesting when we reflect that it is in this situation that gills are

chiefly developed in branchiate Oligocheeta.

A second point of interest concerning the body-wall of this

species is that the longitudinal muscles have the bipinnate arrange-

ment, first described by Claparéde in Lumbricus, but not by any

means universal among earthworms.

Internal Structure.

The accompanying drawing (fig. 2, p. 656) illustrates a general

view of the internal viscera, and expresses at the same time some of

the specific peculiarities of the species. The anterior portion of the

two gizzards (which completely hide the underlying spermathece)

is to be noticed. ‘The position of the calciferous glands (ca), the

last pair of which are situated in the xvith segment, is important ;

and also the fact that the large intestine may be said to com-

mence in the xxist segment, as it does not attain to its greatest

1 “On the Anatomy and Histology of Pleurocheta moseley?,” Trans. Roy. Soc.

Edinb. 1880, and “On the Structure of the Body-wall in certain Earth-

worms,” Proc. Roy, Phys. Soc, Edinb. 1831.

43%

656 MR. FE. B. BEDDARD ON A [May 22,

width until that segment. The difference in size between the

anterior and posterior pairs of the spermiducal glands is clear (spd.).

The sperm-sacs (sps.) are to be seen in the xith and xiith segments,

a quite usual place for them.

General dissection of Benhamia budyet/i.

G., gizzard ; sps., sperm-sacs ; ca., calciferous glands; spd., spermiducal glands,

The intersegmental septa of this worm have the following arrange-

ment :—

The first septum, which is fairly thick, marks the anterior end of

the anterior gizzard ; the next, also thick, the posterior end; then

follows an excessively thin one. Another thin septum marks the

posterior boundary of the second gizzard. After this are four

closely crowded and also fairly thick septa. The two next, which

lie on the posterior boundaries of the xith and xiith segments, are

1900. ] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORM. 607

also thickened. The next septum is thin and delicate, but curved

forwards like those in front. After this the septa are all thin but

run straight across the body-cavity. A few strands of muscle bind

together some of the thickened septa, but they are not very strongly

marked.

The alimentary canal is, as in other Benhamie, furnished with

two gizzards. The last of these undoubtedly lies in the sixth seg-

ment. ‘The first appears to occupy the fourth segment, two septa

intervening between the two gizzards. The gizzards, which are

very stout, are pushed back and really overlie and absolutely con-

ceal the spermathece. Hence the crowding of the septa which

immediately follow them. There seems in fact to be more inde-

pendence between the position of the septa and the intersegmental

furrows than is usually the case. The calciferous glands lie in a

position which they do not invariably occupy in this genus, 7. e. in

segments xiv., xv., xvi. They are ofabronzy yellow colour. The

intestine does not assume its greatest width until segment xxi. I

could find no intestinal ceca such as are sometimes present in the

species of this genus. There is a typhlosole in the anterior part

of the gut but not posteriorly.

Besides a difference in position, that is to say of the segments

occupied by these glands, the calciferous pouches differ in certain

other points of structure among the species of this large genus.

In the present species the surface of the glands is fairly smooth ;

the furrowing, seen to so marked a degree for example in Benhanuia

cecifera, being practically absent. In transverse sections of the

glands they are seen to be somewhat bean-shaped, with a hilum

where the duct leaves the gland. Onthe opposite side there is but

one distinct furrow not far from the lower end of the gland, 1. e.

that side whichis nearest to the csophagus. The three glands

open into the ceesophagus by only a single duct on each side. This

duct is of considerable calibre, and is ciliated like the cesophagus ;

it has also muscular walls and is formed of three branches, one

from each gland. ‘The glands lie dorsally to the esophagus for the

greater part.

The nephridia of all species of Benhamia are of the “ diffuse,”

‘“‘plectonephric,” or “‘micronephric” type. Very generally in the

description of species this statement has been made without any

further additions. In others (as for instance B. octonephra) the

more exact arrangement of the nephridial tufts has been noted and

has afforded systematic characters. In the present species, there

are 10 or 12 nephridial tufts on either side of the nerve-cord,

which are rather more conspicuous from the 27th segment or so

backwards than they are anteriorly. This is often the case with

earthworms, and seems to be due to the peritoneal covering. “The

micronephridia of this species have a curiously squarish outline.

As to the vascular system, I have only to observe that the dorsal

vessel is single throughout its course and that the last pair of hearts

are in segment xiii.

Reproductive Organs. The sperm-sacs are large and rather

658 ON A NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORM. [May 22,

racemose in form; they lie in segments xi. and xii. I am inclined

to think that delicate sacs involve the funnels of the sperm-ducts

which are situated in segments x., xi. I detected the ovaries,

attached as usual to the anterior wall of segment xiii.

The spermiducal glands are limited to their respective segments

(i. e. xvii. and xix.) by being coiled. They are stout but not long ;

the muscular duct is aiso short and is about one fifth of the length

of the gland. The posterior pair of spermiducal glands are dis-

tinctly smaller than the anterior pair. The structure of the penial

sete is shown in the accompanying drawing (fig. 3).

Fig. 3.

Penial seta of Benhamia budgetti greatly magnified.

There are the usual two pairs of spermathece, which are com-

pletely hidden by the gizzards, and affect therefore to lie in a much

more anterior position than is really the case. Viewed from above

after removal of the gizzards, the four spermathece are seen to be

closely pressed together in the middle line, all of them in fact

1900.] |THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 659

touching. ‘The posterior are elongated and quite twice the size of

the anterior pair. They thus exactly match the spermiducal glands.

On a dissection no diverticula are visible; but in longitudinal

sections it is plain that a considerable number of tubular diverticula

open into the duct part of the spermatheca which are enclosed

within the same sheath. The arrangement in fact is very like

that of Benhamia beddardi as figured by Horst', only that the

region occupied by the diverticula is relatively shorter.

From the account of the anatomy given above, the following

definition of the species has been compiled :—

BENHAMIA BUDGETTI, N. sp.

Length 116 mm.x5 or 6 mm. diameter. Clitellum xiil.—xx.

Genital papille paired on xx., unpaired and median on xxXi., xxii.

Dorsal pores present. Furrows uniting spermiducal gland-pores

convex outwards, passing to outside of ventral setz of xvii. (which

are absent ?). Gizzards in v. and vi.; calciferous glands in xiv.—

xvi.; large intestine begins in xxi., and has a typhlosole for part of

its course. Spermathecee globular, with short duct and no external

diverticulum ; anterior pair smaller. Spermiducal glands not long,

stout and coiled; posterior pair shorter. Penial setz small, with

spinelets on anterior fourth.

Hab, McCarthy Island, Gambia.

June 19, 1900.

Prof. G. B. Howns, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the inonth of May 1900 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of May 1900 were 330 in number. Of these 38 were

acquired by presentation and 56 by purchase, 16 were born in

the Gardens, and 220 were received on deposit. The total number

of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was

151.

Among the additions attention may be specially called to :—

1. A young female Cape Hunting-dog (Lycaon pictus), obtained

by purchase on May 4th. This is a rather rare and delicate canine

animal, the present specimen of which seems likely to do well.

2, An Allen’s Porphyrio ({ydrornia alleni), captured at sea and

presented by Capt. J.C. Robinson, of the mail steam-ship ‘ Kildonan

Castle,’ on May 15th, who kindly sends me the following note on

the subject :—

“On the 1st of May, when the ship was in 8° South latitude and

' Notes Leyd, Mus. xvii. pl. i. fig. 6.

660 DR.O, W. ANDREWS ON AN ICHTHYOSAURUS JAW. [June 19,

5° West longitude, a bird flew on board, and being absolutely

exhausted was unresistingly picked up, and is alive and well up

to date.

“ The strange thing about itis, that the point in question is about

400 miles from Ascension, 500 from St. Helena, 700 from the Gold

Coast.”

The Secretary exhibited a cast of a portion of the jaw of an

Ichthyosaurus (taken from a specimen obtained at Flinders River

in Queensland) transmitted to the Society by Mr. J. Lane Huxley,

of the Land’s Department, Brisbane, Queensland, and read the

following note upon it prepared by Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.Z.S.:—

* The specimen sent is a cast of a fragment of the snout of an

Ichthyosaur related to Ichthyosaurus campylodon.

Fragment of Jaw of Jchthyosaurus.

Lower Cretaceous, Flinders River, Queensland.

“It is probably referable to the species Ichthyosaurus australis,

described by McCoy in * Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’

1876, vols. xix. & xx., and the specimens noticed by him are from

the same locality, viz. Flinders River, Queensland. ‘The horizon

from which they came is, as stated by McCoy, the Lower Creta-

ceous, although, for some reason or other, Moore states (see Quart.

Journ. Geol. Soc. 1870) that McCoy regards it as Liassic.

“ Another species, Jchthyosaurus marathonensis, from the same

horizon and a neighbouring locality, has been described by R. Ethe-

ridge, Jun. (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 1888, iii. [2]), but he admits

that it is not improbably identical with Jchthyosaurus australis.

Plesiosaurus is also recorded from the same horizon and locality.

“In the present specimen the bases of about seven teeth in

the upper jaw, and the crowns of four or five in the lower, are

preserved on the right side; while on the left only traces of teeth

are present.

“The teeth appear to have the subquadrate base and coarsely

ridged crown of the Campylodon group of Ichthyosaurus.”

1900.] MR, F, E. BEDDARD ON BASSARICYON ALLENI. 661

The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to an article

by Mr. E. C. Stuart Baker (of Dibrughur), F.Z.S., which had lately

appeared in the ‘ Asian,’ February 1900, concerning the Gaur (Bos

gaurus) and the Gayal (Bos frontalis). After a careful study of the

subject for several years, Mr. Stuart Baker had come to the con-

clusion that the Gayal was simply a domestic form of the Gaur, and

that the differences between them were produced by domestication.

A copy of Mr. Stuart Baker’s paper upon this subject had been

deposited in the Society’s Library.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger exhibited a remarkably large specimen of a

Bornean Tortoise, recently described by him under the name of

Inemys inornata. ‘The specimen, obtained by Mr. ©. Hose in Lake

Majang, had a carapace length of 64 centimetres. Mr. Boulenger

at the same time pointed out that the name proposed by him would

have to give way to the prior one of Brookia baileyi, which had been

proposed by Mr. E. Bartlett, although the description given by that

gentleman could not be regarded as a satisfactory one. Dr. Sieben-

rock, of Vienna, had already shown that the skull described by the

late Dr. G. Baur as Adelochelys crassa belonged to Liemys imornata.

The synonymy of Brookia baileyi would stand as follows :—

Hardella baileyi, EK. Bartlett, Sarawak Gazette, May 1, 1895.

Brookeia baileyi, H. Bartlett, Sarawak Gazette, June 1, 1896, and

Note-book Sarawak, No. 2, 1896, p. 81; Bouleng. Zool. Ree. 1897,

Rept. p. 26.

Adelochelys crassa, Baur, Anat. Anz. xii. 1896, p. 314, fig.

Inemys inornata, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix. 1897,

p- 469 ; Siebenrock, Sitzb. Ak. Wien, evi. 1, 1897, p. 248.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Anatomy of Bassaricyon alleni. By Frank E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector and Vice-Secretary

of the Society.

[Received May 1, 1900.]

A specimen of this rare American Carnivore, which was acquired

by the Society in 1894’, having died, I am able to call the atten-

tion of the Society to some new facts in its anatomy.

The species to which it belongs, B. alleni, was described some

years ago by Mr. Thomas’ and figured. Mr, Thomas commented

upon the close likeness which the animal bears to the Kinkajou

( Cercoleptes), a likeness emphasized by the fact that the individual

now under consideration was presented to the Society as a

Kinkajou. To Mr. Thomas this singularly close resemblance

1 Pp. Z.8. 1895, p. 621.

* “On Mammals from Heuador,” P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 397, pl. xxxviii.

662 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON BASSARICYON ALLENI, [June 19,

appeared to be an instance of the phenomenon known as mimicry.

It seems to be more likely due to nearness of relationship, com-

bined with a similar mode of life. Besides the external characters,

Mr. Thomas described and figured the skull of the animal; I shall

return to his descriptions later.

The genus Bassaricyon was first made known by Mr. Allen, who

figured the skull of B. gabhi’.

This species has been lately re-investigated by M. Huet *, who

figured the external characters as well as the skull; the latter was

naturally especially compared with that of the Kinkajou. I am

not myself acquainted with the skin of this species ; but if M. Huet’s

figure really represents the appearance of Bassaricyon gabbi, then

that species is very different indeed from Bassaricyon alleni, and

not in the least like Cercoleptes. The skulls of two individuals are

figured, the one being that of a young animal, the other of an

older specimen.

In the Proceedings of this Society for 1885, Dr. Mivart summed

up what was known about the animal at that date*. Dr.

Mivart pointed out that “the skull is more like that of Procyon

and Nasua than of Bassaris.” An important point ascertained by

the same author was that “a cast of the inside of the skull shows

that the brain possesses an Ursine lozenge.”* This point alone

would serve to refer the animal without any doubt to the Arctoid

division of existing Carnivora, a conclusion to which other ana-

tomical facts lead. It will be seen later that I am able to confirm

this statement by an examination of the actual brain.

External Characters.

I have made the following measurements of the animal, after

preservation in spirit.

Extreme length of body (measured along the

curve of the back) from snout to root

Cr Mane epee eee ee ee eee ee 17 inches.

Penetivel fadl* occ vie nie Gh eke a 103 ,,

Lenpth of fore lnmb! 2020. coy. mien sda 6° ,,

Lenpth-of Tand tains .'.2% 2. 2/532 ees Oe oy

enpth of ear ..)h900 50 Sots STS 2 laets 1})55,;

As to the colour of the fur I have nothing to add to Mr. Thomas's

remarks, except to say that the specimen studied by myself was

darker. I agree with him that the tail offers no evidence of being

prehensile.

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Puiladelphia, 1876, p. 21, pl. i.; and Bull. U.S. Geol.

Survey, v. p. 169.

e “Note sur les Carnassiers du genre Bassaricyon,” Nouy. Arch. Mus. Paris

(2) v.'p. 1.

ain On the Anatomy &c. of the Arctoidea,” P. Z.S. 1885, p. 363.

* « Notes on the Cerebral Convolutions of the Carnivora,” Journ. Linn. Soc.,

Zool. xix. p. 13.

° The tail was defective ; I consider that about one inch is missing.

1900.1 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON BASSARICYON ALLENI. 663

The nose is naked, and there is a marked median groove which

also cleaves the upper lip. This groove is perfectly visible upon

the dorsal surface of the nose, and there are even indications of it

on the fur-clad region behind. The nostrils are prolonged into

narrow slit-like orifices which are quite visible laterally.

The palms and soles are quite naked. The claws are not of

great length or strength. Neither are they of course retractile.

There are five or six long vibrisse forming the whiskers, three

or four upon each cheek and two or three underthe chin. Further-

more, on the arm not far from the hand is a tuft of long and quite

ji FE

Manus of Bassaricyon alleni, illustrating the tuft of vibrissze upon the wrist.

similar hairs. They appear to agree with a “cluster of long stiff

hairs ” described as occupying an identical position upon the arm of

Lemur catta and of other Lemurs by Mr. Bland Sutton*. Apart,

however, from the subject of the present paper, these tufts of long

hairs upon the arm are by no means peculiar to the Lemurs, as

might be inferred from reading Mr. Sutton’s paper. I have seen

them on a Malabar Squirrel and upon the arms of several other

' “On the Arm-glands of the Lemurs,” P. Z, 8. 1887, p, 369,

664 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON BASSARICYON ALLENI, [June 19,

kinds of mammals. They may very conceivably be tactile

in function.

In any case they are connected with a strong nerve which can

be readily felt and seen when cut by removal of the skin. The

nerve is 1 mm. or so in thickness just where it enters the skin to

supply these vibrisse. The roots of the latter can be seen to pro-

ject slightly from the under surface of the skin when the latter

has been flayed off in the ordinary way. It is suggestive that

these nervous structures should be present near to the wrist of

mammals which make considerable use of their hands. A noct-

urnal habit may be also partly explanatory of their presence and

obvious importance in some capacity or another ; the large size of

the nerve and of the vibrisse themselves seem to justify the

statement that they are obviously important.

The example of Bassaricyon alleni which I have studied is a

female ; it has, as had the skin examined by Mr. Thomas, a single

pair of mamme, which are some three inches or so in front of the

anus. ‘The same number of mamme is found in Cercoleptes.

Alimentary Viscera.

The tongue, as exhibited in the drawing (fig. 2), seems to be very

like that of Cercoleptes. It has seven circumvallate papille

arranged in the usua! triangular fashion with the apex directed

Fig. 2.

Tongue of Bassaricyon alleni, dorsal view.

towards the throat. The back part of the tongue at the fauces has

a number of longish backwardly directed horny papilla. The fungi-

form papil'e are scattered irregularly all over the dorsum of the

"here

1900. | MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON BASSARICYON ALLENI. 665

tongue ; there is a group of them high up in the A formed by the

circumvallate papillae, and at this region there are no filiform

papill~, which commence somewhat lower though still between the

limbs of the A, The fungiform papille extend to the very apex

of the tongue.

Mesenteries.—Concerning the mesenteries, I have the following

observations to offer, but 1 am unable at present to compare their

arrangement with that obtaining in other Arctoids.

The free edge of the omentum was absolutely free, it having

acquired no secondary connections with the rectum or other

viscera.

The bottom of the duodenal loop is attached for about half an

inch on the ascending limb by a special mesentery to the common

dorsal mesentery of the alimentary canal in the region of the

commencement of the large intestine. This is as nearly as possible

exactly opposite to the insertion of the mesentery which passes

from the gastro-splenic omentum and supports one limb of the

pancreas.

Stomach.—The stomach is in no way remarkable in form. It is

perhaps rather elongated. The cesophageal and pyloric orifices are

about an inch apart, and the greater curvature is some 42 inches.

The extreme length of the stomach is 25 inches. The pyloric

portion, as in Alurus*, Cercoleptes, and other forms, is tubular and

very thick-walled ; it is hard to the touch, and can be thus easily

distinguished from the rest of the stomach and from the

duodenum. The length of this portion of the stomach is nearly

an inch. Its orifice into the rest of the stomach is marked by

numerous longitudinal converging folds, and it is traversed by

similar folds. Externally it can be seen to commence abruptly.

It is to be distinguished from the duodenum by a constriction.

The spleen is straight, wider at one end, and measures about

2 inches.

The intestines measure about 62 inches.

Although there is of course no cecum, the increase in calibre

marks the commencement of the large intestine. Reckoned in

this way, the small intestine occupies 55 inches of the length of

the entire tract, while the remaining 7 may be called large

intestine *.

The liver is displayed in the accompanying drawing (fig. 3, p. 666)

from the abdominal surface. The features chiefly worthy of note

are in the first place the very large size of the caudate, which

consists of two very distinct lobes. The Spigelian lobe is also fairly

developed. The gall-bladder is deeply imbedded in the liver, but

is not visible upon the diaphragmatic aspect. The right lateral

lobe is larger than the left lateral, but the left central lobe is larger

than the right central. From the left lateral lobe is detached a

small separate lobe,

' Flower, “On the Anatomy of d/urus fulgens,” P.Z.8. 1870, p. 752.

2 Or perhaps this should be considered as rectum only,

656 MR, F, BE. BEDDARD ON BASSARICYON ALLENI, [June 19,

Fig. 3.

’

‘

’

Liver of Bassaricyon alleni, abdominal aspect.

Oav., caudate lobe; R.L., right lateral, R.C., right central,

L.C,, left central, and L.L., left lateral lobes.

Pancreas.—The pancreas of Bassaricyon is a thinnish gland,

divided as in Bassariscus into two limbs which join not far from

the emergence of the pylorus from the stomach. They thus

together form a V of which one limb is distinctly longer than the

other. The longer limb runs parallel to the spleen. There is

also a small lobe given off from the shorter limb near to its distal

extremity ; this curves round and joins the apex of the V. thus

enclosing between itself and the shorter limb an oval tract of

mesentery.

The pancreatic duct enters the small intestine in common with

the bile-duct at a point about half an inch away from the

pylorus.

The Ovary and the Oviduct.

It has been noticed that in a few mammals—in the Rat for

example—the ovary is perfectly continuous with the oviduct

owing to the fact that both the ovary and the mouth of the

oviduct are enclosed in a completely shut-off pocket of peritoneum.

I have found the same state of affairs to characterize not only

Bassaricyon but also Cercoleptes, which is an interesting bond of

union between these two Carnivora. There appeared to be

absolutely no communication between the ovarian sac and the

1900.] MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON BASSARICYON ALLENI. 667

surrounding peritoneal cavity. This state of affairs is an

exaggeration of what is to be seen in some other mammals. In

Fig. 4.

Ovary (ov.) and oviduct of right side of Cercolepées. In the right-hand figure

the sac containing the ovary and the mouth of the Fallopian tube is cut

open to display these structures.

the Paca for example the ovary can be perfectly easily pushed into

a little pocket, and quite concealed from view when the fold bearing

the mouth of the oviduct is drawn over it. It is normally half

concealed.

The Brain.

The brain of Bassaricyon resembles very closely that of Bassa-

viscus*. The general outline is almost identical. The hemi-

spheres diverge posteriorly to display the cerebellum. The crucial

sulcus is situated rather anteriorly, and is well marked, curving

round laterally after running forwards for a short way.

In Bassariscus a ** lozenge” is not formed, there being in the

brain of that animal no forward process of the crucial sulcus on

either side to enclose a space.

In Bassaricyon there are distinct indications of such forward

processes, particularly on the right side. But, as will be seen

from the drawing exhibited (fig. 5, p. 668), there is nothing like the

complete “lozenge” of larger Arctoids. As to this feature in

the brain, there is no possibility of confounding Bassaricyon with

Cercoleptes, which latter has a fairly well developed “ ursine

lozenge” ; and in addition the anterior part of the brain lying

in front of the crucial sulcus is much more depressed below

the level of the rest of the hemispheres than is the case with

Bassaricyon.,

The chief longitudinal fissure of the brain, that which divides

the sagittal from the parietal gyrus, does not reach the margin of

the pallium posteriorly ; it does so however more nearly on the

‘ “On certain points in the Anatomy of the Cunning Bassarise, Bassariscus

astutus,” P. ZS. 1898, p. 129.

668 MR. F, EB. BEDDARD ON BASSARICYON ALLENI. [June 19,

right side than on the left, thus resembling in a curious way the

brain of Bassariscus. In both these animals the fissure in question

is feebly marked compared with the same fissure in the brain of

Brain of Bassaricyon allent, A, dorsal view; B, lateral view.

Cercoleptes. In a brain of the last mentioned animal which I

have been able to study, I found a curious likeness to Bassaricyon

(and Bassariscus) in the fact that this fissure did not quite reach

the margin of the pallium.

The sagittal gyrus is folded upon itself anteriorly as it is in

other Carnivora; but there is no fissure upon the reflected part of

the gyrus such as occurs in Bassariscus.

The only other matter which seems to call for comment is the

presence of a bridging convolution between the parietal and the

sagittal gyrus on the left side of the brain. In the brain of

Bassariscus this occurs on the right side. In the brain of Cercoleptes

there is no bridging convolution on either side.

The Lungs and Heart.

On the right side there are three lobes of the lung, of which

the lowest is the largest and the middle one the smallest. On the

left side there are two lobes about equisized. In addition to these

there is a small ventral unpaired lobe.

The heart gives off two main branches from the aortic arch—an

innominate and a left subclavian.

The Muscular Anatomy.

Comparatively few of the genera of Arctoid Carnivora have

been investigated as to their muscular anatomy. What is already

known about the subject is summed up by Messrs. Windle and

1900.] MR. F. BE. BEDDARD ON BASSARICYON ALLENT. 669°

Parsons in their account of the muscular anatomy of the Carnivora

in general °.

I have therefore thought it desirable to dissect at least the

more important muscles of Buassaricyon, with a view of testing

some of the classificatory conclusions of the two authors just

‘named. This task has been rendered easier by the very useful

summary of muscular characters in various families of Carnivora

with which Messrs. Windle & Parsons’s memoir concludes.

The Peetoralis consists, as in the Kinkajou’, of three distinct

portions. The anterior, and at the same time the most superficial

part of the muscle, is the smallest division. It is about 2? inch in

breadth at its origin from the sternum, and narrows gradually

towards the insertion. Beneath this, and extending from the

anterior to very nearly the posterior extremity of the sternum, is

a large sheet of muscle which forms the rest of the pectoralis.

Anteriorly to behind the end of the first third of the sternum, this

sheet of muscle is divisible into a superficial and a deeper layer ;

behind this point there is an oblique tendinous inscription and

the two layers are fused. They are inserted perfectly separately

on to the humerus. ‘The origin is not only from the sternum but

also from the adjacent parts of the ribs.

The Rhomboideus is entirely a single muscle; the anterior part

which arises from the head cannot be distinguished as a rhom-

boideus anterior or rhomboideus capitis.

There is no trace that I could discover of any Rhomboideus

profundus such as occurs in many Arctoids (especially Mustelide),

and even in the near ally of the present genus, Cercoleptes.

The Serratus magnus forms one muscle including the levator

anguli scapule. Its origin extends as far back as the 7th rib. Its

attachment to the scapula is almost exactly coextensive with

that of the Rhomboid. There is a tendency to a slight differentia-

tion of the posterior muscle in that the insertion is faintly to be

distinguished from that of the rest of the muscle.

The Biceps, as is the case with the majority of the Carnivora, is

a single-headed muscle possessing only the long head. It is

curious that in this feature Bassaricyon departs from its nearest

allies ; for in Cercoleptes and in some other Arctoids the second

head of the biceps is present. In Bassaricyon there was an

obvious though small fleshy coracobrachialis, but no trace of a

second biceps head.

The Coracobrachialis has just been referred to. There was only

one muscle present. Perrin reports its double character in

Cercoleptes ; but Windle & Parsons found it to be single in that

Carnivore.

Latissimus dorsi.—This very large muscle is partly covered by the

musculo-cutaneous, which latter is inserted into the humerus near

| «The Myology of the Terrestrial Carnivora,” Pt. I., P.Z.8, 1897, p. 370;

Pt. IL., 1898, p. 152.

2 For the muscular anatomy of that animal see Perrin, P.Z.S. 1871,

p. 547.

Proc, Zoo, Soc.—1900, No. XLIV. tt

670 MR. F. EB, BEDDARD ON BASSARICYON ALLENI. [June 19,

to it. The chief facts about its origin to be noted are that it does

not extend back as far as the ilium, and that part of its origin is

from the last three ribs ; it joins the teres at insertion which forks

over the head of the biceps.

The Z'rapezius presents no particular features of interest ; it 1s

attached largely to nearly the whole length of the spine of the

scapula; and there is also the cephalo-humeral portion which

passes down the arm butis inserted on to the humerus as in other

Arctoids.

The Omotrachelian is of course present and attached just in front

of the last-mentioned muscle.

The Dorso-epitrochlear is slender and strap-shaped.

The Deltord calls for no special remark. It is composed of two

portions as in other Carnivora (not counting the cephalo-humeral),

The Z'riceps consists of four distinct portions which can be

referred to this muscle, and possibly of a portion whose nature is

somewhat doubtful and with which we shall deal presently.

The two outer heads are thick muscles which blend with each

other not very far from their insertion on to the elbow. Their

origins are concealed by the two divisions of the deltoid. The

posterior of the two arises from the margin of the scapula near to

the glenoid cavity. The origin of the anterior is from the head of

the humerus. These two divisions are superficial to a deeper

stratum of the triceps. This latter consists of the two portions

that appear to exist in other Carnivora. Of these one arises just

under the anterior superficial head and joins about halfway down

the humerus the fourth head, which arises from the upper part of

the shaft of that bone.

A broad slip of muscle, which appears to correspond to the

second dorso-epitrochlear of some authors, arises superficially from

the tendinous junction of the latissimus dorsi and the teres major,

and therefore considerably above the origin of the undoubted dorso-

epitrochlear. It is a flat strap-shaped muscle, and is inserted much

nearer to the elbow-joint than the dorso-epitrochlear.

The Anconeus is a fleshy mass arising from the lower half of

the humerus, and inserted on the same level as the deep portion

of the triceps.

The Epttrochleo-anconeus was found.

The Supimator longus is present, as in all Arctoids and the

majority of the Carnivora.

The Extensores carpi radiales longior et brevior are completely

blended and indistinguishable at their origin. Concerning the

Extensor carpi ulnaris, Extensor communis digitorum, Extensor

minimi digiti, I have no remarks to offer.

The Extensor digitorum profundus arises from the dorsal surface

of the ulna only.

The Extensor osst metacarpi pollicis arises as in other Carnivora

from both radius and ulna.

The Pronator radii teres appears to have an exceptional arrange-

ment in Bassaricyon. As a rule in this group of Arctoids the

1S)

1900. | MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON BASSARICYON ALLENI. 671.

muscle appears to be inserted on to the end of the radius. It was

inserted accurately into the middle of that bone in Bassaricyon.

The Flevor carpi radialis did not seem to be inserted on to a

metacarpal but on to the radial carpal.

The Flevor carpi ulnaris is single-headed and is inserted on to

the pisiform.

The Palmaris longus is a thin muscle associated with the last

and overlapping the flexor sublimis: it spreads out below into a

fascia. This muscle I believe to be the palmaris longus externus.

The internus I could not discover, so that in this particular

Bassaricyon departs from its ally Cercoleptes, where both muscles

are present. i

The Gluteus maximus has a fleshy insertion on to the middle of

the femur fora very considerable part of that bone, after the great

trochanter. The anterior part of the muscle is inserted quite

separately on to the trochanter, there being a considerable interval

between the insertions of the two muscles. It nearly completely

hides the underlying gluteus medius. This muscle is very thick

and fleshy and shows traces of being a compound structure in-

cluding the pyriformis. At the insertion the distinction of the two

is quite obvious.

The Gluteus minimus arises and. is inserted below the last.

The Tensor fascie has a flat tendon and a short and flat muscular

belly ; it is inserted on to the fascia about half-way down

the thigh.

The Sartorius is comparatively narrow at its origin, but it widens

out greatly at its insertion, entirely covering the knee.

The Gracilis is formed of two quite distinct parts whose origins

occupy together the whole length of the symphysis pubis ; they unite

before their insertion on to the leg; the posterior half of the

muscle is the Jarger and has a partly tendinous origin.

The Biceps is two-headed: one, which is chiefly tendinous,

springs from the tuber ischii ; the other, which is fleshy, arises in

common with the gluteus maximus. The insertion on to the leg

is not very extensive, about the upper one-third.

L could not find a Caudo-femoralis.

The Pectineus is a huge fleshy muscle divided into two layers, and

is distinct from the Adductor. There is but one adductor, which

is strap-shaped and fleshy throughout. It is inserted at the end of

the femur and partly on to the tibia. I am not quite certain

whether this may not be the presemimembranosus of Messrs.

Windle & Parsons.

The Senitendinosus has a strong, narrow, round tendon of origin

from the tuber ischii and no second head.

The Semimembranosus presents no particular features of interest.

The T'enwissimus muscle of this animal is very plain on dissection,

although extremely slender. It arises beneath the gluteus

maximus ; it ends in a flat tendon which is closely associated with

the semitendinosus but close to the insertion of the latter.

The Gastrocnemius is two-headed.

44*

672 MR. F. H, BEDDARD ON BASSARICYON ALLENI, [June 19,

The Plantaris is totally absent. This is very unusual, but there

is no possible doubt about it.

The Solews, on the other hand, is present. The muscle arises from

the head of the fibula, and so it cannot possibly be confounded with

the plantaris, which of course has a femoral origin. Moreover its

fibres also partly arise from the septum between itself and the

peroneal. Its tendon joins that of the gastrocnemius.

Of the Flevores tibialis and fibularis and the Tibialis posticus I

have nothing to say save that they were present and quite normal.

The Tibialis anticus has a double tendon of insertion, and the

muscle itself was double the smaller and lower portion, arising

entirely from the fibula, while the larger half arose from both tibia

and fibula. The lower half appears to be the equivalent of the

extensor proprius hallucis, since its tendon is continued to the end

of that digit; while the é2bzalis anticus proper is attacbed to the base

of the first metacarpal by its much stouter tendon.

The Extensor longus digitorum is not remarkable. It has a long

tendon of origin from the femur and a fleshy origin from the head

of the fibula.

I found the three Peroneals mentioned by Perrin in Cercoleptes,

Osteology.

As has already been mentioned, both species of Bassaricyon have

been described as regards the skull and teeth by the three gentle-

men who have dealt with those two species. In order to make the

present account of the skeleton more complete, I shall recapitulate

the main features in the skull as well as of the other bones, com-

paring them with the corresponding bones of Cercoleptes.

On the palatal aspect of the skull, it is seen that the palate of

Bassaricyon is wider than that of Cercoleptes, and increases in width

from before backwards as far as the end of the series of teeth ; its

form is thus roughly triangular, as compared with an oval form in

Cercoleptes. This feature appears to be more marked in B. alleni

than in B. gabbi. The length of the zygomatic arch from before

backwards where it becomes confluent with the tooth-line is greater

than in Cercoleptes. The anterior end of the palate at the insertion

of the incisors is almost semicircular in outline in Bassaricyon, and

nearly straight in Cercoleptes. In Bassaricyon the tympani bulle

extend laterally and posteriorly nearly to the edge of the skull;

in Cercoleptes there is a considerable flattened area of bone in this

situation. The paroccipital processes, which are not long in either

genus, thus come to lie close to the tympanic in Bassaricyon and

some way away in the Kinkajou.

On the lateral aspect of the skull, the chief difference which is

apparent is that the zygomatic arch in Bassaricyon is arched more

strongly upwards than in Cercoleptes. The infra-orbital foramen is

visible on this view in Cercoleptes; it is not in Bassaricyon. The

last molar lies behind the maxillary part of the zygomatic arch in

Cercoleptes ; this is not the case with Bassaricyon,

1900. ] MR. F. B, BEDDARD ON BASSARICYON ALLENI. 673

On the dorsal aspect of the skull, the zygomatic arches are seen

to project more at the sides in Cercoleptes than in Bassaricyon. In

the latter, owing to the greater width and different curvature of

that part of the zygomatic arch which joins the skull anteriorly,

the infra-orbital foramen is visible on this view; it is not in

Cercoleptes.

The mandible is much slighter, not nearly so deep in proportion

to its length, in Bassaricyon. The symphysis, moreover, is con-

siderably longer in Cercoleptes. 'The lower border of the mandible

is curved convexly downwards in Bassaricyon ; it is nearly straight

and with a slight ventral concavity in Cercoleptes. The coronoid

process is much longer than the angular process in Bassaricyon ; the

two are about equal in Cercoleptes.

The vertebral column of Bassaricyon has the following formula ;.

C7. Dy Lomeli. ca. S.o2" Cae lot

It has thus one dorsal fewer than has Cercoleptes and one lumbar

more. Its formula is in fact the same as 1s that of Bassuriscus.

The atlas and the axis (c/. figs. 6 & 7) resemble those of the

Kinkajou; the third, fourth, and fifth cervicals show hardly any

Fig. 6. Fig. 7.

pee a :

SE one

: a ee

£ fe, yb gacateess Sy 1

Mics gens . fi

Cervical vertebrae of Bassaricyon Cervical vertebrie of Cercoleptes

alleni, ventral view, caudivolvulus, ventral view.

distinction between the lower and the upper lamelle of the

transverse processes; this, however, is partly shown on the fifth,

and is very marked on the sixth. In Cercoleptes, on the other

hand, all these vertebrae have markedly bifid transverse processes,

while the lower lamella of the sixth vertebra is by no means so

674 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON BASSARICYON ALLENI. [June 19,

large as in Bassaricyon. The third, fourth, and fifth cervicals have

in Bassaricyon double hypapophyses; these are absent in Cerco-

leptes. In the dorsal vertebre the spine slopes backwards in the

first ten; the change is so marked (as indeed it always is in this

group) that the spine of the eleventh is in absolute contact with

that of the tenth. Cercoleptes is similar in this point of structure.

In the caudal series the first four vertebra bear V-shaped chevrons

which are not ankylosed to the centra. After this the two equivalent

processes widely diverge with each other and are firmly ankylosed.

In Cercoleptes the first five chevrons form complete canals and are

detachable from the vertebre ; that of the sixth is composed of

two pieces which nearly meet but are ankylosed with the centrum.

The rest are divergent and do not enclose a canal; they are also

ankylosed. Since the tail of Cercoleptes is prehensile while that

of Bassaricyon is not, it is not surprising to find that the transverse

and other processes of the caudal vertebree are more marked and

continue marked to nearer the end of the tail in that form than in

Bassariwyon,

As already mentioned, there are thirteen pairs of ribs. Of these

the first nine are attached to the sternum. The capitula of the

first ten are intercentral in position; those of the rest have moved

back on to the centrum of their vertebra. A distinct tuberculum is

not visible after the tenth. In Cercoleptes there are fourteen pairs

of ribs; the additional one in that animal differs from those which

precede it in the fact that it is attached not to the centrum of its

vertebra but to an apparent transverse process which, however, is

not ankylosed to the centrum and, moreover, is directed backwards

while those of the succeeding lumbar vertebre are directed forwards.

In Bassaricyon the transverse processes of this vertebra (which

certainly have not ribs, as the skeleton was most corefully pre-

served) have the same direction as those which follow, though they

are rathersmaller. The first eleven ribs of Cercoleptes have capitula

which are interceptral in articulation. This eleventh rib is the last

which possesses a distinct tuberculum. Only nine,as in Bassari-

cyon, reach the sternum. In both genera the sternum consists of

nine pieces; and in both the last but one is much smaller than

those on either side of it.

The shoulder-girdle is very like that of Cercoleptes ; the outline

is precisely so, but the ridges, on the inner surface of which there

are four in Cercoleptes, are reduced to two. Isaw no clavicle, which

if present must be very minute, as it is in Cercoleptes. As to the

remaining parts of the skeleton, I have noted no differences from

Cercoleptes.

It may be useful to append to the foregoing notes upon the

structure of Bassaricyon a condensed definition of the genus. It

should certainly be referred to the Procyonide, as has indeed been

the opinion of all recent writers.

1900. ] MR. A. L. BUTLER ON A NEW SEROW. 675

Genus BASSARICYON.

External form like that of Cercoleptes, but with non-prehensile

tail. Nose grooved anteriorly. Mamme 2. Sole ot feet naked.

Premolars 4; molars 2; both tri-tuberculate in upper jaw; in

lower jaw 2 molars with 4 tubercles. Vertebral formula: C. 7,

D. 18, L.7,8.38,Ca.15+? Nine ribs join the sternum. Clavicle

entirely absent. In skull, palate much produced behind last molars,

coronoid process of mandible long and backwardly hooked, angular

process slight.

2. On a new Serow from the Malay Peninsula. By A. L.

Butter, F.Z.S8., Curator, Selangor State Museum.

[Received June 19, 1900.]

It has hitherto been supposed that the Serow which occurs in

the Malay Peninsula is identical with Nemorhedus sumatrensis

(Shaw). No skin from this region, however, has ever been sent

to Europe, and on examining two specimens recently obtained

on the Larut Hills, Perak, Iam convinced that they belong to a

species as yet undescribed.

From the following description it will be seen that the Malayan

Serow differs conspicuously from Nemorhedus sumatrensis in its

jet-black legs, the limbs in that species being always tan or rufous.

This uniformity of colouring on body and limbs alone gives the

animal an entirely different appearance from the Burmese Serow.

Nor does it agree in any way, as might perhaps have been ex-

pected, with Blyth’s WN. rubidus from Arakan. Blyth described

the Arakan species (Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. 1863, p. 174),

from a stuffed head, an adult skin and one of a kid, as being “ of

a red-brown colour with black dorsal list; the hair shorter than

of the others.” The Malayan animal is mostly black, the under-

colour on the back is greyish white; the hair is not shorter than

in WV. sumatrensis.

Description of a female specimen in the Perak Museum, shot

by Sir Frank Swettenham on the Larut Hills, Perak, early in

1899 :—

NEMORH2£DUS SWETTENHAMI, sp. n.

General colour black, the back strongly and the sides slightly

grizzled with grey, the bases of the hairs being whitish. Along

the lips whitish grey; the posterior portion of the upper lips, a

patch on each side of the lower jaw and one on the throat rusty

red. Lars black, grizzled with rusty at the base, and lined and

edged with greyish-white hairs. Mane black, mixed with whitish

hairs on the fore part of the neck and with reddish hairs towards

the withers. Insides of the thighsrusty red. Remainder of head,

neck, chest, belly, and legs black. Tail black,

676 DR, WALTER KIDD ON THE [June 19.

Height at shoulder 363 inches; from nose to root of tail over

curves of body 58 inches; tail 43 inches. Length of horns

6 inches.

Named after Sir Frank Swettenham, Resident-General of the

Federated Malay States, whose specimen appears to be the first

ever shot by a European.

Mr. L. Wray, of the Perak Museum, has seen an adult male in

the flesh, too decomposed to be preserved, but of which he kept the

skeleton. I once had an opportunity of watching one in jungle

for a minute or so not more than fifteen paces distant ; and quite

recently a kid was captured alive by coolies on the Larut Hills,

having strayed into a wired-in tennis-court. All these were similar

in colour to the one described, which may therefore be taken as

a typical specimen of the Malayan species. The kid differed from

the adult only in having a very narrow ring of rufous round the

top of the hoof. This youngster Mr. Wray and I were particularly

anxious to send home alive to the Society’s Gardens under the

charge of Mr. Keilich, of the Perak Museum, who was shortly pro-

ceeding to England, but unfortunately it died after five or six days’

captivity. The specimen is now in the Museum along with the adult.

Although this Serow is so little known to Europeans the horns

are occasionally obtained from the Sakai tribes of the hills, and L

have notes of a dozen pairs as follows :—83} inches, 8, 73, 77, 63,

64, 63, 63, 63, 63,6, 6. Eight inches appears to be a good head.

The Malay name for this animal is ‘‘ Kambing grun,” i. e. * Cave-

Goat.”

It is found on the mountains of the Peninsula from 2000 ft.

to 4000 ft. altitude, and is said also to occur on various isolated

limestone hills of much lower elevation

The peculiar circumstances under which Sir Frank shot bis

specimen were narrated in the ‘Sketch’ of April 26, 1899, p. 22,

the article being illustrated with a photo of the mounted animal.

Sir Frank was taking a photograph one afternoon when the Serow

was noticed on the hill beneath him, apparently quite fascinated

by the appearance of the cloth-covered camera on its tripod. It

remained motionless, still gazing intently at the camera, while a

rifle was sent for, when an accurate shot brought it to bag.

8. The Significance of the Hair-Slope in certain Mammals.

By Watrer Kipp, M.D., F.ZS.

{Received March 27, 1900.]

The following observations were suggested by a study of the

well-known peculiarity as to the direction in which the hairs

slope on the extensor surface of the human fore-arm. In‘ Nature,’

vol. lv. p. 236, I drew attention to certain considerations affecting

the “ vestigial” character of this hair-slope, and pointed out that

most hair-clad mammals, except Ungulates, present much the

1900.] HAIR-SLOPE IN CERTAIN MAMMALS. 677

same direction of slope of hair in this region as Man. From this

I was led to suggest that the direction in question is due to

pressure of the weight of the fore part of the body acting

downwards and forwards, and that the resultant of these two

forces, in the cases of Carnivores and other animals accustomed to

a‘ couchant ” attitude when at rest, would tend to direct the slope

of the hair away from the manus on the extensor surface of this

limb-segment. Asa matter of fact this slope is found in nearly

all Carnivores, wild and domesticated, in which the hair is short

enough to allow of its observation. On the other hand, in most

Ungulates one finds that the slope on this extensor surface does

not present the reversed curl of hair found in Carnivores and

Primates. Thisrule is far from universal: e.g., the Elk, Domestic

Horse, and 4 Antelopes present on this limb-segment, over the

distal fourth, a slope towards the radial border; and further,

11 Antelopes and 20 Cervide examined have a slope hardly differing

from that of Carnivores (see subsequent remarks, p. 686). From

this basis of fact 1 suggested that the hair-slope in Ungulates

assumes this direction, which is more in accordance with the general

slope of hair in other regions of the limbs, and so differs from that

of Primates and Carnivores, because of the attitude assumed by

Ungulates when at rest. These animals so commonly rest with

the extensor surface in question resting on the carpus and manus

in flexion, in other words with the fore-limb doubled underneath

the body, that any pressure downwards on this area of hair serves

only to confirm its manus-ward slope, there being no horizontal

force acting with the vertical to produce a forward slide, as must

always be the case in the “‘ couchant ” attitude of Carnivores.

Following up this point, in ‘ Natural Science,’ Nov. 1897,

p. 357, I made a short note of the bearing of these facts on the

doctrine of the non-inheritance of acquired characters.

This matter has now been investigated somewhat further in a

different region of the bodies of hair-clad mammals, namely,

the frontal, nasal, and premaxillary areas. I find among the

different mammalian orders some singular divergences in the

arrangement of this hairy surface. Here is a part of the body

very much open to inspection, and one which from its prominent

position must be subject to the action of tolerably constant

external forces, differing necessarily in different forms, according

to their environments.

It is not possible to understand enough of the daily lives of many

of the animals referred to below, but of some we may claim to know

certain forces which cannot but act upon them in certain directions.

A few of these will be considered later.

The most common hair-covered mammals occur among Primates,

Insectivores, Carnivores, Ungulates, Rodents, Marsupials, and

Monotremes.

The great majority of these conform to a certain general distri-

bution and slope of the hair in this region of the head. This

slope ordinarily commences in the premaxillary area just above the

678 - DR. WALTER KIDD ON THE [June 19,

muzzle with a small whorl or star, and the hair passes in two

streams along the nasal up to the frontal area, diverging on its

way in a fan-shaped fashion, to coalesce on either side with the

hair round the orbits and that of the face and neck. In many

forms, chiefly those with short hair, a clearly defined “ parting ”

is found in the middle line of the nasal and frontal regions ; in

those with longer and thicker hair no such “ parting ” is visible.

At about the junction of the frontal and parietal bones there is

commonly a further whorl or star, at which point further diver-

gences of hair-streams take place. This, which 1 would call for

convenience the Ordinary Type, can be seen in many hair-covered

mammals, especially those in which the hair is rather short. (See

fig. 1, Red Deer.)

Fig. 1.

RED DEER

‘Types of heads showing hair-slope on frontal and nasal regions, arrows

indicating general direction of slope.

I need do no more than enumerate those groups of animals

which conform to the Ordinary Type.

1. Monorremes.—The fur of Ornithorhynchus and the spines

of Echidna present this ordinary type of slope.

2. MARSUPIALS.

3. RODENTS.

4, INSECTIVORES.

5. UneuLares.—Among the representatives of this great order,

Ovide ; Antilopide (except those mentioned below); Cer-

vide ; Capra; Suid (except one form noted); Camelide

and Giraftide (peculiar and noted more particularly below) ;

Hyracoidea ; so far as observed, all present the Ordinary

Type.

1900.] HAIR-SLOPE IN CERTAIN MAMMALS. 679

6. Carnivores.—Among these, Urside; Procyonide (except

the Great Panda); Mustelide; Otariide; Phocide; Triche-

chide ; Viverride, and Canidz conform to the Ordinary

Type.

7. Primares.—Lemuride mostly present this type, thus differ-

ing from the type found in Monkeys and Anthropoid Apes

and in Man, which will be described later.

It is more particularly those instances among Carnivores and

Ungulates, departing from the Ordinary Type, to which I desire

to draw attention.

So far as I have been able to ascertain from a great number of

specimens, living and dead, among Carnivores the great majority

follow the Ordinary Type. The exceptions observed are somewhat

remarkable—-viz., Helis leo, F. tigris, I. pardus, F. onca, F. concolor,

F, lynx, F. jubatus, and the Domestic Cat. In these animals so.

decidedly marked off, by their deep and massive muzzle, from the

smaller and more numerous allies of the Felidw, the direction of

the slope of hair on the nasal region is towards the external nares,

beginning from a whorl which is situated about midway between

the level of the orbits and the external nares. From this whorl

there is no interruption to the straight line taken by the hair-

slope till it reaches the muzzle. (See Lion, fig. 1, p. 678.)

One singular exception to the Ordinary Type is found in the

Panda (4luropus melanoleucus), and in this animal the whorl is

found slightly nearer to the external nares than that of the larger

Felidz, and the slope thence to the nares resembles theirs. The

Panda and the larger Felide, it may be remembered, have all

massive, deep muzzles.

As to Carnivores, then, it appears that all Dogs, Foxes, Wolves,

Jackals, Smaller Cats, nearly all Bears, Racoons, Seals, Walruses,

Weasels, Badgers, Otters, Skunks, present the Ordinary Type of

hair-slope on the nasal and frontal regions.

These are all animals with elongated, more or less pointed

snouts. The exceptions brought forward—Lion, Tiger, Leopard,

Puma, Jaguar, Lynx, Cheetah, Panda—are those of animals with

deep, massive snouts.

Uneutates turnish a greater number of exceptions to the

Ordinary Type than any other group of mammals. It has been

seen that the majority even of this order are, so to speak, normal.

The exceptions which have been noted wre as follows :—

Bovide, or True Oxen.

Bos indicus,

? resent a uniform slope from a _ whorl

Bos frontalis, | i :

between the insertion of the horns to a

Bos sondaicus, Peas ;

point just above the margin of the muzzle,

Bos taurus (or a

; no Nae where a secondary small whorl is found.

Congo Buffalo), )

Bos depressicornis.—Slope passes from a whorl close below the

680 DR. WALTER KIDD ON THE [June 19,

level of the orbits to the margin of the muzzle, where a

secondary whorl is found.

Bos taurus or Chillingham Wild Cattle.—Of two specimens, one

shows the whorl above, the other below the level of the

orbits.

Bos bubalis, present a bi-lateral whorl below the level of

Bos mindorensis, { the orbits.

Bos caffer.—Here the hair slopes uniformly from the whor! at

the base of the great united horns to the small secondary

whorl close to the margin of the muzzle.

Bos grunniens, present thick long hair sloping to the small

Bos bonasas, secondary whorl above the muzzle-margin,

Ovibos moschatus, { from the base of the horns, no primary whorl

Bos americanus, } here being visible.

Antelopes. Among these the exceptions are :—

Oryx beisa,

Bubalis swaynei, | primary whorl] ranging from a position

Bubalis tora, | just below the base of the horns to the

Bubalis tragocamelus, (level of the orbits, and small secondary

White-bearded Gnu, | whorl] close to muzzle.

Blue-brindled Gnu, _)

Saiga tartarica—Muzzle shaped like that of Tapirs. Hair

slopes from bilateral whorls, situated a little below the

level of the orbits, towards the nares. Just above the nares

is found a secondary whorl, in one female specimen ; and

in a male specimen there is a third whorl between the two

other whorls. In this specimen the downward slope is

thus broken up in its course.

Reindeer (Cervus tarandus).—Shows a whor! immediately above

the margin of the muzzle, from which the stream of hair

passes very closely in the long axis of the head over the

convex rounded upper lip to the level of the horns.

Equide.—All of those that I have been able to examine are

exceptions to the Ordinary Type. (See fig. 1, Horse.)

Zebra has the whor] varying slightly above or slightly below

the level of the orbits.

Quagga has the whorl] nearer to the ears than Zebra.

Equus asinus (African Wild Ass) has the whorl at the level of

the orbits.

Equus hemionvs (Asiatic Wild Ass) has the whorl below the level

of the orbits.

Equus caballus, at the level of the orbits.

The Domestic Horse, Ass, and Mule differ one from the other as

to the position of the whorl as follows :—In the Horse it is at or

just below the level of the orbits. In the Domestic Ass, which

appears to be the tamed Hguus asinus, it is midway between the

level of the orbits and the muzzle. (In this connexion the great

1900. ] HAIR-SLOPE IN CERTAIN MAMMALS, 681

relative size of the head of the Ass may be noted.) In the Mule

it is not quite so far towards the muzzle as in the case of the Ass.

In the Tapirs the snout is elongated and curved gently towards

the ventral surface in a very uncommon form. I¢ thus differs from

other elongated snouts, which are not only elongated but straight

asarule. In Tapirs the direction of the hair-slope is uniformly

towards the muzzle.

Among the Suwide, the only exception observed was the Phaco-

cherus or Wart-Hog, which presents a notable bristling whorl of

hair, unusually far from the snout for a pointed head, such as this

form shares with cther Suide. This whorl is nearly midway

between the nares and the level of the orbit.

The Giraffide and Camelide show the Ordinary Type of slope

in the nasal and frontal regions, but on the broad thick upper

lip the hair is arranged in a fan-shaped way, diverging from the

level of the nares to the margin of the upper lip.

Primates.—In the case of the Primates, the whorl from which

the hair of the frontal, nasal, orbital, and facial regions diverges

is situated iu most forms at the level of the orbits; and thus this

great group, including Man, conforms to the exceptional type.

It is not claimed that these observations are exhaustive for all

hair-covered mammals, but they are certainly quite representative.

It comes then to this, that from the great majority of mammals there

stand out in marked contrast to them, in respect to this character,

seven Felide, one of the Procyonide, one of the Urside, seven

Antelopes, all Tapirs and Equide examined, thirteen Bovida, and

one of the Suidz, and Primates except Lemuridz.

It appears desirable to ascertain, if possible, what characteristics

are common to these rather divergent types of animal life, or

what is common to them in the way of habits or environments.

In the first place, it may be suggested that this exceptional

slope of hair is correlated with a deep, massive, somewhat trun-

cated muzzle. It is clear that the more ordinary type is found in

animals with pointed muzzles. It is equally clear that the larger

Felide and the Domestic Cat have the exceptional form of hair-

slope, correlated with the different types of muzzle referred to.

This is also found in the Panda (dtluropus melanoleucus). But

among the Antelopide and Bovide specified, the Tapirs, and

Equid, this type of snout is not marked enough to enable one

to generalize as to this correlation. It is relatively not nearly so

massive or deep as in Felide. It can, then, hardly be maintained

that the exceptional slope is merely correlated with a certain type

of snout.

Again, the pose of the head in rest, or its carriage when in

motion, may have a bearing on the point. It cannot be that the

pose of the head can effect the “set” of the hair in many cases by

the action of gravity, for most of these are short-haired. But it is

a fact that the larger Felidw, the Panda, the specified Antelopes,

e.g. the Gnus, the Bovide, Tapirs, and Equide carry their heads

more set at an obtuse, or some at a right, angle to the longitudinal

682 DR. WALTER KIDD ON THE [June 19,

axis of the body than those animals with pointed snouts. To

such a rule there must be many exceptions, but a rule it is.

The fore-end of animals is necessarily subjected to numerous

forces in the course of their wild life, and it seems a fair inference

to draw, that the differences of “set” of hair on this prominent

region are determined by different factors, such as the prevailing

attitude of the head, habits, and environments. The hair-slope

must break or “ part” somewhere in the frontal or nasal region,

and it may need but little in the way of difference in the angle of

incidence of wind, tropical rain, pressure against undergrowth,

burrowing in the ground, rooting in swamps or marshy ground,

and, finally, method of cleaning the fur, to determine that point at

which a whorl shall be established, and inherited in the course of

many generations. These are no more than suggestions to account

for some singular divergences in a very insignificant character,

which have come about by some means or other, and they agree,

in their way, with the suggested reason for the peculiar hair-

slope on the extensor surface of the forearm of Man, certain

Monkeys, and Carnivores.

There is some support for this view in the striking whorl with

divergence of colour, so generally seen over the tuberosities of

the ischia of short-haired Dogs, and the bare spots and callosities

on the corresponding parts of many Monkeys, for both of these

forms of animals are notoriously fond of sitting on their haunches.

Another “abnormality ” of set of hair for which one can see no

explanation, is that strange slope towards the cephalic end, which

is seen on the middle line of the dorsal region of some Antelopes.

This may even start from a whorl over the sacral region, and

pass thence right up to the horns, as in Oryx beisa, or from a

whorl in the mid-dorsal region, as in Cobus ellipsiprymnus. In

cases such as these, it may be that a fuller knowledge of the

habits of such animals would provide a reason for so strange a

departure.

APPENDIX,

I have ventured to make a short addition to this paper containing

some notes illustrated by two diagrams, which, 1 think, lead to

similar conclusions. They represent three regions of the domes-

ticated Horse, an animal especially useful for investigation on

account of the great numbers of individuals open to our inspection,

and because it is an animal whose business in life is to walk, trot,

canter, or gallop, and since it has been domesticated by man it

has probably led, more than any other animal, a locomotive life.

Three regions of the Horse’s body are illustrated :—

A. Inguinal.—Here is exhibited the well-known whorl from

which a “feathering” starts, at the edge of the skin-fold of this

region, opposite to the level of the patella, extending up the

hollow of the flank, with a feather-shaped arrangement of the hair,

to the level of the crest of the ilium, where it terminates, sharply

1900. | HAIR-SLOPE IN CERTAIN MAMMALS. 683

and with great uniformity, in a raised ridge of hair. The

“ feathering ” diverges on each side, that on the gluteal region

merging easily into the general hair-stream of this part, and the

stream which passes on to the thorax sweeps more widely forward

and curves again to the ventral surface, uniting with the hair-

stream of the thorax.

This character in Horses is universal, and I have found it

present, more or less marked, in 25 other forms of Ungulates

(see Notes, p. 686).

B. Post-humeral or avillary.—This whorl, with occasionally a

“ feathering ” arising from it, lies in the hollow between the great

mass of extensor muscles of the fore-limb and the muscles of the

thorax. It has been found by me in 87 Horses out of a very

Jarge number examined. In two of these it was unilateral ; and of

these 87, 57 were cart-horses, though the proportion of cart-horses

examined was very small. In regard to this fact, it may be noted

that in cart-horses the action of the shoulder-joint prepon-

derates considerably over that of the carpal and metacarpo-

phalangeal joints. One special group of 2159 Horses examined

gave 42 cases of this feature, or nearly 2 per cent. I would suggest

that this is a specially interesting case of a new character, like the

more stable inguinal and pectoral whorls, being developed before

our eyes. This whorl has also been noted in 16 other forms of

Ungulates. (See Notes, p. 686.)

Fig. 2.

View of Horse showing post-humeral and inguinal whorls with feathering,

arrows indicating directions of opposing muscles,

C. Pectoral.—This whorl (see fig. 3, p. 684) with oval “ feather-

ing” is bilateral, and extends from a point about at the level of

the olecranon process over the mass of the pectoral muscles in a

684 DR. WALTER KIDD ON THE [June 19,

line nearly parallel with the mesial plane. This is universal in

Horses, and much more general than either A or B, being found

in most Ungulates and Carnivores.

Fig. 3.

i Ha |

i a iy

Y, ‘i

1 UMW cepuate-

2 G4) ). 7 Ni \

ee \HumeRaL,

}

pe ||| fureer parr

S am Vis or PECT MAd.

Vit: YH)

INN Ws,

Sw or PECT. MA.

\\ |

Tif

i 4 LYLEXTENSOR

if CARPI-RADIAUIS.

Front view of pectoral region of Horse, the left side showing muscles with

opposing actions, the right showing pectoral whorl with feathering.

Two further points may be referred to. First, neither A nor B

has been found in any but the Ungulate Order; second, in 9 of

the 25 Ungulates noted, A and B co-existed.

The suggested interpretation of these facts is that they are due

to the effect on the plastic hair-streams of the markedly divergent

traction of the underlying muscles. These are seen to have a

striking opportunity of influencing the structures lying over

them, in each of the three regions alluded to, by a reference to

the diagrams,

1900.] HAIR-SLOPE IN CERTAIN MAMMALS. 685

All the characters of hair-slope here referred to may be taken

as congenital. Being then inherited they may have arisen in

certain ancestors in one of the three ways :—

1. They may have been due to selection (Natural, i.e. Personal,

Sevual or Germinal).

2. They may have arisen from the action of habits or environ-

ments—Lamarckian factors ; or,

3. They may be vestigial.

Considering that, so far as it is possible to understand animal

life, the survival-value of these differences of hair-slope is nil,

natural selection and germinal selection may be put aside as

accounting for them.

Though the slope on the extensor surface of the fore-arm is

claimed to be vestigial, these peculiarities are not so claimed, and

cannot be, in the face of the very tangled relationships which are

presented.

The possibility of accounting for them by sexual selection must

be considered; but as some of these divergences of slope are

difficult for a human eye to discover at close quarters, and as

usually no markings or coloration are attached to them', this

theory cannot be seriously entertained.

If it may be fairly held that these exceptional forms of slope of

hair found on the head, dorsal region, fore-arm, and gluteal region,

indicate the working of certain Lamarckian factors, there is a much

greater body of evidence pointing in a similar direction, viz., all

those hairy mammals which conform to the ordinary type. Indeed

the general trend of hair from the cephalic to the caudal extremity

of every animal, and from the proximal to the distal extremity of each

limb, may even be open to similar interpretations. As there is no

evidence forthcoming as to the prototype of hair-covered mammals,

no speculation as to the habits and environments thereof can be

profitable. Whether it were Ornithodelphous, Marsupial, or

Insectivorous in its type, there must have been a time when the

development of hair was feeble, and capable of being affected by

habits and environments. It is surely as reasonable to attribute

to these the slope of hair which we find existing, and compatible

with them, as to attribute it to any survival-value, under selection

—if not considerably more so.

I would suggest that one habit which is common to such animals

as here in question, that of cleaning their external coverings by

friction, either against other objects, with their fore-paws, or with

their tongues, must have a very potent influence in determining

the general trend of hair referred to as found on all hairy animals.

It is obvious that such forces must in the main act in the direction

indicated.

1 The “star” or “blaze” on Horses is one of the comparatively few instances

of markings in this region; but Equus caballus is not an animal in a state of

nature, and has been so much modified by artificial selection as to prevent this

combination of markings and exceptional hair-slope from being brought under

Sexual Selection.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1900, No. XLV. 45

686 DR. E, LONNBERG ON THE [June 19,

In view of these considerations, it seems difficult to deny that

cases of inheritance of acquired characters have been brought

forward. It would appear at any rate to be a choice between this

Lamarckian interpretation and the view of Professor Weismann,

that these useful directions of variation have been produced by the

adaptive requirement, by means of selectional processes within

the germ.

Notes.

Exceptions found among Ungulates to ordinary slope on extensor surface of

ulna are as follows:—

Oryx gazella. Oryx beisa. Strepsiceroskudu, Oreascanna. Alces machlis.

Raphicerus campestris, Raphicerus melanotis. Ourchianigricaudata. Ourebia

hastata. Tetraceros quadricornis. Nesotragus moschatus. Cephulophus

grimmi, C. rufilatus, C. leucogastris, C. abyssinicus, C. dorie. Pudua humilis.

Moschus moschiferus. Xenelaphus antisiensis. Hydropotes inermis. Dor-

celaphus bezoarticus, D. americanus, D, hemionus. Cervulus muntjac, C. reevesi,

C. lachrymans. Capreoluscaprea, Elaphodusmichianus, Cervus alfredi, C. por-

cinus, C. axis, C. duvauceli, C. elaphus, C. dama, C. cashmirianus.

Also certain Cheyrotains and Suid noted.

te A. Ungulates in which an Inguinal Whor! is found.

Bubalis caama. Langifer tarandus. Cervicapra fulvorufula. Cervicapra

arundinum. Cobus thomasi, C. buffoni, C. vardoni, C. leche. Equus hemionus.

Bos sondaicus, B. indicus. Ovis ophion, O. ammon, O. sairensis, O. poli. Capra

pyrenaica, Saiga tartarica (present in male, absent in female). Gazella

granti, G. mhorr. Antilocapra americana. Cephalophus dorsalis. Cervus

kuhli, C. elaphus. Camelus bactrianus. Lama huanacus.

Re B. Ungulates in which a Post-Humeral Whor] is found.

Strepsiceros kudu. Rargifer tarandus. _Cobus leche. Equus hemionus.

Tguus burchelli (young). Bos sondaicus, B. depressicornis. Ovis ophion,

O. ammon, O. sairensis, O. poli. Antilocapra americana. Dorcelaphus

americanus, D. dichotomus. Elaphurus davidianus. Lama huanacus.

4. On the Structure and Anatomy of the Musk-Ox

(Ovibos moschatus). By Dr. Einar LOnNBERG.

[Received April 25, 1900.]

ConrTEN'S.

Srcr. 1, The Development of the Horns, p. 687.

» 2. Description of the Hoofs, p. 694.

» 9 Description of the Skull, p. 695.

» 4 Comparison between the Skull of Ovzbos and that of Budorcas,

p- 715.

In further elucidation of the relationships of the Musk-ox, I

beg leave to offer the following remarks in continuation of those

read before the Society on February 20th last’.

2 See P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 142,

TIVOAEY STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX, 687

Sect. 1.—TsHr DEVELOPMENT OF THE Horns OF THE MUSK-OXx.

The peculiar shape, structure, and position of the horns of the

Musk-ox make them more interesting objects for an investigation

than the greater number of horns of other Cavicornia. The

material on which this essay is based has been brought home by the

Swedish Expedition to East Greenland in 1899, under the direc-

tion of Professor A. G. Nathorst, and consists of a skull of a young

calf and several skulls of adult bulls and cows. Unfortunately

no intermediate stages are represented by young or half-grown

animals, because no such animals were seen, Professor Nathorst

informs me. This gap is to some degree filled by Sir John

Richardson’s description and fine figure of the skull with the

horn-cores of a yearling or “16 months old” bull’. With the aid

of this description and figure, and above all by the extremely

interesting markings of growth and structure which were made

visible by preparing longitudinal sections of a horn of an old bull,

I think that I shall be able to present a fairly exact sketch

of the development of the horns of the Musk-ox. In preparing

this I have had the valuable assistance of my friend G. Svenander,

Cand. Phil., who has made the accompanying drawings of horns

in three different stages of development, and to whom I therefore

beg to express my best thanks.

The origin of the horn-cores is conspicuous in the young summer

calf as a slight prominence on the lateral surface of the frontal

bone, about 1 cm. from the upper surface of that bone and about

as far from the fronto-parietal suture, but 33 cm. from the

posterior margin of the orbit.

The development of the horn must be slow during the first

winter, because, as Mr. R. Lydekker informs me, the calves which

were brought to Tromsé by a Norwegian vessel, and subsequently

sold to the Duke of Bedford, had not any horns even in December.

In the second summer the growth must be rather rapid, as the

horn-cores of a 16 months old bull according to Richardson’s

figure (l.c.) measure about 11 or 12 cm. The author mentioned

describes them in the following way :—‘“ The horn-cores have a

purely lateral origin, and do not rise at all above the facial line,

but, sprivging from an almost cylindrical root immediately behind

the orbits, stand out laterally with a moderate inclination basilad

and antiniad, their axis forming with the mesial plane of the

cranium an angle of 62°. These cores are moreover, in themselves,

concave on their facial or coronal aspect, by which they receive a

uniform upward curve in the direction of their length, in addition

to their general direction of outwards, basilad, and forwards.

The tips of the cores in this yearling extend further from the sides

of the skull laterally than any part of the massy core or its sheath

in the four-year-old animal.” With the help of this description,

and assuming that the horns of an adult animal have not been

1 Zoology of the ‘ Herald,’ p. 67, pl. iv.

45*

688 DR, BE, LONNBERG ON THE [June 19;

Fig. 1.

different stages of development of the horn of

the Musk-ox. A, represents the horn at the end of the first summer ;

B, an intermediate stage when the exostoses are at the height of their

development ; and O, a quite full-grown horn,

Schematic sketches showing

1900.] STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. 689

worn off in any higher degree than that a section from the tip of

the horn in which such a horn-core fits fairly well corresponds to

the original horn of that age, fig. 1 Ais prepared. Itis represented

in the same plane as the main axis of the horn (as also is the case

with figs. 1 Band C). Fig. 1 A should thus represent the horn of

a young bull in the second autumn of its life. The longitudinal

section of the horn of an adult bull, which is reproduced in fig. 2,

shows that the horn has grown straight only until it reached a

length of 5 cm. or hardly that, because already at that distance

from the tip the originally ventral (later cn distal) side of the

horny sheath is thickened. Such a thickening of the ventral side

of the horn produced by stronger growth of these parts effects, of

course, the curving upwards of the tip of the horn. This curving

upwards continues the whole of this period of growth, viz., the

second summer of the animal’s life. At the end of this summer

the horns probably have attained a length of 35 cm., more or less, .

and their tips are at that time more raised above the facial line

than at any later time.

Fig. 2.

Longitudinal section through a full-grown horn of the Musk-ox, showing

lines indicating the growth at different periods.

I have above used the words “ period of growth,” for I think

that the horns are chiefly enlarged during that time of the year

when the animals are able to procure food in sufficient quantities

not only to sustain life, but also to add to their bulk. Theoretically

such an assumption does not seem too hazardous considering the

circumstances under which these animals live. But the prob-

ability of this is strengthened by the fact that on the longitudinal

section of the horn are seen some lines of demarcation which are

most easily interpreted as the limits between such parts as have

been added during different periods of growth’. At “a” on fig. 2

1 Similar lines of demarcation are also seen on a longitudinal section of the

horns of a common cow, and stand in that case plainly in connection with the

rings at the base of the horn which in this country commonly are called “ calf-

rings,” because it is known that a new ring, that is a new layer of horny

690 DR. E. LONNBERG ON THE [June 19,

is such a mark, which is very pronounced; and I think that it may

be regarded as the place where the distal tip of the horn-core was

situated at the end of the first period of growth. Such a sup-

position corresponds also very well with the dimensions of the

horn-core, as they have been given in Richardson’s figure, compared

with those of the horn.

During the second period of growth (third summer) the upper

side of the horn is thickened by more rapid growth than that

which takes place on the under side. Through this a pressure is

effected by the horny sheath ou the upper side of the horn-core,

and this causes a reabsorption on the upper side of the same. On

the lower side, on the contrary, the pressure is diminished and,

therefore, the horn-core is thickened below by apposition. In

such a manner the direction of the main axis of the horn is lowered.

At the same time the length of the horny sheath is increased by

basal growth, and it is driven out from the head in the direction of

the axis of the horn-core on which it glides. In connection with

this, new layers of horny substance fill up the end of the inner

cavity of the horny sheath, and thus form the horny plug which can

be seen on fig. 2 extending between “a” and “6.”

Next period (fourth summer) the growth is continued mostly

in the same way. The horny sheath is prolonged, and by stronger

growth on the upper side the main axis of the horn-core causes

reabsorption on its upper and apposition on its lower side’.

During this period the plug between “4” and “c”’ is formed.

substance, is added after each act of parturition. The cause of this is, of course,

the following: as long as the cow is gravid all superfluous nourishment is

consumed for the growth of the uterus with its contents, and thus only little

can be spared for the enlargement of the horns, but as soon as the calf is born

there is material enough also for that purpose.

' That pressure can effect a transformation of bone through reabsorption

and apposition may be proved by a great number of examples, but I shall here

only recall a few. The enlargement of the brain-case of the mammals takes

place in such a way caused by the pressure from within produced by the

physiological growth of the brain itself. In this case reabsorption and

apposition caused by the pressure are moments of the normal growth. When

the dentist wants to straighten a set of teeth the members of which are placed

obliquely or irregularly, he applies a pressure from the palatal side, and so the

teeth which protrude behind the row move forward into the same rank as the

others (provided there is space enough). This takes place in such a way that

through reabsorption of tie pressed parts of the alveolar walls new room is

procured for the respective teeth to move forward, and by apposition from

behind they become fixed in the new socket. It is in this case a transformation

of bone produced entirely by artificial, mechanical power. But also patho-

logical pressure can alter the shape of the bone. When by pressure of a

parasite, asin the cases of pentastomids described by Hensel, mis-shaping skulls

of Mustelids, prominences of the cranial wall are produced, or when a tumour

is encased in bony tissue, these are also results of reabsorption and apposition.

From these examples it may thus be concluded that a pressure on a bone which

is not especially adapted to endure pressure, as the bones of the articulations

and some others, has as a result that the bone gives way by reabsorption, but

for the maintenance of the equilibrium compensating material is deposited by

apposition. This rule is also applied for the core in the development of the

horn in the Musk-ox. ;

1900. ] STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. 691

In the following period the development continues also in the

same direction. ‘I'he horn is lowered, the horn-core points more

downwards, and the plug between ‘“‘c” and “‘d” is formed. At the

same time that these changes are going on in the distal and middle

portions of the horn, the base of the horn-core is enlarged and

expanded over a great part of the frontals and parietals, on which

large exostoses are developed. It is possible, although not fully

proved, that the prominences which can be seen on the skull of the

summer calf a little behind the first rudiments of the horn-cores, on

the fronto-parietal suture, have something to do with the formation

of these exostoses’. At their highest degree of development their

appearance is such as is represented on Richardson’s plate iii.

(l.c.). As can be seen from that figure, they are highest, about

6 cm. or more, near the median line where they nearly meet from

both sides.

By-and-by the horny sheath encroaches in a median direction

over these exostoses, and when it has come so far that it caps over

them it cannot be driven out any more or be prolonged, because its

shape hinders this. Fig. 1 B (p. 688) is a schematic figure repre-

senting such a stage.

Fig. 3.

Lateral view of the skull of an old male Musk-ox, showing the horn-core

and the remains of the reabsorbed exostoses.

The horn is, however, not yet fully formed although its length

has reached its maximum. The continued growth tends to thicken

the horny sheath, especially its upper layers. The bony substance

' This is on the supposition that the exostoses are pre-furmed independently

of the horn-cores, as seems at least partly to be the case in the Gnu. Cf

the interesting note on ‘“‘ The development of the horns of Catoblepas gnu” by

F. E. Blaauw, Proce. Zool. Soc, London, 1889, Part I. On a skull of a young

Musk-cow in the Zoological State Museum in Stockholm, there are also to be

seen small exostoses quite independent of the horn-core and situated at a

corresponding place,

692 DR. E. LONNBERG ON THE [June 19,

of which the exostoses consist is reabsorbed and replaced by horny

layers. It may be said metaphorically that the horny sheath eats

down into the bony mass, which thus gets a rugged and pitted sur-

face such as is seen on figs.3 and 1C. The pits and holes are filled

up with horny substance. The interior surface of the basal part

of the horny sheath is, in correspondence with this, densely beset

with strong warty prominences, as can be seen in fig. 4. By this

arrangement the horns become exceedingly strongly fixed to the

skull, which is needed on account of the downward direction of the

horn-core, which does not at all extend into the upward curve of

the horn itself; every weight on or resistance against the hooked

tip of the horn tends to pull the horny sheath of the core, and this

would rather easily take place if it was not for this clinching of the

Fig. 4.

Lateral view of a longitudinal section of a horn of an old male Musk-ox,

showing the structure of the inner part of the basal horn-layer, which has

taken the place of the exostoses, and the lines indicating the periodical

growth of the same.

basal parts to the bony mass of the skull. The horn cannot

consequently be regarded as ready for use as a weapon before it is

fixed to the skull in the manner described. Such an arrangement

is also much more suitable than if the core should extend into the

upward curve of the horn, because, as it is, the horn at the bend

can be entirely filled up with horny substance, and thus be made

much stronger at this place, on which the heaviness of a charge on

the tip of the horn works most. If the core extended through the

curve for the purpose of fixing the sheath, the horn at this place

should consist of a comparatively thin layer of horny substance

which could be relatively easily bent, and a central bone which

would be broken even by a moderate charge.

That it is of great importance that the horn should be strong at

the curve, and that it is used for heavy work, is proved by the fact

that one of the bulls shot by Professor Nathorst had the tip of one

of its horns broken in the bend at a place where it was 44 em.

thick. Such a breaking needs certainly a formidable strength and

a heavy load.

The reabsorbing of the great exostoses and their replacement by

1900.] STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. 693

horny substance takes place periodically, as can be seen from the

distinct lines of demarcation which are visible on the section (cf.

fig. 2, p. 689, and fig. 4, p. 692). These lines are wavy, thus showing

the continuation of the warts mentioned above, and on account of

the same origin parallel layers can also be distinguished. The

reabsorption of the bony mass continues until the horny substance

has reached down nearly to the fronto-parietal surface, but on the

median and partly posterior side there remains a vertical lamella,

thin as a leaf and perforated (as can be seen in fig. 3, p. 691).

Anteriorly it extends horizontally under the horn. This thin crest

lies close to the surface of the base of the horn, the base of which

thus rests as in a thin basket’ of bone constituting the remains

of the former exostoses. These facts, especially the presence of

the thin median lamella, which hardly could have been produced

in auy other way, proves that the formation of the basal parts of

the horns has taken place exactly in the manner described above,

and that thus the greatest exostoses belong to comparatively young

though just full-grown animals, but that in old bulls the exostoses

are more or less completely reabsorbed.

The last modification of the outer appearance and of the

direction of the horns happens during this last phase of development

just described. It has been said that during the last periods of

growth it is mainly the layers of the upper side at the base of the

horn that are thickened. These new layers, which are added from

the interior, partly take the place of the reabsorbed bony mass, but

grow of course upwards from the matrix, and exercise thus a great

pressure from within on the outer layers which have been formed

before. This pressure is so strong that the outer layers are broken

and cracked, and through this the bases of the horns receive their

peculiar aspect, described by Richardson as “very rough” and

“ coarsely columnar” (J. ¢. p. 67), and by Lydekker ’ as ‘‘ marked by

coarse longitudinal groovings.” In old horns finally transverse

cracks across the basal ridges add still more to the roughness of

these parts.

It has been said above that the basal growth also influences the

direction of the horn. This depends upon the fact that when

the horny sheath is strongly thickened at its base on the upper

side, such an addition of substance tends to protrude the sheath ;

but when this cannot be done because the base clings to the head

in the manner described above, and when moreover there is no

corresponding growth on the under side, the effect produced is a

pressure on the originally upper, now outer or distal, side of the

core, which accordingiy is reabsorbed. Simultaneously the core

is strengthened by apposition on its first lower, now inner or

_ proximal, side.

Such views as these cannot be proved without histological

' This thin, perforated basket of bone can also be seen on figure 5 (p. 697)

of a longitudinally sectioned skull seen from the inner (mesial) side,

2 «Wild Oxen, Sheep, and Goats of all Lands,’ p. 780.

694 DR, E, LONNBERG ON THE [June 19,

researches, and material of that kind was not on hand, but

indications of a development in such a direction as described above

are not wanting. In a section through the core at this stage, it is

plain that the bony tissue on the outer side is more spongy and

has a more rugged surface than on the median side, where the

tissue is very dense and has a smoother surface.

The result of this is that the direction of the horn-core becomes

still more vertical, as is shown in figs. 1 C (p. 688) and 3 (p. 691),

and the whole horn is broken downwards. This is effected with

such force that the thin basal wall of the lower side of the horny

sheath, which is too weak to withstand the pressure exercised by

the growth of the upper parts, is bent angularly, as can be seen

in fig. 2 (p. 689) and in fig. 4 (p. 692).

When this last change has taken place the horn may be regarded

as fully developed. The shape of the horns as well as their

direction is somewhat different in different individuals. In some

they are directed more forwards than in others’. The horns are

often not even symmetrical in the same animal. Especially are

the bases unlike, one being higher or broader than the other and

so forth.

The most remarkable feature in the formation of the horn of the

Musk-ox is perhaps the great changes to which the bony horn-core

is subjected. Through reabsorption and apposition, it changes its

shape and direction again and again. In the development of the

horn of the Gnu an analogy to this is found. The first core of

the young horns, which grow straight as spikes (cf. Blaauw, /. c.),

forms nearly a right angle to the future core of a later period, and

must therefore be completely reabsorbed to allow the growth of

the horn. But also in the twice-bent horn of the Hartebeest no

growth of the horn is possible without reabsorption and apposition,

because the horny sheath cannot glide upward on the core—the

Jess so as the middle portion of the sheath is narrower than the

distal and proximal portion”. But straight, and many spiral,

horns can easily grow without reabsorption of the horn-core,

because the sheath can glide upwards without difficulty as its

length is increased by basal growth.

Sect. 2.—DeEscriprion oF THE Hoors oF tHE MUSK-Ox.

The hoofs of the Musk-ox have a very characteristic shape.

The two main hoofs of each foot display on the whole a broadly

rounded shape with posteriorly heart-shaped outline. The trans-

verse diameter of the lower surface of the foot is as long posteriorly

as at the middle, and a few millimetres longer than the longitudinal

diameter. Each hoof has a convex upper and outer surface, is

rounded anteriorly, has a deeply concave lower, and likewise very

‘ The animal which was the original of fig. 1 C (p. 688) had, for instance,

its horns directed more laterally than in some other specimens.

* Some years ago Professor T. Tullberg drew the attention to this fact at a

meeting of the Zoological Section of the Natural History Society of Upsala,

1900. | STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX, 695

concave interior surface. Through this arrangement the plantar

surface of the foot becomes concave, and in the middle there is a

broad opening between both hoofs. This opening is about as broad

as half the transverse breadth of each hoof measured separately.

Through this opening or fissure between the hoofs, hair, growing

between the fingers, protrudes to the lower surface of the foot,

which otherwise of course is naked. But the hair of the leg

hangs down on the hoofs, so that it is only a rather small portion

of them anteriorly which is visible. Posteriorly this fissure is

terminated by a transverse pad which very firmly unites both hoofs

all the way to the treading surface, and consequently shares in

supporting the animal.

The hoofs are a little irregular in shape, but not much so; and it

can hardly be said that one hoof is more pointed than the other,

because both are almost equally rounded. The fore hoofs are a

little longer than those of the hind legs, so that in an adult bull

the former measure about 12 cm. in length and the latter about

10 em.

From what has been said above, it will be seen that the shape of

the hoof is very different from that of the hoof of Bos and still more

from the narrow pointed hoofs of the Caprinw. In these animals

the toes are not so closely and firmly connected posteriorly as in

Ovibos. It seems more than probable that the shape of the hoofs

ot the Musk-ox is an adaptation acquired secondarily ; and such a

statement is plainly confirmed on comparing the similarly broadly

rounded hoofs of the Reindeer, which lives under similar eireum-

stances to the Musk-ox, with the pointed hoofs of other Deer.

The lateral hoofs of the Musk-ox are also comparatively large,

and have a very characteristic shape and aspect because the vertical

“ Krallenplatte ” does not together with the “ Krallensohle,” to

use Boas’s terminology *, form an even cap over the rudimentary

phalanges, but grows out so that it protrudes a good deal beyond

the latter. This gives the lateral hoofs an irregular appearance as

if they were torn. Although they are broad the lateral hoofs are

not prolonged in such a way as in the Reindeer, and consequently

the convergence with the latter animal is not extended to these

parts.

Sect. 3.—DEsSORIPTION OF THE SKULL OF THE MusK-ox.

The osteology of the Musk-ox has been carefully described by

Owen, Riitimeyer, Dawkins, and others. A renewed description

of already known facts is consequently unnecessary, and it is not

my intention to give one on this occasion. But I will proceed

to a discussion of the characteristics of the Musk-ox skull based

on a comparison with other forms, and through this I hope to

bring forward some points which have been hitherto neglected or

misinterpreted.

Boas, “ Zur Morphologie der Wirbelthier Kralle,” Morph. Jahrb. xxi. 1894.

696 DR. E, LONNBERG ON THE [June 19,

The material, consisting of a skull of a young calf and skulls of

adult bulls and cows, was derived from the same source that

I have already mentioned, namely from Professor A. G. Nathorst’s

Greenland Expedition in 1899. Intermediate stages are wanting

for the reason, already mentioned, that no such stages were

observed by the Expedition.

The most striking features in the skull of an adult Musk-ox are

the situation and great development of the born-cores and the

protruding orbits. These characteristics indicate specializations

from an ancestral type; and they have also, naturally enough,

produced correlative changes of the skull. This must be borne in

mind; and the primary and secondary conditions ought to be

estimated at their right value with regard to the systematic position

of the Musk-ox—that is, the changes of structure which have taken

place during the development of the present specialized type

Ovibos moschatus, and which separate it from other Cavicornia,

ought, if possible, to be distinguished from those characteristics

which are more ancient and which already belonged to the forms

from which the Musk-ox has been differentiated. If the latter

can be traced, they might give some hints as to the affinity and at

the same time the systematic position of the Musk-ox; the former,

on the other hand, would show in which points the animal has

diverged from the common stock.

With regard to the arrangement of the frontals and the parietals,

three principal types can be discerned among the Cavicornia, as

has been pointed out by Riitimeyer!. Firstly, the Antelopes, with

a horizontal parietal region, quite, or at least nearly, in the same

plane as the frontals. Secondly, the Sheep and Goats, in which the

fronto-parietal plane is bent in an angle which forms a transverse

ridge on which the horn-cores are situated ; this ‘“ Knickung ”

has taken place on the frontals, and the parietal region slopes more

or less steeply towards the occiput: and thirdly, the Oxen, in which

the frontals alone form the roof of the brain-case and in which the

parietals have been pressed backwards and towards the sides. The

position of the horn-cores is also very characteristic for each of

these three groups, although exceptions are found. As a rule, the

horns of the Antelopes arise above or near the orbits. In the Goats

and the Sheep the horns are placed on the transverse frontal ridge,

which in them forms the summit of the head. The Oxen have

their horns situated in the posterior corners of the skull at a con-

siderable distance from the orbits. These three groups may thus

be regarded as representing three different types of development,

although of different value. The first is, of course, the most

primitive, from which the others may be derived. The second and

third have in different ways reached the same goal, namely of

getting the horns on the most effective and suitable place, that is

on the summit of the head. If it is asked, now, to which of these

types does Ovibos show the greatest likeness, it is evident that the

1 « Versuch einer natiirl. Geschichte des Rindes, Zitirich, 1867.

1900.] STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. 697.

answer must be the first, or Antilopine, in fact the primitive one.

The fronto-parietal region forms a perfect plane without the

slightest trace of “‘ Knickung,” and the parietals are fully developed

and partake in the roofing of the brain-case. It is accordingly

quite evident that this part of the skull of the Musk-ox shows no

affinity either with the Oxen or with the Sheep, but is of the

more primitive Antilopine type’. The origin of the horn-cores in

Ovibos is different from that of the Antelopes, as it is perfectly

lateral. In the skull of a young Musk-calf shot by Professor

Nathorst on the 26th of August, and thus probably about three

months old, the beginning of the horn-core appears as a small

tubercle situated about 4 em. behind the orbit, and about 1 cm. from

the sutura coronalis”. The horn-core thus originates only on the

frontal bone, but its base expands gradually with age in a median

as well as backward direction, so that in an old bull, as is well

known, it covers not only the posterior portion of the frontal, but

also the whole parietal as far as the sutwra lambdoidea. In this way

the same effect is produced in Ovibos as in the Ovina and Bovina,

viz., the horns get their insertion on to the vertex of the skull. The

Fig. 5.

Section of skull of Musk-ox.

result is, however, obtained by quite different means in the three

types, and the vertex is not situated in the same cranial region.

It must also be remembered that the Musk-ox ontogenetically and

gradually passes through all intermediate stages of its development

from the primitive one; but this is not the case in the others.

1 The fronto-parietal and the occipital planes form a right angle with each

other, and the highest point of the Musk-ox skull is therefore at the sutwra

lamhdoidea,

2 There is a more pronounced tubercle situated at the edge between the

upper and lateral surfaces of the skull, and divided by the swéwra coronalis,

This cannot, however, be the origin of the horn-core, as it becomes evident from

Sir John Richardson’s figure that the horn-core in a 16 months old animal is

still situated only on the frontal bone,

698 DR, E. LONNBERG ON THE (June 19,

Ovibos must therefore be regarded as less distinct from the an-:

cestral Cavicorn types from which the development of all three,

Ovibos, Ovis, and Bos, has diverged.

The direction of the horn-cores of Ovibos is quite different at

different ages, as has been described in the section treating of the

development of the horns. The frontal sinuses (cf. fig. 5, p. 697)

are very large anteriorly, so that in an old bull the vertical diameter

of the lumen of these sinuses just above the anterior border of the

brain-cavity, where at its deepest, measures 45 mm, Just in front

of this place is a vertical and transyerse septum situated above the

lamina cribrosa, In front of this the frontal sinus forms one large

cavity which is nearly undivided and measures 6 cm. in length.

Posteriorly from the septum mentioned, the frontal sinus is divided

into several loculi by vertical septa, as can be seen in the figure.

The sinus extends into the base of the horn-core as far as 2-3 cm.

reckoned from the lateral or inferior line of insertion of the horn-

core (cf. fig. 6). But although the base of the horn-core is taken

up by rather large vacuities, the greater part of the same is devoid

of such (fig. 6). In the specimen (an old bull) from which the

above description is taken, the length of the horn-core, lacking

vacuities, is 14cm. The interior of this part of the horn-core is

Fig. 6.

Section of a part of the skull of the Musk-ox.

In this figure the horn-core is sectioned longitudinally, and the anterior portion

is moved to the side and exposes its interior surface on the right side

of the figure.

constituted by spongy bony tissue forming a layer about 20-24 mm,

in thickness. This is again surrounded by a cortical layer, 6-10 mm.

in thickness, of solid bone which, especially on the proximal side, is

very dense (cf. fig. 6), The outer surface of the horn-vore is, as

can be seen from the figures, very rugged and also partly spongy.

From this description it may be concluded that the structure of the

horn-cores of Ovibos is quite different from that of the Oxen, in

1900.] STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. 699

which the vacuities extend through the whole length of the horn-

core. In the horn-core of Goats the vacaities extend through three

fourths of the length of the horn-core, but in Sheep only a little

more than a fourth' ; the bony tissue is much more spongy in the

latter.

From this it may be seen that Ovibos, in which the sinuous portion

of the horn-core is only about a sixth of its length, represents a

stage more like that of the greater number of Antelopes, or is, in

other words, perhaps inamore primitive condition. It is, however,

doubtful how much importance ought to be ascribed to the

extension of the air-cells or sinuses in the horn-cores. By the

above statements, it is shown how different the closely allied

genera Capra and Ovis are in this respect. In Nemorhedus the

sinuses extend through half or more than half of the horn-core,

according to A. Milne-Edwards’s figures? ; but in Rupicapra the

horn-core is only hollow at its base for one-tenth of the length. In

both the latter genera the horn-cores have the same straight up-

ward direction, so that such a condition does not seem to influence

the development of the sinuses, as perhaps might be supposed from

the difference in this respect between Goats and Sheep. On the

other hand, the Buffalo with its horizontal horn-cores has large

sinuses extending to the tips.

The parietals of the Musk-ox do not contain any sinuses or air-

cells but are very thick and massive (cf. fig. 5, p. 697), so that their

diameter in an old bull is 47 mm. measured a little in front of the

sutura lambdoidea. It has been said above that the frontals and

parietals lie in the same horizontal plane. This is already the case

in the young calf, and is thus a primitive condition which has been

retained ; not an acquired characteristic, as it must have been if

Ovibos were the direct descendant of the fossil Bootheriwm Leidy, and

the latter derived from the Sheep. Riitimeyer * seems inclined to

assume this for the purpose of more easily explaining the, according

to his opinion, ovine origin of the Musk-ox*. It is, however, so

far as I can judge, less probable that a form originating from

ancestors with an even fronto-parietal region, such as the primitive

ruminants must have had, should have acquired a specialization in

form of a frontal elevation or “ Knickung” as a base for the horns ;

and then again, without reduction of the horns, returned from such

a specialization to the original arrangement of the frontals and

parietals and devised, so to speak, a new plan for fixing the horns

in a more suitable manner. That is, in other words, a reversion

from the ovine specialization of the skull to the primitive antilopine

1 This may be subjected to some variation, but I make my statements from

the material at hand.

* Milne-Edwards, Rech. pour servir a l’hist. nat. des Mammiféres (Paris,

1868-74), pl. 71 a, pl. 73.

5 Versuch einer nat. Gesch. d. Rindes, ii. pp. 17-20.

* But if Ovibos was descended from Bootherium which had a “ Knickung” of

the frontals, it would be expected that the calf of the former would show some

traces of likeness in this respect to its supposed progenitor, which however is

not the case, as already stated.

700 DR. E, LONNBERG ON THE [June 19,

type is improbable, at least as long as the armature—the horns—

which have been the cause of the development, are retained. But

there is no difficulty in assuming that from the same indifferent

type have been developed forms which have specialized their

armature differently, the one as Ovibos moschatus and the other as

“ Bootherium” or Ovibos bombifrons ; and that in such a case the

latter has acquired a characteristic, the frontal elevation, which

offers some resemblance to the ovine type. But then this is only

a parallel, and proves no affinity with the ovine type. There seems

also no need for assuming Bootheriuwm as being older than Ovibos,

as both have occurred in the Pleistocene *.

In a young calf of Ovibos, the length of the parietals near the

median line is 40 per cent. of the length of the frontals measured

in the median line. This relation, however, diminishes with age,

so that in an old bull the corresponding percentage is 30-35. It

is, however, a little difficult to perceive the sutures at the surface

between the frontals and the parietals, but the sutwra lambdoidea is

distinguishable, although nearly obliterated, even in the oldest

skull I have seen. The parietal zone on the top of the head is

thus already in the calf, compared with the frontal region, shorter

than in many Antelopes (Gazella, Cephalophus, Nemorhedus, Rupi-

capra, &c.). In the Sheep and the Goats the relation varies a

good deal, but in many cases the parietal zone is not even 30 per

cent. of the frontal, and is accordingly more reduced than in the

Musk-ox. The latter seems thus, with regard to the development

of the parietal region, to occupy an intermediate position between

the Sheep and the more primitive Antelopes.

On the sides, the parietals of the Musk-ox extend with a rather

short and truncate portion forward between the frontal and

squamosal. The anterior end of this portion reaches only half-

way between the orbit and a vertical line drawn through the

meatus auditorius externus. This shortness of the lateral portion

of the parietal in the Musk-ox has the result that the frontal meets

the squamosal, and forms with it a rather long suture on the lateral

1 T must confess, however, that I only know Bootherium from the figures

published by Boyd Dawkins (Palxontographical Society, vol. xxv. Monogr. on

the Brit. Mamm. of the Pleistocene, genus Ovibos, pl. v.), and from descriptions.

Fig. 3 on the plate quoted is said to bea coronal view of the skull of Bootherium

bombifrons Leidy, and is regarded by Dawkins as belonging to an adult female.

It is, however, rather similar to the aspect of the skull of a young Musk-ox, and

ought to be compared with Sir John Richardson’s figure (Zoology of the

‘Herald,’ pl. iv. fig. 2). Fig. 4 on Dawkins’s plate is said to be a lateral view

of the same, which nevertheless is hardly possible, to judge from the general

appearance as well as from the dimensions. Dawkins’s fig. 4 of Bootherium

cavifrons Leidy is regarded as belonging to an old male, which seems very

probable from comparison with the Musk-ox, in which the large exostoses at the

base of the horn-core get reabsorbed in old age. These forms may belong to

the same species, representing the female and the male form, as Rutimeyer and

Boyd Dawkins have suggested, but their ovine affinities I cannot see. When

Ritimeyer says (op. cit, p. 18) that the horns of Bootherium have been “ ohne

Andeutung einer riickwarts Beugung der Spitzen,” it must be remembered that

the horn-cores of these animals are so short that they indicate only the direction

of the basal parts of the horns,

ve Fae

1900.] STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. 701

wall of the skull behind the orbit. The length of this squamoso-

frontal suture equals half the vertical diameter of the orbit. This

remarkable arrangement seems to be peculiar to the Musk-ox.

In Sheep, Goats, and most Antelopes ', as well as in Bos bubalis, the

anterior lateral portion of the parietal meets the sphenoid and

excludes the frontal from the squamosal. In Gazella dorcas there

is a short suture between the squamosal and the frontal. Such a

suture is also found in Bos taurus, in some specimens of which it

attains a considerable length although not such an extent as in

Ovrbos.

In the calf two interparietals are found in the median line

between the parietals and the supraoccipital. They form together

an oval figure with 19 mm. transverse and 13 mm. longitudinal

diameter. In the adult cow they have been separated from each

other in the median line, but are not anchylosed to the parietal

or the occipital. In the adult bull they are not conspicuous.

The angle between the parietal and occipital regions is straight.

In the calf the occipital is visible from above, forming a zone as

broad as its own thickness. In the adult cow the same condition

is found, but in the oldest bull the parietal has extended more

backward, so that the occipital zone of the coronal surface is

more or less covered.

It is evident from this description that the supraoccipital forms

only the vertical posterior wall of the brain-case. This is a differ-

ence from the condition found in Sheep, Goats and many Antelopes?,

in which the interparietal is anchylosed to the supraoccipital so

that it looks as if the latter was angularly bent forward in the

parietal plane and partook in the formation of the posterior roof

of the brain-case. The suturu lambdoidea is in the Musk-ox plainly

conspicuous even in old animals just behind the base of the horn-

cores. It becomes first obliterated in the median line. The shape

of the occipital region has been described by Richardson (1. ¢.) and

Riitimeyer. Strong muscles are needed, especially in the bull, for

supporting the heavy head ; and for that purpose a strong occipital

ridge extends downwards in the median line. Laterally under

the crista lambdoidea there are deep grooves for the insertion of

muscles. The supraoccipital does not reach the foramen magnum,

but is excluded from it by the exoccipitals, as can be seen in the

skull of the calf. The thickness of the supraoccipital is exceed-

ingly great, measuring in an old male 28 mm. (fig. 1, p.688). The

peculiar shape of the condyles is described by Richardson (1. ¢.

p: 69), who has also drawn the attention to the “exterior heel

that occupies much of the space between the condyle proper and

the paroccipital spine and furnishes a pulley or trochlea, which

moves on a concave pretty broad articular surface, formed by a

lateral notch in the brim of the atlas.” In the calf this heel is

not developed at all, and in the cow only a little. Itis thus a

1 Nemorhedus, Cephalophus, Antilope, Saiga, Gazella (partly), Bubalis, &e.

2 Nemorhedus, Antilope, Saiga, Gazella, Cephalophus, &e.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1900, No. XLVI. 46

702 DR, E. LONNBERG ON THE [June 19,

special adaption for the Musk-bull. Riitimeyer says (J. c. p. 9)

that he does not know any analogy to this except possibly slight

traces ‘“‘ bei dem Gnu und beim Schaf.” He thinks that it stands in

connexion “zu dem unverhiltnissmiissigen Gewicht des Kopfes.”

I do not think, however, that it is a structure formed only for the

purpose of more easily carrying the weight of the head, as, in such

a case, a similar arrangement ought to be found at least in some of

the different animals with a head comparatively as heavy as that of

the Musk-ox, for instance in Ovis poli Blyth. This form has, as I

have had the opportunity of seeing in the Zootomical Institute of

the High School in Stockholm, a very massive and stout occipital

region, but no lateral extension of the condyles. It is rather an

adaption for the strengthening of the occipital joint in a transverse

direction, which is needed for the use of the horns as weapons.

The horns are, as is well known, placed so that their upturned

points are situated at a considerable distance from the median line

of the head. From their shape and arrangement it is evident that

they are used sideways. That is, when hooking a foe, the Musk-

bull does not move its head vertically up and down in the sagittal

or median vertical plane; in such a case the usual articulation

would have been satisfactory, or the articulating surfaces would

have extended in a median direction, as is often the case in Bos}.

The movements of the Musk-ox when hooking are carried out

obliquely or in a more or less transverse vertical plane’. In such

a way the horns become formidable weapons, but as the lever is

rather long a strong fulcrum at the base of the head is needed, and

this is afforded by the transverse extension of the articulation

between atlas and occiput.

The horns of the cow have not exactly the same position to the

head as those of the bull. They are directed more forward and

less outward, at least in the specimens I have seen. This, to-

gether with the fact that the horns of the cow are weaker and

probably less used as weapons than those of the bull, may explain

the difference in the development of the occipital articulation of

the male and female of Ouvibos. Nevertheless, the occipital region

is also in the cow very stoutly built, and the interspace between

the condyles and the processus paroccipitalis (paramastoideus) is

more filled out with bone than in other Cavicornia,

Boyd Dawkins (/.c¢.) and Riitimeyer* compare the processus

paroceipitalis of Ovibos to those of the Sheep and the Argali. Such

parts as merely serve for the insertion of muscles are, naturally

enough, easily subjected to changes in shape and structure, and

thus of comparatively little value for systematic purposes. This

' Such an extension of the articulating surfaces in a forward direction can

also be observed for instance in Oreas canna; in species of Cervus, and in

Antilocapra, it is remarkably great.

* That the tips of the horns are used, and not only the basal parts, is proved

by the fact that in some specimens the points are plainly sharpened by wearing

or polishing against something hard, and moreover one of the bulls shot by

Protessor Nathorst had the tip of one horn broken off.

° ‘Die Rinder der Tertiar-Epoche,’ Ziirich, 1877 & 1878.

1900.] STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. 703

can also be seen in the ontogenetic development of the Musk-ox.

In the calf these processes are quite flattened from the sides as

in Bos and many Antelopes, which perhaps is the primitive shape,

as it is found in so many different forms. Later, in adult animals,

the processes become thickened in such a way that they become

triangular in section through the development of a lateral crista

whereby a broad posterior face is produced. Distally the processes

become compressed in an antero-posterior direction and end in a

transverse edge. These modifications are of course effected for

the purpose of getting larger space for the insertion of the muscles,

and I do not lay much weight upon them: I mention them only

to show that the processus paroccipitalis of the Musk-ox does not

much resemble those of the Sheep, which are posteriorly narrow,

slender and tapering towards the tips. These processes of the

Mask-vx are slightly curved towards the median line’, although

not so much so as in the Sheep, Oxen, Buffaloes, and many other

ruminants. They cannot be termed small (cf. Ritimeyer), as

their length in an adult bull measures about 3 cm., which is as

much as 7 of the height of the occipital region from the lower

surface of the condyles to the sutura lambdoidea. The same

relation is already found in the calf (resp. 2 cm. and 8 em.).

“The basi-occipital bone in Ouibos moschatus is quadrate in

outline,” Boyd Dawkins says (/.¢.). In the young calf it is quite

hexagonal, but with age the posterior sides are shortened so that

the corpus of the bone becomes quadrate in outline; and therein

lies of course a certain similarity with the Sheep, but also with

several Antelopes. It seems, therefore, contrary to Dawkins’s

opinion, questionable whether this characteristic can be of any

other value than that of separating these animals from the Oxen,

which have the basioccipital bone differently shaped. Dawkins

also points out the difference between Bos and Ovibus with regard

to the anterior muscular impressions of this bone, the former

having them “ supported on a tuberosity.” Such things are of

little importance; but as the question is open to discussion, it may

be mentioned that in Sheep and Goats these impressions are

situated at the sides, partly on the lateral surface, of the bone, and

separated by a smooth area nearly as broad as the bone. In the

Musk-ox, on the contrary, the same impressions cover the ventral

surface of the bone so that they nearly meet in the median line in

the adult male, but do not extend laterally (fig. 7). The basi-

occipital of the Musk-ox is traversed by a low median keel which

is already indicated in the calf. Richardson’s exact description

(1. c. p. 69) of these parts need not be repeated.

The auditory bulla is subjected to considerable ontogenetic

changes, as can be seen from the following measurements. In the

calf it is rather large and inflated. Its length is 39 and its

greater width 20 mm. In the adult cow it also looks inflated,

1 This may be subject to variation, as Richardson says that they “ descend

straight,” but Riutimeyer found them “ einwartsbogen wie beim Argali.”

46*

704 DR. E, LONNBERG ON THE [June 19,

but itis hardly as large as in the calf, measuring 42 mm. in length

but only 17 in width. In an adult bull the same measurements

are (not counting spines) 31 mm.in length and 14 in width. The

shape of the bulla cannot therefore be of classificatory value in

this animal.

The pars mastoidea is visible on the occipital surface as a narrow

strip between the paroccipital and the squamosal, which latter

forms the lateral margin of this surface. At the upper end of the

mastoid there is, in the calf, a small separate bone visible, with an

outer surface measuring 8 mm. in diameter. It is intercalated

between supraoccipital, paroccipital, mastoid, and squamosal.

It has already been mentioned that the squamosal constitutes

the lateral margin of the occipital surface. This bone forms a

strongly projecting -edge posteriorly, which extends downward

and forward in an even curve to the base of the zygomatic

process, thus making a posterior termination and a broad floor to

the temporal groove, which is roofed over by the horns. ‘There is

accordingly only an (in the bull, narrow) opening posteriorly in

an oblique upward direction over the parietal zone. Riitimeyer '

seems to lay some weight on this opening as a difference from the

Oxen and a resemblance to the Sheep. But, compared with the

condition found in the Italian Buffalo, there is not much difference

in this respect, and in nearly all Antelopes ‘“ die Schlifengrube

éffnet sich ... auch nach oben.” It is consequently only the most

specialized members of Bos in which “ die Parietalzone seitlich die

Schliife itiberdacht,” as the same author in his first paper rightly

puts it. Later Riitimeyer, like some other authors’, seems only

to think of two possibilities, i.e. ‘* Is Ovibos a Sheep or an Ox”?

and then every aberration in structure from the specialized

type is regarded as a similarity to the ovine one, even if it isa

feature common to most ruminants.

The articulating surface for the condyles of the mandible is

very broad (see fig. 8, p. 709) and, to judge from my material, more

convex in the cow than in the bull, in which it is almost flat.

There is a broad and strong processus postylenoideus.

So far as my material allows a judgment, there are always two

foramina temporalia in the Musk-ox, but only one in Sheep or Goats.

This is, however, a less important and variable characteristic *.

The great development of the orbital tube is one of the most

conspicuous features of the Musk-ox skull, as has also been men-

tioned by previous authors. [Itis formed by the frontal to, roughly

speaking, an extent of a little more than two-fifths (more exactly

77) of the posterior and upper portion, by the lachrymal to one-

' «Die Rinder der 'Tertiar-Epoche.’

? Boyd Dawkins, for instance.

3 Nemorhedus. Cephalophus, Bos taurus, &e. seem to have two; Antilope,

Saiga, Gazella, Rupicapra, Bos hubalis, &e. only one.

This is mentioned here only because Riitimeyer says (Rind. Tert. p. 104):

“Tm iibrigen folgt der Schadelbau (viz. of Ovibos)..... demjenigen von

Schafen bis in kleine Details, wie etwa Gestalt yon Gefass und Nervenrinnen.”

1900.] STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. 705

fifth (;2;) anteriorly, and by the jugal to a little less than two-

fifths (=4;) inferiorly. The length of the orbital tube is, in an

old bull, between 6 and 7 cm. posteriorly and about 43 cm.

anteriorly. In acow the same measurements are about 5 and 33

cm. respectively. Already in the young calf the orbits protrude

about 24 cm. measured posteriorly.] The reason why the orbital

tubes have attained such a great development is double, but easy

to understand. Firstly, a look at the skull of the Reindeer com-

pared with those of other Cervicornia, teaches us that a ruminant,

living in Arctic regions, and therefore provided with a long fur, is

apt to develop a tube-like prolongation of the orbital ring for the

purpose of not getting the eyesight hindered by the long hairs.

This may be certainly applied to the Musk-ox also. It may be

added, further, that the situation of the horns probably would to

a great extent prohibit the animal from noticing any object, except

those just in front, if the eyes were not protruding. Secondly,

when for the reasons mentioned the eyes have become protruding,

the peculiar development and position of the horns make a strong

protection for the eyes, and one well needed; for it has already been

said that when a Musk-bull charges he uses his horns sideways or

at least obliquely. It is thus evident that the eye easily could be

damaged, as it is just in the way of attack, if it were not protected

by its thick bony case. That the eye-tube is meant for protection

can also at once be seen from the heavy structure of the bony wall,

which in an adult bull, above and below, reaches a thickness of

more than 24 cm. The lower thickening is produced by the en-

larged jugal, and the upper one by a stout ridge beginning on the

lachrymal and extending in a median direction over the frontal to

the neighbourhood of the foramina supraorbitalia. This ridge is

also very useful when the bull is butting with its forehead. The

orbital tubes are, however, not a new organ acquired by Ovibos,

but only a development and prolongation for certain purposes

of an orbital ring such as it exists not only in the Sheep, but also

in a great number of Antelopes, e.g. Antilope, Saiga, Gazella,

Rupicapra, Nemorhedus (at least some species), &c.,’ in which the

direction of the orbital brim is the same as in Ovibos, although

much narrower. It is, therefore, no reason whatever to regard

the orbital tubes of Ovibos as an excessive development of the

orbital ring of the Sheep or, to use Boyd Dawkins’s words, “‘a decided

ovine affinity ” (J. ¢. p. 7).

As a result of his comparing the Musk-ox only with Oxen and

Sheep, Riitimeyer (7. c. p. 10) writes: “ Dem Schaf folgt dann auch

ferner in jeder Beziehung die Bildung des Thriinenbeines.” It is

chiefly the presence of a lachrymal groove which haa created such

an opinion, I think; but, as I have shown in the previous paper,

the presence of an anteorbital gland is far from being an exclusively

ovine character, and accordingly a lachrymal groove or pit is just

as little so. The bending outward of the lachrymal bone for its

4 Not to mention distant forms such as Antilocapra, Reindeer, Camel, &e,

706 DR. E, LONNBERG ON THE [June 19,

share in the formation of the orbital tube, makes this pit look

deeper than it really is. If the bone were straight this pit would

be rather shallow. The shape of the lachrymal bone is different

from that of the Sheep. It is broader and decidedly widened in

front, where its breadth is about a ninth of the cranial length ;

whereas the lachrymal bones of the Sheep usually are narrowed in

front or at most linear.

The suture between the lachrymal and the nasal bones is quite

variable in length in the different specimens of Musk-ox. In my

material this variation is from 25 to 5 mm. Richardson (1. c.) has

treated of this as well as of the shape of the nasals. He has also

observed that the nasals of the Musk-ox differ from those of the

Sheep as well as from those of the Oxen. But it is evident that no

characteristics of systematic value can be obtained from such vari-

able bones as these. It may, however, be mentioned that a flat

and broad nasal region, about + of the basal length of the skull, is

a feature common not only to Ovibos and the Caprina but also to a

great number of Antelopes, when compared with the Bovina, in

which the nasal region is more or less compressed to a ridge and

thus narrowed to about } of the cranial length. The great

thickness of the nasals is in concordance with other bones of the

Musk-ox skull, as may be seen from fig. 5 (p. 697).

The intermaxillaries do not reach the nasals. Their proximal

portion is curved outwards a little, but the distal parts are rather

strongly convergent, and through this the distal portion of the

upper jaw becomes comparatively more narrow even than in the

Sheep. In consequence of this, and because the intermaxillaries

are thickened in the middle, the anterior part of the skul] gets a

characteristic aspect not seen in other Cavicornia. In Sheep as

well as in Oxen the posterior extension of the intermaxillaries is

subjected to variation. It is, however, perhaps worth mentioning

for comparison, that in none of the genera Budorcas, Nemorhedus,

Haploceros, and Rupicapra do the intermaxillaries reach the nasals.

It might be that the shortness of the intermaxillaries stands in

relation to the Musk-ox’s way of browsing with its thick lip instead

of biting. ‘The Reindeer, which has thick lips, bas a short inter-

maxillary not reaching the nasal; but Cervus dama, for instance,

with thin lips has a long suture between the intermaxillary and

the nasal. There seems accordingly to be a certain correspondence

or parallelism between the Reindeer and the Musk-ox, which is

also visible in the shape of the thick and anteriorly pointed inter-

maxillaries.

The foramina imcisiva of the Musk-ox are very large and

posteriorly narrowed. Ovibos resembles in this respect the Sheep,

but also Nemorhedus. These foramina do not offer any important

characteristics.

The palatal surface is concave and rather strongly constricted

behind the foramina incisiva (fig. 7, p. 707), much more than in Bos

taurus, but much less than in B. bubalis. The palatines are larger

comparatively than in the Sheep. The suture between palatines

1900.] STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. 707

and maxille is characteristic and wavy, because each palatine has a

median and a lateral lobe extending forward on both sides of the

foramina palatina (fig. 7). The molar series are a little arcuate

and converge anteriorly, so that, for instance, in an adult bull

the distance between them is anteriorly 56 and posteriorly 84 mm.,

measured at the alveolar brim. The length of the molar series in

the same specimen is 144 mm. The length of the molar series

compared with the basal length of the skull isin a cow 32 per cent.

and in a bull 31 per cent. of the latter measurement *. The palate

extends well backwards so that the choane open behind a line

connecting the posterior edge of the last molars. This seems to

be a difference from the condition of the Caprina as well as that of

eRe

Palatal surface of skull of Musk-ox.

many Antelopes (Nemorhedus, Rupicapra, Gazella, Antilope’,

Cephalophus, &c.). On the other hand, it offers a superficial re-

semblance to the Bovina.

The extension of the masseter muscle in a forward direction

over the lateral surface of the maxillary is comparatively short,

probably because it has such a wide area on which it may expand,

below the orbital tube (fig. 3, p.691). Asa result of this, the erista

1 This relation between the length of the molar series and the basal length

of the head seems to be pretty equal in the ruminants. The following results

may be quoted to prove this: in a Buffalo the molar series measured 30-0 Dic

of the basal length of the skull, in a common Ox 29°83 p.c., in a Goat 31:1 p.c.,

in Nemorhedus 32°3 p.c., in Rupicapra 29°7 p.c., in Gazella 34-1 p-c¢., in

Antilope 31-0 p.c., in Cephalophus 33:8 p.c., in the Wapiti 22°8 p.c., in the

Reindeer 27°9 p. c.; butin Saiga, with its reduced number of teeth, not less than

29°8 p. c., and so on.

2 In the Saiga the choanz open behind the molars, a fact which may

stand in relation to the reduced number of molars.

708 DR. E. LUNNBERG ON THE [June 19,

masseterica in an adult bull passes about a centimetre from

the lower margin of the lachrymal bone and parallel with the

same, but then it descends rather steeply to a tuber mawillare

situated above the second true molar. ‘This is constant in my

material except in one bull, in which the tuber mavillare is situated

on a vertical line drawn between the first and second true molars

(fig. 3, p. 691). But there seems to be still more variation in this

respect, because Riitimeyer (J. ¢. p. 11) as well as Dawkins (1. ¢.

p. 7) assert that the tuber mawillare is to be found above “the

first true molar.” It is apparent from these facts that the

situation of the tuber mawillare does not offer any valuable

characteristic for classification.

The foramen infraorbitale opens rather far back, as Riitimeyer

also remarks, above the third premolar or even first true molar.

This seems to be a singular feature among Cavicornia. In Sheep,

Goats, and Gazelles this foramen is situated above the second pre-

molar, and in other forms it is still more advanced. Budorcas

(including Nemorhedus &c.) agrees with Ovibos in this respect, as

will be seen later.

The mandible of Ovibos offers several points of interest. The

processus coronoideus is strongly curved backwards and more

pointed than is usual in other forms. It is also strikingly small,

which can be expressed by comparing its length with the length

of the mandible itself. The former measurement is in Ovibos about

16-17 per cent. of the latter, but in Sheep, Goats, and Gazelles about

24 per cent., in Rupicapra about 23 per cent., &e. The small

Cavicornia seem as a rule to have their processus coronoideus more

straight, thin, and squarish at the end. In Bos the condition re-

sembles more that in Ovibos, with the Jength of processus coro-

noideus about 18°5-20 per cent. of the mandibular length. This

may, therefore, be regarded as a parallel development, the more

striking as the most specialized Bos taurus has a shorter and more

pointed coronoid than Bos bubalis.

The articular surface of the mandible of the Musk-ox is

remarkable for its shape, because the longitudinal diameter is about

six tenths or more of the transverse one. In other ruminants the

transverse diameter is at least twice (sometimes nearly thrice) as

long as the longitudinal one.

The symphysis mandibule (fig. 8, p. 709) is about as long in Ovibos

as in Bos (16 per cent. of the mandibular length in the former and

14:17 per cent. in the latter); but it is, as Richardson rightly

remarks (J. c. p. 70), ‘more vertical, and it forms an angle or chin.”

The formation of such an angle or chin at the symphysis mandibule

may be caused by the need to strengthen the symphysis in a

vertical direction, because the opening of the canalis inframaxillaris

is very wide and deeply excavated in the bone and thus weakens

the bone. The great width of this cana] may be due to the con-

ditions under which the Musk-ox lives in the Arctic regions. It is

not only this foramen which is comparatively large in Ovibos, but

the foramina for blood-vessels are as a rule large. Riitimeyer has

1900. | STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. 709

pointed out the parallel development in this direction in the Rein-

deer (1. c. p. 12). The anterior part of the mandible of the Musk-

ox gets, through the already mentioned excavation for the canalis

inframaxillaris and because the same is extended much forwards,

a very constricted or compressed appearance which is rather

striking (fig. 8). A result of this shape of the symphysis is, of

course, that the incisors become more vertical than in other

ruminants, and are therefore wern off straight (fig. 8, 3), not

obliquely as in other forms. The incisors of the Musk-ox cannot

accordingly retain the anterior cutting-edge as the obliquely placed

and obliquely worn teeth can, but in old animals the worn crown

of the incisors presents a round surface placed at a right angle to

the longitudinal axis of the nearly cylindrical tooth. But even

the unworn incisors of Ovibos have quite another shape to those of

other Cavicornia.

Fig. 8.

Mandibles of male and female Musk-ox.

The crowns of the incisors are very small, comparatively thick,

and less spatulate than those of other forms’. I am therefore

inclined to think that the incisors of the Musk-ox—not being so

much used because the strong lips act as substitutes for them in

their function of seizing the food—are becoming gradually reduced.

The crowns of the incisors of the Musk-ox are, however, evenly

capped with enamel, and this can be said not only of the permanent,

but also of the milk-dentition. The milk-incisors of the Musk-calf

1 Tn the Gazelles and some others it is only the two median incisors which

have been strongly developed and very broadly spatulate, the lateral ones

being very narrow. The latter have, however, retained their cutting-edges

aud.are worn obliquely, so that their function is the same although their breadth

has been reduced.

710 DR. E, LUNNBERG ON THE [June 19,

have on their anterior surface a layer of enamel which, measured

on a longitudinal section about 4 mm. from the tip, has a thickness

of 400-435 ». On the posterior surface the enamel, measured at

the same distance from the tip, has also a considerable thickness,

namely about two-thirds of that of the anterior layer (fig. 9). This

offers a striking contrast to the condition prevailing in the common

Calf and the Lamb. In an unborn lamb the anterior layer of enamel,

measured near the tip of the incisor, is 330 p» in thickness, but

the posterior layer is at the middle of the crown only 66 p or one-

fifth of the anterior one, and is less than half that thickness

Fig. 9.

Section through the tip of a milk-incisor of a Musk-ox,

or not even one-tenth of the anterior layer. In a new-born

common calf the incisors are provided with a layer of enamel on

their anterior side which in thickness near the tip equals that of

the Musk-calf (about 400 « or more) (cf. fig.10, p.711). But onthe

interior surface the layer of enamel is very thin and becomes towards

the tip only 20-10 yp. Such-a thin layer is, of course, very soon

worn off. The interior iayer of enamel of the milk-incisors in

Sheep, and still more in Cattle, can thus with full right be termed

rudimentary. This condition is of course secondary ; aud Ovibos,

with its fully developed layer of enamel, represents a more

1900. ] STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. 7A

primitive type. It is consequently impossible to derive Ovibos

from the Sheep on account of this.

In the young summer calf the three milk-premolars of the upper

jaw are developed, and the first molar is just protruding from the

socket. The middle and three hindmost premolars are bilobed,

and on the latter can be seen, between the two lobes on the inner

side, a small, but distinct, ridge representing the accessory column.

In the same calf the three mandibular milk-premolars are developed

and the first molar just protruding. The foremost deciduous pre-

molar is small and simple, the middle is two-lobed, and the hind-

most is three-lobed. In the domestic calf there are on the outer

side of this hindmost mandibular milk-premolar two well developed,

Fig. 10.

Section through a milk-incisor of a calf of Bos taurus.

although shorter, additional folds. These are not entirely absent

in the Musk-calf, but only developed as two short tubercles in a

corresponding situation at the base of the tooth. From Richardson’s

description (/.c. p. 71) it becomes evident that the deciduous

molars are retained at least a year.

The permanent premolars of the Musk-ox are one-lobed; and

the molars are two-lobed except the third mandibular molar, which

is three-lobed, as is already recorded by previous authors. As

Boyd Dawkins says (/.c. p. 8), the upper true molars of the Musk-

ox ‘“‘are differentiated from those of Bison and Buffalo by the

712 DR. B, LONNBERG ON THE [June 19,

sharpness, stoutness, and prominence of the three principal cost

on their outer surface, and the small development of the two

secondary ones.” ‘This is quite right, but it cannot be regarded as

proving any close ovine affinity, as it is a primitive feature shared

by a large number of Antelopes. In the next line (/. c.) Dawkins

asserts of the upper true molars, as some authors (Richardson,

l.c. p. 71 &c.) have done before him: “On the internal aspect

there is no accessory column ;” and he lays much weight on this.

About five years earlier, however, the keen observer Riitimeyer

had (i. ¢. p. 91 footnote) stated the normal presence of such

accessory columns, although they are small. On the material 1

have received from the Nathorst Expedition to East Greenland,

1 am able to verify Riitimeyer’s observations (fig. 7). These facts,

in addition to the above statement concerning the milk-teeth, indi-

cate that there is a remarkable difference in this respect between

the dentition of the Musk-ox and that of the Sheep, instead of the

presumed likeness. The ‘small accessory valley at the inner

interspace between the two principal ones,” as it is described

by Dawkins (/.c. p. 8), is present in the upper true molars of

Ovibos, which in this respect resembles Bovide, as that author has

stated. The same valley is also found in Nemorhedus, Rupicapra,

and in Bubaline, Hippotragine’, and Tragelaphine’ Antelopes, but

not in Antilope, Gazella, &e. In Sheep and Goats this “ accessory

valley” seems to be less constantly developed. Ovibos differs

therefore with regard to its molars more from the Caprina and

Antilopina than from the Rupicaprina, Bubalidina, Hippotragina,

and Bovina. With the first mentioned of these latter groups it has

the ‘accessory valley” in common, and with the others also the

accessory column. The question now is to decide how much can

be regarded as parallel and how much as affinity. This decision

is again dependent upon what may be the origin of the accessory

column. Ruttimeyer seems inclined to make a sharp difference

between accessory columns and basal tubercles °. The former he

thinks are derived from the isolated inner column of the Anoplo-

therium tooth; the latter are ‘“blosse Ausbildungen des unter

Hufthieren so allgemein verbreiteten Basalwulstes.” As “ac-

cessory columns” he counts only those between the two main lobes

of the inner side of the upper molars; but as “ basal tubercles ”

are regarded not only accessory elements found at other places on

the upper molars, but also all accessory tubercles and columns on

the mandibular molars, even if they look exactly like the accessory

columns, recognized elements of the upper molars and just as much

developed. Such a division seems, however, less easy to carry out

in a quite satisfactory manner. At the same time that Riitimeyer

calls the accessory elements of the mandibular molars in Bos basal

tubercles, he admits himself that a basal tubercle can be developed

to something in shape and structure absolutely like an accessory

1 Of. Riitimeyer, Gesch. d. Rind. tab. i. fig. 11.

2 Cf. Flower and Lydekker: ‘Mammals, living and extinct.’

° Gesch. d. Rind. pp. 78-79.

1900.) STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. 713

column. It is also very easy to understand how the short basal

tubercles in primitive forms, with comparatively short teeth, for

this reason are transformed to columns in higher, more specialized,

forms with long teeth. At the same time that the teeth are

developed from brachydont to hypselodont, the basal or accessory

elements are drawn out in length. The “ Basalwulst” does not

exist any longer in the hypselodont teeth. The formerly basal

elements must therefore take their origin at the vertical surface of

one of the main lobes, and become easily soldered to them, as is

the case in the mandibular molars of the Bovine. In this way

the short basal tubercles are gradually changed into long columns,

which together with the teeth themselves may become enlarged

and add to the grinding-power of the teeth. Under such cir-

cumstances it should be only their situation at the inner side

of the upper true molars that should guarantee to the accessory

elements of these teeth the rank of ‘“‘ accessory columns,”! and

something different from the common “ basal tubercles.” This is,

however, far from sure. Riitimeyer regards the, as he thinks, true

accessory columns as ‘* Abgliederungen vom Vorjoch dieser Zahne ”

(Anoplotherium molars). In the young, not yet fully developed,

first molars of the common calf [ have seen the beginning of the

accessory columns connected with the posterior lobes. Zittel ?

thinks that Anoplotherine have become extinct without leaving any

progeny. Duchobunine, on the contrary, characterized by the same

author as having ‘‘ Obere M. fiinfhockerig, die Zwischenhécker in

der hinteren Reihe,” are regarded as ancestors of the now existing

ruminants®. The latter opinion agrees consequently better with

the condition found in the common calf. But it is not so with

all ruminants: in Cephalophus, for instance, the accessory elements

of some of the upper true molars belong very plainly to the

anterior lobes, and the same is the case with all Ovibos molars. It

is thus apparent that the place of origin of these accessory elements

of the upper molars varies a good deal, and consequently cannot in

any higher degree be taken into account for systematic purposes.

Jt may also justly be questioned whether the “true” accessory

columns are to be regarded as “‘ Abgliederungen ” from the primary

lobes of the teeth; and, if they should be so, what are then the

common basal tubercles? I do not hesitate to express the opinion

that both the accessory columns and the basal tubercles have a

similar origin, namely, are more or less developed basal tubercles *.

1 But in some instances not even this is sufficient, since Riitimeyer means

that the accessory elements on the inner side of the molars in the Giraffe and

the Deer ought to be regarded as “ Basalwarzen” (1. ¢. p. 79).

* Handbuch d. Palaontologie, I. iv.

3 This theory seems later to have been accepted by Riitimeyer too.

4 A similar opinion seems also to be accepted by later authors. Rose and

Bartels in their paper “ Ueber die Zabnentwicklung des Rindes” (Morph. Arb.

herausg. vy. Schwalbe, Bd. 6) shortly remark (/.c. p. 97) about “ die eigenartigen

Basalpfeiler und Faltenbildungen...welche besonders die Zahne der Rinder so

ausserordentlich kompliciren,” that these are “ganz nachtragliche Ausstiilp-

ungen ces Zahnbeinkeimes.”

714 DR. E. LONNBERG ON THE [June 19,

Examples proving such a statement may be found in sufficient

number, but I think that offered by the genus Cephalophus is

among the best.

About this genus Sclater and Thomas say in ‘The Book of

Antelopes’ (p. 121): “ Upper molar teeth short and broad; in

the larger species with an additional column on the inner side; ”

and Riitimeyer ' speaks of “‘Spuren von Basalsaiilchen.” In the

small species of Cephalophus accessory elements are more or less

comparatively wanting. In a skull of C. melanorheus Gray, from

the Cameroons, I failed to find any accessory elements except on

the hindmost milk-premolar. In the skull of the medium-sized

C. dorsalis Gray, subsp. custaneus O. Thomas, the accessory

elements are well developed, not only as tubercles, between the

lobes on the inner side of all upper true molars. In the latter the

following condition is found. On the hindmost upper molar a

single tubercle is seen in connection with the anterior lobe of the

inner side. On the middle and foremost upper molars, two

accessory elements are found close to each other between the

inner lobes and belonging one to either of them; thus anterior

as well as posterior accessory elements are present. On the

outer side of the middle and hindmost upper molars a similar

tubercle is developed from the posterior lobes, and all mandibular

molars carry such a tubercle on the outer side of the posterior

lobes. In the largest species, Cephalophus sylvicultrix (Atzelius)’,

the accessory elements are present on the inner side of the upper

molars, and arranged in such a manner that those in the foremost

and middle molars belong to the posterior lobes, but in the hindmost

molar originate from the anterior lobe. In the mandibular molars

of the same species, accessory elements are found between the

lobes of the outer side. But in this species the accessory elements

have been modified into high columns, especially on the upper

molars, in correspondence with the development of the molars to

the hypselodont type. I do not think that it can be regarded as

hazardous to draw the conclusion from this, that all these acces-

sory elements of the molars are of the same morphological rank

although differently developed in varions species, depending upon

the varying conditions of life and the adaptation tothe same. But

if this statement is accepted, as I hope it will be, there is no need

to postulate any close kinship between such Cavicornia as are

provided with accessory columns to the molars. They need only

to be derived from more primitive forms which have been able to

develop accessory tubercles, out of which the columns have been

independently formed with the development of a hypselodont

dentition. Consequently the presence of the small accessory

columns of Ovzbos need not suggest any relationship between this

' «Die Rinder der Tertiar-Epoche, ’p. 38.

* This species does not seem to hare to have been recorded from the

Cameroons before. Mr. Linell, a Swedish planter residing at Cape Debundscha,

has sent home the flat skin and the skull of a young, but probably full-grown,

female of this species.

1900.] STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. 715

animal and the Bovina. But, on the other hand, Ovibos must

have sprung from a form which was capable of developing

accessory (basal)tubercles; and that such tubercles are to be regarded

as the origin of the accessory columns also in Ouvebos is proved by

the fact that sometimes these elements remain in a more primitive

stage as free independent pillars of cylindrical shape occupying the

place of the accessory columns. This is the case in both upper

molars of the hindmost pair in an old bull. But as the ancestors

ot Ovibos must be sought for among ruminants with accessory

elements on the molars, these progenitors of the Musk-ox could

not have been Sheep, because the latter have specialized their

teeth without retaining any of the accessory columns of the

Musk-ox elements. Neither could it be assumed that the

accessory columns of the Musk-ox have originated independently

in this animal.

The result of the above discussion may be stated thus: the

dentition of the Musk-ox as well as the other characteristics of

the skull do not indicate any Ovine affinities, but point to a com-

paratively primitive origin from which Ovibos has been specialized

in its own peculiar manner. It deserves consequently to maintain

its position in a separate subfamily.

Sect. 4.--CoMPARISON BETWEEN THE SKULL OF THE MusK-ox

AND THAT OF Buporcas.

Through the kindness of Geheimrath Dr. Mobius I received

permission to borrow a skull of Budorcas from the Zoological

Museum of Berlin. I regret to say that the specimen sent to me

had been so badly damaged, that a comparison cannot be made

except with the facial portion of the skull.

The nasals of Bud »rcas are much more curved, transversally as well

as longitudinally, than those of Ovzbos, and their outline is also quite

differeut. Their greatest breadth, not quite a third of the length,

is at a point a little behind the middle. They are expanded

laterally in an obtuse angle so that each bone becomes triangular

in outline. In Ovibos the greatest width of the nasals is at their

posterior end, and their lateral border is a straight line. The

greatest width of the nasals is about a fourth of the length, more

or less, in the Musk-bull, in the Musk-cow not even that. The

nasals of Budorcas are pointed anteriorly without any lateral

notch, which is more or less conspicuous in the more blunt nasals

of an adult Ovibos, although it is small in a cow. The great

distance between the end of the nasals and intermaxillaries in

Budorcas, which is greater than the length of the nasals, indicates

a much greater development of the soft parts of the nose than in

the Musk-ox. The shape of the nasals of Budorcas can therefore

be derived from that of a more general form like Nemorhedus

on the assumption that they have been shortened, as is always the

case when the nose attains a more or less trunk-like development,

As a result of such a development, the intermaxillaries are very

716 DR. E, LONNBERG ON THE (June 19,

widely separated from the nasals in Budorcas, and even the maxil-

laries only touch them with avery short suture. The same is also

the case with the upper anterior corner of the lachrymal bones.

But, on the other hand, the nasals of Budorcas are comparatively

more deeply sunk in between the frontals than in any other form.

This can be concluded from the fact that the lateral suture between

nasals and frontals measures about 7 em. on each side, the

posterior not reckoned. It is thus evident that the nasal portion

of the skull of Budorcas has undergone such a transformation and

specialization, that it can very well be used for comparison in

determining the systematic position of this animal. The lachrymal

bone of Budorcas is anteriorly very high or broad, and resembles in

its shape that of some species of Nemorhedus’. If the orbital

tube of Ovibos is abstracted, there is a certain likeness in this respect

between these forms, but this bone varies considerably within the

same genus (Vemorhedus). The concavity of the lachrymal bone

of Budorcas is very slight.

The foramina incisiva are larger in Budoreas than in Ovibos, so

that their length in the former is contained three times and a

third in the distance from the anterior end of the intermaxillaries

to the posterior end of the palatines, but in the latter a little more

than four times ’*.

The intermaxille are shaped anteriorly as in Nemorhedus and

allied forms, and resemble the condition found in the Caprina, and

are thus comparatively less pointed than in Ovibos.

The crista masseterica of Budorcas nearly reaches the lachrymal

bone in front of the orbit, as there is only an interspace of 2 or

3mm. From its highest point in front of the orbit it descends

steeply to the tuber maxillare which is situated above the first

molar, but in Ouvzbos usually above the second. In Nemorhedus,

this is subjected to great variation depending upon the size of the

anteorbital pit and lachrymal; if these are large the crista is low

and extends to the first molar, but if the lachrymal bone is narrow

the tuber maillare is situated above the second molar.

The palate of Budorcas is less concave than that of Ovibos, but

the fold on the inner side between the two lobes of the molars is

deeper in the former and there is, at least on the specimen at

hand, no trace of accessory columns. The molars of the mandible

are also rather similar, but the third or hindmost lobe of the third

molar seems to be larger and better developed in Budorcas than in

Ovibos. In the latter the lateral semilunar lobes are more broadly

arcuate than in the former, in which the outline on the worn crown

nearly forms an angle.

The incisors of Budorcas are much broader and larger than those

of Ovibos, and resemble those of Nemorhedus and Haploceros.

The anterior opening of the canalis alveolaris mandibule lies in

Budorcas distinctly behind the symphysis, as also seems to be the

* Rupicapra, which is regarded as an allied genus, has rather narrow lach-

rymals, and so has Haploceros.

2 In Nemorhedus as in Ovis, 3} times.

1900.] STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. 717

case in Nemorhedus and Haploceros ; but in Ovibos it lies in front

of the posterior margin of the symphysis. Rupicapra resembles

Ovibos in this respect.

The hamulus pterygoideus internus is larger, more pointed, and

more curved backwards, in Budorcas than in Ovibos. The choanse

open in both species behind the molars. This is a difference from

Nenorhedus and Rupicapra.

The foramen infraorbitale is, in Budoreas as well as in Ovibos,

situated rather far back, above the last premolar, but in Wemo-

rhedus above the first or second. Rupicapra and Haploceros

resemble the latter.

The processus postglenoideus is smaller in Budorcas than in Ovibos,

but the shape of the surface for articulation is similar.

These characteristics derived from the shape of the facial hones

are of comparatively little value, as their possibility of variation is

rather considerable.

The construction of the fronto-parietal region of the skull is, I

regret to say, only known to me from the literature of the subject.

According to the description of Budorcas published by A. Milne-

Edwards ', the frontal sinuses do not extend farther than just to

the base of the horn-core, and are consequently less developed than

in Ovibos. The elevation of the frontals, however, on which

the horns of Budorcas are placed, ‘* contient une multitude de

grandes cellules en relation indirecte avec les fosses nasales”

(op. cit. p. 370).

Such an arrangement seems to agree very well with the corre-

sponding one in the Sheep, but offers no resemblance to the massive

exostoses on the head of the Musk-ox. The situation of the

parietal in the Takin is also quite different from that of the Musk-

ox. In the former this bone “se releve brusquement pour

constituer la face postérieure de l’éminence cératophore.” ‘This

elevation of the parietal corresponds with the same in the Caprina,

and, as in the latter group, this bone seems to be considerably

shortened compared with the condition in the Antelopes. The

fossa temporalis is in Budorcas, as in the Antelopes in general and

in the Caprina, quite open posteriorly and upwards.

The construction of the upper parts of the skull seems to

indicate that the position of Budorcas in the system cannot be

so very far from the Ovine branch. I have not had satisfactory

material to express any decisive judgment, but I am inclined

to think that Budorcas is most likely to be regarded as a

primitive Sheep which has become specialized in a certain

direction ; but, on the other hand, its affinity to the Nemorhedus

group cannot be denied. The resemblance between Budorcas and

Ovibos is only superficial _ Matschie, who lately has taken up this

theory, seems” to have based it on the following ‘“ gemeinsame

Merkmahle ”: (1) flat and broad metacarpal bones, (2) shape of

1 ‘Rech. pour servir a l’Hist. Nat, d. Mammifeéres,’ Paris, 1868-74.

? Sitz. d. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin, Jahrg. 1895, p. 31.

Proc. Zoon, Soo,—1900, No, XLVII, 47

718 ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE MUSK-OX. [June 19,

skull, (3) form of horns, (4) ae and peculiarly formed ears,

(5) shape of muzzle, (6) short tail, (7) short and thick legs, and

(8) comparatively large lateral hoofs.

The difference with regard to the shape of the skull has already

been discussed.

To judge from Milne-Edwards’s figures, which give the impression

of being remarkably well made, I must confess that I fail to see

any resemblance with regard to the shape of the horns except that

they are curved in both animals.

The ears of the Musk-ox, which are not so very smali (13-14 cm.

in length in the salted and dry skin of a cow, that is 35 per cent.

of the basilar length of the skull, but of course longer in lifetime),

do not seem to have the same form as those of Budorcas (see

Milne-Edwards’s figures), but are straight and more pointed. This

is, however, a small matter upon which to found relationship.

The shape of the muzzle is quite different, as Budorcas has a

central groove. <A short tail is a feature common to so many

different ruminants that it is hardly worth while to lay much

stress upon it, but it can just as well be quoted as indicating the

resemblance between Budorcas and the Sheep. The lateral hoofs

of Budoreas are, according to Milne-Edwards’s figures, of an

absolutely different shape from those of Ovibos, as the former are

much more elongate and resemble in shape those of a Reindeer or

a Wild Hog. The flatness and broadness of the canon-bones of

Budorcas are very remarkable ; but in this respect Budorcas is more

different from Ovibos than the latter is from the Goats. This can

be seen from the following table of comparative measurements

of Budorcas, published by Milne-Edwards (op. cit. p. 376).

Budorcas. Ovibos . Capra hircus.

Front canon-bone: length in mm, ......... 103° 155 112

Transverse diameter of the same in per

Cont. Olenptly tite acs tees rcdecec Boe eres 42:7 23°4 16°9

Thickness of the same in per cent. of

DOMRBH 0, Fah og Ae seeetch seg acnqtessaateaseree- 19°4 13:0 116

Hind canon-bone: length in mm. ......... 151 161 120

Transverse diameter of the same in per

cents of lengthy 2... cctescceceenccessn cones 21:1 16°7 13°3

Under these circumstances I do not think it advisable to lay

too much weight on this characteristic either; and I suppose that

Matschie’s attempt of classing Ovibos and Budorcas together in

one and the same group ‘“ Ovibovine” must be regarded as a

failure. A subfamily with such a name can, of now living animals,

only include Ovibos alone,

P.Z-S.1900.P1.XLIV.

Highley delet lith Hanhart imp.

CRUSTACEANS FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA .

PZ.S.1900.P1XLV.

Hanhart imp

Highley del.et lith.

APORE AND MALACCA.

CRUSTACEANS FROM SIN

PZ. ROO le Ais

104.

Highley del.et lith Hanhart imp

CRUSTACEANS FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA .

PZ.S.1900.P1. XLVI.

Plus

Highley del.et lith . Hanhart imp.

CRUSTACEANS FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA .

1900.] ON CRUSTACEANS FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA, 719

5. On a Collection of Crustaceans made at Singapore

and Malacca.—Part I. Crustacea Brachyura. By

W. F. Lancuester, M.A., King’s College, Cambridge *.

[Received June 15, 1900.]

(Plates XLIV.-XLVII.)

This collection is part of a more general collection of marine

animals made by Mr. F. P. Bedford and myself during a period of

about seven months, of which six were spent in and around the

island of Singapore, and one in the town of Malacca. The

difference in the length of our stay in these neighbourhoods will,

in part, explain the greater diversity and number of the forms

which come from Singapore—out of 120 forms (116 distinct

species), 91 are from Singapore, 14 from Malacca, 12 are common

to both localities, and in 3 there is no record of locality. At the

same time, something must be allowed, in this connection, for

the more suitable nature of the collecting-ground at Singapore:

the sea round which is broken by numerous islets, many of these

bordered with coral-reef, leaving, at low water, a large expanse of

rough ground (sandy mud, stones, and dead coral), very productive

of the littoral forms. On the east of the town is ashore bordered

with great patches of sand or mud, grown over in parts by a

Zostera-like weed ; while, for deeper forms, the bottom is no less

varied, ranging from thick mud, through sand and gravel, to

patches of stone and coral débris. From Singapore, then, came by

far the greater number of the Oxyrhyncha and Cyclometopa

(Acteids and all the Eriphiidz); several of the Grapsoid Crabs

(Gelasimi, Metopograpsus, Scopimera); two species of Dorippe

and several Leucosiidz, the latter being almost invariably obtained

from a bottom of dense mud, in contradistinction to the experi-

ence of Adams and White (‘ Samarang’ Crust., pref. p. v), who

found that they preferred a bottom of sand to one of mud.

In Malacca, on the other hand, the conditions are far more

uniform : the coast consists mostly of mud swamps, and, with the

exception of one partly exposed island near by, offers no very

great scope for the collecting of littoral forms: the Grapsoidea—

Sesarmini, Gelasimi, Ocypodide, and Macrophthalmini—were,

however, fairly well represented. As far as concerns work with

the dredge, the bottom is too uniformly covered with thick mud

to offer much variety of forms: here the Leucosiids and Dorippids

were most representative and fairly abundant. At a spot,

however, about 7 to 8 miles north of the town, where a strong

current set round a promontory, we found a fairly productive

piece of rough bottom, which supplied, amongst others, a few

Maioidea (Chlorinoides, Hyastenus). And, still farther north, at

' Communicated by Prof, Brut, F.Z,S.

47*

720 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

Cape Rachado, where Mr. Bedford spent some time after my

return home, he obtained several examples of Matuta, a genus of

which, out of the three species in the collection, only one comes

from Singapore.

As regards the systematic part, I have described as new 5

varieties and 7 species, and 2 of the species have had to be referred

to new genera: one, a Leucosiid of the Oreophorus type, which is

interesting because of the great lateral expansion of its carapace ;

the other, a small form with a very general resemblance to an

Actea, especially in the front and orbits, but with well-marked

palatal ridges and other differences. As regards the common

genus Thalamita, of which there are 3 species, I had hoped to be

able to set at rest the question of the value of their specific

characters, but was unfortunately unable to obtain sufficient

specimens for comparison ; but from what I have myself seen, and

taking Kossmann’s (Zoolog. Ergebn. p. 48), and other scattered,

evidence into consideration, I think it strongly probable that some

at least of the species should be united—as, for example, the three

in the collection, 7. crenata, T. spinimana, and T. dane. Dr. de

Man (Mergui Crust. p. 78) has laid some stress on the form of

the lobes of the internal angle of the eye; but these are certainly

variable in the specimens I have examined.

I have taken measurements of the breadth and length of the

carapace of nearly all the individual examples of each species, and,

but for the lack of space, would have given the length of the

rostrum, lateral margins, &c., in order to make the list more

complete. It is, of course, very difficult to find any constant lines

of measurement, owing to the variability, in the same species, of

the form of the carapace; spines, whether rostral or lateral, are

notoriously variable, and there is no necessary constancy in the

straightness, or amount of convexity or concavity, of the frontal

and posterior marginal lines. Under these circumstances, I have

taken the following bases of measurement :—In the Oxyrhyncha,

Cyclometopa, and Oxystomata, the length from the middle of the

posterior margin to the middle of a line drawn from the one base

to the other of the preocular or internal supraocular (as the case

may be) spines: such a line approximately defines the base of the

rostrum. Ihave never found the pre- or supraocular spine so

ill-developed that this line cannot be traced. The breadth, in

these groups, has been taken from the anterior base of the last

lateral (Cyclometopa) or epibranchial (Oxyrhyncha) spine, or from

the epibranchial angles. In the Catometopa, however, I have

found myself obliged to include the rostrum in the measurement

of length, and to take the breadth from the point of one external

ocular spine to that of the other. None of these measurements,

however, can be considered as other than approximate; I give

them, as I have taken them, for what they are worth. They

certainly do show a variability in proportions, which, though

slight in a great many species, is in others rather striking.

As regards the references that are given, under each species, I

1900.5 ~ FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. ay:

should like to say that they have been chosen, in nearly every

instance, for one of two reasons, apart from those of synonymy :

Ist, that the reference given contains a good description, or figure,

or useful additional remarks ; 2nd, that the reference points to the

occurrence of the species in India or Australia, with the neigh-

bouring seas, or that its existence has been previously noted at

Singapore or Malacca.

Before proceeding to the account of the species, I should like

to take this opportunity of expressing my personal thanks to the

following gentlemen, who received us most kindly, and gave us

valuable facilities in the pursuit of our object: Sir Alexander

Swettenham, C.B., at the time of our visit Acting Governor at

Singapore;. Dr. R. Hanitsch, Curator of the Raffles Museum,

who gave us the free use of a room in the Museum, and also

useful advice as to collecting-grounds ; Mr. H. N. Ridley, Curator

of the Botanical Gardens, to whom I am particularly indebted

for the. new variety of Potamon tridentatum described below,

and for the brief account of its burrowing habits (which I repro-

duce from memory); and also to the Hon. W. Egerton, Resident

Councillor at Malacca. At home, I have to thank Prof. Jeffrey

Bell for the very kind way in which he has placed a room at my

disposal in the Natural History Museum, and for kindly com-

municating this paper to the Society ; and Mr. G. A. Bouienger,

for very useful advice given in connection with this paper.

Nore.—In the measurements given, the first figures invariably

represent the breadth: e.g. 10x 7=breadth 10, length 7. All

measurements in millimetres.

I. Genus AcHzus Leach.

1. ACHZUS LACERTOSUS Stimpson.

Acheus lacertosus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 218

(1857).

Acheus breviceps, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. iv.

p- 433 (1879).

Acheus lacertosus, Miers, ‘Alert’ Crust. p. 188 (1384); Henderson,

Trans, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 341 (1893).

Hab. Singapore; 6 fms. One male.

Dim. 35 x4.

2. Acuzus Lorina Ad. & White.

Inachus lorina, Ad. & White, ‘Samarang’ Crust. p. 3, pl. ii. f. 2

(1848).

Hab. Singapore; 6 fms. Sandy mud. One male.

Dim. 5°75 x 7°65.

II. Genus Camposora Latr.

3. CaMPoscla RETUSA Latr.

Camposcia retusa, Latr. Regne Animal, 2° éd. t.iv. p. 60 (1829);

722 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June19,

M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 283 (1834); Haswell, Cat.

Austr. Crust. p. 4 (1882); Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 189 (1884).

Hab, Singapore; littoral. Two females, one with ova; and

a male witha parasite under the abdomen. All are thickly clothed

with small globular pieces of sponge.

Dim. ¢ 23x31'5. 2 275x37. 2 26x345.

III. Genus Oncryorus de Haan.

4, ONCINOPUS ARANEA de Haan.

Oncinopus aranea, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 100, pl. xxix. f. 2

(1839).

Oncinopus neptunus, Ad, & White, ‘ Samarang’ Crust. p. 1, pl. i.

f. 1 (1848).

Oncinopus subpellucidus, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.

p. 221 (1857).

Oncinopus angulatus, Hasw. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. iv.

p. 433 (1879).

Oncinopus subpellucidus, Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 5 (1882).

Oncinopus neptunus, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. xx.

p. 109 (1887).

Hab. Singapore; 5 fms. One male.

Dim. 2°5 x 3°25,

IV. Genus Menzruivus M.-Edw.

5. MENZTHIUS MONOCEROS Latr.

Pisa monoceros, Latr. Encycl. t. x. p. 139 (1825).

Menethius monoceros, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 339

(1834).

Menethius subserratus, Ad. & White, ‘Samarang’ Crust. p. 18,

pl. iv. ff. 1-2 (1848).

Menethius monoceros, A. M.-Edw. Nouy. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat.

t. vill. p. 252 (1872).

Hah. Singapore. Littoral: from off seaweed, with Caprellids,

Amphipods, &c. 5 males, | female. Malacca; 1 fm. Sandy

mud. A larger, damaged female.

Dm. ¢ 6x8 of 675x85d. ¢ Sbx75. JG 4% 65.

9 7x95. 2 10°75x135. fg 165x135.

V. Genus Docrea Leach.

6. Docrna MuRicaTA Herbst.

Cancer muricatus, Herbst, Naturgesch. der Krabben, t. 1. p. 211,

pl. xiv. f. 83 (1788).

Inachus muricatus, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 355 (1798).

Doclea muricata, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 295 (1834);

Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xx. p. 109 (1887).

Hab. Malacca; 1-2 fms., mud. A male and two females.

Dim. 6 8x9. 9 155x117. 9 12x13.

1900.] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA, 723

VI. Genus Eerrta Latr.

7. EGERIA ARACHNOIDES Rumph.

Cancer arachnoides, Rumph. D’Amboin. Rarit-kammer, pl. vii.

f. 4 (1741).

Inachus longipes, Fabr. Suppl. p. 358 (1798).

Egerta arachnoides, Latr. Encycl. pl. cclxxxi. f. 1 (1825);

M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 291 (1834); Hasw. Cat. Austr.

Crust. p. 11 (1882); Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 191 (1884).

Egeria longipes, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 109

(1887).

Egeria arachnoides, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v.

p. 348 (1893).

Hab. Singapore; 2-4 fms. Muddy bottom. One male, rather

damaged, and another larger.

Dine (fai 6. tax 16.

VIL. Genus Mara Lam.

8. Mata miersit Walker.

Maia mers, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 113

pl. vi. ff. 1-3 (1887).

Hab. Singapore; 6fms. Bottom of sandy mud. One female

example, entirely agreeing with Mr. Walker’s description. The

carapace is thickly covered with matted weed, in which are

entangled tiny shells, gravel particles, &c., as well as mud, when

first caught.

Dim. 16°5 x 21:5.

VIIl. Genus Hyastenus White.

9. HYASTENUS DIACANTHUS de Haan.

Pisa (Nawxia) diacantha, de Haan, Crust. Jap. p. 86, pl. xxiv.

f. 1 (1839).

Hyastenus diacanthus, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. viii.

p- 250 (1872); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 20 (1882); Miers,

‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 194 (1884).

Hab. Malacca; 6 fms. Rough bottom. 3 small females.

Dim. 95x75. 94x55. 2 25x3°5.

9a. HYASTENUS DIACANTHUS BITUBERCULATUS, var. nov,

There are, in addition to the above, three large specimens, in

which the gastric prominence, besides being much elevated, bears

two pointed tubercles, one in front of the other, the anterior being

the more prominent ; a small tubercle on the middle of the posterior

border. In other respects they resemble H. diacanthus. There

are three examples, a male and a female from 15 fms. at Singapore,

and another female from 10-15 fms. at Malacca. In the female

from Singapore there is a biggish round brown spot on the posterior

declivity of the gastric eminence.

Dim. 6 15x21. 9185x265. 92 125x18.

724 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS = [June 19

10. Hyastanus onyx A. M.-Edw.

Hyastenus oryx, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus, t. viii. p. 250,

pl. xiv. f. 1 (1872); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 20 (1882) ;

Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. xx. p. 109 (1887).

Hab. Singapore ; littoral. Two males and two females, one

with ova.

Dim. ¢ 5°75x9. G6 45x77. 965x105. 9 5:25x8.

11. Hyasrenvus pLtanasius Ad. & White.

Pisa planasia, Ad. & White, ‘Samarang’ Crust. p. 9, pl. ii.

ff. 4, 5 (1848).

Hyastenus planasius, A, M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. viil.

p. 250 (1872); Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 109

(1887).

Hab. Singapore; 2-3 fms. A female and two males.

On two of these is found a species of Tubularia, fixed to the

upper and outer margins of the ambulatory legs.

Dim. ¢ 8°75x12%5. $§ 6x9. 9 125x175.

1X. Genus CHLoRINoIDES Haswell.

12. CHLORINOIDES ACULEATUS M.-Edw.

Chorina aculeata, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 316

(1834).

Paramithrax (Chlorinoides) aculeatus, var. armatus, Miers, ‘ Alert’

Crust. p. 193, pl. xviii. f. A (1884).

Chlorinoides aculeatus, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v.

p- 345 (1893).

Hab. Singapore and Malacca; 10-18 fms. Rough bottom.

One large and one small male from Singapore ; and two smaller

males from Malacea, in which the spines of the carapace and

meropodites are relatively less developed.

Mr. Miers’s variety armatus is founded on—(a) a small tooth-like

expansion on the posterior margin of the postocular spine, and

(6) the “ existence (usually) of two spines at the distal ends of the

merus-joints of the ambulatory legs” (¢. c.). As regards (6),

M.-Edwards describes the ambulatory legs as “ garnies d’une forte

épine a l’extrémité des troisiéme et quatri¢me articles”; and

Mr. Miers’s two spines are not invariably found. In my specimens,

the larger male from Singapore has the second spine well deve-

loped, the smaller male very much less so. In the two still smaller

males from Malacca the second spine is absent, though the post-

ocular tooth still bears a small tooth on its posterior margin. I

hardly think the slight difference in the postocular tooth is sufficient

to admit of accepting a distinct variety.

Prof. Henderson points out the similarity between the post-

ocular tooth of var. armatus and that of a form figured by

de Haan as Mata (Chorinus) aculeata; but the arrangement of the

dorsal spines in this figure show that it is wrongly referred to

1900.] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 725

C. aculeata, and a reference to the text confirms this; for it is

there named Maia (Chorinus) longispina, and said to be

“ Oh. aculeato Edw. proximus.”

Dim: -G@235x28) 6 1317-5) PS 11:5. ).g G15 10-5:

X. Genus ScuizopHrys White.

13. ScHIZOPHRYS ASPERA M.-Edw.

Mithrax aspera, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. 1. p. 320 (1834).

Dione affinis, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 94, pl. xxi. f. 4 (1839),

Schizophrys serratus, Ad. & White, ‘Samarang’ Crust. p. 16

(1848).

Schizophrys aspera, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. viii, p. 231,

pl. x. f. 1 (1872): Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p.22 (1882); Walker,

Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 109 (1887).

Hab. Singapore and Malacca. A male and two females from

Malacca, all of the typical form ; a young male from Singapore,

also typical. Littoral.

Dim. 6 155x19. $ 65x85. 2 245x31. 2 16:5x 20°5.

XI. Genus Micrppra Leach.

14. Micrppa MASCARENICA Kossmann.

Micippa philyra, Leach, Zool. Misc. iii. p. 16 (1817) (nec

M. philyra Herbst); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t.i. p. 330 (1834).

Micippa philyra, var. mascarenica, Kossm. Zool. Ergebn. Reise

roth. Meeres, p. 7, pl. ii. fig. 2 (1877).

Micippa mascarenica, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv.

p. 7 (1885); Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 109 (1887).

Hab. Singapore ; littoral. Two males and two females.

There are five tuberculiform teeth behind the postorbital tooth

in the males, of which the 3rd and 4th are absent in the females.

Mime don lO. glOx 125.) OlOx a olf 20 seo,

15. Micrppa ourtTIsprna Haswell.

Micippa curtispina, Hasw. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. vol. iv.

p. 446, pl. xxv. f. 1 (1879); Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.

vol. xx. p. 109 (1887).

Hab. Singapore; littoral. One female with ova.

As in M. mascarenica, the lateral spines of the female are

irregular: the five that Prof. Haswell mentions as bordering the

postero-lateral and posterior margins are only represented ia this

specimen by two well-developed teeth on the postero-lateral angle.

The subapical rostral lobes are well-developed.

Dim. 85x10.

16. Micrppa EXOAVATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLIV. fig. 1.)

Hab, Singapore; 5-6 fms. A male and an ova-bearing female.

This form comes nearest to the M. curtispina of Prof. Haswell.

726 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

The carapace is closely granulated, a few of the granules being

larger than the others, more especially one on each branchial

region, and one on the cardiac. The sides are irregularly tuber-

culate, two fairly prominent tubercles may be seeu close behind

the eye, and two more farther back, one on the branchial angle,

the other on the postero-lateral margin. The middle line of the

carapace is somewhat elevated ; the hepatic regions are, as usual,

very depressed. As regards the rostrum, the upper half is obliquely

deflexed, the lower half vertically; its surface is granular and

obtusely bicarinate, so as to forma median and two lateral grooves,

the median terminating in the wide notch which separates the two

lobes of the distal margin. The chelipedes are small and quite

smooth ; the distal half of the upper margin of the arm is strongly

keeled, but the carina is not dentate. Ambulatory legs densely

hairy, otherwise smooth: the meri are rather broad, but not so

much as those of M.curtispina. The orbital margins are prominent ;

a single closed fissure above, and two below; pterygostomian regions

smooth, and profoundly excavate. Basal joint of antennez smooth,

and the next two joints fairly narrow. The fingers of the cheli-

pedes do not meet in their proximal half. Colour of carapace

brick-red, touched with light yellow; chelipedes light yellow,

distal two-thirds of fingers brown.

Dim. ¢ 9x11. 9 9°5x11°5.

XII. Genus Lamprvs Leach.

17. LAMBRUs HOPLONOTUs Ad. & White.

Lambrus hoplonotus, Ad. & White, ‘Samarang’ Crust. p. 35,

pl. vii. f. 3 (1848); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 33 (1882);

Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 351 (1893).

Hab. Singapore; 10 fms. Two females, of the var. planifrons.

Dim. 9 9°25x8. 2 9°25x8.

18. LaAMBRUs VALIDUs de Haan.

Parthenope (Lambrus) valida, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 90,

pl. xxi. f. 1, & pl. xxit. f. 1 (1859).

Lambrus validus, Ad. & White, ‘ Samarang ’ Crust. p. 29 (1848).

Hab. Singapore; 15 fms. One male.

Dim. 30:25 x 26°5.

19, LaAMBRUS LONGISPINUS Miers.

Lambrus longispinus, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 5, vol. iv.

p. 18 (1879).

Lambrus spinifer, Hasw. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. iv.

p. 451, pl. xxvii. f. 4 (1830).

Lambrus longispinus, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 199 (1884) ; Walker,

Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 109 (1887).

Hab. Singapore; 6-8 fms. Two males.

Dim. ¢ 10°25x10%. fg16x16.

1900.] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACOA,. 727

20. LaMBRUS PELAGICUS Riipp.

Lambrus pelagicus, Riipp. Beschreib. 24 Krabben, p. 15, pl. iv.

f. 1 (1830); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 855 (1834),

? Lambrus rumphii, Bleeker, Rech. sur Crust. de Inde Archipel,

Batavia, p. 18 (1856).

Lambrus affinis, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. viii. p. 261,

pl. xiv. f. 4 (1872); Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v.

p- 350 (1893).

Lambrus pelagicus, de Man, Decap. u. Stom. von Malakka,

Borneo, etc., Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 494 (1895).

Hab. Singapore ; from sandy shore at low-water. One male.

Dr. de Man, by a comparison with Riippell’s original specimens,

has shown that the Lambrus affinis of A. M.-Edw. is identical

with Riippell’s Z. pelagicus; and possibly also with LZ. rumphii

Bleeker.

Dim. 17x16.

21. LAMBRUS TUMIDUS, sp. nov. (Plate XLIV. fig. 2.)

Hab. Malacca; 2-6 fms.; muddy bottom. A male and a

female.

Carapace a very little broader than long, general surface smooth ;

gastro-cardiac and branchial regions strongly tumid, separated by

two wide and deep depressions. A median carina, branched

anteriorly towards the base of the rostrum and enclosing there a

concave triangular space; a low tubercle at the point of bifur-

cation, a second stronger tubercle in the centre of the cardiac

region, and a third, as strong, half-way between the second and the

first. Behind the second the carina shelves rapidly to a’slightly

upturned median spine on the posterior margin; the shelving

portion bears a minute tubercle. Antero-lateral margins, behind

the narrow hepatic notch, with eight flattened, obscurely laciniated,

triangular spines, which increase in size from before backwards

to the 7th, while the eighth becomes suddenly twice as large as the

7th, quite thin and laminate. Between this and the median

posterior tooth are three teeth: first, an outwardly directed tooth,

as strong as the eighth antero-lateral, carinate above, the carina

granular and extending on to the tumid branchial region, where it

becomes tubercular ; from the base of this tooth, on the postero-

lateral margin springs a shorter flattened tooth, not carinate, and

bearing in turn at its base a minute tooth; and at a little distance

on the external angle of the posterior margin, a tooth equal in size

to the median posterior. The bed of the furrow separating the

gastro-cardiac and branchial regions has in it four or five relatively

deep holes, having the appearance of pin-pricks. Rostrum conical,

acute, with a single, obscure tooth on either side of the base, just

above the eye. The suborbital tooth is very strong and carinated

below; a low granulated carina extends from the base of this

tooth to the base of the chelipedes: pterygostomian regions

otherwise smooth, under a covering of rather dense hair which

728 MR, W. F. LANCHESTER ON ORUSTAOBANS [June 19,

extends under the antero-lateral margins. Chelipedes three times

as long as the body, and generally quite smooth above and below,

except for—(a) a longitudinal line of granules on the upper

surface of the arm, not quite reaching its distal extremity ; the

most proximal of these is produced into a very strong tooth; (4) a

similar, more obscure line on the under surfaces of the wrist and

hand ; the distal third of this surface in the hand is rather swollen,

and the linear arrangement of the granules is here rather broken

up. The whole of the inferior margin of the arm and hand is set

with evenly disposed sharp tubercles, which in the wrist are

granular (in the male they are less sharp than in the smaller

female); on the posterior margin of the arm five strong teeth,

with smaller ones between them; on the anterior margin a similar

arrangement, the teeth being, however, less strong and more

numerous ; two strong teeth on the hind margin of the wrist ;

both upper margins of hand dentate, the teeth being much stronger

in its distal third. Dactyl with upper margin dentate; both

fingers with strong tubercular teeth on the inner margins ; these

margins do not meet, except at the tips. Ambulatory legs with

mero- carpo- and pro-podites strongly carinated above; and with

meri spinulose below, strongly on the 1st and 4th pairs, very

obscurely on the 2nd and 3rd.

Length (base of posterior spine to tip

GL TORDE III) ge osise gaia bedded Ges aa 2555 mm. 20 mm.

Breadth (between 7th and 8th antero-

Jatoral BPINeGR)).o'4. 00) ecm sceldebes 2B sin 3 aD gs

Length of chelipedes ...... ..... Zhan ties 59°5 ,,

This species is most nearly related to L. validus and L. laciniatus,

from both of which it is distinguishable by its relative smoothness,

and the fact that it is not so very much broader than long.

XIII. Genus Crypropopia M.-Edw.

22. CRYPTOPODIA FORNICATA Fabr.

Cancer fornicatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. t. ii. p. 453 (1781); Herbst,

Naturgesch. d. Krab. Bd. i. Hft. 6, p. 204, pl. xiii. ff. 79-80 (1785).

Cri ~yptopodia fornicata, M. -Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. is p. 362

(1834); de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 90, pl. xx. f. 2 (1839); Hasw.

Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 37 (1882) ; Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.

vol. xx. p. 109 (1887); Hend. Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 351

(1893).

Hab. Singapore. A male.

Dim. 22X13.

XIV. Genus Harrovia White.

23. HARROVIA ALBOLINEATA Ad. & White.

Harrovia albolineata, Ad. & White, ‘ Samarang’ Crust. pp. 55-56,

pl. xii. f. 5 (1848).

1900.] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 729

Hab. Singapore ; dredged from 10-15 fms. Two males. One

of these shows the typical markings on the carapace and chelipedes ;

in the other, the red stripes on the carapace are fainter and less

broad, and the crimson colour of the chelipedes is absent.

Dim. 6 55x5. 3b 55x5.

23 a. HARROVIA ALBOLINEATA LONGIPES, var.nov. (Plate XLIV.

fig. 3.)

Hab. Singapore. From a shoal of scattered stones and coral,

with sand in places, partially exposed at low-water. One male.

In this specimen, the most striking feature is the length of the

chelipedes, which are three times as long as the carapace, and not

only twice as in H. albolineata. Further, the tubercles on the arm

and wrist are very minute ; aud the two antero-lateral teeth are as

low and as broad as the post-ocular tooth; the fourth is narrow

and pointed.

Carapace raised but not tuberculate; minutely punctate, when

seen through a lens, and of a diffuse dark red colour. Chelipedes

rough, or even slightly granular, and generally as in H. albolineata.

No tubercles on the ambulatory legs.

Dini, 7X7:

94. HARROVIA TUBERCULATA Haswell.

Harrovia tuberculata, Hasw. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. iv.

p- 455, pl. xxvii. f. 1 (1880).

Hab. Singapore. One female, taken from off the arms of a

Crinoid (Actinometra multiradiata) dredged from 6 fms.

This species is very near H. albolineata, of which it is possibly

only a variety. I can discern.the same arrangement of tubercles

on the carapace in one of my examples of H. albolineata, in which

the colouring is altogether fainter than usual. In the other,

strongly coloured, indiv:dual the arrangement is not so obvious ;

but in no instance is it very distinct.

The tubercles on the meri of the ambulatory legs seem to be the

only distinctive feature ; for, as regards the absence of colour-

markings, the two examples of H. albolineata show that a certain

variation occurs in this respect. Variation is also evident in the

tubercles of the arm: thus in the above examples of H. albolineata

I find :—

A. A spine at the base of the posterior margin just where it

appears from beneath the carapace. In both arms of the one male

this is relatively strong and spiniform, and in the right arm of

the other male ; in the left arm of the other male it is small,

tubercular.

B. A spine in a corresponding position on the anterior

margin. In the right arm of the one male this is single tuber-

culate, in the left arm bifid tuberculate.

In the right arm of the other male this is bifid and spinous, in

the left it is only represented by a roughening of a granulous

nature. .

730 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS (June 19,

In addition, the right arm of the other male has a small tubercle

on the middle of the posterior margin.

I have, however, two larger individuals, both females, whose

presence in the collection I had at first overlooked, in which the

tubercles of the carapace and the antero-lateral teeth are very

strongly developed: the two anterior tubercles being quite tooth-

like, and as big as the penultimate lateral teeth. It may be, then,

that the species is a good one, although I am still inclined to

suspect that the differences are only varietal.

The larger of these females bears ova, and was taken off another

specimen of A. multiradiata.

Dim. 96x55. 9105x85. 985x65.

XV. Genus ATERGATIS de Haan.

95. ATERGATIS INTEGERRIMUS Lamarck.

Cancer integerrimus, Lam. Hist. des Anim. sans Vert. t

p. 272 (1818); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 874 (1834).

Cancer (Atergatis) integerrimus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 45,

pl. xiv. f. 1 (1889).

Atergatis integerrimus, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 24 (1888);

id. Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 496 (1895).

Hab. Singapore. Littoral: under stones or dead coral. 6 males

and 2 females.

Dim. ¢ 81x51. § 67x415. § 44x27°5. oF 36:5 x 23.

$ 24x15. 623x14:75. 962x395. 9485x305.

Breadth taken is the greatest breadth.

26. ATERGATIS FLORIDUS Rumph.

Cancer floridus, Rumph. D’Amboin. Rariteit-kammer, p. 16,

pl. vin. f. 5 (1741).

Cancer ocyroé, Herbst, Krab. u. Krebse, pl. liv. f. 2 (1801) ;

M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 375 (1834).

Cancer (Atergatis) floridus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 46 (1839).

Atergatis floridus, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx.

p- 109 (1887); de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 24 (1888) ; id. Zoolog.

Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 498 (1895).

Hab. Singapore. 5 males and 3 females, one with ova. From

same localities as A. integerrimus.

Dim. 651x355. 648x335. ¢ 435x30. of 38'5~x 27,

6 24x17:25. 9455x325. 941:5x29. 931x 22.

Breadth taken is the greatest breadth.

27, ATERGATIS ROSEUS Riipp.

Carpilius roseus, marginatus, Riipp. Beschreib. 24 Krabben,

p. 13, pl. ii. f. 3 (1830),

Cancer roseus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 374 (1834).

Atergatis marginatus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. pt. i.

p. 158 (1852).

1900.} >> FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 731

_ Aftergatis nitidus, roseus, scrobiculatus, levigatus, A, M.-Edw.

Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. i. pp. 239 seq. (1865).

Atergatis roseus, Kossmann, Zoolog. Ergebn. pp. 19-21 (1877).

Atergatis levigatus, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v.

p. 352 (1893).

Hab, Singapore and Malacca; littoral. Five males.

Kossmann has shown that probably all the above-named species

are varieties of A. roseus. Of these specimens one is the var.

serobiculatus, with a slightly punctated carapace, generally red but

with a very distinct white border. Two others belong to the var.

alba (Kossm.), although not perfect examples of it, for a whiter

margin may still be distinguished from the white carapace, and the

latter is still slightly punctated. The fourth and fifth are re-

spectively more and more intermediate between var. alba and var,

scrobiculata, one of them more resembling the former, the other

the latter.

The Singapore specimens are the two examples of var. alba.

Dim. 610°5x6°5. ¢ 10°25x625. ¢ var. scrobic. 11°75 x 7.

d var. alba, 11°5X6°5. var. alba, 65 x 4°5.

Breadth taken is greatest breadth.

XVI. Genus Carpitopss Dana.

28. CARPILODES MARGARITATUS, A. M.-Edw.

Carpilodes margaritatus, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. ix.

p- 182, pl. v. f. 2 (1873); Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool.

vol, v. p. 353 (1893).

Hab. Malacca; 15 fms, One female. Agrees with the

descriptions of M.-Edwards and Henderson: like those of the

latter, it is without the brilliant colours figured by M.-Edwards

although still of a general red hue.

Dim. 24x17.

29. CARPILODES socius, sp. nov. (Plate XLIV. fig. +.)

Hab. Singapore ; 8-10 fms. Two males and a female.

Carapace much broader than long, everywhere smooth to the eye,

but minutely punctate viewed under the lens, posteriorly nearly

flat, but very declivous anteriorly towards the front and antero-

lateral margins. Protogastric lobe divided by a groove which does

not quite reach the branchio-hepatic groove. Epigastric lobes

clearly defined, having a well-marked transverse groove behind as

well as in front of them. Mesogastric lobe prolonged a little way

between them; the two grooves enclosing this lobe are not pro-

longed backwards very far. Groove between cardiac and gastric

regions less pronounced than the others.

Front notched in the middle, and sinuous, so as to form four

lobes, the two median being large and broad, and the external,

forming also the internal angle of the eye, small and conical.

Upper margin of the orbit very much thickened in its internal half,

732 MR, W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

Antero-lateral margins curved, about as long as the postero-

lateral, divided into four lobe-like teeth, and tending anteriorly to

be continued below the orbits.

Chelipedes short ; arm trigonous, externally punctated like the

carapace, upper margin sharp, lower rounded; wrist punctate,

armed internally with two approximate blunt teeth, externally with

a line of three flat tubercles ; hand compressed, grooved externally

and above, just below the blunt crest formed by the upper margin ;

this groove is very wide and shallow, and not so conspicuous in

small examples. Fingers brown, with white, strongly excavate

tips; inner margins dentate; longitudinally bisulcate externally,

uni-suleate internally.

Ambulatory legs with meri smooth, or slightly punctate; com-

pressed, and lightly keeled above. Upper borders of next two joints

each with two tubercular prominences, one near the proximal,

the other near the distal joint. Sixth joint rounded; dactyl

very small and pointed. Abdomen of male five-, of female seven-

jointed.

The two males are of a very deep crimson colour; the female is

of a much lighter shade, more like terra-cotta.

This species comes between C. rugipes and C. rugatus. The

carapace is broader than that of C. rugipes, but less broad than that

of C. rugatus; there is a transverse groove behind the epigastric

lobes as in the latter, but the protogastric groove, as in the former,

is not prolonged backwards to meet the branchio-hepatic.

Dim. 618% x11. 6 12°75x8. 9245x15.

XVII. Genus Loppactma A. M.-Edw.

30. LoPHACTHA GRANULOSA Riippell.

Xantho granulosus, Riipp. Beschreib. 24 Krabben, p. 24, pl. v.

f. 3 (1830).

Aigle granulosus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 17 (1839).

Cancer limbatus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 377, pl. xvi.

f. 1 (1834).

Lophactea granulosa, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus, t. i. p. 247

(1865); Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 354 (1893).

Hab, Singapore ; from dead coral exposed at low water. Two

females, one bearing ova.

The upper margins of the hands are slightly cristate.

Dim. 937x25. 931'5x 21.

XVIII. Genus Acrma de Haan.

31, AcT#A GRANULATA Audouin.

Cancer granulatus, Aud. Explic. d. Planches d’Egypte, Crust.

pl. vi. f. 2 (1819).

Cancer savignyi, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 378 (1834),

Cancer (Actea) granulatus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 47 (1839).

Actea granulata, A. M,-Edw, Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. i. p. 275

1900.)] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA, 733

(1865); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 44 (1882); Henderson,

Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 356 (1893).

Hab. Singapore. From the New Harbour, in 6 fms. Two

females; the larger a deep red, the smaller a hghter red.

Dim. 913°5x10°5. 910x7°5.

32. Act#A NopULOSA Adams & White.

Acta nodulosa, Ad. & White, ‘Samarang’ Crust. p. 39, pl. viii.

f. 4 (1848); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t.i. p. 277 (1865) ;

Miers, ‘Challenger ’ Brachyura, p. 120 (1886); Henderson, Trans.

Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 356 (1893).

Hab. Singapore; reef. A female and two males. The female

is a dull grey-white, the males white flecked with orange.

Dim. 67x5'25. G6x45. 98x6°5.

33. ACTA RUPPELLII Krauss.

Aigle riippellii, Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust. p. 28, pl. 1. f, 1 (1848).

Aigle rugata, Ad. & White, ‘Samarang’ Crust. p. 43, pl. viii.

f. 5 (1848).

Actwa riippellii, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. i. p. 270

(1865).

Actea rugata, id. tom. cit. p. 269.

Actea riippellix, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v.

p- 232 (1880); Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 10Y

(1887).

Actea rufopunctata, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 26 (1888).

Actea rippelli, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v.

p- 358 (1893); de Man, Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 499 (1895).

Hab. Singapore ; shore, and up to 12 fms. Three males and

three females. These were generally found curled far down in the

cavities of pieces of eroded stone, which had to be broken in

order to find them. In all, the whole of the mesogastric and part

of the protogastric lobes are red; the ground-colour a faint

yellow, with scattered red spots both on the carapace, legs, and

under surface.

Dini. fd 2h deed 19:55) dg 2a xdidw iy gr2ix 20:

2 26520. 2 20°5x 15-5.

34. ACTA AREOLATA Dana.

Actea areolata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. pt. i. p. 162,

pl. viii. f. 1 a (1852); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus, t. i. p. 264

(1865); Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 209 (1884); de Man, Mergui

Crust. p. 25 (1888); Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx.

p- 109 (1887).

Hab. Singapore ; under stones between tide-marks. Three

females and a young male.

As in the ‘ Alert’ specimens, so in these, the inter-regional

grooves are much more clearly defined than in Dana’s figure.

But their general resemblance with the figure, and their close

Proc. Zoou, Soc,—1900, No. XLVIIL, 48

734 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

agreement with the description make it almost certain that they

are Dana’s species. Dr. de Man has noticed (¢. c.) that whereas

the internal protogastric division is represented in Dana’s figure as

being much broader than the portion of the mesogastric next if,

in his examples the former is scarcely broader than the latter.

This I find to be also the case both in the Singapore and the

‘ Alert’ individuals.

Dim. ¢ 9x5. 920x125. 919x112. 91610.

35. AcCTHA PULCHELLA A. M.-Edw.

Actea pulchella, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. i. p. 273,

pl. xvii. f. 5 (1865).

Hab. Singapore ; between tide-marks. Two males and a female.

These specimens agree entirely with the description and figures

given, except that the granules on the hand tend, here, to form

in definite rows.

I may also notice that the granules tend to disappear on the

posterior part of the carapace. M.-Edwards’s figure gives some-

thing of their appearance, but in his description he only says

‘ surface couverte de granulations.” *

Dim, '¢12x9. ‘“S9O25x7. 2105x775.

XIX. Genus Acr#opEs Dana.

36. ACTXODES TOMENTOSUs Dana.

Zozumus tomentosus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 385 (1834),

and Atlas du Régne Anim. de Cuvier, Crust. pl. xi bis. f. 2.

Actwodes tomentosus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. pt. i.

p- 197 (1852).

Acteodes affinis, Dana, t. c. p. 197, pl. xi. f. 3 (1852).

Actea tomentosa et affinis, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. i.

pp. 262-8 (1865).

Actwodes tomentosus, Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 135

(1886).

Hab. Singapore ; littoral. Three males and two females.

Of these, one male and one female agree entirely with Dana’s

A. tomentosus ; the others agree with his A. affinis in having the

cardiac areolet nearly completely bisected, the granules smaller and

more numerous, and the outer maxillipedes relatively smoother,

but not in the smoothness of the under surface of the hands, nor

the fewer and larger spinules on the fingers ; the bands are quite

similar in all. Furthermore, all havea ratio of length to breadth

of approximately 1 : 1:6; in Dana’s A. affnis this ratio is 1 : 1°37

(t. c. p. 198). These specimens were all obtained from the same

exposed reef. The internal surface of the hands of two of the

males is encrusted with a Polyzoon.

In Milne-Edwards’s description of Zozymus tomentosus (t. ¢.) he

' T have recently examined a larger individual from the Museum collection

at Sarawak, which I am at present describing, and find that the granules on the

posterior region are quite distinct, though smaller than those in front.

(> ares

1900.] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 730}

says that the pterygostomian regions are not granulous ; in all these

specimens they are distinctly granulated.

Dim. $30°5x19°5. $295x19. $265x17. 9285x185.

9 27°75 * 175.

XX. Genus Cyctoxantuus A. M.-Edw.

37. CYCLOXANTHUS LINEATUS A. M.-Edw. (?)

Cf. Cycloxanthus lineatus, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. ix.

p- 209, pl. vi. f. 5 (1873); Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 212 (1884).

Hab. Uncertain. A small male.

I cannot definitely refer this specimen to M.-Edwards’s species.

The carapace is not at all smooth; there is a distinct low carina

on each side over the branchial regions, extending from the last

tooth nearly to the middle line; two low swellings on the meso-

gastric, and one on the cardiac regions. The whole surface,

moreover, is finely and closely granulated. Colour a dull grey ;

legs yellow; fingers of chelipedes brown. This individual is

identical with the two specimens obtained by the ‘ Alert.’

Dim. 7°5 x 5:5.

XXI. Genus Euxantuus Dana.

38. Euxanruus Huonu Jacq. et Lucas.

Cancer huoni, Jacq. et Lucas, Voyage au Péle du Sud, Crust.

p. 16, pl. iv. f. 1 (Hombron et Jacquinot, tome iii. 1853).

Euxanthus huoni, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. i. p. 290

(1865); Miers ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 204 (1884).

Hab. Singapore ; littoral, from among stones and dead coral.

One male.

A. M.-Edwards thinks it possible that #. huoni and E. sculptilis

Dana may be identical. Mr. Miers, commenting on this, points

out that the black coloration of the fingers extends on to the

hand in M.-Edwards’s figure, and also in his (‘ Alert’) specimen.

This, he adds, is not figured by Dana, nor does it occur in two

Museum specimens one of which has been designated 2. huonw by

A. M.-Edwards, but which Mr. Miers refers provisionally to

E. sculptilis. Now, in this example from Singapore, the colour is

limited to the fingers also; yet there can be no doubt it is identical

with #. huonii, and not with £. sculptilis, for two reasons—firstly,

the fingers are not denticulate above: and secondly, the postero-

lateral margins are deeply concave, while in Dana’s figure they are

represented as nearly straight. For these reasons, also, I should

still regard #. huonii and £. sculptilis as distinct. I was unfor-

tunately unable to obtain the specimens referred to by Mr. Miers

for purposes of comparison (vide footnote ').

Dim. 18°5 x 13.

1 The two specimens of Luwranthus sculptilis to which Mr. Miers refers (op.

cit. p. 204) were not in the collection when I made a MS. catalogue of the

Brachyura in 1890,—-F. J. B., Nat. Hist. Mus. 16 April, 1900.

43*

736 MR. W. F, LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

XXII. Genus Lorpnozozymus A. M.-Edw.

39. LopHozozYMUS EPHELITICUS Linn.

Cancer epheliticus, Linn. (fide auctor.).

Xantho octodentatus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 398

(1834); Jacq. et Lucas, Voyage au Pole du Sud, Crust. p. 23,

pl. ix. f. 1 (Hombron et Jacq. tome iii. 1853).

Lophozozymus octodentatus, Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 58

(1882).

Lophozozymus epheliticus, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx.

p. 109 (1887); de Man, Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 518 (1895).

Hab. Singapore; littoral. One male and three females: and

one younger male.

In these specimens I note the following variations :—In the

adult male, the fissure in the dorsal crest of the merus of the

chelipedes opens widely at the top in the left arm, being broader

above than below, whereas in the right arm it is nearly closed

above; and in the right arm of one of the females it is completely

closed above. Further, in the females the two tubercles on the

inner edge of the carpus show a tendency to unite and form a

ridge with concave edge. In the right carpus of one it forms a

tri-tuberculate ridge, in the left the posterior tubercle is rudi-

mentary, lying at the base of the other: while on the right carpus

of another the two are nearly obsolete, being only represented by

a very smal] excrescence.

Dim. ¢ 56x36°5. ¢ 32°5x20. 9 64x41°5. 2 58°5x37'5.

9 56°5 x 37.

40. LopHozozymus (LOPHOXANTHUS) LEUCOMANUS Lockington.

Xanthodes leucomanus, Lockington, Proc. Calif. Ac. Nat. Sci.

pp. 32, 100 (1876).

Lophozozymus (Lophoxanthus) bellus, var. leucomanus, Miers,

* Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 115, pl. xi. f. 1 (1886).

Hab. Singapore. I have no record of the depth. A male and

a female.

Colour of carapace grey-black, of legs white-yellow. I cannot

but regard this as specifically distinct from L. bellus Stm., after

comparing it with two examples of the latter that are in the

Museum collection. Superficially, the carapace of L. lewcomanus

appears, and is actually, broader in proportion to the length than

that of L. bellus, and the front projects much farther forward

beyond the orbits. The result of this is that the crab has a

definitely six-sided appearance, which is not seen in ZL. bellus.

The antero-lateral margins also differ very considerably, for in

L. leucomanus they are continued in front to a point below the

orbits, making the hepatic regions somewhat concave ; whereas in

L. bellus the margin is continued, at the same level, to the external

orbital angle, and the hepatic regions are slightly convex. The

rugosities of the carapace are also very distinctive in L. leuwcomanus,

1900.] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 737

and these occur but little in Z. bellus. Further, the carine of the

upper margins of the ambulatory legs are very well developed in

L. leucomanus ; whereas in L. bellus the upper margins are only

sharp, or even slightly rounded, as in the last pair. The chelipedes

of LZ. leucomanus are very pitted and rugose, those of L. bellus are

smooth.

In the two Museum specimens of Z. bellus, the proportions

are :—

Breadth of carapace .... 9 mm. 19 mm.

Length of carapace...... 7 mm. 14 mm.

Dim. g 12x9. 2 10x7:25.

XXIII. Genus Parapanore de Man.

41. PARAPANOPE EUAGORA de Man.

Parapanope euagora, de Man, Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. pp. 513-

518, Bd. ix. pl. xii. f. 4 (1895).

Hab. Malacca. One male, entirely agreeing with Dr. de Man’s

excellent description.

Dim. 8x55.

XXIV. Genus Cutoropivs Riipp.

42. CHLORODIUS NIGER Forskal.

Cancer niger, Forskal, Descr. Anim. p. 89 (1775).

Chlorodius niger, Riipp. Beschreib. D4 Krabben, p- 20, pl. iv.

f. 7 (1830); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. ix. p. 214 (1878) ;

de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 32 (1888), and Zoolog. pe Bd. viii.

p. 519 (1895).

Hab. Singapore. One male.

Dim. 12:5 x 9.

XXY. Genus Cutoroporsis A. M.-Edw.

43. CHLORODOPSIS PILUMNOIDES Ad. & White.

Chlorodius pilumnoides, Ad. & White, ‘Samarang’ Crust. p. 41

pl. ix. f. 3 (1848).

Chlorodopsis pilumnoides, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 35 (1888).

Hab. Malacca.

An adult female. Spines on anterior margin of arm well-

developed ; interspace between the fingers very wide as far as the

tips, which are sharply curved to meet each other and strongly

excavate. Mr. Miers states (‘ Alert’ Crustacea, p. 531) that in

an adult male specimen from Singapore in the Museum collection

the black coloration of the fingers extends over the inner and

outer surfaces of the hand: in this individual the fingers are deep

brown with white tips, and the brown colour does not extend

beyond their base. Dr.de Man also (¢. c.) has found this to be the

738 MR. W. F LANCHESTER ON ORUSTACHANS = (June 19,

case in his females from the Mergui Archipelago, so perhaps it is a

sexual distinction.

In three females and a male from the Mergui collection, which I

have examined, the actual colour varies from a deep black to a very

pale brown.

Dim. 22x 16.

XXVI. Genus Lupropius A. M.-Edw.

44, Lepropius ExARatus M.-Edw.

Chlorodius ewaratus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 402

(1834).

Xantho affinis, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 48, pl. xii. f. 8 (1839).

Leptodius ewaratus, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. ix. p. 222

(1873); Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 362 (1893) ;

de Man, Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 521 (1895).

Hab. Singapore ; littoral. Several young examples.

Dim. ¢6 10x77. 6 95x7. G 105x725. og 7:25x 5:25.

OY PQS OS HD WLR OO Osc Gary ON Se ae ere

44a, LePTODIUS BXARATUS GRACILIS.

Chlorodius gracilis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped. p. 210, pl. xi.

f. 13 (1852).

Leptodius exaratus, var. gracilis, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 530

(1884).

Hab. Singapore ; littoral, together with the species. A male

and a female.

Dim. ¢ 145x95. 2 17x12.

XXVII. Genus Erisus M.-Edw.

45. Evrisus LEVIMANUS Randall.

Etisus levimanus, Randall, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. vol. viii.

p- 115 (1839); Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. pt. i. p. 185,

pl. x, £1 (L852),

Etisus macrodactylus, Jacq. et Lucas, Voyage au Pole du Sud,

Crust. p. 30, pl. ix. f. 2 (Hombron et Jacquinot, tome ili. 1853).

Etisus levimanus, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. ix. p. 234

(1873).

Hab. Singapore ; littoral. Two males. One of these is orna-

mented with a large, oval, brown spot on the gastric region, and

other brown spots dotted more or less regularly over the carapace

generally.

Dim. ¢ 635x40. o¢ 685x415.

46. Evisus uriuis Jacq. et Lucas.

Etisus utilis, Jacq. et Lucas, Voyage au Pole du Sud, Crust.

1900. ] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 739

pood, Ge i. 0.26 (Hombron et Jacq. tome ili. 1853); A. M.-Edw.

iene Arch. Mus. t. ix. p. 233 (1873).

Hab. Singapore ; obtained at lowest tides. Five males.

Dim. ¢ 90x59. $ 78x52. g 100x66. S 104x 66.

3 102x 68.

Breadth taken from between penultimate lateral teeth.

XXVIII. Genus Ertsoprs Dana.

47. Erisoprs anaciyptus M.-Edw. (Plate XLV. fig. 5.)

Etisus anaglyptus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t.i. p. 411 (1834).

Etisodes anaglyptus, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 218 (1884); Hasw.

Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 55 (1882).

Hab. Singapore ; littoral. Three males and a female.

These are all fine specimens, and, as I have not seen any

description of the species since that of Milne-Edwards in 1834,

and a few additional remarks by Mr. Miers (¢. c.), I give a further

one now.

Carapace somewhat lobulated, more particularly in front and on

the sides, and rather depressed; under the lens everywhere

minutely punctated ; furrows between the lobules broad and rather

deep. Front relatively narrow, consisting of two projecting lobes,

separated by a deep median notch, closed posteriorly ; each lobe

with a short, thick, granulated and concave anterior margin, the

external half of which is lower than the interior, so that the line

of the front is curved dorso-ventrally ; a deep wide notch between

this and the internal orbital angle, below which, when viewed from

above, appear the antennz. This angle forms a salient tubercle.

Upper orbital margin thick, its external half divided, by two con-

spicuous closed fissures, into two low tubercles, the outer of which

forms the external angle of the orbit. Lower margin formed of

two tubercles; one, more prominent, below and external to the

internal orbital angle, the other below and internal to the external

angle. A curved line of granules, set in a shallow furrow, sepa-

rates the subhepatic and pterygostomian regions: merus of

external maxillipedes granulated, as also are the anterior half of

the first sternal segment and the internal edge of the others where

they abut on the abdomen ; the first sternal segment also presents

a deep median groove.

Chelipedes fairly long; merus and carpus internally granulate,

hand internally smooth and slightly punctate. External surface

of merus smooth, its upper margin with a line of long hairs ;

external surface of carpus tuberculate and punctate, its internal

angle with a strong forwardly curved spine, which has a low

tubercle at its base posteriorly ; external surface of hand

punctate, and with three longitudinal rows of low tubercles ;

upper margin with two rows of tubercles, irregularly disposed.

Fingers black, this colour extending a little way on to the under,

lower external, and lower internal surfaces of the hand; externally

740 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS (June 19,

and internally more or Jess suleate; mobile finger with two rows

of 3 or 4 tubercles above, enclosing between them a furrow ; tips

strongly excavate and white; inner margins dentate and not quite

meeting. Ambulatory legs with upper and under margins densely

clothed with hair; upper margins tuberculate, the tubercles

becoming stronger from the merus to the dactyl, under margins

granulate.

Colour variable ; smallest male greenish yellow with a few

red-brown patches, the next in size with a much greater amount

of red-brown, the largest completely brown; the female has a

somewhat mottled appearance of brown and yellow.

The tubercles of the chelipedes tend to obsolescence in the

largest male. Mr. Miers’s statement (t. c.) that the distal ends of

the frontal lobes are convea seems to be either a mistake or a

misprint ; for I have examined the ‘ Alert’ specimen, and find

them, like these, slightly concave when viewed from above ; briefly,

they are convex in a vertical, and concave in a horizontal plane.

Dim. ¢ 573x38. fg 455x305. ¢F 36x25. 2 42x 28.

XXIX. Genus Cymo de Haan.

48. CYMO ANDREOSSYI MELANODAOTYLA.

Cymo melanodactylus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 22 (1839).

Cymo andreossyi, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 532 (1884); de Man,

Mergui Crust. p. 35 (1888); Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool.

vol. v. p. 363 (1893).

Hab. Singapore : from the reef at low water. A male. Fingers

black: black colour extending on to under and lower external

surface of hand; granules on this part small above, absent below ;

tips of fingers light brown, not white.

Dim. 11°5x9°5. Breadth taken is greatest breadth.

XXX. Genus Myomentern Hilgendorf.

49. MyoMENIPPE GRANULOSA A. M.-Edw.

Menippe granulosa, A. M.-Edw. Ann. Soc. Entom. de France,

t. vil. p. 275 (1867).

Myomenippe duplicidens, Hilgendorf, Monatsber. k. Akad. Wiss.

Berlin, p. 796 (footnote) (Nov. 1878).

Myomenippe granulosa, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 40, pl. ii. f. 1

(1888), and Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 525 (1895).

Hab. Malacca ; littoral. One male example.

This agrees almost entirely with Dr. de Man’s excellent

description (¢.c.); the only notable difference is the presence of

numerous, rather thickly-set hairs on the ambulatory legs, especially

on the upper margin of the meri; these would appear, from

Dr. de Man’s figure, to be much less numerous in his examples.

Dim. 38 x 27°5.

Distance between ext. orbital angles, 22 mm.

Length of larger hand, 29:25 mm.

1900.] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 741

XXXI. Genus Acr£opsis, gen. nov.

This genus bears a very general resemblance to Actwa, both

in the shape of the carapace, and arrangement of the front, orbits

and antenne. But it differs in having well-marked ridges on the

endostome, and very distinct carine on the ambulatory legs;

furthermore, the fingers are strongly excavate. The antero-

lateral margins, too, are much straighter, and the carapace relatively

more flat.

The characters of the genus, as exemplified in the present

specimens (2 males and 2 females), are as follows :—

Carapace six-sided, broader than long, generally depressed, but

a little declivous towards the front and sides; front broad, and

a little advanced, its anterior margin sinuous; basal joint of the

antenne barely entering the internal orbital hiatus, reaching the

base of the infero-lateral process of the front by the anterior

half of its internal margin, but not quite reaching the apex of the

internal subocular lobe externally! ; flagellum short. Endostome

with well-marked ridges; merus of the exterior maxillipedes

truncate, broader. than long, the next joint being articulated at

its emarginate antero-internal angle. Chelipedes short with

excavate fingers; ambulatory legs of moderate length, meri uni-

carinate, next three joints bicarinate. Antero-lateral margins very

thick, with four blunt and rounded teeth, the depressions between

which are continued on to the subhepatic regions at well marked

grooves. Abdomen, in the male five-,in the female seven-jointed. |

50. ACTHOPSIS PALLIDA (Borradaile). (Plate XLV. fig. 6.)

Carpiliodes pallidus, Borradaile, P.Z.S. 1900, p. 586, pl. xl. fig. 3.

Hab. Singapore; from interstices in coral from off the shore

at low water, and up to 6 fms. Two males and two females.

Carapace nearly flat behind, slightly declivous towards the

anterior and antero-lateral margins; under the lens it is seen to

be everywhere closely punctate, with a tendency to a spongy

appearance ; breadth one and a half times the length. Proto-

gastric grooves prolonged posteriorly to meet the branchio-hepatic;

epigastric lobes limited by a transverse groove behind as well as

before; mesogastric lobe projecting very slightly between them,

and the grooves which bound it prolonged posteriorly and

outwardly so as nearly to meet the protogastric grooves at their

junction with the branchio-hepatic ; hepatic and branchial regions

lobulated. Front with a distinct median notch, and sinuous;

median lobes broad and rounded and rather prominent, lateral

lobes small and only faintly prominent. Superior orbital margin

rather thickened internally, and externally to this two closed

fissures. Antero-lateral teeth four in number, broad, low and

very rounded, except the last which is conical and obtuse.

The depressions between them are continued as grooves on to the

subhepatic regions which, together with the exterior maxillipedes,

the pterygostomian and sternal regions, are everywhere strongly

punctate.

1 Note,—This is not very clearly shown in the figure, Pl, XLV. fig. 6.

742 MR, W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

Chelipedes short, everywhere punctated, on the outside strongly

so as to appear almost rugose, on the inside faintly so as to appear

smooth in comparison. Merus trigonous, with a small double

blunt tooth, subdistal, on its upper margin; carpus rounded, with

a small double tooth internally; hand rather compressed, the

puncte, externally, tending to a linear arrangement; fingers

brown, rather short, dentate on the inner margin and externally

unisulcate ; tips white and strongly excavate.

The ambulatory legs are all carinated, in the following manner,

on their upper margins: the merus has a simple carina with a

slight groove on its outer aspect; in the carpal joint this carina

is faintly sinuous, the groove is very distinct, and outside it may be

seen a second low carina; this carina is even more distinct in the

fifth joint, uutil in the next it equals in size the first carina, and

the two enclose the original groove between them. Thus the

merus is unicarinate, the carpus obscurely bicarinate, and the

remaiuing two joints distinctly bicarinate.

The carapace and limbs in one female are of a deep red hue;

in the males and the other female the limbs and under-surface

only are red or pinkish, the carapace being white or yellow-white.

This form is identical with one which Mr. Borradaile has re-

ferred to the genus Carpilodes in a recent paper (supra, page 586)

and I too was at first inclined to refer it to that genus. But the

differences it exhibits are very striking, namely, the depression

of the carapace, the grooves on the subhepatic regions, the ridges

of the endostome, and the carination of the ambulatory legs, while

the lateral margins are much less curved than in Carpilodes. This

combination of characters is also sufficient to separate it from

Actea; though I am inclined now to regard it as more nearly

related to that genus than to Carpilodes.

Dim. g 85x5°75. ¢ 856x575. 2 T75xX55 P 9:25x 6.

XXXII. Genus Acrumnus Dana.

51. ACTUMNUS SETIFER de Haan.

Cancer (Pilumnus) setifer, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 50, pl. iii.

f, 3 (1839).

Actumnus setifer, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. i. p. 287,

pl. xviii. f. 5 (1865).

Actumnus tomentosus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. pt. i.

p- 243, pl. xiv. f. 2 (1852).

Actumnus setifer, Miers, ‘Alert’ Crust. pp. 225-6 (1884); de

Man, Mergui Crust. p. 47 (1888); Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc.,

Zool. vol. xx. p. 110 (1887).

Hab. Singapore; 5-10 fms. Five adult males and a smaller

female, and two young males. These were found in holes made

in soft stones, which were brought up by the dredge.

Dim. ¢ 205x16. g 16x13. ¢ 1325x105. ¢ 18°25

x10°5. ¢ 138°75x105. @ 12°75x10.

1900.] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 743

XXXII. Genus Prrumntvs Leach.

52, PILUMNUS VESPERTILIO Fabr.

Cancer vespertilio, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 338 (1798).

Pilumnus vespertilio, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 418

(1834).

Pilumnus ursulus, Ad. & White, ‘ Samarang ’ Crust. p. 45, pl. ix.

f. 6 (1848).

Pilumnus mus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. pt. i. p. 240

(1852).

Pilumnus vespertilio, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 58 (1888);

Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 110 (1887).

Hab. Singapore; littoral. One large male, four smaller; a

small female, and a very young male. The granulations of the

under surface of the larger hand tend to disappear in the largest

male (cf. de Man, ¢. ¢.).

Mima eel GS sel. ig lO Agere

Gg SD eGo (2. 105¢7-5

53. PILUMNUS LABYRINTHICUS Miers.

Pilumnus labyrinthicus, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 224, pl. xxii.

f. C (1884); Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 110

(1887); Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 365 (1893).

Hab. Singapore ; 5-15 fms., rough bottom. Two adult females

and three very young males.

Dim FO 125 yu. VO Ose 2a. gf -5 XG.

54. PILUMNUS MINUTUS HIRSUTUS.

? Pilumnus minutus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 50, pl. ii. f. 2

(1839).

Pilumnus hirsutus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 37

(1858); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 69 (1882).

Pilumnus minutus?, var. hirsutus, Miers, ‘ Challenger ’ Brachyura,

p. 154 (1886).

Hab. Singapore; littoral, from broken stones and coral. One

larger male, damaged, and two smaller.

I agree with Mr. Miers in thinking it very probable that de

Haan’s P. minutus is nearly identical with P. hirsutus of Stimpson.

Dim. ¢ 9x7. of 6x45. g 45x35.

55. PILUMNUS LEVIS Dana.

Pilumnus levis, Dana, Conspectus Crust., Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.

Philad. vol. vi. p. 82 (1852) ; de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 66, pl. iy.

ff. 1-2 (1888) ; id. Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 553 (1895).

Hab. Singapore ; ?depth. A small male.

The infra-orbital margins may be seen to be finely granulous

under the lens, but there is no hiatus just under the outer orbital

angle on the right side; as in Dr. de Man’s somewhat larger

744 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

specimens (Zoolog. Jahrb. loc. cit.) the margin is continuous on

both sides.

From a shoal near Raffler lighthouse, a female with ova. Colour

a deep pink, extending on to the legs.

Dim. 6 5x3°75. 2 4:25x6.

XXXIV. Genus Evrycarcinus A. M.-Edw.

56. EuRYCARCINUS MAcuLATUS A. M.-Edw.

Pilumnopeus maculatus, A. M.-Edw. Annal. Soc. Entom. France,

t. vii. p. 277 (1867); id. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. iv. p. 82, pl. xix.

ff. 17-19 (1868).

Eurycarcinus maculatus, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 44, pl. ii.

ff. 4-5 (1888).

Hab. Singapore; littoral, sandy shore. One male, slightly

damaged.

Dim. 12°75~x 9.

XXXV. Genus Ertruia Latr.

57. ERIPHIA LEVIMANA SMITHII.

Eriphia smithiit, McLeay, Annulosa in Smith’s Illustr. Zool.

S. Africa, p. 60 (1838); Krauss, Siidl. Afrik. Crust. p. 36, pl. 11.

f. 3 (1843).

Eriphia levimana, var. smithii, Hilgendorf, Monatsber. Akad.

Berlin, p. 797 (1878); Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v.

p. 237 (1880); Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 110

(1887).

Hab. Singapore; littoral. Three males and four females. These

crabs run actively among rocks on the shore; they will also defend

themselves well against attack, with their formidable chelipedes.

Dim. ¢ 39°5x29. ¢ 45°5x3425. ¢ 57x42°5. 2 38x

27°5. 9 37x28. 9 43x31°5. 9 47:5x 34:

Breadth taken is greatest breadth.

XXXVI. Genus Terratia Dana.

58. THTRALIA GLABERRIMA Herbst.

Cancer glaberrimus, Herbst, Naturgesch. d. Krabben, i. p. 262,

pl. xx. f. 115 (1799).

Trapezia serratifrons, Lue. et Jacq. Voyage au Pole du Sud,

Crust. pl. iv. ff. 20-23 (Hombron et Jacq. tome iii. 1853).

Tetraha glaberrima et nigrifrons, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust.

pt. i. p. 261, pl. xvi. ff. 2 & 3 (1852).

Hab. Singapore: littoral. A male and a female, the latter

slightly damaged. Front and antero-lateral margins edged with a

black band. Pit at base of hand in larger chelipede very distinct

in the male; the female has lost its larger chelipede.

Dim. ¢ 8'25x7:25. 92 9°25x 8-25.

1900.) FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 745

XXXVII. Genus Neptunus de Haan.

59.. NEPTUNUS PELAGICUS Linn.

Cancer pelagicus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) p. 1042 (1766).

Iupea pelagica, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 450 (1834).

Portunus (Neptunus) pelagicus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 37,

pl. ix. & x. (1839).

Neptunus pelagicus, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. t. x. p. 820 (1861);

Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 77 (1882); Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc.,

Zool. vol. xx. p. 110 (1887); de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 69 (1888) ;

id. Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 556 (1895); Henderson, Trans. Linn.

Soe., Zool. vol. v. p. 367 (1893).

Hab. Singapore. Six males and six females; all from pools at

low water.

Dim. ¢ 84x45:25. g 81x44. ¢ 68x37. ¢ 515x28.

3 515x275. 6 42:°25x22. 9 58x81. 9 555x305.

Q 444x245. 9 39x22. 9 37x21. 2 33x19.

60. NEPTUNUS SANGUINOLENTUS Herbst.

Cancer sanguinolentus, Herbst, Naturgesch. d. Krab. i. p. 161,

pl. viii. ff. 56-57 (1796).

Portunus sanguinolentus, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 367 (1798).

Iupea sanguinolenta, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 451

(1834).

Neptunus sanguinolentus, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. t. x. p. 319

(1861); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 77 (1882); Henderson,

Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 368 (1893).

Hab, Singapore; sandy shore. Two males and a female.

Dim. ¢ 52x28. of 405x22. 9 37-5~x 20.

61. Neptunus (AMPHITRITE) HASTATOIDES Fabr. (Plate XLV.

fig. 7.)

Portunus hustatoides, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 368 (1798).

Cancer hastatus, Herbst, Naturgesch. d. Krabben, iii. p. 3,

pl. lv. f. i. (1803).

Inpea hastata, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 455 (1834).

Portunus (Amphitrite) hastatoides, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 39,

pl. i. £. 3 (1889).

Neptunus hastatoides, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v.

p- 368 (1893).

Neptunus (Amphitrite) hastatoides, de Man, Zoolog. Jahrb.

Bd. viii. p. 557 (1895).

Hab. Singapore; 5fms., mud. Five small males and one female.

In two of these the dark spot, on the end of the dactyls of the

last pair, is absent. Like Dr. de Man’s Malacca examples (¢. ¢.)

the middle teeth of the front project only as far as the middle

portion of the upper orbital margin. The teeth mentioned by

Dr. de Man as occurring on the distal end of the hind border of

the meri of the last pair of legs are not readily distinguished in

these small examples, but they seem to be variable and not constant,

746 MR, W. F, LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

I note the following sexual differences in this species :—

Males. The hind margin of the abdomen as seen from below

(7. e. hind margin of 3rd segment) is medianly emarginate, and

curved forward at the sides. The first and second sternal seg-

ments are crossed by transverse rows of granules, which are

prominent in the larger examples.

Females. The hind margin of the abdomen not, or very faintly,

emarginate, and almost transverse ; first and second sternal seg-

ments smooth.

Dim.’ d 1lsSxK%95- ‘SIRS! GPG esexs iis 18S

Oo 12K19:) Gebers.

XXXVIII. Genus Acurtows de Haan.

62. ACHELOUS wuHITEI A. M.-Edw.

Achelous whitei, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. t. x. p. 343, pl. xxxi.

f. 6 (1861); Walker, Journ. Liun. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 110

(1887); Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 371 (1893).

Hab. Singapore ; upto 12 fms. An adult male and adult female ;

a spurious male, with the whole of the under surface covered with

parasitic organisms, and a spurious female, less densely beset with

the same parasite (=a Sacculina). In the adult female the last

(epibranchial) spine is but little bigger than those in front, and the

breadth of the carapace is relatively less than in the male.

Dim. ¢ 18x11. 9 16x12.

63. ACHELOUS RUBRO-MARGINATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XLVI. fig. 8.)

Hab. Singapore ; taken from off a floating piece of wood. A

single specimen, a female.

Carapace only moderately broad, and somewhat convex, covered

with numerous, evenly disposed, and granulated prominences,

between which is an exceedingly dense, short pubescence; this

extends on to the prominences, but not so as to conceal the

granules on them, which are quite smooth and rounded. Frontal

lobes six: two median, short and conical, separated by a wide

fissure from the submedian, which are broader and directed niore

obliquely outwards than the median, but do not project farther

forwards ; a deeper, wider, fissure separates these from the laterals,

which are broad and less prominent, and form the internal or-

bital angle. All these lobes are granulated. Superior orbital

margin granulated, with two fissures ; tooth of external angle broad

and salient ; tooth next behind this about half the size, and the six

antero-lateral teeth following equal, and still smaller than the

second, all directed forwards; last tooth strong, a very little larger

than the external tooth of the orbit, and with its point curved

forwards. Lower orbital border granulous, with a deep fissure

in its external half; internal angle of this lower border forming

a strong and prominent tooth. Basal joint of antenne broad,

and reaching the infero-lateral process of the front, next joint

moderately dilated ; flagellum smooth and not very long. Ischium

a br

1900.] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 747

of external maxillipedes with a longitudinal groove near its inner

margin; merus with its external angle much dilated, this dilatation

separated off by a broad groove. All the under surface, maxillipedes,

abdomen, &c., clothed with pubescence, with longer hairs in places.

The antero-lateral teeth are partially hidden by a line of long,

thickly placed hairs, arising just below the margin of the carapace.

Merus of chelipedes with its anterior half visible from beneath

the carapace ; upper surface concave and faintly pubescent where

it is applied to the carapace, somewhat rounded and more densely

pubescent in front. Anterior margin with long hairs, and five

teeth; one of these is placed about the ceutre of the margin ;

behind it are three placed very close together, closer to each other

than the first of them is to the spine in the centre of the margin,

the first being the same size as that in front, the two behind it

being equal and half the size. Posterior margin convex, with

long hairs, and a single small tooth at the distal end. Carpus

externally pubescent, and costate; with a strong spine at its

inner angle, and a smaller one on its lower outer surface. Hand

rather thick, everywhere pubescent, externally with three strong

coste, and above with two, less strong coste, none of them pu-

bescent; the internal costa of the upper surface bears a single,

forwardly directed spine at its distal extremity, between the two next

costz there is a similar spine at the angle of the joint, and the

lowermost costa is continued on to the immobile finger. Each of

the fingers presents five coste, all perfectly smooth, except the

uppermost one on the dacty], which is evenly granulate at the

base. Inner margins dentate, teeth strong and laciniate; tips

decussate. Ambulatory legs much compressed, dactyls styliform ;

under margins of all the joints lined with hairs.

Colour dull yellow, granules lighter than pubescence; teeth of

meri and antero-lateral margins with their bases red and their tips

white.

Dim. 50x 34:5.

Base of chelipede to tips of fingers .... about 75 mm.

AEP UN OL IMAM ead sheets Pe ee ne cca es about 16 mm.

Length of dactyl of hand ............ about 16 mm.

XXXIX. Genus Gontosoma A. M.-Edw.

64. GONIOSOMA AFFINE Dana.

Charybdis affinis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. pt. i. p. 286,

pl. xvii. f. 12 (1852).

Goniosoma affine, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. t. x. p. 384 (1861);

de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 80, pl. v. f. 2 (1888); Henderson,

Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 874 (1893); de Man, Zoolog.

Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 559 (1895),

Hab, Singapore ; sandy shore. One male example.

In this individual the merus of the left chelipede has the

typical three spines on its anterior border, the most posterior

being smaller than the two in front; on the right side, however,

748 MR. W. F, LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

there is another small tooth between the first two spines, and

an even smaller one between the second and third. Dr. de Man

(Mergui, Crust. l. ec.) says: “The outer and upper surfaces of the

hands of G. affine are covered with short hairs, whereas in the

specimen of G. cruciferum” (a. e. the only one obtained from the

Mergui Archipelago) ‘‘ their surfaces are perfectly glabrous and

smooth.” In this example of G. affine, their surfaces are nearly

smooth in the case of the left chelipede, which is smaller than

the right; the carpi are in both cases externally hairy.

Dim. 35 x 24.

XL. Genus Soria de Haan.

65. Soya spRRATA Forskal.

Cancer serratus, Forskail, Deser. Anim. p. 90 (1775).

Cancer olivaceus, Herbst, Naturgesch. d. Krab. ii. p. 157, pl.

xxxviil. f. 3 (1794).

Portunus tranquebaricus, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 366 (1798).

Iupea tranquebarica, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. i. p. 448

(1834).

Portunus (Scylla) serratus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 44 (1839).

Scylla serrata, A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. t. x. p. 349 (1861);

Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 79 (1882) ; Henderson, Trans. Linn.

Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 872 (1893).

Hab. Singapore; one large male, caught in the fishing-stakes

used by the natives, about 3-6 fms.

Dim. 152 x 102.

XLI. Genus THatamita Latr.

66. THALAMITA CRENATA Latr.

Portunus crenatus, Latr. Coll. du Muséum.

Thalamita crenata, Riipp. Krab. d. rothen Meeres, pl. 6, pl. i.

f. 2 (1880); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. 1. p. 461 (1834).

Thalamita prymna, var. crenata, Kossmann, Zoolog. Ergebn.,

Malacostraca, p. 48 (1877).

Thalamita crenata, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 79 (1888).

Hab. Singapore; from the nets of native fishermen. Three

females. I note the following variations :—

Specimen A. The 4th antero-lateral tooth on the left side is only

represented by a prolongation of the posterior edge of the tooth

in front ; thus forming one enormous tooth, completely filling the

normal positions of the 3rd and 4th teeth. Right side normal.

Posterior border of penultimate joint of last legs dentate.

Specimen B. Normal, except for denticulation of the posterior

border of the penultimate joint of the last legs.

Specimen C. Penultimate joint of last legs denticulate; cara-

pace, chelipedes, and posterior surface of last legs thickly covered

with short hairs.

Dim. 9 67x44. 92 60x389°5. 92 53x 35-4,

lod

1900, } FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA, 749

67. THALAMITA SPINIMANA Dana.

Thalamita spinimana, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. p. 283,

pl. xvii. f. 8 (1852); A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. ix. p. 165,

pl. iv. f. 5 (1878).

Thalamita prymna, var. spinimana, Kossmann, Zoolog. Ergebn.,

Malacostr. pp. 47-49 (1877).

Thalamita spinimana, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 76, pl. iv. f. 7

(1888).

Hab. Singapore; from a shoal exposed at low water. Four

males and two females. The approximation of the median lobes

of the front varies, from a state of almost complete fusion in the

smallest to a separation of quite a millimetre in the largest. In

one female the median and submedian frontal lobes are partially

fused.

Dim. ¢ 70x48. g 595x387. g 48x30°5. ¢ 595x37.

2 56x35. 954x335.

68, THALAMITA DAN Stimpson.

Thalamita crenata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped. pt. i. p. 282,

pl. xvu. f. 7 (1852).

Thalanita dane, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 37

(1858); A. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. t. x. p. 366, pl. xxx. f. 1 (1861).

Thalamita stimpsoni, A. M.-Edw. t. c. p. 362, pl. xxxv. f. 4.

Thalamita dane, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 78 (1888).

Hab. Singapore ; littoral. Five adult females, three with ova,

and four young males. These are all of the variety stimpsoni,

with rudimentary fourth antero-lateral tooth.

Dim. 9 42x26. 92 27x17°5. 9 255x165. 9 21x12°5.

O20) x 1s.

XLII. Genus Poramon Sav.

69. PoraMon (PARATHELPHUSA) TRIDENTATUM INCERTUM, var.

nov. (Plate XLVI. fig. 10.)

For species cf. M.-Edw. Arch. Mus. t. vii. p. 171, pl. xiii. f. 1.

(1854-55) ; Heller, ‘ Novara’ Reise, Crust. p. 34 (1867); von

Martens, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, pp. 18-22 (1868) ; Targioni-

Tozzetti, Zoologia del viaggio della Magenta, Crostacei, p. 93,

pl. vi. f. 4 (1877); de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. vol. xxi. nos. i.—tii.

pp. 67-70 (1899).

Hab, Singapore ; from a lake in the Botanical Gardens. Three

males and two females, ranging from 17 mm. to 39°5 mm. in the

length of the carapace.

The most notable point in this well-marked variety is the

structure of the inner and under angle of the eyes. The lower of

the two teeth described by M.-Edw. as occurring in this position

is well developed, and agrees entirely with his description and figure,

but the upper tooth is not all prominent, though still represented

by a very small lobe, occupying the same position and abutting on

Proo, Zoon, 8oc,—1900, No. XLIX. 49

750 MR, W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

the basal joint of the antenna, but leaving the orbit widely open at

this point.

The postfrontal ridge is sinuous and not straight: and the extra-

orbital tooth is lobular and not pointed, though its anterior angleis

rather sharp. In this latter respect it agrees with a description by

von Martens of seven Borneo examples (tom. cit.). As it has the

same shape in all these individuals irrespective of size or sex, I do

not think it is a peculiarity of age, as he at first suggests, but rather

one of local race: the possibility of which von Martens admits a few

lines further on.

In none of these specimens can I find any traces of the longi-

tudinal groove of the median crest of the palate. As with Heller's

examples of the species (t. c.), the meri of all five legs bear a sub-

terminal spine on their anterior margins: in all other respects

they agree with M.-Edwards’s description. In colour they are uni-

formly dark brown above, with a tendency to yellow below.

These crabs form burrows with two mouths, one of which would

open on the bank of the lake, just above the level of the water, the

other opening at a distance of at least 10 feet over a stream which

carries off the surplus water of the lake: the burrow, between its

mouths, being straight and horizontal, more or less.

Tozzetti gives a figure of the internal angle of the orbit, but I

cannot determine from it whether the upper tooth is well- or ill-

developed, and he makes no mention of it in the text. He also

describes the sub-apical teeth of the meropodites as being much less

acute than in the Thelphuse generally, and figures that on the 2nd

pair, showing it to be more of a rounded lobe than a tooth: in all

five legs in this variety they are, on the contrary, very acute indeed.

External maxillipedes, male abdomen, and hands of chelipedes, how-

ever, entirely agree with his description and figures.

Dim. ¢ 52x38°5. § 42x33. of 37x28. 2 38x30°75.

Q 19°75 x 16.

Length taken from base of rostrum to middle of posterior

border.

XLIII. Genus Carcrnoprax M.-Edw.

70. CARCINOPLAX SUBINTEGER, nom. noy. (Plate XLVI. fig. 9.)

Carcinoplax integra, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 543, pl. xlviii. fig. C

(1884).

Carcinoplax integer, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 93 (1888),

Hab, 1 am uncertain as to whether this was obtained at Singa-

pore or Malacca, or at what depth it occurs.

3 males, and 1 female with ova.

I propose to alter Mr. Miers’s specific name in view of the fact

that the antero-lateral margins are not entire but dentated. This

I find to be the case in all my specimens (3g and 19), and also

in two examples in the Museum from the Mergui collection.

There are 4 teeth, small but distinct: the first two are low, broad,

and truncate, the 2nd about as broad as the first; the 3rd, about

oa CT ee

1900. | FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA, Tol

half the breadth of those in front, is also slightly more prominent ;

the 4th, very small and tuberculiform, lies close behind the 3rd: all

are granulated.

In the larger individuals, the pubescence that covers both palms

externally in the smaller tends to disappear from below upwards

in the right palm ; leaving the upper margin, in the largest example,

and the base of the palm still thickly covered, while the rest of the

surface is naked, smooth, and of a white colour. In the last men-

tioned example, also, the space between the bases of the finger of

the left chela has lost its hairy covering.

Dim. ¢ 105x75. 6 7°75x625. 3 7T5x6. Q 6:25x5.

Length taken from base of rostrum to middle of posterior

border.

70 a. CARCINOPLAX SUBINTEGER HIRSUTIOR, var. nov.

Hab. Singapore; littoral. A male, which has lost its right

chelipede.

This variety shows a much greater development of hair than the

preceding species. The front has a fringe of long silky hairs,

which spring from a line connecting the external angles of the

front ; and similar hairs are seen thickly placed on the chelipede

and legs, more especially on the anterior and superior faces of the

carpo- pro- and dactylopodites: the meri are relatively smooth.

In the left chelipede the hairs extend to the tips of the fingers but

not on them: these tips are brown, the rest of the fingers white,

as seen through the less dense covering of hair. I may add that

the 2nd of the four aatero-lateral teeth (orbital angle included) is

less flattened and more prominent than in C. subinteger.

This variety is well-marked and the differences may be specific

—e. g., the denser hairiness, the somewhat different 2nd antero-

lateral tooth, and the different coloration of the fingers; but it is

difficult to form a certain opinion from a single individual, in which,

moreover, a chelipede is wanting.

Dim. 10°75 8. Length taken from base of rostrum to middle

of posterior border.

XLIV. Genus Curatoprax Stimpson.

71, CERATOPLAX LEVIS Miers.

Ceratoplax ? levis, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 244, pl. xxv. fig. C

(1884).

Hab. Singapore; 24 fms. One male specimen.

Dim. 6:5 x 4°75. Length taken from base of rostrum to middle

of posterior border.

XLY. Genus Ocypropn Fabr.

72. OCYPODE CERATOPHTHALMA Pallas.

Cancer ceratophthalmus, Pallas, Spicil, Zool, fase. ix. p. 83, pl. v.

£227 (1772);

49*

752 MR, W. F, LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

Ocypode ceratophthalma, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 847 (1798).

Ocypoda ceratophthalma, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. 1. p. 48

(1837); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 94 (1882); Walker, Journ.

Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 110 (1887); de Man, Mergui Crust.

p. 107 (1888) ; Hend. Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 387 (1893).

Ocypode ceratophthalma, de Man, Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 570

(1895).

Hab, Singapore and Malacca: in holes in the dry sand, above the

mean high-water mark. These holes are not more than a foot to

a foot and a half in depth, with at least one more or less sharp

turn in them: they are only covered at the highest spring tides, at

least in the great majority of cases. Five males and two females,

all adult, about 35-40 mm. in length: seven males and a female,

ranging from 5-20 mm.

The individual 20 mm. long shows the first trace of ocular

styles in the shape of tubercles barely a millimetre in length (ef.

de Man, Zoolog. Jahrb. 1. c.) ; that next in size, 13 mm. long, shows

no trace of them.

Close to the distal extremity of the eyestalk, in the young speci-

mens, may be seen a small hair: and a little farther back a similar

hair, just where the stalk is left uncovered by the cornea. In the

adult this second hair retains its position, but the first is carried

farther and farther away, as the ocular style increases in length.

These two hairs may equally be seen in O, cordimana, but with

numerous smaller hairs interspersed between andaroundthem. In

four of the smallest specimens the epibranchial angles attain the

same level as the external orbital angle, the margin between being

straight or concave: in the other two it projects farther than the

orbital angle, the margin between being concave just behind the

latter angle, but becoming convex towards the epibranchial. In

the individual of 13 mm. length it is much more prominent than

the orbital, and forms a sharp angle: the antero-lateral margin is

straight. In the adults the two angles are approximately on the

same level, with the margin between slightly concave.

Dim. ¢ 415x365. ¢ 41x37. 3 405x365. ¢ 35x31°75

3 325x229. fg 28x20. Q 40°75x365. 2 375x345

9 35x31.

Breadth taken from epibranchial angles.

73. OCYPODE CORDIMANA Latr.

Ocypoda cordimana (Latr.) M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. ii. p. 45

(1837); de Man, Notes Leyden Mus. vol. iii. p. 248 (1881); id.

Mergui Crust. p. 108 (1888); id. Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 572

(1895); Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 387 (1893).

Hab. Singapore: holes like those of 0. ceratophthalma. Two

males and a female. Prof. Henderson (t. ¢.) states that it is

** terrestrial, and lives in burrows at some distance from the sea.”

These specimens came from holes which would sometimes be liable

to be covered by the sea, though the strip of beach was not an open

i oS

1900.] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA, 753

one like that which supplied specimens of O. ceratophthalma, but

part of a small bay, and further protected by an expanse of the

mangroves which grow out into the sea on many of the islets round

Singapore.

Dim. ¢ 33'°25x 30°25. § 32°75x31. 2 35°5x30°5.

Breadth taken from epibranchial angles.

XLVI. Genus Uca Leach.

74. Uca acura Stimpson.

Gelasimus acutus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 99

(1858); de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 113, pl. vii. ff. 8-9, pl. viii.

ff. 1-4 (1888); id. Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 573 (1895).

Hab. Singapore: Malacca, from mangrove-swamps near the edge

of the sea. From Malacca there are five males ; from Singapore

three males, six females and two young examples. The difference

in coloration between these two sets is interesting. The Malacca

specimens have their carapace of a light blue-green colour, and the

external surface of the hand rose-coloured : in those from Singapore

the carapace is a fine purple, with, in most cases, two light blue

spots on each side of the gastric region, and the hands externally

are ofa deep plum-colour. In one or two of the females the purple

of the carapace becomes mottled in front with green, this colour

tending to replace the former.

The Singapore specimens were obtained from the same place as

the next-described species ; which is interesting, in view of their

close relationship to each other.

Dim. (a) Singapore forms:— ¢ 13'75x9°5. g 28x18. g16°5

elie ROR oroee 1G. Poors Lor ae POE oe 2h! VO i sete.

S) Giese:

(6) Malacca forms:—¢ 20x12. ¢ 20x12. ¢ 1911-75.

So USK IV. 9 gt Lr-25 6 75:

75. Uca DussumMInRI M.-Edw.

Gelasimus dussumiert, M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, t. xvili.

p- 148, pl. iv. f. 12 (1852); Kingsley, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad.

p- 145 (1880); de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 108, pl. vii. ff. 2-7 (1888) ;

id. Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. vii. p. 576 (1895).

Hab, Singapore: from the shore on the mouth of a small river.

Seven males and thirteen females. Colour of females, when alive,

a rich blue over the carapace, a light sky-blue on the legs; the

males a more sombre brown or bronze; lower half of hand, and

index, orange; upper half, and dactyl, nearly white.

In some cases the females were ornamented with one median, or

one median and two lateral, fair-sized white spots in the gastric

region. The interest of the colour-marking here lies in the fact

that the gay colours appear in the females ; and not in the males,

as is generally the case (cf. Darwin’s ‘ Descent of Man,’ 2nd ed.

1894, p. 271).

Dim. d 28x17. gf 283x175. f$ 27x175. gf 22x14:5,

754 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON ORUSTACHANS = [June 19,

3185x1275. g 185x125. g 145x95. 2 235x165.

Q 2115x1475. 923x115. 9 22x145. 2 205x114.

76. Uca vocans M.-Edw.

Gelasimus vocans, M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 3, t. xviil. p. 145,

pl. iu. f. 4 (1852).

? Gelasimus cultrimanus, Ad. & White, ‘Samarang’ Crust. p. 49

(1848),

Gelasimus nitidus Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. pt. i. p. 316,

pl. x. f. 5 (1852).

Gelasimus vocans Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v.

p- 308 (1880); id. ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 242 (1886) ; Hasw.

Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 92 (1882); Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool.

vol. xx. p. 110 (1887).

Hab. Singapore and Malacca: burrowing in the beach, holes

covered at high water. Six males and three females.

In one male the tooth between the base of the index and the

subdistal tooth is absent.

Dim. ¢ 20x13'5. 618x125. 617x115. ¢ 1565x1025

3 13°75x9°5. fg 1275x875, 2 1675x1225. 2 IbBox

11:5. 9 14-75 %.10:25,

77. UcA TETRAGONON Herbst.

Cancer tetragonon, Herbst, Naturgesch. d. Krab. i. p. 257, pl. xx.

f, 110 (1790).

Gelasimus tetragonon, Riipp. Beschr. 24 Krab. p. 25, pl. v. f. 5

(1830); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. ii. p. 42 (1837); id. Ann. Sci.

Nat. sér. 3, t. xviii. p. 147, pl. i. £.9 (1852) ; Kingsley, Proc. Ac.

Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 143, pl. ix. f. 11 (1880).

Hab. Singapore: a male from the shore at the west entrance to

the New Harbour.

Dim, 24:5 x 17.

78. Uca annuuipes M.-Edw.

Gelasimus annulipes, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. ii. p. 55,

pl. xviii. ff. 10-13 (1837); id. Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 3, t. xviii.

p. 149, pl. iv. f. 15 (1852).

Gelasimus perplewus, M.-Edw. t.c. p. 150, pl. iv. f. 18.

Gelasimus annulipes, Kingsley, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 148

(1880); de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 118, pl. viii. ff. 6-7 (1888);

id. Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 577 (1895); Henderson, Trans. Linn.

Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 388 (1893).

Hab. Singapore: very common in holes on the shore, or a short

distance inland, near brackish and tidal water.

Out of 63 males 34 have the big claw on the right side, and 29

have it on the left; 13 females. There are also a male and a

female from Malacca. General colour of the carapace, alternate

transverse, rather irregular, bands of light blue and black.

Dim. d 145x9. fg 115x875. 6 135x7-75. 3 18x75.

1900.] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 55

6isb x8. 9125x758 O11 x Gifos, PI2> xs. 2 115 x65.

2105x625. 91056.

XLVII. Genus Grapsus Lam.

79. GRAPSUS STRIGOSUS Herbst.

Cancer strigosus, Herbst, Naturgesch. d. Krab. iii. p. 55, pl. xlvii.

fe CLs 9o):

Grapsus (Goniopsis) strigosus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 33

(1839).

Grapsus strigosus, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. ix. p. 286

(1873); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 97 (1882); Walker, Journ.

Linn. Soce., Zool. vol. xx. p. 110 (1887); Henderson, Trans. Linn.

Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 390 (1893).

Hab. Singapore; rocks along the shore. ‘Two males and a

female.

General colour of carapace and legs a light yellow with maroon

markings, the latter having a somewhat linear arrangement on the

sides of the carapace.

Dim. ¢ 52x49'5. 3 38:5x36. 9 47:5 x 43.

XLVIII. Genus Meropocrarsus M.-Edw.

80, METOPOGRAPSUS OCEANICUS Jacq. & Lucas.

Grapsus oceanicus, Jacq. et Lucas, Voyage au Pole du Sud,

Crust. p. 73, pl. vi. £. 9 (Hombron et Jacq. tome iii. 1853).

Metopograpsus quadridentatus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.

Philad. p. 102 (1858).

Metopograpsus oceanicus, Kingsley, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad.

p. 191 (1880).

? Pachyyrapsus transversus, Gibbes, et syn. vide Kingsley, t. ¢.

p- 199; Walker, Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 110 (1887).

Hab. Singapore: from rocks or piles of landing-stages. Twelve

males and sixteen females, five having ova. Carapace generally

has a mottled appearance of green and purple; but the colour of

these crabs is exceedingly variable.

I have also from Malacca six specimens, three male and three

female, of a form which seems to be identical with Pachygrapsus

transversus Gibbes ; the internal subocular lobe being reduced

so that the antenne just enter the orbit. They also agree with

descriptions given of that species. But, excepting that the antenne

aremorein contact with the orbit, these individuals agree so entirely

with those of Metopograpsus oceamcus, that I am inclined to agree

with Mr. Walker (t. ¢. p. 113) that P. transversus is a variety of a

Metopograpsus—but of M. oceanicus ; not M. messor, as he suggests,

seeing that this latter species has no teeth on the antero-lateral

margin.

Dim. ¢ 28°5x 24. 3 285x235. § 27x22'5. Jf 25°25 x 22,

3d 24x 205. f 22°25x19. 9 34x28. 2 335x27. 2 29x 24,

926x215. 927x225. 9 24x19.

756 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACHANS [June 19,

XLIX. Genus Varuna M.-Edw.

81. VARUNA LITTERATA Fabr.

Cancer litteratus, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 342 (1798); Herbst,

Naturgesch. d. Krab. iii. p. 58, pl. xlviii. f. 4 (1799).

Varuna litterata, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. ii. p. 95 (1837).

Grapsus (Trichopus) litteratus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 32

(1839).

oe litterata, Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 103 (1882)

Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 391 (1898).

Hab. Singapore ; from off a floating log of wood. Two males

and four females.

The shape of the frontal margin is slightly variable. According

to Herbst, it is “in der Mitte ein wenig aufgeschnitten”: and his

figure sbows it to be very distinctly concave. Of these specimens

it is very slightly, yet distinctly concave in three ; in the other

three it is straight.

Dim. (a) With straight front.

3 315x30. 9 265x25°75. 9 21x20.

(b) With concave front.

329x265. 9 305x285. 9 25°75 x 25.

L. Genus Sresarma Say.

82. SESARMA QUADRATA Fabr.

Cancer quadratus, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 341 (1798).

Sesarma quadrata, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. ii. p. 75 (1837) ;

Hilgendorf, von d. Decken Reise, p. 90, pl. iii. f. 3 ¢ (1869).

Sesarma quadratum, A. M.-Edw. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. ix. p. 302

(1873).

Grapsus (Pachysoma) quadratus, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 62,

pl. viii. f. 3 (1839).

Grapsus (Sesarma) affinis, de Haan, t.c. p. xxx.

Sesarma aspera, Heller, Crust. der Novara Reise, p. 63, pl. vi.

f, 1 (1867); de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 169 (1888).

Sesarma quadrata, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. yol. v.

p. 392 (1893).

Hab. Singapore; taken from under decayed logs of wood on

marshy ground a short distance from the sea. Two males: typical

specimens of S, quadrata, with eleven tubercles on the dactyl.

Sesarma aspera Heller I judge to be a variety of S. quadrata,

and not distinct.

Dim, sd 19°53 & Le.) ¢ L4ed 1s.

838. SESARMA TRNIOLATA White.

Sesarma teniolata, White, List Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 38 (1847).

Sesarma medert, M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 185 (1853).

Sesarma teniolata, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 181 (1888); id.

Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. ix. p. 166 (1897); Biirger, Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. vii.

p. 615 (1894).

1900.) FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACOA. 757

Hab. Malacca; mangrove swamp on the edge of the sea.

Two males (one young) and two females. These are all covered,

on the back of the carapace, with dense tufts of hair.

Dim. ¢ 384x325, 6 19x16. 9 365x33. 9 32x29.

84. SmsaRMA CALYPSO de Man.

_ Sesarma (Parasesarma) calypso, de Man, Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. ix.

pp. 185-189 (1897), & Bd. x. pl. xxx. f. 34 (1898).

Hab. Malacca; littoral. Two males.

I am inclined to refer these to the above species, because in the

general form of the carapace and chelipedes they agree with Dr.

de Man’s description, and more especially in the cross-markings

on the tubercles of the dactyl, which are very distinctive: they

give them an appearance which Dr. de Man describes as “ treppen-

formig,” for which I can find no English equivalent. There are,

however, two points in which these individuals differ from the type :

(a) in the number of the tubercles; these are fewer, being 8-9

instead of 12-13: (6) in the number of pectinated ridges (= Kamm-

leisten, de Man) of the hand. Of these, in the larger male there

are four, all well-marked, the proximal one being a little shorter

than the distal three, which are equal in length. In the smaller,

however, there are only three on the left hand, 2. ¢. counting disto-

proximally 1,2, and 4: 3 being merely represented by a short

line of granules projecting only a little way between the

external terminations of 2 and 4. In the right hand, 3 is more

developed as a pectinated ridge extending half-way to the internal

upper margin, and 4 is correspondingly reduced to a granular

line, becoming externally fainter. Allowing, then, for this varia-

bility, and also for the fact that the actual number of tubercles on

the dacty] is also slightly variable in the species of Sesarma, I have

not thought it advisable to separate these two individuals from

S. calypso. Colour of hands orange-red.

Dim. 6 17x18. fg 165x125.

85. SESARMA ONYCHOPHORA de Man.

Sesarma (Perisesarma) onychophora, de Man, Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. ix.

pp. 214-18 (1897), & Bd. x. pl. xxxi. f. 39 (1898).

Hab. Singapore: off wooden piles. Two males, and a female

with ova. Colour of hands deep red.

Dim, ¢ 16°75x13:25. g 15x12. 9 17-75x14,

86. SHSARMA EDWARDSI de Man.

Sesarma edwardsi, de Man, Mergui Crust. pp. 185-188, pl. xiii.

ff. 1-4 (1888); cf. also Sesarma edwardsi, var. levimana, Zehntner,

Rey. Suisse Zool., tom. ii. fase. i. p. 181 (1894).

Sesarma edwardsi, var. crassimana, de Man, Mergui Crust.

p- 188; Zehntner, t.c. p. 180,

Hab. Malacca. These specimens were taken from the stomach

of a species of Varanus, the monitor lizard. A male and female

758 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

are representative of the species: and two males and two females

(although with some doubt) of M. Zehntner’s variety. I also find

two males answering to Dr. de Man’s var. crassimana ; these were

obtained on the shore.

Dim. ¢ 14x13. 92 17x15.

Var. crassimana. 6g 1175x1025. ¢ 7°75 x 7:25.

Var. levimana? 612x105. of 1275x11. 9? 10x9.

9 9x 7°75.

87. SHSARMA FASCIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLVII. fig. 12.)

Hab. Singapore: marshy ground near sea. One male and three

females.

This species belongs to Dr. de Man’s subgenus Parasesarma, in

which the sides have no tooth behind the orbital angle, and in

which there are two or more pectinated ridges on the palms. Cara-

pace smooth to the eye, but under the lens seen to be closely punc-

tated everywhere : sides nearly parallel (but broken up in one of the

females just behind the eyes so as to give indications of a tooth

behind the orbital angle). Tooth at distal end of the upper border

of the merus very small and obtuse, and the anterior border only

slightly expanded, the long proximal edge of the expansion being

dentated. External surfaces of merus and carpus rugose, inner

angle of carpus with a large triangular tooth; outer surface of palm

and fingers quite smooth to the eyes, but minutely punctate under

the lens; whole inner surface of chelipedes smooth. Inner upper

border of hand thick and prominent: external to this there are

three pectinated ridges, which lie more nearly longitudinal than

transverse. The middle one consists of :—a, a short distal portion,

practically one with the distal part of the inner upper border; 6, a

longer middle portion running obliquely from near the upper

border to the upper part of the posterior border, and cutting off a

smal] semicircular piece of the upper surface in which lies another

very small pectinated ridge ; and c, a proximal portion, curving

sharply from the middle portion to run parallel to the posterior

border as far as the joint of handand carpus. The third pectinated

ridge starts from the inner and upper base of the dactyl, to run in

front of, and parallel with the middle portion of the middle ridge,

and to stop abruptly half-way between its starting point and the

joint of hand and carpus. Only 5 or 6 obscure, low tubercles can

be distinguished on the upper margin of the dactyl, which stop

some distance from the tip: inner margins of both fingers with 4

or 5 broad triangular denticulations. Meri of ambulatory legs

with a subdistal low and blunt spine; remaining joints with hairs,

rather diffuse, but tending to be arranged on the anterior and

posterior margins. Male abdomen seven-jointed, broad, regularly

tapering from the middle of the 3rd segment to the middle of the

6th where it suddenly narrows ; the 7th has a rounded extremity,

parallel sides, and is only a little longer than broad. Colour a

deep crimson red, with regular mottlings of a light yellow, and a

light yellow band, or fascia, placed transversely on the frontal

1900.) FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 759

eminences between the bases of the eyestalks, and extending along

the latter as far as the cornexw ; but the degree of this mottling

varies, and is less conspicuous in some individuals. Hands and

fingers bright yellow.

Dim. of 8'75x8.' 9 9-5 x S:by (OP a2ans'2a. 92) S75 X75.

LI. Genus MaocroputHaLmus Latr.

88. MAcROPHTHALMUS DILATATUS CARENS, var. nov. (Plate

XLVIL. fig. 11.)

Cf. Ocypode (Macrophthalmus) dilatata, de Haan, Crust. Japon.

p- 55, pl. xv. f. 3 (1839).

Macrophthalmus dilatatus, M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 3, Zool.

t. xviii. p. 157 (1852); de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. vol. xii. pl. iv.

f. 9 (1890); Ortmann, Carcinol. Stud., Zool. Jahrb. Bd. x. p. 345

(1898).

Hab. Singapore and Malacca; littoral. Five males and six

females, four of the latter carrying ova.

There is a specimen in the Museum from Singapore, from the

‘ Alert’ collection, referred to “ M. dilatatus, young ?,” presumably

by Mr. Miers; of which, however, I can find no mention in the

descriptive account of the ‘ Alert’ Crustacea. , It is identical with

the present specimens; and on an examination of these, I find

them sufficiently distinct from the type to be considered as a well-

marked varietiy.

The average size of these specimens is 15 mm. breadth to 7°5 mm.

length: two of the females with ova are considerably larger, but

the other three (two having ova) are of these dimensions, so that

they may all be regarded as adult. I find the following departures

from the type :—

a. The chelipedes are shorter, being only just longer than

the breadth of the carapace, whereas in de Haan’s species they are

not quite half as long again.

b. The spinules on the upper margin of the hand are wanting,

and the granules on the outer surface very small, though numerous.

c. A well-marked dentated tubercle exists at the base of the

dactyl; and there is a flattened dentated prominence extending

from the base to the middle of the thumb, which is less evident in

M., dilatatus. The thumb is only slightly deflexed, and the carina

near the lower margin is rather strong and obscurely granulous.

Dim. 6 15x8. “6. 1568-25. § 13°75x75. ff 12x 6:5,

S115x65. 9 1925x10. 9 18x95. 9 1B5x75. 9 13x7.

Ue 7. 9 Ll: pe6'5,

89. MacropHTHALMUS CRASSIPES M.-Edw.

Macrophthalmus crassipes, M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 3, Zool.

t. xvili. p. 157 (1852); de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. vol. xii. p. 76,

pl. iv. f. 7 (1890); Ortmann, Carcinol. Stud., Zool. Jahrb. Bd. x.

p. 345 (1898).

Hab, Singapore; littoral. Four males and three females, one of

760 MR, W. F, LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

the latter with ova: two of the males, however, only represented

by exuvia.

The tubercle on the inner margin of the thumb is, in these,

rather more flattened than in the type (v. de Man, t.c.), leaving a

larger interspace between itself and the finger.

Dim. ¢ 17x9°5. . oo 17 KO:26, Co 1625xK9, Ss 126K te,

0 145x85. .2 15% 8°62 :12 x66.

90. MAcROPHTHALMUS PODOPHTHALMUs Hydoux & Souleyet.

Macrophthalmus podophthalmus, Eyd. & Souleyet, Voy. ‘ Bonité,

Zool. Crust. vol. i. pl. iii. f. 6 (1841); M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat.

sér. 3, Zool. t xvii. p. 155 (1852); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 88

(1882) ; Miers, ‘ Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 249 (1886).

Hab, Singapore; littoral. A male.

In this specimen the eye-peduncles do not project by much more

than a quarter of their length.

Dim. 14x85. Length of eyes 8°25. Length of projecting

portion of eyes 2-5.

91. MACROPHTHALMUS JAPONICUS de Haan.

Ocypode (Macrophthalmus) japonica, de Haan, Crust. Japon.

p. 54, pl. vi. f. 1, & pl. xv. £. 2 (1839).

Macrophthalmus japonicus, Ad. & White, ‘Samarang’ Crust.

p- 51 (1848); M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 3, Zool. t. xviii. p. 158

(1852).

Hab. Singapore; littoral. A female with ova.

Dim. 10°5x 8.

LIL. Genus Scoprmera de Haan.

92. ScoprMERA MycTrRoIpDES M.-Edw. (Plate XLVII. fig. 14,)

Doto myctiroides, M.-Edw. Ann. Sci. Nat, sér. 3, Zool. t. xviii.

p- 152, pl. iv. f. 24 (1852).

Dotilla myctiroides, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx.

p. 111 (1887).

Scopimera myctiroides, Henderson, Trans. Linn, Soc., Zool. vol. v.

. 390 (1893).

Hab. Singapore In great numbers on the sand between tide-

marks, burrowing in holes.

Out of 81 specimens, I find7 females, one bearing ova. I think

it has hitherto escaped notice that the shape of the female abdomen

is almost exactly similar to that of the male. Prof. Henderson

(tom. cit.) states that out of a very large series he had only met

with males. But on examining a bottle in the Museum collection,

-labelled ‘Sc. myctiroides, Rameswaram, J. R. Henderson, 92.7.15,”

I find, out of about 30 examples, at least as many females as males.

The female abdomen, however, may still be distinguished externally

from that of the male by a generally broader aspect. Taking

measurements from the base of the 5th segment to the tip of the

ne)

1900. | FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 761

7th, and across the base of the 6th, I find these to be, approxi-

mately, for most examples :—

Length. Breadth.

Meer iees scack = 4-5 mm. 2 mm.

De Peri 3, 24) 4 mm. 2°5 mm.

giving a ratio for the female of 1: 1°6, for the male 1 : 2°25,

Dims i XO SG TOK DO Tea eee oreo 10:5:

dc (oun Guba or “OUR S:-o. TO Ses an ONres sao Wo:

OG 7axs. O6DKS.° VSEXT-25).1 Pista x Oa!

Breadth taken across posterior margin, just above the last legs.

LII. Genus Etamenet M.-Edw.

93. ELAMENE UNGUIFORNIS de Haan.

Inachus (Elamene) unguiformis, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 75,

pl. xxix. f. 1 (1839).

Elamene unguiformis, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v.

p- 394 (1893).

Hab. Singapore. A female.

Dim. 6°25 x 6°5.

LIV. Genus PrnnoTHeres Latr.

94, PINNOTHERES SEMPERI Biirger.

Pinnotheres semperi, Birger, Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 382,

pl. ix. f. 28, & pl. x. £. 27 (1895).

Hab, Singapore; right respiratory tree of Holothuria scabra. A

male, and a female with ova.

The specimens which Dr. Birger has described came from the

cloaca ot Hol. fusco-cinerea ; whereas the specimens we obtained

from that Holothurian are, I[ find, referable to P. ortmanni. The

host, trom which came Dr. Biirger’s example of the latter species,

was, I suppose, not known, as he makes no reference to it. In

both these species, the animal was found high up the respiratory

tree, forming an enormous gall; whether it would be able to

extricate itself from this, and move, at will, up or down the

respiratory tree, I do not know, but it has the appearance of being

a fixture, nolens volens.

Dim. 9103x111. §7:75x8.

95. PINNOTHERES ORTMANNI Birger.

Pinnotheres ortmanni, Biirger, Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 384,

pl. ix. f. 30, pl. x. f. 28 (1895).

Hab. Singapore; right respiratory tree of Holothuria fusco-

cinerea. ‘Two females, both with ova.

Ding P12 se Tae eee a x 1173:

96, PINNOTHERDS MODIOLICOLA Birger.

Pinnotheres modiolicola, Birger, Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd, viii. p. 370,

pl. ix. f. 9, & pl. x. f. 9 (1895).

762 MR, W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

Hab. Singapore ; from Lamellibranch shells. Seven females,

six with ova.

These were collected by natives, and as I never saw the shells

from which the Pinnotheres were taken, I am unable to state their

enus.

: Dim. 9 9°5x8 97x55. 2 65% 5:25. «9 10x B26.

DKS 2 9x78: eB Ki-S.

97. PINNOTHERES ARCOPHILUS Biirger.

Pinnotheres arcophilus, Birger, Zoolog. Jahrb. Bd. viii. p. 371,

pl. ix. f. 10, & pl. x. f. 10 (1895).

Hab. Singapore: from Lamellibranch shells. Four females, all

with ova. For the same reason as with P. modiolicola, I am unable

to give the genus of the mollusc they inhabited.

Dim, 2 Oxi. @ 10K So. 2B Dx 7.5 Pap s-o,

LV. Genus Ma‘ruta Fabr.

98. Matura vicrrix Fabr.

Matuta victor, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 369 (1798).

Matuta peronii, Leach, Zool. Mise. ii. p. 13, pl. exxvii. ff. 1-2

(1817).

Matuta lesuerii, Leach, tom. cit. p. 14.

Matuta vietrix, Miers, Trans. Linn. Soe. 2nd ser. Zool. vol. i.

p- 243, pl. xxxix. ff. 1-3 (1877); Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 134

(1882); Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 111 (1887);

Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 306 (1893).

Matuta victor, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixv. pt. ii.

No. 2, p. 160 (1896).

Hab. Singapore ; sandy shore. Three adult males, three young

males, and three small females. Also from Malacca two adult

and one young female.

Dim. ¢ 46:25 x 42. ¢ 40°5 x37. fb 34:25 x 382. $24:75x

93:25; d 24x22°5.. G 20:25%19°25.: 9. 25%23.. 0.22%

21-75... 9 15:25% 15.:\ 2:82 30.\,-9 338X315. QATXIG,

99. Marvura BANKsII Leach.

Matuta banksii, Leach, Zool. Misc. ii. p. 14 (1817); Miers,

Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser. Zool. vol. i. p. 245, pl. xl. ff. 1-2 (1877) ;

Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 111 (1887) ; de Man,

Archiv f. Naturgesch. p. 389 (1887); Zehntner, Rev. Suisse Zool.

t. ii. p. 188(1894) ; Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xv. pt. ii.

No. 2, p. 158 (1896); de Man, Zoolog. Jabrb. Bd. ix. p. 363

(1896).

Hab. Malacca; littoral. Five males, and two smaller females.

In the males, besides some rather big crimson spots on the meri of

the legs, there is a very large crimson patch on the penultimate

joint of each of the 1st, 2nd, and 4th pairs. The latter is not seen

1900. ] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 763

on the females ; but only a few small spots onthe meri. In one of

the males the spots on the carapace are arranged in pairs, or even in

groups of three, giving it a more densely spotted appearance. I

may add that I should describe the rostrum, in these individuals,

as being distinctly emarginate (vide Alcock, t. ¢., “ rostrum entire

or faintly emarginate ”; and Miers, t. c., “ front obtuse and rounded

or obscurely emarginate ”), the emargination taking the form of

a wide, triangular notch, quite as distinct as in MW. lunaris. Other-

wise they entirely agree with Mr. Alcock’s description.

Dim. ¢ 35x34. fg 382x305. ¢ 31°75x31. 6 29x 28°75.

3 25°5 xX 24:25. 9 22x21:25. 9 21:5x 2055.

100. Matura LunaARIS Herbst.

? Cancer lunaris, Herbst, Krab. u. Krebse, i. p. 140, pl. vi. f. 44

(1790).

Matuta planipes, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 369 (1798).

Cancer lunaris, Herbst, op. cit. iii. p. 43, pl. xlviii. f. 6 (1799).

Matuta lunaris, Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser. Zool. vol. i.

p- 247, pl. xl. f. 10 (1877); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal,

vol. lxy. pt. 11. No. 2, pp. 161-2 (1896).

Hab. Malacca; littoral. Two young males and a female.

Dim. ¢ 22x 21:25. ¢ 16°25x15. 9? 20x19.

LVI. Genus Levcostra Fabr.

101. Levcosia CRANIOLARIS Herbst.

? Cancer craniolaris, Linn. Syst. Nat. 12th ed. p. 1041 (1766) ;

Herbst, Naturgesch. d. Krab. Bd. i. Hft. ii. p. 90, pl. ii. £. 17

(1783); Fabr. Ent. Syst. 1. p. 441 (1792).

Leucosia craniolaris, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 350 (1798); Bell,

Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxi. p. 283 (1855).

Leucosia craniolaris, var. levimana, Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 250,

pl. xxvi. f. A (1884).

Leucosia craniolaris, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx.

p- 111 (1887) ; Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 397

(1893); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxv. pt. ii. No. 2,

p- 231 (1896).

Hab. Singapore and Malacca; 5 fms.; muddy bottom. Two

females, of which the larger is from Malacca.

Dim. 2 19x21°75. 92 145x 16,

102. LrucosIA RHOMBOIDALIS de Haan.

Leucosia rhomboidalis de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 134, pl. xxxiii-

f. 5 (1839); Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxi. p. 284 (1855).

Leucosia maculata, Stm. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 159 (1858).

Leucosia rhomboidahs, Alcock, Journ, As. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxv.

pt. ii. No. 2, p. 234 (1896).

Hab. Singapore: 5fms.; muddy bottom. A male anda female.

Both these individuals have a row of three yellow spots arranged

764 MR. W. F, LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

crescent-wise on each side of the gastric region, and the female has,

in addition, a reticulated yellow patch on the cardiae and uro-

cardiac regions.

Dim. g¢ 10°5x12. 9 121355.

103. LEUcOsIA BRUNNEA Miers.

Leucosia brunnea, Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser. Zool. vol. i.

p. 237, pl. xxxviii. ff. 10-12 (1877).

Hab. Singapore: 7 fins.; muddy bottom. A female.

A very deep yellow patch on the uro-cardiac declivity, extending

forward laterally nearly to the epibranchial angle; the same

yellow colour on all the legs, but less deep on the abdomen.

Dim, 25°5 x 29°75.

LVII. Genus Puinyra Leach.

104. Puityra eLtososa Fabr.

Cancer globosus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 441 (1792).

Leucosia globosa, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 349 (1798).

Philyra globosa, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. ii. p. 182 (1837).

Philyra porcellana, M.-Edw. t.c¢. p. 138.

Philyra globosa, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 203 (1888).

Philyra globosa et globulosa et syn., Alcock, Journ. As. Soc.

Bengal, vol. Ixv. pt. ii. No. 2, pp. 243-246 (1896).

Philyra polita, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 401,

pl. xxxviii. ff. 1-3 (1893).

Hab. Malacca: 5 fms.; muddy bottom. Eight males, seven

females: one of the latter carrying ova.

In none of these does the epistome project farther than the

front; the inner angles do, but in a greater or less degree in the

different individuals. Five of the males have the small tubercle on

the abdomen (P. globulosa); in the other three it is absent

(P. globosa)—yet in one of the males with a tuberculated abdomen

the whole of the upper surface of the arm is granulated except

near the tip (P. globosa), while in the three with no tubercle only

the proximal half is granular (P. globulosa); in all the females it

is entirely granulous except at the tip. The internal edge of the

exopodite of the external maxillipedes seems to show a gradation

from a nearly straight line to a slightly curved one ; but, curiously,

the nearly straight edge (P. globosa) is found in the males with

abdominal tubercle (P. globulosa), the slightly curved (P. globulosa)

on a male with no tubercle (P, globosa). In all cases the under

surface of the meri of the legs is smooth (P. globosa) ; equally in

all cases, the size of the granules on the edge of the carapace

varies (P. globulosa). The males with abdominal tubercles have a

low dentiform eminence at the base of the thumb, in those with

no abdominal tubercle it is absent; this is the normal correlation

in P. globulosa and P. globosa respectively. The amount of

definition of the regions of the carapace varies from one to

1900. ] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 765

another; but the cardiac region is always more or less distinct,

and the hepatic regions always project slightly in a lateral and

obliquely downward direction, so as to break the plane of the

antero-lateral margins.

Dim. ¢ 145x15. ¢ 13°75x13°5. g 125x13. ¢ 13x13.

o LU x10:5, ad 9°75 «10, GS Iza gt lax le 7a:

lade lo. Oia sg Wide 12 Diigee URI 9x9. 9 1a x13;

Po iaeciea se.

105. PHILYRA SEXANGULA Alcock.

Philyra sewangula, Aleock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixv.

pt. i. No. 2, p. 241, & pt. ti. No. 3, pl. vii. f. 2 (1896).

Hab. Singapore: from mud, at low water. A female with ova.

Mr. Alcock’s description is from a male; in this female I note

the following differences :—The median carina is raised into four

low tubercles over the cardiac and mesogastric regions ; the teeth

at the outer edge of the posterior margin are not very strong; the

black colour of the carapace shades off to a dull yellow-green in

the anterior half, commencing at the anterior termination of the

branchial carine ; the finger-tips are white, and the four posterior

pairs deep yellow.

As regards the abdomen, it is composed of three distinct pieces :

a narrow basal segment ; a long, broad, dome-shaped median piece,

composed of segments 2 to 6, segment 2 being still clearly marked

off by a transverse groove; and the 7th segment, very small and

rounded triangular. Segments 1 and 2 are obtusely carinated

transversely ; the whole abdomen is honeycombed and pubescent

_ like the carapace, and uniformly black, except the 7th segment

and the anterior and lateral margins of the middle piece, which

are nearly white.

Dim. 9°75 x 9°5.

Length of middle piece of abdomen.... 7:0 mm.

Breadth ia es a Spt ty GO be

Length of chelipede ................ DOD: "5,

LVILL. Genus PsruporHityra Miers.

106. PsrupoPHityRa MELITA de Man.

Pseudophilyra melita, de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 199 (1888) ;

Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. v. p. 397 (1893) ; Alcock,

Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxv. pt. ii. No. 2, p. 253 (1896).

Hab. Uncertain. One female.

Ihave no doubt that this specimen belongs to P. melita; but

the following—possibly sexual—differences may be noted. The

surface of the carapace is nowhere granular, but everywhere fairly

closely punctate, the puncte being distinct, and quite visible to the

naked eye. The distal third of the upper and under surfaces of

the arm, and the wrist, both above and below, are also punctate,

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1900, No, L. ad

766 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON CRUSTACEANS [June 19,

the under surfaces less so than the upper; and there is no sign of

any granules on the inner (anterior or lower) margin of the band.

The inner edges of both fingers have a line of 5 or 6, widely

separate hairs, very distinct under the lens.

Dim. 7:25 x8.

LIX. Genus Myra Leach.

107. Myra AvustRaALis Hasw. (?).

Myra australis, Hasw. Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. iv. p. 50,

pl. v. f. 3 (1879), & Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 122 (1882); Miers,

‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 251 (1884), & ‘Challenger’ Brachyura, p. 315

(1886); Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 111 (1887);

Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. vy. p. 402 (1893).

Hab. Singapore: 4—5 fms.; bottom of broken shells and sand,

A small male, which I refer rather doubtfully to this species with

which it seems to agree, excepting that there is an additional

minute spine over the base of each of the posterior legs, and there

is no denticle on the penultimate joint of the abdomen.

Dim. 8x8.

LX. Genus Arcanta Leach.

108. ARCANIA ERINACEUS Fabr.

Cancer erinaceus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 460 (1792); Herbst,

Naturgesch. d. Krab, Bd. ii. Hft. 2, p. 258, pl. xx. f. 111 (1790).

Lewosia erinaceus, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 352 (1798).

Arcania erinaceus, Bell, Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxi. p. 309 (1855) ;

Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixv. pt. ii. No. 2, p. 268

(1896).

Hab, Singapore: 4 fms.; sandy bottom. A damaged male.

Dim. 11x11.

LXI. Genus fruicutus Ad. & White.

109, IpuicuLus sponeiosos Ad. & White.

Iphiculus spongiosus, Ad. & White, ‘Samarang’ Crust. p. 57,

pl. xiii. f. 5 (1848); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixv.

pt. ii. No. 2, p. 256 (1896).

Hab. Singapore: 5 fms.; muddy bottom. A male.

Dim, 105 x 8.

LXII. Genus Nursta Leach.

110. Nursta pricata Herbst.

Cancer plicatus, Herbst, Naturgesch. d. Krab. Bd. iii. Hft. 4,

p- 2, pl. lix. f. 2 (1804).

Nursia plicata, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxv. pt. il.

No. 2, p. 180 (1896).

Bie lac of

1900.] FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. 767

Hab. Singapore: 12 fms., rough bottom; south of Blakang

Mati island. One male.

I quite concur with Mr. Alcock in the separation of this species

from the next, and its identification with Herbst’s form. This

specimen lacks the red colouring of his Indian examples, being

only of a rather dark, yellow-brown hue.

Dim. 9°5 x 7°75.

111. Noursta HARDWICEII Leach.

Nursia hardwickii, Leach, Zool. Mise. iti. p. 20 (1817); M.-Edw.

Hist. Nat. Crust. t. ii. p. 187 (1837).

Nursia plicata, Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxi. p. 307, pl. xxxiv.

f. 4 (1855).

Nursia plicata?, Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool. vol. i.

p. 240, pl. xxxviii. f. 28 (1877).

Nursia plicata, Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 127 (1882); ? Walker,

Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 111 (1887); Henderson ( fide

Alcock), Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v. p. 404 (1893).

Nursia hardwickti, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixv.

pt. ii. No. 2, p. 181 (1896).

Hab. Singapore: 6-10 fms., rough bottom; from both north

and south side of Blakang Mati island. A male and a female.

Rather yellow than, like Mr. Alcock’s examples, flesh-coloured.

It is interesting to find this species living together with the

closely-related NV. plicata.

Dim. ¢ 10°5x9°5. 9 9°75x 8°75.

LXIII. Genus OrzorHorus Riipp.

112. OREOPHORUS RUGOSUS Stimpson.

Oreophorus rugosus, Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 259

(1858); A. M.-Edw. Ann. Soc. Entom. Fr. t. v. p. 152, pl. vi.

f. 3 (1865); id. Nouv. Arch. Mus. t. x. p. 49 (1874): Hasw. Cat.

Austr. Crust. p. 130 (1882).

Hab. Singapore: a male from 2~3 fms., muddy bottom, and a

female from the reef.

Dim. 6 13x9. 2? 185x14.

LXIYV. Genus Favus’, gen. nov.

Carapace twice as broad as long, extended laterally so as quite

to conceal the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th pairs of legs in flexion, but

suddenly narrowed behind so as to leave the whole of the posterior

pair exposed ; front small and upturned ; antennules obliquely

folded; antenne with flagellum either very rudimentary or

completely absent, and basal portion imbedded in the inner orbital

angle and fused with the orbital margin; orbits, in consequence,

» Favus=a honeycomb,

768 MR. W. F, LANCHESTER ON ORUSTACHANS = [June 19,

circular and complete, small; eyes very small, but not fixed ;

endostome deeply excavate in the middle line; exopodite of exterior

maxillipedes broad, and not reaching beyond the middle of the

merus ; chelipedes and legs short and rugose. Abdomen (of

female) composed of only two pieces, of which one is the narrow

basal segment.

113. Favus GRANULATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XLVII. fig. 13.)

Hab. Singapore ; littoral. One female.

Carapace convex in both directions, regularly honeycombed, the

pits being more distinct on the branchial regions or lateral

expansions, the elevated parts covered with relatively large

rounded granules ; a rather strong prominence—granulated, and

with two deep sulci on either side—on the narrowed uro-cardiac

region. The marginal line is regularly curved, and defined as a

non-pitted, but granulated border ; edges thick, and under side of

lateral expansions honeycombed, transversely concave, longi-

tudinally convex. Front very small, appearing as a slightly

upturned prominence in the anterior margin ; epistome and tip of

exterior maxillipedes just visible from above. Chelipedes very

rugose, with carpus just appearing from under the carapace; hand

as high as it is long, and as thick also, in its posterior portion ;

fingers shorter than hand, curved, with short decussating tips.

Legs rugose and granulous, with carpo- and propodites obtusely

carinate. Maxillipedes and abdomen also granulate; the latter

(in w female) with four distinct grooves, marking the segmental

sutures. The rather long and narrow 7th segment, which nearly

reaches the base of the maxillipedes, is partially fused on to the

large, only slightly rounded, middle piece. The sternum is deeply

hollowed.

Dim. 15x 7°5.

LXV. Genus Dorivrn Latr,

114, Dorivreb raccutno Herbst.

Cancer facchino, Herbst, Naturgesch. d. Krab. Bd. i. Hft. 6,

p. 190, pl. xi. f. 68 (1785).

Dorippe sima, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. ii. p. 157, pl. xx.

f, 11 (1837).

Dorippe facchino, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 123 (1839).

Dorippe sima, Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th ser. -vol. vy.

p. 317 (1880); Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xx. p. 111

(1887).

Dorippe facchino, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v.

p. 405 (1893); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxv. pt. ii.

No. 2, p. 278 (1896).

Hab. Singapore and Malacca ; 2-6 fms., muddy bottom.

A large male from Malacca, and a smaller one from Singapore ;

also, from Singapore, a much smaller female which had just

1900.) ROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA, 769

moulted, and which carries on its dorsum a small anemone, with a

bivalve shell interposed (vide Alcock, t.c. p. 279). The right

hand is much swollen in the two males. Mr. Alcock describes

both edges of the merus of lst and 2nd legs as being densely

pubescent in the male; in these only the posterior edge is so, as

with the pro- and carpopodite.

The base of the anemone rests directly on the shell; but, the

latter being only half the size of the anemone’s base, it follows

that the outer edge of the base projects beyond the shell on every

side. Between this part of the base and the dorsum of the

Dorippe is found a circular flattened ring, with a wrinkled surface ;

with the appearance and consistency of mud supported by a few

scattered fibres.

There is also another female from Malacca, which carries an

anemone. There is no shell interposed between the base of the

anemone and the crab, but only what appears to be the operculum

of a large Gastropod. The circular flattened ring mentioned above

is evidently the remains of a similar structure.

Dim. 6 28°75x22. $25x19°5. 9165x138. 913:5x 19°25,

115. Dortprr porstPEs Linn.

Cancer dorsipes, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 452, & Syst. Nat.

ed. xii. i. 2, p. 1053 (1766).

Cancer frascone, Herbst, Naturgesch. d. Krab. Bd. i. Hft. 6,

p- 192, pl. xi. £. 70 (1785).

Dorippe quadridens, Fabr. Suppl. Ent: Syst. p. 861 (1798).

Dorippe quadridentata, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. ii. p. 156

(1837).

Dorippe quadridens, de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 121, pl. xxxi.

f. 3 (1839).

Dorippe quadridentata, Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 137 (1882).

Dorippe dorsipes, Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. v.

p. 404 (1893); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixv. pt. ii.

No. 2, p. 277 (1896).

Hab. Singapore: 10 fms.; muddy bottom. Three males.

Dim. ¢ 156x145. 6 125x12. g 11x10°5.

116. Dorrern astuta Fabr.

Dorippe astuta, Fabr. Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 361 (1798).

? Dorippe callida, Fabr. t.c. p. 362.

Cancer astutus, Herbst, Naturgesch. d. Krab. Bd. iti. Hft. 3,

p. 45, pl. lv. f. 6 (1803).

Dorippe astuta, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. t. 11. p. 157 (1837) ;

Hasw. Cat. Austr. Crust. p. 136 (1882); Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc.,

Zool. vol. xx. p. 111 (1887); Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soe., Zool.

vol. v. p. 405 (1893); Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixy.

pt. ii. No. 2, p. 280 (1896).

Hab. Malacca: 2 fms.; muddy bottom.

Seven adult males and five young ones. There is also another

770 ON CRUSTACEANS FROM SINGAPORE AND MALACCA. [June 19,

male, still carrying a comparatively large leaf, beneath which it is

entirely concealed when the legs are flexed. In three of the

males the right hand is swollen.

Judging from Fabricius’ description of his D. callida, it seems

to me very probable that it is really identical with his D. astuta.

Dim. ¢ 1325x125. ¢ 135x125. g 185x13. ¢ 12°76

x12. g 975x995. § 75X77. 6 82X75. GF 6X57.

6 6x55. S$ 575x5. S55x475. § 525x475.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puatse XLIV.

Fig. 1. Micippa excavata, p.725. a. Rostrum. 6. Ohelipede. c. Pterygo-

stomian region.

2. Lambrus tumidus, p. 727. a. Dorsal view. 6. 5th ambulatory leg.

3. Harrovia albolineata longipes, p. 729. «a. Dorsal view.

4. Carpilodes socius, p. 731. a. Dorsal view. 0. 3rd maxillipede.

Puate XLV.

Fig. 5. Etisodes anaglyptus, p. 739. a. Dorsal view. 6, Frontal region.

6. Acteopsis pallida, p. 741. «a. Dorsal view. 0%. Frontal and buccal

regions. ¢, Male abdomen.

7. Neptunus (Amphitrite) hastatoides, p. 745. a. Male, b. Female

abdomen.

Puate XLVI.

Fig. 8. Achelous rubro-marginatus, p. 746. a. Dorsal view. 6. 3rd

maxillipede.

9. Carcinoplax subinteger, p. 750, a. Anterior portion of carapace.

10. Potamon tridentatum incertum, p. 749. a. Anterior portion of

carapace. 0. 3rd leg. c. Orbital region.

Prats XLVII.

Fig. 11. Macrophthalmus dilatatus carens, p.759. a. Chelipede.

12. Sesarma fasciata, p. 758. a. Dorsal view. 0. Chelipede. c. Male

abdomen.

13. Favus granulatus, p. 768. a. Dorsal view. 6. Frontal region,

c. Female abdomen.

14. Scopimera myctiroides, p. 760. a. Male, 6, Female abdomen.

af oWNIUNVL SALWHIONNOD

‘durt sorgiuresuty WN 7 ' TEP wus Lf

‘THATX Id OOGTS ‘Zc

1900.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. rig

November 20, 1900.

Dr. W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July,

August, September, and October, 1900 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of June was 251, of which 87 were by

presentation, 18 by birth, 42 by purchase, 2 were received in

exchange and 102 on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 162.

Among the additions special attention may be called to a

young male Rocky-Mountain Goat (Haploceros montanus) from

British Columbia, purchased June 6th, of Mr. J. La Montagne, by

whom it had been captured on Elfa Mountain, British Columbia,

on June 12th, 1899. This is believed to be the first living speci-

men of the species brought to Europe. It is now changing into

its summer dress. In reply to enquiries, Mr. La Montagne informs

me that he shot the mother of the present specimen on HEifa

Mountain (at about 7000 feet altitude) and captured the young

one, then about a fortnight old. It is the same specimen as that

of which I exhibited a photograph on January 23rd last, forwarded

to me by Dr. A. R. C. Selwyn, C.M.G., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S8. (see

P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 1). Our best thanks are due to Dr. Selwyn for

assisting us in obtaining the present specimen of this interesting

animal.

Five Gentoo Penguins (Pygosceles teniatus) from the Falkland

Islands were purchased June 7th. This Penguin is rarely met

with in captivity, although abundant in its native haunts.

Three White Ibises (Hudocimus albus) were hatched in the

Great Aviary on June 13th. They were bred by a pair received

in immature plumage on June 14th, 1897. This is the first

occasion upon which this interesting species has propagated in the

Society’s Gardens.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of July was 137, of which 48 were by

presentation, 18 by birth, 11 by purchase, 5 were received in

exchange and 60 on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 149.

A young female Brindled Gnu (Connochetes gnu) was born in

the Gardens on July 14th, being the first instance of this species

breeding in the Society’s Menagerie.

I exhibit a drawing by Mr. Smit (Plate XLVIII.) representing

this interesting little animal, which, it will be seen, is very different

from the calf of the White-tailed Gnu.

Proc, Zoot, Soo.—1900, No, LI, 51

7712 MR, SCLATER ON CONTINENTAL MENAGERIES. [Nov. 20,

I believe that this Antelope has already bred in the Garden of

the Zoological Society of Breslau’.

Four Red-collared Lorrikeets (Z'richoglossus rubritorques) were

deposited by the Hon. W. Rothschild, M.P., on July 27th. This

beautiful species is new to the Society’s Parrot-house.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of August were 182in number. Of these 52 were acquired

by presentation, 24 by purchase, 14 were born in the Gardens, 9

were received by exchange and 83 on deposit. The total number

of departures during the same period, by death and removals,

was 180.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of September was 141, of which 80 were

by presentation, 10 by purchase, and 51 were received on deposit.

The total number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 148,

Amongst the additions attention may be called to :—

Two Tenrees (Centetes ecaudatus), deposited by the Hon. Walter

Rothschild, M.P., on Sept. 4th. No example of this curious

Insectivore has been previously exhibited in the Society’s Gardens.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of October was 160, of which 38 were

acquired by presentation, 4 by purchase, 105 were received on

deposit, 9 in exchange, and + were born in the Menagerie. The

total number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 178.

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to two

fine birds, one of which is new to the Collection :—

1. A Caffre Bustard (Zupodotis caffra), from Port Elizabeth,

presented by J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S., Oct. 22nd. Mr.

Matcham kindly informs me that this fine bird was captured at

Zwartkops in the vicinity of Port Elizabeth, where these birds are

always to be found, but not in great quantities.

2. A Bouquet’s Amazon (Chrysotis bouqueti), from Dominica,

West Indies, acquired by purchase, Oct. 31st, new to the Collection.

Mr. Sclater made some remarks on some of the objects noticed

in the Zoological Gardens of Hamburg, Berlin, and Rotterdam,

which he had visited during the vacation.

At Hamburg the Zoological Garden (under the direction of

Dr. H. Bolau, C.M.Z.S.) was found to be in its usual excellent

order. ‘T'wo buildings lately erected, one for European Birds and

the other for Rodents and Marsupials, had been much admired

and carefully examined.

Among the Carnivorous Mammals noticed was a fine young

* See Sclater and Thomas, ‘ Book of Antelopes,’ i. p. 103.

1900. | MR. SCLATER ON MACACUS INUUS. 773

Leopard from Corea, remarkable for its long-haired fur and

densely-haired ears—perhaps Felis fontainiert M.-Edw., but

apparently only a subspecies of Felis pardus; and a very large

example of the Red Wolf of Paraguay, Canis jubatus. A Hedge-

hog from West Africa, belonging to the white-fronted section of

the genus, labelled Hrinaceus pruneri, was new to Mr. Sclater.

The full series of Cervide had been lately enriched by the

acquisition from Amoorland of a young male and a female of

Luehdorf’s Deer, Cervus lwehdorfi—one of the largest and finest of

the Red Deer Section. These were the first fresh examples

received at Hamburg since the arrival of the original specimens

more than twenty years ago, upon which the species had been

founded *.

Of the many interesting mammals noticed at Berlin it was hardly

necessary to say much after the full account of this Garden given

by Mr. F. E. Blaauw at a recent meeting of the Society (see P. Z.S.

1900, p. 299). It might, however, be stated that to the full

series of the larger Antelopes recorded by Mr. Blaauw had recently

been added a fine male specimen of the White-bearded Gnu

(Connochetes albo-jubatus) obtained in the Kilimandjaro district of

East Africa, and brought home by Herr Schillings. This was the

first livmg example of this form of the Brindled Gnu Mr. Sclater

had seen, and seemed to show readily distinguishable characters

from C. taurinus.

In the Ape-house had been specially noticed a fine large olive-

green Baboon with a black face from Khartoum (supposed to be

Papio doguera), and an example of a new Monkey from Togoland,

which Herr Matschie was proposing to call Cercopithecus zecha,

after its discoverer Count Zech, who had recently brought it home.

Mr. Sclater stated that during a short visit to Gibraltar in

September last he had not omitted to make enquiries as to the state

of the herd of Barbary Apes (Macacus inwus) which is well-known

to inhabit the higher and less frequented parts of the ‘ Rock,’ and

that he had been assured on all sides that these animals had much

increased in numbers of late years and had in some cases become

rather troublesome. When riding in the evening up to the Signal

Station at the top of the Rock he had himself seen small parties

of this Monkey both going and returning. They were apparently

quite tame and fearless, and allowed an approach within a few

paces. Some authorities were of opinion that the herd now con-

sisted of at least 130 individuals or more.

Capt. J. 8. Inglefield (of H.M.S. ‘ Devastation’) had favoured

Mr. Sclater with the following remarks on the subject, gathered

from two years’ experience :—

“T have seen the Monkeys in parties of 15 and more, but have

' See P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 451; List of An. (9) p. 174 (1896); and Bolau, Abh.

Ver. Hamb. vii. p. 33 (1880); Lydekker, Deer of all Lands, p. 102.

* For previous notes on this subject see ‘Galton’s Vacation Tourists,’ ser. i,

p. 206 (1867), and ‘ Nature,’ xxxix. p. 30 (1888),

51*

774 SIR HARRY JOHNSTON ON A NEW HORSE. [Noy. 20,

‘‘never counted more than 29 together at one time. They go

“generally in families—an old patriarch accompanied by several

‘females and young ones of different sizes. The young ones appear

“in early summer, when the females carry them for a few weeks at

“their breasts, afterwards on their backs. Nearly every evening in

“summer, Monkeys may be seen about 5 p.m. near Ferdinand’s

‘“‘ Battery and Devil’s Gap, grubbing for roots and playing about the

“bushes. They have a sentinel on the look-out while feeding—he

‘warns them of danger by a noise like the distant bark of a dog.

“On two occasions my dog (a Scotch Terrier) has been attacked by

‘“‘the older animals. On several occasions also they have waited

‘till the writer and his dog have arrived on the path below them,

“when they have sent down upon them showers of stones, some

“of the size of a cocoanut. The writer has never been personally

“attacked by a Monkey, but has known the old males approach

“quite close and grin at him.” e

The Monkeys are also said to have occasionally committed great

devastation in some of the fruit-gardens near Europa Point, so that

the owners have obtained leave to shoot them. But as a rule they

are strongly protected by the authorities.

A letter was read addressed to the Secretary by Sir Harry

Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z.8., dated Fort Portal, Toru, Uganda, August

21st, 1900. Sir Harry stated that he had made an excursion

round the southern base of Mount Ruwenzori and had crossed the

Semliki River halfway between Lake Albert Edward and Lake

Albert. He had entered the Great Congo Forest, which here

comes down to and even crosses the Semliki River. In the forest

he had obtained something like proof of the existence of a very

remarkable new horse (Hquus sp. inc.) which appeared to inhabit

the forest. The following passage in Sir Harry Johnston’s letter

contained his account of this animal :—

‘Reading through Stanley’s ‘ Darkest Africa’ I noticed that he

mentions his Dwarf having a name for horse or ass, and stating

that such animals were found iu their forests. As the ordinary

Zebra type of Equine steadily avoids dense woodlands, this state-

ment seemed to me a curious one. When I entertained for months

the pigmy band which had been captured by a tilibustering German

(and the restoration of whom to their homes was one of my motives

for going into the Congo Free State), I questioned them on this

subject and they were very explicit; they told me they called the

animal ‘O’,Api’ (’, stands for a gasping sound like an aspirate or

Arabic K). They described it as being dun-coloured or dark grey

over all the upper parts of the body, with stripes on the belly and

legs. As soon as | reached the Belgian post of Mbéni I began

questioning my host, who at once acknowledged the existence of

this animal and promised to send me where | should shoot one.

They stated that it frequented the deepest parts of the Forest,

ent usually in pairs, was dark iron-grey on the upper part of the

1900. ] MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON NHOBALENA MARGINATA, 775

body, and had brownish stripes on the belly and legs. I found the

Bambuba natives dwelling alongside the dwarfs called it ‘ Okapi.’

The Belgians state that the head is very long ‘et trés effilée.’

One man said that the muzzle was particularly ‘ effilé’—i. e. drawn

out. At first they excited me by declaring that there was a skin

lying about which I could have; eventually it was found that the

skin had been cut up by their native soldiers to be made into waist-

belts and bandoliers. Two of these fragments were found and

given to me, and I shall send them home to you by first opportunity.

Whatever the animal may be to which these pieces belong, it is not

any one of the known Zebras or wild Asses; the pieces of skin un-

fortunately exhibit chiefly the stripes of the belly and legs. These

are very irregular with a chestnut border, and they look as though

from above they emerged from a uniform dun or dark grey.

“ Unfortunately we did not succeed in seeing a specimen of this

animal in the Forest during our short stay, but one of the Congo

Free State officials has promised to send me a complete skin and

skull.”

Mr. Boulenger exhibited one of the type specimens of a new

species of Protopterus from the Congo, for which he had proposed

the name P. dollot (Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. pl. lvi.). Mr.

Boulenger pointed out the remarkable characters of the new

Dipnoan, which, whilst agreeing with Protopterus aninectens in the

essential generic features (limbs, gills), approached Lepidosiren in

the greater elongation of the body (length of head 5 to 6 times in

distance from snout to vent), the greater number of ribs (54) and

ot scales along the body (86-91 to vent), and the smaller eye (its

diameter 15-19 times in length of head, 4-6 times in interocular

width). >

Mr. W. T. Bianford, F.R.S., exhibited a very fine skull and

antlers of the Central Asiatic Wapiti, Cervus maral var. songaricus

Severtzow, C. eustephanus Blanford, and also skins of the Wapitis

of Central Asia and of America. Attention was called to the

great development of the 4th tine, which measured in one antler

232 inches from the angle with the upper part of the beam, and

was very massive and considerably flattened. The antler itself

measured 54 inches from the base along the outside curve. The

head had been obtained along with others by Messrs. P. Church

and J. V. Phelps. Mr. Blantord was indebted to Mr. Rowland

Ward, F.Z.S., for the opportunity of exhibiting the head and skin

of this fine Stag.

Mr. I. E. Beddard, F.R.S., Prosector and Vice-Secretary to the

Society, read a paper entitled “ Contributions towards a Knowledge

of the Osteology of the Pigmy Right Whale (Neobalena marginata).”

This paper will be published in full in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

‘776 PROF. BALDWIN SPENCER ON A [Nov. 20,

The following papers were read :—

1. A Description of Wynyardia bassiana, a Fossil Marsupial

from the Tertiary Beds of Table Cape, Tasmania. By

Batpwin Srencer, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., Professor

of Biology in the University of Melbourne, Director of

the National Museum, Melbourne.

[Received July 9, 1900. ]

(Plates XLIX. & L.)

For many years the Tasmanian Museum in Hobart has been in

possession of a block of calcareous sandstone, obtained from the

** Turritella-zone ” in the Tertiary beds of Table Cape, containing,

partly exposed to view, the remains of a marsupial, which in life

must evidently have been of the size of a large Phalanger, though

of stouter and more massive build than any existing one.

1 have to express my cordial thanks to the Council of the

Museum and to the Curator, Mr. Morton, for the opportunity of

examining the specimen, the especial interest of which lies in the

fact that it is the oldest marsupial yet found in Australia, as

the Turritella-zone is regarded, from paleontological evidence, as

belonging to the Eocene deposits’.

Whilst a large number of fossil! mammals from Australia have

been dealt with by Owen, McCoy, de Vis, Stirling and Zietz,

Broome, and others, none of an age earlier than Pleistocene have

been hitherto discovered, the specimen now described being the

solitary one as yet found in Australia which dates back as far

as the Tertiary period. Pleistocene fossils reveal the existence of

highly specialized forms such as Thylacoleo and Diprotodon, asso-

ciated with representatives of living genera; whilst the Eocene form

appears to be in no way highly specialized, but unites within itself

structural features which serve to ally it, on the one hand, with

the most generalized of the Diprotodontia—the Phalangeridie, and

on the other hand with the most typical Polyprotodontia—the

Dasyuride. This is exactly what we might expect to find, on the

supposition that the present Diprotodont marsupials of Australia

have been developed in the Australian region from earlier Polypro-

todont forms, and that the more highly specialized Diprotodonts

were comparatively late developments.

The earliest and, in fact, the only reference to the fossil occurs in

Johnston’s ‘ Geology of Tasmania,’ where it is briefly described as

“the almost perfect skeleton of a species of Halmaturus obtained

. } G. B. Pritchard, ‘‘A Revision of the Fossil Fauna of the Table Cape Beds,

Tasmania,” Proc. R. 8. Vict. 1895, p. 74. Professor Tate, however, has

recently referred the beds, doubtfully, to the Oligocene: Trans. R. 8. South

Austr. vol, xxiii. pt. i. p. 107.

WANDVANS IS Wisl WINGS 2INAINN

pIT WOSsTetuegy ateg Aq qutadojoug ‘Tap *pjoaucsy H

Cali

eee wiics (ClOlGn Siz ci

1 AciS\a WONG), Wilby, Why

H,Gronvold. del Photoprint by Bale «Danielsson Ltd

WYNYARDIA BASSIANA

1900.] FOSSIL MARSUPIAL FROM TASMANIA. 777

embedded in the ‘ Turritella-zone’ of the marine beds at Table

Cape”*. Unfortunately it is far from being nearly perfect.

Table Cape itself is a promontory near to the little township of

Wynyard and looks out northwards across Bass Strait. Close to

it are two small bluffs, from one of which” the specimen was

obtained. The bluff is about 160 feet high, with a capping of

basalt, beneath which lie the Tertiary beds, which in their turn rest

on Silurian slates. The upper Tertiary beds, calted by Johnston

the “ Turritella-zone,” are about 80 feet where fully exposed and

contain in addition to marine forms leaf-impressions. The same

author says: ‘“* With respect to the occurrence of the plant-remains

amongst marine forms, it is most probable that the calcareous

sandstones were formed at the mouth of an estuary or river, and

that the leaves and other land organisms were washed down and

included with the marine forms. This interpretation also throws

some light upon the discovery of the almost complete skeleton

of the species of Halmaturus already derived trom the calcareous

sandstone.” In regard to the underlying Crassatella-bed, he says :

‘Tt hardly deserves to be considered as distinct from the Turritella

group which rests immediately upon it, were it not for the fact that

it appears to have been accumulated under different circumstances.”

Pritchard * says in regard to the collection of shells studied by him

that it ‘came principally from the lower deposits known as the

Crassatella-beds, and judging from the fossils I regard the zone as

the direct equivalent of the so-called middle beds of the Spring

Creek section in Victoria. The coarseness of the material in which

a number of the Table Cape fossils is preserved, the worn character

of many of the species, and the abundance of fragments of shells

clearly indicate the littoral character of the deposit, and as an

attendant fact of some importance we have certain faunal

characteristics indicative of the same feature.”

In their suggested arrangement of the sequence of the Eocene

rocks of Victoria, Messrs. Hall and Pritchard place the Spring

. Creek beds at the base of the series *.

The block of sandstone, as it was originally found, had broken

off from the face of the bluff and tumbled down to the base, which

was surrounded, when the author visited the spot in 1892 in

company with Professor Tate, with masses of varions sizes strewn

about in all directions. Evidently this fall from the upper part

of the bluff had smashed the block in such a way as to partially

expose the fossil, and subsequent weathering resulted unfortunately

in the breaking off of the lower part of the skull ; though it is

quite possible that considerable damage had been done to the skull

before it was embedded, as the part of the lower jaw enclosed in

the matrix, and so not exposed to recent weathering, has all of

1 Pp. 261, 288 e sey.

* Figured and described by Mr. Johnston, op. ci/. pp. 258 ef seq.

® Proc. R. 8. Vict. 1895, p. 77.

' Proc. R. 8. Vict. 1894, p. 180. “The older Vertiaries of Maude with an

indication of the sequence of the Eocene Rocks of Victoria.”

778 PROF. BALDWIN SPENCER ON A [Nov. 20,

its teeth broken away. ‘That it must have Jain for some time

exposed within reach of the tide is shown by the fact that a

barnacle three quarters of an inch in diameter has grown

attached to a fragment of the sacral region. When it was

originally found (and as it came into my hands) only a small

portion of the broken under surface of the skull was visible. A

portion of one side of the lower jaw, parts of ten vertebral bodies,

a portion of the sacrum, a broken ilium, various bones of the

hinder limbs, one of the marsupial bones, and parts of ribs were also

visible. All traces of teeth, shoulder-girdle and front limbs, hind

feet and tail were unfortunately lacking. The ten vertebre are but

little disturbed, the zygapophyses of eight fitting closely on to one

another.

By dint of careful working, the comparatively soft matrix which

is full of Turritella-shells was removed, and the remains of the skull,

lower jaw, femur, and ‘tibia were extracted. One of the coronoid

processes was found between the zygoma of the right side and

the cranium, detached from the lower jaw and inverted in position ;

but though a considerable part of the matrix has been worked

away, not a trace of a tooth could be found. There can be little

doubt but that the lower jaw and pelvic girdle had been smashed

before the specimen was finally embedded in the matrix; the

pectoral girdle and limbs and possibly also the hind feet were

contained in the part of the block from which the preserved

portion was broken off, while weathering will account for the

damage done to the lower part of the skull and the hind-limb

bones.

The strongly inflected angle of the lower jaw, the general

structure of the skull and the marsupial bones indicate the

essentially marsupial nature of the animal; but at the same time it

will be seen, when dealing with various parts of the skeleton, that

this early Australian mammal shows structural features which

in certain respects are not characteristic of living marsupials,

and in others are characteristic of various groups belonging

on the one hand to the Diprotodontia and on the other to the

Polyprotodontia.

The name of Wynyardia bassiana is proposed for the fossil, the

generic name being derived from that of the township close to

which lie the ‘Table Cape beds in which it was found.

The Skull. (Figs. 1 & 2, Pl. XLIX., & fig. 5, Pl. L.)

The upper surface of the skull is fairly intact, but the lower is

unfortunately broken, the exoccipital and basioccipital, the auditory

bullz and the palatal region being absent.

The most striking features are (1) the considerable relative size of

the cranial as compared with the facial portion, (2) the strong

development of the sagittal crest and the lambdoidal crista, (3) the

broad sweep and upward curvature of the zygomatic arch, (4) the

large size of the squamosal, (5) the large size of the lachrymals,

1900.] FOSSIL MARSUPIAL FROM TASMANIA. 779

which meet the nasals and prevent the maxille from coming into

contact with the frontals, (6) the great width of the nasals, (7) the

very anterior position of the intraorbital foramen, and (8) the

general massiveness.

Owing to the base of the skull being broken, the length measure-

ment from the basion to the gnathion cannot be taken, and

therefore, for the purpose of comparison with other skulls, the

total length from the posterior end of the sagittal crest to the

anterior end of the nasals, that is the total length along the mid-

dorsal line, is taken. Though this is not so satisfactory as the former

measurement, still it will serve to a certain extent as a basis of

comparison.

The total length is just 100 mm., and the greatest width across

the zygomata is 67 mm. Taking the same length of various

species of marsupials, measured for comparison, as 100, we find

that the proportionate breadth is as follows :—Trichosurus fuligi-

nosus 58°7, T. vulpecula 53°7, Pseudochirus herbertensis 60, P. archeri

63°8, P. cooki 53°7, Phascolarctos cinereus 59, Cuscus sp. 49,

Bettongia penicillata 56°3, Dendrolagus bennettianus55°7, Phascolonys

mitchelli 75°2, Dasywrus maculatus 68:2, Sarcophilus ursinus 77,

Didelphys sp. 56°9. In regard to this it is intermediate between

such extreme forms as Sarcophilus on the one hand and Petrogale

ou the other, and approaches most nearly to Dasyurus, showing a

decidedly greater width than is met with in the Phalangeride.

The occipital region is separated from the upper surface of the

skull by a well-marked lambdoidal crista which curves somewhat

backward, so as to afford a concave surface for the muscles of the

neck, the occipital plane sloping slightly downwards and forwards

and not being vertical as in most marsupials. The curvature of

the ridge is carried to about the same extent as it is in Dasyurus,

the ridge of either side curving slightly towards the middle line.

From a point just behind the intertemporal constriction a

strongly marked sagittal crest runs backwards to the lambdoidal

crista, the former being as well developed as in Thylacinus and

Dasyurus, In this respect the fossil offers a strong contrast to

the Phalangeridz, in which the two temporal ridges run backwards

converging towards the lambdoidal crista; so that no such sagittal

crest is formed as is characteristic of the Dasyuride, and is seen

also in Didelphys marsupialis. On the upper surface of the frontals

there is a shallow, but sharply outlined, depression, the converging

margins of which are continuous posteriorly with the sagittal crest.

The parietal suture extends about as far forwards as the latter.

A very remarkable feature is the great extent and anterior

extension of the squamosals, the anterior ends of which reach

almost as far forwards as those of the parietals. An equally

striking feature, and one in which the fossil agrees with Dasyurus

and Sarcophilus, is the general parallelism of the upper part of the

suture of the squamosal with the sagittal crest. In such forms as

the Phalangeride for example the sutures show a continuous

marked convergence towards the iniddle line posteriorly. In regard

780 PROF. BALDWIN SPENCER ON A [Nov. 20,

to the straightness and to a certain extent the length of the

squamosal suture, the fossil resembles Phascolomys and Phascolarctos,

from both of which it differs, however, to a great extent in other

features. The squamosal is indeed larger than in any existing

or fossil marsupial yet known, and its forward extension completely

prevents the alisphenoid from coming into contact with the parietal

as it does in most marsupials, such as Phalanger, Trichosurus,

Pseudochirus, and Dasyurus ; though, on the other hand, the parietal

does not reach the alisphenoid in Peragale, Apyprymnus, and

Phascolomys, with which in other respects the fossil has but little

in common.

No intertemporal bone can be detected.

The zygomatic arch is strong and massive, most resembling in

form that of the Dasyuride both in the considerable outward sweep

of the hinder part and in its marked upward curvature; in the

former respect it most nearly resembles a large skull of a Dasyurus,

and in the latter that of a Sarcophilus. There is not a trace of the

swollen posterior part of the squamosal which is such a striking

feature in certain of the Phalangeride, such as the genera

Phalanger, Trichosurus, Pseudochirus, and Petawrus ; but, im strong

contrast to what is characteristic of these forms, the arch arises low

down, and, as is well seen in lateral view (fig. 5, Pl. L.), the upper

surface rises immediately so as to form a strongly marked curve:

at the same time the arch flattens out laterally, bends over (fig. 1)

towards the upper surface and runs forwards to be inserted into

the notch in the malar process of the maxilla. The latter process

is well developed and passes off almost at right angles to the side

of the maxilla, bending abruptly backwards and at the same time

outwards to be attached in the characteristic way to the hinder end

of the arch, beneath which it runs backwards to the glenoid cavity.

The abrupt bend of the malar process most resembles that of

Phascolarctos, though in the latter the main body of the arch runs

parallel to the length of the skull. In the Phalangeride the bend

is a more gradual one, and the sweep of the arch is not nearly so

pronounced as it is in this fossil form. Though the lower part. of

the arch is broken away, it appears probable that there was a slight

zygomatic process at the anterior end; and, as in Trichoswrus and

certain other genera, only still more markedly, there is a very

distinct ridge (Pl. L. fig. 5), which traverses almost the length of

the arch, and sharply marks off an outer and upper from an outer

and lower surface, the latter serving for the attachment of the

masseter muscle.

The glenoid cavity is considerably elongated transversely, the

downward process which bounds it posteriorly being, as in the

Dasyuride and Perameles, apparently independent of any structure

concerned with the auditory passage. The shape and relationships

of this process are most similar to those of Thylacinus, and differ

markedly from those which obtain in the Phalangeride, amongst

the members of which the process in question forms the anterior

part of a well-marked bony canal. Also, as in Dasywrus, the

1900.] FOSSIL MARSUPIAL FROM TASMANIA. 781

meatus is directed outwards and a little forwards. The glenoid

cavity is placed neither very high nor very low in regard to the

base of the skull; it is higher than in the Dasyuridx, where it is

more nearly on a level with the base of the skull, and somewhat

lower than in the Phalangeride, though it approximates more

nearly to the position in the latter.

The frontals show only a faint trace of a postfrontal process

tending to bound posteriorly an orbital space ; their greatest width

occurs in the cranial and notin the facial portion—a feature which

is the reverse of that which is characteristic of marsupials, amongst

whom the broadest part of the frontal is characteristically found

in the facial part of the skull. Dorsally the frontal region

is marked by a concavity of a V-shape, sharply outlined. This

concavity is nothing like so wide nor so extensive in length as it

is in Cuscus, Trichosurus, and Pseudochirus, from which it differs

markedly in appearance and very much more resembles that of

Dasyurus. Its posterior end, which practically corresponds in

position with that of the least intertemporal width, is marked by

the commencement of the sagittal crest.

The lachrymals are of large size and extend upon the face

to such an extent that, owing partly to the width of the nasal

bone, they come into contact with the latter and so prevent the

upward process of the maxilla from reaching the nasal. This

feature is also met with in Phascolomys, while in some of the

Phalangeride also the lachrymal extends very nearly to the nasal.

A very characteristic feature of marsupials is seen in the extra-

orbital position of the lachrymal foramen, which is single and

placed as in Sarcophilus.

The nasals present two points of importance—tirst, the consider-

able expansion of their upper ends, the greatest width occurring

at rather more than a quarter of the length from this point ; and

second, the forward extension of the bones beyond the premaxille

so that they overhang the nasal cavity. Their greatest length is

40°5 mm. and the greatest width 18°5 mm. The expansion which

brings the nasals into contact with the lachrymals is indeed more

marked than in the Phalangeride, Dasyurus, and certain Didel-

phyide in which it is characteristically present. In the forward

projection of the bones over the nasal cavity, the skull differs from

that of the Dasyuride and agrees with those of Phalanger,

Trichosurus, Pseudochirus, and certain species of Didelphys; in

fact the general structure and relationships of the nasal bones

recall most strongly that which obtains in the latter.

The lower part of the maxillary bone is broken away at the

level of the infraorbital foramen, but there are two features of

importance. Jirst, the upward process, as already described, is

completely shut off from contact with the frontal ; and second, the

infraorbital foramen is situated close to the suture between the

maxilla and premaxilla, being considerably farther away from the

orbit than in any existing marsupial.

The premaxille are of large side, approximating most in form

782 PROF, BALDWIN SPENCER ON A [Nov. 20,

to those of Trichosurus, and their dimension would appear to

indicate the existence of a fair-sized incisor dentition. It is most

unfortunate that the lower part of the premaxille should have

been broken away at such a level as to leave no indication of the

exact nature of the teeth.

With regard to the ventral surface, the specimen is so broken

that it is not possible to say much. The palate is completely

wanting; parts of the basi- and presphenoid remain and the

euto-carotid canals, as is characteristic of marsupials, pierce the

basisphenoid and enter the skull close to the middle line, the

opening on the right side being larger than that on the left.

Each artery runs forward in a deep strongly marked groove, the

two grooves converging anteriorly. These grooves, which lead

forwards from behind the level of the foramen ovale on each side,

are considerably longer and more strongly developed than in any

other marsupial and are well seen in the figure of the under surface

of the skull (Pl. XLIX. fig. 2).

The foramina leading from the skull, so far as they remain,

agree in essential features with those of marsupials. The optic

foramen and the foramen lacerum anterius are united to form a

sphenoidal foramen opening outwards from the sella turcica, and

the foramina of the two sides are confluent, so that in lateral view

(fig. 5) of the skull there is a small but well-marked opening

leading from the lower part of the temporal fossa of one side into

that of the other. The passage thus formed is bounded below

by the basisphenoid and presphenoid, the suture between which

lies in the floor of the cavity, and above by the ali- and presphenoids.

A similar passage is seen in Macropus, Trichosurus, Pseudochirus,

Phascolomys, and Dasywrus, but is quite wanting in other forms

such as Phascolarctos and Sarcophilus. The foramen rotundum

opens close to the outer and slightly to the under and posterior

side of the sphenoidal foramen, from which it is as usual only

separated by a thin plate of bone.

Within the cavity of the skull the entocarotid canals enter close

behind the sella turcica, the right being twice the size of the left.

The sella turcica has no posterior clinoid process, and from the

foramen rotundum of each side a well-marked groove leads back

to the Gasserian fossa, the outer edge of the groove being formed

by the projecting ridge of bone which is developed from the

alisphenoid in the tentorial plane. The same feature occurs in

Macropus, Sarcophilus,and Dasyurus. The periotic lies completely

behind the ridge marking the tentorial plane, the bony structure

in which is not very strongly developed in contrast with what

obtains, for example, in Cuscus and Trichosurus. The periotic

differs from that of other marsupials, first in its relatively small

size, and secondly in its structure. The lower part, in which lies

the auditory meatus, has, facing the cerebellar cavity, a nearly

vertical surface measuring 8 mm. by 5 mm. in height ; above this

portion the bone is impressed so as to form a horizontal platform

from which, on the outer and posterior sides, rise the thin curved

1900. ] FOSSIL MARSUPIAL FROM TASMANIA. 783

plates which are attached to but not fused with the skull-wall.

It thus differs markedly from that of other marsupials, in almost

all of which there is a well-marked pit for the lodgment of the

lateral appendage of the cerebellum. In the Wombat the pit is

represented by a depression, but there is no horizontal platform

developed, and the whole structure is very different from that of

the fossil.

The cranial cavity 1s relatively of considerable size as compared

with that of recent marsupials. Some idea of this may be gained

from the following measurements’, which, for the sake of more

easy comparison, have all been reduced so as to make them pro-

portionate in dimension to skulls of the same length’ as that of

the fossil specimen (100 mm.) :—

| {

a |28|83|S¢|S2| 22 | Bz

a |'sS| >3 |] SS] 28] 88 |] SB

5 SS) fs] SP} 88] 581 85

2 [SF Ae RE IAE Se ae

= |

Total length of = ae _ 3 1 ley |

Gonna caine 58 50°5 50-4 | 44°8 | 42-1 | 44 | 42°6 |

Greatest height ... | 26 | 21 | 204) 24 | 205] 21:3] 18:2

Length of cerebral 2 SESS Cee ee eee tee 2 | :

LGSGAN. tik Rte cece } 33 30°5 | 307 | 32 | 275 | 263 | 28-4

i | i

Length of cerebellar 9.5 6 2

BOGS rate seen ott Scien } Iie te bie | 103. | 1? a ecaaae |

| Greatest width of | ae 9 > 32 2 2

| cerebral fossa... | Fo oa eh 9} 29 id aS ei

It will be evident from these figures, which represent approxi-

mately the cranial development in typical examples of the families

Macropodide, Phalangeride, Dasyuride, Phascolomyide, and

Peramelide, that in the extinct form we have an animal in which

the relative size of the brain was greater than in existing mar-

supials ; in the total length of the brain, and in the height, length,

and breadth of the cerebral hemispheres, it has decidedly the

advantage, and as indicating a possible retrogression in cranial

development within the marsupial group since Eocene times, the

fossil is of peculiar interest.

Pets cranial cavity has been cleared of matrix since the drawings were

made,

* This measurement is along the dorsal surface from the front end of the

sagittal crest to the tip of the nasal bones, as, owing to the broken under surface,

the length from basion to gnathion cannot be taken. In the case of the

Kangaroo the difference between the latter and the dorsal length is greater

than in the other forms, and causes the relative dimensions of the skull-cavity

to be slightly greater than they would be if the more satisfactory measurement

of gnathion to basion had been ayailable,

784 PROF. BALDWIN SPENCER ON A [Nov. 20,

In regard to their dentition as well as to the nature of the foetal

membranes, Wilson and Hill! have come to the conclusion that

there is very clear evidence of retrogression within the marsupial

order, and it appears to be very probable that this retrogression has

affected the cranial development.

The Lower Jaw—Only a fragment of one ramus of the lower jaw

(figs. 6 & 7, Pl. L.) is preserved together with a broken-off coronoid

process (fig, 8), and, just as in the case of the upper jaw, no teeth

are visible. The angle of the jaw has the inward bending so as to

form, as seen from below (fig. 7), a flat surface of considerable

extent, which evidently formed, as in Potorous and Phalanger, the

floor of a deep and fairly wide depression on the inside of the

ascending ramus, which is completely broken away. It differs,

however, from that of the Phalangeride in being of much greater

proportionate length and in running backwards into a long and

markedly upturned process, more like that in Perameles than in

any other form. It will be noticed that there is on the under

surface a well-marked ridge which accentuates the convexity of the

outline when seen from the side. The structure of the jaw, while

distinctly marsupial, is in certain respects unlike that of any

known form. The inflected angle, which is in fact longer than is

represented in the figure (a broken off portion 8 mm. in length

not being represented), is quite unlike that of any existing species

both in regard to its length and upward curvature. It must

also have been of considerable vertical height, as there were no

traces left of even the lower parts of the sockets ; and either there

were no largely developed incisors, or else the symphysis was a

remarkably long one, as there is not a trace of any sockets at the

anterior end. The ventral curvature and sharply marked ridge

are again characteristic features, while further still there is a

curious and inexplicable feature in regard to the ramus, consisting

in the presence of a deep depression across the upper surface,

which must apparently have been situated in the area occupied

by the molar series. It extends in a slanting direction from side

to side across the jaw, and its smooth, rounded floor-surface and

margins show clearly that it is not a mere break in the jaw. With

this is associated a swelling on the internal face, which is well

seen in the view from below (fig. 7). What can have been the

meaning of this it is impossible to state *, asit is apparently unlike

anything known in any mammalian jaw, while its definite outline

and the normal condition of the surface of the bone appear to

negative the idea that it is a pathological feature.

The dental foramen is not present, having evidently been placed

farther back than the most posterior limit of the preserved portion of

the ramus. The mylo-hyoid groove, if present, is only very faintly

marked, contrasting in this respect strongly with earlier marsupials,

2 J. P. Hill, “The Placentation of Perameles,’ Q.J.M.S. vol. xl. p. 485.

* The only suggestion which can be made is that possibly it may have been

associated with the presence of a large sectorial tooth in the molar or premolar

series such as is developed in Abderites,

1990.) FOSSIL MARSUPIAL FROM TASMANIA. 785

and on the other hand agreeing with the majority of recent ones,

in which it is variable and only feebly developed’.

The coronoid process is that of the right side (fig. 8). Itis a

remarkably thin plate, in comparison with the general solidity of

the other bones, with the anterior and upper margin but little

thickened. In comparison with that of other marsupials it is of

considerable breadth; there is no concavity on the lower half of

the outer surface such as is present in most forms. ‘The form of

the posterior curved margin, where it is passing backwards and

downwards towards the condyle, may be taken as indicating that

the latter was placed fairly high up as regards the angle of the

jaw.

LTimb-bones.

These are represented by a fairly complete left and a broken

right femur; a left tibia broken distally, and a right tibia also

broken ; a left fibula broken distally and a right more perfect one.

No part of the anterior limb or of the foot is preserved.

The Femur (text-fig. 1, and figs. 10, 11, Pl. L.).—The left

femur (figs. 10, 11, Pl. L.) is entire except for the upper end

of the trochanter, which evidently rose slightly beyond the head.

Its total length is 107 mm., and when compared with the cor-

responding bone of a Trichoswrus, which is of about equal

length, it is at once seen to be remarkable on account of its

massiveness. The shaft is straight without any anterior curve,

and the posterior surface is flattened. A line passing along

the long axis practically cuts through the tip of the great

trochanter, the head being turned considerably inwards. The

lesser trochanter is characterized by the strong development of

the tuberosity at its upper end; while the ridge, which is con-

tinued downwards from the great trochanter, has a marked

tuberosity at its lower end similar to that which is present in

Phascotomys. t its ventral distal extremity the shaft swells

out, the lateral surface of the outer side being turned, so that it

becomes visible in ventral view as in the femurs of Phascolomys

and Phascolarctos. There is also a distinct depression beneath the

inner condyle, which is present but not so strongly developed in

Phascolarctos.

The condyles are of interest because, whilst in marsupials it is

characteristic to find the outer larger (in Macropodide and

Phalangeride notably so) than the inner, the reverse condition

obtains here, and the inner one is slightly larger than the outer—

a point of structure in which the fossil apparently differs from all

other Marsupialia.

On the anterior face at the condylar end there is a broad surface

with only a slight development of groove, the latter being less

marked even than in Phalangers and Dasyures, in which there is

a broad, distinctly concave surface with distinct margins. What

' H. F. Osborne, “ Mesozoic Marsupialia,” Journ, Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila-

delphia, vol, ix, 2, 1888, p. 262,

786 PROF. BALDWIN SPENCER ON A [ Nov. 20,

groove there is in the fossil is only as broad as the deep depression

which lies between the condyles posteriorly ; starting from this it

runs in a slanting direction towards the external side, separating

a larger internal rounded eminence from a smaller external

one '.

Wynyardia bassiana,

Fig. 1.--Portion of right femur. Fig. 2.—The same. Upper ex-

Nat. size. tremity, from above. Nat. size.

The total length of the femur is 107 mm.; the least width, in

the centre, is 10 mm.; the greatest width, immediately below the

condyle, is 22 mm. Some idea of the relative length of the femur

in regard to that of existing marsupials may be gathered from the

following list, which represents the length of, the femur in pro-

portion to that of the skull in the species named, calculating the

length of the skull in each case as 100, that is equal to that of the

fossil :—Vrichosurus fuliginosus 119°5 ; Dasyurus maculatus 95°8 ;

Pseudochirus herbertensis 93°8: P. archert 100°8; Sarcophilus

ursinus 107°6; Bettongia penicillata 142°7 ; Phascolaretos 112°5;

Didelphys marsupialis 809; Phalanger sp. 89°5; Phascolomys

' This groove is too strongly marked in fig. 11, Pl. L.; and its depth is

shown where it is seen in profile at the extremity of the bone.

Aude

1900.] FOSSIL MARSUPIAL FROM TASMANIA, 787

mitchelli 85°4. It will be observed that there is a very considerable

variation within the limits of the Phalangeride, the fossil having

a decidedly shorter femur than is found in Zrtchosurus and a

decidedly longer one than in Phalanger, while it agrees very

closely with that of Sarcophilus.

The Tibia (fig. 9, Pl. L.).—The tibia is a strong bone with the

shaft much compressed andtwisted. Atabouta fifth of its length

from the upper end there is a well-marked tuberosity, flattened from

side to side and considerably more prominent than in the tibia of

Phalangeride or Dasyurus, though not so strongly marked as in

Phascolarctos, where it forms a very prominent structure with an

extended broad surface. The inner articular surface of the head

is of much greater extent than the outer, in correspondence with

the large size of the inner condyle of the femur. In this feature

it differs from the tibia of recent marsupials.

Wynyardia bassiana. Portion of right fibula, anterior aspect.

The same, posterior aspect. Both nat. size.

The Fibula (text-figs. 3 & 4).—The fibula is a complete separate

bone. Unfortunately neither fibula is perfect distally, but sufficient

of this end of the right one remains to indicate that though the head

was somewhat expanded, it was considerably less in size than that

of the tibia. The proximal end is much enlarged, the most notice-

able features being (1) the fact that evidently the outer condyle of

the femur, as in Fhascolomys and to a certain extent Phascolarctos,

articulated with the upper of the two articular facets, the outer

head of the tibia playing upon the lower one; (2) the extension

upwards of the olecranon portion (broken off in the specimen

figured), which carries a well-marked surface with which, as in

other marsupials, a sesamoid evidently articulated. The lower

tuberosity is strongly marked and in general features the head ot

the fibula rather calls to mind that of Phascolomys and to a lesser

degree that of Phascolarctos. In both of these a line drawn

through the middle of the lower tuberosity at right angles to the

long axis of the bone lies considerably below the level of the lowest

angle of the tuberosity which articulates with the sesamoid, while

Proc. Zoor, Soc.—1900, No. LIL. 52

788 PROF. BALDWIN SPENCER ON A [Nov. 20,

in Trichosurus and other Phalangerine it cuts across the same

angle.

‘The measurements of the tibia and fibula are as follows :—Tibia,

length 99 mm.; greatest width of head 25; width at tuberosity

13. The comparative lengths of the tibia in the following species,

taking in each case the length of the skull as 100, are :—Tricho-

surus fuliginosus 118-4; Dasyurus maculatus 94°6; Pseudochirus

archert 97°4; Sarcophilus ursinus 96; Bettongia penicillata 218 ;

Phascolarctos 82°6; Didelphys marsupialis 82°2; Phascolomys

mitchelli 65:2; Phalanger sp. 80°6.

Fibula, length 99. Comparative length of the fibula in the

following species, taking in each the length of the skull as 100 :—

Trichosurus fuliginosus 115°4; Dasyurus maculatus 94-6 ; Pseudo-

chirus archeri 97:4; Sarcophilus ursinus 94:2 ; Bettonqia penicillata

210-9; Phascolarctos 81:2; Didelphys marsupialis 71:5; Phasco-

lomys mitchell: 65:2; Phalanger sp. 80-6.

It will be noticed that the nearest approach in relative length

of both tibia and fibula is met with in Pseudochirus, the next nearest

being Dasywrus and Sarcophilus.

Pelvic Girdle. (Fig. 4, Pl. XLIX.)

The parts of this remaining are the acetabular region and

ischium and the greater part of the ilium of the right side. The

whole girdle is remarkable for its great massiveness.

The ischial portion is somewhat similar to that of Trichosurus,

the border which lies on the internal side in the acetabular region

bending outwards and downwards to the tuber ischii, though it is

nothing like so sharply marked as it is in Trichosurus, in which it

forms a distinct ridge. The acetabular cavity is deeper than in

Trichosurus or Dasyuius, the two margins of the articulating

surface approaching more nearly one to the other inferiorly, owing

to the fact that the posterior margin which overhangs the cotyloid

notch faces somewhat more forwards than it does in the Phalan-

geride or Dasyuride. ‘The cotyloid notch is deep, though not so

deep as in the Macropodide. The synovial cavity is distinctly

outlined, but, except in the posterior part, is not overarched by the

acetabular border. Owen’ laid some stress upon the presence of

this feature in Thylacoleo as being indicative of the alliance of the

latter with the carniyorous marsupials, but it is also present in

certain herbivorous forms. The shape of the acetabular region on

the whole more nearly resembles that of Phascolomys than of any

other form.

The ilium is unfortunately somewhat broken along its postero-

internal or iliac border, but is sufficiently intact to show that it

does not closely resemble that of any existing marsupial. The

three surfaces—gluteal, iliac, and sacral—are sharply defined, and

' “Pelvic Charactera of Thylacoleo carnifer,” Phil. Trans. R. 8. part ii.

1883, p, 639, ;

1900.] FOSSIL MARSUPIAL FROM TASMANIA. 789

in certain respects have much the same relationship one to another

that they have in the Macropodide. They differ markedly from

those of the Dasyuride, and still more from those of the Phalan-

geride. The bone gradually spreads out towards the crest, which

curves out as in the Phalangeride, but in the fossil the crest is

formed by the union of the gluteal and sacral surfaces. The bone

is roughly triangular in section, with two broad and one narrow

side, much as in the Macropodide, from which, however, it differs

strongly in the gradual swelling out towards the crest. The

acetabular border, which is rounded proximally, becomes more and

more angular distally and curves outwards to the external limit of

the crest. The pubic border, which 1s distinctly marked along its

whole length, much as in Macropodide, is very sharply defined

distally, and between these two borders runs the iliac surface

which is distinctly concave distally. The ilium in its broad,

flattened distal part with outcurving crest bears only a superficial

resemblance to that of the Phalangeride, for whereas in the latter

the acetabular border lies almost in the middle line of the expanded

surface, in the fossil it forms the lower and outer boundary of

this, the iliac surface being as it were pushed forwards and down-

wards so as to form, as in the Macropodide, a very distinct antero-

inferior surface. From that of Dasywrus and Perameles the bone

differs in that the iliac border does not meet the acetabular, and so

obliterate the iliac surface in the upper and distal part, though this

obliteration is not quite complete in all specimens of Dasywrus.

The marsupial bones are well developed, and fortunately one of

them is in a good state of preservation. It is straight, flattened,

and considerably expanded at the proximal extremity, where, as

in the Wombat, there are two distinct surfaces for articulation

with the pubis. They differ markedly from those of the Phalan-

geridz both in size and in the absence of the curve which is

characteristic of the bone in such forms as Trichosurus. The

length of the bone is 55 mm.; that of the corresponding bone in

a Trichosurus, the femur and skull of which are of approximately

the same length as those of the fossil, being only 31 mm. In

shape the bone is closely similar to that of the Wombat, though

relatively larger; in fact it is as large in proportion to the ilium

as in Phascolarctos, though it is markedly different from that of the

latter in being straight instead of strongly curved. The width of

the expanded proximal end is 22 mm.; at 11 mm. from this end

the width is 9 mm. ; at 15 it is 6 mm., and this width is continued

to the distal end.

Sacrum.

Only a broken portion of the sacrum is preserved, showing the

bodies of three fused vertebre. The transverse processes are

too broken to allow of the method of attachment of the ilia being

determined, but the bodies and processes of the three are firmly

fused together. The neural spine of the first is broad and flattened,

measuring 14 mm. in length; the total height cannot be ascertained,

a2”

790 PROF. BALDWIN SPENCER ON A [ Nov. 20,

as itis broken off at a height of 125mm. _ It slants slightly

forwards.

Vertebral Column.

Of the vertebral column there remains the broken axis and a

continuous series of 9 vertebre belonging to the presacral region.

The axis has the odontoid process firmly attached. The articular

surface is elongate, its length being 10 mm.; the anterior margin

of the neural arch arises at the level of the posterior end of the

articular surface, and is almost vertical, the under surface of the

overhanging end of the neural spine forming almost a right angle

with it. The exact extent of the spine cannot be determined as

the posterior part is broken. The transverse process differs from

that of marsupials generally (ex. T'richosurus, Dasyurus, Perameles,

Macropus) in running out nearly at right angles to the body.

It is stoutly built and relatively short. The width (11 mm.) of

the neural cavity is decidedly greater than its height (7:5), a con-

dition which does not usually obtain in marsupials; in a specimen

of Dendrolagus bennettianus both width and height are 9 mm. ; in

Lrichosurus both are 7 mm.; in Dasyurus viverrinus and Perameles

gunnt the height is 5 mm., the width a shade greater; in Phasco-

lomys the width is 15, the ‘height 12; and in Macropus rufus the

width is 16 and the height 11:5. The ridge of bone which forms

the floor of the vertebrarterial canal instead of being, as in

recent marsupials, narrowed from before backwards so that there

is a distinct open space between the backwardly slanting process

and the centrum ventrally, is expanded so as to form a platform

which serves as a floor for the vertebrarterial canal. In ventral

view there is a low median keel; this runs forwards to meet a ridge

which runs across the anterior end of the centrum and then

diverges outwards on each side, when it is confluent with the

lower edge of the articular surface, and then passes outwards on

to the process at the base of the vertebrarterial canal. The space

between this ridge on either side and the median keel is occupied

by a platform of bone across which runs a small ridge. This

platform, stretching across between the process and the centrum,

is a distinctive feature of the axis of the fossil form, and is not met

with in recent marsupials.

The remaining vertebre are all considerably broken ; they are

lying on their right side, the processes of the left side being all

broken off. Under the four anterior ones there lie the broken

remains of ribs.

The total length of this part of the vertebral column is 191 mm. ;

that of a corresponding part of a Trichosurus vulpecula, of which

the skull is slightly smaller than that of the fossil, is 160 mm.

Owing to their broken state it is not possible to determine which

of them carried ribs. The third from the anterior end is the only

one in which the neural spine is preserved; it has the form of a

broad plate slanting backwards, with a length of 14 mm. at its

base and 12 along its dorsal margin; its anterior, backwardly

1900.} FOSSIL MARSUPIAL FROM TASMANIA. fon

sloping margin measures 9 mm.; its vertical height is 7 mm. It

gradually thickens from before backwards, the width of the some-

what swollen dorsal surface being 2 mm. in front and 4 mm.

behind. The length of the broken base of the neural spine of the

vertebra next in front is 16 mm. Its general form is much like

that of Trichoswrus, only much enlarged, the corresponding process

in a J. vulpecula (with a skull of almost the same size as that of

the fossil) being § mm. in length and 4 mm. in vertical height.

The metapophyses are well developed, and fit in between the

posterior zygapophyses and the anapophyses. The latter are well

developed, forming rounded processes on four of the vertebre,

those of the last two being broken off; they gradually diminish

in size from before backwards. The zygapophyses and associated

metapophyses lie in a more horizontal plane than they do in TJri-

chosurus and other forms, their general relationship being very

much that which obtains in Dendrolaqus.

The most striking feature in regard to these presacral vertebra

is the structure of the transverse processes, which are unlike those

of any existing marsupial. They are well developed on all the

last five vertebre, but in front of this cannot be seen, owing to

the manner in which the ribs have been pressed up against the

vertebral column. The most perfectly preserved one is that on

the fourth vertebra counting from the posterior end; here it has the

form of a flat plate slightly increasing in width towards the free

end and slightly slanting forwards, both its anterior and posterior

edges being straight. The width of the attached end is 10 mm.

and of the tree end 12 mm.; the length of the process is 15°5 mm.

On the vertebra in front of this the width at the attached end is

11 mm. and the length 12 mm., the anterior edge being slightly

concave. On the vertebra behind, the process is broken off close

to its base, while on the next vertebra it is directed outwards at

right angles to the length of the body, has a length of 16 mm. and

a uniform width of 9mm. In the last of the presacral vertebra»

the shape is different ; for the length of 5 mm. the proximal part

lies at right angles to the body, but beyond this the process bends

forwards, the total length bemg 22mm. The process, which only

measures 7 mm. in width, is marked by a ridge which runs obliquely

across its width, continuing the line of the curved front edge af

the distal part. All of the processes run in an almost horizontal

plane, as they do in Phascolomys ; but whereas in the latter they

are long and narrow, here they are Jong and broad, unlike those of

existing marsupials except to a slight extent those of Phascolarctos,

in which, however, they are relatively much smaller.

Summary of Important Points.

(1) Proportionate length to the breadth of the skull, 100 : 67.

This approximates most nearly to Dasyurus, and shows a decidedly

greater proportionate width than in the Phalangeride.

(2) Lambdoidal crest well developed, as in Dasyurus.

792 PROF, BALDWIN SPENCER ON A [Nov. 20,

(3) Sagittal crest strongly developed, resembling that of Dasy-

uride and species of Didelphys.

(4) Large size of the squamosal. This is more strongly marked

than in any recent marsupial except perhaps Phascolomys. The

dorsal suture of the squamosal runs generally parallel to the

sagittal crest as in Dasyuride and does not converge posteriorly as

it does in Phalangeride.

(5) The wide sweep and upward curvature of the zygomatic

arches, as in Dasyuride.

(6) The entire absence of the inflated part of the squamosal,

which is characteristic of the Phalangeride generally.

(7) The transverse elongation of the glenoid cavity, the down-

ward produced plate of bone which forms the boundary is not

connected with any structure forming part of the auditory passage.

In this respect it agrees with Dasyuride and Perameles, and

differs markedly from the Phalangeride, amongst which it forms

the anterior part of a bony auditory canal.

(8) The position of the glenoid cavity in reference to the base

of the skull. In the relatively high position of this it approximates

most nearly to the Phalangeridx, though it is placed somewhat

lower than in these.

(9) The greatest breadth of the frontals is in the cranial part.

In this the fossil differs apparently from all recent marsupials.

(10) The large size of the lachrymals, which meet the nasals as

they do in Phascolomys.

(11) The great width of the nasals. In their general shape the

bones are closely similar to those of certain species of Didelphys.

(12) The forward extension of the nasals, as in the Phalangeride

and certain Didelphyide, and in contrast to what obtains amongst

the Dasyuride.

(13) The very anterior position of the infraorbital foramen.

(14) The development of a groove running forward from the

foramen rotundum to the fossa gasseriana. In this it agrees with

Macropus, Sarcophilus, and Dasyurus.

(15) The structure of the periotic bone, which is quite unlike

that of any other marsupial.

(16) The size and shape of the premaxille, which are very

similar to those of Zvishosurus and may probably be regarded as

indicating the presence of a fair-sized incisor dentition.

(17) The relative size of the cranial cavity, which is greater than

that in any recent marsupial.

(18) The great length of the inflected angle of the lower jaw

and the height to which it rises. This characteristic marsupial

feature is strongly emphasized in the fossil.

(19) The probable high position of the articulating surface of

the lower jaw.

(20) The remarkable obliquely transverse groove in the lower jaw.

(21) The strongly marked curved ridge on the under surface of

the lower jaw.

1900.] FOSSIL MARSUPIAL FROM TASMANIA. 793

(22) The massive nature of the femur and the fact that the

inner condyle is larger than the outer one, which is the reverse

condition of that which is typical of recent marsupials.

(23) The strong development of the tuberosity at the upper

end of the lesser trochanter, and the presence of a tuberosity at

the lower end of the ridge which is continued down from the great

trochanter. The latter feature is met with in Phascolomys.

(24) The position of the head of the femur, which is turned

considerably inwards.

(25) The proportionate length of the femur to that of the head.

It is longer than in Z’richosurus, shorter than in Phalanger, and

agrees most nearly with that of Sarcophilus.

(26) The strong development of the anterior tuberosity in the

tibia. This is more strongly developed than in Phalangeride

and Dasyurus, but not so strongly as in Phascolarctos.

(27) The distal head of the fibula is somewhat less in size than

that of the tibia.

(28) The upward extension of the olecranon portion of the

fibula is considerable and most resembles that found in Phascolomys.

The outer condyle of the head articulates with the femur.

(29) The proportionate length of the fibula and tibia to that of

the skull is nearest to that of Pseudochirus.

(30) The ischium is massive and shows a general resemblance

in form to that of Trichosurus.

(31) The acetabular region is most similar to that of Phascolomys,

the lower part only of the distal acetabular border overhangs the

synovial cavity in the region of the cotyloid notch. The notch is

fairly deep, and the whole acetabular region resembles most nearly

that of Phascolomys.

(32) The ilium is unlike that of any recent marsupial. It has

the trihedral form of Macropus or Dendrolagus, but counbined with

this the distal expansion characteristic of other forms, such as the

Phalangeride, from which, however, it differs markedly in essential

structure.

(33) The great size and straightness of the marsupial bones,

which have two articulating surfaces as in Phascolomys.

(34) The sacrum consists of three fused vertebra. This occurs

in Dasyurus viverrinus.

(35) The structure of the axis, in which the transverse process

runs out almost at right angles to the body, and the ridge

which forms the base of the vertebrarterial canal is flattened out,

instead of being narrowed from before backward as in all recent

marsupials.

(36) The transverse processes are large broad plates running

out almost horizontally: they are unlike those of any recent

marsupial.

It will be seen from the above that the fossil presents a remarkable

combination of characters, some of which serve to distinguish it

from recent marsupials, while others serve to ally it on the one

794 ON A FOSSIL MARSUPIAL FROM TASMANIA. — [ Noy. 20,

hand with existing Polyprotodontia, and on the other with existing

Diprotodontia.

If we had only the anterior part of the skull preserved, there is

but little doubt that it would be referred to the Phalangeride ;

but, on the other hand, if we had only the hinder part showing

the strong sagittal crest, the low origin and-wide sweep of the

zygomatic arch, it would be referred to the Dasyuride; the ilium

alone would be regarded as belonging to an animal more allied to

Dendrolagus than to any existing marsupial; while the head of

the fibula would be regarded as indicating affinity to Phascolomys.

We may divide the more important characters into three groups

as follows :—

(1) Those in which it differs from recent marsupials. These

characters are seen in numbers 9, 13, 15, 17, 22, 32, 35, 36. The

most important features in connection with these is the greater

relative size of the cranial cavity, in conjunction with the fact that

the greatest breadth of the frontal bones lies in the cranial and not

in the facial region. There is no indication of affinity with any

special group outside of the marsupials, but an indication that

within the marsupials retrogression has most probably taken place

in this respect.

(2) Those in which it shows alliance with the Polyprotodontia.

These are seen in numbers 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, in all of which it shows a

decided alliance with the Dasyuride.

(3) Those in which it shows alliance with the Diprotodontia.

These are seen in numbers 8 (to a certain extent), 12 (to a certain

extent, though this character is common to Didelphyide), 16, 19,28,

29,30, 31, 32. In some of these features it shows alliance with the

Phalangeride and in others with Phascolomys, and in 32 with

Macropodide to a certain extent.

In the complete absence of teeth and of the bones of both fore

and hind feet, it is unsafe to attempt to refer it to any existing

family ; there are, indeed, only two which could possibly be con-

sidered in this respect—the Dasyuride and Phalangeride. From

both of these it differs in the points mentioned in the first group :

from the Dasyuride in the characters mentioned in the third group

as well as in 4 (in part), 18, 32, and 33; from the Phalangeride

in those of the second group as well as in 4, 6, 18, 28, 32, 33, 34.

The structure of the premaxillee appears to indicate the existence

of a fair-sized incisor dentition; and a consideration of all the

features would appear to lead to the conclusion that the fossil is

the representative of a now extinct series of forms which were

more nearly allied to ancestral Polyprotodonts than are any of

the existing Diprotodont forms. It may, in fact, be regarded as

intermediate between the former and the latter, and as indicative

of a stage in the development of Australian marsupials when the

ancestors of the recent Diprotodontia were beginning to diverge

from the original Polyprotodontid stock from which they have

been developed within the limits of the Australian region.

Melbourne, May 1900.

Edwin Wilson, Combridge.

THE SOUTH PACIFIC

CRUSTACEANS FROM

; RUSTACEANS FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 7

1900 ON CRUSTACEANS FRO SOUTH PACIFIC 79

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XLIX.

Wynyardia bassiana.

1. Upper surface of the skull.

2. Lower surface of the skull.

3. Axis vertebra, from the left side.

4. Portion of the pelvic girdle, showing the acetabulum and

ischium.

Prats L.

Wynyardia bassiana,

. Side view of the skull.

. The left ramus of the mandible, from the inner side.

. The same, from the under surface.

. The coronoid process of the right side.

. The left tibia.

10, 11. The left femur.

All the figures are drawn of the natural size.

eO OO ST Ce Or

2. On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific.—Part V.

Arthrostracans and Barnacles’. By Li. A. Borrapalte,

M.A., F.Z.S., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn

College, Cambridge.

[Received June 6, 1900.]

(Plate LI.)

The material on which the present report is based was collected

in the islands of Funafuti (Ellice group), Rotuma, and Viti Levu,

Fiji, by Mr. Stanley Gardiner, to whom the writer is much

indebted for the opportunity of examining it.

The following species were furnished by the three localities

respectively :—

From Rotuma.

ARTHROSTRACA,

Armadillidium pacificum, n. sp.

CIRRIPEDIA.

Tetraclita porosa (Gmelin), var. viridis Darwin.

From Funafuti.

ARTHROSTRACA.

Cirolana latistylis Dana.

Armadillidium pacificum, n. sp.

Leptochelia sp.

Hyale gracilis (Dana).

CIRRIPEDIA.

Lithotrya pacifica, n. sp.

1 For Parts I.-IV., see P. Z. S. 1898, pp. 52, 457, and 1000, and 1900, p. 568.

796 MR, L, A, BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [Nov. 20,

From Fiji.

CIRRIPEDIA.

Lepas anatifera Linn.

Balanus tintinnabulum (Linn.), var. occator Darwin.

There are altogether four species of Arthrostraca, of which two

are described as new, and four of Cirripedia, of which one is new.

Subclass ARTHROSTRACA.

Order ISOPODA.

Tribe ONISCOIDEA.

Family ARMADILLIDIIDA,

Genus ARMADILLIDIUM Brandt, 1833.

1. ARMADILLIDIUM PACIFICUM, n. sp. (Plate LI. figs. 1, 1a.)

Diagnosis: “An Armadillidium with the body oblong-oval,

more than twice as long as broad (£); the surface minutely pitted,

not hairy; the head transverse, shorter and narrower than the

thoracic segments, its fore edge straight as seen from above, its

hind edge hollowed; the first free thoracic segment broader than

any of the rest, its hind angle rounded and overhung by a squarish

lobe, under which the fore edge of the next segment fits when the

animal curls up; side plates of remaining segments narrow, those

of segments 2, 5, 6, and 7 squared, those of 3 and 4 subacute ; each

segment with a row of small longitudinal furrows on each side ;

the abdomen short, broad, semicircular ; the last segment broader

at the base than it is long, hollowed at the sides, and thus nar-

rowest in the middle of its length, broader and truncate at the

end; the antenne very short, their flagella shorter than the last

joint of the stalk, with the first joint about one-fourth of the

length of the end joint; the outer branch of the uropods rather

shorier than the base, broad, its free edge completing the semi-

circular outline of the abdomen, but projecting slightly beyond

this outline; the copulatory appendages on the first abdominal

appendage of the male slightly diverging at the tip.”

Colour in spirit, mottled grey.

Length of largest specimen, 8 mm.

The genus Armadillidium seems not to have been met with

hitherto in the South Seas, if we except the world-wide A. vulgare,

which has been found at Melbourne. The name of the present

species is proposed in commemoration of this fact.

Funafuti; one male, seven females.

Rotuma; one male, one female.

Ve)

1900. ] FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC,

Tribe FLABELLIFERA.

Family CyMorHoID#.

Subfamily CrroLanine.

Genus C1ronana Leach, 1818.

2. CIROLANA LATISTYLIS Dana, 1852.

Cirolana latistylis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. i. p. 772,

pl. li. fig. 6 (1852); Whitelegge, Mem. Austral. Mus. il. 2, p. 149

(1897).

Funafuti; three examples found on weed in the lagoon, one

dredged in the lagoon in 15-25 fathoms of water.

Order ANISOPODA.

Family Tana.

Genus L»procuEria Dana, 1849.

3. Leptocuetia sp. (Plate LI. figs. 2-2 c.)

The collection contains seven female specimens of a Leptochelia

near to, and perhaps identical with, Z. minuta Dana, which was

described from the male only. There are, however, well-marked

differences between the present specimens and Dana’s, besides

that of the chele, which is known to be asexual one. Of these

differences the most prominent are those affecting the uropods.

The following is a description of the animals :—

Head large, equal to the three succeeding segments.

First antenne not longer than the head, of four simple joints.

Second antenne of five joints and a minute end-joint ; the second

joint bearing on the inside a spine which is two-thirds the length

of the much narrower third joint.

Chelipeds fairly strong, outreaching the head by the hand and

wrist, about half the total length of the body ; the hand as long

as the wrist but rather narrower.

First walking-ley with the dactyle very long, longer than the

preceding joint. The remaining dactyles not so long.

Uropods with the inner branch five-joimted, the outer one-

jointed.

Colour in spirit, white.

Length of the longest specimen, 3°5 mm.

798 MR. L, A, BORRADAILE ON CRUSTACEANS [Noy. 20,

Order AMPHIPODA.

Family ORcHESTIID.

Genus Hyak Rathke, 1837.

4, Hya Lr Gracinis (Dana), 1850.

Allorchestes gracilis, Dana, Proc. Am. Ac. Sci., Boston, ii. p. 205

(1850); U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust. ii. p. 890, pl. ix. fig. 5

(1852).

Funafuti; numerous individuals of both sexes.

Class ENTOMOSTRACA.

Order CIRRIPEDIA.

Family Lepapi2.

Genus Lepas Linn., 1758.

5, LEPAS ANATIFERA Linn., 1758.

Lepas anatifera, Linneus, Syst. Nat. 10th ed. p. 668 (1758) ;

Darwin, Mon. Cirr. i. p. 73, pl. 1. fig. 1 (1851).

The basal parts of the scuta are distinctly furrowed in the

present specimens, but the line of quadrilateral depressions across

the shell is entirely wanting.

Fiji; two examples.

Genus Lirnorrya Sowerby, 1822.

6. LirHorrya PaciFica, n. sp. (Plate LI. figs. 3, 3 a.)

Diagnosis: “ A Lithotrya with the scuta triangular, somewhat

narrowly overlapping the terga; the terga long, narrow, triangular,

the ridges outside them short and straight ; the laterals very long,

more than three-fourths the length of the terga, the base of each of

them marching with seven of the underlying scales ; the carina long,

rather narrow, curved somewhat strongly, inside hollow with, in

the upper part, a middle row of triangular knobs corresponding to

the external ridges; rostrum (which seems to be broken short in

the present specimens) bordered by a curved row of five scales ;

peduncle long.”

Colour in spirit, white.

Length of largest specimen, including stalk, 28mm. Length of

carina of same specimen, 65 mm.

Funafuti; two specimens from the outer reef.

1900. | FROM THE SOUTH PACIFIC. 799

Family Bavanips.

Genus Batanus Da Costa, 1778.

7. BALANUS TINTINNABULUM (Linn.), 1758, var. occator Darwin,

1854. : :

Balanus tintinnabulum, var. occator, Darwin, Mon. Cirr. ii.

p. 196, pl. 1. fig. &, pl. ii. fig. 16 (1854).

The one specimen is of a white colour, with here and there faint

traces of purple.

The only locality mentioned by Darwin for this variety is

“South Seas.”

Fiji; one specimen.

Genus Trrracuita Schumacher, 1817.

8. Tarractita PorosA (Gmelin), 1789, var. virtpis Darwin,

1854.

Tetraclita porosa, var. viridis, Darwin, Mon. Cirr. i. p. 329

(1854).

Rotuma; thirteen specimens growing on rock.

In ending this series of papers on South Pacific Crustaceans the

writer has to tender his best thanks to several gentlemen :—To

Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner and Dr. A. Willey for permission to

examine their collections, to Messrs. R. I. Pocock and F. Jeffrey

Bell of the British Museum for much kind advice and assistance,

and to Mr. Edwin Wilson for a great deal of trouble bestowed

upon a number of very difficult drawings.

Nors.—Errata in Parts II. and IV. of this paper :—On p. 458

of P. Z.S. 1898, for “ Brreus LtaTro (Linn.), 1766,” read “ Brreus

LATRO (Linn.), 1767”; on p. 577 of P.Z.S. 1900, for “ Gonto-

CAPHYRIN&E” read ‘ CaTOPTRIN”E,” and for “ GONIOCAPHYRA TRUN-

catirRons de Man, 1887,” read *“* Catoprrus A. M.-Edw., 1870.”

This genus is placed by Milne-Edwards, Ortmann, and Alcock

among the Gonoplacide. De Man regards it as belonging to the

Portunide, where it is placed in the eee, work. For synonymy,

see Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Ixix. 2, i. p. 307 (1900).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI.

Fig.1. Armadillidium pacificum, 3, K 8: p. T96.

a. PS - 53 autieende of abdomen, x 8.

b, » side of lst free thoracic segment, x 8.

2. Leptochelia Apes Ss 16: p. 797.

b s » from the left side, x 16.

5 » », lst antenna, x 40.

2c. . 3 2nd antenna, x 40.

3 Lithotrya pac ifica, X 3: p. 798.

3a. rr ip carina, from within, x 3.

800 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS [Nov. 20,

3. List of Mammals obtained by Dr. Donaldson Smith

during his recent Journey from Lake Rudolf to the

Upper Nile. By Otprirecp Tuomas,

[Received October 19, 1900.]

On his return from his recent adventurous Journey to the Upper

Nile from Somaliland vid Lake Rudolf, Dr. Donaldson Smith has

been so good as to entrust to me for description the specimens of

mammals that he obtained, and has further been generous enough

to present a number of them, including all the types, to the British

Museum.

Owing to the great difficulties of transport large series of

specimens were not brought home, nor were many small mammals

obtained, but, from the knowledge gained on his previous ex-

peditions, Dr. Smith was enabled to select those that were most

likely to be interesting, and this knowledge has been rewarded by

the considerable proportion of novelty that the examination of

his specimens reveals.

The specimens were mostly prepared by Mr. W. Carlile Fraser,

who accompanied Dr. Smith as collector and taxidermist.

1, CoLOBUS ABYSSINICUS ' POLIURUS, subsp. n.

a,b. 6 9. Omo River, 21 Dec., 1899. (121, 122.) Also a

number of native skins.

Similar in most respects to the typical form, of which the British

Museum possesses an original example from Riippell’s collection,

but the basal two-thirds of the tail, instead of being nearly black,

or with a fine sprinkling of white hairs, is greyish white with

merely a scarce intermixture of black hairs. Below, in the majority

of specimens, it is altogether white. The caudal tuft is also of

greater extent, and its hairs longer, so that it approaches the

magnificent tuft of C. caudatus. Mantle rather less developed

than in true abyssinicus.

Hab. Omo River, north of Lake Rudolf.

Type. Female. B.M. No. 0.11.7.5. No. 122 of the Donaldson

Smith collection.

In Mr. Oscar Neumann’s recent paper? on Colobus matschiet,

he speaks of the “ graumelirte Firbung des Schwanzes” in the

true C. abyssinicus, but in the Riippellian specimen above referred

to, as also in some examples from WHarris’s Shoan collections,

the tail is practically black, and it is possible that the specimens

seen by Mr. Neumann really belonged to C. a. poliurus.

Of this fine Monkey, Dr. Donaldson Smith brought home a pair

of properly preserved specimens, with skulls and all particulars,

' Lemur abyssinicus, Oken, Lehrb. Naturg. iii. pt. ii. p. 1182 (1816).

Mr. de Winton has drawn my attention to this reference, which antedates

Riippell’s description of “ guereza” by many years. L. abyssinicus is clearly

the same form as the latter, and even the native name ‘' Gueresa” is used for 1t.

? SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1899, p. 15.

1900. } FROM NORTH-HASTERN AFRIOA. 801

and in addition a number of native furrier’s skins, all of which

agree with the type in the light colour of their tails. The good

male skin has the blackest tail of all, and is evidently exceptional

in this respect, but it has still far less black than the Abyssinian

examples. Had it not been for this variation, however, I should

have been disposed to call the Omo River Colobus a distinct species,

as has been done with the other East-African forms of the genus.

. CERCOPITHECUS RUFOVIRIDIS Geoffr.

, duba KR. 2 Oct., 1899.

. Webi Dawa.

Omo R., 21 Dec., 1899.

2 2A bO

3. CERCOPITHECUS OMENSIS, sp. D.

a. 2. Maursu, Omo River, about 40 miles N. of Lake Rudolf.

Allied to C. albigularis, but very markedly smalier, and without

the yellowish infusion in the dorsal colour.

Head and back clear grizzled grey, the former without the

brownish and the latter without the yellowish or rufous tone

found in the allied species. Crown, centre of nape, and withers

blackish. Lips, chin, throat, and sides of neck dull white. Hairs

on ear also white. Whole of arms and legs uniformly black.

Hairs round anus rufous. Tail black, grizzled proximally with

white.

Skull, as compared with that of C. albigularis, markedly smaller

and lighter. Upper outline more convex. Nasal opening small.

Face particularly narrow, as shown by the measurement across

the orbits. Teeth small and delicate, less in every dimension

than those of the allied species,

Dimensions of the skull, that of a fully adult female, with all

the teeth worn :—

Greatest length 87 mm.; basal length 64; zygomatic breadth 57;

least breadth of face across outside orbits 46; breadth of nasal

opening 9; combined length of upper premolars and molars 22:3;

the same below 26. he flat skin measures approximately, head

and body 440, tail 480.

Type. Female. B.M. No. 0.11.7.7. Original number 128,

Collected 29 Dec., 1899, and presented by Dr. Donaldson Smith.

This little representative of the common East-African C. albz-

gularis may be readily recognized by its much smaller size and

less yellowish coloration. C,. stuhlmanni, Matsch., is as large as

C. albigularis.

4, CERCOPITHECUS NEGLECTOS Schl.

a,b. 2. Omo River, 28 Dec., 1899. (124, 126.)

This interesting Monkey, almost a topoty pe of the species, proves

to be quite similar to a West-African skin of Cercopithecus brazze

M.-Edw., and thus confirms the suppression of the latter name as

being merely a synonym of the former.

802 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS [Nov. 20,

5. Papto poGuERaA Puch.

a. Omo River, 28 Dec., 1899.

This may represent P. heuglini, Matsch.

6. GALAGO GALAGO Schr.

Skin. ¢. S.E. of Lake Stephanie in Boran Galla Country,

21 Nov., 1899 ; 3000 feet.

7. MAcROSCELIDES ' BORANUS, sp. n.

Rather Jarger than M. rufescens, to which it is most nearly

allied. Colour above very much as in that species, but the. back

rather a deeper chestnut, and the sides rather more greyish, so

that there is a more marked contrast between back and sides.

Face-markings as in the allied form. Ear-conch and the low

rounded metatragus as in M. rufescens. Under surface white, more

? As it is from the same part of Africa, I may take this opportunity of

describing a new Bat from a specimen recently obtained by Mr. J. J. Harrison,

and presented by him to the British Museum :—

K&ERIVOULA HARRISONI, sp. 1.

Most nearly allied, according to the characters used in Dobson’s synopsis,

to K. danosa A. Smith, but considerably smaller. Fur very long, soft, and

woolly, the hairs of the back about 9 mm. in length. Muzzle thickly hairy.

Back of ears hairy, except at the edges, these and the whole inner surface

practically naked. In shape the ears are very much as in K. danosa; their

inner margin slightly convex below, more strongly so above ; tip inconspicuous,

behind and below the level of the most convex point of the anterior edge ;

below the tip a marked concavity, after which the hinder edge is evenly

convex to its base. ‘Tragus, so far as can be seen in the dried skin, very like

that of K. danosa ; its basal lobe small.

Fur of back not extending on to the wing-membranes, but the interfemoral

is clothed basally with scattered long hairs; the legs are thickly clothed down

to the toes; the upperside of the tail is well haired to the tip, and the inter-

femoral membrane has a thick fringe of hairs along its posterior edge, The

forearm is irregularly tufted with fine golden hairs, which are continued on

the thumb to the base of its claw, and again along the final edge of the second

digit, edge of wing-membrane, and terminal part of third digit to the extreme

tip of wing.

The general colour of the back is a dull “old gold,” the woolly hairs being

blackish basally, then dull buffy orange with their tips blackish, longer hairs

tipped with silvery yellow. The hairs on the legs, feet, tail, and calcars, like

those on the forearm, golden yellow, but the interfemoral fringe is a dull pale

brown. Belly-hairs blackish basally, dull buffy white terminally.

Skull very fine and delicate, on the whole very like that of K. brunnea Dobs., °

though the nasal notch is not so deep.

Upper outer incisors nearly as long as the inner ones, the former with a low

postero-internal secondary cusp, the latter with a posterior one at about the

level of the tip of @.

Forearm 31°5 mm. Front of canine to back of m.* 5:2.

Hab. Walamo, between Lakes Suai and Margherita, N.E. Africa. Alt.

6700 feet.

Type. B.M. No. 0.11.4.1. 21st February, 1900. Collected and presented by

Mr. J. J. Harrison.

No species hitherto described can be confused with K. harrisoni. K. lanosa

is larger and of a different colour; K. smithi bas no interfemoral fringe;

K. erosa has minute outer incisors ; and K. brunnea and K. africana have the

same teeth unicuspidate, and the tragus of a different character,

1900. | FROM NORTH-EASTERN AFRICA. a 803

or less washed with a pinkish suffusion ; basal halves of belly-hairs

dark slaty; line of demarcation on sides indistinct. Upper surface

of hands and feet white. Tail rather longer than head and body,

brown above, ill-defined dull buffy below.

Skull apparently quite like that of I. rufescens, except that the

interorbital space is much broader, very much as in J, revoili.

Dimensions of the type, measured by collector in the flesh :—

Head and body 113 mm.; tail 128; hind foot 32; ear 21.

Skull—greatest length 36; basal length 31; zygomatic breadth

20; nasal length 13; interorbital breadth 7-1; breadth of brain-

case 15°5; palate length 18°5. Combined length of last three

cheek-teeth (p.*, m.’, and m.”) 6; length of lower tooth-row 16:5.

Hab. Mega, Western Boran Galla, 8.E. of Lake Rudolf; alti-

tude 4500 feet.

Type. Female (as determined by the collector). B.M. No.

0.11.7.11. Original number 51. Collected 9 Noy., 1899.

This species is no doubt closely allied to IZ. rufescens, but differs

by its pinkish-washed, less snowy-white, and less defined belly,

dull buffy instead of white underside of tail, and its markedly

broader interorbital space, in which latter respect it resembles the

very differently coloured J. revozli.

8. Lycaon Picrus Temm.

Skin. Hado, 60 miles S. of Milmil, Somali, Aug. 1890.

9. SCIURUS MULTICOLOR Riipp.

Skin. g. Lwuoi, 50 miles E. of Fort Berkeley, Upper Nile,

13 March, 1900.

10. Mus aARBORARIUS Pet.

Skin. ¢. Loavie, between Tarangoli and Fort Berkeley, 10

March, 1900.

11. ARVICANTHIS ABYSSINICUS Riipp.

Skin. d.

12, THRYONOMYS SWINDERENIANUS Temm.

Young. Fort Berkeley, 13 March, 1900.

This probably represents Heuglin’s Aulacodus semipalmatus, but

is too young for any comparison.

13. BUBALIS LELWEL Heugl.

Skull and head-skin. 60 miles EH. of Lado, 25 Feb., 1900.

Skull. Near Fort Berkeley, 13 March, 1900.

14. OREOTRAGUS OREOTRAGUS Zimm.

Klipspringer.

a. Skin and skull. 9. 190 miles E. of Lado, 21 Jan., 1900,

15, OUREBIA MONTANA Riipp.

a. dg. 120 miles E. of Lado, on 4° 40'N.,17 Feb., 1900. (141.)

Proc. Zoot, Soo.—1900, No. LILI, 53

804 * MR. OLDETELD THOMAS ON MAMMALS [ Nov. 20,

16. OvuREBIA HAGGARDI Thos.

a. 2. 190 miles E. of Lado, 23 Jan., 1900. (121.)

b. 2. Plain N.W. of Rudolf, Jan. 1900. (127.)

c 9. 100 miles W. of Rudolf, 22 Jan., 1900. (142.)

d. 3. Near Sogodi, 5 March, 1900. (147.)

17. Mapoqua GUENTHERI Thos.

Several specimens from the Webi Dawa, Somali, October 1899.

18. MaApoQuA GUENTHERI SMITHU, subsp. n.

a. Head-skin and skull. ¢. About 30 miles S.E. of Lake

Stephanie, 16 Nov., 1899.

Skull like that of the typical W/. quentheri, but much larger, and

especially more bulky and less lightly built, its breadth and height

exceeding those in true guenthert proportionally more than is the

case with the length.

Horns and colour of head as in quentheri ; body-colours not yet

known.

Dimensions of the typical skull :—

Greatest length 119mm.; basal length 102°5; greatest breadth 59 ;

nasals, length 14°5, combined breadth 16 ; interorbital breadth 39 ;

intertemporal breadth 42°5; breadth of brain-case 44:2; gnathion

to junction of nasals and maxille 45°5; gnathion to orbit 59;

gnathion to front of alveolus of p.* 29-2; length of upper tooth-

series 37. Horn, in straight line, 69.

Type. Male. Specimen aabove. B.M. No. 0.11.7.13. Collected

by Dr. Donaldson Smith.

A comparison of the above measurements with those given of

the type of M. guentheri (P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 326) shows how much

larger the present animal is, especially as the type was a female,

and in this group the females are rather larger than the males.

The height of the crown of M. g. smithii, when the skull is resting

on the molars and bull on a plane surface, is 47:8 mm., as com-

pared with 44, 43-8, 43, and 42°5 in four male specimens of the

typical form. A good male skull of guentheri in the collection

measures 96 mm. in basal length by 53 in breadth, and the majority

of specimens are decidedly smaller than this.

This fine Dik-Dik, which I have named in honour of its donor

and discoverer, evidently bears very much the same relationship

to the true M. guentheri that M. cavendishi does to M. kirki; but as

there is a great probability that specimens intermediate in size will

turn up, I think it wise to describe it as a subspecies rather than

species.

19, CERVICAPRA BOHOR Riipp.

a-c. 6 dQ. 150 miles E. of Lado, 9 & 10 Feb., 1900. (133,

135, 136.)

d. 2. 90 miles E, of Lado, 20 Feb., 1900. (143.)

e, f.imm. gd. 80 miles E. of Lado, 26 Feb.,1900. (144, 145.)

g. Skull. 3.

1900.] FROM NORTH-EASTERN AFRICA. 805

The reasons that have induced me to consider this exceedingly

handsome Reedbuck as the true C. bohor of Riippell have been

detailed in a separate paper on the subject’. These are the first

specimens with exact localities that have been brought to

England.

The horns of the finest head measure 15 inches in length by

52 inches in basal circumference.

20. CERVICAPRA CHANLERI Rothsch.

a,b. $ @. South end of Lake Stephanie, 20 Noy., 1899.

(130, 131.)

21. GAZHLLA GRANTI BRIGHTI, subsp. n.

a. do. 160 miles E. of Lado, 28 Jan., 1900. (132.)

b. go. 150 miles EH. of Lado, 6 Feb., 1900. (137.)

e. do. 150 miles E. of Lado, 5° 20'N., 34° 5' E., 6 Feb., 1900.

Type of the subspecies. (138.)

d,e 292. 200 miles E. of Lado, 20 Jan., 1900. (125, 129.)

Size rather smaller than in other races. Fur exceedingly short.

General colour very pale. Face-markings normal. No darker

lateral bands (at any age, fide Smith). White projection into body-

colour on rump deep, quite surrounding tail. Pygal band short,

narrow, sometimes almost obsolete. Horns comparatively short; .

the youthful growth-boss at their anterior bases retained into

adult life and covered with a noticeable tuft of hair.

Dimensions of the skull of the type, an adult male :—Basal

length 240 mm.; greatest breadth 106; muzzle to orbit 140.

Horns, length over curves in front 460 (18-1 in.); circumference at

base 143.

Hab. Country between Lake Rudolf and the Nile. Type from

about 150 miles E. of Lado, on lat. 5° 20 N.

Type. Adult male, skin andskull. B.M. No. 0.11.7.14. Original

number 188. Collected 6 February, 1900, and presented by

Dr. Donaldson Smith.

For some time I have been aware that the Grant’s Gazelle of

the desert country west of Lake Rudolf was not quite the same

as the typical East-African form; but although the Museum was

last year given a female skin and skull by Lieut. (now Major)

R. T. Bright, which were obtained in September 1898 on the

N.W. shore of Lake Rudolf, and later on a separate male skull

by Capt. J. D. Ferguson from Lumian, on the same shore of the

Lake, it is only now that material sufficient to recognize it

definitely has been brought to Europe. As Major Bright was the

first to bring an example of this Gazelle to the National Museum,

I have applied his name to this form.

Dr. Smith noticed particularly that all the specimens seen were,

like the type, very short-horned, that there was a prominent tuft

1 Ann, & Mag. N. H. (7) vi. p. 303 (1900). ig

806 ON MAMMALS FROM NORTH-EASTERN AFRICA. [Nov. 20,

of hairs at the base of the horns in all of them, and that there

was no lateral stripe in specimens of any age.

The presence of the boss from which the tuft of hair grows up at

the base of the horns is of course normally a character of youth,

and is especially marked in the youthful type of G. g. peters: figured

by Peters!. In the present case, however, this character is kept until

old age (just as happens in the Reedbuck), for not only is the type

skull fully adult, as shown by the teeth, but Capt. Ferguson’s

Lumian skull is quite aged. Yet both clearly show the boss, and

have the horns sloping back away from it.

The characters and ranges of the four subspecies of G. granti

that I should recognize may be briefly epitomized as follows :—

G. granti typica.—Horns long, more or less lyrate. Lateral

stripe present in youth. Pygal band well-marked. White

on top of rump passing right over root of tail—Interior of

East Africa, from the Boran Galla country to Ugogo.

G. g. petersi.—Horns more parallel. Colour of back passing on

to tail, and dividing the white rump-patch.—Coast districts

of East Africa.

G. g. smithiitHorns shorter. No lateral stripe at any age.

Pygal band very small. White of rump undivided. Growth-

boss of horn retained to adult life.—Country between Lake

Rudolf aud Nile.

G. g. notata.—Fur comparatively long. Lateral markings and

pygal band very strong and black.—Hill-country S. and S.E.

of Rudolf. Loroghi Mts. (Neumann); Turquel (Ferguson) ;

Gessima (Delamere).

22. GAZELLA THOMSONI Giinth.

a. d. 90 miles E. of Lado, on 4° 40’ N., 20 Feb., 1900. (134.)

This is the most northern point from which G. thomson has been

recorded.

93. TRAGELAPHUS SCRIPTUS BOR.

3 9. Skin and skull. 80 miles E. of Lado, 22 Feb., 1900.

(139, 140.)

These specimens show that the Bushbuck of the Upper Nile,

to which Heuglin gave the provisional name of Tragelaphus bor *,

and which is referred to in the ‘ Book of Antelopes’* under 7. decula,

is really a tenable subspecies of 7. scriptus. The following is a

description of Dr. Donaldson Smith’s specimens :—

Female more abundantly marked than male. Neck well-haired,

not mostly short-haired as in 7’. s, fasciatus. White markings of

limbs well-developed as usual, not obsolete as in 7’. delamerei’.

Male. General colour of back pale brownish. Dark nuchal line

' MB. Ak. Berl. 1879, p. 832, pl. v.

* Reise N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 122 (1877). 3 iv. p. 107 (1900).

* The type of 7. delamerei, Pocock, proves, on the recovery of its skull,

which had been mislaid, to be quite young ; not subadult, as was stated in the

original description.

Paces. OOF Pi tll

Horace Knight delet lith West, Newman chromo

RHYNCHOTA OF THE FAMILY PENTATOMIDA

; < ) 10 Ae ae

rorace (imght aeLet ith AU Nest, Newman chromo

RHYNCHOTA OF THE FAMILY PENTATOMIDAS.

1900.] ON THE RHYNCHOTA IN THE HOPE COLLECTION. 807

diffuse. White lineation of body much reduced; the upper

shoulder-stripe very short on one side in the single skin and

absent on the other. Lower shoulder-stripe broken into spots.

Vertical bands inconspicuous, three on one side and four on the

other, but only the two middle bands at all prominent. Five

stripes mentioned in Heuglin’s description.

Female. General colour bright rufous, but the nape and the

middle line of the back over a breadth of about 4 to 6 inches

fuscous brown, in unusual contrast to the rufous sides. White

stripes numerous and conspicuous; the lower shoulder-stripe pro-

minent, well-developed, continuous, rather longer than usual ;

upper shoulder-stripe, on the other hand, narrow and little developed.

Vertical stripes very numerous, 9 on one side and 10 on the other,

therefore more in number (though hardly so broad and sharply

defiued) than in 7. s. scriptus.

Basal length of male skull (c.) 196 mm., greatest breadth 90.

Horns (in straight lime) 258 mm.

Female skull: basal length 193 mm., greatest breadth 86,

orbit to muzzle 107.

This Nilotic form of the Common Bushbuck is distinguished

by having its female more numerously striped than the male, the

sexes being about equal in this respect in 7’ s. scriptus, and the

male more striped than the female in 7. s. ornatus; also by its

well-haired neck, which separates it from 7’. s. fasciatus.

Singly the sexes may be distinguished—the male by its few

and the female by its many stripes from the corresponding sexes

of the allied subspecies, and the female is also characterized by the

contrasted fuscous area on the back.

4, Revision of the Rhynchota belonging to the Family

Pentatomide in the Hope Collection at Oxford. By

W. L. Distant.

[Received June 18, 1900.]

(Plates LII. & LIIL.)

In the years 1837 and 1842 there were published at Oxford.

Parts 1. and II. of ‘ A Catalogue of Hemiptera in the Collection

of the Rev. F. W. Hope,’ which still form part of the well-known

“¢ Hope Collection ” in the Oxford Museum. Part I. bears no name

of author, and the descriptions therein have very often been ascribed

to Hope, as his name is appended to the nomenclature. Part II.

is stated to have been written by the late Prof. Westwood, and

there is no doubt that he was the author of both, and that conclusion

is now generally followed by entomologists.

The publication consists of short Latin descriptions of a con-

siderable number of species considered as then undescribed; but

of these many now rank only as synonyms and mostly require

generic revision—a result which causes little surprise when the

808 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE RHYNCHOTA [ Nov. 20,

fragmentary knowledge of the Order in those days is considered,

with the obscurity that then enshrouded the Fabrician species,

which Westwood seems to have almost ignored. Much of this

synonymy has been elucidated, especially by the late Dr. C. Stal,

who in 1862 visited this country, examined the collection and

made notes thereon, which were published in the Ofy. Vet.-Akad.

Forh. 1862, p. 501. These were again given, sometimes in a

revised form, in his subsequent ‘ Enumeratio Hemipterorum.’

Like all Stal’s work, this casual examination produced reliable

correction, but much was still left in an obscure condition, and

our catalogues contain many doubtful references to a number

of Westwood’s species described from this collection.

I have to thank Prof. Poulton, who has succeeded Prof. West-

wood at Oxford, for placing the whole collection in my hands for

comparison and revision. I have carefully compared all the types

with those contained in the British Museum and my own collection,

with the result of finding that though many of Westwood’s species

must rank as synonyms, he has on the other hand priority in

many cases over the descriptions of more recent workers, who

have failed to recognize his species by their short descriptions

and unrevised generic position. It is probable that Continental

describers may also be compelled to withdraw some of their

own descriptions for a similar reason, and the figures with which

the Society has allowed me to illustrate this communication may

facilitate that result.

Some few species are in such indifferent condition as to render

generic identification impossible—at least with certitude; but in

most cases these are figured, and thus eventually, when better

specimens reach the hands of workers, they can be recognized and

then generically disposed.

Subfam. DiscocePHALIN &.

DINOcORIS UNICOLOR.

Dinidor unicolor Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 25 (1837).

Antileuchus piceus Dall. (part.) List Hem. i. p. 165. n. 6 (1851).

Dinocoris wnicolor Stal, En. Hem. ii. p. 9. n. 16 (1872).

Dinocoris piceus Dist. (part.) Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch. i. p. 46.

n. 2 (1880).

In the Biol. Centr.-Amer. I had followed Dallas in placing the

D. unicolor Westw. as a synonym of D. piceus Pal. Beauv. On

examination I find the two species are quite distinct, that of

Westwood having a greater width of abdomen and the upper

surface distinctly rugose.

DINOCORIS TESSELLATUS.

Dinidor tesselatus Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 24 (1837).

Dinocoris tessellatus Stil, En, Hem. ii. p. 9. n. 14 (1872).

A species closely allied to the D. amplus Walk., but having the

second and third joints of the antenna wholly black.

1900. ] IN THE HOPE COLLECTION AT OXFORD. 809

Subfam. PenraTomMIn 2.

SPUDZUS PARVULUS. (Plate LILI. fig. 1.)

Halys parvula Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 22 (1837).

The species identified with this by Dallas (List Hem. i. p. 169,

1851) is altogether different, and must not be treated as the same,

as has been enumerated by Stal, and catalogued by Lethierry and

Severin.

DALPADA CLAVATA.

Cimex clavatus Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 532 (1798).

Halys latipes Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 23 (1837).

Halys concinna Westw. loc. cit.

NEVISANUS ALTERNANS.

Halys aliernans Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 22 (1837).

Nevisanus orientalis Dist. Anu. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xi.

p. 891 (1893).

ORTHOSCHIZOPS ASSIMILIS. (Plate LII. fig. 2.)

Halys assimilis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 21 (1837).

Orthoschizops assimilis Stal, En. Hem. v. p. 49. n. 8 (1876).

OrrHOScHIzoPs ? RUGOSUS. (Plate LII. fig. 3.)

Atelocerus rugosus Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 21 (1837).

The type and only specimen which I have seen is without the

abdomen, and is consequently unable to be strictly identified in a

generic sense. It seems, however, to belong to the genus

Orthoschizops.

(?) Hatys RUFESCENS Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 24 (1837).

This species is recorded by Stal (Hn. Hem. v. p. 42, 1876) as

belonging to the genus Pecilometis. It is not, however, contained

in the type collection forwarded to me from Oxford.

(?) Hatys pentipes Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 24 (1837).

I have the following note from Oxford relating to this species—

“ dentipes is missing, space empty, specimen not to be found.”

KALULA, gen. nov.

Body elongate. Head long, about two-thirds the length of the

pronotum, the lateral margins sinuate and slightly widened,

rounded, and moderately laminate at the apices of the lateral

lobes, which are a little longer than the central lobe and cleft

centrally ; antennze moderately short, first joint not nearly

reaching apex of head, second joint considerably passing it, fourth

and fifth joints distinctly thickened; ocelli much nearer eyes

than to each other; rostrum reaching the posterior cox. Pro-

notum distinctly depressed from between the pronotal angles, which

810 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE RHYNCHOTA [Nov. 20,

are obtusely prominent at about the centre of the lateral margins,

from which the margins are concavely sinuate to apex. Scutellum

about half the length of abdomen. Abdomen unarmed.

I have placed this genus near Ocrophara Stil, from which, apart

from other differences, it may be distinguished by the shape and

structure of the head.

KALULA VARICORNIS. (Plate LIL. fig. 4.)

Glia varicornis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 33 (1837).

Hab. Gambia.

DICTYOTUS SEMIMARGINATTS.

Pentatoma semimarginata Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 42 (1837).

Westwood gave no locality for his species, but the British

Museum possesses specimens from Baudin Island, West Australia.

Antenne with the first and second joints ochraceous, third,

fourth, and fifth joints piceous, apices of third and fourth joints

ochraceous.

DICTYOTUS CHZNOSUS.

Pentatoma cenosa Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 42 (1837).

Pentatoma vilis Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 309. n. 147 (1867).

Dictyotus vilis Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv.

p. 434 (1899).

I have previously given the full synonymy of this species, but

now, from an examination of the Hope Collection, am compelled

to remove it one stage further back.

Dicryorus PALLirEes. (Plate LILI. fig. 9.)

Pentatoma pallipes Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 41 (1837).

In size and general appearance allied to D. roei Westw., but

having the head more elongate and not prominently cleft at the

apex, the central lobe being longer.

Westwood’s type is unlocalized, and I have not seen another

specimen.

Dicryorus ROEI.

Pentatoma roei Westw. in Hope Cat. 1. p. 42 (1837).

Dictyotus affinis Dall. List Hem. i. p. 141. n. 4 (1851).

This is not the species identified by Dallas as roe: Westw, (List

Hem. i. p. 140), which is an ally of D. tasmanicus Dall., and is

the D. equalis Walk.

NIPHE SUBFERRUGINEA.

Pentatoma ferruginea Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 35 (1837).

Pentatoma cephalus Dall. List Hem. i. p. 245. n. 32 (1851).

Pentatoma lateralis Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 301 (1867).

Niphe cephalus Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv.

p- 435 (1899).

1900. ] IN THE HOPE COLLECTION AT OXFORD. 811

TROPICORYPHA DEPLANATA,

Pentatoma deplanata Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 35 (1837).

Agonoscelis rufescens Walk. Cat. Het. 11. p. 546 (1868).

Tropicorypha rufescens Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7,

vol. iv. p. 485 (1899).

PALOMENA PRASINA.

Cimex prasinus Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 241. n. 931 (1761).

Pentatoma confusa Westw. (MS.) in Hope Cat. 1. p. 9. n. 65

(1837).

This species stands, as Westwood pointed out, under the name

of juniperinus in the Banksian Collection. Westwood apparently

substituted his name confusa, but did not describe the species.

PALOMENA VIRIDISSIMA.

Cimex viridissima Poda, Ins. Mus. Gr. p. 56. n. 10 (1761).

Pentatoma rotundicollis Westw. (MS.) in Hope Cat. i. p. 9. n. 66

(1837).

This appears to be a name substituted by Westwood for

“prasinus Wolff nec Linn.,” and with no published description.

PaLoMENA UnicoLor. (Plate LII. fig. 5.)

Pentatoma unicolor Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 41 (1837).

A species allied to P. spinosa Dist. and P. angulosa Motsch.

PENTATOMA SENILIS.

Pentatoma senilis Say, New Harm. Ind., Dec. 1831; Compl. Writ.

i, p. 316. n. 8 (1859); Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. i. p. 120

(1893).

LInoderma (Rhytidolomia) senilis Stal, En. Hem. p. 33. n. 2

(1872).

Pentatoma ovalis (oblonga) Westw. in Hope Cat. 1. p. 39 (1837).

Pentatoma grisea Dall. List Hem. i. p. 246. n. 33 (1851).

This is not the P. oblonga Westw. loc. cit. p. 37, as stated by

Stal (En. Hem. ii. p. 33) and repeated by Lethierry and Severin

(Cat. p. 120), which is a Javan species, and a synonym of Nezara

viridula Linn.

MorRMIDEA SCUTELLATA. (Plate LIT. fig. 7.)

Pentatoma scutellata Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 37 (1837).

EUSCHISTUS SERVUS.

Pentatoma serva Say, New Harm. Ind., Dee. 1831; Compl. Writ.

vol. i. p. 314 (1859),

Pentatoma spilota Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 42 (1837).

Westwood’s habitat is “ Brasilia ?,” but it is doubtless a North

American specimen which forms the type of his P. spzlota.

812 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE RHYNCHOTA [ Nov. 20,

EUSCHISTUS TRISTIGMUS.

Pentatoma tristigma Say, New Harm. Ind., Dec. 1831; Compl.

Writ. i. p. 314 (1859).

Pentatoma inconspecta Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 42 (1837).

ILERDA PALLESCENS. (Plate LILI. fig. 10.)

Pentatoma pallescens Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 41 (1837).

A species allied in structnre to /. sudana Dist.

CARBULA OBSCURA.

Pentatoma obscura Westw. in Hope Cat. i, p. 35 (1837).

CARBULA INSOCIA.

Eysarcoris insocius Walk. Cat. Het. ili. p. 556 (1868).

Pentatoma bimaculata Westw. MS.

In the Hope Cat. i. p. 35, under the MS. name Pent. bimaculata,

Westwood unites ‘Species delenda, varietus precedentis,” referring

to his Carbula (Pent.) obscura. The two species are, however,

quite distinct and easily distinguished by the shape and structure

of the pronotal angles.

CARBULA DIFFICILIS.

Pentatoma difficilis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 35 (1837).

A species resembling largely the C. ¢nsocia Walk.

CARBULA MELACANTHA.

Cimex melacanthus Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 103 (1794).

Pentatoma hostilis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 40 (1837).

CARBULA INDICA,

Pentatoma indica Westw. in Hope Cat. i, p. 42 (1837).

Carbula fusca Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1887, p. 346.

THYANTA ANTIGUENSIS.

Pentatoma antiguensis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 36 (1837).

Pentatoma teniola Dall. List Hem. i. p. 250 (1851),

THYANTA VITREA.

Pentatoma vitrea Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 36 (1837).

Type in bad condition, without abdomen.

MURGANTIA VARICOLOR.

Pentatoma varicolor Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 37 (1837).

Strachia munda Dall. List Hem. i. p. 264. n. 19 (1851),

Murgantia tessellata? Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén, Hém. t. i. p. 156

(1893).

NEZARA CHLOROCEPHALA.

Pentatoma chlorocephala Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 38 (1837).

Lethierry and Severin (Cat. Gén. Hém, t. i. p. 167) have

1900.) IN THE HOPE COLLECTION AT OXFORD. 813

placed this species as a synonym of J. viridula Linn. From that

species VV. chlorocephala ditiers by its elongate form, and particu-

larly by its more elongate and narrower head.

Westwood localized it as “ Brasilia?” The British Museum

possesses specimens from Nyasaland collected by Mr. A. Whyte.

NEZARA CHLORIS.

Pentatoma chloris Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 38 (1837).

Pentatoma mentiens Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 296. n. 92 (1867).

Stal (En. Hem. i. p. 41, 1872) places this species as a

synonym of Nezara viridula Linn. In this case, however, he has

fallen into error. JV. chloris is a smaller, more elongate, narrower,

and much more convex species ; the head is large and broad.

I possess specimens both from Congo and Nyasaland.

NEZARA CAPICOLA.

Pentatoma capicola Westw. in Hope Cat. 1. p. 39 (1837).

Pentatoma lata Westw. loe. cit.

Pentatoma frontalis Westw. loc. cit. p. 37.

Rhaphigaster capicola Dall. List Hem. 1. p. 276. n. 5 (1851).

Nezara capicola Stal, Hem. Afr. i. p. 195. n. 3 (1864).

Pentatoma africana Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 39 (1837).

P. frontalis and P. africana are colour varieties. In the strict

usage of the laws of priority, frontalis is the earliest name ; but as

this is clearly a variety or “sport,” I do not disturb the arrange-

ment of Dallas and Stal.

NEZARA VIRIDULA.

Cimex viridulus Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, i. p. 444. n. 28 (1758).

Pentatoma oblonga Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 87 (1837).

Pentatoma wnicolor Westw. loc. cit. p. 38.

Pentatoma berylina Westw. loc. cit.

Pentatoma subsericea Westw. loc. cit.

Pentatoma levi Westw. loc. cit.

Pentatoma tripunctifera Westw. loc. cit.

Pentatoma proxima Westw. loc. cit.

Pentatoma chinensis Westw. loc. cit.

Rhaphigaster subsericeus Dall. List Hem. i. p. 275. n. 3 (1851).

Nezara viridula Stal (part.), En. Hem. ii. p. 41. n. 6 (1872).

ALTIUS, gen. nov.

Body moderately short, broad, and convex. Head long, almost

as long as the pronotum, lateral margins strongly sinuate, lateral

lobes a little longer than the central lobe and cleft at apices ;

antenne four-jointed, basal joint not quite reaching apex of head,

second joint very long, third and fourth joints subequal in length ;

ocelli placed somewhat near the eyes; rostrum reaching the

posterior cox, second joint longest. Pronotum broad, the

lateral angles produced in long robust spines directed forward

814 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE RHYNOHOTA [Nov. 20,

and somewhat upward ; anterior lateral margins coarsely dentate,

a somewhat larger and lobate tooth at anterior angle. Scutellum

broad, sinuate about centre. Connexivum prominent; abdomen

beneath with a broad central sulcation, which does not extend to

apex.

Airius varincarus. (Plate LILI. fig. 8.)

Atelocerus? variegatus Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 21 (1887),

Hab. Australia: Swan River.

PLAUTIA FIMBRIATA.

Cimex fimbriatus Fabr. Mant. 1. p. 295 (1787).

Pentatoma fimbriata Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 32 (1837).

PLAUTIA VIRIDICOLLIS.

Pentatoma viridicollis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 35 (1837).

Plautia viridicollis Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. 1. p. 169

(1893).

Pentatoma inconspricua Dall. List Hem, 1. p. 250. n. 42 (1851).

CRESPHONTES MONSONI, (Plate LIL. fig. 6.)

Raphigaster monsoni Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 31 (1837).

Cresphontes nigro-maculatus Haglund, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxix,

p. 157 (1868).

Westwood recorded a wrong locality (** Caput Bonz Spei’’) for

this species. I have compared the types of both Westwood and

Haglund.

ANTESTIA CRUCIATA.

Cimex cruciatus Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 714 (1775).

Pentatoma pantherina Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 34 (1837).

Westwood undoubtedly was led astray by the wrong habitat

“Georgia Americe” in redescribing this well-known Oriental

species.

ACTUARIUS, gen. nov.

Body oblong. Head with the lateral lobes considerably longer

than the central lobes, and very distinctly cleft at their

apices, which are obliquely rounded, their lateral margins mode-

rately sinuate ; ocelli situate between the eyes and nearer to them

than to each other. Antenne with the second joint a little

shorter than either third or fourth, which are subequal in length ;

rostrum about reaching the posterior coxe, second joint longest,

third slightly shorter than the fourth. Pronotum long, moderately

convex, the lateral margins sinuate, the posterior angles rounded

_ and subprominent, the anterior angles shortly dentate. Scutellum

about half the length of the abdomen, slightly gibbous at base,

narrowed towards apex. Corium distinctly moderately widened

at about one-third from base; membrane with longitudinal veins.

1900.] IN THE HOPE COLLECTION AT OXFORD. 815

Abdomen probably spined at base, but mutilated there by pin in

type and only specimen.

Allied to Menida Motsch.

AcTUARIUS ALBoNoTATUS. (Plate LIT. fig. 11.)

Pentatoma albonotata Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 37 (1887).

Hab. Gambia.

MBENIDA HISTRIO.

Cimex histrio Fabr. Mant. il. p. 296. n. 176 (1787).

Pentatoma bengalensis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 36 (1837).

OcrrRHo# RoEI. (Plate LIL. fig. 12.)

Rhynchocoris roei Westw. in Hope Cat. 1. p. 30 (1837); Leth. &

Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém.i. p. 181 (1893).

The species identified by Dallas (List Hem. i. p. 297. n. 4, 1851)

is not conspecific.

OcIRRHOE ? VIRESCENS. (Plate LITI. fig. 7.)

Raphigaster virescens Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 31 (1837).

The type and only specimen is in a very mutilated condition;

wanting the abdomen, but the species apparently belongs to the

genus Ocirrhoé.

AVICENNA, gen. nov.

Head deflected, moderately broad, lobes of equal length, apex

rounded, lateral margins moderately sinuate at about centre.

Antenne with the second and third joints subequal in length, or

second slightly shorter than the third. Pronotum strongly de-

flected anteriorly from between the area of the lateral angles ;

lateral margins moderately concavely sinuate, punctate before

anterior margin, posterior margin strongly concave at base of

scutellum ; posterior angles subprominent, lateral angles produced

in long acute spines. Scutellum broad, distinctly narrowed a

little before apex. Rostrum with the second and third joints

about subequal in length. Sternal process extending beyond base

of head. Spines at apices of sixth abdominal segment and anus

strongly developed.

This genus agrees with Morna in the concave posterior margin

of the pronotum, but differs in not having the posterior pronotal

angles acutely produced. It is allied to Vitellus by the shape and

production of the sternal process, but differs by the less triangular

and elongate head, the longer and non-triangular scutellum, &c.

AVICENNA INQuINATA. (Plate LILI. fig. 1.)

Rhynchocoris inquinata Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 29 (1837).

Cuspicona inquinata Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 387. n. 29 (1867).

Vitellus inquinatus Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén, Hém. p. 182 (1893),

816 MR, W. L. DISTANT ON THE RHYNCHOTA [Nov. 20,

EpmssA LINEATA.

Edessa lineata Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 28 (1837).

Allied to #. saturata Dall., differmg by the unicolorous con-

nexivum and the non-apically excavated scutellum.

EDESSA MINIATA.

Edessa miniata Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 28 (1837).

Edessa scutellata Herr.-Schiiff. Wanz. Ins. v. p. 101, fig. 552

(1839); Stal, En. Hem. ii. p. 55. n. 36 (1872).

Var. Edessa lurida Dall. List Hem. i. p. 328. n. 28 (1851) ; Stoll,

Pun. fig. 148.

EDESSA FLAVIDA.

Edessa flavida Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 28 (1837); Stal, En.

Hem. ii. p. 53. n. 21 (1872).

Edessa lutea Westw. in Hope Cat. 1. p. 28 (1837).

Edessa simplew Herr.-Schiff. Wanz. Ins. y. p. 103, fig. 554

(1839).

Edessa jutea Stil, En. Hem. ii. p. 59. n. 76 (1872).

This is quite distinct from the species recorded as EF. flavida and

E. lutea by Dallas.

EDESSA CARNOSA.

Edessa carnosa Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 29 (1837).

Aceratodes costalis Stal, Eug. Resa, Ins. p. 231. n. 29 (1859).

Edessa senilis Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 450. n. 128 (1868).

Edessa fulvipes var. costalis Stal, En. Hem. ii. p. 58 (1872); Dist.

Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhyn. vol. i. p. 458. n. 39 (B) (1893).

Var. Aceratodes fulvipes Dall. List Hem. i. p. 3385. n. 6 (1851),

The form costalis Stil has hitherto been recorded as the variety

of LE. fulvipes Dall. Now that Stal’s costalis is found to be

synonymic with 4. carnosa Westw. the oldest name, the sub-

sequently described HZ. fulvipes Dall. must be regarded as the

varietal form.

Subfam. Asoprn #.

DORYCORIS FUSCOSUS.

Asopus fuscosus Germ. in Silberm, Rey. v. p. 187 (1837).

Pentatoma minata Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 48 (1837).

Both these descriptions were published in the year 1837, and

there is no evidence as to which appeared first. he species has

been hitherto known and recorded under Germar’s name, and it is

therefore better to make no alteration.

AUDINETIA SPINIDENS.

Cimex spinidens Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 285 (1787).

Pentatoma aliena Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 40 (1837).

1900. ] IN THE HOPE COLLECTION AT OXFORD. 817

Guypsus sparsus. (Plate LIII. fig. 5.)

Ailia sparsa Westw. in Hope Cat. 1. p. 33 (1837).

Adlia assimilis Westw. loc. cit.

Popisus NEGLECTUS. (Plate LIII. fig. 4.)

Raphigaster neglectus Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 31 (1837).

Podisus neglectus Stal, En. Hem. i. p. 53. n. 29 (1870).

Subfam. TEssaRaToMIN®.

TESSARATOMA PAPILLOSA.

Cimex papillosus Drury, Ill. Nat. Hist. i. p. 96, tab. 43. fig. 2

(1770).

Tesseratoma proxima Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 27 (1837).

Stal (En. Hem. i. p. 67, 1870) treats 7. prowima as a synonym

of 7. javanica Thunb., restricting 7’. papillosa to China only. This,

in my view, is clearly incorrect.

Subfam. PHYLLOCEPHALIN &.

MELAMPODIUS, gen. noy.

Head with the lateral lobes very much longer than the

central, projecting forward and somewhat upward, their apices

wide apart ; ocelli placed very close to the eyes. Antenne of five

joints ; basal joint very stout, reaching to about half the length of

the lateral lobes; apical joint somewhat thickened. Rostrum

passing the anterior coxe, stout, third joint longest. Pronotum

with the lateral angles produced forward in long, slightly di-

verging horns, which are strongly toothed internally. Scutellum

broad, narrowed about midway to apex. Membrane with longitu-

dinal veins. Legs stout and pilose.

Allied to Cressona Dall.

MELAMPODIUS CERVICORNIS. (Plate LIII. fig. 10.)

Alelocerus cervicornis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 21 (1837).

Hab. Sierra Leone.

BAsicRyYPrus tRRoRATUS. (Plate LIII. fig. 6.)

Phyllocephala irrorata Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 27 (1857).

Subfam. ACANTHOSOMIN®.

ACANTHOSOMA LATERALIS.

Edessa lateralis Say, New Harm. Ind., Dee. 1831 ; Compl. Writ.

i. p. 312. n. 2 (1859).

Acanthosoma affinis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 80 (1837).

Acanthosoma picicolor Westw. loc. cit.

818 MR, W. L. DISTANT ON THE RHYNCHOTA [Noy. 20,

ACANTHOSOMA CRUCIATA.

Edessa cruciata Say, New Harm. Ind., Dec. 1831; Compl. Writ.

i. p. 311 (1859).

Acanthosoma borealis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 30 (1837).

SASTRAGALA VARIOLOSA. (Plate LIII. fig. 3.)

Acanthosoma variolosa Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 30 (1837).

A species allied to S. binotata Dist.

SPECIES OF UNCERTAIN POSITION.

? ATRICORNIS. (Plate LILI. fig. 8.)

Alia atricornis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 32 (1837).

I do not quite see my way to generically locate this species. The

antenn are in too mutilated a condition for the foundation of a

new genus, and as the species is now figured, it will be well to wait

for more perfect material before deciding its classificatory position.

? NIGRIPES.

Pentatoma nigripes Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 41 (1837).

The solitary type specimen is without abdomen and lacking also

half the scutellum. It is thus in too mutilated a condition for

figuring or for generic identification.

? HARRISI. (Plate LIII. fig. 2.)

Pentatoma harrisii Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 41 (1837).

Westwood gives the habitat of this species as “ Georgia

Americe,” a locality we have already seen, as in his P. pantherina

= Antestia cruciata, he had applied to an Oriental species. I can

find no trace of this species in the descriptions of North-American

Pentatomide, which are now presumably fairly complete, and am

inclined to consider that the locality is also incorrect. It is

therefore perhaps better to figure the species and leave the genus

an open question till its locality is authenticated.

? LATERALIS. (Plate LIII. fig. 9.)

Pentatoma lateralis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 43 (1837).

The typical and only specimen is in a bad condition, with the

rostrum wholly absent. Generic identification is thus impossible.

Summarized Disposition of the Hopeian Genera and Species.

PENTATOMID,

NEw GENERA DESCRIBED.

Plataspis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 16 (1837).

Hoplistodera Westw. loc. cit. p. 18.

Aplosterna Westw. loc. cit. p. 26.

Lyramorpha Westw. loc. cit. p. 27.

Rhynchocoris Westw. loc. cit. p. 29.

Urolabida Westw. loc. cit. p. 45.

Urostylis Westw. loc. cit.

1900.] IN THE HOPE COLLECLION AT OXFORD. 819

SPECIES AND GENERA REMAINING UNDISTURBED.

Podops spinifera Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 16.

Plataspis nigrita Westw. loc. cit. p. 17.

Coptosoma maculata Westw. loc. cit.

2 transversa Westw. loc. cit.

nepalensis Westw. loc. cit.

Hoplistodera testacea Westw. loc. cit. p. 18.

Cydnus indicus Westw. loc. cit. p. 19.

imsularis Westw. loc. cit.

,, obscurus Westw. loc. cit.

,, capicola Westw. loc. cit.

» nigricans Westw. loc. cit.

nepalensis Westw. loc. cit.

Megarhynchus truncatus Westw. loc. cit. p. 20.

Atelocerus sticticus Westw. loc. cit. (Atelocera stictica).

Aspongopus ochreus Westw. loc. cit. p. 25

~ nubilus Westw. loc. cit.

Ff cuprifer Westw. loc. cit.

a nigrwentris Westw. loc. cit. p. 26.

sanguinolentus Westw. loc. cit.

r Juscus Westw. loc. cit.

nepalensis Westw. loc. cit.

Megn ymenum insulare Westw. loc. cit.

Aplosterna virescens Westw. loc. cit. p. 27.

Lyramorpha rosea Westw. loc. cit. p. 28.

Edessa lineata Westw. loc. cit. p. 28.

jugata Westw. loc. cit.

fiavida Westw. loc. cit.

miniata Westw. loc. cit.

» loxdalit Westw. loc. cit. p. 29.

» _piperitia Westw. loc. cit.

» carnosa Westw. loc. cit.

Urolabida tenera Westw. loc. cit. p. 45.

Urostylis punctigera Westw. loc. cit.

SPECIES REQUIRING GENERIC REVISION,

Trigonosoma subfasciatum Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 11,

belongs to genus Hotea.

‘i gambie Westw. loc. cit. - é

”

‘a affine Westw. loc. cit. p.12 ,, i Ancyrosoma.

ra vufum Westw. loc. cit. ns a Bolbocoris.

Scuteller a rubro-lineata Westw. loc. cit. — ,, " Graphosoma.

Pachycoris lobata Westw. loc. cit. 5 Lobothyreus.

is attenuata Westw. loc. cit. p. 13° 5, NSolenostethium

Spherocoris lateritia Westw. loc. cit. - », Hyperoncus,

Tectocoris hardwickii Westw. loc. cit. ff me Pecilocoris.

» purpurascens Westw. loc. cit. ,, 7s *

5 imterrupta Westw. loc, cit. p.14 ,, x4 ‘i

» oblonga Westw. loc. cit. ri a Brachyaulax.

Proo. Zoot. Soo,—1900, No, LIV. 54

820 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE RHYNCHOTA

Callidea purpurea Westw. loc. cit. p. 15

[Nov. 20,

belongs to genus Chrysocoris.

5 marginella Westw. loc. cit. ay

,, obtusa Westw. loc. cit. p. 16 ie

» roylii Westw. loc. cit. 4

purpurata Westw. loc. cit.

Plataspis hemispherica Westw. loc. cit. p. 17

mitida Westw. loc. cit. a

subenea Westw. loc. cit.

» nigriventris Westw. loc. cit. p. 18

Cydnus piceus Westw. loc. cit. p. 18 e

latipes Westw. loe. cit. 44

serripes Westw. loc. cit. p.19 _,,

,, subferrugineus Westw. loc. cit.

Megarhynchus acanthurus W estw. loc. cit. p.

Atelocerus furcatus Westw. loc. cit. p

centro-lineatus Westw. loc. cit. ,,

» rugosus Westw. loc. cit. p.21 _,,

”

+»)

» cervicornis Westw. loc. cit. st

» varicornis Westw. loc. cit. me

variegatus Westw. loc. cit. f

Hal ys assimilis Westw. loc. cit. Dare a,

» parvula Westw. loc. cit. p.22 _ ,,

» ngricollis Westw. loc. cit.

» alternans Westw. loc. cit. 9

» lata Westw. loc. cit. p. 23 =

» apicalis Westw. loc. cit. HA

» strigata Westw. loc. cit. hn

», reticulata Westw. loc. cit. p. 24 ,,

lineata Westw. loc. cit. 35

Daadlor melanoleucus Westw. loc. cit. ,,

» tesselatus Westw. loc. cit. e

»» variolosus Westw. loc. cit. p. 25 ,,

5 dispar Westw. loc. cit. 3

3, unicolor Westw. loc. cit.

Aspongopus siccifolius Westw. loc. cit. ,,

Phyllocephala irrorata Westw. loc. cit. p. 27

Eusthenes laticollis Westw. loc. cit. %

Tesseratoma cuprea Westw. loc. cit. sf

3 taurus Westw. loe. cit. 3

Edessa nodifera Westw. loc. cit. p. 28 ,,

Rhynchocoris inquinata Westw. loc. cit. p. 29

‘ unimaculata W estw. loc. cit. ,,

ee thoracica Westw. loc. cit. p. 30

< roeit Westw. loe. cit. se

Acanthosoma variolosa Westw. loc. cit. ,,

Raphigaster neylectus W estw. loc. cit. p. 31

¥ luteus Westw. loc. cit. 7m

‘s guildingit Westw. loc. cit. ,,

dé flavolineatus W estw. loc. cit. ,,

Lamprocoris.

Cantao.

Brachyplatys.

rh)

Adrisa.

Scoparipes.

Pangeus.

Amnestus.

Diplowys.

Diplorhinus.

Om yta.

Orthoschizops ?

5, Melampodius, g.n.

Alcceus.

Attius, g.n

Orthoschizops.

Spudeus.

Dalpada.

Nevisanus.

Atelocera.

Eumecopus,

Peecilometis.

Spudeus.

Pecilometis.

Dinocoris.

”?

Hyrmine.

Dinocoris.

Cyclopelta.

Basicryptus.

Mattiphus.

Eusthenes.

Emblosterna.

Peromatus.

Avicenna, g.n.

Ocirrhoé?

Cuspwcona.,

Ocirrhoé.

Sastragala.

Podisus.

Platacantha.

Piezodorus.

”

1900.]

IN THH HOPE COLLECTION AT OXFORD.

821

Raphigaster virescens Westw. loc. cit. belongs to genus Ocirrhoé?

A monsont Westw. loc. cit. :

Pe longitudinalis Westw. loc. cit. ,,

Atha nasalis Westw. loc. cit. p. 32 Vs

», erosa Westw. loc. cit. p. 33 53

,, melanoleuca Westw. loc. cit. -

» sparsa Westw. loc. cit. i

,, conspicua Westw. loc. cit. .

» varicornis Westw. loc. cit. -

Pentatoma formosa Westw. loc. cit. p. 34 ,,

Me violascens Westw. loc. cit. -

a gloriosa Westw. loe. cit. bs

e varia Westw. loc. cit. Ks

,, deplanata Westw. loc. cit. p. 35 ,,

= obscura Westw. loc. cit. e

” difficilis Westw. loc. cit. ¥

subferruginea Westw. loc. cit. ,,

viridicollis Westw. loc. cit. —,,

ventralis Westw. loc. cit. p. 36 ,,

lineaticollis Westw. loc. cit. ,,

caffre Westw. loc. cit. 3

antiguensis Westw. loc. cit. ,,

vitrea Westw. loc. cit. “3

albo-notata Westw. loc. cit. p. 37

varicolor Westw. loc. cit. ss

marginalis Westw. loc. cit. ,,

scutellata Westw. loc. cit. rs

chloris Westw. loc. cit. p.38 ,,

chlorocephala Westw. loc. cit. ,,

capicola Westw. loc. cit. p. 39 ,,

crassa Westw. loc. cit. e

pavonina Westw. loc. cit. va

bronzea Westw. loc. cit. p. 40 ,,

luteipennis Westw. loc. cit. ,,

atrox Westw. loc. cit. %

crocipes W estw. loc. cit. 3

3-maculata Westw. loc. cit. ,,

3-notata Westw. loc. cit. a

unicolor Westw. loc. cit. p.41 ,,

pallescens Westw. loc. cit. a

pallipes Westw. loc. cit. i

roct Westw. loc. cit. p. 42 i

indica Westw. loc. cit. és

semimarginata Westw. loc. cit. ,,

cenosa Westw. loc. cit. Pe

purpurea Westw. loc. cit. p. 48 ,,

vartpennis Westw. loc. cit. ,,

platygaster Westw. loc. cit. ,,

aculeata Westw. loc. cit. p. 44 ,,

rufo-spilota Westw. loc. cit. _,,

”

Cresphontes.

Awona.

Cermatulus.

Agonoscelis.

Platynopus.

Glypsus.

Kalula, g.n.

Menida.

Murgantia.

Stenozygum.

Tropicorypha.

Carbula.

Niphe.

Plautia.

Eysarcoris.

Afliomorpha.

Thyanta.

Actuarius, 2.0.

Murgantia.

Oplomus.

Mormidea.

Nezara.

”

be]

Zangis.

Dorycoris.

br)

Lowa.

Euchistus.

Dalpada.

Tolumnia.

Palomena.

Tlerda.

Dictyotus.

Oarbula.

Dicetyotus.

9°

Afrius.

Menida.

Candace.

Myrochea.

Lincus.

54*

822 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE RHYNCHOTA [Nov. 20,

Pentatoma rugicollis Westw. loc. cit. belongs to genus Basieryptus.

a cummingit Westw. loc. cit. ,, » Ditomotarsus.

4 marginella Westw. loc. cit. p. 45 of Lubentius.

luteo-varia Westw. loc. cit. ,, x Anischys.

Urostylis histrionica Westw. loc. cit. p. 46 ,, 5 Urolabida,

SPECIES TREATED AS SYNONYMIC.

Eurygaster cognatus Westw. in Hope= Hurygaster maurus Linn,

(Cat. 1. p. 11.

a orientalis Westw. l.e. =. maurus Linn., var. pictus

[ Fabr.

Trigonosoma apicale Westw. l.c. = Hotea gambie Westw.

Agonosoma bicolor Westw.1.c¢.p.12 =Agonosoma trilineata Fabr.,

[ var.

Pachycoris linncei Westw. |. c. = Pachycoris torridus Scop., var.

Es nitens Westw. l. c. = Pachycoris fabricii Linn.,var.

" pumila Westw. |. c. = Hf Pr “

bs Jlavescens Westw. l.c. = Diolcus irroratus Fabr.

» —_piperitia Westw. 1c. p.13 = Ascanius hirtipes Herr.-Sch,

Spherocoris annularis Westw. lc. =Spherocoris annulus Fabr.

f punctaria Westw. l.c. =Spherocoris testudo-grisea

[De Geer, var.

‘9 4-notata Westw. l.c. =ASteganocerus multipunctatus

(Thunb., var.

J polysticta Westw. l.c. =Spherocoris testudo-qrisea

[De Geer, var.

Tectocoris affinis Westw. |. c. = Pecilocorishardwickii Westw.

» gambie Westw.l.c. p. 14 = Tectocorts lineola Fabr., var.

» javana Westw. l.c. = Chrysocoris atricapillus Guer.

» nepalensis Westw.1l.c. =Scutellera fasciata Panz.

» obscura Westw. |. c. = Calliphara excellens Burm.

» binotata Westw. |. c. p. 15 =Philea senator Fabr., var.

Callidea abdominalis Westw. l.c. =Chrysocoris dilaticollis Guér.

» formosa Westw. 1. c. = Chrysocoris eques Fabr., var.

» taprobanensis Westw. 1. c. =Chrysocoris stockerus Linn.

» aurifera Westw. l.c. = Chrysocoris auratus Guér.

» bengalensis Westw. lc. = Chrysocorts patricius Fabr.

» dspar Westw.l.c.p.16 =Cantao ocellatus Thunb.

» regia Westw. l.c. = Calliphara imperialis.

pulchra Westw. 1. c. = Graptophara reynaudii Guer.

Augocoris gigas Westw. 1. ¢. = Augocoris gomesi Burm.

Plataspis flaviceps Westw.1.¢. p. 17 = Brachyplatys flavipes Fabr.

Stiretrus rubro-maculatus Westw.=Stiretrus decemquttatus Lep. &

[Lie. p18. [ Serv.

Sciocoris cupensis Westw. 1. ¢. =Pododus orbicularis Burm.

Megarhynchus 4-spinosus Westw.= Tetroda histeroides Fabr.

[i @: p.9.

mi marginellus Westw. = Macrina juvenca Burm.

[l. c. p. 20,

1900.]

IN THE HOPE COLLECTION AT OXFORD.

823

Halys humeralis Westw. |. c. p. 21 = Euoplitus laciniatus Spin.

», carolinensis Westw. l.c. p. 22 = Brochymena annulata Fabr.

» ttmorensis Westw. l.c.

» obscura Westw. l. c.

= Halyomorpha picus Fabr.

= Dalpada nigricollis Westw.

» serrigera Westw. l.c. p. 28 =Halys dentata Fabr.

» concinna Westw. l.c.

» serricollis Westw. l.c.

» latipes Westw. l.c.

=Dalpada clavata Fabr.

= Halys dentata Fabr.

= Dalpada clavata Fabr.

Dinidor punctiger Westw. 1. ¢. p. 25=Dinocoris tripterus Fabr.

Aspongopus vicinus Westw. 1. c.

‘P alternans Westw. l. c.

[p. 26.

Tesseratoma proxima Westw. 1. c¢.

[p- 27.

Lyramorpha pallida Westw. |. c.

[p. 28.

Edessa lutea Westw. 1. ¢.

» vicina Westw. l.c. p. 29

Acanthosoma luteicornis Westw. 1. ¢.

[p. 30.

7" prcicolor Westw. 1. c.

Pr affins Westw. l. c.

S borealis Westw. l. c.

Raphigaster transversalis Westw.

Mens oe sale

» punctulatus Westw. l.c.

Mv abdominalis Westw. l.c.

[p- 32.

Alia crucifera Westw. 1. c.

» sanguinea Westw. |. c.

» gambiensis Westw. l. c.

» wnfuscata Westw. 1. c.

», depressa Westw. l. c.

assimilis Westw. l. c. p. 33

= Aspongopus janus Fabr.

=Cyclopelta obscura Lep. &

[Serv.

= Tessaratoma papillosa Dru.

= Lyramorpha rosea Westw.

= Edessa flavida Westw.

= Piezosternum calidum Fabr.

=Arvelius albopunctatus De

[ Geer.

= Acanthosoma lateralis Say.

— ” ”

= Acanthosoma cruciata Say.

= Platacantha lutea Westw.

= Piezodorus incarnatus Germ.

= Vulsirea violacea Fabr.

= Agonoscelis nubila Fabr.

= Agonoscelis venosa Thunb.

= Agonoscelis versicolor Fabr.

= Dolycoris baccarum Linn.

= Glypsus sparsus Westw.

Pentatoma equinoxialis Westw. 1. c.= Arocera acroleuca Perty.

4 mtida Westw. l. ¢. = Nezara marginalis Herr.-Sch.

i pantherina Westw. |.c.=Antestia cruciata Fabr.

[p. 34.

#3 binotata Westw.l.c. = Dismegistus sanguineus De

[ Geer.

3 wilkinson Westw. |. ce. =Carpocoris nigricornis Fabr.

[p. 35.

i bimaculata Westw. |. c. =Carbula insocia Walk.

‘i pennsylvane W estw.1.c.= Hymenarcys nervosa Say.

¥ orbitahs Westw.l.c. =Antestia variegata Thunb.

$s nepalensis Westw. 1. c.= Hysarcoris guttiger Thunb.

[p. 36.

» punctipes Westw. l.c.

- bengalensis Westw. l. c.

” 99

Menida histrio Fabr.

824 ON THE RHYNCHOTA IN THE HOPE ConLEcTION. [Nov. 20

Pentatoma 3-fasciata Westw. 1. c.=Murgantia bifasciata Fabr.

p. 37.

» frontalis Westw. l.e. = Nezara capicola Westw.., var.

“ oblonga Westw. 1. c. = Nezara viridula Linn.

ts unicolor Westw.l.c.p.38= ,, #

By berylina Westw.l.e. = ,, #

i subsericea Westw. l.c. = i A

* leti Westw. l. ¢. —f per 4

ni 3-punctigera Westw.le= ,, Rs

» provma Westw.l.¢c = 4, +

He chinensis Westw.l.c. = _ ,, es

* lata Westw.l.c. p.39 = WNezara capicola Westw., var.

i africana Westw.l.c. = 4, = Pf

5 ovalis Westw. 1. c. = Pentatoma senilis Say.

» jimbriata Westw.1.c. = Plautia fimbriata Fabr.

ds concinna Westw. ].c. =Zicrona cerulea Linn.

ee violacea Westw. l.c. = BI -

5 aliena Westw. l.c. p. 40 = Audinetia spinidens Fabr.

is crudelis Westw. l. ¢. =Veterna sanguineirostris

[Thupb.

a hostilis Westw. |. c. =Carbula melacantha Fabr.

=m collaris Westw. 1. ¢. = Thyanta perditor Fabr.

i sublurida Westw. 1. ¢.=Podisus luridus Fabr.

. 41,

4 spilota Woe c. p.42= Huschistus servus Say.

3 inconspecta Westw.|.c. = Euschistus tristiymus Say.

= pulchella Westw. lic. =Stiretrus anchorago Fabr.

* anchorago Westw. lc =

ws miniata Westw. l.c. p.43= Dor -yeoris fuscosus Gerni.

9 miniaticollis Westw. |. c.=-Agonoscelis venosa Thunb.

s bifida Westw. l. c. = Macropygium reticulare Fabr.

fe bufo Westw. l.c. p. 44 =Hypogomphus bipunctatus

(Gueér,

é imterrupta Westw. l.c. =Basicryptus rugicollis Westw.

* angularis Westw. 1.c. = Dalsiva modesia Fabr.

SPECIES WITH GENERIC DETERMINATION STILL UNDECIDED.

Aha atricornis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 32.

Pentatoma harrisii Westw. loc. cit. p. 41.

' nigripes Westw. loc. cit.

a lateralis Westw. loc. cit. p. 43.

TYPES NOW MISSING FROM COLLECTION.

Halys rufescens Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 24.

» gravis Westw. loc. cit.

», dentipes Westw. loc. cit.

Pentatoma pulchra Westw. loc. cit. p. 34.

| UAT E|T wossperueqye ope

al a

6102/6

\; i “yal GyT UOS STSTUET % STE

—

‘|

1900.] ON NEMERTEANS FROM TORRES STRAITS. 825

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate Lil. Poate LIII.

1. Spudeus parvulus, p. 809. 1. Avicenna inquinata, p. 815.

2. Orthoschizops assimilis, p. 809. 2. gen. ? harrisii, p. 818.

3h FA ? rugosus, p. 809. 3. Sastragala variolosa, p. 818.

4, Kalula varicornis, p. 810. 4. Podisus neglectus, p. 817.

5. Palomena unicolor, p. 811. 5. Glypsus sparsus, p. 817.

6. Cresphontes monsoni, p. 814. 6. Basicryptus irroratus, p. 817.

7. Mormidea scutellata, p. 811. 7. Ocirrhoé ? virescens, p. 815.

8. Aitius variegatus, p. 814. 8. gen. ? atricornis, p. 818.

9. Dictyotus pallipes, p. 810. 9. ,, lateralis, p. 818.

10. Lerda pallescens, p. 812. 10. Melampodius cervicornis, p. 817.

11. Actuarius albonotata, p. 815.

—

. Ocirrhoé roei, p. 815.

5. On some Nemerteans from Torres Straits.

By R. C. Punnett, B.A.’

[Received June 29, 1900.]

(Plates LIV. & LV.)

The specimens of Nemerteans which I now propose to describe

were collected by Prof. Haddon in Torres Straits during the year

1889. Most of the species have been previously named, the only

new species being three Lineide. In none of these specimens was

the whole animal preserved, so that it is impossible to say whether

a caudal appendage was present or not; yet, although the chief

feature relied upon in the existing system of classification for the

determination of the genus was absent, the fragments in each

instance comprised the whole of the anterior end, the anatomy of

which is sufficient to distinguish them from any species of the

family yet described. Consequently I have thought it advisable

to give them specific names whilst assigning them provisionally to

the genus Cerebratulus.

HEeTHRONEMERTINI.

Fam. EvPoLip2.

EUPOLIA DELINEATA.

Eupolia delineata Delle Chiaje, 1825 ; Birger (2) p. 234.

Fragments of a single specimen about 2°5 mm. in breadth. The

chocolate-coloured lines are well preserved by the chromic acid in

which the animal was fixed; they are perfectly continuous and

number about 24 in all, those on the dorsal surface being rather

more numerous and more clearly marked. In these respects it

resembles a specimen described by Biirger from Jaya (2. p. 234),

rather than those found at Naples, in which the lines are fewer and

more broken. The absence of head-slits, the relative positions of

1 Communicated by Dr. S. F. Harmar, F.Z.8.

826 MR. BR. C. PUNNETT ON “~ TNovi2e,

the dorsal and ventral ganglia, and the relative thickness of the

epithelium and cutis, all show that this specimen belongs to the

species delineata and not to curta. The nephridia, however, possess

several openings on each side, and this fact, in view of Biirger’s

~ statement (3. p. 601) that there is only asingle pair in LH. delineata,

led me to examine a specimen of delineata which I procured whilst

at Naples. Here there were five openings on one side and seven

on the other, which seems to show that Biirger’s statement is

probably inexact. In all the other members of this family whose

excretory system has been worked out by Hubrecht (8. p. 115),

Oudemans (4. p. 144), or by myself (5 & 6), there have always

been more than one pair of ducts present, with the exception of

E. hemprichi, in which (5) they were altogether absent.

EUPOLIA MELANOGRAMMA,

Eupolia melanogramma Punnett (6), 1900,=Z. quinquelineata,

Biirger (2).

A very large specimen of this species was obtained, measuring

190 em. in length and about 2-4 cm. in breadth at the thickest,

with a dorso-ventral depth of 7mm. Five dorsal lines were present,

all being well marked and unbroken. This worm is one of the

largest Nemerteans recorded, being only exceeded in bulk by a

specimen of Lineus longissimus recorded by McIntosh’ and a

specimen of Cerebratulus lucteus measured by Verrill (7. p. 435).

The internal anatomy of the species has already been described by

Punnett (6) and Biirger (2).

Fam. LINEIDz.

Lingus aLpoyirrarus Birger.

A single specimen of this easily recognized species was procured.

In the preserved state it measures about 9 cm. in length and 5 mm.

in breadth at the middle of the body. It appears to be a fairly

plentiful species with a wide distribution, having been recorded by

Stimpson * from Loo-choo, by Biirger (1) from Amboina, Timor,

Matuka, and Mauritius, and by myself (5) from New Britain.

CEREBRATULUS COLORATUS Biirger.

A fragment 9 cm. long and 1 mm. in diameter is probably to be

referred to this species, as the markings agree with the description

given by Birger (1). Unfortunately the anterior portion is

missing.

CEREBRATULUS TORRESIANUS, n. Sp. (Plate LIY. figs. 1 a-e,

3, & 6.)

About 4 cm. of fragments including the anterior end, and having

an average width ofabout 1‘8mm. The head-slits measured 25mm,

* British Annelids: The Nemerteans, p, 183.

? Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. vol. vii., 1856.

1900.] NEMERTEANS FROM TORRES STRAITS. 827

in length and reached rather over the mouth which was 2 mm. long.

Colour in life a uniform brown.

The epithelium contains in its outer part a number of granular

unicellular gland-cells (fig. 3). It rests on a well-developed base-

ment-membrane (bm.), beneath which is the outer longitudinal

muscle-layer of the body-wall. Squeezed in between the muscles

are the somewhat scanty cutis-glands(cg/.). There is no connective-

tissue layer (Bindgewebsschicht).

The muscular system presents no features of special interest.

There is no diagonal muscie-layer.

In the vascular system there is a well-marked head-loop anteriorly.

The dorsal blood-vessel quits the proboscis-sheath at the level of

the posterior termination of the excretory system, and at this same

level the cesophageal lacunz cease, becoming confluent with the

two lateral blood-vessels, which at this level are very large.

The proboscis is lacking.

The proboscis-sheath contains the usual outer longitudinal and

inner circular muscle-layers.

The alimentary canal possesses a small ventral gutter.

The generative sacs contained ova.

The excretory system commences some little way behind the

mouth (fig. 6). On both sides there is a duct opening to the

exterior near its posterior end. On the left side there is an

additional duct at the anterior end. The system lies for its whole

extent dorsal to the level of the side stems.

In the nervous system the median dorsal nerve is scarcely differ-

entiated from the nervous sheath surrounding the circular muscle-

layer. Anteriorly well-marked head-nerves are given off the dorsal

ganglion. The dorsal commissure is stronger than is usual in the

group, and is given off slightly behind the level of the ventral one.

In both the dorsal and ventral ganglia and in the side stems the

central fibrous core is unusually large in comparison with the

thickness of the ganglion-cell layer. Neurochord-cells occur in

the brain at the level of the ventral commissure. The dorsal lobe

of the dorsal ganglion is large and reaches back some way (fig. 1

a—c, ddg.).

The cerebral organ is rounded in form and is partly covered by

gland-cells both above and below.

The head-slits are deep, reaching nearly to the brain. Even

after the ciliated canal has been given off, they remain deep for a

considerable distance (fig. 1 a—d, hs., & fig. 6, hs.).

Eyes are probably represented by small structures lying dorsal

to the head-slits in the snout, though in the absence of a well-

marked pigmentary layer (which may have been extracted by the

long sojourn in spirit) it is impossible to be certain.

The frontal organ is well marked.

The head-glands are scanty and soon fuse with the cutis-glands,

CEREBRATULUS QUEENSLANDICUS, n.sp. (Plate LIV. figs. 2 a-e,

4, & 5.)

Fragments of the anterior portion of a single specimen were

828 MR. B.C, PUNNEDT ON [Nov. 20,

procured. Width about 2:5 mm. The head-slits are very long,

extending over 5mm. The posterior 3 mm., however, are very

shallow. The mouth commences at about the termination of the

deep portion of the head-slits and is about 3mm. in length. After

preservation the colour was dark olive-brown. Starting from

about *5 mm. from the tip of the snout, a paler dorsal band about

1 mm. in breadth reached backwards.

The epithelium contains a number of large granular unicellular

glands in its deeper portion. Beneath the thin basement-membrane

is a layer of longitudinal muscle-fibrils in the cutis, and underneath

these again are the cutis-glands and the connective-tissue layer of

the cutis. Dorso-laterally for a small portion of the circumference,

as seen in transverse section, the cutis is modified on each side by

the presence of an enormous quantity of what appear to be small

rhabdites (fig. 4, rh.). They take a very vivid colour with picric

acid, and may easily be traced through the cutis-muscles (mlc.), the

basement-membrane, and the epithelium.

The muscle-layers show no special features. There is no diagonal

layer.

In the vascular system there is a well-marked head-loop. It was

not possible to fix definitely the point of exit of the dorsal vessel,

as the fragment cut only just included the excretory system. At

this level the vessel still ran in the sheath.

The proboscis was lacking.

The proboscis-sheath shows the usual inner longitudinal and outer

circular muscle-layers.

The excretory system commences at the posterior limit of the

cerebral organ (fig. 5). It lies wholly dorsal to the level of the

side stems. There is a single duct on each side near its middle

portion.

In the nervous system the median dorsal nerve is well marked.

The dorsal commissure in the brain is very posteriorly situated,

not being given off until after the separation of the dorsal from the

ventral ganglia. Neurochord-cells are present at the level of the

ventral commissure. The dorsal lobe of the dorsal ganglion is large.

The brain as a whole is much flattened, as, indeed, is the whole of

the fragment by which this species is at present represented.

The cerebral organ is elliptical in shape, being flattened dorso-

ventrally. Gland-cells are found above and below (fig. 2 c-e).

A portion open into the ciliated canal before it joins the dorsal

ganglion (fig. 2 a).

The frontal organ is well marked.

Eyes are probably absent.

The head-glands are very short and soon become fused with the

cutis-glands.

This species bears some resemblance to that described by Birger

(1) under the name of Cerebratulus spadix, but seems to be distin-

guished from it by the vascular head-loop and by the fact that the

mouth commences before the termination of the cerebral organs.

The curious agglomeration of rhabdites also seems peculiar.

Won

1900.] NEMBERTEANS FROM TORRES STRAITS. 829

CEREBRATULUS HADDONI, n. sp. (Plate LV. figs. 7 a-e, 8, & 9.)

About 5 em. of fragments of a single specimen from Thursday

Island. The cesophageal region is round and about 6 mm. in

diameter. In the intestinal region the breadth is about 8 mm., the

depth being 5mm. The mouth is large. The head-slits extend

backwards to the level where the mouth commences. Colour in

the preserved state whitish grey, covered with darker mottlings

except on the snout.

The epithelium in the cesophageal region contains a few large

granular cells (Stibchenzellen) in its deeper portion. There is no

well-marked basement-membrane. The cutis presents the fine

circular and longitudinal muscle-fibrils. The cutis-glands are poorly

developed. The connective-tissue layer (fig. 8, cu.) is very strong,

being almost as thick as the powerful external longitudinal muscle-

layer. It contains a very few muscle-fibrils.

The muscle-layers are all well developed.

The vascular system shows a well-marked head-loop.

The proboscis is of moderate size, but presents no muscle-

crosses.

The proboscis-sheath contains the usual outer circular and inner

longitudinal muscle-layers. The latter is more strongly developed

ventrally than dorsally.

The alimentary canal possesses a wide, shallow, ventra] gutter in

the intestinal region.

The excretory system starts some way behind the mouth and

extends over about 2 mm. in the preserved specimen (fig. 9). I

have been able to observe no openings to the exterior’. The

cesophageal vascular lacunz are very small. The excretory tubules

lie wholly ventral to the level of the side stems.

The generative sacs are small, numerous, and scattered in the in-

testinal region, thus not conforming to the usual arrangement, in

which there is a single sac between each successive pair of intestinal

pouches. Apparently the ducts are not yet developed.

In the nervous system the brain presents no special features.

Neurochord-cells are not present at the level of the ventral com-

missure. The median dorsal nerve is not distinguishable from the

rest of the nervous sheath surrounding the circular musculature.

An inferior median dorsal nerve, lying just above the proboscis-

sheath, is well marked in this species.

The cerebral organ is seen in section before the separation of the

dorsal and ventral lobes of the dorsal ganglion (fig. 7b). It is

invested by gland-cells only on its ventral surface.

The head-slits are deep, reaching almost to the brain. Externally

they end abruptly before the level where the cerebral organ

commences (fig. 9).

Eyes and frontal organ are both absent.

The head-glands are very scanty and end early.

’ Of. C. robustus (Punnett, 6), which this species greatly resembles with regard

to its excretory and vascular systems.

830 MR. BR. C. PUNNETT ON [Nov. 20,

In conclusion, the leading features of these three new species

may be briefly characterized as follows :—

C. torresianus.—Size small. Basement-membrane stout. Cutis

without connective-tissue layer, its place being taken by

longitudinal muscle-fibres. Vascular head-loop. Neuro-

chord-cells. Head-slits remain deep some distance behind

cerebral organ. No eyes. Well-marked frontal organ.

Excretory system starts behind mouth and has few ducts.

C. queenslandicus.—Size small. Dorso-ventrally flattened. Cutis

packed with rhabdites at certain parts. Vascular head-loop.

Neurochord-cells. Head-slits prolonged far behind cerebral

organ as very shallow canals. No eyes. Well-marked

frontal organ. Excretory system commences at lacune of

cerebral organ and has one pair of ducts.

C. haddont.—Size fairly large. Much thickened. Connective-

tissue layer of cutis extremely thick. Cutis-glands much

reduced. Vascular head-loop. Proboscis without muscle-

crosses. No neurochord-cells. Eyes and frontal organ

both absent. Excretory system commences some way

behind mouth and is without ducts.

Last of Papers referred to.

(1) Bércer, O.—Untersuchungen iiber die Anatomie und His-

tologie der Nemertinen nebst Beitrigen zur Systematik.

Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. Bd. 50, 1890.

(2) . Stidgeorgische und andere exotische Nemertinen.

Z. Jahrb., Abth. Syst. Bd. 7, 1893.

(3) Die Nemertinen des Golfes von Neapel. Berlin, 1895.

(4) OupEmans, A. C.—The Circulatory and Nephridial Apparatus

of the Nemertea. Q. Journ. Micr. Sci. (Supplement), 1885.

(5) Punnerr, R. C.—Some Nemerteans from the Pacific. Willey’s

Zoological Results, Pt. v., 1900. (In the press.)

(6) On a Collection of Nemerteans from Singapore.

Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 44, 1900.

(7) Verritt, A. E—The Marine Nemerteans of New England

and adjacent waters. Trans. Connecticut Acad. vol. xiii,

1892.

(8) Husrecut, A.A.W. The Nemertea. ‘Challenger’ Reports,

vol. xix., 1887.

P.S.—Since this paper was read, Prof. Haddon has kindly

supplied me with the following notes on several of the living

worms :—

EUPOLIA DELINEATA (p. 825).

From reef, Waier, Murray Is. Colour buff, with very fine

interrupted longitudinal brown lines, about a dozen in number,

on both dorsal and ventral aspect. The lines are more deeply

coloured and more definite in form on the dorsal surface.

1900. ] NEMERTEANS FROM TORRES STRAITS. 831

EUPOLIA MELANOGRAMMA (p. 826),

Length over 20 feet. Average breadth # inch. Ground-colour

white, with five dorsal and two median ventral black lines ; very

sticky mucus.

LINEUS ALBOVITTATUS (p. 826).

From the channel between Mer and Danar, Murray Is. Depth

15-20 fathoms. Colour dark green, with a bluish sheen. There

is a chevron-pattern on the head consisting of a white line

bordered with pale green. Tail pointed. Length about 158 mm.

and breadth about 2°75 mm.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

bbv., buccal vessel. ext., excretory tubules.

bbue., commissure of buccal vessels. Jr., frontal organ.

bic., blood-lacuna of cerebral organ. | gcorg., gland-cells of cerebral organ.

bm., basement-membrane. hi., vascular head-loop.

br., brain. hs., head-slit.

cc., ciliated canal of cerebral organ. m., mouth,

cegl., cutis-glands. mec., circular muscles of cutis.

corg., cerebral organ. mlc,, longitudinal muscles of cutis.

cu., counective-tissue layer of mlo,, outer longitudinal muscle-

cutis. layer.

ddg., dorsal lobe of dorsal ganglion. nc., lateral nerve-cord.

dv., median dorsal vessel. ps., proboscis-sheath.

ep., epithelium. rh., rhabdites.

exd., excretory duct. vdg., ventral lobeof dorsal ganglion.

Puatz LIV.

Fig. la-e. Cerebratulus torresianus, p. 826. Sections through the cerebral

organ taken at intervals of 50. x 36.

Fig. 2a-e. C. queenslandicus, p. 827. Sections through the cerebral organ

taken at intervals of 50 p. x 36.

Fig. 3. C. ee p-. 826. Section through skin of cesophageal region.

Fig. 4. C. queenslandicus, p. 827. Section through skin of esophageal region

showing rhabdites (7). x 300.

Figs. 5,6. Diagrammatic reconstructions of the various systems in the anterior

portion of the body.

Fig. 5. C. queenslandicus, p. 827. x 8.

Fig. 6. C. torresianus, p. 826. x 8. * marks the spot where the median

dorsal vessel leaves the proboscis-sheath.

Puate LY.

Fig. 7a-e. C. haddoni, p. 829. Sections through the cerebral organ taken at

intervals of LOOp. x 386.

Fig. 8. C. haddoni. Section through skin of esophageal region. > 88.

Fig. 9. Diagrammatic reconstruction of anterior portion of C. haddoni. x 4.

832 ON BONES OF A MACACUS FROM MAURITIUS. [Dee. 4,

December 4, 1900.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read an extract from a letter which had been

addressed to the Colonial Office by the West India Committee,

and sent by the Colonial Office to the Society for information,

concerning the proposed introduction of the English Starling

(Sturnus vulgaris) or the Indian Mynah (Acridotheres tristis) into

St. Kitts, West Indies, in order to check the increase of Grass-

hoppers, which were causing great damage to the growing crops

in that island.

Mr. Lydekker exhibited the mounted skin of a female Musk-ox,

which Mr. Rowland Ward, F.Z.S., was about to present to the

British Museum. It had been obtained from East Greenland,

together with the skin of a male, which had also been set up by

Mr. Ward’s firm. Both specimens differed from the Musk-ox of

Arctic America (and probably West Greenland) by the presence

of a large patch of long whitish hair in the middle line of the face

between the horns and the muzzle, and also by the hair on the

rest of the front of the face being grizzled, instead of uniformly

dark brown. In the female the hair between the bases of the

horns was also white, and a little white hair was observable

between the closely approximated horns of the bull.

Both Mr. Thomas and Mr. Lydekker had previously been struck

with the presence of the white on the face of the young East-Green-

land Musk-oxen at Woburn Abbey (see the figure in P. Z.S. 1899,

p. 886), but had not been satisfied that the feature might not be due

to immaturity alone. Now, however, it wasdemonstrated to occur in

the adult of the East-Greenland race, which Mr. Lydekker proposed

to name Ovibos moschatus wardi, taking the above-mentioned female

specimen asthe typeof the subspecies. Therace would be sufficiently

characterized by the presence of the light grey tuft in the middle

of the face of both sexes of the adult. But not improbably the

still larger amount of greyish white, or white, on the face of the

calves was also a distinction ; for Mr. Lydekker had been informed

by the manager to Mr. Rowland Ward that in young American

Musk-oxen the face (to the best of his belief) was uniformly brown.

It was also suggested that in future the fossil Asiatic and

European Musk-ox, which was doubtless subspecifically distinct

from both the living American races, might be designated Ovibos

moschatus pallantis (De Kay), the name maximus being available

for the fossil American form if considered desirable.

Dr. Forsyth Major exhibited a few bones of a species of Macacus

found associated with the remains of the Dodo in the Mare aux

Songes (Mauritius), and made the following remarks :—

The bones here exhibited, two radii, right and left, are preserved

1900.) ON REMAINS OF CYON FROM SARDINIA. 833

in the Natural History Museum; there is in the Cambridge

Zoological Museum a cubitus from the same locality and apparently

of the same species. My purpose in exhibiting them is to draw

attention to the fact, in the hope that more characteristic remains

will turn up.

A species of Macacus, said to be M. cynomolgus, is living in a

wild state at Mauritius. According to I. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire’s

Catalogue of Primates (pp. 26 & 29), the remains of two species

of Macacus from Mauritius, MW. sinicus and M. cynomolgus, are in

the Paris Natural History Museum. A. Newton, in his ‘ Dictionary

of Birds’ (p. 215, footn. 1) states the Mauritius Monkey to be the

Macacus pileatus from Ceylon.

IT have not succeeded in determining accurately the few bones

from the Mare aux Songes; all I can say for the present is that

they belong to a species of Macacus which is not M. cynomolgus.

Monkeys have been known to exist in the Mauritius since 1627-

28 at least, and were, it seems, supposed to have been introduced

there by the Portuguese, as mentioned in the following passage in

Sir Thomas Herbert’s Travels: ‘“ The Le (7. e. Mauritius) affoords

us withall Goats, Hogges, Beeves and Kine, land Tortoyses (so great

that they will creepe with two mens burthens, and serue more for

sport, then seruice or solemne Banquet), Rats and Monkeyes, all

of which becomes food to such ships as anchor here. They were

first brought hither by the Portugall...... » (Th. Herbert, A

Relation of some Yeares Travaile, Begunne Anno 1626. Into Ajri-

que and the greater Asia...... London, 1634, p. 213.)

Dr. Forsyth Major made the following remarks on remains

of Cyon sardous (Studiati) from a cave at Capo Caccia (N.W.

Sardinia) :—

The mandible of a member of the Canidz here exhibited has

been communicated to me, together with other Pleistocene Verte-

brates from Sardinia, by Professor D. Lovisato, of the University

of Cagliari, who for years has been exploring the fossiliferous

deposits of Sardinia with characteristic energy and at considerable

personal sacrifice.

In the absence of the posterior part of the ramus, whereby it

must be left undecided whether a third true molar was present

or not, the determination of this fossil rests chiefly on the con-

formation of the talon of the lower carnassial, which is unicuspid

and trenchant, whereas in Canis it is composed in the main of a

stronger outer and a lesser inner tubercle.

Amongst recent Canide, three genera exhibit the trenchant

conformation of the lower carnassial’s talon; viz., the South-

American Icticyon, the African Lycaon, and the Central and South-

east Asiatic Cyon. There are no a@ priori grounds why such a

feature might not be independently developed in various forms,

As to Icticyon, Lund, Huxley, and Winge have insisted upon its

close relation in other characters to the other South-American

834 ON REMAINS OF CYON FROM SARDINIA. [Dec. 4,

Canide, Winge pointing out, moreover, transitional forms between

both.

With regard to Zycaon and Cyon, their closer relation with each

other than with Canis, as shown by the skull and dentition, is avery

striking fact and can scarcely be regarded as a mere parallelism.

Huxley observes (P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 276) that “ in the breadth of the

premolar region of the upper jaw, and in a more or less marked

convexity of the facial contour, Zycaon strongly reminds one of

Cyon;” whilst Mivart shows that Lycaon agrees with Cyon in

having large incisive foramina and strongly sigmoid external margins

of the nasals (A Monograph of the Canide, p. 196, 1890).

Nehring was aware (Sitzungsber. naturf. Freunde, 1890, p. 20)

that the lower carnassial of Lycaon agrees with Jeticyon and Cyon

in its unicuspid talon. A similar agreement exists with regard to

the lower m2, which in Lycaon is quite as reduced in form as in

several lower jaws of Cyon. In the former, this tooth has two roots ;

but this condition also occurs quite as often in Cyon as the presence

of only one root. The lower m 3 reappears very rarely in Cyon (Van

der Hoeven); conversely in one of the five skulls of Zycaon in the

Natural History Museum this tooth is missing. In the upper jaw,

m 1 of Lycaon is reduced almost to the extent of Cyon, and m 2 is

also reduced more than in Canis. Therefore, in my opinion,

Lycaon and Cyon are much more closely allied than has hitherto

been supposed.

The first recorded Pleistocene Carnivore of this Canine type is

Studiati’s Cynotherium sardoum (1857), from the ossiferous breccia

of Bonaria near Cagliari, well described by Studiati, who, however,

was not aware of its affinities with Cyon. These were pointed out

by myself in 1872, and later on (1877) corroborated by figuring

some of Studiati’s specimens side by side with Canine remains of

the ordinary type.

The specimens from the two Sardinian localities agree with Cyon

bourrett Harlé, from the cave of Malarnaud (Ariége, France), in

the conformation of the lower posterior premolar (p 1), which is

the same as in the recent species of Cyon; whereas the same tooth

of Cyon ewropeus Bourg., from caves of the Maritime Alps and

Moravia, exhibits a strongly developed anterior basal cusp, which

is a characteristic feature of Lycaon, and therefore acquires ad-

ditional interest in connection with the above remarks on the

relationship of both genera. With each other the Sardinian fossils

agree in the absence of the lower anterior premolar (p4) and in

the presence of a diastema between p2 and p3. These two

characters are certainly of specific, but not of generic value. As I

formerly pointed out, the establishment of a separate genus, Cyno-

therium, appears to be unnecessary; the characters upon which

Studiati insisted for generic distinction are those of Cyon and

Lycaon. Pending more complete materials, the latter genus may

be excluded on account of the conformation of the lower p 1

and of the more slender build of the teeth generally. The present

Sardinian Carnivore will accordingly have to be known as Cyon

1900.] ON THE BREEDING-HABITS OF WEST-AFRICAN FISHES. 839

sardous (Studiati). There are slight differences between the

fossils of the two localities, but as they refer to secondary details

which cannot be well demonstrated without figures, I must post-

pone their discussion.

Mr. J. 8. Budgett, F.Z.S., read a paper entitled ‘“‘The Breeding-

habits of some West-African Fishes, with an Account of the

External Features in the Development of Protopterus annectens, and

a Description of the Larva of Polypterus lapradii,” in which a

history was given of a collecting-trip made during the previous

summer to the swamps of the Gambia River in search of the

eges of Polypterus.

The eggs of Polypterus were not discovered, though a very young

specimen was found measuring only one inch and a quarter in

length. In this small specimen the dermal bones were not de-

veloped, and the external gills were of very great size, the base of

the shaft being situated immediately behind the spiracle. The

dorsal finlets formed a continuous dorsal fin.

While the eggs of Polypterus were being searched for, the under-

ground nests of Protopterus annectens were found in abundance,

and a complete series of eggs and larvee were preserved.

The male Protopterus was found to live in the nest until the

larvee were fit to leave it.

The nests of this fish were made in but a few inches of water ;

frequently the water round the mouth of the nest was dried up,

and then the parent was seen lashing the surface of the water in

the entrance to the nest with the end of its tail out of water.

The larve were provided with four pairs of plumose external gills

and a ventral sucker as in Lepidosiren; soon after hatching they

attached themselves to the sides of the nest by the sucker and

hung in a vertical position.

The larve hatched in eight days and left the nest as young

Protopteri in twenty days.

Thee xternal features in their development were remarkably

like those of the South-American Lung-fish (Zepidosiren), differing,

however, from the latter in several details, which possibly could be

traced to the presence in Lepidosiren of a larger amount of food-

yolk.

The colour change at night-time, which is found to be so marked

in both members of the Dipneumona at a certain stage of their

life-history, was discussed, and was shown in Protopterus to be

associated with the nocturnal habits of the larva at this period.

Nests were also found of Gymnarchus niloticus Cuv. These

were made in about three feet of water and floated on the surface.

The nests were two feet long and a foot wide, the wall of the nest

standing several inches out of water except at one end, where

it was two or three inches below the surface, and left an

entrance to the nest. Inside the nest the depth of water was

about six inches.

The eggs measured 10 mm. in diameter; the larve hatched in

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1900, No, LV. 56

836 ON THE GESTATION OF THE PINE-MARTEN, [ Dee. 4,

five days when in an embryonic state and left the nest in eighteen

days. Soon after hatching the larva was provided with great

bunches of protruding gill-filaments, which hung down as a blood-

red beard. The yolk-sac became drawn out into a long cylindrical

bag, which was completely absorbed by the time the larva left the

nest. The larve while in the nest continually came to the surface

and took air into the lung-like swim-bladder.

The nests of Heterotis niloticus were also found. These were

built on the swamp-bottom in two feet of water. They measured

four feet across the walls reaching the surface of the water. The

fish was observed making its nest, which, when finished, was

perfectly round and quite smooth. ‘The larvee soon after hatching

formed a swarm in the centre of the nest, and were at that stage

provided with long protruding gill-filaments.

Another remarkable fish, Sarcodaces odoé BI., was found breeding

in the same swamps. It laid its eggs in masses of foam, which

floated on the surface of the water. The hatched larve were

provided with adhesive structures on the front of the head, with

which they hung to the underside of the surface.

Nests were also found containing eggs which apparently belonged

to Hyperopisus bebe Lacép., one of the Mormyride. These nests

were scooped out from the swamp-bottom ; the eggs were attached

to the rootlets thus laid bare. The hatched larvae were provided

with six cement-glands on the surface of the head: by these a

delicate rope of mucus was spun, often nearly the length of the body

of the larva, by which the larva hung suspended from the rootlets

until the yolk-sac was absorbed.

This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :—

1. Note on the Gestation of the Pine-Marten.

By A. H. Cocks, F.Z.8.

[Received August 21, 1900.]

Pine-Martens (Mustela martes) first bred in my collection in

1882, a note on which was published in the ‘ Zoologist ’ for 1883,

p- 203. Various details concerning the rate of growth of the

young were recorded, including the interesting fact, which seems

to have been previously unsuspected, that the young are at first

perfectly white. Since then other litters of this species have been

bred in my collection ; but as we never could discover when the

female came in season (and have never even yet seen this species

pairing), all attempts at breeding were extremely hazardous: the

allowing of a pair to run together was apt to result in the death

of the female, in consequence of one or more of the long canines

of the male penetrating her brain, the damage being inflicted so

instantaneously that there was no possibility of a timely separation.

At last, this year, we noticed little mouthfuls of short straw

1900.] ON THE INSECTS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 837

deposited here and there in the cage of a female Marten, a sign of

her being in season, which I first observed some years ago in the

case of Otters.

Accordingly a male was admitted from the adjoining cage on

January 5th; shut off again on the 16th, but readmitted the next

day, and the pair were finally separated on the 18th. Pairing

probably took place on the nights of the 8th, 10th, and 13th,

though quite possibly at other times also.

Young, which proved to be two males, were born early on

April 22nd; and by the end of July they were already bigger than

their mother.

The probable period of gestation of this species is therefore a

few hours over 103 days, the extremes of possibility ranging from

94 to 106 days.

Beyond certain contributions towards determining the gestation

of the Badger, among which I would specially refer to that of

Mr. E. G. Meade-Waldo (‘ Zoologist,’ 1894, p. 221), and the

common statement that the Ferret “goes about six weeks,” I

know of no published record of the gestation of any of the

Mustelide, except in the case of two species in my own experience,

viz.: Otter, 61 days (cf. P. ZS. 1881, p. 249; ‘ Zoologist,’ 1882,

p. 201); and Polecat, 40 days (‘Zoologist,’ 1891, p. 344). Although

I had long suspected that the gestation of the Pine-Marten must

be a good deal longer than that of the Polecat, yet the actual state

of the case was unexpected, and is certainly remarkable.

2. Observations on the Habits and Natural Surroundings of

Insects made during the “Skeat Expedition” to the

Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By Netson ANNANDALE,

B.A."

[Received May 11, 1900.]

CoNTENTS.

I. Introduction, p. 837.

II. Flower-like Mantide, p. 839.

III. Another Harpagid Pupa, p. 848.

IV. Alarming Colour and Attitude, p. 854.

V. Sounds produced by Insects, p. 859.

VI. Insect Luminosity, p. 862.

VII. The Use of the Spines of certain Orthoptera, p. 866.

VIII. The peculiar Prolongation of the Head in certain Mulgoride, and

its use, p. 866.

I. Lyrropvucrion.

The observations which form the subject of this paper were

made in the months of April to September, 1899, while I was a

member of Mr. W.W.Skeat’s expedition to the Siamese Malay States.

I take this opportunity of expressing my thanks to the University

of Cambridge for permitting me to join that expedition as a

1 Communicated by Prof. BE. B, Pouuroy, F.R.S., Ra:

a5*

838 MR, NELSON ANNANDALE ON THE [Dee. 4,

volunteer, and also of saying how much I am indebted to Professor

Poulton, F.R.S., of Oxford, and to Dr. David Sharp, F.R.S., of

Cambridge, who have aided me in ways too numerous for specifi-

cation. I also must thank Mr. Malcolm Burr, F.Z.S., F.E.S., for

identifying many of the Orthoptera mentioned. The immaturity

of many of my specimens has made it impossible to place them

more definitely than by saying that they belong to such and such

a family; in at least one instance even this has been impossible.

In the few cases in which species are new to science I have not

ventured to name them, as that is more properly the task of the

specialist who describes them from a systematic or anatomical

point of view. The immense importance of climatic and other

physical conditions of life in the consideration of an animal’s habits

has induced me to preface my observations with a short general

account of the country through which we passed, especially as little

is known of the geography of lower Siam. I found a knowledge

not only of the native names of animals but even of the native

stories in connection with them to be of such value in my work,

both as a collector and as an observer, that J have treated the

etymology and what may be called the mythology of the subject

at greater length than is perhaps usual in a zoological paper.

The climate of lower Siam is extremely damp, and is not divided

into regular seasons in most districts, though more rain is liable

to fall during the winter (November, December, and January)

months than at any other time of the year. The most northerly

State that we visited, except for a hurried trip to the Tale Noi

(Little Lake) in Ligor, was Patalung, which abuts on the Tale

Sap or Great Lake of Singora. In Patalung the rainfall is very

small in March and April, but the jungle is never parched by

drought. The interior of the eastern States is mountainous, and

is buried in deep jungle, which is only broken, along the banks of

the numerous rivers, by villages; clearings for hill rice, bananas,

and maize ; and by lawns, which are cropped smooth by half-tamed

or feral buffaloes. The soil on the sea-coast is sandy, and in some

places produces only a scanty vegetation. Between the mountains

and the sea there is a great plain, dotted with isolated hills, mostly

of limestone, some of which reach a considerable height, and some

of which are riddled with caves. The mountain-region is the

dampest of the three, being subject to violent thunderstorms,

which are very local and lose much of their violence before they

reach the coast. In nearly all regions rain falls almost daily for

the greater part of the year.

A very large proportion of my observations were made at Aring,

in the hill-country of Kelantan, the most southerly of the States

which I visited. Aring is a village in the midst of exceedingly

dense jungle, which commences close to the houses. The specimens

Which we obtained there were comparatively few in number, but

very many of the species were peculiar in one way or another,

Biserat in Jalor, the only other place where we stayed for more

than a few days at a time, is in the plains, at the base of some hills

1900.] INSECTS OF THE **SKBAT BXPEDITION,” 839

of no great height about 25 miles from the coast; it is the Siamese

headquarters of the State. At Biserat we obtained a very large

number of specimens, including probably more individuals and

species than did the rest of our land collections; but very few of

the species were highly specialized. Every sort of environment is

to be found near a place like Biserat : swamp, lawn, orchard, open

wood, cave, river, and even jungle on the hills, but not jungle of

the densest. The animals in such a locality have no need to adapt

themselves to any very limited environment, they can choose what

environment they will. In the deep jungle, on the other hand,

though few animals of any sort are seen on the ground, the fiercest

struggle for existence rages among the upper foliage and also in

the rotten wood underfoot—though there the termites, as a rule,

far outstrip all competitors ; while, even in the clearings, the space

and the food-supply is so limited that every animal must make the

best use of its natural advantages or else disappear. Though the

clearings are of recent formation, due to man, who has become no

longer a savage, yet the struggle which goes on in them seems

already to have led in many cases to extreme modifications in habit

and structure. We can only suppose that this struggle commenced

long ago in places such as sand-spits running out into the rivers,

where vegetation was necessarily scanty, owing to poverty of soil

or constant change of conditions.

II. Frower-tike Mantip”.

Hymenopus bicornis (pupa).

Colour.—Head: very pale grey, almost white. Eyes of same

shade, but with a slightly darker longitudinal stripe ranning down

the centre of each. Leaf-like process between the eyes white,

with median vein of pale green. Antenne black.

Thorax: prothorax pale pink, with a tendency towards mauve ;

shading off posteriorly to white, and finally bounded by a bold

transverse bar of deep sage-green. The posterior region of the

thorax, which was usually concealed by the upturned abdomen, was

pearl-white, as were also the rudimentary wings.

Abdomen: ventral surface pale pink. Dorsal surface pale pink,

with 5 longitudinal dotted stripes of deep yellow-brown. Near

the junction with the thorax were several irregular transverse bars

of the same colour, but slightly darker. At the extreme tip of the

abdomen, surrounding the anus, was a very conspicuous dark patch,

almost black.

Limbs: 1st pair pale translucent pink. 2nd and 3rd pairs pink

of a deeper shade, with a more marked tendency towards mauve.

The distal joints were horn-coloured and almost transparent. At

the inner edge of the broad petal-like expansions on the femur of

the 2nd and 3rd pairs, more conspicuous on the 3rd than on the

2nd, was a slightly livid, bruise-like mark, such as one sees on

flowers that have been battered by tropical rain.

The whole surface of the trunk and that of the flattened

840 MR, NELSON ANNANDALE ON THE [ Dee. 4,

expansions of the femur of the posterior limbs had that semi-

opalescent, semi-crystalline appearance that is caused in flower-

petals by a purely structural arrangement of liquid globules or of

empty cells. On the grasping-limbs and on the extremities of the

other pairs the absence of this peculiar sheen was compensated for

by the translucency of the integument and the tissues—a trans-

lucency more proper to Celenterates than to an air-breathing

insect. The petals of Melastoma polyanthum, the flower with which

the Mantis was found associated, are of mauve-pink on the upper

surface, slightly darker in tone than that of the limbs of the insect.

Their lower surface, and consequently the visible surface of the

older flower-buds, is considerably darker than the upper, more like

that of the Mantis’s abdomen. The leaves are of the same shade

of green as the bar across its thorax. The flower was in bloom in

Fig. 1.

Pupa of Hymenopus hicornis on inflorescence of Melastoma polyanthuin.

(Photographed from life.)

The Mantis is seated in an upright position, with the abdomen flexed back-

wards. The photograph represents it as it is seen on a level with the eye, and

shows the horn-like eyes of the insect (at the apex of figure), the V-shaped bar on

the thorax, the predatory limbs folded in front of the body, the petal-like

expansions of the femora of the 2nd and 8rd pairs of legs arranged on the

flowers, and the ventral surface and dark tip of the abdomen. The tarsus of

the left leg of the 3rd pair is seen stretching out from beneath the expansion

of the femur to a seed-yessel of the plant,

1900. ] INSECTS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 841

Patalung at the end of March, and not yet completely passed at

Aring in the middle of September; but possibly the flowering-

season does not exactly coincide in the two districts. I know of

no other flower at all like it in the jungle of lower Siam. A rarer

species of the same genus, very similar in general appearance, is

found in the clearings.

Habits and Attitude.—The only specimen which I obtained was

caught about midday on August 17th in a buffalo-lawn near

Kampong Aring, a village in the Ulu Lebeh district of Kelantan—

that is to say, almost at the centre of the broad part of the Malay

Peninsula. I was attracted toa bush of the ‘‘Straits Rhododendron”

(Melastoma polyanthum) by a curious movement among the flowers

of a large inflorescence at the height of about five feet above the

ground. On a cursory examination I could only see that one of

the flowers—so it appeared—was swaying slowly from side to side;

and it was not for several seconds that I realized that the moving

Fig. 2.

Pupa of Hymenopus bicornis on inflorescence of Melastoma polyanthum.

(Photographed from life.)

The same specimen as in figure }, viewed from above, showing the dotted

lines on the dorsal surface of the abdomen and the bruise-like markings on the

expansions of the femora of the 3rd pair of legs. The head and fore limbs are

slightly out of focus, and part of the bar on the thorax appears behind them.

This photograph shows the difference in shape between the expansions on the

legs of the Mantis and the petals of the flower.

842 MR. NELSON ANNANDALE ON THE [Dec. 4,

flower was not a flower at all, but a Mantis. Even then it betrayed

itself by turning round and staring me in the face in the

manner characteristic of the Mantide. When I held the branch

on which the insect had established itself in my hand, I could not

tell exactly where animal tissue commenced and where flower

ended, so perfectly was the one assimilated to the other, not only

in colour but in surface texture, and perhaps even to some degree

in structure. The Mantis had ensconced itself in the very centre of

the inflorescence, a position which it never assumed in the three days

during which it remained alive in my hands: it will be noticed in the

figures (pp. 840, 841), which are from photographs taken from life at

Aring, that the insect is clinging to the edge of a bunch of flowers.

The attitude which it adopted did not change with its position in the

inflorescence. In all cases, so long as the insect was on the watch

for prey, the abdomen was bent backwards until its dorsal surface

almost touched that of the thorax. The head and thorax were

held upright, and the fore limbs in front of them, in the ordinary

“praying” attitude of the Mantide. The other two pairs of legs,

by which it clung to the flowers, were disposed round the upturned

abdomen, more or less at right angles to the main axis of the body.

Sometimes this was the same as that of the inflorescence, but often

it was at an angle to it; for the Mantis seemed indifferent as to

whether its head or one of its sides was uppermost. When once

a position had been taken up, it was never changed so long as the

insect remained on that particular inflorescence. Perfect as was the

concealment thus effected, I cannot say that the Mantis imitated a

single flower or part of a single flower with any great accuracy.

Perhaps the upturned abdomen might be taken to represent a bud

not yet opened, while the darker expansions on the femora showed a

greater resemblance to petals which had already unfurled themselves.

The petals of Melastoma, however, are more elongated than these

structures on the legs of the Mantis, which are almost circular in

shape, though their diameter is as great as, if not greater than, that

of the floral structures which they represent. What I can say

with certainty is, that a most marvellous resemblance is produced

between the insect Hymenopus bicornis and part of an inflorescence

of Melastoma polyanthum when the flower and the insect are

combined, as they sometimes are in nature. I cannot say that

they are always found together. An interesting point in con-

nection with this simulation of the flowers is the part played by

the green bar across the thorax of the Mantis. This bar divided

the prothorax from the rest of the body, and apparently separated

the insect into two parts, which appeared to have no connection

with one another on the inflorescence. In no ordinary in-

florescence of this plant are the flowers large enough to afford an

expanse of uniform coloration of the size of Hymenopus.

During an unsuccessful search for further specimens in the

buffalo-lawn at Aring, the Mantis was placed, together with the

inflorescence to which it still clung, in a large box lined with dead

leayes. On the lid being taken off from this, after about half an

1900. ] INSECTS OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 843

hour’s interval, it was found that the insect had deserted the flowers

and was sitting quite still among the leaves at the bottom of the box.

Though its attitude was essentially the same as before, its whole

appearance was now completely changed ; for it no longer resembled

the flowersamong which it bad been found except in the most remote

degree, but appeared rather to simulate an orchid fallen upon the

ground. The brown lines on the upper surface of the abdomen,

which had before been concealed among the petals of the flowers,

became conspicuous from many points of view, now that the body

was seen from above. Converging as they did towards the

junction with the thorax, they bore no slight likeness to the

‘‘honey-guides” of many orchids. The darker tiansverse bars

seen in the shadow cast by the head and thorax gaye an idea of

hollowness such as might be expected round the nectaries ; while

the abdomen itself represented the labellum, and the limbs the

other petals of the orchid. The head and thorax took the place of

the stamen and anthers, their resemblance to which was greatly

increased by the horn-shaped eyes; and even the green bar on the

thorax had a new part to play, for on not a few orchids there is

just such a band at the base of this part of the flower. No change

of colour aided the change of appearance. The Mantis remained

among the dead leaves for the rest of the day of its capture and

for the night which followed, without altering its tint or losing

anything of its brilliancy. I do not know of any specifie orchid

which it may have simulated; orchids of sufficient size and

brilliancy of colour are rare, if not unknown, in lower Siam.

Early the next morning the Mantis was placed on a packing-

case in the open air, near a large branch of the ‘“ Rhododendron ”

fixed upright ina natural position. It deliberately walked towards

the branch, swaying its whole body from side to side as it pro-

gressed, and commenced to climb one of the twigs. This twig,

however, bore only green buds and unripe fruit. When the

Mantis reached the tip of the twig and found no flowers, it re-

mained still for a few seconds, and then turned and descended

with the same staggering gait. It proceeded to climb another

twig. This also bore no flowers. The Mantis descended from it

and mounted a third twig, which was topped by a large bunch of

full-blown blossoms. To these it clung by means of the claws of

the two posterior pairs of limbs. For a few minutes it remained

perfectly still, and then began swaying its body from side to side,

as it had done while walking. (It was only during this brief

interval of rest that I was able to secure a photograph, for in a

tropical climate so damp as that of lower Siam instantaneous

photography is never satisfactory. The light, in spite of its

apparent intensity, is very feebly actinic, and the moisture of the

atmosphere combined with the heat makes it impossible to keep

“rapid” plates for any length of time.) While the body of the

Mantis was in motion the fine hair-like antenne were also in con-

stant agitation, sometimes being held upright, sometimes stretched

out like horns, and sometimes lying back along the thorax,

844 MR, NELSON ANNANDALE ON THE [Dee. 4,

Almost as soon as the Mantis had settled itself on the inflores-

cence, a small, dark, dipterous insect, of a kind very commonly seen

on the flowers of this species of Melastoma, alighted on one of its

hinder legs. It was soon joined by others, apparently of the same

species as itself. They settled quite indiscriminately on the petals

and on the body and limbs of the Mantis. It was then that the

significance of the black spot at the tip of the abdomen became

apparent, for at the distance of a few feet it was impossible to

distinguish it, except by its symmetrical position, from one of

these small Diptera. The Mantis made no attempt either to drive

off or to capture the small flies, for its motions seemed to attract

rather than to repelthem. Aftera short time alarger Dipteron, as

big as a common house-fly, alighted on the inflorescence within

reach of the predatory limbs. Then the Mantis became active

immediately ; the fly was seized, torn in pieces and devoured, not-

withstanding the presence of a large crowd of natives who had

collected to watch what was happening. I did not see Hymenopus

actually catch an insect on its own person ; but very probably this

was owing to the short duration of my observations. The smaller

Diptera were unable to discriminate between real and simulated

vegetable tissue, and there is no reason to suppose that the larger

ones are more intelligent. I was unable to detect any secretion

from the integument or any part of the body of the Mantis which

might have attracted them. It is quite probable that they acted

gratuitously as lures for its prey, in that they made it appear that

there was no trap set, if they did not form an actual bait for

predaceous insects.

After the Mantis had been on the watch for some little time,

I noticed that the abdomen was drooping slightly and was

gradually coming to lie in line with the thorax. As it did so,

the brown lines on its dorsal surface came into sight, and they

grew more conspicuous the more it drooped. At last, only a

very few minutes after I had first noticed this movement, the

Mantis gave a sudden leap into the air and alighted on the

ground at the distance of several feet from the place where the

base of the stem would have been had it leaped from a real bush

of the ‘* Rhododendron.” It then staggered quietly away along

the ground. When interrupted in its progress it gave a short

jump; but it was easily recaptured, as its leaping powers were

chiefly developed in the direction of jumping to the ground from

a height. I was able to watch this drooping of the abdomen and

final hasty desertion of the flowers on four separate branches.

In each case the process commenced when the flowers began to

droop, and occupied, perhaps, two minutes in completion. The

drooping of the abdomen was primarily a preparation for leaping.

Of that I have no doubt, for the body was bent again the moment

the insect reached the ground, almost as if it were brought

into position by the action of a powerful spring. Whenever the

Mantis gave one of its short jumps on the level, the body was

previously straightened with almost the same rapidity of action.

1500. ] INSECTS OF THE ‘¢ SKEA'T EXPEDITION.” 845

Moreover, the upturned position of the abdomen is common to

many Mantid larve, for instance those of several species of

Hierodula and Pseudonantis, though in the adults of these forms

it becomes an impossible attitude when the insects are at rest,

owing to the outgrowth of the wings; and these larve have the

habit of leaping to the ground when disturbed on the tree-trunks

on which they watch for prey, and always straighten their body

before they leap. But that this action has a secondary significance

in the case of Hymenopus bicornis is proved by the deliberate and

gradual way in which it takes place when the insect is seated on

an inflorescence. It seems to me that its secondary object is to

display the brown lines on the dorsal surface, in order that, as the

flowers wither, the flower mimic may appear to wither also. It

must be remembered that in the tropics the process of fading, in

the case of most flowers, is an exceedingly rapid one. It is

difficult, however, if this be the true explanation, to see why the

Mantis should leap to the ground when the flowers of a single

inflorescence begin to fade, for we can hardly assume that it looks

round to see whether other flowers on the same branch are fading

also, and Melastoma is not a plant on which all the blossoms

naturally fall off at the same time. In the case when it could find

no proper concealment on one twig of a branch, the insect did not

behave in this way. It is: quite possible that its instinct may

warn it to seek for other shelter whenever the petals begin to

droop, for flowers of this plant close at night and in very bad

weather. Under either of these conditions the insect must find

it impossible to get its prey, and may be exposed to death from

cold or from the violence of the rain, should it remain in an

exposed position. Most probably it takes shelter among the

undergrowth during storm and dark. When placed in a dark box

it deserted the flowers to which it clung while they were plucked

from the bush with considerable violence.

Malay y Beliefs—The Kelantan Malays call this insect “ Kan-

chong,” but they consider it so rare that my desire to obtain more

than a single specimen was ridiculed as being quite extravagant. I

was told that few men ever saw more than one such Mantis in the

course of their lives. It was agreed at Aring that the Kanchong is

not a “belalang”' (the general term in Malay for any Orthopteron

which is neither a cockroach, “/ipas,” nor an earwig, “ sipit-sipit”)*,

but a flower which has become alive. ‘“ Its origin is from the flowers.”

The blossoms of the ‘‘ Sendudok” give birth to it, in the same way as

the leaves of the “ Nanka,” or Jack-fruit tree (Artocarpus integri-

folia), give birth to Heteropteryw dilatata, a large prickly Phasmid

‘ Belalang are named after the Lalang Grass (Imperatia koenigii), which

affords a fayourite shelter to many orthopterous insects.

2 Sipit are the tweezers with which the Malays pluck out the few hairs that

naturally grow upon their chins. The reduplication of a word in Malay either

gives it a metaphorical sense or turns it into a feel of indefinite multitude,

Thus, mata-mata, from mata an eye, means a policeman ; macham isa kind or

sort, macham-macham all sorts.

846 MR. NELSON ANNANDALE ON THR [ Dec. 4,

of great rarity which rich men keep alive in cages in order to secure

its eggs, which they set in rings like jewels, and consider to be a

most powerful charm against evil spirits of all kinds. These eggs

are said to be of a beautiful red colour.

Remarks.—Professor Poulton has been kind enough to show me

some young larvee of Hymenopus bicornis that he has lately received

from Mr. Shelford, Curator of the Sarawak Museum, Borneo,

together with some Heteroptera to which they bear a very close

and detailed resemblance. It is indeed remarkable that any animal

should be so highly specialized in two different directions of

deception during the lifetime of an individual. The imago of

this form, judging solely from dried specimens, may possibly show

a likeness in life to a withered flower. Its long white tegmina,

with their faint brown markings, may well have this appearance

in life, if they are possessed of the flower-like glistening which

distinguishes certain parts of the body of the pupa.

The pupa of the Indian Mantis, Gongylus gongyloides ', the habits

of which have been described by Dr. J. Anderson, resembles the

Kanchong in swaying its body while waiting for prey, but differs

from it in that only the lower surface is coloured like a flower,

the back being green, and that the flower-like shape is brought

about by the expansion of the thorax. Two varieties of the

pupa of Hymenopus itself are known: the one is pink, the other

white. Any information as to whether these are seasonal forms,

whether they confine themselves to the flowers which they resemble,

aud whether they are in any way modified by light reflected from

their environment, would be of the very greatest interest. Wood-

Mason reports * two specimens, the one white and the other pink,

taken at an interval of six months, apparently from the same

district, in Assam. Mr. R. L. Butler of Selangor tells me that he

has taken white specimens, and white specimens only, on the

verandah of a bungalow at Kuala Lumpur, on which white lilies

were growing in pots. Wallace® says that in India the pink

variety will settle among any flowers or leaves, and he seems to

lay stress on this point in a note which I have received from him.

In the figure* of this insect given in Poulton’s ‘Colours of

Animals’ (p. 74) it is represented as sitting head downwards, on

a leaf, with the abdomen and thorax in a straight line ; in all of

which points the attitude of the specimen depicted differs from

that of mine, though the first is of no great importance. The

brown lines on the dorsal surface of the insect °, and the dark spot

at the tip of the abdomen, are entirely omitted by the Indian artist.

My specimen certainly refused to sit among leaves when it was in

1 P. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1877, p. 193.

* Ent. Soe. London, 1877, p. xxix.

* * Darwinism,’ p. 212.

* The figure is from a native drawing sent to Wallace by Wood-Mason, from

whom the information about this insect in ‘ Darwinism’ was also obtained.

* These lines, and also the black tip to the abdomen, are just as conspicuous,

judging from dried specimens, in individuals from other parts of the East as

they were in the one observed at Aring.

1900.] INSECTS OF THE “ SKEAT HXPEDITION.” 847

the light; and I am sorry that I did not experiment with other

flowers than those among which it was found. It would have been

exceedingly difficult, if not impossible, to find any of sufficient size

in the immediate neighbourhood of Kampong Aring.

Hymenopus bicornis, the only representative of its genus, is

an insect which has a fairly wide distribution, being found in

Sikkim, Java, and Sarawak ; but in none of these localities does

it appear to be at all common; in Kelantan it is exceedingly rare.

During the six weeks which the expedition spent at Aring, only

one specimen was seen, though every clearing in the district was

full of the blossoms of the Sendudok. It may be said that an

animal so well able to hide itself might easily exist in considerable

numbers without being detected. This would have been perfectly

true had the Mantis been in the habit of sitting still; but move-

ment in an apparent flower is just as attractive to a biologist

as it isto alizard. After the first specimen had been captured,

hundreds of bushes were examined with the very greatest care by

three zoologists and a botanist, but no Hymenopus was found.

Granted that the insect is as highly specialized in instinct as it

is in form—and I think there can be little doubt that this is

the case—it is not difficult to suggest an explanation of its rarity.

It is an animal which, for some reason, has had the greatest

difficulty in holding its own in past ages, and it has been driven

in the course of its struggle for existence to the extremes of

specialization. It has become so highly specialized, in fact, that it

has condemned itself, as it were, to a single and very limited

environinent ; and should that environment be changed, even to

a slight extent, by external circumstances, the insect must either

perish or alter both its structure and its habits immediately, a

thing which no highly-specialized animal is likely to do rapidly.

Now in the Malay Peninsula the conditions of life are always

undergoing small changes that are apparent even to a traveller

hastening through the country ; there must be many that years of

research could not reveal. Suppose that the district of Aring

were decimated by the small-pox, as many a Malayan district has

been, and that the inhabitants who survived fled over into Pahang

with their buffaloes, in a few years the jungle would kill off all

the Sendudok bushes in the neighbourhood, for the plant can only

exist in a clearing. In olden times, before the advent of the

Malays into the Peninsula, the Sendudok must have been a rare

plant in Kelantan, as neither the Sakais nor any of the other

aboriginal tribes make clearings or keep cattle. The extremely

local nature of the fruiting-season of various semi-cultivated trees,

such as the Mangosteen (Garcinia mangostana), must have some

influence on the insects of the different districts, and seems to

depend not so much on local variations of climate as on the

different varieties of the trees that are popular in the different

villages. One would like to know whether the variations of a

fruit of such ancient cultivation as the banana affect the insects

which live upon it. In lower Siam over a hundred varieties of

848 MR. NELSON ANNANDALE ON THE [ Dee. 4,

this fruit are said to be commonly grown, differing from one

another in shape, size, colour, and even smell; and it is often the

case that in two villages separated by only a few miles the pre-

dominant variety of banana is different. The introduction of a

foreign weed such as the “ Putri Malu,” or Shy Princess (Mimosa

pudiea), among the teeming insect population of a tropical clearing

must have some direct effect upon the life therein, and indirectly

must influence all the surrounding country. This plant has

appeared in the Peninsula since the arrival of the white man, its

natural home being South America; and has succeeded in

becoming one of the commonest and most noxious weeds in the

country, even in the districts to which the white man himself has

not yet penetrated.

Ill. AnorHer Harpacip Pupa.

Colour.—Head: pink, eyes and mandibles black. Antenne

black.

Thorax: prothorax, which is broad and slightly flattened, dull

pink, striped transversely with dingy white and pale green, and

edged with black. (There is no bar on the posterior edge of the

prothorax as there was in the other form.) Posterior region of

thorax dull pink. Rudimentary wings dingy white, with a pale

green band at the base of each.

Abdomen: pale pink, ringed with pale green, dingy white, and

black. The green and black rings did not completely encircle the

body, but were interrupted in the mid-ventral line by a number

of prominences, one to each segment, of pale pink. At the

extreme point of the abdomen, surrounding the anus, was a black

spot, not so large or so prominent as the one on the corresponding

position in Hymenopus bicornis, but still conspicuous.

Limbs: all the limbs were ringed with bands of dingy white,

pink, and green, which completely surrounded them, including

the expansions on the femora of the 2nd and 3rd pairs. The

spines on the predatory limbs were some of them green and some

black. The black spines predominated towards the distal

extremities.

This Mantis had none of the flowery sheen of the other, and

the lappets on the 2nd and 3rd limbs are small, rounded, and in

nowise petal-like. The flowers with which it was found associated

were of a deep cream-colour. Their buds and leaves were con-

siderably darker than the green markings on the insect’s body.

Habits and Attitude.—Unfortunately I was unable to observe

this species in a state of nature, but 1 have no doubt that its

habits are very similar to those of the Kanchong. The natural

attitude of the two species is precisely the same, and though they

adopt different methods of concealing themselves, they were both

found hidden among flowers, presumably for the same purpose—

that of obtaining their food. The common possession of a black

tip to the abdomen is interesting. A single specimen of the

striped Mantis was brought me on August 19th, by Mr. R. H. Yapp,

1900.) INSECTS OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 849

then botanist to the Expedition, together with a spray of the

flowers and leaves of an acacia among which he had found it.

The flowers of this tree are very much like those of the common

Mimosa, but larger in size and of a far less brilliant shade of yellow.

The leaves are much divided. Mr. Yapp tells me that he found

the specimen on a tree near the edge of a buffulo-lawn across the

Kelantan river opposite Aring, about eleven o’clock in the fore-

noon. Even in the dim light of the mosque in which we were

then staying the insect was very inconspicuous among the flowers;

and when it was taken out into the brilliant sunshine it completely

disappeared among the shadows cast by them and the leaves. The

dark bars on its body and limbs were slightly wider than the spaces

between the pinnules of the acacia-leaves, and the prominences

on the ventral surface of the abdomen were of the shape, though

not of the colour, of the prominent parts on the unopened flower-

buds; for it will be noticed that the buds were green, while the

structures on the insect’s body were pale pink. These prominences

were conspicuous ; but the lights and shadows among the feathery

leaves and fur-like flowers were so confused that a difference in

colour detracted little from the similitude between the abdomen,

cut into as it was by the black bars which were conspicuous on its

edges but interrupted in its middle line, and the distal extremity

of one of the racemose inflorescences of the acacia.

The insect and the flower had not a single colour in common

intrinsically ; and yet, under given conditions of climate, the

colours of the two became indistinguishable from one another.

The Malays at Aring called this insect Striped Kanchong ; but

the name was evidently invented for the occasion. The plant on

which it was found being a tree and not a shrub, it was much

more liable to escape detection, even had the acacia been as

common as the “ Rhododendron.” There are plenty of similar

acacias in Kelantan, and there is no reason why the Mantis should

confine itself to one species, for its colour and form are adapted

for concealment among any flowers and leaves of this peculiar type.

The possession of leaf or petal-like expansions on the limbs is a

peculiarity shared by many Mantids with leaf-like insects of dif-

ferent groups, but as a rule their outline is not so regular as it is in

the case of this species and of Hymenopus. With regard to the

origin of such structures and their primitive function, it is worth

while noticing their rudimentary condition, whether it be a specific

or merely a pupal character, in forms like this Striped Harpagid

from Kelantan. It cannot be said that in this case they give any

direct aid in concealing the insect by resembling petals of a flower

or any other vegetable organ. But, especially where we get the

extremes of light and shade, any little irregularity of outline or

projection from the surface of the body of an animal may give it

a distinct aid in hiding itself. This is truer in the case of the

smaller invertebrates than it is in that of vertebrates, though the

principle is well exemplified by many fish, and not a few lizards,

that live among terrestrial and aquatic plants. A large nocturnal

850 MR. NELSON ANNANDALE ON THE [ Dec. 4,

snake, like the “ Ular katam tebu” (Dipsadomorphus dendrophilus) *

gliding among mangrove-roots beneath the moonlight, or a tiger

resting at midday in the Lalang grass, is well concealed by its

colour gradations and its black and yellow stripes, and has no

need of an elaborately foliated tail like that of a heraldic lion ;

such a tail might be of very great advantage to a small Arthropod.

Repeated observations, more especially in the small caves of the

Koh Sih Hah, or Five Isles of the Tale Sap, have convinced me

that the extreme elongation of the spinnerets in the Araneid family

of Hersilide—the “ laba-laba berekor” or tailed spiders of the

Malays—aids greatly in effecting their concealment on the grey

stones and tree-trunks which they frequent, by breaking the

otherwise smooth and rounded outline of the abdomen, as the

long legs break the outline of the cephalothorax. In short

irregularity of outline bears much the same part in hiding an

animal as does irregularity of colour such as is exemplified by the

black bars on the otherwise pale and inconspicuous tints of the

striped Mantis.

But irregular protective colour is by no means confined to

definite bars and stripes, which might be said more exactly to

represent definite shadows or spaces; it possesses even more

frequently a scattered or speckled arrangement. In fact, it is very

often the case that the actual colours present are not of such great

importance as the manner in which they are arranged and their

multiplicity in a given space. It is well known that even in the

ordered light and surroundings of a picture gallery, if sufficient

brilliant colours are crowded into a sufficiently small space they

‘ kill” one another and are no longer brilliant. This is doubly

true in the deep gloom of the jungle, where any colour has the

greatest difficulty in asserting itself, and where so many hues that

are in themselves brilliant have to contend with one another. On

the jungle floor almost all colours are present in small quantities ;

there are patches of deep blue where the sky is reflected through

a crevice in the upper foliage upon rain-water held in the hollow

of a dead leaf; among the dead leaves themselves there is every

shade of brown and yellow, and scattered black and white in plenty

patches of scarlet caused by fungi on rotten wood are sometimes

frequent; there is the brown-pink of the seedlings struggling

towards the light ; and the dull green of tree-stems and creepers,

and of the ferns and the few phanerogams which are adapted to

exist down below. Bright green alone is absent, except in some

' Kaiam tebu are little round pieces of sugar-cane from which the outer skin

has been removed. They are sold in the markets on bamboo skewers. The

term “Ular Katam Tebu,’ in the Siamese States at any rate, is generic, and is

applied to all snakes, whether marine or terrestrial, which are conspicuously

ringed and which are too big to come under the category of “ U/ar Kapak” or Axe-

snakes ; the dark skin of the reptile being taken to represent the spaces between

the fatam on the skewer, and the lighter rings the tebw or sugar-cane itself,

Dipsadomorphus is by far the commonest of such snakes, and therefore the

species with which the name is most generally associated. In other parts of the

Peninsula it is probable that the “Ular Katam Tebu” is Bungarus fasciatus,

1900. ] INSECTS OF THE ‘¢ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 851

mosses of the minutest size; so that large Locustids of yellows

green, Pseudophyllus and others, which in the cabinet, and perhap-

in their own place, form such admirable imitations of bamboo-leaves

in colour, and to a lesser degree in form also (for doubtless they

are part of the plancton of the jungle, and only gravitate down into

its depths by misadventure), are the most conspicuous of the smaller

jungle fauna which one meets with below. Yet all these shades

are so altered and commingled in the chequer of deep shadow with

occasional gieams of sunlight that they become completely confused

to the eye. One is tempted to speculate as to whether the gorgeous

tartan-like checks in which the Malays are so fond of clothing

themselves may not have originally developed among a jungle-loving

and somewhat murderous people at constant feud with their

neighbours, as a means of secondary protective coloration, and

have become more brilliant and less useful through the vagaries of

sexual selection. On festive occasions these combinations of many

colours are chiefly worn vy the men, the women preferring for

their holiday dresses simpler and more striking costumes into

which only four or five masses of colour enter as a rule. On the

jungle floor itself the most inconspicuous animals are certain long-

legged but by no means bulky Phalangiids, which appear and dis-

appear as they moveor are still. Intrinsically they are of brilliant

colours ; one species is black, speckled on the body and limbs with

scarlet, white, yellow, and green. But they are less conspicuous

even than the majority of Phasmids found in similar situations,

even than the forms which have green markings resembling minute

liverworts, such as cover the stems and leaves of the jungle flora,

on their otherwise stick-like bodies; for it is generally easy to

distinguish the exact outlines of such insects if they have once been

located; but even when the Phalangiids are moving it is rarely

possible to see either their limbs or their bodies, though their

motions are perfectly visible. Every such stick-insect resembles a

particular stick, an ideal stick it is true; the Arachnids are assimi-

lated, not to any particular object, but to their surroundings

generally, by their irregular colour, their irregular form, and b

the large extent of their surface in comparison with their bulk.

The limbs of the Phasmids are often held in angular vegetable

attitudes, but they do not always blend into their environment as

the almost hair-like legs of the Phalangiids do; for it is often the

case that the instinct of the insects is at fault in the choice of

their immediate surroundings’, whereas the protective adaptation of

the Arachnids, being general and not particular, does not necessitate

any high specialization of instinct to accompany it.

But that the object of brilliant coloration arranged in stripes

is not always the same, even in a single group of insects, is proved,

if proof were necessary, by comparing the striped pnpa from Aring

with the Arabian and African imago Jdolum diabolicum?, a form of

which the natural colour and attitude have lately been described

' See Proc, Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, Dec. 1900.

2 P. Cambr. Phil. Soc. vol. x. p. 175 e¢ post., plate ii.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1900, No. LVI. 56

852 MR, NELSON ANNANDALE ON THE [ Dec. 4,

by Sharp. This latter insect makes no attempt to conceal itself,

but sits among leaves, showing, by reason of its broadened thorax

and coxe of the first pair of limbs, a likeness to some gorgeous

flower.

In connection with these flower-like Mantids it may not be super-

fluous to mention the leaf-like form, Deroplatys trigonodera, which

is sometimes found in the deep jungle near Aring. Though the

whole visible surface of this species, including that of the tegmina

and of the legs, is coloured like a dead leaf ', and though the tegmina,

the thorax, and the two posterior limbs bear irregular leaf-like

processes, yet the posterior wings, where they are concealed by the

tegmina, are coloured deep maroon, veined and rimmed with white.

A specimen which crawled up my leg from the jungle floor made no

attempt to fly when captured, but defended itself with its armed

predatory limbs, drawing blood from my finger. Very possibly this

species also may be nocturnal, or at least crepuscular, and only use its

wings in the evening. ‘This is certainly the case with the various

species of large green Mantide that are common through the whole

of lower Siam. At Biserat, in the State of Jalor, specimens of

Hierodula modesta flew into our verandah in the evening on several

occasions, and settling on the whitewashed wall, would feed on the

termites and small Orthoptera attracted by the lamp, they them-

selves showing no inclination towards its flame. The insects

which they caught did not avoid them in any way, but walked

straight into their clutches. The larve of Hierodula and allied

genera are often to be seen sitting on tree-trunks in the middle of

the day; but I never observed an adult on the wing before

sunset.

Ceratomantis saussuret is another interesting Mantis which may

be taken at Aring. The head, body, and limbs of this species are

of a dingy yellowish grey, speckled with black. The wings, which

are unusually broad, are transparent, but the tegmina are marked

with curious black streaks. The head is prolonged forwards

between the eyes into a peculiar spike. The predatory limbs are

broad and flattened dorso-ventrally ; and the sides of the abdomen

are produced into several irregularly shaped lobes. On the inner

surface of the fore leg, which is concealed by that of the opposite

limb except when the insect is struggling with its prey, there is a

black bar running along the femur.

One morning in September, | found a specimen of this Mantis

at Aring in the interior of a fallen tree which I was chopping up

in the jungle. The wood was rotten and afforded a harbour to

many other insects, such as beetles and cockroaches. A few days

earlier another specimen was brought me bya Malay, together

with a dead Selaginellid among which he had found it. If this

Mantis is seated among the dead wood, its colour makes it incon-

spicuous ; but if it is among dead fern-fronds or withered Sela-

ginellids, its predatory limbs entirely disappear, owing to their

* Numerous other species of the same genus are coloured in a similar

fashion,

-. Ase

1900.] INSECIS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 853

colour and form. Among these leaves, the head and wings, though

they are inconspicuous, are not invisible; the wings may be detected

because they are transparent and glary, the head because it is held

well raised above the surface on which the insect is sitting. Seen in

such surroundings, there is nothing that would lead a human being

to judge that the Mantis was a predaceous animal. Indeed, it bears

a general likeness to a moth or a non-predaceous Neuropteron,

not particular enough, perhaps, to justify one in saying that it

“mimics” any other form, but sufficiently marked to deceive one as

to its realnature. The fact that a specimen of the Mantis was found

concealed in a dead tree would lend colour to the idea that it is

nocturnal, asa large proportion of the Mantide appear to be. But

it is quite possible that it may be sufficiently active in the daytime

to seize any prey which comes within its reach. If so, it affords

an instance that may be compared with that of the Kanchong.

While the latter simulates a flower, and so actually allures its prey,

the former sits still and looks harmless, so that its prey chances to

come toit uninvited. The difference seems to me to beone of degree.

Supposing that a green Mantis were seated among leaves of the

same colour as its own body, and that a phytophagous insect

alighted upon it, it might then be said to be an instance of

“alluring” coloration. Whereas if the insect only alighted near

it, the Mantis would scarcely come under this category. In any

case the adaptation appears to be calculated to deceive Arthropod

prey rather than mammalian enemies. The Mantide are well

adapted for self-defence, and the movements of the Kanchong, at

any rate, betray the insect to vertebrate eyes.

The curious prolongation of the head in Ceratomantis is nota

feature of any systematic value; many other Mantids, belonging

to widely separate genera, have a similar peculiarity. Undoubtedly,

however, in this case it aids in masking the characteristic shape of

the Mantid head; or, at any rate, appears to do so.

With regard to the marking on the femora of the fore limbs,

similar markings, often emphasized by yellow lines running

parallel to them or across them, occur in the same position in

a large number of Mantide. I do not know that a function has ever

been assigned to marks situated in this position except by the

Russian naturalist Porschinsky, whose interesting observations ',

and imaginative explanations thereof, Professor Poulton has been

kind enough to have translated for me from the Russian.

Porschinsky has a theory that all eye-like markings on insects

represent glands, which may be imagined to excrete a noxious

fluid. He supposes that such markings simulate the liquid which

has issued forth, with the blue sky or some other object reflected

in it. He points out that the display of such spots is sometimes

accompanied by a sound which might be taken to imitate liquid

hissing out of a narrow opening such as the duct ofa gland. Mantis

religiosa is one of his examples. He says that there is a large

1 Lepidopterorum Rossiz Biologia, iv. (Petersburg, 1893), p. 36, fig. 10,

56*

854 MR. NELSON ANNANDALE ON THE [ Dee. 4,

blue “ eye ” ringed with black on the inner surface of the femur

of the fore limb in this species ; and that the “eye” is concealed

when the Mantis is at rest, because the two limbs are held folded

together in front of the body. ‘‘ But when danger threatens,” to

quote his own words, “the praying Mantis assumes a very peculiar

and interesting attitude, which, so far as I know, was first described

by Goureau. The long and narrow prothorax assumes a vertical

position, so that the body is supported only by its two pairs of

hind legs. Under these circumstances the insect widely separates

the front pair of legs, giving to its long femora a horizontal position,

so that the distal ends of them are directed on opposite sides. In

this way the eye-spots, which are situated at their bases, stand out

conspicuously and are most obvious, owing to their colour, The

tibie of the front pair of legs are directed vertically upwards. At

the same time the insect lifts up its tegmina and unrolis its wings,

giving them a horizontal position, and it begins quickly to raise

and lower its abdomen, which, rubbing against the posterior edge

of the wings at the same time as these continual movements,

produces a sound. The Mantis can produce the latter artificially

by rubbing its wings against some extraneous object.”

In the ‘ Entomologist’s Record’ for January 1900, Brunner von

Wattenwy] calls attention to the markings on the fore limb of a

species of Hierodula from Borneo. He speculates as to their

origin, but does not assign them a use.

TV. Avarmine CoLtour and ATTITUDE.

A Hooded Locustid (Capnoptera sp. n. near C. staudingeri).

Colour.— 2. Body and limbs dull green, marked with dark

brown. Tegmina dull green, veined and spotted with dull blue and

marked with black. Hind wings pale smoke-colour. Between

the head and the thorax there is a rectangular bladder of vivid

scarlet. This is habitually concealed beneath the dorsal plate of

the prothorax, but can be everted and project behind the head

like a hood. When not in use the two corners most remote

from its point of origin are inverted. When it was displayed

these were everted, apparently by the forcing of blood into the

hollow of the structure. . Similar to female, but considerably

smaller. The hood was equally well developed in both sexes.

Habits and Attitude.—The species is not uncommon in the jungle

of Nawnchik, Patalung, and Jalor ; but the male is much rarer than

the female. I only obtained a single specimen of the former. So

far as I know, there is nothing peculiar about the habits of this

species when it is left to itself, except that the saltatorial legs

being less highly developed than they are in most Malayan

Locustids, it is unable to take the enormous leaps of forms, like

the “ Belalang Rusa” or Deer Grasshopper (Mecopoda), which

are found in the same environment. When the hooded locust is

taken in the hand it makes very little resistance. Leaving the

consideration of its peculiar means of defence for a moment, this

1900.] INSECTS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 855

is not surprising, as the chief resistance that the ordinary large

Locustid can offer is that performed with its third pair of legs,

which are incredibly powerful in some species and often armed

with formidable spines. Instead of resisting, it lowers its head, so

as to separate it from the thorax, and erects the hood. If this

does not cause its enemy to let it loose, its resources are at an end.

The sudden apparition of the vivid scarlet patch on the dull and

inconspicuous body of the insect may well be disconcerting to its

natural enemies. ‘l'o a human observer it appears that he has

injured his specimen, and that some brilliantly coloured portion

of its internal anatomy is issuing from its neck.

Malay Name.—The Salor and Rhaman Malays call this and allied

species “ Belalang Gambor,” or Image Grasshopper, perhaps because

they recognize a likeness between it in its alarming attitude and

images of Buddha overshadowed by Cobras with expanded hoods.

A colossal statue of this kind exists in a cave-temple near Biserat.

When I asked for the “ Belalang Gambor” at Aring, the natives

brought me a large Locust (Acridium succinctum), that is known to

the Malays at Biserat as “ Belalang Babi,” or Pig Grasshopper.

Remarks.—In the jungle near Kota Bharu, Rhaman, I found a

single specimen of another species (Capnoptera, sp. n.) which had

the same peculiarity of structure and attitude as this form, but

differed from it in that the brilliant coloration was not confined

to a part of the body which was concealed when the insect was at

rest. Its head and body were of a dull neutral green; its tegmina

pale, dull translucent yellow, barred and spotted with black; and

its legs magenta. Magenta was also the colour of the hood, which

in form and extent resembled that of the commoner species.

The action of these two grasshoppers may be compared with that

of certain caterpillars, ¢.¢g. of one which is not common on pome-

granate trees at Biserat in the month of June. It is a fair-sized

form, probably belonging to the Lymantriide, which reaches a

length of from + em. to6cm. The dorsal surface is covered with

long hairs of a pale lemon-yellow colour, those on the 4th to 7th

segments being shorter and more closely set than the others.

Between the 4th and 5th segments a black bar of a peculiar velvety

appearance extends right across the body. This bar is surrounded

by a kind of white halo, and is almost completely concealed when

the caterpillar is feeding or walking ; which it does in rather a

peculiar manner, always resting after every few paces, and twisting

its body about, as if it were feeling round to see that there was

nothing wrong. If one blew upon the caterpillar, or irritated

it in any other way, it suddenly bent the anterior and posterior

regions of its body together, thus causing the black bar on the

back to become stretched and be conspicuous, and to appear like

a gaping, cavernous mouth, of which the bunches of hair behind

and before formed the jaws. The phenomenon was first pointed

out to me by Mr. D. TI. Gwynne Vaughan, then botanist to the

Expedition.

Some such cases come near to mimicry; for the one just

856 MR, NELSON ANNANDALE ON THE [ Dee. 4,

mentioned differs but little in essentials from that of the Sphinx

larve, which bring into prominence the eye-like markings on their

sides when alarmed, and thus seem to mimic small reptiles or

mammals. One such caterpillar’ is not uncommon in Nawnchik and

Patalung during April. It feeds on a species of Caladium* growing

in marshy localities, and is generally found on the underside of

the broad leaves, in the shadow of which it may easily be mistaken

for a small gecko which has lost its tail; though geckos do not

live in the marshes, and though its eye-spots are perfectly round,

more like the eyes of a snake than those of a gecko in the daytime.

In some cases structures which are alarming at one stage of an

animal’s existence may be mimetic or protective at another. The

case of the larva of our English Lobster Moth (Stauropus fagi)’,

which in its youth is said to mimic an ant, is so well known that

I need ouly refer to it. In lower Siam there is a common cater-

pillar, of what family it is impossible to say, which has a series of

curious long, flattened processes rising in three rows from the

dorsal surface of the anterior part of the body. When the animal is

walking these structures are kept in constant motion. They may be

supposed to alarm its enemies by their movements, and certainly

they give the full-grown caterpillar no aid by concealing it or by

making it resemble any otheranimal. But I have been completely

deceived by a very young specimen of this form. It was hanging

by a thread from a tree, and looked so extremely spider-like as

it hung, that I captured it to add to our collection of spiders.

Nor was I undeceived before the insect was in my spirit-tube ;

for in the Malay jungle there are many Araneids with elongated

abdomens.

An animal which is habitually of an alarming appearance may

even lose this appearance periodically. At Aring, one afternoon

in the beginning of September, a caterpillar nearly allied to

Stauropus fagi, and probably belonging to the same genus, came

under my notice. When first I saw it I mistook it for a bird’s

dropping. It was seated on the edge of a leaf of Melastoma

polyanthum, with the anterior and posterior regions of its body bent

towards one another, with the true legs folded together upon the

under surface of the thorax, and the abdominal feet firmly

clutching the edge of the leaf. The body was bent over so that

one side lay on the upper surface of the leaf, parallel to the

mid-rib. The insect was motionless. Its skin was smooth and

shiny; intense black in colour, except for some vivid white

markings about the middle of the body. ‘The likeness to a bird’s

dropping was not exact, because these white markings were at the

> The Malays do not appear to have any superstitious dread of this cater-

pillar, such as is felt by the Irish for that of the Elephant Hawk Moth

(Cherocampa elpenor), a form to which it bears a close resemblance. For the

any Hs with regard to the caterpillar, see Miss Ormerod’s Reports, 1898,

pp. 72-73.

* The “ Kladi mabok” or Sick Caladium, so called because, unlike some other

species, it is inedible,

* See Poulton, Journ, Linn, Soc., Zool. xxvi. pl. 40, and ‘Colours of Animals.’

1900.] INSECTS OF THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 857

centre and not towards the periphery; but, nevertheless, it was

striking and, at a first glance, quite deceptive. When disturbed

the caterpillar commenced to walk along the leaf, slowly and

irresolutely, unbending and rebending its long thoracic limbs as

it moved, and shaking the two processes with which its abdomen

terminated. I took it home, and shut it up till the next morning

with a supply of leaves, hoping to photograph it when the light

was better. During the night the insect cast its skin, and in the

morning all likeness to anything else had left it. The skin was

no longer polished and glittéring, and the colour had changed to

a dull brown with dingy white bars. Moreover, all sluggishness

of movement had disappeared, and the caterpillar was now ex-

ceedingly brisk, behaving very much as a well-grown specimen of

our own English form would do. During the languor and

dangerous inactivity of the ecdysis and the period immediately

preceding it, protective coloration had been assumed ; as soon as

the operation had been safely performed, the habitual means of

defence were adopted once more.

But to return to animals which, being otherwise inconspicuous,

have the power of exhibiting br illiant colour when alarmed. ‘This

phenomenon is not only exemplified by insects. A good instance

is that of the Toad Callula pulchra, which is found not un-

commonly in the Siamese States, among the rubbish which collects

under the houses and in like situations. In this species, the upper

surface of which is otherwise of a warm brown colour, a broad

yellowish stripe runs along either side of the back; but the

peculiar looseness of the skin and the folds into which it naturally

falls prevent this stripe from becoming conspicuous. When the

animal is disturbed, however, it draws air into its lungs until its

body becomes almost globular, and the skin is stretched in such

a way that its centrasting colours are displayed to their best

advantage. We may compare this amphibian to the fish of the

genus TYetrodon and others, which have earned the name of

Balloon-fish among Europeans, and of “ kan buntal,” or Pillow-fish,

among Malays, by the manner in which they gulp down air into

their stomachs, so causing the brilliant coloration of many of

them to become conspicuous, and also the spines with which they

are armed to be erected.

Another interesting example is afforded by the Lizard Liolepis

bellit, which the Malays call “ Biawak Pasir”, or Sand Monitor,

and which is common in all sandy plains where the vegetation is

scanty in the north of the Malay Peninsula. The male of Liolepis

is coloured in what sounds a very gorgeous fashion, and what is

in nature by no means a conspicuous one. The upper surface is

grey, mottled and eyed with green, the lower surface pale yellow

veined with blue, which is more conspicuous on the underside of

the thighs and the neck than on the rest of the body. Along each

side there are a number of transverse bars, alternately of orange

1 « Biawak” is the Malay name of Varanus.

858 MR, NELSON ANNANDALE ON THE [Dee. 4,

and of deep purple. The female is very like the male, except that

she is smaller, that her colouring is not so brilliant, and that the

blue markings are almost entirely absent from her under surface.

When the Lizard is running about the sand its brilliant shades are

not conspicuous, for the lower surface is hidden beneath the body,

and the bars on the sides are almost concealed in the folds of

loose skin which are present in the living specimen. Liolepis is

exceedingly timid and very agile; asa rule one does not see it

until it commences to run away, at the distance of several yards.

It lives in burrows, which it excavates, so the Malays say, by

means of its feet and its snout. When one of the males is taken

in the hand, it attempts to bite, for it has sharp teeth and a

strong jaw, and struggles violently. As it struggles, it flattens

out its body, by enlarging the lower angle formed by the ribs with

the vertebral column, so that the purple and orange stripes on its

sides come into view. The female tries the same tactics, but

without such great effect, for in her case neither are the stripes

so brilliant nor the ribs so mobile. It is very possible that the

male makes some display ' before the female at the time of court-

ship. The Malays say that the “‘ Biawak Pasir” is monogamous,

and on many different occasions, at Biserat and elsewhere, children

brought me two specimens together, male and female, which they

said they had snared ina single hole. The case of the Lizard is not

quite parallel to that of the Grasshopper, for it is evident that in

‘ That reptiles do indulge in nuptial dances is proved by the case of the

“ Sumpah-sumpah” (Calotes versicolor), a Lizard whose great powers of changing

its colour have caused the colonists of the Straits to misname it the Chameleon.

When the male is courting the female, he is of a pale yellow colour early in the

day, though in the afternoon he appears to become slightly darker ; and he has

a very conspicuous black patch @ on either side of the throat which calls attention,

as it were, to the gular pouches, that he is constantly inflating. He posts

himself on some conveniently conspicuous perch, such as ghe top of a fence or a

banana leaf, with his tail stretched out behind him and his fore-quarters raised

as high as possible upon the legs. The head is held very erect, but is con-

stantly being nodded up and down, very much in the same way as that of

a cock pigeon is nodded under similar circumstances. He opens and shuts his

mouth continually, as if he were chattering, but no sound is emitted; it is

probably this habit which has given the Lizard its Malay name, which seems to

be connected with a word (swmpah) that means to curse. In this manner the

male advances gradually towards the female, only progressing a few steps at a

time. The female remains concealed during the performance, which often

commences at a considerable distance from her retreat. I found on several

occasions that if one male was killed while dancing, bis place was taken by

another before many hours had passed. If he was captured, the black spots

disappeared from his throat immediately; but they reappeared after death.

The males of this Lizard are extremely pugnacious, and when they are fighting

together they change colour repeatedly, the victor usually assuming a reddish

tinge. The females differ from the males in most species of this genus in that

the gular pouches and the nuchal and dorsal crest are smaller than in the

other sex; also they do not seem to have the power of colour-change so well

developed.

® See also Capt. Stanley Flower’s paper on “The Reptiles of the Malay

Peninsula and Siam,” in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society, 1899, p. 641. My

observations were made in Bangkok, Singora, and Patalung, in the months of

March and April.

1900. ] INSECTS OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 859

the former the exhibition of brilliant colour is primarily a sexual

attraction, being better developed in the male than it is in the

female ; but it seems probable that even in Liolepis any excite-

ment may cause a display, and that in a secondary manner this

display has come to be used as a means of alarming enemies,

though it will be noticed that the conspicuous stripes are not

exhibited suddenly, or immediately on disturbance, but only when

the animal is handled. Also it is strange if the larger, more active

male has this means of defence better developed than the female,

which must be much less agile at times. The fact that Liolepis

bellii has particularly strong teeth and jaws does not seem to me

to be of any importance in considering the case. The Cobra affords

one of the best instances of alarming coloration and attitude, and

it happens to be a particularly venomous animal; but there are

instances of similar display among animals which have no such

dangerous qualities.

The black-and-yellow Snake, Dipsadomorphus dendrophilus,

which is the commonest large Snake in Lower Siam, when driven

to extremities exhibits movements which may be compared with

the sudden display of colour by other forms. If a specimen of

this Snake is tied up so that it cannot escape, it raises its head,

gapes, hisses, strikes wildly at anything that is held near it, and

drums spasmodically upon the ground with the last few joints of

its tail, thus producing a curious noise. But I have never seen it

bite, even when a stick was held close to its mouth ; though many

Snakes, e. g. Coluber teniurus, will snap at anything, even at their

own bodies, when they are sufficiently enraged. The Malays say

that Dipsadomorphus is not poisonous ; but they are much afraid

of its bite, because of its violent appearance.

VY. Sounps PRODUCED BY INSECTS.

A Cicada (Dundubia intemerata).

There are two distinct colour varieties of this species, found

together and independent of sex; the body of one being grass-

green, and that of the other pale brown, which becomes yellow as

the insect dries. Among my dried specimens there are inter-

mediate forms more or less mottled; but this peculiarity did not

appear for some days after death, and in life all the individuals

were either one colour or the other.

At certain seasons this Cicada forms a regular article of diet

among the Siamese inhabitants of Patalung ; and as their method

of capturing it is based upon a knowledge of its habits, I cannot

do better than give an account of this method, as I saw in opera-

tion at Ban Nah, a village on the border of the hill-country of

Patalung. Immediately after the sun had set several of the

natives gathered in an open space, round a fire of brushwood or a

number of torches fastened to stakes stuck into the ground, and

commenced to clap their hands in unison, observing a regular time

and rhythm. Very soon, if they were fortunate, the Cicade flew

860 MR. NELSON ANNANDALE ON THE [ Dec. 4,

out from the undergrowth of the surrounding orchards and jungle,

and alighted on the persons of their captors, who had no difficulty

in picking off the insects with their fingers and securing them,

still alive, in a fold of their draperies. The clapping only con-

tinued for about half an hour every evening, and when, with

considerable difficulty, 1 persuaded the men to recommence it

again later in the night, not a single Cicada came near them,

though the stridulating had now become loud all over the village,

like the noise of machine hair-brushes in a barber’s shop.

The insects were silent on the wing, and I only heard one

stridulate when caught. The voiceless females, as might be

expected, were in great preponderance over the males among the

specimens taken; probably the one individual which was not

dumb when captured was the only male taken that night. In

order to be sure that the fire was not the chief attraction for

the Cicade, I stood among a party of natives who were clapping,

together with another member of the Expedition, who clapped

also ; while I kept my hands still. In the course of a few minutes,

the natives captured many specimens, and ten alighted on my

friend’s coat ; but only one settled on mine. Afterwards I heard

from a Patani Malay that the children of Patani town have

2 game in which they attract Cicadas by clapping their hands, and

without the aid of light at all; though they sing, as they clap, a

nursery rhyme, calling upon the insects to come down from the

trees. The season of the edible Cicada seems to be a very local

one in Patalung. At Ban Nab on the Ist of April, and again on

the 6th of the same month, the natives secured me as many

specimens as I wanted, besides serving a dish of them with our

curry on the second occasion. On April 3rd, at Ban Kong Rah,

which is only about eight miles further inland than Ban Nah, our

guard of native military police were unable to catch a single

individual, although they adopted exactly the same method of

procedure as the Ban Nah people had done, and clapped at the

same time of evening. On none of these three occasions had the

moon risen, and in Patalung one night is like another in the dry

season, On April 5th, I noticed that the ground in a patch

of primeval jungle near Ban Kong Rah was covered with the

cast pupal skins of a Cicada. Whether they were those of the

edible species or not, I am unable to say with certainty, but they

were of the correct size, and, so far as I could see, such as might be

expected to belong to this form.

Malay Name, etc—The Malay-speaking Malays of lower Siam

call a Cicada “ Riang-riang,” confusing it with certain large

Melolonthid beetles belonging to at least four different species—

Lepidiota stigma, another species of the same genus, and two

species of Leucopholis—which buzz round the tops of the cocoanut-

palms in the evening, and produce, probably in the same way as

the common Cockchafer’, a sound with a considerable resemblance

* See Lubbock, ‘ The Senses of Animals,’ p. 67.

1900.] INSECTS OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 861

to the word “riang” (to call back) pronounced very rapidly and

repeatedly. All four species of beetle are on sale for food in the

local markets of Patalung, and their grubs, which are found in

the earth or under fallen trees, are eaten also. (A conventional

representation of the grubs is often carved on rice-stirrers and

other objects of household use by the Malays, who call them ‘“* Ulat

Kiki.”) Both beetles and Cicade are either boiled or fried in

cocoanut-oil. The latter have very little flavour of any sort, and

what they have is vegetable rather than animal.

Remarks.—The existence of auditory organs in the Cicade has

not been demonstrated with certainty. The insects must indeed

be deaf if they mistake the sound of clapping for the squeaky

whirr of the male’s stridulation. It is evident, however, that the

females have some perception of rhythm, if not of sound. May

not this perception be due to vibrations produced in the opercula

of the stridulating apparatus? The opercula are often well

developed in the voiceless females, though they differ in shape from

those of the males. The males, supposing that the perceptive

organ were situated in the stridulating apparatus, would be

deafened by their own song; as Sharp points out when dealing

with Swinton’s theory that one of the membranes of the apparatus

itself, a membrane which apparently is only present in the male,

is an auditory organ. But there is no need for the males to hear

their own song, and no proof that they do so. Though only one

species of Cicada is attracted by the particular rhythm with which

the people of Patalung clap their hands, another rhythm might

attract another form. The several species of Cicade inhabiting

the same country undoubtedly sing in different rhythm ' from one

another. The song of this species is fairly monotonous and

unbroken, though it rises and falls to a slight extent. That of the

large form Pomponia imperatoria, which restricts itself to deep

jungle, rises in a series of trills, each of which concludes with a

kind of click. Each section of the song is faster, louder, and

clearer than the one which preceded it; until, about five minutes

after the Cicada’s settling, the noise suddenly comes to an end, as

the insect flies off to another tree, where it commences again.

The sound produced by this species is, at the beginning of the

song, like the winding-up of a large clock, and ends by being

comparable to the notes of a penny whistle. Another insect,

commonly heard at night in the jungle, presumably also a Cicada,

has a clear, loud, clarion-like ca!l which can be heard for a great

distance.

The sounds in a Malayan jungle after dark may justly be com-

pared to those in the machinery-hall of an exhibition at the busiest

time of day, and their volume increases materially before the coming

of dawn. The body of the din is the work of small Cicade, like the

edible species, but the true riang-riang and certain Locustids have

no mean share in its production. In some places the “ Singing

? See Riley, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Ady. Science, vol. xxiv. p. 331.

862 MR, NELSON ANNANDALD ON THE [ Dec. 4,

Earthworm” ’, a Gryllotalpid cricket, contributes from its hole in the

ground a deep, organ-like note. What is the meaning of all this

noise? “The riang-riang sing,” a Malay would say, “ because

their livers are glad”; and in many cases we are not in a position

to give any better reason. The stridulation of the male Cicada

appears to be in the main and primarily a sexual call, but may also

be used as a warning or alarming cry.

Of insects capable of producing a sound, some species stridulate

when captured, but all do not. The brilliantly coloured little black

and scarlet Huechys sanguinea, which, unlike the majority of

Malayan Cicadee, is diurnal and flies about among bushes in the

open at midday, is silent when handled. The male of the large

dung-beetle Heliocopris mouhotus, a pair of which was brought to

me at Biserat by an elephant mahout, squeaks like a bat when

touched, but is silent when lifted from the ground. The female

of this species is dumb. On the other hand, many kinds of

Orthoptera only stridulate when they are left in peace and quiet.

In the Malay Peninsula the majority of stridulating species are

nocturnal, or only sing at sunset and just before sunrise. There

one does not hear the noise of grasshoppers among long grass at

midday as one does in this country, though in the jungle there is

a subdued hum of insects continually. At Belimbing in Legeh a

man brought me several specimens of the “ Belalang Rusa Ljou”

or Green Deer Grasshopper (Mecopoda elongata). Each specimen

was in a small bamboo-cage, as he said that if two were put together

they would fight. He told me that children kept this grasshopper

as a pet, feeding it on the young shoots of the pineapple, in order

that they might hear it “crow.” My specimens were silent all

day, and all the evening while the lamp was lit; but in the middle

of the night we were awakened by their stridulations.

VI. Insect LuMINosIry.

An Aquatic Lampyrid Larva.

Form and Colour.—The body is elongated and narrow: the head

is minute, and can be retracted within the thorax. There are

eight abdominal segments, which are little differentiated from those

of the thorax superficially. The upper surface is corrugated. The

colour is dark brown, minutely marked with dull yellow in some

specimens. The luminous organs were situated in two small oval

patches on the under surface of the last abdominal segment, just

behind the anus.

Habits—On March 30th, when catching fire-flies by the side of

a marsh at Lampam, the chief town of Patalung, I noticed a

number of luminous points on the surface of a small stagnant pool.

We had some difficulty in ascertaining the origin of these, for they

died away slowly when the water was disturbed ; and it was not

until we examined some of the plants floating on the top of the

? See ‘ Oxford Magazine,’ Oct. 17th, 1900, p. 9.

1900. ] INSECTS OF THE ‘‘SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 863

pool that we discovered that the light proceeded from beetle larve,

which were clinging, dorsal surface downwards, to the floating

fronds of a small cryptogam. The luminous points were blue in

colour and very brilliant, though small. They did not flicker like

the lights of the fire-flies which flitted in hundreds over the surface

of the marsh, and when they were extinguished they died away

gradually. In the pool they did not change their position, but

they became sometimes brighter and sometimes less bright slowly,

occasionally dying out entirely for no apparent cause. When the

larva was taken out of the water, its luminosity disappeared, and

did not reappear until it had been restored to its habitual element

for some minutes. The light of some specimens which were placed

with water and weeds in a glass jar, and brought near a lamp after

they had recovered from their capture sufficiently to shine again,

went out. After a longer or shorter interval of rest near the

lamp, on different trials, it reappeared again. Poking them witha

twig sometimes caused them to shine more brightly, but more often

to become entirely dark. If several individuals were in a bottle

and one of them became brilliant from any cause, the others

followed suit after a few seconds. A specimen which was put

into corrosive solution ceased to be luminous, but after about a

quarter of an hour became exceptionally bright. It was then

transferred to a weak solution of formalin; whereupon its light

went out finally, taking several seconds to disappear.

During the day I was unable to find any of the larve on the

surface of the pool; but the captive specimens had deserted the

floating weeds before morning, and were crawling slowly on the

bottom of the jar. I did not see them feed, though the water in

the jar was full of small animals of different sorts—Copepods,

Protozoa, and water-mites. Nor, while I was watching them, did

the larve ever come to the surface to take in air or to breathe.

I can find no special respiratory organs in my specimens: when

alive no part of the body was silvery in appearance under water.

Remarks.—The question of luminosity is one even more

enigmatical than that of the sounds produced by insects. It is a

phenomenon which is manifested right down among the Protozoa,

and even in the border-land between the two great kingdoms ; it

reaches its highest development among some of the Lampyride.

In the Westmann Isles I have seen a whole village accidentally

lighted up by the action of putrefactive bacteria in cods’ heads

hanging to dry on the walls of the gardens; and a dead shark upon

the shore was visible on the darkest night from the same cause to

the distance of half a mile. Noctiluca and other marine animals——

coelenterates, crustaceans, tunicates, &c. —produce even more

astonishing luminescent effects. It is not apparent what is the

object of this display among these forms; though possibly in the

case of the Medusz it may serve as a lure for prey, as it appears

to do among certain deep-sea fishes. Among the insects and

Myriapoda the purpose of luminescence is also obscure’, It

' See Dubois, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, “ Les Elatérides lumineux” (1886), &e.

864 MR. NELSON ANNANDALE ON THE [ Dec. 4,

cannot be in all cases a sexual attraction, for it is exhibited by

Jarve and even by eggs’; neither can its object always be to

attract prey: that it is a warning to enemies seems hardly pro-

bable, for most small animals, whether aquatic or terrestrial, are

attracted rather than repelled by light. In the bacteria and

in forms like Noctiluca it appears to be an adventitious result of

metabolism rather than to bring any practical gain to the organism ;

among the adults of the Lampyride it very probably acts as a sexual

charm ; among the larve of the same group its purpose may possibly

be to attract prey. In the case of the aquatic form there must be

some reason why the Jarve should come to the surface at night and

display their light on the top of the water. That purpose can hardly

be to warn surface enemies not to eat them, or to scare away aerial

aggressors. Much more probably the light attracts some surface or

aerial prey. The fact that the light disappears when the water is

disturbed also supports this view. It is not to the advantage of

the larve to attract the attention of any animal big enough to make

a commotion in the pool.

In three other species of Lampyrid larve, all terrestrial,—two,

which were both over an inch in length, being found crawling on

the ground among bushes in Patalung, and the other seated on a

cocoanut-husk under a house in Kelantan—the light, which was

situated in all cases on the ventral surface of the abdomen, was

steady, and neither flickered as it did in the winged forms, nor

slowly disappeared without apparent cause as in the case of the

aquatic larva. A small specimen which I found under the mosque

at Aring, mistaking it at first sight for luminous fungus which grew

there commonly, continued shining when picked from the ground,

but immediately became dark when dropped into formol, and never

shone again. Professor Poulton tells me that North-American *

fire-flies lose control of their lights when placed in a cyanide-bottle,

and are no longer able to extinguish them. The same is true of

the Malayan winged forms, though occasionally a specimen becomes

entirely dark for a few minutes when first introduced into the bottle.

The aquatic larva which allowed its light to reappear after it had

been in corrosive sublimate for some minutes was probably only

just beginning to become affected, for corrosive penetrates hard

chitin very slowly. The insect allowed itself, when once affected,

to be transferred into a more pungent medium before it finally

ceased to shine.

Of all the manifestations of luminescence among animals there is

none more curious, or, in the present state of our knowledge, more

inexplicable, than the manner in which large numbers of individuals

of certain fire-flies are able to display their light with absolute

apparent simultaneity and unison and with regular intervals of

darkness, under circumstances which make it impossible for all the

members of the swarm to see one another. Even the power,

* See Dubois, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xii. 1887, p. 137.

* Darwin makes very much the same remark with regard to the Brazilian

forms, in his ‘ Voyage of a Naturalist’ (p. 30).

1900.] INSECTS OF THE ‘“‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 865

possessed by some peculiar South-American beetles’, of showing

lights of different colours on different parts of the body at the

same time is not more wonderful, or more conspicuous, than this.

The phenomenon is not common on the east coast of the Malay

Peninsula, where the soil is sandy; but it is said to be often

manifested both in Siam proper and among the mangrove-swamps

of Perak and Selangor in the west. I have only been able to see

it on one occasion, and that was on the bank of the river near

Kuala Patani, one fine evening at the end of June.

A large tree was covered with many hundreds of fire-flies, the

majority of which seemed, judging from the similarity of their

lights, to belong to one species, or perhaps to one sex. There

were three individuals seated together, however, whose lights

were larger and bluer than those of the others. The lights of all

the specimens of the more abundant variety flickered in unison

with one another; those of the minority, the three individuals,

flickered together also, but in a different time. At one instant

the tree was all lighted up as if by hundreds of little electric

lamps; at the next it was in complete darkness, except for three

blue points. Then, again, it was covered with white points, except

for a little patch of darkness where the three blue lights had been,

and would be again immediately. A similar power of displaying

luminosity in unison is said to be exhibited by some marine

animals, even after they have been removed from the water ; but

the questions as to how this unison is effected and what is its

exact object are obscure. The power by which it is regulated may

be somewhat analogous to that which causes all the individuals

composing a flock of birds to wheel at the same instant. As

Professor Poulton has pointed out to me, the rhythmical display

of light among a crowd of individuals appears much more

conspicuous to the eye than the simple flickering of a number of

independent points.

Malay Names.—The ordinary Malay term for a fire-fly is klip-

klip, a name which seems to suggest the rapid flickering of the

insect’s light, though the word khp is used in the sense of to

glitter. Our west-coast servants called the luminous beetle larve

with which we met in Patalung, “ klip-klip tanah,” land or earth

fire-flies. The aquatic species, which they had never seen or heard

of before, they christened “ klip-klip ayer,” or water fire-fly. His

Excellency Phya Sukum, the Siamese Chief Commissioner for the

Ligor Circle, to whose hospitality and administration we owed

much, tells me that he has seen, in the south of Ligor and near

Singora, a large green worm which sits on trees, and it is so

brilliantly luminous at night that it well deserves its Siamese

name of Lightning Grub. On one occasion he secured a specimen,

and was conveying it to Bangkok; but unfortunately it was killed

on the voyage through the carelessness of a servant who closed

the box in which it was. ,

* See Haase, Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1888, pp. 146-167.

866 MR. NELSON ANNANDALE ON THE [Dec. 4,

VIL. Tus Use or THE SPINES OF CERTAIN ORTHOPTERA.

The Locustid (Lumegalodon blanchardi).

Colour and Form.—The whole exposed surface of this well-

known and peculiar form is coloured pale brown, speckied, but

not in any very marked way, with a darker shade. Its coloration

bears a general, and by no means highly specialized, resemblance

to a withered leaf.

The most peculiar features of its external form are the enormous

stoutness of the head and jaws, and the well-developed thorn-like

processes on the thorax.

Huabits.—The only specimen secured was captured in a rice-field,

then partially flooded, at Belimbing in the Ulu Legeh, on July 22nd.

I was crossing the swamp towards a solitary tree of large size that

srew on the embankment halfway across. When about ten

yards distant from this tree, I noticed what appeared to be a

dead leaf falling from one of its lower branches at a height of

perhaps eight feet from the ground. Judging from the way it fell

that the leaf must have something, perhaps a chrysalis, attached

to it, I left the embankment and waded to the place where it had

touched the ground, and was surprised to find a fine male specimen

of Eumegalodon seated motionless on the damp earth. It made

no attempt to escape but did its best to defend itself with its

really formidable mandibles, a bite from which would have taken

a piece right out of the finger.

Remarks.—It is very dangerous to generalize from a single

instance of this sort; but the behaviour of the insect was interesting,

and may possibly cast some light on the use of the peculiar spines

on its back. I am sure, from the rapidity with which it fell and

from its appearance while in the air, that the wings were folded

as it dropped from the tree; I am also convinced that it dropped

and did not leap down. Supposing that its usual habit is to

descend thus—and I have no reason to suppose that the behaviour

of my specimen was at all peculiar—it is easy to see that its

spines, combined with the sturdy build of the anterior part of its

body, might assist greatly in breaking its fall, should it strike

against anything hard or sharp ; for necessarily it would fall head

downwards, the head and thorax being heavier than the abdomen.

This suggestion does not interfere with the view that these

structures may also be of use in defending the insect against its

enemies, whatever they may be, should it be attacked from behind;

in which case its jaws could not assist it; very possibly it may

drop from the tree to escape assailants. Professor Meldola has

suggested the same use for the hairs and spines on caterpillars.

VIII. Tre pecuniar PROLONGATION OF THE HEAD IN CERTAIN

FULGORID#, AND ITS USE.

Hotinus, Pyrops, &c.

The curious anterior prolongation of the head in many genera

of the Fulgoride has long puzzled entomologists, and some have

1900.} INSECTS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 867

been found bold enough to suggest that in life it is luminous‘ >

being led to this suggestion, I suppose, by the lantern-like outline

of the “nose” in the more highly specialized members of the

family, and perhaps by the fact that some of the species at any

rate are nocturnal or crepuscular, and rest by day on the trunks

of trees in a very open manner. At Biserat in Jalor I was

fortunate enough to observe the real use of this peculiar structural

modification.

On the morning of May 30th, I noticed a specimen of Hotinus

spinole seated on the. trunk of a Durian tree in the village and

incautiously attempted to catch it in my hand. The insect remained

almost still, merely drawing in its legs towards its body and

pressing the claws firmly agaist the “bark, until I had almost

touched it. Then, it lowered its’ head with very great rapidity,

flew up into the air without spreading its wings, and alighted on

the roof of a house about six feet behind the tree and considerably

higher than the position on the trunk whence it had started.

When it was at rest its dorsal surface had been directed towards

the roof and its head had pointed upwards ; but it started off at a

tangent from its original station, and landed with its head,

speaking roughly, at right angles to an imaginary line drawn

through the main axis of the body as it had been on the tree.

The insect remained on the roof without moving while I went to

get a butterfly-net, in which it was easily captured by a man who

swarmed up one of the house-posts.

At the time I did not notice anything peculiar in the way in

which this Fulgorid jumped, for there are many large species

of the same family (e. g. Aphana atomaria) which, without being

provided with long noses, can leap for a considerable distance by

means of their legs only; but, as I was examining my specimen

after it had died in a cyanide-bottle, I was struck by an indenta-

tion or crease that ran across the central region of the nose, at

right angles to its main axis. Then I discovered that the chitin

was flexible at this pomt, and at this point only; and that if the

tip of the nose and the dorsal surface of the abdomen were pressed

together between the finger and thumb and then suddenly releaged,

the insect would not fall straight to the ground, but would be

propelled for some distance through the air before doing so; just

as would be the case if a piece of whalebone were treated in like

manner. Now supposing that the whalebone (representing the

nose of the insect) was fixed rigidly to a small rigid object (the

head), which in its turn was fastened by a flexible juncture to a

larger rigid object (the thorax and abdomen); supposing that the

larger object was then laid so that it rested for all its length

along a smooth vertical support with the whalebone pointing in

front of it, that the free extremity of the whalebone was bent

downwards by some force, and that the whole structure was

simultaneously shoved away from the support (as the body of

? For a coloured picture of a /uwminous Fulgorid, see Donovan's ‘ Natural

History of the Insects of China, p. 27; also ‘for much evidence as to its

luminosity.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1900, No. LVII. 57

868 ON THE INSECTS OF THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [ Dec. 4,

the insect might be by its legs), it is obvious that the whole

structure would fly off into the air at a tangent; only supposing

that the pressure was slightly oblique at any point. I have

no doubt that this is substantially what occurs in the case of

Hotinus ; but in the living insect the action is far too rapid for

the eye to discriminate its details, and dead specimens cannot be

made to leap in this way, because it is impossible to force the legs

to perform their part of the action. In two specimens of Hotinus,

which I observed on tree-trunks at Aring, the wings were spread

after the insects had leapt into the air, but not immediately they

left their perch. Both of them distinctly bent down their heads

before they jumped.

The nose is perfectly hollow, and does not appear to contain

any muscle. It differs, of course, from the whalebone in respect

of its hollowness, and also in that it is only flexible at one point.

In specimens preserved in spirit it is largely filled with liquid, but

contains a bubble of air, which naturally rises to the tip when the

apparatus is in its resting position, and runs towards its base

when the head is lowered.

When I had made the discovery in my first specimen of Hotinus,

I examined some Fulgorid larve, almost certainly those of Pyrops

nobilis, which had been brought to me by a native at Ban Sai Kau

in Nawnchik, and which I had preserved in spirit. The nose was

well developed in these, although the abdomen was still small and

unexpanded and the wings as yet mere stumps. I found that the

joint was present in these specimens also, and still retained a

certain amount of springiness, though they had been dead for a

month.

Since coming home, I have been enabled, by the kindness of

Professor Poulton, to examine dried specimens of twenty-six

species of long-nosed Fulgoride, belonging to nine genera, In

individuals of sixteen of these species 1 am able to distinguish

a crease running across the nose in exactly the same position as

it does in my specimen of Hotinus. All of the remaining ten

species in the Hope Collection, of which species Pyrops nobilis is

one, have either comparatively short, spiny, or otherwise peculiar

noses. JI have no doubt that the joint would be found in

them also, were fresh specimens examined; even in my larve,

in which it is still flexible, there is no external sign of its exist-

ence except a slight translucency of the integument. The members

of the bulbous-nosed American genus Fulgora probably use their

heads in the same manner as the less highly modified Oriental

forms. There is a deep hollow across the noses of the former

which seems to correspond to the crease in that of Hotinus; and I

have satisfied myself at any rate that a certain very limited

flexibility exists at this point even in dried specimens. What

is wanted is a series of instantaneous photographs from life.

Malay Name.—At Biserat Hotinus spinole goes by the name

of “* Raja Legch,” but this is probably a corruption of some more

direct appellation,

“CC AENE ee See “VIVITIO SNW ‘ aerate

‘IAT Id 0061 S°Z'd

1900.] ON THE MAMMALS OF THE ‘‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 869

A large proportion of the insects mentioned in this paper have

been identified by comparison with specimens preserved at Oxford

in the Hope Department of the University Museum, to the

officials of which I offer my thanks for the ready help which

they have given me. I cannot conclude without expressing my

personal gratitude to the Siamese Government for the kindness

and generosity with which it treated us throughout: to the officials

at Bangkok and Singora who arranged for our reception in lower

Siam: to the Malay Rajas through whose territory we passed,

without whose aid the Siamese Malay States are practically a closed

country to Europeans: and to Luang Phrom, Commissioner of

Patani, to Kun Rhat Wan Hussein, and to the other gentlemen

who accompanied us as agents of the Siamese Government ; at

whose hands I received much personal kindness, and whose assist-

ance and advice made it possible to travel in such a country with

physical comfort and with some degree of celerity.

3. On the Mammals collected during the ‘‘Skeat Expedition”

to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By J. Lewis

Bonuore, B.A.

[Received October 16, 1900.]

(Plate LVI.)

I have the pleasure of furnishing a report on the collection of

Mammals made in the Malay Peninsula by Messrs. R. Evans and

F. F. Laidlaw, who accompanied an expedition under Mr. W. W.

Skeat. As might be expected, the collection, which includes

specimens of 54 species, is of considerable interest, although only

one, a rodent, appears to be new to science. A fine specimen of

Macacus rufescens was procured, which has hitherto only been

known by the type,a young example; the presence of Tiichys

lipura, a Bornean species about whose occurrence in this region

considerable doubt had been expressed, is of great interest. The

collection also contains a fine skull of Hystrix yunnanensis; a skin

of Mus cremoriventer, a scarce species lately described from the

Malay Peninsula by Mr. G. Miller, jun., of Washington; and

several specimens of Vesperugo tylopus, originally described from

Borneo.

As Capt. Stanley Flower has lately published a catalogue of the

Mammals of Siam and the Malay Peninsula, I have not given the

full synonymy but have referred to his paper, only adding the

references to one or two subsequent papers to which he did not

have access. Great praise is due to Messrs. Evans and Laidlaw for

the careful way in which they collected: almost all the specimens

having careful dates and measurements, which, apart from greatly

adding to their value, has considerably lessened the work of

identification, With regard to the position of the places

57*

870 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON THR [ Dec. 4,

mentioned: Talé-sap is a large inland sea in the State of Patelung,

which lies on the east coast of the Peninsula, where it begins to

widen out in the north; Singora is the capital of the State

and is situated near the entrance to the sea. Jering is a small

State on the east coast considerably to the south, in a latitude

slightly north of that of Penang. Patani, Kelantan, and Tringganu

form the remaining States under Siamese protection along the

coast from the north. Due south of Jering and Patani lies the

State of Jalor with Biserat as its capital; Bukit Besar is a

mountain (3000 ft.) on its western border. South of Jalor lie the

small States of Raman and Legeh with its capital Belimbing.

The State of Kelantan takes its name from a large river of that

name, near the mouth of which is situated the town of Khota

Bharu. The Lebeh is a tributary of this river and lies in the

southern portion of the State, where it is joined by the Aring,

another river. The prefixes Kwala and Ulu indicate the lower or

upper waters of the river. Gunong Inas is a large mountain

(5861 ft.) about 50 miles due east of the southern boundary of

Province Wellesley, in the State of Perak; the head-waters of

the river Selama rise there, and Ulu Selama practically indicates

the foot of the mountain. This locality, which was visited by

Messrs. Laidlaw and Yapp after the rest of the expedition had

gone home, seems to be of great interest, several species, including

the undescribed one and Trichys lipura, having been found there

only. Mr. Laidlaw having given me some interesting notes on the

Mammals of this mountain, dealing more especially with the species

of which specimens were not procured, I have great pleasure in

recording them here :—

“ Primates—A. Gibbon, I believe the Siamang (Hylobates syn-

dactylus), ranges well up to 4000 ft. on Gunong Inas. It has quite

a different cry to the species common at Kwala Aring.

“ A very large Semnopithecus with a long tail is also common at

that height, as are one or two smaller species. I was unable to

get a specimen of any of these.

“ Sciuromorpha.—lI saw a very fine pair of large Flying Squirrels

at about 3000 ft.

“ Sciwrus tenuis is the common species. I only saw the one

S. erythreus that I shot. There is anotber black species about the

same size as S. caniceps that occurs, but is rare at that height (it is

perhaps S. atridorsalis). A very small species with a yellow and

black lateral stripe is common but very difficult to shoot; this

species ranges well up to 5000 ft. There is another large Squirrel,

ot which I saw a single specimen; its head is shaped much like

that of S. bicolor, but it is not so large and more plainly coloured,

a dull grey: 4000 ft.

“ Carnwora.—The Tiger does not occur high up in the mountain

so far as we could discover, neither did we see any trace of Bears

or Leopards, though I imagine the latter must occur.

“ Ungulata.—The Elephant does not appear to get much above

2000 ft. The Tapir ranges right up to the summit-ridge of the

1900.] MAMMALS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 871

mountain, and the Rhinocervs to nearly 4000 ft. at any rate. Of

Nemorhedus we saw tracks on the summit-ridge. At the foot of

the mountain was a hot sulphur spring, which the Malays assured

us was much frequented just at sunset by many kinds of beasts.

We were never so fortunate as to see any there, although it had

evidently been frequented from time to time by Elephants.”

1. Macacus rursescens Anders.

Macacus rufescens Anderson, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 204; Sclater, op.

cit. p. 495; id. P. Z. S. 1873, p. 194; Anders, Zool. Res. (1879)

p- 79; S.S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 3165.

a. 2 sk. Patelung, 7th April, 1899.

This specimen is of considerable interest, for the species is

apparently known only from two specimens ; the first of which

was sent by Dr. Anderson to this Society with no further par-

ticulars than that it had been “purchased at Singapore,” and

Dr. Anderson, not knowing to which species it should be referred,

suggested the above name. This specimen is now in the

British Museum, where I have examined it, and, except in its

slightly smaller size, agrees in all respects with the present

example.

Shortly afterwards Dr. Anderson procured a young female in

the Calcutta market, which subsequently also found its way to

this Society, through Mr. Jamrach, with the additicnal infor-

mation that it was supposed to have been brought to Calcutta

from Batavia. The present specimen therefore fixes the hitherto

somewhat doubtful habitat of this species as being the Malay

Peninsula, whence doubtless the second specimen also came, as

it is not unlikely that a ship bound for Calcutta from Batavia

would touch at Singapore. The present example is not quite

adult, but being rather older than either of the other two speci-

mens I append a full description :—Hair moderately long and

wavy on the back, shorter and rather sparse on the underparts.

Face and buttocks naked. General colour of a warm reddish brown,

but many of the hairs, especially on the dorsal area, with a dark

tip and one or more dark annulations. ‘Tail very short, about

an inch in length, and covered with hair. The hair of the crown,

which is short and light in colour, radiates from a central point,

while a few black bristles grow out from the edge of the forehead.

The measurements and colour of the soft parts are not given,

and those given below are from the dried skin.

The skull is considerably larger than the specimen in the

British Museum, which I take to be the type, and is that of an

individual a good deal older although not quite adult. Its chief

points of difference from the skulls of other nearly allied species

(e. g. M. brunneus) are the length of the snout, narrowness of

the brain-case, and also the sharp and clearly defined supraorbital

processes : in these points it completely agrees with Anderson’s

description.

872 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON THE [ Dec. 4,

Measurements [from skin}. Length, tip of muzzle to root of

tail, 22 in.; tail 13 in.; hind foot 53 in.

Skull. Greatest length 124 mm.; zygomatic breadth 81;

breadth of brain-case 64: length, occipital to back of nasals, 89;

back of nasals to tip of premaxille 47.

2. Macacus cyNoMoueus (Schreb.).

Macacus cynomolgus, Schreb. Siiugeth. i. p. 91, pl. xii. (fig.

Buffon), nec Linn.; 8S. 8. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 316.

a. ¢ ad. sk. Koh Nam Kam, Talé-sap, Nu Pau, 12th April,

1899.

b. dad.sk. Jering, 19th June, 1899.

3. SEMNOPITHECUS OBSCURUS Reid.

Semnopithecus obscurus, Reid, P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 14; Flower,

op. cit. p. 317.

a. 9 ad. sk. Koh Nam Kan, Talé-sap, 12th April, 1899.

4, SEMNOPITHECUS ALBOCINEREUS Cantor.

Semnopithecus albocinereus, Cantor, J. A. 8S. B. xv. p. 174 (1846)

(nec Desm.).

Semnopithecus mitratus (Eschs.), Flower, op. cit. p. 319.

a. g ad.sk. Aring, Kelantan, 23rd Aug., 1899.

This Monkey, which is of a clear ashy grey on the back, white

below, with dark hands, feet, and tail, agrees with the example

from Klang referred to by Mr. Thomas (P. Z.S. 1896, p. 72) as

being identical with Cantor’s S. albocinereus, which in Dr. An-

derson’s opinion, is synonymous with S. stamensis of Miiller and

Schlegel. Under the name stamensis Dr. Anderson gives a de-

scription of the present species ; but on reading Miiller’s original

description I find siamensis to be a dark-coloured Monkey, and there

are several specimens in the British Museum of a dark brown Monkey,

rather smaller than the specimen under consideration, which agree

fairly with Miiller’s description and are labelled siamensis. There

is therefore no alternative but to allow Cantor’s name to stand for

the present.

Cantor’s type was founded on a young specimen, but he remarks

that when adult it is hardly to be distinguished from S. obscurus ;

this remark, however, hardly seems to hold good, the present

specimen being fully adult and yet showing no such resemblance.

5, SEMNOPITHECUS sp. inc.

a, 3 juv.sk. Biserat in Jalor, 26th May, 1899.

This specimen is very young and shows no distinctive features

by which, with our present knowledge of the group, it could be

identified. It shows no sign of a crest and the hair of the head

radiates straight back from the facial limit, while the face and

cheeks are surrounded by long black hairs. In colour it is of a

light golden buff all over, with a tendency to a black tip on the tail.

1900. ] MAMMALS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 873

6. NyYcriceBUs TARDIGRADUS (L.).

Lemur tardigradus, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 44 (1766).

Nycticebus tardigradus, Flower, op. cit. p. 321.

a. 9 sk. Komlom, opposite Singora, 17th April, 1899.

b. 9 ad. sk. Tremangan, 15th July, 1899.

ce. 2 ad. sk. Bukit Blinja, 15th July, 1899.

7. FELIS BENGALENSIS Kerr.

Felis bengalensis, Kerr, Animal Kingdom, p. 151 (1792); Flower,

op. cit. p. 325.

a. Ad. sk. Khota Bharu, Kelantan, 17th Oct., 1899.

b,c. 9 juv. sk. Patelung, Nu Pau, April 1899.

8. VIVERRA ZIBETHA L.

Vwerra zibetha, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 65 (1766) ; Flower, op.

cit. p. 327.

a. $ juv.sk. Biserat in Jalor, 13th May, 1899.

This specimen, which is very young, may be easily recognized as

belonging to this species by the markings on the back and neck ;

the hairs along the centre of the back are longer and stiffer than

those elsewhere, although there is no noticeable crest, the white

subdorsal lines start from the middle of the back and run to the

root of the tail, and the markings on the neck are very clear and

distinct. The sides of the body, which are dark brownish, are

flecked with dull white spots, which show a tendency to arrange

themselves into transverse lines.

9. PARADOXURUS HERMAPHRODITUS (Pall.).

Viverra hermaphrodita, Pallas, Schreber, Saugeth. iii. p. 426

(1778).

Paradoxurus hermaphroditus, Flower, op. cit. p. 329.

a,b. ¢ imm. sk. Patelung, Nu Pau, April 1899.

c. 2 imm.sk. Biserat, Jalor, 10th May, 1899.

d. 9 adsk. Kota Bharu, Kelantan, 15th Oct., 1899.

10. HeMIGALEA HARDWICKEI Gray.

Hemigalea hardwicke, Gray, Spicil. Zool. 1830, p. 9, pl. i.

lad

(nec Lesson, 1827); Flower, op. cit. p. 330.

a. 2 ad. sk. Kwala Selama, 10th January, 1899.

11. Hurerstes savanicus (Geoffr.).

Ichneumon javanicus, Geoffr. Descript. de ’ Egypte, 1815, Hist.

Nat. vol. 1. p. 138. no. 5,

Herpestes gavanicus (Desm.), Flower, op. cit. p. 832

a. Q ad. sk. Biserat in Jalor, 18th May, 1899.

b, Skull. Patani, May 1899.

874 MR, J, LEWIS BONHOTE ON THE [Dec. 4,

12. Canis FAMILIARIS L,

Canis familiaris, Linn., Flower, op. cit. p. 333.

The collection contains three skulls of the native domestic or semi-

domestic Dog; they are fairly large, measuring some 6 inches in

length, and are chiefly noticeable from the fact that in two of them

the dentition is asymmetrical.

No particulars are given.

Dentition :—

ee 44 ot

re = ee 2-2 22

(6) le sy, CG Gap PM. Ty ™ os

) 4 88 11 3-4 ae

(¢ i, 33) Cc. 1242 pm. 4-3? m- 3-3"

13. Lurra sp. ine.

a. Juy. Bankok, Patelung, 5th April, 1899.

I have been unable to satisfactorily identify this specimen,

which is very young ; it is apparently referable to either L. vulgaris

or L. macrodus, probably to the latter ; but owing to the confusion

that seems to exist between the species I have thought it best to

leave it doubtful.

14, Lurra crverza Llliger.

Intra cinerea, Mliger, Abh. Akad. Berl. 1811, p. 99; Flower,

op. cit. p. 334,

a,b. 3 2 imm.sk. Patelung, 8th April, 1899.

15, TUPAIA FERRUGINEA Raffles.

Tupaia ferruginea, Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 256 (1822) ;

Flower, op. cit. p. 336.

a. 9 ad. sk. Belimbing, Legeh, 27th July, 1899.

6b. 9 ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 3rd Sept., 1899.

c. Q ad. sk. Gunong Inas (2700 ft.), 16th December, 1899.

d, One spec. inal. Kota Bharu, June 1899,

16, CrocipuRA MURINA (Linn.).

Sorex murinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, i. p. 74 (1766).

Crocidura murina, Flower, op. cit. p. 337.

a. Sk. Kota Bharu, Kelantan, 16th Oct., 1899.

17. SORICULUS NIGRESCENS (Gray).

Corsira nigrescens, Gray, A. M. N. H. x. p. 261 (1842).

a. 9 ad.sk. Biserat, June 1899.

The skull of this animal not having been preserved, I am unable

to identify it with certainty. Outwardly, however, it only differs

from the type of S. nigrescens in its slightly darker colour; under

this species I therefore place it.

1900.] MAMMALS OF THE “ SKHAT EXPEDITION.” 875

18. GALEOPTIHECUS VOLANS (Linn.).

Lemur volans, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 45 (1776).

Galeopithecus volans, Flower, op. cit. p. 338.

a. Skeleton. Bau Kong, Patelung, April 1899.

6. Foetus in al.

19. Prmropus VAMPYRUS (Linn.).

Vespertilio vampyrus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 31 (1758).

Pteropus edulis, Geoff., Flower, op. cit. p. 339.

a,b. g ad.sk. Biserat, Jalor, 27th May, 1899.

20. PrEROPUS NICOBARICUS Fitzinger.

Pteropus nicobaricus, Fitzinger, Sitzungsber. Wien. Akad. p. 389

(1860).

a. 2 inal. Gt. Redang, off the E. coast of Peninsula.

21. Kioporus minimus (Geoffr.).

Pteropus minimus, Geoffr. Ann. Mus. xv. p. 97 (1810).

Carponycteris minima (Geoffr.), Flower, op. cit. p. 341.

a. ¢ inal. Ulu Selama.

22. CYNOPTERUS SPHINX Vahl.

Vespertilio sphinw, Vahl, Scrivter af Naturhistorie-Selskabet,

4 Bind, 1** Hefte, p. 123 (1797).

Cynopterus marginatus (Geoffr.), Flower, op. cit. p. 341.

a. 6 sk. Kikalin, Raman, 20th June, 1899.

b,c.in al. Biserat, Jalor.

23. CyNoprERUS LUCcASI Dobs.

Cynopterus lucasi, Dobs. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Aug. 1880 ;

Flower, op. cit. p. 341.

a,o. inal. Ulu Selama.

24, RuINOLOPHUS LUCTUS Temm.

Rhinolophus luctus, Temm. Mon. Mamm. ii. p. 24, pl. 30 (1835) ;

Flower, op. cit. p. 341.

a. 2 inal, Ulu Selama.

25. HipPPosIDERUS ARMIGER (Hodgs.).

Rhinolophus armiger, Hodgson, J. A. 8. B. iv. p. 699 (1835).

Hipposiderus armiger, Flower, op. cit. p. 342.

a. 2° ad. sk. Jalor Caves, June 1899.

26. HipposipErvs piaDEMA (Geoffr.).

Rhinolophus diadema, Geoffroy, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. xx.

p. 263 (1813).

Hipposiderus diadema, Flower, op. cit. p. 342.

a-f. 6 sk. Biserat, Jalor, 12th, 16th, 21st, 25th May, 1899.

. 9 sk. Biserat, Jalor, 25th May, 1899.

h, Sk. No particulars.

876 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON THB [Dee. 4,

27. PIPISTRELLUS ABRAMUS (Temm.).

Vespertilio abramus, Temm. Mon. Mamm. ii. p. 232 (1835-41).

Vesperugo abramus (Temm.), Flower, op. cit. p. 345.

Pipistreilus abramus (Temm.), Bonhote, P. Z.S. 1900, p. 191.

a, Ad. sk. Biserat, Jalor, 11th May, 1899.

28. VesprruGco tytopus Dobs.

Vesperugo tylopus, Dobson, P. Z. 8S. 1875, p. 473; Blanf. Faun.

Br. Ind., Mamm. p. 602.

15 specs. in ale. Biserat, Jalor.

29. ScoropHinus KUHLI Leach.

Scotophilus kuhlii, Leach, Tr. L. 8. xii. p. 72 (1822); G. Miller,

jun., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 321 (1898); Bonhote, P. Z.S.

1900, p. 191.

Nycticejus kuhlii, Flower, op. cit. p. 346.

4 specs. in ale. from Biserat, Jalor.

30. VESPERTILIO EMARGINATUS.

Vespertilio emarginatus, Geoffr. Ann. Mus. vol. viii. p. 198

(1806).

a, spec. in ale. Biserat, Jalor.

31. VESPERTILIO MURICOLA Gray.

Vespertilio muricola, Gray, Cat. Mamm. Nepal & Thibet, p. 4

(1846); Flower, op. cit. p. 347.

9 specs. in ale. from Biserat, Jalor.

32. SCIUROPTERUS PHAYREI Blyth,

Sciuropterus phayrei, Blyth, J. A.S. B. xxviii. p. 278 (1859) ;

Bonhote, P. Z.S. 1900, p. 193.

Sciuropterus sagitta, Flower, op. cit. p. 353.

a’, b. g ad. sk. Biserat, Jalor, 29th May, 1899.

ce. 9 ad. sk. Bukit Besar, Jalor, June 1899.

d. 3 inale. Bukit Besar, Jalor, May 1899.

The female is slightly smaller and distinctly lighter in colour.

The male in spirit was dropped by a Monitor lizard.

33. Ravura? Brcotor * (Sparrm.).

Sciurus bicolor, Sparrm. Giétheb. Vet. Svensk. Handl. i. p. 70

(1778).

Ratufa bicolor, Flower, op. cit. p. 354; Bonhote, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. v. 1900, p. 493.

* One specimen labelled in parenthesis “ (from Bukit Besar)” ; probably they

all came from there.

* For use of generic term Ratufa and other terms in the former genus Seiwrus

see Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 938.

* Since this paper was read, Mr. G. Miller, jun. (Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci.

1900, ii. p. 71), has described this species under the name Ratufa melanopepla.

1900.] MAMMALS OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 877

a,b. 6 2 ad. sk. Koh Nam Kam, Talé-sap, 12th April, 1899.

c. g ad. sk. Biserat, Jalor, 15th May, 1899.

d-qg. 9 ad. sk. Biserat, Jalor, 15th, 24th, & 25th May, 1899.

h. 6 ad. sk. Kota Bahru, Kelantan, June 1899.

These eight specimens are the true &. bicolor and are identical

with the southern race from Java, but differ in size and one or two

minor points from the large form of the Himalayas, which also

occurs in the Malay Peninsula. I have measured the skulls of

all the specimens, which entirely bear out my former observations

on this race. The average measurements of the eight specimens

are:—Greatest leneth 71:2 mm.; basal length 56:4; zygomatic

breadth 48:7 ; length of nasals 21:1; length of palate to henselion

26°5.

All these specimens show a tendency to bleaching, although

this has taken place to a far less degree than in most of the

specimens I have examined; one or two of the specimens from

Biserat, moreover, show a tendency to erythrism, having reddish

tips to many of the dorsal hairs, most noticeable on the hind-

quarters and tail.

34. ScIURUS BRYTHRAUS Pall.

Sciurus erythreus, Pall. Glires, p. 337 (1778); Flower, op. cit.

p- 306.

a. Ad. sk. Gunong Inas, 4000 ft., N. Perak.

35. SCIURUS CANICEPS, Gray.

Sciurus caniceps, Gray, A. M. N. H. x. p. 263 (1842); Flower,

op. cit. p. 356; Bonhote, P. Z. 8S. 1900, p. 194.

3 2 ad. sk. Bankok, Patelung, 6th April, 1899.

@ ad. sk. Lambom, Singora, 17th April, 1899.

@ ad. sk. Komlom opp. Singora, 17th April, 1899.

Q ad. sk. Bukit Besar, Jalor, 7th May, 1899.

g ad. sk. Biserat, Jalor, 17th May, 1899.

392 ad.sk. Biserat, Jalor, 10th & 25th May, 1899.

2 imm.sk. Biserat, Jalor, 11th May, 1899. :

4 specs. very young inal. Biserat, Jalor (no date).

g ad. sk. Tremangan, 12th July, 1899.

25 &29 ad.sk. Belimbing, Legeh, 29th July, 1899.

Q ad.sk. Sungei Labeh, Angadik, 5th August, 1899.

g ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 17th & 29th August, 1899.

g ad.sk. Aring, Kelantan, 2nd Sept., 1899.

2g ad.sk. Aring, Kelantan, 5th Sept., 1899.

g ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 6th & 7th Sept., 1899.

g imm.sk. Aring, Kelantan, 5th Sept., 1899.

49 ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 16th, 25th, 30th, & 31st Aug., 1899.

2? ad.sk. Aring, Kelantan, 6th Sept., 1899,

2 imm.sk. Aring, Kelantan, 18th August, 1899.

39 ad.sk. Kota Bharu, Kelantan, 4th, 5th, & 8th Oct., 1899.

g ad. sk. Tringganu, 22nd, 30th, & 31st October, 1899.

Q ad. sk. Tringganu, 26th October, 1899.

878 MR. J, LEWIS BONHOTE ON THE [ Dee. 4,

This large series shows hardly any variation throughout; the

April specimens from Bankok and Singora are somewhat greyer

in their general tone, and young individuals appear to be browner

on the back and to have the tail more distinctly annulated. None

of the specimens have the bright yellow back, the majority having

only a warm tinge of brown.

36. Scrurus tenuis Horsf.

Sciurus tenuis, Horsf. Zool. Res. (1824); Flower, op. cit. p. 357.

a-f. Sd ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 26th & 29th Aug., 1st, 9th,

11th, & 14th Sept., 1899.

g. Q ad. sk. Bukit Besar, Jalor, 1st May, 1899.

h,j. 2 ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 31st Aug. & 3rd Sept.

k,l. g ad. sk. Gunong Inas (4000 ft.), 14th & 17th Dec.,

1899.

m. 9 ad. sk. Gunong Inas (4000 ft.), 16th Dec., 1899.

37. Scturus noratus, Bodd.

Sciurus notatus, Bodd. Elench. Anim. (1785) p. 119; Flower,

op. cit. p. 358.

A. Variety with bright red underparts.

a. 6 ad.sk. Ko Nam Kam, 12th April, 1899.

b,c. ¢ ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 25th & 26th Aug., 1899.

d. 9 ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 3lst Ang., 1899.

e-h. 9 ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 2nd Sept., 1899.

j-k. 2 ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 14th Sept., 1899.

l. 9 ad. sk. Ulu Selama, 5th Jan., 1900.

B. Variety with blue underparts.

m. fg ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 26th Aug., 1899.

n. Q ad.sk. Aring, Kelantan, 13th Sept., 1899.

38. FUNAMBULUS INSIGNIS, Cuvier.

Sciurus insignis, F. Cuvier, Mamm. 1821, p. 233.

Funambulus insignis, Flower, op. cit. p. 360.

a. 9 ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 26th Aug., 1899.

This solitary specimen is rather a dark variety and shows no

trace of the rufous on the flanks.

39. MUS RUFESCENS, Gray.

Mus rufeseens, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist. i. p. 585 (1837).

Mus alexandrinus var. rufescens, Thos. P. Z. 8S. 1881, p. 534,

Mus rattus, Flower, op. cit. p. 361.

a. 9 ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 25th Sept., 1899.

This specimen agrees with Mr. Thomas’s description of var.

rufescens, viz., body small, tail longer than head and body; fur

coarse, intermixed with many spines; colour rufous above, much

paler below.

1900.] MAMMALS OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 879

40. Mus concotor Blyth.

Mus concolor, Blyth, J. A. 8S. B. xxviii. 1859, p. 295 ; Flower, op.

cit. p. 361; Bonhote, P. Z.S. 1900, p. 195.

a. g ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 25th Sept., 1899.

6. gd imm. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 28th Aug., 1899.

c-e. 2 ad. sk. Biserat, Jalor, June 1899.

f-g- Qad.sk. Aring, Kelantan, 23rd Aug. & 25th Sept.,

1899.

41. Mus DECUMANUS Pallas.

Mus decumanns, Pallas, Glires, p. 91 (1779); Flower, op. cit.

p- 362.

a-c. g ad. sk. Kota Bharu, Kelantan, 1st Oct., 1899.

42. MUS CREMORIVENTER Miller.

Mus cremoriventer, G. Miller, jun., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiii.

p. 144 (1900).

a. No particulars (probably Jalor.—J. L. B.)

I have no hesitation in referring this specimen to the species

which has lately been described by Mr. Gerritt S. Miller, jun,

It is allied to Mus jerdoni, but is easily recognizable by its

slightly larger size, slender form, and long tail with a whitish tip.

Mr. R. Evans, who procured the specimen, states that it was taken

in an absolutely dark cave, but when found was in too decomposed

a condition for satisfactory measurements to be taken.

43. Mus cruiatTa, sp. n. (Plate LVI.)

General colour above dark brown; many of the hairs having

fawn tips, which, especially on the sides, give the animal a lighter

appearance. Underparts yellowish white, sharply marked off from

the colour of the back. The fur is of three kinds—(1) a light grey

underfur ; (2) fine soft hairs light at their bases with a fawn or

dark tip, the former colour being most abundant at the sides and

the latter on the back ; (3) long stiff spines, also light at their bases

but with a very dark tip. Ears moderately long, naked, and uni-

formly rounded. Hands and feet uniform dark sepia-brown above,

sometimes with an irregular longitudinal whitish stripe. Tail long,

unicolour, and covered with very short stiff bristles. Whiskers

very long and numerous; the two supraorbital bristles especially

are longer than those in any other species except Mus edwards,

while there is also a long cheek-bristle on either side starting from

midway between the eye and the ear.

The skull closely resembles that of M. vociferans, Miller, and in

a less degree that of WM. sabanus. It differs from the former

in being slightly longer and of greater depth over the brain-case,

while the nasals are somewhat straighter. From the latter it

differs in the supraorbital ridges being much less prominent and

in the shape of the anteorbital foramen, which is narrower, espe-

cially at its upper end, caused by the maxillary plate being flatter,

i. é. less concave and nearer the rostrum at its upperend. The skull

880 MR. J. LEWIS BONHOTE ON THE [Dee. 4,

may also be distinguished from that of Mus edwardsi by its smaller

size, less prominent supraorbital ridges, and the much smaller

auditory bulle, which in this respect agree with those of the

sabanus group.

Tecth similar to those of MZ. vociferans, but the anterior crescent

of the first molar has a deep constriction at its inner side, so that

when the tooth is worn it becomes split into a narrow crescent and a

round tubercle.

Dimensions of the type (approx., see below). Head and body

290 mm.; tail 315; hind foot 47.

Skull. Greatest length 57 mm.; basilar length 44; palatal

length to henselion 23; length of nasals 21°5; breadth of brain-

case above zygoma-roots 21; interorbital breadth 9.

Hab. Gunong Inas, Malay Peninsula (4090 ft.).

Type. Adult 2, Gunong Inas, 4000 ft., 23rd Dec., 1899.

I have no hesitation in describing this species as new, although

it bears a certain likeness to 3 species, viz.: Mus sabanus Thos.,

from Borneo; Mus vociferans Miller jr., from the west side of

the Malay Peninsula; Mus edwardsi Thos., from W. Fokien,

China. From the first two it may be at once distinguished by

the great length of the supraorbital bristle, which in the type

measures 71 mm., and in the ¢ specimen 78 mm., as compared with

40 mm. in the type of sabanus. The tail is also much shorter,

being hardly longer than the body. From Mus edwardsi, which it

more closely resembles, it may be at once distinguished by its

unicolor tail, darker colour, smaller size, and the impure colour

of the underparts.

For this species I propose the name ciliata, from the long bristles,

which form so distinctive a character. Mr. F. F. Laidlaw, who

collected these specimens, has brought home examples of both sexes

and three skulls, all from the same locality; but owing to the

imperfect condition of the skull of the male, I have been obliged

to make the female the type. With regard to the measurements

which were taken on the spot, there appears to have been some slight

oversight. Those given forthe 3, namely, head and body 285 mm.,

tail 300, hind foot 49, are probably correct ; but I am unable to

understand those given for the type, which are “snout to tail

12°3 mm., tail 11:4, hind foot 29.” ‘The tail of the type is 15 mm.

longer than that of the ¢, and the hind foot approximately the

same size, while the skulls are also practically identical; but if the

measurements of the type, which are presumably taken in inches,

be transposed to millimetres, they would not at all fit in either

with the measurements of the other specimen, or with the mea-

surements of the type taken by myself from the skin and given in

the description.

44. Mus wurrenuanti Thos.

Mus whiteheadi, Thos. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xiv.

pp. 452 & 457 (1894).

a. 2 ad. sk. Gunong Inas, about 4000 ft.

1900. | MAMMALS OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 881

6. 2 imm. sk. Gunong Inas, about 4000 ft.

c. Gunong Inas.

The adult 9 is typical and very spiny ; the immature specimens,

which are about 2 grown, are much darker, showing hardly any

fawn-colour, and, except on the underparts, where the mature

pelage has commenced to show itself, are entirely spineless.

45, Mus merrapa (Gray).

Golunda mettada, Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. i. p. 586

(1837).

a. @ inal. Bukit nr. Biserat, Jalor, 12th June, 1899.

This is, so far as I am aware, quite a new locality for this

species, which is, however, a fairly typical specimen.

46. RHIZOMYS SUMATRENSIS (Raflles).

Mus sumatrensis, Raffles, Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 258 (1822).

a. 9 adsk. Biserat, Jalor, 18th May, 1899.

b. 9 adsk. Aring, Kelantan, 8th Sept., 1899.

47. Hystrix YUNNANENSIS Anders.

Hystrix yunnanensis, Anders. Zool. Res. p. 332 (1880).

a. Skull, ad. 2. Biserat.

b, c. 2 foetuses in al., taken from the above 2.

d. Imm.inal. 24th Jan., 1900.

I have compared the skull with other Hystriv skulls in the

Museums of Cambridge and London, and, although there did not

appear to be a skull of this species among them, I had little difficulty

in determining it.

The characteristic points, which are well brought forward in the

original description, are :—

(i) The posterior border of the nasals being in a line with the

posterior edge of the 1st molar.

(ii) The posterior margin of the premaxillary is anterior to the

1st molar.

(iii) The nearly equal breadth of the nasals throughout their

length.

Ge) The greatest length of the frontals being nearly equal to

that of the nasals.

The measurements of the skull are :—

Greatest length 131 mm. ; henselion to lower edge of occipital

foramen 113 mm.; zygomatic breadth 68 mm.; length of nasals 53 mm.;

greatest length of frontals 57 mm.; breadth of conjoint nasals at

posterior margin of premaxille 29 mm. ; ditto at tip 22 mm.

48, TricHys LIPURA Giinth.

Trichys lipura, Ginth. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 739.

a. @ ad. sk. Ulu Seiama, 12th Jan., 1899.

This specimen, which is young, is of chief interest as confirming

the fact that this animal occurs in the Malay region, and con-

sequently renders it possible that the species described by Buffon

882 ON THE MAMMALS OF THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [Dec. 4,

as “‘le pore épic de Malacca,” and called Hystrix fasciculata by

Shaw, might be referred to the animal in question, as stated

by Dr. Jentink’.

I have been carefully through Buffon and Shaw’s descriptions,

comparing them with the present specimen, which differs in the

following points :—

(i) The tail is much longer, measuring about half the length of

the body.

(ii) Muzzle and legs are brown not black.

(iii) The fifth digit on the fore feet has a small nail and is not

merely a tubercle.

(iv) The spines have a brown tip with a white base, instead of

having a white tip and base and centre brown.

This specimen agrees precisely in all these details with some six

specimens of 7’. pura from Borneo, and undoubtedly belongs to

that species, which is, moreover, quite distinct from Hystria fasci-

culata Shaw.

Judging from the length of the tail and the white tips to the

spines, Buffon’s description appears to me to refer to Atherura

macrura (Linn.); at the same time Dr. Jentink’s generic differ-

entiatious * between Atherura and Trichys appear to hold good, so

that the specimens in the Leyden Museum from Malacca may

probably be referred to 7’. lipura.

Mr. Thomas gave the name guentheri on the assumption that

Lipura meaning tailless could not apply to an animal with a long

tail, an assumption which in these days does not hold good.

49. Taprrus mnpicus Cuv.

Tapirus indicus, Cuy., Desm. Nouv. Dict. dHist. Nat. xxxii.

p- 469 (1819); Flower, op. cit. p. 368.

a. Imm. sk. & skel. Aring, Kelantan, Sept. 1899.

50. NEMORH@DUS SUMATRENSIS (Shaw)’.

Antilope sumatrensis, Shaw, Gen. Zool. ii. pt. 2, p. 354 (1801).

Nemorhedus sumatrensis, Flower, op. cit. p. 370.

Two pairs of horns, the one without any data and the other

from near Biserat, Jalor, presented by Mr. D.T.Gwynne Vaughan,

are referable to this genus and probably to WV. sumatrensis, but the

material does not admit of a complete identification.

51, Cervus untcotor Bechstein.

Cervus unicolor, Bechstein, Allgem. Uebers. d. vierfiiss. Thiere,

1. p. 112 (1799); Flower, op. cit. p. 372.

a. 9 skull. Biserat, Jalor, May 1399.

This is a skull marked ‘ Rusa Deer,” which, according to

Mr. Flower, is the local name for the species.

Notes from the Leyden Museum, vol. xvi., Dec. 1894, p. 235.

2 Tom. cit.

° The Nemorhaedus from the Peninsula has, since this paper was read, been

separated under the name N. swettenhami by Mr. Butler (P. Z. 8.1900, p. 675),

and is said to be distinguished by its jet-black legs.

P.Z.S. 1900. Pl. LVI.

Ldwin Wilson, Cambridge

FROGS FROM THE MALAY PENINSULAR.

—— =

1900. ] ON THE FROGS OF THE ‘*SKBAT EXPEDITION,” 883

52. CERVUS PORCINUS Zimm.

Cervus porcinus, Zimm. Spec. Zool. Geogr. Quad. p. 532 (1777) ;

Flower, op. cit. p. 374.

The collection contains a pair of horns belonging to this species,

but with no data.

53. TRAGULUS JAVANICUS (Gmel.).

Moschus javanicus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. p. 174 (1788).

Tragulus javanicus, Flower, op. cit. p. 374.

a. g ad. sk. Tale Nowy, Lacoon, 3rd April, 1899.

b. $ juy. sk. Tale Nowy, Lacoon, 3rd April, 1899.

ce 9 ad.sk. Tale Nowy, Lacoon, 4th March, 1899.

d. g ad. sk. Aring, Kelantan, 11th Sept., 1899.

e. Q ad. sk. Biserat, Jalor, 14th May, 1899.

tig. 6 @ skeletons. Bukit Besar, 8th May, 1899.

h, Skull (no particulars).

Native name: ‘“ Kanchil, Pelandoc.”

54, Manis savanica Desi.

Manis javanica, Desm. Mamm. p. 377 (1822); Bonhote, P. Z.S.

1900, p. 195; Flower, op. cit. p. 378.

a. Ad. sk. Biserat, Jalor, May 1899.

b,c. Ad. sk. (Recd. 18th Sept., 1899.)

4. On the Frogs collected during the “ Skeat Expedition ”

to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By F. F. Larpraw,

B.A.

[Received October 24, 1900.]

(Plate LVIL.)

The collection of Frogs made by Mr, Annandale and myself

during the Skeat Expedition includes no specimens new to science,

but we have been able to add four species to the fauna of the

Peninsula.

These are, with their previously recorded habitats :—

Rana signata. Borneo.

Rana lateralis. Burmah.

Bufo jerboa. Borneo.

Microhyla inornata. Burmah; Sumatra.

Of these Rana signata and Bufo jerboa were obtained in Perak ;

Rana lateralis and Microhyla inornata are from the east side of the

Peninsula.

It is worth remarking that specimens of Rana limnocharis, Bufo

melanostictus, and Callula pulchra from the neighbourhood of Patani

Proc, Zoon, Soc,—1900, No. LVIIT. 58

884 MR, F, F, LAIDLAW ON THE [ Dee. 4,

haye in some cases carmine-coloured spots, which are symmetrical

in one Callula (see Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 31).

Some species appear to be very careless of the welfare of their

young; it is very usual to find spawn or tadpoles in little puddles

left after heavy rain which must dry up long before the wretched

tadpoles can escape from them.

Frogs occur plentifully up to a height of at least 5000 feet

above sea-level. At about this height J found several small pools,

only a few feet across, in which there were numbers of tadpoles.

As to localities, beginning on the east coast, Patalung was the

most northerly district in which collections were made, mostly

near Singora, a large town at the mouth of the Talé-sap or Inland

Sea which lies on the east coast of the northern half of the

Peninsula. The next locality is Patani, a town on the east coast just

below the narrowest part of the Peninsula. From here Mr. Annan-

dale with the rest of the party travelled inland to Biserat, a village

in a small state called Jalor; near this village is a hill about 3000

feet in height called Bukit Besar (Great Hill). From Biserat the

party travelled south overland through Jalor, Legeh, and Raman,

and reached the Kelantan River ; then, passing up the Lebeh River,

they stayed for some time at Kwala Aring, a small village at a point

where the Aring River runs into the Lebeh. At this point I joined

the party, which next moved down to Khota Bharn, the capital

town of the state of Kelantan. After a short stay here we went

by steamer to Tringganu, a large town some 60 miles farther down

the east coast. From here we went back to Singapore, then to

Penang, and thence reached Ulu Selama, a district about the head-

waters of the Selama River, a tributary of the Krian River which

runs between Kedah and Perak. Gunong Inas is the mountain in

which the Selama River rises.

I have to acknowledge the kindly interest displayed by Mr. G. A.

Boulenger in our collections and to thank him for much assistance

in describing them.

Order ECAUDATA.

Fam. RANIpD”.

OxyeLossus Lima (Gravenh.).

Oxyglossus lima, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 5; id. Rept. &

Batr. of British India, p. 486.

Three specimens from near Biserat in Jalor.

OXyYGLOSsSUS L&VIS Giinther.

Oxyglossus lavis, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 6; id. P. ZS.

1897, p. 288 (tadpole); id. Rept. & Batr. of British India, p. 437 ;

S. S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 886.

Several examples were collected by Mr. Annandale in the same

locality as the last species. Two of them have very warty skin, and

a third is by no means smooth, ;

ete *

aie Popa

1900.) FROGS OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 885

Rana Macropon Kuhl.

Rana macrodon, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sai. p. 24; 8. S. Flower,

PHL. 821889) p: 888, ply lixsiek La:

I caught two adult specimens of the variety with the

rounded snout in Singapore, and one half-grown individual at

Khota Bharu, Kelantan, Of the variety with a pointed snout, one

at Kwala Aring, Kelantan, and one at Ulu Selama, Perak.

Rana LIMNocHaRis Wiegmn.

Rana gracilis, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 28.

Rana limnocharis, Boulenger, Rept. & Batr. of British India,

p. 450; 8. 8S. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 893.

Specimens were collected in Patalung, at Biserat, at Kwala

Aring and Khota Bharu, Kelantan, and at Tringganu.

Rana TIGRINA Daud.

Rana tigrina, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 26; id. Rept. &

Batr. of British India, p. 449; S. S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899,

p- 891.

Specimens were collected at Biserat, Patani, Kwala Aring, and

Khota Bharu, Kelantan.

RANA MACRODACTYLA Giinther.

Rana macrodactyla, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 54; id. Rept.

& Batr. of British India, p. 455; S. S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899,

p- 896.

Mr. Annandale caught three specimens hopping about in a rice-

field near Biserat in Jalor.

RANA PLICATELLA Stol.

Rana plicatella, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 26; 8. 8. Flower,

P.Z.8. 1899, p. 890.

A full-grown male of this species agrees with the specimen

described by Flower in having an occipital knob, but with Stoliczka’s

type in having only eight longitudinal dorsal folds. This spe-

cimen and an adult female were caught at the foot of Gunong Inas.

Two others, both young, were caught in rain-puddles—one at a

height of about 3000 feet, the other about 4000 feet above sea-level.

RANA HASCHEANA (Stol.).

Polypedates hascheana, Stoliczka, J. A.S. B. 1870, p. 147, pl. ix.

fig. 3.

Rana hascheana, 8. 8. Flower, P. Z. 8S. 1899, p. 894.

Three specimens from the foot of Gunong Inas, taken on different

days just at dusk.

RANA ERYTHRAA (Schleg.).

Rana erythrea, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 65; S. 8. Flower,

58*

886 MR. FE, F, LAIDLAW ON THE [ Dee. 4,

P. Z. 8S. 1896, p. 2038, pl. xlv. fig. 2; Boulenger, Rept. & Batr. of

British India, p. 460.

Specimens were collected at Belimbing (Legeh), Biserat, and

Singapore in the botanical gardens.

RANA LABIALIS Bler.

Rana labialis, Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xix. 1887,

p- 345, pl. x. fig. 1; $8. 8S. Flower, P. ZS. 1896, p. 903, pl. xlv.

fig. 3; id. P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 896.

I caught a young specimen at Kwala Aring, and another nearly

full-grown at the foot of Gunong Inas.

RANA SIGNATA Ginther.

Rana signata, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 71.

I caught a single young specimen of this Frog at the foot of

Gunong Inas, and saw but could not catch a much larger individual

in the same locality. It has not hitherto been recorded from the

Peninsula, but is known in Borneo.

Rana LARUTENSIS Bler. (Plate LVIL. figs. 3, 4.)

Rana larutensis, Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) ii. 1899,

p. 278, pl. xi. fig. 1; 8.8. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 898.

These handsome Frogs are extremely common along the banks

of the rapid jungle torrents running about the foot of Gunong

Inas. They sit on the great boulders strewn along the courses of

the streams, and when one approaches them spring boldly into the

water, no matter how fiercely it may be pouring down. Soon after

being disturbed they will again take up their station on the rock

which they had quitted, and in such a position their colouring

renders them well-nigh invisible.

The tadpole is provided with a well-developed ventral sucker

extending from the lower lip to beyond the middle of the abdomen.

The beak is of two pieces, an upper and lower minutely serrated.

The arrangement of the labial teeth is

5 3)

1 1

It is thus apparently closely allied to the tadpoles of Rana

jerboa Blgr., R. latopalmata Blegr., R. cavitympanum Blgr., and

Staurois hainanensis Bler.

Coloration is much as in the adult, greenish white, mottled

with dark green on the back ; ventral surfaces white. There are a

few minute black denticles scattered on the head. Tectal length of

the single specimen caught 65 mm., tail 45 mm.

Rana LATERALIS Blgr. (Plate LVILI. figs. 1, 2.)

Rana lateralis, Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2) v. 1887,

p. 488, pl. viii. fig. 2; id. Rept. & Batr. of British India, p. 457.

1900.] FROGS OF THE * SKHAT EXPEDITION.” 887

I caught a single example of a Frog, apparently belonging to this

species, in thick jungle at Kwala Aring. It is a female and much

larger than the type (70 mm. from snout to vent), The back is

grey, with very curious glandular folds running obliquely backward

from left to right, making an angle of about 45° with the long axis

of the body. The tympanum is as large as the eye. A black line

from the tip of the snout passes back through the eye and broadens

above the shoulder, disappearing abruptly immediately behind the

tympanum. The flanks are grey with a few black spots. This

species has hitherto been found only in Burmah.

Rana GLANDULOSA Bler.

Rana glandulosa, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 73, pl. vii.; S.S.

Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 897.

One specimen from Bukit Timah, Singapore.

R#ACOPHORUS LEUCOMYSTAX (Gravenh.).

Rhacophorus maculatus, part., Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 83.

Rhacophorus leucomystax, Boulenger, P. Z.S. 1889, p. 29; id.

Rept. & Batr. of British India, p. 474; 8.8. Flower, P. Z. 8.

1899, p. 898, pl. lix. figs. 3, 3a.

Malay name: “ Katak pisang,” Banana Frog.

This is perhaps the commonest of the Malay Frogs and is

abundant everywhere. The measurements of the largest specimen

obtained, a female, are :—

ESM) BO VEINO TSS a5. ac, do npu sat, cat ous 7) mm.

Die Go ee ese csc api nk GO ss

eee: Goh alleles 5 aierar Sia coke 5 3 Sc Bly =o

Ankle to end of 4th toe ........ ah ess

At Kwala Aring we found this species breeding in the month

of September and the end of August. The eggs were laid in

i frothy mass on the leaves of trees overhanging small pools of

water. After a short time (I believe iess than 48 hours) they slid

off the leaves and fell into the water, where the frothy envelope

is dissolved away, setting free the tadpoles. (Cf. S. Ikeda on

Rhacophorus schlegeli Guthr., Annot. Zool, Jap. i. part ii.

p- 113.)

Fam. ENGYSLOMATID &.

MicroHyLA ORNATA (Dum. et Bibr.).

Microhyla ornata, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 165; id, Rept.

& Batr. of British India, p. 491; S. 5. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899,

p. 901, pl. Ix. figs. 1, la, 16.

A single specimen from Kwala Aring was caught in long grass

close to a small pond on the edge of the jungle,

Microuyba 1NORNALA Blgr.

Microhyla inornata, Boulenger, P. Z. 8.1890, p. 37; 5.8. Flower,

P.Z.S. 1899, p. 905.

888 MR. F, F, LAIDLAW ON THE [Dee. 4,

Mr. Annandale caught three specimens of this small Frog on

Bukit Goah, near Biserat in Jalor. It has not, I believe, been

reported previously to this from the Peninsula, but is known from

Sumatra and Borneo.

MicROHYLA ACHALINA (Boie).

Microhyla achatina, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 166; 8.8.

Flower, P.Z.S. 1899, p. 906.

One specimen from Kekabu, Rhaman, and three from Kwala

Aring, these last from the same spot as M,. inornata.

MicROHYLA BERDMORII (Blyth).

Microhyla berdmorti, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 166 ; id. Rept.

& Batr. of British India, p. 412; 8.8. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899,

p- 906.

A single specimen from Belimbing, Legeh, from very thick

forest.

CALLULA PULCHRA (Gray).

Callula pulchra, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 170 (fig.);

S. 8S. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 906.

This strange creature was very plentiful at Khota Bharu,

Kelantan, especially in the market-place, where they hide during

the day amongst the numerous rubbish-heaps, coming out at night

and making an intolerable noise when it rains. They are found

down the east coast as far as Tringganu, but in this town are

much scarcer than in Kelantan.

Fam. Buronrp&.

Buro asPer Gravenh.

Bufo asper, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 313; id. Rept. &

Batr. of British India, p.507; 8. 8. Flower, P. Z. 8, 1899, p. 912.

Malay name: “ Katak puru.”

Specimens were collected in Legeh at Belimbing, at Biserat in

Jalor, at Kwala Aring in Kelantan and near Ulu Selama.

Buro MELANOSTICrUS Schneid.

Bufo melanostictus, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 306; id. Rept.

& Batr. of British India, p. 505 (fig. p. 506); 8S. S. Flower,

P. Z.8. 1896, p. 911, pl. xliv. fig. 3; id. P. Z. S. 1899, p. 910.

Common all along the east coast of the Peninsula ; two specimens

from Biserat show carmine-coloured spots on the back and

head.

Buro parvus Bler.

Bufo parvus, Boulenger, A. M.N.H. (5) xix. 1887, p. 346,

pl. x.; 8S. S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 911.

One specimen from near Biserat in Jalor, three from Ulu Selama

in Perak.

1900.} ' - PROGS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 889 |

Buro serBoa Bler.

Bufo jerboa, Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1890, p. 328, pl. xxv. fig. 3.

A Malay brought me a single male specimen of this interesting

Toad, which he had caught: squatting on the ground amongst dead

leaves in dense forest on Gunong Inas. I believe this is the first

specimen taken in the Peninsula. Its coloration and proportions

are closely similar to those of the type specimen from Borneo.

Distance from snout to vent ............ 30 mm.

= ge othiph tadlones, c.cieae sareets Oey

e +) a bee, tesankles,. sictecsctan cee oy Ve

5 «. atkle:to:end of toe: 2.5350. ne dis

Fam. PELOBATID#.

[.BPTOBRACHIUM HASSELTI Tschudi.

Leptobrachium hasseltti, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 441;

S. 8. Flower, P. Z. 8S. 1899, p. 913.

Mr. Annandale collected a large number of the tadpoles of this

species at the foot of Bukit Besar in Jalor. They are very

curiously coloured, being a pale yellow and spotted with numer-

ous fine black dots. (See Hanitsch, Rep. Raftles Mus. & Libr.

Singapore, 1897, p. 8.)

MEGALOPHRYS NASUTA (Schleg.).

Megalophrys montana, part., Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 413.

Megalophrys nasuta, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 443; 8.5%.

Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 913.

This Frog is fairly common in the Botanical Gardens at Penang,

where I obtained two specimens, one young and one adult. A

specimen in the University Museum at Cambridge from Java

(labelled Megalophrys montana) is very much more richly coloured,

especially on the under surface, than are either of my specimens

or others that I have seen from the Peninsula.

MerEGALOPHRYS MONTANA Kuhl.

Megalophrys montana, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 442; 8.8.

Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 914.

Mr. Annandale caught an adult female on Bukit Besar in Jalor

at a height of about 2000 ft.; and I found one adult and three

young on Gunong Inas at from 1000 to 1500 ft. above sea-level.

It is a very sluggish animal, as is also the first species of the genus.

The following are the principal measurements of an adult :—

PALIOUU bOLVGN Went cistalen tees wa 65 mm.

IMEI TO KACO" Vania pane yc 20° 5

leneo.to'ankloiwietit ese ice 5 26. +

Ankle to 4th toe ....../... 42 ,,

Total length of hind leg .... 93 ,,

The tadpoles of M. montana were found in the same locality

~ 890 ON THE FROGS OF THE “*SKHAT EXPEDITION.” —[Dee. 4,

during the month of June, in a stream with a gravelly bed. They

are provided with a very remarkable funnel-like float, formed by

the lips, which are fused together at the angles of the mouth.

This funnel is much wider than it is long, and opening dorsally at

its wider end leads down to the mouth, which is subterminal and

faces ventrally as in other tadpoles. The “ buccal vestibule ” so

formed has on its inside rows of minute widely separated denticles.

By means of it the tadpoles can apparently float motionless,

hanging as it were from the surface of the water by their lips.

The total length of the largest individual obtained by Mr. Annan-

dale is 31 mm., the length of the head and body 8:5, and the

breadth of the funnel-opening 7, the length about 3 mm.

A fuller account of this interesting creature, with figures, is

given by Prof. Max Weber in the ‘ Annales du Jardin Botanique

de Buitenzorg,’ 1898, Supplément ii. pp. 5-10.

MEGALOPHRYS LONGIPES Bler.

Megalophrys longipes, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 850, pl. lv.;

Giinther, A. M. N. H. (5) xx. 1887, p. 316; 8S. 8. Flower, P. ZS.

1899, p. 914.

Fairly common on Gunong Inas from a height of 2000 ft. up-

wards. I caught two females and a male which is much smaller

than the females. This species is much more active than either

of the preceding members of the genus.

The measurements of the larger female are :—

Snbutfoiventinss sk sien aos 62 mm.

Thigh 46 Ene@” 00 jon en). 2 30 os;

Knee to ankle: ..5. .t48.a87 Oy Lh ss

Ankle to end of 4th toe .... 48

Total length of hind leg .... 115

Order APODA.

Fam. Cmcrniip 2.

IcHTHYOPHIS GLUTINOSUS (Linn.).

Ichthyophis glutinosus, Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Grad. &e. p. 89,

pl. iv. fig. 2; id. P. ZS. 1895, p. 403; id. Rept. & Batr. of

British India, p. 515, fig. p. 516; 8. S. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899,

p. 914, aed

Mr. Annandale collected many specimens, adult and young,

at a small village near Biserat. The natives told him that they

were found only in places where ants were not very plentiful.

The Siamese speaking natives call them “* Ngu kling (? pling),”

and the Malays “ Ular Belogelengong,” or sugar-mill snake.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LYII.

Figs. 1, 2. Rana lateralis, p. 886.

Fig. 3. Rana larutensis, p. 886, tadpole, ventral surface.

AP enlarged view of mouth and sucker.

1900.] ON THE EARTHWORMS OF THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 891

5. On the Earthworms collected during the “ Skeat Expedi-

tion” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By Frank

E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.

[Received November 20, 1900.]

The Earthworms upon which I now report were collected by

Mr. R. Evans of Oxford, during the Skeat Expedition in the

Malay Peninsula. They belong for the most part to the charac-

teristic and abundant Oriental genus Amyntas.

The collection contains, however, a number of examples of the

ubiquitous Pontoscolex corethrura and of a small Benhamia. Since

so many species of Amyntas are now known—I allow 109 or so in

my recently published! revision of the genus—I was not pre-

pared for the large number of novelties that occur in the collection.

It must be remembered, however, that this region of Asia has

been but little explored from the point of view of its earthworm

fauna.

It is also important to notice that the greater proportion of the

entire list of species recorded here are peculiar to the mainland,

and do not, so far as is known at present, occur upon the islands

of the Malay Archipelago; these latter are regarded by Michaelsen,

and apparently with justice, as the headquarters of the genus

Amyntas. Further to the west, though still in the Oriental

Region of zoogeographers, the genus becomes scarcer and scarcer,

the forms occurring in India itself and in Ceylon being but very

rarely peculiar forms”, and being far from numerous altogether.

It is interesting to find that the condition hitherto peculiar to

A, stelleri, A. phakellotheca, and A. biserialis, of an increased

number of spermathece in each segment, is also characteristic of

A. minutus and A. polytheca described as new species in the

present communication. The interest lies of course partly in the

inore widely-spread occurrence of this geoscolecid characteristic,

but also in the fact that small species like the two described here

may show a character which is more intelligible in a large species

such as A, stelleri, where there is more room for a reduplication

of these crgans.

Another novelty of structure for the group which is recorded in

the present communication, is the curious intersegmental position,

and the single row, of numerous genital papilla, which is the

principal characteristic of the new species A. evansi. Iam not

aware that any closely similar arrangement of such papilli occurs

elsewhere among Earthworms of this genus.

The large size of the various organs belonging to the repro-

ductive system is, as a very general rule, a marked feature in the

' P, Z, 8. 1900, p. 609.

2 In Ceylon there is only A. taprobane (Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 163) and

in India only A. alexandri (Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1900, below), and A. travan-

corensis (Fedarb, J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. xi. p. 435), which occur in those

regions and are not found elsewhere.

892 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Dec. 4,

anatomy of Earthworms. The extraordinary reduction in size of

the spermathece in the new species A. viryo must therefore

be considered as one of the more important new facts which

I detail here. It is interesting to notice that the reduction in size

is apparently not accompanied by a reduction in number, and

certainly not by an increase in number, as with the small but

numerous spermathec of such a form as Microcheta.

The marked resemblance in A. biporus between the “ genital

papille ” of segment xix. and the male pores, confirmed by micro-

scopic investigation, seems to indicate the remnant of a second

pair of spermiducal glands, which is new to the genus.

In other respects the species represented in the collection show

no particularly noteworthy divergences in structure from other

species of Amyntas.

We shall now proceed to the description of the new species,

after mentioning the forms already known to science.

(1) Amyntas posthumus ' Vaillant.

(2) Amyntas cingulatus* Vaillant.

These two species, the latter, as I believe, with many synonyms,

are so widely spread, and have been so frequently reported upon

and described, that I have nothing of novelty to add to existing

descriptions.

(3) Amyntas bossche Horst.

Pericheeta bosschw, Horst, Notes Leyd. Mus. xv. p. 324.

Pericheta bossche, Michaelsen, Abh. Senck. Ges. xxiii. p. 238.

Amyntas bossche, Beddard, P. Z. 8S. 1900, p. 625.

It is rather curious that the collection contains a number of

specimens of a species of Earthworm which really does appear to

be identical with A. bosschw. It is at least extremely near to that

species, and I do not attempt at present to separate it. Nor do I

give a full description, since that has been done. In size and

general external appearance A. bosschw is very like A. pulanensis,

which I describe later ; but it has no genital papill.

_ Ifind,as did Michaelsen, that there are three pairs of sperm-sacs

in segments x.-xii, The spermiducal glands, however, are not

compact and small; they extend through segments xv.—xx. and

are much broken up into lobules. Their short duct is coiled into a

circle or is perfectly straight. The spermathece agree rather with

Michaelsen’s than with Horst’s description.

Hab. Khota Bharu.

(4) Amyntas papulosus Rosa.

Perichwta papulosa, Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) xvi. p. 525.

Amyntas papulosus, Beddard, P. Z. 8, 1900, p. 644.

Ihave examined two specimens which are undoubtedly referable

‘ For synonymy and localities see Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1900, pp. 641, 615.

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE “ SKEAT BXPEDITION.” 893

to this species. Jam able in a few small points to supplement

Dr. Rosa’s account. I find, for example, that in both specimens

there are more set upon the clitellum than he found, 2. ¢. 6 or so

upon the last two segments. The figure given by Rosa (loc. cit.

tay. i. fig. 14) of the very remarkable arrangement of the genital

papille entirely bears out and admirably illustrates the appearances

detected by myself. This being so, | was surprised to find on

opening one of the two specimens not a trace of the ceca which

Rosa has very emphatically stated to be present. ‘To make certain

about this point, which is of some systematic importance, I dis-

sected the second specimen, in which I also failed to find these

appendages.

The gizzard of this worm is rather remarkable in shape ; it is

wide from side and short in antero-posteriur diameter; it is

constricted in the middle, and presents somewhat the appearance

of a doctor’s hat viewed, of course, from the side.

In other points, including size, my specimen seems to agree

with that described by Dr. Rosa. The spermathece, however,

happen to be more globular, no doubt a question of a different

degree of distension with sperm, while the diverticula are a little

less conspicuous in length than they are figured by Dr. Rosa.

Hab, Biserat.

(5) Amyntas malayanus, n. sp. (Fig. 1, p. 894.)

Of this species I have been able to examine a number of

examples. The individual selected for measurement was 144 mm.

in length and consisted of 105 segments.

The setw on the anterior segments show no differences in size

from those of the posterior segments. They are present on all

the segments of the clitellum.

The chitellum occupies the usual segments, but it does not begin

or end sharply.

The genital papille are highly characteristic. ‘There are four

pairs of these in all, which lie upon the xviiith to the xxist

segments. The first pair lie behind and to the inside of the male

pores ; the remaining pairs are in line with them upon successive

segments. The papille, as shown in the accompanying figure

(fig. 1), are small, considerably smaller than the male pores, to

which, however, they have a general resemblance in appearance.

They are slightly projecting and surrounded by a circular

wrinkle of the integument. There are no papille upon the

anterior segments.

The male pores are conspicuous and widely separated. Each is

surrounded by several circular wrinkles of the integument. rom

the tip of each porophore, which is somewhat raised, protrudes a

slight conical process, which can be regarded as a penis.

As to internal structure it is noticeable that the septum separating

segments vill./ix., which is so often absent in Amyntas, is present

in A. malayanus though rather thin.

The intestine begins in the xvith segment, and the cwea are present,

894 MR. F, H. BEDDARD ON THE [Dee. 4

occupying about three segments ; these reach, in fact, as far forward

as the second segment in front of that in w hich they originate.

The last pair of hearts are placed in segment xiii.

The sperm-sacs lie in segments xi. and xii. and are large and

racemose ; they are in contact above the cesophagus.

Fig. 1.

Anterior end of Amyntas malayanus. X 3.

The spermiducal g glands are largish, somewhat irregular in shape,

and occupy segments xvii.—xix. The duct itself is curved in a

horseshoe-like fashion ; it has no terminal sac, but widens some-

what towards the orifice.

There are four pairs of spermathece, situated in segments vi.—ix.

The sacs are large, irregularly oval in contour, and with a short

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 895

muscular duct. The diverticulum is short, barely one-third of the

length of the sac.

Hab. Aring.

The following is the abstracted definition of

Amyntas malayanus, n. sp.

Length 144 mm. ; number of segments 105. Sete of anterior

segments not enlarged. Clitellum xiv.-xvi., with sete. Genital

papillee paired on xviii.—xxi. Male pores far apart. Septum viii./ix.

present. Czca present. Last hearts in xin. Sperm-sacs in Xi.,

xii. Spermiducal glands in xvii.-xix., with horseshoe-shaped duct

and no terminal sac. Spermathece in vi.—ix., with shortish diver-

ticulum.

Hab, Malay Peninsula.

(6) Amyntas virgo, n. sp.

I have examined seven and dissected four fully mature examples

of this species, whose characters do not fit in with those of any

other species that has been adequately described.

The largest individual, which, however, like the others, is

somewhat softened in the clitellar region, measures 152 mm.

The sete upon the anterior segments are rather larger than upon

the following segments.

The clitellum, which occupies the usual segments, has no sete.

The male pores are very conspicuous and quite far apart.

There are no genital papillee.

The gizzard-septum is wanting ; two septa following the gizzard

are of considerable thickness.

The usual paired cca are present.

The last heart is in segment: xiii.

The remarkable feature about this species which at once differ-

entiates it from A. impudens' and A. philippinus*—the only two

that could be confused with it by reason of their possessing a

terminal sac to the spermiducal-gland duct, no sete upon the

clitellum, and 3 pairs of spermathece in vii.—ix.—is the very small

size of all the parts of the generative apparatus. In this the

present species resembles A. taprobane.

The sperm-sacs are small and lie in segments xi., xii.; they do

not reach as far as to the dorsal surface of the intestine.

The spermiducal glands vary in size, but are small and confined

to their segment. The short duct leads into the circular end-sac.

The spermathece are so small that they might be readily over-

looked; and yet the external apertures are quite large and

conspicuous. Hach pouch has a diverticulum of about the same

shape and size, especially resembling in this A. taprobane. The

spermathece lie in segments yil., viil., 1x., and open between

vi./vil., &c.

Hab. Paddy-fields, Tale.

' Michaelsen, JB. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 84,

* Rosa, Ann, Hofm. Wien, vi. p. 397,

896 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [Dec. 4,

From the foregoing account of its structure may be abstracted

the following brief definition of

Amyntas virgo, 1. sp.

Length 152 mm. Set of anterior segments rather larger.

Clitellum xiv.-xvi., without sete. Male pores far apart. No

genital papille. Gizzard-septa wanting. Czca present. Last

hearts in xiii. Sperm-sacs small, in xi., xii. Spermiducal glands

confined to xvilith segment, with circular terminal sac. Sperm a-

theese very minute in vii., viii., ix., with equal-sized diverticulum.

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

(7) Amyntas pericheta, n. sp.

Although I have had for examination only a single example of

this species, there is no possible doubt, in my opinion, of its

distinctness as a species. It furnishes, moreover, an excellent

example of how necessary it is to dissect an earthworm merely for

the purpose of discovering whether it is known or not described.

Externally, the present species might readily be confounded with

many others. But its somewhat negative external characters

combined with several internal features of very positive value

enable it to be placed with accuracy.

It is a stoutish worm of 170 mm. in length.

The number of segments is 116.

The sete are more or less equal in size; those of the anterior

segments show no special differentiation.

I could find no genital papilla of any kind.

The clitellum occupies the usual segments and is quite free

from sete.

The male pores are conspicuous orifices separated from each

other by a fairly wide interval.

The gizzard-septa appear to be wanting. The intestine com-

mences in the xvith segment. The usual ceca of moderate length

are present.

The last hearts are in segment xiii.

The sperm-sacs lie in segments x1. and xii.; they are fairly large

and solid bodies. The two sperm-ducts of each side unite very

shortly after they have emerged from the sperm-reservoirs.

The spermiducal glands are on the whole very compact, although

they are much divided into small lobules. They occupy segments

xvil.—xix. and they have a kidney-like outline. Their duct is not

long; it runs forward and then backward, after the very pre-

valent fashion, and then debouches into a fairly large terminal

bursa of approximately circular outline, which is confined to the

xvilith segment.

A pair of small egg-sacs occur in the xivth segment, attached of

course to the anterior wall of that segment.

There are three pairs of spermathece. These lie in segments vi.,

vil., and vili., and are lateral in position, occupying the average

place that these organs occupy in the members of the genus

1900. | EARTHWORMS OF THE “ SKBA‘! EXPEDITION.” 897

Amyntas. The pouches are not large and have but a short duct ;

they taper gradually towards the free cecal extremity, which gives

to them a pear-shaped outline.

The diverticulum of each spermatheca is considerably longer

than the pouch ; it is tubular in form, and the greater part of it is

coiled into a tight knot-like coil. This, however, could be un-

ravelled, though I have not done so. There is no external sheath

enclosing the whole coil such as exists in A. pequanus. The end of

the diverticulum is only very slightly dilated to form the sac-like

extremity.

Hab. Malay Peninsula’.

We may thus define

Amyntas pericheta, n. sp.

Length 170 mm.; number of segments 116. Sete of anterior

segments not enlarged. Clitellum xiv.—xvi., without sete. No

genital papille. Male pores far apart. Gizzard-septa missing.

Czeca present. Last hearts in xii, Sperm-sacs in xi.,xu. Spermi-

ducal gland in xvii.—xix., with not long, horseshoe-shaped duct

and terminal sac. Spermathece 3 pairs in vi—vui., with much-

coiled diverticulum, much longer than the pouch.

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

(8) Amyntas polytheca, n. sp. (Hig. 2, p. 898.)

The same tube which contained the numerous specimens of

A, kelantanensis contained a single example of a small Amyntas

which differed from these by its pale (light brown instead of violet)

coloration. It proved to be the representative of a distinct new

species. The single example was imperfect and I do not therefore

give accurate measurements ; it is a slender worm and can hardly

have been more than two inches in length.

The sete on the anterior segments are larger than on those

which follow.

The clitellum occupies the usual three segments and has sete

very plainly present upon the ventral side of all of them.

The male pores (see fig. 2, p. 898) are exceedingly prominent

as large round protruding discs, which are widely apart.

On the segment in front of that which bears the male pore and

upon the two segments following are a pair of genital papilla of

much smaller size than the porophores and rather closer to the

middle ventral line of the body.

The alimentary canal of this species has the usual strong gizzard,

which is rather elongated in form and not so globular as is often

the case. The usually missing gizzard-septa are often absent in

the present species. The intestine begins in the xvth segment and

has not any cwca. The typhlosole is quite conspicuous.

The last pair of hearts are in segment xii.

The arrangement of the sperm-sacs is rather different from that

which usually obtains in this genus, There are large pairs in

' T have not seen a label indicating the exact: locality.

898 MR. F, EB. BEDDARD ON THE [Dec. 4,

the xth and xith segments, which are quite distinct, at least in the

case of the former pair, from the sperm-reservoirs. In the xiith

segment there are a pair of sperm-sacs, but they are quite small

and compact bodies.

In the xiiith segment there are a pair of still smaller egg-sacs. It

may be thought perhaps that I have made an error of a segment,

and that the two pairs of small sacs are both egg-sacs and lie, as

the two pairs of these sacs sometimes do, in segments Xxiil., xiv. I

believe, however, that this is not the case,

Fig. 2.

Anterior end of Amyntas polytheca. xX 5.

The spermiducal glands are extensive, reaching from segments

xvii.-xx.; they are much lobulated. The duct runs forward as a

narrow tube into the xviith segment and then runs back, widening

out to the xviith segment, where it opens directly on to the

exterior and not through the intermediary of a terminal sac,

1900. ] EARTHWORMS OF THE “ SKEAT PXPEDITION.” 899

The spermathece, like those of A. stellert and of a number of

other species, are present in several pairs in the segments in which

they occur. These segments are the vith to the ixth; in each

there is on either side of the nerve-cord a group of smallish

spermathece up to 8 or 9 in number, each of course with its own

diverticulum as usual.

Hab. Aring, Kelantan.

The species may be thus defined :—

Amyntas polyiheca, n. sp.

Small, slender worm. Setz on anterior larger than on posterior

segments. Clitellum xiv.—xvi., with sete on ventral surface of all

segments. Genital papille paired on xvii, xix., xx. Male pores

further apart than genital papille. Gizzard-septa absent ; no ceca.

Last heart in xii. Sperm-sacs in’ x.-xti. Spermiducal glands

Xvii.-xx., lobate, with not long curved duct and no end-sac.

Spermathece several pairs in each of segments vi—ix.

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

(9) Amyntas aringeanus, n.sp. (Fig. 3, p. 901.)

This species has a superficial likeness to A. posthumus by reason

of the fact that the xviith and the xixth segments are provided

with papille which lie exactly in the same line as the male pores

upon the xvilith segment. A closer examination of these papille,

however, shows that they are not in the least like those of

A, posthumus.

This species measures up to 115 mm. in length. A specimen

which is of that length has 142 segments, a disproportion which is

not usual in this genus, where there is generally a very close

connection between the number of segments and the number of

millimetres in length.

The sete show no differences in size in the anterior segments.

They appear to be totally absent from the clitellum.

The clitellum occupies all of segments xiv.—xvi.

The most characteristic feature of the new species concerns the

genital papille (see fig. 3, p. 901). These occur both in the neigh-

bourhood of the male pore and more anteriorly. The latter are

somewhat unusual in arrangement and position: they commence

as early as the fifth segment and there are altogether four pairs of

them, the last pair being situated upon segment vil. On segment vi.

there are two pairs of papillae. They are rather large and not very

conspicuous and are placed in front of and just overlapping the line

of setze. The additional pair of segment vii. are behind the line of

sete. The two papille of segment y. are rather closer together than

those of subsequent segments, and there is a slight progressive

increase in the distances separating them from first to last. Occa-

sionally two or three pore-like depressions are to be seen like those

of the posterior papille. The posterior genital papille are upon

segments xvii, and xix. They correspond exactly in position to

the male pores and are of considerable size. Each papilla is in

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1900, No, LIX. 59

900 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Dee. 4,

reality a group of 9-11 small circular papille apparently very like

those of A.aspergillum. They are disposed in two slightly curved

lines, one in front of and one behind the line of sete. The whole

area upon which they are borne is not only raised above the area

of the surrounding integument, but is slightly different in colour.

In one case only the lowest left-hand papillze merely consisted of

the raised area without an indication of the separate papillae upon

it.

The male pores are very large and conspicuous, the orifice is

much wrinkled. There are about fourteen sete between the

pores.

Dorsal pores are present.

The gizzard of this species shows, more plainly than I have

observed in other species of the genus, a disposition of the blood-

vessels of the gizzard which has been figured and described in

other genera. There are about 8 parallel vessels on each side of

the gizzard which run from end to end of that organ. In the

gizzard-segments also, which are undivided by a septum, two strong

lateral blood-vessels run one on each side ; anteriorly each gives off

a very strong and much-branched twig to the body-wall. The last

heart is in segment xii.

The intestine has no cea.

There appear to be three pairs of sperm-sacs in segments x., Xi.,

and xii. Those of the tenth and of the twelfth segments are much

smaller than those of the eleventh ; but in every case they nearly or

quite meet each other above the esophagus. In the tenth segment

the sperm-sacs swell out below into the sperm-reservoirs, which

lodge *the anterior pair of vas deferens funnels. These reservoirs

are not fused together below though they come into contact.

Their dorsal extension must, as it appears to me, be regarded as

an anterior pair of sperm-sacs.

The spermiducal glands are squarish in outline and occupy

segments Xvii-xix. Their duct leaves them as nearly as possible

exactly in the middle ; it is quite slender and is curved back upon

itself in a horseshoe-like form; there is no terminal sac, the

presence of which might possibly be inferred by the large size of

the male pore.

A moderately large pair of egg-sacs are appended to the front

wall of segment xiii. They are transversely elongated.

The spermathece are constituted upon the plan of those of

A, stelleri, and occupy the same segments as do the spermathece

of that species. There are in fact in segments vi. and vii. 8 to 10

spermathece on each side in each segment. Each spermatheca is

pear-shaped, lessening gradually in calibre towards the duct; it has

a diverticulum of about half its own length which is slender. The

diverticulum has the form that has been noted in A. stelleri ; there

is a marked constriction between the swollen end of the diverti-

culum and another swollen region which gradually diminishes in

calibre to the duct.

Hab, Aring, Kelantan,

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 901

From the foregoing account may be extracted the following

definition of

Amyntas aringeanus, n. sp.

Length 115 mm.; number of segments 142. Clitellum xiy.-xvi.,

without sete. Genital papille paired upon segments v., vi. (two

pairs), vil., on xvii, & xix. paired groups of 9-11 papille in line with

Fig. 3,

Anterior end of Amyntas aringeanus. X 3.

male pores. Male pores large and far apart. Septum viii./ix.

absent. Last heart in xii. No ceca. Sperm-sacs in x.-xii.

Spermiducal glands in xvii.-xix., compact and square in outline ;

5Q*

902 MR, F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [ Dec. 4,

no terminal sac to their duct. Spermathece 8 to 10 pairs in vi.

and yii.

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

It is clear that this species comes nearest to <A. stelleri, from

which, however, it can readily be differentiated by the nature and

position of the genital papille.

(10) Amyntas kelantanensis, sp.n. (Fig. 4, p. 903.)

I have examined some thirty individuals of this new species,

which cannot be confused with any of its allies. It is a long and

slender species, measuring up to 105 mm. in length by about

3 mm.in breadth. The number of segments in the longest in-

dividual is 100.

The sete on the anterior segments are fewer and larger than

those upon the following segments.

The clitellum occupies fully its usual segments and is entirely

without sete.

Genital papille are rarely to be seen. When present (fig. 4, p.903)

they consist of three pairs of whitish round patches, one pair on each

of segments vi.—viil., lying in front of the line of division between

each segment and that which follows. They are related to stalked

glands, which will be described when the internal viscera are

treated of. The male pores are conspicuous and widely separated.

There are about a dozen sete between them.

The gizzard-septa appear to be absent. The last heart is in the

xllith segment. The large intestine begins in segment xv., and has

the usual pair of ce@ca, which are of fair length.

The sperm-sacs are racemose in form and lie in segments Xi.

and xii.

The spermiducal glands extend from segment xvii. to xxi.

They are much broken up into lobules; that part of the gland

which les behind the male pores is wider from side to side than

the part lying anterior to them. The duct is not particularly

long and is coiled into a circle. There is no terminal sac.

The spermathece are present to the number of three pairs and

are situated in segments vii., vili., ix. The pouch has a round or

oval contour and communicates with the exterior by a duct

which is almost as long as the pouch. The diverticulum has a

characteristic form ; it is very long and if unwrapped would be

considerably longer than the spermathece. The greater part of

the diverticulum is much coiled, and it is dilated at its extremity

into an oval chamber; the muscular duct is comparatively short.

An oyal gland, whiter in colour than the diverticulum and with a

long stalk, opens in common with the spermathecal duct. The

arrangement, in fact,is very like that of Amyntas houlleti, with which

species, however, there is no possibility of confusing the present.

Hab. Aring, Kelantan.

The following definition embodies the principal characters of

this new species :—

1900.] -- BARTHWORMS OF THE “ SKBAT EXPEDITION.” 903

Amyntas kelantanensis, n. sp.

Length 105 mm.; number of segments 100. Sete on anterior

segments large. Clitellum xiv.—xvi., without sete. Paired papille

upon vi.—vill. Male pores far apart. Septum viii./ix.absent. Last

Fig. 4.

Anterior end of Amyntas kelantanensis. X +4.

heart in xiii. Ceca present. Sperm-sacs xi., xii. Spermiducal

glands xvii.—xix., with curved duct and no terminal sac. Sperma-

thece vii.—ix., with long coiled diverticulum and a staiked gland,

Hab, Malay Peninsula.

904 MR, F, B, BEDDARD ON THE [Dee. 4,

(11) Amyntas pulauensis, n. sp. (Hig. 5, p. 905.)

The present species is represented by a number of specimens, all

of which do not show the principal diagnostic character of the

species, and led me to confuse it with Dr. Horst’s Amyntas bossche,

from which it appears to be perfectly distinct, provided that there

are no lacunz in the descriptions given by Horst’ and Michaelsen *.

The length of the largest individual is 165 mm. ; the number of

segments I am unable to state with accuracy.

The clitellum occupies the whole of segments xiv.—xvi. and

appears to have no set upon it.

The genital papille are the distinguishing feature of the species

so far as concerns external characters. On segments xvii. and

xviii. in front of the line of sete is an area which presents the

appearance of a sieve owing to the presence of 40-50 pore-like

depressions, which are the external expression of numerous white

glands which are visible on dissection. These groups of papille

are median and unpaired. There appears to be a similar area

upon the viith, yiiith, and ixth segments, which is very like that of

A, hilgendorffi as figured by myself’.

The male pores are very conspicuous and widely separated ; 13

sete lie between them.

The gizzard-septa are absent. The intestine begins in the xvith

segment, and is furnished with a pair of ceca, which are rather

short, barely reaching to the level of the xxvth segment.

The last pair of hearts are in segment xiii.

The sperm-sacs are large, solid, and compact. They lie in

segments xi. and xii.

The spermiducal glands are not of a compact structure ; they

are much lobulated and occupy segments xvil.-xix. Their duct is

short and thick and opens into a rounded, rather flattened

terminal sac.

The spermathece are four pairs and lie in segments viix. Each

sac is oval or more or less pear-shaped in outline; its duct is

sharply marked off and about 3 the length of the sac. The diver-

ticulum is not large and not a great deal longer than the duct of the

spermatheca. It is divisible into an oyal sperm-holding receptacle

and a narrower folded duct.

Hab. Pulau, Bidang, Kelah, and Aring.

The following is a brief definition of

Amyntas pulauensis, 0. sp.

Length 165 mm. Clitellum xiy.-xvi., without sete. Genital

papille median unpaired group of pores upon Viii., ix., xvil., Xviii.,

in front of sete. Male pores large and farapart. Septum viii./ix.

absent. Last heart in xi. Csca present. Sperm-sacs Xxi., xil.

! Notes Leyden Mus. xv, p. 524.

2 Abh. Senck. nat, Ges. xxiii. p. 238,

% Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst. vi. pl. fig. 1.

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 905

Spermiducal glands xvii.—xix., loose-textured ; terminal sac present.

Spermathece in vi—ix., with short diverticulum.

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

Fig. 5.

Anterior end of Amyntas pulauensis, X 3.

906 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [ Dec. 4,

(12) Amyntas minutus, n. sp.

Of this very small species I have examined only a single speci-

men, which is 48 mm. in length. I counted 103 segments. The

setee upon the anterior segments are very large.

The clitellum occupies the whole of segments xiv.-xvi. It has

sete upon it. The median region of the xvith segment is not

invaded by glandular tissue, so that it presents the appearance of

a papilla. There is a swollen area of corresponding position and

extent upon segment xvii.

Apart from these there are a series of paired genital papille

which follow the male pores upon segments xix.-xxi. They are

paired upon the first two segments, but the xxist has only the

left-hand one. They are much smaller than the male pores and lie

nearer to the middle line.

The male pores are very large indeed. They are shallow but

large depressions borne upon very conspicuous porophores. They

are sucker-like in appearance.

With regard to the internal structure, 1 have been able by

dissection to note the principal structural features which fix the

position of and distinguish the present species. I am not certain,

however, whether the gizzard-septum is present. The gizzard

itself is large and typically ‘ perichetous’; the failing or vanished

gizzardot some small Earthworms is sometimes put down to small-

ness of size and consequent simplification by degeneration ; instances

like the present appear to show that the reduction of the gizzard

is rather to be referred to difference of habitat and food. The

intestine has no ceca. I could not fix the position of the last

heart.

There are undoubtedly three pairs of large sperm-sacs, which lie

in segments x.—Xxil.

The spermiducal glands are large, loose in texture, and much

incised. The duct is rather long ; it runs forward and then back,

opening directly on to the exterior, aud not by the way of a

terminal sac. ‘The gland itself extends through segments xvi.—xx1.

The spermathece present the unusual character of being massed

in considerable numbers in a single segment. There are 6-10

pairs of them, not only in segments vi. & vii. as in A. stelleri, but

also in segment vill. behind the last thick septum and alongside of

the gizzard.

Hab, Aring.

The following will be the definition of

Amyntas minutus, n. sp.

Length 48 mm.; number of segments 103. Sete on anterior

segments larger. Clitellum xiv.—xvi., with sete. Papille paired

on Xix.-xxi., smaller and nearer to the middle line than the

prominent, widely separate male pores. Czca absent. Sperm-sacs

in x.-xli. Spermiducal glands xvi.-xxi., with longish duct and no

end-sac. Spermathece 6-10 pairs in each of segments vi.—viii.

Hab, Malay Peninsula.

1900.] HARTHWORMS OF THE “‘ SKHAT EXPEDITION.” 907

(18) Amyntas evansi, n.sp. (Fig. 6.)

Three examples of an Amyntas, unfortunately not fully mature,

cannot, I believe, be included in any known species of the genus,

though they come near to well-known forms with four pairs of

spermathece.

The largest specimen measures 120 mm. and consists of about

120 segments. The anterior sete are at least not markedly larger

than those upon the segments which follow.

The position of the clitellum cannot be fixed.

The only distinctive external feature of this species is the one

which leads me to separate it specifically. Between segments vu.

and viii. are a closely-set row of small cup-shaped papilla, 8 on each

side, a small space separating each 8. I took these at first for

numerous spermathecal pores such as are found in A. s¢ellert and

one or two allied forms. They are, however, only genital papille,

though of unusual position.

Fig. 6.

Anterior end of Amyntas evansi. x 4.

The spermathecal pores, four pairs, are quite obvious, and lie to

the outside of these papille; they are of course intersegmentally

placed, and lie between segments v./ix.

The male pores are placed upon very conspicuous porophores,

which are widely separated and directed outwards, i.e. away from

each other. There is no gizzard-septum. -The last hearts are in

xiii.

The intestine commences in segment xy. and has a pair of ceca,

which arise in segment xxvii. and extend forward so far as xxiv. or

xxiii.

The sperm-sacs are large in x., xi., xii. The spermiducal glands

908 MR. F. HB. BEDDARD ON THE (Dec. 4,

(defective on the right side of one specimen) occupy segments

xvii._xix. ;they are lobate and have but a short duct.

The spermathece (in vi—ix.) have a diverticulum which is very

short.

Hab. Biserat.

We may thus define the species :—

Amyntas evansi, 0. sp.

Length 120 mm.; number of segments 120. Anterior sete

not larger than those upon following segments. Clitellum ?

Genital papille 8 pairs on intersegmental groove vii./viii. Male

pores far apart. Gizzard-septum absent. Ceca present. Last

heart in xiii, Sperm-sacs in x., xi., xii. Spermiducal glands xvii.-

xix., with short duct and no terminal sac. Spermathece in vi.-ix.,

with short diverticulum.

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

(14) Amyntas biporus, n.sp. (Fig. 7, p. 910.)

Of this species I have been able to examine a large number of

individuals. They are all of moderate size. The length is fairly

illustrated by a specimen which measured 115 mm. and consisted

of 93 segments.

The sete are a trifle stouter upon the anterior segments of the

body ; they are particularly small upon the xth and, though the

difference is less marked, upon the xith sezment. The xth segment,

as is so often the case, is larger than the others.

The clitellum completely occupies its usual segments. I found

sete upon all of its three segments.

Genital papille are found both anteriorly and posteriorly ; in

nearly all of the specimens which I examined there are a pair of

papillze upon the viith segment, lying just behind the circle of sete;

these are not large and have an elliptical contour ; they are almost

eye-like in form. In one specimen there were, in addition to

these, an exactly similar pair of papille lying on the vilith segment,

but in front of the circle of sets and rather near to each other in

the median line. In another worm the right-hand one only of the

additional pair of papille was present. As the great majority of

the specimens had but the single pair of papillze on segment vii.,

that may be regarded perhaps as the normal arrangement for the

species.

The posterior pair of papillae are upon the xixth segment, and

they showed no variations at all; there was always one pair and

one only. The curious fact about these papilla is that they are

exactly like the male pores which precede them. It would be

quite impossible from am examination of the external characters of

the worm alone to say definitely which was male pore and which

papilla. Indeed the opinion arrived at would probably be that

this species possessed two pairs of male pores. The first specimen

that I examined was put down by me as an abnormality until the

examination of others showed that it was a constant character. It

1900.] EARTHWORMS OF THE ‘“‘SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 909

naturally suggested the specific name. The papillae in question

have a transverse direction and are oval in form, bearing a con-

spicuous slit; they interrupt the line of sete, and correspond

exactly in position to the male pores.

The male pores need no special description, as they are exactly

like the copulatory papille of the nineteenth segment. As to the

internal anatomy, the gizzard-septum appears to be wanting.

Coca are present. ‘The last heart is in segment xii.

The sperm-sacs are large and racemose, meeting in the middle

line above; there are three pairs of them lying in segments x., xi.,

Xi.

The spermiducal glands are large and rather ragged. They

occupy segments xvii.—xix. and a trifle of the adjoining segments

also. The duct is thin and curved upon itself in the usual horse-

shoe-shape. It opens on to the exterior through a not very large

terminal sac. In segment xix. is a similar sac, which corresponds

to the papilla on the exterior of the body already described. The

likeness between these two sacs, coupled with the external resem-

blances already referred to, suggests that we may have to do with

a species which has only recently lost the primitive double male

efferent apparatus.

I have made a series of sections through this region of the body

in order to attempt to further elucidate the remarkable appearances

seen externally and on a dissection. With regard to the male

pores, the duct of the spermiducal gland does not open directly into

the terminal sac, but is prolonged into a penis-like process which

hes within the sac and does not extend quite so far as to its external

orifice ; doubtless it can be protruded. The walls of the sac are

much wrinkled by deep folds, the interstices between which are

reduced toa minimum, as the epithelium on either side is very

nearly in contact. It is surrounded bya layer of loosely arranged

muscular fibres, which in my sections (transverse to the longitudinal

axis of the body) are seen to run over the sac from left to right and

to be mingled with numerous fibres running in a longitudinal

direction. The actual orifice of the sac, though large, does not

occupy the whole of the groove upon the xviiith segment. The

orifices upon the xixth segment, which are externally so like the

male pores upon the xvilith segment, lead, like them, into a sac.

This sac in structure is precisely like that of the bursa copulatrix

of the male efferent apparatus. It has a widish mouth ; it is lined

by tall columnar epithelial cells, and its walls are thrown into close

folds. The resemblance to the bursa copulatrix does not, however,

end here. A penis-like process depends from the dorsal wall of the

sac into the interior; I cannot distinguish this structure from the

penis of segment xviii., save for the fact that it has no lumen.

For the rest its shape, size, and relations are precisely those of the

penis. Instead of by a lumen its thickness is occupied by the

ducts of numerous unicellular glands which form a mass above the

sac and are surrounded by a special muscular layer. They are

precisely like those of other species of Amyntas.

910 ON THE EARTHWORMS OF THE “‘SKEAT BXPEDITION.” { Dec. 4,

It is plain, therefore, that the minute anatomy of this species bears

out the very close external resemblance between the male pores

upon segment xviii. and the “ genital papille” upon segment xix.

We may possibly regard the mass of gland-cells in the latter as re-

presenting the glandular investment of the spermiducal gland of the

Fig. 7.

Anterior end of Amyntas biporus. x 4.

P, papilla on segment xix,

former. In any case this is the nearest approach to be seen in a

true Amyntas of the originally present second pair of spermiducal

glands which occur in so preponderant a proportion of Acantho-

driloid forms,

P Z.S.1900. Pl. LVIII

EC Knight delet hth West, Newman chramo

NEW BUTTERFLIES FROM EAST, AFRICA.

1900.] | ON BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 911

The spermathece are four pairs in segments yi.-1x. The main

pouch is circular, sometimes even kidney-shaped in outline; in the

latter case the duct arises from the hilum. The duct is quite as

long as the pouch'. The diverticulum is altogether longer than

the spermathece ; it is made up of an oval pouch and a long duct.

In the neighbourhood of the second or third spermatheca is a soft

cushion-like gland, bilobed, which appears to be related to the

papillz upon the spermathecal segments.

The following definition of the species includes the principal

characters of

Amyntas biporus, n. sp.

Length 115 mm.; number of segments 93. Anterior sete a

little stouter than upon succeeding segments. Clitellum xiv.—xvi.,

with sete upon all segments. Genital papillee upon vii., vill., and

upon xix. a pair of slit-like orifices leading into a sac resembling a

bursa copulatrix and with penis-like process. Male pores far apart.

Gizzard-septum absent. Czca present. Last hearts in xiii.

Sperm-sacs in X., xi., xii. Spermiducal glands in xvii.—xix., with

horseshoe-shaped duct and small terminal sac. Spermathece in

vi.-ix., with long diverticulum.

Hah. Malay Peninsula.

6. On two Consignments of Butterflies collected by Mr.

Richard Crawshay in the Kikuyu Country of British

East Africa in 1899 and 1900. By Arruur G, Butter,

Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper,

Zoological Department, British Museum.

[Received September 8, 1900.]

(Plate LVIII.)

Early in the present year I received a letter from Mr. Crawshay

(Nairobi, March 17), in which he says :—“ I am taking the oppor-

tunity, now that I am in actual close touch with a reliable post-

office, to send you another consignment of Lepidoptera, about

three hundred insects in all, some of which ought to prove

especially interesting, as latterly I have been collecting high up in

Kikuyu in primeval forest, at altitudes varying from 7500 to

7800 feet.”

These insects (two boxes) came safely to hand, and about a

month later a second (smaller) consignment, together with a letter

dated April 1st, as follows :—

“| have to write you an introduction to the collection of

Lepidoptera despatched to you some three weeks ago.

‘‘ As far as I can recollect, there are no insects— Butterflies, that

‘ This is not always apparent. Sometimes the diverticulum is shorter ; hence

the need for care in basing specific distinctions.

912 DR, A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Dee. 4,

is—of any striking interest from the lower altitudes [unless maybe

one or two taken at the last here, which I will deal with later

when sending you another consignment']; so 1 need only give a

description of the high country at and in the neighbourhood of

Roromo where, during the last six months, I have been working

amongst the wild Wakikuyu, and where most of my insect

collecting has been done.

“From Nairobi—which lies at about 5400 feet—the Uganda

Railway ascends from the vast open plains of Masailand into the

Kikuyu hills, at first through cultivated land for some twenty-five

miles, then through primeval forest of gigantic growth, commencing

at about 7000 feet, and reaching 7820 feet on Lali flat—on either

side of which, again, there are hills some 400 or 500 feet high.

“Tt was in this primeyal forest that I had my camp, at approxi-

mately 7700 feet.

“ There could hardly be a more unique country in its way ; for,

though practically on the Equator, the climate is never hot, or

rarely warm [except in broad noonday, when the sun is out in all

its force], but is generally moist or even downright raw—as,

whether or not the rainy seasons are on (there are two in the

year) there are desultory rains and blanket-like mists ; there is,

therefore, really no dry season in the proper sense of the term.

The highest temperature I remember having recorded in the

daytime, in the shade, is 713°; the lowest, at night, 54°.

“Tt is scarcely surprising to find the Flora of such a country and

climate to some considerable extent that of Northern Europe :—

On the open grass-flats at Mayimoru, [kwiakwi, Roromo, and

Lali grow juicy clovers of the white and pink flowered species,

foxtail grass, monstrous thistles breast high, docks, dandelions,

plantains (so troublesome on the lawns at home), buttercups,

sorrel, and other familiar plants and flowers.

“In the forest and on its outskirts grow blackberry-bushes

with dark mulberry-coloured fruit, nettles of preposterous size and

proportionally painful even through khaki, jasmine in and out of

flower every few weeks, and last but not least interesting, from

old associations, that long tendril-like burr which it so delighted

one in one’s childhood to pluck and attach to unsuspecting elders.

“‘ The Fauna consists of Elephants [now Royal Game}, Leopards,

Sewals, Genets, Tree-Isyra [the most striking, perhaps, of all the

denizens of the forest], Galagos, monster Baboons with long

shaggy coats, Colobus, a species of Cercopithecus with a white

throat [probably C. albigularis)], and birds innumerable, though

for the most part small and retiring, the more conspicuous among

them being Hornbills, Plantain-eaters, Green Parrots, and the

red-legged, red-billed, dusky Francolin common to Kikuyu forest

and generally the earliest harbinger of dawn.

“ Reptiles are represented by—as far as I now know—one

small harmless Snake [two specimens of which I have secured, to

que the third box, which reached me just after I got this letter.—-

A. G. B,

1900.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA, 913

send to Dr. Ginther: one taken by Dr. Waters of the Uganda

Railway and given to me; one taken by Mapeyani, my servant, in

our zariba]; Chamzleons—one with three horns on the frontal

bone; and many small Batrachians—of which I have secured

a few for examination.

‘* White ants there are none at the highest altitudes, neither

are there Scorpions, Spiders of the venomous type, or Centipedes

{Scolopendre ]}—unless maybe one small yellow Centipede of which

I secured three in all when breaking up a crumbling giant tree-

trunk in clearing the ground for our zariba, and which appears to

be yenomous on a small scale.”

As might be expected from this description of the country, the

collection of Butterflies, of which the following is an account, is of

exceptional interest. In addition to six new species of the genera

Argiolaus, Epamera, Cyclyrius, Phrissura, Eagris, and Celenorrhinus,

examples of the following species new to the Museum collection

were obtained :—Charaxes ansorgei 2, Uranothauma antinorii,

Mylothris rubricosta (previously represented by only one small

example in the Hewitson collection), Mylothris newmanni, Teracolus

elgonensis, Papilio rew; also the following, of which additional

specimens were urgently required :—Panopea expansa both sexes

(showing that P. tarquinia is synonymous therewith), Lachnoptera

ayresti, Argynnis hanningtoni, Neptis trigonophora (proving N.

lermanni to be synonymous), Chrysophanus abbott, Teriomima

aslauga, Pilodeudorix cerulea, Myrina dermaptera, Uranothauma

cordatus, U. falkenstemi, Castalius margaritaceus, the dry phase of

Teracolus chromiferus, the Eastern form of Belenois zochalia, the

dry phase of Pinacopteryx gerda, both sexes of Papilio nobilis (the

tailless female being new to science), two very dissimilar females

of P. phoreas (both of the P. thersander type) and a pale-coloured

male, Sarangesa motozioides, both sexes, Caprona canopus, Cyclopides

midas and C. quadrisignatus, Parnara micans, and Perichares teli-

signata. Lastly, the collection contained a very remarkable

intermediate example between Precis sesamus and P. natalensis,

which Mr. Marshall has proved by breeding to be only forms of

one species, and which (as the fact of the identity of these wonder-

fully different-looking Butterflies is still doubted by some ento-

mologists) ought certainly to be figured.

NYMPHALID £,

1. AMAURIS ALBIMACULATA.

Amauris albimaculata, Butler, Ann, N. H. (4) xvi. p. 394 (1875).

dg, Roromo, 7700 feet, Kikuyu, Oct. 5, 1899; 9, Jan. 26,

1900; 3 dg, Ruarka R., 5500 feet, Kikuyu, April 22, 1900.

Of the first pair Mr. Crawshay writes—‘ Fairly common ;

usually to be seen on the outskirts of the forest.” And “ Fairly

common these days, though comparatively rarely is a perfect

specimen obtainable. It has somewhat astonished me to find an

insect of this genus a foul feeder; some ten “days ago I counted

914 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [ Dee. 4,

no less than eleven of this species, in company with some two

or three Charaves, feeding voraciously on the excreta of a

Leopard.”

Of the remaining males, which arrived in the later consignment,

Mr. Crawshay says :—‘ Apparently the first appearance of this

species since my arrival here in February: each example of the

few seen has newly emerged.”

The Eastern specimens of this species frequently have the white

spots on the primaries reduced in size.

2, LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS, var. KLUGII.

Limnas klugti, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 758.

9, Nairobi plains, 5400 feet, April 25, 1900.

* Commonly distributed all over the country; never, however,

anywhere in great numbers, but here one and there one. No

butterfly is easier to take, as its flight is heavy, weak, and of but

short duration. Oblong pale yellow ova.”

3. GNOPHODES DIVERSA.

Gnophodes diversa, Butler, Ann. N. H. (5) v. p. 333 (1880),

3 , Nairobi forest, 5460 feet, April 14; 9, March 25, 1900.

* An insect of owlish haunts and habits, frequenting dark

forests and apparently never emerging into the sunlight. It is

new to me and the only one of its kind I have seen, though I have

taken an insect of similar form, haunts, and habits in the Nyasa

forests. Grass-green ova partially developed.”

4, MuLanivis LEDA.

Papilio leda, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, i. p. 474 (1788).

Nairobi plains, 5400 feet, Kikuyu, April 22, 1900; Ruarka R.,

5500 feet, April 27, 1900.

Respecting the first specimen Mr. Crawshay observes :—

“Somewhat to my astonishment, I took this insect—usually an

inhabitant of dark forest—out in the open, ina small patch of

scrub, in broad noonday.” Of the other he says:—‘ As I have

previously remarked, this butterfly frequents the depths of the

forest, or thickets, where daylight scarcely penetrates to any great

extent. Unless disturbed it appears never to take wing in the

daytime ; and if disturbed, flops down again into the depths of

the undergrowth a few yards away. Its habits are, I should think,

strictly crepuscular, if not nocturnal.”

5. MOoNO?TRICHTIS SAFITZA,

Mycalesis safitza, Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. ii. p. 294 note,

pl. lxvi. fig. 3 (1851).

3, Nairobi forest, March 20, 1900.

“This Ringlet is common in the depths of the forest, where it

is to be seen hopping about or settling on the barer places, one

here and one there.” (2. C.)

1900.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 915

6. CHARAXES ANSORGEI.

$. Charaxes ansorgei, Rothschild, Noy. Zool. iv. p. 181 (1897),

v. pl. v. fig. 2 (1898).

Q. Considerably larger than the male: the basal area of the

primaries much darker, maroon-reddish; the macular upright

belt across the disk white, more or less washed with ochre towards

costa; three spots beyond the cell, the two uppermost maroon or

deep sienna reddish, the lower spot, which almost touches the white

belt, deep ochraceous ; the third spot of the transverse belt wanting,

and the three subapical spots thrown farther out and continued,

by the addition of three others, to near the first median branch :

the secondaries differ but little from those of the male, excepting

that the white belt is more regular and tapers away through the

lilac and bluish area almost to the abdominal margin ; the tails are

longer than in the male, the outer one being the longer (instead of

the shorter) of the two; on the under surface there is no difference

worthy of note. Expanse of wings 106-7 millimetres.

2 2, Roromo, Kikuyu forest, Dec. 16, 1899, and Jan. 22,

1900.

Of the first specimen Mr. Crawshay says :—‘‘ Taken on the

wing, when passing me, with a very lucky stroke of the net. As

the specimen has the appearance of having lately emerged from

its chrysalis, and was most carefully handled by me, I think the

piece snipped from the right lower wing is probably the act of a

bird.” Of the second example he writes :—‘‘ Hovering over a bush

in the most confiding manner and thus easily taken, doubtless im

the act of depositing her ova, which on coming to disembowel her

proved to be fully developed. Large rich yellow spherical ova,

some twenty in number.”

This handsome Charawes is entirely new to the Museum: I

believe the male has hitherto been unique in the Rothschild

collection, and the female is quite new.

7. CHARAXES ROSE.

Charaxes rose, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 255.

3. Ruarka River, 5500 feet, April 29, 1900.

Mr. Crawshay has inadvertently labelled this as a female; he

says of it :—“ I think an insect well known to me in days gone by

in B.C. A.; taken feasting on the mud.” As we have males from

Zomba, it is possible that Mr. Crawshay may have seen it; but the

only male which he sent home was of the allied C. manica, which

differs above in haying subapical spots on the primaries, and below

in its much more glossy paler surface and less defined markings.

Although Prof. Aurivillius is of opinion that the group of

Charaxes with black males cannot be separated into well-defined

species by either sex, I have never found much difficulty in pairing

the sexes since we have possessed a good series of specimens from

various parts of Africa. I feel confident that when these species

come to be bred, the males will be found to be more constant to

Proc, Zoo, Soo,—1900, No, LX, 60

916 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Dec. 4,

their slight differences than the females to their greater ones ;

this is certainly the case with C. guderiana and C. hollandi, of

which we possess long series. Breeding only can decide this.

8. CHARAXES CANDIOPE.

Nymphalis candiope, Godart, Enc. Meth. ix. p. 353 (1828).

Ruarka River, 5500 teet, Kikuyu, April 15 & 22, 1900.

“ By great good luck, I came upon some six or seven of these,

usually very difficult to take, insects feasting vigorously on the

moist ground bordering on the stream, and was able to secure

five—four of them are absolutely perfect.” (2. C.)

Unfortunately by the time these specimens reached me one of

them had lost the tips of both antenne; one of the remaining

three also when set proved not to be absolutely perfect, two chips .

having been snapped out of the right hind wing, apparently by a

bird; nevertheless, considering how rarely it is possible to get

perfect specimens of this butterfly, those obtained by Mr. Crawshay

are wonderfully good.

9. CHARAXES ZOOLINA.

Nymphalis zoolina, Westwood in Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 53. fig.

1, 2 (1850).

3 2, Ruarka River, April 22, 1900.

The male was obtained when at rest on the mud sucking up the

moisture, the female by a lucky stroke of the net as it dashed past

Mr. Crawshay in the forest ; the latter contained “ sea-green

spherical ova.”

10. Precis sesaMus. (Plate LVIILI. fig. 1.)

Precis sesamus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1883, p. 347.

Wet phase.— 3 2. Nairobi plains, April 14, 1900,

Intermediate phase.— 2. Nairobi plains, April 20, 1900.

Dry phase.— $ 3. Nairobi plains, April 22 & 29, 1900.

Of the intermediate phase, Mr. Crawshay rightly says :—‘ The

blue mingling with the scarlet of this insect is, I think, unusual.”

Mr. Trimen has, indeed, figured an intergrade between the wet and

dry phases, but itis by no means so palpably an intermediate form

as that now secured by Mr. Crawshay, which is certainly the most

convincing bit of evidence of the specific identity of the two

extreme phases that I have ever seen, and as such is well worthy

of illustration. The Oxford Museum possesses a similar example.

It will of course be noted that all three forms of this species

were secured in the same month and therefore could hardly be

spoken of correctly as seasonal forms; they represent the forms

prevalent at certain seasons, but are not as yet exclusively confined

to those seasons; for this reason I prefer to use the term “seasonal

phase.”

1900.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA, 917

11. PRECIS CLOANTHA.

Papilio cloantha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. p. 93, pl. cecxxxviii.

AS B CE7S8t):

3, Nairobi plains, 5400 feet, April 12, 1900.

12. PRECIS PYRIFORMIS.

Junona pyriformis, Butler, P. ZS. 1895, p. 726, pl. xlvi.

figs. 5, 6.

3, Roromo, Kikuyu forest, Jan. 12, 1900.

“A very ragged specimen; none the less welcome, as the only

one of this species I have come across in these parts.” (#. C.)

Mr. Crawshay might have added “ or anywhere else,” for there

is not the least doubt in my mind that it is quite distinct from

P. milonia of the West Coast and P. tugela of the South and East.

The specimen now sent, although sufficient for identification, is

unfortunately too much shattered for the cabinet.

13. PRECIS BLGIVA.

Junonia elgiva, Hewitson, Exot. Butt., Jun. pl. 1. fig. 1 (1864).

3,2 9, Nairobi forest, March 2, 20, & 25, 1900.

“ Distinctly arboreal in its haunts and living in the shade of the

forest ; plentiful and very easily taken, as its flight is generally

only a few yards at a time and low, within two or three feet of the

ground.” (f. C.)

14, PRECIS CEBRENE.

Precis cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 353.

2, Roromo, Kikuyu forest, Feb. 6, 1900.

“Common enough elsewhere, but not so here, as I have seen

only some eight or ten since I have been in these parts. Taken by

my servant Mapeyani. Emerald-green ova, spherical and very

small.” (R. C.)

15. PRECIS CLELIA.

Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 33, pl. xxi, HE, F (1775).

3, Nairobi, March 5, 1900.

«« A common insect enough, but a most perfect specimen.” (Zt. C.)

16. HyPANARTIA SCHMNEIA.

Hypanartia scheneia, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879,

p. 329.

3,2, Roromo, Kikuyu forest, 7700 feet, Jan. 7 and March 24

1900.

“ Grass-green spherical ova semi-developed.” (Zt. C.)

Mr. Crawshay asks: “How many species of these African

Admirals are there ?—three in this neighbourhood, I think.” I

believe he is correct, although it has been said that H. hippomene

is only a seasonal phase of the present species. The third species

is a true Admiral (a Pyrameis near to P. atalanta). In W. Africa

60*

918 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [ Dee. 4,

there are one or two other Hypanartias allied to the present species

and two more occur in Madagascar and Mauritius.

17. HYPANARTIA HIPPOMENE.

Hypanartia hippomene, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii.

pl. 25. figs. 3, 4 (1806).

Roromo, Noy. 24, 1899; Ruarka River, 5500 feet, April 27,

1900.

Of the five examples taken at Roromo, Mr. Crawshay writes :—

“Very common in the openings in the forests or on the outskirts,

and seldom seen singly, but in little colonies of three or four to

half a dozen.

‘“ During the hot hours of the day, these insects are extremely

lively—chasing and tilting with one another in mid-air, and dashing

off fora short swift flight of fifteen or twenty yards or so, to

return and perch on some favourite tree-trunk or leaf, or more

rarely on the ground, only, after a brief rest, to be off again to

continue their play.” Of the last specimen he says: “ Just this

single example seen. Rather surprising to find this species at—

for these parts—so low an altitude.”

18. PRoTOGONIOMORPHA ANACARDII.

Papilio anacardii, Linneeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 236 (1764).

Ruarka River, 5500 feet, Kikuyu, April 25, 1900.

‘The only specimen I have come across in Kikuyu. By great

good luck taken at rest on the mud, sucking away voraciously at the

moisture.” (RR. C.)

19. PYRAMEIS ABYSSINICA.

Pyrameis abyssinica, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. p. 397 (1867),

3,2, Roromo, Kikuyu, Nov. 23 & 26, 1899.

‘‘ Here and there this insect is met with singly and in pairs, its

favourite haunt being the bare ground, which forms its favourite

perch. Dull-looking and hard to follow on the wing, and of short

low flight, skipping from place to place and never going far at a

time. Grass-green spherical ova.” (2. C.)

20. PYRAMEIS CARDUI.

Papilio cardui, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, i. p. 774 (1767).

3,2, Roromo, Kikuyu forest, Dec. 16, 1899; ¢ (starved),

Nairobi plains, 5400 feet, March 31, 1900.

“The commonest and most ubiquitous butterfly in these parts ;

seen anywhere and everywhere and in all stages of its imago

existence, from newly emerged to the most ragged and featherless

specimen.” (2. C.)

Of the starved male Mr. Crawshay says—‘‘ The smallest

‘Painted Lady’ I think I have ever seen.” It certainly is

small—the smallest African example I have seen,—but we have

specimens from India and one from Colorado of the same size.

1900.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. ; 919

21. PANOPHA BXPANSA.

Panopea expansa, Butler, Ann. N. H. (5) ii. p. 177 (1878).

2, Ruarka River, April 22; ¢ ¢, April 25 & 29, 1900.

“A graceful insect, both when on the wing and when at rest

fanning its wings. This (2) and the succeeding number were

taken on the wing with a single stroke of the net when chasing

one another round and round over my head. It is an active

insect of rapid gliding flight. I have some recollection of having

taken this butterfly, or one very nearly resembling it, in the

al in 1891-1892. Dark yellow spherical ova.’

)

The specimens now sent prove the correctness of Prof. Auri-

villius’s decision as to P. tarquinia being the male of P. capansa.

It has been suggested that P. heliogenes from Nyasa is the

female of P. targuinia; but the pattern of the primaries seems to

me to differ too much for this to be correct, and I note that

Prof. Aurivillius regards the two as distinct.

22. HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS.

Papilio msippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).

2, Nairobi plains, March 29; ¢, April 14, 1900.

2. “Common, though not in such numbers as is generally the

case in localities where it is found.” 6. “The males of this

species are distinctly in the minority here. For ten females 1

doubt if I see one male.” (&. C.)

23. HAMANUMIDA DEDALUS.

Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482 (1775).

3, Ruarka River, 5500 feet, April 27, 1900.

“ Three weeks or so ago I did not remark a single fresh specimen

of this butterfly.” (2. C.)

24, CRENIS BOISDUVALI.

Crenis boisduvah, Wallengren, Kongl. Sven. Vet.-Akad. Handl.,

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 30 (1857).

Nairobi plains, 5400 feet, March 29, 1900.

« This is an insect which I think I took on my journey to the

S.W. slopes of Mt. Kenya in 1898-1899. It somewhat surprises

me therefore to find it here. By luck 1 came on this specimen

in the early morning when not very lively. Its favourite perch

seems to be a tree-trunk, where it sits generally head downwards.

It is an active insect, of short, rapid, skipper-like flight.” (2. C.)

25. LACHNOPTHRA AYRESII,

Lachnoptera ayresii, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879,

p-. 326.

346,22, Ruarka River, 5500 feet, April 27, 1900.

* It was P. heliogenes.—A. G. B.

920 DR. A, G, BULLER ON BUTTERFLIES [ Dec. 4,

Of the four males Mr. Crawshay writes :—‘ 1 am somewhat

puzzled to know whether this and the three following specimens

are or are not identical as species with the two foregoing insects.

I am inclined to think no?, as not ouly are their markings different,

but the former are larger than the latter.” Of the two females

(which ave the larger and differently marked specimens referred

to in the preceding note) one example is much shattered, and

Mr. Crawshay thinks it “has probably weathered several

seasons.”

26. ATELLA PHALANTHA,

Papilio phalantha, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. i. pl. xxi. figs. 1, 2

(177v).

Roromo, Kikuyu forest, Jan. 12, 1900.

‘‘ Elsewhere a common enough species. Here not common nor

easily taken, since it is always travelling in desperate haste, with

its swift, straight flight, turning neither to the right nor the left.”

(R. C.)

27. ARGYNNIS HANNINGTONI.

Argynnis hanningtoni, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1889,

p. 508.

Itugi, 7400 feet, Kikuyu, Oct. 2; Loromo, 7700 feet, Oct. 5 ;

Roromo, Noy. 11, 23, 30, 1899.

The series of this interesting species now sent home by Mr.

Crawshay fully bears out the constancy of the characters upon

which I distinguished my <A. eacelsior. Considering that our

series of the latter consists of eleven specimens from Ruwenzori,

all showing the same characteristic differences of form and

colouring, I cannot comprehend the meaning of the term “ variety ”

as applied to it by Aurivillius; if he had said local, or representa-

tive form, it would have been comprehensible, but to my mind a

variety is a sport coexisting with the typical form.

28. NEPTIS AGATHA.

Papilio agatha, Stoll in Cramer’s Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ceexxvii. A, B

(1782).

3 2, Ruarka River, 5500 feet, April 27, 1900.

29, NEPTIS TRIGONOPHORA.

Neptis trigonophora, Butler, Ann. N. H. (5) ii. p. 177 (1878).

Var. Neptis lermanni, Aurivillius, Ofvers. Vet.-Akad. Férhandl.

li. p. 431 (1896); Rhop. A:thiop. pl. 1. fig. 8 (1898).

3, Ruarka River, 5500 feet, April 27, 1900.

My type has a smaller white patch in the discoidal cell of

primaries than that figured by Prof. Aurivillius; but this is clearly

a variable character, as the specimen obtained by Mr. Crawshay

shows no discoidal patch on the upper surface.

1900. ] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 921

30. NEPTIS MARPHSSA.

Neptis marpessa, Hopffer, Mon. k. Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1855, p. 640;

Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 383, pl. xxiv. figs. 9, 10 (1862).

3 do, Nairobi forest, March 20; Ruarka River, 5500 feet,

April 15 & 27, 1900.

The first specimen obtained was much faded, and Mr. Crawshay

thought he detected embryo ova in the abdomen; it, however,

possesses the front legs and prehensores of a male, together with

the curved inner margin of primaries and pale sericeous costa of

secondaries characteristic of this sex.

31. NEPTIDOPSIS OPHIONE.

Papilio ophione, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 27, pl. cxiv. EH, F

Citi):

Ruarka River, April 25, 1900.

‘“‘ By no means common; perhaps I have seen altogether three

to-day.” (R. C.)

32. EURYTELA HIARBAS.

Papilio hiarbas, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. iii. p. 17, pl. 14. figs. 1, 2

(1782).

2, Nairobi forest, Kikuyu Escarpment, March 9, ¢ 18 & 20;

3 9, Ruarka River, April 25 & 27, 1900.

“This is an insect I recollect seeing when accompanying the

expedition to recover poor Capt. Harland’s remains in May 1898.

On the wing the combination of black and white lead one to

think the specimen is blue, not white.

“ An insect calculated to wear out the patience of anyone: it

will dart round and over a clump of bush for twenty minutes or

half an hour without resting, and then go off, as a rule, without

having given one a chance to effect its capture after waiting and

watching its gyrations in fear and trembling all that time.”

R. C.)

; Of the third example taken Mr. Crawshay writes :—‘ At last

a pertect specimen of this lovely but difficult buttertly to take.

By great good luck netted on the wing when skimming along

past me so fast that I could hardly follow it with my eyes.”

In six of the eight specimens captured by Mr. Crawshay the

band on the primaries is narrower than in any of our Southern

examples; but one damaged example (the first taken) has the

white band of both wings nearly as wide as in Western examples;

E. angustata, therefore, can only be regarded as a variety, not

a strictly local form.

33. EURYDELA DRYOPE.

Papilio dryope, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 125, pl. Ixxviii. E, F

(1775).

3 6, Nairobi forest, March 20, 1900.

“ Fairly common, but always gyrating and skimming closely

922 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIUS [Dec. 4,

over and round the bushes and so difficult to take: finally I have

got the better of them by going after them in the afternoon, when

they are tired with their day’s play and so inclined to rest.” (R. C.)

One perfect example was chased for ten minutes before it

could be captured.

34, BYBLIA ILITHYIA.

Papilio ilithyia, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. xvii. figs. 1, 2

(1773).

2, Roromo, Kikuyu forest, Jan. 12; ¢, Ruarka River,

April 25, 1900.

Of the female Mr. Crawshay writes :—“ An insect unknown

to me, I think”; and of the male:—“ A new arrival on the scene;

until the last day or two I have not come across one.”

35. BYBLIA GOETZIUS.

2. Papilio goetzius, Herbst, Natursyst. Schmett. ix. p. 193,

pl. 258. figs. 3, 4 (1798).

3, Ruarka River, April 25, 1900.

1 quite agree with Prof. Aurivillius that B. vulgaris is only a

variety of this species and B. acheloia the dry form ; but I regard

B. castanea, boydi, and anvatara as representative species: I am

quite sure that the last two are so, whatever B. castanea may prove

to be.

36. ACRHA ALICIA.

Acrea alicia, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. N. H. (6) v. p. 442 (1890).

2, Nairobi forest, March 18; ¢ ¢, Ruarka River, 5500 feet,

April 15, 1900.

Of the female Mr. Crawshay says :— The only one of its kind

I have seen here. This insect does not succumb to 90 per cent.

cyanide in an hour—cyanide which suffocates every other Lepi-

dopteron in 25 to 30 seconds.” Of the male he writes :—‘‘ Simply

in swarms on the mud on the rocks in the bed of the stream ;

dies very hard in the cyanide-bottle.”

We have so few examples of this pretty species that I much

regret the fact that only the female noted above, two good males,

and one which lost its antenne on the journey, were sent home.

37. ACREHA ENCEDON,

Papilio encedon, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, i. p. 488 (1758).

2, var. lycia, Fabr., Nairobi plains, 5400 eet, May 4, 1900.

“ Unfortunately, with my fingers shaky after a night’s fever, I

have destroyed one of the antennze when pinching this specimen—

all the more regrettable as I do not know this Acrea unless it be

a variety of some known species.” (2. C.)

Var. daira, Godm., ¢ 6,2, Nairobi plains, March 28, May 4,

1900.

“ Plentiful on the grass-land round my tent these days, newly

1900.] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRIOA. 923

emerged after the incessant rains. This is a graceful insect in its

flight—alternately flapping its wings and skimming along in its

flight, very differently to other Acraine.” (R. C.)

38. ACR#A CECILIA, var. STENOBEA.

Acrea stenobea, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Monatschr. 1860,

p. 3d.

Q, Nairobi plains, April 14, 1900.

“ Dark yellow oblong ova.” (2. C.)

This appears to be a second female form of A. stenobea, of which

A, ligus seems to be the more typical female; excepting in the

narrow border to the primaries, this new form much resembles

the commoner female of A. caldarena, but the arrangement of the

spots is as in A, stenobea.

39. ACRHA ACRITA, var. PUDORINA.

3, Nairobi plains, 5400 feet, March 29, 1900.

“*Common round my tent on the plains.” (2. C.)

Females of this species (no. 440) are much needed for the

Museum collection; of A. pudorina we possess only one of the

dark variety of female, and of typical A. acrita the same ; we have

several females of A. pudorina resembling the male in colouring,

but they are not in good condition.

40. ACR#A NEOBULE.

Acrea neobule, Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep, pl. xix. fig. 3

(1848).

3, Nairobi plains, April 14, 1900.

«Common, and fond of perching on a violet-coloured ‘ Devil’s-

bit’ like flower which grows on the plains.” (2. C.)

41, ACRHA QUIRINA.

Papilio quirina, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 36 (1781).

3, 2, Ruarka River, 5500 feet, April 27, 1900.

* All these Acrwine were taken in the gloom of the forest,

flitting about feebly and settling on the bushes. Spherical yellow

ova.” (Ht. C.)

42, ACRZA INSIGNIS, var. BALBINA,

Acrea balbina, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. xii. p. 6, pl. 3. fig. 8

(1888).

Roromo, Kikuyu forest, Feb. 18 & 27, 1900,

“*] have achieved the capture of this remarkable insect after

having seen some three or four during the past ten days without

being able to get on level terms with one of them. ‘This Acrwa

frequents primeval forest: rather unusual for members of the

genus, I should think.”

‘“‘ Half an hour has this insect retained its senses in the fumes

924 DE. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Dec. 4,

of strong cyanide, which renders almost every other butterfly and

moth senseless in less than thirty seconds. Acrwine have this

peculiar to them, I have always observed.” (R. C.)

LIBYTH EID #.

43, LIpyTHEA LABDACA.

Iibythea labdaca, Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 413 note,

pl. Ixviii. fig. 6 (1851).

Ruarka River, 5500 feet, Kikuyu, April 25; Nairobi plains on

outskirts of forest, April 25, 1900.

‘ An insect quite new to me, taken sitting on a rock on the banks

of the stream.” (2. C.)

Best known as a West-African species and hitherto unrecorded,

1 believe, from Eastern Africa.

LYCENIDZ.

44, AL@IDES TAIKOSAMA,

Cigaritis taikosama, Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska Vet.~Akad.

Handl., Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 43 (1857).

3, 2, Nairobi plains, April 1 & 14, 1900.

Of the female, which was first taken, Mr. Crawshay writes :—

“TI do not recognize this ‘Copper’ as an insect known to me.

It was taken when I was out shooting, and I fear became very

much knocked about during a long day’s tramp.” Of the male he

says :—‘‘ Found on the path on its side almost dead after a shower

of rain.”

Although well known as a South African insect, these are the

first examples of it I have seen from British East Africa.

45. CHRYSOPHANUS ABBOYPTII.

Chrysophanus abbottii, Holland, Entomologist, xxv, suppl. p. 90

(1892); Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xviii. p. 240, pl. 7. fig. 4 (1895).

3, 2, Roromo, Kikuyu, Nov. 23 and Dec. 16, 1899.

On the under surface this bright little species scarcely differs at

all from highly coloured examples of C. phiwas.

46. TBRIOMIMA ASLAUGA.

DUrbania aslauga, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1873,

p. 117; S. Afr. Butt. p. 220, pl. ix. figs. 9, 9a (1887).

3 3d, Kiu, 5200 feet, April 11, 1899; Nairobi forest, 5400 feet,

March 18 and April 5, 1900.

Of those taken at Kiu, Mr. Crawshay says :—‘ Newly emerged

these last two days.” Of the later captures, which are more

heavily marked and therefore more typical, he says :-—“ Hardly did

I expect to find this species at such an altitude. Hitherto I have

not seen it this side of Kiu, where on the flowering Mimosa it

abounds,”

1900.] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 925

We previously possessed one shattered example, which! identified

(from Maranga) as 7’. pallida, Trimen ; but when my friend Trimen

saw it this year, he told me that he believed it to be 7. aslauga ;

and, as he ought to know more about his own species than I, this

identification is admitted in the present paper: undoubtedly the

examples from the Nairobi forest are much like the figures of

T. aslauga. The chief difference I note in the figures of the two

species is in the width of the outer border of the primaries, which

in 7. pallida is reduced below the apical triangular patch to a mere

line. Judging by the much greater variability of 7. hildegarda, 1

somewhat doubt the validity of 7. pallida as a distinct species.

47, PILODEUDORIX CHRULBA.

Deudorix cerulea, H. H. Druce, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) v. p. 28

(1890).

3, Nairobi forest, March 20, 1900.

‘A lovely ‘ Blue,’ which I do not recollect having taken or seen

before.” (R. C.)

This is a wonderful extension of the range of an apparently

rare Lycend. Mr. Trimen recorded it from the south-east

(Minene valley) in 1894; but previously it had, I believe, only

been known from Western Africa.

48. MyRrina FICEDULA.

Myrina ficedula, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879,

p. d24.

2 (shattered), Ruarka, 5500 feet, April 25; 6 6, plains

bordering Mundu muha River, 5600 feet, April 29; 2, Nairobi

plains, 5400 feet, May 3, 1900.

2. “ Pale emerald-green spherical ova, probably a second, if not

a third laying.”

3g. “This stoutly built ‘ Blue’ shows a marked preference for

the dwarf wild fig-trees which occur here and there on the plains

bordering on the forest. For pugnacity I have never come across

the equal of this butterfly: selecting the outermost leaf of an

outstanding top branch as his perch, he dashes down and attacks

any other butterfly coming near him, returning always to his one

particular perch.”

@.‘*In the abdomen I found one solitary ovum. ‘This is, 1

think, the identical insect which has frequented the vicinity of my

tent for the last three weeks without my being able to capture her.”

(R. C.)

49. MYRINA DERMAPTDRA.

2. Lowura dermaptera, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 34.

3, Plains bordering Mundu muha River, 5600 feet, April 29,

1900.

926 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Dec. 4,

“This butterfly was taken on the same fig-tree as the preceding

species and its habits are almost identical. I saw also a second

example which I could not secure.” (2. C.)

We previously possessed only one female of this species: it is

new from Eastern Africa.

50. ARGIOLAUS CRAWSHAYI, sp. n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 3.)

@. Nearest to A. trimeni; of a more glistening and bluer tint

than in the female of that species, and with no trace of white in

the primaries, but the median vein and its branches more thickly

blackish-scaled ; secondaries with the costa and first two inter-

nervular spaces decreasingly whitish, the veins dividing them

blackish, the outer border about as broadly blackish as in A. lalos,

with two subconfluent orange spots close to its inner edge towards

anal angle; fringe grey tipped with white ; tails black with basal

fringe and tip white; anal lobe white with two black spots ; above,

and almost touching the latter, a blood-red spot irrorated with pale

blue ; abdominal area smoky greyish brown; body similar to that

of A, silas. Underside chalky white, slightly sericeous ; the primaries

with dusky tipped fringe; two ill-defined submarginal blood-red

dashes indicating a submarginal line on median interspaces :

secondaries with an externo-discal blood-red stripe, angled on

subcostal and second median veins, terminating on first median

branch, where it is confluent with a tiny patch of blood-red and

opaline blue scales (probably indicating the second red spot of

A, silas) ; anal spot black, crowned by two blood-red crescents and

an opaline blue intervening crescent ; above this anal spot are a

few scattered irregular black lines and dots ; an indistinct smoky-

grey line varied with black, from the median vein backwards, near

and parallel to outer margin; tails as above: body below white.

Expanse of wings 41 millimetres.

@, Kikuyu, 6800 feet, Oct. 11, 1899.

I have been through the descriptions and figures of the known

species, but can find nothing agreeing with the above.

51. EPAMERA SIDUS.

Tolaus sidus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London (3) ii. p. 176

(1864); Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep. pl. 20, fig. 25 (1865).

2 (fragment), Roromo, 7700 feet, March 22, 1900.

“Tt is not an uncommon occurrence for me to be robbed of

intended victims to the cause of entomology by the many Fly-

catchers of as many species which inhabit the trees in our zariba.

In this instance, however, I robbed the Flycatcher of his prey : he

was pursuing the ‘ Blue’ heading downwards from a tree above,

snapping pieces out of her, when—as he was at the insect on the

ground—I drove him off and secured the ‘ Blue,’ or rather her

mangled remains. Orange spherical ova.” (2. C.)

We want a series of this species badly, but the above is too

much damaged for the cabinet.

1900.] FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 927

52. EPAMERA ARBORIFHRA, sp.n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 2.)

Size, colouring, and general aspect above of H. mimose, the

primaries with straighter outer margin and broader outer border,

the secondaries also with blacker and broader marginal markings,

the patch between the second and third tails being large and

crossed by a broad white bar: below the wings remind one some-

what of £. aphneoides, diametra, and emulus, being pure glistening

white ; the primaries with five black-edged mahogany-red bands,

of which the first two are short and cross the discoidal cell, the

third discal, extending to first median branch, the fourth sub-

marginal and the fifth marginal ; fringe black, tipped with brown:

in the secondaries are seven bands branching from one roof above

the anal lobe; the first is slender and borders the lower half of the

abdominal area, the second runs inwards obliquely parallel to the

first, the third and fourth fork in the form of a Y from the latter,

the inner ramus curving round at the base, the outer one passing

to costa; the fifth band extends from the root across the disk

obliquely to the middle of costa; the sixth is submarginal, its black

border becoming confluent with that of the seventh, which is

marginal and has its first two divisions crescentic and white, only

becoming red above the first tail ; anal lobe black, enclosing a pale

blue dash, which passes into the white of the marginal band;

abdominal fringe and intercaudal fringes white; tails black,

tipped with white ; fringe from first tail to apex grey-brown: body

below white, the face mahogany-red; antenne black, white-

ringed, tip of club mahogany-red ; palpi black above, white below,

excepting the third jomt; venter with longitudinal reddish

ochreous line. Expanse of wings 32 millimetres.

3, Roromo, Kikuyu, Noy. 26, 1899.

“This lovely insect was taken by my servant Bvalamkombi

sitting on a twig, after a rainy morning, and I suppose only just

emerged.” (R. C.)

E. arborifera is certainly one of the most beautiful novelties

which Mr. Crawshay has sent home.

53. LYCHENESTHES LEMNOS.

Lyccenesthes lemnos, Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 221, pl. 90.

figs. 13, 14 (1878).

3 3, Rungayi, 6700 feet about, March 21; Ruarka River,

April 25, 1900.

“ This ‘ Blue,’ be it noticed, has three pairs of tails—which I

have never before remarked in any butterfly I have ever taken.

By the merest chance I took this ‘ Blue’ on the railway-line while

the locomotives were stopping to water. A perfectly lovely blue.”

(Hi. C;)

54. LYCHNESTHES DEFINITA.

Lycenesthes defimta, Butler, Ann. N. H. (7) iv. p. 342 (1899).

3, Fort Smith, Kikuyu, June 25, 1899.

928 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [ Dec. 4,

«A lovely insect, not known, new to me; I have seen, I think,

one or two before.” (2. C.)

We received a single female from Mr. Crawshay in 1896 which

was identified as Z. odes (the name under which this species then

stood in collections); a male was received in the last collection

from the Kikuyu country between Machakos and Neugia: there-

fore Mr. Crawshay is quite correct.

55. URANOLHAUMA CORDATUS.

Hyvreus cordatus, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z.S, 1891, p. 636, pl. xlviii.

fig. 4.

3 do’, Roromo, Dee. 14, 16, 17, 1899; Jan. 12, 1900.

“On first seeing this insect with its wings closed and after

hastily examining the inside of its wings, I took it to be the

Uranothauma from the Nyika Mountains in British Central Africa.

But I see it is not identical: it is smaller and differs widely in its

mode of flight and habits. Its flight is low, irregular, and jerky,

skimming the ground within a few inches: its favourite perch is

the bare ground. It is a difficult insect to follow with the eye

when on the wing.”

It is an odd thing that all the examples of this genus now sent

home by Mr. Crawshay are males.

56. URANOTHAUMA ANTINORII.

Lycena antinorii, Oberthiir, Ann, Mus. Genoy. xviii. p. 731,

pl. ix. fig. 3 (1883).

3 do, Ruarka River, 5500 feet, April 15, 22, 25, 1900.

«A lovely little ‘ Blue,’ new to me.” (ZR. C.)

It is also quite new to the Museum and to me; Oberthiir’s

figure gives no idea of its colouring or the darkened central area

on the upper surface of the wings. Oddly enough, this species

seems to differ from the other species of Uranothauma in not

possessing any distinctly thickened scales on the primaries; in

this respect it comes nearest to U. falkensteiniit, in which the

androconia appear to be confined to the veins. On the under

surface the markings indicate affinity to U. crawshayi.

57. URANOTHAUMA FALKENSTEINI.

Plebeius falkensteinit, Dewitz, Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. xli. 2,

p. 204, pl. xxv. fig. 5 (1879).

3 d, Roromo, Kikuyu forest, Dec. 16 & 17 (1899); Ruarka

River, 5500 feet, April 22, 1900.

“An insect I do not know; another specimen also seen.”

CRD)

58. CACYREUS PALEMON.

a a palemon, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. p. 209, pl. ecexe. E, F

782).

3 3, Roromo, Dec. 16, 1899.

** A lovely little insect with the sun on its open wings.” (R. C.)

1900.] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA, 929

59. CASTALIUS MARGARITACEUS.

Castalius margaritaceus, EH. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 686,

pl. xlviii. fig. 3.

3 2, Kiambu, 5600 feet, April 29, 1900.

“ Just the two examples seen and taken.” (2. C.)

This is a species of which we much need specimens.

SYNTARUCUS, gen. nov.

The species of this genus have hitherto been incorrectly associated

with Tarucus (which contains 7’. theophrastus and allies); it is

characterized by hairy eyes, the costal and subcostal of primaries

approximated but not fused; secondaries with a single tail at

extremity of first median branch. Type S. telcanus.

60. SYNTARUCUS TELICANUS.

Papilio telicanus, Lang, Verz. Schmett. i. p. 47 (1789).

2 2, Roromo, Nov. 26, 1899 ; Nairobi forest, March 20,

Nairobi plains, April 14; ¢, Ruarka River, April 25, 1900.

Of the last female obtained Mr. Crawshay says:—‘ A new

arrival with the rains, I think”; the female obtained on March 20

was taken on the edge of the forest.

61. AZANUS MORIQUA.

Lyceena moriqua, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl.

1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 39.

3 6, Ruarka River, April 22, 1900.

“Taken perching on a rock on the brink of the stream.” (R. C.)

62. CycLYRIUS SHARPIA, sp. n. (Plate LVIIT. figs. 4, 5.)

Hyreus equatorialis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 567.

2 2, Roromo, Oct.7; ¢ do, Nov. 23 and Dec. 16, 1899.

I was evidently in error in supposing that this species was a

variety of C. equatorialis, E. M. Sharpe; it appears to be quite

constant and more nearly related to C. juno, whereas Miss Sharpe’s

insect (which we received from Ruwenzori in the Scott-Elliot

collection) is related to C. noquasa.

The present species nearly resembles C. noquasa on the upper

surface, but is usually rather larger ; the males of a richer violet

colour with more sharply defined borders, that of the secondaries

rather broader; fringes checkered ; occasionally there is a small

ocelloid subanal spot on the secondaries ; on the under surface the

pattern is much like that of C. juno, but the primaries are longer

and the band across the middle of the secondaries is straighter,

broader on abdominal margin and tapering to the costa, Expanse

of wings 23-27 millimetres.

I have named this pretty little species after Miss Emily Sharpe,

whose careful work on the Butterflies of Africa is well known,

930 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Dec. 4,

63. SCOLITANTIDES STELLATA.

Iycena stellata, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc, London, 1883, p. 349.

Fort Smith, June 25; Roromo, 7800 feet, Dec. 17, 1899,

Jan. 12, 1900.

“T recognize this as the little insect I took at Ngong, where it

is very plentiful.

“Taken on the railway-line in the midst of thick forest on

either side. I have not previously remarked a specimen of this

insect at this altitude (7800 feet).

“ Here and there a solitary specimen seen; not, as at Ngong,

where sometimes six could be taken with a single stroke of the

net.” (2. C.)

Mr. Crawshay evidently only sent us his best examples, or else

we returned a series to his brother; we have five specimens from

Ngong.

64, PoLYOMMATUS BZTICUS.

Papilio beticus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, i. p. 789 (1767).

3 3, Roromo, Dec. 17, 1899; Jan. 21, 1900.

“ An insect of irregular fluttering flight, fond of hovering low

over moist ground, but, if once missed, very, difficult to take.”

(f. C.)

65, ZIZERA GAIKA.

Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc, (3) 1. p. 403 (1862).

3, Nairobi, 5400 feet, March 17, 1900.

“Taken on the open plain, half a mile from Nairobi railway-

station.” (2. C.)

For many years we have had an example of this species in the

Museum labelled as received from Pernambuco; I doubted the

correctness of this locality, but M. de Johannis has shown me a

second example which he said he knew to have been undoubtedly

received from Brazil.

66, CHILADES TROCHILUS.

Lycena trochilus, Freyer, Neuere Beitr. Schm. v. p. 98, pl. 440.

fig. 1 (1844).

Nairobi plains, 5400 feet, April 24, 1900.

PAPILIONID A.

67. MYLOTHRIS RUBRICOSTA.

Pieris rubricosta, Mabille, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) x. p. 28

(1890); Nov. Lep. viii. p. 61, pl. 10. fig. 3 (1892).

2, Nairobi plains, 5400 feet, March 28, 1900.

Mr. Crawshay took this for a small example of the common

M. agathina; it is quite new to our collection, though a smaller

example agreeing more nearly with M. Mabille’s figure stands in

the Hewitson collection.

1900.] FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 931

68. MytorHRis NEUMANNI.

Mylothris newumanni, KE. M. Sharpe, Ann. N. H. (6) xvii. p. 125

(1896); id. Neumann’s Elephant Hunting, p. 444, plate (facing

p. 66), figs. 1, 1 a, 2, 2a (1898).

3 56,2 2, Roromo, 7800 feet, Jan. 27 & 29; Feb. 6, 7, 10,

15, 17, 18; March 24, 1900.

Of the first females captured Mr. Crawshay writes :—‘“ I think,

on opening the abdomen, I have found and taken out a quantity

of what appear to be partially developed ova of a young leaf-green

colour.”

A pair in coitt was taken on Feb. 6th. A female was captured

by Bvalamkombi, Mr. Crawshay’s “faithful follower,” on Feb. 10.

Of the last example captured Mr. Crawshay writes :—“ After

several months’ incessant rain this insect is fairly plentiful, though

difficult to get within reach of owing to its absolutely arboreal habits,

and perfect specimens are now practically impossible to obtain ; the

enclosed is the only decent specimen of four netted.” (2. C.)

Among the examples previously secured were several magnificent

specimens.

Although this species shows a fair amount of variation as regards

the size of the white markings of the primaries, not one of the

specimens could, by any possibility, be confounded with any of

the other quite distinct species which Prof. Aurivillius has

associated together as variations of VW. narcissus : it comes nearest

to M. dentatus (of which the insect referred to M. narcissus is

perhaps the true female, the male MZ. narcissus being distinct and

more nearly related to M. jacksoni and swaynei; but of this I

cannot be sure until females have been received from Nyasaland);

the costal margin of the primaries, however, is constantly and

very perceptibly shorter in 17. neumanni 3 than in WM. dentatus 3,

and the white on the primaries, when most developed in this sex,

consists only of four subconfluent internervular fusiform dashes,

the veins encircling the discoidal cell being also white ; in some

males these dashes are small and slender, leaving the primaries

almost entirely black.

The secondaries of the female vary on the under surface to

ochreous, and in some examples a tint of buff shows on the upper

surface ; this tends to indicate that M. /nutsoni, Aurivillius, may

be only a slight colour-variation of M. jacksoni (from which its

describer says that it can scarcely be distinguished excepting in

its ochraceous yellow posterior wings). We have a female of

M. trimenia in which the secondaries are ochreous above, but

whether this is constant or not I cannot say; the under surface of

these wings in the males is certainly variable in this respect.

With regard to M. crawshayi, which Prof. Aurivillius thinks

may be an aberration, it is the best defined species of this group,

haying more nearly the outline and general aspect of the species

for which I founded the genus Phrissura, though with the neuration

of Mylothris; we have five males and one female, and they do not

vary in the least,

Proc, Zoon, Soo.—1900, No. LXI. 61

932 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Dec. 4,

69. NyYCHITONA MEDUSA, var. ALCESTA.

Papilio alcesta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. p. 175, pl. ecclxxix. A

(1781).

Nairobi forest, March 20; Ruarka River, 5500 feet, April 27,

1900, :

“An old friend, I think from Tana River; the first of its

species I have seen in these parts.” (2. C.)

“This frailest of frail butterflies frequents dark forest, and

rarely is seen in the sunshine. Its flight is ridiculously weak.

Like a Kestrel it hovers over the same spot, only a few inches

from the ground, for minutes on end, without either materially

advancing or receding.” (R. C.)

Prof. Aurivillius is of opinion that WV. medusa and JN. alcesta are

distinct species. He may be right; but I must confess that I am

sceptical as to the value of the characters upon which he separates

them. Every gradation of size exists from the largest VV. medusa

to the smallest JV. alcesta: the apical black patch sometimes borders

the outer margin to below vein 2, sometimes (in the large form)

only extends to just below vein 6; the discal spot in the large

form is sometimes crossed by veins 3 and 4, and in the small form

sometimes scarcely extends above vein 4. If it be correct that,

whereas JV. medusa 2 sometimes takes the form of JV. immaculata,

NV. alcesta 9 always takes the form of WV. nupta, that might possibly

serve to distinguish the females ; but, for the present at any rate,

I do not see my way to regarding the genus as consisting of more

than one very widely distributed and variable species.

70. COLIAS BLECTO, var, EDUSA.

Papilio electo, Linneeus, Cent. Ins. p. 21 (1763).

2 2 (C. helice type), Fort Smith, May 28; Lali flats, 7850 feet,

Kikuyu forest, Dec. 19, 1899.

2 (C. edusa type), Nairobi plains, 5400 feet, April 12, 1900.

“On Lali flats, which are open grass-land surrounded by black

forest, C. edusa is far and away the most plentiful butterfly and

could be taken in almost any number. Quite ten if not fifteen

per cent. of the females seen are this pale-coloured variety.” (R. C.)

71. TERIAS BRIGITTA, var. ZOE.

Terias zoé, Hopffer, Monatsb. k. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1855,

p. 640; Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 369, pl. xxiii. figs. 10,

11 (1862).

2 2, Roromo, Dec. 14, 19, 29, 1899, Jan. 14, 1900; Mayi méru

flat, Feb. 10; fg d, Ikwiaku, 7600 feet, Feb. 27; Nairobi plains,

5400 feet, April 5, 12, 14, 1900.

72. TeERIAS BOISDUVALIANA.

Terias boisdwaliana, Mabille, Hist. Mad., Lép. i. p. 253, pl. 32.

figs. 4, 5 (1885-7).

1900.) FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 933

9, Roromo, Kikuyu forest, Feb.6; ¢ Ruarka River, April

25, 1900.

“Tf struck at with the net two or three times and missed, this

insect becomes terrified and drops to the ground, where it perches

and is easily taken; this specimen (2 ) behaved in this way.”

73. TBRIAS MARSHALLI.

Terias marshalli, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 851, pl. 1. figs. 8, 9.

2, Roromo, Jan. 7; ¢, Nairobi plains, April 14, 1900.

Nobody, comparing a series of this species with 7’. regularis,

could hesitate about keeping them separate; the fact is that few

Lepidopterists have the least idea as to what 7. regulavis really is ;

they mistake it for the extreme wet form of the present species,

which it neither resembles in outline of wing, border, or pattern

of under surface; moreover it has a female with a broad black

border to the secondaries. I consider the nearest ally to T.regularis

to be possibly 7. marshalli, but it is really much more lke 7. solo-

monis of the 7’. candtda group; it has a heavier costal border to

the primaries and is, as a rule, a smaller insect; the under surface

also though without spots is also destitute of dark borders. In the

Museum we have twenty-one wet-season examples of 7’. reqgularis,

including four females; excepting that they are comparatively

broader and shorter in wing, they more nearly resemble 7. z0é

than 7. marshall.

74, TERACOLUS CALAIS.

Papilio calais, Cramer, Pap. Exot. 1. p. 84, pl. li. C. D. (1775).

3, Roromo, Feb. 27, 1900.

“ The first of its kind, I think, I have seen in these parts, and

somewhat a surprise.” (R. C.)

I believe it will be found that this species ranges over nearly

the whole of Africa. 5

75. TERACOLUS ELGONENSIS.

Teracolus elgonensis, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z.8. 1891, p. 191, pl. xvi.

fig. 6.

3, Roromo, Kikuyu, Jan. 12, 1900.

This species is new to the Museum. The single example taken

is a little shattered; the dark border of the primaries and the

spots on the under surface of the secondaries are barely indicated;

it probably represents the intermediate phase of the species.

76. TERACOLUS CHROMIFERUS.

Teracolus chromiferus, Rothschild, Noy. Zool. i. p. 538 (1894);

E. M. Sharpe, Mon. Ter. i. p. 37, pl. 13. figs. 2-2 d (1899),

2, Nairobi plains, 5400 feet, April 4; ¢, Nairobi forest, 5400

feet, April 5, 1900.

This is evidently the dry phase of the species; it is decidedly

smaller than usual, the male finely black-veined above, ag magenta

934 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Dee. 4,

subapical patch separated by a well-defined white edge from the

dark border; the secondaries without marginal spots: below

opaline white; the primaries with a small black transverse spot

on the discocellulars ; no other markings. Expanse of wings 64

millimetres.

The specimen is a good deal worn, therefore the ‘under surface,

when fresh, may have been far more pink in tint.

The female much resembles the insect figured by Miss Sharpe

under 7’. puniceus (Mon. Ter. pl. 14. fig. 1g), but is rather larger

and has much better defined marginal spots to the secondaries.

On the under surface the apical area of the primaries and whole

of secondaries are sprinkled and transversely striated with pale

sandy olivaceous, the discal series of spots on the primaries and

oblique transverse stripe on the secondaries being darker olivaceous ;

the discocellular spot on the primaries is small and black, that on

the secondaries Jarge and white. Expanse of wings 62 millimetres.

Of the female Mr. Crawshay says :—‘“ Pale yellow oval ova.

This is a butterfly altogether new to me.” And of the male:— An

insect which I have no recollection of taking before: the only

specimen seen.”

77. TERACOLUS INCRETUS.

2. Teracolus incretus, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 146

(1881).

3. Callosune vulnerata, Staudinger, Exot. Schm. i. p. 46, pl. 23

(1884-5).

d. Nairobi plains, 5400 feet, April 12, 1900.

** An insect new to me in these parts.” (2. C.)

78. TERACOLUS XANTHUS.

3. Teracolus «anthus, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 440, pl. xxxix.

fig. 10.

(dry phase), Roromo, Kikuyu forest, Feb. 10, 1900.

“Taken in my zariba, which is a partial clearing in the forest,

by my servant Byalamkombi.” (2. C.)

79, TERACOLUS ANTEVIPPE.

Anthocharis antevippe, Boisduyal, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 572, pl. 18.

fig. 3 (1836).

3, Nairobi plains, 5400 feet, April 27, 1900.

80. TERACOLUS OMPHALE.

Pieris omphale, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 122 (1819).

g, Nairobi forest, March 18; 92, Nairobi plains, April 12,

1900.

81. TERACOLUS PSHUDACASTE,

Teracolus pseudacaste, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 156, pl. vi. fig. 12,

¢, Nairobi plains, April 12, 1900,

1900.] FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 935

82. TERACOLUS AURIGINEUS.

Teracolus aurigineus, Butler, Ann. N. H. (5) xii. p. 103 (1883).

Dry phase, $ &, Kedong valley, Oct. 22, 1899.

Wet phase, 3, Nairobi plains, April 12, 1900.

83. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA.

Papilio florella, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479 (1775).

Var. C. pyrene, $,2 2, Roromo, Kikuyu forest, Jan. 12, 1900.

Var. typical, 2 , Nairobi plains, 5400 feet, May 8, 1900.

Of the Roromo specimens Mr. Crawshay says :—“ On arrival

in these parts a little over three months ago and until lately I

never remarked a ‘ Brimstone.’ Now they are extremely plentiful

though difficult to take in this rough country, as they seldom or

never perch. All five taken on the wing by standing on the edge

of the forest on their favourite line of flight.” Of the solitary

female from the Nairobi plains he says:—‘‘ Here and there a

specimen is seen travelling rapidly over the open ground and some-

times alighting on some flower.”

84. GLUTOPHRISSA CONTRACTA.

Glutophrissa contracta, Butler, P. Z.S. 1888, p. 75.

3 3S wet phase, Nairobi forest, 5400 feet, March 18 & 20, 1900.

“ Plentiful, and, almost without exception, perfect specimens.

Evidently newly emerged after the recent rains.”

“ By iar the commonest butterfly just now in the forest.” (2. C.)

Mr. Crawshay comments upon the great difference of size in

individual examples, which vary from an expanse of 64 to 48

millimetres.

Prof. Aurivillius ignores the genera Glutophrissa, Phrissura, &c.,

ou the ground that the generic characters ascribed to them are

inconstant. I based the former chiefly upon the fact that both

sexes possess a tuft of hair projecting from the extremity of the

abdomen ; in the female this tuft is external and projects over the

swelling in front of the anal orifice. In Phrisswra, when the

abdomen is squeezed out, the lateral fringe to the anal orifice gets

flattened forward and thus offers a deceptive semblance of this

tuft, though it originates at the sides, and not in front, of the

opening. In fact Phrissura, although quite dissimilar in form of

wing from Tachyris, is more nearly related to it than Glutophrissa

is. Thatthe African species of Phrissura differ greatly in neuration

from the type of the genus lam unable to admit; in P. egis

(=illana) vein 8 of the primaries is nearer to the end of the cell

than in the African forms, whilst in P. polisma it is omitted

close to the end of the cell (this sort of character being

usually variable), but I can find nothing else. From Belenois,

with which it has been suggested that Phrissura of Africa should

be amalgamated, the tufting of the abdomen distinguishes it at

once.

936 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Dec. 4,

85. PHRISSURA PH@BE, sp.n. (Plate LVIII. figs. 6, 7.)

Allied to P. confusa, the male above with yellow internervular

folds interrupting the divisions of the external border, the basal

orange patch clear and bright; secondaries lemon-yellow, washed

towards base, on abdominal area, and on outer margin with a more

ochreous tint; marginal spots much larger than in P. confusa:

primaries below white; discoidal cell nearly filled with bright

orange ; apical area and outer margin bright ochreous crossed by

white veins terminating in black points, two small black submar-

ginal spots near extremities of median nervules: secondaries

bright ochreous, costal border orange towards the base; marginal

spots small and black: body below white. Expanse of wings 54-

62 millimetres.

2. Chiefly differs from the male in the shorter primaries, the

obscure ruddy tint instead of the clear orange at the base of these

wings above, in the heavier marginal spots and more ochreous

secondaries ; below the primaries show rather less orange in the

cell and four submarginal spots, the upper ones running inward

and bounding the ochreous apical area. Expanse of wings 58

millimetres.

A variety (answering to P. dubia of P. isokani) also occurs, in

which the apical area of the primaries and the secondaries are

primrose-yellow traversed by blackish veins and with a squamose

blackish border. Expanse of wings 44 to 56 millimetres '.

33, 2 92, Nairobi forest, March 20, 1900.

Both sexes are labelled as females, the pale variety being ap-

parently regarded as distinct. I have been unable to discover

what species Mr. Crawshay believed to be the male; the similarity

in the sexes doubtless deceived him.

86. BELENOIS ZOCHALIA.

Pieris zochalia, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 506 (1836).

3 3,2 2, Roromo, Nov. 23 & 26,1899; 2 9 (yellow form),

Jan. 22 and Feb. 18, 1900.

‘** Frequents open glades in forest: a dashing flyer, not easily

taken.” (BR. C.)

Of one worn example Mr. Crawshay writes—‘‘ A relict of the

dry season, as I have taken four newly emerged specimens of this

insect to-day” (Noy. 26). The under-surface markings prove this

to be correct, as they are feebly defined. The first yellow-winged

female is noted as “a somewhat dilapidated specimen, which proved

a very difficult insect to take—a quick flyer, and a great adept at

doubling.”

The second example, which was tolerably perfect, is noted as :—

“ Elsewhere a very familiar form ; but I have not previously met

with this insect bere until to-day: doubtless the recent heavy

rains are responsible for new animals on the scene.”

It is evident from this note that Mr. Crawshay did not recognize

‘ Is the reputed male of P. isokani really distinct from the Western P. phaola?

the female (=P. dubia) certainly is.

1900.] FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 937

this as identical with the shattered insect taken a month previously,

or as a second form of the female of those obtained in the pre-

ceding November : not having the specimens mounted, it is quite

likely that this yellow female was mistaken fora form of B, mesen-

tina, which certainly is a very “ familiar form” all over Africa,

B. zochalia being far less abundant and with a considerably more

restricted range.

87. BELENOIS SEVERINA, var. INFIDA.

Belenois infida, Butler, P. ZS. 1888, p. 77; 1894, p. 578,

pl. xxxvii. figs. 1, 2.

3, Fort Smith, June 26,1899; @, Nairobi forest, March 11 ;

Nairobi plains, April 25; 3, Ruarka River, April 25, 1900.

Of the first female Mr. Crawshay says :—‘“I am inclined to think

this is an insect altogether new to me. Yellowish-white barley-

corn-shaped ova.” In this belief I think he is correct, although he

obtained the male of it at Maranga. The species occurs not un-

commonly at Zomba, so that it is strange that Mr. Crawshay should

not have come across it in Nyasaland: I am not sure that he did

not obtain a female at Lake Mweru.

88. BELENOIS MESENTINA.

Papilio mesentina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 140, pl. cclxx. A, B

(1780).

2, Roromo, Nov. 26, 1899.

89. SYNCHLOE JOHNSTONII.

Synchloe johnstonii, Crowley, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887, p. 35, pl. iii.

figs. 1-3.

3 db, Roromo, Nov. 22, 1899.

“Taken in a waste plantation in the midst of black forest.”

(&. C.)

90. PINACOPTERYX GERDA.

Pinacopteryx gerda, Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot. vol. ii. Genus

Pinacopteryx, p. 4, pl. i. figs. 10, 11.

Dry phase, 3 3,2, Ruarka River, April 23 & 27, 1900.

Of the males Mr. Crawshay writes :—‘“ I took this butterfly, I

think, on the Tana River about 15 months ago. Here it is not

plentiful, at any rate as yet, for to-day I have seen only three

amongst a great crowd of other ‘ Whites’ feasting on the mud, all

which three I took without any difficulty.” Of the single female

he says :— I do not think I have seen this insect before to-day

and then only the one specimen.” One female with a (intermediate

rather than dry) male was secured on the Muthambi River.

91. ERONIA DILATATA.

Eronia dilatata, Butler, P. ZS. 1888, p. 96.

Dry phase, 3, Ruarka River, 5500 feet, April 17; 9, Nairobi

plains, 5400 feet, April 29, 1900.

938 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTLERFLIES [Dec. 4,

92. LEUCERONIA ARGIA.

Papilio argia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 470 (1775).

3 do, Ruarka River, April 25, 27, & 29, 1900.

« About three weeks ago I saw two specimens of this lovely

butterfly at the Ruarka River high up amongst the trees, where it

was impossible to get at them. Probably, as I have seen no others

in the meantime, this and the following number are the pair

originally seen.” (2. C.)

On April 27th a perfect example was taken, and Mr. Crawshay

observes :—‘‘ Perhaps altogether I have seen three or four to-day.

The flight of this butterfly is strong, irregular, and dashing: in the

midst of its headlong career it stops as if shot and settles on a

bush.”

On the 29th a single broken example was taken settled on a

leaf.

93, PAPILIO REX.

Papilio rex, Oberthiir, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vi. Bull. p. 115

(1886); Etudes d’Ent. xii. p. 2, pl. 1. fig. 2 (1888).

Ruarka River, 5500 feet, April 27, 1900.

‘“* At last I have secured a perfect specimen.” (LR. C.)

From the above note it would appear that Mr. Crawshay has

met with other examples of this rare Papilio, or possibly of the

equally beautiful Melinda formosa (which it mimics). The present

species is quite new to the Museum, and it is to be regretted that

the club of the right-hand antenna has been lost in transit.

94, PAPILIO NOBILIS.

Papilio nobilis, Rogenhofer, Verh. zool.-botan. Ver. Wien, xli.

p, 563 (1891).

Papilio pringlei, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z.8. 1894, p. 352, pl. xix.

fic. 3 (1894).

2, Nairobi forest, March 20; 9,9, Ruarka River, April

23 & 29, 1900.

Of the male (a fine and almost perfect example) Mr. Crawshay

says :—‘ An insect quite newto me.” Of one of the two females: —

*‘ Gravid, with pale sea-green spherical ova.”

Of the male the Museum previously possessed one less perfect

and slightly varied example from Uganda; but the two females now

sent are new to science, being tailless, and of a type approaching

the tibullus 2 form of P. cenea: the ground-colour of the wings is

buffish white, somewhat more sordid within cell of primaries ; these

wings with the costa and apical half black, sometimes replaced by

grey scaling in a patch between veins 3 and 4, thus connecting a

broad white postcellular patch with the ground-colour of the

interno-basal half; the latter is also more or less connected in a

similar manner with an oblique narrow bar within the end of the

discoidal cell ; a subapical cream-whitish oval spot either present

or wanting, and three submarginal spots as in females of P. cenea ;

1900.] FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 939

the secondaries marked as in P. tibullus 2; on the under surface

the apical area of the primaries and external area of secondaries

are broadly grey-brown ; the inner half on the primaries forming

an externally diffused black belt upon which the pale patches and

spots of the upper surface are sharply outlined; the internal half

on the secondaries merely darker brown; veins and internervular

folds dark brown. Expanse of wings 100-103 millimetres.

95. PAPILIO CENDA.

2. Papilio cenea, Stoll, Suppl. Cramer, p. 134, pl. xxix. figs.

1, la (1791).

3 6,2 9, Nairobi forest, March 11, 18, & 20, 1900.

3g. “Common in the forest at the foot of the escarpment and

easily taken, its flight being sluggish and almost always well

within reach of the net.

“Tn an hour I saw perhaps twenty-five or thirty, flying along

between the trees or hovering over some flowering bush: I netted

six, two of which had their tailsentire. This insect does not relish

or frequent open country, though occasionally I have seen one here

and there out on the plains fully a mile from the forest, when

obviously it is anything but in its element, as its flight is then

absolutely regular and horizontal with the ground, and within five

or six feet of it, hurrying for all it is worth. In the forest its

flight is lazy ; it often stays to hover and returns over and over

again over the same ground and the same bush.

‘** Quite a common characteristic of its flight is a perpendicular

drop of ten, fifteen, or twenty feet: it closes its wings and falls

straight away.” (2. C.)

2.“ Pale sea-green spherical ova.” (R. C.

Of a male obtained on March 18th Mr. Crawshay writes :—

“Very plentiful nowadays. At a. water-hole I saw to-day a

number of this species and about a dozen of the black velvet and

metallic blue coloured Swallow-tail (P. nireus) feeding on the moist

ground in company with each other.”

Of a female (white-spotted P. cenea type) he writes—“ Have

seen and netted several specimens, but not one is perfect.” Lastly

of a female (P. tibullus type)—‘‘ There could be no easier insect

to take than this.”

96. PAPILIO PHORCAS.

3. Papilio phorcas, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 4, pl. ii. B, C

(1779).

2. Papilio thersander, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. pt.1, p. 32 (1793).

3, Nairobi forest, March 11; 3 d, 2 2, Ruarka River, April

22 & 27, 1900.

g. “Common in the forest, and, I suppose, a very common

insect in other African forests; it is not easy, however, to secure

a perfect specimen.”

2. “As far as I know this Swallow-tail is new to me. Close

940 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Dec. 4,

to where I took this specimen I saw a second flapping along over

the open in desperate haste, as if anxious to make the forest.”

3. “This lovely insect can be captured practically in any

numbers on the Ruarka River these days. It is not uncommon

to find a dozen or more congregated on the mud feasting voraciously

on the moisture, and here they may often be trodden underfoot

before they will take wing.”

3.“ A curiously pale example, the shade of green being

distinetly different to the normal colour.”

2. “Containing a few boiled-sago coloured spherical ova.”

(R. C.)

The only two females are of the usual (P. thersander) type: why

Prof. Aurivillius should think it possible that these may be

abnormal I fail to understand; I think the green female resembling

the male (which is of great rarity) should rather be regarded as an

aberration’. Why are all females of this abundant species so rare ?

97. PAPILIO NIREUS.

Papilio nireus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, i. p. 464 (1758).

Nairobi forest, 5400 feet, March 18; Ruarka River, 5500 feet,

April 22, 1900. ;

‘Common in the forest, but it is not easy to secure perfect

specimens.” (A. C.)

98. PAPILIO DEMODOCUS.

Papilio demodocus, Esper, Ausl. Schm. p. 205, pl. li. fig. 1

(1798).

9, Roromo, Kikuyu forest, Dec. 22, 1899; ¢ ¢, Nairobi forest,

April 5, 1900.

Of the female Mr. Crawshay writes :—“ This insect appears to be

identical in species with one which I have found to be both common

and easy of capture elsewhere, since it is of lazy flapping flight and

frequently stops to hover nervously over a flower or a wet piece

of ground.

‘*‘ Here, however, neither characteristic obtains, as it is of rather

rapid straight flight, rarely stopping to hover or rest, and

(frequenting forest such as this) proved really very difficult to take.

Daily I see perhaps a dozen or so, but this is the first which has

found its way into my net.”

HESPERIID &.

99, SARANGHSA SYNESTALMENUS.

Antigonus synestalmenus, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeit. vol. xxxvili.

p. 263, pl. vi. fig. 8 (1893).

Nairobi plains, April 14, 1900.

1 The male “ P. thersander” to which Prof. Aurivillius refers may have been

P. euphranor, Why not?

1900. ] FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 941

100, SARANGESA ELIMINATA.

Sarangesa elininata, Holland, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 9, pl. v. fig. 9.

Nairobi plains, March 31, 1900.

101. SARANGESA MOTOZIOIDES.

Sarangesa motozioides, Holland, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

x. p. 288 (1892); Ent. News, Jan. 1894, pl. 1. fig. 5, 9; P.Z.S.

1896, p. 7.

2, Nairobi forest, April5; ¢ d, 2 2, Ruarka River, April 15

and 22, 1900.

The yellow markings below vary considerably in definition in

this species; the size of the transparent spots also varies, though

they are never of the same shape as in S. motozi, that within the

end of the discoidal cell being either L-shaped or broken up into

two small spots; the transparent spot in the cell of the secondaries

is sometimes wanting, but frequently replaced by a smaller semi-

transparent spot placed much nearer to the base than in S. motozi.

The general tint of the upper surface is more greenish ashy than

that of S. motozi. There are two undoubted males among the five

examples sent home by Mr. Crawshay; they agree with the females

in pattern and colouring. The first example (2) was “taken

sitting on a tree-trunk in the, setting, sun.” Of the others

Mr. Crawshay writes :—‘‘ This ‘Skipper’ frequents the shade of

the forest, and perches with outspread wings on the bare ground.”

The female lays ‘“‘ emerald-green spherical ova.”

102. Haeris pricata, sp. n. (Plate LVIII. figs. 8, 9.)

g. A prominent costal fold from base to end of discoidal cell of

primaries; general tint sericeous golden brown, slightly ashy

towards anal angle of secondaries: black-edged transparent spots

on primaries (right wing) arranged almost in the form of the

Greek letter y, but the costal terminations of the furca turned

towards each other; of these spots six are subapical, small, the

second displaced and above the third, the fifth represented by a

black spot without transparent centre: the spots of the inner

ramus consist of a small one above cell towards extremity of costal

fold ; a large one within the cell, below the preceding; a small

spot within posterior angle of cell; the remaining spots, four in

number, cross the disk obliquely parallel to outer margin, the second

only being large and irregularly quadrangular; two dusky spots at

basal third of interno-median area: secondaries with a double-

lined dusky marking at end of cell surrounded by an arched series

of dusky spots between the nervures: body more golden than

wings; the palpi, head, and collar above transversely barred with

black; antennz black above, pale buff below. Under surface

ochreous ; the primaries clouded with brownish on external area ;

transparent spots as above, but without black margins: secondaries

with two dusky apical spots on margin; fringe dusky with paler

tips; a discal arched series of small blackish spots, the second

largest. Expanse of wings 38 millimetres.

942 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [ Dec. 4,

2. Paler than male, secondaries sometimes whitish; veins dusky:

transparent spots on primaries much larger than in the male,

especially those towards centre of wing, which are chiefly separated

by the veins; outer borders dusky, the markings on secondaries

better defined owing to the paler ground-colour: body darker, the

transverse bars on head less defined : colouring below a trifle paler,

the darker portions cupreous brown; some of the spots on

secondaries indistinct. Expanse of wings 40-45 millimetres.

2, Nairobi forest, March 18; 9, ¢, Ruarka River, April 27 &

29, 1900.

Of the first example taken Mr. Crawshay writes :—“This

Hesperid appears to me possessed of a devil: half an hour have

I expended in endeavouring to close the wings, and only with

indifferent success. Light emerald-green spherical ova.”

The nearest ally of Z. plicata is E. sabadius from Madagascar,

but it is altogether a darker and more strongly marked species

on both surfaces: it is also allied to Z. decastigma, but differs in

outline and pattern.

103. ERnETIS DJ ZLELEA.

Pterygospidea djelele, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 54.

Roromo, Feb. 4, 1900.

“The first of its kind I have seen in these parts, and on cursory

examination I think a different insect to one very nearly resembling

it common in Ukamba proper. The fore legs of this specimen are

white (externally), which, as far as my recollection goes, is not the

case with the ‘Skipper’ of Ukamba.” (22. C.)

104. CELENORRHINUS OPALINUS, sp. nu. (Plate LVIIL. figs. 10,

11.)

Allied to Z. galenus: the male more richly coloured; the semi-

transparent black-edged markings on the primaries deeper in tint

and more brilliantly opalescent, the subbasal and interno-median

spots much smaller, the outermost of the subapical spots only

represented by a small black patch, in one example with a minute

transparent point on one wing; in the secondaries the spots which

cross the cell in C. galenus are wholly absent ; the spots towards

anal angle are ill-defined and the orange patch projects inward on

its inner edge, leaving a broader brown marginal band: below the

differences are nearly as above, but the secondaries show one well-

defined orange spot in the cell, the remainder of the basal area

being pretty uniformly dark brown finely irrorated with orange

scales. Expanse of wings 39-40 millimetres.

In the female, which is of a less mahogany-red colour, the spots

are much paler, those of the primaries as in C. biseriatus (of which

C’, maculatus is the male), excepting that the outermost of the

subapical spots on the primaries is reduced to a mere point: on the

secondaries there are only four spots towards outer margin, the

first, third, and fourth minute, the second large and rhomboidal,

1900.] FROM BRITISH DAST AFRICA. 943

extending between the veins almost from the margin to the end

of the cell. Expanse of wings 37 millimetres.

3 6, 2, Roromo, Feb. 17, 18; March 23, 1900.

In his Revision of the African Hesperiide (P. Z. 8S. 1896, pl. iii.

figs. 3, 4) Dr. Holland appears to have figured C. bisertatus 2 and

C. maculatus 3, showing almost the same differences as in the

two types: the differences are just what one finds between the

sexes of other species, and are certainly less marked than in the

sexes of C. opalinus. Of the latter Mr. Crawshay writes as

follows :—

3. “An exceedingly difficult insect to take: the first of its

kind I have seen: ten days’ almost incessant rain day and night

will probably have affected the butterfly world.”

3.‘ Taken in the early morning when numbed with the cold—a

very different insect to what it is in the warm sunshine.”

Q.“This Skipper habitually perches on the underside of the

leaf on which it settles: this and the two consecutive specimens

were all taken in this position.”

105. CAPRONA CANOPUS.

Caprona canopus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. ii.

p- 180 (1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 309, pl. 6. fig. 2 (1866).

36 3,2 ¢, Ruarka River, April 15, 22, 27, & 29, 1900.

@.“ This very striking ‘Skipper* I have seen perhaps three

times in all during my time in Kikuyu. Until now (April 15), I

have never been able to secure a specimen. It frequents dense

forest. This particular insect I took perching on a flowering bush

close to the stream.”

3g. “Taken on the same flower as the following specimen

(April 22). The favourite perch of this striking ‘Skipper’ is a

flowering bush in the sunshine. Its first appearance when seen

only a few feet away is that of a veritable rag, even when a perfect

specimen. It does not perch on the ground, | think, nor anywhere

very low.”

Mr. Crawshay tells me that this insect looks so much like the

flowers of the bush on which it settles that it is not easily seen

when perching.

106. Pyreus sPIo.

Papilio spio, Linnzus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 338 (1764).

3, Lali flats, Kikuyu forest, Dec. 19,1899; 9, ¢ d, Roromo,

Jan. 12 & 23; 2, Nairobi plains, April 14, 1900.

3g. Taken on open grass-land, the only one seen.”

3.“Taken asleep on the stem of a flower on a cold evening at

sunset and carried in to this camp resting on the flower.”

107. GOMALIA BLMA.

Pyrgus elma, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. i,

p. 288 (1862); Rhop. Afr, Austr. ii. p. 291, pl. 5. fig. 8 (1866),

944 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Dec. 4,

Q, Itugi, 7400 feet, Kikuyu, Oct. 2, 1899; ¢, Roromo, Jan.

20; 9, Nairobi forest, March 18; ¢, Nairobi plains, April 12,

1900.

Q.Taken in the hot sunshine on almost bare open ground

flitting from weed to weed.”

3. A new insect altogether to me, I think: taken on the

moist ground in my garden inside the zariba after the night

rain.”

2.‘ A ragged specimen, but the only one seen. Pale bluish-

emerald-green coloured spherical ova.”

g.‘“ Taken by my servant Bvalamkombi. An insect unknown

io me, I think.”

Mr. Crawshay had evidently forgotten this variable little species

(an unusual circumstance !): he took it in July and September,

1898, andin January, 1899. How he remembers even the obscure

little things he catches is a wonder to me, though I rarely forget a

mounted butterfly which I have once seen.

108. CyYcLOPIDES METIS.

Papilio metis, Linnzeus, Mus. Ind. Ulr. p. 3825 (1764).

Cyclopides quadrisignatus, var., Butler, P. Z. 8. 1896, pp. 130 &

842

3 3, Roromo, December 17, 1899, Jan. 25, 1900.

“The first time I have remarked this ‘ Skipper’ or anything

resembling it in B. E. Africa, though it appears to resemble very

closely an insect in B. HE. Africa. All four speciinens I owe

directly to a pool of water, on the railway-line, brought about

through an accident to a locomotive which ran off the rails and

turned over.” (2. C.

Of the last specimen Mr. Crawshay says :—“ Taken on the moist

earth of a vegetable bed in my garden in the zariba.”

Mr. Crawshay has now sent examples indistinguishable from

Southern specimens of the species and not separable specifically from

those which I wrongly recorded in 1896 as varieties of C. quadri-

signatus. The latter species, of which he has sent three specimens,

but which he tells me is not uncommon, proves to be far more

constant than I was led to suppose when we first received examples

of C. metis approaching it in pattern: unfortunately the first

examples of C. quadrisignatus which we received were both rubbed

and faded, so that they failed to show the characteristic purplish-

black ground-tint, whilst the spots on the primaries in the type

were unusually large for the species. Mr. Crawshay promises to

try and obtain more examples for us.

109. CYCLOPIDES MIDAS.

Cyclopides midas, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 671; 1895, pl. xv.

fig. 6.

Nairobi plains, April 12 & 14, 1900.

1900.] FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 945

110. CYCLOPIDES QUADRISIGNATUS.

Cyclopides quadrisignatus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 670, pl. Ix.

fig. 9.

Nairobi forest, March 18; Ruarka River, April 22, 1900.

One example shows only three spots in the primaries, the outer

subapical spot failing to appear. Mr. Crawshay thinks he took a

similar insect on the lower ranges of the Nyika Mountains; but he

certainly never sent this species before, though he did send examples

of OC. metis with similarly arranged though larger and more

numerous spots, and which, in the absence of fresh specimens of

C. quadrisignatus, puzzled me somewhat at the time. Since then

Mr. Marshall has sent us the same form of C. metis from Karkloof.

111. PADRAONA ZENO.

Pamphila zeno, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. ii.

p. 179 (1864); S. Afr. Butl. i. pl. xii. fig. 2, 9 (1889).

Q, Mayi moru flat, Kikuyu, Feb. 10; ¢, Nairobi forest,

March 18; @, Ruarka River, April 27, 1900.

112. GEGENES LETTERSTEDTI.

Hesperia letterstedti, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 49.

3,29, Roromo, Oct. 8, Dec. 18, 1899, Jan. 12 & 21;

3 3,9, Nairobi plains, outskirts of forest, March 18 & 28, April

12, 1900.

g. “ Fairly common, though rather difficult to take.”

@. “ Fairly common on Roromo flat, where the country is

open with very short grass.” ;

@. Similar remarks, also—“ being of dull colour and of most

unobtrusive habits, is not very often seen. Its flight is very low,

a few inches only above ground, and generally limited to a few

yards each time.”

113. PARNARA DETEOCTA, var.

Pamphila detecta, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, vol. xli.

p- 141, pl. viii. fig. 12 (1893).

3,2, in coitt, Ruarka River, April 25, 1900.

The specimens now received are rather larger and blacker than

8. African examples : neither male nor female shows a spot in the

cell of primaries, but this sometimes fails in Southern examples:

the female also has seven spots in the discal series, whereas

Southern examples generally have only five or six (the first three

forming a subapical series). The patterns of this female and of a

male obtained by Mr. Crawshay at Kondowi, Lower Nyika, in

April 1895, exactly correspond with that of Baoris philippina (the

Nyasa specimen haying been associated with B. fatuellus). It would

therefore seem that P. detecta varies not a little: one of our

Mashonaland examples has only two spots on the primaries,

946 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA, [ Dee. 4,

114. PARNARA MICANS.

Parnara micans, Holland, P. Z.8. 1896, p. 63, pl. ii. fig. 19.

3,2, Fort Smith, Kikuyu, Jan. 9, 1900.

The sexes, Mr. Crawshay says, were “taken with the same

stroke of the net; apparently in the act of attempting coition.”

In the Eastern examples the spots are more decidedly ochreous

and lie farther from the outer margin than in the typical figure.

In the Museum we have one worn male obtained by Dr. Gregory

at Ndari and two damaged females from Fwambo. The upper

surface of the female somewhat resembles that of Hrynnis comma.

115, PERICHARES TELISIGNATA.

Perichares telisignata, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 133, pl. vi. fig. 9.

Roromo, 7800 feet, Kikuyu forest, Dec. 24, 1899.

116, RHOPALOCAMPTA FORESTAN.

Papilio forestan, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. eccxci. E, F (1782).

Nairobi plains, 5400 feet, April 22, 1900.

117. RHOPALOCAMPTA PISISTRATUS.

Hesperia pisistratus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. 1, p. 345 (1793).

Plains north of Ruarka River, 5500 feet, April 15, 1900.

“J have remarked this insect more than once whizzing along

past me at Nairobi.” (2. C.)

Mr. Crawshay having recently returned to England brought half

a dozen other Butterflies with him, among which were specimens of

Herpenia iterata Q (seen here and there on the Nairobi plains,

but not more than one or two in a morning), May 15, 1900, and

Lachnocnema durbani (taken resting on a vegetable-marrow leaf),

Nairobi, May 18, 1900.

The Moths of this collection will be worked out by Sir George

Hampson when he t: kes up the Heterocera of Eastern Africa.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVIII.

Fig. 1. Px, 2is sesamus (intermediate phase), p, 916.

2. Epamera arborifera, 3, p. 927.

3. Argiolaus erawshayt, 2, p. 926.

4,5. Cyclyrius sharpie, 3 & p- 929.

6, 7. Phrissura phebe, 3 2, p. 936.

8, 9. Hagris plicata, § 9, p. 941.

10, 11. Celenorrhinus opalinus, 3 9, p. 942.

P.Z.S.1900.PL.LIX.

bell ZI |

OVS ON oN

NG y ES WSIAD)

tv Awy4

st AYA

, a

Vy Mash IAs YIN XN VN ty freee \ hy, x

i IN a £

RINT yy) DLW AER IRAZINY

“s

At WINN gf

ny yA TY van

AAW Ed

A M4 i

SSN OVI EY

Ph Abe A ML \

7 Beal baa PA

RNewstead, ad Nat.del Bale & Danielsson L'S, lith.

WALKERIANA PERTINAX .

1900.] MR. R, NEWSTEAD ON A NEW SCALE-INSECT. 947

7. On a new Scale-Insect from Zomba, British Central

Africa. By R. Newsreap, F.E.S., Hon. Mem. R.H.S.

[Received September 28, 1900.]

(Plate LIX.)

WALKERIANA PERTINAX, 0. sp.

Q. Adult (Pl. LIX. figs. 1, 2,3) dark castaneous, slightly shining;

form above generally highly convex and evenly rounded, forming

an almost complete hemisphere, but one specimen was decidedly

more elongate and less convex ; cephalic area suddenly constricted,

much wrinkled and furrowed at the sides, and with 4-6 large, deep,

and variously-shaped punctures ; margin in front emarginate, and

within a broad, deep, upward-sloping, central groove, surmounted

on either side by a strongly-rounded ridge. Subdorsal and marginal

rows of very short, stout, dusky-white, waxy processes, placed

close together, and gradually lessening in size from the centre

towards the extremities; there is also a double dorsal row of

much smaller processes, which also lessen towards the extremities,

the largest pair occupying almost a central position. Much mealy

substance is scattered round the base of the waxy processes, and

the hollows and wrinkles are covered with the same material.

Underside (fig. 3) flat or slightly concave, with radiating grooves,

more or less covered with white mealy secretion; sides sharply

raised. Antenne (fig. 5, 5a) of 10 joints, of which the terminal

one is much the longest, and, with the exception of the first, all

the joints are furnished with short, fine hairs: formula 10, 1, 2,3

(4, 5, 6) (7, 8,9). Legs (fig. 4,6) very small; digitules to claw

simple. Rostral apparatus present, but owing to the density of

the surrounding tissues it 1s impossible to make out its true

character. Ventral opening (fig. 4) very large, somewhat hexagonal

and without marginal hairs, the whole aperture covered by a thin

anteriorly-binged valve or flap (fig. 3) of dark brown secretionary

matter occupying approximately the area indicated by the dotted

line in fig. 4; the line of attachment being immediately beneath the

insertion of the posterior legs, its exact course being indicated by

large gland-tracks (fig. 4,a, a), the largest of which are hidden

beneath the legs. Hpidermis covered with minute hairs and

circular glands.

Long 14-2050, wide 11-15, high 7-10 mm.

Larva (figs. 6, 7) elongate ovate, above (fig. 6) with median, sub-

dorsal, and marginal bands of spiny hairs. Antenne (figs. 8, 8 @)

of 5 joints, of which 5 is equal in length to 2, 3, and 4 together:

formula 5, 3, 2,1, 4. Legs very long and slender; digitules to

claw very fine simple hairs; claws (fig. 9) faintly tridentate,

Anal ring without hairs,

Proo, Zoot, Soco,—1900, No, LXII. 62

948 MR. R. NEWSTEAD ON A NEW SCALE-INSECT. [ Dec. 4,

6258 well-matured larve were counted from the interior of a

single 9.

Hab. On an unknown tree, Zomba, Central Africa. Collected

by H.B.M. Commissioner A. Sharpe, C.B., 1900.

This remarkable species is quite a giant among the Coccide,

being one of the largest species known to me.

The strength of the rostral apparatus must also be very great,

as I found it impossible to separate the insect intact from the

fragment of bark to which it was attached (see Pl. LIX. fig. 3)

without previous immersion in caustic potash.

The curious secretionary flap or valve which covers the large

ventral opening is, I believe, a unique feature. I also found a

very large and apparently pouch-shaped piece of epidermis in

the interior of the body, which I have little doubt in some way

intussuscepted the abdomen and formed a receptacle for the ova

and subsequently for the larve, which undoubtedly mature within

the body of the parent. Mr. Claude Fuller (Trans. Ent. Soe.

Lond. 1899, pt. iv. p. 436, pl. xv. fig. 1a) calls attention to the

existence in the genus Callipappus of a remarkable receptacle

in the interior of the body of the adult 9; he says (J. ¢.) there is

a “complete intussusception of several of the abdominal seg-

ments of the mature 2’s in the form of a marsupium in which

the eggs are laid and incubated.”’ And, further (p. 437), that the

sexual orifice and anus are situated at the back of the pouch. In

Callipappus the mouth-parts in the 9 are entirely absent, and

the larval antenne are 6-jointed, which entirely precludes my

placing the insect in that genus. Of the family Monophlebide,

to which this insect undoubtedly belongs, the characters of the

genus Walkeriana agree better than any other, but the abnormal

characters set forth may be considered of generic importance. In

view of this, I at one time thought the insect might form the type

of a new genus under the name of Aspidoproctus; but in the absence

of Mr. E. E. Green’s description of his Ceylonese species, I have

decided for the present to regard the characters as specific.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIX.

Walkeriana pertinax.

Fig. 1 Adult 9, actual size, dorsal.

2: 7 actual size, profile.

3. 7 actual size, ventral; with fragment of bark attached to ros-

trum, Secretionary valve also shown in sitv, immediately

below the insertion of the posterior legs,

4 Portion of ventral epidermis containing ventral opening, which

in life is covered by a secretionary flap, or valve, extending approxi-

mately to the dotted line: a, a, glands which secrete the covering ;

b, posterior leg.

5&5a. Adult 9, antennz.

6, Larva, dorsal, enlarged.

7. 4 ventral, enlarged.

8&8a. ,, antenne.

9. ,, ~tarsus and claw,

1900.] ON A COLLECTION OF HEADS OF ANTHLOPES ETC. 949

December 18, 1900.

Dr. AtpEert Gintuer, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society's Menagerie during the month of November 1900 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of November was 143, of which 41 were by

presentation, 8 by purchase, 84 were received on deposit, and

10 were born in the Menagerie. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 138.

Mr. Sclater stated that he had much admired the fine collection

of heads of Antelopes and other animals exhibited by Major A.

St. Hill Gibbons at the Meeting of the Royal Geographical Society

on the 10th inst., when Major Gibbons gave an account of his

remarkable journey across Africa. Major Gibbons had kindly

sent three of these specimens of special interest to be laid before

the Society’s Meeting to-night. The first of these was the skull

and horns of the Square-mouthed Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros sims?)

shot by Major Gibbons near Lado on the Upper Nile, about

5° N. lat., as already recorded by Mr. Thomas in ‘ Nature’

(vol. Ixii. p. 599, Oct. 18, 1900). This discovery, as Mr. Thomas

had already pointed out, was of very great interest, as no authentic

evidence of the existence of the square-mouthed form of Rhinoceros

north of the Zambesi River had been previously produced.

Two mounted heads belonging to two different forms of the

Topi Antelope, obtained by Major Gibbons, were likewise exhibited.

One of these, obtained on the White Nile, was no doubt the Tiang

(Damaliscus tiang)*. The other, obtained on the plains to the

south of Lake Albert Edward, was probably the typical Topi

(D. jimela)*, but required further comparison.

Major Gibbons, who was present, then gave the following par-

ticulars concerning the two species of Topi Antelope which he had

met with :—

I first saw the larger Topi (Damaliscus jimela ?) some 25 miles

south of Lake Albert Edward. As I neared the lake they became

quite common and were frequently to be seen in small herds up to

12, Itis improbable at least that their range extends south of about

1°S. lat., where, except for the lava valley running from the Kirunga

volcanoes northwards, the country is very mountainous and wholly

unsuited to the requirements of this class of Antelope. So, too, the

great mountain-range stretching high and deep from the N.W. of

Kivu along the shores of the Albert Edward to Ruenzori and

beyond in all probability has barred their expansion westwards.

To the east of the Albert Edward the country, though hilly, is

not without plains and valleys, and itis probable that this antelope

‘ Sclater & Thomas, ‘ Book of Antelopes,’ i. p, 63.

? Tbid. p. 67,

62*

950 CAPT, STANLEY S, FLOWER ON THR [Dec. 18,

is to be found for some distance in the direction of Lake Victoria,

though it would seem that its range is not a wide one.

The small form of the Topi (Damaliseus tiang) is first met with,

both according to native testimony and my own observation, in

about 4° N. lat., and is common for a considerable distance north-

wards. Apparently they exist to the west of the Nile only.

Jackson’s Hartebeest is common on both sides of the river, and

though I have frequently noticed herds of both species grazing on

the same plains, I have never seen them intermixed.

The Albert Edward species is the larger animal, and probably 3

or 4inches higher at the shoulder. The body-skin, both in marking

and colouring, is strikingly similar to that of the Tsessebe, and

consequently much darker than the Nile species, which lacks the

rich colouring and shading of its southern relative.

Mr. Sclater exhibited two native bandoliers or waist-belts just

received from Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z.S., formed from the

skin of the supposed new Zebra as described by Sir Harry in the

letter read at the Meeting on Nov. 20th (see above, p. 774). It was

difficult to say exactly trom what part of the body these pieces of

skin had been taken, but they were probably from the shoulders and

hind legs, as described in Sir Harry’s letter. However this might

be, they appeared to be different from any portions of the skin

belonging to the known species of Zebra, and, if the account given

by Sir Harry of what was said by the natives on the subject was

correct, would certainly indicate the existence of a new species of

Zebra in this part of the Congo Forest, or somewhere in its

neighbourhood.

Mr. Sclater promised additional particulars on this subject after

. further examination of the specimens.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Fauna of the White Nile and its Tributaries.

By Captain Stranuey SmytH Ftiower, F.Z.S., 5th

Fusiliers.

[Received September 13, 1900.]

I. Introductory Notes, p. 950. | _ VII. Molluscs, p. 970.

II. Mammals, p. 952. | VIII. Insects, p. 971.

III. Birds, p. 956. | IX. Millipedes, p. 972.

IV. Reptiles, p. 967. X. Centipedes, p. 973.

V. Batrachians, p. 968. | XI. Arachnids, p. 973.

VI. Fishes, p. 969. | XII. Crustaceans, p. 973.

I. Inrropvuctory Norns,

No Europeans having been able to visit the White Nile for

many years owing to the Mahdist insurrection, these notes on the

animals seen during an expedition up this river may be of interest.

1900.] FAUNA OF THE WHITE NILE. 951

The following itinerary will help to localize the places mentioned

in this paper, which are not marked in the ordinary atlases

available :—

11th March, 1900. Leave Omdurman and proceed up the

White Nile.

12th. Pass El Duem, and later Kowa.

13th. Cross 14° North lat. in morning, pass Goz Abu Goma,

and arrive at Abu Zeit.

16th. Leave Abu Zeit.

17th. Pass Jebel Ain in morning.

18th. Reach Renk in evening.

19th. Reach Long Tom in evening.

20th. Pass Jebel Ahmed Agar.

“21st. Pass Kaka.

22nd. About 5 a.m. reach Fashoda, and about 9 p.m. the Sobat.

23rd. Reach the base-camp of the sudd-cutting expedition near

Gabt-el-Meghahid; about 5P.m., mouth of the Bahr-el-Zeraf.

24th-26th. Proceed about 50 miles up the Zeraf and back

again.

27th. e Proceed west along the White Nile, pass the mouth of

the Bahr-el-Jebel, reach Lake No.

28th. Leave Lake No, proceed up the Bahr-el-Ghazal.

29th. Visit tributaries of the Bahr-el-Ghazal (the Bahr-el-Arab,

proceeding about 12 miles up and back again; the Bahr-el

Homar found unnavigable).

30th. On Lake Ambadi, near Meshra er Rek.

3lst March-2nd April. Return down the Bahr-el-Ghazal to

: Lake No.

ord April. Proceed up the Bahr-el-Jebel.

5th. Pass Heliat Nuer (=Meshra Nuer, or Eljab Dok).

8th. Reach neighbourhood of Shambé (=Schambeh), about

7° 20' North latitude, and about 830 miles from Omdurman,

and turn back on account of shallow water and want of

fuel for the steamer.

14th. Get back to mouth of the Bahr-el-Jebel, and 11 P.M.

reach Gabt-el-Meghahid.

16th. Proceed about 12 miles up the Sobat and down again.

17th. Reach Fashoda.

26th. Arrive back at Omdurman.

I have to acknowledge my deep sense of obligation to Sir

William Garstin, K.C.M.G., and to Mr. C. Crawley for their

assistance in noting facts of interest and in securing specimens

during the two months I had the privilege of travelling with them

on the Nile; and to the officials of the British Museum of Natural

History for their invariable kindness in helping me to work out

the collections brought home. I am particularly indebted to

Mr. Oldfield Thomas and to Mr. W. R. Ogilvie Grant.

The nomenclature of the birds in this paper is according to the

British Museum Catalogue, but the Orders are arranged as far as

952 CAPT. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Dec. 18,

possible as in the Exhibition Bird Gallery, and not according

to the volumes of the Catalogue.

Il, MAMMALS.

Family CERcoPITHECIDs.

CERCOPITHECUS SABAUS (L.).

The Grivet Monkey was noted on the 14th and 15th of March

at Abu Zeit, and on the 19th of March near Renk; each

time in smali parties of five or six individuals, sometimes walking

on the ground, sometimes in trees. We saw no other species of

monkey along the White Nile, but at Gabt-el-Meghahid, through

the kindness of Major M. Peake, R.A., and Captain H. N. Dunn,

R.A.M.C., I obtained from natives two live specimens of the

Red Monkey (Cercopithecus patas) and a young Baboon (Papio

anubis or an allied species), all three said to have been caught in

Southern Kordofan.

Family Lemurip#Z.

Two Lemurs, apparently some species of Galago, were obtained

by Mr. E. 8. Jackson, Welsh Regt., between Jebel Ain and Jebel

Ahmed Agar.

Family FEvip2.

Feruis Lz0 (L.).

Lions were met with between Jebel Ahmed Agar and Kak

during March.

Fenis parpus L.

A Leopard was shot near Gabt-el-Meghahid, and a young one

caught alive near Kaka.

FELIS sERVAL Schreb.

A Serval was shot by Mr. C. Crawley near Kaka on the 18th of

April.

GENEITA sp. ine.

A Genet was shot near Gabt-el-Meghahid ; the skin is now in the

British Museum, but more specimens are required of these animals

from various localities before it can be identified. I have also at

different times obtained two Genets from the neighbourhood of

Omdurman.

Family Hyayipz.

Hyzyna crocuta (Erx].).

We saw a Spotted Hyena on the Bahr-el-Ghazal on the 29th

March, heard them at night on the White Nile on the 20th April,

and a skull was picked up near the Bahr-el-Zeraf.

1900.] FAUNA OF THE WHITE NILE. 953

Family Canina.

CANIS sp. inc.

On the 17th March, some miles south of Jebel Ain, towards

evening, we saw a reddish-brown Jackal or dog by the side of the

river. We never heard Jackals howling at night.

Family VEsPERTILIONIDS.

ScCOLroPHILUS NIGRITA (Schreb.).

Two Bats of this species were obtained at Abu Zeit on the 14th

March, just after sunset, flying over the river’s bank.

VESPERTILIO sp. inc.

One specimen obtained at Abu Zeit, 14th March.

On the 29th March on the Bahr-el-Ghazal a big-eared Bat, with

beautiful red-orange-coloured body, ears, and wings, was numerous :

unfortunately no specimens were obtained.

Family Muripa.

Mus ratrus L.

Some young Rats caught in April on board one of the barges

employed in the sudd-cutting in the Bahr-el-Jebel were apparently

of this species.

Family Leporips.

LEPUS sp. ine.

A few pale reddish-brown Hares were seen near Abu Zeit

on the 14th and 15th of March. ‘Some skins of these White Nile

Hares would, I am told, be acceptable at the British Museum.

Family ELEPHANTID&.

ELEPHAS AFRICANUS Blum.

Wild Elephants were met with on the Zeraf, Jebel, and Ghazal

rivers, and on the south bank of the White Nile between the

mouths of the Sobat and Jebel. Personally I saw them on ten

different days: they were usually accompanied by small white

Eegrets perched on their backs. One day I had a good view of a

frightened Elephant running away, it was amusing watching an

Egret trying to keep its position on the great beast’s back.

Family GIRAFFIDZ.

GIRAFFA CAMELOPAR DALIS L.

We saw only two Giraffes, on the Bahr-el-Zeraf on the 24th of

March.

Family Bovip 2.

Bos CAFFER ZQUINOOTIALIS (Blyth).

On the 3rd of April on the Bahr-el-Jebel we saw two Buffaloes,

954 CAPT, STANLEY S, FLOWER ON THE [Dec. 18,

grand beasts, they looked very black in colour; and on the 20th

of April some of our party came on a large herd between Jebel

Ahmed Agar and Long Tom.

BuBaLis sp. inc.

There is not yet enough material collected to ascertain the

proper specific name of the Hartebeest of this region; the

specimens I have seen seemed to me to be probably B. gacksona.

A few Hartebeests were met with some miles north of Renk,

and also on the Bahr-el-Ghazal; they were usually among herds of

Damaliscus tuang.

DaMAtiscus TIANG (Heuglin).

This Antelope was met with, frequently in large herds, on

the White Nile from about a day’s steaming to the south of Jebel

Ain to near Lake No, and also on the Zeraf and Ghazal rivers.

Major Gwynn, D.S.O., R.E., told me he saw the Tiang on the

Sobat 70 or 80 miles from its joining the White Nile, but none

on the Upper Sobat.

The horns of different individuals vary very little in length, the

largest male horns I have noted were 197 inches along their front

curve.

Conus DEFASSA (Riipp.).

This Waterbuck was met with along the White Nile to the south

of Jebel Ain, and on the Zeraf and Ghazal rivers.

Cosus Leucoris (Licht. et Pet.).

The White-eared Kob was met with along the White Nile from

some distance north of Jebel Ahmed Agar southwards to Lake No,

and on the Zerat and Ghazal rivers; it also occurs on the Sobat.

Often seen in large herds: the old bucks have beautiful glossy black

backs ; the young bucks are reddish like the does.

Cozntus THOMASI Neumann.

Captain R. M. Sanders, Worcestershire Regt., showed me the

skin, skull, and horns of an Antelope he had shot, early this year,

between Jebel Ain and Renk, which exactly agrees with the

description of this species in the ‘ Book of Antelopes’ (ii. p. 131,

pl. xxxix.).

CoBus MARIA Gray.

Mrs. Gray’s Waterbuck was only seen on six different days, on

the Bahr-el-Jebel, Bahr-el-Ghazal, and on the White Nile between

Lake No and the mouth of the Bahr-el-Zeraf; usually in very

small herds, twenty was the largest number of individuals seen

together. We met with this species only in swampy land,

intersected by khors full of water, that a man cannot get about in

without risk of being bogged or attacked by crocodiles. The wide

oS othe

1900. ] FAUNA OF THE WHITE NILE. 955

curling horns of C. maria look very fine, but the gait of the animal

when galloping over the rough ground is very ungainly and

awkward looking.

CERVICAPRA BOHOR (Riipp.).

The Bohor Reedbuck was met with near Jebel Ahmed Agar,

and on the Zeraf and Ghazal rivers; singly or in parties of one

buck and one or two does. I think this species the most graceful

of all the White Nile antelopes.

OUREBIA MONTANA (Riipp.).

Oribis were met with near Kaka and Jebel Ahmed Agar, singly or

in pairs, in the long grass and bush. Both sexes are coloured

alike: that is, rich reddish fawn above, paler at the sides, and

white underneath ; there is no black at all on tail, face, or sides.

GAZELLA RUFIFRONS Gray.

The Red-fronted Gazelle was met with on both banks of the

White Nile from Abu Zeit to Kaka.

Colour (sexes alike). Above bright rufous fawn, below pure

white, a well-defined and conspicuous black stripe on the side of

the body, last three-quarters of tail black: no black marks on face.

HIPPOTRAGUS EQUINUS BAKERI (Heugl.).

Baker’s Roan Antelope, locally known as the “ Abu Aroof,” was

met with near Jebel Ahmed Agar and on the Bahr-el-Zeraf.

TRAGELAPHUS sp. inc.

A large long-horned species of Bushbuck was observed by

Lieut. Drury, R.N., on the Bahr-el-Jebel.

Family Sums.

PHACOCH@RUS AFRICANUS (Gm.).

Wart-hogs were met with only on the 22nd April, some miles

south of Jebel Ain.

Family HippoporaMip2.

HiIPPorporaMUS AMPHIBIUS L.

The Hippopotamus was first seen a little to the south of 14°

North latitude, but did not become plentiful till south of Abu Zeit

ford: these Northern animals were rather angular and starved-

looking. Except in that part of the Bahr-el-Jebel where the sudd

blocks were, we found the Hippopotamus very numerous wherever

we went on the White Nile, Zeraf, Jebel, Gchazal, and Arab rivers,

particularly in Lakes No and Ambadi. Between the 13th March

and the 23rd April we saw Hippopotamuses on 34 days out of 42.

956 CAPT. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Dec. 18,

III. BIRDS.

Family Corvipz.

Corvus SCAPULATUS Daud.

This very fine black-and-white Crow was seen on the White

Nile, from within half a day’s steaming south of Omdurman to

Lake No, and on the Sobat and Bahr-el-Zeraf ; it was numerous

round native villages and camps. During twelve days I stayed

in and about Omdurman in April and May, I did not see a single

Crow, but I have met this species further north, at Shendy.

On the 22nd March, in a tree by Fashoda Fort, I saw two Crows

of a smaller species, all black.

Family Dicrvrip.

BUCHANGA ASSIMILIS (Bechst.).

This Drongo, or King Crow, we noted near Fashoda and Gabt-

el-Meghahid.

Family TuRDID2.

SAXICOLA @NANTHE (L.).

A Wheatear was shot at Gabt-el-Meghahid in March.

Family Trmenip2.

Pycnonotus ARSINOE (H. & E.).

This Bulbul was not uncommon between Jebel Ain and Jebel

Ahmed Agar in April.

Family Lanip,

LANIARIUS ERYTHROGASTER Riipp.

A specimen of this Shrike was shot near Gabt-el-Meghahid in

March.

Family Hirunprnip2.,

CoryLe RrpPaRia (L.).

Sand-Martins were seen in large numbers towards evening flying

over the water on the Bahr-el-Jebel every day, April 4th to 13th.

Hirunpo «7THtoPica Blanf.

This Swallow was numerous on the Bahr-el-Jebel in April.

Family Moracin1ip2z.

A Pied Wagtail was seen on the White Nile at Abu Zeit on the

14th March, and at Fashoda on the 22nd, and a yellow-bellied

Wagtail near Heliat Nuer on the 5th of April; no specimens

were procured.

1900.) FAUNA OF THE WHITE NILE. 957

Family FRINGILLIDZ.

PASSER DOMESTICUS (L.).

The House-Sparrow was noted at Khartoum and Omdurman in

March, April, and May.

Family SturNipz.

LAMPROCOLIUS sp. inc.

A beautiful long-tailed Glossy Starling, with bright yellow eye,

Was very numerous, we must have seen hundreds, from Abu Zeit

to Renk, 14th to 18th March.

Family PLocerp#.

URoBRACHYA TRAVERSI Salvad.

This Weaver-bird was seen in flocks of hundreds in the long

dry grass by the White Nile near Kaka. The rich red-brown and

black coloration of the wing, with a bright orange patch on it,

gives the bird a very handsome appearance when flying.

EstRELDA PH@NICOTIS Swains.

The Cordon Blue Waxbill was very numerous in the bush near

Jebel Ahmed Agar. One shot on the 19th of April had iris

crimson ; bill pink at base, turning brown towards tip; legs and

feet very pale pinkish.

Family Upupip2z,

Urura Epors L.

A single Hoopoe was seen on three occasions: between Rink

and Long Tom on the 19th March, near Kaka on the 21st March,

and at the foot of Jebel Ahmed Agar on the 19th April.

Family CaPRIMULGIDZ.

Beautiful and strange Nightjars were seen from time to time

on the White Nile, Zeraf, and Ghazal; their long streamers were

visible against the sky as they flew round the steamer after sun-

set ; no specimens were procured.

Family Coraciipa.

CoRACIAS ABYsSINICUS Bodd.

A long-tailed Roller, apparently of this species, was very common

about Abu Zeit on the 13th and 14th March.

Family Muropip2.

Meroprs aLBicouuis Vieill.

Only seen on Jebel Ahmed Agar, 19th April.

Merops virivis L.

One shot near Renk, 21st April.

958 CAPT. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Dec. 18,

Merops NuBicus Gm.

This beautiful dark-headed red Bee-eater was fairly numerous

along the White Nile from Abu Zeit to Lake No, and some were

also seen on the Zeraf, Jebel, and Ghazal rivers. It was inter-

esting to see these birds profiting by a bush fire: as the fire crept

in a crackling line along the river-bank the Bee-eaters flew in front

of it, catching and eating the insects which came out of the grass

before the advancing heat. In the sunlight the brilliant colours

of the living birds are wonderful; within an hour after death the

brilliancy leaves the plumage.

Iris crimson, bill black, legs and feet horn-colour, claws black.

Family ALCEDINID#.

CERYLE RUDIS (L.).

The Pied Kingfisher seems rare on the White Nile ; it was only

noted on the 19th of March near Renk, on the 27th near Lake No,

and on the 22nd of April near Jebel Ain; but is fairly common

on the Bahr-el-Ghazal, Bahr-el-Arab, and Lake Ambadi, and is

numerous on the Bahr-el-Jebel from its mouth to as far south as

we went.

Family Con 2.

CoLIUS sp. ine.

These busy little birds were seen in small parties in woods

between Jebel Ain and Jebel Ahmed Agar in March and April.

Family Bucrrorip2£.

LOPHOCEROS ERYTHRORHYNCHUS (‘l'emm.).

This Hornbill was seen near Abu Zeit on the 14th of March,

and near Rink on the 18th.

LopHoceros nasurus (Linn.).

Capt. H. N. Dunn, R.A.M.C., shot a Hornbill of this species,

and one I saw near Gabt-el-Meghahid on the 15th of April

probably belonged to it.

Family CucuLip”.

CENTROPUS SENEGALENSIS (L.).

A Cuckoo which I saw from time to time on the White Nile,

Zeraf, Jebel, and Ghazal rivers, probably belongs to this species ;

specimens were shot but unfortunately lost.

Family Psirracip®.

PALZORNIS DOCILIS (Vieill.).

These Parroquets were seen at Abu Zeit, where nestlings were

obtained alive from natives, on the 14th of March, and near Renk

on the 18th.

pe PSs as

1900. ] FAUNA OF THE WHITE NILE. 959

Family VuLTURIDa.

Either Gyps fulvus or an allied species was seen both on the Zeraf

and the Ghazal; and a smaller Vulture, probably Pseudogyps

africanus (Salvad.), on the Zeraf. Otogyps auricularis (Daud.)

was noted on the 18th March afew miles north of Renk, and

occasionally again further south. The common Egyptian Vulture,

Neophron percnopterus (Linn.), was seen from time to time along

the White Nile from Omdurman to Fashoda, and also on the

Zeraf. A Vulture shot on the Zeraf, about seventy or eighty miles

from its mouth, on the 25th March was apparently Meophron

monachus (Temm.).

Family Fanconi”.

CrRcUSs MACRURUS (Gmel.).

Harrier shot near Abu Zeit, 14th March: iris golden shot with

bronze, eyelid and cere yellow, bill black, legs and feet orange,

claws black.

MELIERAX sp. ine.

Seen near Renk on the 19th March, and on the Zeraf on the

24th and 26th.

LOPHOAETUS OCCIPITALIS (Daud.).

We saw only one specimen of this beautiful dark-crested Eagle,

in a tree near Renk, on the 19th of March.

HALia&tTus VOCIFER (Daud.).

The Vociferous Sea-Eagle was noted on 33 out of the 47 days we

were south of Khartoum, along the White Nile from Omdurman

to Lake No, and on the Sobat, Zeraf, Jebel, Ghazal, and Arab rivers,

and it was numerous on Lake Ambadi. On the 21st March I noted

of this species “a noisy bird, often heard calling.” From the 23rd

March to the 13th April they were generally seen in pairs.

MILtyvvs meyrrivs (Gmel.).

The common Nile Kite was noted on 27 out of the 47 days, along

the White Nile, Sobat, Zeraf, Jebel, Ghazal, and Arab rivers. On

this last river a specimen was shot for identification. This Kite

was also noted in Khartoum in March, April, and May.

CERGHNDIS TINNUNCULUS (L.).

The Kestrel was noted at Abu Zeit on the 14th of March, and

on the Zeraf on the 24th of March.

Family PHALACROCORACID2.

PHALACROOORAX sp. inc.

Cormorants were seen on the White Nile between Abu Zeit and

960 CAPT. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Dee. 18,

Renk in March, and some of a very small species on the Ghazal on

3rd April.

Prorus RvFus Daudin.

Darters were noted on 32 days out of the 47; they were fairly

numerous all along the White Nile from Omdurman southwards,

and on the Sobat, Jebel, Ghazal, and Arab rivers. On Lakes No

and Ambadi they were very numerous indeed, in flocks on the

water, on the mud, in the papyrus, and on the small trees. Thirty-

five individuals is the most I have counted in a flock.

Family PELecanip2.

PELECANUS ONOCROTALUUS (L.).

The Common Pelican was noted on 10 days out of the 47, always

in flocks of from fifty to ninety or even more individuals, along the

White Nile from Jebel Ain southwards, on lakes by the Bahr-el-

Jebel to the south of the Heliat Nuer, and on Lake Ambadi and

other sheets of water connecting with the Bahr-el-Ghazal.

PELECANUS RUFESCENS Gmel.

This elegant small Pelican was noted on 28 days out of the 47, either

solitary or in small parties, along the White Nile from Omdurman

southwards, and on the Zeraf, Jebel, Ghazal, and Arab rivers, and

on Lake Ambadi. ‘Two birds of this species were so inquisitive as

to swim up to within ten yards of the steamer one day.

Family PH@NICOPTERID #.

Only once did I see any Flamingoes—on the 22nd of March,

near Fashoda, two adults and one halfgrown young one walking

together on a sandbank ; they were probably Phaniconaias minor

(Geoffr.).

Family ANATID2.

PLECTROPTERUS sp. inc.

Spur-winged Geese were noted on 13 days out of the 47 ; on the

White Nile from near Omdurman to Fashoda, on the Bahr-el-Jebel,

and on Lake Ambadi, where they were numerous.

DeEnpRocycna vipvatTa (L.).

The White-faced Tree-Duck, or ‘“ Whistling Teal” as it is

commonly called in the Sudan, was first seen on the 23rd of March

between the Sobat and the Bahr-el-Zeraf, then again on the 27th

on the Nile and on Lake No; on the 29th we saw a few on the

Ghazal and flocks of hundreds on the Bahr-el-Arab ; on the 30th

and 31st we saw them on Lake Ambadi in untold thousands, their

whistling noise could be heard all day, as numerous flocks of from

fifteen to fifty individuals kept flying along before the gunboat.

1900.] FAUNA OF THE WHITE NILE, 961

On the 2nd of April, when returning through Lake No, we saw

some large flocks. On six days out of the twelve we spent on the

Bahr-el-Jebel we saw some of these ducks. On the return voyage

north we met flocks on five different days between Fashoda and

Omdurman, seeing some within half a day’s steaming of that city.

On the 18th April I shot three; they all had their white faces

tinged with fulvous.

CHENALOPEX HGYPTIACUS (Briss.).

Egyptian Geese are very numerous on the White Nile from

Omdurman to about Fashoda, on some days wesaw thousands; they

were hardly ever out of sight along the banks as we steamed along:

from Fashoda on to Lake No they were not so numerous ; on the

Bahr-el-Jebel we met them only at Heliat Nuer and Shambé, and

then only a few at atime; on the Ghazal I saw only about six

individuals during the six days we spent on it. On the 21st April

near Renk by the river’s edge we saw a pair with a little party of

goslings.

CASAROA RUTILA (Pall.).

On the 11th March near Omdurman a few Brahminy Ducks were

seen among the big flocks of Egyptian Geese.

Darina acuta (L.).

Noted many Pintail on the 11th March near Omdurman, and a

few on the 21st March near Kaka.

SPATULA OLYPEATA (L.).

Shovellers were seen only on the 11th and 12th of March at the

northern end of the White Nile.

FULIGULA FULIGULA (L.).

A flock of about thirty Tufted Ducks were seen on the 11th

March near Omdurman, and one of about twenty on the 17th

March near Jebel Ain.

Family [srpip2.

Isis #rHtori10a (Lath.).

The Sacred Ibis was noted on 21 days out of the 47 we were

south of Khartoum ; it was fairly numerous on the White Nile

from close to Omdurman to Lake No, and on the Bahr-el-Ghazal,

Bahr-el-Arab, and Lake Ambadi; we also saw a few on the Bahr-

el-Jebel between Heliat Nuer and Shambé.

HAGEDASHIA HAGEDASH (Vieill.),

PLEGADIS FALCINELLUS (L.)

These two species of dark-coloured Glossy Ibises were seen on

the White Nile south of Kowa and its tributaries.

962 CAPT. STANLEY S, FLOWER ON THE [Dec. 18,

Family PLATALEIDA,

PLATALEA sp. ine.

Spoonbills were noted only on 10 days out of the 47: on the

White Nile at intervals from near Omdurman to Lake No, and on

the Bahr-el-Jebel south of Heliat Nuer.

Family Ctcon11p.

DissvuRA EPIScoPus (Bodd.).

This Stork was seen only on the 23rd of March between the

Sobat and Zeraf.

Ciconta crconta (L.).

On the 11th of March some flocks of about twenty White Storks

were seen near Omdurman; the species was again noted on the

13th, and on the 20th, some miles south of Jebel Ahmed Agar,

about 5 P.M. we saw a wonderful gathering on a sandbank, there

must have been more than a thousand of them. Again on the 19th

of April we saw a few of this species near Jebel Ahmed Agar.

EPHIPPIORHYNCHUS SENEGALENSIS (Shaw).

The Great Saddle-billed Stork was noted on 18 days out of the

47, either solitary or in pairs; it is not so familiar as the Maribou

or Tantalus, but is not shy and wild like the Shoebill. This species

we saw on the White Nile south of Renk, on the Zeraf, Jebel,

Ghazal, and Arab rivers, and on Lakes No and Ambadi.

LEPTOPTILUS CRUMENIFERUS (Less.).

The Maribou, or “ Adjutant Bird,” is about the most noticeable

bird of this region; it was observed on 33 days out of the 47: on

the White Nile from within a day’s journey of Omdurman to Lake

No, on the Bahr-el-Zeraf, on the Bahr-el-Jebel from its mouth to

as far south as we went (about 7° 20’ N. lat.), on the Ghazal and

Arab, andon Lake Ambadi. It usually congregates in large parties

in the neighbourhood of native camps, or where an animal has been

killed. I once counted sixty-nine of these great Storks seated round

the carcase of an elephant. In places where there are trees, these

birds can be seen perched in their tops.

ANASTOMUS LAMELLIGERUS T'emm.,

The Gape-billed Stork was noted on 30 days out of the 47; it

was usually seen in large numbers busily searching for food in the

mud and shallow water, or on the beds of the so-called “ oyster ”

(4itheria), left exposed by the low Nile: it is a gloomy funereal-

looking bird. We observed it all down the White Nile from

Omdurman to Lake No, and on the Zeraf, Jebel (as far south as

we went), Ghazal, and Arab rivers, and on Lake Ambadi. Some

of the flocks number many hundreds of individuals. Like the

Ibises, this bird perches on trees where there are any.

1900.] FAUNA OF THE WHITE NILE. 963

PSEUDOTANTALUS IBI8 (L.).

The African Tantalus was noted on 17 days out of the 47:

on the White Nile from near Omdurman southwards, on the Jebel,

Ghazal, and Arab rivers,and on Lake Ambadi. Like the Maribous,

these birds are but little frightened of men and their ways; I have

seen them not fly away till the steamer was within about twenty

yards of them. ‘They are very handsome birds, with, as a rule, such

beautifully clean-looking white plumage and cheerful ruddy faces.

They often congregate in flocks; the largest number of individuals

I have counted in a flock was forty-three.

Family BauZNIcIPirip 2.

BaLZNIcHPs REX Gould.

The Shoebill or Whaleheaded Stork is termed in Arabic “ Abu

Markub,” i.¢. father of a slipper. On the 28th March we first came

on this species, a solitary specimen, in a marsh near Lake No; on

the 29th while steaming up the Bahr-el-Ghazal we saw three or

four; on the 30th a few more on Lake Ambadi, one was shot and the

skin preserved; on the 31st we saw many, as the following extract

from my diary shows :—‘“‘ Whaleheaded Stork: saw perhaps forty

or fifty in the course of the day; we tried hard to shoot another

specimen with our rifles, but nobody managed to hit one; it is very

curious that while all the other birds here (never having been shot

at) are comparatively tame and easy to approach within fifty yards

or less, the Baleniceps is very shy, usually flying off at about three

hundred yards or even further, and it was very seldom we got a shot

at them under two hundred yards, which from a moving steamer is

not easy. They were to be seen usually singly, sometimes two or

three within a score of yards of each other, standing about on the

edges of the marsh, always in the same attitude; in the motionless

way in which they stand, their solitariness, and their flight, they are

more like a heron than a stork ; in fact, at a distance, unless you

can see the bill, it is impossible to tell them, when on the wing,

from the Goliath Heron. They were most numerous by Lake

Ambadi, but occurred at intervals all along the Bahr-el-Ghazal.”

On the 3rd of April we saw two near the mouth of the Bahr-el-

Jebel, on the 5th one near Heliat Nuer; on the 7th we saw seven

during the afternoon, either singly or in pairs, as usual seen

standing motionless in the swamp, and very shy; and on the 8th

we saw one within about thirty miles north of Shambée.

Notes on specimen shot, Lake Ambadi, 30th March :—

Tris very pale yellow. Eyelids and skin between bill and eye

blue-grey like the feathers of the head, but the lower eyelid has a

patch of small white feathers on it. Bill horn-colour, upper

mandible being greyish towards base. Legs, feet, and claws

black.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1900, No, LXITTI. 62

964 CAPT. STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE [Dec. 18,

Family ARDEIDZ.

ARDEA PURPUREA (L.).

The Purple Heron I only saw on three days on the White Nile

(between Jebel Ain and Jebel Ahmed Agar), but it was numerous

in the papyrus-swamps on the Bahr-el-Jebel and Bahr-el-Ghazal.

ARDEA GOLIATH Cretzschm.

The Goliath Heron was noted on 30 days out of the 47: all

along the White Nile from Omdurman to Lake No, on the Zeraf,

Jebel, and Ghazal rivers, and on Lake Ambadi. It isa very noble-

looking bird.. It was always seen solitary, never in parties. Its

harsh loud cry is one of the most familiar noises heard when travel-

ling in this region.

NYcTICORAX sp. inc.

A Night-Heron was noted on the White Nile south of Kaka, on

the Sobat and Bahr-el-Zeraf, and in flocks of a hundred or more

individuals in the papyrus-swamps of the Bahr-el-Jebel and Bahr-

el-Ghazal and on Lake Ambadi.

Examples of at least six more species of Herons were seen on the

White Nile, but no specimens were shot.

Family Gruipz.

Grus erus (L.).

A flock of this species of Crane seen near Goz Abu Goma on the

13th of March, and near El Duem on the 25th of April.

ANTHROPOIDES VIRGO (I.).

A flock of Demoiselle Cranes seen near Goz Abu Goma on the

13th of March, and a large flock near Jebel Ain on the 17th of

March.

BaLEARICA PAVONINA (L.).

The lovely Crowned Crane was noted on 26 days out of the 47:

on the White Nile from near Omdurman to Lake No, frequently

in flocks of several hundred individuals. On the 17th April I saw

some scores of these beautiful birds feeding in and around the en-

trenchments of Fashoda Fort. We saw some near the mouth of

the Sobat. Onthe Zeraf they were very numerous near its junction

with the Nile, but, curiously, after going 20 or 30 miles upstream

we saw none. On the Bahr-el-Jebel we saw only a few individuals

near the furthest point south we reached. On the Ghazal and

Arab rivers and on Lake Ambadi they were numerous, going about

in pairs. The wild, somewhat trumpet-like call which these Cranes

utter as they take to the wing is very fine.

LissoTIS MELANOGASTER (Kaup).

Specimens of this Bustard were shot on the Bahr-el-Ghazal on

1900.] FAUNA OF THE WHITE NILE. 965

the 2nd of April, and near Kaka on the 18th. Notes on the former

specimen :—Iris golden. Bill greenish. Length, wing 144 inches,

tail 7 inches, tarsus 6 inches ; bill, culmen 1? inches, tip to gape

23 inches.

EvupPoporis ARABS (L.).

“ Oubara” of the Arabs. This large Bustard was occasionally

seen on the White Nile, Zeraf, and Ghazal rivers.

Family GipIcnEMIpD 2.

(EDICNEMUS sp. inc.

Thickknees were seen near Kaka on the 21st March, near

Gabt-el-Meghahid 15th April, near Fashoda 17th April, and were

numerous on the Zeraf and Ghazal rivers.

Family CursoRimp2.

PLUVIANUS ZGYPTIUS (L.).

Only seen on Lake Ambadi on the 31st March, and on the

Bahr-el-Jebel on the 14th April.

Family Parripz.

PHYLLOPEZUS AFRICANUS (Gm.).

This white-faced red Jacana was seen solitary or in little flocks

of four or five individuals, occasionally on the White Nile from

Long Tom southwards, and frequently on Lake Ambadi and the

Zerat, Jebel, Ghazal, and Arab rivers.

Family CHARADRIID.

HoPpuioPrerts sPiINnosus (L.).

This Plover was noted on 25 days out of the 47: on the White

Nile from near Omdurman to Lake No, and on the Zeraf, Jebel,

Ghazal, and Arab rivers.

HIMANTOPUS HIMANTOPUS (L.).

Stilts were seen near EH] Duem, Abu Zeit, Jebel Ain, &c. on the

White Nile, a little south of Heliat Nuer on the Bahr-el-Jebel,

and on the Bahr-el-Arab.

RECURVIROSTRA AVOCETTA (L.).

Noted Avocets on the 12th of March a little north of El Duem.

Noumnnivs arquatus (L.).

NUMENIUS PHZOPUS (L.).

Both Curlews and Whimbrels noted in the northern part of the

White Nile in March.

63*

966 CAPT. STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Dec. 18,

Family Larip2.

HypROCHELIDON HYBRIDA (Pall.).

A Tern seen at El Duem, and elsewhere, was probably of this

species. At least two other species of Terns were observed, but no

specimens were procured.

RHYNCHOPS FLAVIROSTRIS Vieill.

Flocks of red-billed Skimmers were seen on five occasions: near

Rink, near Fashoda, on Lake No, and between Heliat Nuer and

Shambé.

Family PERIsTERID#.

TURTUR AMBIGUUS Bocage.

This Turtle-Dove seems very numerous in suitable localities

along the White Nile, from a little south of Kowa to the last

woods near Lake No, also on the Sobat, Zeraf, and Ghazal rivers.

On the Bahr-el-Jebel, owing to the general absence of trees, we

only occasionally saw any doves.

Iris golden; bill black; legs and feet pink; claws dark

horn.

CHALCOPELIA AFRA (L.).

This beautiful little Pigeon is numerous in the woods and flies

very swiftly ; it was noted from Abu Zeit southwards along the

White Nile and also on the Bahr-el-Zeraf.

Family Prerociip2.

PTEROCLES QUADRICINCTUS Temm.

Captain Dunn, R.A.M.C., shot a Sand-grouse of this species near

Gabt-el-Meghahid in March.

On the White Nile from a little south of Omdurman to Abu

Zeit, 12th to 16th March, we saw large flocks (in some cases there

must have been thousands of individuals) of Sand-grouse come

down to the river, usually about 9 a.m. No specimens were shot, so

I could not identify the species.

Family PHAsIANID&.

NUMIDA PTILORHYNCHA Licht.

“Gedad” of the Arabs. These Guinea-fowl were seen on the

White Nile near Goz Abu Goma, Abu Zeit, Jebel Ain, Renk, Jebel

Ahmed Agar, Kaka, Gabt-el-Meghahid, &c.,and on the Bahr-el-Zeraf.

At daybreak and towards sunset flocks of from twenty to over a

hundred individuals may be seen drinking at the river’s edge.

They are excellent eating.

1900. ] FAUNA OF THE WHITE NILE. 967

IV. REPTILES.

Family PELoMEDUSID2.

STERNOTHERUS ADANSONI (Schweigg.).

This Water-Tortoise was found on the White Nile from Abu

Zeit southwards, and on the Zeraf and Ghazal rivers.

The British Museum contains a specimen collected by Consul

Petherick on the Upper Nile.

Family Trionycuip2.

CYCLANORBIS SENEGALENSIS (D. & B.).

Remains of this Turtle were found lying on the banks of the

White Nile as far north as Renk, and on the Bahr-el-Zeraf.

Family CRocop1Lipz.

CROCODILUS NILOTICUS Laur.

Crocodiles were noted on 30 days out of the 47 we were south

of Khartoum. We first saw them about 20 miles to the north of

El Duem, but they did not become numerous till south of Abu

Zeit ford. From Jebel Ain onward to about Fashoda, Crocodiles

were seldom out of sight, often in large numbers: for instance on

17th March I counted 21 individuals lying at one spot on the tail

of an island, and on 18th April 22 basking on one sandbank.

On the Bahr-el-Zeraf small Crocodiles were numerous, I caught

one alive. We also saw some Crocodiles on the Lake No end of

the White Nile, on the Bahr-el-Jebel, Bahr-el-Ghazal, Bahr-el-

Homar, and Lake Ambadi; they were probably as numerous on

these rivers as on the White Nile, but the thick masses of reeds

prevented one seeing them, and on the Bahr-el-Jebel the Crocodiles

were, curiously, very shy and we could not get within shooting

distance of them.

Most of the Crocodiles seen were under 12 feet in length, but

some must have approached 15 feet; the largest specimen I

actually measured, killed by natives near Fashoda, was 14 feet

long. The only really large ones we saw were on the Bahr-el-

Jebel, between Heliat Nuer and Shambé; on the 7th April I saw

two or three that I estimated to be perhaps 20 feet in length.

Family GucKkonip 2.

H®EMIDACTYLUS BROOKII Gray.

Four Geckoes of this species were caught at Gabt-el-Meghahid

in April.

Family VARANID2.

VARANUS NILOTIOUS (Linn.).

This large Lizard was met with on the Zeraf and Jebel rivers.

A specimen from the Zeraf measured in total length 5 feet

968 CAPT, STANLEY 8, FLOWER ON THE (Dec. 18,

14 inches ; snout to vent 2 feet 53 inches ; tail (tip broken) 2 feet

8 inches.

VARANUS OCELLATUS Riipp.

Two specimens obtained, White Nile.

Family Scrncrp 2”.

Masui STRIATA (Peters).

One specimen of this Skink caught at Fashoda on the 22nd of

March.

Family GUAUCONIIDA,

GLAUOCONIA CAIRI (Dum. et Bibr.).

A little Snake caught at Gabt-el-Meghahid is apparently of this

species, but unfortunately its somewhat shrivelled condition

prevents its being determined for certain.

Family Bor”.

PYTHON SEBR (Gmel.).

A young Python of this species was caught on the bank of the

White Nile, near the mouth of the Bahr-el-Jebel, 14th April.

Ventrals 280. Anal entire. Subcaudals 72. Scales in 93 rows.

Family CoLuBRipz.

TROPIDONOTUS OLIVACEUS (Peters).

Three specimens were caught in the sudd region of the Bahr-el-

Jebel in April.

CHLOROPHIS HMINI (Giinth.).

Three Snakes of this species were caught in the sudd on the

Bahr-el-Jebel in April.

PSAMMOPHIS SIBILANS (Linn.).

A specimen of colour-variety E (Blgr. Cat. Snakes, ui. p. 161)

was caught at Gabt-el-Meghahid in April: it had 1 pre- and

2 postoculars, temporals 242, 8 upper labials (4th and 5th enter

eye), ventrals 183, subcaudals 100, and was in total length about

685 mm.

V. BATRACHIANS.

Family Ranip2#.

RANA MASCARENSIS Dum. et Bibr.

One specimen caught a few miles south of Jebel Ain on the

22nd April; this was the first and only batrachian I (or any of

our party) saw during the whole time we were south of Khartoum.

It was coloured olive and bronze, with indefinite markings.

1900.] FAUNA OF THE WHITE NILE. 969

VI. FISHES.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., has kindly determined the following

fishes, specimens of which I collected and sent to the British

Museum.

1. POLYPTERUS SENEGALUS.

Specimens were obtained on the Bahr-el-Zeraf, Bahr-el-Jebel,

and Bahr-el-Ghazal. On the 8th of April two were caught with

rod and line, by dangling a little piece of meat ona hook just

under the surface of the water in a little shallow muddy backwater

of the Jebel.

2. PoLYPTERUS BICHIR.

On the 7th April a specimen was caught by hand on the Bahr-

el-Jebel, frightened by the approaching steamer it had jumped out

of the water on to the sudd.

Colour (in life). Olive-green, darker on the top of the head and

along back, pale lemon-yellow below. Lips and underneath of

head washed with pink. Tentacle red. Red lights about gills

and pectoral fins. Body about vent, and ends of ventral, anal,

and caudal fins, tinged with bright red. Iris yellow.

3. HTEROTIS NILOTICUS.

Sometimes called the “ White Nile Salmon,” and said to be very

good eating, but I have not tried it personally. Specimen caught

at Gabt-el-Meghahid on the 15th of April :—Total length over all

2 feet 3 inches; depth (at vent) 52 inches.

4, GYMNARCHUS NILOTICUS.

A specimen of this large eel-like fish was caught near the

junction of the Ghazal and Homar rivers on the 29th March ;

it measured in total length 3 feet 93 inches.

5, TILAPIA NILOTICA.

A ‘Boultee” was caught at Gabt-el-Meghahid on the

15th April, and on the 29th March when steaming down the

Bahr-el-Arab a large one jumped on board the gunboat: we ate it,

but the flesh was not nice, being soft and ‘“ muddy.”

6, SYNODONTIS SCHALL.

This Siluroid seemed numerous on the Bahr-el-Zeraf, specimens

were caught on hook and line from the steamer while tied up

to the bank.

7. Bagrus pocMac.

Bahr-el-Zeraf, caught as above.

8. CLARIAS LAZERA,

Bahr-el-Zeraf, caught as above.

970 CAPT, STANLEY 8. FLOWER ON THE [Dec. 18,

VII. MOLLUSCS.

Thanks to the kind assistance of Mr. Edgar A. Smith, I have

been able to identify at the British Museum most of the shells

collected on the White Nile: they are referable to eleven species.

Family Viviparip2.

1. VivIPARA UNICOLOR Olivier,

One specimen from Abu Zeit.

Family SrenoGyRip2&.

2. LIMICOLARIA CAILLAUDI Pfr,

Many specimens of this beautifully marked tall spiral shell were

picked up at Fashoda, and a few at other places between there and

Jebel Ain.

Family AMPULLARIID2.

3. AMPULLARIA WERNERI Philippi.

Shells of this species were very numerous, scattered about the

banks of the White Nile at Abu Zeit, Fashoda, &c., and also along

the Bahr-el-Zeraf and Bahr-el-Ghazal. ‘his species attains to a

larger size in this region than any African freshwater shell

was previously known to; I have measured a specimen nearly

5 inches (125 mm.) across in its largest diagonal diameter.

4, LANISTES PURPUREUS Jonas.

This sinistral shell we found numerous along the Bahr-el-

Zeraf.

5, LANISTES CARINATUS (Olivier).

Of this sinistral shell we obtained specimens at Fashoda and

other places on the White Nile, and also on the Babr-el-Zeraf.

Family Cyrenipz.

6. CoRBICULA FLUMINALIS Mill. jr.

Oue specimen from Abu Zeit; both Sir Samuel Baker and

Consul Petherick also obtained examples of this species from the

White Nile waters.

Family Untonip2.

7. UNIo TERETIUSCULUS Philippi.

This small Mussel we got at Abu Zeit.

Family Inipryip2.

8. MurELA RosTRata Rang.

A very elongated Mussel from the White Nile, south of Abu

Zeit.

1900.] FAUNA OF THE WHITE NILE. 971

9. Mursna RUBENS Lamarck.

Some small Mussels also found to the south of Abu Zeit are

probably young specimens of this species.

10. Muruta sp. ine.

A very large Mussel, with beautiful iridescent pink inside, which

we found at Fashoda and other places on the White Nile, does not

entirely agree with any specimen in the British Museum

collection, but is closely allied to Mutela petersi, Martens.

Family AATHERIIDA.

11. AATHERIA sp. ine.

This shell, commonly spoken of as the “ White Nile Oyster ”

(but not really an oyster), is probably Atheria lamarckii. It is

excessively numerous, forming large beds along the river, especially

about El Duem, Kowa, and Abu Zeit. These being left dry by

the unusually low Nile were frequented by hundreds of birds.

VII. INSECTS.

HEXAPODA.

Owing to the loss of my killing-bottles &c. early in the ex-

pedition, only a very small collection of insects was brought back ;

Sir George Hampson, Bt., has kindly identified the following

Moths.

Family Pyranip”.

GLYPHODES sERICEA Drury. Caught on Bahr-el-Ghazal in

March.

Family Nocrun2.

SPHINGOMORPHA CHLOREA MONTEIRONIS Ruth. Also caught on

the Bahr-el-Ghazal in March.

Of Beetles, the most remarkable owing to its numbers was a

small species of Adoretus (family Rutelidz), which on the Bahr-el-

Ghazel, on the nights of the 1st and 2nd April, swarmed on board

the steamer in incalculable thousands and was a great nuisance,

crawling up our sleeves, down our necks, and into our food and beds.

A remarkable “long-nosed bug” (Pyrops sp. inc.) was caught near

Heliat Nuer on the 9th April, and a large Belostoma at Fashoda.

Beautiful little Fireflies were a noticeable feature on many

evenings on the Zeraf, Jebel, and Ghazal rivers, darting hither

and thither over and through the reeds.

But it was certain flies that most attracted our attention.

Family TaBanip”.

‘'ABANUS DORSIVITTA Walker. The Seroot Fly.

Colour. Eyes rich dark brown. Back of thorax olive-brown,

with four dark longitudinal lines. Abdomen: upper surface, centre

972 CAPT, STANLEY S. FLOWER ON THE (Dec. 18,

very pale olive-brown with on each side a black longitudinal

line, sides rich reddish brown. Underneath head and thorax pale

grey. Underneath abdomen pale reddish brown, except centre

of last three segments which are dark brown. Legs: basal seg-

ments grey, remainder reddish brown, except front pair, which

are black underneath and marked with black above distally.

Antenne black. Biting-organ: anterior shorter portion white,

posterior or longer portions black. Wings transparent, reddish-

brown veins.

We first met the Seroot on the 16th March a few miles south

of the Abu Zeit ford, on the 17th and 18th we again observed it.

On the 23rd at Gabt-el-Meghahid it was numerous, as it was also

on the Zeraf and Ghazal rivers, but none were noted on the Bahr-

el-Jebel. On the return journey it was troublesome on the Sobat

and on the White Nile to a little north of Kaka.

The Seroot is most persistent in its attacks all through the day,

but especially late in the afternoon, when it only leaves off in time

for the Mosquitoes to come on. The Seroot bites one even through

one’s shirt and at the knees through cord riding-breeches; if

driven off there is no after effect from the bite, but if allowed to

remain biting for long the wound becomes irritable and slightly

swollen next day.

TABANUS sp. ine.

A second, larger species of Seroot was occasionally met with,

with a black abdomen. In size it agrees with Tabanus biguttatus,

but the female has a whitish thorax instead of yellow as in that

species, of which I think it may be a variety.

Mosquitoes.

Both going and coming back along the White Nile we met very

few Mosquitoes between Omdurman and the Sobat ; on the Zeraf

from March 23rd to 25th they were not numerous ; on March 26th

in the White Nile they first became troublesome; and on the 27th

in Lake No were a great nuisance, rendering sleep almost impossible

except under curtains of extra fine mesh; though so small, these

Mosquitoes are very venomous. On the Ghazal from March 28th to

April 1st they swarmed in the papyrus, but in places where there

was a break in the swamps there were very few and it was

possible to sleep in comfort. On the Bahr-el-Jebel from 3rd to the

13th April we never had any peace from them from about sunset

till a couple of hours after sunrise. Nowhere in the East have I met

Mosquitoes in such numbers, or so venomous and persistent in

attacking one: not only the English officers, but also the Egyptian

and Soudanese soldiers and Nubian boatmen suffered much from

them.

IX, MILLIPEDES.

ARCHISPIROSTREPTUS sp. ine.

Three specimens Gabt-el-Meghahid, and two near mouth of

Zerat: the only Millipedes met with.

1900.] FAUNA OF THE WHITE NILE. 973

X. CENTIPEDES.

SCOLOPENDRA MORSITANS LL.

Three Centipedes, each about 50 mm. (2 inches) long, obtained

at Gabt-el-Meghahid. It is very interesting to find this widely

distributed species here: at first I thought it might have been

brought up among our baggage, but Mr. R. I. Pocock tells me it

has only once been met with in Egypt and never before in any

part of the Soudan.

XI. ARACHNIDS.

Family Burau.

Buruus pmrini Pocock, A. M. N. H. (6) vi. p. 98, pl. i. fig. 2

(1890).

Three Scorpions from Gabt-el-Meghahid. The type specimen

was obtained by the late Emin Pasha on the shore of the Victoria

Nyanza.

Family Pisauripa.

EUPHROSTHENOPS BAYONIANUS Brit. Cap.

A Spider probably of this species, which was described from

Angola, was obtained at Gabt-el-Meghahid.

Family Hareroropip2.

SPARASSUS sp. inc.

Specimens of this Spider were caught at Gabt-el-Meghahid and

on board the gunboat ‘ Abu Klea,’

Family Arripz.

Marprssa (==MARprusa) sp. inc.

An apparently undescribed species of Jumping Spider was

numerous on board the gunboat ‘Abu Klea. A male and

female have been presented to the British Museum.

XII. CRUSTACEANS.

Family PoramMonipa.

PorAMON sp. inc.

This Crab, of which only one specimen was obtained, apparently

belongs to a new species, and will be described by Dr. J. G.

de Man in a future communication,

It was found on the sudd in the Bahr-el-Jebel.

974 MR. W. M. THOMSON ON A BRANCHIATE [Dec. 18,

2. An Account of a Large Branchiate Polynoid from New

Zealand, Lepidonotus giganteus Kirk, By W. Matcoim

Tuomson, B.A. (N.Z.). With an Introduction by

Professor W. Buaxtanp Brenuam, D.Sc., M.A., F.Z.S.,

Otago University.

[Received November 19, 1900.]

(Plates LX.-LXIL.)

Inrropucrion. By Prof. Benya.

In introducing to the zoological world a new author, I think it

is only just, both to members of the Society and to my pupil,

Mr. Thomson, to state that, though the paper has been written

and the drawings executed by him, I have throughout constantly

supervised his work, so that I can confirm all his statements of

fact, to which, too, I have here and there added a note.

In the course of an examination of a collection of Annelids

obtained during a recent experimental trawling expedition, carried

out by the Fisheries Department of the New Zealand Government—

during which provision was generously made for the collection of

zoological material,—I had occasion to identify a large species of

Lepidonotus, the subject of the present paper. I soon discovered

that this Lepidonotus giganteus of Kirk |8] had been previously

described under the name <Aphrodita squamosa by Quatrefages

many years before ; and a question arises as to the strict application

of the laws of nomenclature.

The commonest Polynoid on the coasts of Britain is L. sguam-

atus L.; and it appears to me that on the grounds of clearness and

convenience—which, after all, are the foundations of any system of

nomenclature—it would be desirable to depart in this instance from

the strict letter of a law which, if applied, might lead to some

confusion between the old established LZ. squamatus L. and the

New Zealand species L. syuamosus Q.

It is true that in faunistic accounts these two names would

probably never actually clash, for the British species does not occur

on the coasts of New Zealand. But it is not impossible that

L. squamosus may occur in Arctic seas, side by side with LZ. syuam-

atus; for in a collection of Polynoids made within the Arctic

circle, and handed to me by Prof. D’Arcy Thompson (for identifi-

cation—which, however, I had to return to him unidentified, on

leaving Oxford), I remember a large specimen of about the same

size and colour as the subject of the present note. But as I have

no literature here upon Arctic Annelids, I am unable to ascertain

whether the Arctic species is identical with our Southern form ;

yet, if the “ Bipolar Theory ” be true, it is not impossible that it

may be: then confusion between the two names would arise.

1 have therefore retained the name given by Kirk, who

2 .La00 ik:

mat

ACS i

Tal

Mintern Bros.imp.

J. Smit lith.

LEPIDONOTUS GIGANTEUS.

PZ S00 PRA,

TR see a

ui phi? gs ae aed

J.Smit lth.

LEPIDONOTUS GIGANTEUS.

MinternBros.imp.

ca \y

’

ein

as y

0 tae Ae

P.Z.5 .1900-F1.LXi.

(POS er eee reer

1L | Serre aaa ae

: ; Beecas

<= - oe re ae

12b.

EE Ta

J. Smit lith. Mintern Bros,imp.

LEPIDONOTUS GIGANTEUS.

1900.] POLYNOID FROM NEW ZEALAND. 975

recognized its proper genus; in preference to the specific name

conferred by Quatrefages, who had most unaccountably referred

it to Aphrodita.

The most striking and interesting feature about the Annelid is

the very definite, subelytral groove along the back (Plate LX. fig. 3)

with the row of tubercles for the support of the overlapping

moieties of the elytra, so that the groove is constantly open for the

respiratory current. I am not aware that anything so definite

has been hitherto noted in any Polynoid, and I suggest the term

“ respiratory channel ” for it.

The definite “ exhalant aperture,” too, formed by the emargina-

tions of the last pair of elytra (Plate LX. fig. 1) complete the utility

of this channel. The presence of such an aperture formed in this

way is mentioned and figured by Huxley for Z. squamatus, in his

‘Manual of Anatomy of the Invertebrates,’ 1877, p. 228. The

peculiar hair-like character of the neuropodial bristles—suggesting

the felted hairs of Aphrodita—are also a peculiarity of the species,

especially in their number and softness of texture.

DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES. By W. Matcotm THomson,

General appearance.—The specimens measured in a preserved -

condition ranged in length from 80 mm. downwards and in breadth

from 35 mm. Average specimens were about 68 mm. long by

25 mm. broad. In shape the animal is a very regular oval, the

anterior end being rather narrower than the posterior. The upper

surface of the body is strongly convex, both in the longitudinal

and transverse planes, the ventral surface being flat or even

inclined to be convex, but with the usual median groove. The

dorsum is completely covered by the large imbricate elytra, of which

there are twelve pairs (Plate LX. fig. 1). Between the first pair a

small median notch allows the protrusion of the palps and tentacles.

There is a smooth tract over the mesial moiety of the series of

the elytra, bounded on each side by a row of oblong transverse

ridges representing the areole or areas of attachment of the

elytra (Plate LX. fig. 1,a). The median moiety of each elytron

constituting this tract is coloured a warm brown, and this colour

is continued outwards behind the areola (Plate LX. fig. 1, ¢),

the anterior surface of which is coloured light buff and is smoother

than the general surface. The median tract ceases at the last pair

of elytra, the inner margin of each of which is notched, so as

to produce a small oval aperture with distinct, upturned lips:

this aperture is the exhalant respiratory pore, to which we shall

return. The posterior and lateral surfaces of an elytron are beset

with numerous spiny processes and also with fine hairs. The

margin of the body, as seen from above, is formed by a fringe of

hairs constituted by the successive bundles of notopodial bristles,

These hair-like bristles and the processes of the elytra collect

a considerable amount of mud and afford a foothold for foreign

organisms, which no doubt aid in the concealment of the animal.

976 MR. W. M. THOMSON ON A BRANCHIATE [Dec. 18,

Here and there along the sides of the body the tips of the dorsal

cirri may be seen protruding. The tips of the stout neuropodial

bristles are also visible at certain points (Plate LX. fig. 1, ch.).

When the body is viewed from below, the eye is at once caught

by the stout parapodia (Plate LX. fig. 2) and by the large mouth.

The body consists of 27 segments, including the peristomium and the

pygidium, which do not carry typical parapodia; of which, there-

fore, there are only 25 pairs. Each parapodium is provided with

a ventral cirrus, and just at the point of attachment of the foot with

the body there occurs a prominent nephridial papilla (Plate LX.

fig. 2, neph.) These become less marked towards the anterior end,

and are absent from the first four or five pairs of parapodia'

(the rudiments show up more clearly in some specimens than in

others). Each papilla springs from the body, from the corner of

a little square area raised into ridges, these areas forming a band

down each side of the body. The middle of the body is occupied

by a smooth surface, marked with fine transverse lines. Down the

median line is a reddish-brown line seen, by transparency, lying in

the mid-ventral groove, and representing the ventral nerve-cord.

The colour is probably due to hemoglobin, which has been

demonstrated by Prof. Ray Lankester [1] in the nerve-cords of

Aphrodita aculeata. The mouth is very conspicuous and is bounded

by four large thick lips, of which one is posterior and transverse,

two are lateral and obliquely placed, while the fourth, median

anterior, is wedged in between the oblique lips. The actual

position of the mouth seems to be between the second and third

pairs of parapodia ; in other words, the mouth has moyed backwards

from its primary position, so that three segments with their

appendages lie in front of the mouth, a phenomenon which we

are accustomed to meet with in Arthropods*. The mouth is thus

further back than is represented in most of the figures of

Lepidonotus available.

The median anterior lip hides the base of the median tentacle

and is separated from it by a deep groove, so that it cannot be

mistaken for a facial tubercle.

Returning to the dorsal surface (Plate LX. fig.3), after the removal

of the elytra it is seen that the upper surfaces of the parapodia are

produced towards the centre of the back as broad, flat ridges, of which

the usual alternate ones carry the elytra. These ridges are oblong

or rectangular in shape, with distinct edges, and are separated by

? The absence of nephridial papilla from the more anterior segments in

Polynoids was remarked by Bourne [3] for ZL. clavus, in which papille are

stated to be absent from the first 8 segments, as is also the case in several

species recorded recently by H. Johnstone [9].

* This shifting of the mouth in Annelids back through one or more segments

occurs in sary, 2 pec Aceetide, in Chrysopetalum, and in Aphrodita ; but it

has been but little remarked upon in connection with the same phenomenon, to

which Lankester was the first to draw attention, in the case of Arthropoda.

Its occurrence in these families of Annelids, all of which are undoubtedly

much modified as compared with the typical annelid, is of interest and of

theoretical importance.—W. B. B.

1900.] POLYNOID FROM NEW ZHALAND. 977

narrow transverse grooves, which lead inwards to a median dorsal

groove or channel lying between the ridges of the right and left

sides. This channel is incompletely divided into two, longitudinally,

by a series of firm, truncated tubercles, which posteriorly form a

single median row, but anteriorly a double row, enclosing a spindle-

shaped raised area, the channel passing forwards outside the

tubercles (Plate LX. fig. 3). The result is that the channel bi-

furcates anteriorly ; but on the second segment there are again a

couple of median tubercles (Plate LX. fig. 3 & Plate LXI. fig. 4),

and the channel is thus carried forwards right to the base of

the prostomium (Plate LXI. fig. 4). Posteriorly, the tubercles

cease on segment xix, while the channel continues backwards

to segment xxii. The tubercles serve to support the mesial

moieties of the elytra, thus leaving a clear subelytral channel,

which, from its function, may be termed the dorsal “respira-

tory channel.” Towards the posterior end the channel becomes

deeper, and is closed by the transverse union of the parapodial

ridges of the last elytriferous segment. The channel thus ends

just under the aperture mentioned above, formed between the last

pair of elytra.

Looking more closely at the parapodial ridges, a number of small

processes are observable, at their outer ends and especially towards

the margins of the transverse canals. These processes may be as

many as twenty in number on a cirriferous segment, rather fewer

on an elytriferous segment (Plate LXI. figs.7 &8). They are little

finger-shaped evaginations of the body-wall, rarely branched, and

evidently serve as gills’. Unfortunately there were no living

specimens obtainable, so that we could not verify the following

inferences, but the appearances seem to justify them :—currents of

water are brought by ciliary action ? into the transverse canals ;

the water is filtered by the bunches of notopodial hairs, and passes

thence over the branchie, oxygenating the blood; the water then

passes into the dorsal median canal and finds its way out by the

posterior aperture.

Haswell, in his Monograph of Australian Aphroditea [2],

mentions that both Williams and Quatrefages record a respiratory

current in Aphrodita and Hermione, caused by the rhythmical

movements of the elytra under the felty coating of the back. But

he adds :—“ In species in which the felt-like dorsal covering does

not exist, this function would appear to be in abeyance, and in

Polynoé and allied genera, so far as I have observed, the elytra

remain perfectly motionless while the animal as a whole is at rest.”

It is suggested that, in Z. giganteus, while probably no actual

movement of the elytra is necessary to produce the stream, yet, by

means of the “respiratory channel” and the dorsal tubercles

? Compare Buchanan’s figure 4 in illustration of Lupolyodontus cornishii, in

Q. J. Mier. Se. vol. xxxv.

? Cilia have been observed by several naturalists on the sides of the para-

podia in Polynoids; but Mr. Thomson did not examine the histological

structure of the body-wall in the present annelid,—W. B. B.

978 MR. W. M, THOMSON ON A BRANCHIATE [Dec. 18,

supporting the mesial regions of the elytra, a continuous stream of

water may, nevertheless, be passed over the back, thus producing

the same result as the rhythmical movements observed in Aphrodita.

This is interesting as showing how the same need has been met

in animals of different structure by adaptations of different kinds.

The apparatus in this species seems to have attained a considerable

degree of perfection, and in the literature at our disposal I can

find no reference to any similar arrangement.

In this dorsal view further points of interest may be noted.

When the elytra were removed in a female, a pale pinkish

substance was observed, especially above the bases of the notopodial

bunches of hair. This, when examined under the microscope, was

found to consist of numerous ova which did not seem to have been

fertilized ; for neither were polar bodies to be seen, nor were

any eggs segmented, while they all presented the large vesicular

nucleus characteristic of the unfertilized ovum. It would seem,

therefore, that the ova are all passed up under the elytra (the

female contained a great number of eggs in the celom), and are

there fertilized by sperms carried in by the respiratory current.

According to a statement made by Haswell, development must also

take place there to a certain extent.

The elytriferous segments are 2, 4, 5, 7 &c., 21-23, the elytro-

phore being a special part of the parapodial ridge. The alternate

parapodia carry dorsai cirri with bulbous tips, long enough to

protrude freely (as much as 3 mm.) beyond the edges of the

elytra. The base of the cirrus is extremely muscular (Plate LX.

fig. 3and Plate LXI. fig. 7), and they are evidently capable of

considerable movement. The dorsal cirri of the first, ze. the

peristomial segment, are without this muscular base and resemble

the prostomial tentacles in appearance.

One more point to be noted in this view of the dorsal surface

is the anus, which lies just beyond the end of the dorsal respiratory

channel, separated from it by the transverse ridge already referred

to. The two ventral pygidial cirri represent the ventral cirri of the

pygidium, and are directed backwards, as are also the dorsal cirri

of three pairs of parapodia immediately anterior to the pygidium.

Thus four pairs of these tactile organs may be seen curling up

round the edge of the elytra at the extreme posterior end. It

seems rather remarkable that there should be such a good supply

of “ feelers ” at this end, and indicates that it is the habit of the

animal to explore crannies and holes among stones &c., from

which it must often make its exit backwards.

The Head.—The head consists of prostomium and peristomium

(the first segment), the whole being retractile to a slight degree

under the next segment, which bears the first pair of elytra

(Plate LXI. fig. 4). The prostomium is irregularly oval, convex

above, well defined posteriorly. Its base is, in the preserved speci-

mens, overhung by the first ‘dorsal tubercle,” which belongs to the

peristomial segment. There are two pairs of eyes—a posterior

larger, and an anterior smaller eye on each side,—which are so

lard

1900.) POLYNOID FROM NEW ZEALAND. - 979

close together that at first sight a single pair only appears to

exist, but its anterior limit is not distinctly marked, as it is

produced into the cylindrical bases of the three tentacles’. The

length up to the base of the median tentacle is about equal to the

breadth (2; mm. by 24 mm.). The median tentacle is slightly

longer than the lateral, and its base is depressed very slightly

below those of the lateral pair, which thus form a shallow V-shaped

groove behind it. The median tentacle is about 6 mm. long; the

lateral pair being 5 mm. each, measured to the posterior end of

the base. Arising between the prostomium and peristomium, on

the lower surface of the head, is a pair of palps about 9 mm. long,

which just below the tip narrow suddenly to a fine point; they

bear 7 to 9 longitudinal rows of papille, which take a somewhat

spiral course.

The peristomium bears a pair of considerably modified parapodia.

Each consists of a conical base bearing two cirri, a dorsal and

a ventral, which resemble the tentacles (Plate LXI. fig. 4). On

the anterior dorsal surface of the base a very small bunch of hair-

like bristles protrudes, corresponding to the notopodial hairs of

succeeding segments.

On the ventral surface of the head the mouth has been already

sufficiently described; only one point remains to be noticed,

namely, that the ventral cirri of the second segment are elongated

and bulbous below the tip, just like the preceding pair. They are

generally inclined towards the mouth, and are termed the buccal

cirri. In some specimens the ventral cirri of the next segment

showed a tendency to swell below the tip, more marked than in

those further back (Plate LX. fig. 2).

Elytra.—A reference to fig. 1 will give a better idea of the

arrangement of the elytra than any description. They are

attached to the body by a considerable area, the “ areola,’ of an

oblong form and of considerable breadth. The corresponding area

on the body is the elytrophure (Plate LX. fig. 3), and Jies obliquely

transverse on the flattened parapodial ridge mentioned above.

The colour of a typical elytron is a warm brown behind a line taken

transversely across about its middle, the colour advancing forwards

somewhat at the inner end (indicated by dots in Plate LXII. fig. 10).

The part covered by the preceding elytron is light buff, and this

colour extends backwards over the anterior slope of the areolar

ridge.

The elytra vary considerably in size and shape according to

their position, the terminal ones being smaller. Plate LXTII.

! In Lepidonotus it is usually stated that the “ prostomium is produced into

the base of the lateral tentacles”; as a matter of description this is true, but,

from the comparative anatomy of the group, it appears that the cylindrical

‘prolongation ” (marked 0.¢. in the figure) should be regarded as the base of

the tentacle fused with the anterior margin of the prostomium:; this margin is

in the present annelid just indicated by a faintly marked, oblique line; and if

this be compared with the prostomium of Harmothoé and others, this interpre-

tation seems reasonable.—W. B. B.

Proc, Zoo. Soo,—1900, No, LXIYV, 64

980 MR. W. M. THOMSON ON A BRANCHIATE [ Dee. 18,

fig. 10 gives a drawing of an elytron from the middle of the left

side, which may be described as being typical of the rest. The

measurements of the transverse diameters are 9 mm. by 21 mm.

The general shape is transversely oval, but with a shallow sinus

in the elongated anterior border. All the elytra bear a number

of processes arranged around the external and posterior edges and

also on the neighbouring surface. The margins have further a

fringe of smal] hairs almost all round, which are visible in Plate LXI.

figs. 5, 6, and Plate LXII. figs. 9,10. Plate LXII. fig. 9 is an

enlarged view of the part of fig. 10 between LZ. &e. The appear-

ance presented is curious, as two types of processes are seen.

The margin is produced into a number of very slender, round-

ended, hair-like processes (Plate LXII. fig. 9,/), and immediately

within these there is a series of stout, more or less cylindrical

spines, ending in a point and bearing conical thorn-like out-

growths just below the apex (Plate LXII. fig. 9, ¢). Occasionally

there are short and much more thorny processes (Plate DLXII.

fig. 9,¢'). The bases of the spines are bluntly conical, and appear

from a surface view to be simply embedded in the elytra. The

spines arising from the flat surface further away from the margin

are much stouter, with fewer outgrowths, and arise from the

surface of the elytron by broad, star-like, spreading bases (Pl. LXII.

fig. 9, st.b.). Many of them also have alittle patch of pigment near

the tip and a small vesicle, for neither of which could any function

be guessed '. The surface of the elytra abounded in similar, but

smaller, star-like bases, bearing, however, only incipient processes.

The spines, especially the rooted ones, were more numerous on

the posterior elytra than on those situated further forwards.

The first and last pairs differ in form from the remainder and

from one another. Of the first pair, the right member is almost

circular in outline ; the left is similar but has a wide notch in its

anterior border (Plate LXI. fig. 5,”.). The hinder margin of the

notch is covered by the edge of the elytron of the right side,

with which the anterior boundary of the notch forms an angle,

lying in the middle line, and evidently intended to allow freer

protrusion of the head or its appendages, which in preserved speci-

mens are seen below the notch (Plate LX. fig. 1).

Each elytron of the last pair has a pear-shaped outline (Plate LX1I.

fig. 6); the broader end is directed backwards and the narrower is

overlapped by the preceding elytron. The mesial edge, just in front

of the constriction between the two regions, is upturned, so as to

form a lip; so that when the pair is i situ, an oval aperture is

formed, which overlies the hinder end of the dorsal subelytral

respiratory channel; this aperture is shown in Plate LX, fig. 1,

ev.

Parapodia,—Of these there are twenty-five typically constructed

pairs, each of which consists of neuropodium and notopodium, the

former being much the larger. The notopodium is a mere lobe

* It will be noted that this paper is simply an account of purely superficial

anatomy,

1900.] POLYNOID FROM NEW ZEALAND. 981

of the neuropodium, lying on its dorso-anterior face rather than

directly dorsal (Plate LX. fig. 2 and Plate LXI. figs. 7, 8);

it has thus lost its direct connection with the dorsal cirrus which

springs from the “ basipodium ” or common base of the two para-

podial lobes (Plate LXI. fig. 7). As before mentioned, the base of

each parapodium, elytriferous or cirriferous, is produced dorsally

towards the median line as a broad flat ridge with distinct and

almost overlapping edges (Plate LX. fig. 3 and Plate LXI. figs. 7,

8). Round the outer edges of the ridge, and especially at the base

of the dorsal cirrus, are numerous branchial outgrowths with

thin walls. The neuropodium bears a short but rather stout and

pointed ventral cirrus. The notopodial bristles are hair-like ; the

notopodials are typical cheetze.

Both neuropodium and notopodium have large setigerous sacs,

but there are no acicular papille noticeable, such as Bourne bas

observed in L. clavus and L. squamatus [3].

Chete.—The neuropodial chetz are large and stout, and number

about 30 to 35 in each foot ; they have a very slight S-shaped curve

towards the tip, which is somewhat tapered but blunt (Plate LXJT.

fig. 11). The upper, or convex, surface is smooth all the way

along ; on the lower, or concave, side there is a smooth region just

below the tip, followed by a short spinulose region covered with

rows of minute filiform spines, but bearing no comb-like plates.

Below this the cheta is marked by fine transverse lines, some

distance apart and gradually disappearing towards the embedded

end of the bristle. These neuropodial chete are arranged in the

sac in horizontal rows, the topmost row containing the longest

cheetee, and the lower rows successively shorter. There are

generally five or six rows, with about six in each row.

The notopodial chete, on the other hand (Plate LXII.

figs. 12a, 126) are more slender and more numerous than the

neuropodial. The appearance of the bunch 7 situ is much like that

of a short, but rather broad, camel-hair brush. Examined under

the microscope, each bristle is seen to consist of two distinct

portions of about equal length. The proximal half is smooth and

hand-like, but broader in the centre than at either end. The distal

half has a median, narrow, smooth axis with a serrated portion on

each side, though often only one side is to be seen; this portion

is of almost uniform breadth, tapering gradually to a very fine

point deprived of serrations.

Pharyngeal Teeth.—The protruded pharynx terminates in a wide

aperture, transversely elongated and bounded by a dorsal and a

ventral lip, each of which carries a series of papillae (Plate LXII.

fig. 13). Of these, there is a median and 6 lateral on each side on

each lip, but the median papilla is not distinguishable from the rest

by any other peculiarity than its position. Each papilla is like a very

squat T; the hase is broad, the bar is also broad and oval, termi-

nating in a point at each end, as can be seen in fig. 14 on the left

side. The papille diminish in size rather suddenly on the right

and left of the series,

64*

982 MR. W. M, THOMSON ON A BRANCHTATE [Dec. 18,

Within the lips are seen the four dark brown teeth or jaws ',

a dorsal pair and a ventral (Plate LXII. fig. 13); but in this front

view only the terminal claw-like tip of the tooth can be seen,

its base, hidden in a muscular cushion (e), can only be seen by

slitting up the wall of the pharynx.

Each tooth springs from a wide, somewhat triangular base of

greenish-brown colour, less hard than the actual tooth, and marked

by a series of concentric lines like a lJamellibranch shell. The

right and left tooth of each pair are connected by what is, no

doubt, a secondary formation of calcareous material deposited on

the convex side of each claw (c); this additional matter increases

in thickness backwards, till the two touch and fuse.

The outer margin of the base of the tooth dips down into an

elongated slit-like pit between itself and the muscular cushion (e).

This cushion is continued anteriorly into a small, reflexed, papilla-

like structure fitting against the concave side of the claw-like tip of

the tooth; the latter projects—when at rest—into a pit anteriorly,

immediately behind the lip, which is now seen to be in reality the

hinder end of the thin-walled, eversible buccal region ().

The ventral teeth are almost identical with the dorsal pair.

It may be as well to mention that the base of the tooth (a) is

hollow, and occupied by a mass of muscle after the fashion usual

in annelidan jaws or teeth; further, the internal root of the

claw-like tooth is produced into a longer and narrow plate for the

attachment of muscles, but which is not represented in the drawing,

as it is embedded deep in the wall of the pharynx.

Localities —Specimens were received from Otago Harbour on

the east coast of the South Island of New Zealand, captured under

stones and also taken from the stomachs of fish. Others were

obtained from various stations along the east coast of the South

Island, as far north as Tasman Bay, where they were brought up

in the trawl from depths of 10-30 fathoms. The specimens

named by Kirk [8] were collected in Wellington Harbour, North

Island. It is evidently of wide distribution along our coasts.

Those from different localities varied considerably in colour:

some were uniformly dark coffee-brown, above and below ; while

others were yellowish white below, and a warm brown dappled

with light buff on the dorsal surface.

The elytra are in some specimens thickly covered with muddy

particles attached to the spines, the notopodial hairs being

‘ I would suggest the word “ stomatognath ” as a convenient term by which

to refer to the various chitinous, or calcified, or siliceous ‘‘ teeth ” or “ jaws”

occurring as specialized thickenings of the lining of the stomodwum, such as

the teeth or jaws of Annelids, including Leeches; the “teeth” in the gastric

mill of Crustacea ; the elements of the ‘‘mastax” of Rotifers; the individual

members of the radular apparatus of Mollusca; and possibly, also, the horny

teeth of Cyclostome fishes. The word was used by me some years ago, in a

course of advanced lectures on the Annelida that I gave in the University of

Oxford ; and it appears to me that some such word would be useful in referring

to these and kindred structures.—W. B. B

1900. } POLYNOID FROM NEW ZEALAND. 983

similarly muddy. In other individuals, however, the body was

clean, indicating differences in the character of the habitat.

The whole form of the animal shows that it moves by walking

or creeping rather than swimming; and several facts indicate that

it lives among stones and mud, seeking prey rather in the dark

than in the open. For example, the head (at any rate in the dead

specimens) is completely withdrawn beneath the elytra, only the

tips of the tentacles and palps showing. The eyes are right at the

back of the head, and consequently are of no use unless the head

were protruded at least 4mm. The anterior pair of eyes, too, is

much reduced (Plate LXI. fig. 4). Further, the lateral and posterior

edges of the body are provided with numerous elongated movable

feelers, protruding far enough to feel anything before it touches

the side of the body, Unfortunately this is all guesswork, and

can only be verified by observations of animals in the living state.

Under the name “ Aphrodita squamosa” this annelid has been

described by Quatrefages [4]. He puts it in his fourth division of

the genus Aphrodita, with the following characters :—‘ Espéces

dont les poils sont beaucoup trop courts pour former une voute

dorsale, et dont les élytres sont par conséquent 4 découvert.” He

made this division solely for this animal, of which he had only one

specimen, and he characterizes it as follows :—

** Aphrodite écailleuse: A. squamosa.

“Caput parvum, distinctum, elytris prominentibus occultatum.

Antenna media brevis, crassa, truncata (?). Antenne laterales

duplo longiores, graciliores. Cirri tentaculares breves. Corpus

27 annulis compositum, mediocre elongatum. Pedes quasi

uniremes, prominentes. LElytra 24, maxima, rugosa, robusta,

corpus totum obtegentia. Cirri superes longiusculi, in mamilla

crassa, compressa affixi. Pili breves, in penicillum crassum de

pedunculo conico orientes. Pro branchiis tubercula plus minusve

conica, sparsa.

‘Hab. la Nouvelle Zélande. C. M.”

Quatrefages goes on to give a more detailed description of the

specimen, which leaves no doubt that it is identical with the

subject of the present paper. His specimen-was 11 em. long and

4 cm. broad, which is larger than any I have had in my hands,

although a badly preserved one reached 10 cm. in length. The

median tentacle in his specimen was, as he suspected, broken off

short at the base. His 27 segments were completed by the anal

segment, which bears, as he says, no parapodia. All the other

points are in perfect agreement with the description given above ;

and further points in his description complete this harmony

between the accounts. He says :—

“Le long de la ligne médiane du dos régne une sorte de goutticre

ott la peau est plus lisse qu’ailleurs, et oi l’on ne distingue plus de

traces de la division du corps en anneaux.”’ But he makes no mention

of the dorsal tubercles.

Having thus shown this identity, 1 must now show that Quatre-

fages has placed this animal in the wrong genus. According to his

984

MR. W. M. LHOMSON ON A BRANCHIATE (Dec. 18,

own table of genera [5] it is evident that he employs the existence

of jaws as a character distinguishing Lepidonotus and Polynoé

on the one hand from Aphrodita on the other. If he had

followed his own table, he should have put the animal in the genus

Polynoé; but the “pili breves, in penicillum crassum” evidently

caused him to overlook the existence of jaws. Further, in comparing

the diagnoses of the two “ families” Aphroditide and Polynoide,

in the Monograph by Prof. McIntosh, recently published by the

Ray Society, it is apparent that our specimen differs from the

Aphroditide (a) by the possession of lateral tentacles, (>) by the

want of a facial tubercle, and (c) by the possession of jaws and

papille on the pharynx; also (d) by the want of felt and (¢) of

the long stiff ventral bristles {6}. On the other hand, the following

is McIntosh’s diagnosis of the genus Lepidonotus {'7]:—

“ Body short, more or less linear. Anterior part of the cephalic

lobe produced into the bases of the median and lateral tentacles.

Palpi smooth or with papille in five longitudinal rows. Three

comparatively short alimentary ceca directed forwards into the

peri-pharyngeal space. Elytra 12 pairs, covering the dorsum

entirely, and occurring on the segments bearing feet thus: 1, 3, 4,

6, 8, and so on to 20, 22. Bristles of the superior lobe slender,

serrate, shorter than the inferior, which have a smooth portion

below the slightly hooked tip, and then a spinulose region beneath.

Nerve-trunks in the granular layer of the epiderm, between the

powerful oblique muscles.”

From this it is evident that our animal belongs to the genus

Lepidonotus, the only point of difference being that the rows of

papille on the palps are 7 or more instead of 5.

A comparison of the above account of this worm with that given,

in brief and without figures, by Mr. Kirk [8] makes it quite

evident that Quatrefages’s “A. syuamosa” is identical with Kirk’s

L. giganteus; and it is not to be wondered that the latter author

overlooked the description by Quatrefages, as the worm is so

palpably not a member of the genus to which he ascribed it.

Dunedin, Aug. 24, 1900,

. Ray Layxusrer. Proc. Roy. Soe. 1873.

. QUATREFAGES. Annelida, vol. i. pp. 201-203.

. Id. ibid. p. 186.

. W. McInvosu. British Annelida, p. 241.

. Id. ibid. p. 273.

WORD P wd

List of Interature referred to.

W. Haswett, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vii. pp. 255-256.

A.G. Bourns. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 1883.

T. W. Kirx. Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. ii. p. 399.

H. Jounstone. Proc. Calif. Ac. Sci. 1897.

1900.]

EXPLANATION OF

POLYNOID FROM NEW ZEALAND.

985

THE PLATES.

Phare LX,

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of Lepidonotus giganteus (completed on the right side

only) (nat. size).

a, areola or area of attachment of elytron: coloured in life light buff.

c, dotted portions of elytron: coloured warm, or even dark, brown.

ch., neuropodial chetz, seen here and there.

ex.ap., exbalant aperture of subelytral respiratory channel.

J, notopodial hairs forming a fringe along each side.

nt.c., notopodial cirrus.

Fig. 2. View of the ventral surface of the anterior seven segments.

I. First, or peristomial, parapodium.

SP!

II. Second, or first elytriferous, parapodium.

a.l., anterior lip.

b.cir., buccal cirrus.

ch., neuropodial chetz.

el,, elytron.

J, notopodial hairs.

2.1., lateral lip.

1.2., lateral tentacle.

m., mouth,

m.t., median tentacle.

neph., nephridial papilla.

nr, neuropodium,

nr.c., neuropodial cirrus.

nt., notopodium.

p.,palp.

p.J., posterior lip.

Fig. 3. Dorsal view of another individual after removal of all the elytra :

showing the median respiratory channel and its lateral affluents.

I-XXVII. Segments numbered.

an., anus. |

d.t., dorsal tubercle.

el., elytrophore.

Fp.r., flattened parapodial ridge. |

nt.c., notopodial cirrus.

tr.c., transverse respiratory channel.

7.c., mid-dorsal respiratory channel.

Puate LXI,

Fig. 4. Enlarged view of the head of Lepidonotus giganteus, seen dorsally *

after removal of elytra. x 4.

I, Peristomial parapodium, bearing the peristomial cirri (c', c*).

IL. First elytriferous parapodium.

b.t., base of prostomial tentacle.

c',c*, ventral and dorsal peri-

stomaial cirri.

ec’, buecal cirrus, belonging to

segment II.

d.c., anterior end of the dorsal

respiratory channel.

d.t,, first dorsal tubercle, in re-

spiratory channel.

e, anterior eye.

Fig. 5. Left elytron of the first pair.

Fig. 6. The last elytron of the left side.

Lettering of figs. 5, 6, 9, & 10:—

A.P., antero-posterior direction,

L.R., transverse (left to right)

direction,

a, areola,

c, darker pigmented

(dotted). -

e, spine on the edge with conical

base.

region

é,, another type of the same,

less common.

e', posterior eye.

e/,, elytrophore.

F, notopodial cheetz of peristomial

parapodium.

/.t., lateral prostomial tentacle.

m.t., median prostomial tentacle.

nr., neuropodium.

nt., notopodium.

Pp. palp.

x 2

ed., prominent, upturned margin

forming the edge of the ex-

halant aperture.

h., hairs on the edge of the elytra.

n., notch in the anterior border of

the 1st elytron on the left side.

ps. pigment-spot in a spine.

8., star-rooted spine, springing from

the surface of elytron,

st.b., base of ditto.

v., vesicle in apex of spine,

986 MR, H, M, KYLE ON A (Dee. 18,

Fig. 7. A cirriferous parapodium of the right side drawn from behind

(enlarged).

Fig. 8. An elytriferous parapodium drawn from above (enlarged). =

Lettering of figs. 7, 8 :—

ac., acicula, md.c., median dorsal respiratory

br., branchie. channel.

ch., neuropodial chiet. neph., nephridial papilla.

el., elytrophore. nr., neuropodium.

J, notopodial bunch of hair. vrc., neuropodial cirrus.

Sp.7., flattened parapodial ridge. at., notopodium.

at.c., base of notopodial cirrus,

Pirate LXII.

Fig. 9. The part of fig. 6, much magnified.

Fig. 10, Large typical elytron from the middle of the left side. x 2.

Fig. 11. Neuropodial cheta of Lepidonotus giganteus, much magnified (camera).

Fig. 12a. pr.e., proximal half of a single notopodial hair,

Fig. 12. d.¢., distal half of the same.

Fig. 13. Anterior-end of the protruded pharynx, showing the circle of papilla

(7), the paired dorsal and ventral teeth (4), supported on the lateral

cushions (¢) of the lining of the pharynx. X 4.

Fig. 14. The dorsal pair of teeth, seen é situ, after the retracted pharynx and

buccal region have been slit open. x 4.

a, the chitinous expanded base | d, prepharyngeal papille.

of the tooth. e, cushion, between which and the

h, the claw-like terminal tooth. base is a deep furrow.

c, secondary calcified junction J, dorsal groove of pharynx.

across the dorsal line. |g, buecal region.

3. On a new Genus of Flat-fishes from New Zealand.

By H. M. Kyts, M.A., B.Sc., St. Andrews.'

[Received November 26, 1900. |

The new genus of Flat-fishes which it is proposed to establish is

founded on a single specimen contained in the collection of

Prof. D’Arcy W. Thompson, C.B., of the University College,

Dundee. It was presented by Prof. Jeffrey Parker of New

Zealand, and had been labelled by him Rhombosolea monopus. A

cursory glance, however, was sufficient to distinguish it from

Rhombosolea ; and a more careful examination and comparison

with the description of the known and already described forms

showed that it was different from them all, and merited a place in

the classification of the Flat-fishes (Heterosomata) as a distinet

genus.

It is somewhat precarious perhaps to found a new genus on a

single specimen, but it would be absurd to suppose that this

specimen was the only one of its kind. To describe this form at

present, also, will lead to its earlier detection and differentiation

from the other forms of the New Zealand fauna.

It is proposed to call this specimen <Apsetia thompsoni, the

generic term arising from its affinities, which are not with the

* Communicated by G. A. Bou.encnr, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

._-

987

NEW GENUS OF FLAT-FISHES.

1900.]

‘uedo YNom qyLA pray Jo yavd aoLteyue “‘wuosdmoy, "Y—'e “B17

“SUR [BAIUAA oY} Jo MoL}sod oy] Surmoys ‘poy Jo eovjans tapun “wosduoy, p—'o “Fiq

“ruosduoy, vyjasdy Jo sauryyngQ—T “Sq

"T9P 38a pt “tN HH

988 MR. H. M. KYLE ON A [ Dee. 18,

Turbot group, and the specific term from the name of the naturalist

who entrusted me with the specimen.

Characters.—Total length 21°8 em. ‘Total length without caudal

fin 17-5 cm. Greatest height (without dorsal and anal fins) 68

per cent. of total length without caudal fin. Distance of greatest

height from the beginning of the caudal fin-rays 57 per cent. of

the same dimension. Length of caudal fin 24 per cent. do.

Length and height of caudal peduncle 35 per cent. and 50 per

cent. respectively of the length of the caudal fin. Distance of

snout from base of pectoral fin 28 per cent. of total length without

the caudal fin. Length of under ramus of the mandible 10 per

cent. of the same dimension.

Br. 7. D.55. A.41. P.10/10. V. 6/6. C.24+74742=18.

Vert. 10+19=29.

Eyes on the left side. Lamine of olfactory organ disposed

longitudinally to the main axis of the body.

The form of the specimen described is rhomboid and somewhat

similar to that of the Turbot (fig. 1, p. 987). _ Beginning at the

snout the height increases rapidly until at a distance of one third

the total length of the animal the greatest height of the body is

attained. This greatest height is more than one half of the total

length, or 68 per cent. of the total length minus the caudal fin.

From this point the height of the body decreases sharply until at

the base of the caudal peduncle it is only 10 per cent. of the total

length. The relatively great height with the rapid decrease on each

side of the line of greatest height gives the specimen a truncated

appearance, and this is further increased by the peculiar disposition

of the dorsal and anal fin-rays. The longest of these—25th to 29th

dorsal, 15th to 20th anal—are posterior to the greatest height and

almost halfway along the total length of the body.

The dorsal fin begins anteriorly on the snout, anterior to the

maxillary bones. Owing to the greater convexity of the upper or

eyed surface of the head, the fin-rays seem to arise more from the

blind side. The first three rays are free at the ends. The rays

are simple anteriorly, but about the 16th ray they become slightly

bifid at the tip, and this condition increases posteriorly until at

the hinder end each ray is spread out somewhat like a feather.

The anal fin is similar, but the bifid rays begin with the fourth

anteriorly. Posteriorly the dorsal and anal fins are distinct from

the caudal fin, which is of a broad truncate form and not quite

symmetrical. The pectoral fin. of the eyed side is about 16 per

cent. of the total length, that of the blind side somewhat less.

The uppermost ray in each is simple, but the remainder are bifid

and feathery at the tips. The ventral fins are similar in many

ways to those of the Turbot. Both are prolonged anteriorly

beyond the base of the clavicles: that of the eyed side lies along

the ventral edge and is attached to the wrohyal anteriorly ; that

of the blind side does not reach to the wrohyal and is thus placed

somewhat posteriorly to the other, its first ray lying between the

1900.) NEW GENUS OF FLAT-FISHES. 989

second and third of that of the eyed side. There are 6 rays in

each, but the last ray of the ventral of the underside is very short

and slender (fig. 2, p. 987).

The ventral fin of the eyed side begins under the gill-cover in a

line with the middle of the eye. The extent of its base measured

from the first to the sixth ray is 11 per cent. of the total length of

the body. The rays are well separated one from another. This

fin is joined on to the anal by a continuous membrane whose

length along the base is a little less than half the base of the

ventral. On the eyed side of this membrane, close to the first ray

of the anal fin, is the small genital papilla; on the blind side is the

anal opening. There is no projecting anal spine.

The body and head are covered with fine small cycloid scales,

those on the head and anterior portion of the body having an oval

or circular outline, those on the posterior caudal region being

more oblong. With the exception of the caudal none of the fins

are scaled, but on the caudal fin the scales extend over the base

and between the rays. The Jateral line is almost straight. Over

the abdomen it gradually rises towards the otic region of the head,

where it sends off the usual temporal branch and further forward

the preopercular branch. It is more easily traced on the blind

side of the head than on the eyed side, but even there the anterior

branches are not very distinct. Immediately anterior to the nasal

openings on the blind side, the most anterior pore of the lateral

line can be clearly seen.

Jt is impossible to tell the original colour of the specimen, which

has been in spirit for some years, and both the eyed and the blind

side—the latter of which is usually of a light colour or even white

in other flat-fishes—have now the same brownish hue. There do

not seem to have been any distinct markinys on the upper or eyed

side, however, since some traces of these are to be seen ordinarily

in spirit specimens.

The length of the head, measured from the snout to the extreme

posterior margin of the opercular bone, is about 23 per cent. of the

total length, or 28 per cent. of the total length minus the tail. It

is therefore much shorter than the same relative proportions in

many of the flat-fishes of the northern hemisphere, e.y. Plaice and

Turbot, where they are 28 per cent. and 35 per cent. respectively,

but it agrees with others, e.g. Arnoglossus and the Topknots.

The upper and under margins of the head continue the outlines

of the body, but are inclined somewhat anteriorly, so that the

snout projects to a point. ‘The lower eye is in advance of the

upper, and both are on the left side. The interorbital space is

about half as broad as the eye, and is marked by a moderately

prominent ridge, which is continued backward over the head by a

slight smooth eminence without tubercles. Anteriorly the inter-

orbital ridge divides into two, forming the anterior boundaries of

the eye-sockets. ‘The lower eye is very close to the mouth, whilst

the upper eye is about the same distance from the base of the

dorsal fin. The contours of the preopercular bone can easily be

990 MR, H. M. KYLE ON A [ Dee. 18,

made out, and so can those of the subopercular, in teropercular, and

opercular bones, but not so readily,

The bones forming the mouth are much more developed on the

blind than on the eyed side—the distances of the tip of the snout

from the lower extremities of the premaxillary bones being in

the proportion of + to 3, the greater being that of the blind side.

Similarly, the proportion between the under and upper rami of

the lower jaw is as 6 to 5. The under ramus (that of the blind

side) is inclined backward from the mouth at a greater acute angle

than the upper ramus, so that the latter overlaps the former.

This can readily be seen from the under aspect (fig. 2, p. 987).

The mouth thus asymmetrical like that of the Plaice group, is also

sinall, the length of the premaxilla of the blind side being 24 per

cent. of the length of the head measured from the snout to the

posterior margin of the opercular bone. The posterior extremity

of the mandible on the upperside is in a vertical line with the

anterior extremity of the lower eye. There are no teeth on the

upper or eyed aspect of the mouth, but on the lower aspect there

are two rows of small sharply-pointed teeth on the mandible and

premaxilla. These teeth are closely set and seem movable out and

in, those of the premaxilla being more extended than those of the

mandible. On the latter, the inner row stops about halfway, and

a few teeth placed externally to the outer row continue the double

series. There are no teeth on the maxille or vomer.

When the maxille and intermaxille are pulled outward, it is seen

that they are overhung by a definite snout (fig. 3, p. 987) formed

by the first interspinous ray, which is inclined forward from the

anterior margin of the upper eye along the ridge of the head.

The nasal organs lie one on each side of the dorsal fin as in the

Turbot group: that of the eyed side lies between the interorbital

ridge and the maxillary bones in the space between the latter

bones and the ethmoid; that of the blind side les immediately

under the second and third rays of the dorsal fin (fig. 2). The

posterior nostrils are simple, oval in outline, whilst the anterior

are overhung by a triangular flap. The internal structure of the

olfactory organ is similar to that of tle Plaice group, i. ¢. the

epithelial lamine, which are well-developed, are disposed longi-

tudinally to the main axis of the body. ‘There are no secretory

sacs. The gill-opening is large and open. The gill-covers, though

overlapping the margins of the pectoral arch and ventral fins, are

free therefrom. The septum between the branchial cavities is

unbroken. The gill-rakers are short, soft, denticulated, and very

numerous, set in two rows on each arch, the outer rew of the first

arch on the eyed side having 29 rakers, the inner row of the same

arch about 12. The pharyngeal teeth are small and pointed. The

branchiostegal membranes meet but do not cross in the median

Jine. The first three rays on the ceratohyal are slender, whilst the

remaining four on the epihyal are long and well-developed.

The interna] organs are similar in some respects to those of the

Sole group. There are no pyloric ceca. Along the dorsal wall

1900. ] NEW GENUS OF FLAT-FISHES. 991

of the abdominal cavity the cesophagus is continued without visible

division into the stomach, and this directly into the somewhat

narrower intestine. The first coil of the latter inclines towards

the blind side, where it lies along the first interhemal spine within

the secondary abdominal cavity of the blind side. The intestine

then bends forward again into the main body-cavity, where it forms

a coil ventral to the stomach. It then passes backward into the

secondary cavity of the eyed side, where it forms a long coil with

many foldings. Its exact posterior limit was not dissected out, but

it seemed to occupy the whole of the secondary abdominal cavity.

The vent is situated immediately posterior to the sixth or last ray

of the ventral fin of the blind side.

The abdominal cavity is comparatively large and is bounded

posteriorly by a strong first interhemal spine. This is continued

forward on the ventral edge of the abdomen by cartilage and

ligament as in the Turbot group, so that the termination of the

spine, i.e. the so-called anal spine, does not appear externally.

The abdominal vertebree are of the ordinary type found in the

Plaice and Turbot ; they do not have hemapophyses. Secondary

ribs are present on the second to the tenth vertebra. Parapophyses

and primary ribs are present on the third to the tenth.

It is necessary, in conclusion, to point out the affinities of this

form. Ina previous paper (18th Annual Report of the Fishery

Board for Scotland, part i. p. 360) the flat-fishes of the New

Zealand fauna except Brachypleura were grouped together within

one subfamily, Solei-pleuronectine. The characters of this sub-

family are as follows :-—

(1) Preopercular margin distinct, not hidden by the skin and

scales of the head.

(2) Olfactory laminz arranged longitudinally without median

rachis.

(3) Ventral fins asymmetrical; two or one.

(4) Nasal organ of blind side lies anterior to the anterior

extremity of the dorsal fin (?).

(5) Mouth asymmetrical, dentition more developed on blind

side ; gape small; underjaw more prominent.

(6) Eyes on right side.

The form described here agrees with characters (1), (2), (3), and

(5). Further, although not given as one of the characters of the

subfamily, one of the ventral fins (that of the eyed side) is joined

to the anal fin in all these New Zealand forms. The American

form Oncopterus, which has been included provisionally within this

subfamily, differs from these in this respect. Character (4)—the

position of the nasal organ of the blind side—was unknown for

the New Zealand forms previously described, and it is possible

that these agree with the present form in having the nasal organs

one on each side of the dorsal fin. The present form differs from

the others, however, in that it has the eyes on the left side. A

further difference of importance lies in the formation of the

992 PROF. DARCY W. THOMPSON ON [Dec. 18,

abdominal vertebre. The posterior of these in the forms pre-

viously described have hemapophyses, which are absent in Apsetta

thompson.

Whilst the resemblances are sufficiently obvious therefore to

demand the inclusion of this form within the Sole¢-pleuronectine,

the differences entitle it to be considered a distinct genus.

4, On a rare Cuttlefish, Ancistroteuthis robusta (Dall)

Steenstrup. By D’Arcy W. THompson, C.B.

[Received December 18, 1900.]

A large Cuttlefish had been thrown up on the beach at Unalaska

shortly before my arrival there in the summer of 1896. It had

been preserved in salt, and was very kindly given me by Mr. J.

Stanley Brown, of the North American Commercial Company.

The specimen is now iu the Museum of University College,

Dundee. It is plainly identical with Onychoteuthis robusta (Dall,

MS.) Verrill, and, though not complete and not ina state to admit

of dissection, it furnishes some additions to our knowledge, and

settles the generic position, of that interesting species.

The following are the measurements of our specimen: length

from tail to the free border of the mantle, 62 inches ; total length

from tail to beak, approximately 70 inches ; from the tail to the

end of the arms, approximately 8 feet. The breadth across the

breadest part of the fins is 27 inches, across the mantle-orifice

123 inches. Length of fin-attachment 34 inches.

The general shape of the body is almost evenly conical, very

slightly attenuated between the fins, which latter extend over just

about one half the length of the mantle. The head is rather small

and narrow, the eyes not prominent. The broadest part of the

fins is about 27 inches from the apex, which they reach, and

towards which their trapezoidal outline is sharply narrowed.

The funnel measures, from anterior to posterior edge in the

middle line, 74 inches long, and about 113 inches from its apex to

its basal angle. Its free portion is about 3 inches long, below

which point a double muscular fold or “ bridle” unites it to the

neck. The funnel possesses a large internal valve. The anterior

orifice is about 3 inches from the base of the arms ; its dorsal margin

overlaps the orifice in the form of a hood about 1# inches in antero-

posterior diameter. The lateral grooved surfaces at the base of

the funnel are each about 52 inches long, 13 inches broad at the base,

and about 1 inch broad close to the anterior rounded extremity :

they are soft and flattened, and the cartilages within are imper-

ceptible ; they have a free edge all round, about a quarter of an

inch wide but somewhat broader anteriorly. The corresponding

surface in the mantle forms a light-coloured streak with dark

edges, with no conspicuous thickening. On the back of the neck

is a third similar surface about 8 inches long, and 1? inches broad

1900.] A RARE CUTTLEFISH, 993

in front, somewhat narrower posteriorly, and with a well-marked

median groove, which becomes obsolete in the hinder half of its

length. The free lateral borders are half an inch broad in front,

and not more than half as much posteriorly. The corresponding

surface on the mantle accords with the position of the upper

end of the pen; it is a colourless area, about 2 inches broad,

and reaches down to the junction of the neck with the mantle-

wall. Its edges are somewhat tumid and show remains of a darker

pigmentation.

The funnel-organ consists, as in Hnoploteuthis, of a central pad

in the form of a A, with the apex forwards, and the limbs, each

about 8 inches long and 1 inch broad in the middle, reaching to

the base of the funnel; and of two lanceolate lateral pads, rounded

at the anterior and more pointed at the posterior extremity, each

4 inches long and 13 inches broad at their broadest part. The

area of each of these pads is colourless, but each is bounded by a

narrow and deeply pigmented ridge, which projects outwards as a

slight fold.

The orifice of the eye is approximately square, about an inch in

diameter, but prolonged anteriorly into a notch or sinus bounded

on the ventral side by a smaller, on the dorsal side by a larger,

rounded or thickened flap. The sinus is about half an inch long,

and approaches to within an inch and a quarter of the edge of the

web which unites the ventral and ventro-lateral arms.

About 23 inches below the eye, a slight thickened ridge runs,

as described by Verrill, around the neck, forming the upper border

of the nuchal collar, and from this ridge proceed downwards

(or backwards) certain folds or fringes. On a line with the dorsal

border of the eye, the first of these fringes, about ? inch in breadth,

runs downwards for 13 inches and then turns outwards for about

the same distance. Nearly opposite the ventral margin of the eye,

but somewhat to the ventral side of it, the second fold (not quite

so elevated) runs downwards and then outwards, marking off a

quadrilateral area about 1} inches square. The third and last

fold, midway between the foregoing and the attachment of the

funnel, is a simple vertical fold running downwards for 14 inches

from the aforementioned ridge, but also continued upwards to

the base of the ventral arm. This fold is about 1 inch in height

posteriorly, gradually diminishing in height but becoming much

thicker anteriorly.

The upper mandible (fig. 1, p. 994) is very sharply hooked ;

the lower has no tooth on its cutting-edge. The radula has the

usual seven rows of teeth.

The buccal membrane or “ cireumoral web ” is well developed,

expanding to a radius of about 4inches. Its relations to the arms

are asin Onmastrephes. That is tosay, here (as in Ommastrephes) a

fringe or web, narrow and delicate, runs up either side of each arm

parallel and close to the attachments of the suckers. Four of these

fringes on each side of the animal are confined to the arms; the

other four, viz., the dorsal ones in the dorsal and dorso-lateral

994 PROF. DARCY W. THOMPSON ON [Dec. 18,

arms, the ventral ones in the ventral and ventro-lateral arms,

converge to unite with the buccal membrane, drawing it outwards

at their points of attachment into pouched hollows, above which

its free margin is produced into pointed lobes. A similar arrange-

ment is seen in Jatta’s figure of Thysanoteuthis rhombus Tr., in the

Naples Monograph, pl. ix. fig. 6. In Ommastrephes the buccal

membrane is six-lobed, the anterior and posterior lobes each

corresponding to the attachment of two adjacent bridles from

Fig. 1.

A, Upper mandible of Ancistroteuthis. Natural size.

B. Lower mandible of Ancistroteuthis. Natural size.

the arms; and each of these lobes is furnished with two small

two-rowed clumps of small suckers. Here the suckers are absent,

and the attachments of the two ventral fringes are widely separate,

so that the buccal membrane is seven-lobed. The fringes above-

mentioned, that lie adjacent to the suckers, are narrow in the

case of the ventral arms, but considerably broader in the other

————

1900.] A RARE CULYLEFISH. 995

es pairs, near the base of which they are each about 1 inch

road.

The muscular folds that connect the bases of the arms externally

are as follows :—A fold or web connects the bases of the ventral

and ventro-lateral arms, forming the outer wall of a hollow, about

2 inches in depth, within which the tentacle arises. This web

is attached to the outer or aboral surface of the ventro-lateral arm,

which it crosses to form a similar narrow web or festoon extending

to the postero-lateral arm. In the case of the ventral arm it is

continued all the way up the dorsal margin in the form of a deep

thin frill or keel lying not far distant from the smaller web

adjacent to the suckers: a little way from the base this keel is

about 12 inches broad. Corresponding to it on the opposite or

ventral margin is a very much narrower keel, which appears,

however, only to commence about 4 inches from the base of

the arm; above this point it quickly grows to about half an inch

in breadth, and extends, slowly narrowing, to about halfway up the

arm. In the case of the dorsal arm, there is a very rudimentary

keel on the outer side, which does not pass over to join the dorso-

lateral arm. The dorso-lateral arm has a well-developed keel on

the ventral side, which joins the ventro-lateral arm.

There is yet another series of folds or membranes connected

with the bases of the arms, external to the cireumoral membrane.

Firstly, a muscular fold runs from the internal aspect of the

ventral arm to its fellow on the one hand and to the oral aspect of the

ventro-lateral arm on the other, marking off here the oral boundary

of a cavity or pouch, which is separated by another similar fold

from the cavity out of which the tentacle arises, but out of which

comes to the tentacle a special fold of membrane within which

appears to lie the tentacular nerve. In Ommastrephes the inner

of the above muscular folds appears to be absent, the homologous

pouch being bounded outwardly by the wall of the tentacular sac

and inwardly by the buccal membrane. Another muscular fold,

belonging apparently to the same series, unites the inner aspects

of the 2nd and 3rd, and 3rd and 4th arms respectively, so that

between the bases of each of these pairs of arms is a slight pouched

cavity somewhat similar to that from which, between the Ist and

2nd, the tentacle grows.

The suckers are in two rows, and commence on the dorsal

arm about 2 inches, and in the others about 3 inches from the

base. In the two rows the suckers are obliquely opposite one

another, and their bases near the base of the ventral arm are about

one inch apart in the case of two opposite suckers, and a little more

in the case of two contiguous ones on the same side. There are

on the ventral arm about fifty distinct pairs, beyond which for about

2 inches at the distal end of the arm the paired arrangement is not

clearly maintained. The suckers on the major portion of the ventral

arm are about ;5, inch diam., those on the other arms being percep-

tibly larger, about 2 inch diam., towards the middle of each arm.

The ventro-lateral arm has about 29 pairs of suckers, and then for

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1900, No, LXV. 65

996 PROF, D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON [Dec. 18,

about 4:5 inches indistinctly paired ones including about 62 small

suckers. On the dorso-lateral arm are about 20 pairs of large

suckers, beyond which the size of the suckers suddenly diminishes

for the last 4 inches, in which there are about 60 suckers, the last

few being exceedingly minute. The diminution in size of the

suckers is more abrupt in this case than in the otherarms. In the

dorsal arm there are about 38 pairs of suckers, followed by about

50 less regularly arranged in the last 4 inches.

Of the left tentacle only about seven inches is preserved. At

its broadest part it is about two and a half inches broad and much

flattened. It does not seem to have been recently broken off, but

is healed over at its extremity. Of the other tentacle about

twenty-three inches is preserved in connection with the body. It

is a broad, flattened strap, about an inch and a half in breadth.

The distal end of the tentacle, including the tentacular club (which

has hitherto remained unknown) is, very fortunately, preserved ; it

has all the appearance of having been directly continuous with

the attached portion, and measures nearly 24 inches in length,

the termina] club occupying the last eight inches. The club is

laterally compressed, and has on each side a web or frill, just like

that which runs parallel to the rows of suckers in the arms: this

frill is only about a quarter of an inch broad on the inner side, on

which side it may be traced as far as the tip; on the external side

it is fully twice as broad, and stops some three inches short of the

tip.

The arrangement of the connective organ is as follows :—The

first inch and a half or inch and a quarter of the club is occupied by a

group of intermixed suckers and pads, in which we can discern an

arrangement of six oblique rows containing 3, 4, 4, 4, 3,3 elements

respectively : of these the first or external one has two pads and

a sucker between, the last has two suckers and a pad between; the

rest consist alternately of suckers and pads exclusively. On the

left tentacle, the order of pads and suckers doubtless alternates with

this. Beyond this first portion of the connective organ commences

a double row of hooks, of which there are about eighteen pairs.

In our specimen many of these are missing. Of those that are

left the largest belongs to the ninth pair, and beyond it they

become much smaller. The lowermost hooks are about three-

eighths of an inch long and nearly of equal breadth in their

flattened bases. The largest, towards the middle of the club, are

about five-eighths of an inch long, and with bases about five-

sixteenths of an inch broad. The extreme tip of the club bears

a group of thirteen small suckers within a square of about a

quarter of an inch. Thus the connective organ is precisely that

of Onychoteuthis, or of Gray’s allied genus, or subgenus thereof,

Ancistroteuthis,

Of the pen, the horny blade is lost in this specimen, and only

the great cone which terminates it posteriorly is preserved. This

remarkable object, the nearest approach to a modern belemnite,

forms a straight cone 153 inches long and 1} inches in diameter

1900.}] A RARE CUTTLEFISH, 997

at its base or anterior extremity. It is of a dark-brown colour,

in texture somewhat similar to hyaline cartilage, and it is built up

Fig. 2.

eRe

A, right tentacular club of Ancistroteuthis. x 4.

a, basal cluster of pads and suckers; >, double row of large hooks ;

c, terminal cluster of small suckers,

B, extremity of tentacle, 1}.

of ensheathing lamin, cone within cone. In its present state it

65* 2

998 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON A [Dec. 18,

does not enable us to add any details of structure to what we

already know from Verrill.

The specimens hitherto known of this animal, all more or less

imperfect, are three in number, and were all found at Unalaska

by Mr. W. H. Dall, in April and May 1872. They are referred

to by their discoverer as perhaps identical with Onychoteuthis berg,

in a note on large Cuttlefish in the ‘American Naturalist,’ vol. vil.

p- 484 (1873). They were afterwards described by Verrill (with

the aid of Mr. Dall’s notes) as Ommastrephes robustus (Dall, MSS.),

in the ‘ American Journal of Science,’ vol. xii. p. 286 (1876), and

again as Onychoteuthis robustus (Dall, MSS.) in the ‘Transactions

of the Connecticut Academy,’ vol. v. p. 246 (1879). Verrill, though

describing the animal asa species of Onychoteuthis, pointed out that

the pen with its solid terminal cone agreed with that of Ancistro-

teuthis, Dosidicus, or Lestoteuthis. He closes his discussion as

follows : “So far as we can judge, with our present imperfect data,

the relationship of O. robustus appears to be rather with Lestoteuthis

than with any other known group. It is possible, however, that

its affinities may prove to be closer with Ancistroteuthis, when the

armature is discovered.” In 1881, Steenstrup, in his paper on

Sthenoteuthis and Lestoteuthis (Overs. Vid.-Selsk. Kjéb. 1881, p. 19),

pointed out that the animal could not possibly belong to Verrill’s

Lestoteuthis, with its four series of suckers on the arms, and

expressed his opinion that it belonged to Aneistroteuthis. The

tentacular club now described confirms this identification, insomuch

as it is identical with the clubs of Ancistroteuthis and Onychoteuthis,

which two genera are sufficiently discriminated by the characters

of the pen.

5. On a new Species of Earthworm from India belonging to

the Genus Amyntas. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A.,

F.R.S.

[Received November 20, 1900.]

Having just attempted a revision of the genus Amyntas' it may

seem early to add a new species to that now rather well-known

genus. Nevertheless I cannot place an earthworm, which I

received too late for incorporation into that revision, and which is

a native of India, among any of the known species of Amyntas.

It came to me, through the kindness of Mr. Nicholson, from Kew

Gardens, where it had been imported from the neighbourhood of

Calcutta.

I shall give it a name and explain in the course of my description

the reasons which lead me to regard it as a new, or at any rate not

fully-described, species. Unfortunately I had only a single

example at my disposal, which, however, was alive and could be

therefore carefully preserved.

P. Z.8, 1900, p. 609.

1900.] NEW EARTHWORM FROM INDIA. 999

Amyntas alexandri, n. sp.

The single specimen measures 145 mm. in length and consists

of 133 segments. The six segments lying in front of the

clitellum are more or less markedly triannulate.

Fig. 1.

re ee

Anterior extremity of Amyntas alewandri. X 3.

The sete are rather, but not at all markedly, larger upon the

anterior segments. I counted 16 upon the first seta-bearing

1000 MR. F, B. BEDDARD ON A [Dec. 18,

segment. I have not counted those upon the body generally, as

I have been unwilling to injure my only specimen. There are 13

sete lying between the male pores. At the posterior end of the

body the sete are again rather larger and further apart from each

other. This increase in size of the sete at the end of the body is

very strongly marked in such a genus as Onychocheta, but I have

not observed it to occur commonly in Amyntas *.

There are dorsal pores, but I am unable to state the exact seg-

ment at which they commence. They are at any rate visible upon

the clitellum.

The clitellum extends over segments xiv.—xvi. and includes the

whole of those segments. It has no sete upon it.

The male pores are very inconspicuous. They lie as usual in

the line of set. There are no differentiated genital papille any-

where upon the body; but, as is shown in the accompanying

drawing (fig. 1, p. 999), there are depressions of a groove-like

character which may perform the function of adhesive papille.

One of these lies in front of each male pore ; the other, the longer,

lies behind it. They are encircled by rather tumid walls. There is

in addition a slight medianly placed furrow in front of and behind

the line of sete.

The oviducal pore is single and median and upon segment xiv.

The spermathecal pores were not visible externally, but the point

of their opening would seem to correspond to that of the male

pores.

The alimentary canal calls‘for no special description except to

mention that the intestinal ceca are rather long; when fully

extended they reach as far forward as the posterior margin of the

spermiducal gland, 7. ¢. to the xxth segment. They arise as usual

in the xxviith segment and taper gr adually towards the tip; there

is no trace of secondary ceca. The ceca are very much longer

than those of A. trinitatis.

In front of the gizzard there are three very stout intersegmental

septa. They are bound together and to the parietes by numerous

thin strands of muscle. The septum separating segments viii. and

ix. is entirely absent. The gizzard is bound to the septum which

follows it by a pair of very stout ventrally placed muscular bands.

The first two septa after the gizzard are fairly thick and the size

diminishes in the next two or three, all of which, however, are tied

to each other and to the parietes by thin muscular strands.

The last pair of hearts lie in segment Xiii.

The reproductive organs show certain features which are of use

in the discrimination of the present species from A. trinitatis? or

A. heterochetus *, which are its nearest allies, especially the former

species.

The sperm-sacs in xi. and xii. are not in any way remarkable.

The spermiducal glands (fig. 3) are large, extensively lobulated.

* It is to be found, however, in A. heterochetus.

* Beddard, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 206.

* Horst, Nederl. Arch, f. Bool, iv.

1900.] NEW BARTHWORM FROM INDIA. 1001

They extend from segment xvii. to segment xx. Anteriorly the

glands extend round towards the middle of the body beyond the

point of opening of their duct. The whole contour of the gland

is thus somewhat ear-shaped. In A. trinitatis the glands are

longer and of an even diameter throughout. The accompanying

drawing (fig. 2) will show the difference between the two species

in this respect. The duct of the gland, too, is rather longer in the

present species.

Fig. 2.

A B C

Spermathecz of ; A, Amyntas heterochetus ; B, A, trinitatis ;

C, A. alexandri.

Spermiducal glands of: A, Amyntas helerochetus ; B, A. trinitatis ;

C, A. alexandri.

The spermathece (fig. 2) are four pairs and lie in segments

vi-ix. Their orifices to the exterior are not so dorsally placed as

in A, trinitatis. The pouch, too, is distinctly different in form and

the relations of its component parts. The duct of the pouch is

longer than the pouch and broadens towards the external orifice.

1002 ON A NEW BARTHWORM FROM INDIA. [Dee. 18.

The diverticulum is longer than the spermatheca ; it is plainly com-

posed of a duct and of a distal moniliform sperm-receptacle. The

two parts are about equi-sized. The accompanying drawing (fig. 2,

p- 1001) shows how different are the spermathece of A. alewandri

from those of A. trinitatis, which latter are more like those of

A, heterochetus’. The salient points of difference between the

three species may be thus tabulated :—

| A. heterochetus. A, trinitatis, A, alexandri.

Oliteliltnn: exgeneness oh Xiv.—XVl. OY xiV.-XVi.| XiV.—xvi. XiV.-Xxvl.

| —

Sete of anterior

segments on either markedly larger. | not larger, not larger.

side of ventral line

Genital papille......... present. ent. absent.

Spermathece °......... open laterally, with | open dorsally,with open laterally,

short duct. _ short duct. with long duct.

Spermiducal glands’. | often absent or — large, always large, always

rudimentary. | present ? | present ?

It is obvious that these three forms come very near to each other

A rough general description would very readily confuse their

points of unlikeness, which appear to me, who have studied all

these species, to be unmistakable. The following is a sufficient

definition of the new species :—

Amyntas alexandri, n. sp.

Length 145 mm.; number of segments 133. Sete of most

unterior and most posterior segments rather larger. Clitellum

X1V.-Xv1., Without sete. . Male pores separated by 13 sete. No

genital papilla. Septum viii./ix. absent. Czeca rather large. Last

heart in xiii, Sperm-sacs in xi., xii. Spermiducal glands in xvii.-

xx., broader anteriorly, much lobate; duct longish, horseshoe-

shaped, without terminal sac. Spermathece in vi.-ix., with long

thick duct longer than pouch; diverticulum longer than sperma-

thee, with equi-sized duct and sperm-chamber. Spermathecz

open laterally.

Hab. Calcutta’.

* I have distinguished A. trinitatis and A. heterochetus by the longer diverti-

cula of the former. I think that this somewhat variable characteristic will

hardly do. There is no doubt, however, about the more dorsal position of the

spermathece in A, trinitatis.

* The very accurate drawings (figs. 2,3) which accompany this paper should

render the characteristics of these organs clear.

: * The genus being Malayan, the species may not be really indigenous

1ere,

APPENDIX.

LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

DURING THE YEAR

1900.

Jan, 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 2. Presented by

Dr. 8. W. Thompstone.

. 1 Moor Macaque (Macacus maurus), §. Deposited.

. 1 Common Tern (Sterna fluviatilis). Presented by J. Newton,

Esq.

Oe: Grocatills (Louia curvirostra). Deposited.

. 1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Deposited.

5 Serrated Terrapins (Chrysemys scripta). Deposited.

1 Prickly Trionyx (Trionyx spinifer). Deposited.

1 Bull-Frog (Rana catesbiana). Deposited.

6, 2 White-eyebrowed Wood-Swallows (Artamus superciliosus),

Oe oo bo

. Purchased.

2 Masked Wood-Swallows (Artamus personatus), 6 Q. Pur-

chased.

1 Tawny Owl (Syrniwm aluco), Presented by Mdm. de

Bunsen.

8. 1 White-throated Capuchin (Cebus hypoleucus), Presented by

Mrs. Vernon.

9. 2 Java Sparrows (Padda oryzivora). Presented by Mr. Walter

Buchanan.

10, 1 Indian Dial-bird (Copsychus saularis), Presented by W. H.

St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Whooper Swans (Cyynus musicus). Deposited.

10 Nose-crested Iguanas (Lyuana tuberculata rhinolophus).

Deposited.

1 Starred Tortoise (7'estudo elegans). Deposited.

11, 1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by

H. W. Stride, sq. :

12, 1 Vulpine Phalanger (T'richoswrus vulpecula). Deposited.

1 Delalande’s Gecko (Tarentola delalandii). YPresented by

Mr, May.

13. 1 Hocheur Monkey (Cercopithecus nictitans), 2. Deposited,

1004

Jan. 15,

15.

16.

17.

24.

29.

30.

APPENDIX.

2 Spotted Salamanders (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by

Mrs. Brett.

2 Wagler’s Terrapins (Hydraspis wagleri). Deposited.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Presented by

A. Althorp, Esq.

8 Burrowing-Owls (Speotyto cunicularia). Purchased.

1 Woodcock (Scolopar rusticula). Presented by W. A.

Beauclerk, Esq.

1 Short-eared Owl (Asto brachyotus). Presented by Dr. A. E.

Prest Hughes.

1 Flat-backed Tortoise (Testudo platynota). Deposited.

10 Reeve’s Terrapins (Damonia reevesi). Deposited.

5 Blanding’s Terrapins (ELmys blandingi). Deposited.

2 Long-necked Chelodines ( Chelodina longicollis), Deposited.

1 Indian River-Snake (Tropidonotus piscator), Deposited.

1 Grass-Snake (Contia vernalis). Deposited.

1 Mocassin Snake (Zropidonotus fasciatus). Deposited.

1 Indian Eryx (Eryx johni). Deposited.

. 2 White-headed Sea-Eagles (Haliaétus leucocephalus), Pre-

sented by Henry Anger, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo giyantea). Presented by J.

Kirkland, Esq.

. 2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea), Presented by

J. Parminter, Esq.

. 1 Royal Python (Python regius). Deposited.

. 1 Black-headed Bunting (Emberiza melanocephala). Bred in

the Menagerie.

. | Woodcock (Scolopax rusticula), Presented by Charles E.

Lambert, Esq.

1 Common Snake (7ropidonotus natrix), Presented by Miss

Ash.

1 Tessellated Snake (Tropidonotus tessellatus), Presented by

Miss Ash.

1 Dark Green Snake (Zamenis gemonensis). Presented by Miss

Ash.

1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus). Deposited. -

1 Geottroy’s Cat ( Felis geoffroii). Presented by W. A. Gillett,

Ksq., F.Z.S.

1 Blue-tongued Lizard (Tiliqua scincoides), Deposited.

. 1 Bare-eyed Cockatoo (Cacatua yymnopis). Deposited.

2 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus) (var.).

Deposited.

2 Black-pointed Teguexins (T'upinambis nigropunctatus). De-

osited.

1 Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata). Deposited.

1 Hog-Deer (Cervus porcinus), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Great Anteaters (Myrmecophaga jubata), § Q. Purchased.

2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Mrs,

Nigel Cohen.

1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by

Mr. H. Coffey.

1 Small Hill Mynah (Gracula religiosa). Presented by W.

Brindley, Esq.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), Q. Presented by Dr.

Cox.

1 American bison (ison americanus), g. Deposited.

1 Blue-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis estiva). Deposited.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERID. 1005

Feb. 1. 1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 3.

Deposited.

4, 2 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus), Presented by

H. Way, Esq.

5, 1 Alligator Terrapin (Chelydra serpentina?). Deposited.

2 Pennsylvanian Mud-Terrapins (Cinosternum pennsylvanicum).

Deposited.

1 Wrinkled Terrapin (Chrysemys scripta rugosa). Deposited.

8 Adorned Terrapins (Chrysemys ornata). Deposited.

1 Floridan Terrapin (Chrysemys concinna?). Deposited.

1 Salt-water Terrapin (Malacoclemmys terrapin). Deposited.

1 Sculptured Terrapin (Clemmys insculpta). Deposited.

4 American Box-Tortoises (Cistudo carolina). Deposited.

1 Annulated Terrapin (Nicoria annulata). Deposited.

1 Prickly Trionyx (Trionyx spinifer). Deposited.

1 N, American Trionyx (Zrionyx feror). Deposited.

5 Carolina Anolis (Anolis carolinensis). Deposited.

1 Undulated Lizard (Sceloporus undulatus). Deposited.

53 American Glass-Snakes (Ophiosaurus ventralis). Deposited.

9 Five-lined Skinks (wmeces guinquelineatus). Deposited.

1 Common Boa (Loa constrictor). Deposited.

2 Striped Snakes (Z'roptdonotus ordinatus sirtalis). Deposited.

1 Seven-banded Snake (Zropidonotus septemvittatus). De-

posited.

1 Testaceous Snake (Zamenis flagelliformis). Deposited.

2 Corn-Snakes (Coluber guttatus). Deposited.

1 Chicken-Snake (Coluber obsoletus). Deposited.

1 American Black Snake (Zamenis constrictor). Deposited.

2 King Snakes (Coronella getula). Deposited.

9 Changeable Tree-Frogs (Hyla versicolor). Deposited.

1 Dusky Toad (Bufo lentiginosus). Deposited.

. 1 Orange-bellied Mangabey (Cercocebus erythrogaster), De-

10.

16.

posited.

2 Grooved Tortoises (Zestudo calearata). Deposited.

1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), 3. Presented by the Right Hon.

the Marq. of Breadalbane, K.G., P.C., F.Z.S.

1 Spanish Blue Magpie (Cyanopolius cooki), Presented by

L. Ingham Baker, Ksq.

. 1 Starred Tortoise (Testudo elegans), Deposited.

2 Reeves’s Terrapins (Damonia reevesi). Deposited,

1 Serrated Terrapin (Chrysemys scripta). Deposited.

. 1 Entellus Monkey (Semnopithecus entellus), 9. Presented by

Mrs, E. J. Gaudie.

} Blue Lizard (Gerrhonotus ceruleus). Deposited.

1 Three-striped Boa (Lichanura trivirgata). Deposited.

2 Tcheli Monkeys (Macacus tcheliensis), ¢Q. Presented by

Dr. S. W. Bushell, C.M.G., O.M.Z.S. See P. Z. S. 1900,

». 181.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (7richosurus vulpecula). Presented by

Miss Freda Gilder.

3 Indian Dial-birds (Copsychus saularis), 2 3,19. Pur-

chased. ,

1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa). Presented by II. A. De

Lisle, sq. From the Rio Purus.

1 Weka Rail (Ocydromus australis), Deposited.

1 Common Snake (albino) (Zropidonotus natriv). Deposited.

2 Purple-capped Lories (Lovins domicella). Purchased.

1006

Feb. 19.

Mar.

24.

APPENDIX,

1 Marica Gazelle (Gazella muarica), 9. Presented by B. T.

Ffinch, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Red-crested Cardinal (Paroaria cucullata), Presented by

Miss Power.

1 Nilotic Crocodile (Crocodilus niloticus). Presented by Rupert

D’Oyly Carte, Esq.

22, 1 Undulated Grass-Parrakeet (Melopsittacus undulatus), Q.

Received in Exchange.

. 1 Pinche Monkey (Midas wdipas). Presented by Mrs. H. V.

Holden.

1 Indian Darter (Plotus melanogaster). Purchased.

1 Indian Pied-Hornbill (Anthracoceros malabaricus). De-

posited.

1 Jackal Buzzard (Buteo jacal). Presented by Douglas Mann,

Btamtell Terrapin (Chrysemys scripta). Deposited.

2 Speckled Terrapins (Clemmys guttata). Deposited.

2 Common Wolves (white var.) (Canis lupus), 69. De-

posited.

15 Mississippi Terrapins (Malacoclemmys geographica). De-

26.

LS)

fer

c©

. 10.

osited.

4 Black-headed Terrapins (Damonia reevesi unicolor). De-

posited.

1 Four-lined Snake (Coluber quatuorlineatus). Deposited.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Serval (Felis serval). Presented by J. E. Matcham, Esq.,

C.M.ZS.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre-

sented by Linneel Hopton.

1 Vervet oer! (Cercopithecus lalandii), 3. Presented by

Dudley B. Myers, Esq.

4 Black-bellied Sand-Grouse (Pterocles arenarius), 1 3,3 Q.

Presented by G. P. Torrens, Hsq., F.Z.8S.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Presented by

Mrs. A. E. Poyer.

1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Miss

M. C. Glover.

1 Purplish Death-Adder (Pseudechis porphyriacus). Pur-

chased.

1 Ludio Monkey (Cercopithecus ludio). Presented by Mrs. C,

Young.

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Presented by Mas. C.

Young.

. 4 Cockateels:(Calopsittacus nove-hollandie), 2g,29. Pur

chased.

1 Persian Gazelle (Gazella subgutturosa), g. Presented by B.

T. Ffinch, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Alligator (young) (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by

J. Turner Turner, Esq.

1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus patas), 9. Presented by Cecil

Masters, Esq.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Zrichosw'us vulpecula). Presented by

Mrs. Walter Crane.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Mrs. Herbert Griffith,

Mar. 15.

Apr. 3.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1007

1 Black-faced Ibis (Theristicus melanopis). Purchased.

2 Grey Struthideas (Strauthedea cinerea). Deposited.

. 1 Silver Pheasant (Luplocamus nycthemerus), 3. Presented by

the Rev. J. O. Coussmaker.

2 Starred Lizards (Agama stellio). Presented by Stanley S.

Flower, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Macropus bennetti), g. Deposited.

. 1 Greater Black-backed Gull (Larus marinus), Presented by

W. Baker, Esq.

. 1 Green Lizard (Lacerta viridis), Presented by W. J. R. Eley,

Ksq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Hagenbeck’s Mangabey (Cercocebus hagenbecki), From the

Mobangi River. Presented by the Rey. A. Christopher.

5. 1 Great Bustard (Otis tarda), 3. Presented by E. G. B. Meade-

Waldo, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Pine-Marten (Mustela martes). Deposited.

1 Snowy Owl (Nyctea scandiaca), ¢. Deposited,

1 Pin-tailed Sand-Grouse (Pterocles alchata). Deposited.

1 Slender-billed Gull (Larus gelastes). Deposited.

2 Martinican Doves (Zenaida aurita). Presented by R. Phillipps,

Esq

. 1 Jaguar (Felis onga). Presented by J. C. Rodrigues, Esq.

. | Secretary Vulture (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Presented by

James D. Logan, Jun., Esq.

27, 1 Spanish Blue Magpie (Cyanopolius cook’), ¢. Presented by

EK. G. B, Meade- Waldo, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Greater Black-backed Gull (Zarus marinus). Presented by

H. Clinton Baker, Esq.

4 Marbled Newts (Molge marmorata). Presented by G. A.

Boulenger, Esq., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

1 Common Hare (Lepus europeus). Deposited.

1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), ¢. Presented by

J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.8.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), Q. Presented by

J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.ZS.

2 Yellow-billed Ducks (Anas undulata). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Ludio Monkey (Cercopithecus ludio), 2. Presented by D. J.

Jones, Esq.

1 White-collared Mangabey (Cercocebus collaris), 9. Presented

by D. J. Jones, Esq.

. 1 Common Duiker ( Cephalophus grimmi), 2. Deposited.

1 Small-clawed Otter (Lutra leptonyx). Deposited.

1 Bengal Monitor (Varanus bengalensis). Deposited.

2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus sinicus), 6 9. Presented by

T. W. B. Lindgren, Esq.

1 Wedge-tailed Eagle (Aquila adaxv), Presented by Col. R.

B. Ingram.

. 1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-

posited.

» 1 Fennec Fox (Canis cerdo), 3. Presented by Dixon Bey.

5 Squirrel-like Phalangers (Petaurus sciureus). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Marabou Stork (Leptoptilus crumeniferus). Presented by

Mr, Justice H, G. Kelly. ;

20,

27.

APPENDIX.

. 4 Spot-billed Ducks (Anas pecilorhyncha). Presented by Sir

Kd. Chas. Buck, K.C.S.1, C.M.ZS.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), d. Presented by

Mr. T. Packer.

2 Masked Wood-Swallows (Artamus personata), dQ. Pur-

chased,

2 White-eyebrowed Wood-Swallows (Artamus superciliosus ?).

Purchased.

2 Australian Thicknees (@dienemus grallarius). Purchased.

. 1 Roller (Coracias garrulus). Deposited.

. | Lyre-bird (Menura superba), 9. Presented by Messrs.

Carrick & Fry. See P. Z.S. 1900, p. 429.

. 7 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovw?s tragelaphus),3 3,49. Born in

the Menagerie.

. 1 Barbary Mouse (Mus barbarus). Presented by the Masters

Chapman.

. 1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla). Deposited.

1 Common Boa (oa constrictor). Deposited.

1 Anaconda (Eunectes murinus). Deposited.

. 1 Baboon ( Cynocephalus, sp. inc.), 9. Deposited.

19,

1 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus), 9. Born in the

Menagerie.

5 Common Wigeon (Mareca penelope),5 3. Purchased.

3 Pochards (Fuligula ferina), 2 $,1 9. Purchased.

3 Tufted Ducks (Luligula cristata), 1 ¢,2 2. Purchased.

4 Goldeneyes (Clangula glaucion),2 3,2 2. Purchased.

1 Pin-tailed Sand-Grouse (Pterocles alchata), $. Deposited.

1 Hybrid Sand-Grouse (bred between Pterocles alchata and

P. pyrenaica), 3. Deposited.

. 1 Panola Deer (Cervus eldi), 2. Purchased.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.

. 2 Leopards (Felis pardus), $ 2. Presented by Mrs. F. L. G.

Simpson.

2 Upland Geese (Chloéphaga megallanica), ¢ 9. Purchased.

2 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta),2 2. Purchased.

2 Scemmerring’s Pheasants (Phasianus sammerringt), 3 Q.

Purchased.

1 Cactus Conure (Conwrus cactorum). Deposited.

1 Flap-necked Chameleon (Chameleon dilepis). Deposited.

. 1 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovvs tragelaphus), 3. Purchased.

1 Great Wallaroo (Macropus robustus), §. Purchased.

1 Musky Lorrikeet (Glossopsittacus concinnus). Purchased.

3 Blue-crowned Hanging Parrakeets (Loriculus galgulus),

Purchased.

1 Ural Owl (Syrnium uralense). Purchased. See P. Z.S, 1900,

. 429,

1 shiped Owl (Ciccaba virgata). Purchased.

2 Silver Pheasants (Huplocamus nycthemerus),2 2. Purchased,

. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 2. Pre-

sented by the Lady Ashburnham.

9 Natterjack Toads (Bubo calamita), Presented by J. B.

Thornhill, Esq.

5 White-backed Trumpeters (Psophia leucoptera). Purchased.

4 Wonga-Wonga Pigeons (Leucosarcia picata), 23, 29.

Purchased.

2 Germain’s Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron germaini), 3 9.

Purchased.

Apr. 273

30.

May 1.

Li)

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 1009

2 Japanese Pheasants (Phastanus versicolor), § 2. Purchased.

2 Cabot’s Horned Tragopans (Ceriornis caboti), 6 2. Pur-

chased.

1 Tawny Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by Mrs, E. M.

Blackwood.

6 Common Vipers ( Vipera berus). Presented by A. Old, Esq.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), 9 . Deposited,

1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), $. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Yellow-whiskered Lemur (Lem vanthomystax). “Presented

by J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Grys-bok (Raphicerus melanotis), ¢. Presented by J. FE.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 English Wild Cow (Bos taurus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Violet-necked Lory (Kos riciniata). Presented by H. R.

Fillmer, Esq.

1 Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by Miss Robinson.

1 Brazilian Tapir ( Tapirus americanus), $. Purchased.

2 Violet-necked Lories (Zos riciniata). Purchased.

2 Amherst Pheasants ( Thaumalea amhersti@), § 2. Purchased.

2 Siamese Pheasants (Euplocamus prelatus), ¢ 2. Purchased.

2 Rufous-tailed Pheasants (Luplocamus erythrophthalmus), 3 2.

Purchased.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Presented by C. W. Lilley,

Ksq., F.Z.S.

1 Heyatan Eryx (Eryx jaculus), Presented by C. W. Lilley,

1 Glas Snake | (Ophiosaurus apus). Deposited.

. 1 Grooved Tortoise (Testudo calcarata). From Khartoum,

Deposited.

1 Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by Miss Ash.

2 Edible Frogs (Rana esculenta). From Biskra. Presented by

the Hon. Mrs. A. Cadogan.

1 Three-banded Terrapin (Cyclemmys trifasciata). Deposited.

2 Roofed Terrapins (Aachuga tectum), Deposited.

2 Blackish Sternotheres (Sternotherus niyricans). Deposited.

1 Derbian Sternothere (Sternotherus derbianus). Deposited.

2 Black Sternotheres (Sternotherus niger). Deposited.

1 Hamilton’s Terrapin (Damonia hamiltoni). Deposited.

3 Annulated Terrapins (Nicoria annulata). Deposited.

1 Red-striped Ground-Snake (Adastor erythrogrammus), De-

osited.

6 Kentucky Blind-fish (A mblyopsis spelea). Deposited.

. 1 Crowned Lemur (Lemur coronatus), ¢. Deposited.

1 Black Lemur (Lemur macaco), §. Deposited.

2 Slender Loris (Loris gracilis). Deposited.

1 Bandicoot (Perameles ia inc.). Deposited.

3 Wrinkled heme ( Chrysemys scripta rugosa). Deposited.

20 Elegant Terrapins (Chrysemys scripta elegans). Deposited.

10 Reeves’s Terrapins (Damonia reevesi). Deposited.

1 Radiated Tortoise (Testudo radiata). Deposited.

1 Reticulated Terrapin ( Chrysemys reticulatus). Deposited.

2 Argentine Tortoises (Testudo argentina). Veposited.

3 Coralline Snakes (Coronella gentilis). Deposited,

8 Undulated Lizards (Sceloporus undulatus). Weposiiad:

1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sulphurea). De-

posited,

1010 APPENDIX.

May °°. 1 Common Snake (7repidonotus natriv). Presented by Master

R. Macdonald.

4, | Cape Hunting-Dog (Lycaon pictus), 2. Purchased. See

P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 659.

2 Australian Rails (Rallus pectoralis), Presented by Mr. C. F.

Fox.

6. 1 Crowned Lemur (Lemus coronatus). Born in the Menagerie.

7. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinieus), g. Presented by Lady

Malcolm of Poltalloch.

4 Australian Sheldrakes (Tadorna tadornoides), 2 3, 2 9.

Purchased.

1 Sclater’s Cassowary (Casuarius sclater’). Deposited.

2 Loggerhead Turtles ( Thalassochelys caretta). Deposited.

12 Elegant Terrapins (Chrysemys scripta elegans). Deposited.

12 Adorned Terrapins (Chiysemys ornata). Deposited.

17 Lesueur’s Terrapins (Malacoclemmys lesueurt). Deposited.

7 Reeves’s Terrapins (Damonia reevest). Deposited.

8. 2 Prevost’s Squirrels (Sciwrus prevosti), 2 9. Purchased.

4 Indian Starlings (Stwrnus menzhieri). Purchased.

6 Common Wolves (Canis lupus). Born in the Menagerie.

9. 2 Egyptian Foxes (Canis niloticus). Deposited.

2 Meyer's Parrots (Paocephalus meyer’). Purchased.

Prevost’s Squirrels (Sevwrus prevosti),2 9. Deposited.

Cardinal Eclectus (Zclectus cardinalis). Deposited.

White-crested Tiger-Bittern (Zigriosoma leucolaphum). Pre-

sented by F. W. Marshall, Esq.

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Deposited.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Presented by F. H. Preston,

10.

e bY bo

sq.

5 Sordid Wood-Swallows (Artamus sordidus). Purchased.

3 Hairy Armadillos (Dasypus villosus). Purchased.

6 Sulphury Tyrants (Pitangus sulphuratus). Purchased.

1 Black-pointed Teguexin (Tupinambis nigropunctatus). Pur-

chased.

‘11. 1 Crowned Lemur (Lemur coronatus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Bengal Fox (Canis bengalensis). Purchased.

12. 4 Chaplain Crows (Corvus capellanus). Presented by B. T.

Ffinch, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Porto-Rico Pigeons (Columba squamosa). Purchased.

1 Cinereous Vulture (Vultw monachus). Presented by W. F.

Found, Esq.

1 Polecat (Mustela putorius). Deposited.

13. 1 Llama (Lama peruana), §. Born in the Menagerie.

14. 1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), Presented by M. A. French, Esq.

4 Blood-rumped Parrakeets (Psephotus hematonotus), Pur-

chased.

15. 1 Allen’s Porphyrio (Hydrornia allenc). Captured at Sea. Pre-

sented by Capt. J. C. Robinson. See P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 659,

6 Long-nosed Crocodiles (Crocodilus cataphractus). Presented

by J. 8S. Budgett, Esq., F.Z.S.

16. 1 Snowy Owl (Nyctea scandiaca), 2. From Bylott Island,

Lancaster Sound. Presented by A. Barclay Walker, Esq.

2 African Tantaluses (Pseudotantalus this). Purchased.

2 Black-and-White Geese (Anseranas semipalmata). Pur-

chased.

2 Plumed Ground-Doves (Geophaps plumifera). Purchased,

2 Rose-Hill Parrakeets (Platycercus eximius). Purchased,

May 17

18,

19.

20.

24.

25.

26.

28.

29.

30.

June 1,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIB. 1011

. 2 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes). Purchased.

2 King Snakes (Coronella getula). Deposited.

1 Coralline Snake (Coronedla gentilis). Deposited.

2 American Black Snakes (Zamenis constrictor). Deposited.

3 Ten-lined Snakes (Contia decemlineata). Deposited.

1 Gamett’s Galago (Galago garnetti). Deposited.

1 Common Teguexin (Tupinambis teguexin). Deposited.

4 Blue Wall-Lizards (Lacerta muralis cerulea). From Farag-

lione, Sicily. Deposited.

10 Pennsylvanian Mud-Terrapins (Cinosternum pennsylvanicum).

Deposited.

4 Adorned Terrapins (Chrysemys ornata). Deposited.

13 Elegant Terrapins (Chrysemys scripta elegans). Deposited.

6 Lesueur’s Terrapins (Malacoclemmys lesueuri). Deposited.

3 Annulated Terrapins (Nicoria annulata). Deposited.

5 Schlagintweit’s Frogs (Rana cyanophlyctis). Deposited.

6 Red Newts (Spelerpes ruber). Deposited.

1 Serval (Felis serval). Presented by R. Barton Wright, Esq.

2 Long-eared Owls (Aszo otus), Presented by D. F. Campbell,

Esq.

2 Geico Touracous (Turacus persa). Purchased.

1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea). Presented by Perey

L. Isaac, Esq.

1 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovis tragelaphus), §. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Summer Snake (Contia estiva). Deposited.

1 Mexican Snake (Coluber melanoleucus). Deposited.

1 Common Paradoxure (Paradorurus niger). Presented by

K. E. Hewens, Esq.

6 Menobranchs (Necturus maculatus). Deposited.

5 American Green Frogs (Rana halecina). Deposited.

1 Boddaert’s Snake (Drymobius boddaertz). l Presented by

1 Chequered Elaps (Zlaps lemniscatus). Leon Bern-

1 Rat-tailed Opossum (Didelphys nudicaudata). | stein, Esq.

1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana). Presented by Mrs.

Morris.

1 Common Squirrel (Seiwus vulgaris). Presented by Mrs.

Morris.

1 Thar (Hemitragus jemlaicus), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

5 Swinhoe’s Pheasants (Euplocamus swinhoii). Born in the

Menagerie.

2 Brown Mynahs (Acridotheres fuscus). Purchased.

2 Red Howlers (Mycetes seniculus), § 9. Deposited.

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), 3. Deposited.

3 Chaplain Crows (Corvus capellanus). Presented by B. T.

Ffinch, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by J. W.

Berry, Esq.

2 Greek Tortoises ( Testudo greca). Deposited.

1 American Flying-Squirrel (Sc?wropterus volucella). Deposited.

1 Red-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera), 2. Deposited.

2 Black-headed Caiques (Caica melunocephala). Deposited.

2 Wild Swine (Sus scrofa), 2Q. Presented by the Lord

Carnegie, F.Z.5.

1 Occipital Blue Pie ( Uroeissa occipitalis). Purchased.

1 Brown Mock-Thrush (Harporhynchus rufus), ¢. Purchased.

Proc, Zoou, Soc.—1900, No. LXVI. 66

1012

June

cor

be |

10. 2

APPENDIX.

. | Chough (Pyrrhocorax graculus). Deposited.

. 1 Thar (Hemitragus jemlaicus), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

6 Argentine Tortoises (Testudo argentina). Deposited.

3 Ameriean Box-Tortoises (Cistudo carolina). Deposited.

1 Black Sternothere (Sternotherus niger). Deposited.

1 North-American Trionyx (Trionyx ferox). Deposited.

53 Changeable Tree-Frogs (Hyla versicolor). Deposited.

. 3 Shaw's Gerbilles (Gerbillus shawi), From Biskra, Algeria.

Presented by the Rey. A. E. Eaton.

1 Garamantic Gerbille (Gerbillus garamantis). From Biskra,

Algeria. Presented by the Rey. A. E. Eaton.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), §. Born in the Menagerie.

3 Goshawks (Astur palumbarius). Presented by Tom ‘Simonds,

Fisq.

1 Common Snake (Tropidonotus natrix), Presented by W. H.

St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Mocassin Snakes (7ropidonotus fasciatus). Presented by

W. H. St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Burchell’s Zebra (Lquus burchellii), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Rocky-Mountain Goat (Haploceros montunus), 3. From

British Columbia. Purchased. See P. Z.S. 1900, p. 771.

1 Three-toed Sloth (Bradypus tridactylus). Purchased.

1 Common Squirrel (albino) (Sezurus vulgaris). Deposited.

1 Large Red Flying-Squirrel (Pteromys tnornatus). Presented

by A. Dudley Yorke, Esq.

. L Lion (Felis leo), $. From Kathiwar. Deposited by H.R.H.

the Prince of Wales, K.G.

1 Nylghaie (Doselaphus tragocamelus), 2. Deposited by H.R.H.

the Prince of Wales, K.G.

2 Four-horned Antelopes (Tetraceros quadricornis), ¢ Q. De-

posited by H.R.H. the Prince of Wales, K.G,

5 Indian Gazelles (Gazella bennetti). Deposited by H.R.H. the

Prince of Wales, K.G.

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis). Presented by

C, H. Armbruster, Esq.

1 Barbary Ape (Macacus inuus). Presented:by R.S. Allen, Esq.

5 Gentoo Penguins (Pygosceles teniatus). Purchased. See

PL 2s8: L000, p: CEL:

2 Cunning Bassaris (Bassariscus astutus). Purchased.

. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), ¢. Born in the Mengerie.

1 Allen’s Porphyrio (Hydrornia alleni). Captured at Sea.

Presented by Miss Wallace.

1 Little Egret (Ardea garzetta). Presented by J. H. Yates, Esq.

4 Bearded Lizards (Amphibolurus barbatus). Deposited.

5 American Box-Tortoises (Cistudo carolina). Deposited.

6 Stink-pot Mud-Terrapins (Cinosternum odoratum). De-

posited.

1 Mississippi Terrapin (Malacoclemmys geographica). De-

posited.

. | African Python (Python sebe natalensis). Presented by

Francis EK. Colenso, Esq.

1 Green Lizard (Lacer ta viridis). Presented by Miss Mabel

A. Heaton.

2 Stump-tailed Skinks (Z'rachysawrus rugosus). Deposited.

1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-viridis). Presented by

H. G. F. Stallard, Esq.

2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Received in

Exchange,

June 11

14,

18.

19,

20.

. 1 Hocheur Monkey (Cercopithecus nictitans).

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1013 -

. 1 Orinoco Goose (Chenalopex jubatus). Purchased.

1 Little Guan (Ortalis motmot). Purchased.

1 Blue-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis estiva) (var.). Purchased.

2 Wandering Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna arcuata). Purchased.

1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus). | y,,

1 Malbrouck Morileee ( Cercopithecus cynosurus). | Pret

1 Angolan Vulture (Gypohierax angolensis). [ FB a ah 35 F.ZS

10 African Walking-fish (Periophthalmus koel- | ~°°?°% * +4

reutert).

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus cegyptius). Presented by Lady

Preston.

1 De Filippi’s Meadow-Starling (Stwnella defilippit). Pur-

chased,

6 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets ((elopsittacus undulatus). Pur-

chased.

4 Anderson’s Tree-Frogs (Hyla andersoni). Deposited.

4 Changeable Tree-Frogs (Hyla versicolor). Deposited.

. 2 Palm-Squirrels (Sciurus pulmarum). Presented by W. B.

Bingham, Esq.

1 Angola Seed-eater (Serinmus angolensis). Presented by Miss

Long.

3 White Ibises (Eudocimus albus). Bred in the Menagerie.

See P. Z.S. 1900, p. 771.

6 Glossy Ibises (Plegadis falcinellus). Bred in the Menagerie.

1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), §. Deposited.

1 Common Squirrel (Sciwrus vulgaris). Presented by Dr. J.

L. Williams.

1 Yellow-billed Sheath-bill (Chionis alba). Captured, at Sea,

off Cape Horn. Presented by Capt. Bate.

. | Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), 2. Presented

by Miss E. B. Hall.

1 Negro Tamarin (Midas ursulus). Deposited.

1 Whinchat (Pratincolu rubetra). Purchased.

Black Redstart (Ruticilla titys). Purchased.

Meadow-Pipit (Anthus pratensis). Purchased.

Pied Flycatcher (Muscicapa atricapilla). Purchased.

| Blue-headed Wagtail (Motacilla flava). Purchased.

. | Common Squirrel (Sccwrus vulgaris). Presented by G. 8.

Johnson, Esq.

2 King Snakes (Coronella getula). Purchased.

1 Smooth-headed Capuchin (Cebus monachus). Presented by

F, Wallace, Esq.

2 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (ZLiothrix luteus), _ Presented by

Miss Petrocochino,

1 Cockateel- (Calopsittacus nove-hollandie), $. Presented by

Mrs, Harry Blades.

2 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by the Rev. F,

W. Haines.

4 Viperine Snakes (7'ropidonotus viperinus). Presented by the

Rey. F. W. Haines.

1 Smooth Snake (Coronella austriaca), Presented by the Rey.

I’. W. Haines.

2 Marbled Newts (Molge marmorata). Presented by the Rey,

I’, W. Elaines.

1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus ertthacus). Deposited.

1 Yellow-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis autumnalis). Deposited.

9 Mountain Ground-Doves (Geotrygon cristata). Deposited.

66*

1014

June 20,

23.

25.

26.

July 2.

. 1 Alpine Newt (Molge alpestris).

APPENDIX,

4 Ring-necked Parrakeets (Paleornis torquata), 43. Pre-

sented by J. M. G. Bate, Esq.

1 Small Hill-Mynah (Gracula religiosa). Presented by Capt.

R. Yorke Heriz, R.N.

2 Peba Armadillos (Tatusta peba). Purchased.

3 Spotted Owls (Athene brama). Purchased.

3 White-throated Finches (Spermophila albogularis), 6. Pur-

chased.

1 Thick-billed Seed-Finch (Oryzoborus crassirostris), 9. Pur-

chased.

1 White-eared Conure (Pyrrhura leucotis), Purchased.

1 Loggerhead Turtle (Thalassochelys caretta). Purchased.

. 2 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 2g. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Thar (Hemitragus jemlaicus), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

22. 1 Hocheur Monkey (Cercopithecus nictitans). Deposited.

7 Brazilian Tortoises (Testudo tabulata). Deposited.

5 American Box-Tortoises (Cistudo carolina). Deposited.

1 Indian Desert-Fox (Canis leucopus?). From Persia. Pre-

sented by Capt. D. J. Leiper.

1 Orang-outang (Simia satyrus), 3. Deposited.

5 Silvery Mole-Rats (Myoscalops argenteo-cinereus), Deposited.

3 Chaplain Crows (Corvus capellanus). Presented by B. T.

Ffinch, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Pied Mynahs (Sturnopastor contra). Bred in the Menagerie.

1 Common Duiker (Cephalophus grimmi), ¢. Presented by

J. E. Matcham, Esq., O.M.Z.S,

1 Common Duiker (Cephalophus grimmt), 9. Deposited.

1 Syrian Bear (Ursus syriacus). Deposited.

1 Three-toed Sloth (Bradypus tridactylus). Purchased.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), §. Presented by G. A.

S. Bell, Esq., R.N.

5 Wild Cats (young) (Felis catus). From Inverness-shire.

Presented by Geo. J. Bailey, Esq.

1 Cheetah (Cynelurus jubatus). Deposited.

1 Levaillant’s Amazon (Chrysotis levaillanti). Presented by

J. Farmer Hall, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus) (black var.). Presented by

G. Allan Marriott, Esq.

. 6 Wrinkled Terrapins (Chrysemys scripta rugosa). Deposited.

5 Mississippi Terrapins (Malacoclemmysgeographica). Deposited.

3 Annulated Terrapins (Nicoria annulata). Deposited.

1 Amboina Box-Tortoise (Cyclemys amboinensis). Deposited.

1 Prickly Trionyx (Trionyx spinifer). Deposited.

. 1 Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta). Presented by Miss M. C.

Raweliffe.

2 Black-faced Kangaroos (Macropus melanops), 3 2. Deposited.

1 Royal Python (Python regius). Presented by Mr. Benjamin

Stewart.

Presented by the

9 Black Salamanders (Salamandra atra). avd. Wi Micisine

2 Slowworms (Anguts fragilis).

1 Adanson’s Sternothere (Sternotherus adansont). Received in

Exchange.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Received in

Exchanve.

6 Wrinkled Terrapins (Chrysemys scripta rugosa). Deposited.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1015

July 5. 1 Yellow-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis autwmnalis). Presented

10.

17,

18.

by S, Hawkings, Esq.

2 Greater Black-backed Gulls (Larus marinus). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Herring-Gull (Zarus argentatus). Bred in the Menagerie.

. 2 Tigers (Felis tigris), ¢ 2. Presented by H.H. the Maharani

Regent of Mysore.

1 Pine-Marten (Mustela martes). Presented by C. G. Beale,

Esq.

1 Common Squirrel (Sciwrus vulgaris). Presented by Cecil

Slade, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Crimson-crowned Weaver-birds (Huplectes flammiceps). Pre-

sented by Mrs. Charles Green.

1 Long-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus cataphractus). Presented

by J. A. Robb, Esq.

1 Four-lined Snake (Coluber quatuorlineatus). Presented by

W. R. Temple, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hupale penicillata). Presented by

Mrs. G. L. Bagnell.

2 Great Wallaroos (Macropus robustus), ¢ 9. Deposited.

1 Wrinkled Terrapin (Chrysemys scripta rugosa). Deposited.

1 Burrhel Wild Sheep ( Ovis burrhel), ¢. Born in the Menagerie.

4 Natterjack Toads (Bufo calamita). Presented by 8. S. Flower,

Ksq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Mrs.

Alexander Grant.

1 Altai Deer (Cervus eustephanus). Born in the Menagerie.

2 Grey-headed Love-birds (Agapornis cana), Presented by Mrs.

Harry Blades.

1 Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by L. W. Wiglesworth,

Esq.

1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus patas), 2. Deposited.

1 Isabelline Bear (Ursus isabellinus). Deposited.

1 Sharp-nosed Badger (Meles leptorhynchus). Purchased.

1 Rough Fox (Canis rudis), Purchased.

. 1 Entellus Monkey (Semnopithecus entellus), 2. Deposited.

2 Brazilian Tortoises (Testudo tabulata). Deposited.

2. | Himalayan Snow-Partridge (Tetraoyallus himalayensis).

Deposited.

. | Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus). Presented by Mrs,

Heigham.

1 Little Bittern (Ardetta minuta). Received in Exchange.

. 1 Brindled Gnu (Connochetes taurina), 2. Born in the Mena-

gerie. See P.Z.S. 1900, p. 771.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by P. M.

Thornton, Esq.

1 Nuteracker (Nucifraga caryocatactes). Purchased.

1 Senegal Parrot (Paocephalus senegalus). Presented by 8.

Cordwell, Esq.

2 Larger Hill-Mynahs (Gracula intermedia). Deposited.

1 Missel-Thrush (Turdus viscivorus). Presented by J. B.

Williamson, Esq.

2 Striped Snakes (7ropidonotus ordinatus sirtalis), Deposited.

1 Viperine Snake (7'ropidonotus viperinus), Deposited.

1 Mauve-necked Cassowary (Casuarius violicollis). Deposited.

6 Blanding’s Terrapins (Emys blandingi). Deposited.

1 Alligator Terrapin ( Chelydra serpentina). Deposited.

1 Guira Cuckoo (Guira piririgua). Purchased.

26.

27.

28.

30.

31.

APPENDIX.

. 2 Painted Frogs (Discoglossus pictus). Received in Exchange.

. 2 Chukar Partridges (Cacabis chukar). Presented by Chas. E.

Pitman, [sq.

20, 4 Elephantine Tortoises (Testudo elephantina). Deposited.

1 Clumsy Tortoise (Testudo inepta). Deposited.

1 Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by Miss Lucy Holland.

. 2 Masked Paradoxures (Paradoxurus larvatus). Presented by

W. T. Lay, Esq.

1 Humboldt’s Lagothrix (Lagothrix humboldti). Presented by

W.S. Churchill, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Miss A.

N. Ball.

. 1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons), $. Presented by

W. H. Lacy, Esq.

3 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes), Bred in the Menagerie.

1 Spotted Pigeon (Columba maculosa). Bred in the Menagerie.

4 icons Turtle-Doves (Turtur vinaceus). Bred in the

Menagerie.

6 Roofed Terrapins (Kachuga tectum). Deposited.

2 Alligator Terrapins (Chelydra serpentina). Deposited.

. 1 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Liothrix luteus). Deposited.

2 Common Bluebirds (Stalia wilsoni), 3 Q. Presented by 8. W.

Sutherland, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Chaffinches (Fringilla celebs), § 2. Deposited.

1 Siskin (Chrysomitris spinus). Deposited.

1 Lesser Redpoll (Linota rufescens). Deposited.

53 Linnets (Linota cannabina). Deposited.

1 Yellow-rumped Seed-eater( Crithagrachrysopyga). Deposited.

1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by

R. H. Gush, Esq.

1 Levaillant’s Amazon (Chrysotis levaillanti). Deposited.

4 Red-collared Lorikeets ( Trichoglossus rubritorques). Deposited.

See P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 772.

1 American Box-Tortoise (Cistudo carolina). Deposited.

1 Sculptured Terrapin (Clemmys insculpta). Deposited.

1 Altai Deer (Cervus eustephanus), g. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Sulphury Buntings (Lmberiza sulphurata). Purchased.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

T. Forsyth Forrest, Esq.

2 Greater Vasa Parrots (Coracopsis vasa). Presented by Mr.

G. Barfoot.

3 Glossy Ibises (Plegadis falcinellus). Bred in the Menagerie.

1 Green Lizard (Lacerta viridis). Deposited.

7 Algerian Skinks (Zumeces algeriensis). Presented by G. H.

Fernan, Esq.

1 Spiny-tailed Mastigure (Uromastix acanthinurus). Presented

by G. H. Fernan, Esq.

5 Barn-Owls (Strix fammea). Purchased.

1 Silky Cow-bird (Molothrus bonariensis). Presented by F.

Willes, Esq.

. 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 2. Presented by W.

Cleaver, Esq.

. 2 Prasine Snakes (Coluber prasinus). Deposited.

1 Dahl’s Snake (Zamenis dahl’). Deposited.

. 1 Pheasant (Phasianus cochicus), 2. Purchased.

3 Ring-necked Pheasaits (Phasianus torquatus), 39. Pur-

chased,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1017

. 2 Golden Pheasants (Thaumalea picta),2 2. Purchased.

. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), §. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by A. Cooper,

Esq., F.Z.S.

6. 1 Chinese Quail (Coturnix chinensis), 9. Presented by

2 Asiatic Quails (Perdicula asiatica). D. Seth-Smith, Esq.,

2 Sparrow-Hawks ( Accipiter nisus). E.ZS.

8. 2 Black-headed Caiques (Cazca melanocephala). Deposited.

10.

Lh.

12.

1 Quail (Coturniz communis). Presented by Miss F. E. Burt.

. 1 Blue-and- Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by Capt.

G. H. Arnot.

1 Gold Pheasant ( Thaumalea picta), §. Purchased.

1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista).

Deposited.

1 Smooth-headed Capuchin (Cebus monachus). Deposited.

1 Polar Bear (Ursus maritimus). Deposited.

1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovzs burrhel). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). } Presented by J. E.

1 Leopard Tortoise (Testudo pardalis). Matcham, Esq.,

1 Puff-Adder (Bitis arietans). C.M.Z.S.

1 Lioness (Felis leo). Presentedby the Rt. Hon. Cecil J. Rho des,

PC. DCF ELS.

3 Little Bitterns (Ardetta minuta). Purchased.

1 Algerian Tortoise (Testudo wera). Deposited.

4 Alligator Terrapins (Chelydru serpentina). Deposited.

2 Argentine Tortoises (Testudo argentina). Deposited.

6 European Pond-Tortoises (Emys orbicularis). Deposited.

1 Leopardine Snake (Coluber leopardmus). Deposited.

1 Vivacious Snake (Varbophis fallax). Deposited.

2 Egyptian Mastigures (Uromastix spinipes). Deposited.

1 Pleurodele Newt (Molge malth). Deposited.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by W. A.

Gillett, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Leopard Tortoise (Testudo pardalis). Deposited.

3. 5 Rosy-billed Ducks (Metopiana peposaca). Bred inthe Menagerie.

14.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitricus), 3. Presented by

L. J. Sparrow, Esq.

1 Black-cheeked Monkey (Cercopithecus melanogenys), 2. Pre-

sented by L. J. Sparrow, Esq.

4 Indian Crows (Corvus splendens). Received in Exchange.

1 Little Cormorant (Phalacrocorax javanicus). Received in

Exchange.

3 Dwarf Turtle-Doves (Turtur humilis). Received in Exchange.

1 Green-winged Dove (Chalcophaps indica). Received in Ex-

change.

1 Indian Roller (Coracias indica). Presented by E. W. Harper,

Ksq.

] nae Weaver-bird (Ploceus bengalensis), §. Presented by

E. W. Harper, Esq.

1 Manyar Weaver-bird (Ploceus manyar), 6. Presented by

Kk. W. Harper, Esq.

4 Black-throated Weaver-birds (Ploceus atrigula), 2 3,2 9.

Presented by E. W. Harper, Esq.

5. 1 Argali Sheep (Ovis ammon), 2. From the Altai Mountains.

Purchased.

2 Black Storks (Ciconia nigra). Purchased.

1 Bi fig Iguana (Clenosaura acanthura). Presented by

Mr. C. Hagenbeck. :

1018

Aug. 15

16.

17;

18.

20.

21.

22.

23.

27.

28.

29.

APPENDIX.

3 South Albemarle Tortoises ( Testudo vicinia). Deposited.

1 Saddle-backed Tortoise (Testudo ephippium). Deposited.

2 Thin-shelled Tortoises (Testudo microphyes), Deposited.

6 Bungoma River-Turtles (EZmyda granosa). Deposited.

1 White-collared Kingfisher (Halcyon chloris). Deposited.

1 Ring-necked Pheasant (Phasianus torquatus), 3. Purchased.

1 Common Lizard (Lacerta vivipara). Presented by 8. 8. Flower,

Ksq., F.Z.8.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 3. Pre-

sented by C. Mackay, Esq.

1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla), Deposited.

2 Blue-tongued Lizards ( Tiliqua scincoides), Deposited.

5 Blue Lizards (Gerrhonotus ceruleus). Deposited.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), S$. Born in the Menagerie.

3 Pheasants (Phasianus colchicus), 1 g,29. Presented by

Capt. G. H. Arnot.

1 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus), G. Presented by Capt.

G. H. Arnot.

1 Military Macaw (Ara militaris). Deposited.

1 Blue-tongued Lizard (Tiligua scinecoides). Deposited.

1 Blue Lizard (Gerrhonotus ceruleus). Deposited.

1 African Buzzard (Buteo desertorum). Presented by

2 American Kestrels (Tinnunculus sparverius). > T. Simonds,

2 Lesser Kestrels ( Tinnunculus cenchris). Esq.

1 Black Kite (Milvus migrans). Presented by T. mew ak Esq.

2 Dark Green Snakes (Zamenis gemonensis). Presented by

W. Hunter, Esq.

1 Common Lizard (Lacerta vivipara). Presented by the Con-

troller of the Returned Letter Office.

1 Larger Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia). Presented by

Geo. Smith, Esq.

3 Blackish Sternotheres (Sternotherus nigricans). Deposited.

2 Prasine Snakes (Coluber prasinus). Deposited.

1 Indian Crow (Corvus splendens). Presented by E. A,

Williams, Esq.

1 Rose-coloured Pastor (Pastor roseus).

1 Nonpareil Finch ( Cyanospiza cris).

1 Indigo-bird (Cyanospiza cyanea).

Presented by L.

Ingram Baker, Esq.

11 American Box-Tortoises (Cistudo carolina). Deposited.

10 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Purchased.

1 Brush-tailed Kangaroo (Petrogale penicillata), 9. Born in

the Menagerie.

1 Occipital Blue Pie (Urocissa occipitalis). Purchased.

1 Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by G. St. Leger Hopkinson,

Esq.

1 ie Amazon (Chrysotis ochrocephala). Deposited.

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 2. Born in the Menagerie,

2 Collared Fruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Germain’s Peacock Pheasant (Polyplectron germaini), °.

Presented by A. Yates, Esq.

1 Rook (Corvus frugilegus). Presented by A. Yates, Esq.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Presented by G R. Fair-

banks, Esq.

30. 2 White Ibises (Ludocimus albus). Bred in the Menagerie,

10 Roofed Terrapins (Kachuga tectum). Deposited.

3 Bungoma River-Turtles (Zmyda granosa}. Deposited.

31. 1 Red-bellied Squirrel (Sciwrus variegatus). Deposted.

Aug. 31.

Sept. 1.

be |

12;

13.

14,

16.

Li.

1 Red-bellied Squirrel (Sciwrus variegatus). Purchased.

2 Bosch-boks (Tragelaphus sylvaticus), ¢Q. Presented by

Dr. A. MacCarthy Morrogh, M.B., F.R.C.S.

1 Rufous-necked Wallaby (Macropus rujicollis), 9. Presented

by Miss Seymour.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), ¢. Presented by

Mr. C. A. Gilbert.

. 2 Purple Herons (Ardea purpurea). Purchased.

2 Common Cormorants (Phalacrocorax carbo). Purchased.

3 Spoonbills (Platalea leucorodia). Purchased.

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by G. P. Ashmore,

. 2Cunning Bassaris (Bassariscus astutus). Presented by Miss

Franklin.

1 Cunning Bassaris (Bassariscus astutus). Deposited.

2 Tenrecs (Centetes ecaudatus). Deposited. See P.Z.S. 1900,

p. 772.

. 1 Nilotie Crocodile (Crocodilus niloticus), Presented by Major

H. B. Weatherall.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Miss K. Bishop.

1 Puma (Felis concolor), §. Presented by Maurice F. Dennis,

Esq.

2 Chilian Sea-Eagles (Geranoaétus melanoleucus). Presented

by Tom Simonds, Esq.

. 1 Cardinal Eclectus (Eelectus cardinalis), ¢. Deposited.

2 Westerman’s Eclectus (Lelectus westermani), 22. Depo-

sited.

. 1 Lion (felis leo). From Uganda. Presented by Capt. Delmé

Radcliffe.

1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), S. Presented by

Mr. B. Stewart.

2 Common Badgers (Meles tarus). Presented by Mrs. W. A.

Gillett.

2 Indian Fruit-Bats (Pteropus medius). Presented by Mrs. W.

A. Gillett.

5 Barred Doves (Geopelia striata). Presented by Miss Tyars.

3 Black-pointed Teguexins (Tupinambis nigropunctatus). De-

posited.

2 Antillean Boas (Boa divinilogua). Deposited.

1 Black-headed Terrapin (Damonia reevesi unicolor). Presented

by F. J. Bridgman, Esq.

1 Algerian Skink (Zumeces algeriensis). Presented by F. J.

Bridgman, Esq.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

F. J. Bridgman, Esq.

1 European Pond-Tortoise (Zmys orbicularis). Presented by

Miss F, M. Weippert.

5 Undulated Lizards (Sceloporus undulatus). Deposited.

1 Squacco Heron (Ardea ralloides). Presented by Mr. A. F.

Putz.

1 Wall-Lizard (Lacerta muralis). Presented by Walter

Hunter, Esq.

1 Tessellated Snake (Tropidonotus tessellatus). Presented by

Walter Hunter, Esq.

1 Red Tiger-Cat (Felis chrysothriz), Deposited.

1 Leopard (young) (Felis pardus). Deposited.

1020

Sept. 17.

18,

19,

26.

29.

APPENDIX.

1 Red-footed Ground-Squirrel (Xerus erythropus). Presented

by Dr. Oswald Horrocks.

1 Alpine Marmot (Arctomys marmotta). Deposited.

2 Crossbills (Lovia curvirostra). Deposited.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Capt. W.

H. Rotheram, R.E.

2 Dusky Ducks (Anas obscura), ¢ 9. Presented by W. H.

St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Blackbird (Turdus merula), ¢. Presented by Mr. A. Sahlin.

1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Presented by A. L.

Jessopp, Esq.

4 Pheasants (Phasianus colchicus),1 3,3 9. Presented by

F., Larratt, Esq.

3 Jays (Garrulus glandarius). Presented by Dr. R. Bowdler

Sharpe, F.Z.S.

1 Plantain-Squirrel (Scdwrus plantani). Presented by H. H.

Goodwin, Esq.

20. 10 Elephantine Tortoises (Testudo elephantina). Deposited.

21. 1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), 2. Presented by Mrs. C.

Campbell.

2 Western Yellow-winged Laughing-

Thrushes (Trochalopterum nigrimentum).

1 Rufous-chinned Laughing-Thrush (an-

thocincla rufigularis). Presented by

1 Slaty-headed Scimitar Babbler (Pomato- f E. W. Ha 4

rhinus schisticeps). Esq., F.Z.8

1 Black-throated Ouzel (Merula strigularis). |

2 Tickell’s Ouzels (Merula unicolor). |

1 Spotted-wing (Psaroglossa spiloptera).

. 1 Yellow-crowned Troupial (Icterus chrysocephalus). Deposited.

1 Yellow-backed Troupial (Icterus croconotus). Deposited.

2 Rose-ringed Parrakeets (Paleornis docilis),2 9. Deposited.

. 1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by

Randolph Berens, Esq., ¥.Z.8.

. 1 Pink-headed Duck (Rhodonessa caryophyllacea), §. Purchased.

1 Ground-Hornbill (Bucorvus abyssinicus), Presented by H.

Strachan, Esq., F.L.S.

1 Bell’s Cinixys (Cimivys belliana). Presented by H. Strachan,

Esq., F.L.S.

1 Schmidt's Monkey (Cercopithecus schmidti), 9. Purchased.

1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Presented by W. R.

Bryden, Esq.

6 Florida Tortoises (Testudo polyphemus). Deposited.

4 Elegant Snakes (Z'ropidonotus ordinatus infernalis). Deposited.

4 Couch’s Snakes (Tropidonotus ordinatus couchi). Deposited.

1 Vivacious Snake (Zarbophis fallax). Presented by W.H.

St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by

Mrs. Woods.

. 1 Plantain-Squirrel (Setwrus plantani). Presented by Mrs. A

Jeffery.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Zrichosurus vulpecula). Presented by

Mrs. A. Jeffery.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), §. Presented by

Mrs. Sassoon.

1 Bristly Ground-Squirrel (Xerus setosus). Purchased.

1 Spix’s Macaw (Cyanopsittacus spiat). Deposited.

1 Large Grieved Tortoise (Podocnemis expansa). Deposited.

Sept. 29. 1 Brazilian Tapir (Tapirus americanus), 2.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGBRIE. 1021

2 Snowy Herets (Ardea candidissima). |

6 Ring-necked Lizards (Tropidurus torqua-

tus). Presented by

3 Surinam Lizards (Ameiva surinamensis). (> Capt. Albert

2 Tuberculated Iguanas (Iguana tuberculata). Pam, F.ZS.

1 Lacertine Crocodilurus ( Crocodilurus lacer-

tinus).

6 Giant Toads (Bufo marinus). J

Oct. 1. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Deposited.

10.

12.

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by Mrs. E. Putz.

2 Pucheran’s Guinea-fowls (Guttera pucherani). Deposited.

2 Common Rattlesnakes (Crotalus durissus). From Lake Kerr,

Marion County, Florida. Received in Exchange.

2 Water-Vipers (Ancistrodon piscivorus). 7}

2 Copper-head Vipers (Ancistrodon contortriz).

1 Hog-nosed Snake (Heterodon platyrhinos, vay.

niger). ,

1 Mocassin Snake (Tropidonotus fasciatus ery-

throgaster).

1 Mocassin Snake (Tropidonotus fasciatus).

| Received in

Exchange.

. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (T7richosurus vulpecula). Presented by

Miss Bartlett.

1 Blue-faced Amazon (Chrysotis versicolor). Presented by

Miss M. Moon.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandu). Presented by Lieut.

Sullivan.

2 Greek Tortoises (Testudo greca). Presented by Sister Heather

Grey.

yi:

. 1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Presented by

R. G. Pointer, Esq.

1 Large Grieved Tortoise (Podocnemis expansa). Deposited.

. 1 Algerian Tortoise (Testudo mauritanica). Deposited.

. 1 Broad-nosed Lemur (Hapalemur simus). Deposited.

1 Llliger’s Macaw (Ara maracana). Deposited.

6 Starred Tortoises (Testudo elegans). Deposited.

1 Electric Eel (Gymnotus electricus). Deposited.

1 Common Water-Buck (Cobus ellipsiprymnus), 2. Deposited.

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Presented by Mrs. W. L.

Gower.

1 Common Genet (Genetta vulgaris). Presented by W. C.

Tait, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Dusky Sloth (Bradypus infuscatus). Deposited.

2 Salvin’s Amazons ( Chrysotis salvini). Deposited.

4 Wrinkled Terrapins (Clemmys scripla rugosa). Deposited.

1 Annulated Terrapin (Nicoria annulata). Deposited.

1 Brazilian Tortoise ( Testudo tabulata): Deposited.

2 Yellow-whiskered Lemurs (Lemur xanthomystax), 3 Q.

Presented by J. B. Joel, Esq.

1 Alligator (Alhgator mussissippiensis). Presented by Mrs.

Bazalgette.

1 Violaceous Night-Heron (Nycticorax violaceus), Purchased.

. 4 Indian Fruit-Bats (Pteropus medius). Deposited.

1 Porose Crocodile (Crocodilus porosus). Presented by Miss

Gwendoline Waite.

1022

APPENDIX.

Oct. 15. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Deposited.

16.

18.

19.

20.

22.

23.

265.

1 Missel-Thrush (Zurdus viscivorus). Purchased.

1 Hagenbeck’s Mangabey (Cercocebus hagenbecki), g. From

Congoland. Deposited.

1 Grey-cheeked Mangabey (Cercocebus albigena),3. Deposited.

1 Skort-tailed Wallaby (Macropus brachyurus), 2. Deposited.

1 Oldham’s Terrapin (Cyclemys dhor). Deposited.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), Q. Presented by

G. H. Jalland, Esq.

17 Speckled Terrapins (Clemmys yuttata). Deposited.

3 Painted Terrapins (Chrysemys picta). Deposited.

10 Alligator Terrapins (Chelydra serpentina). Deposited.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by Mr. A.

J. Smith.

1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocchus fuliginosus), 9. Deposited.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), §. Presented by

Mr. C. T. Reaney.

1 Elephantine Tortoise (Testudo elephantina). Deposited.

1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus patas). Presented by Mrs.

Creighton Hall.

1 Ruffed Lemur (Lemur varius). Deposited.

1 Black-neaded Lemur (Lemur brunneus). Deposited.

2 One-wattled Cassowaries (Casuarius uniappendiculatus). De-

posited.

1 Blue-necked Cassowary (Casuarius intensus). Deposited.

2 Coach-whip Birds (Psophodes crepitans). Deposited.

2 Simony’s Lizards (Lacerta simonyi). Deposited.

2 Muscat Gazelles (Gazella mascatensis). Presented by Capt.

P. Z. Cox, F.ZS.

1 Indian Desert-Fox (Canis leucopus). Presented by Capt. P.

Z. Cox, F.Z.S.

4 Brown’s Parrakeets (Platycercus brown). Deposited.

1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops), 3. Deposited.

1 Caffre Bustard (Zupodotis caffra). From Port Elizabeth.

Presented by J. E. Matcham, Esq.,C.M.Z.S. See P. ZS.

1900, p. 772.

1 Westerman’s Eclectus (Eclectus westermant), 2. Deposited.

6 Finches (Spermestes, sp. inc.). Deposited.

2 Simony’s Lizards (Lacerta simonyr). Deposited.

1 Carolina Anolis (Anolis carolinensis), Deposited.

2 Leopardine Snakes (Coluber leopardinus). Deposited.

2 Vivacious Snakes ( Tarbophis fallav). Deposited.

1 Aisculapian Snake (Coluber longissimus). Deposited.

1 Four-lined Snake (Coluber quatuorlineatus). Deposited.

1 Lacertine Snake (Celopeltis monspessulana). Deposited.

1 Mocassin Snake ( Tropidonotus fasciatus). Deposited.

6 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta),2 ¢,4 2. Presented by

H. G. Hobbs, Esq.

1 Hybrid Gold Pheasant (bred between Thaumalea picta and

LT. amherstig), g. Presented by H. G. Hobbs, Esq.

1 Raven (Corvus corar). Presented by T. Sykes, Esq.

. 1 Persian Gazelle (Gazeila subgutturosa), 2. Presented by B.

T. Ftinch, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Spotted Eagle-Owls (Bubo maculosa). Deposited.

1 Spotted Slow-Skink (Acontias meleagris). Presented by W.

L, Sclater, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Lady

Mackenzie.

Nov. 1.

Le)

“I SD Or co

10.

ADDITIONS 10 THE MENAGERIE. 1023

2 Hog-Deer (Cervus porcinus), 2 $. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Severe Macaws (dra severa). Deposited.

. 1 Carrion-Crow (Corvus corone). Presented by Mr. 8. T. Hen-

derson.

1 Bearded Tit (Panurus biarmicus), §. Presented by A. R.

Gillman, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Black-cheeked Falcon (Falco melanogenys). Purchased.

. 2 Dwarf Turtle-Doves (Turtur humilis). Bred in the Menagerie.

1 Green Lizard (Lacerta viridis), Presented by Dr. Dyer.

. 2 Patas Monkeys (Cercopithecus patas), § 2. Purchased.

1 Bush-Dog (Ieticyon venaticus), Purchased.

1 Osprey (Pandion haliaétus). Presented by Capt. T. Yendell.

. 1 Tayra (Galictis barbara). Purchased.

1 Bouquet’s Amazon (Chrysotis bouqueti). Purchased. See

P. Z. S. 1900, p. 772.

1 Bosman’s Potto (Perodicticus potto). Purchased.

2 Ruddy Sheldrakes (Tadorna casarca), ¢ 2. Purchased.

3 Wattled Honey-eaters (Anthochera carunculata). Deposited.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 3. Deposited.

1 Syrian Bear (Ursus syriacus). Presented by R. de Rustaf-

jaell, Esq.

1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). From Canada. Pre-

sented by T. H. Small, Esq.

. 2 Knots (Tringa canutus). Purchased.

. 8 Mocassin Snakes (Tropidonotus fasciatus). Born in the

Menagerie.

. 2 Grey Squirrels (black varieties) (Sczwrus cinereus). Purchased,

. 1 Grey-cheeked Mangabey (Cercocebus albigena). Deposited,

1 Festive Amazon (Chrysotis festiva). Deposited.

. 1 Lion (Felis leo), 2. Presented by Major T. Souter.

2 Ostriches (Struthio camelus massaicus), ¢ 2. From the Tana

Province, E. Africa. Presented by A. Marsden, Esq.

1 Nilotic Crocodile (Crocodilus niloticus). Presented by A.

Marsden, Esq.

1 Bosch-bok ( Tragelaphus sylvaticus), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), 9. Deposited,

3 Tenrecs (Centetes ecaudatus). Deposited.

1 Tenrec (Hemicentetes, sp. inc.). Deposited.

1 Hawk-headed Parrot (Deroptyus accipitrinus). Deposited.

. L Sooty Mangabey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), $. Presented by

Major M*Micking.

1 Yellowish Capuchin (Cebus flavescens). Deposited.

1 Moustache Tamarin (Midas mystar). Deposited.

2 Tui Parrakeets (Brotogerys tut). Deposited.

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Presented by Mrs. R.

Gurney.

1 Leopardine Snake (Coluber leopardinus). Presented by W.

J. Wintle, Esq., F.Z.S.

1] Tessellated Snake (Tropidonotus tessellatus). Presented by

W. J. Wintle, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Lady Hutt.

2, 2 Brown Hyzenas (Hyena brunnea), 6 9. Purchased.

| Indian Cobra (Nata tripudians). Purchased.

2 Black Kites (Milvus migrans). Presented by Campbell B.

Hausburg, Esq.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), d. Presented by D,

Nagle, Esq.

1024

Nov. 18.

14.

23.

27.

50.

APPENDIX.

1 Barbary Ape (Macacus inuus), 9. Presented by Thos. Pink,

Esq.

1 Gineeor Squirrel (Seiwrus vulgaris). Presented by Mr. C.

W. Labarte.

2 Auriculated Doves (Zenaeda auriculata). Presented by Mrs.

Aston.

1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes), Presented by W. B. Spiers, Esq.

1 Crab-eating Raccoon (Procyon cancrivorus). Deposited.

2 Vernal Hanging-Parrakeets (Loriculus vernalis). Deposited.

1 Malabar Mynah (Poliopsar malabaricus). Deposited.

1 Grey Monitor (Varanus griseus). Deposited.

3 Giant Toads (Bufo marinus). Deposited.

1 Robin (Erithacus rubecula). Presented by Canon Wilber-

force.

. 1 Common Wolf (white var.) (Canis lupus), 3. Deposited.

2 Rosy Parrakeets (Paleornis rosa), ¢ 2. Deposited.

. 1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by H.

L. Brackenbury, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Mr. Small.

. 1 African Civet Cat (Viverra civetta). Presented by R. H.

Brady, Esq.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by Mrs. H.

Lazarus.

1 Ocellated Monitor (Varanus ocellatus). Deposited.

2, 1 Common Roe (albino) (Capreolus caprea), g. Deposited.

1 One-wattled Cassowary (Casuarius uniappendiculatus). De-

posited.

1 Axis Deer (Cervus aris), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

4 Black-backed Jackals (Canis mesomelas), Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Puffin (Fratercula arctica). Presented by E. T. Norris,

sq.

cf ati neratinnnd Parrakeet (Platycercus flaveolus). Deposited.

2 Black-bellied Weaver-birds (Euplectes afer). . Deposited.

1 Hybrid Canary and Greenfinch. Deposited.

1 Hybrid Canary and Singing-Finch. Deposited.

5 Blue Lizards (Gerrhonotus ceruleus). Deposited.

5 Undulated Lizards (Sceloporus undulatus). Deposited.

24, 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by H. A.

Loop, Esq.

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus @gyptius), Presented by K. Ric-

cardo, Esq.

4 Ashy-crowned Finch-Larks (Pyrrhulauda |

grisea), 3 b,1 9.

2 Singing Bush-Larks (Mirafra cantillans). Presented

2 Slaty-headed Parrakeets (Palgornis schisticeps). | by E. W.

1 Burmese Slaty-headed Parrakeet (Paleornis ( Harper,

Jinschi), 3. Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Golden-eyed Fruit-Pigeon (Carpophaga con-

cinta).

2 Chestnut-bellied Finches (Munia rubro-nigra). Deposited.

1 Salvin’s Amazon (CArysotis salvint). Deposited.

21 Climbing Anabas (Anabas scandens). Deposited.

1 Striated Snake-head (Ophiocephalus striatus), Deposited.

1 Doguera Baboon (Cynocephalus doguera), ¢. Deposited.

3 Alligator Terrapins (Chelydra serpentina). Deposited.

2 Sculptured Terrapins (Clemmys insculpta). Deposited.

Noy. 30.

Dec.

10.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1025

1 King Snake (Coronella gehila, var. boylii). Deposited.

1 King Snake (Coronella gehila, var. californie). Deposited.

1 Three-striped Boa (Lichanura trivirgata). Deposited.

3 Blue Lizards (Gerrhonotus eeruleus). Deposited.

. 1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla). Presented by Capt. J. C.

Brinton.

1 Raven (Corvus corar). Presented by J. C. Brush, Esq.

6 American Box-Tortoises (Cistudo carolina). Deposited.

2 European Pond-Tortoises (Hmys oricularis). Deposited.

1 Muhlenberg’s Terrapin (Clemmys muhlenbergr). Deposited.

. 1 Black Rat (Mus rattus). Presented by E. Wormald, Esq.,

E.Z.5.

. 2 Bactrian Camels (Camelus bactrianus), § 2. Purchased.

1 Moose (Alces machlis), $. Purchased.

1 Ashy-black Macaque (Macacus ocreatus). Deposited.

1 Rufous-necked Wallaby (Macropus rujicollis). Deposited.

1 Plain-coloured Amazon (Chrysotis mornata). Deposited.

1 Blackbird (pied var.) (Turdus merula), §. Deposited.

6 Yellow-legged Frogs (Rappia horstockii). Presented by W.

L. Sclater, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 2 Ashy-black Macaques (Macacus ocreatus), § 2. Deposited.

1 Golden-headed Marmoset (Midas chrysomelas), 3. Depo-

sited,

1 Red-footed Lemur (Lemur rufipes). Deposited.

1 Mongolian Pheasant (Phascanus mongolicus), 9. Deposited.

2 Delalande’s Lizards (Nweras delalandu). |

32 Spotted Slow-Skinks (Acontias meleagris). |

2 Puff-Adders (Brtzs arietans).

1 Yellow Cobra (Nava flava). |

3 Rough-keeled Snakes (Dasypeltis seabra).

5 Rhomb-marked Snakes (Zrimerorhinus |

rhombeatus). r

3 Smooth-bellied Snakes (Homalosoma

lutrix). |

3 Crossed Snakes (Psammophis erucifer). |

1 Lineated Snake (Boodon lineatus).

2 Coppery Snakes (Prosymna sundevalli).

1 Oldham’s Snake (Chlorophis hoplogaster). _)

Presented by

J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

. 4 Westermann’s Eclectus (Zclectus westermanni), 25,29.

Deposited.

1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 9. Presented by

Capt. W. G. Ambrose.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus). Presented

by W. J. Langton, Esq.

1 Spur-winged Goose (Plectropterus gambensis). Presented by

Lady Cardew.

1 Blue-bonnet Parrakeet (Psephotus hematorhous). Deposited.

3 Caspian Terrapins (Clemmys caspica). Deposited. .

1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey ( Cercopithecus petaurista). Pre-

sented by Mrs, L, Harold.

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus), Deposited.

2 Mediterranean Peregrine Falcons (Falco punicus). Presented

by W. T. Barneby, Esq., F.Z.5.

1 Heron (Ardea cinerea). Presented by W. T. Barneby, Esq.,

F.Z.8.

. 1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla). Presented by Capt. F. FE.

Cannot, A.S.C,

18.

19,

24,

26.

27.

31.

APPENDIX,

1 Eupatorian Parrakeet (Paleornis eupatria), ¢. Deposited.

. 1 Stairs’s Monkey (Cercopithecus stairsi), 9. Presented by Miss

J.C. S. Purves.

2 Black-tailed Parrakeets (Polytelis melanura), g 2. Pur-

chased.

1 Smaller Patagonian Conure (Cyanolyseus patagonus). Depo-

sited,

. 1 Duke of Bedford’s Deer (Cervus xanthopygius), 2. Presented

by H.G. the Duke of Bedford, F.Z.S.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by

Miss M. A. Reeve.

] Cuvier’s Gazelle (Gazella cuvieri), ¢. From Morocco, Pre-

sented by W. T. Barneby, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Maximilian’s Parrot (Pionus maximiliant). Deposited.

1 Ural Owl (Syrnium uralense). Deposited.

1 Passerine Owl (Glaucidium passerinum). Deposited.

1 Muhlenberg’s Terrapin (Clemmys muhlenbergi). Deposited.

1 European Pond-Tortoise (Emys orbicularis). Deposited.

3 Wrinkled Terrapins (Chrysemys scripta rugosa). Deposited.

1 South-Albemarle Tortoise (7estudo vicina). Deposited.

1 Slow Loris (Nycticebus tardigradus). Deposited.

5 Chestnut-bellied Finches (Munia rubro-nigra). Deposited.

6 Bungoma River-Turtles (Lmyda granosa). Deposited.

1 Roofed Terrapin (Kachuga tectum). Deposited.

1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétus). Presented by H.E. Bury,

Esq.

2 aed Cassowaries (Casuarius galeatus). Deposited.

2 Adelaide Parrakeets (Platycercus adelaide). Deposited.

1 Rose-Hill Parrakeet (Platycercus eximius). Presented by

Mrs. Stoughton.

. 4 Plumed Ground-Doves (Geophaps plumifera). Deposited.

1 Leopard Tortoise (T¢estudo pardalis). Deposited.

. 3 Ring-tailed Coatis (Nasua rufa). Deposited.

2 Lettered Aracaris (Pteroglossus inscriptus). Deposited.

1 Leopard Tortoise ( Testudo pardalis). Depouind.

1 Burmese Tortoise (Testudo elongata). Deposited.

2 Bar-tailed Pheasants (Phasianus reevesi), § 9. Purchased.

3 Bengal Monitors ( Varanus bengalensis). Deposited.

1 Conical Eryx (Eryx conicus). Deposited.

1 Indian Eryx (Eryx johni). Deposited.

12 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Purchased.

1 Derbian Zonure (Zonurus giganteus). Presented by Major J.

W. Jerome.

1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), 2. Presented

by W. R. Fowler, Esq.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), g. Presented by

Lieut.-Col. G. M. Prichard, LS.C.

3 Viscachas (Lagostomus trichodactylus). Deposited.

1 Blue-crowned Hanging-Parrakeet (Loriculus galgulus). De-

osited.

4 Bare Tortoises ( Testudo elegans). Deposited.

10 Small-scaled Mastigures (Uromastix microlepis). Deposited.

7 Verreaux’s Guinea-fowls (Guttera edouardi). Presented by

J. F. Walker, Esq.

2 Crested Pigeons (Oceyphaps lophotes). Presented by W. L.

Prentice, Esq.

Acanthosoma

affinis, 817, 825.

borealis, 818, 823.

cruciata, 818, 823.

lateralis, 817,

823.

luteicornis, 823.

picicolor, 817, 823.

variolosa, 818, 820.

Accipiter

’ affinis, 490.

nisus, 490.

virgatus, 490.

Aceratodes

costalis, 816.

Sulvipes, 816.

Acheenops

puncticollis, 219,

Achzus

breviceps, 721.

lacertosus, 721.

lorina, 721.

Achelous

granulatus, 578.

rubro-marginatus, 746,

770.

whitei, 746.

Acherontia

atropus, 182.

Acolastus

amyntas, 202.

Acomys

dimidiatus, 103.

Acrea

acrita,

923

alicia, 922.

cecilia, var. stenobea,

923.

caldarena, 923.

doubledayi, 1.

encedon, 922.

—, var. daira, 922.

—, var. lycia, 922.

INDEX.

Acrzxa

insignis, var. balbina,

ligus, 925.

mirabilis, 11, 63.

neobule, 11, 923.

pudoria, 923.

quirina, 923,

serena, 11.

stenobea, 928.

Acridium

ruficorne, 40.

succinctum, 40, 855.

Acridotheres

cristatellus, 463.

philippensis, 463.

tristis, 832.

| Acrotylus

longipes, 40.

| Actzea

affinis, 570, 583, 754.

areolata, 733.

Ffossulata, 570, 584.

granulata, 732.

hirtissima, 570, 583.

nodulosa, 116, 733.

pulchella, 734.

Actias

selene, 181.

Actinometra

multiradiata, 729, 730.

Actinopyga

miliaris, 117."

Actitis

hypoleucus, 497.

| Actuarius, gen. noy.,

814

rufopunctata, 570, 584,

733

rugata, 739.

riippellit, 733.

speciosa, 570, 584.

tomentosa, 570, 588,

754

var. pudorina, | Actseodes

affinis, 583, 734.

richtersit, 583.

speciosa, 584.

tomentosus, 116, 754.

Actzopsis, gen. nov., 741.

pallida, 741, 770.

Actias

luna, 181,

mimose@, 181.

Proc. Zoon. Soco.—1900, No. LX VII.

albonotatus, 815, 825.

Actumnus

setifer, 570, 580, 742.

tomentosus, 742.

Addax, 161.

Adelochelys

crassa, 661.

| Adolias

eleanor, 506.

Aigialitis

alexandrina, 495.

dealbatus, 495.

dubia, 495.

geoffroyt, 495.

intermedius, 495.

mongolicus, 495.

Aigle

granulosus, 732.

rugata, 733.

rippellit, 733.

fBlia

assimilis, 817, 823.

atricornis, 818.

conspicua, 821,

crucifera, 823,

depressa, 823.

erosa, 821.

gambiensis, 825.

infuscata, 823.

melanoleuca, 821.

nasalis, 821.

sanguinea, 823.

sparsa, 817, 821,

varicornis, 821,

1028

Eluropus

melanoleucus,

681.

JElurus

fulgens, 665.

/®theria

sp. ine., 971.

lamarckii, 971.

ASthopyga

pee irks 468.

/Btius, gen. nov., 813.

variegatus, 814, 825.

Agama

colonorum, +48.

Agaricia, 127.

Agonoscelis

nubila, 823.

rufescens, 811.

venosa, 823, 824.

versicolor, 823.

Agonosoma

bicolor, 822.

trilineata, 822.

Agraulis

vanille, 198.

Agrypnus

Fumie 26.

longicornis, 26, 63.

Alauda

calivoxr, 466.

guigula, 466.

—, var. sala, 466.

sala, 466.

wattersi, 466.

Alcedo

bengalensis, 487.

euryzona, 460.

grandis, 487.

ispida, 487.

679,

Alces

machlis, 686.

Alcippe

morrisoniand, 477.

Alemo

seychellensis, 133.

Alestes

dentex, 512.

leuciscus, 513.

sethente, 512.

Alia

atricornis, 824.

Allorchestes

gracilis, 788.

Alceides

taikosama, 924.

Alopochen

egyptiacus, 597.

Alphitopola

peelt, 32.

Alseonax

latirostris, 479.

INDEX.

Alsocomus

puniceus, 501.

Amarygmus

sp., 30.

Amauris

albimaculata, 913.

Amblycephalus

nuchalis, 185, 187.

Amblyospiza

unicolor, 603.

Amblypodia

hainana, 508.

Amiantus

sp., 28.

sexcostatus, 28.

Amphitrite

speciosa, 578.

Ampullaria

werner, 970.

Amyna

octo, 18.

selenampha, 18.

| Amyntas, 612.

acinctus, 650.

acrophilus, 636.

elianus, 626.

eruginosus, 629.

agrestis, 637.

alexandri, 891, 999,

1001, 1002.

annulatus, 634.

aringeanus, 899, 901.

aspergillum, 631, 900.

batjanensis, 630.

bermudensis, 645.

bicinctus, 651.

bindjeyensis, 616.

biporus, 892, 908.

birmanicus, 637.

biserialis, 638, 891.

bossche, 625, 892, YO+.

bournei, 635.

brevis, 636.

burchardi, 627.

caducichetus, 618.

cecilia, 630.

californicus, 627.

capensis, 617, 618.

carinensis, 625.

castaneus, 626.

celebensis, 642.

cingulatus, 615, 892.

corticis, 651.

culminis, 649.

darnleiensis, 624.

densipapillatus, 621.

dicystis, 651.

diffringens, 651,

divergens, 625.

dyert, 610, 623.

elongatus, 650.

Amyntas

enganensis, 623.

esafate, 632.

evanse, 891, 907, 908.

fee, 643.

Sferdinandi, 617.

Jissiger, 630.

flavescens, 628.

Sorbesi, 611, 648.

galelensis, 630.

gamsungi, 630.

glandularis, 634.

glandulosus, 643.

godeffroyi, 647.

gracilis, 651.

halmahere, 610, 630.

hasselti, 638.

hawayanus, 610, 645.

hesperidum, 633.

heterochetus, 611, 622,

1000, 1001, 1002.

hevatheca, 621.

hilgendorfi, 633, 904.

houlleti, 613, 902.

hupeiensis, 646.

ijime, 611, 636.

imparicystis, 630.

impudens, 611, 616,

895.

iris, 610, 611, 647.

izukai, 625.

jampeanus, 630.

Japonicus, 634.

javanicus, 651.

juliani, 651.

Juloides, 628.

kalaenensis, 626.

kauensis, 630.

kelantanensis, 897, 902,

903.

levis, 684.

lohri, 633.

lompobatagensis, 649,

lorie, 641. ?

malayanus, 893, 894,"

895.

margaritaceus, 647.

martensi, 624.

masatake, 632.

mazarredi, 644,

megascolidioides, 622.

merabahensis, 610, 617.

minahasse, 626.

minimus, 649.

minutus, 891, 906.

montanus, 619.

musicus, 611, 629.

nanus, 689.

neo-guinensis, 610, 642.

nove britannie, 652.

novare, 619.

Amyntas

ocellatus, 627.

pacificus, 642.

padasensis, 611, 624.

—., var. lokonensis, 615.

papua, 644,

papulosus, 644, 892.

parvus, 650.

pataniensis, 637.

peguanus, 628.

pentacystis, 614.

peregrinus, 644.

pericheta, 896, 897.

phacellotheca, 640, 891.

philippinus, 616, 895.

pictus, 623.

polytheca, 891, 897,

898, 899.

posthumus, 611, 641,

892, 899, 910, 911.

proporus, 635.

pulauensis, 892, 904,

905.

pulcher, 619.

purpureus, 630.

purus, 617.

pusillus, 649.

quadragenarius, 649.

quadripapillatus, 616.

gueenslandicus, 643,

racemosus, 621,

ringeanus, 627.

robustus, 648.

rodericensis, 651.

sadrasinorwm, 682.

schmarde, 619.

sedqwickit, 647.

semifasciatus, 629.

sieboldi, 635.

sluiteri, 630.

solomonis, 641.

stelleri, 610, 639, 891,

899, 900, 902, 907.

subquadranqula, 651.

subulatus, 641.

supuensis, 638,

taitensis, 650,

taprobane, 610, 648,

891, 895.

tobaensis, 627.

tokioensis, 639.

travancorensis, 614,

891.

tricystis, 651.

trinitatis, 624, 1000, |

1001, 1002.

udei, 628.

upoluensis, 630.

urceolatus, 619.

violaceus, 610, 641.

virgo, 892, 895, 896.

INDEX.

_ Amyntas

vittutus, 635.

vordermanm, 624.

zebra, 637.

| Anza

echemus, 199.

| Anartia

iatrophe, 199.

Anas

crecca, 492.

penelope, 492.

sparsa, 597.

Anastomus

lamelligerus, 962.

Ancistroteuthis

robusta, 992-998.

Ancorina

simplex, 131.

Ancylochilus

subarquatus, 498,

Andropadus

oleaginus, 2.

Aniculus

typicus, 116.

Anisota

rubicunda, 181.

Anomala

sp., 24.

transvalensis, 24.

Anoplodipsas

viridis, 454.

Anoplostetha

Jardinei, 38.

pauli, 33.

Anoplotherium, 712.

Antestia

cruciata, 814, 818,

825.

variegata, 823.

Anthenea

flavescens, 289, 295.

Antherza

mylitta, 181.

pernyt, 181.

Anthia

Jferox, 21.

Anthocharis

antevippe, 93+.

Anthothreptes

longuemarii, 2.

| Anthropoides

leucuuchen, 304.

virgo, 964.

Anthus

cervinus, 468.

maculatus, 467.

richardi, 467, 468.

rosaceus, 468.

rufulus, 2.

Antigonus

synestalmenus, 940.

, Antileuchus

piceus, 808.

Antilocapra, 702.

americana, 686.

Antilope, 701, 704, 705,

707, 712.

sumatrensis, 882.

Aonyx

leptonyx, 334.

_ Apate

terebrans, 27.

_ Aphena

atomaria, 867.

Aphnzeus

zebrinus, 508.

Aphrissa

statira, 200.

| Aphrodita

aculeata, 976.

squamosa, 974, 983.

| Aphthona

bicolor, 246.

bohemani, 246.

durbanensis, 246.

marginata, 246.

minuta, 247.

ovatipennis, 245.

pallida, 247.

_ Apis

ligustica, 47.

Aplosterna, 818.

virescens, 819,

| Appias

galba, 508.

hippo, 508,

Apsetta

thompsoni,986,987 ,992.

| Apus

pacificus, 486.

subfurcatus, 486.

Ara

ambigua, 304.

glauca, 304.

hyacinthina, 304.

leari, 304.

spiai, 304.

Arachnechthra

rhizophore, 468.

Arachnoides

placenta, 274, 285.

Araneus

hoplophallus, 52.

nauticus, 52.

Arbela

quadrinotata, 21.

Arboricola

ardens, 503,

Arca

imbricata, 118.

Areania

erinaceus, 766.

Cf as

1030

Archaster

typicus, 289.

Archispirostreptus

sp. ine., 972.

Arctictis

binturong, 330.

Arctogale

leucotis, 380.

Arctotherium

sp., 75, 79.

bonaerense, 75.

Ardea

cinerea, 493.

cocoi, 304.

garzetta, 495.

goliath, 304, 964.

méelanocephala, 597.

purpurea, 3, 964.

sumatrana, 304.

Ardeola

bacchus, 494.

prasinosceles, 494.

Ardetta

flavicollis, 494.

sinensis, 494.

Arenaria

interpres, 494.

Argas

savignyt, 49.

Argiolaus

crawshayt, 926, 946.

Talos, 926.

silas, 926.

trimeni, 926,

Argynnis

hanningtoni, 913,920,

Arius

latiscutatus, 514.

Armadillidium

pacificum, 795, 799.

Arocera

acroleuca, 828.

Artamus

Fuscus, 470.

sordidus, 305.

superciliosus, 305.

Arthroleptis

africanus, 441.

hivittatus, 441.

dispar, 441.

gabonensis, 441.

inguinalis, 442, 456.

macrodactylus, 441.

variabilis, 441.

Arvelius

albopunctatus, 823.

Arvicanthis

abyssinicus, 81, 179,

8035.

dombeensis, 81.

variegatus, 103.

INDEX.

Arvicola

nivalis, 301.

| Asbecesta

ornata, 255, 266.

ornaticollis, 255.

Ascanius

hirtipes, 822.

Asellus

aquaticus, 268, 269, 270.

Asio

accipitrinus, 489.

Asopus

Sfuscosus, 816.

Aspidelaps

bocagit, 455.

Aspongopus

alternans, 823.

cuprifer, 819.

Suscus, 819.

Janus, 823.

nepalensis, 819.

nigriventris, 819.

nubiius, 819.

ochreus, 819.

sanguinolentus, 819.

siccifolius, 820.

vicinus, 823.

| Asterina

sp., 289.

| Asteriscus

rosaceus, 297.

Asthenosoma

grubei, 278, 279.

heteractis, 274,

279, 299.

ijimai, 278.

urens, 278, 279.

varium, 278, 279.

Astictopterus

olivascens, 511.

Astrogonium

longimanum, 295.

Astropecten

andersoni, 288, 291.

aurantiacus, 292.

brevispinus, 292.

Jjavanicus, 288,

291,

—, var. malaccanus,

289, 291.

pleiacanthus, 289, 292,

299.

polyacanthus, 292,

zebra, 292.

Astur

hadius, 490.

poliopsis, 490.

polyzonoides, 3.

trivirgatus, 489.

Asturinula

monogrammica, 3.

278,

289,

Atelecyclus

spinosulus, 519.

Atella

phalantha, 920.

sinha, 507.

Atelocerus

centro-lineatus, 820.

cervicornis, 817, 820.

Ffurcatus, 820.

rugosus, 809, 820.

sticticus, 819.

varicornis, 820.

variegatus, 814, 820.

| Atergatis

floridus, 569, 570, 585,

730

integerrimus, 730.

levigatus, 731.

marginatus, 730.

nitidus, 731.

roseus, 730, 731.

— alba, 731.

— scrobiculata, 731.

scrobiculatus, 731.

Athene

ferruginea, 305.

glaux, 305,

Atheris

chlorechis, 456.

squamiger, 456.

Atherura

JSasciculata, 364.

macrura, 364,

882.

Atractaspis

boulengeri, 456.

corpulenta, 456.

Attacus

atlas, 181.

cynthia, 181.

Auchenoglanis

biscutatus, 514.

Audinetia

spinidens, 816, 824.

Augocoris

gigas, 822.

gomesi, 822.

Aulacodus

semipalmatus, 803.

swindernianus, 301.

Aulacophora

conifera, 265.

divisa, 265.

mutica, 265.

Avicenna, gen. noyv.,

815.

inquinata, 815, 825.

Axis

maculata, 373.

| Azanus

jesous, 13.

Azanus

moriqua, 929.

thebana, 13.

Bagrus

doemac, 969.

Baleniceps

rex, 963.

Balanus

tintinnabulum, var.

occeator, 796, 799.

Balearica

pavonina, 964.

Baoris

philippina, 945.

Basicryptus

irroratus, 817, 825.

rugicollis, 824.

Bassaricyon

alleni, 661-675.

gabbi, 662, 672.

Bassariscus

astutus, 667.

Belenois

abyssinica, 15.

gidica, 15.

infida, 937.

mesentina, 17, 937.

peeli, 15, 63.

severinad, var. ifida,

937.

zochalia, 913, 986,

937.

Benhamia

beddardi, 659.

budgetti, 653, 654, 656,

658, 659.

cecifera, 167-173.

liberiensis, 170.

octonephra, 657.

stampflii, 171.

Bettongia

penicillata, 779, 786,

788.

Biloculina

ringens, 141.

Bitis

gabonica, 455.

nasicornis, 459.

Blatta

orientalis, 36.

Blepharida —

reqularis, 252.

Bolivina

limbata, 141.

Boodon

lineatus, 452.

olivaceus, 452.

virgatus, 452.

Bootherium, 699.

bombifrons, 700.

INDEX,

Bootherium

cavifrons, 700.

Bos, 144-167.

americanus, 680.

arni, 303.

bonasus, 680.

bubalis, 608, 701, 704, |

706, 708.

bubalus, 370.

caffer, 680.

— equinoctialis, 953.

depressicornis, 679, 686.

frontalis, 303, 661, 679.

gaurus, 303, 369, 661.

gour, 369.

grunniens, 159, 680.

indicus, 679, 686.

mindorensis, 680.

moschatus, 165.

sondaicus, 303, 3869,

679, 686.

taurus, 148, 679, 680,

701, 704, 708, 711.

Bostrychus

sp., 27.

Bothrophthalmus

lineatus, 452.

Boulengerina

annulata, 455, 456.

Bracon

sp., 46.

Bradyornis

murinus, 2.

Brady pterus

cinnamomeus, 607.

Bradypus

tridactylus, 69.

| Brissus

carinatus, 274, 286,

columbarius, 287.

scille, 287.

wnicolor, 287.

Brochymena

annulata, 828.

Brookia

baileyi, 661.

Bubalis, 164, 701.

sp., 83, 954.

buselaphus, 303.

caama, 303, 686.

jacksoni, 83, 954.

lelwel, 83, 803.

lichtensteini, 503.

neumann, 8.

swaynei, 83, 680,

tora, 680.

tragocamelus, 680.

Bubalus

arnec, 370.

moschatus, 165,

1031

Bubo

ascalaphus, 305. ey

mackinderi,_ 59 5 >

turcomanus, 305.

| Buchanga

assimilis, 956.

atra, 464.

cineracea, 465.

innexa, 465.

leucogenys, 464.

mouhoti, 465.

Budorcas, 165, 166, 167,

706, 708, 715, 716,

ils:

Budytes

cinereocapillus, 467.

taivanus, 467.

Bufo

asper, 883.

gracilipes, 436."

jerboa, 883, 889.

levissimus, 436.

latifrons, 435, 456.

melanostictus, 883, 888.

parvus, 888.

regularis, 435.

superciliaris, 436.

tuberosus, 435.

| Bungarus

fasciatus, 850.

Burnesia

sonitans, 471.

Burria, gen. noyv., 37.

JSarinosa, 38.

longixipha, 38, 63.

Butalis

cinereoalba, 479.

ferruginea, 479.

| Buteo

auguralis, 598.

hemilasius, 490.

japonicus, 490.

plumipes, 490.

| Buthus

acutecarinatus, 57, 58.

calviceps, 48, 54, 57, 63.

emini, 57, 58, 973.

occitanus, 55, 57.

— berberensis, 56, 57.

— zeylensis, 56, 57.

polystictus, 57, 58.

trilineatus, 57,

Byblia

acheloia, 922,

boydi, 922.

castanea, 922.

gaetzius, 922.

ilithyia, 12.

vulgaris, 922.

Bycanistes

cristatus, 60).

1032

Caccabis

chukar, 503.

Cacergate

leucosticta, 34.

Cacomantis

merulinus, 484.

Cacyreus

palemon, 928.

Caduga

swinhoei, 505.

Calabaria

reinhardti,

Calamoherpe

canturians, 471.

minuta, 471.

451.

Calappa

hepatica, 568, 569, 572,

573.

‘acridine 572.

Calcarina

hispida, 141.

Calcinus

elegans, 116.

tibicen, 116.

Calidris

arenaria, 498.

Calisto

perophile, 198.

Callidea

abdominalis, 822.

aurifera, 822.

bengalensis, 822

dispar, 822.

formosa, 822.

marginella, 820.

obtusa, 820.

pulchra, 822.

purpurata, 820.

purpurea, 820.

regia, 822.

roylii, 820.

taprobanensis, 822.

Callidryas

eubule, 200.

Calliphara

excellens, 822.

Callosune

vulnerata, 934.

Callula

pulchra, 857, 883, 888.

Calobates

boarula, 467.

Calophrynus

heterochirus, 186, 187.

Calosoma

rugosum, 21.

Calotes

versicolor, 858.

Calothyrza

margaritifera, 33.

paul, 33.

INDEX.

Calothyrza

sehestedi, 33.

Caltoris

bada, 511.

toona, 511.

Calysisme

mamerta, 505.

Camelus

bactrianus, 147, 686.

Campophaga

nigra, 2.

saturata, 478.

Camposcia

retusa, 569, 573, 721.

Campothera

abingdoni, 3.

hausburgi, 599.

teniolema, 599.

Camptolenes

abyssinica, 210.

pubifrons, 209.

Camptonyx

rotundifrons, 579.

Cancer

admete, 579.

@neus, 584.

anaglyptus, 588.

arachnoides, 723.

astutus, 769.

carnifer, 594.

ceratophthalmus,

Zor.

converus, S85.

craniolaris, 763.

cymodoce, 591.

dorsipes, 769.

epheliticus, 736.

erinaceus, 766.

facchino, 768.

floridus, 585, 730.

Sornicatus, 728.

‘fossulata, 584.

Ffrascone, 769.

glaherrimus, 591, 744.

globosus, 764.

granulatus, 732.°

grapsus, 592.

hastatus, 745. -

hepaticus, 572.

huonii, 735.

integerrimus, 730.

limbatus, 732.

litteratus, 756.

lunaris, 7638.

maculatus, 585.

melissa, 586.

muricatus, 722.

niger, 587, 737.

ocyroé, 730.

olivaceus, 748.

orbiculus, 525.

| Canis

Cancer iis

pelagicus, 745.

Aare, 584.

planatus, 524.

planissimus, 592.

plicatus, pases

prymna, 578

ep ast 756.

roseus, 730.

sanguinolentus, 745.

savignyt, 732.

serratus, 748.

strigosus, 755.

sty, 5T4.

tetragonon, 754.

vespertilio, 743.

(Acta) granulatus,

732,

(—) hirtissima, 583.

(Atergatis) floridus,

585, 730

(— ) integerrimus, 730.

so andreossyi,

(— ey ‘nelandactyia

( Pilerania) setifer, 580,

742.

Candezea

centromaculata,

266.

dahlmanni, 258.

livingstonit, 263.

mashonana, 263.

moliroensis, 262.

nigrosuturalis, 258.

nigrotibialis, 263.

oneili, 262.

sulcicollis, 261.

tenuicornis, 258.

variopennis, 262.

261,

sp., 953.

chanco, 301,

corsac, 301.

dalmaticus, 301.

familiaris, 333, 874.

hadramauticus, 101,

301.

Jvbatus, 77, 773.

latrans, 301.

lupaster, 101.

magellanicus, 77, 383.

occidentalis, 301.

ochropus, 301.

pallipes, 95, 101,

Cantao

ocellatus, 822.

Caphyra

rotundifrons, 569, 579,

580.

Capila

hainana, 510.

Capnoptera

sp. n., 854, 855.

staudingeri, 854.

Capra, 144-167.

egagrus, 303.

cylindricornis, 305.

hircus, 718.

tbex, 308.

pyrenaica. 686.

sibirica, 303.

— dauvergnei, 114.

— sacin, 115.

sinaitica, 104.

Capreolus, 144-167.

caprea, 686.

Caprimulgus

frenatus, 600.

indicus jotaka, 486,

jotaka, 486.

lentiginosus, 600.

trimaculatus, 600.

Caprocoris

nigricornis, 823.

Caprona

canopus, 913, 943.

Carbula

difficilis, 812.

fusca, 812.

indica, 812.

insocia, 812, 823.

melacantha, 812, 824.

obscura, 812.

(Pentatoma) obscura,

812.

Carcinoplax

integer, 750.

subinteger, 750, 770.

— hirsutior, 751.

Cardioglossa, gen. nov.,

445.

gracilis, 446.

Cardiosoma

carnifex, 570, 594.

guanhami, var. carni-

Sex, 594.

hirtipes, 570,

594,

obscura, 594.

Cariacus

inornatus, 302.

macrurus, 303.

mecicanus, 303.

savannarum, 303.

Cariama

cristata, 304.

Carpiliodes

margaritatus, 731.

monticulosus, 570,

585.

569,

INDEX,

' Carpiliodes

pulidus, 570, 586, 595, |

741.

rugatus, 732.

rugipes, 732.

socius, ‘731, 770.

tristis, 570, 585.

vailliantianus, 570,

585.

Carpilioxanthus

vailliantianus, 585.

Carpilius

convexcus, 570, 585.

maculatus, 570, 585.

marginatus, 730.

roseus, 730.

Carponycteris

minima, 341, 875.

Carpophaga

enea, 501.

griseicapilla, 501.

sylvatica, 501.

Carupa

leviuscula, 568, 578.

Casarca

rutila, 961.

Cassidina, 558.

emarginata, 559, 560,

561, 562.

latistylis, 559, 562.

maculata, 559, 561,

562.

neo-zealanica,

562.

599,

Castalius

elna, 508.

margaritaceus, 913,929.

_ Casuarius

uniappendiculatus, 306.

— aurantiacus, 306.

Catoblepas

gnu, 691.

Catochrysops

strabo, 508.

Catophaga

alhina, 509,

Catopsilia

agarithe, 201.

eubule, 200.

Alorella, 14, 935. *

pyranthe, 509.

pyrene, 935.

statira, 200.

Caulastriea, 125,

Cebrennus

ethiopius, 52.

Celznorrhinus

biseriatus, 942, 943,

galenus, 942.

1033

| Celenorrhinus

maculatus, 942, 943.

opalinus, 942, 948,

946.

Centetes

ecaudatus, 772.

_ Centropus

bengalensis, 485.

burchelli, 2.

rufipennis, 485.

senegalensis, 958.

sinensis, 485.

viridis, 485.

Cephalophus, 701, 704,

07, 713

abyssinicus, 83, 686.

campbelli, 303.

coronatus, 303.

dorie, 686.

dorsalis, 686.

— castaneus, 714.

grimmi, 686.

leucogastris, 686.

melanorheus, 714.

rufilatus, 303, 686.

sylvicultrix, 714.

Ceratites

jaspideus, 33.

Ceratomantis

saussurei, 852.

Ceratomia

amyntor, 182.

undulosa, 182.

| Ceratoplax

typa, 559, 560, 561, |

562.

levis, 751.

Cerchneis

tinnunculus,

959.

Cercocebus

agilis, 303.

albigena, 303.

Cercoleptes

brachyotis, 301.

caudivolvulus, 661-675.

Cercopithecus

albigularis, 179, 801,

912.

brazze, 801.

cynomolgus, 316.

neglectus, 801.

omensis, 801,

patas, 952.

ruber, 303.

sabeus, 952.

stuhimanni, 801.

zechi, 773.

Cerebratulus

coloratus, 826.

haddoni, 829, 830,

831.

lacteus, 826,

491,

1034

Cerebratulus

queenslandicus,

830, 831.

rohustus, 829.

spadix, 828.

torresianus, 826, 830,

831.

Cerivoula

picta, 347.

Cerocala

munda, 19, 63.

Ceroplesis

revoili, 33.

Cervicapra

arundinum, 429, 686.

827,

bohor, 83, 804, 805,955. |

chanleri, 805.

Julvorufula, 686.

thomasine, 429.

Cervulus

lachrymans, 686.

muntjac, 371, 685.

reevesi, 686.

Cervus, 77.

alfredi, 686.

axis, 373, 686.

cashmirianus, 686.

chilensis, 383.

dama, 147, 150, 685,

706.

duvauceli, 686.

elaphus, 147, 150, 156,

158, 159, 686.

eldi, 372.

equinus, 373.

eustephanus, 775.

hippelaphus, 373.

kuhli, 686.

luehdorfi, 773.

maral, var. songaricus,

775.

minor, 303.

porcinus, 374, 686,

883.

schomburgki, 303, 372.

tarandus, 680.

unicolor, 3872, 882.

Ceryle

guttata, 487.

lugubris, 487.

rudis, 2,487, 958.

varia, 487.

Cettia

canturiens, 471.

minuta, 471.

Ceyx

tridactyla, 487.

Cherocampa

elpenor, 856.

Chetocnema

subaterrima, 254.

INDEX,

Chaleococeyx

maculatus, 484.

Chalcomitra

kirki, 2.

Chalcopelia

afra, 3, 966.

Chalcophaps

indica, 502.

Chameleon

cristatus, 451.

dilepis, 451.

gracilis, 451.

owent, 451.

parvilobus, 450.

quilensis, 450.

Chaptia

@nea, 464.

Charadrius

cantianus, 495.

dominicus, 495.

Fulvus, 495.

geoffroyi, 495.

helveticus, 497.

longipes, 495.

mongolicus, 495.

Charaxes

ansorget, 913, 915,

candiope, 916.

guderiana, 916.

hollandii, 916.

Jasius, 181.

manica, 915.

rosé, 915.

zoolina, 916.

Charieis, gen. noy., 36.

peeli, 37, 63.

Charybdis

affinis, 747.

Chen

rossi, 805.

Chenalopex

egyptiacus, 597, 961.

Chilades

acca, 111.

messapus, 111.

sebagadis, 111.

trochilus, 930.

| Chilena

sabrina, 20, 63.

Chirodica

chalcoptera, 249.

JSulvicornis, 250.

puncticollis, 249.

wollastoni, 250.

Chiromantis

rufescens, 445,

Chiromeles

torquatus, 350.

Chiropacha

dives, 37.

gilva, 37.

Chiropodomys

gliroides, 361.

Chlzenius

sp., 21.

Chlorinoides

aculeatus, 724.

Chlorodiella, 587.

Chlorodius

sp., 116.

barbatus, 570, 587, 596.

exaratus, 738.

gracilis, 738.

niger, 569, 570, 587,

737.

pilumnoides, 737.

ungulatus, 587.

Chlorodopsis

pilumnoides, 737.

spinipes, 569, 588.

(Cyelodius) ornata,

569, 570, 588.

Chloropeta

icterina, 608.

masaica, 609.

natalensis, 609.

Chlorophis

emini, 968.

heterodermus, 452.

trregularis, 452.

Chloropsis

lazulina, 478.

Cholcepus

didactylus, 69.

Chondrilla

nuda, 127, 130.

Chondrosia

plebeja, 127, 129, 130.

ramsayi, 129.

reniformis, 127, 129.

Chorina

aculeata, 724.

Chrotogonus

lugqubris, 40.

Chrysichthys

cameronensis, 514,

nigrodigitatus, 514.

Chrysococcyx

cupreus, 2.

Chrysocoris

atricapillus, 822.

auratus, 822.

dilaticolles, 822.

eques, 822.

patricius, 822.

stockerus, 822.

Chrysomela

badeni, 241.

livingstoni, 240.

Chrysophanus

abbottii, 913, 924.

phleas, 924.

Chrysophlegma

ricketti, 482.

styani, 482.

wrayi, 482.

Chrysotis

estiva, 304.

bougquett, 772.

hecki, 304.

zanthopteryx, 304.

Chunga

burmeisteri, 304.

Ciconia

boyciana, 304,

ciconia, 962.

Cidarites

annulifera, 274.

liitkeni, 274.

Cigaritis

taikosama, 924.

Cimex

clavata, 809.

cruciatus, 814.

jimbriatus, 814.

histrio, 815.

melacanthus, 812.

papillosus, 817.

prasinus, 811.

spinidens, 816.

viridissima, 811.

viridulus, 813.

Cinixys

erosa, 447.

homeana, 447.

Cinnamopterus

tenwirostris, 602.

Cinnyris

falkensteint, 2.

kirki, 605.

mediocris, 605.

rhizophore, 468.

Circus

eruginosus, 489.

macrurus, 489, 959.

melanoleucus, 489.

ranivorus, 3.

spilonotus, 489.

Cirolana

latistylis, 795, 797.

Cisticola

cisticola, 472.

hunteri, 607.

procera, 607.

schenicola, 472.

terrestris, 607.

Citharinus

geoffroyi, 513.

Cittocinela

brevicauda, 474.

macrura, var. minor,

474.

minor, 474.

INDEX.

Cittocincla

tricolor, 474.

Clarias

budgetti, 513.

lazera, 969.

senegalensis, 513.

Clathrina

primordialis, 127,129.

— protogenes, 129.

protogenes, 129.

Cobus

buffoni, 686.

defassa, 83, 954.

ellipsiprymnus, 682.

leche, 686.

leucotis, 85, 954.

marie, 84, 954.

thomasi, 686, 954.

vardoni, 686.

| Coccothraustes

melanura, 305.

Coccystes

cafer, 2.

Ccelops

frithi, 344.

Celoria

sinensis, 126.

Ccenobius

plagiatus, 218.

Ccenopsammia

ehrenbergiana, 119.

Colenis

delila, 198.

Colasposoma

abdominale, 221.

alutaceum, 221, 222.

antiquum, 221,

conradi, 221.

Sairmairei, 224.

Joveatum, 223.

foveipenne, 223.

obscurum, 223.

pradieri, 224.

pubescens, 223.

subaureum, 222.

Colias

edusa, 932.

electo, var. edusa, 932.

marnoana, 14.

Coliipasser

jacksoni, 603.

Colius

sp., 958.

affinis, 600.

erythromelon, 2.

leucotis, 805.

Colobocentropus

atratus, 117.

Colobus

abyssinicus, 800.

— poliurus, 800.

1035

Colobus

caudatus, 174, 800.

matschiei, 800.

Coluber

teniurus, 859.

Columba

punicea, 501.

Connocheetes, 164.

albo-jubatus, 773.

gnu, 771.

taurinus, 773.

Conus

coronatus, 117.

hebreus, 117.

Copris

harrisi, 24.

Copsychus

saularis, 474.

Coptocephala

Salkensteini, 214.

Coptosoma

maculata, 819.

nepalensis, 819.

transversa, 819.

Coracias

abyssinicus, 957.

caudatus, 2, 600.

Corbicula

fluminalis, 970.

Cornufer

johnstoni, 439.

Corsira

nigrescens, 874.

Corvina

nigrita, 515.

Corvultur

albicollis, 602.

Corvus

levaillanti, 461, 462.

scapulatus, 956.

sinensis, 461.

torquatus, 462.

Corydalla

richardi, 467.

Corynodes

bimaculicollis, 227.

nigripennis, 227.

raffrayi, 228.

Corythornis

cyanostigma, 2.

Cosmophila

sabulifera, 18.

Coturnix

communis, 505.

coturnia, 508.

Cotyle

riparia, 956,

| Oraspidaster

glauconotus, 289, 290,

299.

hesperus, 290, 291.

1036

Crenis

boisduvali, 919.

Cresphontes

monsoni, 814, 825.

nigro-maculatus, 814.

Criniger

kikuyuensis, 608.

pallidus, 478.

Crioceris

militaris, 206.

Crocidura

sp.; 174.

cerulea, 337.

murina, 337, 874.

Crocodilus

cataphractus, 447.

niloticus, 447, 967.

Crossotus

8p., dd.

natalensis, 33.

plumicornis, 33.

Crypsirhina

nigra, 464.

Cryptocephalus

araticollis, 216.

denticulatus, 215.

erythromelas, 217, 218.

flavo-ornatus, 217.

natalensis, 216.

ornaticollis, 214.

salisburiensis, 216.

severini, 215.

strigicollis, 215.

v-nigrum, 217.

Cryptodromia

hilgendorfi, 568, 571.

Cryptolopha

bicolor, 477.

fulvifacies, 481.

Cryptopodia

JSornicata, 728.

Cryptoprocta

ferox, 301.

Ctenomys

magellanicus, 76.

Cuculus

micropterus, 484.

Culcita

arenosa, 296, 297.

coriacea, 297.

NOVE-Guinee,

288,

=, var. arenosa, 288, |

289, 296.

—, var. plana, 288.

schmideliana, 288, 296,

297.

—, var. africana, 288.

—, var. ceylonica, 288.

—, var. nove-guinee,

288.

INDEX.

Cuon

primevus, 333.

Cupido

cassius, 199.

Curetis

bulis, 508.

sperthis, 508.

Cursorius

temmincki, 3.

Cuscus

sp., 779.

Cuspicona

inquinata, 815.

| Cyaniris

dilectus, 507.

oreas, HOT.

puspa, 507.

Cyanops

Saber, 483.

_ Cyanoptila

cyanomelena, 480.

Cyclanorbis

senegalensis, 967.

Cyclax

(Cyclomaia), swbor-

bicularis, 569,

575.

| Cycloderma

aubryi, 447.

Cyclodius

ornatus, 588.

Cyclomaia

margaritata, 575.

Cyclopides

metis, 944, 945.

midas, 913, 944.

quadrisignatus, 913,

944, 945.

Cycloxanthus

lineatus, 735.

Cyclyrius

equatorialis, 929.

juno, 929.

noquasa, 929.

sharpet, 929, 946.

Cydnus

capicola, 819.

indicus, 819.

insularis, 819.

latipes, 820.

nepalensis, 819.

nigricans, 819.

obscurus, 819.

piceus, 820.

serripes, 820.

subferrugineus, 820.

| Cyllogramma

latona, 5, 19.

Cymo

andreossyi, 581,

740.

Cymo

andreossyi, var. melano-

dactylus, 568, 569,

581, 582, 740.

melanodactylus, 582,

740

Oymothoa

serrata, 552.

Cynocephalus

langheldi, 303.

Cynogale

bennetti, 331.

Cynoglossus

senegalensis, 516,

Cynopithecus

niger, 303.

Cynopterus

lucasi, 341, 875.

marginatus, 340, 875.

sphine, 191, 875.

titthechcilus, 340.

Cynotherium

sardoum, 834.

| Cynthia

erota, 507.

Cyon

bourreti, 834.

europeus, 834.

rutilans, 333.

sardous, 833.

Cypreea

annulus, 118.

arabica, 118.

— reticulata, 118.

lynx, 118.

moneta, 118.

vitellus, 118.

Oypselus

pacificus, 486.

subfurcatus, 486.

tinus, 486.

Cyrestis

thyodamas, 507.

Dafila

acuta, 961.

Daira

perlata,

584,

variolosa, 584.

Dalpada

clavata, 809, 823.

nigricollis, 823.

Dalsira

modesta, 824.

Dama, 159.

Damaliscus

albifrons, 303.

jimela, 949.

pygargus, 161.

tiang, 85, 949, 950, 954.

116, 569,

Damia

capitata, 207, 266.

Frontalis, 208, 266.

Danais

plexippus, 198.

Dasychlorus

passeti, 224.

varicolor, 224.

Dasyurus

niaculatus, 779,786, 788.

viverrinus, 790, 793.

Decaria

obscura, 251.

tricolor, 251.

Deilephila

alecto, 182.

elpenor, 182.

euphorbie, 182. |

livornica, 20.

Deiopeia

pulchella, 18.

Delphinus

delphis, 376, 377.

plumbeus, 376.

Dendraspis

jemeson, 459.

Dendrocitta

sinensis, 463.

Dendrocopus

cabanisi, 482.

Dendrocyena

eytoni, 305.

viduata, 960.

Dendrolagus

bennettianus, 779, 790. |

Dendromys

lovati, 82, 84.

mesomelas, 176.

nigrifrons, 176.

typicus, 83.

Dendrophyllia

ehrenbergiana, 119.

Dercas

verhuelli, 508.

Dermestes

vulpinus, 22.

Derocalymma

analis, 36.

bottegiana, 36.

Deroplatys

trigonodera, 852.

Desmacella

sp., 128, 1387.

Deudorix

caerulea, 925.

Diacantha

divisa, 265.

mutica, 265.

Diadema

saxatile, 117, 273, 274,

277.

INDEX,

| Dibolia

africaua, 253.

bimaculata, 253.

intermedia, 254.

trimeni, 254.

Diczeum

cruentatum, 468.

minullum, 469.

Dichogaster

mimus, 171.

Dicrurus

macrocercus, 464.

splendens, 305.

| Dictyotus

equalis, 810.

affinis, 810.

cenosus, 810.

pallipes, 810, 825.

roet, 810.

semimarginatus, 810.

tasmanicus, 810.

vilis, 810.

_ Didelphys

sp., 779.

marsupialis, 779, 786,

788,

| Dilobates, gen. nov.,

platycephalus, 444,

456.

| Dinidor

dispar, 820,

melanoleuca, 820,

punctiger, 823.

tesselatus, 808, 820.

unicolor, 808, 820.

variolosus, 820.

Dinocoris

amplus, 808.

piceus, 808.

tessellatus, 808.

tripterus, 825.

unicolor, 808.

| Dioleus

trroratus, 822.

Dione

affinis, 725.

vanille, 198.

Dioptrornis

Jischeri, 608.

Dipsadoboa

assimilis, 454.

unicolor, 454,

Dipsadomorphus

blandingii, 454.

dendrophilus,

859.

pulverulentus, 458.

Dipus

sp. ine., 197.

deasyi, 196, 197.

850,

1037

Dipus

lagopus, 197.

loftusi, 196.

Discophora

tullia, 505.

_ Dismegistus

sanguineus, 823.

| Dissemurus

paradiseus, 465.

Dissura

episcopus, 962.

Distira

saravacensis, 184, 186.

| Doclea

muricata, 722.

Dolycoris

baccarum, 823.

Dophla

derma, 507.

_ Dorcelaphus

americanus, 686.

bezoarticus, 686.

dichotomus, 686.

hemionus, 686.

Dorecotragus

megalotis, 83.

| Dorigona

longimana, 293.

moebti, 294.

Dorippe

astuta, 769.

callida, 769.

dorsipes, 769.

Jtacchino, 768.

quadridens, 769.

quadridentata, 769.

sima, 768.

| Doris

coriacea, 118.

| Doritis

apollinus, 181.

Dorocidaris

papillata, 275.

Dorycoris

Juscosus, 816, 824.

Dotilla

myctiroides, 760.

Doto

myctiroides, 760,

Drepanoplectes

jacksoni, 603.

Drepanorhynchus

reichenovi, 603.

| Dromia

australiensis, 572.

globosa, 571.

Dromidia

australiensis, 572.

globosa, 569, 571,

Dromidiopsis, gen. noy.,

9°

O14

1038

Dromidiopsis

australiensis, 569, 570,

572.

Drymeeca

extensicauda, 471.

Dryonastes

castanotis, 475.

monachus, 476.

Dryoscopus

ethiopicus, 606.

cubla, 2.

Dundubia

intermedia, 859.

Dupetor

Jlavicollis, 494.

Durbania

aslauga, 924.

Eacles

imperialis, 181.

Eagris

decastigma, 942.

plicata, 941, 942,

946.

sabadius, 942.

INDEX,

Edessa

senilis, 816.,

simplex, 816.}

vicina, 823.

Egeria

arachnoides, 723.

longipes, 728.

lamene

mathaei, 520.

quoyt, 521.

truncata, 569, 575.

unguiformis, 761,

whitei, 522.

Elapectus

guentheri, 455,

| Elaphodus, 161.

michianus, 686.

EJaphurus

davidianus, 686.

Elapops

modestus, 454.

EHleotris

senegalensis, 515.

| Elephas

africanus, 953.

Equus, 156,

sp., 774.

africanus, 302.

asinus, 680.

burchelli, 302.

caballus, 680, 685.

chapmanni, 302.

hemionus, 302, 680,

686.

onager, 302.

somalicus, 5.

zebra, 802.

Eretis

djelele, 942.

Ergolis

alternus, 507.

Hrinaceus

pruneri, 773.

Eriphia

levimana, 116,

570, 589.

— smithii, 744.

scabricula, 569,

589.

smithii, 744.

569,

570,

Pbalia indicus, 365. Erithacus

erosa, 568, 572. maxtmus, 365. calliope, 473.

Echidna Eliomys sibilans, 474.

hystrix, 302. munbyanus, 301. | Hronia

Kehinocerus, 531. | Elops | dilatata, 937,

granulatus, 533. lacerta, 512. | Erynnis

Eehinodiscus Emberiza | comma, 946.

auritus, 272. aureola, 466. Erythropygia

biforis, 285. flaviventris, 305. barbata, 2.

levis, 272, 274, 285. | fucata, 466. | Erythrosterna

Kehinometra melanocephala, 84. leucura, 480.

lucunter, 117, 273. spodocephala, 466. mugimaki, 480.

Echinus Engina Esperella

acutus, 281, 282. | mendicaria, 117. pellucida, 128.

esculentus, 281, 282. Entomobia Estcourtiana, gen. noyv.,

svheroides, 283. | pileata, 488. 260.

Ecionema | Eonyeteris bifasciata, 260.

bacilliferum, 128, 180. spelea, 341. Estrelda

Edessa Epacromia phenicotis, 957.

carnosa, 816, 819. thalassina, 39. | Ethmostigmus

costalis, 816. Epamera trigonopoda, 48.

eruciata, 818. emulus, 927. Etisodes

flavida, 816, 819, 823. aphneoides, 927. anaglyptus, 570, 588,

fulvipes, var. costalis, | arborifera, 927, 946. 739, 770.

diametra, 927. frontalis, 569, 570,

jugata, 819. mimose, 927. 588.

jutea, 816. sidus, 926. Etisus

lateralis, 818.

lineata, 819.

loxdalii, 819.

lurida, 816.

lutea, 816, 823.

miniata, 816, 819.

nodifera, 820.

piperitia, 819.

scutellata, 816.

| Epargyreus

zestos, 202.

| Ephialtes

lettia, 488.

umbratilis, 488.

Ephippiorhynchus

senegalensis, 962.

| Epicauta

}

amethystina, 351.

anaglyptus, 588, 739.

levissimus, 570, 588,

levimanus, 738.

macrodactylus, 738.

utilis, 738.

Euchoreutes

naso, 196, 197.

Eudamus

proteus, 202.

Eudocimus

albus, 771.

Eudynamis

honorata, 484.

maculatus, 484.

malayana, 484.

Hugaster

loricatus, 45.

Eulabes

hainanus, 464.

EKulepis

eudamippus, 506.

— nigrobasalis, 506.

— rothschildi, 506.

— whitehead, 506, 511.

Eumegalodon

blanchardii, 866.

Eumenes

dimidiatipennis, 47.

lepelletiert, 47.

Euneoctonus

collurio, 2.

Euoplitus

laciniatus, 823.

Eupagurus, 554.

bernhardus, 535.

comptus, 535, 536.

—, var. Jugosa, 536.

—, var. /atimanus, 536.

edwardsi, 535.

Jorceps, 536.

nove-zealandia, 535.

rubricatus, 535.

smithii, 535.

stimpsont, 535.

Eupetoieta

hegesia, 199.

Euphausia, 538.

antarctica, 542, 543, |

544.

bidentata, 541, 542,

543, 544.

gibba, 542, 544, 545.

gibboides, 542, 543, 544,

545.

gracilis, 540, 542, 543,

544, 545.

latifrons, 539, 541, 542, |

344 |

mucronata, d42, 543, |

544, 545.

miilleri, 540, 542, 543,

044.

murrayt, 542, 544.

pellucida, 538, 589,

540, 541, 543, 544.

pseudogibba, 542, 543,

544, 545.

schotti, 541, 542,

544, 545.

similis, 548, 544.

543,

| Eupolia

INDEX.

Euphausia

spinifera, 539, 542,544,

545.

splendens, 538, 589,

540, 541, 543, 544.

superba, 540, 541, 543,

544.

vallentini, 544, 545,

567.

Euphrosthenops

bayonianus, 973.

Euplexia

opposita, 18.

Hupleamima

henrici, 505.

Eupodotis

arabs, 965.

caffra, 772.

delineata, 825,

830.

hemprichi, 826.

melanogramma,

826,

quinguelineata, 826.

Eupolyodontus

cornishit, 976.

Kuptoieta

hegesia, 199.

Hurema

dina, 200.

messalina, 200.

Eurbynorhynchus

pygmeus, 498.

Kuruppellia

annulipes, 570, 589,

Hurycarcinus

maculatus, 744.

Eurycorypha

varia, 45.

Eurydemus

brevilineatus, 234.

maculipennis, 233. |

marginatus, 232.

Hurygaster

cognatus, 822.

maurus, 822.

—, var. pictus, 822.

orientalis, 822.

Eurypodius, 527.

audouinii, 528, 529.

brevipes, 528, 529.

cuvieri, 528.

dane, 528.

latreillii, 527, 528, 529,

longirostris, 527,

septentrionalis,

H2O

oad.

tuberculatus, 528.

lurystomus

calonyx, 488.

528,

1039

_ Eurystomus

glaucurus, 2.

orientalis, 488.

Hurytela

angustata, 921,

dryope, 921.

hiarbas, 921.

Euschistus

servus, 811, 824.

tristigmus, 812, 824.

Euspongia

sp., 128.

Husthenes

laticollis, 820.

Kutelia

subapicalis, 18.

Eutornus

atricanus, 266.

clarki, 266.

HKuxanthus

huonti, 735.

mamillatus, 586.

melissa, 570, 586.

seulptilis, 735.

Everes

dipora, 507.

Kveryx

cherilus, 182.

iixcalfactoria

chinensis, 503.

Exosphzroma, gen. nov.,

553.

gigas, 551, 558, 556.

lanceolatum, 558.

liysarcoris

guttiger, 823.

wnsocius, 812.

Kaleo

communis, 491,

lavus, gen. noy., 767.

granulatus, 768, 770.

Pelis

sp., 74.

bengalensis, 325, 873.

caffra, 301,

caligata, 301,

caracal, 100, 801,

celidogaster, 301,

chaus, 326.

concolor, 76, 679.

diardi, 325.

domestica, 526,

Jontanieri, 300, 773.

geoffroyi, 801.

isabellina, 301.

Javanensis, 325,

Jubatus, 679.

leo, 74, 679, 952.

leopardus, 800, 323.

— fontanieri, 300,

1040

Felis

leopardus tulliana, 300.

lynx, 679.

— fasciata, 301.

maniculata, 100.

marmorata, 325.

moormensis, 301.

nebulosa, 324.

onca, 74, 77, 79, 379,

382, 679.

pardus, 323, 679, 773,

952.

passerum, 301.

planiceps, 326.

serval, 952.

servalina, 301.

temmincki, 325,

tibetana, 301.

tigris, 74, 322, 679.

— longipilis, 300.

— mongolica, 300.

— striata, 300.

— virgata, 300,

tristis, 326.

viverrind, 325,

Feylinia

currori, 450.

Fiscus

collaris, 2, 606.

souse, 2. |

Francolinus |

chinensis, 503.

cogui, 3.

jacksoni, 596.

schuett?, 596.

sinensis, 5038.

Fulica

atra, 501.

Fuligula

fuligula, 961.

Funambulus

berdmorei, 194, 359. |

insignis, 360, 878.

laticaudatus, 359.

locria, 360.

Funisciurus

jacksoni, 174, 179.

multicolor, 80.

INDEX,

Gallinago

gallinago, 499.

scolopacina, 499.

stenura, 499.

Gallinula

chloropus, 500.

Gailiphara

imperialis, 822.

Gallus

bankiva, 504.

Serrugineus, 504.

gallus, 504.

varius, 306.

Gampsosteonyx, gen.nov.,

442

batesi, 442, 456.

| Garrulax

monachus, 476.

moniliger, 475.

pectoralis, 475.

schmackeri, 475.

semitorquata, 475.

Garzetta

garzetta, 493.

Gastrimargus

verticalis, 39.

Gastropyxis

smaragdinus, 452.

705, 707, 712.

dorcas, 701.

granti, 686.

— brighti, 805.

— notata, 806.

— petersi, 806,

— smithi, 806.

— typica, 806.

mhorr, 686.

rujifrons, 85, 955.

rujfina, 85.

_ soemmerringi, 83.

thomsoni, 806.

' Gecinus

guerini, 482.

hainanus, 482.

occipitalis, 482.

| Gegenes

letterstedti, 945.

| Gelasimus

Galago

galago, 802.

Galaxea

aspera, 125.

ellisi, 125.

Galeopitheeus

temminckit, 338.

volans, 338, 875.

Gallicrex

cinereus, 501.

Gallinago

celestis, 398.

acutus, 758.

annulipes, 754.

cultrimanus, 754.

dussumiert, 753.

nitidus, 754.

perplexus, T54.

tetragonon, 754.

vocans, 595, T5H4.

| Gellius

varius, 128.

_ Genecerus

cervinus, 27.

Genecerus

nebulosus, 26, 63.

Genetta

sp., 952.

bonapartei, 301.

dongolana, 301.

Felina, 301,

genettoides, 301.

tigrina, 301.

| Gennzeus

| Gazella, 161, 701, 704, |

andersoni, 504.

nycthemerus, 504.

whiteheadi, 460, 461,

503, 504.

Geocichla

citrina, 305, 473.

plaggie, 606,

Geograpsus

gray, 569, 570, 593.

rubidus, 593.

Geranospizias

cerulescens, 305.

Gerbillus

sp., 102.

dasyurus, 102.

Samulus, 102.

gerbillus, 95, 102.

gleadowi, 102.

murinus, 80.

nanus, 102.

pecilops, 101.

Gerrhosaurus

nigrolineatus, 449.

Giraffa, 156, 161, 164.

camelopardalis, 958.

Glaucidium

whitelyi, 488.

Glauconia

cairi, 968,

Glossina

longipennis, 9, 10.

tabaniformis, 10.

tachinoides, 10.

Glossotherium, 64, 73,

74, 77.

Glottis

nebularius, 497.

Glutophrissa

contracta, 935.

Glyphodes

sericea, 971.

Glypsus

sparsus, 817, 823, 824.

Gnamptonyx

vilis, 19.

Gnathonemus

senegalensis, 512.

Gnophodes

diversa, 914.

Gongylus

gongyloides, 846.

Goniastrea

auricularis, 124.

planulata, 125.

retiformis, 123, 124.

Goniocaphyra

truncatifrons, 568, 577.

Goniodiscus

articulatus, 289, 294.

scaber, 294.

Gonionotophis

brussauxi, 452.

Gonionotus

vossit, 452.

Goniopora, 123.

Goniosoma

affine, 747.

cruciferum, 748.

Gorsachius

melanolophus, 494.

Graminicola

bengalensis, 472.

striata, 472.

Graphiurus

murinus, 174.

Grapsillus

dentatus, 590.

maculatus, 590.

Grapsus

maculatus,

570, 592.

oceanicus, "755.

ornatus, 592.

pharaonis, 592.

pictus, 592.

strigosus, 755.

tesselatus, 580.

webbi, 592.

(Goniopsis)

755

116, 569,

strigosus,

(Pachysoma) quadra- |

tus, 756.

(Sesarma) affinis, 756

(Trichopus) /itteratus, |

756.

Graptophara

reynaudii, 822.

Graucalus

macii, 478.

purus, 608.

rex pineti, 478.

Grayia

Surcata, 453.

ornata, 453.

smithi, 455.

Grus

antigone, 303.

cinerea, 494.

grus, 494, 964.

lilfordi, 494.

monachus, 304.

nigricollis, 304.

_ Gypsina

| Hagedashia

INDEX. .

Gryllus

domesticus, 46.

lugubris, 46.

melanocephalus, 46.

Grypotherium

bonaerense, 73.

darwinii, 64, 73, 74.

domesticum, 64, 382.

listai, 65, 74, 78, 79.

(Neomylodon) Uistai,

64-79.

Gymnarchus

niloticus, 512, 8835,

Gymnodactylus

fasciatus, 448.

Gymnopleurus

levis, 28.

lugens, 23.

splendens, 23.

Gymuura

rafflesi, 337.

suilla, 337.

SS i

p-, 35.

Gerceileapialal ns

aspaltina, 213.

Joveiceps, 214. |

marginicollis, 213. |

subrugosa, 2138.

Gyps

Fulvus, 959.

vesicularis, 141.

hagedash, 961. |

| Halcyon

chelicutensis, 2.

pileatus, 488.

smyrnensis, 488.

Haliaétus

pelagicus, 305.

vocifer, 959.

Halicareinus, 521.

ovatus, 522, 528, 524,

525, 526, 567.

planatus, 522, 525,

524, 525, 526, 567.

tridentatus, 522, 528.

Halichondria

solida, 128, 189.

— rugosa, 128, 189.

Halicore

dugong, 377.

indicus, 377.

Halyomorpha

pieus, 825.

1041

Halys

alternans, 809, 820.

apicalis, 820.

assimilis, 809, 820.

carolinensis, 823.

concinna, 809, 828.

dentata, 823.

dentipes, 809, 824.

gravis, 824.

humeralis, 828.

lata, 820.

latipes, 809, 828.

lineata, 820.

nigricollis, 820.

obscura, 828.

parvula, 809, 820,

825.

reticulata, 820.

rufescens, 809, 824.

serricollis, 823.

serrigera, 823.

strigata, 820.

timorensis, 823.

| Hamanumida

dedalus, 13.

Hapaloderma

narina, 601.

Hapalomys

longicaudatus, 360.

Rapier 706, 716,

montanus, 1, 771.

Haplopelia

bronzina, 597.

Hapsidophrys

lineata, 453.

Hardella

baileyt, 661.

Harpactes

erythrocephalus, 483.

hainanus, 485.

yamakanensis, 485,

| Harrovia

albolineata, 728.

— longipes, 729,

770

tuberculata, 729.

Hauerina

ornatissima, 141.

Hebomoia

glaucippe, 508.

Helarctos

malayanus, 335.

Helictis

personata, 192,

Heliocopris

mouhotus, 862.

Heliothis

armigera, 18.

Helogale

atkinsoni, 80.

1042

Hemaris

ruficoudis, 182.

Hemichelidon

ferrugineus, 479.

sibirica, 479.

Hemichromis

fasciatus, 516.

Hemidactylus

angulatus, 448.

bocagit, 448.

brookii, 967.

echinus, 448.

Fasciatus, 448:

mabuia, 448.

richardsoni, 448.

Hemigalea

hardwickii, 330, 873.

Hemitragus

hylocrius, 303.

jemlaicus, 303.

Hemixantha

piceipes, 266.

terminata, 266.

Hemixus

castanonotus, 477.

Henicognathus

leptorhynchus, 304.

Henicurus

sinensis, 474.

Herodias

alba, 493.

garzetia, 495.

timoriensis, 495.

Herpenia

iterata, 15, 946.

melanarge, 15.

Herpele

squalostoma, 484.

Herpestes

albicauda, 301.

auropunctatus, 331.

brachyurus, 332.

caffer, 301.

exilis, 332.

griseus, 331,

ichneumon, 301.

javanicus, 332, 873.

mungo, 331, 332.

pluto, 301.

rutilus, 332.

urva, dol.

widdringtoni, 301,

Herpornis

tyrannulus, 477.

Hespera

africanus, 249.

intermedia, 248.

natalensis, 248.

Hesperia

letterstedti, 945.

pisistratus, 946.

INDEX.

Hestina

nama, 506.

Heteroglossa

africana, 441.

Heteropteryx

dilatata, 845.

Heterostegina

depressa, 141.

Heterotis

niloticus, 512, 836, 969.

Heterurus

bicolor, 454,

Hierodula

sp., o7.

modesta, 852.

Himantopus

himantopus, 965.

nigricollis, 304.

Himatismus

sp., 28.

_ Himerida

chapuisi, 238.

_ Hiposcritia

indra, 509.

lageloides, 509, 511.

lalage, 509.

pseudolalage, 509.

Hippopotamus

amphibius, 955.

| Hipposiderus

amboinensis, 344.

armiger, 342, 875.

bicolor, 343.

diadema, 842, 875.

gueritus, 343.

larvatus, 343.

murinus, 343.

nobilis, 342.

stoliczkanus, 344.

iridens murraiana, 99.

vulgaris, 345.

(Asellia) ¢ridens, 98.

Hippotragus

akeri, 303.

equinus, 83.

— bakeri, 955.

Hirundo

@ethiopica, 956.

gutturalis, 481.

Hister

gehini, 22.

memnonius, 22.

| Holaspis

guentheri, 449.

Holothuria

fuscocinerea, 761.

scabra, 761.

Homala

agona, 28,

Homo

lar, 307.

Homothyrea

helene, 25.

Hoplistodera, 818.

testacea, 819.

Hoplopterus

spinosus, 965.

ventralis, 495.

Hormonotus

modestus, 452.

Hosea

flavescens, 295.

spinole, 867, 868.

Huechys

sanguinea, 862.

Humbertiella

tenuicornis, 89.

Huphina

nadina, 509.

nerissa, 509.

Hyena

crocuta, 952.

hyena, 100.

togoensis, 301.

Hyale

gracilis, 795, 798.

Hyalomma

grossum, 49.

Hyastenus

diacanthus, 723.

— bituberculatus, 728.

elegans, 574, 595.

—, var. tenuicornis,

569, 574.

oryx, 724. ,

planasius, 724.

Tybosorus

illigeri, 22.

Hydreethiops

melanogaster, 451.

Hydrochelidon

hybrida, 966.

Uydroecyon

brevis, 512.

Hydrophilus

senegalensis, 22.

Hydropotes

inermis, 686.

Hydroprogne

caspia, 500.

| Hydrornia

‘

alleni, 659.

Hylambates

brevirostris, 445.

rufus, 445,

Hylephila

phyleus, 208.

Hylobates

agilis, 313.

Hylobates

albimanus, 312.

hoolock, 189, 190.

lar, 312, 313, 314.

leuciscus, 189, 190.

leucogenys, 313.

pileatus, 313.

syndactylus, 187, 189, |

190, 313.

Hymenarcys

nervosa, 823.

Hymeniacidon

conulosum, 128, 155.

fenestratum, 136.

Hymenicus

varius, 525.

Hymenochirus

boettgert, 435.

Hymenopus

bicornis, 839, 840, 841, |

842, 845, 846, 847,

848.

Hymenosoma, 521.

depressum, 522.

leve, D24.

leachii, 522, 525.

mathei, 520, 521.

planatum, 520, 523.

tridentatum, 522.

Hypanartia

hippomene, 917.

scheneia, 917, 918.

Hypena

Ty ssinialie 20.

—, var. gussalis, 20.

Hyperolius

dorsalis, 445,

jimbriolatus, 444.

leptosomus, 445,

Hyperopisus

bebe, 512, 836.

Hyphantornis

camburni, 605.

shelleyi, 2.

azanthops, 605.

Hy pochera

io, 181. N

Hypogomphus

ancients 824.

Hypolimnas

dedalus, 919.

inaria, 12.

misippus, 12, 13, 919.

Hypopeltarium, 519.

spinosulum, 520,

Hypothymis

azurea, 481.

occipitalis, 481.

Hypsipetes |

aE ueaptas 305.

perniger, 478.

INDEX.

Hyreus

equatorialis, 929.

cordatus, 928.

Hystrix

bengalensis, 364.

fasciculata, 882.

hodgsoni, 364.

leucura, 103.

longicauda, 302, 364,

365.

yunnanensis, 869, 881.

Tais, 548.

hargeri, 549, 550, 551.

neo-zealanica, 549.

pubescens, 549,

556, 567.

(Janthe) pubescens, 549,

Tambrix

salsala, 511.

Ibis

ethiopica, 961.

melanocephala, 306,

AQ”?

550

’

Ichneumon

Javanicus, 873.

Ichthyophis

glutinosus, 890.

Ichthyosaurus

sp., 660.

australis, 660.

campylodon, 660.

marathonensis, 660.

Iconaster

longimanus, 289, 293.

Tdolum

diabolicum, 851.

| Temisch

listai, 75.

Tlerda

epicles, 508,

pallescens, 812, 825.

sudana, 812.

Tnachus

longipes, 728,

lorina, 72).

muricatus, 722.

(Elamene) wnguifornis,

761.

Tolaus

nurser, 14.

sidus, 926.

Topas

sertum, 117.

Totrochota

baculifera twmescens,

128, 136, 141.

Tphiculus

spongiosus, 766.

Tphimedia

nodosa, 518.

Proc. Zoot, Soco.—1900, No. LX VILI.

1043

Trrisor

jacksont, 601.

Ischnoptera

atra, 30.

Ismene

ataphus, 511.

Tyongius

puncticollis, 232.

Ixalus

aurifasciatus, 186.

petersi, 185, 187.

Txias

evippe, 508.

Ixodes

sanguineus, 49.

Txus

hainanus, 477.

Tyngipicus

kaleensis, 483.

Jeera, 548,

antarctica, 549, 550.

neo-zelanica, 549.

nove-zealandie, 549,

pubescens, 549,

Jamesonia

nigripennis, 251.

(Thrymnes) jfemoraiis,

250, 266.

Janthe, 548.

Julodis

laticollis, 25, 63.

subvittata, 25.

vittipennis, 25.

Junonia

asterie, 507.

cebrene, 12.

clelia, 12.

elgiva, 917,

lemonias, 507.

pyriformis, 917.

taveta, 12.

Kalula, gen. noy., 809.

varicornis, 810, 825.

Kerivoula

@rosa, 802.

africana, 802.

brunnea, 802.

harrisoni, 802.

lanosa, 802.

picta, 347.

smithii, 802.

tenwis, 345,

Kiodotus

minimus, 875.

Kirontisa

whiteheadi, 506, 511.

Kittacincla

macroura, 474.

1044

Kraussia

rastripes, 569, 576.

Kricogonia

lyside, 200,

Labeo

couhie, 513.

selti, 513.

Lacerta

echinata, 449.

Lachnocnema

durbani, 946.

Lachnoptera

ayresti, 913, 919.

Laganum

Pe 274, 285, 299.

cagonale, 272, 274

284, 285, 299.

depressum,

283, 285, 299.

Lama

glama, 159.

huanacos, 77, 686.

Lambrus

affinis, 727.

pameen 726.

—, var. planifrons.

726.

laciniatus, 728.

longispinus, 726,

pelagicus, 727.

rumphii, 727.

spinifer, 726.

tumidus, 727, 770.

validus, 726,

Lampides

celeno, 508.

elpis, 508.

Lamprocolius

sp., 957.

ee 605.

sycobius, 2.

Lamyra

vorax, 9.

Laniarius

abhotti, 605.

ethiopicus, 606.

erythrogaster, 956.

mosambicus, 2.

Lanistes

carinatus, 970.

purpureus, 970.

Lanius

JSuscatus, 470.

humeralis, 606.

lucionensis, 470.

schach, 469.

superciliosus, 469.

Larrada

sp., 47.

dhaboliea, 47.

272, 274,

INDEX.

Larus

canus, 500.

cirrhocephalus, 3.

niveus, 500.

ridibundus, 500.

saundersi, 500.

Lefevrea

ahdominalis, 230,

brunnea, 229.

hirsuta, 230.

Leiocidares

annulifera, 274.

Leiolophus

planissimus, 569, 570,

592.

| Lema

affinis, 204.

bomaensis, 204.

dunbrodiensis, 205.

duvivieri, 203.

Suscitarsis, 206.

natalensis, 205.

nigrotibialis, 205.

rubricollis, 204.

rufo-femorata, 204.

sanguinicollis, 204,

tarsata, 205.

Lemur

abyssinicus, 800.

catta, 663.

tardigradus, 873.

volans, 875.

Lenodora

nigrolineata, 181.

anatifera, 796, 798.

Lepidiota

stigma, 860.

Lepidonotus

clavus, 976, 981.

giganteus, 974, 977,

984, 985, 986.

sguamatus, 974, 75,

981.

Lepocestes

Dinas: 485.

pyrrhotis, 483.

sinensis, 483.

Lepreus

fischeri, 54, 50.

Leptobrachium

isselti, 889.

Leptochelia

sp., 795, 797, 799.

minuta, 797.

Leptodius

exaratus, 738.

— gracilis, 738.

Leptoptilus

crumeniferus, 962.

Javanicus, 493.

Leptoria

phrygia, 126.

Lepturophis, gen. nov.,

183.

born eensis, 183, 186.

sp., 365, 953.

albus, 88.

altaicus, 90.

arabicus, 104.

borealis, 88.

— collinus, 89.

— sylvaticus, 88.

canescens, 88, 91.

europeus occidentalis,

397.

— typicus, 397.

grenlandicus, 90.

hibernicus, 89.

timidus, 87, 88, 89.

— ainu, 90, 92.

— altaicus, 90, 92.

— collinus, 89.

— grenlandicus, 92.

— hibernicus, 88, 89,

91.

— lutescens, 89.

— tschuktschorum, 90,

92.

— typicus, 88, 91.

tschuktschorum, 90,

variahilis, 88.

— altaica, 90.

| Lestodon, 73.

Lethe

rohria, 505,

| Leucandra

sp., 127, 129.

ternatensis, 129.

Leucastra

bimaculata, 207.

Leuceronia

argia, 938.

| Leucodioptrum

sinense, 475.

| Leucosia

brunnea, 764.

craniolaris, 763.

— levimana, 763.

erinaceus, 766.

globosa, 764.

maculata, 763.

planata, 522, 524.

rhomboidalis, 768.

Leucozonia

smaragdula, 117.

Liemys

inornata, 661.

Ligidium

hypnorum, 564.

Limax

marginatus, var.

396.

—, var. rupicola, 397.

Limenitis

disippus, 182.

Limicola

platyrhyncha, 499,

Limicolaria

caillaudi, 970.

Limnas

alcippus, 11, 15.

chrysippus, 10, 12.

niger ,

INDEX.

Lobipes

hyperboreus, 499.

Lobivanellus

lateralis, 3.

Lobophora

truncata, 285.

Longitarsus

africanus, 266.

luvidus, 245.

salishuriensis, 244.

Lophactza

granulosa, 732.

Lophoaétus

occipitalis, 3, 959.

_ Lophoceros

— alcippoides, 10, 11, |

12.

— dorippus, 10, 11.

— klugit, 10, 11, 12, |

914.

Limonites

ruficollis, 498.

temminckhi, 498.

Limosa

baueri, 496.

limosa, 496.

melanura, 496.

melanuroides, 496.

nove: zealandia, 496.

uropygialis, 496.

Linckia

diplaz, 116.

miliaris, 116.

Lineus

albovittatus, 826, 831.

longissimus, 826.

Lioderma

(Rhytidolomia) seni/is,

811.

Liogryllus

bimaculatus, 46.

Liolepis

bellii, 857, 859.

Liomera

levis, 569, 583.

richtersi, 569, 588.

Liriopea, 521.

leachii, 523.

lucasti, 523, 526.

Lissotis

melanogaster, 964.

Lithocranius

walleri, 83.

Lithodes, 531.

granulata, 532.

granulosa, 631.

verrucosa, 532.

Lithotrya

pacifica, 795, 798, 799.

erythrorhynchus, 958,

nasutus, 958.

Lopholzmus

antarcticus, 306,

Lophospiza

trivirgata, 489.

Lophostethus

dumolinii, 92.

Lophozozymus

sp., 116.

bellus, 736, 737.

epheliticus, 736.

leucomanus, 736, 737.

octodentatus, 736.

(Lophoxanthus) Ael/us,

var. leucomanus, 736,

(—) leucomanus, 736.

Lophuromys

aquilus, 174.

Lovenia

elongata, 272, 274, 286.

subcarinata, 272, 286,

Loxura

atymnus, 508.

dermaptera, 925.

Lucidia

longispina, 289, 292.

maculata, 289, 293.

penangensis, 289, 292.

Lupea

granulata, 578.

hastata, 745.

pelagica, 745.

sanguinolenta, 740.

tranquebarica, 748.

| Luperus

marshalli, 256.

niger, 256.

scutellatus, 266.

Lusciniola

Juscata, 471.

Lutra

sp., 874.

barang, 334.

cinerea, 334, 874,

ellioti, 334.

1045

Lutra

leptonya, 334.

macrodus, 384, 874.

nair, 334.

sumatrana, 334.

vulgaris, 334, 874.

Lycena

alope, 108.

alsoides, 110.

alsulus, 110.

antanossa, 110,

antinorit, 928.

argia, 108.

atrigemmata, 109,

caduca, 110.

cassius, 199.

communis, 110,

diluta, 107.

gaika, 109, 930,

galba, 108.

indica, 111.

japonica, 108.

knysna, 109,

lorquiniz, 109.

lulu, 105, 111.

lysizone, 111.

macalenga, 13.

maha, 106.

mangoensis, 110,

marginata, 107,

moriqua, 929.

noveé-hollandie. 110.

opalina, 107.

pygmea, 109.

sgualida, 107.

stellata, 930.

trochilus, 930.

Lyczenesthes

definita, 927.

liodes, 928.

lycambes, 507.

princeps, 13.

Lycaon

pictus, 659, 803.

| Lycophidium

Fasciatum, 452.

laterale, 452.

| Lycus

ampliatus, 27.

Lygaria

mutabilis, 242,

ornata, 242,

robusta, 242.

terminata, 241,

walleri, 242,

Lygodactylus

capensis, 448.

Lygosoma

JSernandi, 450,

reichenovii, 450.

shelfordi, 182, 186,

68*

1046

Lyncodon

patagonicus, 76.

Lyramorpha, 818.

pallida, 823.

rosea, 819, 823.

Mabuia

batesi, 449, 456.

raddonii, 449.

striata, 968.

Macacus

arctoides, 315.

assamensis, 314,

brunneus, 871.

cynomolgus, 316, 835,

872.

Fusco-ater, 303.

inuus, 303, 773.

leoninus, 315.

nemestrinus, 315, 316.

pileutus, 833.

rufescens, 315,

871.

sinicus, 833,

speciosus, 303.

tcheliensis, 181.

Macetes

albicans, 224.

clypeata, 224.

Macherridia

bilineata, 39.

Macherodus

neogeus, 74.

Macrauchenia, 77.

Macrina

juvenca, 822

Macronyx

croceus, 2,

Macrophthalmus

crassipes, 759.

dilatatus, 759.

— carens, 759, 770.

japonicus, 760.

podophthalmus, 760.

Macropus

bedfordi, 112.

erubescens, 113.

eugenit, 112.

isabellinus, 115.

magnus, 113.

robustus, 113.

— cervinus, 113.

— typicus, 1138.

rufus, 113, 790.

Macropygia

minor, 502.

swinhoit, 502,

tusalia, var. minor,

502.

Macropygium

reticulare, 824.

869,

INDEX.

Macroscelides

boranus, 802.

revoili, 803.

rufescens, 802, 803.

Macrotoma

palmata, 31.

Madoqua

cavendishi, 804.

guentheri, 804.

— smithii, 804.

kirki, 804.

phillipsi, 88.

Madrepora

aspera, 116, 121.

brooki, 122.

clathrata, 116, 120.

delicatula, 121.

valida, 116, 121.

(Isopora) brook?, 120,

Magrettia

abominata, 46.

mutica, 46,

obscura, 45.

Maia

miersii, 723.

(Chorinus)

724.

(—) longispina, 725.

Mainatus

intermedius, 464.

Malaconotus

blanchoti, 2.

manningi, 605.

Malacosoma

donkieri, 266.

variipes, 256,

Malacothrix

typicus, 82.

Malopterurus

electricus, 515.

Manis

javanica,

Mantis

religiosa, 853.

Mantisatta, gen. noyv.,

384.

trucidans, 385, 886.

Mareca

penelope, 492.

Marpessa

sp., 975.

aculeata,

195, 378,

| Matuta

hanksii, 762.

lesuerii, 762.

lunaris, 763.

peronit, 762.

planipes, 763.

victrix, 762.

| Mecistes

chapuisi, 226.

Mecopoda

elongata, 862.

Megaderma

hs, 80.

spasma, 344.

Megalema

Saber, 483.

Megalixalus

Pacuint i, 445.

leptosomus, 445.

Megalophrys

longipes, 890.

montana, 889.

nasuta, 889.

Megamys, 76, 77.

Megaptera

boops, 376.

Megarhynchus

acanthurus, 820.

marginellus, 822.

quadrispinosus, 822.

truncatus, 819.

Megascolex, 612.

eruginosus, 629.

affinis, 642.

annulatus, 634.

aspergillum, 631.

biserialis, 638.

californicus, 627.

capensis, 617.

cingulatus, 615.

hasselti, 638.

houlleti, 618.

iris, 647.

japonicus, 634.

margaritaceus, 647.

mazarredi, 644,

montanus, 620,

musicus, 629.

pictus, 623.

posthumus, 642.

robustus, 648.

schmarde, 619.

sieboldi, 635.

sumatranus, 618.

Megatherium, 67, 69.

Mezgisba

hampsoni, 507.

Megymenum

insulare, 819.

Melampodius, gen. nov.,

cervicornis, 817,

825.

Melanitis

aswa, 505.

leda, 914.

Melanobucco

torquatus, 2.

Melasoma

guadrilineatum, 243,

Meles

ankuma, 301.

Melia

tessellata, 569, 580,

Melierax

sp., 959.

Melina

perna, 118.

Melinda

formosa, 938.

Meliphaga

phrygia, 305.

Melithreptes

lunulatus, 305.

Melittophagus

cyanostictus, 0U2.

oreobates, 602.

sharpei, 602.

Mellivora

indica, 3d4.

ratel, 95, 101.

Melursus

ursiius, 335.

Menzethius

angustus, OTA.

areolatus, 574.

depressus, 574,

inornatus, 574.

monoceros, 568, 574,

722.

subserratus, o74,

722.

tuberculatus, OTA.

Menida

histrio, 815, 828.

Menippe

granulosa, 740.

Menura

superba, 429.

Mephitis

suffocans, 76.

Meriones

eryptorhinus, 196,

rex, 101, 102.

Merops

albicollis, 957.

nubicus, 958.

sumatranus, 480.

viridis, 957.

Merula

cardis, 472.

chrysolaus, 472.

mandarina, 472.

sinensis, 472.

Metalia

maculosa, 287.

sternalis, 274, 286.

Metopograpsus

messor, 755.

oceanicus, 755.

quadridentatus, 750.

INDEX.

Micippa

curtispina, 725.

excavata, 725, 770.

mascarenica, 725.

philyra, 725.

— mascarenica, 725.

Micrantereus

sp., 30.

asidoides, 30.

Microciona

dubia, 128, 136, 141.

Microglossus

aterrimus, 304.

Microhermesia, gen. nov.,

220.

hirticollis, 220, 266.

Microhyla

achtina, 888.

berdmorii, 888.

inornata, 883, 887.

ornata, 887.

Micronisus

badius, 490.

Microphrys

styx, 575.

Micropternus

holroydi, 483.

Micropus

pacificus, 486.

subfurcatus, 486.

Microtus

albicauda, 196.

ater, 398.

roylet, 196.

stracheyi, 196.

(Alticola) Jama, 196.

Miliolina

auberiana, 141.

bicornis, 141.

insignis, 141.

oblonga, 141.

parkeri, 141.

rupertiana, 141.

seminulum, 141.

Milititsa, gen. nov.

somatiensis, 43, 68.

Millsonia

nigra, 171.

rubens, \71.

Milvus

egyptius, 593, 959.

govinda, 491.

melanotis, 491.

Miodon

collaris, 454.

gabonensis, 454.

Miolania, 64.

Miomantis

Senestrata, 37.

Mirafra

Jischeri, 2.

1047

Mithrax

aspera, 725.

suborbieularis, 575,

Mitra

virgata, 118,

(Strigatella) “iderata,

118.

(—) paupercula, 118.

Molge

vulgaris, 267.

Monoceida

énornata, 259.

suturata, 259.

Monolepta

exclamationis, 258,

266.

nigrocincta, 258,

striatipennis, 257.

Monopeltis

dumerilii, 448.

koppenfelsti, 448.

magnipartita, 448.

Monotrichtis

sajitza, 914,

Monticola

cyanus, 478,

solitarius, 473.

Montipora

tmconspicua, 122.

parasitica, 122,

spongilla, 122.

Mormidea

scutellata, 811, 825.

Mormyrops

deliciosus, 512.

Mormyrus

jubelini, 512.

Moschus, 161.

javanicus, 883.

moschiferus, 686.

Motacilla

borealis, 467.

Francisi, 467.

leucopsis, 467.

melanope, 467.

ocularis, 467.

taivana, 467.

vidua, 2.

Mugil

Jalcipinnis, 515,

Munia

acuticauda, 466,

topela, 465,

Murgantia

bifasciata, 824.

tessellata, 812.

varicolor, 812.

Mus

spp., 103.

abbotti, 420.

agrarius, 422,

1048

Mus

albipes, 80.

alexandrinus, var. 7u-

Sescens, 878.

arborarius, 803.

argenteus, 388,

420, 421, 428.

arianus, 413, 414, 416,

417, 418.

— griseus, 416.

hactrianus, 415.

bandicota, 365.

hrunneusculus, 194.

campestris, 398.

cellarius, 406.

chevrieri, 413, 418,

419.

ciliata, 879.

eoncolor, 195, 361, 879.

confucianus, 396, 418.

eremoriventer, 869,

879.

decumanus, 362, 879.

—, var. major, 413.

dichrurus, 410.

edwardsi, 879, 880.

erythronotus, 413, 415.

flavescens, 194.

flavicollis, 404, 405,

406, 407.

griseus, 417.

hayi, 395, 410.

hebridensis, 403.

hibernicus, 398.

hildebrandti, 179.

hirtensis, 404.

intermedius, 398.

islandicus, 409.

jacksoni, \74.

jerdoni, 879.

lewisi, 390, 420.

mahomet, 80.

messorius, 416.

mettada, 881.

minutus, 398, 416.

musculus, 194, 362,

393, 399, 409, 410,

415, 416, 417, 420,

421, 423.

nitidus, 194.

nivalis caucasicus, 412.

orthodon, 390, 421.

rattus, 194, 361, 878,

933.

— alexandrinus, 108.

— rufescens, 361.

rufescens, 361, 878.

sabanus, 879, 880.

setifer, 363.

sumatrensis, 881.

sylvaticus, 387-428.

389,

}

INDEX.

Mus

syluaticus algirus, 397,

411, 412, 427.

— arianus, 394, 395,

415, 414, 415, 419,

27.

— cellarius, 406, 407.

— celticus, 395, 399,

401, 402, 403, 425,

428,

— chevrieri, 395, 418,

427.

— dichrurus, 427.

— draco, 388, 395, 397,

418, 428.

— flavicollis, 408.

— fossilis, 398.

— griseus, 395, £16.

— hayi, 410, 426.

hebridensis,

401, 403, 404,

425.

— hirtensis, 395,

404, 425.

— intermedius,

395, 398, 400, 401,

403, 405, 407, 414,

417, 419, 422, 423.

— islandicus, 395, 409,

26.

— lewisi, 420.

— major, 412, 415,

416, 418, 427.

— pallipes, 395, 417.

— princeps, 388, 394,

397, 399, 405, 406,

407, 408, 413, 426,

428,

— tauricus, 399, -

427.

— typicus, 388,

401, 404, 406,

408, 418, 425.

— wintoni, 394,

401, 403, 405,

408, 409, 425.

tokmak, 413.

vociferans, 879, 880.

vulgaris, 394,

wagneri, 413, 414, 415.

—, var. major, 413,

414,

whiteheadi, 880.

wintoni, 408.

(Leggada) méinutoides,

174.

395,

420,

401,

394,

Muscardinus

avellanarius anglicus,

— pulcher, 86.

— speciosus, 85, 87.

Muscardinus

avellanarius typious,

85, 86, 87.

pulcher, 85, 87.

speciosus, 87.

Muscicapa

albicilla, 480.

Jischeri, 608.

Musculus

alexandrinus, 411.

dichrurus, 411.

frugivorus, 411.

Mussa

regalis, 125, 126.

Mustela

eversmanmni, 301.

Alavigula, 333.

martes, 836.

Mutela

sp., 971.

petersi, 971.

rostrata, 970.

rubens, 971.

Mutilla

arenaria, 47.

Mycalesis

safitza, 914.

Myiagra

azurea, 481.

Mylabris

hypolachna, 31.

lateplagiata, 31.

senn@, 31.

somalica, 31.

| Mylodon, 64, 66, 67, 69,

(A h(ek

darwinii, 64.

robustus, 68, 73.

Mylothris

agathina, 17, 930.

dentatus, 931.

jacksoni, 931.

knutsoni, 931.

narcissus, 931.

neumanni, 913, 931.

rubricosta, 918, 930.

swaynei, 931,

trimenia, 931.

Myomenippe

duplicidens, 740.

granulosa, 740.

Myoxus

muscardinus, 86.

sicule, 411.

Myra

australis, 766.

Mpriastra

simplicifurca, 131.

Myrina

dermaptera, 913, 925.

ficedula, 925,

Myrmecophaga, 70.

Myrmeleon

variegatus, 34.

Mytilus

chorus, 77.

Nacaduba

ardates, 507.

celestis, 507.

kurava, 507.

Naia

annulata, 455.

goldit, 455.

guentheri, 455,

melanoleuca, 45d.

yakome, 455,

Nandoges

hainana, 505.

Nardoa

tuberculata, 116.

Necrobia

rufipes, 27.

Necrosyrtes

monachus, 598.

Nectarinia

eneigularis, 604.

cupreonitens, 604.

deckeni, 604.

famosa, 604.

johnstoni, 604.

reichenow?, 603.

tacazz@, 604.

Nectophryne

afra, 436.

Nemorhzdus, 699, 701,

704, 705, 706, 707,

708, 712, 715, 716,

rubidus, 679.

sumatrensis,

675, 882.

swettenhami,

Neobaleena

marginata, 77).

Neomeris

phocenoides, 376.

Neomylodon, 64, 69.

Neophron

monachus, 598, 959.

percnopterus, 959.

Neopithecops

zalmora, 507.

Neptidopsis

ophione, 921.

Neptis

agatha, 920.

hainana, 507.

lermanni, 913, 920.

leuconota, 507.

marpessa, 921,

trigonophora, 913, 920.

370, 371,

675, 882.

INDEX,

Neptunus

hisiesouien 745.

pelagicus, 745.

sanguinolentus, 745.

(Achelous) granulatus,

568, 578.

(Amphitrite) hasta-

toides, 745, 770.

Nerita

costata, 118.

Nesocia

sp. ine., 362.

barclayana, 368.

bengalensis, 363.

Nesotragus

moschatus, 178, 686.

| Nestor

meridionalis, 304.

notabilis, 304.

| Nettion

erecca, 492.

Nettopus

coromandelianus, 492.

Nezara

capicola, 813, 824.

chloris, 813.

chlorocephala, 812.

marginalis, 823.

viridula, 811, 813,

cyanomelena, 480.

Ninox

Japonica, 488.

scutulata, 488.

Niphe

cephalus, 810.

subferrugined, 810.

Nisaétus

pennatus, 3.

Nitocris, 612.

Noctulina

malaccensis, 845,

Nora

kesava, 507.

Notopterus

afer, 512,

Numenius

arquatus, 496, 965,

major, 496.

pheopus, 496, 965.

variegatus, 496.

Numida

ptilorhyncha, 966.

veichenowi, 597.

Nursia

hardwickii, 767.

plicata, 766, 767.

Nychitona

aleesta, 932.

immaculata, 32.

1049

Nychitona

medusa, 17, 932.

—, var. alcesta, 932.

Nycteris

javanica, 344.

thebaica, 99.

Nycticebus

cinereus, 321.

tardigradus, 9321,

873

| Nycticej us

kuhlii, 346, 876.

Nycticorax

sp., 964.

griseus, 495,

lewconotus, 493.

magnifica,461, 493, 504.

nycticorax, 493.

Nyctinomus

johorensis, 351.

plicatus, 351,

tenuis, dD1.

| Nyctiornis

athertoni, 486.

Nymphalis

candiope, 916,

zoolina, 916.

Nymphicus

uveensis, 804.

Ochotona

ladacensis, 197.

Ochthodromus

geoffroyi, 495.

mongolicus, 495,

| Ocirrhoé

roei, 815, 825.

virescens, 815, 825,

Ocnera

sp., 28.

Octopus

sp., 117.

Ocypode

ceratophthalma, 570,

595, 751), 752.

cordimana, 752.

urvillei, 569, 595.

(Macrophthalmus) di-

latata, '759.

(—) yaponica, 760.

Odontiomorpha, gen.

noy., 238.

minuta, 239, 266.

Odontionopa

cerulea, 228.

discolor, 229,

Odontopus

sexpunctatus, 48.

' idaleus

abruptus, 40.

infernalis, 40.

1050

CEdaleus

instillatus, 39.

nigrofasciatus, 40.

senegalensis, 40.

(Edicnemus

sp. ine., 965.

(Edionychis

africana, 266.

natalensis, 266.

rugicollis, 266.

lia

varicornis, 810.

Ommatostrephes

sp., 117.

Oncinopus

angulatus, 723.

aranea, 722.

neptunus, 722.

subpellucidus, 722.

Oniscus

asilus, 552.

conglobator, 552.

globator, 552.

serratus, 552.

Onohippidium

saldiasi, 76.

Onthophagus

sp., 24.

gazella, 24.

gerstaeckeri, 24.

Onychoteuthis

robusta, 992.

Ophidiaster

sp., 117.

Ophiocephbalus

obscurus, 515.

Ophiocoma

ethiops, 117.

scolopendrina, 117.

Ophiusa

melicerte, 20.

Orbitolites

complanata, 141,

duplex, \41.

marginalis, 141.

Orcella

brevirostris, 376.

Oreas

canna, 686, 702.

Oreaster

lincki, 296.

nodosus, 296.

nodulosus, 296.

turritus, 295.

Oreophorus

rugosus, 767.

Oreotragus

oreotragus, 808.

Oriolus

chinensis, 465,

diffusus, 465,

INDEX.

Oriolus

larvatus, 2.

nigellicaudus, 465.

Ornithodoros

savignyt, 49.

Orsotrixna

medus, 50d.

Orthoschizops

assimilis, 809, 825.

rugosus, 809, 825.

, Orthotomus

longicauda, 471.

gazella, 686.

Osmotreron

hicincta, 501.

domvilii, 501.

Osteolamus

tetraspis, 447.

| Otiaphysa

angustipennis, 43, 63.

hebetata, 44.

Otogyps

auricularis, 959.

Otomys

irroratus, 175.

— orestes, 175.

Jackson, 175.

Otus

brachyotus, 489.

Ourebia

haggardi, 804.

hastata, 686.

montana, 83, 803, 955.

nigricaudata, 686.

Ovibos

bombifrons, 700.

moschatus, 142-167,

680, 686-718.

-—- pallantis, 882.

— wardi, 832.

Ovis, 144-167.

ammon, 114, 686.

arkal, 305.

ophion, 686.

poli, 114, 686, 702.

sairensis, 118, 114, 686.

Oxyglossus

levis, 884.

lima, 884.

Oxyopes

sp., 52.

Ozius

(Euruppellia) annu-

lipes, 589.

Pachychalina

spinosissima, 127.

| Pachycoris

attenuata, 819.

ryx

heisa, 83, 680, 682, 686.

we’

Pachycoris

Sabricii, 822.

Alavescens, 822.

linnei, 822.

lobata, 819.

nitens, 822.

piperitia, 822.

pumila, 822.

Pachydissus

(Derolus) somalicus, 32.

Pachygrapsus

ethiopicus, 593.

corrugatus, 595.

levis, 569, 592, 596.

longipes, 593.

minutus, 570, 593.

plicatus, 595.

transversus, 7595.

Padraona

oides, 510.

pseudomesa, 510.

zeno, 945.

Paguma

lemomystax, 529.

trivirgata, 530.

_ Pagurus

comptus, 530.

JSorceps, 585, 586.

maculatus, 592.

Palemon

pilimanus, 95.

(Macrobrachium )

pilimanus, 93.

Palzornis

derbianus, 304.

docilis, 958.

fasciata, 484.

Javanicus, 459, 484.

lathami, 484.

Palmipes

rosaceus, 289, 297.

Palomena

prasina, 811.

wnicolor, 811, 825.

viridissima, 811.

Palpares

papilionoides, 34.

tristis, 34.

walkeri, 34.

Paltothyreus

pestilentius, 47.

Pamphila

sp., 202, 203.

detecta, 945.

misera, 203.

phiyleus, 203.

thaumas, 203.

zeno, 945.

Pandinus

hellicosus, 53, 61, 62.

cavimanus, 61.

Pandinus

colez, 58, 59, 61.

gregorii, 58.

hawkeri, 60, 62.

meidensis, 58, 62.

militaris, 61, 62, 65.

pallidus, 58, 59.

peeli, 48, 53, 60, 61, 62,

phillipsi, 58, 59, 62.

pugilator, 48, 52, 61, 65.

smithi, 58, 62.

Pandion

haliaétus, 304, 491.

Pangonia

bricchettii, 8.

tricolor, 7, 8, 63.

Panolia

acuticornis, 372.

eldi, 303.

Panopzeus

caystrus, 580.

Panopea

expansa, 915, 919.

heliogenes, 919.

tarquinia, 913, 919.

Papilio

acheron, 510.

atha, 920.

eis 509.

agetes, 510.

ajax, 182.

alcesta, 932.

alsus, 110.

anacardii, 918.

andremon, 201.

argia, 938.

aristolochie, 510.

asterias, 182.

axion, 510.

heticus, 930.

hathycles, 510.

honhotei, 201, 203.

calais, 933.

cardwi, 918.

cenea, 938, 939.

chaon, 509.

clelia, 917.

cloantha, 917.

continentalis, 510.

cresphontes, 182.

dedalus, 919.

demodocus, 940.

demoleus, 17, 509.

doddsi, 510.

dryope, 921.

electo, 982.

encedon, 922.

florella, 935.

forestan, 946.

goetzius, 922.

INDEX.

Papilio

hamela, 509, 511.

helenus, 509.

hiarhas, 921.

ilithyia, 922.

leda, 914.

lysimon, 108.

machaon, 181.

mesentina, 937.

metis, 944.

minimus, 110.

minutus, 110.

misippus, 919.

nireus, 939, 940.

nobilis, 913, 988.

ophione, 921.

otis, 111.

palemon, 928.

paris, 510.

phalantha, 920.

philenor, 182.

phorcas, 913, 939.

polydamas, 202.

pringlet, 938.

protenor, 509.

quirina, 925.

rex, 913, 938.

sarpedon, 510.

slateri, 510.

spio, 945.

striatus, 510.

telicanus, 929.

thersander,913,939 ,940.

tibullus, 938, 939.

trotlus, 182.

turnus, 182.

wenocles, 510.

Papio

anubis, 952.

arabicus, 95, 96.

doguera, 773, 802.

falconeri, 97.

hamadryas, 95, 96.

heuglini, 802.

nemestrinus, 315.

subhimalayanus, 97.

thoth, 96.

Parabuthus

granimanus, 5b.

heterurus, 56.

Paradisea

apoda, 305.

papuana, 305.

Paradoxurus

derbyanus, 330.

Jinlaysonii, 329.

hermaphroditus,

873.

leucomystax, 301, 329.

macrodus, 328, 329.

musanga, 323.

329,

1051

Paradoxurus

niger, 328.

tytleri, 301.

Paralomis, 531.

aculeata, 532.

aspera, 532, 539.

formosa, 532, 583.

granulosa, 532, 533.

indica, 580.

investigatoris, 533.

longipes, 532.

multispina, 532.

papillata, 532.

verrillt, 5382, 533.

verrucosa, 532, 533.

Paramithrax

peronti, 528.

(Chlorinoides) aculeatus

armatus,; 724.

Parapanope

ewagora, 737.

Parasa

Fulvicorpus, 21.

Paratelphusa

convera, 98.

Parnara

detecta, 945.

micans, 913, 946.

Parthenope

(Lambrus) valida, 726.

Parus

afer, 2, 3.

cinereus, 469.

Passer

cinnamomeus, 30D.

dentatus, 305.

diffusus, 2.

domesticus, 957.

montanus, 466.

swainsoni, 30D.

Patiria

sp., 289.

Pausiris

fuscitarsis, 240.

rotundicollis, 240.

subfasciatus, 239.

Pavoncella

pugnaxr, 3.

Pelecanus

manillensis, 492.

minor, 598.

onocrotalus, 960.

philippensis, 492,

roseus, 598.

rufescens, 960,

Pelidna

alpina, 499.

Pellina

eusiphonia, 138.

Pelmatochromis

jentinki, 516,

1052

Peltarion, 519.

magellanicus, 519, 520.

spinosulum, 519, 520.

Penzus

sp., 116.

Pentaceros

alveolatus, 296.

granulosus, 294.

hiulcus, 296.

muricatus, 296.

—, var. intermedia,

296.

—, var. mutica, 296.

turritus, 289, 295, 296.

Pentatoma

acutesta, 821.

equinoxialis, 823.

africana, 813, 824.

albonotata, 815, 821.

aliena, 816, 824.

anchorago, 824.

angularis, 824.

angulosa, 811,

antiguensis, 812, 821.

atrox, 821.

hengalensis, 815, 823.

herylina, 813, 824.

bifida, 824.

himaculata, 812, 828.

hinotata, 823.

bronzea, 821.

bufo, 824.

cenosa, 810, 821.

caffre, 821.

capicola, 813, 821.

cephalus, 810.

chinensis, 813, 824.

chloris, 818, 821.

chlorocephala, 812, 821.

collaris, 824.

concimna, 824.

confusa, 811.

crassa, 821.

crocipes, 821.

crudelis, 824.

cummingii, 822.

delenda, 812.

deplanata, 811, 82].

difficilis, 812, 821.

ferruginea, 810. |

fimbriata, 814, 824.

formosa, 821.

frontalis, 818, 824.

gloriosa, 821.

grisea, 811.

harrisi, 818, 824.

hostilis, 812, 824.

inconspecta, 812, 824.

inconspicua, 814.

indica, 812, 821.

interrupta, 824.

INDEX.

Pentatoma

lata, 813, 824.

lateralis, 810, 818,

824.

leti, 813, 824.

lineaticollis, 821.

luteipennis, 821.

luteo-varia, 822.

marginalis, 821.

marginella, 822.

mintata, 816, 824.

miniaticollis, 824.

nepalensis, 823.

nigripes, 818, 824.

mitida, 823.

oblonga, 811, 813,

824.

obscura, 812, 821.

orbitalis, 823.

ovalis, 811, 824.

pallescens, 812, 821.

pallipes, 810, 821.

pantherina, 814, 818,

823.

pavonina, 821.

pennsylvanie, 825.

platygaster, 821.

precedentis, 812.

proaima, 813, 824.

pulchella, 824.

pulchra, 824.

punctipes, 823.

purpurea, 821.

roet, 810.

rosea, 821.

rotundicollis, 811.

rufo-spilota, 821.

rugicollis, 822.

scutellata, 811, 821.

semimaryinata, 821.

senilis, 811, 824.

serva, 811.

spilota, 811, 824.

spinosa, 811.

subferruginea, 821,

sublurida, 824.

subsericea, 818, 824.

tenicola, 812.

trifasciata, 824.

trimaculata, 821.

trinotata, 821.

tripunctifera, 813.

tripunctigera, 824.

tristigma, 812.

wnicolor, 811, 818, 821,

824

varia, 821.

varicolor, 812, 821.

varipennis, 821.

ventralis, 821.

vilis, 810.

| Pentatoma

violacea, 824,

violascens, 821.

viridicollis, 814, 821.

vitrea, 812, 821.

wilkinsonii, 823.

Penthema

michallati, 507.

Peploptera

abyssinica, 211, 213.

anchoralis, 212.

angustata, 211.

apicata, 210, 266.

cylindriformis, 211.

hemorrhagica, 211.

humeralis, 213.

lefevrei, 211.

punctata, 212.

semifasciata, 211.

Perameles

gunni, 790.

lagotis, 302,

Perichzta, 612.

acrophila, 636.

acystis, 638.

eliana, 626.

affinis, 641.

agrestis, 637.

amazonica, 645.

annulata, 634.

arturi, 620.

aspergillum, 631.

atheca, 620.

barami, 689.

bLarbadensis, 645.

batjanensis, 630.

belli, 615.

bermudensis, 645.

birmanica, 637.

biserialis, 638.

bonthainensis, 630.

bossche, 625, 892.

bournei, 635.

brevis, 636.

caducicheta, 618.

cecilia, 630.

campanulata, 613.

campestris, 632.

candida, 633.

capensis, 617.

carinensis, 625.

carnosa, 645.

cingulata, 615, 648.

communissima, 635.

corticis, 651.

crassicystis, 620.

crescentica, 614.

cupulifera, 645.

darnleiensis, 615.

decimpapillata, 636.

densipapillata, 621,

Perichsta

digitata, 630.

divergens, 625.

dubia, 614.

dyeri, 623.

elongata, 60.

enganensis, 628.

eoa, 615.

esafate, 632.

everetti, 639.

Salcata, 618.

JSasciata, 629.

fee, 648.

Serdinandi, 617.

flavescens, 628.

floweri, 644.

forbesi, 648.

fumigata, 631.

Ffuscata, 625.

galelensis, 630,

gamsungi, 630.

glandularis, 634.

glandulosus, 645.

grossa, 6205.

grubei, 650.

guarint, 627.

gulielmi, 614.

halmahere, 630.

hasselti, 638.

hawayana, 645.

hesperidum, 633.

heterocheta, 622.

heteropoda, 625.

hexatheca, 621.

hilgendorfi, 633.

hippocrepis, 648.

houlletz, 615.

hupeiensis, 646,

“ime, 636.

imparicystis, 651.

indica, 615, 622.

inflata, 618.

insule, 645.

irrequiaris, 633.

izukai, 625.

jampeana, 630.

javana, 616.

kamakurensis, 686.

hinabaluensis, 639.

klabatensis, 640.

labuensis, 637.

levis, 634.

longa, 629.

lovie, 641.

macrocheta, 619.

madeline, 615.

malamaniensis, 620,

mandhorensis, 645.

martensi, 615.

masatake, 632.

mauritiana, 645,

“INDEX.

Pericheta

megascolidioides, 622.

merabahensis, 617.

micronaria, 625.

minima, 649.

minahasse, 626.

mirabilis, 622.

modiglhani, 622.

molokaiensis, 644.

monilicystis, 623.

morrist, 645,

moseleyt, 655.

musica, 629.

nana, 639.

neo-guinensis, 642.

nipponica, 622.

nove britannie,

632.

novare, 619.

obscura, 625.

operculata, 618.

pacifica, 642.

padasensis, 624.

pallida, 645.

papillata, 639.

papua, O44,

papulosa, 644, 892.

parvicystis, 633.

parvula, 636.

pataniensis, 637.

puuli, 648.

peguana, 628.

pentacystis, 614.

peregrina, O44,

perkinst, 622.

plilippina, 616.

posthuma, 641.

producta, 628.

propora, 6305.

pulchra, 619.

purpurea, 630.

pura, O17.

pusilla, 649.

quadragenaria, 649.

queenslandica, 643.

racemosa, 621,

recta, 630.

ringeana, 627.

robusta, 648.

rokugo, 633.

sancti gacobi, 645,

sandvicensis, 633.

sangirensis, 620,

sarawacensis, 689,

schizopora, 633.

schmarde, 619.

scholastica, 625,

sedqwickii, 172, 647.

seriata, G40.

seata, 618.

shimdensis, 625.

169,

1053

Perichxta

sieboldi, 635.

sinensis, 623.

sluiteri, 630.

solomonis, 641.

spectubilis, 642.

stelleri, 639.

sumatrana, 618.

supuensis, 638.

taitensis, 619.

takatorii, 631. .

taprobane, 648.

tenkatei, 618.

tetra, 628.

tigrina, 631.

tyibode, 618.

tokioensis, 633.

travancorensis, 614.

trinitatis, 624.

trityphia, 619.

udet, 628.

udekemt, 614.

upoluensis, 630.

urceolata, 619.

vaillanti, 615.

variabilis, 618.

vesiculata, 619.

violacea, 641.

vitiensis, 620.

vittata, 635.

vordermanni, 624.

willeyi, 629.

zebra, 637.

zonoporus, 620.

Perichares

telisignata, 913, 946.

Pericrocotus

cantonensis, 479,

cinereus, 479.

elegans, 479.

Fraterculus, 479.

griseiqularis, 479.

Periophthalmus, 116.

Periplaneta

americana, 36.

Perna

samoensis, 118,

Peronia

peronti, 118.

Peronura

ap., 41.

Petaurista

cineraceus, 193.

lylei, 192, 195.

oral, 193.

phillipensis, 198.

yunnanensis, 193,

Petrocincla

manilla, 473.

Petropedetes

cameronensis, 439,

1054

Petropedetes

johnstoni, 439.

newtoni, 439.

Petrosia

contignata, 137.

exigua, 128, 139, 141.

similis, 139.

Phacocherus, 681.

africanus, 955.

Phzochrous

beccarii, 22.

Phalacrocorax

sp., 999.

africanus, 3.

carbo, 492.

lucidus, 3.

Phalanger

sp., 786, 788.

Phalaropus

hyperboreus, 499.

Phaneroptera

nana, 42.

punctulata, 41.

quadripunctata, +2.

Phascolarctos

cinereus, 779.

Phascolomys

mitchelli, 779,

788.

Phasianus

semmerringi, 306.

Pheretima, 612.

californica, 622, 627.

montana, 619.

Philea

senator, 822.

Philothamnus

dorsalis, 452.

semivariegatus, 452.

Philougria

marina, 56d.

Philygria

Hate 565.

Philyra

globosa, 764.

globulosa, T64.

polita, 764.

porcellana, 764.

sexangula, 765.

Phlegethontius

convolvuli, 20.

Phlyxia

erosa, 572.

Phocena

phocenoides, 376.

Phebis

agarithe, 201.

Pheeniconaias

minor, 960.

Phrissura

aegis, 939.

787,

sr rs ee ere teense,

INDEX.

Phrissura

confusa, 936.

dubia, 936.

illana, 935.

isokani, 936.

phebe, 936, 946.

polisma, 935.

Phrygilus

gayi, 305.

Phrynobatrachus

auritus, 440, 456.

latirostris, 440, 456.

plicatus, 440,

Phyciodes

frisia, 199.

Phyllacanthus

annulifera, 274.

Phyllidia

varicosa, 118.

Phyllocephala

wrorata, 820.

Phyllocnema

semijanthina, 32.

Phyllopertha

rticola, 25.

Phyllopezus

africanus, 3, 965.

Phyllopneuste

Juscata, 471.

plumbeitarsus, 470.

Phyllorhina

bicolor, var. fulva, 348

stoliczkana, 344.

Phyllornis

lazulina, 478.

Phylloscopus

plumbeitarsus, 470.

superciliosus, 470.

Phyllotreta

capensis, 245.

unicostata, 244.

Phymateus

morbillosus, 40.

stollii, 40.

Phymodius

ungulatus, 570, 587.

Physodactyla

africana, 266.

Pica

caudata, 462.

media, 462.

pica, 462.

Picus

cahanisi, 482.

kaleensis, 483.

mandarinus, 483.

Pieris

omphale, 934.

phileta, 201.

Piezodorus

incarnalus, 825.

Piezosternum

calidwm, 828.

Pilodeudorex

cerulea, 913, 925.

Pilodius

spinipes, 588,

Pilumnopeus

maculatus, 744.

) Pilumnus

andreossyi, 581.

hirsutus, 570, 581, 596,

743.

lahyrinthicus, 743.

levis, 743.

minutus, 743.

— hirsutus, 743.

mus, 749.

prunosus, 568, 581.

rotumanus, 569, 581

596.

ursulus, 743.

vespertilio, 743.

| Pimelia

cenchronota, 28.

hildehrandti, 28.

| Pinacopteryx

;

gerda, 915, 937.

Pinarochroa

ernesti, 606.

hypospodia, 606.

sordida, 606.

Pinarocichla

schmackeri, 478.

Pinnotheres

arcophilus, 762.

modiolicola, 761.

ortmanni, 761.

semperi, 761.

Pionias

chalcopterus, 304.

Pionopsittacus

pileatus, 304.

Pipastes

agilis, 467.

Pipile

cumanensis, 305.

Pipistrellus

abramus, 191, 876.

ridleyi, 345.

Pisa

monoceros, 574, 722,

planasia, 724.

(Naxia) diacantha, 723.

Pithecops

hiylaz, 507.

Pitta

bengalensis, 305.

Pitylus

capistratus, 305.

Plagiodera

congoensis, 242.

Placusia

pallet 592.

speciosa, 569,

Hoe

Platacantha

lutea, 823.

Platalea

sp., 962.

minor, 306.

Plataspis, 818.

flaviceps, 822.

hemispherica, 820.

nigrita, 819.

nigriventris, 820.

nitida, 820.

subenea, 820.

Platycercus

browni, 304.

hematonotus, 304.

multicolor, 304.

Platyxantha

bicincta, 264, 266.

Plautia

fimbriata, 814, 824.

viridicollis, 814.

Plebeius

alboceruleus, 107.

falkensteinii, 928.

trochilus, 13.

Plecoptera

reflexa, 19.

Plectropterus

sp., 960.

Plegadis

falcinellus, 961.

Plocederus

melancholicus, 32.

peeli, 32.

Ploceipasser

pectoralis, 2.

Plotus

levaillanti, 5.

rufus, 960.

Pluvianus

egyptius, 965.

Pocillopora

brevicornis, 125.

favosa, 124.

Podicipes

philippensis, 500.

Podisus

luridus, 824.

neglectus, 817, 825,

Podontia

stolida, 253.

Podops

spinifera, 819.

Pecilocoris

hardwickii, 822.

Peeocephalus

massaicus, 599,

570,

INDEX.

Peeocephalus

versteri, 304.

Poéphila

acuticauda, 305.

costatipennis, 265.

Sulvipes, 265.

Polemon

barthi, 454.

bocourti, 454.

Polioaétus

humilis, 491.

ichthyaétus, 491.

plumbeus, 491.

Poliomyias

luteola, 480.

Poliopsar

cineraceus, 463.

sericeus, 464.

Polites

thauwmas, 203.

Polydesma

otiosa, 19.

Polyhirma

calliaudi, 21.

Polynemus

quadrifilis, 515.

Polyommatus

beticus, 13, 508, 930.

chandala, 106.

karsandra, 109.

labradus, 110.

sangra, 111.

_ Polypedates

hascheana, 885.

Polyphasia

tenuirostris, 484.

| Polypterus

hichir, 969.

lapradii,

511, 835.

senegalus,

969.

267,

452,

Polystomella

macella, 141.

Polytelis

alexandre, 304.

Polytrema

miniaceum, 141.

Pomatorhinus

musicus, 476.

nigrostellatus, 476.

Pomponia

imperatoria, 861.

Pontoscolex

corethrura, 891.

Poospiza

personata, 305.

Popa

undulata, 37.

Porites

indica, 123..

1055

Poromera

Sordi, 449, 456.

haugi, 449.

Porphyrio

alleni, 3.

Portunus, 578.

crenatus, ‘748.

hastatoides, 745.

sanguinolentus, 745,

tranquebaricus, 748.

(Amphitrite) hastatoz

des, 745.

(Neptunus) pelagicus,

745

(Seylla) serratus, 748.

Potamon

sp., 973.

bicristatum, 95.

consobrinwm, 98.

convexum, 93, 94.

dehaani, 94, 99.

kadamaianum, 93, 95.

maculata, 94.

obtusipes, 94, 95.

tridentatum, 721.

(Geothelphusa) ada-

maianum, 94.

(Parathelphusa)

verwin, 93.

tridentatwm incer-

tum, 749, 770.

(Potamon) consobri-

num, OA.

(Thelphusa)

num, 94,

Praogena

gagatina, 31.

nigra, 30.

Pratincola

indica, 474.

maura, 474.

Precis

cebrene, 917.

clelia, 917.

cloantha, 917.

elgiva, 917.

milonia, 917.

natalensis, 918.

pyriformis, 917.

sesamus, 913, 916, 946,

tugela, 917.

Prinia

extensicauda, 471

inornata, 471.

sonitans, 471.

Prionastraa

australensis, 126,

Prioneris

clemanthe, 508.

thestylis, 508.

watsoni, 508,

con=-

consobri-

1056

Prionodon

gracilis, 328.

maculosus 328.

pardicolor, 328.

Prionops

talacoma, 2.

Procayvia

abyssinica, 176, 177.

jacksoni, 176, 177.

mackinderi, 176.

scheelei, 178.

shoana, 83, 177.

stuhlmanni, 178.

syriaca jayakari,

104

valida, 178.

(Dendrohyrax)

shayi, 178.

Protogoniomorpha

anacardit, 918.

Protopterus

annectens, 511, 775,

835.

dolloi, 775.

Psammodes

sp., 28.

Psammophis

sibilans, 454, 968.

Psaropholus

ardens, vay.

cauda, 465.

nigellicauda, 465.

Pseudochirus

archeri, 779, 786, 788.

cooki, 779.

herbertensis, 779, 786.

Pseudocolaspis

cupreofemorata, 225,

266.

parvula, 226.

puberula, 265.

severini, 225.

Pseudogyps

africanus, 959.

Pseudohaje

nigra, 455.

Pseudomela

nigripennis, 241.

Pseudophia

lineata, 19, 638.

oppia, 18, 63.

Pseudophilyra

melita, 765.

Pseudosuberites

andrewsi, 128, 135, 141.

hyalina, 135.

sulphureus, 185.

Pseudosyagrus

africanus, 228,

Pseudotantalus

ibis, 963.

CcTraw-

nigelli-

INDEX.

Pseudotantalus

leucocephalus, 493.

Pseudozius

caystrus,

580.

inornatus, 568, 580.

_ Psiloptera

somalica, 25, 63.

Pteraster

militaris, 298.

| Pternistes

infuscatus, 597.

Pterocles

quadricinctus, 966.

Pteromys

melanotis, 352.

nitidus, 351, 352.

oral, 351, 352.

petaurista, 351, 352.

punctatus, 353.

tephromelas, 353,

Pteropus

edulis, 389, 875.

medius, 339.

minimus, 875.

nicobaricus, 875.

vampyrus, 339, 875.

Pterygospidea

djelele, 942.

Ptilonorhynchus

smithi, 305.

Ptilotis

auricomus, 805.

Pudua

humilis, 686.

Pulvinulina

repanda, 14).

Putorius

nivalis, 397.

nudipes, 334.

Pyenonotus

arsinoé, 956.

hainanus, 477.

layardi, 608.

melanocephalus, 305.

Pygosceles

teniatus, 771.

Pyrameis

abyssinica, 918.

atalanta, 917.

cardui, 918.

Pyrgomorpha

grylloides, 40.

Pyrgus

elma, 943.

spio, 943.

Pyromelana

flammiceps, 2.

canthomelana, 2.

Pyrops

sp. 971,

568, 569,

— Rana

Pyrops

nobilis, 868.

Pyrrhulauda

smithi, 2.

Pyrrhulopsis

personatus, 304.

Python

sebe, 451, 968.

_Querquedula

circia, 492.

Rahinda

hordonia, 507.

equiplicata, 437.

albolahris, 438.

cavitympanum, 886.

crassipes, 437.

erythrea, 885.

glandulosa, 887.

gracilis, 885.

hascheana, 885.

Jerboa, 886.

labialis, 886.

larutensis, 886.

lateralis, 883, 886,

890.

latopalmata, 886.

limnocharis, 883, 885.

macrodactyla, 885.

macrodon, 885.

mascareniensis, 438.

— equiplicata, 437.

— hnhronii, 488.

mascarensis, 968.

plicatella, 885.

signata, 883, 886.

subsigillata, 437.

superciliaris, 438,

tigrina, 885.

Rangifer, 144-167.

tavrandus, 686,

Rapala

manea, 5O8,

Raphicerus

campestris, 686.

melanotis, 686,

Raphigaster

abdominalis, 823.

flavolineatus, 820.

guildingii, 820.

longitudinalis, 821.

luteus, 820.

monsoni, 814, 821.

neglectus, 820.

punctulatus, 823,

transversalis, 823.

virescens, 821.

Rappia

Jimbriolata,* 444.

Rappia

uscigula, 444,

marmorata, 444.

ocellata, 444.

phantastica, 444.

platyceps, 444, 456.

pusilla, 445.

tuberculata, 444.

Ratelus

leuconotus, 301.

Ratufa

bicolor, 354, 876, 877.

gigantea, 193. _

melanopepla, 876.

Recuryirostra

avocetta, 965.

Reguloides

superciliosus, 470,

Remigia

repanda, 20,

Reniera

sp., 139.

crateriformis, 139.

innominata, 128, 138,

141.

Retaster

cribrosus, 289, 298.

insignis, 298.

Rhabdocidaris

annulifera, 272, 273,

274, 276, 298.

baeulosa, 272.

bispinosa, 273.

nobilis, 277.

Rhabdotis

sobrina, 25.

Rhacophorus

leucomystax, 887.

maculatus, 887.

schlegeli, 887.

shelfordi, 185, 187.

Rhamnophis

ethiops, 453.

Rhampholeon

spectrum, 451.

Rhaphidophlus

filifer, 136.

spiculosus, 136.

Rhaphigaster

capicola, 813.

subsericeus, 813.

Rhegmatopoda

leptocera, 44.

peeli, 44, 63.

Rhembastus

affinis, 235.

collaris, a,

anipennis, 236.

gdje, 235,

inde 236, 237.

geminatus, 234.

INDEX.

Rhembastus

interstitialis, 236.

irreqularis, 237.

micans, 235. |

natalensis, 235.

nigripes, 285.

nigritarsis, 237.

obscwrellus, 235.

puncticollis, 235.

recticollis, 236.

uniformis, 286.

Rhinoceros, 156.

lasiotis, 366.

simus, 949.

sondaicus, 366, 367.

sumatrensis, 366, 367, |

368.

unicornis, 366, 367.

Rhinolophus

affinis, 342.

armiger, 875.

celophyllus, 341.

diadema, 875.

luctus, 341, 875.

minor, 342.

trifoliatus, 341.

Rhinopoma

hardwickii, 350.

microphyllum, 99, 350.

Rhinopomastes

eyanomelas, 2.

Rhinosciurus

laticaudatus, 359.

Rhipicephalus

armatus, 50, 51, 63.

marmoreus, 50, 51, 63.

sanguineus, 49, 51.

Rhipidura

albicollis, 481.

tricolor, 305.

Rhizochalina

pellucida, 128, 158.

sessilis, 128, 138, 141.

Rhizomys

hadius, 195, 363, 364.

minor, 195, 363.

sumatrensis, 363, 364, |

Rhodia

Sugax, 181.

Rhodope, 612.

Rhombosolea

monopus, 986,

Rhopalocampta

anchises, 17.

forestan, 946.

pisistratus, 946.

Rhopodytes

tristis, 485.

Rhyacophilus

glareola, 497.

1057

Rhyncheea

bengalensis, 499.

capensis, 3, 499.

Rhynchium

sp., 47.

Rhynchocoris, 818.

inguinata, 815, 820.

roct, 815, 820.

thoracica, 820.

unimaculata, 820,

virescens, 815.

Rhynchops

flavirostris, 966.

Rhysida

paucidens, 48.

Rhytidonota

delicatula, 28.

robusta, 28, 63.

Rostratula

capensis, 499.

Rousettus

egyptiacus, 98.

amplexicaudatus, 98.

stramineus, 98.

Rupicapra, 699, 704, 705,

706, 707, 708, 712,

CSE alge

Ruppellia

amuulipes, 589.

Rusa

equina, 372.

Ruticilla

aurorea, 475.

leucocephala, 305.

rufiventris, 473.

Saiga, 164, 701, 704, 705,

707

tartarica, 680, 686.

Salatura

genutia, 505.

Salius

megaera, 47.

Salmacis

alexandri, 282.

dussumiert, 273.

globator, 272, 274, 281,

282, 283, 299,

rarispinad, 274, 282.

283.

sulcata, 272, 274, 281,

282, 283, 299.

Samia

cecropia, 181.

Saprinus

chalcites, 22.

semipunctatus, 22.

Sarangesa

eliminata, 17, 941,

motozi, 941.

motozioides, 918, 941,

1058

Sarangesa

synestalmenus, 940.

Sarcidiornis

melanonota, 3.

Sarcodaces

odoé, 512, 836.

Sarcopbilus

ursinus, 779, 786, 788.

Sareophyton, 116.

Sardoides

nigricornis, 263.

viridicollis, 264.

Sastragala

variolosa, 818, 825.

Sauracris, gen. noy., 40.

lacerta, 41, 63.

Saxicola

enanthe, 956.

Scarabzeus

bettoni, 28.

isidis, 23.

Scelidotherium, 67, 69, 73.

Scelodonta

sexplagiata, 226, 266.

Schilbe

senegalensis, 514,

Schistocerca

peregrina, 40.

Schizonycha

crenata, 24.

nigrofusca, 24.

squamosa, 24.

Schizophrys

aspera, 725.

serratus, 725,

Schizorhis

concolor, 2.

Schleinitzia

crenularis, 274, 275.

Sciocoris

capensis, 822.

Sciuropterus

alboniger, 358.

davisont, 354.

genibarbis, 304.

horsfieldii, 858.

lepidus, 354.

phayret, 193, 876.

sagitta, 353, 876.

Sciurus

alpinus, 398.

INDEX.

Sciurus

Serrugineus, 355.

Jinlaysoni, 191, 193, 355,

356.

griseimanus, 357.

griseiventer, 358.

hippurus, 556.

insignis, 360, 878.

laticaudatus, 359.

locria, 360.

macclellandi, 357.

— harhei, 194, 357.

multicolor, 803.

nigroviltatus, 358.

notatus, 858, 359, 878.

palmarum, 307.

plantani, 358.

prevosti, 356, 358.

rafflesii, 358.

rufigenis, 194.

rufobrachiatus, 174.

subjlaviventris, 360.

tenuis, 357, 870, 878.

varius, 301.

vittatus, 358.

vulgaris, 393.

— lecourus, 397.

— rufus, 397.

— typicus, 397.

Scobura

sp., 510.

Scolitantides

stellata, 930.

| Scolopax

rusticula, 499,

| Scolopendra

morsitans, 9738.

Scopimera

atridorsalis, 194, 357, |

870.

badging, 358.

berdmorei, 359.

hicolor, 354.

caniceps, 194, 356, 870,

877.

— concolor, 356.

erythreus, 356, 870,

877.

}

myctiroides, 760, 770.

Scops

lempiji, 488.

pennatus, 305.

umbratilis, 488.

Scorpio

bellicosus, 61.

colei, 59.

pallidus, 58.

phillipsti, 58.

smithii, 58.

Scotobleps, gen. noyv.,

488

gabonicus, 439, 456.

Scotophilus

castaneus, 192, 346.

kuhli, 191, 346, 876.

nigrita, 80, 953.

schlieffeni, 99.

temminckii, 346.

Scutellera

fasciata, 822.

rubro-lineata, 819.

Scylla

serrata, 748.

Seyphacella

arenicola, 56d.

Secusio

strigata, 17.

Semnopithecus

sp., 872.

alhocinereus, 317, 319,

872.

cristatus, 317, 318, 319.

entellus, 303.

femoralis, 317, 318, 319.

germaini, 317, 319.

maurus, 319.

mitratus, 19, 872.

neglectus, 319.

obscurus, 317, 318, 872.

schistaceus, 808.

siamensis, 317, 319, 872.

Sepidiostenus

erinaceus, 29.

Sepidium

bilobatum, 30, 63.

crassicaudatum, 30.

magnum, 29, 63.

Septifer

bilocularis 118.

Sermyloides

basalis, 257.

maculata, 257.

unifasciata, 257.

Serolis

paradoxa, 518.

Serraphula

ened, 248.

elongata, 247.

Sesarma

aspera, 796.

aubryt, 570, 593, *

calypso, 757.

edwardsi, 757.

—- crassimana, 757.

— levimana, 757.

fasciata, 758, 770.

gardineri, 569, 570, 598,

596.

mederi, 756.

onychophora, 757.

quadrata, 756.

teniolata, 756.

(Holometopus) auhryi,

593.

(Parasesarma) calypso,

(—) onychophora, 757.

Sidonops

picteti, 128, 130, 134.

Simocephalus

capensis, 452.

guirdli, 452.

Siphia

hainana, 480, 481.

pallidipes, 480, 481.

Sistrum

morus, 117.

ricinus, 117.

Smaragdinella

viridis, 118.

Smerinthus

modestus, 182.

ocellatus, 182.

tilie, 182.

Smilorhis

sowerbyi, 2, 5.

Sorex

murinus, 337, S74.

Soriculus

nigrescens, 874.

Spalacomimus

talpa, 45.

Sparassus

sp., 973.

Spatangus

brissus latecarinatus,

287.

carinatus, 287.

Spatula

elypeata, 961.

Sphzrocoris

annularis, 822.

amnulus, 822.

lateritia, 819.

multipunctatus, 822.

polysticta, 822.

punctaria, 822.

quadrinotata, 822.

testudo-grisea, 822.

Sphzeroderma

mashonanda, 252.

Sphxroma

calcarea, 553.

curtum, 053, 557.

gigas, 549, 553, 554,

555, 556, 558.

lanceolatum, 549, 555,

554, 555, 558.

obtusa, 550, 553.

prideaucianun, 5d.

quoyana, 550.

rugicauda, 593, 597.

serratum, 552, 5b3,

556, 557.

Sphenodon

(Hatteria) punctatus,

516.

Sphingomorpha

chlorea, 5, 20.

— monteironis, 971.

Sphinx

ligustri, 182.

lucitiosa, 182.

INDEX.

Sphyrena

guachancho, 515.

Spilornis

cheela, 491.

melanotis, 491.

rutherfordi, 491.

Spindasis

somalina, 14.

Spirastrella

carnosa, 128, 184.

decumbens, 135.

— robusta, 128, 154,

135.

semilunaris, 134.

Spirillina

limbata, 141.

Spiroloculina

Sragilissima, 141.

Spizaétus

nipalensis, £90.

Spizixus

cinereicapillus, 477.

Spodiopsar

cineraceus, 463.

sericeus, 460.

Spongelia

sp., 128.

Spongia

sp., 128.

Spudeus

parvulus, 809.

Squatarola

helvetica, 497.

Stachyridopsis

ruficeps, 476.

Stachyris

precognitus, 476.

Staurois

hainanensis, 886.

Stauropus

Sagi, 856.

Stellaster

belcheri, 294.

gracilis, 294.

incei, 289, 294.

squamutosus, 294.

Stelletta

bacea, 182.

bacillifera, 131.

simplicifurca, 128,

151.

Steno

plumbeus, 376.

Stenopus

hispidus, 116.

Stephanocidaris

bispinosa, 275.

Steraspis

sp., 25.

Sterna

caspia, SOU,

Proo. Zoon. Soo.—1900, No. LXILX.

1059

Sterna

melanauchen, 500.

sinensis, 500.

Sternothzrus

adansoni, 967.

derbianus, 447.

gabonensis, 447.

Sternula

sinensis, 500.

Stiretrus

anchorago, 824,

decemguttatus, 822.

rubro-maculatus, 822.

Strachia

munda, 812.

Strepsiceros

imberbis, 83.

kudu, 83, 686.

Strepsilas

interpres, 494,

Struthio

australis, 305.

massaicus, 3805.

molybdophanes, 305.

Sturnia

sinensis, 463.

Sturnus

cineraceus, 463.

vulgaris, 832.

Styloceros

muntjac, 371.

Styloniscus, 565.

gracilis, 564.

longistylis, 564.

magellanicus,

566.

Stylotella

sp., 128, 137.

conulosa, 135.

irregularis, 128, 137,

141.

polymastia, 156.

Sula

fusca, 492.

sula, 492.

Sus

cristatus, 375.

indicus, 370.

philippinensis, 302.

Sutoria

sutoria, 471.

Syagrus

antennatus, 231e

opacus, 231.

rugifrons, 251.

Synchloe

johnstonii, 937.

Synodontis

clarias, 514,

gamiensis, 514,

ocellifer, 514.

564,

1060

Synodontis

schall, 969.

Syntarucus, gen. noy.,

29.

telicanus, 929.

Syoplia

africanus, 268.

javanensis, 265.

Syrnium

umbrinum, 599,

uralense, 429.

wood fordi, 599.

Tabanus

sp., 972.

higuttatus, 972.

dorsivitta, 971.

leucaspis, 8.

Tachornis

infumata, 486.

Tachybaptes

fluviatilis, 500.

Tachydromus

Sordi, 449.

Tachyoryctes

splendens, 85, 179.

— ibeanus, 179, 180.

— typicus, 179.

Tagiades

atticus, 510.

multipunctatus, 510.

Talorchestia

scutigerula, 518,

Talpa

europed, 395.

‘Tansima

verma, BOD.

Tantalus

leucocephalus, 493.

loculator, 304.

Taphozous

affinis, 350.

longimanus, 349.

— albipinnis, 349.

melanopogon, 347, 348,

349

perforatus, 99.

saccolemus, 350).

Tapirus, 156.

indicus, 368, 882.

malayanus, 368.

Tarache

caffraria, 18.

Taraka

hamada, 507.

Tarsiger

orientalis, 608.

Tarucus

cassius, 199,

plinius, 508.

INDEX.

Tarucus

telicanus, 929.

theophrastus, 929.

Tectocoris

affinis, 822.

hinotata, 822.

gambiae, 822.

hardwickii, 819.

interrupta, 819.

Jjavana, 822.

lineola, 822.

nepalensis, 822.

oblonga, 819.

obscura, 822.

purpurascens, 819.

Telea

polyphemus, 181.

promethea, 181.

Telegonus

zestos, 202.

Telephonus

senegalus, 2.

Telicota

bambuse, 511.

| emenuchus

sinensis, 463.

Temnopleurus

reynaudi, 274, 281.

toreumaticus, 274, 280.

Temnurus

niger, 464.

schmackeri, 464.

truncatus, 464.

Tephrina

disputaria, 20,

Tephrodornis

pelvica, 470.

Teracolus

antevippe, 934.

aurigineus, 935.

calais, 933.

chromiferus, 913, 933.

elgonensis, 915, 933.

eupompe, 14.

heliocaustus, 15.

helvolus, 15.

incretus, 934.

omphale, 15, 934.

phillipsi, 15.

protomedia, 15.

pseudacaste, 954.

puniceus, 934.

ranthus, 934.

Terekia

cinerea, 497.

Terias

esiope, 508.

boisduvaliana, 932.

brigitta, var. zoé, 932.

candida, 933.

dina, 200.

Terias

hapale, 14.

harina, 508.

marshalli, 933.

messalina, 200.

reqularis, 939.

suava, 508.

z0é, 932, 933.

Teriomima

aslauga, 915, 924, 925,

hildegarda, 925.

pallida, 925.

Terpsiphone

cristata, 609.

princeps, 481.

_ Tesseratoma

cuprea, 820.

javanica, 817.

papillosa, 817, 825.

proxima, 817, 823.

taurus, 820.

Tethya

affinis, 128, 133, 141.

ingalli, 128, 132, 135.

japonica, 134.

merguiensis, 132.

seychellensis, 128, 138.

Tetilla

bacca, 128, 182.

dactyloidea, 132.

ternatensis, 128, 132.

Tetraceros

quadricornis, 686.

Tetraclita

orosa, var. viridis,

795, 796, '799.

Tetralia

cavimana, 591.

glaberrina, 569, 570,

591, 744.

nigrifrons, 591, 744.

Tetroda

histeroides, 822.

Textor

alector, 305.

Textularia

rugosa, 141.

Thais

cerisyi, 181.

polyxena, 181.

Thalamita

admete, 569, 579.

—, var. edwardsi, 568,

579.

crenata, 720, 748, 749.

dane, 720, 749.

integra, 568, 579.

picta, 579.

prymna, 569, 578.

— crenata, 748.

—, var. picta, 569,

Thalamita

prymna, var. spini-

mana, 569, 579,

749.

—, var. stimpsoni, 569,

579.

spinimana, 579, 720,

stimpsoni, 579, 749.

Thecla

angelia, 200.

salona, 200.

Thelotornis

kirtlandi, 454.

Thrasops

flavigularis, 453.

Thripias

schoensis, 599.

Thryonomys

swinderenianus, 803.

Thyanta

antiguensis, 812.

perditor, 824,

vitrea, 812.

Thylacoleo

carnifex, 788.

Thymele

proteus, 202.

Thysanoessa, 546,

gregaria, DAT.

longicaudata, 547.

macrura, 547.

neglecta, 547.

Thysanoteuthis

rhombus, 994.

Tilapia

gulilea, 516.

lata, 516.

nilotica, 969.

Tinnunculus

alaudarius, 491.

cenchroides, 305.

vespertinus, 305.

Tirumala

limniace, 505.

Tmolus

angelia, 200.

salona, 200.

Totanus

calidris, 496.

Fuscus, 496.

glareola, 497,

glottis, 497.

hypoleucus, 497.

stagnatilis, 497.

terekius, 497.

Trachynotus

ovatus, 515.

Tragelaphus

sp., 955

bor, 806,

INDEX

Tragelaphus

decula, 83, 806.

delamerei, 806.

gratus, 303.

roualeyni, 308.

scriptus, 806.

| — fasciatus, 806, 807.

— ornatus, 807.

— scriptus, 807.

sylvaticus, 303.

Tragulus

javanicus, 374, 883.

kanchil, 374.

napu, 374.

stanleyanus, 375,

Trapezia

areolata, 590.

cymodoce, 569,

590, 591.

dentata, 590.

digitalis, 569, 590.

—, var. speciosa,

570, 591.

ferruginea, 569, :

589, 590.

—, var. areolata, 5

570, 590.

—, var. dentata,

570, 590.

—, var. guttata,

570, 590.

—, var. maculata, 570,

590.

—, var. typica, 589.

| guttata, 590.

| hirtipes, 591.

maculata, 590.

serratifrons, 744.

| speciosa, 591.

| Trepsichrois

linnei, 5OD.

| Treron

nipalensis, 501.

Trisenops

persicus, 98.

Trichobatrachus,

nov., 443.

robustus, 443, 456.

Trichoglossus

rubritorques, 772.

Trichoniscus, 563.

albidus, 565.

asper, 565.

australis, 565.

cavernicola, 565.

chavesi, 565.

insularis, 565.

leydigi, 565.

magellanicus, 566.

murrayi, 565.

pusillus, 566,

570,

569,

gen.

1061

| Trichoniscus

pygmeus, 566.

vividus, 565.

| Trichosaurus

Suliginosus, 779, 786,

788

vulpecula, 779, 790,

791.

Trichys

giintheri, 882.

lipura, 869, 870, 881,

882.

Tridacna

gigas, 117, 118.

Trigoncdes

hypasia, 19.

Trigonosoma

affine, 819.

apicale, 822.

gambie, 819.

rufum, 819.

subfasciatum, 819.

Trilatitus

horsfieldi, 347.

Tringa

albescens, 498.

alpina, 499.

canutus, 498.

cinelus, 499.

crassirostris, 498.

platyrhyncha, 499.

ruficollis, 498.

subareuatus, 498.

subarquata, 498.

temmincki, 498.

Tringoides

hypoleucus, 497.

Trionyx

triunguis, 447.

Tritonidea

undosa, 117.

Trochalopteron

canorum, 475.

erythrocephalum, 305.

rufigulare, 305,

Troides

aeacus, 509.

Trombidium

tinctorium, 49.

Tropa

artemis, 181.

Tropicorypha

deplanata, 811.

rufescens, 811.

Tropidonotus

fuliginoides, 451.

olivaceus, 451, 968.

Trox

denticulatus, 23.

expansus, 22, 23, 68,

funestus, 23.

1062

Trox

squalidus, 22.

Truneatulina

rostrata, 141.

ungerianda, 141.

Truxalis

nasuta, 38.

unguiculata, 39.

Tupaia

belangeri, 192.

ferruginea, 192, 336,

874.

javanica, 3306.

malaccana, 336.

tana, 336.

Turacus

buffoni, 305.

hartlaubi, 601.

macrorhynchus, 305.

porphyreolophus, 305.

Turbo

lajonkairii, 118.

Turdus

cardis, 472.

chrysolaus, 472.

flavipes, 305.

libonianus, 2.

mandarinus, 472.

musicus, 397, 472.

mustelinus, 305.

piaggii, 606.

Turnix

dusswmieri, 505.

lepurana, 3.

Turtur

ambiguus, 966.

chinensis, 502.

humilis, 502.

orientalis, 502.

rupicola, 502.

Tylocarcinus

styx, 569, 574, 575.

Tylopsis

bilineolata, 43.

perpulchra, 43.

Tympanoceros

newtoni, 439.

Typhlops

cacus, 451.

punctatus, 451.

Uca

acuta, 758.

annulipes, 754.

cultrimana, 569, 570,

595.

dussumieri, 753.

tetragonon, 754.

vocans, 754.

Udaspes

Jolus, 511.

INDEX.

Unio

teretiusculus, 970.

Upupa

ceylonensis, 487.

epops, 957.

indica, 487.

Urwotyphlus

seraphini, 434.

Uranothauma

antinorii, 913, 928.

cordatus, 913, 928.

crawshayi, 928.

falkensteinti, 918,

28.

Urobrachya

axillaris, 2.

traversi, 957.

Urocissa

erythrorhyncha, +62.

whiteheadi, 461, 402.

Urodrepanis

christine, 468.

Urolabida, 818.

tenera, 819.

Uroloncha

sqguamicollis, 466.

Uroplectes

Jischeri, 54, 55.

— flavimanus, 55.

— nigrimanus, 5d.

— typicus, 5d.

Urostylis, 818.

histrionica, 822.

punctigera, 819.

Ursus

behringianus, 302.

malayanus, 339.

rexi, 302.

Vandeleuria

oleracea, 360.

Varanus

niloticus, 448, 967.

ocellatus, 968.

Varuna

litterata, 756.

Vespertilio

sp., 993.

abramus, 876.

adversus, 346, 347.

emarginatus, 876,

hasselti, 346.

muricola, 347, 876.

oreias, 346

sphina, 875.

tralatitius, 347.

vampyrus, 875.

Vesperugo

abramus, 345, 876.

blanfordi, 345.

imbricatus, 345.

Vesperugo

noctula, 845.

ridleyi, 345.

tenuis, 345.

tylopus, 869, 876.

Vidua

paradisea, 2.

principalis, 2.

Vieta

sp., 30.

Vietomorpha

foveipennis, 30.

Vitellus

inquinatus, 815.

Viterna

sanguineirostris, 824,

Viverra

hermaphrodita, 873.

malaccensis, 329.

megaspila, 327, 328.

tangalunga, 327.

zibetha, 327, 328, 873.

Viverricula

malaccensis, 328.

Vivipara

unicolor, 970.

Volvocivyora

saturata, 478.

Vulpes

leucopus, 95, 101.

Vulsirea

violacea, 828.

Walkeriana

pertinax, 947, 948.

Wynyardia

assiana, 776, 778, 786,

787, 795.

Xantharpyia

amplexicaudata, 340.

Xanthias

lamarcki, 568, 582.

notatus, 569, 582.

parvus, 569, 582, 596.

Xantho, 582.

affinis, 738.

granulosus, 732.

hirtissima, 583.

lamarckii, 582.

octodentatus, 736.

rufopunctatus, 584.

Xanthodes

lamarckit, 582.

leucomanus, 736.

notatus, 582.

Xanthopygia

cyanomelena, 480.

Suliginosa, 480.

narecissina, 480,

Xenelaphus

antisiensis, 686.

ellipsifer, 184, 187.

hexagonotus, 184.

Xenocarcinoides, gen.

nov. 575.

rostratus,

595.

Xenocichla

kikuyuensis, 608.

Xenopus

boettigeri, 435.

calcaratus, 434.

Xenotilapia, 3.

Xerus

insignis, 360.

laticaudatus, 359.

Xiphidium

armaticeps, 45,

brevicercus, 45.

natalense, 45.

somali, 45.

Xylocopa

sp., 47.

favilabris, 47.

Yasoda

pita, 508.

568, 573,

INDEX.

Yoma

vasuki, 507.

Zanclostomus

tristis, 485.

Zemeros

confucius, 507.

Zethes

hesperidoides, 20.

Zicrona

cerulea, 824.

Zizera

antanossa, 106, 110,

iWikile

argia, 106, 108, 111.

— japonica, 111.

atrigemmata, 106, 109,

111

caduca, 106, 110, 111.

chandala, 107.

diluta, 105, 107, 111.

gaika, 106, 109, 930.

indica, 106,111.

— decreta, 111.

Japonica, 108.

karsandra, 106, 108,

109.

knysna, 106, 108, 109,

Tit.

THE END.

1063

Zizera

labradus, 105, 106, 110,

111

lorquint, 106, 109.

lysimon, 106, 108, 111.

maha, 105, 106, 107,

109, 111.

— ossa, 111.

minima, 106,109, 110.

mora, 109.

opalina, 105, 107.

— marginata, 111.

ortens, 111.

ossa, 106, 107, 108.

otis, 106, 111.

plhebe, 110.

unigemmata, 111.

Zophosis

aromatum, 27.

Zosterops

kikuyuensis, 605.

neglecta, 469.

palpebrosa, 469.

simplex, 469.

Zozymus

eneus, 570, 584.

levis, 583.

tomentosus, 583, 734.

Printed by Tayzor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

Tuts Society was instituted in 1826, under the auspices of Sir

Humeury Davy, Bart., Sir Sramrorp Rarries, and other eminent

Savants, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology,

and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal

Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.

COUNCIL.

THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, President.

Tue Rr. Hon. Lory Avesury, | Proressorn Grorce B, Howss,

PC; EES; LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Witr1am Bateson, Ese., F.R.S. Lr.-Cot. Leonarp H. Irsy.

Wittam T. Branrorp, Kse., || Srr Huen Low, G.C.M.G.

LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President. | P. Caatmers Mrrcnect, Ese.

Srr Tuomas Pare.

Witriam E. pe Winton, Esa.

Cuartes Drummonp, Ksa., | Tue Hon. Lionnt Watrer

Treasurer. / Roruscuitp, M.P.

Sr Joszrn Farrer, Br., F.R.S. | Howarp Saunpers, Kse., F.L.S.,

Gey. Toe Hon. Sir Puroy | Vice-President.

Ferpine, K.C.B. | Putre Lurtey Scrarer, Ese.,

Dr. Cuartes H. Garry, LL.D. || M.A.,Pu.D.,F.RB.S., Secretary.

F. DvCane Govan, Esa., | Orprretp Tomas, Esa.

D.C.L., F.RB.S., Vice-President. | Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.RS.,

Dr. Ansert Ginruer, F.R.S., Vice-President.

Vice-President.

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and

Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.M.

till Sunset.

The Offices (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications

should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-

days, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.

The Library (8 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of

Mr. F. H. Warernovse, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.M.,

on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the

Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every

month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice

a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and

October, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.

Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-

bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,

including the Admission Fee, being £35.

No person can become a Fettow until his Admission Fee and

First Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments

have been compounded for.

Fettows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for

the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Fettows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two

Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the

entrance gate.

Fettows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders

every year. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on each

Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the Saturday

Orders are not available if the Fetxow shall have used his privilege

of personally introducing two companions on the same day.

Frttows also receive every year Twenty Free Tickets (Green),

each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,

including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of

Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one

Adult’s. These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are

available for following years.

Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday

Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. The Book

of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of

Twenty Tickets. These books must, however, be returned entire,

and the exchange can only be made during the year of their issue.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Fettow on the

1st of January in every year, on his filling up a form of Standing

Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what

address they should be sent. Forms for this purpose are supplied

on application.

The Wire of a Fertow can exercise all these privileges in his

absence.

Fettows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s Publications

on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every

year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of January and must

be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which

the privilege lapses. Fxrtiows are likewise entitled to purchase the

Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.

less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of

25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued

prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds,

Fetxtows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual

Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the

Ist July in each year, but this privilege is forfeited unless the

subscription be paid before the 1st of December following.

They may also obtain a TRANSFERABLE Ivory TickEr admitting

Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket

may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Fetxow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom

during the space of one year or more may, upon giving to the

Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the

“ dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of

his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Fettow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to

withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.

Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested

to communicate with the undersigned.

PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Px.D., F.RS.,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, London, W..,

April, 1901.

MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. OF LOA Dee

FOR

SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.

(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)

Session 1900-1901.

1900.

Tuespay, NovEmMBER 20 | Turspay, Decemper 4 and 18

1gol.

Turspay, JANUARY 15 Turspay, APRIL .. 2 and 16

5 Feprvary 5 and 19 i, Mae’). 7 Be

Re Manon';2 65:,,.) 19 e JUER cw goth

The Chair will be taken at half-past Hight o'clock in the Evening

precisely.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London

are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo

form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by

the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured

plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of

the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-

able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such

illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a

living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,

on the first of the months of June, August, October, and

April, the part published in April completing the volume for

the preceding year. Commencing with January 1901 they

will form two annual volumes.

The ‘ Transactions” contain such of the more important

communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society

as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate

them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.

They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of

a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-

versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the

Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise

entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per

cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A

further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of

Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of

five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the

Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1

(which includes delivery in the United Kingdom only),

payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege

is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the 1st of

December following.

The following is a complete list of the publications of

the Society already issued. They may be obtained at

the Society’s Office (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs.

Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.),

or through any bookseller.

[ April, 1901. }

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIE'l'y OF LONDON,

4to. 15 vols. and Index. Fellows pantie

Vol. _L., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... £318 6. £4 18 OF

By) Sage ays We el Ca ie LY ons iat: | me Ns 5 ‘6! ity

go LT padey GS: 5)... devas ((LBAB ABs 5's vos ee 411 Of

Se: LE. hy hoa LLGOE ads cans APS cere ae Lae

eet wees a OF at en CORREO) ie a ee 619 0

Saf SS 92 ths) (BSG Oe). sf, ee Ons 15 0 0

pa VEL, si TE Taleo cat CLOGS SE) Sais at wat 18.12 0

kpc Oba Beas. > Nie UB ear were, SO! dees 13: 10-58

See be a OO ay coy LOL IE) Nowe eee 16° 2°98

2 06) be) CLRID Ceo HO Sie 13 67-7

Index, Vola; keke. Gee tach tencit (1853-79). «5. OFZ 38.. 010 0

Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates.. (1880-85) .... 912 0. 12 16 0

4 xi pict OR TS, se MABSUAUO) a. apee, Oo Os 7 4 0

5 NL, op BR SBD) se ee 811 0

iy MLV, yn KAFes, crak GLROEEOS) 2a... NEO LT 7-0 0

sy ge eel din ira Bi pyre f ORITB9B) wie Oko aDrd A, ag

Se UR Wig iy Sat oS ay oo a (Ang t80)e a...) O97 Oe, 0.12.0

PO) Wi ea ae emma: Sire ar rage (ty: Ro!) im RS Bb he > 012 0

sy ore a yee ee es ec money ses + arene ie 012 °0

so RM ig ie eb hase y Dab ites, Or. t if Ree EO). a o's Sra a SG 310 0

se GRE ay al at 2 "5p 4 (Apr. 1901).. ONL |) Sx; 015 0

Ee SN 3 & Title & Index (Apr. 1901) D> ese 012 0

, MVE, 3 ky | Or elated... (Feb, O08) 4 OS; 1 40

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). rice to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

Past. T.) 1880-31.» 2 vol Sve, Vs. sees se ows a a, | Fe ae

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. (First Series.)

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public, | Fellows. Public.

Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.f | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 68.+

Pee Li 1834, o 4s. 6d. .. 63. oF X. 1842. “ 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

» III. 1835. te 4s. 6d. .. 68. ” XI. 1843. nf 4s. 6d. .. 68.4

i. 6 LV ad 886 _ 4s. 6d. .. 63. » AIT. 1844. “ 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

Valin) pd, | Angie Be y RL ARGS... }hgyh aan ee

peo VE is88, | Ma Od, acs, spy ORLY) 1846. 6, Dead, 1. ee

» VIL. 1839. , 48.6d... 63+ XV.1847, ,, 48.60... 6s}

” VIIL 1840, ” 48.6d. .. 6s+| Index 1830-1847, | 4s. 6d. .. Gs.

8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)

Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

Part MVE T8485 1 vol Svoi4e Gd) 9.5 Obes se anda Zl OFF BL 7 OF

ey VIL ei ee Oo ea ee 1, O38 1 7 6+

XVIII. 1850. i ABVGd, lie UGSS> Varma faa cael a: 1 18 OF

XIX. 1851. a AsiGd, CLT BRI LAs O15."9 j oak OF

# XX, 1852. 6 As: Ode ct IGS ak ae 015 9 1 xk

>) XXI. 1853. +: AsiGa4 7. O85 bay ee 018 0 L (4. OF

‘5 XXII. 1854, is As GAS Be ho aiGRs mans, aces 019 6 Ll 6. OF

Pee RATE Gey, ON hase Pine sierra aa 118 0+

ee AV. SRO) ot | ae eg a) eae oa 108 1 7 6+

Med SRY. 1607...) 0) lashes eta iad aan 10 8 1 7 6+

PRTC VLA ISBB. oo uc 2, Aaa ck ik et mee cla He 2 2 0+

pe waa, 1868. ON ena io lie oki eer 1 ia) A 2 2 +

XRVIOL 1860, as Bae eee TS ie 2 2 OF

Index 1848-1860, " 4s, 6d. 6s,

t Out of print

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 30 vols. and 3 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public, Fellows. Public,

TSG 74s MCW 9 0 HOS atte 9s; myers, Senta eek 33s. Od. .... 45s.F

USG2i 4 Ash Od scr tk OSotier 9s, D ctep We mee As BBE Be pene Gan

W868) (neu4s SGU as i Oss vary Ne Qs. Mh MAS haut xe Bai eh Ba. 4 GlxKe

1SGaite. VAs Gas, a vere Ose ee oa 9s. Seba, ee Siinave acaieas SOS Oda 45s.

ASGG eae St OG sr OSes weit 9s. efaia om Se.» help te OOS Oe ae se

HGGGR ae As, OGs ane Osean te 9s. raed Pa eat des. Od. .... 45s.

COG MG! ceca ceca ie aera Qs. Selec! IDS ee ODGS 10 Cer wen orse

fel oho Gi, Sa ear net Mae Bare ARS OA 9s, es Dee ets Ber eh ead diate

SGD RFE cia hyiciss sade eter eae: 9s. PA ty. Bian ibe Sth oUA pene “be.

index 1861-1870 2: eso Sen eas ARIA ange. bt

Life y/ 10", AARP er ried PLEIN A Qs. i ata, che ea Sees eee SBE A Goh Le

WS 2 Wheychopes Sessa ci sic xian: oto ert 9s. le eR ee hee 30s. 9d. .... 408.0

ISH /G3? 3 SSE a ERIS Ree cr 9s. yee ee ea aa ete BB Bb acon Gah

Gea ey Schl viata safe nanerate he 9s. iA er eS ieeaeas 36s. Saran Soa

ASS) Bao UOC OR EE TERE RA EO 9s. Hone ADB ee 36s. wate Os

STGP RAR See ick ee can heels 9s. Pee ler a ane 36s. sepis oa ore:

Sabatier ate tes kei etes hese ecto 9s: Sis MILA eee ea 36s, ea ASS

WS TS Pe a Pear eee Moc Suse hae ok 9s. sc lake ene ae 36s. 4 Re Aas

SOS eas easrcnen revs omen ela’ steyer ts 9s. es ie PR 36s. Sis Gea LRSER

SS Merce cies eee einie Broa 9s, Ley, Del ee 36s. gene Ssh

Indes, Wag —ISB0F ) ie abst» ASSIGUS nina 08:

Tifctell b EAS cana iane viata deer eee RCRA 9s. sate AQSS .eeerakoas: Sioa. sek

SRA aes hak fs. c me aaa 9s, yas L285. eOUss tel aE

MS csae a areeneee ent icisi oc ecans tease taie tens 9s. Pot CLD Bina Clo Pent teSy

SS Fora tatae coyote enter Pears @ 9s. pie Real ns BANE 5 36s. ean) 408

ic fola) Ea By cea Ve NDS to ene eS ed 9s, bas Hes bate 36s. Ae Klot!

SSeS Siorce st AcyS ec ckecictiane ht stele 9s. che alee LS saree OU Se Noe esSkh.

SOUR er sec cats ed fun kois ge wean ave 9s. ee LO se eee 36s. a arle, 2084

USS Gmc. reins nie sutiests its oes 9s. See LES ee OOS Ser, Ose

The TES) oehis 6 Greene GaaR COCR RRA nage 9s. Coen Se ORhe aoe ees 36s. Sana acm

LIkSHST 0) Sh CA a ap a a Se Bh et Re 9s. Pd CR Muara ae 86s. Mee isk}

Index, 1881-1890) tees ASvIGH je. AGS:

* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or tar GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC

BUSINESS or tat ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 10 vols.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

Tz 1) ls 3 a eae NCC Mea ACL Carus HORNE CUO e WES ELe 9) ee Oe 48s

RSSEV ee RA tooo sola Gia, svevas'Sioie ne: dia, duatat ete. aaveete te Di MtaeNm oT tol Cua iatalr nal DOEL*. cies 48s

127053 ALES Sey BS 18s EC RI chet nacho ir Tce Ae UN clit SOR > SR 48s

OAT 1 coor ates Uhre ata upiel Sheve Retna baie tan NeEe be lie ar ate Grr SOSA seas 48s

FUIONES Fas aahe Rle AIAG Rad 3)'e nl diimtahans' a hate te modal twat eta ta Marans ula poe akeaite tas SOR Leite 48s

OMG sacs bai bihdce''a Biv. w'in's co 00k punter APNE Ee haba patel Ge etihelol gi aaah Ot OO os cea 48s

12.07 Se PO CAPER cee Vey ccnir es i) NPRBr ose CAPER cee ER ev ge sei SOe Ns vave! s 48s

1s) a PIES Pd cc RM Rt Be eo te ithe RR ane aoe RON gets BORNE are ale 48s

[26s AANA ALS IR ek oy er eee Bangs OUR art ee Ror eNO AeY Det rook ame 48s

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardeus us we auuivgival

Society of London. (Second Edition.) Svo. 1863. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. Price 1s. 6d.

List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8yo. 1866. Price 1s. 6d.

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Fifth Edition.)

8vo. 1872. Price 2s.*

Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the

Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement,

containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo.

1875. Price 1s,

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) Cloth.

8vo. 1877. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) Cloth.

8vo. 1879. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, con-

taining Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. Price 1s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) Cloth.

8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6d.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vyo.

1896. * Out of print. Price 4s. 6d.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1893. Thirty volumes.

8vo. Price £9 10s., Net.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-first. Being Records of

Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1894. Edited

(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, Esq.,

M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1895. 8vo. Price 10s,

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-second. Being Records of

Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1895, Edited

(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, Esq.,

M.A., F.RB.S., F.Z.8. London, 1896. 8vo. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-third. Being Records of

Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1896. Edited

(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Suarp, M.A.,,

F.RS., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1897. 8vo. Price 30s.

‘The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fourth. Being Records of

Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1897. Edited

(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A.,,

F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e. London, 1898. 8vo. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fifth. Being Records of

Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1898, Edited

(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A.,

F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1899. 8vo. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-sixth. Being Records of

Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1899, Edited

(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davim Swarr, M.A.,

F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1900. 8vo. Price 30s.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London,

(Fourth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1887. Price 4s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Orrice

(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,

E.C.), or through any bookseller.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

->—0.05G500——_

HE object of the ZootogrcaL Recorp is to give, by means of an

annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications

relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during

the year preceding the issue of the Volume; together with full

information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a

' manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all

parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory which will retain

its value for the Student in future years.

The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published for the Society by Messrs.

Gurney and Jackson at the price of 30s. per volume. But all

Members of the Zoological Society of London have the privilege

of receiving it, including the cost of delivery (within the United

Kingdom), at a subscription price of 20s. per annum. This Sub-

scription is due on the 1st of July in every year, but the privilege

of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the

1st of December following.

The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of

the ‘Zoological Record,’ are able to supply complete sets of the

first thirty volumes at the price of £9 10s. Volumes of any

single year (exclusive of the last five volumes and Vol. 6) can

likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume.

Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’

are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned

when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate

the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also

furnished to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order,

when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for

registration ; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein.

Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former

Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the

‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of

the Zoological Society.

P. L, SCLATER,

Secretary.

April, 1901.

Zooutoatcar Society or Lonpon,

3 Hanover Squarz, W

LIST OF VOLUMES or tux "ZOOLOGICAL RECORD,’

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864. Volume First.

Edited by Aubert C. L. G. Ginrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.8., &.

London, 1865. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1865. Volume Second.

Edited by Atperr C. L. G. Gtnruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.8., &e.

London, 1866. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1866. Volume Third.

Edited by Atpert C. L. G. Ginrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.BS.,

F.Z.8., &e. London, 1867. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1867. Volume Fourth.

Edited by Atsert C. L. G. GUyrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RB.S.,

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1868. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoclogical Literature, 1868. Volume Fifth.

Edited by Atzert C. L. G. Ginruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1869. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869. Volume Sixth.

Edited by Atsert C. L. G. Ginter, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

F.Z.S., &c. London, 1870. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1870; being Volume Seventh of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newzon, M.A.,

F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &c. London, 1871. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1871; being Volume Eighth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newron, M.A.,

F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &. London, 1873. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1872; being Volume Ninth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newton, M.A.,

F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &. London, 1874. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1873; being Volume Tenth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwett

Rye, F.Z.S. London, 1875. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1874; being Volume Eleventh of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwer.

Ryg, F.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1876. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1875; being Volume Twelfth of the

Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwe tt Ryz,

F.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1877. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1876; being Volume Thirteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwer1.

Ryeg, F.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1878. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1877; being Volume Fourteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpweti

Ryeg, F.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1879. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1878; being Volume Fifteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpwELi

Ryg, F.Z.8., M.E.8. London, 1880. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1879; being Volume Sixteenth of

the Record of Zoolgical Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpweELi

Rye, F.Z.8., ME.S. London, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1880; being Volume Seventeenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwet1

Ryeg, F.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1881; being Volume Highteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Canpwetr

Ryz, F.Z.S., M.E.S. London, 1882. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1882; being Volume Nineteenth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpwett

Rye, F.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1883. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1883; being Volume Twentieth of

the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwezh

Rys, F.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1884. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1884; being Volume the Twenty-

first of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jurrrey

Bett, M.A. London, 1885. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1885; being Volume the Twenty-

second of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jurrrzy

Bett, M.A. London, 1886. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the ''wenty-

third of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8. London, 1887. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1887: being Volume the Twenty-

fourth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8. London, 1888. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-

fifth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Hdited by Franx E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S8. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-

sixth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx EK,

Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the 'l'wenty-

seventh of the Record of Zoological Literature. Kdited by Frank

E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8. London, 1892. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Twenty-eighth; being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1891.

By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, Rk. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, C. Warburton, R. I. Pocock,

D. Sharp, E. A. Minchin, A. Willey, and 8. J. Hickson, Edited by

D. Suazp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &. London, 1892. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Twenty-ninth; being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1592.

By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, R. I. Pocock, D. Sharp, I. A.

Bather, Florence Buchanan, 8. J. Hickson, and R. Hanitsch. Kdited

by D. Sarr, M.A., F.B.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1893. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirtieth ; being Records

of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1893. By J. A.

Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. A,

Herdman, B. B. Woodward, KR. I. Pocock, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather,

Florence Buchanan, 8S. J. Hickson, and KR. Hanitsch. Edited by

D. Suarr, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e. London, 1894. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-first; being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1894.

By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, Florence

Buchanan, and R. Hanitsch. Edited (for the Zoological Society of

London) by D. SHarr, M.A, F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1895.

Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-second; being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1895.

By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, R. I. Pocock, D. Sharp, F. A.

Bather, Florence Buchanan, R. T’. Giinther, R. von Lendenfeld,

W. F. Hume, and F. Chapman. Edited (for the Zoological Society _

of London) by D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1896.

Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-third; being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1896.

By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, A. W. Brown, D. Sharp, Florence

Buchanan, R. T. Giinther, and R. von Lendenfeld. Edited (for

the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Suarp, M.A., F.RS.,

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1897. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fourth; being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1897.

By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W.

Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, Florence Buchanan, and R. von

Lendenfeld. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin

Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &. London, 1898. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fifth ; being Records

of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1898. By J. A.

Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. A.

Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W. Brown,

D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, Florence Buchanan, KR. T. Giinther, and

R. von Lendenfeld. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by

Davin Suarp, M.A., F.RB.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1899. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirth-sixth ; being Records

of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1899. By

J. A, Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. Willey,

A. W. Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, and R. von Lendenfeld.

Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Swarr, M.A.,

F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1900. Price 30s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrety’s Orricx

(3 Hanover Square, W.), of Messrs. GurNEY and Jackson (Pater-

noster tow, L.C.), or through any bookseller.

LIST OF INSTITUTIONS

TO WHICH

COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED,

AFRICA,

The South-African Museum, Cape Town.

The South-African Philosophical Society, Cape Town.

The Museum, Durban, Natal.

AMERICA, SOUTH.

The National Museum, Buenos Ayres,

The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.

The Museum of La Plata, La Plata, Buenos Ayres.

AUSTRALASIA.

The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.

The Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Melbourne.

The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.

AUSTRIA.

The Hungarian National Museum, Budapest.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.

The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.

BELGIUM.

The Congo Free State Museum, Tervueren, Brussels.

The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.

The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.

BRITISH INDIA.

The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.

The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.

The Indian Museum, Calcutta.

CANADA (DOMINION OF).

The McGill College, Montreal.

The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.

The University of Toronto, Toronto.

CHINA.

The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.

EAST INDIES.

The Royal Society of the Dutch East Indies, Batavia.

FRANCE.

The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.

The Agricultural Society, Lyons.

The Entomological Society of France, Paris.

The Museum of Natural History, Paris.

The National Society of Acclimatization, Paris.

The Zoological Society of France, Paris.

GERMANY.

The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.

The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.

The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.

The Senckenbergian Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The New Zoological Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The Natural History Society, Freiburg-in-Breisgau.

The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.

The er gieia Leopoldino-Carolinian Academy of Naturalists,

Halle.

The Natural-History Society, Halle.

The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.

The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.

The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.

The Union for Natural History of Wiirtemberg, Stuttgardt.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

The Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society, Belfast.

The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.

The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.

The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.

The Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.

The Royal Society, Edinburgh.

The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.

The Athenzeum Club, London.

The British Museum of Natural History, London.

The Entomological Society, London.

The Geological Society, London.

The King’s College Library, London.

The Linnean Society, London.

The London Institution.

The Royal College of Physicians, London.

The Royal College of Surgeons, London.

The Royal Geographical Society, London.

The Royal Institution, London.

The Royal Society, London.

The University College, London.

The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.

The Owens College, Manchester.

The Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

The Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-History

Society, Plymouth.

The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth.

The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.

HOLLAND.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam.

The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam.

The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.

The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.

The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.

ITALY.

The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.

The Civil Museum of Natural History, Genoa.

The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.

The Zoological Station, Naples.

The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.

JAPAN.

The Science College of the Imperial University, Tokyo.

RUSSIA.

The Society of Naturalists, Jurjeff (Dorpat).

The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.

The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.

The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.

SCANDINAVIA.

The Bergen Museum, Bergen.

The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania,

The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen.

The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.

SPAIN.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.

SWITZERLAND.

The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.

The Vaud Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne.

The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.

The Natural-History Society, Zurich.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.

The Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

The Field Columbian Museum, Chicago.

The Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, Illinois.

The American Journal of Science, Newhaven.

The American Museum of Natural History, New York.

The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.

The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.

The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.

The Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.

The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

The United States Fish Commission, Washington, D.C,

The United-States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.

The United-States National Museum, Washington, D.C.

WEST INDIES.

The Institute of Jamaica, Kingston. E

PPP PALL AP PPP LIIIIPPDD

The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as

soon as they are issued. It is requested that they may be ac-

knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent with them,

in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.

Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed

to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that they may be

sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their transmission

through booksellers and in other ways.

By order of the Council,

P. L. SCLATER,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Savare, Lonpon, W.,

April, 1901.

Be Se

PROCKEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

1900.

PART I.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

JANUARY ann FEBRUARY.

JUNE 1st, 1900.

SOLD AT THETR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND OO,

PATERNOSTER-ROW.

)

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

<a ~~ [Price Twelve Shillings.)

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART I.—1900.

January 23, 1900.

‘ (Bago

The Secretary.” Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Bewekhber 1899. 1

Mr. Selater. Exhibition of a photograph of, and remarks upon, a young specimen of the ae

Rocky-Mountain Goat (Haploceros montanus), 0.00 ce cece eee ce tne ee ele Pay

Mr. Selater. Exhibition and List of a Collection of Birds from Fort. Jameson, British .

Sonth Africas [lar re to, ws ye tate es, Pe pak pas pe ae ePoeramte railaton gues ae 3 oly s a Ok wei ee

Mr. G. A. Boulenger. Note on an Error in the Description of the new Genus Xenotilapia

published in the ‘ Transactions’ (vol. xv. p. 92) .

1. On a Collection of Insects and Arachnids made in 1895 and 1897, by Mr. C. V. A. Peel,

F.Z.S., in Somaliland, with Descriptions of new Species. By O. V. A. Pern, F.Z5.,

E. E. Avsrex, F. A. Drxzy, M.A., M.D., Hersert Drvuce, E.LS,, F.ZS.,

C. J. Gauan, M.A., Gitzert J. Arrow, R. McLacuuan, F.R. 8., Matcouu Bose, E.ZS., }

and R. I. Pococx. (Plates I-IV.) «2.0.0.0... 02. wh Ohitee GS RY tig lst pea ro eecene el, Pees

2. On some Remains of Grypotherium (Neomylodon) listai and associated Mammals from

a Cavern near Consuelo Cove, Last Hope Inlet, Patagonia. By A. Smitn Woopwarp, 3

Lb: Dis BiG Bre (Plated Ve) ee OTe se ee aes he ails ook ed ede ew Joleivic ove 64

3. On the Mammals obtained in Southern Abyssinia by Lord Lovat during an Expedition

from Berbera to the Blue Nile. By W. E. pp Winton, F.Z.S: (Plate X.) -:........ 79! i

February 6, 1900. ;

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Rotiehys Menagerie in January 1900... ‘ys eA

Mr. Oldfield Thomas. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some mounted heads of Antelopes

from Fashoda and the Sobat River

Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens a, iy

Dormice of the Genus Muscardinus

_ Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

ConTEyts (continued).

February 6, 1900.(continwed).

| Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.S8. Exhibition of skins of the Variable Hare (Lepus

timidus Linn.) showing colour-variations, and i oe of subspecies and varieties

Page

of this species =...) \ae 8. 22652 2: Reefer tie ble SPENT Ca SE (Ce hs MAL x CORT TRG) aneiahe iene ae) sauna ty 87

"Lt.-Col. J. Maleolm Faweett, Notice of a Memoir on the Transformations of some South

African Lepidoptera ......... (side gs Fuca Sa Nay Carat ns os ean ile xox nid hoe bene A aaa y

1. On asmall Collection of Decapod Crustaceans from Freshwaters in North Borneo. By

‘L. A. Borrapamz, M.A., F.Z.S., Lecturer in Natural: Sciences of Seba ya, College,

Yerbndes 6, Dans elas Ae Py Ne Sle) Sus Bye ween att RAS aah atal OEE MEO ie awchk Naren tt aston ets

2. On the Mammals obtained in South-western Arabia by Messrs. Percival and Dodson.

Hy-Osnetarin WE AORAS, WA Bes F505 Naci Viele dd Vigne tacolanls wegen did ote Nea bm o 95

3. A Revision of the Butterflies of the Genus Zizera represented in the Collection of the

British Museum, By Artnur G. Burier, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S8., &e. (Plate XT.) ..,. 104

* February 20, 1900.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a new Species of Kangaroo,

proposed tO-Dercalied' Macro pus: Ged orden faite Gah, Winn a daese baw oa bin He wie ete prerdeterare 112°

Mr. Oldfield Thomas. Exhibition of,and remarks upon, a skin of a new Subspecies of Kangaroo

from Western ren dag proposed to be named Macropus robustus Cervinus +. ...+++-. LIB

| Mr. Lydekker. Exhibition of, on behalf of Mr, Rowland Ward, and remarks guar {Ae skin

and horns of Ovis sairensis . Mista os Sarahsic atte g eb naar ee eee 7 Oh AE 206 AIS

Mr. Lydekker. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the skulls, horns, and skins of an Ibex,

thought to be referable to Capra sibirica dawvergnei «61. .00se crete ee cc eee e es canes 114

1. On the Marine Fauna of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). By C. W. Anvruws, B.S8c.,

(Plates XII, & XIII.)...... 5 SP iP ark 115

2. On the Soft Anatomy of the Musk-ox (Ovibos moschatus). By Dr. E1iyan Lonnpera .... 142

3. On a Species of Earthworm from Western Tropical Africa, belonging to the Genus Ben-

hamia, By Frank E. Bepparp, F.R.S. &e. 2. ..+-4--> PON WHat Net odo ac da Soren et 167

4, List of Mammals obtained by Mr. H. J. Mackinder during his recent Expedition to Mount

Kenya, British East Africa. By Oxpriecp THOMAB ies co aceite fa dec ee hata ae lie 178

LIST OF PLATES.

1900.

PART “I;

Plate Page

I. Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, &c. from Somaliland .... ¥.+-.....)

II. Orthoptera from Somaliland .....)--++0+% 5 fs es eyes eehee f . 4

LEE,.WDickstrom Somaliland x05 eis. Gis Ae oso bt ae wee “| i

TV... Scorpions from Somaliland | .6c¢. 0.) Gil yas hatha eee ee a )

V.) )

Wifi? Wek pie | ae

VIL \ Grypotherium listai mete Sh Pay ripe hay seen ener eee ye des f

VIII. } ;

IX. 1) Grypotherium listai, 2. Felis onga. 3. Arctotherium sp. ine, J

Ker DENA ONG B LOVING oes ke Td stn oh) a pT a an tn ap. 8 ile deokowaateet 79

KL ¢ Species of Migara Fs reitin'\ sews elaalas payee tec alee Caieibpantaoe 104

ma from Christmas Island 15

XL ponges from Christmas Island ................40 Bip

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows:—

Part 1. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.

Ty. ts a » March and April, on August Ist.

Ill. ge if », May and June, on October Ist. ’

IV. 3 a », November and December, on April Ist,

Dit. 2

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS:

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOLELY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

ee 1900.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MARCH ann APRIL.

fo. ey) %.¢£ % }}

AUGUST 1st, 1900.) 9! bey }OONY

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE,

LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREBN, AND CO.,

PATERNOSTER-ROW.

we "Price Twelve Shillings.)

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART II.—1900.

March 6, 1900.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1900. .-. 181

Mr. Arthur Thomson. Report on the Insect-house for 1899 .....- 6.22. c eee ee ee eee 181

1. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians fons Borneo. By G.A. Bovu.exarr, is RS:

(Plates XLV. ARVs) tiie ti. So on sees Sag wisrolpyg tevin bcp te heed wins nis MaBLs Mielatee Beaeele 182

2. On the Brain of a Siamang (Hylobates syndactylus). By Franx BE. Bepparn, M.A, ~ -

F.R.S., Prosector and Vice-Secretary to the Society...........+.... SAT Od a St ae oi 187

3. On a Collection of Mammals from Siam made by Mr. T. H. Lyle. By J. Lewis

Bonnore. (Plate XVIII.) .,... PARR sts ND OU Ve Pee hyd odo! Se agg ad YS Sli 0 2 ~19L

. On asmall Collection of Mammals obtained “by Captain Deasy in South Chinese Tur-

kestan and Western Tibet. By G, E. H. Barrerr-Hamitron, F.Z.S.

. Ona Collection of Butterflies from the Bahamas. By Eu1iy Mary Smarpe. (Plate XIX.) 197

6. On new Genera and Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera from South and Oeptral *

Africa. . By Martin Jacopy, FBS. (Plate RX iis ote Save oe th. whik tan deed pak Oe

March 20, 1900.

Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.S. Remarks on a i aomacies of Land- Plasidvionk made by

Dr. Goeldi; C.M.Z.S., in Brazil

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

ConTENtS (continued),

March 20, 1900 (continued).

: Page —

Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Polypterus |

; maprams, with Yarge-external. gills. i nels Sache F devhivne belo whic a PU Me oe das bse bie 5 > 267

Mr. 8. L. Hinde. Remarks on the Mammals observed during five years’ residence in British

Ha Sh ATIC eeatertloy yates aud Ped eel Tas NN CPAP ie Leese ways Pepe et auld Aaa aed OE OB

1. On a Case of Homeeosis in a Crustacean of the Genus Ase//us—Antennule replaced by a

Mardibles..BysW: Bateson, M.A. BBS: INAS. o8r eek ies Sata asta otele wo shy pe pid OS

2. On Eehinoderms from Singapore and Malacca. By F. P. sip Ag tee E.Z8. (Plates

MME AIC TN ofa eine dia bape as ofc pas shart d's! 5 wa oO HarWen kU Gun Urekal Coe ANa ann Ketel, Shel a tear 271

3. Notes on the Zoological Garden of Berlin. By F. E. Buaavw, OM.ZS. jee Lig NEES 299

April 3, 1900.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Monagerie in March 1900...... 306

1. On the Mammalia of Siam and the Malay Peninsula. By Stantey Suyvru Frower, F.Z.S.,

FSR TELIA STEYR Led co Oo Satan rag Mee hip o Ba bok a Wig \alin Weg TENE RCD lle Ohare cele Bi Patina 8) eoeate) a oxi 3806

2. Ona remarkable Piece of Skin from Cueva Eberhardt, Last 4 Sete Inlet, ania: By

Dr. Pixar LOnnperc, University of Upsala... jo. js es ese dence ce eneddeerantevetcns OLD

8. On a remarkable Attid Spider from Borneo, Mantisatta trucidaps, n. g. ety sp. By

Crecrn Warsurton, M.A., Christ’s College, Cambridge ...- 2... eer hea ee eee eee eee 384

4, On Geographical and Individual Variation in Mus sylvaticus and its Allies. By G. BE. H.

BAtERTTert AMILTON, BSS. (Plate SEV. hovdie s accep o/bie calbis alalece ¢ s.e-vistt el weld dle ple Waele 387

LIST OF PLATES,

1900.

PART II.

Plate

XIV. 1. Lygosoma shelfordi. 2. Distira saravacensis....%+++200+.+ \

XY. Lepturophis borneensis 2... 0. i veces eee deues 2434

XVI. Xenelaphis ellipsifer ........0.. ech

XVII. 1. Amblycephalus nuchalis. 2. Bint Kose shelfordi. 3 Tie

alus petersit, 4. Calophryne heterochirus: ....... Ach

RV LLL,. iPerarista WylGt o 25.o Oy rk ok bee Sh phi owas > Aastaaeie

RIX, 9 Papilto bomhboters \ sic peice 6 oegeleistil se arg skein og,c tread ta

XX. African Phytophagous Coleoptera.......2........ 00.04:

XXT. :

iy Vk chinoderms from Singapore and Malacca ........+---..¢8

XXIII. |

xxiv. }

XXV. 1. Mus sylvaticus princeps. 2. Mus sylvaticus celticus.....+.

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings ‘are issued in four parts, as follows:—

Page

182

Part 1I.-containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist,

IL. 3 “ ,». March and April, on August Ist.

iI. a Bi », May and June, on October Ist.

lV. ‘ es » . November and December, on April 1st,

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

| | 3 1900.

| aS PART III.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

|. OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MAY ann JUNE:

pet OOP

tet :

Ar anhial

FA Nn

OCTOBER 1st, 1900. \\ 0°

. ee -

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE,

LONDON:

i . PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

| |

| MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREBN, AND CO.,

PATERNOSTER-ROW.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART III.—1900.

May 8, 1900.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in April 1900

Mr..Sclater. Exhibition of a specimen and description of a new species of Reedbuck

proposed to be called Cervicapra thomasing. (Plate XXVI.)......6. 0.0.4. -0.0 20s: 429

Mr. C. Dayies Sherborn, F.Z.S. Remarks on the progress of the ‘Index Animalium”.... 430 2

Mr. R. Lydekker. Remarks on some errors in his papers published in the ‘ Proceedings’ in

(O70 Bec haem inte 1 Me LUG eign Sank coe Aaa ANd Pn Baan EN CUS Bn ee RM Sco eR AN NA oP 480

Mr. J. 58. Budgett, F.Z.8. Notice of a Memoir entitled “ On some Points in the Anatomy

OEP alypeers® aio si hyaig.e sieige pw ois alae Ne oa, Bini mb tates Gea whe gabe Me SS iAlvetyy she 6 430...

1. A List of the Batrachians and Reptiles of the Gaboon (French Congo), with Descriptions }

of new Genera and Species. By G. A. Bounrnesr, F.R.S. (Plates XXVII.-—XXXTI. ) 433 _

2. On the Birds of Hainan. By W. B. Oatuviz Grant. (Plates XXXIII. & XXXIV.) .. 457

3. On the Butterflies collected by the late Mr. John Whitehead in the Interior of the *

Island of Hainan. By Puiie Crowrey, F.L.S., F.Z.S.. (Plate XXXYV.) .. PSS 505

4. List of the Fishes collected by Mr. J.-S. aa in the River Gambia. By G, A.

Boununcer, F.R.S., F.Z.S. With Notes by J. 8. Buncert, F.Z.S........2.2..000.. ears) |

May 22, 1900.

The Secretary. Announcement of Mr, J. 8. Budgett’s departure on his second expedition

to dhe Gamibiay cis oii sk Pah ak Pec Saar Cel Ons Se ude Saat Bi ie Nal oe 516

Prof. G. B. Howes, F.R.S., and Mr. H. H. Swinnertcn,-B.Se. Notice of a Memoir onthe

Development of the Skeleton of the Tuatera (Sphenodon (Hatteria) punctatus) ...... 516

1. On some Crustaceans from the Falkland Islands collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin. By

the Rev. Tuomas R. R, Srzpzine, M.A., F.RS., FILS. F.Z.S8. (Plates XXXVI

XXXIX.)

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper,

ConTENTS (continued).

May 22, 1900 (continued).

Page

_ 2. On some Crustaceans from the Suuth Pacific.—Part IV. The Crabs. By L. A. Borrapatte,

M.A., F.Z:S., Lecturer in Natural Sciences of Selwyn College, Cambridge. (Plates XL.-

XLII. ) TARE RNG NOY! BRIE Oe ty Se tea ts att! Cee a Reais givaidia Ob fda ts oral aie ls epoca 568.

. On the Birds collected during the Mackinder Expedition to Mount Heivas By R.

Bownpter Suarez. With Notes by H. J. Mackinpur, Ernest Saunpers, and C. Campurn.

at P12) R28 by Se EE Gs SS CME kes Seam hey ery Ce rs dh ee nse 596

_ 4. A Revision of the Earthworms of the Genus Amyntas (Pericheta). By Frank E&,

BEDARD MAA HRS.» Goo. cots 8h wees epoca PREFER oe i MUL IN Be Pace Nee 609

5. On the Structure of a new Species of Earthworm of the genus Benhamia. By Franx E.

June 19, 1900.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in ae 1900.... Gag

The Secretary. Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. J. Lane re of a cast of a EL tisha sae of 5

Jaw of an Ichthyosaurus from Queensland .-. .. - - 660

Phe Secretary. Notice of an article in ‘ The Asian,’ by Mr. E. OC. Stuart Baker, concerning

CISA UNE RE ai A aot oat ale a Lialdld's Sale s a'cejod vaidn GNU Milam Matte ve Raley 661

Mr. G. A. Boulenger. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of a large Bornean

Tortoise. .... Sr Mpa sing tr seve e's GW edtn sig woes LES his ott ug Byatby pegs A oiahibyy.c) rt sai c ta SMES SOTE 661

1. On the Anatomy of Bassaricyon alleni, By Frank B. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector

and Vice-Secretary of the Society . 2... -e2ce-der cr tesseneseesepteungnecnerverner 661

2. On a new Serow from the Scie te Peninsula, aby A. L. Burusr, F.Z.8., Curator, Selangor

State Museum ....... Patek b aids Shih Nat wlothichaialy arava leh aati set Ce

3. The Significance of the Hair-slope in certain Mammals, By WaAttre Kinp, M.D., F.Z.8. 676

4..On the Structure and Anatomy of the Musk-Ox (Ovibos moschatus). By Dr. Kinar

DOOM VBE ME ON n sara NG ag 8 bh alia AR 'clsh ooVate's Vaid ee sore gi AM an a me wtale er Chve. well ae als 686

5. On a Collection of Crustaceans made at Singapore and Malacca.—Part L Crustacea

Brachyura. By W. F. Lancnesrme, M.A,, King’s College, Cambridge, (Plates XLIV.~

XLV.) SUR M EIA en RNS AGS ale Wit adie ROM ohh» obs Wel Sadie Recon a Relat oe 719

; ay AS eae

w“ E i s

LIST.OF PLATES.

ria i vie

1900. OAS: elk RS ma

PART If. ex :

wh) eee eee |

~ ¥ ‘

Plate Ph iKY a8 aces a ame Sidi 4)

XXXVI. Cervicapra thomasine .... 61 eee eee ees feo iW din GADD a:

XXVIL.. 1. Bufo latifrons, 2. Arthroleptis inguinalis: 3. Dilo\ -\ 6

; bates platycephalus. 4. Rappia platyceps . +s... 0+.. eee. ‘ig

XXVIII. 1. Seotobleps gabonicus. 2.° Phrynobatrachus auritus, . a pe Mie Ss

3, Phrynobatrachus latirostris '...6+4..+% tee i is :

- XXTX. Gampsosteonyx batesti 2. -s++4+ i a ie Srabeee eon Fs is dh

XXX. Trichobatrachus robustus. 002. isco ee le pace cere te pane’ | Saas,

“XXXII. Poromera fordii. 2. Mabuia batesié .......2.. ae : i ate mens

XXXII. Boulengerina annulata ah. Tere oid Carag Me ree de Ray ‘ ie: :

XXXL Nycticorar magnifica .. 1.00206! pete eae bres? } 467 oe

XXXIV. Genneus whitcheadi, F& Qiives secede cedeeccieces ke, et

XXXV. Butterflies from Hainan ............2....- = al 20 Y. 2A Ob es ieee

XXXVI. Halicarcinus ovatus. Halicarcinus planatus .. eee She “ry satin, eeah

“ XXXVII. Huphausia vallentini ...- 2... 12+. tay eee ners eo et i ;

RXXVIU: 8 Jais pubescens. 1s a to Biss wlcine a LE ee eR ee es Bie f sins Se

XXXIX.. Erospheroma Gigas . 0. ob cue cd vee ne ventas POLE os by

XL. o

XL} Cre from the South -Pacwfie s ‘5, 55/0... pa beape case ate | OOS! >

XLII. it man peers

XLITI. Bubo mackinderi .. os. eee eee eet ee = » SOT ate ole CRG: 596)

XLIV.) wa . re we

rans | Crustaceans from Singapore and Malacea ...-..... +... 719 9

XLVI. ° Fos Tae

- XLVIT.)

NOTICE.

The ‘Proceedings’ are issued in four parts,as followe:— . " ie

Part I. containing papers read in J anuary and February, on June Ist.

Il. rt 3 ,, March and April, on August Ist.

Ii. 53 a », May and June, on October Ist. eoreye

IV. a ‘, » November and December,on April Ist.

»-

PROCEEDINGS |

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

1900.

PART IV.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

NOVEMBER ann DECEMBER.

APRIL 1st, 1901.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE,

. LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND OO,,

PATERNOSTER-ROW.

"| fPrice Twelve Shillings.) =

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART IV.—1900.

November 20, 1900.

The Secretary. Report, on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during June, July,

August, September, and October, 1900. (Plate XLVIIT.).......

Mr. Sclater. Remarks on some of the objects noticed during a recent visit to the Zoo-

logical Gardens of Hamburg, Berlin, and Rotterdam ........ 2... -e0e see sete etee

Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the herd of Barbary Apes on the Rock of Gibraltar .......-..

_Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B. -Letter from, containing an account of a supposed new

species of Zebra inhabiting the Congo Forest... 202... ee ce wesc eee ct eee cece emee

Mr. G. A. Boulenger. Exhibition of one of the type specimens of Protopterus dollot from

thie Compr bso cretiiies chiles « sure isipseta pipiens lala) a's ple al ataneraiy Gleje eyo here longo hy Weihong

Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.RS. Exhibition of a skull and horns of the Central Asiatic

Wit Adc UG ait ay Me ED steele: nse NRG Site eile alee) edo aie india pepe aie aie

Mr. F. B. Beddard, F.R.S. Notice of a memoir on the Osteology of the Pigmy Right Whale

( Neohalants War gimata) agi. WOLF onary g Bolas a fet ewe ge Spe wie Aislyih el elelyes Peele Bee SAR

1. A Description of Wynyardia bassiana, a Fossil Marsupial from the Tertiary Beds of

Table Cape, Tasmania. By Batpwin Sprncer, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S8., Professor of

Biology in the University of Melbourne, Director of the National Museum, Melbourne.

(Plates XLIX. & L.)....->.

2. On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific.—Part V. Arthrostvacans and Barnacles.

By L. A. Borrapaitr, M.A., F.Z.S., Lecturer in Natural Sciences at Selwyn College,

Cambridge. (°{ Platte Bi.) \ 2's <c4\2 cigs ae a ie Pew asd yes bids bib elle eye dinidle si» « See Risiaye srejale®

3. List of Mammals obtained by Dr. Donaldson Smith during his recent Journey from

Lake Rudolf to the Upper Nile. By Otprin.y Thomas .... 2.2... 0.6. se ee ee cee

4. Revision of the Rhynchota belonging to the Family Pentatomide in the Hope Collection

at Oxford. By W. L, Distaxt. (Plates LIT. & LHI.) ..... Ly Se ee er eee eetas

5. On some Nemerteans from Torres Straits. By R. C. Punnett, B.A. (Plates LIV. & LV.)

December 4, 1900.

The Secretary. Letter from the Colonial Secretary on the introduction of Starlings into

St. Kitts, West Indies ...... prae Weere cael ie age eh teen _ PR bite a aes 8

Mr. R. Lydekker. Exhibition of, and remarks upou, a mounted srecimen 6f the Musk-Ox

from’ Mast: Grdenlandse viens rele ate ns wren pede ak teenaeds cael date oh Minne hee g lee eae

Dr. Forsyth Major. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some bones of a species of Macacus

from the Mauritius :

Dr. Forsyth Major. Remarks on remains of Cyon sardous from a cave in Sardinia .....-.

Mr. J. S. Bucgett. Notice of a paper on the Breeding-habits of some West-African Fishes,

with an Account of the External Features in the Development of Protoplerus annectens,

and a Description of the Larva of Polypterus lapradii.....-...... EPR ie, AAR Ses

776

795

835

Contents coutinued on poge 3 of Wrapper.

ConTENTS (continued).

December 4, 1900 (continued).

1. Note on the Gestation of the Pine-Marten. By A. H. Cocks, F.Z8. 6.2. seme eee ees

2. Observations on the Habits and Natural Surroundings of Insects made during the

“ Skeat Expedition ” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By Neuson Annanpaup, B.A.

3. On the Mammals collected during the “Skeat, Expedition” to the Malay Peninsula,

1899-1900. By J. Lewis. Bonunots, B.A... (Plate LVL.) 00.5 ee eas ob 5 ee cia ay ope

4. On the Frogs collected during the “ Skeat See ” to the heer’ vie ou 1899-

1900. By F. F. Lamraw, B.A. (Plate LVIL.) » :

5. On the Earthworms collected during the “ Skeat Expedition” to the Malay Peninsula,

1899-1900, By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F

a ee a ee, ar rey

6. On two Consignments of Butterflies collected by Mr. Richard Crawshay in the Kikuyu

Country of British East Africa in 1899 and 1900. By Arruur G. Burner, Ph.D.,

F.L.S., F.Z.5., &c., Senior Assistant- Loe aaologipat Dai British Museum.

(Plate. LVIIlI. 5 SMA er cle Baer BRE oer ME ge Re TA su ig We Nl BP ey

7. On anew Scale-Insect from Zomba, British Central Africa. By R. Newsrrap, F.E.S.

CE ae eS pal wre eke niatreins B dud chars ote Sear aid le Sieh ain avert BINUOOUA viel ote <A ee Re

December 18, 1900.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November 1900

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skull and horns of the Square-mouthed

Rhinoceros and mounted heads of two Antelopes, obtained by Major A..St. H. Gibbons

Gmina Wiper Nile <0 4 she kelp Me are a pyalel ale inte wave wap aaetere ls wale ais kien ulmie aw dels alate ais

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two bandoliers made from the skin of a

Bipposed mew! species. of Zebra..'\.0s:2 Giv'es a(e'a hia alin’ « wilcienpiayels «:hle-c, oie Win ward wiviatie)y 5 o/a¥io}

1. Notes on the Fauna of the White Nile and its Tributaries. By Captain STanugy

2. An Account of a Large Branchiate Polynoid from New Zealand, Lepidonotus giganteus

Kirk. By W. Matcozrm Tuomson, B.A. (N.Z.). With an Introduction by Professor

W. Braxpaxy Brnaay, D.Sc., M.A., F.Z.8., Otago University. (Plates LX.-LXII.)..

3. On a new Genus of Flat-fishes from New Zealand. Ey. H. M. Kyve, M.A., B.Sc.,

eMC Sate at te Mh Berek tia Take ste viws dais e che loiacn Wieln'y diate Mathes coabpe aly 7a weaiavas wm inhale ake

4. On a rare Cuttlefish, Ancistroteuthis robusta (Dall) Steenstrup. By D'Arcy W.

PRTTOURICA IML eet a ec hTa NS Aa Pay eczt cin 50 teles-ivepec craWe, Thi elaerefo al can dicieaueel tin Pram aie eee ota b

5. On a new Species of Earthworm from India belonging to the Genus Amyntas. By

PE MMICNE VDD SEU IVY A ER ER Gt Tso alenayh og bit, q.m on Wd Slapaiahel ds Oona ita she’ sik lik oh ater

Index

Titlepage ......

TAA OR CrannonlenrrdaOGPES\. carci’ std.c look eth shy lawl eh Glace Re LOO Renee: Sold o Sd atniene ele:

Rist OL ON CRIM OONE es a Sisal coe bo ale 6 alos edie Aida wlore'e s bia GRS Pr calere yak Wate Le die sie pretaerds

List of Plates

List of Dlustrations in the Text

List of New Generic Terms

Page

836

837

869

883

891

911

947

949

LIST OF PLATES.

1900.

PART IV.

Plate : Page

KLVIUI’ Connochetes taurina, Sh jroo. die i ahaa) A a et QT

ae } Wanyardia Casstama joa ao.clare bis & =. dre belgie k aoe ho a ole Wiese 776

LI. Crustaceans from the South Pacific ...........3-- Peas 795

LIT.

s LI | Rhynehots of the Family Pentatomide .................. 807

DIV iy f

ny } Nemertoans from Torres’ Straits: fs\ec0 06 Meds ic wore Co ae 825

BV DOS MINCE, he Resetclcid see rales BEDS A Cais Cok a ate mae eee 869

LVII. Frogs from the Malay Peninsula ..........-++-..--0+0005 883

LVIII. New Butterflies from Hast Africa .........-22 0. ee eee eeee 911

LIX. Walkeriana pertinar .... 00... 45 Lie Se iy eh dow epatoniee 947

LX.

LXI. | Lepionae IIGREIUS 4, cess ives, co 8 abies eee, Sep ee eamers 974.

LXITI.

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows:—

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.

Ii. . ie » March and April, on August Ist.

- iil. y rs ,, May and June, on October Ist.

aR‘. 3 os , November and December, on April 1st,

| 98 | @)